A Manual Greek Lexicon of The New Testament (1922) Abbott-Smith, George

1
GIFT
JANE KoSATHER
i
MANUAL GREEK LEXICON
OF THE
NEW TESTAMENT
A
MANUAL
GREEK LEXICON
OF THE
NEW TESTAMENT
BY
G. ABBOTT-SMITH, D.D., D.C.L.

PROFESSOR OF NEW TESTAMENT LITERATURE IN THE MONTREAL DIOCESAN
THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR IN THE
ORIENTAL DEPARTMENT IN MCGILL UNIVERSITY
NEW YORK
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
1922
- • • • *• .
• • » « * .
Printed in the United States of America

A "32^
^^
TO MY WIFE
49Gl)t)3
PREFACE
The need of a new Greek-English Lexicon of the New
Testament will hardly be questioned. Thayer's monumental
work, deservedly the standard for more than thirty years
past, and, supplemented by later literature, still likely to
remain a standard of reference for some time to come, was
rather too bulky to serve as a table companion to the New
Testament for the average man. A smaller book, which
would lend itself more readily to constant reference, has
been a real and growing want for the student.
This want has been enhanced by the progress of lexical
study during the last quarter century. The study of verna-
cular texts, which in recent years received a new impetus
through the discovery of vast numbers of non-literary papyri,
chiefly in Egypt, has removed all doubt as to tbe category to
which the language of the New Testament belongs. It is
now abundantly clear that the diction of the apostolic writers
is not a peculiar isolated idiom, characteristic of Jewish Hel-
lenists, but simply the common speech of the Greek-speaking
world at the time when the New Testament books were
written.
While the statement just made has come to be a
commonplace, it has not been so for long. There has arisen,
therefore, the need not only of the collection and arrange-
ment in convenient form (a need which is now being supplied
for the advanced scholar in Moulton and Milligan's Voca-
bulary of the Greek Testament) of the results of pioneer
study in the papyri, but also of a systematic revision, in the
light of recent research, of many of the views regarding the
diction and vocabulary of the New Testament which were
commonly accepted thirty or even twenty years ago.
—
The considerations therefore so well set forth by Dr.
—
Moulton in his Prolegomena \\ hich call for an entirely new
grammar of the New Testament, apply also to the work of
the Lexicographer. And the materials for his work still —
vii
Vlll PREFACE
steadily accumulating —
have been liberally furnished by the
special studies of Deissmann and Thumb in Germany and
Moulton and Milligan in Great Britain and have also found
their way into the more recent commentaries.
The new impulse given to the study of the Septuagint
by the publication of the Oxford Concordance by Hatch and
Eedpath, the Cambridge Manual Edition of the Septuagint
and its accompanying Introduction by Dr. Swete, together with
the Grammar of Mr. Thackeray, has also had its influence
on New Testament studies. While Dr. Abbott's caution as ^
to the possibility of exaggerating the influence of the Septua-

gint still holds good, the evidence of the papyri has brought
about a growing sense of its value to the student of the New-
Testament. More reference therefore has been made, it is
believed, in this Lexicon to the usage of the Septuagint than
in any previous work of the same kind, so that even where
there may not appear to be any special significance in the Old
Testament usage with respect to a particular word, the
student will always have an idea of the extent and character
of the use which was made of it in that version which was
the most familiar form of the Old Testament to the writers
of the New.
The books mentioned in the Hst which follows are, out of
a larger number to which I would register here a general
acknowledgement of indebtedness, those which appeared to
be, on the whole, the more accessible and useful to the
average reader. Among the Lexicons, an almost equal debt
is owed to Liddell and Scott and to Thayer. The classifica-
tion of meanings in the latter, a characteristic excellence,
often defies improvement, while Preuschen, though on the
whole adding little to the work of his predecessors, is often
helpful in this same particular. Not a few suggestions of
fresh treatment have come from Fr. Zorell, S.J., whose
scholarly work is quite modern and remarkably free from the
ecclesiastical bias which one might have expected to find in it.
Of the commentaries, besides those available to Thayer,
the most helpful for lexical purposes have been those of Hort,
Swete and Mayor in Macmillan's Series, also the Inter-
national Critical Commentaries, especially the more recent
issues. Some of Bishop Lightfoot's best lexical work is to
be found in his posthumous Notes on Epistles of St. Paul,
while Dr. Field's Notes on the Translation of the New
Testament, contain a wealth of learning and sound judgment
Êssays, 67 £f.
PKBFAOB IX
such as would be hard to parallel within the limits of a single

volume.
On points of grammar, references are mainly made to
Dr. Moulton's Prolegomena and the English Translation of
Blass, as the most recent and convenient of first-rate
authorities.
A brief treatment is given of the more important
synonyms, in the belief that while classical distinctions
cannot always be pressed in late and colloquial usage, it is
an advantage to know something of the distinctive features
of synonymous words as traceable in their etymology and
literary history.
For the text of the New
Testament the standard adopted
is that of Moulton and Geden's Concordance,'^ which, as the
latest and best work of its kind, is likely to remain the re-
cognised authority for many years to come. The Greek text
followed therefore is that of Westcott and Hort, with which
are compared the texts of the Eighth Edition of Tischendorf
and of the English Revisers, the marginal readings of each
being included. From the Textus Beceptus as such, no
reading which modern editors have rejected is as a rule re-
corded, except in cases where a word would otherwise be
dropped from the vocabulary of the New Testament. Some-
times, also, reference is made to a reading of the Beceptus
to which some particular interest is attached.
The asterisks and daggers in the margin follow, with the
kind permission of the publishers and Mr. Geden, the notation
of the Concordance. There is, however, the one difference,
that whereas in Moulton and Geden the time limit marked
by the dagger is the beginning of the Christian era, it seemed
better for the purpose of the Lexicon to include in the
category of " late Greek " all words found only in Greek
writers after the time of Aristotle.^
It remains to express in general terms my grateful
acknowledgement to colleagues and friends in McGill Uni-
versity with its affiliated Theological Colleges and in my own
Alma Mater, the University of Bishop's College, Lennoxville,
as well as to many English friends, in Cambridge and else-
where, who have given me valued advice and encouragement.
All these will pardon me if I single out for special mention
the one name of Dr. J. H. Moulton, the genial master-crafts-
^ A Concordance to the Oreek Testament, by Rev. W. F. Moulton, M.A.,
D.D„ and Rev. A. S. Geden, M.A. Second Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1899.
' See below, p. rvi.
X PREFACE
man of that science to which I have sought in a humble way

to contribute what I could. At the beginning of myunder-
taking he took me in, a stranger, and gave me ungrudgingly
of his counsel and direction, and also my first introduction to
the publishers through whom the appearance of the work
under the best possible auspices was assured.
To the manifold assistance I have had from fellow- workers,
both by word of mouth and through the printed page I would
fain attribute most of the value which this modest effort may
possess. For its deficiencies I am alone responsible, and I
can only hope that in spite of them this book may sustain
the note sounded in the last word in the alphabetical order
of the New Testament Vocabulary — —
axêXi/Ao? and may
serve in a small way to the more faithful and intelligent
study of the Book of the New Covenant of our Lord and
Saviour in the language in which it was written.
The foregoing paragraphs were written early in 1917,

when, with the last sheets of the Lexicon, they were sent
overseas for publication. The manuscript has thus been in-
accessible for revision, whence the absence of any reference
to much valuable material that has appeared, both in books
and in periodicals, during the last four years, including the
second volume of the Grammar of Dr. Moulton, whose tragic
death as a victim of the ruthless warfare of the submarines
was reported a few days after the earlier part of this Preface
was written. The student is recommended to supplement
the grammatical references in the body of the Lexicon by
consulting the Index to Vol. II. of Dr. Moulton's Grammar.
I take this opportunity of adding to the acknowledgements
already made my thanks to Professors A. R. Gordon and
S. B. Slack of McGill University and to the Rev. R. K.
Naylor, sometime classical tutor at McGill, for their kind-
ness in proof-reading, to the publishers for their generous
enterprise at a time of unprecedented difficulty in the pro-
duction of books, and to the compositors and readers of the
Aberdeen University Press for their painstaking and accurate
performance of a difficult task.
G. ABBOTT-SMITH.
MONTRHAT,,
September, 1921.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
I. GENEEAL.
absol. = absolute. impv. = imperative.
ace. = accusative. in 1. = in loco.
act. = active. indie. = indicative.
ad fin. = ad finem. inf. = infinitive.
adj. = adjective. infr. = infra.
adv. = adverb. Ion. = Ionic.
al. alibi (elsewhere). I.e. = loco citato.
aor. = aorist. m. = masculine,
Apocr. = Apocrypha. metaph, = metaphorically.
App. Appendix. meton. = metonymj'.
Aram. = Aramaic. MGr. = Modern Greek.
Att. = Attic. n. = note, neuter.
bibl. ; biblical. neg. = negative.
bis = twice. nom. = nominative.
c. = cum (ivith). om. = omit, omits.
of. confer [compare). opp. = opposed to.
cl. classics, classical. optat. = optative.
cogn. = cognate. pass. = passive.
compar. = comparative. pers. = person.
contr. = contracted. pf. = perfect.
dat. = dative. plpf. = pluperfect.
e.g. exempli gratia (for in- prep. = preposition.
stance). prop. = properly.
eccl. = ecclesiastical. ptcp. = participle.
esp. = especially. q.v. = quod vide.
ex. = example. rei = of the thing.
exc. = except. s. = sub.
f. and following (verse). s.v. = sub voce.
ff. „ (verses). se. = scilicet (that is).
fig- figurative. seq. = sequente (followed by),
freq. frequent. subjc. — subjunctive.
fut. future. subst. = substantive.
gen. genitive. superl. = superlative.
Gk. Greek. supr. = supra.
Heb. Hebrew. syu. = synonym.
i.e. : id est. Targ. = Targum.
Jb. in the same place. V. = vide.
id; the same. vb. = verb.
impei's. impersonal. v.l. = variant reading.
impf. ; imperfect. v.s. = vide sub.
Equivalent to, equals, <^ Derived from or related to.
XI
zu LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
11. BIBLICAL.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS Xlll
III. ANCIENT WEITEES.

(i/, ill, etc. = 1st, 2nd century, etc.)
Ael. = Aelian, ii/A.D. Herm. = Hermas, ii/A.D.

Msoh. = iEschylus, v/B.C. Has. =Hesiod, ix/B.C?
.ffischin. = ^schines, iv/B.C. Hipp. = Hippocrates, v/B.C.
Anth. = Anthology. Horn. = Homer, ix/B.C. ?
Antonin. = M. Aurel. Antoninus, Inscr. = Inscriptions.
ii/A.D. Luc. = Lucian, ii/A.D.
Apoll. = Apollonius Khodius, Lys. = Lysias, v/B.C.
Rhod. ii/B.C. Menand. = Menander, iv/B.G.
Arist. = Aristotle, iv/B.C. IT. = Papyri.
Aristoph. = Aristophanes, v/B.C. Pans. = Pausanias, ii/A.D.
Ath. = Athanasius, iv/A.D. Phalar. = Phalaris, Spurius Epp. ?
GIG = Corpus Inscriptionum Philo. = Philo Judseus, i/A.D.
Grsecarum. Pind. = Pindar, v/B.C.
Dio Cass. = Dio Cassius, ii/A.D. Plat. = Plato, v-iv/B.C.
Diod. = Diodorus Siculus, i/B.C. Plut. = Plutarch, ii/A.D.
Diog. = Diogenes Laertius, Polyb. = Polybius, ii/B.C.
Laert. ii/A.D. SocT.,nE= Socrates, Hist. Eccl.,
Dion. H. = Dionysius of Halicar- v/A.D.
nassus, i/B.C. Soph. = Sophocles, v/B.O.
Diosc. = Dioscorides, i-ii/A.D. Strab. = Strabo, i/B.C.
Eur. = Euripides, v/B.C. Test. Zeb.= Testimony of Zebedee,
Eustath. = Eustathius, xii/A.D. ii/A.D.
FIJ = Flavius Josephus, i/A.D. Theogn. = Theognis, vi/B.C.
Greg. = Gregory of Nazianzus, Theophr. = Theophrastus, iv/B.C.
Naz. iv/A.D. Thuc. = Thucydides, v/B.C.
Hdt. = Herodotus, v/B.C. Xen. = Xenophon, v-iv/B.G.
Heliod. = Heliodorus, iv/A.D.
IV. MODEEN WEITEES.

Abbott, Essays = Essays chiefly on the Original Texts of the Old and
New Testaments, by T. K. Abbott. Longmans, 1891.
Abbott, JO = Johannine Grammar, by E. A. Abbott. London, 1906.
Abbott, JV = Johannine Vocabulary, by the same. London, 1905.
AB = St. Paul's Epistle to the Ephesians, by J. Armitage
Robinson. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1909.
= A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament,
by Brown, Driver, and Briggs. Oxford, 1906.
Blass, Gosp. = Philology of the Gospels, by F. Blass. Macmillan,
1898.
Blass, Or, = Grammar of N.T. Greek, by F. Blass, tr. by H. St. J.
Thackeray.^ Macmillan, 1898.
Boisacq = Dictionnaire Etymologique de la langue Grecque, par
Emile Boisacq. Paris, 1907-1914.
Burton = New Testament Moods and Tenses, by E. de W.
Burton. Third Edition. Univ. Chicago, 1898.
CQT = Cambridge Greek Testament for Schools and Colleges.
Charles, APOT = Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha of the Old Testament,
by R. H. Charles. Oxford, 1913.
CR = Classical Review. London, 1887 fi.
Cremer = Biblico-Theological Lexicon of N.T. Greek, by H.
Cremer. Third English Edition, with Supplement.
T. & T. Clark, 1886.
Dalman, Gt. » Gramm&tiy des judish-palastinischen Aramaish, by
G. Dalman. Leipzig, 189^
XIV LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Dal man, Words The Words of Jesus, by G. Dalman. English Edition.

T. &
T. Clark, 1902.
DAG Dictionary of the Apostolic Church, edited by J.
Hastings. Vol. I. Scribners, 1915.
DB Dictionary of the Bible, edited by J, Hastings. 5 vols.
(i-iv, e^:t. = extra vol.). Scribners, 1898-1904.
DB 1-vol. Dictionary of the Bible (in one volume), by J. Hastings.
Poribiu'i-s, 1909.
DCQ Dictionary of Christ and the Gospels, edited by J,
Hastings. 2 vols. Scribnere, 1907-08.
Deiss., BS Bible Studies, by G. A. Deissmann. Second English
Edition, including Bibelstudien and Neue Bibel-
studien, tr. by A. Grieve. T. & T. Clark, 1909.
Deiss., LAE Light from the Ancient East, by A. Deissmann, tr. by
L. R. M. Strachau. Second Edition. Hodder, 1908.
EB Encyclopaedia Biblica. 4 vols. London, 1899-1903.
Edwards, Lex. An English-Greek Lexicon, by G. M. Edwards.
Camb., 1912.
EOT Expositor's Greek Testament.
Ellic. Commentary on St. Paul's Epistles, by 0. J. Ellicott.
Andover, 1860-65.
Enc. Brit. Encyclopaedia Britannica. Eleventh Edition. Camb.
Univ. Press, 1910.
Exp. Times The Expository Times, edited by J. Hastings. T. & T.
Clark, 1890 ff.
Field, Notes Notes on the Translation of the N.T., by F. Field,
Camb., 1899.
Gifford, Inc. The Incarnation, by E. Gifford. Hodder, 1897.
Grimm-Thayer A Greek-English Lexicon of the N.T., being Grimm's
Wilkes Clavis Novi Testamenti, tr. by J. H. Thayer.
New York, 1897.
Hatch, Essays Essays in Biblical Greek, by Edwin Hatch. Oxford.
1889.
Hort Commentaries on the Greek Text of the Epistle of St.
James (1^-4") The First Epistle of St. Peter (li-2'');
;
and the Apocalypse of St. John (1-3), by F. J. A.

Hort. Macmilian, 1898-1909.
ICG International Critical Commentary. Scribnei-s.
Interp. Gomm. Interpreter's Commentary. N.Y., Barnes & Co.
Jannaris A Historical Greek Grammar, by A. N. Jannaris.
Macmilian, 1897.
JThS Journal of Theological Studies. London, 1899 ff.
Kennedy, Sources Sources of N.T. Greek, by H. A. A. Kennedy. T. &
T. Clark, 1895.
Kiihner* Ausfiihrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache, by
R. Kiihner. Third Edition, by F. Blass and B.
Gerth, 4 vols., 1890-1904.
Lft. Commentaries on St. Paul's Epistles to the Galatians
(1892) Philippians (Third Edition, 1873) and Colos-
; ;
sians and Philemon (1892), by J. B. Lightfoot.

Macmilian. Also Apostolic Fathers, by the same.
5 vols. Macmilian, 1890.
Lft., Notes Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, by J. B. Lightfoot.
Macmilian, 1895.
LS A Greek-English Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell and
R. Scott. Seventh Edition. Harper, 1889.
Mayor Commentaries on the Epistle of St. James (Third
Edition, 1910), and the Epistle of St. Jude and tha
Second Epistle of St. Peter. Macmilian, 1907.
LIST OF ABBEEVIATIONS XV
Mayser Grammatik der gr. Papyri aus der Ptolemaerzeit, by

E. Mayser. Leipzig, 1906.
M'Neile The Gospel according to St. Matthew, by A. H.
M'Neile. Macmillan, 1915.
Meyer Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the N.T., by
H. A. W. Meyer. Eng. tr., T. & T. Clark, 1883.
Milligan, Selections Selections from the Greek Papyri, by G. Milligan.
Cambridge, 1910.
MM (xi-xxv) : Lexical Notes from the Papyri, by J. H. Moulton and
and G. Milligan. Expositor VII, vi, 567 fi.
VIII, iv, 561 ff.
MM (s.v.) : The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, by J. H.
Moulton and G. Milligan. Part I (a) Part II (j8-5).
;
Hodder, 1914-15 (remaining parts in preparation).

M.Pr. :
A Grammar of N.T. Greek. Vol. I, Prolegomena, by
J. H. Moulton. Third Edition. Scribners, 1908.
M, Th. : St. Paul's Epistles to the Thessalonians, by G. Milli-
gan. Macmillan, 1908.
Moffatt : James Moffatt, An Introduction to the Literature of
the N.T. Scribners, 1911.
Mozley, Ps. The Psalter of the Church, by P. W. Mozley, Cambridge,
1905.
NTD : The New Testament Documents, by G. Milligan.
Macmillan, 1913.
Page : The Acts of the Apostles, by T. E. Page. Macmillan,
1903.
Backham : The Acts of the Apostles, by R. B. Rackham.
Methuen, 1901.
Ramsay, St. Paul St.Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen, by
W. M. Ramsay.Hodder, 1895.
Kendall : The Epistle to the Hebrews, by F. Rendall. Mac-
millan, 1911.
Rutherford, NPhr. : The New Phrynichus, by W. G. Rutherford. Mac-
millan, 1881.
Schmidt :
J. H. Heinrich Schmidt, Synonymik der Griechischen
Sprache. 4 vols. Leips., 1876-1886.
Simcox = W. H. Simcox, the Language of the New Testament.
Second Edition. Hodder, 1892.
Soph., Lex. = Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods,
by E. A. Sophocles. Scribners, 1900.
Swete = Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. Mark
(Third Edition, 1909) and the Apocalypse of St. John,

by H. B. Swete. Macmillan, 1906.
Thackeray, Or. :A Grammar of the O.T. in Greek I, by H. St. J.
Thackeray. Cambridge, 1909.
Thayer Grimm-Thayer, q.v.
Thumb, Handh. Handbook of the Modern Greek Vernacular, by A.
Thumb. Tr. from the Second German Edition by
S. Angus. T. & T. Clark, 1912.
Thumb, Hellen. Die Griechische Sprache im Zeitalter des Hellenismus,
von A. Thumb. Strassburg, 1901.
Tdf., Pr. = Novum Testamentum Graece, C. Tischendorf. Editio
octava critica maior. Vol III, Prolegomena, by
C. R. Gregory. Leipzig, 1894.
Tr„ Syn. : Synonyms of the N. T. by R. C. Trench. Ninth Edition.
,
Macmillan, 1880.
Vau. : St. Paul's Epistle to the Romans, by C. F. Vaughan.
Sixth Edition. Macmillan, 1885.
Veitch :
Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective, by W. Veitch,
Oxford, 1887.
XVI LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Viteau = 6tude sur le grec du N,T., by J. Viteau. Vol. I, Le

Verbe: Syntaxe des Propositions, Paris, 1893;
Vol. II., Sujet: Complement et Attribut, 1896.
VD, MOr. = E. Vincent and T. G. Dickson, A Handbook to Modern
Greek. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1904.
Westo, = Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. John, by
B. F. Westcott, 2 Vols., Murray, 1908 the Epistle
;
to the Ephesians, Macmiilan, 1906; the Epistles

of St. John, Third Edition, Macmillan, 1892.
WH = The N.T. in the original Greek, by B. F. Westcott and
F. J. A. Hort. Vol. II, Introduction and Appendix.
Macmillan, 1881.
WM = A Grammar of N.T. Greek, tr. from G. B. Winer's 7th
Edition, with large additions, by W. P. Moulton.
Third Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1882.
ws = Grammatik des neutestamentlichen Sprachidioms, von
G. B. Winer, 8te Aufl. von P. W. Schmiedel.
Gottingen, 1894.
Zorell = Novi Testamenti Lexicon Graecum (Cursus Scripturae
Sacrae I, vii), auctore Fr, Zorell, S.J. Paris, 1911.
* A
single asterisk at the beginning of an article denotes (as in Moulton
And Geden's Concordance) that the word to which it is attached is not found
in the LXX or other Greek Versions of the O.T. and Apocrypha.
** A double asterisk similarly afifixed denotes that the word occurs either
in the Apocrypha or in the later Greek Versions of the O.T., but not in the
LXX Version of the Hebrew Canonical books, and therefore either has, as
a rule, no (known) Hebrew equivalent, or else was used in a translation not
kiiown to the N.T. writers. The later Greek versions (Aq., etc.) are cited, as
a rule, only when a word is not found in LXX.
* A single asterisk placed after a list of passages from the LXX
signifies
tnat the word occurs nowhere else in that Version.
t A dagger at the beginning of an article denotes that the word is not
found in Greek writers of the classical period.
t A dagger at the close of an article signifies that all the instances of the
word's occurrence in the N.T. have been cited.
An inferior numeral after a biblical book (e.g. in Macg) indicates the
number of times a word occurs in that book.
MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF
THE NEW TESTAMENT
A, a, SiKâ (q.v.), to, indecl., aljyha, the first letter of the Greek
alphabet. As a numeral, a = 1, a^ = 1000. As a prefix, it appears
to have at least two and perhaps three distinct senses 1. d- (before :
a vowel, dv-) negative, as in a-yvwo-Tos, d-Sixos. 2. d-, d- copulative,

indicating community and fellowship, as in d-TrAoCs, a-KoXovOeu),
a-SiXcf)6s. 3. An intensive force (LS, s. a), as in a.-T€pit,o} is sometimes
assumed (but v. Boisacq, s.v.).
'AapolK (Heb. ]niN), indecl. (in FIJ, -wvos), Aaron (Ex 4", al.)
Lk 15, Ac 7*», He 5* 7^1 9*.+

'APaSSwv (Heb. ]niN , destruction ; LXX, dTrwXcia, only in
Wisdom the place of the ruined dead Jb

Lit., of 2822 3112^ pg 8812, :
26'''
Pr 1511*), indecl. in NT, Abaddon, the angel of the Abyss

; Ee 9^\f :
*dpapiis, -€s «;8dpos), without weight; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.)

not burdensome : 11 Co ll^.t
*t'Aj3pd (T, -a), indecl. (Aram, xnx, emphatic form of n^t = Heb.
21< ,
father), used in the phrase 'A. 6 irarrjp, Abba, Father (v. Swete on
Mk, I.e.) : Mk 1436, Eo 8^5, Ga d^.t
'APeiXtjn] (T, Eec. 'AySt-), -^s, Tj (sc. x^^po), Abilene, a district in
the Anti-Lebanon Lk 3^t :
"ApeX (WH, "A-), 6, indecl. (Heb. ^3^1), Abel (Ge 42-10) : He 11*
1224; af/.a-'A., Mt 2335, Lk lisi.t
'Apid (Heb. njns? , in;n>?), 6, indecl. (in FIJ, 'A^Stas, -a), Abia,
Abijah. 1. Son of Eehoboam (iii Ki 14^) : Mt 1^. 2. A priest of the

line of Eleazar (i Ch 24^. lO) Lk l^.t ;
'A(3id0ap, 6, indecl. (Heb. in^^5N), Abiathar (i Ki 21^) : Mk 226.t
'APiXt]!/!!, V.8. 'AêLXrjvrj.

'ApiouS, 6, indecl. (Heb. inn-^nN), Abiicd, Abihud : Mt l".t
'Appadfi (Heb. Dn^^X), 6, indecl. (in FIJ, 'A/Spafio's, -ov; MM,
VGT, S.V.), Abraham (Ge 17^ al.) : Mt l^- 2 al.
1
*3 MANUAL 'i.REEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
a-Poaaos, -ov (<[Ion. /3v(ra-6<i = ^vdoi), 1. in cl., boundless, bottom-

less (e.g. 5. TTcXayos, a. ttXoStos, ^sch.). 2. [In LXX (for Dinp , Ge l^,
al. ; exc. Is 4427, Jb 41^2 for n^lS , nbisp , Jb 36i6 for nm) and] NT,
as subst. (MM, VGT,

s.v.), ^ a. (sc. x<^P«). ^^^ a&^ss; (a) of the sea
(Ge 1^) ;
underworld,
(b) of the as the abode of the dead Eo 10'^ :
(a paraphrase of De 30^^ LXX) as the abode of demons, Lk 8*^, ;
9i« 2, 11 117 178 201. 3 (Cremer, 2).t

Re
21io.+
'AYapos, -ov, 6, Agabus : Ac ll^s
*t dyaeoepY^w, -w, to do Qood, show kindness : 1 Ti 6^^ (Cremer, 8).t
d,Ya0o-Troi^(i», -w ( = cl. ayadbv ttoulv, evepyeTetv) [in Nu 10^^, ,
LXX :
Jg 171=^ A, Ze 112 (^j2i hi.), To 12i»B, i Mac lp3, n Mac 1^*;] to do
good ; (a) univ. i Pe 2i*' 20 36,

: 17^ Jo î
(b) for another's benefit m ;
Mk 3* (T, S.ya06v TTOLô-ai), Lk 69 ;

(Cremer, 8).+
(c) ace. pers., Lk 6^3. 35
*t dYaOoTToua, -as, 17 (< ayadoiroio?), well-doing : I Pe 4i9.t

**t dYaOoTTOios, -01', = cl. ayaOovpyo^, [in LXX, of a woman who
deals pleasantly in order to corrupt, Si 42^'^ * ;] doing well, acting rightly
(Plut.) I Pe 21* (Cremer, 8
: MM, VGT, s.v.).t ;
dYaeos, ->?, -ov, [in LXX

chiefly for niia ;] in general, good, in
physical and in moral sense, used of persons, things, acts, conditions,
etc., applied to that which is regarded as
" perfect in its kind, so as to
produce pleasure and satisfaction, that which, in itself good, is also

. . .
at once for the good and the advantage of him who comes in contact
with it" (Cremer, 3): yi?, Lk 8^; 8ey8pov, Mt 7^^; /capSta, Lk 8^^;
Sdo-is, Ja
117
^^p^^^ Lk. 10*2 ^pyor (freq. in PL), Phi 1^ ; eXms, 11 Th 2i«
;
er^<javp6<i, Mt 1235 fxvda, I Th 3« (cf. II Mac P^)

;
as subst., t6 d., that ;
which is morally good, beneficial, acceptable to God, Eo 122 ^py<{^£o-. .
Oai TO a., Eo 210, Eph 428; Trpdaa-eiv, Eo 9^, II Co 5^^ 8lwk€lv, I Th S^^; ;
IXLfjLeia-OaL, III Jo ^ KoWaa-Oai. T(Z

; d., Eo 12^ ipoirav Trepl tov a., Mt IQl^ ;
Slolkovo's CIS TO a., Eo 13* TO d. crov, thy ;favour, benefit, Phm 1*

pi., Ta a., of goods, possessions, Lk 12^^; of spiritual benefits, Eo IQi*,
He 9" IQi. d. is opp. to n-ovr]p6s, Mt 5** 20^5 ; xa/cos, Eo 7^^ ; (fâiXo?,
Eo 911, II Co 510 (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).
Syn. : properly refers to goodliness as mani-
KttXo's, 8tKaios. K.
fested in form d. to inner excellence

: (cf. the cl. KaX6<s Kaya66<5 and
ev KapBta k. kol d., Lk 81^). In Eo 6^, where it is contrasted with 8.,

d. implies a kindliness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed
by the SiKaios, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude
(cf. dyadwcrvvr]).
*f 6.yaQoupyi<o, -5, Contracted form (rare, v. WH, App., 145) of
ayaOoep- (q.v.), to do good : Ac 14i''.t
t ayaQiocTuvr] (on the termination, v.s. dytoTi;?, and cf . WH, App.,
152 ; MM, VGT, s.v.), -77s, v « dyaô's), [in LXX for nnil3 , niM , MM
only in Heb. bks. ;] goodness (representing " the kindlier, as St/<aiocrw7;,
the sterner element in the ideal character," AE, Eph., 5^ on its rela- ;
tion to ^prjaroT-q^, v. Tr., Syn., §lxiii) Eo 151*, q^ 522^ „ Th in.t :
tdyaXXiaffis, -cws, rj {<^dyaXXia.ia), [in LXX (most freq. in Pss. and

MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3
often coupled with €icf>poa-vvrj, as Ps 44 (45)^^) chiefly for b'^S ;] exulta-

tion, exuberant joy : Lk 1*^ Ac 2^", He 1^ Ju "*; x^pa xal a., Lk 1^*
(Cremer, 592).
t dyaXXido), -w, Hellenistic form of cl. aydWw, to glorify, mid. -o/tai,
to exult in ; [in LXX
(most freq. in Pss.) chiefly for b^3 ]:i pi. ;] to ,
exult, rejoice greatly : seq. i-n-L, c. dat., Lk 1*' c. dat. mod., i Pe 1^, ;
Ee 19". Mid., with same sense Mt 5^2, Lk lO-^, Ac 2^'« 16^4, i Pe 4^3 :
;
seq. 'va, Jo 8^" e'v, Jo 5^^ (1 aor. pass. perh.

; as mid. but v. Mozley, ;
Psalter, 5), i Pe 1« (Cremer, 590).t

** a-yajios, -ov, [in LXX
IV Mac 16^ * ;] unmarried : i Co 7^' ^^
:
fem. (= cl. avaiSpos), ib. i^'^^.t

** dyai'aKTcw, -w (<] ayav, vmch, axpfxai, to grieve), [in Wi 5^2 LXX :
1227, Da TH Bel ^s, iv Mac 4^1 * ;] to be indignant : Mt 2V^ 26^ 10^* Mk

144 seq. TTcpi', Mt 2024, Mk lOî seq. 6tl, Lk 13i4 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
. ;
** dYakdKTTjo-is, -eojs, rj (<^ dyavaKTew), [in Es 18^ N^ * indig- LXX :

;]
nation : II Co 711 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t

dyaTTdoj, -w, [in LXX chiefly for ilX ;] to love, to feel and exhibit
esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing.
1. Of human affection, to men t. TrXrjalov, Mt 5^^:
; t. exOpovs, ib. 4*
to Christ, Jo 842; to God, Mt 223"; ^ ^cc. rei, Lk 1143, Jq iîz^
Eph 525, II Tim 48' 10, He 1^, i Pe 2i' 310,
11 Pe 2l^ i Jo 2^\ Ee 12ii.
2. Of divine love; (a) God's love to men, Eo 8^"; to Christ, Jo S^S;
:
(&) Christ's love : to men, Mk 102^ ; to God, Jo 14^1 ; c. cogn. ace,

Jo 172«, Eph 24.
Syn. : (jitXeo). From its supposed etymology (Thayer, LS ; but

V. also Boisacq) d. is commonly understood properly to denote love
based on esteem (diligo), as distinct from that expressed by ^lAc'w
(amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If
this distinction holds, d. is fitly used in NT of Christian love to God
and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the
will, and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instinctive and
unreasoned, can be commanded as a duty. (Cf. dydin}, and v. Tr.,
Syn.,%^n Cremer, 9, 592 and esp. MM, "VGT, s.v.)
; ;
+ dydTrT), -775, t}, [in LXX for na,nN* which is also rendered by ,
dya.Tnf]crL<; and ^tXta ;] love, goodwill, esteem. Outside of bibl. and eccl.
books, there is no clear instance (with Deiss., LAE, 18^ 7O2, cf. the
same writer in Constr. Quar., ii, 4; and with MM, VGT, s.v., cf.
Dr. Moulton in Exp. Times, xxvi, 3, 139). In NT, like dyaTrdw,
1. Of men's love (a) to one another, Jo 13^5
:
(6) to God, i Jo 2^. ;
2. Of divine love; {a) God's love to men, Eo 5^; to Christ, Jo 172"; :
{b) Christ's love to men Eo S^^. 3. In pi., love feasts Ju 12 (2)£,

: :
iii, 157).
Syn.: cfiiXia. signifying properly
(v.s. dyairdix)) love which
a.,
chooses its from LXX, where its connotation is
object, is taken over
more general, into NT, and there used exclusively to express that
spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and
man, in Christ, which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus
4 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
distinct from
friendship (Ja 4^ only), a-ropyq, natural affection
<î\ta,
(in NT only in v.s. acrropyos) and epws, sexual love, which
compounds,
is not used in NT, its place being taken by eVi^v/xta. (Cf. iya-waui ;
and V. Abbott, Essays, 70 f DB, vol. i., 555; Cremer, 13, 593; .
;
MM, VGT, s.v.)

dyairTiTos, -rj, -6v (<< dyaTraw), [in LXX chiefly for TH^ , TTI;]
beloved (v. M, Pr., 221) (a) by God of Christ, Mt 3^" ;
of men, Ko 1^ : ;
{h) by Christians, of one another i Co 4^* freq. as form of address, : ;
ib. IQi* opp. to lx^p6';, Eo ll^s (v. AE, Eph., 229 ; Cremer, 17 MM,
; ;
VGT, s.v.).
"Ayap (Kec. "A-), rj, indecl. (in FIJ, 'Ayapa, -qs', Heb. "IJn), Hagar
(Ge 16) : Ga 424. 25_t
* dyYapeu'w (from the Persian cf. Vg. angiare, ; and the Heb,
niaX; on the orthogr., v. Bl., §6, 1; M, Pr., 46), to impress into
public service, employ a courier; hence, to compel to perform a

service (prob. common in the vernac. cf. Deiss., BS, 86 f., MM, Exp., ;
iv VGT, s.v.) Mt 5*^ 27^2, Mk 152i.t
«
; :
dyYcioi', -ov, TO ayyos), [in LXX chiefly for 1^3 ;] a vessel
(v. MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 25*.t

«
:
dyYcXi'a, -as, rj ayycXos), [in LXX chiefly for nriaijr ;] a mes-

sage: I Jo 15 311 (Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dyyeXXw (ayycXos), [in LXX for IM hi. ;] to announce, report
Jo 451 (WHR omit), 2018 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dyycXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for "SJk!?© ;] 1- <* messenger, one
sent Mt ll^*^, Ja 22^. 2. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel,

:
a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his

messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Lk l^^, or to
execute them, as Mt 4^. The a. in Ee l^" 2\ al., is variously under-
stood as (1) a messenger or delegate, (2) a bishop or ruler, (3) a
guardian angel, (4) the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the
Church itself. (Cf. Swete, A2)., in 1.; DB, iv, 991; Thayer, s.v.;
Cremer, 18 ; MM, VGT, s.v.)
ayyos, -«os, to, [in LXX for 1^3 mb? , ;] a vessel : Mt 13*^t
aye, prop, imperat. of ayw, come ! used as adv. and addressed,
like </)epe, to one or more persons Ja 41^ 5^.t
«
:
dye'XTi, -7?9, -7 aya>), [in LXX chiefly for -17?;] a herd: Mt Sô-^z,
Mk5ii.i3^ Lk832.33.t
*t dyck'caXoyrjTos, -ov {<C yeveoAoyco)), without genealogy, i.e. vathout
recorded pedigree (cf. Ne 1^^) : He V (Cremer, 152 ; MM, VGT, s.v.).
*dyet'Tis, -e's {^^y^vo-i), 1. unhorn (Plat.); 2. of no family, ignoble,

base (opp. to dyaô's. Soph., Fr., 105) opp. to euyevijs, I Co 1^^ (for :
exx. from v., v. VGT, s.v.).t MM,

dyidû), Hellenistic form of dyt^w (<^ dytos), to make holy, conse-
crate, sanctify ; [in LXX
chiefly for xoip pi., hi. ;] 1. to dedicate, separate^
MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 5
set apart for God ; of things Mt 23i''« ", ii Ti 22i of persons Christ,
: ; :
Jo 10^' 17^^ 2. to purify, make conformable in character to such

dedication forensically, to free from guilt, i Co 6^^, Eph b^^, He 2^^
:
IQio, 14, 29 1312 internally, by actual sanctification of life, Jo 17^^' ",

;
Ac 2032 2618, Eo 15i«, i Co I2 7^*, i Th 523, Ee 22ii; of a non-

believer influenced by marriage with a Christian, i Co 7^*. 3. In the
intermediate sense of ceremonial or levitical purification (a) of things, :
II Ti 221 (6) of persons. He 9^3.

;
4. to treat as holy : Mt 6^, Lk II2,
I Pe 316 (Cremer, 53, 602; MM, VGT, s.v.).t
t dyiaafi^s, -ov, 6 dyiaô)), [in «
Bz 45^ (W7i7P), Si 7", LXX :
etc. as an active verbal noun in -fios, it signifies properly the pro-

;]
cess TO ayidêiv, rather than the resultant state, dyiaxruvr/, hence,

1. consecration; 2. sanctification: so strictly in Eo 6^^' 22 (but v. Meyer),
I Co 130, I Th 43.7, II Th 2^3, He 12^*, i Pe 1«. Elsewhere it perhaps
(Ellic. but v. Milligan, Th., 48) inclines to the resultant state
;
I Th 4*, I Ti 215 (Cremer, 55, 602).t
ayios, -a, -ov (<Cto ay&s, religious awe ; a^w, to venerate), [in LXX
chiefly for Vj^p ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt. ; rare
in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use dyvos), hence, holy,
characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. 1. Its
highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and
glory : Lk 1*^, Jo I711, Ee 4^. Hence (a) of things and places which
have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple : Mt 24i*,
He 91 ; (b) of persons employed by him, as angels i : Th S^^ ;
prophets, Lk V^; apostles, Eph 3^. 2. Applied to persons as sepa-

rated to God's service (a) of Christ, Mk 12^ Jo 6«9, Ac 430 ; (6) of
:
Christians, Ac 9^3, Eo 1^, He 6^\ Ee 58. 3. In the moral sense of

sharing God's purity 620, Jo I711, Ac 31*, Ee 3^
: Mk
4. Of pure,
clean sacrifices and offerings i Co 71*, Eph 1*. :
Stn. : dyvos, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense

i£/)os (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external)
relation to God; oo-ios {sanctus as opp. to nefas), that which is based

on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf Tr., Syn., § Ixxxviii DB, ii, . ;
399 f. ; Cremer, 34, 594-601 MM, VGT, s.v.)

;
**t dynJTTjs, -rfTo^, rj (•<dyios), [in LXX: n Mac 152*;] sanctity,

holiness, regarded, properly, as an abstract quality (v. next word, and
cf. lift.. Notes, 49; MM, VGT, s.v.) n Co 1^2, He 12io.t
«
:
t dYiuffu'Ktj (cf. dyaew<rvvr]), -rj^, rj aytos), [in LXX : Ps 29 (30)*

96(97)12 (nrij?), 95(96)« (ijr), 144 (145)^ (Tin), n Mac 312*;] holiness,
the state in man resulting from dyiaa-fio^, q.v. : Ro 1*, n Co 7^, i Th 31^
(Cremer, 52 ; MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
dyKciXtj, -T/s, V « ayKos, a bend), [in LXX for b^^^ , p-'O;] the bent
arm : Lk 228 (cf. âyKa\tô/«u).t
oyKiorpoi', -ov, to (-< dyjcos, a bend), [in LXX for n^D » etc.;] a fish-
hook : Mt 17",t
**aYKupa, -a?, rj
Ac 2V^' *«
ayKo?, a bend), [in Sm,
fig. (MM, VGT, s.v.), He G^^.t
=^<^'
;
«
Je 52^8*;] an anchor :
*t aYka<})OS, -01' (= dyi'aTrTOS, 'C^yvdirrw, late form of KvaTrrco, to card

wool), uncarded, undressed, i.e. new (MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 92«, Mk 22i.t :
dyfcia (WH, dyvia), [in for nnnw TT3 "113 etc.;] purity : LXX , , ,
I Ti 4^- (Cremer, 58.

5'-'
For exx. of ceremonial use in tt., v. MM,
Exf., iv).t
a^vitûi «
to purify, cleanse from defile^nent ;
ayvos), [in
(a) ceremonially
LXX always ceremonially, chiefly for
: Jo 11^^,
l&lp;]
Ac
2124, 26 2418 (b) morally Ja 4^,
;
i Pe V-, i Jo S^.t :
SVN. : Ka6apit,w, q.v. (and v.s. dyvo's).

f&yyi<Tlu6s, -or, 6 «(£yvtCa)), [in LXX Nu G^ : (-173) 8^ IQi^ (riNian),
etc. purification : in ceremonial sense, Ac 212" (Lxx)_f

;]
dyi'oeu, -w, [in LXX for n^tZT , ZZtlf , DtZTX , etc. ;] 1. to be ignorant,
not to know : absol., ace, Aci Ti Eo 10»,
l^^, He 5'-^
; c. IS^^ 1723,
II Co 211; ^v ol?, II 2* 6^ 7^, i Co 1438; ^^ ^,';^^
Pe 212 ; seq. on, Eo
{i/i,as dyvoeti/, a Pauline phrase: c. ace, Eo 11^^; seq. vwep, 11 Co 18;
TTcpt, I Co 121, J rpi^ 413 2ti, Eo 113, I Co IQi (for similar usage in tt.,
.
V. MM, VGT, S.V.). Pass.: i Co 14^8, 11 Co 6\ Ga 1^2. 2. not to

understand : c. ace, Mk 9^2, Lk 9*^.+
+ dyi-oTifia, -Tos, t6 « dyi'oea.), [in LXX : Ge 4312 (n|r?rD), To 33,
Jth 520, Si 232 5119, I Mac IS^^*;] a sin of ignorance (so in tt. ; v. MM,
VGT, s.v.) : He 9" .t
dyk'oia, -a;, r) {<âyvoeoi), [in LXX chiefly for DCTN , n^Jt!; ;] ig-
norance : Ac 31" lYô, Eph 418 (with sense of wilful blindness ; cf. MM,
VGT, s.v.), I Pe li^.t
dyi'os, -•>?, -oV « ayo9, V.S. dyios), [in LXX chiefly for "linM (Pss,
and Pr. only), also 11 Mac 138, iv Mac 18'', al. ;] 1. free from ceremonial
defilement, in a condition prepared for worship (for exx. of pagan
usage, V. MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. holy, sacred, veiierable (11 Mac, I.e.).
3. As in OT (cl.), pure, chaste, undefiled, guiltless; (a) of persons:
II Co 711 1112, I Ti 522, Tit 25, I Jo 33; (b) of things: Phi 48, Ja 31^
I Pe 32.
Syjv. : dXiKpivrj'i {q.v.),jmre, primarily as winnowed, purged,

first found in ethical sense in NT the equivalence of d.
(sificere). On
and Kaâpds (q.v.), v. DCG, ii, 459'\ though Westc. {Epp. Jo., 101)
notes a distinction between them.
^tdycoTYis, -TrjTO<;, 7) {<âyv6<i), 2ûrity, chastity (cf. dyio'Tiys) : II Co
66 113.t
*dY»'ws «dyvds), adv., piirely, with pure motives Phi li'^.t :
dy^waia, -a?, f] «ya'wcrKO)), [in LXX Jb 35l« (n^T^b^), Wi

: 131,
III Mac 527*;] igno7-ance (opp. to yvwo-i?) : i Co 153^, i Pe 21^ (v. Hort
in 1. ; MM, VGT, s.v.).t
** ayyio<TTos, -ov «yiv«o-K(o), [in LXX Wi :
1118 183, „ Mac li^ 2'
(Cremer, 157)*;] unknown: Ac 1723 (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
Ayopd, -as, r) (<:^ dyeipo), to bring together), [in LXX for ]nTy, p-lltf;]
1. an assembly (Horn., Xen., al.). 2. a place of assembly, a public place

or forum, a market-place (Horn., Thuc, al.; LXX) : Mt U}^ 20^ 237,
Mk 6^6 (cf . MM, VGT, s.v., ayvi£) 7^ (Bl., § 46, 7) 1238, ^k 7^2 (Bl., I.e.)
1143 2046, Ac
1619 17^7 (Cremer, 69; MM, FGT, s.v.).+
dyopdû «[ dyopa), [in LXX
chiefly for "QtZT T\2p ;] 1. to frequent ,
the dyo/od (Hdt., al.). 2. to buy in the market, purchase (Xen., al.;
LXX in tt. very common in deeds of sale, v.
; VGT, s.v.) absol., MM, :
Mt 21^2, Mk
11^5; c. ace. rei, Mt 13*4- 4", al.; seq. irapa, c. gen. pers.,
Ee 318 (LXX, Polyb.) Ik, Mt 27^ ; ; c. gen. pret., Mk 6^7, al. ; metaph.,
I Co 620 723, II Pe 21, Ee 5^ 143' *.
*dYopatos, -ov (<^dyopd), 1. frequenting the ayopd, a loxmger in the

dyopd (Xen., al.) Ac 17^. 2. In late writers (Strab., al.), proper to
:
the dyopd dyopaiot (sc. i^fiepai) ayovrat (cf. Lat. conventus agere), court-
:
days are kept, Ac 193^ (for exx. of both usages, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
^dypa, -as, 17 (<]dyw), 1. the chase, a hunting or catching : Lk 5*.
2. that which is taken, a catch : of fish, Lk 5^.f
* dypd/jifiaTos, -ov (<^ypd(^co), without leamitig (ypafj-fxara), un-
lettered (in TT. freq. in formula used by one who signs for an illiterate
MM, VGT, s.v.) : Ac 4^3 (but cf. Thayer, 8.v.).t
* aypavXio), -w (<^dypavXos, dwelling in the field; ^dyp6<i, avXrj),
to live in the fields : Lk 28.t
dypeu'o, (dypa), [in LXX: Jb lO^*, Pr 522 625,26^ Ho 52 (np^ ni.,
tDniZT, etc.)*;] to catch or take by hunting or fishing; metaph.,
Mk 12i3.t
* dypi- A.aio9, -ov, 1. of the wild olive (Anth.). 2. As subst., the
wild olive : Eo ll^^. 24(^qGT, in 1. MM, VGT, s.v.).t ;
dypios, -a, -ov (<ûyp6s), [in LXX

for HT^ etc.;] 1. living in ,
fields, wild : fxiXi. Mt 3^, Mk 1". 2. savage, fierce : Ju ". (Cf. usage
in TT. of a malignant wound ; MM, VGT, s.v.)t
'Aypiinras, -a (Bl., §7, 2), Agrippa (II): Ac 25i3. 22, 23, 24, 2«
6,
261, 2, 19, 27, 28. 32,
(For Agrippa I, v.s. 'UpwSrj^, 3.)t
dypos, -oS, 6, [in LXX chiefly for nitr] ; 1. afield: Mt 628, al.
2. the country : Mk I521, al. ;

pi., country places, farms : Mk 5^* 636> 56^
Lk 83* 912. 3. = x'^PôV' CL piece of ground : Mk 1029, Ac 427, al. (On

the occurrence of this word as compared with x^P'^f X'^P'^"' ^- M^.
VGT, s.v.)
dypuircew, -w (•<^ dypu7ri/os, seeking sleep; <^dyp€v(o, vTrvo<;), [in
LXX chiefly for ipw to be sleejjless, wakeful (Theogn., Xen., al.)
;]
metaph. (LXX) = cl. iyprjyopa, to be watchful, vigilant Mk 1333, :
Lk 2136, Eph 618, He 13i7.t

SVN. : yp-qyopioi, q.v. vrj(f), associated with y. in i Pe 5^, ex-
;
pressing a wariness which results from self-control, a condition of

moral, not merely mental alertness (v. M, Th., I, 5®).
** dypuiri'ia, -as, r/ (v. supr.), [in LXX: Si 9, II Mac 22« *; ] sleepless-
ness, watching : u Co 6^ 1127. (Plat., Hdt. for exx. in tt., v. MM, ;
VGT, s.v.)t
dyuid, v.s. dyop({, [in LXX : in Mac lô 4^ *].
ayw, [in LXX

for NIS hi., 3n: ;] 1. to lead, bring, carry Upb , ,
etc.
c. ace, seq. tVi, ets, 2ws, xpos and simple dat. metaph,, to lead, guide, ;
impel Jo 10^^ Eo 2*, He

:
Qô, ii Ti 3^, al. 2. to spend or keep a day
Lk 2P^, Ac 19^8 3. Intrans., to go : subjunc, ayoyfuv, Mt 26*«, al.

(Cramer, 61 MM, VGT, s.v.).
«
;
dyajYVi, -^s, ^ dya,), [in LXX : Es 220 103, II Mac 4i6 B^ 112*,
III Mac * ;] 1. a carrying away. 2. a leading, guiding ; metaph.,

4^**
training ; hence, from the expression d. tov /3iov, absol., conduct, way
of life : II Ti
3io (Cremer, 61 MM, VGT, s.v.).t ;
dyci.', -wos, 6 «dya>), [in LXX: Is T^^ (nxb), Es 4^7, Wi

42 10^2,
II Macg, IV Mac 5*;] 1. a gathering, esp. for games. 2. a place of
assembly. 3. a contest, striiggle, trial; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.),
(a) of the Christian life as a contest and struggle Phi lô, i Th 22, :
I Ti 612^ II Ti 4^ He 12^ (b) solicitude, anxiety : Col 2^.f

;
** dywKia, -as, rj «dywv), [in II Mac 3^*'

i« 151^
*;] 1. a contest,LXX :
wrestling (Eur., Xen.). 2. Of the mind, great fear, agony, anguish

(Dem., Arist.) Lk 22*^ (cf Field, Notes, 77 f
: Abbott, Essays, 101 f . . ; .
MM, VGT, 8.v.).t

dycji/iSofiai «dywv), [in LXX: Da TH 6^* (bs DW), Si 428,
I, II, IV Mac 5*;] 1. to contend for a prize: i Co 92^, 2. to fight,

striiggle, strive: Jo IS^" ; metaph. (MM, VGT, Col 129 412^
s.v.).
I Ti 410 612, II Ti 47; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 66), Lk 132* (Cremer, 609).t
'A8d^, 6, indecl. (Heb. DIX), Adam : Lk Rq 338, 514^ i Co 1522.«,
I Ti 2^3, u^ ju u .
Christ 6 ^crxaros 'A., i Co 15*5.t
*d8dTTa»'os, -ov (<^8a7rdvi7), 2vithout expense, free of charge:
I Co 9i8.t
'aSSci (Eec. 'A881), 6, indecl., Addei : Lk 328.t

d8eX(|)Vi, -^s, ^7 « d8£A</)os), [in LXX for ninx ;] a sister : Mt 192»,
al.; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.), of a member of the Christian com-

munity Eo 16^, I Co 7l^ Ja 21^, al.
:
d8e\4»6s, -ov, 6 (<!d- copul., SeXcfim, womb), i,n cl., a brother, born
of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for n^ ;]
1. lit. ofa brother (Ge 42, al.). 2. Of a neighbour (Le 191^). 3. Of a

member of the same nation (Ex 2^*, De 15^). In NT in each of these
senses (1. Mt I2, al. 2. Mt 3. Eo 9^) and also, 4. of a fellow-
; V ;
Christian: I Co 1\ Ac 930. This usage finds illustration in tt., where

d. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1*
MM, VGT, S.V.). The d86\<ôl r. Kvptov (Mt 12*6-49 1355 2310, Mk 331-34,
Lk Jo 212 73' 5, 10 2017, Ac li*, 1 Co 9^) may have been sons of
819-21,
Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. vi ff. DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph ;
by a former marriage (Lft., Gal, 252 ff. DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view ;
of Jerome, which makes d. equivalent to dvei/^tds, is inconsistent with

Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)
**t d8eX<t.<5TTis, -r?Tos,
1. abstract, brotherhood, brotherly affection (LXX).
^ «
2. Concrete, the
d8eX<ô's), [in LXX Mac 12i0'i7, iv Mac 5*;]
: i
brotherhood, the Christian community i Pe 21^ 5^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).t :

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 9
a-8T)Xos, -ov « SÂos), [in LXX : Ps 50 (51)6 (ninij^) ;] 1. unseen,

unobserved, 7wt manifest (Ps, I.e.) : Lk 11**. 2. uncertain, indistinct
I Co 148.t
*t d8TiX(5nis, -r]Tos, rj {<^ a.8r]Xo<;) uncertainty : i Ti 6^''.t ,
*d8ii\ws {<CaSriXos:), adv., uncertainly : of direction, i Co 9^^ _+

** dSTjfioi/cw, -to (on the derivation, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in Aq.
Jb 1820; Sm. Ps 60(61)3 1152(116^1), Ec l^-^m^ Bz S^^*;] to he
:
trotibled, distressed (MM, I.e.) : Mt 263", -^j;^ 1433^ -pÂ 226.t
aSTjs, -ov, 6, [in LXX ehiefly for blNljr , also for nipTT , niCi , etc. ;]
1. in Horn., Hades (Pluto), the god of the underworld. 2. the abode
of Hades, the underivorld ; in NT, the abode of departed spirits,

Hades: iv t. a., Lk 1623; ^k a., Ac 22^.31; TrvXat dSov, Mt le^S; kXcU
Tov a., Ee 118;' metaph., Iws a.', Mt 1123, Lk lO^^;' personified, Ee 6^
20i3.'i4
(Cremer, 67, 610; MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
d-8id-KpiTos, -ov «8taK/3tVw), [in LXX: Pr 25i*;] 1. not to be
parted, mixed, undistinguishable (cf. Pr, I.e., and v. Lft., Ignat. Eph.,
§3). 2. without uncertainty (Hort, in 1., but v. MM, VGT, s.v.):
Ja 3i^t
*t dSidXeiTTTos, -ov (<[ SiaXetTToj), unremitting, incessant: Eo 92,
II Ti 13. (For exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)t
**t dSiaXeiTTTus (v. supr.), adv., [in LXX: i Mac 12^1, 11 Mae 4,
III Mac 633 * -J unremittingly, incessantly : Eo 1^, i Th 13 2^3 51^.+
dSiKe'w, -w (<â6iKo?), [in LXX
for ptSV TWS etc.;] 1. intrans., , ,
to be iSiKos, do wrong, act wichedly or criminally : Ac 25^^, i Co 6^,

9i9.
II Co 712, Col 325, Ee 2211 ^^ ^^ J^^^J.t, Ee 2. Trans, (a) to do some
.
wrong : o rjSLKrjcrev, Col 3"-^ to lorong some one, Mt 20i3, Ac 72*''2'' 251**,
;
II Co 72, Ga 412, Phm

is,
11 Pe
2i3 pass., Ac 72*, 11 Co 712 mid., ;
;
I Co 6' {supr to be ivronged ;

. . .
§ 38, 3 but v. Bl., §54, 5; WM, ;
and cf. dTToo-Tcpeo)) {b) to injiire, hurt: Lk 10l^ Ee 2ii 6« 72' 3 9*' 10 ll^.t
;
dSiKKifia, -Tos, TO (<^ dSi/ceoj), [in for pjT nj?g etc.;] a wrong, LXX , ,
injury, misdeed (MM, VGT, s.v.) Ac I81* 2420, Ee IS^.t

«
:
dSiKia, -as, T] aSt/cos), [in LXX for Jir , yip^ , b}V , etc. ;]
1. injustice : Lk
18", Eo 91*. 2. unricihteousness, iniquity : Jo 7^^,
Ac 823, Ro 118' 29 28 613, II Ti 210, I Jo 1^ 51^ opp. to aX^Seia, 1 Co 136, ;
II Th 212 to hiKaiocTvvr], Eo 3^ ; a-rraTTq Tri<; a., II Th 21* ; /itcrôs aSt/ci'as,

;
Ac 118, II Pe 213.15; cpydrai t^s a., Lk 1327; ^â/xovSs T^S d., Lk 16^;
Koo'/xos T^s d., Ja 36; oiKovdyLios T^s d., Lk 168. 3. = ahiK-qfjia, an un-
righteous act : ironically, a favour, 11 Co 12i3 ;
pi., He 812 (Cremer,
261 ; MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dSiKos, -ov (•< SUr]), [in LXX for ipcr , b^y , etc. ;] 1. unjust
Eo 35, He 610. 2. unrighteous, wicked: Lk I611 I811, Ac 24i5,
I Co 61' 9, I Pe 318 opp. to StKaios, Mt 5*^ to ; ; cuo-c/?»;s, II Pe 2^ to ;
irio-Tos, Lk 1610 (Cremer, 200).
dSiKtos, adv. «a8tKos), [in LXX for IptS', b'W , etc.;] unjustly,
undeservedly : 1 Pe 2i9.t
'ASjiei./ (WH, mg., 'A8d/x), 6, indecl., Admin. : Lk 3'3.+
a-86Kifxos, -ov, [in LXX : Pr 25\ Is I22 (rp)* ;] 1. of things (prop.
of metals : c), not standing the test, rejected : yrj, He 6^.

LXX, 11.
2. Of persons, after testing, reprobate : Eo 1^^, i Co 9^'^,

rejected
11 Co 135-7, II Ti 3% Tit li« (Cremer, 212).
*a-8oXos, -ov, 1. guileless (Find., Thuc). 2. Of liquids (^sch.,

Eur., and late prose writers), genuine, jnire (in tt. and in MGr. of wine,
also of corn : MM, VGT, s.v. ; Milligan, NTD, 77) : of milk, metaph.,
I Pe 22.t
/SJ'^V. . oiKepaioi (q.V.), a/<aKOS, airXov's.
'A8pa/jiui/TT)f6s (T, Rec. 'ABpa/xvTrrjvos), -rj, -ov, of Adramyttium,
a seaport of Mysia Ac : 272.t
'ASptas (T, Eec. 'ASpias), -ov, 6, the Adriatic sea, in later Greek
usage extended to take in all the waters between Greece and Italy
Ac 272'.t
*d8p6TY]s, -TO?, rj (<^d8pd9, thick, well-grown), 1. thickness, vigour.
2. abundance, bounty 11 Co S^^^.t :
d8umTe'w, -i «d8i-m-ros), [in LXX: De 17^ Za 8^ (sbsni.),

Jb 422 (-|2jri ni.), al. ;] to be miable (cl., Philo tt., v. MM, VGT, s.v.). ;
2. In LXX
and NT (Kennedy, Sources, 124; Hatch, Essays, 4;
Field, Notes, 46 f.), to be impossible : Mt 1V\ Lk l^^.t
d-SuVaros, -ov, [in LXX for 'Jl'^^N' , bl , etc. ;] 1. of persons, unable,
jmverless: Ac 148; fig_^ Rq 15^ (MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. Of things, im-

possible: Mt 192«, Mk 1027, Lk 1827, jô g^, He 6*'i8 10* ll^.t
a8w (Attic form of Ion. and poet. deiSo)), [in LXX chiefly for
"VU ;] to sing, (a) intrans., c. dat. (MM, VGT, s.v.), of praise to God
Eph 519, Col 316 ;

(b) trans., c. cogn. ace. w8^v, Re 5^ 14^ IS^.t :
de{, adv., [in LXX : Is 42^* (Qbisrn) 511^ (Tpn), Ps 94 (95)io, al. ;]
ever ; 1. of continuous time, unceasingly, perpetually : Ac 2 Co 7^-^, 4^^

6^**, Tit 1^2^ jje 310^ 2. Of successive occurrences, on every occasion
(MM, VGT, s.v.) : i Pe S^^, n Pe li2.t
dcTos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for 11273 ;] an eagle : Ee 4^ 8^^ (Eec. ayyeXov)
12^*. Where carrion is referred to, a. is probably a vulture (cf.

Jb 3930, Pr 3017) : Mt 2428, Lk 17^7 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dûfj,09, -ov (<Ctvixri), [in LXX for riS'Q ; rd d. (sc Xayava, cakes)
= DiSiQn;] unleavened: 17 kopTr] twv d. (ni-SDSn an), the jmschal feast
(also called rd d., Mk 14^), Lk 22^; r^fxipa twv d., Mt 26i7, Mk 14^2,
Lk 227 •
Ac
Fig-, of Christians, free from corrîption :
r;/x,e/3at, 12^ 20*'.
I Co 57 exhorted to keep festival, e'v dû/xois (sc. apToi<;, XdyavoLs, or,

;
indefinitely, "unleavened elements"), ib. 8 (Cremer, 724),

'Aâip, 6, indecl., Azor : Mt l^^.i^.t
"AI^cjTos, -ov, -f) (Heb., lilJS'K), Azotus, a PhiHstine city: Ac 8*^t
dT)8ia, -as, yj « d- neg., -^Sos, pleasure), [in LXX : Pr 2329 (niiz;)*;]
1. of things or persons, unpleasantru^ss, odiousncss (Hipp., Dem., al.);

2. dislike (Plat.),disagreement (MM, VGT, s.v.) Lk 23^2 D.+ :
MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 11
di^p, d€>s, 5, [in LXX: ii Ki 22^2 (= Ps 17 {18y\ pnm), Wig;]

in Horn., Hes., the lower air which surrounds the earth, as opp. to
the purer aWrjp of the higher regions ;
generally, air (MM, VGT, s.v.)
Ac 22^^ I Th 4^^ Ee
of the air as the realm of demons,
9'- IG^^ ;
Eph 22 ; d. Sepetv, of striving to no purpose, i Co Q^" ; cis d. XaXetr, of

speaking without effect, not being understood, i Co 14®.
**d0acao-ia, -as,
LXX Wi 3* 4^ S^^. ^ 153^ ^y Mac 14^ 16^3 *
r] « d-âvaT09, undying; V. MM, VGT,
immortality : i
S.V.), [in
Co IS^^, 5*^
: ;]
iTi6i« (cf. Cremer, 285f.).+

**d-0€>iTos (late form of dOefjua-To?, LS, VGT, s.v.), -ov MM,
«ê>ts, custom, right), [in LXX: 11 Mac 6^ 7^ 10^4, Mac 520*;] m
(a) of persons, laxvless (iii Mac, I.e.) ih) of things, laivless, unlawful ;
Ac 1028, Pe 43.
I
SYN. : V.S. d^€o-/xos.

*a-6eos, -ov, 1. in cl. (a) slighting or denyiyig the gods (Plat.; cf.
MM, VGT, s.v.) ;
abandoned by the
{h) godless, ungodly (Pind.) ;
(c)
gods (Soph.) 2. In the NT (cf. Lft. on Ign. ad Trail, § 3), of the
heathen, without God, not knowing God (Cremer, 281) Eph 2^2_t
«
:
**t a-0ecT/ios, -ov ^€o-/xos, lata, mstom), [in LXX iii Mac 5^2 62^ * ;] :
lawless, esp. of those who violate the law of nature and conscience
(cf. MM, VGT, s.v.) : 11 Pe 2" 3i7.t
Sl'N. : d^€/i.tTos, avofxos, KaKos, irovr)p6<;, âvA.os (v. Tr., Syn.,
§lxxiv; DCG,u, 821b).
td0€Tcw, -tu {<^TL6r]fxL), [in for seventeen different words, LXX
rtZTD Tia 133 bra
, ,etc., often
,
meaning, as i Ki 13^ (Heb., al.), to
,
revolt; properly, to viaJce dOerov, or do away with wJmt has been laid
down (v. DCG, i, 453 f.)]. 1. to set aside, disregard (in Gramm., to
reject as spurious) hiaO-qKTqv, Ga 3^^; €VtoA.7;v, Mk 7®; vop-ov. He 102^;
:
TTio-Tiv, I Ti 512. 2. to nullify, make void : Lk V^ (v. Field, Notes, 59),

I Co 119, Ga 221. 3. to reject : Mk 62" (Field, op. cit., 30), Lk lO^^,
Jo 12*8, I Th 48, Ju 8 (for exx. in tt., v. MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
t dQcTTjats, -€w?, yj{<^ dOeTew), [in LXX, usually of unfaithful,
rebellious action: i Ki 24^2 (y^rg), Je 12^ (135), Da th 9" (bra),
II Mac a disannulling, setting asid^ : He 7^8 926^ (^qj. similar
1428* ;]
usage in tt., v. Deiss., BS, 228 f. MM, VGT, s.v.)t ;
'AflriKai, -wv, al (plural because consisting of several parts),

Athens: Ac W^'^^ 18S i Th S\f
'ASrimios, -a, -ov, Athenian: Ac 172i'22,t
* 6.6X4(1), -w (in cl. also dOXevw, <^d6Xo<;, a contest, in war or in
sport), to contend in games, wrestle, combat : 11 Ti 2^.t
*t aSXriais, -€ws, 17 (<! d^Xeco), a contest, combat, esp. of athletes
fig., a struggle : He 10^2 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dOpoi^w (<^ d6p6o<;, assembled in croivds, MM, VGT, s.v. ; <C dp6o<;,
a 7ioise, tumult), [in LXX
chiefly for V^p ;] to gather, assemble
Lk 2433.t
dGufieu, -w (d-^v/xos, witlvout heart), [in LXX for mn , etc. ;] to &fi
disheartened : Col 32i.t

12 MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
d6wos (Rec. wrongly, -wos LS, s.v. Mayser, 131), -ov (<^^cot^ ; ;
a penalty), [in LXX

chiefly for np2 ni., pi., "^j"?! ;] 1. unpunished (MM,
VGT, S.V.).2. innocejit Mt 27^ (WH, R, mg., BCKmoiA: 27^\f

(WH, -ytos), -a, -ov (<[ ai^, a goat), [in LXX
atycios for 7? ;] o/ a
j?oai ; He 11^7 (MM, VOT, 8.v.).+
aiyiaXds, -ov, 6 (on the derivation, v. Boisacq, s.v.), [in LXX
Jg 51" (p)in), Si 241* *
;J
the sea-shore, beach (cf. Field, Notes, 146 ; DCG,
i, 175 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 132.« Jo 21*, Ac 2P 27^9. 40.t :
AiYUTTTios, -a, -ov, Egyptian: Ac 722.24,28 2138^ He il29,t

Egypt: Mt 2i3-i5. i9, Ac 2i"
Aiyu^Tos, -ov, T}, 7^-39, He Sê 1126,27.
yi} A?., Ac 7*» 131^ He 89, Ju ^ (cf. Ex 5^2, al.) ; rj M., Ac 1^^; fig.,
of Jerusalem as hostile to God, Re 11^.

**dt8ios, -ov {<a€i), [in LXX: Wi 72^, iv Mac IQi^*;] everlasting
(freq. in Inscr. VGT, s.v.); MM, : Ro I20, Ju ^.t
STN. : BS, 363 J. The ety-
atwvios, also freq. in Inscr. (Deiss.,
mological distinction between the meanings of the two words seems
not to be retained in late Greek (v. Thayer, s.v,, aiwvios cf. Cremer, ;
79, 611).
** aiScSs (-o'os), -ovs, r), [in LXX : iii Mac 1^9 4^ * ;] a sense of shame,
modesty : i Ti 29 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
Syn.: ala-x^vt} (v. Thayer, 14; Tr., Syn., §xix; Cremer, 611 f.;
CGToniTi, I.e.).
Ai0io\|», -oTTos, 6 {<CaWi>i, to hum, wt/', face ; i.e. swarthy), [in LXX
for iris ;] Ethiopian : Ac S'-^.t
AiXa|xiTT)S, V.S. 'EAaju.etTr/s.

at|ia, -Tos, TO, [in LXX for Dl ;] blood. 1. In the ordinary sense
Mk525, Lk 8^3, 44 22*4, Jo 19^^ Ac I520.29 2125, Ee 8^.8 ne i63,4,6
191^. 2. In special senses : (a) of generation, origin, kinship (cl.)
Jo 1^3 (v. MM, VGT, S.V.); (b) as in OT (AR on Eph, I.e.), in the
phrase adp^ koL at. (at. k. a.), to indicate human nature as opp. to God
and created spirits: Mt 161^, i Co 15^0, Ga l^^, Eph 6^2, He 2^^;
2i9> 20^ 1418-20
(c) of things in colour resembling blood : Ac jje 6^2
(d) of bloodshed, a bloody death (cl.) Mt 233o. 35 274. 6. 24, 25^ l^
:
s,
1150, 51 131^ Ac 119 528 186 2026 2220, He 12*, Re 6io 17^ 182* I92
al. €Vx«tv (Deiss., LAE, 428; MM, VGT, s.v., at), Ro 3^5, Re 16^;
(e) of sacrificial blood, as an expiation 9'^' 12, 13, 18-22, 25 iQi ]^228 : He
1311 of the blood of Christ, Mt 2628,
; I42*, Lk 222o, Jo 6^3, 54, 56^ Mk
Ac 2028, Eo 325 59, I Co 1016 1125. 27^ Eph 1^ 21^, Col 120, 912. 1* He
1019,29 1224 1320^ I pe 12.19^ i Jq 17 (cf. S^' «), Re 15 59 71* 1211.
(Cremer, 69 f., 612 f.)t
*t alfiarcKXUCTta, -as, 17 {"Calfxa, Ik, x^'w), shedding of blood (Eccl.;

Cremer, 71) : He 922.t
alfioppoe'w, {<Cialfia, pc'co), [in LXX : Le 15^3 (n.n)*;] to lose bloody
suffer from a flow of blood (Hipp.) : Mt 92o.t

9^3,
Aii'âs, -OV, 6, jEneas : Ac 34 +
+ aiKco-is, -cojs, ^7 (< alveo)), [in LXX chiefly for rryiri , n^np ;]
praise (Eccl.) : Ova-ta atveVcws (Le 7^^, n^lH n5|), He IS^^.t
aiKû, -o) (<âLvo'i), poet., Ion. and late prose (MM, FGT, s.v.)
for cl. eTraivco), [in LXX chiefly for bbn nT , ;] to praise : c. ace, t. êw,
Lk 2^3,20 1937 2463, Ac 2*7 S^'^, Eo IS^^ ; c. dat., t. ê<3 (Je 20i3, al. for
!? b^n ; V. Field, Notes, 245), Ee IQ^.t
SYJV. : DCG, 211).
iôfxoXoyeui, evXoyeo), evâpicTTSw, /xaKapLô) (v. i,
aii/iyfia, -T09, to (<^ alvLcra-ofjiaL, to speak ill riddles; <^ atvos = Seivos,
dread, strange), [in LXX for nTn Nu 12^ and always exc. De 28^'' ,
in^W) ;] a dark saying, riddle : i Co 13^2 (cf_ ^^^ l.c.).t
ati'os, -ov, 6, [in LXX for bbn pi, TJT ;]

poet, and Ion., 1. = fiv6o<;,
a tale (Horn., al.). 2. = Att. cTraivos, ^jraise (Horn., al.) : Mt 21i«'^^^',
Lk 1843. 3, In ,r., a decree (MM, VGT, s.v.).t

AiciJi', 17, indecl. (cf. Heb. ]^r, a sjyring), Aenon : Jo S^^.t
aipeais, -cws, 17 {<âipew, -ofxai), [in LXX for HÎJ ,] 1. capture.
2. choosing, choice (v. MM, FGT, s.v.). 3. ^/jai which is chosen,

hence, opinio7i; esp. a peculiar opinion, heresy: i Co Ga S^", 11^^,
II Pe 2\ E, txt. 4. In late writers (MM, VGT), of a set of persons
professing particular principles or opinions, a school, sect, party,
faction: Ac 6^^ 15^ 245.i* 26^ 2822, i Co, Ga, 11 Pe, I.e., E, mg.
(Cremer, 614).
aiperi^w, [in LXX
chiefly for in2 (v. Cremer, 615) ;] = alpeofxat
(Hipp., Inscr.), to choose : Mt 12^^ (LXX, a.vTi\r]fxtf/ofx,ai).f
*alpeTiK6s, -ij, -ot/ (<^ alpeofiaL), 1. capable of choosing (Plat.).
2. causing division, heretical, factious (Cremer, 614) as subst., Tit 3^*'.t :
atpc'w, [in for HiDN hi., LXX

inn etc. ;] to take ; Mid., -ofxai (M, ,
Pr., 158 f. MM, VGT, s.v.), to choose : Phi I22, n Th 2^3^ He IP^.
;
(Cf. av-, a.<f>-, OL-, i^-, KaO-, Trepi-, Trpo-aiplo}.)f

aipw, [in LXX chiefly for NiZTJ also for npb etc. ;] 1. to raise,
, ,
take up, lift or draw up : Jo 8^9 11*\ Ac 27^'^, al. 2, to bear, carry
Mt 4" 162*, al. 3. to bear or take aicay, carry off, remove : Mt 212\
Jo Co
1931, I 512 6^5 (y, Lft., Notes, 216), al. ; of the taking away sin
by Christ, Jo l^^, I Jo 3^. (Cf. d7r-, e^-, l-n--, fier-, <rvv-, virep-aipu). For
exx. from tt., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)
aiaOdi/ofjiai, [in LXX for j^n , TDPI JTT ;] to perceive: c.acc. rei
,
(Bl., § 36, 5 MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 9« (Cremer, 619 f.).t

«
;
aio-0T|CTis, -ews, 17 alo-BdvofjLaL), [in LXX

chiefly for T)^ ;] per-
ception (MM, VGT, s.v.) : Phi VA

Syn. : cTriyvcDo-ts, q.v. (cf. Cremer, 620).
aio-6T)Tiqpio»', -ov, to (<^ ala-6avop.ai), [in LXX : Je 4^® ^P)'
IV Mac 222 * .-]
sense, organ of perception : He 5^* (MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
* aioxpoKcpSiis, -es (<C aio-xpos, K€p8o<;), greedy of base gains : i Ti 3',
Tit l^.t
*t alaxpoKepSws, adv., from eagerness for base gain : i Pe 5^ (here
only).t
* aiaxpoXoyia, -as, r/ (<ât(TXpos, Aeyw), ahusive language, abuse
(Lft., ICG, in 1. ; MM, VGT, s.v.) : Col S^.t
aiaxpos> -»> -oy (<Catcrxos, shame, disgrace), [in LXX : Ge 4P*
(yi , jn), Jth 1212, al. ;] fease, shameful : i Co ll^ Id^s^ Eph 5^2, Tit 1"
(MM, VGT, s.v.).+
* aio-xpoTTjs, -y^ros, '^
(<[ ato-xpo's) , basetiess : Eph 5*.t
aio-x">''n» -'>/?. I/ (<Ca-rcrxos, shavie, disgrace), [in LXX chiefly for
n^rn ;] shame (MM, FGT, s.v.) : subjectively, Lk 14^9^ ii Co 4^ ; ob-
jectively, Phi 3^^, He 12'^ ; as something to be ashamed of, Ee 3^^

pi. (Bl., § 32, 6), shameful deeds, Ju ^^.t
Sl^V. ; aiook, q.V.
aio-xuco) (<âTo-xos, shame), [in LXX chiefly for IS'n;] 1. to dis-
figure (Horn.). 2. to dishonozor (Pr 29^^). 3. to make ashamed

(Si 13'^). Pass., to be put to shame, be ashamed: ii Co 10^; Phi l^**,
4l«, I Jo 228; c inf (M, Pr.,
I Pe 205), Lk IS^ (cf. iir- {-ofMai), Kar-
ato^x wco) t .
aiTEtj, -u), [in LXX chiefly for bnw ;] to ask, request : absol.,
Mt 7", Ja I*'; c. ace. pers., Mt 5^-, Lk 6^'*; c. ace. rei, seq. a-rro,
Mt 2020, I Jo 516 . ia. seq. irapd, Ac 3^, Ja 1^ ; c. dupl. ace, Mt T^,

Mk Jo
622, Mid. (on the distinction bet.
1622. mid. and act., v. M,
Pr., 160) absol., :15^, Jo 1626, j^ 43 Mk
^ ^cc. rei, Mt 14^, 62*, . Mk
al.; c. ace. pers., Mt 272^, Lk 232^; c. ace. rei, seq. Trapd, Ac 92;
c. ace. et inf., Lk 2323 ^ i^f ^ Ac 7^^, Eph 3^3 (cf. d^r-, i$-, ctt-. Trap-,
.
Trpoa-aLTew)
Syjv. : epwraw, q.V., TrvvOdvofiai. On
the proper distinction
between these words, v. Tr., Syn., % xl, Thayer, s.v. ai. In late Gk.,
however, al. and e. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf.
Ac 32.3; V. Field, Notes, 101 f.; M, Tii., I, 4^ M, Pr., m^; MM, ;
VGT, s.v.).
aiTT))xa, -To<;, to (•< alreo)), [in LXX chiefly for nbxia' ;] that which
has been asked for, a petition, reqtiest Lk 232*, py 46^

: j Jq 5i5_f
Syn. : v.s. 8e>?o-is.
alTia, -as, V, [^^ LXX : Ge 413 (|iy), Pr 28^' (ptzrV), and freq. in
Wi, II, III Mac ;] 1. cause, reason, occasion, case : Mt 193, l]^ 347^ ^c 102^
2224 2820, II Ti 1"' 12^ Tit 1^3, He 2^
y d o^tw<;
Lat. si ita ; ia-riv ai. (cf.
res se habet, and v. MM. VGT, s.v.), Mt 19^0. 2. In forensic sense,

(a) accusation : Ac 25^^' 2'' (b) cause for ptmishment, crime : Mt 273'',
;
Mk 1526, Jo 1838 19*' 6, Ac 1328 2328 28i8.t

Syn. : eXtyxos, a charge, whether moral or judicial, which has
been proven, dt. is an accusation simply, false or true.
aiTiafJia, -to<;, to, V.S. atrtw/xa.
* aiTioc, -ov, TO, V.S. atVios.
TH ib.
amos,
*2, Su
-a, -ov
53, II Mac
« airt'a), [in
4*'^ 13*, iv
LXX
Mac
:
1^^
I Ki
* ;]
2222 (-^^q)^ Da Bel «,
1. causative of, responsible
LXX
for ; as subst., 6 a?., tM cause, author : He 5^ ; to ai., the cause, Ac 19**'.

2. blameworthy, culpable; as subst., 6 a*., the culprit, the accused
(Lat. reus) to ai. (= atTia, 3), the crime, Lk 23^''^*''^'^.+
;
*+aiTiw|xa (Eec. oLTLaâ, the usual form; v. VGT, s.v.), -to?, MM,
TO (<| aiTtrio/x,ai, aiTLa), a charge, accusation : Ac 25'.
** ai<t>v'i8ios (in Lk, I.e., ^<^v- WH ; v. M, Pr., 35), -ov {<ialî'r]^ =
a<^vws, suddenlji), [in LXX Wi IT^^^
: ii Mac 14^^ m
Mac 32* * ;] sudden,
unexjjected : Lk 21^*, i Th 5^.t
t aixH'Oi^'»*o'i<*> "Ci?) 1? (-<^ ai;^;u.aAa)Tos), [in LXX chiefly for "'lit??,
nbia ;] captivity (Diod., al.) : Ee IS^*' ;

pi., abstr. for concr., = at'x/Aa-
AcItoi, Eph48(I'XX)_t
t aixfAaXwTeud) (<^ alxfj.dX(DTOs), [in LXX chiefly for rOtS ;] = a-'xâ-
XcoTt^w, q.v., to lead caijtive : Eph 48(LXX)_f
t aix|AoiXwTtlâ> (<^ atxAiciA.wTos), [in chiefly for nsiS';] in late LXX
writers = cl. at^ptAtoTov ttoiw (ayw), to take or Zeaf? caj)tive : seq. eis,
Lk 2124 (cf. To li«) metaph., Eo 723, n Co 10^, ii Ti 3^t
;
(<] alxp.^, a Spear, oAtV/coâi, to be taken), [in

aixfAtxXojTos, -ov LXX
chiefly for nnc;, nblS;] cajjtive : Lk 4i8(Lxx)_t
alui', -coves", 6, [in LXX chiefly for abw IV , ;] 1. in cl., like Lat.
aevum (LS, MM, VGT, s.v.), a space of time, as, a lifetime, generation,
period of history, an indefinitely long period in of an indefinitely ; NT
long period, an age, eternity, usually c. prep. (MM, VGT) ;
(a) of the
past Sltt' al (cf. Heb. 0^127^), Lk I'O; (b) of the future eh
: : r. al. (cf.
Db)V^), forever, Mt 21^^; id., c. neg., never, Jo 4^'*; more strongly, ets
Tov al Tou al, He 18(LXX). ^[^ ^^^^ ^^^ jyf^

gl3 .
î^ ^^^^ ^j^ ^j^j, ^j ^gf_
Is 4517, ny â!?iy-iy), Eo 16", LT; cf. also Eph 321, 11 Pe 3^^ Ju25,
Ee 14^^. 2. 01 ai., tJie worlds, the universe, "the sum of the periods of
time, including all that is manifested in them " He I2 ll^ (cf. i Ti 1^'^, :
where twv at. are prob. "the ages or world-periods which when
summed up make eternity ". 3. tlie present age (Heb. niH Dîirn)
6 al, Mt al ovtos, Mt 12^2 6 vvv aL, 1 Ti G^^ 6 €V€0-Ta)S al, Ga 1*
1322 ; 6 ; ; ;
similarly, of the time after Christ's second coming (N2n Dbiyn),6at.
€Kcrvos, Lk aL /xe'XXw, Mt 12^2 6 al 6 ipxofJievo^, Mk lOÔ.

20^5 ; 6 ;
STiV. .-
ordered tcniverse, the scheme of material things
Ko'o-/Ao?, i/ie
olKovfxevT], the inhabited earth ; in contrast with both of which at. is the
world under aspects of time (cf Westc. on He I2 Tr., Syn., § lix . ;
Thayer, s.v., at.; Cremer, 74, 620; MM, VGT).

a\(!ivio<i, -ov (as usual in Attic), also -a, -ov. 11 Th 2^®, He 9^2.
(< atwi'), [in LXX chiefly for cbir ;] age-long, eternal, (a) of that which
is without either beginning or end Eo 162^, He : 9^* ;
(b) of that
which is without beginning Eo 162^, 11 Ti 1^, Tit I2 :
; (c) of that which
is without end (MM, VGT, s.v.) o-K7?vat', Lk 169 :
•
î^^^^ „ Co 5^
BtaOyKT], He 132** ; evayye'Xtov, Ee 14*' ; 7ra/oa*cXr;o-is, II Th 2^® ; Xw/acoo-ts,
He 9^2. K\r)povofjiia, ib. ^^; KoXao-ts, Mt 25*«; Kpifj.a, He 6^; Kpurts,

Mk 329 ; ^XiBpov, II Th !» ; irdp, Mt IS^ ; freq. c. ^0)77, q.v.
Syn. di'Stos, q.v.
«
:
dKaOapaia, -as, rj aKuâpros), [in LXX chiefly for HNDtf , XD^ l]
uncleanmss, impurity, (a) physical (MM, VGT, s.v.) : Mt 23-^ (b) ;
i Th 2^ 47.t
5i9,
moral : Bo V^^ 6'^, 11 Co 122\ Ga Eph 4^9 5^, Col 3^,
*t dKa0dpTTjs, -Tos, uncleanness : Ee 17*, Rec. (for t. dKu6'apTa).t
dKdOapTos, -ov « 17,
d- neg., Kadatpw), [in LXX chiefly for NQ^ ;] mw-

cZea?i, impure ; (a) physically (LS, MM, VGT, s.v.) ; (&) ceremonially
Ac IQi'*' ^8 118, 1 Co
18^ (c) morally
714, II Eph 5^ Re 17*
Co 617, Re ;
:
c. TTvîfxa, as always in Gosp., 10^ 12*^, 123,26,27 311,30 52,8,13 Mt Mk

67 725 925^ Lk 433,36 618 829 942 ii24_ Ac 516 8^ Re 16^3 (cf. Cremer,
320).
*t dKaip€'o(i,ai, -ovfj.ai (<^ aKatpo?, unseasonable), to have no oppor-
tunity (opp. to evKaLpiOi) Phi A^'^.f :
** dKaipus, adv. (<;dKatpos, iiuseasouable) [in

,
LXX : Si 35 (32)**;]
out of season, unseasonably : opp. to evKaLp(D<; (q.v.), 11 Ti 42 (cf. Cremer,
740; MM, VGT, s.v.).t
d-KttKos, -ov, [in LXX for iJig , Dri , etc. ;]
(a) as in cl. (-S^sch.,
Plat., al.), of persons, simple, guileless : Ro 16^^, He 72" (cf. Cremer,

327) ; (&) of things, undamaged (? MM, VGT, s.v.).t
aKttt'Ga, -T/s, r) (-<|d/c77, a point), [in LXX chiefly for |îp also for ,
TD , n^l27 , etc. ;] a prickly jtlc^nt, thorn, brier ; in NT

always pi.
Mt 716 137, 22 2729, Mk 4^' 18, Lk 6** 8"' ^\ Jo I92, He & (v. MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
Mk
dKd^'0i»'os, -ov
151^ Jo 195.
« dKavâ), [in
2. of acantha-wood (Hdt.
Is 34^3 (td) *
tt. ap.
LXX :
; MM, VGT,
;] I. of thorns
9.v.).t
:
d-KapTTos, -ov, [in LXX: Je 26 (Dip^S), Wi 15*, iv Mac 16'*;]
unfruitful, barren : fig., Mt I322, Mk 4^9, i Co 14^*, Eph 5^\ Tit 3^*,
II Pe 18, Ju i2.t
**t d-KaTd-YkwoTTOs, -ov (<^ KarayiVwo-kw) [in II Mac 4*''*;] not ,

LXX :
open to just rebtike, irrejyrehensible : Tit 2* (v. Cremer, 676 and for ;
other exx., MM, VGT, s.v.).t

t d-KaTa-KdXuTTTOs, -ov (<^ KaTa/caAvrrTw), [in LXX: Le 13** A
lynp) *;] uncovered, unveiled: i Co 11^' ^^.t
*t d-Kard-KpiTos, -ov (<| KaTaKpcvw), 1. imcondemned (EV) Ac 16*^ :
2225. 2. = cl. aKpiTo<;, without trial, not yet tried (MM, VGT, s.v.)
Ac, 11. cc.t
**td-KaTd-\uTos, -ov (<;»caTaXi;w), [in LXX: IV Mac 10^1*;] iiidis-
soluble : He l^^.f
*t dKaTdirao-Tos (v. Mayor, 11 Pe, cxcvii; App., 170; MM. WH.
VGT, S.V.), -ov, a form otherwise unknown, prob. colloq. for -irava-ros
(q.v.) II Pe 2^*, L., Tr. mg., WH.t
:
*t dKardTraoo-Tos, -ov (<^ /caraTrai'w) that cannot cease, not to be re- ,
strained : c. gen. rei, 11 Pe 2^*, T, Tr. txt.t

t dKaraoracTia, -as, 17 (<^ d/caTacrTaTos) ,

[in LXX : Pr 26^^ (nniQ),
To 4^^ * ;] instability (MM, VGT, s.v.) ; hence, confusion, tumult

I Co 1433, Ja 316 pi. (Bl., § 32, 6),
;
Lk 21^, 11 Co 6^ I220 (Polyb, al.
Cremer, 739).
V.
d-KaT<i-(rraTos, -ov « Ka^t'cTTT/zAi), [in LXX: Is 54^^ (rnvb);] un-
settled, unstable : Ja 1^ 3^.t

t dKaT(i(7X€Tos, -OV «/caT€x<^), [in LXX: Jb 31ii, iiiMacGi^*;]
that cannot be restrained : Ja 3^ Eec. (for -o-Taros, q.v.).t
'AKeXSafxd, -ha^d-x, V.S. 'A;)(€A8a/Aax.
** dKcpaios, -ov (<[ KepdvvvfjLi), [in LXX : Es 8^^ * ;] unmixed, jnire,
hence, metaph. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), guileless, simple : Mt 10^", Eo 1&^^,
Phi, 2i5.t
SVN. : aSoXos, a/<a/cos, (iTrXovs (cf. Ellic. on Phi., I.e. ; Tr., Syn.,
§lvi).
«Kktvoy), [in LXX: iv Mac 6^ 173*;] wibending,
**dKXi.'iis, -es
firm: metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.). He l(fiÂ
** dKfjidû (•< axixri), [in LXX IV Mac 2^ * ;] to be at the prime ; of :
produce of the ground, to be ripe (Thuc.) Ee 14^8 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t :
* dKfiriK, acc. of aKfxrj, a point, used as adv., at the present point of

time, even now, even yet : Mt 15^*.
dKori, -^s, 17 «dK:ovco), [in LXX Ex : 152*, al. for ratZT, its parts
and derivatives, exc. De ll^^ (^j^^T) ;] 1. hearing, the sense of hearing :
I Co 12^^ II Pe 28; "Hebraic dative," dxofi h.Kovuv (freq. in LXX;
13i*, Ac 2826.
V. M, Pr., 14, 75), Mt 2. organ of hearing, the ear
(Arist., al. MM, VGT, s.v.) 11 Ti 4"-
; :
'^
;
pi., Mk V\ Lk 1\ Ac VI'^^
He 5^^ 3. a thing heard, i.e., (a) a message, teaching : Jo 12^^ and
Eo lOie.iULXx)^ Ga 32.5 E, mg. ; Aoyos dKoij^, i Th 2i3,
He 4^; (b) a
report, rumour : c. gen, pers., Mt 4"'* 14^ 24", Mk 1-^ 13'^ (Cremer, 82,
623; MM, FGT, s.v.).t
dKoXouGe'w, -w {<^dK6Kov6o<;, following ; <Cd.- cop., KeX€v6o<;, poet.,
away), [in LXX ;] accomjiany, follow : Mt 4^^, al.
chiefly for "ijbn to
Metaph., of discipleship Mt 9^, 9^8, Jo 12^6, al. Absol. Mt 8^^
: Mk :
;
more freq., c. dat. (cl.), Mt 8^, al. seq. fierd, c. gen, (cl. Eutherford, ; ;
KPhr., 458 f.), Lk 9*^ ^ttiVw, c. gen. (Heb. i-iqK Tibn), Mt 10^8
;
(cf. i$-, €7r-, KttT-, Trap-, crw-d/coXovêw).

SVN. : (cl.) €7ro;Ltai, not in NT (v. Cremer, 80; MM, VGT, s.v.).
dKou'o), [in LXX chiefly for yac; ;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive
by hearing, comprehend by hearing. 1. Intrans. 4^ 7^^, Ja 2^,
: Mk
Ee2', al.; t. wmv, Mt IS^^CLxx); c. cogn. dat., d/cof) d. (v.s. dKor,),
Mt W\ Ac 2826 (LXX). 5 1^^^ 5â (0^5) SlKOV^LV, d/COVO-dTO), Mt lll^
Mk 423, Ee 2^, al. 2. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen.
pers., from whom heard (LS, s.V.) : Ac 1*; c. acc. rei, Mt 12^^, Jo 38
(Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22^, al.; c. dupl. acc, Jo 12^^, 1 Co 11^8; c. gen.
rei, Jo 74« (Abbott, JV, 116) ; t. <â)vijs (cf. Heb. bip? yg)^ , Ex 18^9),
Jo 52^' 28^ Ac 9^^ (on the distinction bet. this and d. <f>o)vqv, ib. *, v. M,
Pr., 66 ; Field, Notes, 117 Abbott, Essays, 93 f .)
; ; of God answering
2
18 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
prayer, Jo 9", i Jo 5^<« i* c. ace. rei, seq. vapd, Jo 82«. ô^ Ac 10^2,
;
n Ti 2- id. seq. airo, i Jo 1* c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14^^^

; ;
Lk 183«, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., § 36, 5 Cremer, 82.) ;
** dKpaaia, -as, 17 (<^ dxpaTT^s, q.v.), [in I Mac 6^" * ;] in Arist. LXX :
and later writers = d/cparcia (Lft., Notes, 222 f.), want of power, hence
want of self-control, incontinence : Mt 23^^, i Co 7*.+
dKpaTTJs, -e's (<C[ tpdros), [in LXX: Pr 27^"*;] (a) powerless, im-
potent; (b) in moral sense, lacking self-control, incontinent : ii Ti 3^.t
fiKparos, -ov
(25^5) (nan),
«
Kepduvv/xi), [in
m Mac 5^ *]
Ps 74 (75)8 (-iQp,)^ je 321
unmixed, pure
LXX :
: o'vos, Ee lA^^.f
«
;
dKpipeia, -as, v ^xp^/3v^), [in LXX Da LXX : th 71« (n^^^.),
Wi 1221, Si 1625 42* *;] exactness, precision (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)
Ac 223.t
dKpiPiis, -€s, [in LXX Da LXX 2« 6^2 : (n^yi.) 42^, Es 4^, Si 182»
192* 34 (31)2* 35 (32)3 * .j exact, precise, careful, of things and persons

superl., Ac 26^t
**dKpiP6a), -w (<^ oKptySi/s), [in Aq. Is 30^ 49^'*;] to enquire with :
exactness, learn carefully : Mt 2''' ^^ (for similar ex., v. VGT, MM,

s.v.).t
dKpiPois, adv.
Ez391*, Wi
« aKptpr,^), 19^8 (ntt^), Da
[in
I918, Si 1829*;] with exactness, carefully:
LXX : De th 7"
Mt 2«,
(n3fl),
Lk 13, Ac Eph 515, I Th 52 (M, Th., in 1.). Compar., d/cpiySco-Tcpov

1825,
(Milligan, NTD, 111; MM, VGT, s.v.), Ac 1826 231^.20 2422.t
dKpi9, -iSos, rj, [in LXX chiefly for n3")fct , also for 230 , etc. ;]
a locust : Mt 3^ Mk 1«, Ee 93. 7.t

*+ dKpoaTTJpioc, -ov, TO (<^ aLKpodo/xaL, to listen), a place of audience
Ac 2523 (Plut.).t
dKpoa-rijs, ov, 6 (v. supr.), [in LXX
Is 33 (Ufub), Si 329*;] a hearer :
Eo213, Ja 122,23,25,t
t dKpoj3u(TTia, -as, rj (perh. an Alexandrian form of cl. aKpoTroa-OCa',
cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in LXX for nb")y ;] the prepuce, foreskin (LXX),
hence abstr., uncircumcision : Ac 113, jjq 22^-27 330 4.10-12^ j Qq 718, 19^
Ga 5" 6^*, Col 2^3 311^ gy meton., the uncircumcised : Eo 49, Ga 2^,
Eph2ii.t
t aKpo-ycoi'taios, -ata, -aiov (•<[ axpos, ytavia, an angle), [in LXX:
Is 2816 (n|Q)*;] =
Attic ywvLalos (freq. in Inscr. ; MM, VGT, s.v. d.), at
the extreme angle : 6 d., the corner foundation stone, Eph 22'*, i Pe 26,t
* dKpoOit'ioK, -ov, TO (<^ dxpos, a heap), prop., the top of a heap,
^ts,
hence, in pi., 1. first-fruits (Xen. MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. In war, the
;
choicest spoils (cf. Hdt., viii, 121 f.) He 7*.t:
aKpoc, -ov, TO, V.S. aKpos.

aKpo5, -a, -ov, [in LXX for nS(5 , jni , etc. ;] highest, extreme ; as
subst., T^ d., ^/ifi toj9, extremity : Mk 1327, l^ 1524^ He II21 ;

pi. (cf.
MM, VGT, S.V.), Mt 2431.+
MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 19
'AKu'Xas, -ov (and -a; VGT, MM, s.v.), 6 (Lat.), Aquila:

Ac 182.18.26^ Ro 163^ I Co 1619, II Ti 4i9.t
to
**tdKup6«, -w
revoke, invalidate
« (MM, VGT,
Kvpo<i, authority), [in
s.v.) : Mt
LXX
15^,
:
Mk
i Es
1'^^,
6^^^
Ga
jy MaCg*;]
S^^ (Plut.).t
** dKuXoTws, adv. (<; KwXvcj), [in Sm. Jb 34^^ * ;] without hindrance
:
(so freq. in legal documents ; MM, VGT, s.v.) Ac 283i.t :
aKwc (Attic contr. for -ov (<^ d- neg., l/cwv, willing),

de'/cwv), -ovcra,
[in LXX : Jb 14^7, iv Mac 11^2*;] unwilling : i Co Q^^.t
dXdPaorpoK, -ot>, to (also -os, 6, 17 ; colloq. and koivij for dXdySao-Tos),
[m LXX : iv Ki 21^3 (nn^)* ;] a box of alabaster (dXa/3ao-TtTr;s) for
ointment Mt 26^ Mk 14^, Lk 7^7 {y.DCG, i, 41b; MM, VGT, s.v.).t

:
** dXajôfia (Eec. -€ia, the earlier form), -as, rj (< dAa^wv), [in LXX :
Wi 5^ 17'', u, IV Mac 5 * ;] the character of an aXa^wv, boastfulness, vain-

glory, vaunting Ja 4^^ (Mayor, in 1.), i Jo 2i*'.t
:
dXaJcSi', -wos, 6, rj (<; dX?/, wandering), [in LXX : Jb 28^ (rDQ?),

Hb 2* (Tnj), Pr 212* ^pi,,j*.j prop, a vagabond, hence, an impostor,
a boaster : Eo lô, 11 Ti 32.+
Syn. : vl3pL(TTrj<;, vTr€pyj(f>avo? (v. Tr., Syn., § xxix ; Lft., Notes, 256).
dXaXd^w (onomat. from the battle-cry dXaXd), [in chiefly LXX
for 3n*l hi., bb'' ;] prop, to raise a war-cry, shout with triumph or joy ;
rarely of grief, to wail : Mk 5^^ (cf. Je 4^) of a cymbal, dXaXdôi' ;
(EV. clanging), i Co 13^ (cf. 6\o\vCw).f

*t d-XdXT)Tos, -ov (< XaXiw), inexpressible, not to be uttered Eo 82«.t :
a-XaXos, -ov (< XdXos, talkative), [in LXX Ps 30 (31)^8 (D^K ni.) :
37 (38)13 (D^x) * ;] dumb, speechless : Mk 7^7 Q^^. 25,t
aXas (T, dXa), -aTo%, to, late form of cl. dXs, -o?, 6 (MM, FGT, s.v.),
[in LXX chiefly for nblj ;] salt, lit. and fig. : Mt 5^3 9^0, Lk 143* ; like
cl. aXes, wit, of wisdom and grace in speech : Col 4".+

dXccus (Eec. dXicus, the older form ; WH, Ajyp., 151), -cw?, 6
«dXs, the sea), [in for Jl, a;i;] LXX a fisherman: Mt 4^8' is,
Mk li«.i^ Lk 52.+
dX€i<t)w (cf. XiVos, oil), [in LXX : Ge 31", Ex 40i5, Nu 33 (ni2?a)
Ez 1310 ff-
(mM), Eu 33, II Ki 1220 142^ jy Ki 42, 11 Ch 281^, Mi 6^5, Da
LXX TH 103 Es 212, Jth 168*;] i^
("JJID), anoint, festally or in homage :
c.ace. rei or pers., Mt 6^^ Jo 123, Mk 16^ ; seq. dat., Âmw, Mk 6^3,
Ja 51* ; fx^pi^, Lk 738. «, Jo ll^.t
Syn. : xP^<a, fivpiô) (against the distinction made bet. d. and y.
in Tr., Syn., § xxxviii, v. MM, VGT, s.v., d.).
*t dX€KTopo<|>cj>'ia, -as, •^ (<^ dXexTwp, (ftwvrj), cock-crowing, i.e. the
third watch in the night 1335.t : Mk
dX^KTwp, -opos, 6 (poet, form of dkcKTpvwv v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in ;
LXX Pr 24«« (303i) (T7-|7 BDB, Lex., 267)* ;] a cock : Mt 263*' ^*' 7^,
: ;
Mk 1430,68,72^ Lk 2234. «0, 61^ Jo 1338 i827.t

'AXcâi/Speus, -e'ws, 6, an Alexandrian : Ac 6^ 182*.t
'AXeâcSpikos (Rec. -Bpivos] V. Kiihner 3, II, 296), -rj, -oV, Alexan-

drian : Ac 27« 28ii.t
'AXe'laj'Spos, -OV,Alexander.
6, 1. Son of Simon of Gyrene:
Mk 15-1. 2. A kinsman of the High Priest Ac 4". 3. A certain :
Jew : Ac IQ^^. 4. A coppersmith 1 Ti lô. 5. Perh. = 4 (v. Ellic.

:
on iTi, I.e.): ii Ti 4i*.t

aXeupoc, -OV, to (•< dXevw, to grind), [in LXX for riDj?. , Nu 5^^,
al. ;] meal : Mt 1S^\ Lk IS'-'i.t
dXriOeia, -a?, rj (< aXr]6^<s), [in LXX chiefly for nOS (on which,
V. Cremer, 627 f.), njlD^;] trnth (v. DB, iv, 818 f.). 1. Objectively,
" the reality lying at the basis of an appearance the manifested, ;
veritable essence of a matter" (Cremer, 86) Eo 9^, al. of religious : ;
truth, Ro 1^^, al. esp. of Christian doctrine, Ga 2'^, al. ; d. Oeov, Ro 15^.
;
2. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sin-

cerity and integrity of character: Jo 8'**, iii Jo^. 3. In phrases (MM,
VGT, S.V.) ctt' dAT^êtas, Mk 121*, al. d. Xeyav (ctTTtu', XaXilv), Ro 9\
: ;
II Go 126, Eph 4-25^ ai_ ^_ ôielv, Jo 3^1, i Jo 1« (cf. DB, iv, 818 b, ff.).
.
dXriGeJa) d\7?^7?s), [in LXX «

Ge 20^6 {UD'^) 42i« (n©^), Pr 21^ :
(iDîyp), Is 4426 (Qijar), Si 31 (34)"*;] to sjyeak the truth (R, mg., deal
truly; Field, Notes, 192) : Ga 41^, Eph 4i5.t
dXT)6iis, -es (<C At/^w = Xavddvii), hence primarily, unconcealed,

manijest ; hence, actual, real), [in LXX for nSiX, etc.;] (a) of things,
<rwe, conforming to reality Jo 4^^ 5^^' ^^ 6^^ ( aX-q$iv6<i, q.v.) S^^* ^"»
i''
: =
10*1 19^5 2124, Ac 129, Phi 48^ Tit l^^, i Pe 5^2, n Pe 2^2, i Jo 2^, iii Jo 12
{h) of persons, truthful : Mt 221^,
12i*, Jo 3^3 7^8 8^6,
Eo 3*, Mk
II Go 68.t
Syn. : aXrfOLvo^, real, genuine, ideal, as opp. to spurious or
imperfect. aXr}$i]<;, true to fact, as opp. to false, lying, denotes the
actuality of a thing dXrjdivo^, its relation to the corresponding con-

:
ception. (Gf. Tr., Syn., § viii Cremer, 84 f., 631 ; Abbott, JV, 234 f. ;
DB, iv, 818 f. ; MM, VGT, s.vv.)

dXtjOiKos, -rj, -6v (<^ a.Xr]6ri<;), [in LXX for JilpX ;] true, in the sense
of real, ideal, genuine : Lk 16^1, Jo 1^ 423. 37 532 728 gie 151 173 1935^
I Th 19, He
82 92* 1022, I Jo 28 520, Re 3^. '^ 6i» 15^ 16^ I92 ; = AXr,6ijs,
Re 199 215 226 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
SVmY. : aXrjer)';, q.V.
+ dXriflu (K01V17 form of the Attic dAew), [in LXX for 7ni3 ;] to grind :
Mt 2441, Lk 1735.t
dXr]0is, adv. «dX7;()»?s), [in LXX (Je 35(28)6, Ps 57 (58)^, al.)
chiefly for |/^X and cogn. forms;] trzily, surely: Mt 1433 26''3 27^",
Mk 1470 1539, Lk 927 12** 213, Jo i48 442 qh 726, 4o gsi 178^ Ac U^\
I Th 213, I Jo 25.t
dXicus, V.S. dXecus.
t dXie.5(o « dAieus), [in LXX : Je 16^6 pi)* ;] to fish : Jo 213 (^M,
VGT, s.v.).t
dXiû «; aAs), [in LXX for nba ;] to salt, season with salt : Mt
6", Mk 9«.t
*t dXioYTj/xa, -Tos, TO, (<^ late dXto-yew, to pollute), pollution
Ac 152«.t
dXXd (dXA.' usually bef. a and v, often bef. e and rj, rarely bef. o
and never bef. i; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.
to, WH, ^j;)^., 146), adversative ;
particle, stronger than 8e; prop, neuter pi. of aAAos, used adverbially,
with changed accent hence prop, othenuise, on the other hand (cf.
;
Eo 3^^); 1. opposing a previous negation, hiit : oi {/xr]) d., Mt . . .
515, 17^ ]y[]j 539^ Jq 716^ q\ rhetorically subordinating but not entirely
.
negativing vrhat precedes, ov d., not so much as, Mk Q^*",

. . . . . .
Mt 1020, Jo 1244^ al. with ellipse of the negation, Mt

; 11^-^ Ac 19^,
I Co S" 6^^ 7'^, II Co 7^^, Ga 2^, al. in opposition to a foregoing pos. ;
sentence, d. oi, Mt 24«, i Co lO'^s oi fxovov d. Kai, Jo 51^, Eo 1^2, ; . . .
al. ; a negation, d. Iva, Mk 14*^, Jo 1^ 9^, al.

elliptically, after = el /Mrj ;
(Bl., § 77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. § iii, 10), Mt 20^3, Mk 4^2. WM,
2. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption,
transition, etc., but : Jo 16'^^ 122^^, Ga 2^* before commands or re- ;
quests, Ac 102*^ 26^", Mt 9^*, Mk 922, al. to introduce an accessory ;
idea, 11 Co 7^^ in the apodosis after a condition or concession with

;
ei, idv, ctVcp, yet, still, at least, Mk

Col 2^, al. 1429, i Co 92, 11 Co 4i«,
after fxiv, Ac Eo 4^", Co giving emphasis to the following

142*^, i 14^^"
;
clause, d\X' epx^Tai wpa, yea, etc., Jo 162; so with neg., dXA' oiBe, nay,
nor yet, Lk 23^^. 3. Joined with other particles (a practice which
increases in late writers Simcox, LNT, 166), d. ye, yet at least, Lk 242^,
;
I Co 92 d. ^, save only, except, Lk 12^^ 11 Co 1^^

; d. fj.h ovv. Phi 3^ (on ;
this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).

dXXdaaw «dXAo?), [in LXX chiefly for p)bn , lia hi., etc. ;] 1. to
change : Ac 6^*, Ga 42*^. 2. totransform ^\ He 1^2. 3. to : 1 Co 15"-

exchange : c. ace, seq. eV (= 5, Ps 105 (106)2") instead of simple gen.
(Bl., § 36, 8), Eo 123 ^gf ^^.^ gj.^ /car-, airo-Kar-, /xct-, crvv-aWdcrarw ; V.
MM, VGT, s.v.).t
«dXXo9), [in LXX iv Mac 1^*;] = dXXo^cv (v.
**dXXaxo06»', adv. :
MM, VGT, s.y.), from another place Jo lO^.t :
*dXXaxou, adv. «dXAos), = dXXoo-e (MM, VGT, S.V.), elsewhere:

Mk 138.+
*t dXXTjyope'd), -Oi (< dXXos, dyopcvw), to speak allegorically (Cremer,
96 ff.) : Ga 424.t
t dXXT]Xouid (Eec. dXXrjXovia ; Heb. iTlbbn ,
p>fO''^^^ ^^ Lord), [in
LXX in the titles of certain Pss (104 (105), al.), and at the end of Ps
150; also To 131^, m
Mac 1^^;] fiallelujah, alleluia: Ee 19i. 3, 4, sf
dXXTJXcoi' (gen. pi.), dat. -015, -ais, ace. -ovs, -as, -a (no nom.),
recipr. pron. (•< dXXos), of one another, mtctually : Mt 25^2, 4*^, Mk
Jo 1322, al.
t dXXoyenis, -« «dXAo9, yevos), [in LXX chiefly for "IT, 133 ;] of
another race, a foreigner ( = dXXo<îiXos; Cremer, 150; MM, VGT, s.v.):
Lk 17i8.t
aXXofiai, [in LXX for ubs , 3^1 pi., etc. ;] to leaj) : Ac 3^ W^ ; of

water, to spring up, Jo 4^* (MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
aXXos, -t], -o, (cf. Lat. alius, Bng. else), [in LXX for TTIl^ , irn<,
etc.;] other, another: absol., 20^, al. ; a. 84, i Co Mt 3i« 12«; pi., Mk
61* ;attached to a noun, 2^2 421, al. c. art., 6 a., Mt ; tJie other, Mt Sâ,
Jo 19^-^ (Bl., § 47, 8) ; ol a., the others, the rest, Jo 202*, i Co 1429 •
5^
Trpos SXKov = TTpos dAXr/Xows (BL, § 48, 10), Ac 2^2 ; dW (i.e. dXko) rf
(Bl, !<
77, 13), Lk 12*1 . geq. ^Xi?v, Mk 12^2 ^1^-^, Jo 622 ; ; 7rap({ c. ace,
I Co 3".
SVN. denotes numerical, 1. qualitative difference
: erepos, q.v. a.
(Cremer, 89). a. generally " denotes simply distinction of individuals,
I. involves the secondary idea of difference in kind
" (v. Lft., Meyer,
Ramsay, on Ga 1«' ^ ; Tr., Syn., § xcv BL, §51,6; M, Pr., 79 f., 246
;
MM, VGT, s.vv.). As to whether the distinction can be maintained in

I Co 12«' 10, v. ICC, in L, and on He lP*f-, v. Westc, in 1.
* dXXoTpi-€iTi<TKoiTos (Eec. dXXoTpiocTT-) , -ov, 6, Ofie who meddles in
thiiigs alien to his calling : i Pe 4^* (v. ICC, in 1. ; Deiss., BS, 224^
MM. VGT, s.v.).t
dXXoTpios, -a, -ov «aAXos), [in LXX f or -|| , nnx ip: , ;] 1. be-
longing another, not one's own (opp. to

to iStos) : Lk 16^2^ Eo 14* 152*>
(Field, Notes, 165 f.), ii Co lO^*' i«, i Ti 522, He 92*. 2. foreign, strange,
alien (opp. to oiKcro?; v. MM, VGT, s.v.) : Mt 1725.26^ Jq iqs, Ac 7«,
He 119' 34
dXX6(|)uXos, -ov (aXAos, <î;Aov, a tribe), [in LXX chiefly for TW^^ ;]
foreign, of another race (MM, VGT, s.v.) ; as opp. to a Jew, a Gentile

Ac 1028.+
aXXws, adv. «aXXos), otherwise : i Ti 52*.t
chiefly for
dXodu, -w
crn
« ;]
aXws, v.s. aXwv
to thresh : 1 Co 9"^'
and cf. MM,
i«,
i Ti 5^8. t
; VGT, s.v.), [in LXX
d-XoYos, -ov, [in LXX Ex 6^2 (Qinst^ : bljr), Nu 6^2 (ba:), Jb 11^2,
"Wi 111**!", IV Mac 3*;] 1. without reason, irrational: ^<2a, 11 Pe 2^2^

Juô. 2. contrary to reason: Ac 2527 (y, MM, VGT, s.v.).t
t dXoTj, -7?s, [in :i7, LXX
Ca 4^* N (DibilN) * ;] the aloe, aloes (the :
powder of a fragrant wood) : Jo 19^^

aXs, dAos, o, variant for aXas (q.v.) : Mk 9*9, Eec. WH, mg., E,
mg.t
dXuK^s, -7, -ov « aXs), [in LXX for nb© , n^-m ;] salt : Ja 3^2.+
*dXuiro9, -o^ {<CXvTTrj), free from grief : Phi 228.t

**aXucns, -£(1)5, -Jy, [in LXX: Wi
17^7*;] a clmin, bond: S^. *, Mk
829, Ac 12«' 7 2133 2820, ^ph 620, 11 Ti l^^, Re
20i.+
Lk
* d-XuCTiTtXris, -e's (cf. Xvo-ireXcw), improfitable : He 13^71
''AX<|>a, rcJ, indecl. (v.s. A), AlpJm : Ee 1^ 21« 22^3 (v. Swete, in 11.).+
'AX<|)aIos (WH, 'AX-), -ov, 6 (Aram. ""e^D), Aljihceus. 1. Father of

Levi : Mk 21*. 2. Father of James : Mt 103, Mk 318, Lk 6^*, Ac l^s.t
aXwj', -wvos (for Attic aXws, -o), v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in LXX •i^,
chiefly for ]lil ;] a threshing-floor : Mt 3^^^ l^ 317 (here prob. by meton.

= the grain on the threshing-floor).
dXtiTTTjl, -€Kos, i [in LXX for bv^\S;] a fox: Mt Sô, Lk 9^8;
metaph., of Herod, Lk 13^2 f
a
aX«(Tis, -cojs,
taking, capture :
T]
11
«
Pe
aAio-Ko/Aat), [in
2^^ f
LXX : Je 27 (50)4" (izrsn ni.)* ;]
Sjia, adv., at once (Lat. simul) : Ac 24^6 27*'', Eo 3^^ (^^ ^^^ ^^^
= ITH^. , Ps 143), Col 43, I Ti 513, Phm 22 ; geq. o-i;V, i Th 4^7 51" ; as
prep. c. dat., together with : Mt 1329 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.) ; also, c. adv.,
a. Trpwi (cL, a. lo), etc.), early in the morning : Mt 20^t
**d|jiaeT)s,
ignorant : 11 Pe
-cs « fiavâvw), [in Sm. Ps 48 (49)^1 *;]
3^* (on the rareness of this word, v.
: unlearned,
MM, VGT,
s.v.).t
*t dfAapdrriKos, -ov (<[ d/AapavTos), 0/ amaranth (Inscr.) hence un- ;
fading I Pe 5*.+
:
**t dfidpai'TOS, -ov (<^ /AapatVo/xat), [in LXX: Wi 6^2 (o-o^t'a)* ;] n7l-
fading (whence 6 d., the amaranth, an unfading flower) i Pe 1* (cf. :
MM, VGT, 8.v.).t

dfiaprdfo) (pres. aor. afj.apTelv), [in formed from
for SlOU, LXX
also for DCrX ;] miss
, ^1
the mark (Horn.,
, -^sch.,
etc, al.), 1. to
hence metaph. (Hom,, al.), to err, do wrong. 2. In and NT, LXX
to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., v. MM, VGT,
8.V.): absol., Mt 1825 27*, Lk 173, Jo 5'* 8"" 92.3, Eo 2^2 323 5^2,14,16
615, I Co 728.36 1534, Eph 426, I Ti 520,Tit S^\ He 3^7 102^, i Pe 22*,
II Pe 2*, I Jo 110 21 3«« 8' 9 518 ; c. cogn. ace, d. a/xapriav (cf . Ex 323o,
nXMO Niarj), i Jo 5i«; seq. cis, Mt I821, Lk 15i8'2i 17*, Ac 25^

6I8 8^2 (Field, Notes,
(Kaiaapa), I Co 173); cVwTriov, Lk 15i8«2i; ^rp^
^dvarov (cf. Nu 1822, rnajj N«3n), I Jo 5i« (Cremer, 98, 633).t
dfAdpTrip,a, -tos, to (-< d/xaprciv, V. supr.), [in LXX for DNlSn ,
]'\V ,
etc.;] an
act of disobedience to divine law (Lft., Notes, 273), a sinful
deed, a sin : Mk
32^- 29, Eo 32^, i Co 6^», 11 Pe 1^, mg. al^viov d, WH, ;
{DOG, i, 788»), Mk
329 (for exx. from tt., v. VGT, s.v.).t MM,
SVN. : ayvorjfxa, a/xapria, dvofiia, d(re/3iia, TjTTrjfia, irapd/Sacri^,
TrapaKorj, Trapavo/xi'a, TrapaTTTw/xa (v. Cremer, 100 ; Tr., Syn., § Ixvi ; DB,
iv, 532 ; DCG, I.e. ; Westc, Eph., 165 f.).
dfxapTia, -as, ^ (<C afiaprdvoi, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for riNipn
and cogn. forms, also for ]iy , yw^ , etc. ;]

prop, a missing the mark;
in cl. (v. reff. to CB in MM, VGT, s.v.) ;
(a) guilt, sin (Plat., Arist.,
al.) ;
(b) from Êsch. down, a fault, failure. In NT (as
more freq.,
LXX) always in ethical sense 1. as a principle and quality of ;
action, = to d/xapTdveiv, a sinning, sin: Eo 5i2>'3, 20. {,^' dfiapnav cTvat,

Eo 39 ; iinp.€V€iV TrJ d., Eo 6^ ; dTroOvrjCTKiiv, veKpov eivat t^ d., Eo 62» ^^
Tî'd. -yivwo-KCtv, Eo (Tw/xa t^s 77 ; d., Eo 6®; dirdrq t^s d.. He 3^3 j
personified as a ruling principle, d. ftaa-iXemt, Kvpuvei, etc., Eo 521
612, 14 717, 20 8ov\€veLv v<5/aos t^9 d., Ro
Ro 6« ôvXo<; tTj^ d., ib. ^^
.
rfi 5.., ; ;
82; Sv'mMis T^s a., i Co

7'-^^
(cf. Ge i'^). 2. As a generic term 15**
(disting. fr. the specific terms d/xapTyfia, q.v., etc.) for concrete wrong-
doing, violation of the divine law, sin : Jo 8*'', Ja 1^*, al. ; Troietv
(tV) (£., Jo 8^4, II Co 117, I Jo 38. ,-^,,^ ^.^ Jo 941 1522,24 1911^ I Jo 18;
in pi, ajxapTLai, sin in the aggregate, i Th 2^" (v. Milligan, in 1.) ; ttokIv
dfxapTia<;, Ja 5^* ; TrXrjdo? afxapTiwv, Ja 5'-", I Pe 4^ ; n<fieai<; ayxaprtwv,
Mt 26'^^ Mk 1*, al.; iv d/xapTlai^ etvai, I Co 151^ collectively,
atpetv Tr]v a. t. koct/xov, Jo 1'^^
; aTroOvyjcrKeLV iv rrj d,, Jo 8^^. 3. = dfjidp-
TTj/xa, a sinfid deed, a sin : Mt 12^\ A.c T*", i Jo 5^^.
SYN. : V.S. dfjidpT-qâ.
*dfidpTupos, -ov {<^fxdpTv<;), without witness : Ac 14^''.
djxapTwXos, -dv (<[ afxapTavw), [in chiefly for yizri ;] sinful, a LXX
sinner : of all men, i Ti 1^*; of those especially wicked, i Ti 1^, i Pe
418 pi., Mt 91"' 11' 13 1119 26*5, al. (y.
; VGT, s.v. ; Cremer, 102, MM,
634).
*a/xaxos, -ov (<^ />ia;(r)) 1. invincible (freq. in cl.). ; 2. abstaining
from fighting, non-comhatant (Xen.). Metaph. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.),
not contentious : i Ti 3^, Tit 32.+
chiefly poet.), to reap: Ja 5*.+
*dfidw, -w (in cl.
(ace. to Plut., <[ d- fjieOvw, being regarded as an
d)jie'0uoTos, -ov, 17
antidote against drunkenness), [in Ex 28i9 361^ (39i2) (n^bm), LXX :
Ez 2813*;] amethyst, a purple quartz Ee 21-**.t :
dfxeX^w, -w fiêi), [in «

Je 41^ (ma) 38 (31)^2 (byn), Wi
31", II Mac 41**;] (a) absol., to he careless, not to care : Mt 22*; (b) c.
LXX :
gen., to be careless of, to neglect : i Ti 4l^ He 2^ 8^ (v. MM, VGT,

8.V.).t
a-ficfATTTos, -OV (<^ /u.€/A<ô/xat), [in LXX chiefly for DPi ;] blameless,
free from fault (in tt. of a marriage-contract ; M, Th., I, 31^ ; cf. MM,
VGT, s.v.) : Lk 1^, Phi 21^* 3*, i Th 31^ (WH, mg., -ws) He 87.t
SYN. : dfjuo/xo^, dv€yK\r]TO<;, dviTv[\r][XTrTo<;, q.V. (Tr., Syn., § ciil).
d-|jie|XTrTws, adv. (<^ d/me/xTrTos:), [in LXX : Es 31^ * ;] blamelessly
(Lft., Notes, 28, 89 ; WH, mg., 523.t
MM, VGT, s.v. -os) : i Th 21" 31^,
** d)i€pi/xk'os, -ov {<^fi€ptp.va), [in LXX: Wi 61* 72^*;] free from
anxiety or care : Mt 28l^ i Co 7^2 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
**t d-|ieTcl0eTos, -ov {<^ ixeTariOrj/uLL), [in LXX: ill Mac 5i'i2*;] im-
mutable: He &^; as subst., to d., ivimutability ib.i^ (v. MM, VGT, ,
8.v.).t
*d-p,€Ta-KiVif]Tos, -ov «
* d-|X€TafxeXT)Tos, -ov (<[ /Aera/xeAo/xat) woi relented
/x.€Ta/<tv€to), immovable, firm
, of,
: i Co
unregretted
15*8
Eo 1129, „ Co 7i".t
*t dficrai'OTjTos, -ov impenitent: Eo 2*. 2.
(<] /xcTavoew), 1. = dfiera-
fiiXrjTos (tt., Philo, al.; v. Deiss., BS, 257; MM, VGT, s.v.).t
* otfxeTpos, -ov
excessively, 11 Co
«
pirpov), without measure : adverbially,
IQi^'i^.t
eis rd d.,
t dfiT]!/, indecl. (Heb. ]aK , verbal adj. fr. ^QN , to prop, ni., &e fi'i'm),
[in LXX : i Ch 16^6, i Bs 9*6, Ne 51^ 8«, To 8^ 14l^ iii Mac 723,
IV Mac 182* (elsewhere "N is rendered d\r;îvos, Is 65^" a\r)6w<;, ;
Je 35 (28)« yeVoiro, Nu 5^2, De 27^5

;
„i Ki 1^\ Ps 40 (41)i3 71 (72)i» ff.^
105 (106)*8, Je 115)* ] 1, As adj. (cf. Is, I.e.), 6 d., Ee S^\ 2. As adv.,
(a) in solemn assent to the statements or prayers of another (Nu, Ne,
etc., 11. TO d., I Co 14^"
c.) : (b) similarly, at the end of one's own ;
prayer or ascription of praise Eo 1^^ 15^^, Ga 1*, i Ti 1^'^ (c) in the :

;
Gospels, exclusively, introducing solemn statements of our Lord, trtily,

verily : Mt 5^8.26^ Mk
S^s (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 4^*, al. d. d., always in ;
Jo 1*2 33 519^ al. ; TO vai, Kai ... to d., 11 Co l^'' (on usage in tt.,
v. MM, VGT, S.V.).

*djjii^Tup, -0/30S, 6, rj {<CfiriTr]p), without a mother (freq. in Gk.
writers of the gods) : airdTwp a., of one without recorded genealogy,
He 73 (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).
**d-,iiavTos, -ov «/xtaiVa)), [in LXX Wi :
313 42 820, „ Mac 1438
153**;] undefiled, free from contamination (in tt., of alOrjp; MM, VGT,
8.V.) : He 72« 13*, i Pe 1*, Ja l^\i
Syn. : a.fx<jiixo<i, do-TTtAos (Cremer, 784).
'AfitfaSdp, 6, indecl. (Heb. ni3''ay), Amminadah : Mt 1*, Lk 33'
(WH om.).t
a/ifios, -ov, 17, [in LXX chiefly for bin;] sand, sandy ground:
Mt 72«, Eo 927, He 11^2, Ee 121^ 208.t
djiK^s, -ov, b, [in LXX chiefly for 12^35 ;] a lamb : fig., of Christ
{DCG, ii, 620b), Jo 129, se^ Ac 8^2 (Lxx), i Pe lê (cf . dpvi'ov ; Cremer,
102, 635).t
** d|xoiPii, -^s, rj «; dyutt'/ô/Aai, to repay) [in Aq., Sm. : Pr 12^*, al.
; ;]
requital, recompense : 1 Ti 5* (for illustration from tt., v. MM, VGT,

8.v.).t
dliTTcXos, -ov, y, [in LXX for ]p3 ;] vine : Mt 2629, Mk 142*, Lk 22^8,
Ja 3^2; fig^ of Christ, Jo 15^'*'*; of his enemies (on the usage here,
v. MM, VGT, s.v.) : Ee 14i8.i».t
d/iircXoupYos, -ov, 6, yj, LXX for ma a vine dresser Lk IS'^.f

[in ;] :
d|xir€Xo5i', -wvos, 6 {<C a/xir€\o<;) [in LXX for D13 a vineyard:

, ;]
Mt 201 ff- 2128 ff-,

Lk 136 209 ff-,
i Co 9^. (^schin., 49, 13 ; Diod., al.
V. MM, VGT, s.v. ; LS, s.v. aixir^XovpyEiov.)

'AfiirXiaTOS (T, -taros ; EeC. 'AfJiTrXia'S ] V. MM, VGT, S.V.), -ov, o,
Ampliatus : Eo l&Â
djxuVo), [in LXX (mid.) : Jos lO^^ (op:), Ps 117 (118)i'»-i2
(bin hi.),
Is 591" (rt:;^ hi.), Wi 11^, al. ;] to ward off, etc. Mid. (a) to defend
oneself against; (b) to requite; (c) = act., to defend, assist (Is, I.e.):
c. ace. pers., Ac 72* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dfji<|>idi^(«» (<[ d/A0i, on both sides : v. M, Pr., 100), Hellenistic for
&fx(f>ievvvfii (cf. MM, VGT, S.V.), [in LXX for irrnb , etc. ;] to clothe
Lk 1228 (T, .e'^«).t
dfi<|>i-pdXXa) (v. supr.), [in LXX Hb 1^^ * = : ;] throw
Trcpt/JdXXo), to
around, as a garment : absol. (MM, VGT, s.v.), of casting a net
Mk 1^8 (liec. Pa.\kovra<i djx(j)Ll3\r]crTpov)A
Sni<î^\r]arpov, -ov, to (<^ dfKfufSdXXu)), [in LXX chiefly tor D^n ;]
something throum around, as a garment spec, a casting-net : Mt ;

4^*.+
Sy^. Blktvov, a-ayrjvi]. a. is a casting-net, o". a drag-net,
: 8. is
—
the more general term a net of any kind (Tr., Syn., § Ixiv).
d^<)>i6)^(u, V.S. d/x^ta^w.
a\iîivv»y.i {<^tvvvixi, to clothe), to clothe : Mt Gô ll^, Lk 7"
(cf. dfji<f)Ld^(i))A
'Ap.<|>iTroXis, -ew?, rj, AmphipoUs, in Macedonia, so called because

the river Strymon flowed around it : Ac 17^t
a|i<t>o8o»', -ov, t6 «d/x<Ai, 6So?), [in LXX for ni:»"lX (Je IV
30^* (492''))*;] prop., a road around anything (EV, the open street)
Mk 114, Ac 19-8, WH, mg.t
dfi<|)6T€pot, -at, -a (replaces n/xcfxi} in Koivrj, v. M, Pr., 57 ; used of
more than two, ib. 80; MM, VGT, s.v.),both of two Mt d^\ : al.
*d-ji(ij(XY)Tos, -OV {<^fi<j)/xdo/jiaL), blameless: ii Pe 3^*.t
ol'iV. ; d/x€fi.irTO^ (q.V.), dv€yK\rjTo<;, dveTriXrjfjiirTO^.
* afiuiiiov, -ov, TO, amonnim, a fragrant plant of India (EV, spice) :
Ee 18i3.t
a-fiw/jios, -ov (< /xw/ios, q.V.), [in LXX chiefly for CDll] ; of sacri-
ficial victims, without blemish: of Christ, He 9^*, i Pe 1^^; ethically,

unblemished, faultless: Eph 1* 5-^, Phi 2^^, Col 1^2, Ju2*, Ee 14^
(Cremer, 425, 788 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t ;
Syn. : ajj.iavTO';, do-7rtA.os.
'Afiwi', 6, indecl. (Heb. |iax), Amon, King of Judah : Mt l^"
(Eec.).t
'AftcSs, 6, indecl. (Heb. pON Is 1^ DiDJr Am 1^ jins iv Ki
, ; ,
; ,
2118 ff.
^y I a^g ijj jy g;i^ ]g B ^^ 'A/i/Aciv; Jos., 'A/x/iwv, "A/xwo-os),
Amon : Mt lô. 2. Amos : Lk S^^.t
ac, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately
translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which
contain it LS, s.v. WM, § xlii M, Pr., 165 ff. MM,
(see further, ; ; ;
VGT, In apodosis, (i) c. indie, impf. or aor., expressing what

s.v.). 1.
would be or would have been if (el c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some con-
dition were or had been fulfilled Lk 7^9 17«, Jo 5*\ Ga lô, Mt 12' :
24*^, I Co 2^, Ac 18^*, I Jo 2^^, al. The protasis is sometimes undei'-

stood (as also in cl.) Mt 25^'', Lk 19^3. In hypothetical sentences,
:
expressing unreality, dv (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is

omitted Jo 8^9 15^^ 1911, Eo 7^ Ga 41^ (ii) c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl.
:
;
V. LS, s.v. M, Int., § 275 M, Pr., I674). 2. In combination with

; ;
conditional, relative, temporal, and final words (i) as in cl., c. subj., ;
(a) in protasis with el, in Attic contr. idv, q.v. (b) in conditional, ;
relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ore, liru, etc. v.s. orav, ;
eirdv, etc.), ever, soever; (a) c. pres., rfyUa dv, 11 Co 3^*; os dv,
Eo 915 (LXX) 162, al.; 00-01 dv, Lk 9^; i? dv, Eo 152" (M, Pr., 167);
(/3) c. aor., 8s dv, Mt 521. 22, 31 . 1^5 s.v, until, Mt 2i3, Mk eô, al.
is dv, ;
as soon as (M, Pr., 167), i Co ll^", Phi 223. Qn the freq. use of idv
for av with the foregoing words, v.s. idv; (ii) in late Gk., when some
actual fact is spoken of, c. indie. : orav (q.v.) ; ottov av, Mk 6^* (M, Pr.,
168) ; Ac
KaOoTL av, j,^ ^^^ j Co 122. 2^5 435
3, jn iterative construc-
.
tion, impf. and aor. indie. (M, Pr., 167) Ac 2*^ 435^ j Qq 122.
c. :
4. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish Ac 8^^ :
2629. 5. Elliptical constructions cJ firj n av (M, Pr., 169), i Co 7* :
o)s av, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), 11 Co 10^.

contr. from eav, q.v.
Slv,
prep, (the rarest in NT;

d»'(i, M, Pr., 98; MM, VGT, s.v.),
prop., upwards, up, always c. ace. 1. In phrases : d. /xecrov, among,
between, c. gen., Mt 132^, 7", i Mk Co 6^ (M, Pr., 99), Ee 7^^ [so in
LXX for Ijins] d. /Ae'pos, in tîrn, i ; Co 14^' (both found in Polyb.
cf. MGr. dvd/x€cra). 2. Distrib., apiece, by : Mt 209- 10, Lk 9^ (WH om.),
ib. 1* 10\ Jo 26, Ee 48. 3. Adverbially (" a vulgarism," Bl., § 51, 5 ;
cf. Deiss., BS, 139 f.), d. eis cKaa-ro^, Ee 2121. Ag prefix, d. signifies
(a) up avaâiveiv (b) to
:
]
: avayyiXXuv ;
(c) anew : avayewav ]
(d) back
avaKa/xTTTeiv. t
dKa-paOfids, -ov, 6 « dvaôuvo)), [in LXX for H^^D : III Ki lO^^' 20,
IV Ki 913 209 ff,

II Ch 918.19, Is 388, Ez 406.«; wSr, tJ>v d., iiY. Pss 119
(120)-133 (134) * ;] 1. a goiyig up, an
ascent (Pss, 11. c. ?). 2. a step
(LXX); -pi., a flight of stairs : Ac213^'**. (On the formation -Ofj-os,
v. MM, VGT, s.v.)t
dra-PaiVu, [in LXX
chiefly for nbv ]] to go up, ascend, (a) of
persons : irrl crvKO/jLwpeav, Lk 19^ cts T. TrXotov, 6^1 €ts 'lepocroXvfia,
; Mk ;
Mt 201^ CIS T. [fpdv, c. inf. (M, Pr., 205), Lk I810; with mention of
place of departure, Mt 3"^^ {a-n-o), Ac 8^9 (^^^ (5^ of things, to rise,
•
spring up, come uj) : a fish, Mt 17'"^ smoke, Ee 8* plants growing, ;

;
Mt 13"; metaph., of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb.

n^ %
rhv; IV Ki 12*, al.), Lk 2438, i Co 2^; of prayers, Ac 10*;
messages, Ac 21^1 (for late exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).
dm-pdXXo), [in LXX: Ps 77 (78)2i 88(89)38 (-,3^)^ i Ki 28^*,
Ps 103 (104)2 (niar) ;] to defer, put off (MM, VGT, s.v.) mid., :
Ac 2422.t
di'a-PiPdj^w (causal of dva/3atvw), [in LXX chiefly for rhv hi., also
for 2D1 hi., etc. make go up, draw
;] to up, as a ship (Xen.) : (rayrjviqv,
Mt 13*8 (metaph., MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dm-pX^TTu, [in LXX chiefly for KCSr:;] 1. to look up: 82*, Mk
al. ; seq. ek, Mt 14^^^ ^1. (Xen., Plat.). 2. to recover sight (Plat.,
Aristoph. cf. MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 11^, Jo 9'\ al.
«
; :
dvd-pXciJ/is, -cws, ri Avafikeirw), [in LXX : Is 61^ (nip-nj^Q)* ;]
recovery of sight : Lk 4^8 (Lxx)_t

dm-'podw, -w, [in LXX for prx ,
pjH , Nip, etc.;] to cry out:
Mt 27*f' (WH, i/36r]a€v; v. MM, VGT, 8.v.).+
dfapoXii], -^?, (<Cd aiaXXw), [in LXX for P]33 etc.;] delay:
17 ,
Ac 25^'' (for exx. of other meanings, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t

*di'dYaioi' (Eec. dvwyeov; on the form, v, Bntherford, NPhr.,
357
Lk
f.
22i2.t
; MM, VGT, s.v.), -ov, to « dva, yrj), an upper room : Mk Id^*,
SYN. : VTTtpWOV.
&v-ayy{K\ii}, [in LXX chiefly for 133 hi. ;] 1. to bring back word,
report (^sch., Thuc, al.) Jo (WH, cTttcv), Ac „ Co V. :
5^5 1427 154^
2. Later, = dn-ayyeAXw (MM, VGT, s.v.), to announce, declare (LXX;
Cremer, 24) Mt 28ii (WH, dTr-), Jo 425 16i3-i5, Ac IQ^^ 2020. 27, Eo I521,
:
I Pe 112, I Jo l*.t
**i &.va-yivv6.w, -w, [in LXX: Si prol.i^ K* (ABN« Trapa-)*;] to beget
again : metaph., of spiritual birth, i Pe 1^' 2^ (cf. Cremer, 147 ; MM,
VGT, s.v.).t
di'tt-yu'waKw (Attic dvayiyv-), [in LXX chiefly for X"Tp ;] 1. to know
certainly, know again, recognize. 2. Of written characters, to read:
Mt 2415, Mk 13l^ Ac 1531 2334, Eph 3^ ; c. ace. rei, Mt 223i, Mk 12io,
Lk 63, Jo 1920, Ac 83«. 32, II Co l^^, Ee l^ ; c. ace. pers., 'Ho-aiW t.

Trpo4>-qr7]v, Ac 828.30; seq. iv, Mt 12^ 21*2, Mk 122^ (sc. Iv t. vo/xw),
Lk 1026 ; seq. 5ti, Mt 19* 21i« ; rt eVot7,o-€, Mt 123, Mk 22^ ;
pass.
II Co 32 of reading aloud (MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk
; 4^«, Ac 132^ 1521,
II Co 3l^ Col 4i«, I Th 527 (M, Th., in l.).t
dmyKdiu, «dvd7K7?), [in Pr 67 (itatzr), i Es 32*, i Mac 225, LXX :
al. ;] to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain : c. ace,

id. c. inf., Mt 1422, Mk 6**, Lk 1423, Ac
II Co 1211 .
26ii (on the impf.
here, v. Field, Notes, 141; M, Pr., 128 f., 247), Ga 2i* 6^2; pass., c.
inf., Ac 2819, Ga 23 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.j.t
** dmvKalos,
prol.22, II Mac
-ala, -alov
423 921^ i^
«
Mac
dvdyKT)),
1^*;] 1.
[in LXX
Es 813, î 153^ Si
:
necessary: Ac 13*6, i Co I222,

II Co Phi 225, Tit 314, He 83 comp. -atdrepov, Phi 12*. 2. Of
95, ;
persons connected by bonds of nature or friendship, near, intimate

(Field, Notes, 118 MM, VGT, s.v.) d. <t>iXoL, Ac 102''.t
; :
* dt-ayKaoTais, adv., necessarily or by constraint: opp. to e/covo-iws,
1 Pe 52 (rare).t
di'dyKT], -r]<;, r], [in LXX chiefly for piSCJ , "IS ;] 1. necessity : ex^tv
d., 0. inf., to be compelled, Lk 141^ 23i7 (Eec, R, mg.), i Co 737, j^z^

He 727; ^^ ^^ ^„^' ^.^ of necessity, 11 Co 97, He 712, Phmi*; d.
fioL eViKciT-at, 71. is laid on me, 1 Co 91* ; c. inf. (âvayKOLov Io-tl), Mt 18^,
Eo 135, He 91"' 23. 2. force, violence, hence pain, distress (Diod., al.
LXX ; V. M, TJi., 41 ; MM, VGT, s.v. ; cf. Â/i/îs) : Lk 2123, j Co 72^,
I Th 3" ;
pi. (V. Bl., § 32, 6 ; Swete, Mk., 153), cV d., 11 Co 6* 12io.t
dm-yfwpil^w, [in LXX : Ge 45i (JTT hith.)*
;] to recognize : Ac 7i3
(WH, txt., eyvw/Dt 0-^17).

d»'d-y^wais, -co)s, ^, [in LXX: Ne 8^ (xnpp), i Es 9*^, Si
prol. * ;] 1. recognition (Hdt.).

^» 13 2. reading (Plat., al.) of the public :
reading of Scripture (Milligan, NTD, 173„, 210 f.) Ac 131^, 11 Co 31*, :
I Ti 413 (Cremer, 158 MM, VGT, s.v.).t ;
di'-dyw, [in LXX

chiefly for nbjT hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. cis, o.
ace. loc, Mt 41, Lk 222 45 (WH om. d<i, k.t.X.), Ac 939 163*; of raising
the dead (cl.), tK veKplhv, Eo 10'^, He I32''; to produce and set before,
T. Aa(5, Ac 12* (MM, VGT, s.v.); in sacrificial sense (MM, I.e.), to

offer, Ova-lav, Ac 7*^ Mid., in nautical sense (Horn., Hdt., Thuc, al.),
to put to sea: Lk 8^2, Ac 13i3 IGî im 203. i3 211.2 272.4.12,21 2810.11

(cf. £7r-avayw).t
dm-SeiKûî, [in LXX Hb 32 (rT), Da LXX
: i" (n:a), 120 (xsa),
I Es g, II, III Mac 9* ;] 1. to lift up and show, show forth, declare (cf.
II Mac 2^, V. MM, VGT, s.v.) : Ac I2*. 2. to consecrate, set apart,
(Strab., Plut., Anth.) Lk lO^t
«
:
**t di't£-86i|is, -€w?, ^ draSet/cvv/xt), [in LXX : Si iS** * ;] a shewing

forth, announcement : Lk l^*'.t
** dKa-Se'xofiai, [in LXX : ii Mac 6^^ S^^ * ;] 1. to assume, undertake
(in TT. freq. as legal term : MM, VGT, s.v.) : iirayyeXia^, He 11^^.
2. = cl. vTToSixofjiaL, to receive : of guests, Ac 28''.
**di'a-8i8(ufiii, [in LXX : Si I22, 11 Mac IS^^ * ;] 1. to give forth, send
up, as of plants (Hdt., al.). 2. to give up, yield, hand over (MM,
VGT, s.v.) : Ac 2333.
**t &ya-ld(a, -w, [in Al. Ge 45^^ *'^ to live again, regain life (cf. cl.
:
ava^Low; Cremer, 722; and tor other exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.):
metaph. of moral revival, Lk IS^* (WH, mg., e^rjatv) of sin, Eo 7^.t ;
dm-£T)Te'u, -S, [in LXX

Jb 3* (tzr-n), 10« (tsrpa pi.), 11 Mac I321 * ;] :
to look fur or seek careftilly (" specially of searching for human beings,
with an imphcation of difficulty": MM, VGT, s.v.): Lk 2**.*^,
Ac 1125.t
t diva-t,I>vyviii, [in LXX : Jg IS^^, Pr 2935 (3117) (^Û)* ;] to gird up
fig., T. oo-ûas T. Stavotas, I Pe 1^3 f
** di'a-ûTTupY^w, -w
(< ^coos, nip), [in LXX : I Mac 13^ * ;] to kindle
afresh: metaph., 11 Ti 1^ (for vernac. exx., v. MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
Ez
dm-0dXXu>
172* (n-IQ hi.).
«Ho
edXX<o, to flourish), [in
89, Wi 4^ Si 5*;] to
LXX Ps 27 (28)" {nbv),
:
revive: Phi d^" (cf. MM,

VGT, s.v.j.t
t dvd9£p.a, -Tos, TO (< avaTi6r]fii), Hellenistic for Attic dvd6r]fx.a (Bl.,
§ 27, 2) 1. prop. = t6 dvaTiê/xtVov, tJiat whicJi is laid by to be kept,

;
a votive offering (as dvdOrjfxa in 11 Mac 2^3^ l^ 21^ where read — LT

-defia, V. M, Pr., 46). 2. [As equiv. in for Wyri ,] devoted, a thing LXX
devoted to God (v. Driver, De., 98 f., and cf. Le 272^.29), hence; (a) of
the sentence pronounced (De 13^5), a curse : Ac 23^* (b) of the object ;
on which the curse is laid, accursed (De 72'') Eo 93, i Co 123 I622, :
Ga 18' 9 (v. ICG on Bo. ; Lft., Ga., 11. c. Cremer, 547 Tr., Syn., § v ; ;
MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
I Ki
t dm-eejittTiiw
153, al.), I Mac
«5^
avdOefxa), [in
;] to
LXX
chiefly for WTi hi. (Nu 212,
devote to destruction, declare or invoke ana-
thema: absol, Mk 14''^; bind oneself under a curse:
kavTov, to Ac
2312, 14, 2i_ (Qf naTavadeixaTild), and on the occurrence of the word in tt.,
V. Deiss., LAE, 92 f. ; MM, VGT, s.v.).t

*t dca-Oewpe'w, -w, to observe carefully, consider well : Ac 1723, He 13'
(Diod., al.).t
di/derjfia, -TOS, TO (cf. AvdOefia, and V. MM, VGT, S.V.), [in LXX
often as v.l. for avddefia (D^n), and in Nu 21', Jg 1^''

for mpHn but prop, ,
in III Mac 3^^^, al. ;] a gift set tip in a tenaple, a votive offering Lk 21^ :
(LT, -e€fia).f
** dmiSia (Eec. -eta, as in
slmmelessness, importunity :
cl.), -as,
Lk
^
11^ (for exx. from
« aiSws), [in LXX
tt., v.
:
MM, VGT,
Si 25^^ * .]
8.v.).t
(riDl),
dk-aipeais, -€ws,
Jth 15*, II Mac
rj « dmipeco), [in
5^^*;] 1.
LXX: Nu
a takmg up or away (Thuc). 2. a
ll^^ (jin), Jg 15^7
destroying, slaying, murder (Field, Notes, 116 MM, VGT, s.v.) Ac 8^t
; :
av-aif>i(a, -w, [in LXX for 2in hi., HP hi., nD2 hi., etc. ;] 1. to take
up : mid., Ac 7-^ 2. to take away,

destroy (for late make an end of,
exx. of various senses, v. MM, VGT, s.v.) (a) of things (as freq. in cl. ;
of laws, etc.) He 10^ (b) of persons, to kill : Mt 2i«, Lk 22^ 23^2,

:
;
Ac 2-3 533,36 728 923, 24, -29 IQ39 l^'i 13'^8 1627 2220 2315,21,27 25' 26^^
II Th 28, WH, txt., E, txt.t

dk'-amos, -ov (<atTi'a), [in LXX : De IQi"' 13 216, 9 (,-,3)^ Da LXX
TH Su®2^ always of aiyua (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.)*;] guiltless, innocent:
Mt 125. 7,t
* 6.va-KaQ-ilu) (v.s. Ka6tîo) ; 1. trans., to set up. 2. Intrans., to sit
up Lk 7^5 (WH, mg.,

: iKaOicrev), Ac 9'^^ (freq. in medical writings : MM,
VGT, s.v.).t
dm-Kai^'iV «/caivos), [in LXX: II Ch 158, pg 102 (103)^ 103
(104)30, La 5^1 {mm pi., hith)., Ps 38 (39)^ (-|Dy ni.), i Mac 6^*;] to
renetv : He 6^ (Isocr., Plut.).t
*t di'a-Kaii'oa), -ui = avaKaivi^w (cf. MM, VGT, S.V.), to make new
II Co 416, Col 310 (v. Cremer, 323).+
*+ dcaKaivwo-is, -ews, r]
{<C avaKaivow), renewal : Eo 12^, Tit 3* (Cremer,
324 ; MM, VGT, s.v.).+
Syn. : iraXivyevcaia, in NT, new birth, of which d. is the conse-
quent renewal or renovation, in which man as well as God takes part
(v. Tr., Syn., § xviii).
dm-KaXuirra), [in LXX chiefly for nbn ni,, pi. ;] to unveil : metaph.
of removing hindrance to perception of spiritual things, 11 Co 3^*' ^^.f
dm-KdH-Trro), [in LXX: I Ch 19^, Je 3^, al. (mtT), Je 15^ (-no);]

1. trans., to bend or turn back. 2. Intrans., to return : Mt 2^^, Ac IB'^^^,
He 1116 ; metaph. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 10^.+
** d.v6.-Kei\>.ai, [in LXX: i Es 4^0, To 9« N*;] 1. in cL, as pass, of
avaTiOrjfii, to be laid tip, laid : Mk 5*o Eec. 2. In late writers (cf. MM,
VGT, =
KilaOaL, KaraKelaOai,
s.v.) to recline at table : Mt 26-o
;
part,
iyaK€i/x(yos, Mt 9i« 2210' ^ 26", Mk 62« 1418 16fi«, Lk 22^^ Jo e" 12^
x323' 28.+
Syn. avaKXipw, avaTriTTTw, the latter denoting an act rather than
:
a state and thus in Jo 13^* differing from dvaKeifiai (v.^*) by indicating

a change Of position.
** d»'a-K€<t>a\ai<5a), G> (v.S. Kecj>aXaL6w), [in Th., Al. Ps 71 (72)20*;] to :
sum up, gather up, present as a whole mid., Eo 13^, Eph lô (on wh, :
v. Lft., Notes, 321 f. AE, in 1. Cremer, 354, 748),+

; ;
** dca-K\iVw, [in LXX : iii Mac 5^^ * ;] to lay u-pon, lean against,
hence, (a) to lay doxvn : Lk T ;
{h) to make to recline : Mk 6^^, WH,
mg., Lk 1237. Pass., to lie hack, recline : Mt Sî U^\ Lk IS^^.t
SYN. : dva.K€LjxaL (q.V.), aVaTTLTTTU).
di/o-Kpdi^w, [in LXX for Sip , etc. ;] to cry out, shout : Mk l^s 6^9,
Lk 433 828 23i8.t
d^'a-Kp^Va), [in LXX: I Ki 20^2 (npn), Da LXX Su ^3, ib. LXX,
TH *8» ^^ * ;] to examine, investigate, question (Lft., Notes, 181 f.) : Ac
n^\ I Co 2^4. 15 43, 4 93 1025. 27 1424 in forensic sense .
(MM, VGT, s.v.
esp. of examination by torture; v. Field, Notes, 120 f.),Lk 23^*, Ac 4^
12^9 248 28i8.t
SyN. : V.S. iicrdCoi.
** dfd-Kpi<Tis, -eo)?, 17, [in LXX : iii Mac 7* * an examination
;] : spec,
of legal preliminary investigation, Ac 252^ (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
* di/a-KoXioj, (a) to roll up ; (b) to roll back : Mk 16* (Eec, dn-o*c-).t
dm-Ku'iTTw [in LXX : Jb lO^^ (crxn s^2), Da LXX, Su 35* ;] to lift
oneself up ; (a) bodily Lk 13^^ ; Jo 8^7, 10] .
^j^ mentally, to be elated
Lk 2128 (cf. MM,
VGT, s.v.).t
dKa-XafAJBdew, [in LXX
chiefly for KOJZ also for T\pb etc. ;] 1. to , ,
take up, raise : 16"9i, Mk

Ac I2. 11. 22 iqi^, i Ti 3i«. 2. to take up, take to
oneself: Ac 7" 2013.1* 233i, 6i3. le, 11 Eph
Ti 411 (for late exx., v. MM,
FGT, s.v.).t
* di'd-\T]|ji,\|/is, -€w?, 17, {kolvti form of avd\r]il/Ls ; V. Th., Gr,, 108 f.), a
taking up : Lk 9^1 (MM, VGT, s.v.).+
Rec. for avaXrjfMif/is, qv.
di'd-X'»]»|/is, -((OS, r),
dk'-aXiCTKw (on the etymology, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in chiefly LXX
for bâ also for rh3
, etc. ;] 1. to expend.
, 2. to consume, destroy : Lk
95*, Ga 515, II Th 28, Rec. WH, mg.t
**dcaXoYia, -as, rj (<[ Aoyos), [in Al. Le 2718*;] proportion (MM, :
VGT, s.v.) Ro 12« (cf. Cremer, 397).t

:
** dm-XoYiiofiai, [in LXX

Wi 17i3 N, n Mac 12" A, iii Mac 7^ * ;]
:
to consider : He 123 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
Mk
** dmXos, -ov
95o.t
«
aXs), [in Aq. Ez 13i«» H' i^ 2228 * ;] saltless, insipid
:
^d^d-Xuais, -cws, r) (<; dvaXvw), a loosing, e.g. of a vessel from its

moorings, hence, departure : from life, 11 Ti 4^.t
**dm-X.5w, [in LXX: i Es 33, To 29, Jth I31, Si 3i5, Wig,
II, III Mac 10 * ;] 1. to unloose. 2. to unloose for departure, depart (MM,
VGT, s.v.) from life. Phi 123. 3^ ^q return, Lk 1236.t
«
:
di'afxdpTTiTos, -ov (SDS), II Mac

afxaprdv), [in LXX : Dt 29i«<i8)
8* 12*2*;] without missing, unerring (Xen.). 2. In moral sense,
I,
faultless (Plat.), without sin : Jo 8^7] (v. Cremer, 102, 634 MM, VGT, ;
s.v.).t
&va-\Liv(a, [in LXX mp
await " one v^ho33 coming is
for pi. ;] to
expected, perhaps with the added idea of patience and confidence "
c. ace, I Th 110 (v. M, Th., in 1. MM, VGT, 8.v.).t ;
diva-fimvriaKb), [in LXX for IDT hi. ;] to remind, call to one's

remembrance : c. ace. rei, i Co 4^'^; c. inf., ii Ti 1*. Pass., to remem-
ber, call to mind : Mk ll^^ 14^2, n Co 7l^ He 1032.t
di'(ifii'T|ais, -ecus, r]
{<C avanifj-vrja-Ku)), [in LXX : Ps 37 (38), 69 (70)
tit. (nST hi.), Le 24^ (ni^TX), Nu W^ (fil?!), Wi 16" *;] remembrance
fi's T. ifx^v d., Lk 2219 (WH om.), i Co 1124,25. ^^ dâpnwv, He 10^
(v. Abbott, Essays, 122 ff. ; DCG, ii, 74*).t
SvN. vTr6fjLvr](Tis (v. Tr., Syn., § cvii).
to renew:
&ya-y€6i^,
:
pass.,
-w «
Eph
I'c'os),
42^ (v.
[in LXX:
Jb 332*,Es 313,
Cremer, 428; MM, VGT,
I, IV
s.v.).t
Mac 8*;]
* &va-vr]û, to return to soberness: metaph., 11 Ti 2^^ (cf. e/<v77<^(o).+
'Ami-ias (WH, 'Avav-), -a, 6 (Heb. 11^330), Ananias; 1. of Jerusa-
lem Ac 51- 3. 5. 2. Of Damascus Ac Q^*' 12, 13, 17 2212. 3. High Priest

: :
Ac 232 24i.t
**t dc-arrt'-pTiTos (T, -pprjro^), -ov {<^p7)r6<;, spoken), [in Sm. Jb IP :
3313 * ;] not to be contradicted, undeniable : Ac 19^6 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t

* df-at'Ti-priTws (T, -pprp-ta'i), adv., without contradiction: Ac 1029.t
dk'-dCtos, -ov (d- neg., dîo?), [in LXX: Je 15^9x2 (b^T), Es Bi^,
Si 258*;] unworthy: c. gen., i Co (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
62
** dcaîu? (v. supr.), adv., [in LXX 11 Mac 14*2 * in an unworthy
:
;]
manner : i Co 112''.t
dcd-Trauo-is, -cws, rj {avairavu)) ,
[in LXX chiefly for rn3 and its
derivatives, n2tS and its cognates (Ex, Le) ;] cessation, rest, refresh-
ment: Mt 1129 1243^ Lk 1124, Ee 48 14ii.t

Syn. : dv€o-i5 (lit. the relaxation of the strings of a lyre), prop.
signifies the rest or ease which comes from the relaxation of unfavour-
able conditions, as, e.g. affliction avdir., the rest which comes from :
the temporary cessation of labour (v. Tr., Syn., § xl Cremer, 827 ;
MM, VGT, S.V.).

di'tt-irauw, [in LXX for fourteen different words, chiefly rn3 , also
Yy\ ]512^ etc. ;] to give intermission from labour, to give rest, refresh
,
,
Mt 1128, I Co 1618, Phm2o pass., Phm \ 11 Co V^. Mid., to take rest,

;
enjoy rest Mt 2Q^\ Mk 6^1 14*i, Lk 12i9, Ee 611 14^3 as in Heb. of

: ;
îjy
Is 112 ^[^2), TO 7rv€v/xa €^' v/iSs d., I Pe 41*. (In IT. this word is
used as a technical agricultural term ; v. MM, VGT, s.v. ; and cf.

Le263*'-; Cremer, 826. )t
dm-irciOo), [in LXX: Je 36 (29)^ (NIZy3 hi.), i Mac 1"*;] to per-
suade, incite: Ac IS^^ (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).t
* dk'direipos, V.S. avdTrr]po<;.
* dca-TTÎxiru, 1. to send up, (a) to a higher place (^sch., Plat., al.)
(b) to a higher authority (Deiss., BS, 229; MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. also
Field, Notes, 140) Lk 23^. i^ Ac 252i. 2. to send back (Pind.)
:
Lk 2311, Phm ii.t
Es 51,
dm--irri8dw, -w
To 4*;] to leap
«up TTTySdo), to leap),
: Mk 10^« (Eec. dvao-Tds).t

[in LXX: i Ki 20^4 (Dip) 25i«,
MANUAL QBEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 33
** di/d-TTTjpos (WH, -ctpos; V. Field, Notes, 67), -ov (irr;pos, maimed),

[in LXX : To 14^ x , ii Mac
S^* * maimed, crippled : ;]
14i3. 2i.t Lk
d.'a-iriTrru, [in LXX Ge : 49^ (iHS) To 2^ 78, Jth 12^\ Si 25i8
35 (32)2, Da th Su
l. (d.) to fall back. 2. In late writers = ava-
^7 * ;]
KXivofjiaL, a repast (MM, VGT, s.v.) at table, Lk 11^^

to recline for :
1410 177 221*, Jo 1312 2120 on the ground, Mt IS^^, Mk 6*« 8«, Jo 6i« .
to lean back, Jo 13^^ (T, eTrnrea-wv; V.S. dva/cct//ai, ad fin.).t

SYN. : avaKei/xai (q.V.), avaKXivofiai.
dca-iTXT)pow, -u), [in chiefly for K^D LXX Le 12^, al. also obizr
, ;
15i«, III Ki 7*1, Is 6O20), etc. make full (in tt. of com-
(Ge ;] 1. to fill up,
pleting contracts and making up rent cf. ; MM, VGT, s.v.) tottov, :
take one's place (cf. Heb. DipQ N^P), i Co 14}^; dfiapria^, complete the
number, iTh 2^^ ; t. vo/hov, observe perfectly, Ga 6^ ; pass., Trpn(f>r]Tua,
fulfilled, Mt 131*. 2. to SWppZ^; to va-reprjfia, I Co 1617, Phi 2^0
(Cremer, 838). t
*t dvairoXoyiiTos, -ov (<^ aTroXoyeo/xai) without excuse, inexcusable (in ,
Polyb., al., as a forensic term v. Lft., Notes, 252) Eo lô 2i.+ ; :
dm-TTToaaw, [in LXX

for t&IB etc. ;] to unroll : t. ^t(3\ioy, Lk 41^ ,
(WH, E, ivoifas).t
d^-dTTTw, [in LXX chiefly for nS"";] to kindle: Lk 12*^, Ja 3*
(MM, VGT, s.v.).t
[Jb 312s,al.], wmwieraJZe He lli^.t
d»'-api0p.ir)Tos, -ov, {<âpi6/ji€(x)), .•
**dva-(T€i«, [in Aq. Ki 26io, Jb 23; Aq., Sm. Is 36i8*;] 1. to : I :
s/jaA;e ow^, s/wiA;e 6acA;, move to and fro (Thuc, al.). 2. In late writers
(Diod., al. v. MM, VGT, s.v.), to stir up; metaph., to excite : t. o^Xov,
;
Mk 1511 T. AaoV, Lk 23^t

;
* dm-aKcodiu (<ô-kc{)os, a vessel), prop, to ^jac^ w^ baggage,

hence, to dismantle, ravage, destroy; metaph., to unsettle, subvert
(MM, FGT, s.v.) : V'vxas, Ac 152*.t
dm-CTirdw, -w, [in LXX for npb , nbjT hi. ;] to rfraw ?tp ; Lk 14^
Ac 1110 (in TT. of pulling MM, VGT, s.v.).t
up barley ;
6.vd-<rra<ji<i, -ews, 17 LXX: Ze 3^ (Dip), La 3*^^

{<!^ dvLo-Trjfu) , [in
(nn^(7), Ps 65 (66) tit., Da LXX II20, n Mac 71* 12*^*;] 1. a raisitig

up, awakening, rising (in Inscr. of the erection of a monument, v.
MM, VGT, s.v.) Lk 2=**. 2. a rising from the dead (v. DCG, ii,
:
605b) ;
(a) of Christ : Ac I22 2^1 433, j^ 55^ pî 310^ i Pe 321 .
^^ ^^
v^Kpwv, Eo 1* [ICC, in 1.) ; U vcKpw, i Pe 13 ; {b) of persons in OT hist.
(e.g. Ill Ki 17i''^) : He 1135 •
(g) of the general resurrection : Mt 2223. 28, 30^
Mk 1218. 23, Lk 2027. 33, 36^
Jo 1124^ Ac I718 238 2415, II Ti 218 d. ; U
v€Kpwv, Lk 2035, Ac 42 ; tSv v«pwv, Mt 223i, Ac 1732 23«, 2421 2623,
I Co 1512. 13. 21, 42^ He 62 ; d. ^w^s, resurrection to life (cf. 11 Mac 71*,
d. €15 ûtTQv) and d. T. KpLcreoi^, r. to judgment, Jo 52^ d. t. Stfcaiwi/, ;
Lk 141* ; KpcLTTOiv d., He

^, v. Swete, in 113* ; on 17 d. 17 irpwrr], Ee 205.
Westc. on Jo 5, but v. also Thayer, s.v. by meton, of Christ as
1., ;
Author of d., Jo 1125 (y, DB, iv, 231 Cremer, 307).t ;
t dva-OTaT<5(i), w (<^ avdo-Taros, driven from home; <C.avLaTrjfiL), [in

3
LXX: Da V^ {mn;* also in Aq., and in n. (v. Deiss., LAE, 80 f.;
MM, VGT, 8.V.),] to stir up, excite, unsettle : c. ace. ;
(a) to tumult and
sedition: Ac 17*' 2P8. (j) by false teaching: Ga 5^2 (v. Milligan,
NTD, 73 f.).t
* dm-oraupoo) 1. to impale (Hdt.). 2. to raise on a cross, crucify
;
(Polyb., al.). 3. to crucify again: He 6® (v. Waste, in l.).t

dm-aT€vdta,, [in LXX:
La 1* (mx ni.), Si 25^8 d?)^ Da th Su22,
II Mac 630 * .] tQ sigh deeply : Mk S^^.t
d»'a-(rrpe(|)u, [in LXX
1. to overturn: Jo 2^^. chiefly for mis^;]
2. to turn back, return : Ac 3. turn hither and thither; 5^^ 15^^. to
pass., to tîrn oneself about, sojoîrn, divell : Mt 17^" Eec. metaph. ;
(likeHeb. "^ybn in Koivr] writers and in tt. v. Deiss.,

, ; LAE, 315 ; BS,
88, 194 MM, VGT, s.v.), to conduct oneself, behave,
; live : ii Co 1^^
Eph 2\ I Ti 3l^ He lO^^ 1318, i Pe l^", 11 Pe 2^\f
SVN. TrepiTTaTtw (Hellenistic), TroAtTcJw.
:
** di'a-cnrpo(t>ri, -77s, r/ {<âva(TTpi(f>ofjLai), [in LXX: To 4^*, II Mac 5^

6-^* ;] 1. a turning doivn or back, a wheeling about (Soph., Thuc, al.).
2. In late writers (Polyb., al. v.s. dvaa-Tpeffxa, and cf. Hort on Ja 3^^
;
MM, VGT, 8.V.), manner of life, belmviour, conduct : Ga 1^^, Eph 4^^^
I Ti 412, He 137, Ja 3^3, i Pe
li^.is 212 31.2,16^ „ Pe 2^ 3ii.t
*t dca-rdaaofiai, [in LXX
only as v.l. (Aid.) in Ec 2'-'*' ;] to arrange in
order, bring together from memory (Blass., Phil. Gosp., 14 ff. MM, ;
VGT, s.v.) : Lk l^.t

di'a-Te'XXu, [in LXX for riDS , UIB , UH , etc. ;] 1. trans., to cause
to rise : Mt 5^^. 2. Intrans., to rise : ^ws, Mt 4i« ( = Is 9^) ; 6 ^Xios,
Mt 13«, Mk 4« 162, Ja 111 ; v£<^£'X7;, Lk 12^*; ^w(r<f>6po^, 11 Pe T^;
6 Kvptos, prob. with ref. to metaph. of sun or star. He 7^* (cf.
e^-avaT£AXw).+
ava-TiQi]iLi, [in LXX chiefly for D^n (Cremer, 546) ;] to lay upon,
set up, etc. Mid. -e/xat, in late writers (Plut., al. ; v. also MM, VGT,
S.V.), to set forth, declare : Ac 25^*, Ga 22,
di/aroXii, -ijs, 17 « dvaTeAAo)), [in LXX chiefly for mip ,
D"""!!? ;] 1.
a rising : of light, Lk 1'^. 2. the sun-rising, the east (MM, VGT,

s.v.) : Mt 22.9, Ee 21^3 ; d. ^XtW, Re 72 I612 (WH, pi.) ; pi., Mt 2^ S^^
2427, Lk 1329.t
di/a-xpcTTw, [in LXX for nm , p)Tn , etc. ;] to overturn, destroy
Jo 215 WH, txt.; metaph., to subvert (MM, VGT, s.v.): 11 Ti 2^8,
Tit lii.t
** dm-Tp€'<t>u, [in LXX Wi 7^ B, : iv Mac IO2 ll^s x* ;] to nurse up,
nourish, educate, bring up: Lk 4^^, WH, mg., Ac 720' 21, 223.t
di'a-<|>ai»'o)jiai, [in LXX for pT£ hi., "Ojh^ ;] to bring to light, make to
appear : dva<^dvavT€s t. Kvirpov, i.e. having sighted C. : Ac 21^ WH

pass., to appear, be made manifest : Lk 19^^.
dm-<|>6'pw, [in LXX chiefly for Tlhv hi., also for 113p hi., etc. ;] 1.
to carry or lead up : c. ace. pers., Mt 17\ Mk 92 ;
pass., Lk 24^^ (WH,
reject, R, mg. omits) ; d. t. d/xapTias iirl t. ivXov (v. Deiss., BS, 88 f.
ICG, in 1. ; MM,
VGT, s.v.) i Pe 22*. 2. In : and NT, to bring LXX
to the altar, to offer (v. Hort on i Pe, I.e.) ûo-ia?, etc., 7^7 IS^^, : He
I Pe 2^ ; eVi T. Bva-iaa-TTjpiov, Ja 2^1 (v. Mayor, in 1.). 3. to bear, sustain
(cf. Nu1433, Is 5312): 928. He
dm-<|>wi'€'w, -oi, [in LXX for racrhi., "IDT hi. ;] to cry out, exclaim:
Lk 1*2 (Arist., al.).t
*t dcd-xuo-is, -€0)5, 1? (<^dvax€to, to poiir 02it), a pouring out, over-
flowing, excess: metaph., i Pe 4* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
dca-x^pew, -w, [in LXX
for n"12 , D13 etc. ;] 1. to go back. 2. to ,
withdraw : Mt 92* ; freq. in sense of avoiding danger (MM, VGT, s.v.),

Mt 212 (but V. Thayer), i3, u, 22 412 1215 1413 1521 27*, 3^ Jo 6^5^ Mk
Ac 2319 263i.t
d>'<£-<|/u^s, -tm rj «aVa./ri;xw), [in LXX: Ex S^^îi) (nrj]"))*;]
a refreshing : Ac S^^.t
dca-tj/uxw, [in LXX for B7D3 ni., n^n etc. (freq. in sense of revive,
,
refresh oneself) ;] to refresh : c. ace. pers., 11 Ti 1^* (MM, VGT, s.v.

Cremer, 588).t
* dt'SpairoSiCTTT^s, -ov, 6 (<^ dv8pdiro8ov, a slave, captured in war), a
slave-dealer, kidnapper: i Ti l^" (v. MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
'A^Spe'as, -ov, 6, Andrew, the Apostle : Mt 41^ IO2, Mk li«. 29 318
133, Lk 61*, Jo 1*1' *5 68 1222, Ac li3.t

di'SptV, [in LXX for pm ,
faX (Jos l^''-, i Ch 22^^, al; in 11 Ki IO12,
Ps 271* 312^, combined with KpaTLovaOai, as in i Co, I.e.) ;] to make a man
of. Mid., to flay the man (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.) : i Co 16i3.t
'Ac8p6>'iKos, -ov, 6, Andronicus : Eo 16''.t
** d»'8po-<}>6.'os, -ov, 6, [in LXX : 11 Mac 928 * ;] a man-slayer : i Ti I**
(cf. 0ov€i;s, and v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t

** dk-eYK\r]TOS, -ov
called to account,
«
unreprovabU
a-, iyxakew), [in
: i Co 1^,
LXX
Col I22, i
: III Mac 531 *
Ti 310, Tit
.j ^^^
1«' ^.t
^q jg
Syn. : dfieixTTTo^, av€irL\r]fjiTrTos (v. Tr., Syn., § ciii ; Cremer, 742;

MM, VGT, S.V.).
*t dj'-cKSiriYTjTos, -ov (< a-, cVStT/ye'o/iai), inexpressible : 11 Co 91* (MM,
VGT, s.v.).t
*t dK-cK-XdXTjTos, -OV «!»-, c/cXaXew), unspeakable: i Pe 18.tj
* di/c'KXenrros, -ov (< a-, eKXeiVw), unfailing : Lk 1233 (MM, FGT,
8.V.).t
*dc-€KT6s, -OV (also in late Gk. -^, -ov; -âVexoAiai), tolerable:
compar., -drepos, Mt IQi^ II22, 24^ Lk IO12. i*.t
df-eXeii}i(DK, -ov (< a-, cXcij/xwv), [in for ;] without mercy LXX ipx
Eo li3.t
*t di'-cXeos, -ov (Attic avr;Xe^9, aVcXtiy/Awv ; MM, VGT, 8.V.), merciUss
Ja 2i3.t
*t dfefii^w = Attic dve/j.6w (<[ avc/xos) ;
pass., to &e driven by the wind
Ja l«.t
fii'eôs, -ov, 6, [in LXX for nn ;] -wî^d ; Mt 11^ I42*. so, 32^
Mk
Ee 6i3 71
437, 39. 41 648, 51^ Lk 724^ 823. 24^ Jq 518, Ac 27^' 1*' 1*,
Ja 3*, ; pi.,
36 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OP THB NEW TESTAMENT
Mt 725. 27 826. 27^ Lk 825, Ac 27S Ju 12 ; oJ TcVo-ape? &. r^s y^s, Ee 7^ ; hence
the four quarters of the heavens (v. Deiss., BS, 248 ; MM, VGT, 8.V.),
Mt 2431, Mjj 1327. metaph., of variable teaching, Bph 4i*.t
SYN. : TTPevfjia, TTvor] (and cf. OviWa, XalXaij/).
*tdf-eV86KTos, -ov {<C.d- neg., evScKTos; <!îvS€xoiJâ.t), impossible, in-
admissible : Lk 17^t
** dce^cpauVtjTos (Eec. -cvvt/to?, as in Attic; M, Pr., 46), -ov (•<
ii-€p€vvd(o), [in Sm. {-ev-) Pr., 25^*;] unsearcJiable : Eo IP^.t
:
*t di'€î-KaKos, -ov (^fut., aVcô/Aat, KaK6<;), patiently forbearing (cf.

dve^tKa/cta, Wi 2i» ; and v. MM, VGT, s.v.) : 11 Ti 224.t
t di'€îX>'iao-Tos, -ov (<Ca- neg., €^t;i(via^w, to track out; <îxvos), [in
LXX : Jb 59 910 3424 (ipxj ]">^)* ;] i/iai canwoi be traced out : Eo llâ,
Eph 38 (MM, F(9r, s.v.).t

*+ di'-eir-aiaxui'Tos, -ov (<^ £7rato-;(wo/i,ai), no^ to &e ^wi to shame : II Ti
2i6.t
* (Eec. -Ar^Trros; Bl., § 6,8), -ov (-â-, iiriXa/JLâvw),
di'-eTTi-XT]fnrTos
without reproach : i Ti 32 5'^ S^^.t
Syn. : a/xe/xTTTos, dveyKXrjTo^. It is stronger than these, for it
implies not only that the man is of good report, but that he is
deservedly so (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.j.
d./-6'pxofiai, [in LXX
iii Ki 13^2 (^bn)* ;] to go up : Jo 6^, Ga
:
117, 18 (gf iTravipx-; and on its use of "going up" to the capital, MM,
VGT, s.v.).t
ct^cais, -€0)9, ^ «aviVO. \}^ LXX: II Es 422 (,t,2^)^ „ Ch 2316,
I Es 4«2, Wi 1313, Si 1520 2610 * ;] a loosenhig, relaxation : Ac 242^ (EV,

indulgence ; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.) ; by St. Paul, opp. to Â-i'i/îs, expressed or
understood, relief: 11 Co 2^2 7^ Q^\ 11 Th l^.t
SyN. : ctvaTravo-is (q.V.).
t df-erdj^w (<; dvd, ird^w, to examine ; V. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in LXX :
Jg 629 (taf-]i), Es 223 (tZTj-^n), Da th Su^^*;] to examine judicially: Ac
dceu, prep. c. gen. (rarer than x'^P'?. Q-v. ; cf. Ellic. on Eph 2^2;
MM, VGT, 42), without : Mt 1029, ^ Pe 31 49
*t diz-eu'-ecTos, -ov (v. MM, VGT, S.V.), no^ weZi placed, not fit : Ac
27i2.t
** di'-€upiaKw {dvd, evpiarKU}), [in LXX
IV Mac 3^* * ;] to find out by :
search, discover (v. Field, Notes, 47 f.) Lk 2'^, Ac 214.t :
di'-e'xw, [in LXX chiefly for pDN hithp. ;] to hold up ; in always NT

mid., &ear ivith, eîdîre : in cl. most freq. c. ace, but in
to c. gen. NT
pers., Mt 171^ Mk 9^9, Lk 9*i, 11 Co ll^' ^\ Eph 42, Col 3^3 seq. p.LKp6v ;
Tt, c. gen. pers. and c. gen. rei, 11 Co ll^ c. dat. rei, 11 Th 1* (v M, ;
Th., in 1.) seq. d rt?, 11 Co II20

; absol., i Co 4^2, n Co 11* to bear ; ;
ivith = to listen to, c. gen. pers., Ac 18^* c. gen. rei, 11 Ti 4^, He I322 ;
(cf. Trpoo-ave'xto and MM, VGT, s.v.).t

dv6v|»i6s, -oC, 6 (cf. Lat. nepos), [in LXX Nu Seî : (Tn ]5), To 7=*
9" X*;] a cousin: Col 410 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t

*S.vr]Qov, -ov, TO, anise : Mt 2323.t

d^-ilKw (wa, 7^Ku>), [in LXX : Jos 231^ (xia), i Ki 278, Si. prol.i",
I, II Mac 6 * ;]
prop., to have come up to ; in later writers, impers. it is
due, befitting
it is : in ethical sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), Eph 5*, Col S^^;
TO dvrJKov, Phm
8.t
* ay-riii.epos, -ov (a-, rjixcpoi), not tame, savage (MM, VGT, s.v.)
II Ti 33.t
dfiip, aVSpo's, 0, [in LXX chiefly for VTii , freq. lZ;^3^^ , also n"lX
etc. a man, Lat. vir. 1. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8^'\ i Ti 2^- as a

;] ;
husband, Mt l^^, Jo 4i«, Eo 7^, Tit 1«. 2. As opp. to a boy or infant,

I Co 13^\ Eph 4}^, Ja 3^. 3. In appos. with a noun or adj., as
a. d/i,apTwXos, Lk 6^; a. Trpocfyrj-nj^, 24^^; freq. in terms of address, as
a. a'SeXôi, Ac 1^" and esp. with gentilic names, as a. 'lovSatos,
;
Ac 22^ a. 'EêVtoi, 19^^. 4. In general, a man, a male person

;
= Tis, Lk 8^1, Ac 6^\

Syn. : dv6p(oTTos, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).
di'e-iaTT||xi (avTt, LarrjfjLi), [in LXX for IQJT , 13?^ , etc. ;] 1. in pres.,
impf., fut. and 1 aor. act., causal, to set against. 2. In mid. and pass.,
also pf. and 2 aor. act., to withstand, resist, opjjose : c. dat., Mt 5^^
Lk 2115, Ac 610 138, j^q 919 132^ Ga 2ii, Eph 6^\ 11 Ti 3^ 4l^ Ja 47,
1 Pe 59.t
d»'0-ofio\oYcop.ai, {avri, ofioXoyeofj-ai), [in
-oi)/i,at LXX : Ps 78 (79)
^
(nT), Da LXX 434 (nnn?), i 8»i,
Es
Si 202, III 6^3 *;] Mac 1. to make a
mutual agreement (Dem., Polyb.). 2. to acknowledge fully, confess
(Diod., Polyb., cf. i Es, I.e.). 3. C. dat. pers., to declare ones praises,
speak fully in prayer or thanksgiving, give thanks to (cf. Ps, I.e.)
Lk 238 (Cremer, 771 ; MM, VGT, s.v.).t
ac9os, -COS, TO, [in LXX for -p^ , etc. ;] a flower : Ja li". i\
I Pe 1'^ (Lxx).t
**d..epaKi(l, -as, ^ {<:ivOpa^), [in LXX: Si 11^2, iv Mac 920*;] a
heap) of burning coals : Jo I8I8 21^.t
avQpai, -a/cos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for n^na;] coal, charcoal:
a. TTvpos, a burning coal, Eo 1220.t

+ d>'0pwn--tip€CTKos, -ov (dv^pwTTos, apea-Ko?, pleasing), [in LXX : Ps 52
(53) 5 *
;] studying to please men : 6^, Col 3^2 (Cremer, Eph 642 ; MM,
VGT, s.v.).t
di-OpcJirivos, -17, ov (•< avOpiOTTos), [in LXX for UIH , ^2ij{ ;] human,
2i3
belonging to man :
x*^P^'» -^^
1"^^* » cro(f)ia, 1 Co ;
ûVis, Ja 3^^
KTio-15, (MM, VGT, s.v.) i f^yîpa, opp.
I Pe 213 ; to ^ w- (3^^ God's
Judgment-Day), human judgme7it, 1 Co 43 (v. Notes, 198) Lft.,
Tretpacr/xos a., temptation such as man can bear (AV, S'Mc/i as is common
10i3 av^pwTrtvov Xcyw, I speak in
to man, v. Field, Notes, 175), i Co ;
human fashion, with words not properly weighed, Eo 61® (v. Field,
Notes, 156). t
* &y6p(3)TroKT6vo(;, -ov (< ktciVo), to kill), a murderer, manslayer
(Eur. V. MM, VGT, s.v.) Jo 8", i Jo 3".t
; :
Stn. : <f>ov€vs, dvSpo4>6vo<; (v. Tr., Syn. § Ixxxiii).
acOpwiros, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for DIX , IZTN , also for Vh2il{
etc.;] man : 1. generically, a human being, male or female (Lat.

homo): Jo IGî; c. art., Mt 4^ 1235, Mk 2^', Jo 225, Rq 7\ al;
disting. from God, Mt 19", Jo 10=^^ Col 3^3, al. from animals, etc., ;
Mt 4^^, Lk 5^", Ee 9*, al. implying human frailty and imperfection, ;
I Co 3* ; cro0ia dvOpoiTTtDV, I Co 2^ ; avOpuiirtav eVi^D/xiai, I Pe 4^ ; Kara

avOpiDTTov -TrepiiraTeLv, I Co 3^ ; Kara a. Xeyeiv (XaXeiv), Ro 3^, I Co 9^
Kara a- Ae'yetv, Ga 3^* (cf. I Co 15^2, Ga 1^^) ; by meton., of man's
nature or condition, 6 eo-w (eô)) Ro 7^\ Eph S^\ ii Co 4i« (cf.
a.,
I Pe 3*) ; 6 -n-aXatos, /caivo?, veos a., Ro 6^, Eph 2^5 422. 24, Col 3^' 10
joined with another subst., a. e/ATropos, a merclmnt, Mt 13*^ (WH,
txt. om. a.) ; oi*co8eo-7roTr;s, Mt 13^2 ; ftacTLXevs, 182^ ; â'yos, 11^^ ; with
name of nation, Kvprjvalo<;, Mt 27^2; 'lovSalos, Ac 21^9; 'Fw/xatos,
men, Mt 5">i«, Mk
Ac 16^7; pi. ot a., jJeople : 82*, Jo 428; ov8ek
dvOpdiTTOiv, Mk 112, I Ti 6^". 2. Indef., a. = tis, some one, a man:
Mt 171*, Mk 12\ al.; rts a., Mt 18^2, Jo indef. one (Fr. on),
5^, al. ;
Ro 328, Ga 2l^ al. ; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt lO^" 1910^

Jo 722, 23_ 3^ Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12^3^
Mk 35, al. ; oIto% 6 a.,'Lk 1430; 6 5. ovto?, cKeTvos, Mk 14^1, Mt 12*^;
6 a. T. dvo^ta^, II Th 23 ; d. t. deov (of Heb. Q-^nb^ tZPX), I Ti 6^\
II Ti Si'^, II Pe 121 ; 6 vi6<s tov d., v.s. vlos.
SVN. : dvrjp, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44 Cremer, 103, 635).
;
*t dkO-uiraTeu'u (see next word), to be proconsul: Ac 18^2 ^qq

(v.s. ai'îJTraTos).'^"
* dk'0-uiraTos, -ov, 6 (avn', vTraro?, alter n. for viripraToi), supreme, a
consul, one acting in place of a consul, a proconsul, the administrator
of a senatorial province (cf. rj-ye/xiav, and v. VGT, 44) Ac 13^' ^> ^^ MM, :
1812 1938.t
&v-ir\\i.i {dvd, Irjixi), [in for HDI, XtZTS, etc. ;] 1. to send up, LXX
produce, send hack. 2. to let go, leave without support He 13^
to :
(cf. De 31" Horn., II., ii, 71).

; 3. to relax, loosen (v. Field, Notes,
124 f.) : Ac 162" 27*0 hence, metaph., to give up, desist from : Eph 6^.f
;
dK-iXews, -wv, V.S. av€A.€09.

*ak'nrTos, -ov (a. neg., vLirTui), unwashed : Mt I520, Mk 72(5Rec.) t
d>'-i<TTT]juii {dvd, la-TTqfxi), [in LXX chiefly for Dip ;] 1. causal, in fut.
and 1 aor. act., c. ace, to raise up: Ac 9*^ ; from death, Jo 63^,
Ac 232 ; to raise up, cause to he horn or ajypear : Mt 222*, Ac 3221 2«.
2. Intrans., inmid. and 2 aor act. (a) to rise : from lying, Mk 135 ;
from sitting, Lk 4^" to leave a place, Mt 9^ pleonastically, as Heb,

; ;
Dip before verbs of going, Mk 10^, al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23

,
M, Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 1723, Mk

83i; seq. v€Kpwv, Mt 179, «
Mk 9^ (h) to arise, appear : Ac
;
53", Ro 15^2 (cf. ctt-, ef- dvia-Trjfu, and
V. Cremer, 306, 738 ; MM, VGT, s.v.).

Syn. : iyetpo).
"Akm, -as, fj (Heb. n0), Anna, a prophetess : Lk 23«.t
"Ai'ms, -a (FIJ, 'Avavos, -ov), 6 (Heb. jari), ^wwas, the high priest:
Lk 32, Jo 1813. 2*, Ac 4«.t
d-f^TjTos, -OV (a- neg., vorjTo^; <^voetj}), [in LXX: Pr l?^^ (b^lj?),
Si 42^, al. ;] 1. not thought on, not understood (Horn., Plat.). 2. not
understanding, foolish (Hdt., al., LXX) Lk 2425, jjo ju^ q^ S^' : 3, i Ti
6», Tit 33 (Gremer, 438, 790 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t ;
Syn. : dcrvvcTO's (v. Tr., Syn., § Ixxv).

ai/ota, -as, rj (< a-voos, without understanding), [in LXX : Pr 14^
22^5 (n^-iN), Wi 15^8, al. ;] folly, foolishness : 11 Ti 3^ ; expressed in
violent rage (cf. Plat., Tim., 86b) : Lk S^^.t
dc-oiyo) (ava', otyto = oiyw/it), [in LXX chiefly for nns ;] to open;
1. trans., c. a door or gate, Ac 5^^ 12^*, Ee 4^
ace. ; pass., ;
Ac 12^"
]^g26,27. metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 142'', Col 4^, Ee 32";
pass., I Co 169, II Co 212, Ee 38; absol. (sc. dvpav), Ac 523 1216. c. dat.
pers., Lk 123«, Jo 103; metaph., Mt T^'^ 25^\ Lk ll^. 10 1325, Re 3^;
e-qcravpo^^ (Si 43^^), Mt 2^1; Mt T. fiv-nixCia, 27^2. â'0os, Eo 313.
T. .^pcap, Ee 92; of heaven, Mt 31^, Lk 321, Ac lOî, Ee ll^^ 155 19^1;
o-<^/DayZ8a, Ee 5^ 6^ «• 8^ fBifikiov, fti/3\ap[8iov, Lk
;
417, Ee 52-5 102.8 20^2;
T. (TT6fia, Mt 172^ id. Hebraistically (Nu 2228, jb 31^ ig sqs^ al), of
beginning to speak, Mt 52, Ac 832. 36 io34 IS^* ; seq. eis y8Xao-</)77/it'as,
Ee 13" ; ^ irapa/SoXah
(Ps 77 (78)2), Mt 1335 of recovering speech, Lk
;
1"* ; of the earth opening, Ee 12^** ; t. 6<fi6a\fjLov^, Ac 98. *<>

; id. c. gen.
pers., of restoring sight, Mt
metaph., Ac 26^8. 93« 2033, Jq 910 ir.
2021 1137 •
a/coa's, c. gen. pers., of restoring hearing, Mk 735. 2. Intrans. in 2 pf.,

aVewya (M, Pr., 154) heaven, Jo 15^ t. a-TOfxa, seq. Trpos, of speaking
; ;
freely, n Co 6^^ (cf. St-avoiyo) and v. MM, VGT, 45).t

diz-oiKo-Soiiû, -w, [in LXX for nS2, , "MSi ;] to build^-again, rebuild
(MM, VGT, 8. v.) : Ac 15i«.t
*ai'oiîs, -cws, 17 (<; dvotyw), an opening (in MGr., springtime):
iv a., as often as I open, Eph Q^^.f
di'0|jLia, -as, 17 (< avoyxos), [in LXX for jiy , jTBTp , niiyin , yori
etc. ;] lawlessness, iniquity : Mt 723 13*1 2328 24^2, Ro 6^9, n Co 6^*,
II Th 23. 7, Tit He 1^, i Jo 3* in pi. (as LXX, Ps 31\ al. v. Bl.,
21*, ; ;
§ 32, 6; Swete, MJc., 153), of acts or manifestations of lawlessness:

Eo47(Lxx)^Hel0i7.t
Syn. : V.S. afidpTrj/xOy avofio^.
a-vofios, -ov (a. neg., vo/ios), [in LXX for "py , ytp^ , VXS^ , etc. ;] 1.
lawless, wicked : Mk 1528, l^ 2237, Ac 223, i t^ 19^ „ pe 28; 6 5., 11 Th

28 ( = 6 a.vdp(j)7roSriV^. ; V.S. a.dia-p.o<i.
^^di/oiius, adv., [in LXX: 11Mac 8^7*;] 1. lawlessly (11 Mac, I.e.).
2. aa x*"P''5 vo/Mov, without law : Eo 2^2.
df-opdou, -to (avd, opOoio, to set straight, set up), [in LXX chiefly for
713 hi. ;] to set wpright or straight again, restore : of persons, Lk 13^^,

15i« (MM, VGT, s.v. Cremer, 807).t
He 121- . of things, (TKy^v-qv, Ac ;
diz-ddios, -ov (d- neg., oo-io?), [in LXX Ez 229 (-^,^7)^ î 12",
:
II Mac 7^* 8^^ III Mac 2- 5P, iv Mac 12^^ * ;] unholy, profane (Cremer,
464) I Ti 19, II Ti 3^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
«
:
** 6.V0X-1], -^?, y] ave'xw, -o/iai), [in LXX : i Mac 12^5 (RV, respite)* ;]
1. in cl,, a holding hack, delaying (MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. forbearance,

delay of punishment : Eo 2^ S^^.t
Syn. : jMiKpoOvixia, vTToixopT]. a., forbearance, is the result and
expression of yu.., which involves the idea of tolerance, long-suffering, as
God with sinners, v. expresses patience with respect to things, as /a.
with persons; it is active as well as passive, denotes not merely endurance
but p'erseverance (v. Tr., Syn., § liii Lft., Notes, 259, 273 DB, ii, 47). ; ;
** dcT-aywciioixai, depon., [in IV Mac 17^**;] to struggle LXX:

against : seq. Trpds, c. ace. He 12*.
di/T-dlXXaYfJia, -T05, to (dvTt, dWay/xa <^ aWaa-aoi) [in chiefly ; ,
LXX
for TinOj] *^ exchange, the price received as an equivalent for an
article of commerce : Mt 162«, Mk B^^ (of. Si 26^*; and v. Swete, Mk.,

I.e.; Cremer, 90).
* dn--am-irXY]p6u, -w {avri, avaTrXrjpooy), to fill Up in turn : Col 1^*
(v. Lft., in 1. ; MM, VGT, s.v.j.t
drr-aTTo-8i8wfii (dvTi, dTroSiSw/xi), [in LXX for DbtZT pi., boS , miT hi.,
etc.;] back as an equivalent, recompense, requital (the avri ex-

to give
pressing the idea of full, complete return v. Lft., Notes, 46) (a) in ; ;
favourable sense: Lk 1^^\ Ro 11=^^^ i Th 39; {b) in unfavourable

sense Ro : W\
11 Th 1^, He lOô.t
t di'T-aTTO-Sop.a, -tos, to (<^ dvraTToScSw/Ai), [in chiefly for bllQil ;] LXX

( = cl. requital; (a) in favourable sense: Lk 14^^; (6) in
-Soo-is, q.v.),
unfavourable sense Ro 11^.+ :
arr-airo-Soo-is, -€ws, 17 (v. supr.), [in chiefly for bna3, Dll^tt;;] LXX
recompense : Col 3^* (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
t dn-aTTo-Kpiôfiai (dvn', ArroKpi'vw), [in LXX :^
Jg 529, Jb 169(8) 3212
(nay)* ;] to answer again, reply against : seq. Trpds, c. ace. rei, Lk 14*
e. dat. pers., Ro 92».t
^LVT-ii-nov {avTL, ciTTov), [in LXX for mizr hi., im pi., nay etc. ;] 2
aor., without present in use, to speak against, gainsay : Lk 21^^, Ac 4^*.t
dfT-^X*^ {avTL, e^w), [in LXX for pTfl hi., etc. ;] 1. trans., to Jiold against.
2. Intrans., to withstand. Mid. 1. in el., to hold out against. 2. (cf.
MM, VGT, s.v.), to hold firmly to, cleave to : e. gen. (v. Bl., § 36, 2), Mt
52*, Lk M, Th., in 1.),
1613, I Th 514 (v. Tit l^.t
6.vtI elided only in avff wv), prep. c. gen. (cf. MM, VGT,
(the t is
8 V.) 1. prop, in local sense, over against, opposite, hence

; 2. instead ;
of, in place of, for (Horn., etc.) Mt 5^8 172^, Lk lli\ i Co ll^*. :
He 12^; c. artic. inf. (cl.), Ja 4^^ of succession, Mt 2^2; -^âpiv d. ;
vdptros, Jo 1^" (M, Pr., 100) of price in exchange. He 12^* Xvrpov d.; ;
iroWCiv, Mt 20"-«, Mk 10^5 (M, Pr., 105) ; of requital, Ro 121^, 1 Th 5^*,

MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 41
I Pe 39 (cf. Wi 1115) ; dvff w, because, Lk lô 19**, ^ tj^ gio

Ac 1223,
(cl., LXX for -i«rh? nnn); id. therefore (cl., LXX), Lk 12^; L tovtov
(LXX for ]3"^y), Eph 5^^. As a prefix, dvrt- (before vowels dvr-,
ctv^'-), denotes
over against, dvTLirepav; (b) co-operation, dvTijfidXXctv
(a)
(c) requital, (d) opposition, dvTi'xpicrTo?
avTiîa-Oia (e)
; substitution, ;
dvûTTttTos. Compounds of d. usually govern dat. (Bl., § 37, 7).t

** din-i-pdXXci), [in LXX
11 Mac ll^^ * jj ^^ throw in ttirn, excJmnge :
:
metaph., \6yovs (cf . Lat. conferre serviones ; v. Field, A'bês, 81), Lk 24i'^.t
*t di'Ti-8ia-Ti0T]p,i, in mid. to j^^^^ce oneself in opposition, oppose:
II Ti 225 (EV; but v. Field, Notes, 215 f.; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).
di-TiSiKos, -ov {<^ 8tKT]), [in for i^T ;] as subst., an opponent LXX
in a lawsuit, adversary : Mt b^^, Lk 12^8 IS^, i Pe 5^ (Cremer, 696
MM, VGT, s.v.).t
* dKTi-Oeo-is, -ews, 17 (<^ Ti^r;/i.i), opposition: I Ti 62**.t
dt'Ti-Kae-icTTTiî, [in LXX: De 31^1 (njr), Jos b\ Mi 2^ (mp)*;]
1. causal in pres. impf. fut. and 1 aor. to replace, oppose. 2. Intrans. ;
in pass, and 2 aor. act. (a) to supersede ; {b) to resist : He 12'*.

;
*drTi-KaX€'w, -w, to invite in turn : Lk li^^.t

di-Ti-Kcifiai, [in LXX for n^N ms ,
, pjzr , etc. ;] 1. to lie opjMsite
to. 2. to oppose, withstand, resist: c. dat., Lk 13^'' 21^5^ q^ 517^

I Ti 110; as participial subst. (6) di/rtK€i>cvo?, i Co 16^ Phi 128,
II Th 2*, I Ti 51* (Cremer, 746).t
**d^TiKpus (Tr. -vs, Eec. ivTLKpv), adv. «dvTt'), [in LXX: Ne 128
(^3^!?), III Mac 51"*;] in cl., oiitrirjht ; in kolvyj (= cl. KaTavTtKpv),over
against: Ac 20^5 (v. Bl., §5, 4; 40, 7; Eutherford, M'/ir., 500 f.;
MM, VGT, s.v.).t
drrt-XafiPdi'U), [freq. in LXX for p7n hi., TjjQn , etc. ;] to take instead
of or in turn. Mid., c. gen., to take hold of ; (a) of persons, to help
(v. MM, VGT, 8.V.): Lk l^*, Ac 20^5; (b) of things, to partake of:
1 Ti 62 (v. Field, Notes, 210 Cremer, 386 and cf. avv-avTLXa/xjSdvJj.f ; ;
dm-Xe'Y«, [in LXX

Ho 4* (nn hi.), l8 505(aiD ni.) 2222 552^ gi 42*,
:
III Mac 228, ly ]\ja,c 4^" 82 * ;] contradict, oppose, resist (v. Field, Notes,
106; MM, VGT, s.v.); absol. :Ac 28i«, Eo IO21, Tit 1^ 2^; c. dat.,
Jo 1912, Ac 13*5; c ace. et inf., Lk 202' T; pass., Lk 23*, Ac 2822.t
di-Ti-Xrifiil/is, (Eec. -Xr]il,L?; v. MM, VGT s.v.; M, Pr., 56),
-ew;, rj {<C, avTi\afx/3(ii ofxai) , [in LXX for 7 JT , y'tlj , etc., freq. in Pss
and II, III Mac. ; freq. also in in petitions to the Ptolemies in sense
tt.
of (SoÔeia (v. Deiss., LAE,

BS, 92, 223) ;J 1. cl. a laying hold
107 ;
of, an exchange. 2. Hellenistic (LXX, tt.) help : pi. of ministrations

of deacons i Co ;
1228 (DB, ii, 347 f. ; Cremer, 386).t
drri-Xtjij/is, V.S. dvTtXi^yLnîs.
dmXoYia, -as, 17 (•< dvTtXeyw), [in LXX chiefly for 3^1 ;] gain-
saying, strife (the latter sense being found in tt. ; v. MM, VGT s.v.
cf. Field, Notes, 106) He 6i« 7' 123, Ju ^^.t :
* dm-XoiSopeo), -w, to revile in turn : i Pe 2^^.+
**t d»'Ti-XuTpo^, -ov, TO, [in Al. Ps 48 (49)»*;] a ransom: i Ti 2« :
(v. CGT, in 1. and cf. XvTpov)A

;
*t dkTi-ficTpe'w, -5), to measure in return: Lk 6^^ (WH, mg.,

/A«Tp€a)),+
*t dk'T6fiia0ia, -as, 17 (<^ dvTLfjLL(TOo<;, for a retvard), a reivard, requital
in good sense, 11 Go G^^ ; in bad sense, Ro l^^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).+
'AcTi^xeia, -as, ^, Antioch ; 1. in Syria Ac ll^^' 20. 22, :
26, 27 131 1426
1522,23,30,36 1822^ cîi
^ Q^
2. In Pisidla Ac IS^* 1419.21, : n Ti S^^t
'AfTiox€us, -€0)s, 6, a citizen of Antioch, an Antiocliian : Ae 6^,t
**t di'Ti-irap-^pxofiai, [in LXX Wi :
16^** * ;] to pass by opposite to
Lk 1031. 32 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t
'Ai/Tiiras (T, 'AvTeiVas), -a (in some MSS. itappears to be indecl.
6, Antipas : Ee
but V. M, Pr., 12 ; it is abbrev. from 'AvriTrarpos), 2^^
'AvTiiraTpts, -t'Sos, rj, Antipatris, bet. Joppa and Caesarea

Ac 233i.t
*t dt'Ti-ircpa (Rec. avTiirepav, LTr. avrnripa), adv., = cl. dvTiTrepas
(MM, VGT, 49), on the opposite side : 0. gen., Lk S^'.t
dKri-iriTTTa), [in LXX : Ex 26^ (bnp), ib.i^ (nlûr), Nu 27i* (nz^np),
Jb 23^3 (2ni2r hi.) * ;] 1. to fall against or upon (Arist., Polyb.). 2. to

strive against, resist (Arist.) : c. dat., Ac 7^^.t
* dt'Ti-CTTpareuofiai, to make war against : c. dat., Ro T^^.t
dn-i-Tcio-CTw (Att., -TTw), [in LXX for ]«ib hi., ams etc. ;]
, to range
in battle against ; mid., to set oneself against, resist : absol., Ac IS*'
c. dat., Ro 132, Ja 46 5^, i Pe 5^ (MM, VGT, s.v.).t

** dm-TUTTos, -ov (v.s. TUTTos), [in LXX: Bs 3^^ a*;] 1. act. striking
back metaph., resisting, adverse. 2. Pass, struck back ; metaph., corres-
;
ponding to (MM, VGT, s.v.) (a) as impression of a seal or copy of ;
an archetype (rrVos) (RV, like in pattern). He 9^*; (&) as the reality (of
which TUTTos is the copy or adumbration) (RV, after a true likeness),
I Pe 321 (Cremer, 357) .t
*t Qnnl-yupiaTo^, -ov, 6, Antichrist, " one who assuming the guise of

Christ opposes Christ" (Westc, Epp. Jo., 70) i Jo 2^8.22 43^ n JqT; :
pi. I Jo 218 (cf. i/^£vSoxpi(TTos, and v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t

dcxXeu, -w (<âvTXos, bilge-water in a hold), [in for aNB7, LXX
etc. ;]1. prop., to bale out. 2. Generally, to draw water : absol., Jo 2^
41^ ; vSmp, Jo 2^ 4:"^ (on its use of the water made wine, v. DOG, ii,
815* ; MM, VGT, Field, Notes, 84 f.).t
s.v. ;
ai'TXT)fia, -Tos, TO (<[ avrXew), (a) prop., what is drawn (Diosc.)

*+
(b) a vessel to draw with, a bucket (Plut. ; v. Abbott, Essays, 88)
Jo 4}Kf
**f d»n-o<t)0aX,jie'«, -w {dvTi, 6</)âX/xos), [in LXX Wi :
12^* * ;] to look in
the face, look straight at (Polyb.). Metaph., to face, withstand (Wi,
I.e., Polyb.) : c. dat., d. t. dvefjuo, as nautical term, to beat up agaiîst
the wind (v. DB, ext., 366 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.) : Ac 27^5.+
aûSpos, -ov «d- neg., v8wp), [in LXX for TVpl , ^toâr"! (yJj a.),
MANUAL GBEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 43
etc.;] waterless: tottoi, Mt 12*3, ljj 1124. Trrjycu, 11 Pe 2^^; veê'Aai,

Ju 12 (MM, FGT, s.v.).t
** dj'-uiroKpiTos, -ov (<^ d- neg., vTroKpLvo/xai), [in LXX Wi 51^ 18^"*;] :
unfeigned Eo 129, 11 Co
: 6«, i Ti 1^, 11 Ti 1^, Ja 3^', i Pe I22 (Cremer,
380 ; MM, VGT, s.v.).t
**t dkuiroTaKTOS, -ov {<^ a- neg., VTrorda-a-o}) , [in Sm, : I Ki 2^^ IQiT (for
LXX, A.ot/Aos, birbn ^32)* ;] of things, not subject to rule : He 2^ of ;
persons, unruly : i Ti 1^, Tit l^ô (MM, VGT, s.v.).t

avu, adv. (•< dva), (a) up, upwards : Jo 11*\ He 12^^ (j) afto-ye .
(opp. to Kdrw) Ac 219 with art. ^, Ga 426, pî 314 ^^^ Jq 82s,
: ; .
Col 3I' 2 Icos ^. (wp to the brim), Jo 2^ (Cremer, 106 MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
; ;
6.vuyaiov, dvwyeoc, V.8. dvdyaiov.
^K Twv a.,
&vuQet', adv.
from heaven Jo 3^1
Jo 1923; meaning,
«
dno &., Mt 27", Mk 15^8;
5va)), (a)
Ja l^' S^^.H;
from above :
: W\
(&) from the first, from the beginning : Lk 1^, Ac 26^ whence (c) anew, ;
again : Jo 33» (so most, but v. Meyer, in 1. ; cf. Field, Notes, 86 f.)
'^,
ird\Lv i., Ga 49 (MM, VGT, 8.v.).+

* dkuxepiKos, --7, -oV (<; dvwTcpo?), wêr .'
Ac I91.+
di-tircpos, a, -ov, [in LXX : Ne 32^ (p^^y), Ez 41^ (bvQ), To 8S*;]
only in neut., as adv. (cf. c^turtpos), (a) of motion, higher : Lk 141"

{b) of rest, above, before : He 10^.+
d>'-w<|.€Xiis, -€'s (d- neg., oêXos), [in LXX : Is 4410 (bîyin ""nb?),
Je 28 (b^jrin kb), Pr 283, Wi 111*. J unprofitable: Tit 3^; neut. as

subst., unprofitableness : He T^^.t
dgi'n, -'75, v> [in LXX for ]).-ia , Di-ip. ;] aw arre ; Mt 3i«, Lk 39.t
a|ios, -a, -ov « ayw, in sense, to weigh), [in LXX for p (De 25^),
ab^ , njCJ' ; freq. in Wi, 11 Mac ;]

(a) of weight, worth (often c. gen.,
cf. Pr 315 811), geq. ^rpo's : Eo 8I8 (v. Field, Notes, 157) ;
[b) befitting,
meet gen., Mt
: c. Lk Ac 3^,Co (v. 38 23",
Pr., 216) 262o, i 16* M,
absol., II Th 1^ (c) of persons, worthy ; (a) in good sense c. gen. rei,
;
:
Mt IQio, Lk 7* 10', Ac 13*«, i Ti lis 49 518 61 c. aor. inf. (v. M, Pr., ;
15i9. 21, Ac 1325, j^ 411 52. ". 9. 12 ^9, Lk 7*

203) Lk : seq. Iva Jo 127 ; : ;
absol., but of what understood Mt lOH* i^

228, Ee 3* c. gen. pers., : ;
Mt 1037. 38^ He 1138 (^) in bad sense c. gen. rei, Lk

;
12*8 2315, ;
Ac 2329 25ii'25 2631, Ro 132; absol., Ee 16« (MM, VGT, s.v.).t

dCiow, -Ci «
dîos), [in LXX chiefly for K71 mp^ freq. in Wi,
c. ace. et inf. (v. MM, VGT, s.v., and
, ;
I, II Mac;] (a) to deem worthy :
cf. Kar-afiow), Lk V id. et gen. rei, 11 Th 1" ) pass. c. gen. rei, i Ti ;
517, He
33 1029; {b) to think fit : c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205), Ac 1538 2822.+
**d|ia)s, adv., [in LXX: Wi
71^ I61, Si I411*;] worthily: Eo 162,
Eph 41, Phi 127; c. gen. (freq. in Inscr. Deiss., BS, 248; VGT, ; MM,
51), d. T. Kvpiov, Col li« T. eôv, I Th 212, III Jo«.t
«
;
diSparos, -ov opdw), [in LXX : Ge I2 (inh), Is 453 pijga),

II Mac 95*;] unseen, invisible : Eo 120, Col li5'i«, i Ti li7, He IP^.t
dir-ayYeXXw, [in LXX chiefly for 122 hi. ;] of a messenger, speaker,

or writer, to report, announce, declare: c. ace. rei, Ac 4'^^, al.; c. dat.
pers., Mt 28, al. seq. on, Lk IS^^ ttws, Lk 8=^« Trcpi', Lk V^ 13\ Ac
; ; ;
28-1, I Th 19 Ae'yojv, Ac 22-"

; c. ace. et inf., Ac 12^4 g^q. eJs, Mk S^*,
; .
Lk 83-^ (MM, VGT, s.v. Cremer, 25). ;
otTT dyxw (<C «7X*^> io press, strangle),

[in LXX : ii Ki 17-^ (p3n),
To 31***;] to strangle; mid., to hang oneself (or, to choke; v. M, Pr.,
155) : Mt 27^t
diT-dY«, [in LXX for 3113 , Tjbn hi., etc. ;] to lead away : Lk 13^*,
Ac 24" (E, mg.), i Co 12^ esp. of leading to trial (so as

23^'''
; law term
in Attic), prison and death (MM, VGT, s.v.) Mt 26" 272. ^\ : Mk 14**. 53
1516, Lk 2112 22«6 23-6, Ac 12i9; of the direction of a way: Mt 712. i4
(cf. OT;i/-a7r-ayw).t
d-iraiSeuTos, -ov (< TratSevw), [in LXX for b'^D? , etc., chiefly in
Wi. lit. ;] uninstructed, ignorant : 11 Ti 2^3.1

dir-atpo), [in LXX chiefly for yD3 ;] to lift off, hence, to take away ;
pass. : Mt 91^, Mk
Lk b^K^ Qô,
dTr-aiWa>, -Ji, [in LXX: De 152-3, al. (izr33), Si 20i5, Wi 15^, al.;]
to ask back, demand back Lk 6^0 I220 (MM, VGT, : s.v.).t
* diT-aXy^w, prop., to cease to feel pain for (Thuc, ii, 61).
-<o, 1.
2. In late Gk. (a) to desjjair (Polyb., i, 35, 5) (b) to become callous, ;
reckless (Polyb., xvi, 12, 7 MM, VGT, s.v.) Eph 4i9.t ; :
dir-aXXdao-w, [in LXX

for TlD hi., etc. ;] to remove, release : He 2i*
pass., to depart: Ac I912 in legal sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), seq. awo,
;
c. gen. pers., to be quit of : Lk 12^^ (Cremer, 90, 632).+

diT-aXXoTpiow, -w, [in LXX for ^1T , 173 , etc. ;] to alieiiate, estrange;
pass.: Eph 2i-'
41^, Col lî (MM, VGT, s.v.; Ciemer, 95, 633).+
diraX<59, -V, -ov, [in LXX for ^"1 ;] tender : Mt 24^2, Mk I328.+
diracTda), -w, [in LXX chiefly for yjQ ;] 1. to go to meet. 2. to

meet; dat.
c.
14i3,
: Mk Lk I712 (WH, mg., iw- ; in Eec. freq. as v.l.
for vTT-, q.v.).+
dirdn-Tjats, -ecus, 17 (<^ dTravrdw), [in LXX chiefly for flNlpb ;] usually
with v.l., VTT-; a meeting; ek d., c. gen. or dat., to meet: Mt 25^ 27^2
(WH, txt., omits), Ac 28l^ i Th 4i7 (v. M, Th., in 1. ; M, Pr., 14, 242;
MM, VGT, s.v. ; Lft., Notes, 69).+
Siirai, adv., [in LXX for in^ , DVB ;] (a) once: 11 Co 1125, He 926, 27
hi a.. He
1226. 27 5, ^. iycavTod, .
9^ He
koI a. k. S15, twice : Phi 416, 11 Th ;
218; (6) once for all: He

6* 928 192, i pg 318, j^ 3, 5 (mM, VGT, s.v.).+
*+ d-irapd-Paros, -ov (<^ 7rapa/?atvw), inviolable, and SO unchangeable
He 724 (v. Westc, in 1. Cremer, 653 ;VGT, s.v.).+ ; MM,
* d-Trapa-CTKCuaoTOS, -ov (<^ irapaa-Kevdlw), unprepared : II Co 9*.+
dir-api/eofiai {-ovfjuai), depon., [in LXX: Is 31''' (DND)*;] to deny,
i.e. to refuse to recognize, to ignore c. ace, of oneself {DCG, ii, :
598 f.), Mt 1624, Mk 834 (mM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 923 (WH, mg., txt., ipv-) ;
of Peter's denials of Christ, Mt 2634. 35, 75^ y^^ 1430, 31, 72^ Lk 223*. «i
pass., Lk 12» (Cremer, 111).+
MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 45
* dTTcipTi (WH, (xtt' apTL ] cl., oLTTapTL, V. MM, VGT, 8.V.) ) adv., [not in
LXX, where nijiy© is rendered by diro tov vvv ;] from now, henceforth
Jo 1319 14^ Ee 14i3.t
*t dirapTiCTfios, -ov, 6 (<^ d7ra/3Tt{o), to finish), completion : Lk 14^^
(cf. MM, VGT, 8.v.).t
dir-apxii, ->7s, 17 {<âirdpxofJi.ai, to make a beginning in sacrifice, oêr
first fruits), [in LXX chiefly for n?pnp , TT^CTXT;] 1. the beginning of a
sacrifice. 2. first fruits : tov Eo 11^*'. Metaph,,
cf)vpdfjiaTo<s (cf. Nu 15^**),
d. ToO 7rv€v>aTos : Eo 823 ; of Christiansi Co

16l^ 11 Th 21^: Eo IG^,
(WH, mg., E, mg., txt., oltt' dpxns v. Lft., Notes, 119 f .), Ja V-\ Ee 14*
;
of Christ: i Co ISô. 23 (Cremer, 117; MM, VGT, 8.v.).t

fiiras, -ao-a, -av (strengthened form of ira?, v.s. a-), all, the whole,
altogether: bef. subst. with art., as Lk 3^^ or after, as IGC^^J; ; Mk
absol., in masc, as Lk 5'^ in neut., as Ac 2** d. ovtoi, Ac 2^ (LT)
; ;
d. ifjiu^, Ga 328 (TTr.). Most freq. in Lk, Ac (v. VGT, s.v.). MM,
**t dTT-aCTirdôfjiai, depon., [in To 10^^ x * ;] to take leave of: c. LXX :
ace: Ac 2P.t
diraTdw, -w (<^ dTrar?;), [in LXX for riDD , HtSZ hi., etc. ;] to deceive
c. ace, Ja 12"; c. ace. pers., dat. rei, Eph 5''; pass., i Ti 2^* (on its
infrequency in late writers, v. MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. iiairaTd(o)A
dirdTT], -r??, ri, [in LXX
Ec 9« N (no Heb. equiv.), Jth G^. 10. is 168,
:
IV Mac 188 * ;] deceit, deceitfulness : Col 2^ tov itXovtov, Mt I322, Mk ;
419 (MM, VGT, s.v.) t^s dSiKias, Th 2i« t^s dixapria^, He 3^3
; 11 ; ; al
iîOvfjiiaL T^s d., Eph 422. PI., dWrai (v. M, Th., I.e. NTD, 75 ; ; MM,
I.e.) : II Pe 2^3 (WH, mg., E., txt., iv dyd7rats).t
*dTrdTup, -opo^, 6, rj (<C d- neg., Trarr^p) 1. fatherless. 2. witlwut ;
fatlur (MM, FGT, s.v.), i.e., with no recorded genealogy He 73.t :
**t dTT-auyaCTfJia, -T09, to (<^ a^y'?, brightness, whence dTrairyd^w, to

radiate or reflect), [in LXX
Wi 72" * ;] of light beaming from a luminous
:
body, radiance, effulgence : He 13.

diT-eiSok' (WH, d<^-, v. Bl., § 4, 3), 2 aor. without present in use
(cf. etSov), serving as aor. to d</)opdw, q.v.
IV
**dTTe{06ia (WH, -Bia, exc. He, 11. c.), -as, ^
Mae 89. is 12^ *
disobedience (MM, FGT, s.v.)
;]
dneiO^^), [in LXX:
Eo IP". 32^ He 4*'' 11
«:
viot T^s d. (gen. of definition, v. M, Pr., 73 f.), Eph 22 5«, Col 3^ (T, WH,
E, mg., omit).t
dirciOc'w, -to (<^ ttTrei^?;?), [in LXX for ma , IID , etc. ;] as in cl.
(MM, VGT, s.v.) ; to disobey, be disobedient : absol, Ac I42 19^, Eo
1021 1131 1531^ He 318 1131, I Pe 320 .
c, ^^t., Jo 336, Rq 28 113o, i Pe 28
31 417 (Cremer, 475).
dTrei0Ti9, -es (•< veiOofiai), [in LXX for ma ,
^^D , ^D ',] disobedient
absol., Lk li^. Tit lie 33 ; e. dat., Ac 26i9, Eo 130 11 Ti 32.t
direiOia, -as, 17, V.S. direidcLa.
-w (dTrctXr^), [in
direiXe'o), LXX Na : 14 (-ira), Is 661* (Din), Si 19",
al. ;] to threaten : 1 Pe 223 ^^^^ . ^c 4i7
(v. VGT, MM, and s.v., cf.
TrpocraTT €t Aew) t .
dTreiXri, -^9, rj, [in LXX for H^yj , etc.;] threatening, threat: Ao
429 9\ Eph 69.t
aiT-eifAi (ci/At', swm), [in LXX for ins ni., ni2 ni. ;] to be absent:
I Co 53, II Co IQi' 11 132. i»,
Phi 127, Col 2^t
X
aTr-€ ijxi (et/xi, i&o), to dejyart : Ac 17^'*.+
dir-eiiroi', 2 aor. without present in use, [in LXX for DNQ , IQN
etc. ;] 1. to tell oitt. 2. to forbid (iii Ki ll^), 3. to renounce : 1 aor.
mid. (WH, App., 164 MM, VGT, s.v.), 11 Co 42.t ;
*+ aircipaoTos, -ov (<^ rreipdûj for cl. aTrcipT/Tos, <^ irctpato), untempted,',
untried, without experience : Ja 1^^ (v. Hort, in 1. MM, VGT, s.v.).+ ;
aircipos, -ov (<[ d- neg., Treipa, iriaZ), [in LXX Nu : 142^, Za 11^*
(^b''1J<), Je 2" (nS'^y) * ;] without experience of : c. gen. rei, He 5^^
(MM, VGT, s.v.).t

*+ dTT-cK-Scxofiai, depon., to await or expect eagerly (Lit, Notes, 149;
MM, VGT, s.v.) : absol., i Pe 320 ; c. ace. rei, Eo 8^^' 23. 25^ i Co 1^,
Ga 5» ; c. ace. pers.. Phi 320, He 928.t
*+ dir-^K-Suo-is, -cws, (dTTCKSuw), a putting or stripping Col 2^^
Tj off:
(MM, VGT, s.v.).t
*t to strip off clothes or arms; mid., to strip off from
dir-cK-Suo),
oneself: Col 3*; to strip, despoil (mid. for act., ICC, in 1.; but cf. Lft.,
EUic), Col 2i5.t
dir-cXaui'u), [in LXX for b'S2 , ubtS]] to drive aiuay : Ac 18^'
(MM, s.v.).t
*t dir-eXeyixos, -ov, b (<^ aTrcXeyxw, to convict, refute), refutation, dis-
repute: iXOeiv €ts d., Ac 1927 (not elsewhere; v. MM, s.v.).t
* dir-eX€o06pos, -ov, 6, r), a freedmau : t. Kvplov (MM, s.v.), i Co 722.t
'AttcXXtjs, -ov, ace. -riv (MM, S.V.), 6, Apelles : Eo l&^^.f
tdTT-eXTritto, [in LXX : Is 29i9 (jr^N), Jth 911, Es 41^, Si 22^1 2721,
II Mac 9^8*;] 1. to give up in despair, despair of (Polyb., Diod., LXX).

2. to hope to receive from or in return (Field, Notes, 59 Cremer, 712 ;
Soph., Lex., S.V.) c. ace. (M, Pr., 65 MM, s.v.), Lk e^^.t

: ;
+ dw-eVai'Ti, adv. c. gen. (Hellenistic, common in LXX); 1. over

against (MM, s.v.): Mt 27", Mk 12*i, WH, mg. 2. before, in the
presence of: Mt 272* (WH, mg.), Ac S^\ Eo 3^8. 3. against : Ac 177.t
dire'pai'Tos, -ov (<[ TrcpatW, to complete, finish), [in LXX: Jb 362'
("jpO ]^|S), III Mac 2^*;] endless, interminable: 1 Ti l*.t

*t dircpwnrdtrTus, adv. (<^ Tr£pto-7rdo) ; the adj. occurs in Wi 16^^
Si 41^) ; without distraction : 1 Co 7^5.1
+ d-TTcpi-T/itjTos, -OV (<[ TrepiTe/xvo}) , [in LXX chiefly for b"!;P ;] uncir-
cumcised; metaph. (t.) KapSiais (cf. Je 92", al.) Ac 7^^. {aarjfjLos, :
found in tt., appears to have been the word used by Greek-speaking

Egyptians v. Deiss., BS, 153 cf also Cremer, 885 MM, s.v.)t
: ; . ;
d-n-^PXOfiai, [in LXX chiefly for "^bn ;] 1. togo away, depart (also,
in late writers, with "perfective" force, to arrive at a destination, the
thought being carried on to the goal ; M, Pr., Ill f., 247 MM, s.v.) ;
(a) absol. : Mt 13^^, al. ;

ptcp., dTreX^wv, used pleonastically with other
verbs as in Heb. (Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 13^*, al. (6) with mention ;
of place or person cts, Mt 14^5 IttI, : ; Lk 242*

^p^^^ jê 10^
•
aird, ;
Lk 138; {^^^ p^Q 415. ^^j-^ Mt 222. 2. As in LXX, seq. ottio-w, c. gen.
(Heb. nns "^bn), to go after, follow: Mk lô, Jo 12^^; metaph.,
Mk 1*2^ Re 211.
dir-exw, [in LXX chiefly for pm ;] 1. trans., {a) to hold bach, keep
(b) to Imve in full, to have received (on the "punctiliar" force of
off ;
the compound, v. M, Pr., 109, 247): c. ace, Mt 62.5,i6, Lk 62*,
Phi 4^^^, Phm^^ (for illustr. from ir., where it is used in receipts,
V. Deiss., BS, 229; LAE, 110 f.; s.v.); impers., a7r€x« (I'ield,MM,
Notes, 39), it is enough : 14*\ 2. Intrans., Mk
to be away, distant
absol., Lk 1520 ; seq. d7r6, Mt I42* 158, 76^ Lk 7« 152« 24^3. Mid., to j^
abstain : c. gen., Ac 1529, i Ti 4^, i Pe 2ii ; seq. d7r6, Ac I520, i Th 4»
622.t
II
**dm«rr£'a), -S
Mac8^3 * ;]
«
aTrto-ros), [in
to disbelieve, be faithless :
LXX: Wi 12 10^ IQi^ IS^s, Si 1",
Mk W^' i«, Lk 24ii' *\ Ac 282*.
I Pe 27 ; so prob. also Eo 3^, 11 Ti 2^^ {ICC, CGT, in MM, s.v.). 11. ;
2. =dveiOew (Hdt. ; on this sense in Eo, 11 Ti, 11. c, v, Vaughan on

Eo, I.e.; Lft., Notes, 265; Thayer, s.v.).t
**dm<rTia, -as, -7
want of faith, unbelief: Mt
^ttio-tos), [in
1358, 6«
«92*
Wi 1425, IV Mac 12**;]
16^*, Mk
Eo 3^ (but v.s. airKxriw)
LXX:
420 1120,23^ I T- 5^13^ He 312,19 î,cG, n, 775^ Cremer, 492).t
a-maros, -ov (< d- neg., ttio-tos), [in Pr 17" 282^, Is n^<^ * ;] LXX :
(a) of things, incredible : Ac 268

Qj^ qI persons, xvithout faith or trust,
•
unbeliemng : Mt 17l^ 9^^, Lk Mk

9*^ 12*«, Jo 202^, Tit l^*, Ee 218 •
i Co 6"
7^2-15 ^02'' 1422-24^
specif., of unbelievers as opp. to Christians :
6i*»i5, 1 Ti 58 (cf. Lft., Notes, 265; Cremer, 491).t

II Co 4*
dTrX(5TTis, -TTTos, aTXoCs), [inV « 11 Ki 15^^ (on), i Ch 29^7
where v.
LXX :
Wi 1^ al.
(an^ lOr , d. r^s KapSias, cf. Col 322, Lft.), ;] simplicity,
sincerity Eo 128, 11 Co 11^, Eph 6^, Col. 322 ; as manifested in

:
generous, unselfish giving, liberality, graciousness : 11 Co 82 Q^^' i'

(v. ICC, Bo., 128; Hort, Ja., 1*, and v.s. d7rA.is).t
dirXoos, V.S. dTrXovs.
dirXoOs, -Tj, -ovv (contr. fr. -6o<i <^ d- cop., ttXoos), [in ;
LXX
Pr 1125 *;] simple, single : in a moral sense {DCG, ii, 628 f.), 6^âX/xos,
Mt 622, Lk ii34_ (In 7r. of a marriage dowry, v. s.v.).t MM,
SVN. : dSoXos, dxa/cos, oKcpatos (Tr., Syn., § Ivi ; Cremer, 107,
639).
dirXdis, adv. «d7rXoes), [in LXX: Pr 10^ (QPS), Wi 1627,
II Mac 6" *
simply, sincerely, graciously : Ja 1*.
;]
(" Later writers
comprehend under the one word the whole magnanimous and honour-
able type of character in which singleness of mind is the central
. . .
feature " —
Hort, Ja., l.c.)t
diro (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94,
WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to Ik,
Tj-apa, vTTo, ib. 456 f.), [in LXX for ]p , 3 , b ;] from (i.e. from the ex-
terior). 1. Of separation and cessation; (1) of motion from a place:
Mt 52»' 30 723^ Lk 52 22'i\ al. ; (2) in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102,
245; MM, s.v.; Bl., §40, 2), Mt Qi" 2721, Jo 21i«, Ac 52, al.; also
after verbs of eating, etc. (3) of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after
;
such verbs as Xoi'w (Deiss., BS, 227), Xi'w, o-w^w, Trau'w, etc. avdOîxa d., ;
Ro 93 aTrodvrj(TKHV a., Col 22^; craAev^^vai, II Th 22, Ka6ap6<i, -iêiv, d.

;
(Deiss., 216), Ac 202", 11 Co 7\ He 91*; (4) of position,

BS, 196,
Mt 23^* 24^^ al. after yaa/cpdv, Mt 8^** transposed before measures of
; ;
distance, Jo lO^^ 21^, Ee I420 (Abbott, JG, 227) (5) of time, d7r6 t. ;
(Spas, ^/Acpas, etc., Mt 922, Jo 1927, Ac 20^^, Phi 1^, al. ; dn alSyvo^,
Lk 17«, al. ;dw dpx^?, etc., Mt 19^ Eo 12"; dTro ^peôvs, 11 Ti S^^; d</>'
^s, since, Lk 7*^ al. dTro r. vw, Lk 1*^ al.
; ; dTro toVc, Mt 4^^ al. dTro ;
nripvai, a year ago, 11 Co 8^" §2 ; dTro Trpwt, Ac 282^ (6) of order or

;
rank, dTro SieroOs, Mt 2^^ ; aTro 'A/Spadp., Mt 1^'^ ; €(38opo<; diro 'ASd/x,
Ju 1"*
; dTTo fiLKpov ecus /xeydAov, dm, Mt 20**, Ac 8^", He 8^^ ; dpxio-Oai
Jo 8^, Ac 8^^, al. 2. Of origin (1) of birth, extraction, and hence, ;
in late writers, (a) of local extraction (cl. i$; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.),
Mt 2111, Mk 15*3, Jo 145^ Ac 103«, al. ol dn6 'IraXias (WM, § 66, 6 M, ; ;
Pr., 237 Westc, Eendall, in 1.), He 1324

; (5) of membership in a .
community'or society (BL, §40, 2), Ac 12^, al. (c) of material (= cl. ;
gen.; Bl. I.e.; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3* 2721 (d) after verbs of asking, ;
seeking, etc., Lk llô. ^\ i Th 2" (Milligan, in the cause,

1.) ; (2) of
instrument, means or occasion (freq. = iitto, Trapd, and after verbs of
learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., §40, 3), Mt 71" 112^, Lk 22*^
Ac 222 430 913 1214, I Co 1123, Ga 32, al.; dTro t. oxXov, Lk 19^ (cf.
^^v
Jo 216, Ac 2211); ^_ ^^^^v, Mt 1426, al. (cf. Mt 102^ 13*4).
3. Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases : (fiofSuaOai d-n-o (M, Pr., 102, 107)
7rpoo-€X€iv dTTo (M, Pr., 11. c. ; Milligan, NTD, 50) dTro voVoi; (Heb.
;
ngga), Ee 2113 ; dTr.^ Trpoo-WTrov («35P), II Th 19 (Bl., §40, 9); dTro T.
Kap8iCyv (nba), Mt 1835; dTr^ 6 oSv (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Ee 1*.
4. In composition, dTro denotes separation, departure, origin, etc.

(dn-oAuw, direpxop.ai, divoypdîui) ; it also has a perfective force (M, Pr.,
112, 247), as in dcjuKveLaSaL, dTToXoveaOat, q.V.
diro-paicw, [in LXX for iTH , etc.
;] to step off, disembark :Lk 5^,
Jo 21^ metaph., of events,
; to issue, turn out (Field, Notes, 74) : Lk 21i3,
Phi 119 (MM, s.v.).t
d-n-o-PdXXw, [in LXX : Is l^" (bn:) and elsew. without Heb.
equiv. ;] to throiv off: Mk lO^^j metaph., to lose, let go (Field, Notes,
231 f. ; MM, s.v.) : He 1035.t
diro-pXîro), [in for n3B LXX
etc. ;] to look atvay from all else at ,
one object; hence, to look steadfastly : He 112^ (cf. d<ôpdw).t

** diro-pXriTos, -ov dTro/?dXXw), [in Aq. «
Le 7l^ al.; Sm. Ho 9^ : :
(xaiD) ;] to be throivn atvay, rejected : i Ti 4* (Hom., Plut.).t

* diro-poXri, -rj^, rj (<^ dTro/3dXXw) 1. a throwing away, rejection: ;
opp. to irpocrXrj/juj/ii, Eo lli^. 2. a losing, loss : Ac 2722.t

** dTro-yii'Ofiai (cl. -ytyv-) [in LXX Da : th 2^ * ;] 1. to be away,

removed from. 2. to depart life, to die (MM, s.v.) : t. d/xaprtais, i.e.
with ref. to sins, i Pe 2^* (Cremer, 149, 668).+
a.-no-ypa.^r\, -^s, rj (d7roypa<^(o), [in LXX : Da LXX 10^^ (SDj),
I Es 830, AB, II Mac 2\ iii Mac 2^2 * .j i_ ^ written copy.

41^, i7 722
2. As law term, a deposition (Demos.). 3. In late writers, a register,

enrolment, census (MM, s.v. ; Deiss., LAE, 160, 268 f.) Lk 2^, Ac b'^'.f :
dTTo-Ypci<|)w, [in LXX : Jg 8l^ Pr 222" (nns) i Es m, iii Mac 229 ,
414 Q34, 38*.j \ iq iDrit^ out, copy. 2. to enrol; mid., to enrol oneself:
Lk 21 (M, Pr., 162 ; but. v. ICG, in 1.), ib.
^' ^
;
pass., He 12^3 (v. refif.,
s.v. d.Troypa(f)i]).f
diro-SeiKi'u/ii, 2^ (HXl), al. [in LXX : Es ;] 1. to bring out, show
forth, exhibit (Lit., Notes, 200; ICG, in 1.): i Co 4^. 2. to declare,
show : Ac 2^2. 3. to prove : Ac 25^. 4. As
in late Gk., to
freq.
proclaim to an office : seq. on, 11 Th 2* (Milligan, in 1. MM, s.v. ;
Lft., Notes. 113.)+

** dTr6-8ei|is, -ecDS, rj (<^ aTroSiLKyvfii), [in LXX : III Mac 42", IV Mac
319^ 1310*;] 1. a showing off. 2. As used by Gk. philosophers,
demonstration, certain proof: i Co 2* (v. ICG, in 1.; MM, s.v.; Lft.,
Notes, 173).+
*+ diro-ScKaTcuo) = aTroSc/caTo'to, q.v., to tithe, pay a tenth of: Lk 18^^ f
+ diro-ScKaTow, [in LXX for *li2?y, in both senses foil., e.g. (1)
Ge 2822 (2) I Ki 81^;] l. pay a tenth of: Mt 2323, c. ace. rei, to tithe,
Lk 11*2. 2. C. ace. pers., to exact tithes from He 7^. 3. to decimate :
(Socr., HE, 573 A; v. Kennedy, Sources, 117).+

*+ diTo-ScKTos, -ov (•<] d7ro8e;i(o/Aai), acceptable: I Ti 23 5*.+
** dTTo-Se'xofAai, [in LXX : To 7^\ Jth 13^3, i-iv MaCjo*;] to accept
gladly, welcome, receive : Lk 8**^ 9^^ Ac 182"" 21^" 283**; metaph., c.acc.
rei, Ac 2*1 243 (mM, s.v. ; Cremer, 688).+
dTro-8T)|X€(o, -u) (<[ d7ro8r;/i,o?), [in LXX : Ez 193 A*;] to be or go
abroad (M, Pr., 130 2) : Mt 2133 25l^.l^ Mk 12^, Lk 15^3 20^.+
* dir6-8T)p,os, -ov, gone abroad (RV, sojourning in another country) :
Mk 133*.+
dTro-8i8u|ii, [in LXX for IDIQ , mCT hi., ]n: , D^tT pi., etc. ;] to give
up or bach, restore, return: Lk ggp of wages, Mt 27^^, 420 9*2 xgs.
debts, oaths, etc. (MM,
render what is due, to 'pay (Deiss.,
s.v.), to
LAE, 334 f.) absol., Mt 1825.28^ Lk 7*2; c. acc, Mt 52« 1829-30,34 2O8
:
21*1 2221, Mk 12'", Lk 1035 1259 202^, Eo 13", He 12^, Ee 222; ^^^^^^^
Mt 533 (cf Nu 303, De 232i al.) of conjugal duty, t. oc^ciXt^v, i Co 73
. ;
d/u.oiy8ds, I Ti 5* /jLaprvpLov, to give (as in duty bound) testimony,

;
Ac 433 Xoyov, to render account, Mt 123«, Lk 162, Ac 19*o, He I31",

;
I Pe 45 hence of requital, recompense, both in good and bad sense,

;
Mt 6*- 6' 18 1627, Eo 26, II Ti 48-1*, Ee 18« 2212 KaKov avrX kukov, ;
Eo 121^^, I Th 515, I Pe 3^. Mid., to give up of one's own, hence to sell

(fr. Hdt. on) c. acc. rei, Ac 5^, He 121^
: c. acc. pers., Ac79 (cf. ovt- ;
a7ro8tSa)/Ai).+
* diro-8i-opil^(i) (<] Sioptô), <[ opo?, a limit), to ma/rk off, hence
metaph. to make separations : Ju i^ (Cremer, 806).+
4
AiTo-SoKifAclia), [in LXX: Ps 117 (118)'''^ al. (DXa) ;] to reject:

Mt 21^-(i-^H Mk 8^1 1210 (Lxx)^ Lk 9^^ 1725 20^7 (Lxx)^ He 12^^
IPe 2*' 7 (LXX) (Cremer, 701 ; MM, s.v.).+
*diTo-8oxT), -r/s, 17 (<^ d7roS€xo/.(at), acceptance, approbation (Field,
Notes, 203) : i Ti 1^^ 4» (Cremer, 686; MM, s.v.).t
* dir6-0eais, -ew5, 17 (<^ d7roTi^?//At), a putting away: i Pe 3^^,
II Pe li*.t
diro-eiiKT], -7]^, ri « aTTOTiO-qixi), [in LXX for ly'iK , N3S) , etc. ;] a
storehouse, granary: Mt 3^2 Bê ISô, Lk S^' 12i«'24.t
**t d-n-o-Grjo-aopi^w, [in LXX : Si 3* * ;] to treasure up, store away
I Ti 6i^t
dTTo-eXipo,, [in LXX for yrh Nu , 22^5 * ;] to press hard : Lu 8«.t
6.TTo-Qvr]<TK<,), [in LXX chiefly for TVID ',]
to die : of natural death,
Mk 5^^, al. ; of violent death (pass, of dTroKTetvw), esp. of Christ, Mt 26^*,
Jo 12^^ He 10'-^«, al. ; of spiritual death, Jo 6^0, Eo 8^3, al. ; c. dat.
ref., Ko 62' 10 U''», Ga 2^9; ace, 6, Ko 610; seq. Mtiy, 8^2, Jo S'-^L ^\
I Co 15-2, He 1137, Ee U^^; seq. ^Wp, Trepi', Jo llô- " 18l^ Eo S^-s
1415, I Co 153, II Co 515, I Th 5i«, 1 Pe 318 dTrd, Col 220 cV, Ee 8" ; ;
;
fig., I Co 1531 (cf. (Tvu-aTToevrjcrKio, and V. Milligan, NTD, 258 f. DCG, ;
i,791b; Cremer, 286; MM, s.v. on the perfective force of this verb, ;
M, Pr., 112, 114 and on the distinction bet. pres. and aor,, ib. 113 f.).
;
dTTO-KaG-ioTdcu, aTTOKaOia-rdo}, see next MTOrd.

dTro-KaO-iCTTTjfii (aTTOKa^to-Taw, Mk 9^^^ Eec, -lo-rdvo), LTTr. ; cf. Ac
1**; -KUTLcrTdvw, WH), [in LXX
chiefly for miZT;] 1. to restore, i.e. to a
former condition : of health, Mt 121^, 3^ 82^, Lk Bô Mk
of social or ;
jjolitical affairs, Mt 17^^, Mk 9^2, Ac 1^. 2. to give back, bring back

He 1319 (so in rr., MM, s.v.; cf. also Cremer, 312).t
LXX
chiefly for 11^3;] 1. in general sense (cl.),
d-iro-KaXuTTTw, [in
to reveal, uncover, disclose, (a) of things Mt 102^, Lk 2^^ 12^, i Co :
313 (b) of persons pass., Christ, Lk 173o Antichrist, 11 Th 23. «. 8.

: ;
;
2. In LXX
and NT, in special sense of divine revelation Mt 112* (on :
the tense, v. M, Pr., 136), ib.27 16i7, Lk 1021.22^ Jq 1238_ Ro P^. is^ 8'^,
I Co 21" 143", Ga 116 32^ Eph 3^ Phi 3l^ i Pe l^- 12 51 (Westc, Eph.,
178 f.; M, Th., 149 f.).t
SVN.: (ftavepou) (v. Thayer, 62; Cremer, 342).
t diro-KdXuiJ/is, -ecos, ^ « dTroKaXuVTw) ,
[in LXX: I Ki 2030 (miy).
Si 1127 2222 421 * .j (-^^ imcovering, laying bare (Plut.). Metaph., a reveal-
ing, revelation : a disclosure of divine truth, or a manifestion from God :
Lk 232, p,o 2^, 819 1625, I Co V 146' 2«, n Co 12i'

\ Ga I12. 22, Eph li7 3^,
II Th r, I Pe 17. 13 413, Eeli.t
STN. : iTTicfxiveia, Tvanova-La, (f)av€p(D<TL<; (v. Tr., Syn., xciv Lft., ;
Notes, 102, 178 Westc, Eph., 178 f. M, Th., 145 ff. Cremer, 343).
; ; ;
*t dTTO-KapaSoKi'a, -a?, -q (<[ aTro/capaSo/cew, used by Aq. in Ps 36 (37)" for

bbinnn <â7r6, Kdpa, the head, SoKew, in Ion., to watch), to tvatch with
;
outstretched head, tvatch anxiously (Polyb., n. v. Deiss., LAE, 3745, ;
377 f.), Eo 819, Phi 120 (Lft., in 1.; Cremer, 177).t

*t airo-Kar-aXXdo-au (cf AcaraAAao-o-o) aTro here signifies completely,

. :
V. Lft., Col., I.e. Ellic, Eph., I.e. but also May., Eph., I.e.), to reconcile
; ;
completely : Eph 2i«, Col P^' ^^.t

* diro-icaT(£-(rra<ns, -fcus, v (<^ aTroKadia-T-qfii), restoration : Ac 3^^ (in
TT. of repairs and restorations of temples, v. MM, s.v.).t
diro-KaT-iordi'a), v. aTroKaOicrTrjfiL.
dTr(5-Kei|ioi, [in LXX : Ge IQô (nb''B7), Jb 3823 (^j^n), n Mac 12«,
IV Mae 8^^ * ;] to be laid up, in store, laid away : Lk IQ^". Metaph., c.
dat. pers., to be reserved (Dem., Plat. ; and v. MM, s.v.) : Col 1^, n Ti
48, He 927.t
t d7ro-K€<|)aXi^w (<; diro, xecâXT^), [in LXX : Ps 151^ * ',] to behead
Mt 1410, MkeiS'^s, Lk99.t
diro-KXeiu, [in LXX chiefly for -13D;] to shut fast: Lk IS^^.t
[in LXX for
d-iro-K^TTTu,
y^p ms etc. to cut off: Mk 9*^' *^ Jo , , ;]
]^3io, 26^
Ac 11^^. Mid., to mutilate oneself, have oneself mutilated : Ga
512 (cf. De 231 LXX ; and v. Cremer, 751 ; MM, s.v.).t
*t diro-Kpifia, -To^, to (<[ aTro/cptVco) 1. prop., a judicial sentence: ;
II Co 1^, E, mg. 2. an answer (v. Thayer, s.v.) 11 Co, I.e., E, txt. (In :
FIJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 6, of a rescript of the Senate in Inscr. of an official ;
decision, Deiss., BS, 257 a reply to a deputation, MM, s.v. ; ef also : .
Cremer, 375).
diro-Kpii'u, [in LXX
chiefly for njJT;] in el., 1. to separate, dis-
tinguish. 2. to choose. Mid., to answer : Mt 27^2, 14«\ Lk 3i« 23^, Mk
Jo 51"' 1**, Ac 312. In late Gk. the pass, also is used in this sense, and
pass, forms are the more freq. in (M, Pr., 39, 161 MM, s.v.) (a) NT ;
;
in general sense absol., 12^*

: c. ace. rei, Mt 22*® Mk
c. dat. pers., ; ;
Mt 12^8 seq. Trpos, Ac 251" (b) Hebraistically (i) like nay to begin
;
;
,
to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sources, 124 f.) Mt 112^^ :
al., (ii) redundant, as in the Heb. phrase IDX'l JJPI (Dalman, Words,
24 f., 38 Pr., 14
; M, Bl., § 58, 4 74, 2 Cremer, 374)
; ; ; : dTroKpieiis
cTttc, Mt €>77,4*88 ; Xc'yti, 3^3 ; ;in Jo most freq. (Ittck. Mk k. cTttc, 1*».
dir<5-Kpioris, -ecDs, r] (<^ aTro/cptVo/Aat), [in for HST LXX , etc.;] an

answering, an answer : Lk 2*''' 20-'®, Jo I22 19^.t
diro-KpoTTTu, [in LXX chiefly for ^JiD ;] to hide, conceal, keep secret
c. ace., Lk IO21; pass., i Co 2^, Eph 2>\ Col F® (MM, s.v.).t
dir6Kpu<|)os, -ov (<^ dTTOKpwTTTO)), [lu LXX chlefly for IfID;] hidden:
Mk 422, Lk 817, Col 23 (v. Lft., in 1. ; MM, 8.v.).t

dTro-KT€ii'w (also in late forms -Kreww, Mt 1028, al., LTTr., -ktcvvvw,
Mk 125, WH), [in LXX for ain ma ;] to kill Mt 14^, al. seq. instr.
, : ;
iv (q.v.), Eph 216, Ee 223, ^1. Metaph.: Eo 711 t. Ix^pav, Eph 2i«; ;
TO ypdfifjLa aTTOKTuvcL, II Co 3® (on the perfective force of this verb, v.

M, Pr., 114).
** -w (<[ aTro, Kveo) OV kvw, to be pregnant), [in
airo-Kuiut (Eec. -kvw),
LXX IV Mae
:
;]
prop., " the medical word for birth as the close
I5I'' *
of pregnancy" (Hort, Ja., 26 f.). In kolvtj, "an ordinary syn. of
TiKTw, but definitely perfectivised (M, Pr., lllff. MM, s.v.) by the
'
' ;
oLTTo, and so implying safe delivery," to bring forth, give birth to : Ja
115, 18 t
tdiro-KoXio) (v.s. KvXcw), [in LXX :

Ge293.8.io (bbs;, Jth 13^*;] to
roll away : Mt 28^, Mk IG^, Lk 242.t
divo-Xafjipd^w, [in LXX Nu U^^ (npb (De, 26^ A, Is b^\
: ii Mac 4^«
6^^ 8', IV Mac 18'^*;] 1. to receive from another; absol,, to receive
as one's due : Lk 162^ ISô (v.l. XdjSrj) 2S^\ Eo P^, Ga 4^ Col 3^^
II Jo^. 2. to receive back : Lk G^'* 15'^''. 3. to take apart or aside
Mk 7^^ (cf. use in tt. of the recluses of the Serapeum MM, 8.v.).t ;
** d-n-oXauo-is, -€ws, r} (<^ aTroXavo), to take of, enjoy a thing), [in LXX
III Mac 7^^ * ;] enjoyment : i Ti 6^^ He ll^^ (for late exx., v. MM, s.v.).t
airo-XeiTTw, [in LXX for bin , ID"^ , etc. ;] 1. to leave, leave behind
(in TT. a term, techn. in wills; v. MM, s.v.) : ii Ti 4^^'-*', Tit 1*; pass.,
to be reserved, remain : He 4^' ^ lO^". 2. to desert, abandon : Ju *.t
t diro-Xeixw (for cViX-, q.v.), to lick up : Lk 16^^, Eec.t
dTT-6XXu|jit and airoXXvw, [in LXX for laX , etc. (38 words in all)].
1. Act., (1) destroy utterly, destroy, kill :
to ^l/vxyjv, Mk 1"* 9^^, al. ; t.
Mt 1028, al. to lose utterly: Mt 10''2, al.; metaph., of failing to

; (2)
save, Jo 6^9 18». 2. Mid., (1) to perish; (a) of things Mt 529, Jq 612, :
He 111 (LXX)^ al. (b) of persons Mt 82^, al. Metaph., of loss of eternal
;
:
life, Jo 315. 16, 1028 1712, Eo 212, I Co 8^ 15^^ 11 Pe 39. In ol d-n-oXXv-

^tvoi, the perishing, contrasted in with 01 o-wô/xcvot, the i Co 1^8^ al.,
"perfective" force of the verb, wh. "implies the completion of the

process of destruction," is illustrated (v. M, Pr., 114 f. M, Th., ii, 1^^) ;
;
(2) to be lost : Lk 15* 21^8. Metaph., on the basis of the relation

between shepherd and flock, of spiritual destitution and alienation
from God Mt 10" 152", Lk 19i» (MM, s.v. DCG, i, 191 f., ii, 76, 554
: ;
Cremer, 451).
'AttoXXuui', -ovtos, 6 (pres. ptcp. of aTroXXvw), Apollyon, i.e. the
Destroyer Ee 9^^ (cf. 'Af3dS8u>v). (Cremer, 453 ;
: DB, i, 125, 172.) t
'AiroXXwk'ia, -as, 17, Ajwilonia, a city of Macedonia : Ac 17i.t

'AttoXXoSs, -w, 6 (perh. contr. from 'AttoAXwj/ios, Ac 182* j)^^
Apollos : Ac 18'-'4 19^, 1 Co 1^2 34-«.22 4^ I612, Tit 3i3.+
diroXoycofjiai, -ovfJLaL (<[ oltto, Xoyos), [in LXX : Je 12^ (S""!) 38 (31)",
II Mac 1326*;] 1. to defend: c. ace, Eo 2^^ 2. to defend one's self:
absol., Lk 21i*, Ac 26^ ; seq. on, Ac 258 ^;_ tg adduce something in.
one's defence, Lk 12^^, Ac 262* (ravra) 24^^ {to. irepl i/xavTov) irfpi, ;
c. gen. rei, and cVt, c. gen. pers., Ac 262 •

g ât. pers., Ac 19^^,
II Co 12i9.t
** diroXoyia, -as, rj (•< aTroXoyiofjiai), [in LXX Wi :
6^'* * a speech in
',]
defence : Ac 25l^ 11 Co 7^1, Phi 1". i«, 11 Ti 4^6 ; c. dat. pers., i Co 93,
I Pe 315 ; seq. Trpo's, Ac 22i.t
diTo-Xouw, in [LXX : Jb 9^''
(^m) * ;] to tuash off, wash away
mid., metaph., c. ace. rei, loash off oneself:
to d/xapnas, Ac 221";
absol., aTreXowcrao-ê, ye washed yourselves clean (cf. Cremer, 406),
I Co
6ii.t
t diro-XvTpwCTis, -ews, 17 (<C d.TroXvTp6w, to release on payment of
ransom, cf. Xvrpov), [in LXX Da (LXX)

* ;] release effected by pay- :
4^*'*=
ment of ransom, redemption, deliverance; metaph., He 11^*; of

deliverance thr. Christ from evil and the consequences of sin Lk :
2128, Ro 324 (Yau., in 1.) 8^\ i Co V\ Eph l^.i* 430^ Col l^^, He 9^\
(On the extent to w^h. the word retains the sense of ransom, v. ICC,
Bo., 32*, Westc, He., 297 ff.; v. also ICC, Eph., 11; DCG, ii, 605;
Cremer, 410; Deiss., LAE, 331; Lft., Notes, 271, 316; Tr., Syn.,
§ lxxvii,)t
a-TTo-Xu'w, [in LXX for yim , etc., freq. in i-iv Mac;] 1. to set free,
release: Lk 13^2, a debtor, Mt 182^; metaph., of forgive-
Jo 19^0, al. ;
ness, Lk 6=^7, 2. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9 f.) Mt 1523, Lk 229 :
912, Ac 19*1, al.; of divorce, t. ywaiKa: Mt l^^ 531.32 193,8,9^ Mk

lQ2,i,n^ Lk 16^8; with ref. to Gk. and Eom. (not Jevîsh) custom,
T. avSpa: Mk 1012. Mid., to depart: Ac 282^ (MM, s.v.).
** dTro-fid<r<7w {<^ fxd(r(rw, Att. -ttw, to toucJi, handle), [in LXX:
To 7^^*;] to wi])e off, wipe clea7i : mid., Lk lO^.t
iivo-viiio} (-< ve/xo), to distribute), [in LXX : De 4^^ (pbu), m Mac
27 316 * .j fQ assign, aj)portion : 1 Pe 3^. (In tt. of a Prefect who renders
to all their dues ; v. MM, s.v.)t
diro-i/iirTw, [in LXX for niDtZT , Tm , nriD ;] to wash off: mid.
(reflex.), t. xe^pas, Mt 272^t
dTro-mTTTu, [in LXX for b^Q bs3 etc.;] to fall off: , , Ac 9i8.t
diro-irXafdo), -w, [in ,1123 LXX for m3 hi.,
;] to cause to
hi., miz; pil.
go astray ; metaph., of leading into error: Mk 1322; pass., to be led
astray : i Ti eô.t
*dTro-Tr\e'a>, -w, to sail away: Ac 134 142(5 201^ 27^ (Burton, 159).t
diro-irXucoj, [in LXX chiefly for DS3 pi. ;] to wash off: v.l. for
ttXvvw, Lk 52, Eec.t
dTTo-wiYo,, [in LXX Na :
2^2 (i3)
(pjn pi.), To 38*;] to choke : Mt
13''', Lk 8''; pass., of drowning (= KaTa-rrovrLô/xaL) , Lk 833.t
oirope'w, -5) {<^ a.iropo<;, a- neg., ir6po<i, a way, resource), [in LXX
for "lis, ^na, etc.;] to be at a loss, be perplexed: absol., Mk 62"
{i-TToiei, E, mg.) mid., be in doubt
; : absol., 11 Co 4^; c. ace, Ac 252**;
seq. Trept, Lk 24^ ; iv, Ga 420 ; Trepl tu os Ae'yei, Jo 1322.t
SVN. : StaTTopeu}, SiaKpLVo/xaL, Sto-Ta^w, /tiCTcwpiô/tai (v. DCG, i, 491).
diropia, -as, ^ {-^ airopcui), [in LXX for nbn|l , etc. ;]
perplexity
Lk 2125 (MM, s.v. ; on the construction, v. Field, Notes, 74f.).t
diro-piTTTa) (Eec. -ppC-wTiD, cl.), [in LXX for IJÔT hi., etc. ;] to throw
away, cast forth : reflexively, Ac 27*3 (EV, cast themselves overboard
V. MM, s.v.).t
* (<[ airo, 6p<âvos), to be bereaved (prop,, of a parent,
dir-op4>ai'ii^w
Lft., Notes, 36) metaph., i Th 21'' (where Field thinks it = vwpio--
;
êWcs, Notes, 199).t

diro-o-Keod^cj, [in LXX
Le 143^ (n32 pi.) * ;] to pack and carry off
:
mid., to pack and remove one's goods : Ac 2P^, Eec. (v. €Vio--).t
*t diro-orKiao-fia, -tos, to (<^ airoaKid^w, to cast a shadow ; V.S. ctkio),
a shadow : Ja 1^^ (MM, s.v.l.t
diro-oTrdo), -w, [in LXX for pr\2 ni., hi., etc. ;] to draw off or away,
tear away (MM, s.v.) Ac 20^" ixaxaipav, draw a sword, Mt 26*^
: ;
pass., to be parted or withdraxvn (Field, Notes, 134; but v. Thayer,

S.V.), Lk 22^', Ac 21i.t
t dTToarao-ia, -as, v/ (-<[ a<fii(rTr]fj.i), [in LXX for blT© , etc. ;] defection,
apostasy, revolt ; in late Gk. (MM, Exp., viii ; Lft., Notes, 111 ; Cremer,
308) for cl. dTTo'crracris, freq. in sense of political revolt, in LXX (e.g.
Jos 22^2^ II Ch 29^9, Je 21^) and NT always of religious apostasy
Ac 21-1, ij Tj^ 2\f
(nri'^n?
dTrotrrdaioK, -ov, to
mrr'^S) *;] l.
«
in
icf>t(TTr),j.i),
cl., only in phrase

[in LXX : De
dTroo-Tao-tou BUrj,
24i' ^, Je 38,
an action
Is 501
,
against a freedman for forsaking his Trpoo-TaTT^s (Dem.). 2. In LXX,

jSi^Xiop oLTToaTaaLov, a bill of divorce : Mt 19", Mk 10* ; in same sense
d. alone (MM, s.v.), Mt 5»i (for other late exx., v. MM, I.e. ; Kennedy,
Sources, 121).
Mk
** airo-(neydloj
2\f
« o-rey^;), [in Sm. : Je 4910 (2911)*;] f^ unroof:
dTTo-o-TcXXo), [in LXX very freq., almost always for nblSr ;]

prop.,
to send away, to dispatch on service
send with a commission, or ; 1. to
on service (a) of persons
;
Christ, Mt 10*" the apostles, IQi" : ;
servants, Mk 12^; angels, 13'-^; {b) of things: oô?, Mt 21^; to 8pe-

iravov, Mk 4^^ T. Xo'yov, Ac 10^^
; t. cVayyeAtav (i.e. the promised Holy ;
Spirit), Lk 24*9, Rec. seq. ds, Mt 20^, Lk 11*^, Jo 31^ ^ttio-o), Lk I91*
; ;
tfiTTpoaOev, Jo 3'"^; TTpo TTpoaMTTov, Mt 111*^; TTpos, Mt 21^*; with ref. to

sender or place of departure dTrd, Lk 1^^ (Eec. vTr6) Trapd, Jo 1* : ;
€K, ib. 119 ; ivro, Ac 1017 (Eec. dTrd) ; seq. inf., Mk 31*, al. ; Iva, Mk 12^,
al. ; eh (of purpose), He li*; without direct obj. seq. tt/do's, Jo 5^^; :
Xc'ywv, Jo 113 . .iTToo-retAas, c. indic, Mt 21^ Ac 7^\ Ee 11. 2. to send

aivay, dismiss : Lk 41^, Mk 51** 8'^^ 12^ (cf. i$-, crvv-aTroa-TiXXu)).
SVN.: Tre'/ATTw, the general term. d. " suggests official or authori-
tative sending" (v. Thayer, s.v. Tre/xTrw ; Westc, Jo., 298; Ejyp. Jo.,
125 Cremer, 529 MM, s.v.).
«
; ;
dTro-arcpe'w, -w a-Tepew, to rob), [in LXX Ex 211" (y-|a). De24i*

:
(piry), Ma 3^ 31 (SAf^'Si 41 29"'

*;] to defraud, dep-ive of, despoil
'
'-^
(in cl. chiefly of the misappropriation of trust funds. Field, Notes, 33

cf. MM, s.v.) absol., Mk lOi^, i Co G^
: c. ace. pers., i Co 7^ Mid., ;
endure deprivation : i Co 6" (WM, § 38, 3 but v. Bl., § 54, 5 M, Pr., ; ;
162); pass., d-n-ea-Teprjfjievoi, bereft of: I Ti 6^.t

d-rro-aToXi^, -^s,
Ec 88,
r]«
Ca
dTroo-TcAAo)), [in
4i3 (for
LXX : De 22^, m Ki 4^*
Es
9i«,
Ps77(78)*9, nbc? and its cognates), i 951.5*,

Je 39 (32)36, Ba 225, i Mac 21^, 11 Mac 3^ *.] 1. In cl., a sending away
(MM, s.v.), as, an expedition (Hdt.). 2. In (a) discJiarge, dis- LXX
missal (Ec 88) (b) a gift (iii Ki 91^, i Mac 2^^).
;
3. In NT, the office
of an Apostle of Christ, apostleship : Ac 1^5, Eo 15, i Co 9'-, Ga 2*
(Cremer, 530).
dirdo-ToXos, -ov, 6 (< dTroo-TcXXw), [in III Ki 14^ A (jyhv) * LXX :
',]
1. a fleet, an expedition (Dem.).2. a messenger, one sent on a mission

(Hdt., LXX,and tt. v. M, Pr., 37 f. MM, s.v. M, Th., i, T
I.e., ; ; ;
and refif.) Jo IS^^, ii Co 823, phi 225. 3_ j^ nt^ ^^ Apostle of Christ

:
(a) with special ref. to the Twelve Mt 102, Mk 3l^ Lk 11*9, gph S^, :
Ee 182", al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Ga 1^' ^^^-j
I Ti 2^^,
al. (&) in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as
;
Barnabas, Ac 14^*, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, i Th 2^, and

perhips Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Eo 16'' (v. ICG, in 1.); of
false teachers, claiming apostleship ii Co ll^'^^^ jje 22. (On the :
different uses of the term in NT, v. Lft., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530;
DB, i, 126 DCG, i, 105 Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.)
; ;
* dTToaTOfjiaTt^w (•<; o-ro/xa), 1. In cl., to speak from memory, to dic-

tate to a pupil (Plat.). 2. In late Gk., to catechize, question: Lk 11^^
(MM, s.v.).t
a.Tto-(npi^fi), [in LXX chiefly for HtZT;] trans., c. ace, [a) to turn
ipj 44
away, remove : Eo 112", j^ metaph., to turn away from
.
allegiance, pervert : Lk 23^* ; {h) to turn hack, return : fidxaipav,

Mt 26^2. Pass., reflex., to turn oneself away from : c. ace, Mt 5*^^
II Ti 115, Tit 11*, He 1225 go act., absol., Ac 32"•
(cf. Si 8^ ; Bl., § 53, 1
Cremer, 880).
* dTro-CTTuyew, -^ (<C a-rvyiw, to hate), to abhor : Eo 12^.+
*+ dTToaui/dYwyos, -ov {<Ci crvvayuiyrj) expelled from the congregation ,
(Field, Notes, 96), excommunicated : Jo 9^2 12*2 152 (Cremer, 64, 607).t
dTTo-Tdaau, [in LXX
Ec 22o (^s'' pi.), i Es 62^, Je 202, i Mac 4 * ;]
:
to set apart. Mid., in late Gk. (Bl., § 37, 1 Swete, Mk., 136 f. MM, ; ;
8.V.), c. dat., (a) to take leave of: Mk 6*^ Lk 9^1, Ac 18^^'^\ 11 Co 2^3;
(b) to forsake : Lk 1433.
**d-iro-T€Xe'w, -w, [in LXX
i Es-5"3, 11 Mac 1539*;] to bring to an
:
end, complete, accomplish (cf. MM, s.v.) Lk 1332, Ja l^^.t :
diro-Ti6if)fxi, in [LXX chiefly for niD hi. ;] to pu,t off or aside ; in NT

always mid., off from oneself as a garment
{a) to put t. IfxaTia, : Ac 7^^
metaph., in ethical sense, to ptit off, lay aside: Eo 13^2, Eph 422>25^
Col 3^, He 12\ Ja P^, i Pe 2^ ;
(b) to stoiu away, put : cv t. <f>v\aKfj
(MM, S.V.), Mt 143.t
dTTo-Ttm<T(T(j, [in LXX : Jg 162« A (ly: ni.), i Ki IO2 (2^123), La 2^
("IN3 pi.) * ;] to slmke off: Lk 9^, Ac 285.t
diro-TiVo) (or -Ti'w), [in LXX chiefly for D^tZT pi. ;] to pay off, repay
Phm 19 (MM, s.v.).t
* d-iro-ToXfxdcj, -w, to be quite bold, make a bold venture : Eo 102".
**t diTOTOfiia, -a?, 17 (<^ d7roT€/xvco, to ciit off), [in Sm. Je 51 (28)35, :
Na 31*;] steepness, sharpness ; metaph., severity (MM, s.v.): Eo 1122.t

** dTTOTofiws, adv., [in LXX: Wi 522*;] abruptly, curtly, hence
13i", Ti li3
sharply, severely : 11 Co (MM, s.v.).+
** diro-Tp^Trw, [in LXX Si 2029 48is, in
: 123, ly Mac âc l^^ I612 *
;]
to turn away mid., to turn oneself a^cay from : c. ace, 11 Ti 3^.+

;
*diTou<ria, -as, 17 (<[ an-ct/Ai) 1. absence (-^sch., Thuc.) Phi 2i2.
; :
2. deficiency, waste (MM, s.v).t

d-iTo-(j>6pu, [in LXX for "^bn , etc. ;] to carry off, away bear, or lead
c. ace, Mk 151, I Co 163, Ee IT^ 2V<^. Pass., LkAc Id^KiI622,
** dTro-<j>£UYo>, [in Si 22^2 * -j LXX : to flee from, escape c, ace, 11 Pe :
218,20. c. gen., II Pel*.t

t dTro-<J)0£YYOfAai, [in LXX for Nn3 , etc.;] to speak forth, give
utterance: Ac 24.14 26" (MM, s.v.).t
*t diro-<|)opTLô|jiai {<!^(f)opTi^w, to load), to discharge a cargo (Field,
Notes, 134), to unlade : c. ace, t. yd/ôv, Ac 213.t
*t dTTo-xpTjo-is, -eo)s, 7) {<âTroxpa-ofxai, to usc to the full, abuse), abusc,
misiise: Col 22^ (MM, s.v.).t
dTro-x<op€'a>, -«, [in LXX : Je 26 (46) ^ {y[U), 11 Mac 433, „i Mac 233* ;]
togo aroay, depart, withdraw : seq. airo, Mt 7"3, Lk 9^^, Ac 13^3 (absol.,
Lk 2020, Tr., mg.).t
diTo-xwpi^w, [in LXX : Ez 432i (ij^sa)* ;] to separate, part asunder :
pass., Ee 6^'^; reflexively, to separate oneself: Ac 15^^.t

**
dTro-»|/oxw, [in LXX
iv Mac 15^^*;] 1. to breathe out life, expire
:
(Thuc. LXX, I.e.). 2. to leave off breathing, faint (Horn., Od., xxiv,
;
348) seq. dTrd, Lk 2126.t

:
"Ainrios, -ov, 6, Appius ; 'Attttiov ôpov, Appii Forum (Market of

Appius), a town in Italy Ac 28i^.t :
*t d-irpoa-iTos, -ov (<[ Trpdcrei/Ai, to go to), imapproacliable : ^ws, i Ti

6i«.t
**+ dTrp(5(TKOTros, -ov (< Trpoo-KOTrro)), [in LXX : Si 35 (32)2i, iii Mac
3^*;] 1. act., 7iot causing stumble: metaph., of not leading others
to
into sin, i Co 1032. 2. Pass., not stumbling, without offence, blameless
Ac 24i«, Phi 110 (for exx., v. MM, s.v.).t
*t dirpoaa)TroXi](nrTa)S cl.), adv. (<[«- neg.,
(Eec. -At/tttws, Trpoa-ui-
TroXr]piTTrrj<;), without respect of persons, impartially : i Pe V^^.i
** d-irraioTos, -ov (-< Trratw), III Mac 6^^*;] without [in LXX:
stumbling, sure-footed : metaph. (MM,
Ju24.t s.v.),
aiTTw, [in LXX
chiefly for r33 ;] prop., to fasten to ; hence, of fire,
to kindle, light : Lk S^^ 1133 15^, Ac 282. Mid., c. gen., to fasten oneself
to, cling to, lay hold of (so in ir. MM, s.v.) Mt 83- 1^ Jo 20^^ al. ; :
of carnal intercourse, i Co 7^ with reference to levitical and ceremonial

;
prohibitions, 11 Co 6i^, Col 22^ of hostile action, i Jo 5^^ (cf. dv, KaO-, ;
TV€pi- aiTTtai).
Syn. : diyyavia, tj/rjXaffidoi. d. is the stronger, $., to touch, the
lighter term. ij/. is to feel, as in search of something (Tr., Syn., § xvii;
Lft., Col, 201 f.).
'AiTîa, -a?, ri, Apphia : Phm 2 (MM, s.v.).t

dir-wGe'w, -w, [in LXX for n3T , DNQ , etc. ;] to thrust away. Mid.,
to thrust away from oneself, refuse, reject : c. ace. pers. (MM, s.v.),
Ac 727.39 1346^ Ro 111.2, I Ti 11^+
dircSXcia, -as, 17 « aTroXXv/xi), [in LXX (Cremer, 797) for mK , Tî ,
etc. destruction, waste, loss, perishing (in tt., of money, v. MM, s.v.)
Mt
;]
268, Mk 144, Ac 820, ^ 922^ j Ti 6^, 11 Pe 2^ in special sense of ;

the loss of eternal life, perdition, the antithesis of a-iOT-qpia: Mt 7^^,

Jo 1712, Phi 128 319, II Th 23, He 1039, 11 Pe 2^ 3^. ê, Ee 178' ^^ (DB,
iii, 744).t
Ee 16^", v.s., 'ApfiayeSwv.
'Ap, indecl.,
apa, illative particle, expressing a more subjective or informal
inference than ovv, then : prop, (as in cl.), the second word in the
sentence, Eo 7^^ 8\ Ga 3^; iml dpa, 1 Co 7^* (with another word
between) 5^^; as the first word, Lk 11*8, Ac ll^^, Eo lO^^, i Co 15^\
II Co 5^^ 7^^, He
so prop, in apodosis after protasis with el, Mt 1228^
49 ;
Lk 1120, Ga He 128 {k€v6v dpa), i Co 15^^ often in interro-

221 329 6^\
gations, direct and indirect, t/s (ti) apa, Mt IS^ 1925.27 24*^ 4", Mk
Lk 166 825 1242 2223, Ac 1218 d dpa, 1113, Ac 822 î^^p s.pa, I; Co Mk .
1515 ; ovK dpa, Ac 21^8 ; ^-qri dpa, II Co 1^'^ ; in strengthened forms,

dpa ye, dpaye, Mt 720 1726, Ac 172^, and more freq. dpa ovv (Epp. Paul.),
so then, Eo 5^8 72. 25 312 9i«' ^s 14^2. i9,
Ga Gô, Eph 2^9, i Th 56, 11 Th 21*
(Bl., § 77, 2
78, 5; s.v.).+ ; MM,
Spa, interrog. particle, implying anxiety or impatience, " quite
rare and only Paul, therefore a literary word" (Bl., § 77,
in Luke and
2). 1. {num Lk 188; ^p^ y^^ ^.c 83*^.
igitur) expecting a neg. reply,
2. {ergone) in apodosis, expecting an affirm, reply, Ga 2^'^ (Bl., I.e.
Lft., Ga., in 1. MM, 8.v.).t ;
dpd, -Ss, rj, [in LXX chiefly for nbn] ; 1. a prayer (MM, s.v.). 2.
(as in Homer) a curse, malediction : Eo 3^* (i-^xx) +
'Apapâ, -as, 7^. Arabia : Ga l^^ 425.t
dpa^cuc, V.S. dppa/3wv.
apaye, V.S. apa.
S,pdye, V.S. dpa.
'Apdfi, indie. (Heb. Dn) , Aram: Mt l^.*, Lk S^' (E, txt., WH,
*ApveC).f
* apa<|)os, -ov (Eec. dppa<po<s, <^ pdiTTOi, to sew) without seam
Jo 1923.t
"Apatl*, -aySos, o, an Arabian: Ac 2ii.t
dpye'w,
Si 3036 (3327), II
-Qy «Mac d/Dyo's), [in
52^*;]
LXX
to
: II
be idle; to Kpt>a
Es 42*, Ec 12^ (bian)
. . . d.,
,
lingers
i Es 23o,
(cf.
MGr. dpyd, late : MM, s.v.) : 11 Pe 23.t
dpyos, -ov (in late Gk., incl. NT, -7, -ov; <^d- neg., epyov), [in
LXX: III Ki 67 (yoD?), Wi 14^ 15^5, Si S7^^ 3828*;] inactive, idle:
Mt 203' 6, I Ti 513, Tit 1^2, n Pe is, Metaph., of things, inactive, in-
effective, worthless : p^p.a, Mt 1236 ; Trto-rts, Ja 229 (v. Cremer, 259 f.).t
Syn.: /3pa8v?, slow; vw^po?, sluggish (Tr., Syn., §civ).
dpyupcos (v. MM, S.V.), -ov?, -a, -ovv (<^ dpyvpo?), [in LXX for
jripS;] of silver: Ac 192* (WH, br.), 11 Ti 22o, Ee 92o.t
dpyu'pioK, -ov, TO (<; dpyvpos), [in LXX for p]p3 (Ge 132, al.), exe.
La 41 (D)n3) ;]
prop., a piece of silver (Lft., Notes, 191) ; in NT,
(a) silver: Ac S* 7^6 19^9 2033, i Co 3^2, i Pe l^S; (&) money:
Mt25i8'27^ Mk 1411, Lk
93 1915.23 225, Ac 820 ; (c) a silver coin: pi.,
Mt 2615 273. 5, 6.
9 2812. 15, where the value is that of a shekel or
tetradrachm ; apyvpiov fivpidSes irevre (prob. drachmas; MM, s.v.),
Ac 19i9.t
t dpYopoK^TTos, -ov, 6 (<[ apyvpo<;, kotttw, to heat), [in LXX : Jg 17*,
Je 62» (f]li2)*;] a silversmith: Ac I92* (Plut.; tt., v. MM, s.v.).t
apyupos, -ov, o « upyo9, shining), [in LXX for p|D3 ;] silver (on its
relation to apy{,piov, v. MM, s.v.) : Mt 10^, Ac 1729, Ja 5^, Re 18i2.t
"Apcios ndyos (T, "Apios 11.), -ov, 6, Hill of Ares or Mars,

Areopagus; also, the Court of Areopa us, the highest tribunal of
Athens: Ac 17i9.22.t
'ApcoirayiTTjs (T, -etri/s), -ov, 6 (v. supr.), a judge of the Court of
Areopagus : Ac 173*.t
dpECTKia (Rec. -€ta), -as, r] (<^ apeaKa)), [in LXX (-eta) : Pr 31"*"
(tTI) * ;]
pleasing, desire to please : Col l^**. In Gk. writers (Arist.,
Polyb.), bad sense, but in tt., Inscr., and in Philo, as

most freq. in
above (v. Deiss., BS, 224 MM, s.v. Cremer, 642).t ; ;
dp^CTKw, [in LXX chiefly for SiM ;] 1. to please (Horn., Hdt., al.)
c. dat. pers., Mt 14^, Mk Rq 8^ 152,
622, i tj^ ^'^ 4^, i Co 732.33,3*^
Gal 110, II Ti 2*; seq. evwTriov (= Heb. •'jrs, Bl., §37, 1; 40, 7),
Ac 65. 2. In late Gk., esp. in Inscr., to render service to (v. M, TJi.,

ICC, I Co., 11. c; Cremer, 640 f.) Ro 15i'3, i Co lO^^, i Th 2\f ;
dpeoTos,
agreeable (Hdt., Xen.,
apeaKw), [in
and
-t;,
later writers
-ovfor ICT
v.
«
Cremer,
etc. ;] pleasing,
641 f.
LXX
;
,
; MM,
s.v.) c. dat. pers., Jo
:
82^, Ac 12^ seq. iyw-n-iov, c. gen. (Bl., § 37, 1 40, ; ;
7), I Jo 322; ip^^rov icTTtv, c. acc. et inf (Bl, §69, 5; 72, 5), Ac 62.t
'Ape'ras (WH, 'Ap. ; Intr., 313), -a, 6, Aretas, an Arabian king:
II Co 1132 (Deiss.,thinks the proper spelling 'Ap^das was
BS, 183 f.,
changed, as Schiirer suggests, " by desire to Hellenise a barbaric

name by assimilation to dp€TT;").t
dpexT], -^s, r), [in LXX, in sing. : Hb 33, Za 6i3
("tin) , in pi.
Is 42«'i2 4321 637 (n^nri), Es 14i«, Wi 41 5i3 8^, ii-iv Mac 22*;] prop.,
whatever procures pre-eminent estimation for a person or thing, in

Hom. any kind of conspicuous advantage. Later confined by philos.
writers to intrinsic eminence moral goodness, virtue ; (a) of God
II Pe 13 ih) of men
; Phi 4^, 11 Pe 15 pi. (Is, Es, 11. c), excellencies
:
;
I Pe 2^ (the usage appears to be a survival of an early comprehensive
sense in which the original idea is blended with the impression which
it makes on others, i.e. praise, renown v. Hort, / Pe., 129. Deiss., ;
BS, 95 f., thinks it means manifestations of divine power, as in

current Gk. speech cf also MM, s.v.)t ; .
dpi^f, dpvos, 6 (nom. not in use, exc. in early times v. MM, :
s.v.), [in LXX for xnp 12^33 etc. ;] a lamb : Lk 103.t, ,
dpiOfAe'w, -w, [in LXX for IDD pi., IpD pi., etc.;] to number
(esp. for payment, MM, s.v.) : Mt 103o, Lk 12^, Re 7Kf
dpiO|ui()$, -or, o, [in LXX chiefly for 1B5P ;] number, a number

Lk 223, Jo 610, Ac 4^ 5^6 6' llî IB^, Eo 92", Ee b^^ 7*
9i« IS^^-is 152
20^ (for exx. of mystical use in tt., v. MM, s.v.).t
'ApifiaSeia (WH, 'Ap.), -as, rf, [in LXX : 'Apfj.a$difi, I Ki 1^, al.
(D-jnp-l) ;] Arimathcsa : Mt 27", Mk 15«, Lk 2S^\ Jo IQ^s.t
"Apios, V.S. "Apcios.

'Api'crrapxos, -ov, 6 (<^ apioTos, apxo*" J
i-®* best-ruling) Aristarchus ,
Ac 1929 20* 272, Col 410, 2*.+ Phm

dpi<rr<£a), -w « ^pio-rov), [in LXX : Ge 4325 (Qo^ b^s), I Ki I42*
(anb), (lyo). To 21*;] 1. prop., to breakfast: Jo21i2.i5.

III Ki 137
2. In late Gk., to take a meal, dine : Lk ll^'^.t
dpi(rrcp6s, -a, -oV, [in LXX for bxDij? ;] left, on the left : oirka,
II Co 6^ ; ^ d. (sc. x"p), Mt 6^ ; ii dpto-repwv, on ^/le left (MM, s.v.)

Mk 1037, Lk 2333.t
'ApioT^PouXos, -ov, 6 (<^ apLo-Tos, ôvXrj, i.e. best-counselling),
Aristobulus, a Christian : Ko 161".
apiCTTOK, -ou, TO, [in LXX : in Ki 31 (DH^), To 2i' *, al. ;] 1. prop.,
breakfast. 2. In late Gk. = cl. SerTrvov, dinner : Mt 22*, Lk ll^s 14i2.t

**t dpKCTiSs,
(on the neut., v. BL, § 31, 2)
-rj, -ov « dp»<eo>), [in
;
Aq.
seq. tva (M, Pr., 210),
: De 252 * ;] sufficient
Mt 10-^
: Mt G^*
c. inf.,
I Pe 43 (for exx., v. Deiss., BS, 257; MM, 8.v.).t
dpKc'w, -w, [in LXX for |in , etc. ;] 1. to keej) off ; c. dat., to assist.
2. to suffice: c. dat. pers,, Jo 6'', 11 Co 12^; impers., Mt 25^, Jo 14^

(MM, 8.V.). Pass., to be satisfied : c. dat. rei, Lk 31*, i Ti 6^, He 13^
seq. €7rt, III Jo lo.t
dpKos (Eec. (cl.) apKTos), [in for ni ;] -ov, 6, rj, a bear : Ee I32. LXX
(This form is also found in late Inscr. MM, s.v.)+ ;
apfia, -Tos, TO (<[ dpapib-KO), to join), [in for SDT;] a chariot: LXX
Ac 828. 29, 38^ Re 99.t
'App.aycSwi' (WH, "Ap MaycSwv ; Eec. 'Ap/xaycSSwv, prop. = in
1130), cf. LXX, MaycSwi/, II Ch 3522, MaycSw, Jg 127; Har-Magedon
(AV, Armageddon) Ee 16i^ (v. Swete, in but also Thayer, 8.v.).t
: 1.,
dpfiol^w (-< dp/uo's), [in LXX for ]DX , etc. ;] 1. to fit, join. 2. of
marriage, to betroth. Mid., (a) to join to oneself, marry, take to wife;
(b) to give in marriage : 11 Co II2 (for this there is no direct parallel.
But V. M, Pr., 160; MM, s.v.).t
** dpp.6s, -ov, 6, [in LXX : Si 272, iv Mac 10^ *;] a joining, joint
He 4i2.t
dpi/as, V.S. api^v.

'Apvei (Eec. 'Apa/x), 6, indecl., Arnei: Lk 333.
dpi/€op.ai, -ovfjiat, depon., [in LXX : Ge ISi^ (ts^ns pi.), Wi 1227 1516
17^0^ IV Mac 87 1015 * i g^y ^^ ^^.^^-^ Mt 2670,
.j i^ g^^^y^ ^^^^ ^^^ .
absol.,
Lk 8« ; seq. oTi, I Jo 222 ; c. inf., He 2. In late Gk. (MM, s.v.),
112*.
c. ace. pers., to deny, refuse to acknowledge, disown : Ac 3^* 73*
Mt Lk T- 213 (^prove
'Ir^croOr, lO^^, n Ti 2^2, i Jo 222, Ju * ; iavrov, 923, II
false to). 3. C. ace. rei (in cl. to refiise), to deny, abjure: i Ti 5^,
Tit 212, II Ti 35 (cf 6.Trapvioti.ai).
i.pv'\.ov, -ov, TO (dimin. of dpi/v ; v. MM, s.v.), [in LXX : Ps 113

(114)4-6 (pi., ]Ny ^35), Je 1119 (12^55)^ 27 (50)^^ (Tjr^)*;] a little lamb,
a lamb : Jo 21^^, Re 27.+
tdpoTpidco, -w «5poTpov), [in LXX: De 22io, al.
(izrin), Is V^^
(lljr) ;] later form of ap6ui, to plough (MM, s.v.) : Lk
17^ i Co 9^0.+
apoTpoK, -ov, TO « dpoo), to plough), [in LXX chiefly for TIK;] a
plough : Lk g^^.t
dpirayq, -^5, r] (<^ ctpTra^w), [in LXX (as also apirayfia) for 773 ,
etc. ;]
pillage, plundering, robbery : Mt 232^, Lk 11^9, He lO^^.t
*t
dpir-ayfios, prop., acc. to the rule of its
ov, 6 (•<[ dpTra^to) ; 1.
formation (Bl., § 27, 2), actively, the act of seizing, robbery (Plut., de
Puer. Educ, p. 12a), Phi 2«, (Waterland, Works, II, 108 Cremer, AV ;
649 f. Meyer, in 1. cf. also JThS, July, 1909, April, 1911

; ; s.v.). ; MM,
2. Passively = dp;rayyu,a (Ez 2225, Qf a, lion's prey, VQ^), a thing seized,
hence, a prize : Phi, I.e., EV (Lft., Ellic, ICC, in 1,; Donaldson,
NCrat., 450 ff. and esp. Gilford, The Incarnation, 59-71, and reff. in DB,
;
ii, 835 b). The lexical data favour the active meaning, but as they
also admit the possibility of the alternative, most modern expositors
have accepted the latter as seeming to suit the logic of the passage
better. The lexical difficulty, however, remains (MM, s.v., esp. the
last ref.). As to the usage of St. Paul, he seems inclined to adopt the
-/Aa form where it is appropriate (e.g. Eo 11^, where cf. i Co LXX ;
139, II Co 1^), and there is certainly a presumption in favour of the

active meaning here from the fact that he does not use the LXX
apirayp.a. Suggestions looking to a fresh exegesis are given in JThS,
11. c.t
dpirdj^w, [in LXX chiefly for ^73 5)113 ;] to seize, catch up, snatch
,
c. acc. rei, Mt 122^ 13^9, Jo 1012-

28, 29
away, carry off by force : ^_ jâa-ikiCav •
T. deov, Mt 1112 . c. acc. pers., Jo 61^, Ac 8^9 23io, Ju23 pass., seq. Icus, ;
122 Th 41T Trpo's, Ee 12^^ (cf 81-, aw-apiral^w, and

II Co . î^^ ib. 12", I ; .
MM, s.v.).t
V.
-ayo9, 6, ^
dpTral,
rapacious : Mt 71^, Lk IBn
« ;
dpTrdCo;),
as subst., a swindler,
[in LXX: Ge
an
492^
extortioner
(pilta)
(MM,
* ;]
s.v.), iCo5i«'ii6i*».t
dppapci^ (T, dpa/?- : II Co, 11. c), -wvos, 6, [in LXX : Ge 381^. is, 20
(7i2"T.y) * ;] an earnest, part payment in advance for security, a first in-
stalment II Co 122 55^ gph 114. ^The word is found in cl. and was
:
prob. brought to Greece by the Phoenicians (AE, Eph., I.e.). It is

found in tt. with both spellings (v. Milligan, NTD, 73). In MGr.
appa(3u)va is an engagement ring ; v. MM, s.v.)+
dppa<()OS, V.S. dpacôs,
dppT]!', V.S. apa-rjv.
** appT)Tos, -ov «a- neg., pr^ros, pew), [in Sm. Le : 1823 * ;] 1. unspoken
(Horn., al.). 2. U7ispeakable (Hdt., al.; freq. in Inscr. ; MM, s.v.)
II Co 12*.t
appw(rro9, -ov (•< d- neg., pwwv/jLL), [in LXX : iii Ki 14*A, Ma 1*
(nbn), Si 735*;] feeble, sickly: Mt U^\ Mk G^.i^ letis]^ Co llô.t
«
j_
*t dpo-et-oKotTT]?, -ov, 6 apa-qv, KoiTrj), a sodomite : I Co 6^, I Ti 1^''.+

ap(rt\v {apprjv, T, in Eo 1^^ ; Rec. in Re 12^' ^^), -evo?, 6, 17, apa-ev, to
(old Attic for app-qv, V. supr, ; both forms are found in tt. ; MM, s.v.),
[in LXX chiefly for -|37 ;] male : Mt 19*, Mk 10^ Lk 2^3, Ro 1^\ Ga S^s,
Rel25.i3.t
'ApTcfias, -a, 6, Artemas Tit 3^^^:
"ApTCfiis, -tSo?, 17, Artemis, an Asiatic goddess, to be disting. from

the Gk. goddess of the same name Ac 1924127,28,34, 35 f :
*t dpTc'fAw*', -tovos (Rec. -ovos), 6 (<^ttpTaw, to fasten to), a fore-sail or

top-sail: Ac 27*o (v. i)jB, ea;i., 366b, 399a. MM, s.v.).t
fipri, adv., [in LXX Da LXX 922 W^ (nnr),
: al. ;] adv., of coinci-
dence, denoting strictly present time, as contrasted wîth past or future,

just, just now, this moment : Mt 31* 9^^ 26^\ Jo 13^, Ga 420, i Th 3« (v.
Lft., Notes, 44; Milligan, in 1.), Re 12i«; opp. to past time, Jo 9^^'^^
1333, I Co 16^ Ga
19. 10 to future, Jo 133" 1512, 31^ j Co 13^2,
; Th 2^, n
I Pe 1«>8; SixP^ T^s a. (Upas, I Co 4^^ a., Mt 11^2, Jo 2^^ S^^ 162*, Im
I Co 413 87 15« I Jo 29; Aw 3.., v.s. dTraprt (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 70 f;
MM, s.v.).t
Syn. : vvv, now, " the objective, immediate present rjhiq, now, ;
already, " the subjective present, wîth a suggested reference to some

other time or to some expectation ". (Thayer, 75.)
*t dpTi-Y€Vt'T]Tos, -ov (<^ dprt, yevvdo)), new-born : i Pe 22 (Luc.).+
*apTios, -a, -ov, fitted, complete : 11 Ti 3^" (MM, s.v.).t
apTos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for DH^;] bread, a loaf: Mt 43»*,
Mk 320, al.; dproi t. TrpoêVews, bread of the setting forth, i.e. the
35
shewbread. Metaph., 6 a. t. Oeov, t. ^wiJs, ref to Christ, Jo 633.
.
in general, food: Mt 6^^ al.; d. âyetv (Heb. DT]^ bDii), to eat (MM,
8.V.), Lu 14^, al.
** dpTow, [in Sm, Ca 82 * ;] 1. to arrange, make ready (Hom.). 2. Of
:
food (as in comic writers), to season (MM, s.v.) Mk 9'**, Lk 143*, Qq\ ^.ef :
'Ap<j)a|d8, 6 (Heb. "mr^SIN), Arphaxad : Lk 33«.t
*t dpx-dyyeXos, -ov, 6 (-<[ dp;î-, dyycXos), archangel, a chief angel:

I Th 4i«, Ju9 (Cremer, 24; MM, s.v.).t
dpxaios, -ata, -alov « oLpxy), [in LXX chiefly for Dlj?
21i6,
;] original,
ancient: Mt 521.33, Lk 9^>^^, Ac 15^.21 11 Co 5^7, n Pe 2^,

Re 129 202.t
Syn. : TraXatd?, old, without the reference to beginning and origin
contained in d. The distinction is observed in tt. (MM, s.v.). d. is the
antithesis to Kaivos : TraX. to vcos (v. Westc, He., 223 Cremer, 116). ;
62 MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
'Apxe'Xaos, -ov, 6, Archelaus, son of Herod the Great, King of

Judaea, Samaria and Idumaea : Mt 2^^.t
dpx^, -rjs, r), [iJ^ LXX for Dl(7. , CTNl , IT'tZ^KI , etc. ;] 1. beginning,
origin; (a) absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the

Eternal, the First Cause, Ee 216 (gf. l^) similarly, of Christ, Ee 22^3; ;
of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Ee

3^*; in his relation to the Church, Col 1^^; iv d., Jo l^'^; dir' d. (and
Air d. KTio-£(os), Mt 194'8 24^1, 10^ IS^^, Jo 8**, ii Th 2l^ ii Pe 3*, Mk
I Jo 11 213. 1* 38 ; Kar dpxas, He li«
; (6) relatively : He 7^ ; d. <L8{vwv,
Mt 248, Mk 139 . ^, o-r?/i€tW, Jo 211 ; t. wroo-rdo-cws, He 31* ; T. A.oyiW,
51- ; 6 T. apxq'i T. Xpia-Tov Xoyos, the account of the beginning, the
elementary vievs^ of Christ, He 6^ apxw Aa/xySdveiv, to begin, He 2^ ;
i^ d., Jo 6"* 164; ^^' ^.^ Lk 12, Jo 1527, I Jo 27.24 311^ II Jo 5, 6. i^ s..,
Ac 1115 26*, Phi 415 Trjv apxrjv, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al. v. MM,
; ;
s.v.) Jo 825. 2. an extremity, a corner : Ac 10^ 11^. 3. sovereignty,

:
principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.) Lk 12^ 202o, Eo m, i Co I52*, :
Eph 121 310 612, Col 11" 210' 15, Tit 31, Ju« (Cremer, 113).t
dpxiiYos, -ov, [in LXX for IS'Sl , K^'CJZ , etc. ;] beginning, originat-
ing : more freq., as subst. ; 1. founder, author (Lat. auctor ; so some-

times in TT., v. MM, s.v. ; Milligan, NTD, 75) : Ac 3i5 (E, mg.). He 2i«
(E, txt. ; but V.Westc, in 1., and Page, Ac, I.e.). 2. prince, leader (so
in MGr., v. Kennedy, So^crces, 153) : Ac 31^ (E, txt.) Sî, He 2io (cf.
E, mg.) 122 (Cremer, 117).t
freq. in Alex,
apxi- «and oipx"}), insep. prefix, denoting high office
Byzant. Gk. (MM, s.v.).
and dignity,
*t dpx-iepariKos, -rj, -ov « dpxiepti^'s), high-priestly : Ac 4*' (MM,

8.v).+
dpx-icpcu's, -e'ws, 6, [in LXX for ]n3 , bnan "3 , main '3 ;] 1. high-
priest : Mk 226 14*7, al. ; of Christ : He 21^ 31, al. 2. In pi., chief
priests, including and members of high-priestly
ex-high-priests
families Mt 2\ Mk 8^1, al. (Cremer, 294 DCG, i, 297 f. MM, s.v.).
: ; ;
**tdpxi-n-oifjiT]>', -evo5, 6, [in Sm. iv Ki 3**;] found on an Egyptian :
mummy label (Deiss., LAE, 97 ff. cf. MM, s.v.) used by modern ; ;
Greeks of tribal chiefs chief shepherd of Christ, i Pe 5*.t ; .
"ApxiTTTTos, -ov, 6, Archippus : Col 41^, Phm 2.t

*t apxiffumywYoSj -ov, 6 (•<^ crwaycoyi;), ruler of a synagogue, an
administrative officer, supervising the worship (nD.33n IZTN*!) : Mk
522,35,36,38^ L]j Qio 1314^ Ac 131^ IS^' 1^ (Inscr., v. MM, s.v.; cf. also
DB, ext., 101).t
dpxt-T£KTwv, -ovo<:, 6 « TeKTwv), [in LXX : Is 3^ (mnn), Si 3827,
II Mac 2^^ * ;] a master-builder, architect : i Co 31" (in tt. of building

contractors, MM, s.v.).t
*t dpxi-TeXwfTis, -ov, 6, a chief tax-collector, chief publican : Lk 192.t
*t dpxt-TpiKXii'os, -ov, 6 (<^ Tpt-<cXii'os or -ov, a room with three couches)
the superintendent of a banquet, whose duty it was to arrange tha
tables and food {DB, ii, 253) Jo 2^. ^.t :
apxw, [in LXX for bbu , bCHS , etc. ;] 1. to begin. 2. to rule (v.
DCG, ii, 538 b.) : gen.,
c. Mk
lO''^, Eo IS^^. Mid., to begin : seq. a-n-o,
Mt 1621 208, Lk 14^8 235 2427, i\ Jo 8\ Ac 122 8^5 lO^^, i Pe 4^7 c. ;
an Aramaic
inf., pleonasm, Mk
1** 223 517^ j^^ 38^ ^1. (v. M, Pr., 14 f
.
Dalman, Words, 27 ; MM, s.v.).

apxwj', -ovros, 6 (pres. ptcp. of apx'»), [in LXX for Ni273 ., BTX*!
itZT , etc. ;] a ruler, chief : Jesus, Ee 1* ; rulers of nations, Mt 202^,
Ac 42« 735magistrates, Ac 23^, Eo 13^ judges, Lk 12^8, Ac 72^' 35

; ;
1619 members of the Sanhedrin, Lk 14^ 23i3. 35 2420, Jo 3^ 726. ^^ 12*2,

;
Ac 317 45' 8 132" 145 rulers of synagogues, Mt 9^^' 23, Lk 8*1 I8I8 oi
; ;
d. T. aiwvos TcvTov, I Co 2^> 8 of the devil a. twv Saifioviwv, Mt 93* 122*, ; :
Mk 322, Lk 1115 6 Sl. toC K6cTfjiov, Jo 123i 143« I611

; 5. t. côWas t. ;
depos, Eph 22 (MM, 8.V.; DB, iii, 838; Ext., 99 f; DCG, ii, 419;
DCB, s.v. Archon).t
apwfia, -Tos, TO, [in LXX for Digrs ;] spice : Mk I6I, Lk 235« 24i,
Jo 19*«.t
'A<T(i, v.S. Acrdcf).
aaaivb), V.S. o-atVo).
d-(T(i\60Tos, -ov
unmoved, immovable: Ac
« (TaXivw), [ixi LXX
27*i
!
metaph.,
Ex 13i«,
He
De
1228.t
68 lli*
(niBMlM)* ;] ;
'Ao-d^, o, indecl. (Heb. P)DN), Asajyh, an obvious error for 'Aad,

found in the best texts, and adopted by LTTr. and WH, E, mg.
Mt l^' 8.t
a-apeoTos, -ov (
<o-y3£Wv/it), [in LXX for nD3 sb , Jb 202^ ^3 A
(oLKavo-Tov, a 2 B)* ;] unquenched, unquenchable : irvp, Mt 312, Mk 9**,
Lk 3i7.t
da^Pcia, -as, 17 «1 do-€y8i?s), [in LXX for VW^ , JTBT), etc.;] un-
godliness, impiety: Eo lis 1126, n Ti 2i«, Tit 2i2; Ipya do-f/Jcia?,
i^
ungodly deeds, Ju ; cTri^v/xtai t. da-ffttiwv, desires for ungodly things
or fiee^^s, Jui8 (DB, iv, 532; Cremer, 523; MM, s.v.).t
act profanely
do-ePe'u, [in-w «Pe
for JTCTQ nzyi ;] to 6e ungodly,
cogn. ace. (MM, s.v.), Jui^.t
: 11
do-cySj^s),
2*'; c.
LXX ,
dacPiis, -€s (o-cySo), to rewrence), [in chiefly for JTt&l ;] ww- LXX
godly, impious : Eo 4^ 5^ i Ti 1^, i Pe 418, 11 Pe 25. « 3^, Ju''' i5.t
** daeXyeia, -as, 17 do-cXyT/s, licentious ; V. MM, 8.V.), [in
(<C LXX
Wi 142", III Mac 226*;] licentiousness, wantonness, excess: Mk 722,
Eo 1313, II Co 1221, Ga 51^ (Lft., in Eph 41^, i Pe 43, 11 Pe 22.7,i8^
1.),
Ju*.t
Syn. : do-toTta, profligacy, prodigality (v. Tr., Syn., § xvi ; DB,
iii, 46).
a<7T],ios, -ov (< o-^/Aa, a mark), [in LXX : Ge 30*2 (CjtDjr), Jb 42ii,
III Mac P*;] mark

(in ir. of an uncircumcised boy: Deiss.,
witJiout
BS, 153; MM,
Metaph. (MM, s.v.), unknown, obscure:
s.v.).
litotes, ovK d. (Eur., al.), ttoAis, Ac 2139.t
*A<Tiip, 6, indecl. (Heb. -|«;n), Asher : Lk 236, jê 76.t
&cr6ivei.a, -a?, 17 {<C, aaOiv-qs) ,
[in LXX for bt273 etc.;] weakness,
,
frailty, sickness : Lk 13"' i'-^,

Jo ll^ Ac 28^, Eo G^^ 8^6^ 11 Co Ipo 13*,
Ga 413(MM, 9.V.), He 5^ 7^8 IP* iv d., Jo ; 5^, i Co 2^ 15*3, „ Co 12^;
pi., Mt 817, Lk 51s 82, II Co 125. 9, 10^ i Ti 523, He d^^.t
SVN. fxaXaKia, voaos (v. DB, iii, 323^).
:
daGece'w, -tu (<:^ a(rdevrj<;), [in LXX

chiefly for bu^3 ;] to &e weak,
feeble : Ac 20^5, Ro 83, 11 Co II21 12i« 13*- » c. dat., Trto-ret (Cremer,
;
527), Eo same implied, Eo I42.21, i Co 8ii'i2^ 11 Co ll^^; eU,

419 141 ;
II Co 133. Specif., of bodily debility, to be sick : Mt 2536- 39, Lk 4*o,

6^ Ac 937, Phi 22". 27, „ Ti 42», Ja 514 ; ol do-^cvowres,
53. 7, 13 111-3.
Jo 4*<5
i/ie sick : Mt 10^ (MM, s.v.j, 6*6, Lk 92, Ac 19i2.t Mk

*dCT0eVT]fia, -ros, to (<^ aa-Oevy?), an infirmity (MM, s.v.) : Eo 15i.t
a(TQevris, -€S « «" neg., crê'vos, strength), [in LXX for ""^y , etc. ;]
m"^/io?ti strength, weak, feeble : i Co 12^ 4}<> W^\ u Co lOô, Ga 49,

I Th 51*, He 718, 1 Pe
Ehetorically, t6 d. t. Oeoi, God's action of
3^.
apparent weakness i Co 12*^ of bodily debility, sick, sickly : Mt 253^
: ;
(Eec.) *3,44^ Lk 92 (Eec.) 10^ Ac 4» 515- 1«. In moral and spiritual

sense (MM, s.v. ; Cremer, 526), Mt 26*S Mk 1438, Rq 50^ i Qq q7, 9, 10
922 113o.t
'Aaia, -as, >;, ^sm, the Eoman province Ac 2^6^ 16^ 191,10,22,28
:
(M, Pr., 73), ib.27 20*'i«>i8 2127 24i8 272, Eo IG^, i Co IG^^, 11 Co l^,
II Ti 115, I Pe 1\ Ee l*.t
ÂiTiavos, -7], -6v, Asia7i, of Asia, Asiatic; as subst., 6 (01) 'A.:

Ac 20*.t
*t 'Ao-idpxris, -ov, 6, an Asiarch, one of ten officers elected by the
various cities in the province of Asia whose duty it was to celebrate
at their own charges the public games and festivals Ac 193i (Strab., :
Inscr. ; DB, s.v.).t

*ddCTiTia, -as, rj {<â(TLTOi), fasting, abstinence from food : Ac 2721.
Syn. : ut infr.)
vr](TT(La (MM,
*aaiTos, -ov (<^ d- neg., ctlto';) fasting withoiit eating ,
, (cf. MM, s.v.)
Ac 2733.t
**do-Kecj, -w, [in LXX: 11 Mac 15**;] 1. to adorn (poet.). 2. to
practise, exercise (Hdt., Xen.). 3. to endeavour (Xen., al.) c. : inf.,
Ac 24i«.t
daKos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ri©ri , 1N3 , ^33 ;] a leather bottle, tuine-
skin : Mt 9^^ Mk 222, Lk 53^. 38,t
III
** daêVws, adv. «
riSofiai, to be glad), [in
Mac 315 521*;] gladly : Ac 2VÂ
11 Mac 4^2 1033, LXX :
a-ao4)os, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 9^x2 A*;] unwise, foolish : Eph 5^\f
dcnrdtofjiai, depon., [in LXX Ex 18^ Jg 18^5 (Dibizrb

: bsp), Es 52,
I Mac 729, al. ;] to welcome, greet, salute : c. ace. pers., Mt 5*'^, Mk 9^^,
16i«,
Ac 21' al. , ; id. seq. iv <f>i\-Q,jLaTt, Eo i Co I620, n Co 13^2, i Th 526,
iPe5i*; T. iKKXrjcrlav (Deiss., BS, 257), Ac 1822; ^s term. tech. for
conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, s.v.), used by an
amanuensis (Milligan, NTD, 23), Eo I622 (on the aoristic pres., here
and elsewhere, v. M, Pr., 119 ; Bl., § 56, 4) ; Ka-r^vrqa-av . . . dairaa-d-

lx€voL (on this constr., v. Bl., § 58, 4 ; M, Pr., 132, 238), Ac 251^ (cf.
d;r-acr7raô/Liai) . t
* doTTacTfios, -ov, 6 (<; do-Trdô/iat) , a salutation (so always in EV),
greeting: oral, Mt 23", Mk 12^8, Lk 129,4i,44 ii43 20*«; written, i Co
1621, Col 4^8, II Th 3i7.t
**t a-oTTiXos, -ov
spotless, unstained
« Pe : i
d- neg., o-TTiXos), [in
1^^ ;
Sm.: Jb 15^^
metaph., 1 Ti 6^*, Ja
(LXX,
1'^^, ii
Kadapos)* ;]
Pe S^^^ (for
exx., V. MM, s.v.).t
SV-N. : dfjiiavTos, d/Mo>/tos.
d<nris, -i8os, rj, [in LXX for ]31Q , etc. ;] an asp : Eo S^^.t
*aaTroi'8os, -ov (<[ o-TrovSiy, a libation); 1. without truce (Thuc).

2.admitting of no truce, imjdacable (Dem., al.) ii Ti 3^.t :
*f dcradpiov, -ov, to (dim. of Lat. as), an assarion, a farthing, one-

tenth of a drachma Mt lO^^, Lk 12'' (MM, s.v. DB, iii, 428 DCG,
: ; ;
ii,200).t
* daaov (Eec, after Vg., "Ao-o-ov), adv. (compar. of dy;^t, near),
nearer : Ac 27^^ (EV, close in shore; v. Bl., § 11, 3; 44, 3; poets.
Ion. and late prose).
"Ao-o-os, -ov (also 'Ao-o-o'?, -ov), rj, Assos, a city on the E. coast of
Asia Minor: Ac 20^3,14 (y g â-(Tov)A
**+ doTareoj, -w (-^ dcrTaros, unstable), [in Aq. Is :
58'' (LXX, da-re-
yos) * ;] to be unsettled, be homeless, lead a vagabond life (Cremer, 738
MM, s.v.) I Co 4ii.t
«
:
dcrrelos, -ov dtrrv, a city), [in LXX Ex :

22 (nita), Nu 2232 (^^^
d. tST), Jg 31' (Xnn), Jth 1123, Da LXX, Su^, ii Mac 623*;] 1. of the
town. 2. (Like Lat. urbanus), (a) courteous, (b) elegant (in tt., of
clothing, MM, s.v.), comely, fair (as in Ex, l.c). He 1123, Ac 72o.t
danip, -€>os, 6, [in LXX chiefly for nSiS ;] a star : Mt 22. 7, 9, lo
2429, Mk
1325, I Co 1541, Re qis 8i«. 11.12 91 121,4; metaph., 6 d. 6
TrpwiVds, Ee 22s 221*' ^ TrXavrjrai, Ju 13 ; a. iirrd, symbolizing the angels
.
of the seven churches, Ee li«. 20 21 31 (cf darpov, and v. ii, 674 f . . DCG,
MM, s.v.).t
*t uustabU, unsettUd : 11 Pe 2i* 31^.
d-(TTT)piKTos, -OV {<:^(TTr]pLi^(i)),
*do-TopYos, -ov {<C(TTopyr), family affection, love of kindred, v.s.
13i,
dyd-Trri), ivithout natural affection : Eo 11 Ti 3^ (MM, s.v.).+
**tdaTox€w, -w (o-Toxos, a mark), [in LXX: Si 71^ 8^*;] to miss the

mark, fail: c. gen., i Ti 1* (so in tt., MM, s.v.); seq, -n-epL, 1 Ti 621,
II Ti 2i8.t
dcrrpaTTi^, -^s, V, [in LXX

for pia ;] lightning: Mt 242^283, Lk
1018 172*; pi., Ee 4* 8^ 1119 1618; of a lamp, shining brightness,

Lk Ips.t'
dorpdTTTw, [in LXX for pia;] to lighten, flash forth : Lk 172" 24*
(MM, s.v.).t
d<rrpo»', -ov, to, [in LXX chiefly for apiS ;] (a) mostly in pi. (as
5
in cl.), the stars: Lk 2p5, Ac 2720, He ll^^; (b) in sing. (Xen., al.),
only of some noted star : the symbol or image of a star, Ac 7*^ (of.
aa-T-^p, and V. MM, s.v.).t
'AauyKpiTOS, V.S. 'Acrui/zcpiTov.
** d-ai5^(t.wKos, -ov, [in LXX Wi 181", Da, LXX, Bel 1**
: ;] dissonant,
discordant ; metaph., at variance : irpb^ aXX-^Xov<;, Ac 28^5.
d-<ruV£Tos, -ov [in LXX: De 32^1 (bns), Jb I32 (bS3), Ps 91 (92)«
(b''p5), Ps 75(76)'', Wig, Sig*;] tvithout understanding or discernment:
Mt I516, Mk 718 (Swete, in 1.), Ro l^L 3i 1019 (for an ex. of its use in the
moral sense, v. MM, s.v.).t
LXX
d-auc-GeTOS, -ov
: Je 3"' ^' ^'^» ^^
«
(133)*
cruvri^€yu,ai
false to
; V. M, Pr.,
engagements, not keeping covenant,
222; MM, 8.V.), [in
;]
faithless (MM, s.v.) : Eo lî.t

'Ao-u'cKpiTos (Eec. 'Aa-vyKp.), -ov, 6, Asyncritus : Ro 16^*.+
dCT<|)dX€ia, -as, 17 « dcre/jaXT^s), [in LXX for T1X2^ , etc.;] 1. firm-

ness. 2. certainty : Lu 1*. 3. security : Ac 5^^, i Th 5^. (In tt. it is
used as a law-term, proof, secicrity ; v. s.v. M, TJi., l.c.)+ MM,
«
;
da<(>aXTJs, -e's a- neg., o-(/)aAA.w, to trif lip), [in for ItZTNpu., LXX
etc. ;] certain, secure, safe : Ac 213* 22^0 25^6, Phi S\ 6i9 (MM, s.v.).t He
+ d(T4)aXii;w «
d(7<âAr?s), [in Ne 31* (pm hi.), Is 41io (TJDn), LXX :
Wi 417 1012 1315*;] to make firm, secure: mid., Mt 27''5•<'^ Ac 16^*;

pass., Mt 27«* (MM, s.v.).t
d(7<|)aXa)s, adv., [in LXX : Ge 342^ (nt33), To 6*, Wi IS^, Ba 5\

I Mac 6*0, III Mac 76*;] (a) sa/eZy ; Mk 14**, Ac 1623; (j) assuredly:
Ac 236.+
dcrxTifiot/eo), -w « aa-xw^v), [in LXX : Ez 16^. 22, 3923 29 (n,-|y) . De
253 (nbp ni.)*;] to act mibecomingly, beJiave dishonourably : i Co 13*;
seq. cm, ib. V^ (MM, s.v.).+
daxTjiiOCTuKT], -7s, ^ (<^dcrx^'yu,wv), [in LXX chiefly for njlJT ;] un-

seemliness : Ro 127 (MM, s.v.) ; euphemism for rj ala-xyvy], as freq. in
LXX, shame, nakedness : Re 16i*.+
doxTiixojv, -ov « d- neg., a-xviô), [in LXX : Ge 34^ (nbn?), De 24^
(nviir), Wi 22", Da th Su^s, h Mac 92*;] 1, shajyeless. 2, uncomely,

unseemly : i Co 1223.
dawTia, -as, rj d- neg., a^tu,), [in
prodigality, ivastefulness, profligacy : Eph
« LXX
5^^,
:
Tit
Pr 28^
1", i
(b^T),
Pe 4*
II Mac 6**;]
(MM, s.v.).+
SYN. : dcreAyeta, q.V.
adv. (<^ do-toTos, prodigal, toasteful), [in
*do-oSTa>s, for mo, LXX
Pr 711 * wastefully : Lk 15^3 (EV, in riotous living ; but not necessarily
;]
dissolute; cf. MM, ut supr. Milligan, NTD, 79).+ ;
*dTaKTe'w, -w (<[ draKTos), primarily, of soldiers marching, to be

out of order, to quit the ranks ; hence, metaph., to be remiss, fail in the
performance of duty (in tt., of truancy on the part of an apprentice)
II Th 37 (on d. and its cognates, v. M, Tli., 152 fif. MM, 8.vv.).+ ;
MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 67
**a-TaKTos, -ov (<< rao-crw), [in III Mac 1^^*;] out of order, LXX :
out of place (Lat. inordinattis), freq. of soldiers not keeping the ranks,
or an army in disarray (cf iii Mac, I.e.) hence, metaph., irregular, . ;
disorderly (v. previous word) i Th 5^*.t :
**d-T<iKTus, adv., [in Sm. : iv Ki 9^°*;] disorderly, irregularly:

II Th 36. ii.t
SreKvos, -ov « tc/cvov), [in LXX: Ge 152, Le 2020.21 (iT-jy), Is
Si 163 *
(ij-jjj;)^
4921, Je 1821 childless : Lk 2028. 29,t .-j
**dTei'iâ> (-^dTcvT/s, strained, intent; -^reiVw), [in LXX: i Es 628,

III Mac 226 * .-1
f^Q IqqJ^ fixedly, gaze (MM, dat. pers., gaze upon
s.v.) : c.
Lk 420 225«, Ac 312 10* 149 231 ; seq. €«, c. ace. pers., Ac 3* 6^^ 139;
metaph., Ac lô 7" ll^, 11 Co 37.i3.t
**aT€p, prep., [in LXX: 11Mac 12^^*;] in cl. most freq. in poets;
without, apart from : c. gen., Lk 22^>^^ (for exx. from tt., v. MM, 8.v.).t
dTifxdlâ) (<^ ari/xos), [in LXX for 71S , rop , etc. ;] to dishono2ir,
insult : Mk 12\ TTr., mg., WH, Lk 20^\ Jo 8«, Eo 223, jg, 2^; pass.
Ac 541, RO 124 (cf dri/ldw).t
*d-Ti/xda>, -uj (-e^Ti/xT/), to dishonour, despise: c. ace. pers., Mk 12*,
LTr., txt. (cf. drifjid^w)
dri/iia, -as, 17 {a.TLfj.o'i), [in LXX for Hisbj ,

]ib(? , etc. ;] dishonour,
disgrace : 1 Co 11^*, 11 Co Q^ ; cis d., Ro 921, 11 Ti 220 ; ^ a., i Co 15"
KUT a., II Co 1121 . 7rdî7 aTL/xias, base passions, Eo 126.t
driôs, -ov {<Tifji^), [in LXX : Is 3^ (nbp ni.), 53^ (.173), Jb 30*.
(DCr^b^), Wig, Si^*;] without honour, dishonoured, despised : Mt 13",
Mk 6*, I Co 410 ; comp., i Co 1223.t
dTtjiou, -w (<; ttTi/i-os), [in LXX chiefly for n73;] = dri/ia^w, to
dishonour, treat with indignity : Mk 12*, Eec.t
dT|xis, -tSos, 17, [in LXX for
Jjy , HâÎI , etc. ;] vapour : Ja 4^*
d. Kanvov, Ac 2i9(i'^^).t
**a-TO|xos, -01' (•< TtyMvo)), [in Sm. Is 54^ (MM,

: s.v.) *;] indivisible;
of time, aTOfxov, a moment : iv d., i Co 15^2 f
a-TOTTos, -ov «Td7ros), [in LXX: Jb 48 llî, Pr 302o
(24"), al.,
for I^X , etc. ;] 1. out of place, not befitting. 2. marvellous, strange
(of symptoms, Hipp.) Ac 28^ hence, in late Greek, with ethical
: ;
sense, 3. improper, imrighteous (so in LXX, and for exx. from tt.
V. M, Th., I.e. ; MM, s.v.) : Lk 23*i, Ac 25^ 11 Th 32.t
'ArraXia (Eee. -dAeta), -as, rj, Attalia, a city of Pamphylia
Ac 1425.t
aoydSo) « avyr;), [in LXX: Le 1324-28.28,38 1456 (n^n^) 1339
(nn3)*;] 1. Trans, (cl.), to irradiate. 2. Intrans. {a) (poet.), to see
clearly (so perh. 11 Co, I.e. ; MM, s.v.) ; {b) as in LXX, to shine forth
II Co 4* (cf. 8t-, KaT-avydâ)).t
aflYn, -^s, ^, [in LXX : Is 59^ (nnj;), 11 Mac 12^*;] 1. brightness.

2. Later (as in MGr. ; MM, s.v.), daylight, dawn : Ac 20^^ (Cremer,

118).t
SVN. : <^£yyos (V. Thayer, s. 4>. DB, iii, 44* Tr., Syn., §; ; xlvi).
AuyouCTTos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Augustus, the Roman Emperor: Lk 2^
(of. 2€/5ao-Tds; and v. MM, 8.v.).t
aOedSris, -ts {<:avT6^, ^Sofxac), [in LXX : Ge 493' ^ (75^)^ Pr 2124
(TH;)* ;] self-pleasing, arrogant : Tit I'', 11 Pe 2^** (Cremer, 654).+

Syn. : 4>LkavTo<s (v. Tr., Syn., § xciii).
** aO0aip€TOS, -ov (<avTos, aipeofiai), [in Sm. : Ex 35*»22*.] l ggij-.
clwsen. 2. of one's oivn accord : 11 Co 8^' ^'^.t
*+ auOerre'w, -oi (<[ av9ivTrj<;, i.e. ahro-lvTiq<i, one who acts On his OWn
authority, in it., an autocrat; cf. Wi 12^; cf. -la, iii Mac 2'^^; -ikos is
freq. in vernacular, MM, s.v.), to govern, exercise authority over
I Ti 212.+
**auX€w, -w avXo'9), [in Al.
pipe: mid., Mt ll^^, Lk 7^2, i Co 14'.+
«
iii Ki lô*;] : to play on a flute, to
auXi], -r}s, 17, [in LXX chiefly for isn ;] 1. in Hom., an open
courtyard before a house, hence, an enclosure in the open, a sheepfold :
Jo 10^'^^. 2. the court, courtyard, round which a house is built:
Mt 263. 58, 69^ Mk Jo 1815 T. vaoC, Re II2.
145-1. 66 1516^ Lk 1121 2255, ;
3. a dwelling, a palace (so, ace. to Grimm-Th., s.v.) Mt 26^' ^^, Mk 14^* :
15i«, Lk 1121, Jo 1815 (but V. MM, s.v. cf. also DB, ii, 25, 287).+ ;
*auXT)Wi9, -ov, 6 «ai;A.£a)), a flute-player : Mt 92^, Re I822 (MM,

s.v.).+
auXijôfiai «auX77), [in LXX chiefly for Jib, fb;] 1. prop., to
lodge in a courtyard. 2. to lodge in the open. 3. to pass the night,
lodge (LXX; MM, s.v.) : Mt 21i', Lk 2137.t
auXos, -ov, 6 (<[ aw, to blow), [in LXX chiefly for b'^bn ;] a pipe:
I Co 14'.+
aoldû (and the earlier form avû>, Eph 22i,
Col 2i» ; MM, s.v.),
[in LXX chiefly for ms ;] 1. trans., to make to grow : i Co 3".
\
II Co 91**. Pass., to grow, increase, become greater : Mt 13^2^ '^•^ 48^
II Co 10^5, Col 1" ; TTj l-myviliCTiL T. 6€ov, Col 11^ CIS ; a-oiTTjpLav, I Pe 22.
2. In later Gk. (but nowhere in LXX), intrans., to groio, increase : of
plants, Mt 62«, Lk 1227 131^ ; of infants, Lk lô 24« of a multitude, ;
Ac V^ of the increase of the Gospel

; : 6 Xdyos rjviavi, Ac 6" 122* 192<'
of Christ as a leader, Jo 3^* of Christian character ; : ets XpLarov,
Eph " P© î^
Eph 415 ; els vaov, 221 . '^ xap^^t. ; T^v av^rja-LV t. Oeov,
Col 21^ (cf. crvv-, vTr€p-av$di'u)) .f
**au^T]o-is, -ews, r) (-< av^w), [in LXX: II Mac 51**;] increase,
growth : Eph 416, Col 2i9.+
au^w, V.S. av^dvio.
aupa, a breeze : t. irveovar-i^ (sc. avpa), Ac 27**'.+
aopio^ adv., [in LXX for inn ;] to-morrow : Mt 6^\ Lk 1228,
Ac 2320 2522, I Co 1532, Lk 1332. 33^ ja 413 ; ^ a{5. (sc. ^fx^pa, MM, s.v.),
Mt 634, Ac 43; i^l rijv ai., Lk 1035, Ac i^; rh (WH om.) t«? ai.,
Ja 4i*.t
** auarrjpos, -a, -ov (< auw, to dry up), [in II Mac 143" ;] LXX :
prop., stringent, harsh to the taste. Metaph., in Inscr., of a rough

country; of disposition and manners, strict, severe (as in tt., of an
inspector; MM, s.v.) : Lk 192i.22_t
SYN. : a-KXrjpo'S (Tr., § xiv).
*auTapKeia, -as, 17 {<âvTapKr)<;, q.V.), [o) sufficiency (Mil, S.V.) :
in subjective sense (v. Milligan, NTD, 57), 11 Co 9^; (6) contentment:

I Ti 66.t
aOxcipKTjs, -€s
112* 34.(31)28 40^8, IV
«Mac a^Tos, (ipKc'o.)),
9^*;] as in cl., in philosophical sense, self-

[in LXX : Pr 243i
(308) (p^)^ gj 51
sufficient, independent; subjectively, contented: Phi 4^^ (in non-lit. tt.,

the word means simply enough, sufficient; MM, s.v.).t
*t auTo-Kard-KpiTos, -ov (<^ avTO's, /cara/cptvo)) self-condemned : Tit 3^^ ,
(Eccl., Cremer, 377; MM, s.v.).t

auTofiaros, -ov, and -rj, -ov (etym. doubtful ; v. Boisacq, Prellwitz,
s.v.), [in LXX, Le 255- 11, iv Ki 1929 (n^DD), Jos 6^ Jb 242*, Wi 17«*;]
1. of persons, acting of one's own will. 2. Of inanimate things and
n'atural agencies, of itself, of its own accord : yrj, Mk 42^ (MM, s.v.)
TTu'^r?, Ac 12i».t
* auToimrjs, -ov, 6, an eye-witness : Lk 12.t
auTos, -6, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more
-rj,
freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f. Jannaris, HGG, § 1399). 1. Emphatic ;
(so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii) (1) ;
self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., av.

iK)(y6-qa-€Tai, Lk 5^'' av. €ytv(uo-K€v, Jo 22^
; av. vfJieL<;, Jo 32^ kol av. cyw, ; ;
Eo 15^4; av. 'Irja-ovs, Jo 2^*; av. /cat ol /xer avTod, Mk 225; ^^^-^
au., Mk 631 ggp (as freq j^ ^^ ^^_ ^^ j^j. 34^ j^^ 61^, Jo 1627,
.
I Th 311, al. in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ev airfj t. <5pa, in that

;
hour, Lk IO21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); (2) emphatic, he, she, it
(M, Pr., 86; Bl., §48, 1, 2, 7), Mt I21 12^0, Lk 63^, al.; pointing to
some one as master (cl.), Mt 82*, Mk 43^, al. av., koL av. = oOtos, 6 Se ;
(BL, § 48, 1), Mt 142, Mk 1415.44^ Lk I22 228, al. 2. In oblique cases
(cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 10^2 26**, al. V
with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9^8, 13^, al. (for irreg. constructions, Mk
V. Bl., § 74, 5) ;
pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. ib ni?N;
WM, 184 ff. Bl., § 50, 4 MM, s.v.), Mk 72^, Ee 38 72,
; ; al. ; in constr.
ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt ^q 35^ 423,
II Co 213, al.; gen. airoi = iKeivov, Eo lin, i Th 21^, Tit 35, He 2*.
3. 6, rj, TO av., the same : He I12 138 t6 av., Trotetv, Mt 5*^' *7, al. 4>povfiv,
; ;
Eo 1216 155, Phi 22, al. ; t^ av., Ac 152^, Eo 2i, al.

; Karh rh (ra) av. (MM,
8.V.), Ac 141, Lk 623, al .
^Vi to ai., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 223*, Ac 1^\
al.; iv K. TO av., I Co 115 1211; c. dat. (cl.), i Co 115; îtij ^ noun,
Xdyos, Mk 1439; ^,Vpo9, Phi 130; TrveO/xa, I Co 12*.
auToo, adv., prop. neut. gen. of avTo's, [in LXX for nb, HT^;]
there : Mt 2636, Mk 633, ^h, mg., Lk 9^7, Ac 153*, WH, tag., E, mg.,
1819 21*.t
a6ToO, -^s, -oi, =eavTov (q.v.), Mt 634, Lk 12^7, al. (MM, S.V.).
** auTd<j)wpos, -ov «aiiTos, (f>wp, a thief), [in Sm. Jb 34^^*;] prop, :
with ref. to theft, then generally, in the very act : as freq., neut. dat.
after (ttl, Jo 8* (Eec, €7ravTo0a)p(x)).t
*auT6-x€ip, -pos, 6, 17 (-âuTo?, x"p)' ^^^^ <^'^^'^ ^^^ hand:
Ac 2719.+
* auxe'w, -w (< a^x^?, boasting), to boast : c. ace. (MM, s.v.), ficydXa
av)(êl (Rec. yucyaXavx", q-V.), Ja 3^.+
* auxpipos, -a, -oi' (< aux/"o'?, drought) 1. ;
drt/. 2. squalid,
dismal: 11 Pe l^^ (MM, s.v.).t
d<j)-aipew, -w, [in LXX
(Cremer, 615 f .) for 110 "QV DT) , , , , ms
etc. (35 words in take from, take aivay, take off: c. ace, to
all);] to
wTiov, Mt 26^^!, Mk
14*- {fLrdpiov, WH), Lk 22^^^ (oSs) wctSos, Lk pS; ;
seq. ttTTo, Ee 22^^, Lk 163 (mid.) pass., c. gen., Lk 10*'^ ; a. ajxapTLos, ;
He 10*, Eo 1127 (mid.) (MM, s.v.j.t

H^vf]S, -65 «<^ruVo)), [in Ne 48<2), Jb 2420, Si 203o 41^*, LXX:
II Mac 33* * ;] unseen, hidden : He 4^3 f
d4)ai'ii;a), (< aâv);?), [in LXX for CDCr ni., "DQIZT hi., etc. ;] 1. to
make iinseen, hide from sight (Xen., al.). 2. Later (MM, s.v.), (a) to
destroy: Mt 6i9'20; [b) to disfigure: Mt 6^^. Pass., to vanish:
Ja 41* ; to perish : Ac 13*^ (i'XX).t
d4)ai'io-jji6s, -ov, 6 « dcftavL^w), [in LXX chiefly for nJSffl', nipptZT;]
vanishing : He 8i3_t
*a<|)aia-os, -ov (<:^ <ât'vo/xat), poet, and late prose (MM, s.v.),
invisible, hidden : Lk 243i.t
*t d4)c8poJ.', -wvos, 6 (cf . ae^cSpos, Le 125) =, ci_ 5<ô8os (MM, s.v.),
ajyrwy, drain: Mt 15^', Mk 7^^ (oxerdv, mg.).t WH,
*d<f)ei8ia (L, -£ia), -a?,
tmsjyarmg treatment, severity
rj « ctcêiSrjs,
Col
unsparing);
2'-3.t
1. extravagance.
2. :
d^JCiSoc, V.S. aTreiSov.

*t d(})€X6TT)9, -t;tos, 17 = cl. dcjieXeia (v. MM, S.V.), simplicity:
Ac 2«.t
d<j)€(ns, -ecos, 17 « d<î-qfxi), [in LXX for ^31'^ , lilT , etc. (v. Deiss.,
BS, 98 ff. ; MM,

1. dismissal, release Lk 41^. 2. Metaph.,
s.v.) ;] :
of sins LXX), pardoji, remission of penalty dfiapnwv,

(never in :
Mt 2628, Mk 1*, Lk 1"' 33 24*' Ac 238 531 1043 1338 26I8, Col l^* ,
TrapaTTTto/xarwv, Eph 1^ absol., Mk 329, He 922 1018 (cf. DB, ii, 56;
;
DCG, i, 437, ii, 605 ; Cremer, 297 f.).t
Syn. : Trapecris, q.v. (and cf. Tr., § xxxiii).
d<f>T), -^s, 17 (<^ ttTrro), to fasten, fit), [in LXX for V22 , freq. in Le ;]
a joint (MM, s.v.) Eph 4^6, Col 2^^ (Lft., in l.).t

«
:
**t d<|.0apaia, -as, r) .Jc^âpTos), [in LXX: Wi 223 510^ ly Mac 922
1712 * ;] incorruptibility, immortality : Eo 2'', i Co 15*2> 5o> 53, 54^ jj fj
110; dyaTTiavTwv . . . iv a., Eph 62* (v. AE, in l.).t
MANUAL GBBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 71
**a-<})0apTos, -ov (9e{pw), [in LXX Wi :

12i 18**;] imperishable,
immortal ; (a) of things : i Co 9^^, i Pe 1*' 23 34
(p^ of persons
j of :
men, i Co 15^2; of God, Eo l^^, i Ti l^^ (MM, s.v.).t

(|i,3^)*.-]
td-4)eopia, -as, ^ «</.^€tpa)), [in LXX: Hg 2^8 <i7)
^„,
corruptness : Tit 1'' (Eec. d(f>6ap(TLa).f
d«|)-iVt. [ill LXX for m: am, hi., ]n:, nbo ni., STjr, etc.;]
1. to send forth, send away, let go : of divorce {DB, iii, 274*), t.
yvvalKa (Hdt.), I Co l^^''^^ ; of death, t. TrveS/xa (Ge 3518, Hdt., al.),
Mt 27*'' ; (faaviqv, to utter a cry, Mk 15^'^ ; of debts, to remit, forgive
(cl.), T. Savuov, Mt Mt 18^^ ggp_ of sins (Cremer
18^'^ ; T. 6(p€iXi]v, j
296 f.), T. dfiapTLa's, dfxapTrj/xaTa, dvoiJiLas, Mt 9^, Ro 4^(LXX)^ j Jo 19^ al.

punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 2*, Lk 11* Ion. pf., ;
d<t>€(i)VTai (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5^^. 2. to Zeave aZowe, leave, neglect Mt 4^^ :
52* 151*, Mk 120.31, Jo 43,28^ al.; r. ^vtoX^ t- &ôi, Mk 7^; t^v t. apx^s
T. Xpio-Tou Aoyoi', He 6^ ; t. dydTrrjv t. TrptaTrjv, Re 2* ptcp., a<^€ts,
;
pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, TTords, 21 f.), Mt IS^'

2222, Mk 813, al. 3. to Zei, suffer, permit: Mt 3^5; c. ace, Mt 3^5,
19^*, al. ; c. ace. rei et dat. pers., Mt 5*o ; c. inf. pres., Mt 23^*, al. ; aor.,
Mk 53', al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175 f.), seq. 'ua, Mk ll^^, Jo 12^; c.
subjunct. (M, Pr., I.e.; Bl., § 64, 2), Mt 7* 27*^, Mk 15^6, Lk 6*2 (see
further MM, s.v.).
d<}>-iKi'€'ofji,ai, -ovp.ai, [in LXX for Ni2 , etc. ;]
perfective of iKveofiai,
to come (M, Pr., 247), to arrive at, come to, reach : metaph. (MM, s.v.),
Eo 16i9.t
*t d-<t>tX-(lYa0os, -ov, without love of good : 11 Ti 3* (not elsewhere in
Gk. lit., but V. MM, 8.v.).t
*t d-4)i\-dpYwpos, -oy, without love of money, not avaricious ; i Ti 3',
He 135. (For other instances, v. MM, s.v.)t
**a<|>-i|is, -€cos, ^ «ttî/cveVa'). [i'^ LXX: III Mac 7^^*;] in cl.
usually, arrival; rarely, departure: Ac 202^ (so in tt., cf. MM, s.v.;
M, Pr., 26, n.).t
d<j>-iaTt)p,i, [in LXX for 1TD , b^D , etc. (41 V70rds in all) ;] 1. trans,
in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put aivay, lead away ; metaph., to move
to revolt : Ac 5^". 2. Intrans. in pf., plpf., 2 aor., to stand off, depart
from, withdraw from : c. gen., Lk 2^^ ; seq. diro, Lk 4^3 1327^ ^.c 5^8
1210, 1538 199 2229, II Co 128; metaph., cItt^ aSi/ct'as, 11 Ti 2^9; divh Otov,
(fallaway, apostatize), He 3^2^ Mid. (exc. 1 aor., wh. is trans.), to

withdraw oneself from, absent oneself from : Lk 23" metaph., fall ;
away, apostatize : absol., Lk 8^^ q gen., i Ti • 4^ (MM, s.v. ; Cremer,

308).
fi4)»'w, adv., [in LXX for DXnQ;] suddenly: Ac 22 162« 28^.+
d4)6pais, adv. «.ô/3os), [in LXX: Pr ps (TriBp), Wi 17**;]
without fear: Lk V\ Phi l^*, i Co 16^0, Jui2.t
** d(t)-ofioi(}a), -C>, [in LXX Wi : I31*, Ep. Je *. 63, 71 * jj to make like
pass., He 73.t
d<|)-opd<a, -w, [in LXX : iv Mac 17^° (eis 6f6v)* ;] (a) to look away
from all else at, fix one's gaze ufon: metaph, (MM, s.v.), He 12^; {h)
simply, to see : d<fii8w (v.s. aTrctSoi', and Lft., Phi., in 1, ; MM, s.v.),
Phi 2'-^«
(v. Ellic, in l.).t
d<j)-opiiw, [in LXX (Cremer, 805 £.) for blS hi., "130 hi., FJ13
hi.,
wn hi., etc. ;]
(a) to mark off by boundaries from, separate from : c. ace,
Ac 19^, Ga 212; id. seq. iK {diro), Mt 13^3 25^2 (MM, s.v.); of excom-
munication, Lk 6^2. Pass., absol., ii Co 6^^ (b) to set apart, devote to ;
a special purpose (seq. eis) c. ace, Ga 1^*. Mid., Ac IS^, Eo 1^ :
{DB, iii, 588).t

d<|,-op,iVi, -^s, ^, [in LXX: Ez 5' (pn?), Pr 9^ iii Mac 32*;]
prop., a starting-point; in war, a base of operations; metaph., an

occasion, incentive, opportunity (MM, s.v.) ii Go 11^2^ Qg, 513 ^f^^ :
•
Xafji^dveiv, Lk 1124, mg., Eo 7^' ^^ ; wH,

a>. 8i86vai, 11 Co 5^2, i Ti S^^.t
*A<j)pi!;w «a^pds), to foam at the mouth: Mk 9^^'^^.f
*d<|)p(5s, -ov, 6, foam: Lk Q^" (MM, s.v.).t
d<})poau»/T), -17s, rj « d^pwv), [in LXX for T\bpi, nbnj.etc.;]

foolishness: Mk 722, 11 Co lli'i'.2i.t
a4>pwi', -ov, gen. -ovo? (-< (^/or^v), [in LXX for b""?? , b^3 , etc. ;] with-
out reason, senseless, foolish, expressing " want of mental sanity and
sobriety, a reckless and inconsiderate habit of mind " (Hort cf MM, ; .
s.v.) Lk 11*0 1220^ Eo 220, i Co 15^'', 11 Co ll^^ 126-", i Pe 2^5 opp.

: ;
to <^povi/xos, II Co 11^^ ; to (TWievTes, Eph 2i^.t

**t d4>-uiri'6w, -w «v7rvo<D, to put to sleep), [in Al. : Ge 28^^*;] 1. to
awake from sleep (Anth.). 2. = cl. KaOvirvoay (MM, s.v.), to fall asleep:
Lk 823.t
t d<|)-uaT€pew, -w, [in LXX: Ne 920 (yaa), Si 14^**;] 1. as in cl., to
he late (Polyb., Si, I.e.). 2. Trans., to keep hack (Ne, I.e. ; v. Mayor,
Ja., 157 f.) : pass., Ja 5* (MM, s.v.).t
a<j>a)ôs,-ov {i>wv^), [in LXX
Wi 41^, 11 Mac 32»*;] : Is 53^ (d^JX ni.),
dumb, speechless : Ac 8^2 (lxx) (MM, s.v.), i Co 122 Qf beasts,
•
of idols .
II Pe 2^^ Toa-avTa yhrj <^(dvcov koI ov8ev a.

; SO many kinds of voices and —
none voiceless, i.e. without signification, unintelligible 1 Co 14io_f :
"Axai; (WH, "Axas), 5 (Heb. ms), Ahaz Mt l^.t :
'Axaia (T, 'A;âia), -as, rj (Bl., § 46, 11), Achaia, the Eoman
province: Ac 18^2.27 1921 Rq 152^, i Co 1&^\ 11 Co 1^ 92 llio,
iTh 17. 8.+
'AxatKos, -ov, 6, Achaicus : 1 Co 16^^.+

**dxdpi(rros, -ov xapito/ât) [in
Mac 910*;] (â) ungracious, ^mpleasing
« ,
LXX: Wi
; {h)
1629, Si 2917.25^
ungrateful,
IV
thankless:
Lk 635, „
Ti 32.t
"Axas, v.s. "Axa^.
'Axeifi, 6, Achim : Mt l^^.t
*t d-xcipo-iroiTjTos, -ov {<^xeipo7rQLr]Tos), not made by hands: Mk
14'8, II Co 51 ; metaph., irtpLToixr] d. (i.e. spiritual),Col 2^^ (MM,
s.v.).t
'AxcXSafidx (T, 'A^- ; Rec. 'A/ceX8a/Aa, WH, ' AKeXSa/xax) , indecl.

(Aram. NJ^l b^)T}, field of blood), Akeldama (AV, Aceldama) : Ac l^^.t
**dxXu's, -ws, rj, [in Aq. Ez 12^; Sm. Jb S^*;] : : a mist, esp. a
dimness of the eyes Ac 13^^ (v. Tr., Syn., § c).t
:
d-xpcios, -ov «; xpeios, useful), [in LXX : ii Ki 6^2 (^^CT), Ep.

Jei7»;] unprofitable: Mt
^^sgêss, 253o,
Lk IT^" (MM, s.v.).t
tdxpeoo) (Eec. -eidw, Polyb., LXX), -(0 (<[ a;(pcos = a;(p€ros), [in
LXX (-€iow) for n^N ni., etc. ;] to make useless, unprofitable pass., Eo :
312 (LXX),t
a-XPTi<rTos, -ov, [in LXX Ho {^W T^), Wi 2^1, Si 16\ al.

:
8^
;]
useless, tmserviceable : opp. to evxprja-ros, Phm ^^t

Sxpi (and Epic axpis, bef. vowel (v. MM, s.v.), Eo ll^s T, Ga 3^^
T, WH, mg., He
adv., utterly (Horn.).
S^^); 1. 2. Prep. c. gen.,
until, unto, as far of time: Ac 321 222^, Eo l^^ 5^3, i Co 411,
as; (a)
II Co 31*, Ga 42, Phi 16; d. Kaipov, Lk 413, Ac 13^^; ^s ^/xe'pa?, L
Mt 2438, Lk 120 1727, Ac 12 (t^s n- V^), ib.22; 5. tuutt/s t. ^/xe>as (t. ^.
TavTT}^), Ac 229 231 2622; i. ijixip^v TrevTf, Ac 20"; a. av-py?, Ac 201^; o[.
ToC vOv, Eo 822, Phi 15; L rikovi. He Gî, Ee 226; (b) of space Ac 11* :
13« 20* (E, txt., mg.) 28l^ 11 Co lO^^. i*. He 4^2, Ee I420 18^
WH,
(c) of measure or degree a. davarov, Ac 22^, Ee 2^** 12^^
: 3. As conj.,
until; (a) axpi alone: c. subj. aor., Ga 3^^ ^5 ^j t, mg.) id. WH, ;
without 3iv (Bl., § 65, 10), Ee 7^ IS^ 203. 5 c. indie, fut., Ee •

W^ ;
(b) a. ov (i.e. a. Tovrov to) c. indic. aor., Ac 7^^; impf., 27^3; c. subj.
:
aor. (Bl., ut supr.), Lk 212*, Eo 1125, i Co 112^ I525, Ga 3^9, T, WH,

mg. ; id. with av, Ee 225; q in(jic. pres., while. He 3^3 (gf fi€xpt)A
Six^poy, -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for p:^) ;] chaff: Mt 3^2, Lk S^'^.f
** d-i|/€u8iis, -€9 KiêvSo?), [in LXX: Wi 7^'^

*;] free from false-
hood, trtithful: Tit 12.t
*t av|/ii'9os, -ov, T] (also dxpivdLov, to] dif/LvOia, rj), wormwood : as a
proper name, Ee 8^^t
**d4ruxos, -ov {<il/vxv), [in LXX: Wi 13^7 1429*;] inanimate,
lifeless : 1 Co 14^.+
B
B, P, pTJTa, TO, indecl., beta, b, the second letter. As a numeral,
/r = 2; /?, = 2000.
BdaX (Eec. BaaA), 6, 17, indecl. (Heb. byn, lord), Baal: Eo
114 (LXX) i'}^g iem. art. here agrees with the usage of LXX, where,
following a similar Hebrew practice {TXDI for bv'2), ala-^^yrq appears
to have been substituted in reading for the written BaaX (cf. iii Ki
18^9),and to account for the freq. use of the fem. art. bef. B. The
usage, however, is not general, and in the passage cited in Eo (iii Ki
I918), LXX reads tw B.t
BaPuXwc, -wvos, 17 (^515, Heb. form of Assyr. Bab-ili, Gate of

God), Babylon: Mt I".i2,i7^ Ac 7*3 (Lxx); symbolically, of Borne:
Ee 14s 1619 17* 182.10.21, and prob. also i Pe S^^.t
PaG^wS, V.S. /Saûs.
t pa0jui(5s, -ov, 6, Ion. form of /3ao-/>tos (< âtVw, to siep), [in LXX
I Ki 55 (]ri5P), IV Ki 20^.10.11 (nbyo), Si 636*;] a step (iv Ki, I.e., of
degrees of a dial) ; metapb., a degree, standing : i Ti S^^.t

Pa0os, -€os (-ous), TO, [in LXX for "innn , nbisp, etc.;] depth:
Mt 135, Mk 45, Ro 83'\ Eph S^^ ; t6 yS., i/ie deep sea Lk 5* metapb.,
: ;
(3. ttXovtov . . . ®eov, Ro 11^3 ; to. /3. t. @eov (tbe Divine counsels),
I Co 210 ; 17 Kara /3<j.0ov<; irTwxtia, deej) poverty, 11 Co B^.t
M""" {<M^^), [in LXX for pay: Ps 91 (92)* Je 29 (49)8

30(49)30*;] to deepen: Lk e-'s.t
PaStis (gen. vernac, Lk, I.e.; Bl., §8, 5), -tia, -v, [in LXX
-£cos,
chiefly for pay ;] deep Jo 411 metapb., opOpov /SaOew; (v. supr.),
; ;
early dawn, Lk 24i ; vttvos, Ac 20^ ; ra /?. tou Sarava, Ee 22*.

**tpatoi', ov, TO (also /?aioi', another form of fSaU, from the
Egyptian), [in LXX: i Mae ISî * ;] (freq. in Egyptian tt., v. MM,
Exp., x); a palm-branch Jo :
12i3 {DB, i, 314).t
BaXad/i, 6, indecl. (Heb. DJripn), as in LXX (FIJ has 6
BaXa/Aos) ; Balaam (Nu 22-24) : 11 Pe 2i5,

Ju n, Ee 2^\f
Ba\dK, 6, indecl. (Heb. pâ), J5aZaA; (Nu 222) .
-^q gi^.t
PaXXd.'Tio*' (Eec. /3aXd-), -ov, TO, [in LXX: Jb 141^ ("lilV),
Pr 11* (D^3), To 11* 82, Si 1833 ^2*.^ ^ ^^^^^^ .

l^ 10* 1233 2235, 36,t
pdXXcj, [in for bS3 DltZ? LXX

etc. ;] prop., of a weapon or , , TT ,
missile then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metapb., to throw,
;
cast, put, place : c. ace, seq. ek, Mt 41^, and freq. im, Mt 103*; koltu),
Mt 4«; l^w, Mt 513; „v^^ Mt 5^9; Ik, 12**; SpeVavov, Ee 14i9; Mk
fxdxaipav, Mt 103* . ^x^pov, Mt 2735 ; of fluids, to pour : Mt 91^, Jo 135
pass., to be laid, to lie ill : Mt 92 ; e(3\i]0r] (timeless aor., M, Pr., 134),
Jo 15«; intrans., to rush (Bl., §53, 1): Ac 2?!*. Metaph., yS. ets t.
KapUav, Jo 132 (cf. usage in ir., without idea of violence also of ;
liquids MM, Exp., x v. also Cremer, 120, 657 cf. d^fî-, dva-,
; ; ;
dvTi-, diro-, 8ia-, €k-, ifx-, rrap-e/J.-, iiri-, Kara-, fxira-, irapa-, irepi-, Trpo-,
uvfi-, VTrep-, u7ro-/3aXXw)

PaTTTiô. «y8ci7rTO)), [in Jth 12^, LXX: iv Ki 51* (bnta). Is 21*,
Si 31 (34)30*;] hnmerse, sink; 1. generally (in Polyb., iii, 72,
to dip,
of soldiers wading breast-deep; in i, 51, of tbe sinking of ships);
metapb,, to overwhelm (Is, I.e. cf. MM, Exp., x) c. eogn. ace, ; ;
pdTTTKTtxa /?., Mk 1038.39, Lk 1250. Mid., 2. to perform ablutions, wash

oneself, bathe (Ki, Jth, Si, 11. c.) 7* ; aor. pass, in same sense, : Mk
Lk 1138. 3. Of ablution, immersion, as a religious rite, to baptize;
(a) absol.; Mk
1*. Jo 125,2^,28 322,23,26 42 io4o_ i Co li^; 6 /SatrriCwv
(= 6 fia-n-TLarrj^, M, Pr., 127), Mk 61*. 2*; c. acc, Jo 41, Ac 83*, i Co
114,16. Q cogn. ace, to /3a.7rTiafji.a, Ac 19* (cf. Mk 10^^, supr.); pass.,

to be baptized, receive baptism : Mt 3^3.
i*. is,
Mk 16i«, Lk 3^' ^2. 21 729
Ac 2*1 812.
mid., 2216 (M, 13, 36 9I8 10*7 1615, 33 IgS
(r. ySaTTTio-yLta) ib. 30, •
Pr., 163) (b) with prepositions

;
iv, of the element, Mt 3''' ^^ : Mk
1*.5.8^ Lk 316, Jo 126,31,33 323^ Ac 1^ 238 1048 iii6_ i Co 102; cJs, of the
element, purpose or result (Lft., Notes, 155), Mt 3" 28i9, 1^, Ac Mk
816 193, 5^ Ro 63, I Co 113. 15 1(^2 i2i3_ Qa 32- ; c. dat., {ISan, Lk 3i«,
Ac 1* 11^" ; virip Twv veKpwv, perh. to fulfil the wish of a dead friend,
I Co1529 (v. ICC, in 1.; cf. DB, i, 238 flf.; DCG, i, 169 ^ ii, 605 b;
Cremer, 126).t
*t pdirriCTfjia, -tos, to «; ySaTrriô)) ,
prop., the result of the act, TO
fiaTTTLêLv, as distinct from âTTTtcr/ios, the act itself, immersion,
baptism; metaph., of affliction: Mk 103^.39,
1. Lk 125o. 2. Of the
religious rite of baptism (a) of John's baptism ;
: Mt 3^ 212^, Mk Ipo,
Lk 729 20*, Ac 122 103' 1825 193 .
^ êravot'as, Mk 1*, Lk 33, Ac 132*
19*; (b) of Christian baptism; Eo 6*, Eph 4^, Col 2i2 (Tr., -/x(3, q.v.),
I Pe 321 (cf. Cremer, 130 ; Tr., Syn. § xcix).t
*t PaTmap.6s, -ov, 6 (•<[ ySaTTTt'^w) prop., the act of which ^dirTicTfx.a ,
is the result 1. a dipping, washing, lustration : Mk 7*

; of Jewish ;
ceremonial. He 91''; in He 62, ySaTTTtcr/Awv 8i8ax??v (-^s), "the pi. and

the peculiar form seem to be used to include Christian baptism with
other lustral rites" (Westc, in 1.). 2. baptism: FIJ, Ant., 18, 5, 2
(of John's baptism), and some Fathers (v. Soph., s.v.). Not so in NT,
unless iv T. /SaTTTLo-fiS, in the act of baptism, Col 2^2, be read with Tr.
(Rec, WH, E, -/xart).t
*f âTm<TTr\s, -ov, 6 (<< âTrrt'^w) a baptizer : of John the Baptist, ,
Mt 31 1111-12 142.8 I6U 1713^ Mk 625 828^ Lk 72«.33 9i9,t

pdiTTw, [in LXX
chiefly for bnifl ;] (a) to dip : Lk 162*, Jo 132«
(c'/xyS-, L) (b) to dip in dye, to dye : Ee
;
19i3 (Eec.
pepavTLo-fievov, ;
WH;
vepipepa/x/j-evov, T; pepap.p.ivov, Swete, in 1., q.v.).t
Pdp (Aram. : 13 , son), indecl. :

fi.
'Icjva, son of Jonah, Mt 161'^,
Rec. (L, T, WH, BapiwvS, q.v.).t

BapaPPas, -a, 6 (Aram. X1N"13 , lit., son of a father, i.e. ace. to
Jerome, Barabbas Mt 27i^'i^'2o. 21, 26^ 157,11,15^

filius magistri), : M]j
Lk 2318, Jo 18*0. (In Mt 271^, some MSS. read 'Ir/o-oCv B. ; v. WH,
App., 19f.)t
BapdK, 6, indecl. (Heb. pia), Barak (Jg 4«) : He 1132.t
Bapaxias, -ov, 6 (Heb. iT313i), Barachiah : Mt 233^, v.s. Zaxapia^.f
p(ip3apo9, -ov (prob. onomatop., descriptive of unintelligible

sounds), [in LXX: Ps 113 (114)i {ivb), Ez 213i (36) (-,yri), n Mac 22i
425 10*, III Mac
barbarous, barbarian, strange to Greek language
32* * ;]
and culture (and also, after the Persian war, with the added sense of
brutal, rude) Ac 282. 4^ jj^ lu^ j Co I411, Col 311 (v. Lft., in 1., and
:
Notes, 249).
Papû, -w (later form of papvvw, q.v.), [in LXX: Ex 71* (133),
IIMac 13^ * ;J
to depress, weigh down. In NT, in pass, only : Mt 26*^,
Lk 93'-! 2134, 11 Co V 5\ I Ti 5i«.t
3apâ)9, adv. «/3apvs), [in LXX /3. (^c'peiv, Ge Sl^^ (ijiyi nin) : ;
/3. dKov€iv, Is 61*^

(123 hi.)*;] heavily, luith difficulty: Mt 13^*, Ac 28^7
(LXX).t
BapGoXofxaios, -ov, 6 (Aram. "lobl^'^S son of Tolmai), Bartholomew, ,
the Apostle (v.s. Naâvar^X) : Mt 103, Mk 318, Lk 61*, Ac l^^.t
Bap-iT]aous, -ov, 6 (Aram. jnUT?"!! , son of Joshua), Bar- Jesus : Ac

136 (v.s. 'EA,;>as).t
Bapiwk'as, -a, 6 (Aram. nJ^'lS , so7i of Jonah), Bar- Jonah, a sur-

name of Peter : Mt W'.f
Bap-fdPas, -a, 6 (Aram. 12 , son, as prefix to another word in-
terpreted in Ac 43^, T^? 7rapa/cX7/o-€o)s, perh. nX123 ,
wh., hovêver, should
be rendered by as in 11 Es 6^'*, LXX. Deiss., BS, 309 f.,

TrpocftrjTeta
thinks B. may be a variant of the name Bapvefiovs, son of Nebo, found
in a Syrian Inscr., altered with a view to disguising its origin v. also ;
Milligan, NTD, iii Dalman, Gr., 142), Barnabas: Ac 43« 9^^ II22.30
;
12^5 13.15^ I Co 96, Ga 21.9' 13, Col 4io.t

Pdpos, -€o?, TO, [in LXX
(123), Jth 7*, Si I32, 11 Mac 910,
: Jg IS'-î
III Mac b"^"' *

;] loeight ; (a) a burden, lit. and metaph. Mt 201^,
iveight, :
Aci 15-^, II Co 4I'',

Ee 2-* aXAryAwv to, /3., one another's fa^dts, Ga 6^;
;
€v p., burdensome : 1 Th 2^, E, txt., but v. infr. {b) in late Gk. (Soph., ;
Lex., S.V.), dignity, authority : iv /3iipei, i Th 2^ (E, mg. v. Milligan, ;
ICG, in l.).t
SVN. : oy/cos, an encumbrance ; tôpriov, a burden, that which is
borne.
BapcraPPds (Eec. -a/Ja?), -a (Aram., son of Sabba), Barsabbas: 1.
the surname of one Joseph: Ac 1-3. 2. The surname of one Judas:
Ac 1522.t
Baprifiaios, -ov, o {-pLolo';, T ;
perh. Aram. ""NO^'IS , v. DB, iv,
p. 762), Bartimmis : Mk lO^'^.t
Paput'w, to iveigh down = âpetn (q.v.) : Lk 213^, Eec.t

Papos, -ela, v, [in LXX chiefly for 12.^ ;] heavy: Mt 23*. Metaph.,
burdensome : IvToXrj, i Jo 53 ; severe (perh. impressive) : cTrio-ToXi;, 11 Co
IQi^ weighty : ra âpvrepa T. vofjbov,
; J
Mt 23'^3 amw/xara, Ac 25" ; violent,
cruel (EV, grievous) : Xv'kos, Ac 20''^'*.
* PapuTifAos, -ov (-< ySapus, TLfxy), of great value, very costly : Mt 26^
(T, TToXvTLpOv) .'\'
II, Mac;]
IV
paaai'iô,
1.
« âcravos), [in
prop., to rub
LXX
on the touchstone,
: I Ki 53, Si 4^^ and freq. in Wi,
put to the test. 2. to
examine by torture, hence, generally, to torture, torment, distress : Mt
Q6,-iQ 1424^ Mk 57 6*8, Lk 828, II Pe 2^, Ee 9^ llio 12'-^ 14i« 20i".t
**pa(ra.'iafi6s, -ov, n {<^ fiaaavl^w), [in LXX: IV Mac 9^ 112*;]
torture, torment : Ee 9^ 14^ 18^'
i"'
^Kf
* Pa<rafi<mis, -ov, o (<^ fiaa-avL^w) ,

prop., a torturer; used of a
gaoler, Mt 18=**.t
fid<Tavo(i, -ov, 6 (of Oriental origin), [in LXX chiefly for D^?< , rn^bj
and freq. in iv Mac ;] 1. prop., touchstone, a dark stone used in testing
metals. 2. examination by torture. 3. torment, torture : Mt 4^*, Lk
1523, 28_t
PaCTiXeia, -as, rj (< /SaariXevw), [in LXX chiefly for rWDÔ
npbpo;] 1. prop, abstract, so'uemg'n^^/. royal power, dominion: Lk 1^*
2229, Jo 1836, Ac 16, He l^, i Co IS^^; \a/3uv p., Lk 1^^^^^\ Ee IT^^;

hovvcLi rr]v /?., ib. ^^ ; |^«v /8., ib.
^^ •
Ip^^^âi iv t. {els Trjv) /?., Mt 1628,
Lk 23*2 .
^ ^ 0^^-^ Re 1210. 2. By meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x),
(a) a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules
(Es 53, al.) : Mt 4* 1225. 26 24^, Mk 32* 623, l^ 4^, He 1133, al. ;
(b) the
royal majesty our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (t. a-rrip/xa
(cf.
T^s (3., IV Ki 111). 3. In LXX (Wi 6^ To 13^, al.), Targ. and NT, of
the Messianic rule and kingdom, 17 ^. t. Oeov, t. ovpavCyv (Heb.
D^.O^maÔ, Aram. NÔBTl KniDÔ; v. Dalman, Words, 91-147;
Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two
phrases, v. Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218 f.); t. dtoi, Mt 6^^ 1228, al.; t.
oupavwv, Mt 32 41^ al. T. Xpto-ToG (xn'^tZTpl nobn Targ. Jon. on ; ,
Is 5310), Eph 55; T. Kvpi'ov, II Pe 1", Ee lli*; t. AavctS, Mk llÔ;

absol., /3., Mt 423, Ja 2\ al.
Tj The kingdom is regarded as present
Mt 1112, Lk 1721, Eo I41", al. as that which is to be consummated in ;
the future, Mt 610, Mk 91, Jo 3^, 11 Pe in, al. Noteworthy phrases

are ^-qrelv tyjv /3., Mt 633
: Sixâ-daL, Mk IQis KXr/povo/xelv, Mt 253*
. ;
StSovai, Lk 1232 irapaXafx/Sdveiv, He 1228

•
avTS)V {toiovt<dv) icrrlv (3., ; rj
Mt 53.10 191*, Mk IQi*. Lk ISiS; Sih t^v /3., Mt 19i2; "ey^K^ t^s /?.,
Lk 1829; €vayy€At^€(Tâi, K-qpvcrauv, StayycUctv -n^v p., Lk 4*3 92,60.
^yyiKcv /S., Mt 32, Mk
rj li* kXcZs t^s /3., Mt I6IO; kXûlv t'tjv fi., ;
Mt 231*; vloX T^s p., Mt 812 1338 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).
PttCTiXcioj', -ov, TO « jSaaiKiios, q.v.), [in LXX
15i9*), etc.;] 1. a capital city.
for bs"*:! (Na 2*,
Da 618*), ns^pn (ill Ki 31 148, IV Ki

2. Freq. in pi., to. (3., a palace : Lk 725.t
PaaiXcios, -ov (also -a, -ov ;
<C. /SacriXevs), [in LXX; Ex 19",
De 310 (nabpn), Ex 2322, Wi 1815, m Mac 328, jy Mac 38*;] royal:
I Pe 29 (LXX) (v. Hort, inl.).+

paaiXeu's, -e'ws, 6, [in LXX chiefly for "jj^p ;] a king : Mt 1« 2i
used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch, Mt 14^; of the Eoman

2i3. i^;
Emperor, as freq. in Koivrj (Deiss., LAE, p. 367), i Pe of the
Christ, in the phrase 6 /8. t. 'lovSmW, Mt 22, al. ; tov 'Io-pai7X, Mk 1532,
Jo 1*0 1213 of God, Mt 535, I Ti li", Ee 153
; .
^, âo-iXe'tov, Ee I71*
191® ; )8. T. Ti 615 (on the associations of the
/Sao-tXcuovTtov, I word to
Jewish Hellenists, v. CI. Bev., i, 7).t
PaaiXeo'w, (< ySao-tXcvs) ,

[in LXX for 1jb)D , its parts and deri-
vatives, exc. IV Ki 15* (SUT) ;] to be king, to reign, rule : i Ti 6^* ; c.
gen. (cl.), Mt 22^; seq. eVt', c. ace. (= Heb. bv TJ^D; Bl., § 36, 8), Lk
133 1914,27^ Eo 514 ^Vi T. y^?, on earth, Ee 5^0
. of God, Ee lli*- ^^ 196; ;
of Christ, Lk 1^3, i Co IS'-^*, Ee ll^* of Christians, Ee 5^0 20* (con- ;
stative aor., M, Pr., 130), ib.« 22*. Metaph., Christians, Eo b^\

I Co 4^; 6avaTo<;, Eo 5^*'^^; d/Aapria, Eo 5^'^ 6^2. Ingressive aor.
(M, Pr., 109), to begin to reign: i Co 48, Ee ll^^ 19« (Cremer, 137).t
PaaiXiKos, -rj, -ov « /Sao-iXcv's) , [in LXX for IJ^p and its cog-
nates ;]royal, belonging to a king : x*^P°-' ^^ -^2^*^ icrOrj^, Ac 12^^ vo/x,os > ;
j3., a sjqireme law, " a law which governs other laws and so has a
specially regal character" (Hort), or because made by a king {LAE,
p. 367 3), Ja 2^; ns, one in the service of a king, a cotirtier, Jo 4*^1 *»
(WH, mg., âcri\(0-KOs).t

t Pao-iXiaKos, -ov, 6 (dim. of /?ao-iX«vs), [in LXX a basilisk : Ps 90
(91)13 (jj^g)^ ig 595 (-,y^j^)*.j pj-op^ a petty king: Jo 4*6,49^ WH,
mg. (v.s. /3ao-iXiKos).t
PaaiXiaaa, -77s, r) (in Attic, ySacrtXcia, /?acrtXis), [in LXX chiefly fof
n3!?D ;] a queen : Mt 12*2, l^ llî, Ac 82^, Ee 18".t
pdais, -ccos, 17 (•<;3atv(u), [in LXX chiefly for ]1N;] 1. a si«p
(iEsch., al.). 2. Hence, a /oof (Plat. 13^8)

; Wi
Ac S^.t :
PaaKaiVo), [in LXX: De 285*. ^^ (yy-,)_ gj 146,8*.] 1. ^0 slander

(Dem.). 2. to &%/ii by the evil eye, to fascinate, bewitch: Ga 3^t
pa<rT<it(u, [in LXX : Jg 163o (nw:), Eu 2i«,
11 Ki 23^ iv Ki 18^*
and Jb 21^ (xiZTJ), Si 62*, Da th Bel ^^ * ;] 1. to take up with the hands,
to lift : Xt'ôvs, Jo lO^K 2. to bear, to carry, as a burden, and metaph.,
to enrf;^re; Mt 3^1 20^2, Mk U^\ Lk 71* 10' 1127 1427 22io, Jo I612
19l^ Ac 2P5, Eo 1118 151, Ga Sô 62. ». i7, Re 22. 3 177. 3. In
32 915 1510
late writers (MM, Exp., ii, iii, x), (a) to to^'e awajr ; Mt Q^'' (Is 53*,
Heb.) {b) to carry off, steal : Jo 12** 20i5.t
;
PttTos, -OV, 6, 17, [in LXX (always masc, as in Attic) Ex 32"*, :
De 3316 (n?q), Jb 31*0 (ntzrya)*;] a bramble-bush: Lk 6**, Ac 730.35.
cTTi Tov (t^?) y8., in the ])lace concerning the bush : Mk 122^, Lk 2037.
tpdros -ov, 6 (Heb. na), [in LXX (also âid, /3d8o^) : 11 Es 722*;]
bath, a Jewish liquid measure, = /icrpT^TrJs (q.v,), or about 8f gals.

Lk 166.t
Pdrpaxos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ex 8, Ps 77 (78)** 104 (105)30
(yi-lSy), Wi 1910*;] a frog: Ee 16i3.t
*t paTTaXoyeu, -w (Eec. fiarTok-, D, pXarr- = /SaTTapL^w,prob.
onomatop. ; v. MM, s.v. ; DCG, ii, 499 b, 790^); to stammer, repeat
idly : Mt 6^ (Cremer, 765).
t pScXuyiJia, -Tos, TO (<^ ySScXvaa-o)), [in LXX chiefly for nîyiDj
yp^ ;] aw abomination, a detestable thing : Lk I61*, Ee 17*. •''

2127 ; to
p. T. iprjfxioaem (Da U^\ cf I Mac 1^* LXX . ; DB, i, 12 f. ; DCG, i,
6 f.), Mk
131*. Mt 2415 (Cremer, 138).t
t p8e\uKT(5s, V, -oy « ySStA-vVo-o)), [in LXX : Pr IT^^ (nnrin), Si
41*, II Mac 127*;] abominable, detestable: Tit V^ (Cremer, 137).t
pSeXuVau {<^/3Se(j), to stink), [in chiefly for mm, Vp^'] ^^ LXX
cl., mid. only (Attic, -TTOfxai); to mahe foul; pass., Ee 21^; mid., to
turn away in disgust from to detest : Eo 2^^ (Cremer, 137). ,
**P£'3aios, -ov (also -a, -ov; <iâ&w), [in LXX: Es 3^3, Wi 723,
III Mac 5^1 T^, IV Mac 17* * ;] firm, secure : ayKvpa, He 6^^ metaph., ;
sure (esp. "in the sense of legally guaranteed security," Deiss., BS,
109 cf two foil, words)
; . i-n-ayycKia, Eo 4^^ cXttis, ii Co 1® \dyos.: ; ;
He 22 ; irapprja-La, He 3" ; apxrj (t. viroa-rda-ewi) , He 3^* ; hiadrfKT], He Q^^ ;
KA^(ris K. eKkoyrj, II Pe 1^*^

COmp. (-orepo-;), irpoffirjTiKos A.oyos, II Pe l^^.t
«Mac
',
Pcj3ai<5a., -w /?e7âio9), [in LXX: Ps 40

(41)12 (nsj hi.), 118
(119)2^ (mp pi.), Ill 5*2*;] to confirm, establish, secure, of things
(cl.) : X6yov, Mk 16 [20]; IS^ of persons (DCG, ii, 605):

cVayyeXt'a?, Eo ;
I Co 18, II Co 121. Col 2^, He 2^ 13^ (as an Attic legal

Pass., I Co 16,
term, to guarantee the validity of a purchase, establish or confirm a

title; V. next word, Cremer, 139; cf. 8ta-^.).t
pepaiuffis, -£0)5, V « yScySatow, q.v.), [in LXX : Le 2523 (nrT'ay),
Wi 61^* ;] confirmation : t. evayyeXtbv, Phi 1^; ets ft.. He 6i®, a phrase

freq. in tt. of guarantee in a business transaction (Deiss., BS, 104 fif.
Cremer, 140).t
Pe'3T)Xos, -ov {<C ySatVw, whence /3rj\6^, a threshold), [in LXX chiefly
for bh ;] 1. permitted toii, be trodden,
422^); accessible (v. DCG,
hence, 2. (opp. to lepo's) unhallowed, profane : of things, I Ti 4J &^^,
II Ti 21"; of men, i Ti P, He
12i« (cf.
Kotvos; Cremer, 140).t
t PePtjXow,
T. (rd/3(3aTov, Mt 12^
-to « ySc'^T/Xos),
T.
[in
Upw, Ac 24« (Cremer, 141).t
LXX chiefly for bbn ;] io profane :
SVN. : Koivow, q.v.

Be^cpou'X (WH, App., 159, Eec, y3«X^y8ov'X), 6, indecl. (Heb.
b:?3 , lord, and the Talmudic bl27 from ^3? dung (Dalman, O., 137n), , ,
or perh. by} , habitation, but, v. DB, iv, 409 f. ; DCG, i, 181). The
AV, EV, Beelzebub, comes through Vg. from iv Ki 1^, 3117 bv2. , lord
of flies (LXX, Bct'aX p,ma, Sm., fieeXleftov/S), Beelzebul, Beelzebub, a

name of Satan: Mt 102^ 122*.27^ Mk 322, Lk Ili5,i8,i9_t
BeXiaX, o, indecl. (Heb. bv^^b'^, worthlessness, but v. DB, i, 268),

Belial, a name of Satan : 11 CoSee next word.t
61^, Eec.
BeXiap, 6, indecl. (another formword, " due to harsh
of previous
Syriac pronunciation," or else <C Heb. nr^ b^ lord of the forest), ,
Beliar, a name of Satan : 11 Co 61* (v. DB, i, 269).

*PcX6i'i(], (<; ySe'Aos),
-rj<;, r) 1. a sharp point, as of a spear. 2. a
needle : Lk 182^ (Eec. pa</)is, q.v.).t
P^Xos, -€os, TO «| fidWo)), [in LXX chiefly for yu >] o, missile,
a dart : Eph G^^.t

-ov (gen. -ovos), comp. of ayaôs, [in
PcXticjc, LXX chiefly for
a"llD ;] neut. as adv., better, very well : ii Ti 1^^ (also Ac lO^^ D). On
elative use in these passages, v. M, Pr., 78, 236.
BeKta/ieii', (Rec. -/xtv), 6, indecl. (Heb. ]''a^53), Benjamin : Ac 13^^,
Ro 11\ Phi 3*, Re 7^t

(elsewhere BepevLKr), Macedonian form of êpevLKt], cf.
BepciKT)
Veronica, Victoria), -r;?, 17, Bernice, Berenice, dau. of Herod Agrippa I
Ac 2513. 23 263o.t
Be'poia, -as, r], Bero&a, a city of Macedonia : Ac 17^°' ^'.t
Bepoialos, -a, -ov, BeroRan : Ac 20*.
Becip, 6, indecl. (Heb. 11^51) , Beor, father of Balaam : 11 Pe 2*'
(Rec. Boo-op).+
BT]Oapap(i, -as (Rec. -pa, indecl. ; Heb. TTay 11!^^, place of crossing;
-apa/Sa, R, mg.), Bethabara : Jo l^s, Rec. (WH, R, Br]6avLa.).f
BriBavia, -as (also -ta, indecl., Lk 19^*^ and in B*, Mk 11^), r],
(Heb. tV2S[ JT'Sl , house of affliction, ace. to Jerome, or perh., house of

dates, Bethphage), Bethany; 1. a village fifteen furlongs from
cf.
Jerusalem, the modern El Azertyeh : Mt 211^ 26^, Mk S^'^ (WH,
mg.) IV' 11' 12 143^ Lk 1929 2450, Jo 111' 18 121. 2. A place on E.
bank of Jordan Jo 1^^ (R, mg., BrjOafSapd, q.v.).t
:
BTjOeaSd, rj, indecl. (deriv. uncertain, v. Westc. on Jo 5^, and

DB, i, 279), Bethesda, a pool in Jerusalem Jo 5^, Rec. (BTêââ, WH, :
B77ô-ai8a, WH, mg.).t
BT]0ta0(£, 7}, indecl. (perh. Aram. SJV\ IT'S, house of olives)
Bethzatha : Jo 5^, WH (Rec. Br/êo-Sa, q.v.).t
BTjOXe^fi, 17, indecl. (Heb. DFI^ TT^. , house of bread), Bethlehem, a

town 6 m. S. of Jerusalem : Mt 2^' ^' «• s. i^ Lk 2*' ^^, Jo 7*2.t
BTj0(rai8(£ (Rec. -craiSa), and -Sdv (Mt, Mk, 11. c), 17, indecl.
(Syr., hoiise of fish), Bethsaida, a town on NE. shore of the Sea of
Galilee Lk 9^*^. It is generally supposed that a second B. on the
: W.
shore is referred to in Mt llî, Mk
6** 822, Lk lO^^, Jo 1*^ 1221 {DB, i,
282 f. ; but v. Swete on IVIk 6**). 2. v.l. for B-qOâed, BrjOca-Sd, Jo 52.t
BT]0<l>aYT] (L, -yrj), rj, indecl. (Aram. '^SSITI^^ , house of unripe figs;
Dalman, Gr., 191), Bethphage : Mt 21^, Mk 11^, Lk 1929.t
pTJfia, -Tos, TO «y8atVa>), [in LXX: De 2^ (^nip), Ne 8* (blJO),
I Es 9*2, Si 193*> 459, II Mac 1326 * .] i_ ^ ^^^^^ g^î^g^ p^ce : Ac 7^. 2. a

raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at
Athens from which orations were made freq. of the tribune or tribunal ;
of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mt ^V^, Jo 19^3, Ac 122\ 18i2,i«,i7

256,10, 17; y3. .rov Oeov, Ro 1410 r. XpLCTTov, II Co 5io.t ;
t pi^poXXos, -ov, 6, ^, [in LXX: To 13^^ (-vAXiov in Ex 282»,

DiTJiS')* ;] beryl, a jewel of sea-green colour : Be 2V^.f
fiia, -as, 17, [in LXX for "SJISI , etc.;] strength, force, violence : Ac
526 2135 247 274i.t
îdlu (•< ySia), and depon. -o/xai, [in LXX for ^ÎQ , lYQ , etc. ;] to
force, constrain, rare in act. (poet, and late prose), but found in cl. in
pass., and so perh. /Jiaêrat, siiffereth violence, Mt 11^^, EV (but v. infr.),
whether (a) in good sense, of disciples (Thayer, al.), or {h) in bad
sense, of the enemies of the kingdom (Meyer, in 1. ; Dalman, Words,
139 ff. Cremer, 141
; Mid., advanceth violently, Mt, I.e. (Deiss., BS.,
ff.).
258 ; Banks, v. ref in DCG, ii, 803 f .)

. seq. cis, to press violently, or
;
force one's way into, Lk 16^^ (v. ICC, in 1., and in Mt, I.e. cf. irapa- ;
/3idôixaL and v. MM, s.v.).t
pi'aios, -a, -ov «y3ta), [in LXX for Brj^, 7;?, ly , etc.;]
violent : Ac 2^.f
*tpia<mfis, -ov, 6 {<C/3i(iCio), late form of /Staras; 1. strong, forceful.
2. violent (Philo) Mt II12 (see /3iaâ)).t :
*t PipXapiSiow, -ov, TO (dim. of fii^Xdpiov, dim. of /JiySXos), a little

book: Ee lO^-s (WH, ySiySXiW, T2.7 /3tJ3Ai8a/>iov)9. 10. Not hitherto
found elsewhere.
î^XiStipioi', -ov, TO, V.S. /SifiXapihiOV.
PipXi'of, -or, TO (dim. of ySiySXos, q.v.), [in LXX also in the
alternat. form ftv/^-, chiefly for Igp and the most freq. of the cognate
forms;] 1. a paper, letter, writteyi document: /3. dwoa-Taariov, bill of
divorce, Mt 19^, Mk 10*. 2. a book, a roll : Lk 4I'. 20, Jo 20^0 2125,
Ga 310, II Ti 413, He 9^9 10", Ee l^^ 5i-» 6^* lO^ 20^2 227-i»; p. t. û,^s.,
Ee 138 178 2012 2127.t
Pi'pXos, -ov, 17 (variant form of ySu^Xos, the Egyptian papyrus,
paper made from its fibrous coat), [in LXX for ipQ , the form /8v/8-
being sometimes used;] a book, a roll, used much less freq. than
and with a "connotation of sacredness and veneration"
fii^Xiov,
(MM, Exj)., x), Mt 1\ Mk 122^, Lk 3* 20*2 Ac I20 7*2 igi^; p. r. (;u>^s.
Phi 43, Ee 3* 20i5.t

PiPpolaKu, poet, and late prose, [in LXX for bDH ;] to eat : Jo
6i3.t
BiQuvia, -as, Bithynia, a province in Asia Minor Ac 16^, i Pe 1^.+ :
îos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for D'^p^;] 1. period or course of life,
life : Lk 8^*, i Ti 22, 11 Ti 2*, i Jo 2^^. 2. living, livelihood, means (in

Pr 311* for Di^^; v. DCG, ii, 39^): Mk 12**, Lk 8*3 I512.30 2I*,
I Jo 3i7.t
SvN. : "vita qu§, vivimus," the vital

C'^-q, is life intensive,
principle; ySios, life extensive, "vita
vivimus," (1) the period of quam
life, (2) the means by which it is sustained. Hence, in cl., ^., being
confined to the physical life common to men and animals, is the
6
inferior word (cf. zoology, biography). In NT, ^wi^ is elevated into the
ethical and spiritual sphere (cf. Tr., Syn., § xxvii).
pi6cu, -w «/86os), [in LXX: Pr 7^ 9^ (n^n), Jb 29^8, Wi 4* i<\
1223, Si 40^8, IV Mac 5^2 n^«*;] to spend life, to live : r. xpovov fiiwa-at
(cl., more freq. 2 aor,, -vat), i Pe 4^ (cf. Jb, l.c.).t
Syn. ^(iw (q.v.). :
**tpiWis, -6W9, 17 (<y8idco), [in LXX: Siprol}^*-^ manner of life:

Ac 26^t
* PiwTiKos, -1], -o'v (< /3ios), pertaining to life, hence, worldly (Field,
Notes, 171) Lk 2P^ i Co G^.^.t
:
3\ap6p6s, -a, -dv «y8\a7rTO)), [in LXX: Pr 1026*;] hurtful:

I Ti 69.t
pXdTTTo,, [in LXX

Pr 252o, To 122, wi lO^ IS^, 11 Mac I222,
:
IV Mac 9^ * ;] to hurt, injure : c. ace, IG^^^]^ Lk 4^5. Mk

pXaordi/u, [in LXX for HDS , etc.;] 1. to sp-out: Mt 1326,
Mk 42'', He 9*. 2. In late Gk., causal, to make to grow, produce:
c. ace, Ja 5i8_f
BXciaTos, -ov, 6, Blastus, chamberlain of Agrippa : Ac 122<'.t
p\aor<j)Tifji^w, -w «/SAao-<^r;/>ios), [in LXX: IV Ki 19* (HD"' hi.)
ib.«'22 (p|ia pi.), Is 525 (|,j^3 hith.), Da LXX 329<96) (-,brzr nnx). To 118,
Da TH Bel ^, 11 Mac 2 * ;] or profanely of sacred things

1. to spteak lightly
(in cl., opp. of €vcf)7]ixioi), esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme,
speak blasphemously : absol., Mt 9^ 26^5, Mk
2\ Jo lO^", Ac 26^\ 1 Ti I20,
II Pe 212; T. e€6v, Ac 1937, Ee I611.21; r^ Svofjia T. 6€oZ, Ee IS" 16^;
86â^, Ju 8, II Pe 210 ; ek t6 nvei/xa to 5ytov, Mk 329, Lk 12i».
2. to
revile, rail at, slander : absol., Lk 22*^*, Ac 13*^5 18^, i Pe 4* ; c. ace,
Mt 2739, Mk
328 1529, Lk 2339, Tit 32, Ja 2^, Juô. Pass. : Eo 22* 38
I416, I Co 1030, I Ti 61, Tit 2^, 11 Pe 22 (Cremer, 570).t
p\a(T4)Ti|xia, -a?, -7 {<C/3Xd(T(f>rj,jLo<;), [in LXX: Ez 3512 (nsKj), Da
TH 329 (96)
(nbizr) , To 118, J Mac 26, II Mac 8* 103^ 152* * (a) railing ;]
slander : Mt Mk 123i 15i9, 328 722, Eph 43i, Col 38, i Ti 6*, Ju9, Ee 29
(b) spec, impious speech against God, blasphemy Mt 26^*, Mk 14^* :
Lk 521, Jo 1033, Ee 13^ ovofxa y8Aaa</)7;^tas, Ee 131 173; c. gen. obj.

Mt 1231; Trpds T. 6(01', Ee 13« (Cremer, 570; DB, i, 305; DCG
ii, 423).t
p\da<j>T)|jios, -ov (<^ /SAacr-, of uncertain deriv., v. Thayer,
Boisacq ; + <^7//Ar?, speech), [in LXX : Is 663 (|^j< '•[12.'0) , Wi 1^, Si 3i«
II Mac 928 10*' 36 *
;]
(a) evil-speaking, slanderous, blasphemous : Ac 611
II Ti 32, II Pe (cf. Ju 9) {b) as subst. a blasphemer : i Ti li^

211 ;
(Cremer, 570).
* PXe'fjLp.a, -Tos, TO {<C /3Xe7r<ji) a look, a glance: /SXe/xfiarL koI aKofj, ,
II Pe 28, sight and hearing, a sense not found for yS. in Gk. lit., but
perh. recognized in the vernacular {ICC, in l.)t
pXe'tro), [in LXX chiefly for nXT , also for TOG, etc.;] 1. of
bodily sight; (a) to see, have sight (opp. to Tv<^Xds ctvat) : Mt 1222,
Jo 9^ Ac 99, Eo 118, jje 318^ ^1. ;
(b) to perceive, look (at), see : absol.,
Ac 1»; c. ace, Mt 7^, Mk 5^\ Lk 6*1, Jo 129, ^j .

^^^^^^ Ac 129;
yvvalKa, Mt 528 •
^^|3\{ov, Ee 53. * ; t. /Skewo/xeva, II Co d^s. 2. Metaph.,
of mental vision; (a) to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13^^, Lk 8^**;
Bi i(r67rTpov, 1 acc, He 2^ 1025; geq. 5„^ He 3^^, Ja 222; (jj

Co 1312; c.
to consider, look to, take heed : absol., Mk 132^' ^3 c. acc, i Co l^^, al. ;
seq. TTtus, c. indie, Lk S^^, i Co 3^^ Eph 5^^ ggq. „', c. indie, Mk 42* ;
seq. tis TT/joo-wTTov, of partiality, Mt 22l^ Mk 121*. Colloq. (for ex.

from TT., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan,
NTD, 50), ft. iavT6v : Mk
13^; seq. Iva fi^, 11 Jo^; ft. AttS, S^s 12*8; Mk
seq. yu.17 (cl. indie, Col 2*, He 3^2- i,j_ q ôr. subj.,
opav fjirj), c. fut.
Mt 24*, 13*. Mk
3. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto), to look,
face (towards), places, etc. (seq. Trpd?, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez
4023,24^. ggq na_Ta, C. aCC, Ac 27^2 (cf. dva-, ttTTO-, 8ta-, €/*-, CTTt-, TTCp-,
Trpo-ftKiww), V. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.
*tpXT]Teos, -a, -ov (gerundive of ySaAAw), (that which) one must put:
Lk 538.f
Bodl, v.s. Boos.
Boa»'T)pY^s, indecl. (on the derivation, v. Dalman, Gr., 144;
Words, 42; Swete, M;., I.e.; DCG, 216), Boanerges:
i, Mk 3^7.+
podu, -w
to cry, call out
«Mt :
ySoT;), [in
3^, 27*^,
LXX
Mk
chiefly for pyi pys Nip
1^ 15=^*, Lk
,
3* 9^8 IS^s,
,
Jo
;] 1. absol.,
123, Ac 8^
17« 252^ Ga 427. 2. C. dat., to call on for help (Heb. by pyr , Ho 7^*,
al.), Lk 187.t
SVN.: Ka\i(i}, to call, invite, summon; Kpdîo, to cry, harshly or
inarticulately, as animals; Kpauya^w, intensive of Kpa^w. ftodta ex-
presses emotion, whether joy, fear, etc.
Bo^s, 6, v.s. Boos.
PoT], ^s, 17, [in LXX for npVl , etc. ;] a cry : Ja 5*.t
poiêcia, -as, ri (v.s. ftorjOeoy), [in LXX for 1}^ , etc.;] help:
He 41* ;
pi., helps, ^'/rapping," a technical nautical term (MM, Exp.,
x; DB, ext., 367): kcTI^''.^
PoTjO^w, -w {<^ftori + Bed), to run), [in LXX chiefly for 17^;] to
come to aid, to help, siiccour : absol., Ac 2128 . q ^^t., Mt 152^, Mk 922. 24
Ac 169, II Co 62 (LXX), He 2i8, Ee 12i«.t
por]0os, -ov (v.s. ftorjOew), [in LXX chiefly for 17^;] 1. (poet. -00s),
hasting to the war-cry (Hom.). 2. helping, auxiliary ; as subst. (Hdt.),
a helper: He 136(i'XX).t
poOocos, -ov, 6 (= ftoOpos, more freq. in cl.), [in LXX chiefly for
rne;] a pit: Mt DB, iii, 885; JDCG, ii, 367).t
12^1 15^\ Lk 639 (cf.
poXt^, -^s, «;8(£Ua>), [in LXX: Ge 21^6 (nnto), 11 Mac 5^,

17 m
Mac 52« *;]a throw ; XWov ft. (Thue, v, 65, 2), a stone's throw Lk 22".t :
*tpoXi^w (^[ySoA/s, in sense of sounding -lead), to heave the lead, take

soundings : Ac 2728.t
tpoXis, iSos, r) {<CftaiXXw), [in LXX for yri , n'T, etc.;] a dart,
javelin : He 122°, Eee (LXX).t
84 MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
Boos and Boe's (RV, Bod^ Rec Boot,), o, indecl. (Heb. 7^3), Boaz
(Ru 21) : Mt 16, Lk S^^f
P6pPopos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Je 45 (38)« (la-^M)*;] mud, filth: ii Pe
222 +
Poppas, -a (Attic contr. of Bopc'as, the North wind personified), [in
LXX for ]iB^;] 1. Boreas, the North wind. 2. the north: Lk IS^^,
Re 21i3.t
ôaKw, [in LXX for nv^;] prop., of a herdsman, to feed: Mt 8^^,
Mk 51*, Lk 33* 15^5; metaph., of Christian pastoral care, Jo 21^5, 17,
Pass., of cattle, to feed, graze : Mt Bô, 5^\ Lk B^'-^.t^ Mk
SVN. : TToifiaiveiv, to tend, shepherd, a wider term, including over-
sight as well as feeding (v. Tr., Syn., § xxv).
Boaop, V. Bcwp.
Poxdi^, -r;s, 7] «/?oV»ca)), [in LXX for n^y, Nizr^, Txn;] 1.
grass, fodder. 2. green herb: He 6^.t

Syn. : Xaxavov, a garden herb, a vegetable.
Porpos, -uos, 6, [in LXX for bstjr^ ;] a cluster of grapes : Re 14^'
(of. a-Ta<^v\rj) .^
pooXcurVis, -ov, 6 {<:/3ov\€vw), [in LXX: Jb 3" 12i7 (|^y^)*;] a
councillor, a senator ; of a member of the Sanhedrin Mk 15*^, Lk :
235o.t
PouXcuw {<^PovXrj), [in LXX chiefly for |^jr;] to take counsel,
deliberate, resolve. In mid., 1. to take counsel with oneself, consider
seq. tl, Lk 14î. to determine with oneself, resolve : c. inf., Ac 5^"
2.
273^ C. ace, II Co V' seq. cva, Jo IV^ 12^^ (cf. -rrapa-, <rv^-).f
;
PouXii, -rj^, rj (<^ y8ov\o/xai), [in LXX freq. for nxy ;] counsel,
purpose (in cl., esp. of the

gods) Lk 23*1, : Ac 428 538 191 2712, 42
pi., I Co 45 ; of the Divine purpose, He 6^'' ; t. ôvXrjv t. OiXrjfj.aTO';
airov, Eph 111 .
^, ^. oôC, Lk Tô, Ac 2^3 1336 2027.t
pouXtjixa, -T05, TO «y8ovA.o/Aai), [in LXX: Pr 910 (nri), II Mac

155, IV Mac 818 *
;]
purpose, will : Ac 27*3^ Ro d^^, i Pe 43.t
SVJV.: BiX-qfia.
PouXo/iai, [in LXX for |^Bn , niN ,
|^3r , etc. ;] to will, wish, desire,
purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than diXat (q.v.), the
deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja li^) c. inf. (M, Pr., 205 :
Bl., § 69, 4), Mk

1515, Ac 528.33 12* 1537 1720 IB15.27 1930 2230 2328 27«
2818, II Co 115, I Ti 69, He 61^, 11 Jo 12, m Jo 10, Juace, 11 Co l^^
* ; c.
c. ace. et inf.. Phi I12, i Ti 28 51^, Tit 38, 11 Pe 3^; of the will making
choice between alternatives, Mt li9 1127, Lk IO22, Ac 2520, i Co 12ii,
Ja 3* 4* d /SovXn (cl., a courteous phrase = 6iXei^, colloq. Bl., § 21,
; ;
8; LS, S.V.), Lk 22*2 q gubjc, adding force to a question of delibera-

•
tion (Bl., § 64, 6), Jo 183'' povXiqOii'i, of set purpose (v. Hort, in 1.),
.
Ja 118 impf., efiovXofjirjv ( = cl. ôvXc'/jL-qv av Bl., § 63, 5 Lft., Phm. ^^),
; ] ;
Ac 2522, Phm 13 (v. also Cremer, 143).t

PoukcJs, -ov, 6 (a Cyrenaic word, Hdt., iv, 199), [in LXX chiefly for
nyaa;] a hill: Lk 35(lxx) 233o.t
Pous, (3o6<i, 6, -q, [in LXX chiefly for ij?^ ;] an ox, a cow : Lk 13"
146. 19^ Jo 214. IS, I Co 99 (^^^\ I Ti 5i8.t
* PpaPciok, -ov, TO («< /SpayScvs, an Umpire), a prize in the games
I Co 924 metaph., of the Christian's reward. Phi 3i*.t
;
** ppaPco'u (<;3pa/?ev?, aw Umpire), [in Wi 10^2 * ;] (a) prop., LXX :
to act as umpire; hence, {b) generally, to arbitrate, decide (Isocr.,

Dem.; Lft., Col., I.e.; MM, s.v.) Col 3^*; (c) in some late writers,
:
to direct, rule, control (so in Col., I.e., ace. to Thayer, s.v., Meyer,
in 1.), (cf. Kara-/3pa 13 evo)).f
«;8pa8vs), [in LXX: Ge 43io (ma hith.),
ppaSuVu De T^",
Is 46^3 (-inN pi.), Si 32 (35)i8*;] 1. trans., to retard (Soph., Is, I.e.).
2. More freq. intrans., to be slow, to tarry : i Ti 3", 11 Pe 3^.t
*t ppaSuirXoc'u, -w {<C /3pa8v<:, ttAovs), to sail slowly : Ac 27''.t
* ppaSus, -cia, -V, slow : €is to Xakija-ai, Ja 1^^ metaph., of the ;
understanding :
ft.
t. KapSia, assoc. with dvoT/ro?, Lk 24^*.
*Ppa8oTiis, -»}tos, rj, slowness : 11 Pe 3^.t
fipaxiiav, -ovos, 6, [in LXX, ft.

KvpCov, freq. for njiT. y^lT ;] the
arm ; as in OT, ft.

Kvpiov, metaph., for the Divine power : Lk 1*^,
Jo 1238 (LXX)^ Ac 13i7.t
Ppaxus, -eta, -V, [in LXX chiefly for layp ;] short ; (a) of time
short, little: ftpa-xy, Ac 5^*; /actci ft., Lk 22*®; ft. n, a short time,
He 2'^. ^, EV, mg. (6) of distance Ac 27^® (c) of quantity or value,
;
:
;
little, few: Jo 6^, He 2''»^, EV, txt. pi., hia ftpaxeav, in few words. ;
He 1322.t
**Pp^4.os, -ovs, to, [in LXX: Si 19ii, i Mac le^, 11 Mac 6^0,
III Mac 5*^, IV Mac 4^**;] 1. an unborn child : Lk lî. •**. 2. a new-
born child, a babe: Lk 2^2, le igis^ Ac 7l^ i Pe 2^; 6.-Kh ftpe<f>ov<;, from
infancy, 11 Ti 3".t
pp^X«, [in LXX
chiefly for 1130;] 1. <o wet: Lk 2. In 738.**.
late Gk. writers and vernac. = vctv, to send rain, to rain (Kennedy,
Sources, 39, 155) Mt 5" trop., ft. Tzvp k. Bilov, Lk 17^^ ; impers.,
: ;
ftp^Xî, it rains : Ja 5^"^

with vctos as subj., Ee ll^.t ;
PpofTT), -^s, V, [in LXX for Dm;] thunder: Mk 3^^ Jo 1229,
Ee 45 61 85 103. " 1119 142 1618 19«.t

tppoxVi, -^s, V «/8/)£», [in LXX: Ps 67 (68)», 104 (105)32
(DTSâ)*;] 1. = ftpoxiT6<i, a wetting (in tt., of irrigation in Egypt;
Deiss., LAE, 77). 2. As in MGr. (Kennedy, Sources, 153), = wcto's,
rain: Mt 725.27.t
pp<5xos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Pr 6* (Tj 721 (p^D) 2225 (tzrpto),
III Mac 48 *
a noose, a ;] slip-knot, a halter : metaph., a restraint (not,
as AV, E, txt., a snare) : i Co l^^.f
ppuYHiiJs, -ov, 6 KySpv'xo)), [in LXX : Pr 19^2 (nnj), Si 51**;] a

biting, a gnashing of teeth Lk 1328.t
: Mt 8^^ 13*2. so 22i3 24^1 25^\
Pp6x<o (Attic, /SpvKco), [in Jb leôw, Ps 34 (35)'^ 36 (37)^2 LXX :
111 (112)1", La 2^6 (pin)*;] 1. to bite or eat greedily. 2. to gnash,

grind, with the teeth : Ac 7**.t
*j3pua>, poet., late prose and vernac, to be full to bursting; 1. of
the earth producing vegetation. 2. Of plants putting forth buds.
3. Of springs, to gtish with water : Ja 3i^t
Ppa)|jia, -Tos, TO (cf. /Sifipwa-Kw), [in LXX chiefly for b^X;] food:
Ro 1415.20, I Co 88.13 103; pi., Mt 1415, Mk Ti^, Lk 311 9i3, Co 6i3, i
I Ti 43, He 910 139; trop., of spiritual food, Jo 43*, i Co 32 (cf. /?pio-is).+

«^p«o-i?),
PpoJaiîos, -ov [in LXX: Le 1923, Ne 92^, Ez 4712
(bDhfa)*;] eatable: Lk 24".t

Ppwais, -ews, rj (cf. jSi^pwaKU)), [in LXX chiefly for parts and
derivatives of bax ;] 1. eating : ji. koI ir6a-i<;, Ro I41", Col 2^*^ (v. Lft.,
ICC, in 1.); c. gen. obj., i Co 8* metaph., corrosion, rust: Mt 61^.20. ;
2. As also in cl. (Horn., al.) = /3pQyfxa, food Jo 62^^, n Co 910, :
Col 31^ (EV, but V. supr.). He 12i^ metaph., of spiritual nourishment, ;
Jo 432 62'1" 55.t

**ûeil<^ «y8i'ô?), [in LXX: 11 Mac 12**;] trans., to cause to
sink, to sink: metaph., cis oXedpov, i Ti 6^; pass., to sink, intrans.
Lk 5'.t
M^s, -ov, 6, [in LXX Ex : 15^, Ne 9" (nbiSO), Ps 67 (68)22
68 (69)2.15 106 (107)2* (nîsp)*;] 1. the bottom. 2. the depth of the
sea, the deep sea : 11 Co 1125.t
tanner
*+ Pupo-eu's,
: Ac
-e'oDs, 6
9*3 10"- 32.t

« /Svpara, a hide), late form for ySvpo-oSei/î^s, a
Puo-cricos, -T], -ov (<^ 0vcrcro<;), [in LXX chiefly for Uhp , yi3 , etc. ;]
made of /Jt'o-o-os, fine linen : Re I812. i**

19*' 1*.+
Pu'acros, -ov, rj (cf. Heb. "J^Q),

[in LXX chiefly for WW, |^n;]
byssus, a fine species of flax, also the linen made from it : Lk 16i^.t
Pwfios, -oO, 6 «/3aiVw), [in LXX (Hex.) for n^Tp ,

in Proph.,
chiefly for nps;] 1. any raised place, a platform. 2. an altar:

Ac 1723 (cf. BvaLaarrjpiov and V. DB, i, 75).
TappaGd (Rec. -^5), rj, indecl., Gabbatha, the Greek trans-

literation of an uncertain Aramaic word {DB, s.v. Dalman, Words, ;
7), used as the equivalent of XlOoo-tpihtov, stone pavement Jo 19i3.t :
raPpn^X, 6, indecl. (Heb. bN*"'15a, hero of God), the archangel
Gabriel : Lk li^. 26.t

*t ydyYpaiKa, •r}<;, rj, a gangrene, an eating sore, which leads to

mortification : ii Ti 2^^.t
rdZ, 6, indecl. (Heb. 13), Gad (Ge 30^' 49^3, al.) : Ee T^.t
raSaptji'os, TaSapd, Gadara, the capital of Peraea),

-^, -6v {<C.
Gadarene, of Gadara Mk 5\ Eec. (Edd.,
: Mt S^s (Rec. Ttpyea-rjvwv),
Vepaa-qvwv), Lk 8^"' 3^, Rec. (Edd., T€paa-rjvuiv)A
rdla -rjs, 7} (Heb. njy), Gaza, in OT, one of the five chief cities of
the Philistines : Ac 826.+
+ Y<i|;a, -i;s, rj (a Persian word), [in LXX for j^Tâ, ii Es 5^"^ 6^
720, 21^ Es 47 ; 1:^73 , II Es 721 ; Is 39^ * ;] treasure : Ac S^^.t
+ Yaô-(J)uXdKioi', -ov, to (<[ y^t^ct, <f)vXaKrj), [in LXX chiefly for
n3«?b , n3V2 (iv Ki 2311, al.), once for 0^33 (Es 3^) ; t6 y., ra y., of a
temple treasury, Ne 10^^, 11 Mac 3^, al. ;] treasury : also, apparently,

the trumpet-shaped chests into which the peoples' temple-offerings
were thrown {DB, iv, 96 DCG, ii, 748) Mk 12". *\ Lk 21i, Jo 820.+ ; :
faios, -ov, 6 (Faios, Rec), Gains, the name of a Christian 1. of ;
Macedonia Ac 1929. 2. Of Derbe Ac 20*. 3. Of Corinth Ro 1623,

: : :
I Co 1^*. 4. The one to whom in Ep. Jo is addressed in Jo ^+ :
ydXa, -aKTos, to, [in LXX for Q^n ;] milk: i Co 9". Metaph., of
elementary Christian teaching i Co 32, He 5^2, 13 ^^ AoyiKoi/ ahoXov y., : .
the rational (spiritual) genuine milk (v. Hort, in 1.), i Pe 22 (in support
of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in 1.).+
ra\dTT)s, -ov, 6 (originally syn. with cl. KcAt?;?; cf. i Mac 82, and
V. next word), a Galatian : Ga 3^.t
TaXaTia, -as, 17, Golatia ; 1. a gentilic region in Asia Minor,
settled by Gauls (iii/B.c). 2. A Roman Province which included this
region {DB, ii, 85 ff.) i Co 16^, Ga I2, 11 Ti 410 (T, Tr., mg., VaXXiav),
:
I Pe 11.+
ra\aTiK<5s, -ri> "o'v (v. previous word), Galatian, belonging to
Galatia : Ac 16« 1823.+
*ya\-l^vr\, -rjs, 17, a calm : Mt 826, Mk 439, Lk 82*.+
TaXiXaia, -as, rj (Heb. b''!?an , the circle, district), Galilee, the name
of the northern region of Palestine in times NT : F. twv i6vwv, Mt
415 (LXX). O^Xaaaa t^s T., Mt 1529 (cf. Jo 6^).
raXiXatos, -am, -alov, Galilcean : Mt 2669, Mk 14"o, Lk W^ 2 2259,
236, Jo 4«, Ac 111 27 537.+
raXXi'a, -as, rj, Gaul
mg., for TaAaTta, II Ti 410.+: T., Tr.,
TaXXiwi', -tovos, 6, Gallic, proconsul of Achaia Ac I812. 1*. i7 f :
rafittXiiiX, o (Heb. ^^^b03), Gamaliel the elder, a Pharisee and
Doctor of the Law Ac :

53* 223.+
*Ya|Jiea), -w, [in LXX: Es 103, 11 Mac 1425, jy Mac 169*;] ^q
marry ; 1. of the man, to marry, take to wife (ducere) : absol., Mt
1910 2225, 30 2438, Mk 1225, Lk 1727, 2034. Co 728. 33 c. ace. Mt 532
35^ I ; :
199, Mk 617 IQii, Lk 1420 1618. 2. Of the woman, (a) mid. (and in late
writers, pass.), to give oneself in marriage, marry {nuhere) : i Co 7'®;

(b) in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 159), act. (as of the man), to marry : absol.,
1 Co 728.84, J Tj 511,14. c ace, lO^^. (3) Of both sexes: absol., Mk
iTi43, iCo79'iO'38.t
*t yafiiô) (<^ ya/Aos), to give in marriage, a daughter i Co 7^®. Pass., :
Mt 2230 2438, Mk 12''*, Lk 17^7 20^^ (WH, mg., ya/xLo-KovTu; cf. «-

yafXLû)) .f
*YOfiiaKw, = yafi'iûy, q.v. : Lk 203*. 35, WH, mg. (Arist.).+
ydfios, -ov, 6, [in LXX for nporp ;] 1. a wedding, esp. a wedding-

feast: Mt 228. 10. ".12^ Jo 21-3, Ee 19^.9; pi. (Field, Notes, 16), Mt
222-*. » 2510, Lk 1236 148. (Cremer, 666).t 2. marriage : He 13''
ydp, co-ordinating particle, contr. of ye apa, verily then, hence, in

truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation,
for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl. 1. expli- ;
cative and epexegetic : Mt 4^8 1912, Mk l^^ 512 154^ Lk 113o, Ko 71,
I Co 16*, al. 2. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations
83i Ko
Mt 9* 2723, Lk 925 2227, Jo 930, Ac 163^ 193*, 15^6, i Co 910,
Phi 118 (Bllic, in 1.), i Th 220, al. 3. Causal: Mt I21 22.5.6, 323^
Mk 122 96, 115' 18^ Lk Jo 225, Ac 225, Ro 19. 11, I Co 115, Re 13, al.
giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 22'^ 3^, Eo 13",
Col Th 43, al. where the cause is contained in an interrog.
33, I ;
statement, Lk 222^, Eo 33 43, i Co 102^ Kal ydp, for also, Mk 10**^ ;
Lk 632, I Qq 57^ al i(j as in cl. = etenim, where the koi loses its
.
connective force (Bl., § 78, 6; Kuhner3, ii, 854 f.), Mk U^\ Lk l«c
2237, II Co 13*. The proper place of ydp is after the first word in a
clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose
II Co 119. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after
which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).
yao-Ti^p, -Tpo9, rj, [in LXX for ]y5 , iv y. £;^£tv for iîn , iv y.
Xafiftdveiv for mn ;] 1. the belly : metaph., a glutton, Tit I12. 2. the

womb: iv y. Hxîv, to be with child, Mt 118,23(lxx) 2419, Mk 13i7, Lk
2123, I Th 53, Ee 122 . ^v y. (7wX\a/x/3., to conceive, Lk isi.t
postpositive particle, rarer in kolvt) than in cl., giving
ye, enclitic
special to the word to which it is attached, distinguishing
prominence
it as the least or the most important (Thayer, s.v.), indeed, at least, even
(but not always translatable into English) 1. used alone Lk 118 185 ; :
242i,
Eo 832. 2. More freq. with other particles aXkd yc, Lk i Co 92 :
Sipa y£, Mt 720 1726, Ac 1727; S.pd y€, Ac 830; ,;; y^ (Rec. ct'yc), II Co 53,
Ga 3*, Eph 32 421, Col 123 (y. Meyer, Ellic, on Ga, Eph, 11. c. Lft., ;
on Ga, Col, 11. c.) d 8e fx-qyi, following an affirmation, Mt 61, Lk 10'

;
139; a negation, Mt 91^, Lk 536.37 14^2^ „ Co III6; Kat' ye (Eec. Kai'y«,

cl. KoX . . . ye), Lk 19*2 (WH om.), Ac 218 1727; /caiVotye (L KaiToi ye,
Tr. /cai Toi yc), Jo 42; /xevowye (v. S.V.) ; ft^Tt ye, V.S. /jh^tl; o<êXdv ye,
I Co 48.t
rcSecik', 6, indecl. in LXX and NT, in FIJ, Ant., v. 6, 3 and
4 -Svos (Heb. fiyis), Gideon (Jg 6-8) : He 1132.t
iyi^vva (yt'eva, Mk 9*^, Eec), ->;s, 17 (perh. through Aram. DJTPS,

from Heb. DJn '3 , Ne llô ; DTT]^ ""^ , Jo IS^^ ; DSn-";?! 13 iv Ki ,
23^'* valley of {the son, sons of) lamentation) ; [in

; the nearest LXX
approach to y. is yatcvva, Jos 18^^ (Fat 'Owofx, A), elsewhere <f>a.pay$
'Ovofx (Jos 15^, al.), V. Swete on 9*^;] Gehenna, a valley W. and S. Mk
of Jerusalem, which as the site of fire-worship from the time of Ahaz,
was desecrated by Josiah and became a dumping-place for the offal of
the city. Later, the name was used as a symbol of the place of future
punishment, as in Mt 529- 3o 1028, NT
9*3. «, 47^ Lk 12^, Ja 3^
: Mk
y. T. -TTvpos, Mt 522 1819, prob. with ref. to fires of Moloch {DB, ii,
119 b) ; vl6s y€^vr}^, Mt 2315; ^^^Vis yceVvr;?, 2333.t

rcOoTjtiacei (Eec. -vrj, LTr. -vet) indecl. (Heb. "^Zl^tp T)5 , oil-'press),
Gethsemane : called in Jo 18^ a ktjttos, but named only in Mt 26^^,

Mk 1432.t
yiiruv, -ovos, 6, 17 (-<y^), [in LXX chiefly for po?;] a neighbour:
Lkl4i2 156.9, Jo 98.t
ycXdw, -w, [in LXX chiefly for pWS ,
pum ;] to latigh : Lk 62^
fut., yeXao-o) (M, Pr., 154), ib. 21 (cf. KaTa-y€\a<j).t

yikus, -wTos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for p'lnv ;] laughter : Ja 49.t
Y6fiilt« «ye/t(o), [in LXX: Ge 45^7 (|yD), iii Mac 5*^, iv Mao
31**;] to fill; 1. properly, of a ship (Thuc, al.) Mk 4^7 : (pass.).
2. In late writers, generally (MGr., v. Kennedy, Sources, 155), c. ace,
seq. gen., Mk Jo T 6^\ Ee 158 AttS, Lk I516,
1536, ; Eec. WH, mg.
iK, Lk 15i«, WH, Ee 8^ Pass., absol. Lk 1423.t :
(used only in pres. and impf.), [in

yifiui for N^Q HiffZ',] to LXX ,
hef^dl properly,
; of a ship
1. (Xen.). 2. Generally (Plat., al.), (a) c.
gen. rei: Mt 232^, Lk 1V^\ Eo 3i*(lxx)^ Ee 4''.8 58 15' 173<«-»i 2P;
{b) seq. iK Mt 232^ (c) c. ace. rei (called a solecism in
:
;
WM,
251 Bl., § 36, 4), as in later Gk. from Byz. to Mod. times (Jannaris,
;
Gr,, 1319) : Ee IT^.t

ycced, -as, 17 (<^ ytyKo/tcu) ,
[in LXX chiefly for 111, 11 (Cremer,
148);] 1. race, stock, family (in NT, yivviqfm, q.v.). 2. generation;
{a) of the contemporary members of a family pi., Mt Ge
1^''^
: (cf. 31^,
mîa) ; metaph., of those alike in character, in bad sense, Mt IT^^,
Mk 919, Lk 9" 168, Ac 2*^ (b) of all the people of a given period ;
Mt 243^ Mk 1330, Lk 21^2, Phi 21*; pi., Lk 1*8; esp. of the Jewish
people, Mt 1116 1239. 4i, 42, 45 iî 2336^ Mk 812. 38^ Lk V^ 1129.
30-32. 50, 51
1726, Ac 1336, ^vtoS tis 8i>7yô-£Tat, Ac 833 (LXX);

He 3io(i^xx); ^^^ ^.
(c) the period covered by the life-time of a generation, used loosely in
pi. of successive ages Ac 14^6 I521, Eph 3*, Col 126; cJ? ytj/cas koX y,
:
(= "lin "trh Is 341'^, al.), Lk l^*'; ets Trao-as ras y. tov aiwvos twv
i
mcivwv, Eph 321 (Ellic, in 1.; DCG, i, 639f.).t

Yct'caXoyô), -w (< ycvca, Acyw), [in LXX: I Ch 5^ (izrn'')*;] to
trace ancestry, reckon genealogy ; pass., seq. Ik : He 76.t
* yeveaXoyia, -as, r] (v. previous word) ; 1. the making of a pedigree.
2. a genealogy : pi., i Ti 1*, Tit S"^ (v. CGT, in 1., and ib. hitr., xlix ff.
DB, ii, p. 141).t
*yevdcna, neut. pi. of adj. -los, -ov, relating to birth
-oiy, to.,
{<C yeVto-is) 1. in Attic Gk., a commemoration of the dead.

; 2. In late
Gk., a birthday feast (= cl. yevedXia; so in tt., v. MM, Exp., x; cf.
also Eutherford, NPhr., 184) : Mt 14«, Mk Bî.t
yiveai.^, -ctos, r}
« yCyvo/xai), [in LXX chiefly for nibw ;] 1. origin,
lineage: ySt'ySXos yeveVews (as in Ge 2^^ 5i), Mt l^. 2. 6jri/i ; Mt l^^,
Lk 1^* (Rec. yiuvrjo-L's) irpoawTTov t^s face of his birth ("what God
; y.,
made him to be," Hort., in 1.), Ja 1^3; 6 rpoôs t^s y., the wheel
(course) of birth or creation ("the wheel of man's nature according to
'ts original Divine purpose," Hort), Ja 3^.t
YeceTTJ, -^s, ^ = ycverj, lon. for yei/ea, [in LXX : Le 25*^ (lj:5.37
instzra), Es 4}''*;] birth: « y., Jo 9\t

t Ye>'r]fAa, -tos, to (<; yiyvofiaL), [in LXX chiefly for nSlip ;] a form
not found in but used in LXX, NT and tt. (Bl., § 3, 10
cl., M, ;
Pr., 45; Deiss., 184), as distinct from yewrj/jia, q.v., of fruit,

BS,
woduce of the earth Mt 2629, Mk 142*, Lk 12^^ 22i8, ii Co Qô (Rec.
:
y£vrij/ta).t
y^vv&m, -co (<^ yeWa, poet. for yevoii), [in chiefly for ib^ ;] 1. LXX
of the father, to beget: c. ace, Mt l^-^^, Ac T^'^^; seq. «, Mt l^.s.s.
2. Of the mother, to bring forth, bear : Lk l^^. 57 2329, Jo I621 ; cts
SovXetav, Ga 424. Pass. (1) to be begotten: Mt lÔ; (2) to be born: Mt
21, 4 1912 2624, Mk
1421, Lij i35_ Jo 34^ Ac 720, Ro 9^\ He 1123 geq. ^j^, .
Jo 1621 1837, II Pe 212 ; iy, Ac 28 223, (dâ/DTtais), Jo 934 ; iTr6, He 11^2

(WH, mg., ^y£v-) €K, Jo c. adj., ti;<Â6s y., Jo
;
1^3 3^ 8*1
['Pw/xalos], ; 92 ;
Ac ^„^^ ^^p^^ ^_ TTvcr./Aa Ga 429. Metaph. /iax«5. " Ti 223

2228 .
.
:
;
V5s eyevv-qtra, I Co 4i\ (ov), Phm !<*; in quotation, Ps 2" (LXX), Ac

1333, He 1* 5^ of Christians as begotten of God, born again
; Jo l^* :
33.5-8^ I Jo 229 39 47 51,4,18 (cf. dva-ycvmo)) (Cremer, 146). ;
yivvr\\La, -tos, to' (< yevvaw), [in LXX chiefly for riKinp;] off-
spring of men or animals : cxtSvwv, Mt 3^ 1234 2333^ lJj 37 (q^t^^ else-

where in Rec. for yevrjfxa, q.v.).t
rccTiaape'T (Rec. Tevrja-, Mk, I.e.; Targ. -1P^3|), [in LXX:
Tevvr}(rdp (as in some MSS. Mt, Mk), i Mac 11®''*;] Gennesaret, a
fertile plain on W. shore of the Sea of Galilee ; rj y^ T., Mt 1434, j^^
6*3 ; -fj Xi^vrj r. [rnZZ D; , Nu 34^1, elsewhere i? ddXaacra t. TaA-iXatas,
Mk li« 7i6.T. Tt/3epia8os, Jo 6^), Lk S^.t

;
yivvt\ai<i, -ews, rj ycvvaw), [in « LXX: I Ch 4^ (nnS^Tp), Ec V

(ib^ ni.; yeVeo-ts, AX), Wi 313 Ni (yeVeo-ts, ABn2), Si 223*;] 1^ ^
begetting. 2. birth : Mt l^^, Lk l^^, Rec.t
y^vvr^T6%, -i -6v «y€vvaa>), [in LXX: Jb IP.^^ 141 1514 25*
(^V')*;] begotten, born: pi., y. yvvaLKwv (cf. H^X Th"], Jb 14^), peri-
phrasis for mankind, Mt ll^^ Lk 728 (Cremer, 147).

yeVos, -ovs, to (< yiyvofMCLi), [in LXX for UV , ]^p , nj , etc. ;] 1.
family: Ac 4^ 7^3 IS^s. 2. offspring: Ac 1728.29^ Re 22^6^ 3. race,

waîow ; Mk 728, Ac 436 719 182. 24^ n Co 1126, 35^ q^ lu^ 1 Pe 2^ py
4. yfcznd, sort, class : Mt 13*' I721, Eec, 92^, i Co 12io. 28, l4io.t Mk
Gerasene, of Gerasa, not the G. of Decapolis,
TcpaoTjt'os, -v> "ov,
30 m. S.E. of the Lake, but a Gerasa or Gergesa (perh. the mod.
Kersa) on E. shore; as subst., pi. ol P., Mk 5\ Lk 826i37 (Yepyea-qvwv,
EV, mg. 1 ; TaSaprjvwv, EV, mg. 2).t
r€pY€<ni>'6s, -i -ov, Gergesene: Lk 826.37^ tE, mg. 1 (LTr., WH,

E, txt., Tepacrrjvitiv ',
E, mg. 2, ra8ap77i/a)v).+
yepouo-ia, -a?, 17 « yipoiv), [in LXX (Hex. only in OT) for ]p\ ;] a
council of elders, senate ; in NT, of the Sanhedrin {CI. Bev., i, 43 f.
DB, ext., 99) Ac 5^\i :
ycpui', -ovTo<s, 6, [in LXX for ]p7 ;] an old man : Jo 3*.t
yeo'w, [in LXX

chiefly for Dina ;] to make to taste. Mid., to taste
eat: absol., Ac lOô 20^\ Col 221 c. gen., Mt 273^ Lk I42*, Ac 23^* ;
c. ace. (not cl., but v. Westc, Heb., I.e. M, Pr., 66, 245), Jo 2^. Metaph, ;
He 6* p^/xa Oeoi, He 6^ (on case, v. supr., and cf. Milligan, NTD, 68)
;
Bavdrov (cf. Talmudic nn^Q DTia), Mt 1628, 9^, Lk 92^, Jo 8*2, He 29 Mk

seq. oTi, I Pe 2^ (Cremer, 148).
yewpy^w, -w «yca)pyds), [in LXX : I Ch 2726 (nTcrn njxô niry),
I Es 46, I Mac 148 * ;] to till the ground : pass.. He 6'.
tyecipyioc, -ov, to « yccupyos), [in LXX, freq. in Pr., for ITW, etc.;]
1. a field (Pr 24:^'^^^, Strabo). 2. cultivation, husbandry, tillage (Pr 6^

912, Je 2823, Si 276) i Co 3^.+ :
ycupyos, -ov, 6 (<Cy^, «pyw = €p8w, to do), [in LXX for 13X, etc.;]
1. a husbandman : 11 Ti 2*, Ja 5''. 2. a vine-dresser (cf. a/i,7re\ovpyos,
Lk 13') : Mt 2133-35.38,40,41^ Mk 12i'2,7,9_ Lk 209'io«i*«i6, Jo 15i.t
yrj, y^s, rf, [in LXX for I'lN, naiX, etc.;] 1. the earth, world:
Lk 2135, Ac 18, He ll^^, Ee 3i«, al. ; opp. to Mt 5^8 11^5^ Mk
oipavo's,
1327, al. 2. land ; (a) opp. to sea or water : Mk 4\ Lk 53, Jo 621, al.
(6) as subject to cultivation Mt 13^, Mk 48, : Lk 13", He 6' al. (c) the ,
;
ground Mt 102^,
: Mk 8®, Lk 24^ Jo 86, al. (d) a region, ;
country
Lk 425, Eo 928, Ja 517 y^ 'lo-paTÂ., Mt 220. 21 Xa\8atW, Ac 7*
;
; ; rj 'lovSata
y^, Jo 322 ; c. gen. pers., Ac 7^.
yfjpas, Attic, gen. (-aos) -ws, dat, a; Ion. and Koivrj, -cos (-ovs), dat.
-«, TO, [in LXX for n'^'^V , etc. ;] old age : iv y^pet, Lk 136.t
yTjpdCTKO) (also yr^pao) ; < y^Jpas), [in LXX chiefly for jpT ;] to grow
old : Jo 2118, He 81^.+
SVN. TraXaLovfiai.
:
yiyi'Ofiai, V.S. ytVo/xai.

YiVo|jiat, Ion. and Koivq for Att. yi'yv" (M. -P^-. 47; Bl., § 6, 8
Mayser, 166 f.), [in LXX chiefly for rrn;] 1. of persons, things
occurrences, come into being, be born, arise, come on : Jo 1^* 8*^
to
I Co 15^'^ a first appearance in pubHc, Mk 1*, Jo 1^, al.
; seq. e/< (of ;
birth), Ko 13, Ga 4^ Std, Jo 1^; /Spovr^ Jo 12^9; o-cicr/xtJ?, Ee 6^2

yoyyucr/xo's, Ac 6^ x"P"' ^^ ^*' ^^^ many other similar exx.
;
rj/j-epa ;
Lk 22<'«, al. ovj/i, Mk ll^^

; irpwia, Mt 27' vv^, Ac 27^7. 2. Of events; ;
to come to jyass, take place, Imppen : Mt 5^^ Mk 5^*, Lk I20 2^5, Ac

4^1
II Ti 2^8, al. ;
,x.r, yevotro [LXX for nb-bn Jo ,
2229, al.], far be it, God
forbid : Ro 3* {ICG, in 1.), i Go 61^ and freq. in PI. ; koX iyivero, cyc'vcro
Sc ([in LXX for ^n^T ;] v. Burton, 142 f. ; M, Pr., 16 f. ; Dalman,

Words, 32 f.; Eobertson, Gr., 1042 f.), c. indie, Mt 728, Lk is, al.;
seq. Kai et indie, Lk 8^ Ac 5^ al. c. ; ace. et inf., Mk 2^^, Lk d^\ al.;
<l)s 8c iylvero, seq. tov c. inf., Ac 10^^ ; c. dat. pers., to befall one : c.
inf., Ac 20^"; c. ace. et inf., Ac 22^; c. adv., cv, Eph 6^ ; tl iyevero
avToI (Field, Notes, 115), Ac 7*0 (lxx). geq. cis, Ac 28«. 3. to be made,
done, 2)erformed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc. : Mt 6^** 19^, Mk 2^^
1123, Ac 192«, al. ; seq. 8td c. gen., Mk
6^, Ac 2« ; hr6, Lk 13^7 ek, ;
Lk 423; i^^ I Co 9^5; SiTroypa(f>rj, Lk 22; di/a/cpiai?, Ac 2526; 5^^0-15,

He 922 ; 6 vofio'i, Ga S^' to Trda-xa, Mt 262. 4 iQ become, be made,
;
come to be : c. pred., Mt 43, Lk 43, Jo 2^, i Co 13^^, al. seq. cbs, wo-ci, ;
Mt 1025, Mk 92«; ek (M, Pr., 71 f.), 12io, al. c. gen.. Re ll^*; id., Mk ;
of age, Lk 2*2 ([LXX for trrx"^ n^n Ru V\ al. v.

•
c. dat., y. dv8pi , ;]
Field, Notes, 156), Ro 73.*; seq. iv, Ac 22'7, Re lô, al. iirdvo,, Lk ;
19i»; fierd, c. gen., Mk 16[io^, Ac 9^^; seq. ek, cVt' (Field, Notes, 135),
Kara (ib., 62), c. acc. of place, Ac 201^ 213^ 27^, al.; seq. «, Mk 9^,
Lk 322, II Th 2^ al. Aoristic pf. yeyom (M, Pr., 52, 145 f. Field, ;
Notes, 1 f.), Mt 25«, Lk 1036, al. Aor. iyev-jOrj (for eyeVero, M, Pr., 139 f.
Mayser, 379), Mt 1123, ^1. (Cf. aTro-, 8ia-, em-, irapa-, avp.- irapa-, irpo-.)
yii'cjCTKa) (=
V. previous word. So also vulgar Attic, in
yiyv- :
Inscr., V. Thumb, MGV,

207), [in chiefly for ;] to be taking in LXX TV
knowledge, come to knoio, recognize, perceive, understand in past tenses ;
to knoiv, realize ; pass., to become knozvn : c. acc, Mt 22'^, 5*3, Mk

Col 48, I Th 3*, al. Pass., Mt 102^, Phi 4^, al. seq. 5ti, Mt 21**, Jo ;
41, al.; Tt', Mt 63; d-^6, 15**; 6, Ro 7^^; Mk

r. Xcydyueva, Lk 183*; t.
6eX.rjiJia, Lk 12*^ T. KapS/as, Lk 161* ;Q acc. pers., of recognition by .
God, I Co by Christ, neg., Mt 723; fêq. of the knowledge

83, Ga 4^;
of divine things, of God and Christ; t. 6e6v, Ro 12\ Ga 4^; t. iraTipa,
Jo 8"; T. Kvpiov, He 8ii(lxx); voCv KvpCov, Ro 113*; Xpio-roV, Jo 173,
I Jo 36 TO TOV 7rv€Vfji.aT0S, I Co 2^* t. Trvev/ta, I Jo 4^ t. dXrjOeiav, Jo
; ; ;
832; of Christ's knowledge of the Father (cTriy.), Mt 1127 (Dalman,

Words, 282 ff.). In Hellenistic writers [LXX for Heb. TV Ga 4\ al.], ,
of sexual intercourse, toknow carnally Mt 1^*, Lk 13* (Cremer, 153). :
Stn, y., to know by observation and experience is thus prop,

:
disting. from olSa, to know by reflection (a mental process, based on

intuition or information) ; of. also e<f)iaT7}iJ.i, (rvvir}/j.i. (Cf . dva-, Sia-,

tTTi; Kara-, Trpo-yivuiCTKw,)
yXeuKos (-«os), -ous, to, [in LXX for ]^^., Jb 32^^*;] must, sweet
new wine (Arist.) : Ac 2^^.t
yXukus, -«a, -V, [in LXX chiefly for pinp ; ] Ja S^^' 12 ; opp. to
iriKpov, aXvKov, Ee 10^» ^*^.t
yXuaaa, -77s, 17, [in LXX chiefly for ]il2;^;] 1. the tongue, as the
organ of speech: Mk T^s.^s, Lk l^^ 162*, Ac 226 (lxx)^ Rq 3^3 (LXX)

1411 (Lxx)^ I Co 14», Phi 2^\ Ja 126 35, a, s^ j Pe 310 (lxx)^ i Jq 318, Re IGô
of a tongue-like object, Ac 2^. 2. a tongue, language : Ac 2^^ ;

joined
with i>vX^, Xao's, Wvo^, freq. in pi, Ee 5^ T^ lOî ll^ 13^ 14^ IT^s ; XaAcrv
€TepaL<i y, Ac 2*; y. XaXelv /caivals, WH, txt. (EV, mg, omit Katvai?),
Mk 1617; XoXcTv yXwo-o-ais, yXciroTJ (v. ICC, 11. c. DB, iv, 793 ff.),
;
Mk 16^7, WH, txt., E, mg., Ac 10*^ IQ^,

Co 123o 13^ 142. 4-6, 13, is, 23, 27. 39 i
yXtoo-aat (= Xdyot eV yXuxrcrrj, I Co 14'^), I Co 13^ 1422; y^^ yXwo-crwv,

I Co
12l<>» 28
Trpoo-cvxtcrâi yXtucroT/, I Co 14^*
; yXCJaa-av Ixeic, I Co 1426 ;
(Cremer, 163, 679).t

+ yXwaoroKOfioi', -ov, to, vernac. form of cl. y\a)oro-OKoyu.erov (<^ yXaiao-a,
Ko/x^w), [in LXX for ]nN, 11 Ki 6^\ 11 Ch 248.i0'ii*;] 1. = cl. -eZov
(v. supr.), a case for holding the reeds or tongues of musical instru-
ments. As in LXX, tt. (MM, s.v.), a box, chest: Jo 12« 1329.t
2.
Y>'a(t>eus, -ews, o, Ion. and Koivrj form of Att. Kva<^cvs (<C KvairTOJ,
to card wool), [in LXX for D5^, iv Ki IS^^, Is 7^ 362*;] ^ fuller,

cloth-dresser : Mk Q^.t
y^^-'ios. -«. -o*'
Ky^'yÂ^Ô. [in LXX: Si 7^8, iii Mac 3^9*;]
1. prop., laxofully begotten, born in wedlock (in tt., ywrj y., a lawful
wife; MM, s.v.). 2. irwe, genuine, sincere: Phi 4^,1 Ti I2, Tit
1* as subst., to y. = ^ yvTjo-io'TT/s, sincerity, 11 Co 8^.t
;
**Y»'Tiaiws, adv., [in LXX: 11 Mac 14*, in Mac 32^*;] sincerely,

honourably : Phi 22" (for a parallel in tr., v. MM, s.v.).t
yv&ô%, -ov, 6 (later form of Sv-), [in LXX for ^g)^ , ^P"^? , etc. ;]
darkness, gloom (including "an element of tempest," Tr., Syn.,

§ c) : He 12i8.t
Syn. : dxXv's, ô</>os, o-Kdros (Tr., I.e. ; DB, i, 457'^).
yviiiit], -77s, r,
« yiyt/wo-zcw), [in LXX: Da TH 2^5 (ni), Ps 82
(83)3 (TiD), elsewhere, chiefly 11 Es, for Dytp ;] 1. « means of knoiving,
a token (Theogn.). 2. In Attic writers, the mind, its operations and
results (v. Edwards, Lex., App., A); (a) mind, understanding; (6)
purpose, intention : Ac 20^ (c) judgment, opinion : i Co V^, Ee 17^^ ;
(d) counsel, advice : i Co 72^. *o, n Co 8^^ Phm ^^ (e) royal purpose, ;
decree (as in Da, i and 11 Es) : Ee 17^'^ (Cremer, 671).+

yviapllia (-< yiyvwo-Kto), [in LXX chiefly for TT hi.;] 1. as most
commonly in cl., to come to know, discover, know : Phi I22 (but cf. E,
mg.). 2. make known: c. ace, Eo 922,23- q q^qq j.q[ ^q^^^^ pers.,
to
Lk 21*, Jo Ac 2'^Hhx\)^ I Co 151, 11 Co 8\ Ga V\ Eph F e^^-ai,
151^ 17-^«,
Col 4".«, II Pe 11"; c. dat., seq. on, i Co 12=^; seq. rt, Col 1^' rrepi, ;
Lk 217. Pass., Ac 7^\ Ro 16^«, Eph 3^- »• i", Phi 4« (Cremer, 677 cf. ;
(ij'u-, 6tu-yi'a)^(.'â)).t
yvuxTis, -ews, 17 (<^ yiyj/wcrKw), [in LXX chiefly for nyi;] 1. d

seeking to knotv, inquiry, investigation. 2. knowledge, in NT, specially
of the kn. of spiritual truth absol., Lk ll^^^ Eo 22*^ ISi", i Co 1* (Lft.,
:
Notes, 147) 81. ".10' 11 13- « U^, 11 Co 6« 8" 11«, Eph 3i9, Col 2^, i Pe 3",
II Pe 1*.*^; c. gen. obj., o-wTT^pias, Lk l" t. Sofvys t. Oeov, ii Co 4"; t. ;
6€oi}, II Co 214 105; Xpi(TToi) 'Iryo-oO, Phi 38 (v. Deiss., L^^, 3833), 11 Pe
31**; C. gen. subjc, deov, Eo IP^; Aoyos yvwo-ews, I Co 12^; t/^€i;8ujvv/xou
I Ti 62**.t
yi/too-eo)?,
SriV. ; cro<f)ia, <f)p6vr](TL<; (cf. eTrt-yvwcris and V. Lft. on Col 2^

Cremer, 156).
t yccScTTr]?, -ov, 6 (<[ ytyi ojcTKw), [in LXX chiefly for ""JirT;] onewlio
knoios, an expert : Ac 26^.
yi/waros, later form of yvwros {<^ yiyvioa-Kw), [in LXX for
various parts of W
-v?,
410 1338 1518 1917 2822. 2S; y_ arjfxelov,

-6v,
;J
kjiojvn : Ac 9*'^ ; c. dat.,
a notable (EV)
Jo 18i'5. i«
sign,
''*'''=•',
Ac
one that
li^ 2i*
is
matter of knowledge, Ac 41*^
;
yvwo-rov iroulv, Ac 151". i^ ; to yvwo-rov t.
êov, Eo
11^; in pi., as subst., yvoiaroi, acquaintances, Lk 2** 23*'-'; so
in sing., Jo 18i«'^«'.t
t yoyyuj^d), [in LXX
chiefly for ]ib ;] to mutter, murmur : i Co
IQlO; seq. Kard, Mt 2011 7rp6^, Lk 5^0 Trept', Jo 6*1.
;
«l
; /xcT aAXT?\w, ; Jo
6*^; c. ace, seq. irepc, Jo 7^- (cf. 8(.a-yoyyi;^w).t
t yoyyu(T^<5s, -o€, o « yoyyt'^w), [in LXX: Is 58^ (px), Ex 16 7-9,
Nu 175.1" (njlbp), Wi 110.11, Si 46-"*;] a murmuriyig, muttering:

Jo 71-, Ac 61 ; dv€v y., I Pe 4^ pi., xV? y-, Phi 2i4.t
262*^
**t yoyyuaTi^s,
* ;] a murmurer
-ov, 6
:
«Ju yoyy.^C^)
i^.t
;
[in Sm. : Pr 2622, jg 292* ; Th. : Pr
*y6if|9, -rjTos, o (yoao), to wail) ; 1. a%vailer. 2. a wizard. 3. an

impostor (cf. yorjTcia, trickery, 11 Mac 1224) ; u Ti 31^.
roXyoGd (Eec. -Oa; WH, mg., ToXyo^, Jo, I.e., Aram. Nnbili'il
= Heb. rhhb?, LXX, Kpavcov, Jg 9", n Ki 9^5) ; indecl. (exc. Mkl522,

-a.'), Golgotlm, the place of the crucifixion : Mt 27^3, Mk I522, Jo igi^.t
Tojioppa, -a5, rj, and -lov, rd (Heb. iTlby), Gomorrah, one of the
cities of the plain (Ge 19) : Mt lOi^, Eo 9'^n^^x)^ u Pe 2\ Ju^.t

Y^ôs, -ov, 6 (< y£>w), [in LXX Ex : 235, jy Ki 51^ (N^D) *;] a
sJiip s freight, cargo : Ac 21^, Ee 18". i2.t
yoceu's, -€(us, 6 (<^ ytyvo/i,at), [in LXX for 2X , DX ;] a begetter, a

father ; mostly in pi., ol y., parents : Lk 2"' "3 856 21i<', Jo 92. «. 20, 22, n^
Ro 130, II Co 12l^ Eph 61, Col 320, 11 Ti 3^ ; ace. pi. (Hellenistic, v.

Thackeray, Gr., i, 148), yovcts, Mt lOî, Mk 13^2, Lk 2^7 1829, Jo g^^.t
yoyu, -aros, to, [in LXX chiefly for ^^3 ;] the knee : He 12^2 j of
a suppliant, Trpoo-TrtVrctv Tots y., Lk 5^; so also nOevaL TO. y., to kneel:
Lk 22*1,Ac 7«o 9*o 20^6 21*; in mockery, Mk IS^^; KdfjLTrTecv rh v., to
bend the knee : Eo 11*(lxx) 1411 (lxx)^ Eph 3^\ Phi 2io.t
*t YocoTTCTeoj, -u) {'C^yovv, ttitttw) ; 1. to fall on the knees: seq.
Ifxirpoa-dev, 272^. Mt
2. to fall down before one : c. ace, Mt IT^*,
Mk 1*0, R, txt., 10i7.t
Ypajxfia, -Tos, to (<^ ypdcfxD), [in LXX for "igD , etc. ;] 1. that
ivhich is traced or drawn, a picture. 2. that which is written; (!) a
character, letter : Ga Q^^ (2) a tvriting, a written document
; (a) a ;
bill or account: Lk IG'''"; (6) a letter: Ac 282^; (c) Ta Upa y., the
sacred writings, i.e. the OT
11 Ti 3^^ (so in Philo, Vit. Mos., iii, 39)
:
(d) TO y., the letter, the written word as an external authority in con-
trast with the direct influence of the Spirit as manifested in the new
Covenant Ro 22"> 2^ 7^ 11 Co 3"' ^ (3) Ta y., letters, i.e. learning : Jo 7^^
:
;
x\c 262*. în ^_ an iHiterate person is veiy frequently referred to as

ypd/j-ixaTa fX7] eiSoTos, and this " never means anything else than inability
to write " : MM, Exp., x ; but v. also Cremer, 166 ; DCG, i, 202 ; ii,
584.) t
Ypcififiareus, -ews (acc. pi., -cis, V. Bl., § 8, 2), 6 (<^ ypd.fji.fia), [in
LXX always for liaiZT in Hex., elsewhere chiefly for IDD;] 1. a

secretary ; y. t. TroAeois, a state-clerk Ac 19^^. 2. In tt., of a military
:
officer (Deiss., BS, 110 So Jg 5^*, iv Ki 25i9 al. 3. a

f.). (-|DD),
scribe, a biblical scholar, teacher of the law (so first in i Es 8^, 11 Es
7<'; in Lk 5^', vo/zoSiSao-zcaAos in 102^, vofx-LKos) 72^, ; Lk
I22, and : Mt Mk
freq. in Gosp. y. koI dpx^LepeU, Mt 2*, et al. ; y. k. âpia-aloi, Mt 52", et
al. ; y. fxa6r]T€v6et<: rrj /SacriXcta t. ovp., Mt 13*2 •
tôv (ro<f>6<i', ttoS y., 1 Co
120 (Cremer, 167; DB, iv, 420, 800).
Ypa-rrros, -q, -6v « ypd<fiw), [in LXX for STI^p ;] 1. painted. 2.
written : Ro 2i*.t
Ypa<}>ii, -^s, rj
(<[ ypdffxj)), [in LXX chiefly for :iri3 ;] 1. a drawing,
painting. 2. (a) writing ; (6) that which is written, a writing iraa-a y., :
II Ti 31^ ; y. ayiai, Ro 12 ; 7rpo<f>r]TLKaL, Ro 162" ; al y. t. Trpo(f>r]T(i}v, Mt

26^"; ai y., the sacred writings, the Scriptures (i.e. the OT; v.
17 y.,
Milligan, NTD, 205) in pi., when the sacred writings as a whole are
;
meant, e.g. Mt 21*2 26**, Jo 5^^, Ro 15* in sing., when a particular ;
passage is referred to, as in Lk 421, Jo 192*, Ro 4^ Q^^ lO^^ II2, Ja 223

(Cremer, 165; DCG, ii, 584).
[in
YP^<1>«,
LXX
chiefly for 2113] ; 1. to scrape, graze (Horn.), and
later (Hdt.) to sketch, draw. 2. to write ; (a) of forming or tracing
letters on writing material Jo 8^"^ Ga 6^1, 11 Th 3^' {b) to express in
:
;
writing, commit to writing, record: Lk 1^^, Jo 192i'22^ Re l^^'i^, al.;

of scripture as a standing authority (Deiss., BS, 112 ff.), yiypanTai, it
stands written (Luther), Mt 4*, Mk 7«, Lk 48, Eo l^^ i Co 1^\ al. ; id.
seq. tV, Mk 1^, Ac lô, al. ; c. ace, to write of: Jo 1*^, Ko 10*; seq.
TTcpi, Mt 262*, Mk 1421, Jo 546^ al. ; c. dat. (WM, § 31, 4), Lk ISî ; id.
seq. Iva (M, Pr., 207 f.), Mk 12^^ Lk 2028 ; Kara t. yeypa/x/^teVov, II Co
4^^ yeypa/x/jiivov iari, Jo 2^"
iypdijyr) 8t r]fi3.<;, Ro 42*
; iir aurw yeypafx- ;
;
fieva, Jo 12^*'
; (c) of writing directions or information, c. dat. pers.
Ro 15^5, II Co 7^2^ al. (d) of that which contains the record or
message: /3i/3\ioy, Mk 10*, Jo
;
2125, ^ 51. r^rXov, Jo 19^^ cttio-toXî',

Ac 2325; ivToXT]v, Mk 105 (cf. OLTTO-, iy-, im.-, Kara-, wpo-).
^typawStjs, -cs {ypa-v<;, an old woman, c'Sos), anile, old-womanish:
I Ti 47.t
YPTjyope'oj, -w, = Attic eyprjyopa, pf. of iycLpw, q.v., [in (later LXX
bks. only) chiefly for HplZ?;] 1. to he awake ; metaph., of being alive,
I Th 510. 2. to watch: Mt 24*^ 2638.40, 13^* 143*.37^ Lk 1237,39; Mk
metaph., Mt 24*2 2513 26*\ 1335. 37 1438^ Ac 203i, i Co 1613, i Th 5«, Mk
I Pe 58, Re 32. 3 1615 . geq. ^v, Col 42. (Cf. hia-ypTfyopiii>.)\
SYN. : V.S. aypvirviiii.
** yxs^v&lia {<iyvp-v6<i), [in LXX: 11 Mac 10^5 *;] 1. properly, to
exercise naked. 2. Generally, to exercise, train the body or mind : i Ti
A\ He51* 1211, II Pe 2i*.t
exercise
**
:
y^lLvcxala,
i Ti 48.t
-as, -7 « yv/ivaC<«), [in LXX: IV Mac 1120*;]
*t yufii'iTeuo) (Rec. yvfivrjr-, V. Tdf ., Pr., 81), to be naked or scantily

clad : I Co 411 (cf. cV i/'v'x" '^- yvtivoTrjTi, u Co II2"; yw/x.vot, Ja 2i5. In
KoivTJ writers, y. also means to go light-armed. )f
yufju'os, -^, -oV, [in LXX chiefly for Di*iy ;] naked, without clothing,
and sometimes (as freq. in cl.) scantily or poorly clad (Is 202 ^^ To li^,
II Mac Mt 253«. ss. *3, 44^
1112) : 14*2, Jo 21^, Ac IQi^, Ja 2i5, Re 31^ Mk
1615, 171^ as subst., to y., the naked body,
;
145i. Metaph., of things Mk
exposed, 4i3 He
of the soul without a body (Plat., Crat., c, 20, and
;
cf. Deiss., LAE, 293), 11 Co 53; of seed, bare, 1 Co 1537 (Cremer, 168).+
tyup.t'OTTjs, -7T0S, rj
(<^ yu/Avos), [in LXX for DTy, De 28*8 *;]
nakedness: Ro 835, n Co 1127, Re 3i8.t

* yucaiKapioc, -ov, to (dim. of ywrj), a little woman ; contemptuously,
a silly woman (EV) : 11 Ti 3''.t
yui'aiKcios, -a, -ov (<^ yiî"?), [in LXX chiefly for n^K ;] female
I Pe 37.t
yuj'^, -aiKos, 7}, [in LXX for niJ^N;] 1. a woman, married or un-
married: Mt ll" 1421, al. ; vVavSpos y., Ro 72; y. xw«. Lk 42"; in
vocat., yvvai implies neither reproof nor severity, but is used freq. as a
term of respect and endearment, Mt 1528, Jq 2*, 421 192^. 2. a toife
Mt 120, I Co 73.*, al.; y. ^TroXveLv, Mk 102, al.; y. Ix"". Mk 6I8;
y.
kaêlu, Mk 1219 ; y. yafidv, 1420. Lk 3. a deaconess, i Ti 3" {CGT,
in 1.).
TcSy, 6 (Heb. aia), indecl., Gcg, assoc. with Magog (q.v) : Re 20^.+
manuaij greek lexicon op the new testament 97
y^yloy -o?, ^ (< yow), [in LXX chiefly for njB ;] an angle, a
corner: Mt 6^,Ac 26^'; t. reWapas y. t. yjjs, Ke 7^, 20^; KC(f)a\r]
yoivias (njp BrNh, Ps 117 (118)22, LXX), Mt 21*2, Mk 12io, Lk 20^

Ac 4", I Pe 27.t
A, 8, SAto, to, indecl., the fourth letter. As a numeral, S* — 4,

8, = 4000.
AaîS, V.S. AauctS.
** Saifiokiôfiai (in cl. also Sat/xovao) -^ Saifiwv), [in Aq. Ps 90 ; :
(91)"*;] to be under the power of a Sai/xwv (Sai/xoviov, q.v.), to be

possessed : Mt 15-2 elsewhere always ptcp., -t^d/xevos, -icrdiU Mt 42*
•
:
816,28,33 932 1222^ Mk 132 515,1(5,18^ Lk S^^, Jo 10'-^ (Cremer, 171).t
Saip.oi'ioi', -ov, TO (neut. of SaifiovLos, -a, -ov, divine), [in LXX (so
also in tt. ; v. MM, Exp., x) for "Ttp, b'biji. (freq. in To) ;] 1. as in cl.
(a) the Divine power, Deity (Hdt., Plat., al.) (b) an inferior divinity, ;
deity or demon (as in magical tt., Deiss., BS, 281 MM, Exp., x) ;
iiva 8., Ac 17^^. 2. (a) In OT, heathen deities, false gods (e.g. De
32^', Ps 95 (96)^) ;
(b) in NT, evil spirits, demons : dvova-iv 8aifxovioi<i,
I Co 102^* ; 8iSao-KaXi'ai Bai/xovLwv, I Ti 4^ ; irpoa-KWfiv to. 8,, Re 92**
apx'^v Twv 8., Mt 93* especially (syn. with Trvevfi-a aKadaprov) as

;
operating upon and "possessing" (cf. 8at/xovtô/iat) men: Mt 11^^, et

al. ; (laepx^creat 8. cts Ix"". Lk 4^3 8. iKpdXXctv, Mt
. . ., Lk 8^^ ; 8. ;
722. In the phrase 7rv€v/x.a Sai/xoviov dKaOdprov, Lk 433, the wider cl.
usage (1. b) is recognised, olk. being elsewhere in NT, the epithet of
vrv., and 8. = ttv. olk. (v. 7CC, in 1; Cremer, 168).
**t 8aiiio^nS8T)s, -€s 8at/xo'viov,
demon-like : Ja 3** (Cremer, 171).
« (TSo^), [in Sm.: Ps 90 (91)6*;]
ialiiuv, -ovos, 6, rj, [in LXX for 13, Is 65^^ (X; 8ai/i,ovta>, AB)*;]
in cl. and NT = Sai/ioViov ; a demon: Mt 83^.+
Jite ;
Ukvu,, [in
metaph., Ga
LXX
5^^.f
for ^, Ge 491^, al., exc. De B^* (qitzr);] <o
SciKpuoi' (poet, form SaKpv), -ov, to, [in LXX for n^l ;] a tear
Mk 924 (WH, txt., R, txt. omit), Ac „ Co 2*, 11 Ti 1*, He 5^
20i9. 3i^
12", Re 717 21*; metaph., dat. pi., 8a^pvo-i (La 2^\ Thuc, vii, 75;
Bl., §9, 3), Lk738.4^t
8aKpuu, [in LXX for nps , etc. ;] to weep, shed tears : Jo ll^^.t
Syn. : KXaita, of audible weeping, to cry ; 68vpofiai, of grief ex-
pressed verbally, to lament ; Op-qviin, of formal lamentation, to sing a
dirge ; dXaXu^w, to tvail in Oriental fashion ; o-rcva^w, of grief expressed
by inarticulate sounds, to groan.
SaKTuXios, -ov, o «8aKTvXos), [in LXX chiefly for nySM;] a
ring : Lk 1522.t
7
SdKTuXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for yny^ ;] a finger : Mt 23*,

Mk 7=^^ Lk 11*6 1624, Jo ye, 8 20^.27; metaph., 8. deov (cf. Ex 8^%
Lk 112o.t
AaXfiai'ouOd, Dalmanutha, an unidentified place near
rj, indecl.,
the Sea of Galilee Mk S^" (cf. Maya8dv)A :
AaXfxaTia (L, Af A-), -as, rj, Dalmatia, a part of Illyria on E. coast

of the Adriatic : ii Ti 4io.t
Safidlâ), [in LXX: Da 2*^^ {bwu)*;] to tame, sîbdue: Mk 5*,
Ja 3" ; metaph,, t. yXda-a-av, Ja 3^ (Field, Notes, 237f.).+

SdjiaXis, -eojs, r] (fem. of 8afxdXr]s, a hullock), [in LXX chiefly for
niQ , rhy? ;] a heifer. He Qi^.t
Adfjiapis, -i8os, 17 (<C 8dfxap, poet., a wife), Damaris : Ac 17^*.

AajxaaKTjvos, -rj, -6v,of Damascus, Damascene: 11 Co 11^2_f
Damascus: Ac 92 22*ff- 26i2.20^
AaniaaK^s, -oC, ^ (Heb. piyJSl),
ff-
II Co 1132, Ga 11'.+
8ai'6i^(i), V. Sav/ô).
Sdi'eioc, V. Saviov.
8at'£io-Tr)s, V. 8avto-T7;s.
Saci^w (late form of cl. -ci'^w, Eec, Bl., § 3 ; Thackeray, Gr.y

85 f .),[in LXX chiefly for TXb (Pr IQi") ;] to lend money on interest
Lk 634' 35 . mid., to borrow : Mt 542.t
/SliV. : KLXprj/î- (v.s. XP*^*")) tio lend in a friendly way.
Aai'iriX, 6, indecl. (Heb. bx^J'T, God is my Judge), Daniel, the
prophet : Mt 24^^+
Sdi'ioi', -ov, TO (late form of Sdveiov, Eec. ; v.s. Savt'^w), [in LXX
De 2411 (ncr:) 15^' 10 (tanr hi.), iv Mac 28*;] a Zoaw; Mt 1827.+
form of -cio-tt^s, Eec. v.s, Savci'^w), [in LXX

Sai'iaxris, -ov, 6 (late ;
292s*;] a money-lender
IV Ki 4S Ps 108(109)11 (ntZTJ), Pr 291^ (rzr-j), Si
Lk 7",t
** Sairavdu, -w, [in LXX : To 1", I Mac 14^2, al. ;] 1. to spend, expend
12i5.
c.ace, Mk seq. 528 ; eVi, c. dat. pers., Ac 212* iwep, ; 11 Co 2. to
consume, squander : Lk IS^* ; e,/ t, rj8oval<; (on the constr. with iv, v.
Hort, Mayor, in 1,), Ja 4^ (cf. ex-, irpoa-- 8.).+
Saird^, -rys, ^, [in LXX : 11 Es S*. » (n,"??3), Da LXX Bel 21, al. ;]
expense, cost : Lk 142^,+
AaueiS (Eec. Aaj8t8), 6, indecl. (Heb. in). David, King of Israel
dpovo^ A., Lk 1^2 15i«

Mt 1^ 123, et al. a-Krjvî A., Ac ; /cXcl? A., Ee 3^ ; ;
pit,a A., Ee 55; fSaatXeia A., 1110; v':6s A., the Messiah (Ps. Sol., Mk
1723 for other reff. in
; Jewish lit., v. Dalman, Words, 317), Mt li 92^,
et al. ev A., i.e. the Psalter, He 4^

;
8^ (before vowels 8' on the general neglect of the elision in NT,

;
V. WH, Ajyp., 146 ; Tdf ,, Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle

1. copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104)
Mt 12 «, II Co 615. IS, II Pe l*-7; in repetition for emphasis, Eo 321. 22
930, I Co 2«, Ga 22, Phi 28 in transition to something new, Mt l^^ 2^^
;
Lk 131, Jo Co 7^ S^, al. in explanatory parenthesis

71*, Ac 6\ Eo 828, i ;
or addition, Jo 3^9, Eo b^, i Co 1^2, Eph 2* 5=^2^ al.; <I)s U, Jo 2^; koL
. .Se, but also, Mt 10^8, Lk I'S, Jo 6", Eo 1123, al.; Kal iav 8i, yea
.
even if, Jo 8^^. 2. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering
to a foregoing fiiv (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one
preceding (in NT most freq. without yiteV; Bl., § 77, 12) eav 8c,
: Mt
614,23^ al.; cyw (o^, etc.) 8e, Mt 522 6^, Mk 82^, al.; b 8c, auros 8e', Mk
1«, Lk 4^0, al.; after a negation, Mt 6^9. 20^ Rq 3*, i Th 521, al.
S^Tjo-is, -cfc)s, 7} {<Chioixai), [in LXX for nsnp , nST, n^Sl?, etc.;]
1. a wanting, need (so Ps 21 (22)2^). 2, aw asking, entreaty, supplica-
tion ; in NT always addressed to God Lk l^^, n Co l^^. Phi l^^, n Ti :
13, Ja 516, I Pe 312 (LXX); with vvyo-Tcrat, Lk 23^; Trpoo-cvx*?, -ai, Eph 6^8,
Phi 4^, I Ti 2^ 5* LKerrjpiai, He 5^^ Trpo(TKapTipri<ri<i, Eph 618 cvTcvfcis,
; ; ;
I Ti 21 8. TTotcro-ât (Deiss., 5S, 250), Lk 533, pjî i* (pij^ j Ti 2^

;
seq. irrc'p, 11 Co Qi*, Phi 1* Trcpi', Eph 618 ttôs, Eo lOi.t ; ;
Syn. : Trpoa-ivxv, used of prayer in general, while 8. gives promi-

nence to the sense of need on the other hand, 8. is used as well of ;
requests from man to man, while ir. is limited to prayer to God.

ci'Tcu^ts, in the papyri, is the regular word for petition to a superior
(Deiss., BS, 250; cf. the Pauline hTvyxdveiv, to entreat). Cf. also
€ixv (Ja 515), atrrjiia, iK^T-qpia (Tr., Syn., %\\; Cremer, 73, 174, 684).
8ei, impersonal (8ca)), [in LXX chiefly for infin. with ^;] one
must, it isc. inf., Mt 26**, Mk 13'', Ac 52^, al.
necessary : c. ace. et ;
inf., MtMk 831, Jq 37^ Ac 25io, al. with ellipse of ace, Mt 2323;
1621, ;
of ace. and inf., Mk I31*, Eo 12" S^*" oi (yu^) 8€t {non licet), ought not, nnist ;
not : Ac 252*, ^ "pi 22* ; impf., £8ci, of necessity or obligation in past

time regarding a past event 63, 4), Mt 1833, Lk 1532, Jo 4*,
(Bl., §
Ac 2721, al. periphr., hiov ia-riv (as in Attic, XP^^^ ^^'^'- = XPVt v.s.
;
Seov), Ac 193"; id., with ellipse of icrrLV, 1 Pe 1^; to. p.ri Scovra (= a ou
8cr), I Ti 513.
Syn. expressing moral obligation, as distinct from 8£r,

: o^ciXct,
denoting logical necessity and XPV^ a need which results from the fitness
of things (v. Tr., Stju., § cvii, 10; Westc. on He
2i, i Jo 2<'; Hort
on
Ja 310).
*8eiYfia, -TO?, TO (^Sct/cvv/xt); 1. (cl.) a thing shown, a specimen.

2. = cl. TrapdS- (cf. v7ro8-, II Pe 2^), an example (a warning) Ju^.t
«
:
*t Seiy/xaTiioj Scty/xa), a rare word {ICG, 11. c), to make a show

of, to expose : Mt V^ (Eec. 7rapa8-, q.v.). Col 2i*.t
SeiKûfii, 8€tKvvw (v. BL, § 23, 1 Veitch, s.v.), [in chiefly
; LXX
for ^^('^ hi. ;] to show, c. ace. rei (pers.), dat. pers. (a) to show, exhibit ;
Mt 48 8*, Mk 1** 1415, Lk 4* 51* 202* 2212 24*o, Jo 2i8 520 1032 2020,
Ac 73>Lxx)^ I Ti 615, Ee I71 2P'io 221-8, pass., He 85(i'XX);
(j) to make
123i, Ee
knoion: Mt I621, Jo 148.9, Ac IO28, i Co li 41, 22^; (c) to
prove Ja 2i8 3i3.t
:
SeiXio, -as, rj « SeiXo's), [in LXX for np-ili, n^np, etc.;]
cowardice, timidity (never in good sense) ii Ti I'^.t :
Syn.: <f>6/3o'i, fear, in general, good or bad; evkdfSeia (q.v.),

apprehension generally, but chiefly pious fear, " that careful and
watchful reverence v^^hich pays regard to every circumstance in that
with which it has to deal " (cf. Tr., Sy7i., § x).
tSeiXidu, -w «8«Aia), [in for nnn ni. LXX
IHE, etc.;] = the ,
more freq. dnoS-, to be cowardly, timid, fearful : Jo 142'.+

SetXos, -rj, 6v (<[ 8€o<;), [in LXX for 1J1 , etc. ;] cowardly, fearful
Mt 826, Mk 4*0, Re 218.+
**8€ij'o, 6, f), TO (gen. -vos, dat. -vi, ace. -va), [in Aq. : Eu 4}, i Ki
212(3) (Sm. also), iv Ki 6*^*;] stich an one, a certain one, whom one
cannot or will not name Mt 26*^.+
«
:
SeiKois, adv. Sc'os), [in LXX : Jb lO^^, Wi l?^, al. ;] 1. terribly

Mt 86. 2.vehemently : Lk 11*3.
SeiTT^c'u), -w «8£r7rôv, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 23^ {nub), To 7^ 8\
Da LXX 1127*;] to take the chief meal of the day, to dine, to sup:
Lk 178 2220 (WH, br., E, mg. omits), i Co 1125; metaph., Ee 320.+
SeiTTi'oi', -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for 35"n5) (Da) ;] the chief meal
of the day, dinfier, supper : Mt 23^, Mk 12^9, Lk 14^7. 24 20«, Jo 132' *
2120, I Co 1121 3 ôuZv, . Mk 621, lij 1412,16^ Jo 122; ^ypâKov (q.v.) 8.,
I Co 1120; metaph. (Dalman, Words, 118), S. r. ydjxov r. dpviov, Ee 19^;
8. T. fxeya r. 0£o9, Ee IQl^t
*+ Seio-iSaifiofia, -as, rj (•<[ ScicriSatyLicov, q.v.) ; 1. fear of the gods;

(a) piety, religion; (b) superstition. 2. Objectively, a religion: Ac
2519 (Cremer, 72, 682).t
* SeiCTi-Saip.wi', -Of {<C, Sci'Sw, to fear ; Saifjuav, deity), reverent to the
deity, religious; compar. -fMovearepovi (AV, too superstitious, E, txt.,
somewhat superstitious, a sense in wh. the word is sometimes used
cf. Field, Notes, 125), more religious. God-fearing, than others, quite
religious (Abbott, Essays, 105 ff. Deiss., LAE, 285) Ac I722.+ ; :
Syn.: eva-efirj'i (q.v.), dtoa-€Jirj<i, 6prja-Ko^ (Cremer, 681; DB, ext.,

142 a).
S^Ka, 01, ai, TO, ten : Mt 202*, q\ .
^Xu/^ts rjfxepwv 8., i.e. of brief
duration : Ee 2io.
+ 8eKa-8u'u, Eec. for SwSe/ca: Ac 19^ 2411.+

+ 8cKa-^$, = £K»cat8cKa, sixteen (Jannaris, Gr., § 645) : Ee 18^^,
L, mg. (for c^T^KovTa €$; v. Swete, in 1.).+
fScKa-oKTci, T for ScKa 6/cTw, eighteen: Lk 13*.+
+ SeKa-TT^rre, [in LXX: Ex 271*, I Mac 10*°, al.;] late form of
Tr€VT€Ka8eKa, fifteen : Jo IV^ Ac 27*, mg., ib.28, Ga WH, V^f
AcKd-TToXis, -£(os, n, Decafolis, a region east of the Jordan con-
taining ten cities Mt 42*, 520 7^1.+
: Mk
+ ScKareWapes, -wv, 01, al, -a. to, [in LXX : Ge 31*1, T^ gig^ ^j .j
= cl. TecrcrapecTKai'ScKa, more freq. in later Gk. than the older form and
in MGr. (for thirteen and upwards) universal, fourteen: Mt li'^, u Co
122, Ga 21 (cf. Teo-o-ap£o-Kat8£KaTos).+
MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THP. NEW TB37AMB1IT 101
8eK(i-n), -17s, 1^, prop. fern. (sc. fx-ipoi) of ScVaTo?, -rj, -ov, [in LXX
for TtJ^yo : Ge liô, Ne 12", et al. ;] a tenth part, a tithe : He T^.*.*.'
(for a curious inversion of the Biblical use, v. MM, s.v.).t

S^Karos, -77, -ov (<:^ SeKo), [in LXX for lt?r^ and cognate forms;]
tenth : Jo 1*^, Ac 19^ (WH, txt., EV omit), Ee U^^ 212o.t
tScKOTÛ, -W, = Cl. -TCV'O «8€KaT77), [iu LXX Nb I 10" (38)
("IBTjr pi.)*;] io take tithe of: c. acc. pers., He 7^; pass, to pay tithe :
He 79.t
tScKTiJs, ->7, -OV, verbal adj. of Sexoâi, [in LXX chiefly for
]1S^: Pr 111, al.;] acceptable: Lk 419(lxx)24^ Ac lO^s, u Co 62 (lxx)^
Phi 4I8 (cf. dJ7rpoo-8-).t
*8eXe(iJu (<^8eA€a/3, a 6aii), to allure by a bait : metaph., to allure,

entice : c. acc, 11 Pe 2^*' ^^
;
pass., Ja 1^*.+
AcXfJiaria, V. AaX/xaria.
S^MSpoK, -ov, TO, [in LXX for ]^y , etc. ;] a tree : Mt S^", al.
8. iyaOov, Mt 7ir,n. Ka\6v, Mt 1233,

8, Lt 6*3; 8. aawpov, Mt 717. 18
1233, Lk 6«; yiv€o-âi 8.. Mt 1332; y. £^5 8., Lk 1319.

""t Scîo-ôXos, -ov, o {<^ ^€^to?, ySaAAw), owe w/w throws with the right
hand : L for ScîoXaySos, Ac 2323.t
* SclioXdôs, -ov, 6 (<; Scîos, \afx/3dvo)), a kind of soldier, prob. a
spearman (Vg., lancearius) or slinger : Ac 2323.
8c|i<5s, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for ]->p; ;] the right : Mt 529, Jq
IBi**, al. ; oTrXa 8., weapons carried in the right hand, i.e. for offence, ii Co
67; ^ 8. xctp, Mt 53", Lk 68, al.; ^ 8. (sc. x«», Mt 63, al.; i-n-l t^v 8.,
w the right hand on E, mg.), Ee 5i SiSovai rrjv 8., in friend-
(E, txt., ;
ship (Deiss., BS, 251), Ga 2^ metaph. of power, rfj 8. airov, Ac 233 ;
531 Ta 8., i/ie right side, Mk 16*; ck 8e$iwv, on the right hand, c. gen.,
;
Mt 2533' 34^ Mk 1527^ L]j 111^ al. of a place of honour in the Messianic ;
Kingdom (cf. iii Ki 2^^, Ps 44 (45)io), Ka^tVat « SeîJiv, Mt 2021, Mk

1037; of the heavenly session of Christ, Mt 26«*, Mk 1±^\ He 1"
(Cremer, 172).
Seofiai (mid. of Sew, II, q.v., as depon.), [in LXX for fin , etc. ;]
to want for oneself; 1. to want, need: (a) absol. ; (b) c. gen. 2. to

beg, request, beseech, pray ; (i) in general: absol., Ac 263, c. gen. WH;
pers., Lk 5^2 828- 38 (iS.lro ; T, iSi.ro, cf Veitch, s.v. Sew) 938, Ac 83* .
2139, II Co 520, 412 ; seq. Tva, Lk 9*o ; seq. to, c. inf., 11 Co IO2 ; c.
Ga
gen. pers. et rei, 11 Co 8* (ii) of prayer to God absol., Ac 43i ; seq.
;
:
€t TTws, 11"; .Va, Lk 213« 2232; d<: r6, I

Eo Th 310 ; i^kp ifioi Trp6s t.
Kvpiov, 07ra)9, Ac 82* c. gen., tov Kvpiov, OTTCDS,
; Mt 938, Lk IO2 ; rov ®€ov,
Ac 102 ; seq. d ^pa, Ac 822.t
SYN. : airidi, and cf. SerjaLi.
hiov, -ovTos, TO (neut. part, of 8e2, used as subst.), [in LXX •
Si
prol.^*, I Mac 12^, 11 Mac P^*; pi. tî S., for oob, Ex I622, m Ki
422 (52)^ Pr 2431 (308) Ex 21io 33-715 Da th 112« To 51*,
; -lK«r , ; , ;
102 mjmtual geesk lexicon of the new testament
II Mac 1320 * ;] that which is needful, due, proper : 8. ia-riv (periphr.
for 8(1, q.v.), Ac 193«, with ellipse of eo-rtV, i Pe 1« ; ra fj^rj 8., i Ti 5^Â
**8ôs, -0V9, to' «S£t'8<o), [in LXX: 11 Mac Si^.so 1322 1316 1523*.-]
fear, awe, reverence : /icra ciXa^ttas koL S., He 122^.t

SFi\^. ; SeiXi'a, </>d/3os.
AcpPaios, of Derbe : Ac 20*.t

-a, -ov,
Aipî], -17s, ^, Derbe, a city of Lycaonia Ac 14^' ô 16^,t :
S^Pfia, -Tos, TO «;8e/3w), [in for IliT;] i/ê sA;m, LXX /lide of
beasts : cv aiytbts 8., He 11^''',
ScpfKiTifos, -rj, -ov (<[ 8ep/xa), [in LXX for lijr ;] 0/ sA;m, leathern
Mt 3\ Mk 1« (cf. IV Ki 18).t
S^ppis, -CO)?, -7 « 8e>os = SepyLta), [in LXX: Ex 26'"'- (nv^'T),
Za 13* (ri::ilK), etc. ;] a skin : Mk 1« (D, from Za, I.e. ; Swete, in
1,; Eec, Edd. Tpix"?; cf- M^:, â;^)., x).t

Se'po), [in LXX: Le 1«, 11 Ch 293* 35^ (IDITS hi.)*;] 1. to shin,
flay. 2. (cf. Eng. slang, hide) to heat, thrash : c. ace, Mt 21^*, Mk

12=*. *, Lk 20io> 11 22<'3, Jo IS^^, Ac 5*o 16" 22^9 ; is d^pa Sepwv, i Co
92«; £is Trpdo-wTTOi; 8., II Co 1120. Pass., Mk 13^, Lk 12*'' *» {Saprjaerai
TToXAcis, oXi'yas, SC. jrXrjyd'i) .f
37^
8c(7fjieu'w
al.), etc. ;]
« 1.
8€o-/>ids),
to
[in
put in chains
LXX for
: Lk
-|DX (Jg 16^\
8^^, Ac 22*.
al.),
2.
D^K pi.
to hind, tie
(Ge
together : ôpTia, Mt 23*.

SeCTfi^w, -w, Eec. for 8co-)u.ei;a), q.v. : Lk S^^.t
SâpLTj (Eec. Sea-p.^), -7?s, 17 « 8€a)), [in LXX for ni^Jf Ex I222 * ,
;]
a hundle : S-âare aira cis Secrp.a'i (D, Orig., omit eis, and Blass thinks
original reading, 8€cr/xas Sia-p-as; v. Deiss., Zr^J5, 125^), Mt IB^Â
8^cr|jiios, -ov (also -a, -ov ; <^ 8((rp.6^), [in LXX for IDK ;] 1. hinding.
2. hound, captive; 6 8., as subst., a prisoner: Mt 27^^'^", Mk 15'',
1625. 27 2318 251*' 28i« («''^' He 10^* Eph 3^

Ac 2' 1^ 13=* ; 6 8. rod Xpia-roi,
II Ti 1\ Phmi.9; 6 8. eV Kvpiw, Eph 4i.t
metaph.,
SeCTfAos, -ov,
Lk 13^**
6
;
« 860)),
6 8€a-po^ t. yXwo-o-r/s,
[in LXX chiefly for
Mk P'' (for this
1DN ;] a band, hond
expression in
TT., V. Deiss., LAE, 306 ff. ; of actual bonds, v. Euth., Gr., 9). PI.,
8€o-yLiot, Phi 113 ; 8e(riJiuXa5, -Kos, 6 (Seo-ytAos, <^vXa|), a prison-keeper, gaoler : Ac
1623.27,36 (cf. dpxi8-, Ge 3921).+
Seo-fiwrripioi', -ov, to, [in LXX for 'TjiQn JT'U (Ge), TD^ ;] a prison :
Mt 112, Ac 521.23 I626.t
8ea(iwTT)s, -ov, 6, [in LXX for 1DN 1300 a prisoner , ;] : Ac 271- *2.t
8e<nr6Ttis, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for ]nN, "^pi^; in Jth 91^, 8. t.
ovpavwv K. t. y^s] a master, lord, correlative of 8ov\os, ot»c«'T»;s i Ti

; :
61. 2, II Ti 221, Tit 29, 1 Pe 21^ as title of God, voc, 8£WoTa (so usually in ;
LXX), Lk 229, Ac 424; ^ 8. = voc. Se'oTroTa (cf. Bl, § 33, 4), Ee 6^0; of
Christ, II Pe 2\ Ju *, E, txt. (but cf. mg.).t
Syn. : Kvptos (q.v.), implying limitation of authority and a more
general relation than 8., which "denoted absolute ownership and un-
controlled power" (Thayer).
Seupo, adv., [in LXX chiefly for "Sj^, np^;] 1. of place; (a)
hither,with verbs of motion (b) ;

(in cl. chiefly poet.) as an imperat.,
here! camel: Mt 19^\ Mk lOî, Lk I822, Jo 11« Ac 7^ d-^x), 34 (lxx)^
Re 171 219. 2. Of time, hitherto, now : Eo l^^.t
8eoT€, adv., as pi. of Scvpo, 1. {b), q.v., [in LXX chiefly for 13^;]
come on ! come here I come ! : c. imperat., Mt 25^* 28®, Jo d^^ 21^2^

Re 1917; c. subjc, Mt 2138, Mk 127 geq. ottlo-w, Mt 4^9,
; 1^7; Trpds, Mk
Mt 1128; ds, Mt 22*, Mk 63i.t
*8€OT6paios, -a, -ov (<^ 8f urcpos), adj. with adverbial sense; on the
second day : SevrtpaioL ^XOofiev, Ac 28^3 J
*t ScuTcpo-TTpajTos, -ov, second-first (in what sense, there is no satis-
factory explanation. The reading is prob. not original, v. ICC, in 1.
DCG, i, 411 ; ii, 541, 724) Lk 6^, mg., R, mg.t : WH,
SeuTcpos, -a, -ov, second in order, with or without idea of time
Mt 2226.39, al.; edvaro^, Re 2" 201* 218; ^^p,^^ n Co l^s. In neut. as
adv., secondly, a second time ; opp. to Trpwrov Jo 3* 21^^, i Co 1228, :
Re 193 ; TO 8., 11 Co I32, Ju ^

; eV t. 8., at the second time : Ac 7^3 ; in
later usage (as i Mac 9^), « 8., Mk Jo Ac 14-2, 92*, 119, He 928.
Se'xo/iai, depon. mid., [in LXX chiefly for Upb ;] to receive, accept
1. c. ace. rei, of taking or accepting what is offered : ypdfifjLara, Lk
16"' 7 ; id. in different sense, Ac 282^ ; iroTrjpiov, Lk 22^7 ; TratSiw (cis t.
dy/caAas), Lk 228 •
Trept,Ke<f)aXatav, fxd-)âipav, Eph S^^ ; iiriCTToXd^, Ac 22^ \
T. /Sao-tXctav T. Xoyia ^wvra, Ac

©eoS, Mk evayyeXiov,
lO^*, Lk 18^7 ; 738 ;
II Co 11*; T. x°-P'-^ '"• ®«ov, II Co 6^ metaph., of mental acceptance, ;
Mt 111*; ^^ x6yo,^, Lk 813, Ac 81* lli I711, i Th 1^ 2i3, Ja I21 ri t. ;
TTvev/u-aTos, I Co 21* ; t. irapdKXrjcnv, II Co 81^ ; t. dydTnjv t. d\r}6eia<;,

II Th 21**. 2. C. ace. pers., of receiving kindly or hospitably, Mt
1014. 40,« Mk 611, Lk 95,53 108.10, Jo 4*5, 11 Co 71^ Ipe^ Ga 41*,
Col 419, He 1131; âiStW, Mt 18^, Mk 93^, Lk

9*8; civ oTkov^, o-Kr/va?,
Lk 16*. 9 ; Seât t. Trvevfxd fjLov, Ac 7^9 •
g^ 8eL ovpavov 8e$aa6ai, Ac 32^
(cf. dva-, d-rro-, 8ia-, elcr-, ck-, dir-eK-, iv-, iiri-, irapa-, irpocr-, VTro-8€)(Ofxai ',
Cremer, 174).t
Sew (I), [in LXX
chiefly for IDH ;] to tie, bind, fasten ; (1) c. ace.
rei, seq. d<i 8£o-/t(is,_ 1330; of an ass, Mt 212,Mt II2.*, Lk 193o. (2) Mk
c. ace. pers., of swathing a dead body, oôvtots, Jo 19*^ ScSo/acvos t. ;
TToSas . . Kiipiais (Bl., § 34, 6 ; Kiihner3, iii, 125), Jo 11**; of binding

.
with chains, dyyiXovs, Re 9i* ; a demoniac, TrcSais k. akvo-^cn, Mk 5^. *
captives, Mt 1229 143 22^3 272,

Jq Ac Mk 327 gir 151,7^ 1812,24^ 92.14.21
2111.13 225.29 2427, Col 43, Re 202; dXiatm, Ac 12^ 2133. Metaph.,
o Xoyos T. Ocov, II Ti 29; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.),
Lk I316; of constraint or obligation, Ac 2022; of the marriage bond,
I Co 73" id. c. dat. pers., dvSpt, Eo 7^

; yvvaiKL, i Co V^ in Eabbinic ; ;
lang. (Dalman, Words, 213 f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt IB^^ IS^^
(cf. Kara-, frepi-, aw-, v7ro-8ecj Cremer, 82). ;
S^w want, miss ; mid., Se'oûai, q.v.

(II), Attic, to
Si], consecutive co-ordinating particle with no exact equiv. in
Eng., giving greater exactness and emphasis to the word or words to

which it is attached; sometimes translatable as now therefore, then,
verily, certainly. 1. With verbs imperat., Ac 6^ (WH, mg.) 13^, :
I Co
620 ijort. subjc, Lk
. 2^^, Ac ISê indie, St; vov (T, BrJTrov, q.v.). He ;
2^*. 2. With pronouns o St?, now this is he who, Mt IS^^.t

«
:
*t 8T,XaoY(is, adv. SÂos, avyT^), clearly : Mk 8^\ T, WH, mg. (for

T7]kavyu)^, q.V.).t
SfjXos, -7], -ov, [in LXX for ns , etc. ;] 1. visible. 2. clear to the
mind, evident : Mt 26" ; S. (sc. €o-TtV), seq. on, i Co 1527, Qa 311.
SvN. : <f)avep6<s, with ref. to outward appearance, manifest as opp.

to concealed ; S. with ref. to inner perception, evident, known, under-
stood.
StjXow, -w, [in LXX chiefly for ;] to rr make plain, declare : c.
ace, I Co 313, Col 18, He 9^ 12^7; c. dat. pers., 11 Pe 1^*; c. dat. pers.,
seq. Trepi (pass.), i Co 1^^ ; seq. cts, i Pe l^^t
SVN. : iix(f>avLt,oi, to make manifest, render visible to the sight ; S.
to render evident to the mind.

AT)/xds, o (perh. contracted from Arj/xT^pio<:), Demas, a companion
of St. Paul Col 4^*,
: ^\ 11 Ti i^^.f Phm
SrjfiTjyopâ), -w {<^Brjfxo<;, ayoptvw, to speak in the assembly), [in
LXX : Pr 24«'' (30^^), iv Mac 5^'-'*;] to deliver an oration: Ac 122i.t
AT]|jir]Tpios, -ov, 6, Demetrius; 1. a silversmith, Ac 19-*'
^s.
2, A
Christian disciple, Jo^'^f iii
**8r]fiioupY<5s, 6 «S^;l.os, ipyov), [in LXX: II Mac 4^*;] 1.

-oZ,
one who works for the people. 2. Univ., an author, builder, maker
the maker of the world (Xen., Mem., i, 4, 9, al.). He 11^**.+
Syn. : KTL(TTr]<;, creator, tcxviVj;?, craftsman, designer. In He,
I.e., T. has reference to the plan, S. to its execution.
Srjfios, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for nnB^rp;] 1. a district, country.
2. the common people, the people generally; esp. the people assembled :
Ac 1222 I7si93»'33.t
SvN. : Xao's, 8., the people as a body politic
the people at large :
opp. to S. is unorganized multitude. eOvo's, in sing., means

oxXos, the
in NT as in Gk. writers generally, a nation, but in pi. denotes the rest
of mankind apart from the Jews Gentiles. X. also, rare in cl. (Att. :
Xeo'is), is freq. in LXX and NT, and usually limited to the chosen
people, Israel (cf. Cl. Bev., i, 42 f. Cremer, 689).

«
;
** 8T,fi6aios, -a, -ov S^/tos), [in LXX : 11 Mac Bô, iii Mac 2^7 47 * ;]
belonging to the people, public : Ac 5^® ; dat. fem. used adverbially

(cl.);(a) at the public expense, by public consent; (b) publicly: Ac
1637 1828 2020.+
*t8r]»'(lpio»', -ov, TO, the Lat. denarius, a Roman coin, nearly equal
to the hpaxfi-n, q.v.: Mt 1828 QO^.^.is 22i9, Mk 6^7 12i5 145, Lk 7*^ lO^*
202*, Jo 67 126, Ee g*. ^^ ^l^^, g^ Mt 20".t
8ii-iroT6, indef. adv. (also written hrj Trore), with generalizing
force; 1. absol., sometime. 2. With adv. or relat., -soever : w 8., Jo 5C*]
(L, ouaSrjTTOTOvv) A
*8i]-irou (WH, 87; TTov), indef. adv., mostly in sense of surely,
of course, we know : 2^^ T (WH, 877 Trov).f He
Aio, ace. of Zcvs, q.v.
8i(£ (before a vowel 8l, exc. Eo 8^^, 11 Co 5^, and in pr. names
Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., ace, as in cl.; 1. c. gen., through; (i) of
Place, after verbs of motion or action : Mt 2^2 12«, Mk 2^3, Lk 43«,
Jo 4*, II Co 1133, al. ; aioCea-Oat (Stao-) 8. Trvpo's, vSaros, I Co 3^5, I Pe 320;
^KfTreiv 8. iaoTTTpov, I Co 13^2 j metaph., of a state or condition : Eo
1420, II Co 2* 57. 10 ; 8. ypdfjLfjiaTos, d/cpo^vo-r/as (Lft., Notes, 263, 279),
Eo 227 411 . g^' iô/xonjs, Eo 825. (ii) Of Time ;
(a) during which : Mt
26«\ Mk 1458, Lk ToC îjv, He 2^5 8. Travros (StaTravros in
55 . S. TravTOS ;
Mk 55, Lk 24^3), always, continually, Mt IS^", Ac 225 (Lxx) iq2 2416, Eo

1110 (Lxx)^ 11 Th 316, He 9« 13^5. (j) ^jthin which: Ac 13; 8. vukto's,
Ac 519 169 1710 2331 ; /G,
(c) after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott,
255 f.) : Mk 2^, Of the Means or Instrument
Ac 24^7, Ga 2\ (iii)
(1) of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument) of God, :
Eo 113", I Co 19, Ga 47, He 2io 721 of Christ, Eo 1^ SL ^\ i Co I521, ;
I Pe 411, al. 8. t. vfiwv Sci/o-ews, Eo 1^2, n Co l^ Ga 42», al.

;
(2) of the ;
agent, instrument or means; (a) c. gen. pers., Mt II2, Lk V^, Jo 1^7^

Ac li«, Eo 2i«,
I Co 121, Eph 1*, He 2^*, Ee 1^, al ; iirb t. Kvpiov 8. r.
7rpo<prJTov (8. T. Kvptov, I Th 42 (M, Th., in 1.) ; Lft., Bev., 121 f.), Mt I22
2^5,Eo 12 <I)s
; rnxwv (Field, iVotes, 202), 11 Th 22 ; 8. 2.
8. cTTto-ToX^s 8.
{NTD, 22), I Pe 5^2- j-j^ ^ ggn. rei (where often the simple dat. is
used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11*, Ac 5^2- ^ ^ Trto-rcws, Eo 33**;
8. Adyov Oeov, I Pe 123 g irapaôXrjs, Lk 8* ; 8ov\€V€iv 8. r. ayatrq^, Ga
.
5^3 ; g. cTrayycAias, Ga 3^^, 2. C. acc. ;

(i) rarely, as c. gen., through
(Horn), 8. p-ia-ov 2a/u,apias {ICG, in 1. ; Bl., § 42, 1 ; Eobertson, Gr
581), Lk 17^^ (ii) by reason of, because of, for the sake of; (a) c. acc
pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 227, Jo 6*7 11*2^ Eo 82«; (b) c. acc. rei, 8
<l>e6vov, Mt 2718, Mk 1510 ; 8. cp6/3ov, Jo 7^3 20i9 ; 8. dy<{7r7;v, Eph 2* ; 8
TovTo, freq., /or ^/^^s cause, therefore, Mt 625, ^jj 514^ j^^ 1149^ Jq ges
al.; id. seq. on, Jo 5^^ 10^7, al.; 8. ti, why, Mt Mk 2^8, 7*59^1' 1*, Jo
al. ; 8. TO, c. inf., Mk 5*, Lk 97, Ja 42. 3. In composition, (1) through.
as in 8iaâivo} (2) of separation, asunder, as in 8iao-7raa) (3) of distri-
; ;
bution, abroad, as in StayyeAAo) (4) of transition, as 8taAAao-o-(o (5) of ; ;
"perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as 8ia<f>vy(D, 8ta/caâpt^w.
Sia-PaiVw, [in LXX chiefly for IIT ;] 1. fo make a stride. 2. to
step across, cross over ; (a) trans. t. âXao-o-av,
: He 112^ ; (6) intrans.
seq. eis, Ac 169 .
^p^^ ljj i626.t
8io-pd\X«, [in LXX Da LXX : 38, th 38 62* <25'
(pj^ bjjf), 11 Mac
3^^, IV Mac 4^ * ;] 1. to throw across. 2. To slander, defame, accuse
falsely or maliciously : Lk 16^ (Cremer, 120).
* 8ia-PePat(5ofiai, -ov/xai, to affirm confidently : Tit 3^ ; seq. -n-tpt,
I Ti 17 (Cremer, 140).t
* Sia-pX^TTu 1, to look straight before one.
; 2. to see clearly: Mt
7^ Mk 8'-^^ Lk 612 (of. Sia'ygXei/^ts, Aq., Is 61i, for LXX Sn'd{3-).f
SidpoXos, -ov «8ia^dXAw, q.v.), [in LXX for Jl^jp (as Jb 1»),
exc. Es 7"* 8^ (iy, "11^);] slanderous, accusing falsely . As subst., 6, rj,
8. ;
generally (cf. Es, 11. c), a slanderer, false accuser : i Ti 3^' ^
(a)
(CGT, in 1., but v. infr.) S^\ ii Ti S\ Tit 2^ (b) as chiefly in LXX, of ;
Satan, the Accuser, the Devil : Mt 4^' »' ». n 13^9 25^1, Lk 42. 3. e, i3 312,
Jo 132, Ac 1038, Bph 427 611, I xj 30, 7 (but V. supr.), n Ti 226, He 21*,
Ja 47, I Pe 58, Ju9, Ke 21" 12^. 12 202.10; cTi/ai toS 8., Jo 8**, i Jo 38; «
T€Kva Tov 8., I Jo 31'' V109, Ac 131*^ metaph., of Judas, Jo 6"^^ (Cremer,
; ;
121 DGG, ii, 605).t

;
Si-ayyeWa), [in LXX

for HSD pi., etc. ;] to ptcblish abroad, pro-
claim : c. ace, Lk 9^^, Ac 2126, Rq 9Û^^^).f
hid-ye (WH, 8id ye), V.S. ye.
** Sia-yiVofxai (Ion. and late Gk. for Staytyv-), [in LXX, 11 Mac
1126*;] I to go through, to pass, e.g. t. vvKra] absol., to live. 2. Of
time, to intervene, elapse : ptcp., c. rj/xcpwv tivwv, Ac 25^3 iKavov xpovov, ;
ib. 279; t. o-a/Jârou, 16i.t Mk

Sia-yikwaKu (v. previous word), [in chiefly for JTT and cf. LXX ,
II Mac 91* ;] 1. to distinguish, ascertain exactly : Ac 23^^. 2. As

Athen. law-term, to determine : to. Kaff v/aS?, your case, Ac 2422
(Cremer, 673).t
*t Sia-yi'wpijâ), to publish abroad : Lk 2^", Eec. [lyvtapia-iv, Edd.).t
**8i(l-yt'wais, -ews, r] (-<[ Stayiyfwo-Kw), [in LXX: Wi 318*;] 1. a
distinguishing, also as medical term. 2. As law-term (Lat. cognitio),
determination, decision : Ac 252i (Cremer, 674).
1 8ia-yoyyu£w, [in LXX chiefly for ]'^'b , 71b , as Ex 162, and cf . Si
34 (31)2* .] Qf a number, to murmur or mutter among themselves : Lk
152 197.t
*t Sia-yprjyope'w, -w, (a) prop., to remain awake (E, mg.) ;
(b) to be
fully awake (R, txt.) : Lk 932.t

8i-(iy(D, [in LXX for I^JT hi., etc. ;] 1. to carry over. 2. Of time,
to pass : pCov, i Ti 22 ; absol., to live, seq. eV, Tit 33.
%i.(x-%ix'^\iai, [in LXX for njlâ (Deiss., BS, 115), nni© ;] tc
receive through another, receive in tiirn : Ac 7** (RV, in their turn

V. Field, Notes, 116).t
8i(i8Tifia, -To<;, TO (<i StaSe'w, to bind round), [in LXX for iri3 (as
Es 1"), etc.;] the band round the Tidpa of a Persian king; a diadem,
the badge of royalty Re 123 131 191-2^ :
Syn. : o-Tc'âvos, the badge of "victory, of valour, of nuptial joy,

of festal gladness" (but v. M, Th., i, 21^; cf. DB, i, 530, 604).
8ia-8i8(0)j,i, [in LXX for pbn pi., etc. ;] 1. hand
tc over, deliver
Ee 1713, Rec. 2. to distribute : Lk 11^2 18^2, Jo 611, Ac 435.t

8id-8oxos, -ov, 6, ^ « SiaSe'xo/xai), [in LXX : i Ch IS^^ (t^^), n Ch

2611 (^^^ 28^ (nivn), Si 461 438, 11 Mac 429 1426*.] ^ sîccessor : Ac
24^'^ (for usage in LXX and ir. in sense of court o£&cial, v. Deiss., BS,
115).t
Sia-Jwf kufAi, (also -wvo}), [in LXX for lijn, Ez 23^^ A* ;] to gird
round : eawov, Jo 13* ;

pass., ib. 13^ ; mid., to gird oneself with : c. ace,
Jo 217.t
SiaOiiKT], -77s, rj {<C.8taTi0r]fji.(.), [freq. in LXX, and nearly always for
n^l^l;] 1. as usually in cl., a disposition, testament, will (Plat., al.)
Ga 315 (R, mg., but v. Lft., in 1.), He 9^<^, " (R, txt. MM, Exp., xi, ;
Milligan, NTD, 75 Abbott, Essays, 107 Deiss., LAE, 341 but v.

; ; ;
infr.). 2. As in LXX (for ITÎS) = cl. a-vvd^Kr], a convention, arrange-

ment, covenant (exc. in the disputed cases mentioned above, always
bet. God and man, " perhaps with the feeling that the 8ta- compound
was more suitable than the o-vv- for a covenant with God crvv6. might
suggest equal terms," MM, Exp., I.e.) Ga 3^^ (E, txt., but v. supr., :
and cf Thayer, s.v.). He 9^^' i' (R, mg., Westc, in 1. Hatch, Essays,
. ;
47; but V. supr.), Mt 2628, Mk U^\ Lk 1^2, Ac 32^ 78, Ro 1127(lxx)^

II Co 31*, Ga 3I',
He 722 8«, ib. ^' 10 (i^^^) 9*» i^-n^ ib. 20 (lxx) iqu (lxx), 29
1224 1320, Re 1119; ^^^^^ s., Mt 2628, ^^^g^ ^k I421 (R, mg.), Lk 222o,
I Co 1125, „ Co 3«, He 88 (lxx) 915 . pi_^ j^ 9^ Ga 42*, Eph 2i2.t
8i-atpeais, -cws, v (<; Siat/ocw), [in LXX chiefly for riiT^nO ;] 1. a

distinction, difference. 2. a division, distribution\: i Co 12**" (cf.
Siaipew; Cremer, 616).
8i-aipâ>, -w, [in LXX for nn2 (as Ge 15io),
pbn (as Jos 18^), etc. ;]
1. to divide into parts, cttt asunder. 2. to distribute : c. ace. rei, dat.

pers., Lk I512, i Co 12ii.t
*8ia-ica0aipw, to cleanse thoroughly : Lk 3^''.t
*t8ia-Kaeapitw = -OaCpw Mt 3i2.t :
*+8ia-KaT-eX€YxoH'ai, io confute completely : Ac 1828.t

*8iaKo»'ea>, w (-<; Sia/covos) 1. generally, to minister, serve, wait
;
upon, especially at table, do one a service, care for one's needs:

to
absol., Mt 2028, Mk 10**, Lk 10*"
222«i.
^\ Jo 122, i Pe 411 Saa ht-qKSvrâ^v, ;
II Ti 118; c. dat. pers., Mt 411 81* 25** 27", Mk li^.ai I5*i, Lk 4^9 8^
12" 178, Jo 1226, Ac 62 1922, Ro 1525, Phm i^. He 6i9. 2. to serve as
deacon: i Ti 3i*''i^. 3. C. ace. rei, to minister, stipyply, stipply by minis-
tration: Pe 112 410 pass., 11 Co 3^ 8i9.2o.t
I ;
SVN. XtiTovpye'co, q.v. (Cremer, 179).

:
8iaKoîa, -as, ^ « Sicikovos), [in LXX for T^J mCT pi. , : Es 68. » A
I Mac 11*8 * jj ijig office and work of a Staxovos, service, ministry ; (a)
of domestic duties (Field, Notes, 63) Lk (b) spec, of religious :
10*° ;
ministration, and the exercise of ministerial functions in the Church :
Ac 117.25 61.* 1129 1225 2024 2119, Rq 1113 127 1531^ j Co 1615, II Co 41 6»
8* 91. 13, Eph 412, Col 417, I Ti 112, II Ti 45. n, He li*, Re 2i9 ; 8. r.
davdrov, II Co 3'^ ; t. irvevfjt.aTO'i, ib. ® ; T. KaraKpiaew^, t. 8iKaLo<rvvr]<;, ib. • J
T. KaraWayrj^, ib. 5^^; t. AciTovpytas, ib. 9^^; C. obj. gen., Ttjv VfJLWv 8., ib.
118; pi.^ I Co 12*.t

SidKoi-os, -ov, 6, 7j (derivation unknown), [in LXX for 1^3 , m^ pi- •
Es 63.5, j^B 110^ 22, Pr 10*, 4 Mac

9^7 *;] 1. in general, a servant,
attendant, minister : Mt 20-^« 22^3 23î, 93^ 10«, Jo 2*. Mk 9,i Co 3^
Ga 2l^ Eph 621, Col 4" ; 8. êoi), Eo 13*, ii Co 6*, i Th 32 ; 8. Xpio-roC,

II Co 1123, Col 1^ I Ti 4«; cf. 6 8. 6 c/xos, Jo 1226; 8. tc/dito/i^s, Eo 15^;
8. Kaiv^s 8i.aOrJKr]s, II Co 3® ; 8. 8(/caioo-uv»;s, II Co 11^^ ; 8. [cvayycXtov],
Eph 3', Col 123
Col 125. 2. As technical term for
. s [e'KKA.77o-ttts],
Church officer (so in pre-Christian times, v. M, Th., 1, 32), a deacon

Phi 1\ I Ti 38' 12 fern. (cf. Bccl. 8ia/covto-<Ta), Eo 16^ (cf. i Ti 3", and
;
CGT, in 1., also M, Th., l.c.).t

Syjv. : 8ov\o<;, bondman ; Oepdirwv, servant acting voluntarily
\nrr}p€Tr]s, servant, attendant, by etymol. suggesting subordination. AH
these imply relation to a person, in distinction from which 8. repre-
sents rather the servant in relation to his work. Cf. also Acirovpyds, a
public servant, in which the idea of service to the community is promi-
nent olKeTr)<;, a hotise servant.
;
SiaKoo-ioi, -ai, -a, two hundred : Mk 6^"^, et al.
Si-aKodc, [in LXX: De l^^ (yaizr), Jb 9^3 (t DÊT hi.)*;] to hear
through, hear ftilly ; technically, to hear judicially (as De, I.e. ; cf

Deiss.,BS, 230) Ac 2335.t :
8ia-KpiV(i), [in LXX for MDtZT, y^, etc.;] 1. to separate, hence, to
distinguish, disci'iminate, discern : /xrjBkv 8., Ac 11^2 ; oiSkv 8. /lera^,

Ac 159 ; o-€, I Co 4^^; t6 (r!hfia, i Co 112^. 2. to settle, decide, judge,
Mt 163, Co 65 II29 (ICC, in 3i 142s.
Mid. and pass.
arbitrate : j_ 1.), ib.
1. to get a decision, contend, disjmte : seq. Trpd?, Ac

II2 c. dat. (but v. ;
22(R.mg.)^
ICG, in 1.), Ju9; absol., Ju 2. Hellenistic (NT and Eccl.,
but not LXX), to be divided in ones mind, to hesitate, doubt : Mt 212^,
Eo 1423, Ja 1« ; ev cavT(3, Ja 2* ; iv t. KapBla, Mk 1123 . ^^3^^ g,^ Ac IO20
Eo 420, Ju 22 (B. txt.)
t
8. T. dTTio-Tm,
Sid-Kpicris, -€a>s, v « 8ta»cptVa)), [in LXX for irb^P , Jb 3718 * ;]

the act of judgment, discernment : Eo 14\ i Co 12^*', He S^^.t
** Sia-KwXcuo), [in LXX: Jth 4" 12''*;] to hinder, prevent : c. ace,
Mt 3i*.t
** Sia-XaXe'u, -w, [in Sm. : Ps 50 (51)^^, et al. ;] 1. to talk with : Trpds,
Lk 611. 2. to talk over: pass., Lk l«5.t
8ia-X^Y°H-**'- i^^- of BiaXiyw, to pick out, distinguish, as depon.),

[in LXX Ex : 62-, Is 63^ (-Q1 pi.), Jg 8' (nn), i Es 8*^ Es 52, Si I420,
II Mac 1120 * jj fQ converse with, discourse (v. CI. Bev., i, 45), discuss,
argue : Ac 18* 19«' ^ 20^ c. dat. pers., Ac IT^^ Igis 20^, He 12* seq.
; ;
Trpds, Mk 934, Ac 1717 2412; TTcpt, Ac 2425, juO- ^^^ ^. ypa4>C>y, Ac I72.+
8ia-Xeiiru, [in LXX for bfl"' (as i Ki 10^), etc. ;] to intermit, leave
off for a time : Lk 7*5.t

8ici-Xekto$, -ov, ^ (<^ SioXeyoynai), [in LXX Da LXX : 1* (ftsn),
Es 926*;] 1. conversation, discourse, speech (Plat., Dem., al.). 2. As

in Polyb. and later writers, the language or dialect of a particular
country or district: Ac 1^^ 2«'8 21*o 22^ 26i*.t
**t 8io-Xtfnrd^«, [in LXX: To 10^*]; to intermit, cease: Ac 8^*,
WH, mg.t
Si-aXXdaau), [in LXX: I Ki 29* (nS"5 hithp.), i Es A^\ al.;] 1. to
change, exchange. 2. to change enmity for friendship, to reconcile

pass., c. dat. pers., Mt "The word denotes mutual concession
5^*.
after mutual hostility, an idea absent from KaraW-," q.v. (Lft., Notes,
288; cf. Deiss., LAE, ITS^g; Cremer, 91, 632).t
Sia-Xoyijonai, depon., [in chiefly for aOTI freq. in Pss. ;] LXX ,
1. to balance accounts (Dem.). 2. to consider, reason (Isocr.) Lk 1^^ :
521 ; Mk 26' Lk 5^2 Trcpt, Lk 315 iv iavT<5 {-oh), Mt 16^.

iv T. Kap8ia, 8, ; ; 8,
Mk 28, Lk 1217; Trpos Mk 933 usi^ l^ 20^*; Trap L, Mt 2125 (,v L,

I.,
T, WH, mg.) Trpos aXXrjkov^, Mk 8^^ on, Mk 8^^ Jo ll*o, Eec. {DB,
; ; i,
611 ; Cremer, 400).t

8ia-XoYi7|i.6s, -ov, 6 (<^ 8taXoytô/iai), [in LXX chiefly for
n^ttrno ;] a thought, reasoning, inward questioning : Mt 15^^, Mk 72\
Lk 23» 522 68 9*6. *7 2438, Eo 121 141, I Co 320 (lxx)^ Phi 21*; /cptralS.
irovrjptav, gen. of qual. (cf. Pr 12^), Ja koX S. (where
2*; x'^P'^ o/ayij?
Ps 138 (139)2o, al., implies evil intention), i
perh. S., like rr|)7p , in Ti 28
(v. Hort, in 1.; cf. Cremer, 400).t
8ia-Xuu, [in LXX for nnx , b^n , etc. ;] to part asunder,
dissolve ; of an assembly, pass., to disperse : Ac 536.t
depon., of Ionic origin, intensive of the simple
8ia-fi,apTupofxai,
fxapTvpo/xai, q.v., [in LXX chiefly for
Tir hi., usually c. dat. pers., De
428 8^9, I Ki 89, al. ;] solemnly to protest : Lk 1628, Ac 2*0 82* 10*2 IS^
2021.23,24 2311 2823, i ^^^ 46^ He 2« in adjuration, seq. ivwmov t. Oeov, ;
I Ti 521, II Ti 21* 41 (Cremer, 415).t

8ia-}i(lxofjiai, [infor Dnb ni.. Da LXX
IO20 Si 8^' 3 3828 LXX ;
5119*. to
J struggle
I against. 2. In argument, to contend: Ac 23^.+
8io-fx.^»'a), [in LXX
for TOJT etc. ;] to remain, continue : Lk I22 ,
2228, Ga 25, He l^^ (^xx), „ Pe 3*.t

8ia-|iepitu, [in LXX chiefly for pbn pi. ;] 1. to distr^b^^te : c. dat.
pers., Ac 2**; seq. cts, Lk 22^"^, pass., Ac 23. Mid. to distribute
among themselves : Mt 2735, Mk I52*, Lk 233* ; with redundant iavroh,
Jo 1924 (LXX) (v_ M, Pr., 157). 2. to divide, separate: pass., seq. cVi,
c. ace, Lk 1117.18. ,vi', c. dat., Lk 1252. ss.t
8ia-fi€pi<7ôs, -ov, 6 « Siajxeptîo), [in LXX : Ez 4829 (n|T*3nS), Mi

712*;] a division: opp. to Lk 125i.t
dpT^vrj,
hia-vifiw, [in LXX for pbu, De 2926 <25)*;] ^q distribute, divide:

pass., to be spread about, Ac 4i7.t
t8ia-.'e.5G,, [in LXX: Ps 34 (35)i9
(pp), Si 2722*;] to wink at,
nod to, beckon to : Lk I22.+
Sia-KOTifia, (<^ Siavoeo/Atti, to think), [in

-Tos, TO LXX . for
n^ljl'na , etc., Is 55^ al, freq. in Si ;] a thought : Lk ll^^.t
Sidfoia, a^^ ;] the understanding,

-a<;, ^, [in LXX chiefly for n^ ,
mind Lk l^^, Eph 4:^% Col 1^\ i Pe V\ ii Pe S\ i Jo 520 pi., Eph

: ;
23 in quotations from LXX, Mt 22^\ Mk 123o, Lk 102^, He Sô lO^^

;
(Cremer, 79, 438).t

81-aK-oiYw, [in LXX for -|I3D (Ex, Nu), npD nns , , etc. ;] to open
up completely, to open : Lk 2^3 (lxx) ;
pass., Mk 7^*, Ac 7^^. Metaph.,
8. T. vovv,24**, T. KapSiav, Ac 16^*, pass., 01 oÔaXfioi,
Lk Lk 24^^ ; of
explaining, t. ypaâ?, Lk 24^2^ Ac 173.t
8ia-»'UKT£p€uu (cf SL7]fji.€p€vw, to 2}ass the day), [in
. LXX : Jb 2^ * ;]
to pass the night : seq. iv t. Trpoo-evxfj, Lk 6^2_t

**8i-a>'uw, [in LXX:
accomjilish fully, finish,
11 Mac 12^^*;] 1. to
comjylete : Ac ^V (EV). 2. In late writers (Xen., al., Clem., I ad
Cor., XXV, 3), to continue : Ac, I.e. (Field, Notes, 134 f.).t
Sia-irai'TOs, V. 8id, c. gen.
*+8ia-jrapa-Tpipii, -rj^, 17 {îrapaTpi/Sr], friction, irritation), mutual
irritation (Field, Notes, 211), wrangling : 1 Ti 6^ (Eec. •7rapa8iaTpiî?).t
8io-ir6ptia), -w, [in LXX : De dO^\ Is 232 (^2^1 i Mac ^ * ;] to pass
over, cross over Mt 9^ seq.
: ; cVl t. y^v, Mt 14^*, Mk 6*3 î^^ Mk 521,
Ac 212 .
^p^^ ^^ss, Lk 1626.t
* 8ia-irX^<i), -to, to sail across : Ac 27*.
8ia-iro^â>, -S, [in LXX (nsr ni.), 11 Mac 228 in Aq.
: Ec lO^ ;
Ge 6*, I Ki 20^*;] to work out with labour. Pass., to be worn out,

sore troubled : Mk 14* (WH, mg.), Ac 42 l&^M
8ia-'irop€ua), [in LXX for iny , Ijbn , etc. ;] to carry over. Pass.,
pass across, journey through absol., Lk IS^^, Eo 152* geq. â.Ta
to : .
ir6\,Ls K. K^p.a<;, Lk 1322; g,^^ c. gen., Mk 22^, Lk 61 (cf. Pr 9^2 0,
Wi 31) c. ace, Ac
;
16*.t
** 8i-aiTopew, -w, [in Sm. : Ps 76 (77)*, Da 2^ * ;] to be quite at a loss,
be in great perplexity : absol., Ac 2^2; seq. 8ta to, c. inf., Lk 9'''; TrepC,
Ac 52* iv eavTw, Ac lO^^.t

;
* Sia-irpayfiaTcuofiai, "perfective compound " (v. M, Pr., 118) ; 1. to
examine tJwroughly (Plat.). 2. In late writers (Dion. Hal.), to gain by

trading : Lk 19i*.t
8ia-jrpiw, [in LXX : I Ch 20^ ("ntzr) * ;] to saw asunder. Pass.,
metaph. (vernacular?), EV, cut to the heart: Ac 5^3; seq. t. KapSiais
avTwv, Ac 7**.t
Si-apirdio), [in LXX for 772 , ^73 , DDtZ? , etc. ;] to plunder : Mt
1229, Mk 327.t
(so WH, exc. Ac, I.e.), Sia-ppTô-o-w (poetic and late
8La-priiTaw
form of Stapprjyvw/ii), [in LXX chiefly for yip ;] to break asunder, burst,
rend : Sea-fj-d, Lk 32^ pass,, StK-rua, Lk 5^ tftarta, xtTwvas, in grief or
;
;
anger (as Ge 372^, al.), Mt 26«*, Ac ll^*, Mk 14<53.t
-w (< o-a^7?s, clear),

8ia-aa<J)€w, [in LXX De :
1* (isa pi.), Da
LXX, 2« (mn aph.), i-iii Mac 9*;] to make clear, explain f telly
c. ace. rei, dat pers., Mt 132« IBî.t

8ia-(7€i'u, [in LXX: Jb 4^* (ins hi.), iii Mac 7^^*;] to shake
violently ; metaph., to intimidate : Lk 3^*.t
t|8ia-aKopm'!t<D, [in LXX for ym, 7111, etc.;] to scatter abroad^
disperse : of sheep, Mt 26^1 = Mk 142'' (i-^^) ; of persons, Lk 1",
Ac opp. to auvdyw, Jo 11*^; of winnowing grain,
5^^, Mt 252*' 2«;
metaph., of property, to squander, ivaste : Lk 15^^ 16^t

8ia-<nrciw, -w, [in LXX chiefly for pn: , as Jg 16^ ;] to break or
tear asunder : pass., aXvo-eis, Mk 5* ; naCAos, Ac 23^*^.
Sia-oTTcipw, [freq, in LXX for riQ , etc. ;] to scatter abroad, dis-

perse: AcS^'^lli^.t
Sta-oTTopd, -a?, rj (<^ Siacnrctpco), [in LXX of Israelites dispersed
and exiled in foreign lands, as De 28^5 (rnjrr) 30* (m: ni.), Is 49« (1^3)
by meton., of the exiles themselves (as Ps 146 (147)2, ii Mac 1^^) ;] a

dispersion: 8. twv 'FikXrjvwv, Jo 7^^; metaph., of Christians {DB, iii,
782 f.), Ja 11, I Pe 1^ (v. Hort, in il.).t
8ia-<rrAXa), [in LXX for bia hi. (De lO^, al.), -liTT hi. (Ez 3^^' ^^, al.),
and 19 other words] ; 1. to divide, distinguish, define. 2. to oommand,

charge expressly : pass., to SiaorTeXXd/tevov, He 12^^. Mid. in late Gk.
with same sense (so Ez, I.e.; et al. in LXX; MM, s.v.); c. dat.
pers., Mk 8^5, Ac 15^* ; seq. Iva, Mt 162o, Mk 5*^ 7^6 g^.t
8i(laTT]|ia, -Tos, TO (<^ Bua-Trjfjii), [in LXX for niT , etc. ;] an interval,
space : of time (Si, prol. 2*), Ac 5'^.t
8ia-crroXVi, -^s, rj « SiacrTcAAo)), [in LXX for nnp Ex :

823 (iw
etc.;] 1. a separation. 2. a distinction, difference: Eo 322 lO^*^

I Co 147.t
8ia-o-Tp^<j)a>, [in LXX for '^'ESn , tDpV , etc.;] to distort, twist;
metaph., to distort, pervert : Lk 232, ^q 238, 10
. Sua-rpa/Mfievo^, per-
verse : Mt 17l^ Lk 9", Ac 20^\ Phi 2".t
8ia-(Tut<«>. [in LXX for taba , yOT , etc. ;] to bring safely through a
danger Lk 7^, Ac 27*^
: ; seq. tt/dos, Ac 232*. Pass., to come safe
through: Ac 28^; €;rt t. y?jv, Ac 27**; €k t. OaUa-ar]^, Ac 28*; Si'
vBaros, I Pe 32**; of sickness, to recover : Mt 143*.

tSia-TayTJ, -^s, rj « StaTao-o-w), [in LXX: II Es 4^^ (]3Kr"l5)*;]
in late writers (Deiss., LAE, 86 ff.) for cl. 8iaTa|^ts (wh., however, is
found in LXX, Ps 118 (119)^^, al.) ; (a) disposition (cf. Siara^ts for
N^y; Sm., IV Ki 23*, Je 82 19^3); ek Siaraya^ dyyeXwv, AV, by the
disposition of angels (Alf., in 1., Field, Notes, 116; but v. infr.): Ac 7**;
(6) ordi7iance (C. I. 3465) : Eo I32, Ac 7", E, txt. (and v. mg. ; Page
and EGT, in 1.; but also v. 8upr,).t
1 8id-TaYfia, -tos, to « SiaTcio-o-w), [in LXX : II Es 711 (liniyj), Es
313, Wi IV*;] an edict, mandate: He 1123.+
** 8ta-Tap(l<rcra), [in Sm. III Ki 20 (21)*3 *;]
: to agitate greatly (Lat.
perturbare) : Lk 129.t
8ia-T(i<ro-w, [in LXX for Uîo , "TatZT , etc. ;] to charge, give orders
to, appoint, arrange, ordain : c. dat., Mt 11\ I Co 9^* 16^ ; seq. inf.,
Lk 855, Ac 182. Mid., i CoT^^, Ac 20^3 c. ace, i Co ll^* ; ; c. dat.,
Tit 15; seq. inf., Ac 7" 2423. Pass., to Siarcray/xeVov, Lk S^*, Ac 23^^;
tA StaTaxOipTa, Lk 17^' ^^ Siarayd^, Ga S^^.t ;
Sio-TcXô,, -Q>, [in LXX:

De 9^ (nM), Je 20'. ^^ (nbs), Es S^^,
II Mac 52^^*;] prop, trans., to accomplish; used with ellipse of obj. as
intrans. (Bl., § 81, 1), and joined to participles (in Ac, I.e., to adj.
V. Bl., § 73, 4) with adverbial sense {= continuously), to continue:
Ac 2733.t
Sia-TTjpû, -w, [in LXX for naCT , 1X3 , etc. ; seq. airo (for ]p), as in
Ps 11 (12)8 .] to jceep carefully : Lk 2^1 ; seq. «, Ac 1529.t

8ia-Tt, T, Eec. for 81a. rt, v.s. 8id.
8ia-Ti0T]jjii, [in LXX chiefly for ms , freq. 8. ZiaO^Krjv (nnj m^) ;]

to place separately, arrange, dispose. Mid. only in NT; 1. (a) in
general, to dispose of; c. dat. pers., to assign to one, Lk 222^; (b) to
dispose of by a will, make a testament (in cl., 8. haOrjKTqv also in this
sense) He 9^^' ^^ (but cf. E, mg., and v.s. hiaOrjKrj). 2. 8. hiaOrjKiqv,
:
to make a covenant (Aristoph.) c. dat. pers.. He S^^^^^^^); seq. Trpos, :
c. ace. pers., Ac 32*, He 10^'' (i^^^) (cf. di'Tt-SiaTt^-7/xi).t
Sia-Tpi'Po), [in LXX Le 14^ (nizr), Je 42 (35)^ (ma). To ll^- ^\ Jth

102, ij Mac 1423*;] to rub Jiard, rub away, consume; 8. xp^yov,
^/x€>a9, to spend time : Ac 14^. 28 I612, 20« 256. u. Intransitively with
ellipse of object (Bl., § 81, 1), to spend time, stay : Jo 322 llî is^s,
Ac 12i9.t
**8ia-Tpo4)ii, IJ?, r) {<^ 8iaTpe4>w, to support, sustain), [in LXX:
I Mac 6*^*
;] food, nourishment : i Ti 6*.t
**t 81-auYil^w, [in Aq. Jb 25* * ;] to shine through, to daivn : 11 Pe V^

:
(cf. ?ws ov 8LaTrv€v(Tr] rj rjfj.epa, Ca 2^^).t
**8iaoYVis, -« (<aib'^), [in Aq.: Prl62*;] transparent: Re 212i.t

8ia<()ai'TJs, -£s (<^ 8La<j>aii'(o to show through, shine through), [in
212i
LXX: Ex 303-^
(^J, Is
321(23) (j^â), Es 16*;] transparent: Re
(Eec. ; v. 8iauy7;s).t
8ia-<|)€'pu, [in LXX for SZlff (Da 7 only) ; i Ki 17^9, Es 3", al. ;]
1. trans., (a) to carry throiigh: seq.

ll^*^; {b) to carry about, 8id, Mk
spread abroad : pass., Ac 13*^
Intrans., (a) to differ : to. 272''. 2.
Siatêpovra, Ro 2^^, Phi l^** (R, mg., but v. infr.) impers., Siaêpct, it ;
makes a difference, it matters : Ga 2" (b) to excel : c. gen. Mt 62" lO^^ ;
1212, Lk 127. 24^ I Co 15", Ga 4^ rk 8ia<^€povTa, Eo 2i8, Phi V^ (R, ;
txt. ; for discussion and retf. v. ICC on Eo, Phi, 11. c.).t
8io-<t.eoY<^. [ill I^XX • Jos 822 (M^b^), ib. IO28

(TIV^), etc. ;] to flee
through, escape : Ac 27^2.+

*t 8ia-<}>T)/xiâ), in late writers only, to spread abroad: t. Xoyov
(= ISTTJ, the matter), Mk I'**, Mt 281^; c. ace. pers., to spread abroad
one's fame: Mt 93i.t
8ia-(|>0eipu, [in LXX chiejly for nuv hi. ;] 1. to destroy utterly:

Lk 1233, Re 11^8 ;
pass., to be destroyed, disabled : Ee 8^, ii Co 4^«.
2. In moral sense, to corrupt, deprave : t. yTjv, Ee 11^^ ;

pass., 8u<f>6ap-
fiiVOl T. VOVV, I Ti 6^.t
8ia-4>0opd, -as, T] (< 8ia<f>deipw), [in LXX chiefly for nnV , and
cogn. forms;] 1. destruction. 2. corruption (physical or moral):
of the grave, Ac 227(i'XX),3i 1334-37^1
8id-<|>opos, -ov « Biacfyipw), [in LXX for S2V (Da T' ^^) ; also as
in Polyb., iv, IS^, al., to 8., ra 8., money : Si 27^ A2% 11 Mac S^ ;]
1, different : Eo 12*', He 9^^. 2. excellent : compar., -dn-fpos, He

1* 86.t
8io-<|>uXoi<rau, [in LXX
chiefly for IDW (as Ps 90 (91)") ;] to
guard carefully (M, Pr., 116), defend: c. ace, Lk 4io(LXX)_t
*8ia-x€ipiû (<;X"P)> ^^ have in hand, conduct, manage. Mid.
(a) = act.; (b) in late writers (Polyb., FIJ, al.), to lay hands on,
kill : c. ace, Ac 5^^ 2621.+
* 8ia-xXcu<ii^, intensive of ^^cva^w, to scoff, mock : (a) c. ace. ; (6)
absol., Ac 2^3_f
8ia-x«pi|;«, [in LXX: Ge 1** (bl3 hi.), IS^''- (TID ni.), etc.;]
to separate entirely. Mid., to separate oneself, depart: seq. dTro,
Lk 933.t
*t 8i8aKTiKos, -rj, -6v (= cl. SiSoo-KaAiKo's), apt at teaching: i Ti 3^,
II Ti 22*.t
8i8aKT6s, -rj, -6v «8t8a(rKw), [in LXX: Is 54" (TlJa^), i Mac
4'^*;] 1. that can be taught. 2. taught; c. gen., of source of teaching
(in cl., poet, only) (a) of persons
;
8. Oeov, Jo 6**<i'XX); (fe) of things,
:
Aoyois 8. TTVfvfx.aTO'i, I Co 2^^.f
8i8aaica\ia, -as, v « 8i8<^<rKo,), [in LXX : Pr 2^7 (p)1^N), Is 29^3
("Tab pu.), Si 2433 39^*;] teaching, instruction, in both active and

objective senses, most freq. the latter: Eo 12^ 15*, Eph 4^*, i Ti
3^ n Ti
46, 13, 18 517 61, 310' ^«, Tit 27. 10 ; iyiaLvoiaa 8., I Ti lô, 11 Ti 43,
Tit 1» 21 pi, 8. T. avOpiîroiv, Col 222 ; 8. 8ai/xovtW, I Ti 41 ; 8. 8i8ao-Kctv,

;
Mt 159, Mk
7^(1^^) (Cremer, 182).t
SyN. : 8t8a;^7^.
**8i8(i(7KaXos, -ov, 6 «8t8do-K(u), [in LXX: Es 6\ iiMacpo*;]

given as rendering of Heb. "•ai, pm (NT, 'PaySêt, 'Pa/3/3ovm, q.v.);
a teacher: Jo 139 201"; ^f Jewish teachers, Lk 2*<5, Jo 310, cf. Eo

220,21. of John Baptist, Lk 3^2; of Jesus, Jo 32.10 8^^ II28 1313.1*, and
often in Syn., most freq. in voc, as title of address, as Mt 81^, Mk 43^
of Jesus by himself, Mt 238 of an apostle, 1 Ti T, 11 Ti 1" •
of ;
Christians, i Co 1228.29, Eph 4", Ac 13i, Ja 31 of false teachers, 11 Ti ;
43 (Cremer, 181 ; DB, i, 609, iii, 294, iv, 691).

Syn. 7rat8«vn^s, q.v.
etc. ;]
8i8(iaKw
to teach
:
;in
(i.e.
LXX chiefly for pi., also for mb hi.,
instruct) a person, teach a thing ; 1. trans.
W HT
: c. ace.
hi.,
8
pers., Mt 52, Mk l^^ al. seq. Sn, Mk 8^'; ir^pC, Jo 2^7; ; 1 c. inf., Lk
11^; c. ace. rei, Mk Gô 121"; ^ c^gn ace, Mt IS^d-xx). q^ ^^^\_ ace,
Mk 42, Jo 142« pass., 1^2^ 11 Th 2i*
;
c. Ga ; dat. pers. (like Heb., of.
Jb 212", Qut prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in 1.), Re 2^*. 2. Absol.,
tfO teach, give mstruction : Mt 4'"^, Mk I'î, and often in Gosp., Eo 12^,
I Co 417, I Ti 2^2^ al.
Syn. : Westc, Heh., 402 Cremer, 180).

TratSeL-w (cf.
;'
SiSaxV), -^s, (< StSao-Kco), [in LXX Ps 59 (60) tit. {yb pi.) Sm.
rj : ;
De 33^*;] 1. objectively, teaching, doctrine, that which is taught Mk :
127, Jo ?!«, Ac 1719, Ro 67 1617, II Jo 10, Ee 22" c. gen. poss., Mt 728 ;
1612 2233, Mk 122 1118, Lk 432, Jo 1819, Ac 528, Ee 2i'».i5; ^ 8., of

Christ, Jo 717, Ac 1312, II Jo 9; cf. -njv 8., Tit 1^; c. gen. obj., â-n-
TLcr/jiutv 8., He 62 pi., He 13^. 2. Actively, teaching
;
Ac 2*2^ n Ti 42 :
£1/ T. 8., in the course of his teaching Mk 42 12^8 XaAeiv ev 8., i Co 14*' : ;
€x«v 8., ib. 26 (DCG, 485 Cremer, 181). i, ;
SVN. 8i8acrKa\La. :
t Si'Spaxfios, -01' (•<[ 8is, Spa^/ar;), worth two drachmae ; to 8. (sc.
v6fj.i<rfjia, coin), [in LXX chiefly for bpW (Ge 28i*, al.), also for
P)p3 :
Ge 201^, De 222^ ;] a double drachma, nearly equal to the Jewish Jialf-

shekel, the amount of the Temple tax : Mt I72* {DB, iii, 428).t.
AtSufios, -ov, o (prop, name from 8i8i>/aos, -r;, -ov, double, sc. Trai?,
tivin), Didymus, surname of the apostle Thomas : Jo lli^ 202* 212.

8i8wfxi, [in LXX chiefly for ]n3 (53 words in all) ;] to give in —
various senses, ace. to context bestow, grant, siipply, deliver, commit,
yield : absol., Ac 20^^ c. ace. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4^ 5^1, Jo I12, al.
;
mult. ; e. dat. pers., seq. Ik, Mu 25^ ; id. c. gen. part.. Re 21" ; c. ace.
pers., Jo 31^ Re 20i3, al. ; 2^; Ga Lk 7**; yvio-iv,
8€^tas, cf>LXr]fxa,
Lk 177 Kpi(TLv, Jo 522 of seed yielding fruit,

; Mk 4"' ^ ipyacriav (Deiss., ;
LAE, 117 f.), Lk 12^8 .

c inf_ fi^^ Mt 27^^ Mk 5*3^ Lk 8^5, Jo 6*2, al.
c. dat. pers. et inf., Lk 17*, al.; e. ace. et inf., Ac 227, Ee 3^; e. dupl.
ace., Mt 2028, Mk 10^^ Eph I22 411, 11 Th 3^, i Ti 2«, al. ; iavroy 8.
CIS (Polyb., al.), Ac 193i e. dat. pers., seq. Kara (MM, Exp., xi). Re
;
228 (LXX) 8. •
Lva, Re 39 8e8wKa evwTrtdv aov Ovpav aveoyyfxivrjv, Re 3^.
;
Syn. : 8(o/jeo/Aai.
**8i-6Y€i>, [in LXX:

Jth 1*, Es li, ii Mac 721 IS" iii Mac 5"*;]
to aroiise completely, arouse as from rest or sleep Lk 82* pass., :
;
Mk 439, Lk 82* of the sea, Jo 6I8. Metaph., of the mind iv mrop.-

; :
vrjo-€i, II Pe 113 3i.t

*t Si-ci/Ou|uLô|xai, -ov/xai, depon., to consider, reflect : seq. Trtpi, Ac
IQi^.t
8i-^|-o8os, -ov, rj, [in LXX chiefly for n'lKlîn , as Nu 34* ^-^ and
freq. in Jos ;] in tt. of the conclusion of a trial (MM, Exp., xi) a way ;
out through, an outlet pi., 8, twi/ 68a)v, RV, the partings of the high-
;
ways : Mt 22^.+
*t 8i-€pfiT)>'cuTiis, -OV, 6 (<^ 8L€pp.r]V€v(o), an interpreter : 1 Co 1428.
12i<',
*t8i-€pjAr]j'€ta, as, 17, interpretation: 1 Co L, txt. (not else-
where), t
**t 8t-€p/xr]v'cuw, [in LXX : ii Mac 1^^*;] intensive of ep/xr]V€V(o, to

interpret ; (a) to explain, expound : c. ace, Lk 24^'^ ; absol., i Co 12^°
145,13,27; (5) to translate: Ac 93«.+
Si-^PX°f^<^^ [^^ LXX for 12H, ^^n, N'I2, etc.;] 1. to go through,

pass through; (a) of things: Mt 19^*, Mk lO^s, Lk 2^5, al.; (b) of
persons: Lk 19*; c. ace. loc, Lk 19^ He 4}\ Ac 12^*^; seq. 8ia, c.
gen. loc, Mt 12", i Co 10^ seq. ds, Mk d^s i^^^ l^ 2^5. 2. to go
; .
about: Lk 9^, Ac 20^*; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc),

Lk 515.
* 8i-€pwT(iw,
-w, to find by inquiry : c. ace, Ac lO^^.t
**8ien7s, -£s «8i5, £Tos), [in LXX:
ii Mac 10^*;] 1. lasting two
years. 2. two years old: a-n-o 8. (sc. TratSoV, or neuter; cf. i Ch 27^',
diro ctKOcracToCs), Mt 2^^.f
1 8i€Tia, -as,
space of two years
rj «Ac
:
Sterols), [in
24'^^ 28^*^.t
LXX {Grac. Ven.) : Ge 41' 45* * ;] the
Si-Tjye'ofiai, -ov/agi, [in LXX chiefly for i£3D pi. ;] to set out in
detail, recount, describe absol.,
: He 11^^ q q^qq j-ei, Ac 8^^ ; c. dat.
;
pers., seq. ttSs, Mk 5l«,

Ac 9^^ 12^7 ; a cTSov, 9^ Mk
oo-a cTrotr/o-c, -av, ;
Lk 839 9io.t
8i-iiYTj<Tis, -ews, 17 « SiT^yeoyxaO. [^^ ^XX : Jg 7^5 (l^Qa), Hb 28
(n-JTl), freq. in Si (636, al.), ii Mac 232 qit .^ ^ narrative: Lk 1^ (cf.
MUligan, NTD, 130).t

**8i-T|i'6KTis, -is «8ir?i'£yKa, aor. of Sia^tpco), [in Sm. :Ps 47(48)1*
88 (89)30 ;] unbroken, continuous : adverbially, ci? to 8., continually (for
exx., V. Deiss., BS, 251), He 73 IQi* 12, u.f
*t 8i0(iXaao-os, -ov (8ts, ûXacrcra) ; 1. divided into two seas (as the
Euxine, Strab., ii, 5^2). 2. dividing the sea : tottov S., a tongue of
land, or reef, running out into the sea : Ac 27*i.t
8i-iKi'ô|iai (Rec. SiiK-), -oifiai, [in for LXX ma hi., Ex 2628*;] to
go through, penetrate : He 4^2.
8i.i(rn,î (Rec. ht<T-), [in Ez 5^ (pbn LXX : Pr 17» (TIB hi.),
pi.),
etc.;] to set apart, separate ; of time (or space), to make an interval,

intervene : Siao-rao-Tjs dlpas /iias, Lk 22*^ ;
jSpayy Siao-riJo-ai'Tcs, Ac 27^8.
In pass., mid. and 2 aor., pf. and plpf. act., to part, withdraw:
Lk 24".t
* 8i-i<rxupiio(jiat (T, Eec. Stio--), depon. ; 1. to lean upon. 2. to
affirm confidently : c. ptcp., Lk 22^9 ; c. ace. et inf. (Bl., § 70, 3),
Ac 12i5.t
8iK<£t«, to judge: Lk 63^ (Tr., mg.; v.s. xaraS-; Cremer, 199),t
*t 8iKoioKpiaio, -as, rj, righteous judgment: Eo 2^ (cf. t. 8i/cat'as
Kpto-cws, II Th 1" ; t\jv 8. K., Jo 72^ For use in tt., v. Deiss., LAE, 89 f .).t
8iKaios, -a, -ov (<^ hUrj), [in LXX chiefly for p'*'V$ (for rendering
of (Tl? in sense of correct, v. Deiss., JSS, 115 f.) ; sometimes for
^j55 , as Pr 111, a,l. ;] in early Gk. writers, {a) of persons, observant of
81K17, custom, rule, right, righteous in performing duties to gods and

116 MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
men {b) of things, righteous, in accordance with right. In

;
1. NT :
righteous, chiefly in the broad sense, as above, of the person or thing

corresponding to the Divine standard of right (a) of persons of God, ;
:
Eo 326, I Jo 229 37 of Christ, Ac 3^* 7*2 22i*, i Pe 3^\ i Jo 2^ of men,

; ;
Mt 119 (Abbott, Essays, 75 f .) 10" 13^7' «. 49^ Lk 1«. ^^ Eo 5^, i Ti 1^,

Ja 56, I Pe 312, I Jo 3^ Ee 22", al. ; 8. Ka\ eiXafS^^, Lk 22* ; 5yios,
Mk 620 ; dyaôs, Lk 23*0
opp. to d/xap- ; <f>ol3ovfji€vos r. 6e6v, Ac IO22 ;
TwXoi Kal dcTcyScIs, I Pe 4I8; ahiKoi, Mt 5*^ Ac 2415 8. Ik Trto-rew?, Ro l^^ ;
Ga 311, He lO^s d-xx); g. ^^pa t. 6^(0, Eo 2i3; (6) of things: Ipya 8.,
opp. to TTovrjpd, I Jo 312 ^vtoXt;, Eo 7^2 metaph., alfia, Mt 23^* TO 8.,J j ;
Lk 12*7; g. i^^,^^ Ac 419, Eph 6\ Phi 1^; 6, Mt 20*; oo-a, Phi 48. 2.
In narrower sense (a) of persons, as in later cl. writers, jiist, rendering
;
to each his due Tit 1"^, i Jo I'' 8. Kpirrj?, 11 Ti 4^

: (b) of things to 8., ; ; :
Col 41 8., sc. i<TTtv,

; II Th l" Kpcats 8., Jo 5^0 68oi, Ee 153. ; ;
SVN. : dyaô's (q.v.), KaXos, XRW"^"^ (Gremer, 183, 690).

SiKaioaui'T], -17s, 17 (•<8t/<aio?), [in LXX chiefly for pl^, and
cognates, Ge 15^, al., rarely for IDTTi , Ge 19^^;] the character of
6 8tKaios broad sense, righteousness, conformity to the

(q.v.) ; 1. in
Divine will in purpose, thought and action Mt 5^, Jo 16^, Ac 13^0^ :
Eo 43 ; Aoyos ,8tKaiocrvV7;9, teaching of r., He 5^^

;
/Jao-tXeiJs 8. (cf. FIJ,
BJ, vi, 10, y8. SiKatos), He
SirXa 8., Eo 6^3 ; 6Sos 8., Mt 21^2 $^pa^ 72 ; ;
T^s 8., Eph 6^*; 8tdKo.'oi 8., 11 Co 11^*; 6o-toT7?s Kal 8., Lk 1^5, cf. Eph
42* aya6(i)(Tvvr) Kal 8., Eph 5^ ; 8. k. elprjvrj k. x^/^S -Ô 14^^
; 8. k. ;
dyiao-p-df, I Co l^" ; Opp. to ajxaprCa, Eo 8^" ; avofxia, II Co 6^* ; d8tKta,

Eo 3* TToietv T^v 8., I Jo
;
229
id. as an inclusive term for the active 3^^ ;
duties of the religious life {ICG, in 1. Abbott, Essays, 73 -'), Mt 6^ ;
ipyd^€a-eai 8., Ac lO^* StwKeiv 8., I Ti 611 TrXrjpoiv 7r5o-av 8., Mt 31*
; .
^7]v ry 8., I Pe 22* 8. êov, a righteousness divine in its character and

;
origin, Mt 6^^, Ja I'ô, Eo (where it also includes the idea of God's

personal r.; v. ICC, on li^) 1^ 3*. 21-26 iQs, n Co 521, Phi 3^; ^8. t.
TTio-rtws, Eo 411 ; rj tK IT. 8., Eo 936 ; 1^ (caTct tt. 8., He 11'^ opp. to this
;
is r, iK v6fiov 8., Eo 10*; rj 8. iy v., Phi 36; 71 iSia 8., Eo 103, cf. Phi S^.
2.In narrower sense (cf. 8i»catos), justice : Ac 17^1, 11 Pe li, Ee 19"
{DCG, ii, 529 ff. Cremer, 190, 690).
«
;
SiKaiow, -w 8tKaios), [in LXX chiefly for piS pi., hi., (1) as Ez
16*1, je 311 (cf . NT Is 508 .j i_ Jq cl.,
usage) ; (2) as De 25i, Ex 23^
(a) c. ace. rei, to ; deem
do one right
justice ; pass., (b) c. ace. pers., to
tiKaiovfrOai, to be treated rightly, opp. to d8i«€tcrâi. 2. In NT, as in
LXX, and as usual with verbs in -ow from adjectives of moral mean-
ing; (1) to show to be righteous : Mt lli", Lk 73*, Eo S^d-xx), i Ti 316;
2i3
(2) to declare, 'pronounce righteous: Lk 72^ 1029 I61* I81*, Eo
324,26,28 46 830,33^ Tit 3^ ; seq. dTro, Mt lli^, Lk 73*, Ac 1339, Eo 6^;
U 7ri'o-T£co9, Eo 330 51^ Ga 2i6 38-2* l^ lpyu>v, Eo 320 (LXX) 42^
;
2i«, Ja Ga
221.24,26. i^ ^^ x6yiav, Mt 1237; 8td T. ttiVtco,?, Eo 330 ; c. dat., Eo 32*. 28^
Tit 37; h, Ac seq. 1339, Eo 3* 59, i Co 4* 6", Ga2i7 3" 5*, i Ti 3i«
(v. Cremer, 193, 693; DB, ii, 826 ff.).t
MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 117
SiKoiufio, -T09, TO (<^ St/catou), [ill LXX most freq. for ph , in Ez,
chiefly for l^tffp, in Pss, ra 8., freq. for D^TlpD;] a concrete ex-
pression of righteousness, the expression and result of the act of

SiKatwo-is, " a declaration that a thing is SUcuov, or that a person is
SiKaios," hence, (a) an ordinance : B. t. Oeov, Eo 1^^; t. Kvptov, Lk 1^; r.
vo/xov, Eo 2^^ 8* ; Aarpctas, 9^ ; aapKo^, He He 9^° {h) a sentence : of
;
acquittal, Eo 5^^ (also 5^^; ICC, in or of condemnation;

1.), (c) a
righteous act : Eo 5^8 (rv), Ee 15* 198 (on the usage of tt., v. MM,
Exp., iii, xi).t
SiKttius, adv. « 8tKato9, q.v.),

2io,
[in LXX for pTlf , etc. ;] 1.
righteously : i Co lb^\ i Th Tit 2^2. 2. justly : Lk 23",

I Pe 223.t
SiKaiuais, -€(os, fj (<[ Si/catow), [in LXX for t25?!Ti , Le 24^2 *

;]
the act of pronouncing righteoiis, justification, acquittal : Eo 42^ 5^^

(Cremer, 199).t
SiKoon^s, -ov, 6 (<[ Stfca^w), [in LXX for taglB' ;] a judge : Ac
727, 35 (LXX) f
Syn. : KpLTri% wh. " gives prominence
to the mental process
(Thayer). the forensic term. In Attic law, the StKao-rcu were
8. is
jurors, with a Kptri^s as presiding ofl&cer (LS, s.v. ; Enc. Brit. ^^, xii,
504 f.).
SiKT], -T?s, T], [in LXX for np2, 3^1, etc.;] 1. custom. 2, right.
3. a judicial hearing ; hence its result, the execution of a sentence,
-punishment: 8. riveiv, 11 Th 1*; 8. {iTre'xctv, Ju^. 4. Personified (cf.
Lat. Justitia), justice, vengeance : Ac 28'*.t
SiKTuof, -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for n^ , npsijT ;]
general term
for a net : Mt 420. 21^ Mk l^s- ^^, Lk 52. *-«, Jo 216. 8, u.t
Syn. : d/Ji<f>i/3\r]aTpov (q.v.), a-ayrjvr].
*t8iXoYos, -oy
to repetition. 2.
« NT,
In
8ts, Ae'yw), 1.
prob. (cf.
in sense of SiXoyciv, -la (Xen.), given
SiyXcoo-o-os, Pr 11^^, Si 5*) double-
tongued : I Ti S^.t
810, conjunct, for 81' o, wherefore, on which account : Mt

27^, Lk
77, Ac 1519, Eo 124, al. ; 8. koC, Lk l^s, Ac 1029 2426, Eo 422 1522, n Co
120 413 59^ Phi 29, He 1112 1312 (v. Ellic. on Ga 4^1).
1 8i-o8eow, [in LXX chiefly for nair ;] 1. to travel through
: c. ace,
Ac 17^ 2. along (Ba 42, i Mac 1232, 33) Lk S^.t
to travel .
Aioi'uaios, -ov, 6, Dionysius, an Athenian Ac 173*.t :
**8i6-ir6p, conjunct. (810, q.v., strengthened by Trep), [in LXX:

Jth 8^'^, II Mac 5 * ;] for which very reason : i Co 8^3 lO^^.t
*8ioir6Tils (written also 8a7r-), -e's «;8ros, ttlwto}, v. Page on Ac,
I.e.; DB, i, 605, n., ext., 112*; Field, Notes, 130 f.), fallen from
heaven (E, mg.) to 8. (sc. ayoA/ta, statue, image), Ac 1935,t
:
*8i6p6w(Aa, -Tos, to {<^8iop06w, to make straight, set right), a

correction, reform : Ac 243.
*8i(5p0w<ns, -€w?, r] (v. supr.), 1. a making straight. 2. a reforming^

reforviation (used in late writers of laws, etc.) : He Q^** (Cremer,
807).t
[in LXX:
8i-opuWu), Jb 1A}\ Ez 125-7.12, (inn)*;] to dig
through ace, of hous ^-breaking (as in tt. MM, Exp., xi), Mt 24*^,
: c. ;
Lk 1239; absol., Mt6i3'2o.t

Ai^cr-Koupoi, -tov, ol (lon. and Koivrj form of Att., Aioo-zcopot;
<; Aio's, gen. of Zer9 + Kopos, a son), the Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux),
twin sons of Zeus and Leda (EV, The Twin Brothers) Ac 28i^t :
conjunct., for Bta tovto, on (Lat. profterea qtiod), because

8i-<5ti,
Lk 113 2^ 2128, Ac 1335 1810 2026 22^8, Eo l^^. ^1 320 8^.21, i Co 159,
Phi 22«, I Th Notes, 37) 4^, He 11^. 23, Ja 43, i Pe l^^. 24 26.
28. 18 (Lft.,
It is usually stronger than on, but sometimes, as in Lk li3, Eo 1^^

I Th 218, approximates to MGr. sense, /or; cf. Milligan, Th., l.e.t
AioTp€'4)T)s (Eec. -Tp€cf>7]<;), -€S (<! Aios, gen. of Ztvs + rp€(f><a I

cherished by Zeus), as pr. name, Diotre/phes : iii Jo ^.t
8117X009 (poet., whence comp. -orepov), -or], -oov (-ous, -^,
8t7rAo9,
-ovv), [in LXX for bD3 TOtJi^p and cognates ;] twofold, double i Ti
, ,
:
51", Ee 18^ ; in twofold meastire : Mt 23^^.

SiTrXo'repov,
* -w {<^ SiTrXo'r.s), to double : 8. to. SiirXa, Ee 186.t
8iTrX6<o,
8is, adv., tivice: Mk
143o.'2; g, r. (rafifidrov, Lk 18^2. ^^^ 5^^^
K. S., Phi 416, I Th 218 8. airoeavovTa, Ju ^2 (y. Mayor, ICC, in 1.)
;
S. iJi.vpid8e<;, Ee 9^6.
old
Ais, nom. for Zev<s (q.v.), whence gen. Aids, ace. Ai'a:
Acl4i2.i3.t
**t 8io-fiupids, -a8o5, r), [in LXX
Mac g * ;] twice ten thousand : 11
Ee 916 (LT; 815 /xuptaSes, Eec.).t WH; 8i'o /î.,
143i 28i^t
*8iaT(itw «8ts), to dow6^, hesitate: Mt
SYN. : diropio), Sia-n-opew, BiaKpivofxai, fi€Teo}pLôfxat (v. DCG, i, 491).
8iVtoôs, -OF « Sis, ard/xa), [in LXX : Jg 316, Ps 1496, Pr 54 (ri,,^)^
Si 213*;] 2_ Qf rivers and roads, double-motUhed, double branching.

2. Of swords (Eur. ; LXX, 11. c), two-edged : He 4^2, Ee li« 2i2.t
8io--xiXioi, -at, -a, two tJiousand : Mk 5i3.t

(<8ia, vXiîa, to strain),
8i-uXiJ^w [in LXX: Am 6«*;] 1. to
strain thoro2ighly (Archytas Am., I.e.). ; 2. Later, to strain out : fig.,
Mt 2324.t
** Sixdtw {8i'xa, apart), [in Aq. Le 1^^ De 14^ * ;] to ctd apart, :
divide in two ; metaph., to set at variance : Mt 103^.t

** 8ixoo-Taaia, -as, rj {<^8ixo(TTaT€w, to stand apart), [in LXX:
I Mac 329 * ;] standing apart, dissension : Eo IG^^^, Ga 52**.
SixoTOfxû, -Q>(<^ 8t;ÔTdôs, <^ 8t;(a, rifivw), [in LXX: Ex 29^^

{nr\2 pi.) ;] to cut in two, cut asunder : perh. metaph. of severe
scourging (but Meyer on Mt, and Ki 1533, n Ki 123i,
v. I.e., cf. I
He 113'), Mt 2451, Lk 12*6.t
84<io>,-w « Sill/a, thirst), [in LXX chiefly for NOS ;] to thirst
absol., Mt 2535.37.42,44^ Jo 413,15 1928^ Ro 1220 (Lxx)^ i Co 411 ; fig.,

Jo 41* 6^* 7^\ Ee 7^^ 21« 22^7; c. ace. (= cl. c. gen.), t. 8iKaL0(Tvvr)v,
Mt 5«.t
Si+os, -cov (-ow), TO, (late form of SitJ/a), [in LXX chiefly for K©^
and cognates;] thirst: ii Co ll^'.t
*t8i»|»uxos, -ov (-<8i.s, iffvxv), of two minds, wavering: Ja 1^ 4^
(Cremer, 588; DB, iv, 528).
Siwy^^s, -oO, 6 (< StwKco), [in LXX : Pr ll^^ {^m pi.). La 3^^ (li-lij),
II Mac 1223 * persecution : Mt iS^\ Mk 4^7 iqso^ Ac 8^ 13^0, Eo 8^\

.]
II Co 1210, II Th 1\ II Ti 3ii.t
*+ StuKTTjs, -OV, 6
SiwKu, [in LXX
«
a persecutor : i Ti 1^^ f
Stw/co)),
chiefly for ^11;] 1. to^jwi to flight, drive away:

Mt 233*. 2. to pursue; (a) of persons; c. ace, without hostility, to
12i3.
follow after : Lk 17^3 with hostile purpose Ac 26^^, Ee
; Hence, :
5^0-12, u 10-23^ Lk 11*^ 2112^ jo 51" I520, Ac 7*2 g*-*

to persecute: Mt
224,7,8 26". 15, Eo 121*, I Co 4^2 159, 11 Co 4^, Ga li3'23 429 511 612,
Phi S\ II Ti 312; (b) metaph., o. ace. rei, of seeking eagerly after:
Eo 930, I Ti 611, II T' 222. i,(;ô,, 8tKatoa-vvrj<i, Eo 931 t. ; 0t\o^€itav,
Eo 1213; dp^vrju, He 1214, I Pe 311 ; ra T^^ il, Eo 141^; t. aydirrjv,
I Co 141 ; TO ayaOoy, I Th 51* ; absol., to follow on, drive, or s2Jeed on

(Msch.), Phl3i2.i*.f
Uy\t.a, -Tos, TO «8oK€w), [in LXX chiefly for T)"^, DyW l] 1- '^^
2i,
opinion. 2. A public decree, ordinance : of Eoman rulers, Lk
Ac 17^ ; of the Jewish law, Bph 21*, Col 2i* ; of the Apostles, Ac 16*
(Cremer, 205).
fhoyiuarlloi, [in LXX : Es 39 (ana ni.). Da LXX, 2i3.i5 {ani, ni),
I Es 63*, II Mac 108 1536^ m Mac 411 * ;] to decree. Mid., to subject
oneself to an ordinance : Col 22o.t
SoK^w, -u) (<[SoKos, opinion, <:^8eK0fxai, lon. form of Se^-), [in LXX
for mia, ai3, etc.;] 1. to be of ojnnion, suppose: Mt 24**, Lk 12*^,
He 1029 c. inf., Mt 39, Lk 8I8 2437, Jo 539 162, Ac 129, 2713, i Co 3i«
.
7*0 82 1012 1437, Ga 63, Phi 3*, Ja 12« c. ace. et inf., i Co 1223, „ Co ;
lli«; seq. 6ti, Mt 6^ 26*3, Mk

6*9, Lk 12*i I32.* I911, Jo 5** lli3.3i
1329 20l^ I Co 49, II Co 1219, Ja 4*. 2. to seem, be reputed: Ac 252^;
c. inf., Mk
10*2, Lk 1036 222*, Ac 171^ 269, i Co llie 1222, n Co 109,
Ga 2^' 9, He 41 12ii 01 Sokowt*?, those of repute, Ga 22. Impers., it
;
22i7.*2 26««,
seems, c. dat. pers. (a) to think: Mt 172^, I812 2128
;
Jo 11*", He 1219 ; (&) to please, seem good to : e. inf., Lk 13, Ac

2522, 25, 28, 34_f
Syn.(SoKcii) 1.) rjyiojxai^, vofx.iû)'^
: olofjiai 17. and v. properly , ;
express belief resting on external proof, 77. denoting the more careful
judgment 8. and 01. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of
;
01. is based on feeling, in 8. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17).
{ôK€w 2.) <)!>atvo/xai: </>., from the standpoint of the object,

;
*'
expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself "
8., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one's subjective
judgment about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., § Ixxx Cremer, 204). ;
SoKifjidiw «8o'Ki/i,os), [in LXX chiefly for ]n3;] 1. primarily of

metals (Pr 17^ Si 2^ Wi 3"), to test, try, jyrove (in the hope and
8^^
expectation that the test will prove successful, v. reff. s. Syn.) :
14i«, ii Co S^ Ga 6*, i Th 2*
Xpvatoi', I Pe 17; other things, Lk 12^«
521 ;Ta 8ia<^€po^Ta, Eo 2^», Phi l^" (R, mg., but v. infr.) irvevfjiara. ;
I Jo 41 of men, i Ti S^^ (pass.)

; iavroy, i Co ll^s, 11 Co 13* seq. subst.
; ;
clause, Ro 12% i Co 3^^, Eph 5^*^. 2. As the result of trial, to approve,

think fit : Ro l^s I422, i Co IG^, 11 Co 822, i Th 2^ (8£8oKi/xao-//€â)
Ta hia4>ipovTa, Eo 2^^ Phi lô, R, txt. (but V. supr. cf. 8ia<^€pw).t ;
Syn. : ntipdCw (V. Tr., Syn., Ixxiv; Cremer, 494 ff., 699 ff.).
** 8oKifj.aaia, -as, rj
proving: He 3''(^^^).t
8o/ct/AaCa)) «
[in LXX: Si 62^*;] a testing, ,
**t hoKUL^, -^s, ^

of trial, proving, test
86KLfios),
11 Co 82 9^^.
« :
[in Sm. : Ps 67 {68f^ * ;] 1. the process
2. The result of trial, approval,
approvedness, proof : Ro 5*, 11 Co 2» IS^, Phi 222 (Cremer, 212, 701).t
SoKiViof, -ov, TO, [in LXX
Pr 17^ 2721 (qiyo) * ;] usually regarded
:
as a variant form of BoKifitlov, a test, and so perh. Ja 1^ (v. Mayor,

in 1.), but see next word (cf. Cremer, 212, 702).t
+ 8oKifiios, -a, -ov (<^8o/ct/A7j), [in LXX: dpyvpiov 8. (T?y), Ps
II (12)^ and as v.l. for 8o'Ki/ios (B), dpyvptou 8. (pp7 pu.), i Ch 29*
(Bab); ct 8. 60-Tiv (n,T), Za ll^^ s'^''^ Q *)* = ôKifios, tested,
approved : to 8. v/awv t. Trto-Tcws, i/wi^ which is approved in your faith,

I Pe l'^ (where Hort suggests the v.l. Soki/xos, found in some cursives),
Ja 1^ (but v. Mayor, in 1. For full discussion of this word, not hitherto

found in a Gk. Lexicon, and for exx. of its use in tt., v. Deiss. (to
whom is due the credit of its discovery), BS, 259 MM, Exp., xi; fif. ;
cf. also Milligan, NTD, 76).t

SoKifios, -ov « SeKOfiai
primarily of metals, tested, accepted, approved : of persons, Ro 14^*,

= Sexo/xai), [in LXX for ppi pu., etc. ;]
16^0, I Co 1119, II Co 10^8 137, II Ti 215, Ja 1^2 (Cremer, 212, 697).+
SoKos, -ov, 7j (Sixofiai), [in LXX for nip, etc.;] a beam of
timber Mt V'^ Lk 6". "2 (DCG, i, 176).+

—
:
86X10S, -a, -ov «8d\os), [in LXX — chiefly in Pss, Pr, Si for
njpna , etc. ;] deceitful : 11 Co 111^.+
+ 8o\i6a> «8o'\tos), [in LXX Nu :

25i8,
(105)25 (^33), Ps 5«
Ps 104
(pbn hi.) * ;] to deceive : IhoXiovcrav (-o-av, freq. in Koivq Gk. for impf.
3rd pers. pi.), Ro S^^ ^^^W

86\os, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for n)pia;] 1. in Horn., a bait.
2. a snare. 3. In the abstract, craft, deceit : Mt 26*, 722 14\ Jo I''', Mk

12i«, Th 2^, i Pe 2i'22 310 (lxx)
Ac 1310, Ro 129, II Co I (XaXô-ai 8.).+
8oX«5w, -^ (8o\os), [in LXX : Ps 14 (15)3
(i,^-,)^
35 (36)2 (p^r\ hi.)* ;]
1. to ensnare. 2. As of wine, to adulterate, corrupt : t. koyov t. 6€ov,
II Co 42.+
Syn. .* KaTrrjXevo), q.V.
8<5|Ao, -TO?, TO «
48(Lxx)^
hiSiofxi), [in LXX for njn© , etc. ;] a gift : Mt
7^\ Lk 1118, Eph Phi 4i7.t
STN. : Soo-is, SCjpov, Swped, Swp-qfia.
8<5Ca, -7]^, 17 (-< SoKe'co), [in LXX very freq. for T*I^, also for
nifttpri, Tin, etc., 25 words in all;] in cl., 1. expectation, judgment,
opinion (iv Mac 5^^).
opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute
2.
in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory : Lk
1410, Jo 12^3^ He 33 opp. to aicTXVvn, Phi 319 to (XTi/xta, II Co G^ 8. K.
; ; ;
Tt/xrJ, Eo 2^.10, Pe V, II PeI l^^; ^yjrf.v 8., Jo 54* 718 850, i Th 2«;
Xaixpavuv, Jo 5", II Pe 1^^ Ee 5^2 ; hihovai 8. t. ^€<S (cf. rnrpb» TQ3 jCl? ,
Je I316, al.), Lk 17^8, Jo 92*, Ac 1223, Rq 420^ jje 4^; cis (t.) 8. ^coC, Eo
2i*,
37 157, Phi 111, al. ; in doxologies, t. ^£(3 (tS) ^ 8., Lk Eo llê 162^
Ga 15, Eph 321, al. 3. Later also (not cl.) as in LXX (= Tin, Jb
3920, 1 Ch 2925 ; Tins , Jb 199, Es 5", al.), visible brightness, splendour,
glory : of light, Ac of heavenly bodies, i Co 15*° ^ 22ii

esp. that ; ;
wh. radiates from God's presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud

and in the Holy of Holies (= Tins, Ex I610 2522 40^*, al.; and new
Heb. nz'^^'0 , II Mac 2^ ; v. DB, iv, 489b), Eo 9\ Ja 2i (v. Hort, Mayor,
in 1.); hence of the manifested glory of God, Eo 123, Qq\ ^n^ jjph
2(5,12,17 316. of the same as communicated to through Christ, man
II Co 318 4' ; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall
Si^-î 92^, 11 2io, al.
enter hereafter, Eo Ti
Syn. : £7rau/os, TL/xr] (v. Hort on I Pe 1'').
8o|<£|;o> (< 8dâ), [in LXX chiefly Tns ni., pi., also for TXB
for
etc. ;] 1. to think, siqypose, hold an opinion (^sch., Plat., al.). 2. To
bestow 86$a (q.v.) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc, iii, 45; Plut.,
5i«, Mk 212, Jo 8^*,
al.) c. ace, Mt
: Eo 15^, i Pe 2i2, al. id. seq. im, ;
Lk 220 ; iv, Ga 12*, i Pe 4i«.

3. In LXX and NT (v.s. 8oâ, 3), to clothe
icith splendour, glorify (Ex 3429. 3o, Ps 36 (37)2o, Is 4423, Es 31, al.)
Eo 830, II Co 310, II Th 31, I Pe l^, al. ; of Christ, Jo 739 g^*, al. (on the
Johannine use, v. Cremer, 211 ; Westc, Jo., Intr.) ; of the Father, Jo
1331.32^ I Pe 411, al. (cf. *V-, cTvv-hoât,i,i).
AopKds, -a8os, rj (8opKas, a gazelle), Dorcas, also called TafieiOd,

q.v. : Ac 93«. 39.t
Soais, -co)5, v (8t8a)/zi), [in LXX for ph (Ge 4722), ]r)Q, npo
(Pr 211* 251*), freq. in Si. ;] 1. properly, the act of giving : Phi 41*.
2. Objectively, a gift : Ja li^.t

Syn. v.s. Sofâ.
«
:
tS^TTis, -01;, o 8180/^1), [in LXX: Pr 22^*;] = Sor^p, a giver:

9'''<i'XX)
II Co (not else where).
*i %o\}\aybiyi(a, -co (<^ 8ovXos, ayw), to make a slave, bring into
bondage : i Co 92^ (Cremer, 703).t
SooXcia (T, -Xta), -as, ^ «8ovXei;a,), [in LXX, as Ex 133, for
2i*.+
Tn:? and cognates ;] slavery, bondage : Eo 8^^' 21, Ga 42* 51, He
BouXcu'u (kC^SouXos), [in LXX for laJT^ as Ge 14*, exc. Da th

714,27 (n^p)j Is 56^ (mC7 pi.)* 5] ^0 be a slave, be subject to, serve:
absol., Eo 7«, Ga
426, i Ti 62; c. dat pers., Mt 62*, Lk 1529 iqu^
Eo 912 (LXX); of nations, Jo Sâ, Ac 7Ui^^^); Sew, t. Kvptw, Mt 62^
Lk 1613, Ac 20ie, Eo 12ii (R, mg., Katp^) 16i< 6^, Col 32*, Eph
I Th 19; T. Xpi(TT,S, Ro Col 32*; vo>a, $eoi, Eo V^; r. ^cols, W^,
Ga 4^; t. Acatpw, Eo 12^^ (E, mg. for Kvptw) dAXr^Xots, Ga 5^^ o-rv i/xot, ; ;
Phi 222 ^_ afiapTia, Eo 6" vo/xw afjLapTia<;, Eo 72^ cVt^r/Atats »c. i78ovats,
.
; ;
Tit 33 T. koiXlo., Eo 16^^

; fia/xoiva, Mt 62*, Lk 16^^ ; t. o-toix^lois t. ;
Koa/iov, Ga 49 (Cremer, 217).

SouXt), 17, V.8. 8ouA,os.
SouXos, -r], -ov, [in LXX, 6. S. nearly always for Tjy ; 17 8. chiefly
for nipX, nnptt? ;] 1. in bondage to, subject to: Eo 6^^^ 2. As subst.,
o, rj 8., a slave; (a) fern., rj 8., a female slave, bondmaid (Cremer, 702;
DB, iii, 215): Lk ps-^s, Ac 2^»i^^^); masc, 6 8., a sZaw, 6ond-
(6)
man S^ 1823, ^1.
: Mtopp. to iXevdepos, i Co 722 12^3^ q^ 328^ ; gph 6^,
Col S^S Ee 6^5 131« 19^8; opp. to Kvptos, Sea-n-orrjs, oiKohiaTTOTri'i, Mt 102*
1327. 28^ Lk 12**5, Jo 15", Eph 65, Col 322 41, al. ; metaph., 8. Xpiaroi,
Tov Xp., IrjcToi Xp., Eo 1\ I Co 722, Ga lô, Eph 6«, Phi 1^, Col 4^2,
Ja 1\ II Pe 1\ Ju 1 ; 8. t. ^€oS, t. Kuptov, Ac 16^7, n Ti 22*, Tit 1^,

I Pe 216, Ee 73 153; §_ ôvr,p6^, Axpelo^, »caKos, Mt 1832 24*8 2526.30^
2i9.
Lk 1710 1922 ; 8. (iyaa/jTi'as, Jo 83*, Eo 617. 20 ; t. <^ôp5s, 11 Pe
SYN. : 8taK-ovos (q.V.), OepairoiV, vTrqptTrp (v. 1)5, iii, 377; iv, 461,
469; DCG, i, 221 ; ii, 613; Cremer, 215, 702).
SouXow, -co (•<; SovXos), [in LXX for TUT ;] to enslave, bring into
bondage : Ac 7" (^xx)^ jj pg <^\<i j metaph., i Co 9i9 pass., seq. h', ib. ;
715 ; T. ^€({5, Eo 622 ^_ StKaioori'Kr;,

.
Eo 618 oim. Tit 23 vn-o to. aroixela
; ;
T. *co'cr;u.ou, Ga 43 (Cremer, 217).t

Soxn, -^?, ^ « Se'xo^tat), [in LXX : Ge 21^, Es 1», al. (nj?5ro), Da
LXX 51 (DO^);] a feast, banquet: Lk 52^ 14i3.t
%p&Kiav, -(WTos, o, [in LXX chiefly for ]^3C1 ;] a dragon, a mythical

monster : fig., of Satan, Ee 123-17 132. *. n i6i3 202.+
8p(£|xu, obsol., to run, v.s. Tpex<o.
8pdaoro|xai, [in LXX for pizr3 pi., Ps 2i2 elsewhere ]^0p as Le 22 ;] ; ,
to grasp with the hand, to lay hold of: metaph., c. ace. (M, Pr., 65),
iCo3i9(i'X^).+
8paxf''n) "'J?) V ("^C 8pda-(rofxai), [in LXX : in Hex. for yj^Sl > î?Jp »
in II Es for fiSllX ,
]iQ511 ;] o, drachma, nearly equal to the Roman
denarius (v.s. ^vdpiov) : Lk 158. 9 {pCG, ii, 200).t
Zpittavov, -ov, TO (later form of Attic Bpeirdvrj, <!^ SpcTrw, to pluck),
[in LXX for ni079 > 87010 > etc. ;] a sickle, pruning-hooh : Mk 42*,
Re 14i*-i9.t
8p<$fios, -ov, 6 (<^ Spa/xdv, V.8. Tpe)(u}), [in LXX chiefly for nymp j]
a course : fig., of life or ministry, Ac 13^^ 20^*, ii Ti 4''.t
ApouaiXXa (Rec. ApovcrikXa), rjt, rj, Drusilla, wife of Felix : Ao

242*.t
Sui'a/Aai, depon., în LXX chiefly for bij ;] to be able, have power,
whether by personal ability, permission, or opportunity : c. inf. (M,
Pr., 205; WM,
Mt 62*, Mk 2\ Jo 32,
§ 44, 3) pres., i Co 102\ al.; c.
inf. aor., Mt 3^, Mk 1**, Jo 3=5. *, Eo 8^^, al. c. ace, ; to be able to do
something: Mk 92", Lk 122<', n Co 13^; absol., to be able, capable,
powerful : i Co 32 lO^s.
SuVafxis, -cws, 17 « Swa/Atti), [in LXX for b^n (bÛ) , NS^ nnn3 ,
7Jr etc.; 35 words in all;] power, might, strength;

, relatively, ability,
power to perform: Mt 25^5, Ac 3^2, He llî; Kara 8., 11 Co S^; TrapV
8., ib. ; Co of pecuniary

vTrlp 8., 11 ability, 11 Co 8^, Ee 18^
1^ ; absol., ;
power, might : Lk 24*^, Ac 1* opp. to do-êVcta, i Co 15*^ r) 8. t. ; ;
afiaprla's, I Co 15^6 of power in action, Ro 1^^' 20, i Co l^^, Phi 3^0, al.
;
ri 8. T. Oeov, Mt 2229, Mk 122*, Rq 120^ î .

opp ^ fi6p4>o,(Tt^, 11 Ti 3^;
in doxologies, Re 4^1 7^2, al. ; €v 8., Mk 9\ Lk 43«, Ro 1*, al. ; of the
power performing miracles, Ac 6^ 11 Th 2^ pi., Mt 13^*, Mk 6^*,
of ;
Ga 3^, al. of the force or meaning of a word (Plat., al.), i Co 14^^ By

;
meton., of persons or things; (a) of God, Mt 26^*, Mi 14''2 (Dalman,

Words, 200 ff.) (b) of angels, Ro 838, Eph I21, i Pe 322 (c) of armies,
; ;
pi. [LXX for niN^y], metaph., of the stars, Mt 2429, Mk 1325, Lk 212«
(d) of that wh. manifests God's power Christ, i Co I2* ; t. eiayyikLov, :
Eo 1^*; rj 8. T. Kvpiov, I Co 5*; (e) of mighty works (Tr., Syn., § xci),
8. TToicrv, Mk 65 939; pi., Mt 722, Mk 62, Lk lO^^, al.; o-T^/xcra k. 8...

Ac 8^^ ; 8. K. repara k. (rr]p.€La, Ac 222, n Co 12^2
Syn.: l<T)(vs, /cpa'ros (v. Tr., I.e.; Cremer,
^la, cvcpyeia, iôvcria,
218, 236; DB, 616; iv, 29; DCG, i, 607; ii, 188).
i,
t8ump6a,, -w «8wa/xts), [in LXX for 77^, Ps 51 (52)^ 67 (68)28;

"laapi., hi., Ec 10^^ Da th 92"*;] to make strong, strengthen: Eph 6^''
(WH, mg. ; €v8w-, WH, txt., RV), Col V\ He ll^^.t

Sut'doTtis, -ov, 6 (•< 8vvaii.aL), [in LXX for liaa ,
piy , nâ , etc. ;]
a pritice, ruler, potentate : Lk 1^2 ; of God (Si 465' ^^, 11 Mac 15^),
I Ti 6^5; of a high ofiicial (cf. Su^âo-rai <l>apaw, Ge 50*), Ac 82'' (Cremer,
221).t
*t SumWw, -a> (<[ 8waTos), to be able, be powerful, mighty : c. inf.,
Eo 14*, II Co 98 ; absol., opp. to a(Td€v<ii, 11 Co 133.t
Suvaros, -77, -ov (<^ SuVa/xat), [in LXX for 1123, TO) etc.;] 1.
strong, mighty, powerful: absol., Lk 1*9, i Co I2*; 01 8., the chief

men, Ac 255; of spiritual strength, Ro 15\ u Co 12^*' 139; seq. ev,
Lk 2419, Ac 722 182* ^p^5^ . Co 10*. 2. C. inf., able to do Lk 143^,
II ;
Ac 111^ Ro 421 1123, II Ti Tit 19, He 11^9, Ja 32.

112, 3. Neut., 8waTdv,
possible : Mt 192«, Mk 923 1027 143(5^ jj^ iqii^ Ac 22* 20i« ; d 8. {icrrC),
Mt 242* 2639, Mk 1322 1435, Eo 1218, Ga 4^5; t6 S. {= -fj SoVaut?) airov,

Eo 922.t
Soco), Ion. and trag. form of 8uw, [in LXX chiefly for Nia ;] to
enter, sink into ; of the sun (sc. ttovtov), set Mk 1^2^ j^ 440 ^gf^ i^.^
:
air-€K-, €v-, eTT-cv-, irap-eLcr-, e7ri-Sw(o).t

8uo, numeral, indecl. exc. in dat., Sucri, Suo-iV (Attic Suoiv), two
Mt 19«, Mk 108, Jo 2«, al. with ; pi. noun, Mt 92^ 10", al. ; ol, twv,
To{;s 8., Mt 195 202*, Mk 108, Eph 2^5, al.; 8. Lk 24^3; distrib.,
i$,
dm, Kara 8., two and two, two apiece Lk 10^

: (WH, dva 8. [8i;o]), Jo
2«, I Co 1427; s^'o g„'o (,= ^y^ 8,^ as LXX, Ge 6^9 for ^'2^' D^:?r, but
not merely "Hebraism," fivpia fxvpia, jÊsch., Pers., 981, and for
cf.
usage in tt. and MGr.,
Pr., 21, 97), v. M,
6^ cis 8. {two and two, Mk ;
Xen., Cyr., 7, 5, 17), into two parts, Mt 27", 1538. Mk

8o(T-, inseparable prefix, opp. to €v, like un-, mis- (in unrest,
mischance), giving the idea of difficulty, opposition, injuriousness, etc.
t Sua-pdcrraKTOs, -ov «/8ao-TdCw), [in LXX for b^., Pr 27^*;]
hard to be borne : Mt 23* (om. WH, txt., E, mg.), Lk ll*«.t
* Suo-errepia, -a9, rj, Eec. for Svo-evTcpiof (q.V.), Ac 28^.f
*t Soo-ccWptoc, -ov, TO (evTepov, intestine), late form of 8i>o-evTcpta
(Eec, I.e.), dysentery : Ac 288.t
*t8uacpfiiiv€UTos, -ov (<^ ep/xT/vcvw), hard of interpretation : He 5ii.t
Su'ais, -cw?, 17 «8vVa>), [in LXX Ps 103 (104)^9 (xnp)

: *;] 1. a
sinking, setting, as of the sun (.^sch.) : Mk 16 ^*"- ending).
2. the sun-
setting, the west (Thuc.).t
SJaKoXos, -ov « Kokov, food), [in LXX for Tl!< , Je 29^ (498) (cf.
Sva-KoXia, Jb 343'' €VKoXos, II Ki 153) * ;] 1. properly, of persons, hard

;
to satisfy with food, hence, generally, hard to please (Eur., Plat.).

2. Of things, difficult, hard (Arist.) : Mk 102*.t
*8o(tk6X«s, adv., with difficulty: Mt 19^3, Mk 1023, Lk 182*.t
8uajArj, -^s, 17 ( = 8t;o-i5, <; 8wo)), [in LXX for Ni2 , nn^y , etc. ;]
mostly in pi., opp. to dvaroXat'; 1. a setting, as of the sun (ace. to

Thayer, s.v., so perhaps in Lk 12^*). 2. the quarter of sunset, the
west : anarth., Mt Sî 2427, Lk 125* 1329^ 21^3.+
* Soaj'OTiTos, -ov (<^vo£w), hard to understand : 11 Pe Z^^.\
^
** 8ua(|)Tj/i€(i), -w (<; 8vcr(f>r]fj.o<;, slanderous), [in i Mac 7*^ * LXX :
;]
1. intrans., use evil words (^sch.). 2. Trans.,

to to speak ill of,
defame (Soph.) pass., i Co 4^3^ :
III
** 8uo-4>T)(iia, -as, 17
Mac 22^ * ;] evil-speaking,
«
8v(r<f>rjfji.os, slanderous), [in
defamation : opp. to
LXX
ev(f>r]/jiLa,
:
11
i Mac
Co 68,
738,
8oO>, V.S. 8tV(ri.

SciSeKa, ol, at, rd, indecl. numeral, twelve : Mt 92*' 10\ al. ; 01
8., the apostles, Mt 10*, Mk 410, al. ; in Ac 19^ 24i\ for Eec. 8£Ka8wo.
8w8e'KaTos, -r;, -ov, twelfth : Ee 2120,t
*t 8(»8EKd-<t>uXos, -ov (<; SwBeKa, 0uX^), of twelve tribes : as subst.
neut., TO 8. (cf. Xaos 6 8., Sibyll. Orac), the twelve tribes, Ac 267.t
8u)i,a, -Tos, TO (<C^ Sefjiw, to build), [in LXX for 3^ ;] chiefly in
poets and late (not Attic) prose; 1. a house, hall. 2. In (and LXX
Horn., Od., X, 554 cf MGr., terrace), house-top : eVl t. Swâ, Lk 5^^,
; .
Ac 109; ItvI t. 8(;iyMaT05, -aroiv, Mt 10^7 241^, 13^5^ Lk 12^ ITî.t Mk

Swped, -as, r] (<^ SiScoynt), [in LXX chiefly (-av) for D^n, as Ge
2916;] a gift: Ac ll^^, Eo 5", He 6*; 8. t. Oôv, Jo ^^\ Ac 820;
T. X/310-T0V, Eph 4^ ; T. 7rv€v/AaT09, Ac 2^^ 10*^ ; T. StKttiocrvvT;?, Eo 517
T. âptTos, Eph 37 ; dv€/c8iT;y?^Tw 8., II Co Q^'. Acc, Swpedv, adverbially
(as freq. in LXX), (a) freely, as a gift : Mt lO^, Eo 32*, ii Co 11^ ii Th
38, Be 21« 2217; (6) in vain, uselessly: Jo 1525(lxx)^ Qa 22i.t
iSriv. : V.8. SofjLa.
Supcdi', V.S. Swpcd.
8a>p^«, -<^, [in LXX: Ge 302o (-qt), Es S^, Pr 42 (|n:),
Le 7^* <!*' (]n-)(5) , I Es 17 81*' ", Si 72^ * ;] to p-esent, bestow. As
depon. (with same sense), -iofxai, -ov/xai : Mk 15**, 11 Pe l^* *.t
SvN. : BiSwfii, q.v.
**8cSpTi/xa, -TOS, TO «8a>p€a)), [in LXX: Si 31 (34)i8*;] a gift,
5ie,
boon : Eo Ja li^.t
Syn. : V.S. 80/Aa.
Swpoi', -ov, TO (<^ 8t8<D/Ai), [in LXX chiefly for J^lf?, also for
nnja, etc.;] a gift, present : Mt 2ii,

Ee lli*^; of gifts and sacrifices to
God, Mt 523.2* 8* 155 2318.19, Mk 711, Lk 21i.*, He 5^ 83.* 9^ 11*;

8. eeoi, Eph 28.+
Svjv. : s.v. 80/ta.
* 8wpo(t>opio, -as, 17, a bringing of presents : LTr., mg., for Siaxovia,
Eo I531.+
E
E, e, t iîk6v {ii(/lXov), to, indecl., epsilon, 6, the fifth letter. As a
numeral, c' = 5, c^ =
5000.
ca, interj., expressing surprise, indignation, fear (in cl. chiefly in
poet.), ah! ha ! : Lk 43*.+
i&v, contr. fr. €i av, conditional particle, representing something
as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not
so definitely expected as in the case of ci c. ind. (Bl., § 65, 4 cf. Jo ;
1317, 1 Co 73"), if haply, if; 1. c. subjc. (cl.) (a) pres. Mt 622, Lk 10«, ;
:
Jo 717, Eo 225.26, al.; {b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.) Mt 4^ 1626 (cf. ptcp. :
in Lk 925 ; M, Pr., 230), Mk 32*, Lk 143*, Jo 5*3, Eo 72, al. = ; cl.
Cl, c. opt., Jo 922 1157^ Ac 92 ; as Heb. DN = ^Tav, Jo 1232 143^ j Jq 228
32, He 37 (^xx)^
C. indie, (as in late vnriters, fr. Arist. on; v.
2. WH,
App., 171; VD, MGr.'^, App., § 77; Deiss., BS, 201 f., LAE, 155,
254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., § 65, 4); (a) fut.: Mt 18i9 T, Lk 19*^
Ac 7" ; (b) pres. i Th S^ (v. Milligan, in 1.).

: 3. With other particles
i. Kai (Bl., § 65, 6), Ga 6' i. ftrj (M, Pr., 185, 187 ; Bl., I.e.),
; subjc. c
pres., Mt
1013, i Co 8^ Ja 2^\ i Jo S'î; aor., 6^^, 3^7, Jo 3^, Mt Mk
Eo 10", Ga 18 216 (v. Lft., Ellic., in 11.) e. re i. «, [in for ; . . . LXX
DX . . . DX, Es 19^3, al.,] Eo 148. 4 _ ^ ^^ (^ ^j^ after relat.
pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr., 96 ; WH, App., 173 ; M, Pr., 42 f.
Bl., § 26, 4; Mayser, 152 f. ; Deiss., BS, 202 ff.) : Ss i., Mt 51^, Mk
622,23^ Lk 173», I Co 618, al.; ^ttov i., Mt S^^; 6o-cik/s e., Ee 11«; oC c.,
I Co 16« ; Ka66 £., II Co 812 ; ô-ns €., Ga 51".

lauTou, -^?, -ov, dat. -<p, etc., ace. -6v, etc., pi. -oiv, etc. (Att. contr.
avTov, etc); reflex pron.; 1. prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se), of
himself, herself, itself, etc. Mt 27-^^ 15^\ Lk 23^5, al. ; added to a
: Mk
middle verb, Sie/êpto-ai/To eavrols, Jo 19-'* to an active verb, Ac 14i* ;
(M, Pr., 157); d./.' lavroi, Lk 12^" 21^0, Jo 5^^, al. (v.s. a-n-6); 81'
iavTod, Eo 141*; iv £., Mt 39, Mk 5»0, al.; ct? c., Lk 15"; âO' kavTOV,
Ac 281^, Ja 21'^ ; irap kavrQ, at his onm liouse, i Co 16^ ; xpos c., with, to
himself, Lk 18^ ; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened ; v. M, Pr.,
87 f.), T. kavTOiv v€Kpoos, Lk 9^*^. 2. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so
also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23^1, Mk 9ô, Eo 823, ^ tj^ qs,
al.
3. In pi., for reciprocal pron., dAXv/Awv, -ois, -ors, of one another, etc.
Mt 2138, Mk 163, Eph 519, al.
LXX
for HD"! hi., etc. ;] 1. to let, permit : c. ace, c.
edo), -w, [in
ace. et inf. (M, Pr., 205)
inf., c. Mt 24*3, l^ 4*i 22^1, Ac U^<^ 16^ 193o :
2332 2732 28*, I Co 1013. 2. to let alone, leave : ijKvpas, Ac 27*^ (cf
7rpocr-eaw).t
i^hofx-qKOvTa, ol, al, to., indecl. (<^ eTrrd), seventy: Lk 101' I'',
Ac 71* 2323 2737.t
tlpSofiTjKocTciKis, adv., [in LXX for Wif^tV , Ge 4^**;] seventy

times: i. k-ma., seventy times seven, Mt 18^^ (E, txt., ICG, in 1.), or
seventy-seven times (E, mg. cf. M, Pr., 98; ; WM, 314; Meyer, in l.).t
ipSojjios, -rj, -ov {<C tTTTtt), [in LXX chiefly for ^jr^Hjr ;] seventh
Jo 452, He 4MLXX)^ ju 14^ Re 81 10^ lli^ 161^ 212o.t
"Epep (Eec. 'EySep), o, indecl. (Heb. -l^JT, Ge IO2*), Eber (OT,

Heher) : Lk 335.t
*t 'EppaiKcJs, -V, -6v, Hebrew : Lk 2338, Eec.t
t 'EPpalos (WH, 'E/?-), -a, -ov (Aram, n^^), as subst., o 'E., [in LXX
for 133;, ^l^JT;] a Hebrew. 1. In OT, of Israelites in contrast with
those of another race (Ge 14", Ex V\ De I512, al.). 2. In NT as the
correlative of 'EWt^vio-t^s, a Jew who had adopted, in greater or less
degree, Greek culture and Greek language. The distinction was not
merely linguistic (DB, ii, 325) as far as it was so, Suptori/s would be ;
a more correct Greek term for the Jew of Semitic speech (v.s. 'Ey3pais,
and cf. Dalman, Words, 7) Ac 61, 11 Co II22, Phi 3^.f
:
**t'EPpats (WH, 'E^-), -tSos (Aram. ^HpJ), peculiar form of *E)8pai/cos,

[in ^ *E. oiv^, IV Mac 12^ IG^^*;] in NT, ^ "E. SL,iXeKTo<:,

LXX,
Hebrew, i.e. the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine Ac 21*° 22^ 26^*.t :
*fEPpoi<n-i (WH, *Ey3-), adv., [in LXX: Si jaroZ. i3 * ;] in Hebrew:

Be 9^ elsewhere, in Aramaic (v. supr.) Jo 5^ 19". i^, 20 20i«, Ee 16i«.+
; :
iyyilu (<C«77i^s). [ii^ LXX

for W23 îp etc. ;] 1. trans., to bring , ,
near : Ge 48^°, Is 5^. 2. Intrans., to come near : absol., Mt 26*^,

Mk Lk 18*0 1941 2120, 28 2415, Ac 2133 2315 c. adv., Sttov, Lk 1233
14*2, ;
c. dat., Lk 712 151. 25 22*7, Ac 93 10^ 22« t. Otw, He 7^9, Ja 48 seq. ; ;
cJs, Mt 21\ Mk 111, Lk 1835 1929 2428 Trpo's, c' dat., Lk 193^ ê'^pi ;
;
OavoiTov, Phi 230; ^f time, wpa, Mt 26*5; ^^^pa^ Ro 1312^ He 10^^;

jcatpo's, Mt 213*, Llj 218 ^po'vo?, Ac 717 ioprrj, Lk 22^
.
irapova-ia, Ja 5^ ; ;
TeA.09, I Pe 47 iprj/xw(n<i, Lk;

2120 airoXvTpwcns, Lk 2128 ^yyi,(£y .
•
-fj
âa-ikua (for similar expressions in Targ., v. Dalman, 106), Mt 32 4^^

10^ Mk 115, Lk 109 (^^' ^^S5) iQii (cf.Trpoo-cyyiCo), and v. Cremer, 224).
cYyioTos, V.S. iyyv<s.
iy-ypd^Q), V.S. ivypdcfid}.
**eYYuos, -ov, 6, rj, [in LXX: Si 29^^' ^\ 11 Mac IO28*;] a surety:
He 722 (exx. from tt., v. MM, Exp., xi; cf. Cremer, 222).t
^yyus, adv., [in LXX chiefly for Si*1j^;] near; 1. of place : Jo
1920. *2; as prep. c. gen. (M, Pr., 99), Lk I911, Jo 323 619,23 nis, 54^
Ac 1^2; c. dat., Ac 938 278; superl., lyyto-ra, 63e, mg.; Mk WH,
metaph., ol «.,opp. to ol p.aKpdv, Eph 2^'' \ yUea-Oai, Bph 2^3; t, crov
i.
TO pTitxa, Eo 108 (LXX). 2. Of time :Mt 2432 26I8, Mk

1328. 29^ Lk 2130. ^\
Jo 213 6* 72 1155, Re 13 2210 ; J Kvpio^ i., Phi 4* seq. tVi Ovpais, Mt

;
2433 ; compar., iyyvrepov (neut. of adj. -09, used adverbially), Eo IS"

E, txt.); as prep.
(cf. c. gen., i. Karapa?, He 68; a<f>avL(r/jLov, He 8i3 (cf.
Cremer, 223).
iyyoTcpos, V.S. eyyvs.
eyeipu, [in LXX
for Dip , etc. ;] trans, (imperat. lyeipc used in-
transitively, 95, Mk Mt 1. to awaken, arouse from sleep : Mk
211, al.) ;
438, Ac metaph., of spiritual awakening, Eo I311 (pass.), Eph 51*

12'^ ;
pass., to be aroused, wake up : Mt 25'', Mk 42^ otto t. vttvov, Mt I2*. ;
2. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead vcKpov^, Jo 521, Ac 268, u Qq :
l^ €K v€Kpu)v, Jo 121, Ac 315, Eo Sn, al.

; pass., rise from death Mt ;
:
115, Lk 722, Jo 222, Eo I42, al. 3. In late

69, al. ; dTro t. v€KpS>v, Mt
mid. and pass., to rise
Gk., (a) to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness ;
Mt 95.7, Mk 131 927 1049^ al.; redundant, like Heb. Dip, Mt 2i5 9i9,
Ee 111 ^y. Dalman, 23 f.) (6) to raise up, cause to appear : Ac I322
;
(cf. Jg 218); TiKva, Mt 39; pass., to appear: Mt 11", Mk I322, al.
4. to rouse, stir up; pass., to rise against: Mt 24^, 138. 5. Mk Of

buildings, to raise : t. va6v, Jo 2i9. 20 (cf De I622, Si 49i3) ; (cf . . 81-,
e^-, eV-, (rw-eyeipo), and V. Cremer, 224).

lycpffiS, -«a)?,
V «ey€t'pa), -OfJâi), [in LXX: Jg 719, Ps 138 (139)8
(Dip), I Es 5^2 *-j I d rousing (Plat.). 2. a rising (Ps, I.e.): from
death, Mt 2753.+
iyKdQsro^, V.S. ivK-.
^yKaicia, V.S. ivK-.
iyKaivil^fa, V.8. ivK-.

^yKaK^w, V.8. ivK-.
iyKa\4<a, -w, [in LXX for TOX , etc.; o. dat., Za 1* {bi^ N^f?), Wi
12^2, Si 46^^;] 1. to call in, demand.
bring a charge against, 2. to
accuse: o. dat. pers. (as in cl.), Ac 19^^ 23^^^; seq. Kara,
c. gen. pers.,
Eo 8^^. Pass., to be accused: c. gen. rei; a-Tda-ews, Ac IQ*''; wv (perh.
by attraction = a), Ac 26^ ; seq. -n-epi, c. gen. rei, Ac 23^^ 26^ (Cremer,
743).t
SYN. '.
alridofiaL (q.V.), 8ia;8aXAa>, ciriKaXco), Kai-qyopita.
^y-KaTa-XciTTO), [in LXX chiefly for 173?;] 1. to leave behind:
^filv aTrepfia, 9^^ (LXX)^
Eo 2. to abandon, desert, forsake : c. ace.
pers., Mt 27*MLXX)^ Mk 153* (ib.),
Ac 227 (lxx) (wH, ivK-), ii Ti 410. le,
He 135 (LXX); T. i7n<Tvvaywyrjv (cf. MM, Exp., xl), He lO^^. Pass., Ac

231 (^H, cV/c-), II Co 49.t
ly-KaT-oiKeu, V.S. evK-.
^Y'Kaux(io)xai, V.S. cvk-.
^y-Kcrrpt^w, V.S. cvk-.
*cyKXTj(ia, -Tos, TO (-< eyKaXeo)), an accusation, charge: Ac 23^^
25i» (Cremer, 743).t
*t ^y-KO|xP6o|j,ai, (<^ KOfxfto^, a knot, whence eyKO/xfSoifia, a
-ovfiai
garment tied on over others, used especially of a frock or apron worn
by slaves), to put on oneself, as a garment, gird on: dXXr;Xois t.
TaTr€Lvo<f>po(rvvrjv (as for service, KV, cf. Thayer, s.v., but cf also JCC, .
in 1.), I Pe 5*.t
^y-Koin^, V.S. evK-.
^y-K(5irrw, V.S. ivK-,
**^yKpdTcm, -as, ^ (-< cy/cpaTiys), [in LXX: Si IS^"^''", IV Mac
52* * ;] mastery, control. 2. (sc. iavrov) self-control :
1. prop., Ac 24^^,
Ga 52», n Pe 1« (v. DB, iv, 558b 695^; Page on Ac, l.c.).t
^yKpareu'ofiai, depon., [in LXX
for pBN Ge 4331, j Ki , I312, Es
51° N^*;] ^0 exercise self-control: i Co 7^; c. ace, Travra (v. Bl., 91),
I Co 925.t
**4yKpaTVjs, -c's «/cpdTos), [in LXX: Wi
820, Si 627 IS^ 26i5 273o,
al. ;] 1. strong, powerful. 2. C. gen. rei, master of, hence, 3. (sc.
cauTov), self-controlled, exercising self-control : Tit l^.t
SYN. : (Tuxfipwv (v. raff. S. iyKpaxfia).
iy-Kpivu, V.S. CVK-.
cy-KpoTTTw, [in LXX for TDM , etc. ;] to conceal in : o. ace, seq.
€h, Mt I333.+
cyKuos, V.S. CVK-.
^y-xpi«, [in LXX:
Je 43o (np). To 2io 6' 11^*;] to rub in,
anoint : mid., c. dupl. ace, Ee S^^.t
iyd, gen., etc., i/iov, ifxoi, ifi€ (enclitic fiov, fiot, /ne), pi., ^/xeis, -wi/,
pers. pron. J.
-iv, -as, (a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when ex-
pressed as subjc, as in Mt 3^, Mk 1^, Lk 31', al. But often there is
no apparent emphasis, as Mt IQi^, Jo IQi^; iSov i. (= Heb. '>2Sr], cf.
I Ki 3«), Ac 910 ; L (like Heb. ^2^$), I am, Jo 123(lxx)^ Ac 732 (lxx).

(b) The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs,
adverbs, where there is no emphasis iv t. TrarpC /xov, Jo lA^^ ; fiov t.
:
Ao'you9, Mt 7^* ; OTTia-w fiov, Mt 3^^ ; l<T)(yp6T€p6<i /xov, ib. ; Xe'yti fxoL, Re
5^; also with the prep. as 9^^, al. The full forms {ifiov, etc.)
Trpo's, Mk
are used with the other prepositions, as 8t ifjbov, ev t/ioi', ei's e'/xe, etc.,
also for emphasis, as Lk 10^^, Jo 7^^, 14'', al. (c) The gen. fiov Mk
and rjfjiwv are often used for the poss. pronouns c/aos, i7U€Tepos t. XaoV :
fjiov, Mt 2" ; fiov TTj aTTLo-TLa, Mk 9^*. (d) Tt' ifiol Kol (Toi ( = Heb.
"Sjbl "h'TV^ , Jg 11^2, al.), i.e. what have we in common : Mt 8"^, Mk
124 57, Lk 828, Jo 2*; ti ydp fioi, i Co 52. (e) The interchange of eyai
and 17/xets, common in tt., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86 f.,
M, Th., 131 f.). (/) Kdyoi (= Kol iyw), and I, even I, I also : Mt 2%
Lk 2^8, Jo 6^^, Eo 3^ i Co 7*^ al. Kdyw Kai, both and, ; . . . . . .
Jo 728.
e8a<|>i|;u «€8a(ô5) [in LXX chiefly for OTMI pu. ;] 1. to beat

level like a threshing floor (Theophr.). 2. to dash to the ground
(Field, Notes, 74) Lk 19** (cf. Ps 136 (137)», Ho 14i).t
:
cSacJios, -cos (-ovs), TO, [in LXX for nsjr , yplp , etc. ;] bottom,
pavement, ground : Ac 22".
{<l8pa, a seat), [in Sm. Ps 32 (33)i*,
**^8palos, -ov : al.;] 1.
sitting, seated. 2. steadfast, firm; metaph., of moral fixity: i Co 7^^
15*8^ Col 123.+
*t|8paiwfia, -Tos, TO {<::^k8palo<i), a support, bulwark, stay (Vg.
fermamentum) : i Ti 3^* (eccl.).t
'E^cKi'as (Rec. *£{-), -ov, 6 (Heb. iTpTn, strength of Jehovah),
Hezekiah, King of Judah : Mt l^- ^^.t
*t eOcXo-OpTjCTKia (Rec. -€ia), -as, 17, self-iiiiposed worship: Col 223
(eccl.; cf. DB, iv, 923=»; Cremer, 733).t
cOeXw, V.S. ^cXw.
** ê^^w « lôs), [in
pass. pf. ptcp., TO (WuTfievov, the established custom,
LXX : Si 23^' ^^, 11 Mac 143o
;]
Lk 22'^.
to accustom :
**f ievdpxt]^, -ov, 6 (<£^vos, apxw), [in LXX: i 151.2*;] Mac 14*^
an ethnarch, a provincial governor (cf. i Mac, 11. c. FIJ, Ant., xiii, ;
6, 6 Dalman,. 332) 11 Co 1132.t

; :
**te'0îK6s, -i -ov «l^»'os), [in Al. Le 21^*;] 1. national (Polyb.). :
2. foreign (gramm.); in NT, as subst., 6 e., the Gentile (the adj.

"describes character rather than mere position"; cf. I^vos, and v.
Cremer, 228) Mt 5*^ 6^ 1Q^\ in Jo^.t
:
*\iQviKm, 9udiv., in Geyitile fashion: Ga 2^*.t

c0>'os, -ous, TO, [in LXX chiefly for îa, Djr;] 1. a multitude, a
company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). 2. a nation, people
Mt 21*3 247, Mk
138, Lk 2225, Ac lO^^, al. in sing., of the Jewish ;
people, Lk 7* 282, Jq ii48, 50-53 jgas^ Ac IO22 243. 10 26* 28i9. 3. In pi.,
as in OT, to I. (like Heb. Q";!!!!!!), the nations, as distinct from Israel,
9
Geyitiles Mt 4^5 632, Ac 261^, Eo S^^ llî 15io, Ga

: 28, al. ; of Gentile
2i2. i*,
Christians, Eo ll^^ 1527 154^ Qa Eph S\
SVN. Aads (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).
:
**e9os, -«os i-ovs), t6 «€H. [ill LXX: Wi 14i«, Da th BeU^,

I Mac 10«^ II Mac 11'" 13^ iv Mac 18^ xE* /laftii, cwsôm
;] ; Lk 2239,
Jo 19^», Ac 1621 2516, He Lk P 2*^ Ac 10^5 in ;

6^^ 15^ 21^1 26^ 281^,
almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).t

leu, pf. with pres. sense eiwâ, [in LXX Nu 24^ (Dy53"D:?53), :
Da LXX Su 13, accustomed, wont : Mt 27i5,

Si 37i*, iv Mac I12 * ;] to be
Mk IQi ptcp., TO €1(0009, custom : Kara to ct. (Nu, I.e.), Lk 4l^ Ac IV.f
;
61, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect

questions. I. Conditional, if ; 1. c. indie, expressing a general assump-
tion ;
(a) pres. : seq. indie, pres., Mt lli*, Eo 8^^, al. ; seq. imperat., Mk
423 922, Jo seq. fut. indie, Lk 163i, Eo S", al.; seq.
I518, I Co 79, al.;
pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 122", j^q 414^ ^j^ similarly, seq.
•
impf., Lk 17«, Jo 839; geq. quaest., Mt 623, Jq 547 723 g^^ i Pe 220 (b) ;
fut. : Mt 2633, I Pe 220 ;

(c) pf . : Jo Eo 6^, al. {d) aor. Lk I611
II12, ;
:
198, Jo 1332, 1823, Ee 20l^ al. 2. Where the assumption is certain

= iirec: Mt 1228, Jo 7* Eo ,
517, al. 3. Of an unfulfilled condition, c.
imp. or aor. (v.s. av, I, i). 4. C.
indie, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. av, c.
indie, after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always,
coupled with an element of doubt Mk 15**, i Jo

3i3, al.
5. C. indie, :
as in LXX
(Nu 143o, i Ki 14", al. = Heb. QX), in oaths, with the
formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM,
627; Burton, § 272) Mk 812, He
3ii(i'XX) 43(lxx). 6. Earely (cl.) e
:
merely possible condition Ac 24i® 273^, i Co I41''

optat., to express a :
1537, iPe3i*>i7.
II. Interrogative, if, whether. 1. As in cl., in indir. questions
after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc : c. indie pres.,
Mt 26^3^ Mk
1536, Ac I92, 11 Co 13^, al. fut., 32, ; Mk Ac 822, al. ; aor.,
Mk 15**, I Co li«, al. ; c. subje aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phi 312. 2. As in
LXX (=Heb. DN and interrog. q, Ge 171^, al. ; v. WM, 639 f.;
Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions : Mk 823 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 1323,

22*9, Ac 192, al.
III. With other particles. 1. el apa, etyc, d 8e iJ.rjye, v.s. apa, ye.
2. €1 8e Kac, but if also : Lk III8; but even if, i Co 4^, 11 Co 43 11«.
3. Cl 8£ /AT?, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 221.22^ Jo 142, Ee 2^ al.
4. el Kai', if even, if also, although: Mk 1429, l^ hs^ i Co 721,
II Co 41", Phi 217, al. 5. KOI el, even if, v.s. KaL 6. el /it;, if not,
unless, except, but only : Mt 2422, Mk 226 e^, Jo 933, i Co 71^ {only),
Ga 119 (cf. €av pLTj, 216; v. Hort,, Ja., xvi); cktos el prj, pleonastic
(Bl., § 65, 6), I Co 145 152, I Ti 519. 7. el ^-qv = cl. ^ (M, Pr., 46),
p.-qv
in oaths, surely (Ez 3327, al.) : He 61*. 8. el tto,?, if haply : Ac 2712,

Eo 110. ehe, whether ... or Eo 126-8, i Co 322 138, al.
€i8â (Eec.
9. elre . .
iS-,
.
as in cl. ; v. Tdf .,
;
Pr., 81), -as, ^ « cTSov), [in

LXX (v.l. IS-) : {nin% Da th l^^. ^^

Ge 53 (n^t-lO), Ep. Je ^\ ii Mac
318 * jQfni, appearance, look Mt 283,t :
.J
€i8oi', V.8. opdw.
C180S, -ous, TO, [in LXX for nSHO , HNH , etc. ;] 1. that ivhich is
seen, appearance, external form : Lk 3^^ 9^^, Jo 5^'', 11 Co 5'^ {ICG in 1.).
2. form, sort, kind : i Th 5^'\f

t elSeiXioi' (Eec. -cro»'), -ov, to « eiSwXov), [in LXX Da LXX :
1^
(D''ni'fc^ -lyiN rrt), BeP, i Es 2^", i Mac 1*^ 10^2*;] an idol's temple:
I Co 3110; v. ICC, in i Co, l.c.).t
810 (cf. 'Ao-TaprcZov, I Ki
**t€i8a>X60uTos, -ov (<€i8a)Xov, 6vw), [in iv Mac 52*;] sacri- LXX:
ficed to idols: t6, t^ d., Ac IS^^ 212^, i Co BL^'^.io iqi9^ Rq 2i4,2o.t
*t eiSuXo-Xarpia (-ei'a, Eec), -as, r] (<C etSwAov, AaTpeta), idolatry
I Co IQi*, Ga 5^^ Col 3^ pi. (Bl, § 32, 6), i Pe 4^ (Cremer, 390).t
*t eiSuXoXdrpTjs, -ov, 6 (<^ eiSjjXov + Aarpis, a hireling), an idolator
I Co 5io> 11 69 10^ Eph 5^ Ee 21« 221^ (Cremer, 709).t
ciSuXoi', -ov, TO «eiSos), [in LXX for nibx, CT^^b^, etc.;]
1, in cl. (a) a phantom, image, likeness; (b) an image in the mind,

an idea, fancy. 2. In LXX and NT, (a) an image of a god, an idol
(cf. Polyb., xxxi, 3, 13) Ac 7", i Co 12^, Ee 9^0; (h) the false god or
:
idol worshipped in an image {ICC, on i Th, I.e.) Ac ISô, Eo 2^2, :
I Co 84' 7 IQi^ II Co 618, I Th P, I Jo 52i.t
eiKTj (-^, Eec, as in cl.), adv., [in LXX : Pr 28^* {tUfj* ;] 1. without
cause or reason : Mt 5^2 (E, mg.). Col 2^^ {ICC). 2. vainly, fruitlessly,
to no purjjose : Eo 13*, i Co I52, Ga 3* 411, Col 2i8.t
ciKoo-i (never -iv in WH, cf. Bl., § 5, 3, and note), indecl., 01, at,
Ta, twenty : Lk U^\ Jo 6^^ Ac 1^^ 2728, i Co 10^, Ee 4*. 10 5^ lli« 19*.t
€tKw, [in LXX : 11 Ki 12^ (.13^), Wi 1825, iv Mac l" * ;] to yield
Ga 25 (cf. V7r-€LKw).t
€iKca (obsolete pres.), v.s. loiKa.
iiKuv, -ovos (cf. eoiKo), [in LXX chiefly for D^S;] an image,
likeness: Mt 222o, 12i«, Lk
202S Mk Eo 123, i Co 15^^, Ee 13i*'i5
149, 11 152 162 1920 20* opp. to (TKid, ; He 10^ ; of man, ci. dioi, 1 Co
IV of the regenerate, cl. t. dcov.
; Col 310 (v. Lft., in 1.) ; d. t. vlov r.
Btov, Eo 829, n
Co 318; of Christ, d. r. Oco'v, 11 Co 4*, Col l^^.t
Syn. : 6/xoL(D/j.a, denoting resemblance, which
be may however
merely accidental, ci. is a derived likeness and like the head on a coin
or the parental likeness in a child, implies an archetype.
Cf also cTSos, appearance, not necessarily based on reality aKid,
. ;
a shadowed resemblance x^-paKT-qp, the impress of a stamp p.6p<f>T] ; ;
(q.v.), the form as indicative of the inner being.

** elXiKpn'iis, -es, [in Wi 72^ kB * ;] unalloyed, pure (Lat. LXX :
sincerus ; v. DCG, ii, 635*) {a) of unmixed substances {b) of abstract ; ;
ideas; (c) of ethical purity Phi lô, 11 Pe 3i.t :
Syn.: dyvos (q.v.), KaOapo^, cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxv; DB, iv, 176*;
Cremer, 378 ; Westc. on i Jo 3*.
132 MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
** eiXiKpiKia (Rec, cl., -Kptveia), -as, 17 (<^ eiAi/cptvjys), [in LXX Wi :
725 A.*;] sincerity, purity : i Co 5^, 11 Co 1^^ 2^".+

elXiacrw, V.8. eAccrcrw.
ei|jLi, with various uses and significations, like the English verb
to be. I. As substantive verb. 1. Of persons and things, to be,
exist : Ac IT^s, Jo 1^ S^^ 175^ ^1; 6 tov /cat o Tjv (for past ptcp.), Ee 1*>8
48 1117 165 (y sête, Ap., 5 M, Pr., 228) ; ra (fih) ovra, Eo d^^, i Co
;
1^^. 2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place : Mt 24^, Mk

142 1542^ L]j 2123^ Jo 4^' '^2 5^^, al. 3. to be present, be in a place, have
come: Mt 2i3,i^ Mk
l^^ 521 1540^ l^ iso 529^ Jq 730^ ^1.; seq. ci?, Mk
21 ; seq. ck (c^), Mt lô 2125, llô, Jo S^\ al. Mk
4. Impers., lo-n, ^v,
etc. (a) i/iere is (Fr. il y a), was,
;
etc. Mt 1Q"\ Lk IG^^, Jo 3^ 52, Eo :
310, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., § 37, 3), Mt I622, Lk 1^, Jo ISô,
Eo 92, al.; eVriv 2s, oo-Tts (chiefly in pL), Mt 1628 192^ Mk 91, al.; (6)
c. inf., = ^$€ariv (q.v.), it is possible : He 9^, iCo II20, EV (but v.
ICC, in
1.). II. As copula uniting subject and predicate. 1. Ex-
pressing simply identity or equivalence Mt 5^^ : 14^^, Lk l^*, 19^ Jq 11
4}^, Ee 3^, al. mult. 2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.
Mt 1319^-, I Co 92 10* 1125, Ga 42*, Ee IT^^, al.; roCr eVnv, Mt 27*«,
Mk 72, Eo 7^^ al. 5 ia-Tcv, Mk 31^, Col 12*. He 72, al. akin to this is
; ;
the sacramental usage: Mt 2626-28, Mk I422.24, Lk 22^^, i Co II2* (v.

ICC on Mk, I Co, 11. c. DB, iii, 148 f.). 3. C. gen. qual., etc., Mk 5«,
; :
Lk 323, I Co 1433, He 12i\ al. part., i Ti I20, n Ti l^^ poss., Mt 53. 10,
; ;
Mk 12^ Lk of service or partisanship, Eo 8^, i Co 1^2, 11 Co 10^,

47 ;
II Ti 219. 4. C. dat. (BL, § 37, 3) Ac 1^ 9^\ Eo 4^2, i Co l^s 21*, Ee :
21'^, al. 5. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., § 62,
M, Pr., 225 ff.) (a) c. ptcp. pf. Mt 103o, Lk 932, Jo 32*, Ac
1, 2; ;
(cl.) :
2135,I Qq 1519^ al; (b) c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and
Aram. Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt
; 72^, Mk I22, Lk 43i I41, Ac lô,
al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180 f., 182 f.), vsdth ellipsis of €t/i,t, Eo
129. 10^ He 135, al. (c) c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23^.
;
6. Seq. a's (cf. Heb.
b ryn), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71) : Mt 195, Mk lO^, He 8^^, al.
7. C. adv.: Mt I920, Mk 42«, Lk I811, al. 8. Ellipses; (a) of the

copula (Bl., § 30, 3): Mt 829 2432, Jo 2122,23^ 6*, al.; (b) of the He
predicate: cyoi el/jn, Mt 142^, Mk
6*0, al.; absol. (cf. 3239; De
Kin i:X), Mk IB^, Jo 426, al. (cf. an-, Iv, Trap-, (Tu/i-Trap-, <rvV-€t/«).
ilviKCV, V.S. £V€*ca.

ci-irep, V.S. £1.
ciTToi', 2 aor. of obsol. pres. cttw (cf. Veitch), used as aor. of
Xt'yo), q.v.
Cl-TTOJS, V.S. Cl.
cipTjkeoo) (•< eip7?v77), [in LXX chiefly for cblB', lUpW;] 1. to bring
to peace, reconcile (so i Mac 6""). 2. to keep peace, be at peace : Mk
950, Eo 1218, II Co 1311, I Th 513 (cf. Si 289; Cremer, 246).t
eipTjnf], -7JS, 17, [in LXX chiefly for ubp;] peace; 1. of public
peace, freedom from war : Lk 1432, Ac 122*' 242 ; of the church, Ac

MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAAfENT 133
9^^. Of peace between persons, concord, agreement Mt 10^*, Lk

2. :
12", Eo W,
I Co 715, Ga 5^^ Ja S^S; Cvr^lv d., i Pe 3^^; Sicokciv, ii Ti
2^2; ib. seq. fiera irdvT<Dv, He 12^*; by meton., of him who brings
peace, Eph 2^*. 3. As in LXX (= Heb. Dibor Aram. Dbl|7), of a ,
state of security and safety Jo IG^^, Eo 2^°, i Th 6^ ; : whence the

formulae, wayc (Tropevov) th el, 53*, Lk 750 (cf. I Mk Ki 1", al.;
nbmb ^d^) ; d. ipiv (osb nibcr), Jo 20i9' 21. 26
; ^.irokviiv iv d., Lk 229,
cf. I Co 1611; ^ el ipLwv, Mt 1013 Lk 10"; vi6^ elp^vr]^, ib. 4. Of

spiritual peace, the peace of Christ's kingdom {DCG, ii, 330 f .) Lk :
V^ 2l^ Jo 1633, Eo 210 51 8«, al. o Kvpio^ t^s eu, 11 Th 3i«; o Oeh^ t^s ;
€t., Eo 1533 1620, jj QiQ 1311^ al. in epistolary salutations, Eo 1^, i Co ;
13, Ga 13, I Th 11, I Pe I2, 11 Jo 3, Ee 1*, al. (v. Cremer, 244).

ciprji'iicos, -rj, -6v {<Celp-jvrj), [in LXX for uhw and cognates;]
peaceful : He 12ii, Ja Si^.t
+ eipT)i'o-iroie'u, -w, [in LXX: Pr 101°*;] to make peace: Col 12°.
*cipTji'oiroi6s, -6v, peace-making, a peacemaker : Mt S^.t
cipu (fut. epw), V.S. Xeyoi, p. 496.
6is, prep. c. ace, expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto,
to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. ace). I. Of place. 1. After
verbs of motion (a) of entrance into : Mt 823 97^ ^k 1*^, Lk 21^ 83i,
;
al.; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mk lli, Lk 68 1928, Jo Ipi 21«,

al. (c) before pi. and collective nouns, among : Mk 47 8^^> 20, Lk 11*^,
;
Jo 2123, al ^^^ Qf a limit reached, unto, on, upon : Mt 81^ 21^,

.
Mk 111 1316^ Lk 1410, Jo 63 1132, al. ; c. ace. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.),
Ac 2315, Eo 512 1619, II Co 101* ;
(e) elliptical : cTrto-ToXat cts AafiacrKov,
Ac SiaKovia fiov fj eis 'I., Eo 1531 ; metaph., of entrance into
92 ; rj
a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards

some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), ets t. ovofia, M, Pr., 200. 2. Of
direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6'^^,
(a) 6*1, Lk 9i''«<'2, Mk
Jo 1322, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 1126 122, al.; (6) after verbs
of speaking: Mt 13io 14^, i Th 29, al. 3. After verbs of rest;
(a) "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v.
in
WM, 516; Bl., § 39, 3; M, Pr., 234 f.) Mt 223 413^ ^ Th 2\ :
II Ti 111, ge 11^^ al. (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (v.

;
Bl., M, Pr., 11. c.) = £v Lk 1** 423, Ac 20i« 211^, Jo V^ (but v. Westc,
:
in 1.), al. II. Of time, /or, unto; 1. accentuating the duration ex-
pressed by the ace. cis t. alZva, Mt 2119 :ct? ycveas ât y., Lk 1^° ;
£ts T. 8tr;veKes, He 73, al. 2. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to,

iintil : Mt 63*, Ac 43, 252i, py 110 216^ i Th 41^, 11 Ti I12 of entrance ;
into a future period, eis to fieWov (v.s. fxeXXo}), next (year), Lk 13^ (but
V. ICC, in 1.) cis t. fiera^ o-a/SySaroi/, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13*2 î^ ^^
; .
TTctXiv (v.s. 7raA.1v), II Co 132. III. Of result, after verbs of changing,

Ac 22o,
joining, dividing, etc. : crrpec^civ cis, Ee 11® ; fMerao--, Ja 4* /xeraX- ;
Xda-creiv, Eo 12*' ; crxi^tiv cts 8vo, Mt 27^1, al. ;

predicatively with elvai,
Ac 823. ly Qf relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but
more freq. in late Gk., eis encroaching on the simple dat., which it
has wholly displaced in MGr. Jannaris, Gr., § 1541 Robertson ; ;
Lk Ro i Co 16\ Eph S^^

4'ô 152.26,
Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117 f.) Tô, :
al. ; dyd-n-r] ets, Eo 5^, al. ; XPô-Tos, Eph 4^2 . ,^pov€tv eis, Ro 121*
Oappfiv, II Co 10^ V. Of the end or object : €u^€tos c(s, Lk 143*
o-d</>os, Ro 1619; lo-x^civ, Mt 5^3; d'i toDto, Mk l^s, al.; dcôpi'Cciv ets
Ro 1^; indicating purpose, cts <f)6ôv, Ro 8^^ eis tvStiîv, Ro 32^- ;
€ts T(5, c. inf. (= Tm or dlo-re; Bl., § 71, 5; M, Pr., 218 ff.) Mt 20i« :
Ro gi8^ a,l. VI. Adverbial phrases £ts tc'Aos, eis to 7rdA.1v, etc
111, J Qq :
(v.s. TfAos, TrdXiv, etc.).

els, /Aid, h, gen. eids, fiia?, evo's, cardinal numeral, one; 1. one, aa
opp. to many :Mt 25l^ Ro 512, i Co 10^, al. as subst., Ro 51^, Eph ;
21''; id. c. gen. partit., Mt 51^, al.; seq. fV (i^), I418, Jo 6\ al.; Mk
metaph., of union and concord, Jo lOô I711, Ro 12*' 6, Phi 127; dTro
/iias (Bl., § 44, 1). Lk 141^; c. neg., ets . . . ov (fxyj), more emphatic
than oi'Sct?, no one, none (cl.), Mt 51^ 1029, Lk llê 12«. 2. Emphati-
cally, to the exclusion of others ; (a) a single {one) 212*, jyu^ 3*4 : Mt
27i*,
absol., I Co 92*, al. oiSk els, Jo 1^, Ro 310, al. ; (b) one, alone :
; Mt
Mk 27 10i«, 1819; (c) one and the same: Ro 3^0, i Co 3^ 11^ 12ii,
Lk
I Jo 5*. 3. In late Gk., with weakened force, = ns or indef. art. (cf.
8i9, 19«,
Heb. in?< , Ge 22i3, al. ; v. Bl., § 45, 2 ; M, Pr., 96 f.) : Mt
Re 813, al. ; els rts (Bl., I.e.), Lk 22^0, Jo ll*^. 4. Distributively : ets
exao-Tos (cl.), Lk 4**^, Ac 2'"', al.; els . . . koX ets (cl., eis fxiv ... ets hi),
Mt 17*, Mk 9^ Jo 2012, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. in^, Ex I712,
al.) ; o eis . . . o €T€po<; (dAXos) = cl. o fxev (ercpos) . . . 6 Be (erepos),

Mt 62*, Lk 7*1, Re I710 ; KaO' ets, els k. ets (in which Ka6' is adverbial,
or the expression formed from the analogy of ev KaB' Iv M, Pr., 105), ;
one by one, severally : 141^, Ro 12*, al. ets tov cva = dXXT^Xovs (Bl., Mk ;
§ 45, 2 M, Pr., 246), i Th

;
511. 5. As ordinal = Trpwros (like Heb.
^^^^ ; Bl., § 45, l ; M, Pr., 95 f.), first : Mt 28i, Mk 162, al.
eiCT-dviD, [in LXX chiefly for NIS hi. ;]to bring in : c. ace, Lk 227,
Jo 1816, Ac 7*5 ; seq. ets, Lk 22**, Ac 9^ 2128. 29, 37 222*, He 1" ; <SSe,
Lk 142i.t
eia-aKou'o), [in LXX chiefly for yatZT , also for niV , etc. ;] to listen
to, in two senses ;
(a) to obey : i Co I421 (cf . De 1*^, Si 3") ;
(b) to
listen, assent to ; pass., to be heard : of persons praying, Mt 67, He 57
of the prayer offered, Lk li^, Ac lOî (cf. Ps 42, Si 31(34)29(26);
V. Cremer, 624).
el(T-8^X0fAat, [in LXX for |^np ;] to admit, receive : 11 Co 6i7 (lxx)
(Cremer, 687).t
eia-ci|jii, [in LXX
for KIS ;] to go in, enter : seq. ets, Ac 3^ 212«,
He 9« xpos 'Uko^ôv, Ac 21i8.t
;
ei(T-e'pxofjiai, [in LXX

chiefly for NiS ;] to go in or iyito, enter : Mt
925, Lk 7*^ al. seq. ets, Mt IO12,
2i, al.
; seq. 8td (7n;Ar;s, ûpas, etc.), Mk ;
Mt 7l^ Jo 101, al. iirb t. (rriy-qv, Mt 8^ c. adv. ;oirov, I41*, He 620 ; : Mk

«JiSe, Mt
2212 i^^^^ Mt 26*8; seq. ^rpos, c ace.
. pers., 15*^, Lk 128, ^c Mk
10^ 113 1640 172 288, Ue 320 of demons taking possession, 925, Lk 8*0 . Mk
223, Jo 1327. Mt
15", Ac ll^. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9*»;
of food,
£ts KOTTov, Jo Mt 26*^ Lk 22*<''*<'; of hope as an
438; CIS TTetpacT/Aoi',
anchor, He 6^^ ySoat', Ja 5* iryev/jia ^wijs, Re 11^^ eh t. Koa-fiov (cf.

; ; ;
Wi 22'' 141*, Jo 1837), Ro 512, He lO^; in counterparts of Jewish Aram,

phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116 ff.) cis t. :
ya/xovs, Mt 2510 £is T, xapav t. Kvptov, Mt 2521.23. ^j^ ^^ ^^^^^^ ])^t JS^.^
;
1917, Mk 9*3.45; J.5 ^, âo-jX. T. ovpavSv (t. ^coG), Mt 520 721^ ^1. (v.s.
/3ao-tXcta) €ts T. KaraTrauo-tv, He 3"> ^^ 4^ *• ; cts r. Soâv, Lk 242«
; eto". Kal ;
c^cpx-. ^0 go in and out (like Heb. HKyi N13 De , 28^, etc.), of familiar
intercourse, Ac 12^; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10^ (cf. iv-, Trap-, crw-
* cia-KaXcu, -a>, to call in: mid., c. ace. pers,, Ac 1023.

6i<T-o8os, -ov, 6 (•<[ 6So?), [in LXX chiefly for NIS ;] 1. a means of
entering, place of entrance : He 10^^, 11 Pe 1^^ (cf. Westc, He., I.e. ; MM,
Exp., but v. infr,). 2. a going in, entrance : Ac 132*; ^ gen_ Iqc,
xii;
He 10^^ (Thayer, s.v. but v. supr.) seq. eis, 11 Pe 1" (Mayor, in 1.
; ;
Thayer; but v. supr.); Trp6%, 11 Th 1^ 2i.t

cia-injSdw, -w, [in LXX Am
5^9 (XIS), Da th Su 26 * ;] to spring
:
in, rush in : Ac 141* (Reo^ 162y (for exx. from tt., v. MM, Exp., xii).t
€iCT-Tropeuo|jiai, [in LXX
chiefly for XiS ;] to go into, enter : Lk 8^*
1133 1930. seq. cJs, Mk 121 656 112, Lk 22io, Ac 32; ace. pers.,
Trpo's, c.
Ac 2830 oTTov, ; Mk 5*0 ; Kara t. oIkovs, house after house, Ac 83 of ;
things (food), Mt 15^^ Mk 7^5, is, 19.

Metaph. (cf. tiWpxo/xai, 2), Mk
4}^, Lk 182* ; eio-. Kol iKTTop., to associate with, seq. ficra (cf eto-epvo/Aai), .
Ac 928.t
** 6icr-Tp^x"' [^^ LXX II Mae 52« * to run in Ac 12i*.t
: ;] :
6io--<|>€pu, [in LXX chiefly for XlSl hi. to bring in, into ;] : c. ace.
pers., Lk S^^'i^; seq. eis, Mt 6^3^ Lk 11*; eVt, Lk 12^^; c. ace. rei, seq.
(k, iTi67; pass., He 13ii.t
denoting sequence; 1. of time; then, next : Mk 82^,
etra, adv.,
Lk 812, I Ti 310, Ja l^^; seq. gen. abs., Mk 4^7; in
Jo 135 1927 2027,
enumerations, i Co 15*' 7. 2*, i Ti 2^3. 2. In argument; (a) therefore,
then; (b) furthermore : He 12^ (cf. eiTcj').t
etT€, V.s. €1.
*elr€v, Ion. and Hellenistic for elra (q.v.), then: Mk 428.t
ci(i>0a, V.s. Ww.
iK {i$), prep. c. gen., from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492).
Iicacrros, -r], -ov, [in LXX chiefly for BTK;] each, every (Lat.
quisque) ; (a) Lk 6**, Jo 1923 seq. Kara, He 3^3, Re
with a noun : ;
222; J5 1.^ Eph

without a noun: Ac 435, Rq 2«, al.; (c)
416; (b)
partit. gen., Ro 14^2, i Co 1^2, al. in sing, with pi. verb, Lk 23, Ac ;
1129, 3,1, in apposition with pi. noun or pron., Lk 23, Jo 1632, Ac 2^

;
326, al. eh €. (Lat. unusquisque), Ac 2^ 2126, Col 4^, al; I. t. dSeX^cp

;
(- Heb. vry^b nrsi, Ge 263i), Mt 1836 (cf. He 8"); I. /icri toS TrXiâiW
(= =inn-b» BTN, Jg 629, al.), Eph 425.

* iKdaroT€, adv., each time, always u Pe l^^.t :
iKaT6v, ol, a'l, Ta, indecl., a hundred: Mt IS^.^s^ Lk 15*, al.;

Kar'a £., 6*0Mk ; ets, cV L, Mk 4^. 20.
^KaTOkxae-nis (Rec. -tTijs), -e's (<^ cKarov, txT^s), [in LXX for
nzm nSO 73 , Ge 17^" *;] a hundred years old : Ro 4^'^.t
^KaTorrdpxTis (-apxo?. ^^ 8^.8 275*, Lk 7^, Ac 2225 28^^; cf.

M, Pr., 48); -ou «eKaTov, apx^,), [in LXX for niNQ itjy;] a cen-
turion : Mt 8^\ Lk 7<' 23*^ Ac IQi- 22 21^2 2226 231^. 23 2423 27^' «• "> î' *3
(cf. /cevTvpicjv).t
cK-paiV«, [in LXX for nby ;] to go out : He ll^^ t
^K-pdXXw, [in LXX chiefly for W'\Z pi., also for ^bttir hi., NS"' hi.,
BTT hi., etc. ;] 1. to drive, cast or se7id 02ct, to exjiel : c. ace. rei, mid.
(o-Itov), seq. €is, Ac 2V^; pass., Mt IS^^; c. ace. pers., Mt 21^2, Mk ll^s,
al. ; Satyadvia, Mt 722, Mk 13*, al. ; id. seq. Ik, Mk 72^ ; -âpd, Mk
16C9] ; iv,
Mk 322 ; (^v) T. 6vo>aTt, Mt 722, Mk 938 ; Adyu), Mt 816 ; seq. Uw, Jo
63''; id. c. gen., Mk 12^, al.; of expulsion from home, Ga430; from
the Church, in Jo '^^.
2. In LXX and NT (like Heb. K'^Sin and Aram.
p93n), to command or caiise to depart Mt 9^^, Mk 1^2 (y^ Swete, :
in 1.), ib. *2 5*^ Lk IO2, Ja 22^; t. KpCaiv ets vikos (to cause to proceed to
its goal), Mt 1220 (LXX). 3 f^Q reject (cl.) r. ovoâ v/xCyv <Ls irovrjpov (cf. :
De 251*), Lk 622 iq ig^ve out, Re II2.. 4. to take, draw or pluck

out ; (a) with violence Mt 7^, Mk 9*^, Lk 6*2 (6) to bring forth or
:
;
out of: Mt 1235, Lk lO^^.

**?K-Paais, -€0,?, ^ «£V/3atVo>), [in LXX: Wi 2^7 8^ ll^**;] 1. a
way oiit (Hom., Xen.) i Co lO^^. : 2. the issue (Menand.) He 13^t ;
cK-poXVi, -^s
trouLdOai, îta hi.),
«Ez iKâWoi), [in
478 (XS"')*;]
LXX Ex
1.
:
a throwing out.
11^ (lZ7"ia), Jos 1^ (iKôXrjv
2. a jettison, a
throwing overboard of cargo : Ac 27^^ (cf. Jos, I.e. ; and v. Field, Notes,
144f.).t
*f iK-yaiiliw, Rec. for ya/xt'^co, q.v. Mt 223o 2438, : Lk 172^, i Co 7^^
Not elsewhere.
*t eK-yafiiaKu, Rec. for yafiLo-Kw, q.v. Lk 20^*> 35. : Not elsewhere.t
CK-yovos, -ov (<[ e(cyiyj/o/xai, to be bom of), [in LXX for '^5
(neut.), ]5, etc.;] 1. c. gen., born of. 2. As subst., 6, rj e., a child,
son or daughter; in pi., descendajits : rc/cva rj 1., children or grand-

children, I Ti 5*.t
*t eK-SairaKdo), -w, strengthened form of SaTravaw, to spend tvholly
pass., with reflexive force, to spend oneself wholly : seq. i-n-ep, 11 Co
12i5.t
^K-8^X0H'<*^» \}^ LXX for miT , 'pnp ,

etc. ;] 1. to take or receive
from (Hom., Hdt„ al.). 2. (Rare in cl.), to expect, await : c. ace. rei,
Jo 513], He 1110, Ja 5^; e. ace. pers., Ac 17i«, i Co Ipa I61I; seq. Iws,
He 1013 (Cremer, 687).t
**Ik-8tiXos, -ov «8^\os), [in LXX : in Mac 3i» 6**;] strengthened
form of S^Xos, q.v., quite clear, evident : 11 Ti 3^.+
*^K-8Tifi^<», -w (-< IacSt^/xos, /rom home; cf. -la, iii Mac 4^^)*; to be
from home, absent: ii Go 5"; seq. oltto, ib.^; seq. Ik, ib. ^ (cf. Sltto-, ev-
^K-8i8wp, [in LXX for

jru, etc.;] 1. to surrender, give v/p, give
out. 2. out for hire (Hdt.) mid. (as freq. in tt. v. MM, Exp.,
to let ; ;
xii) ; to let out to one's advantage, Mt 2133. 41^ i^j^ 121, Lk 20».t
cK-8i-iiYô|jiai, -ovfjiai, depon., [in chiefly for 1BD pi. ;] to LXX ,
tell in detail, relate, declare : Ac 13*^ (lxx) i53_f

tcK8iK^«, -oi «Iac8i»cos), [in for IpB, Dp2, DBtZT, etc.;] LXX
1. to vindicate: c. ace. pers., Lk 183>5. 2. to avenge: c. ace. pers.,
cavTous, Eo 12^9; c. ace. rei, irapaKo^v, II Co 10^; alfjia, Ee 6^^ 19^
(Cremer, 203; for exx. from tt. in both senses, v. MM, Exp., xii).t
t |ic-8iKTjcris, -ews, 17 (-^ exSiKeoj), [in chiefly for Dp3;] ven- LXX
geance, vindication: Lk 21^2, Eo 12^^ (v. MM, Exp., xii). He
1030 (Lxx)^ II Co 711 of the injured person, c. gen., Lk 18^' 8; c. dat.,
;
Ac 72*; of the offender, c. gen. obj., i Pe 2^*; c. dat., 11 Th 1^ (of.

Si 12«).t
**Ik8ikos, -ov «BLKrj), [in LXX: Wi 12^2, Si 30«, iv Mac 1529*;]
1. without law, unjust. 2. exacting penalty from,; as subst., an
avenger: Eo 13*; seq. irepC, 1 Th 4" (in n., a legal representative;
Milhgan, Th., l.c.).t
eK-8iuKw, [in LXX for hi., niOY ma
PTl etc. ;] to chase away, , ,
drive out : i Th 2^5 (cf. De %^\ Jl 220).t

** CK-80TOS, -ov (<] iKSiSuifjLi), [in LXX Da : th Bel 22*1] given up,
delivered over : Ac 2^3 (for construction, v. Field, Notes, 111 f.).t
^cK-SoxT -^s, 17 (<^ £KS£'xo/-iai) 1. in cl., (a) a receiving from, ;
succession; (b) an interjyretation. 2. In NT, = Trpoa-SoKta, ex-

pectation: He 1027 (of. Field, Notes, 231; Cremer, 688).t
^K-8u'u, [in LXX chiefly for lacTQ ;] to take off, strip off, strip : c.
ace. pers. (sc. clothing), Mt
27^8; c. ace. pers. et rei, Mt 273^, I520, Mk
Lk 103<>; mid., to put off: fig., of the body, 11 Co 5*.t
^Kci, adv., [in LXX chiefly for nCT;] 1. properly, of place, there :
26'i
Mt 213 52*, al. ; ol i., Mt ; oC . . . Mt 621 I820 2428, Mk Gô, Lk
€.,
123*; pleonastic, ottov . . . e. (= DOT 11^^, De 4^, al.), Ee 12"' 1* (cf.

Bl., §50, 4). 2. As often in cl. (Hdt., Thuc, al.), with verbs of
motion, for iKelae, thither : Mt 222 1720 2428 2636, Mk 633, Lk 12^8 1737
212, Jo IP 182.3, Eo 152*.
CK61061', adv., [in LXX chiefly for D^hi;] 1. of place, thence : Mt

421, Mk 6^, al. 2. Of time, thereafter (v.s. KaKeWcv).
iKtivo^, -rj, -o (ê/cei), [in LXX chiefly for Nin, WnTI, and cogn.
forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing (ille), implying remote-
ness as compared with oiVos (hie) 1. absol., emphatic he, she, it ;
opp. to 0VT09, Lk 18^*, Ja 415 rifiel^, He 1225 ^^^-^^ j^t 13^1, Mk 4^1
; .
iWoi, Jo 99; iyw, Jo 330 to persons named, Mk 16tio. is. 20]^ Jq 221 of
; ;
one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§ 2385,

2732), Jo 711 928; with respect, of Christ, Jo 2« 3^, al.; referring to i
a preceding noun, Mk Jo resumption of a participial subject,

16^^^\ 7** ;
Jo 1^^ 92^ 10\ Eo 141*, al. (on its reference in Jo 19^^, v. Westc, in 1.;
Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77 flf.). 2. As adj.,
joined, like outos, to a noun with the article Mt 7^*, Mk 3^*, Jo 18^*, :
al. esp. of time, past or future

; iv t. r}fj€paL<i i., Mt 3^ Mk 1*, Ac :
218 (LXX)^ al. ; iv i. r. rnxipa, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7^2, Lk 623, n Th

1", u Ti 112 ; adverbially, ckcivt^s (sc. o'SoO) = cl. ckciv^ (B1., § 36, 13),
that way, Lk 19*.
e'Kclac, adv., [in LXX : Jb 3929 (oifrp)*;] thither: Ac 21»;
constr. pregn. (MM, Exp., xii ; Field, Notes, 134), tovs i. ovra?, Ac 22*.+
+ iK-ly]Tiia, -w, [in LXX chiefly for mil , also for 1X3 , Cr^n , etc. ;]
1. out or after, search for: c. ace. pers. (i

to seek Mac 92*'); fig., t.
Kvpiov, e€6v (cf. Ps 13(14)2, 5*, al.), Ac IS^^, Am Eo 3^\ He 11«;
evXoytav, He 12^^^ ; i^fCvTV^^-^ '*• ^t')P<^^vr}(rav (as in I Mac, I.e.), sought
and searched out : i Pe lô. 2. As in 11 Ki 4}^, Ez 3^8' 20, al. (Cril),
to demand, require : Lk 11^^, 6i_f

*f iK-lr\Tr\<ns, -cws, r} {<CfK^r]Tew), a questioning (EV), subject for
dispute Ti 1*.+
:
**+^K-0ajipâ.,
amazed.
i
to amaze, terrify (Si, I.e.).

2.
-w « cK^.i/Aôs), [in LXX:
Pass., to be
Si 309*;]
amazed, terrified:
1. t^ jg
Mk 91* 1433, 165. 6.+

**+lic-0a|ipos, -ov «â/xôs), [in LXX Wi : lO^^, Da th 7^ (dreadful,
terrible: ''3nO^}{) * ;] amazed (cf. Polyb., xx, 10, 9): Ac 3^^+

**+ U-Qainxdlui, [in LXX : Si 2723 43^8, iv Mac W^ * ;] strengthened
form of 6avfji- ; to wonder greatly : Mk 12^'^.+
**Ik-0£TOS, -OV {<^€KTL6r]fXt), [lu Al. ! Ez 423*;] (.g^gl Q^l; TTOlCtV
1. = iKTiOivai, Ac 719.+
^K-Ka0aipa), [in LXX for "TT^, etc ;] l.to cleanse thoroughly, cleanse
out : c. ace., livrov, ii removed, ^vfirjv, i Co 5^^.+
Ti 22^ ; of the impurity
iK-Kaiu), [in LXX chiefly for 1373;] 1. to burn up. 2. to kindle.
Pass., to burn : metaph., of the passions (cf Si 16^, Jb 3^^), Eo 12^.+ .
CKKaKÛ, -to, V.S. kvKaK€W.

iK-K€VT4(a, -u), [in LXX chiefly for Ipl;] 1. to prick out, put out
(Arist.). 2. to pierce (Polyb., LXX) c. ace. pers., Jo 1937 dxx)^ Re 1^.+
:
^K-KXdw, -w, [in LXX: Le l^*" (VDW pi.)*j] ô break off: pass.,
Eo 11^7. 19. 20.t
iK-Kktiu, [in LXX: i, Kpta-Lv, for ntt3 hi., Ex 232 (also as v.l.,
Jb 3420, Ps 67 (68)30)
* iQ shut out : Ga 41^. Pass., Eo 32^.+
.]
iKK\r\<Tia, -a?, rj « cK-zcaXew), [in LXX chiefly for bnf? , otherwise

for one of its cogn. forms;] 1. prop., an assembly of citizens regularly
convened (in Thuc, ii, 22, opp. to o-v'AXoyos, a concourse) Ac 1932. 39, 41^ :
2. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (De

410 232, al.) Ac 738, He 2^2 (lxx). 3. :„ NT, esp. of an assembly or
:
company of Christians, a (the) church ; (a) of gatherings for worship

I Co 1118 1419' 34, 35 .

(5) of local communities Ac S\ i Co 4}"^ with : ;
name added, Ac 8\ Eo IG^, i Th 1\ al. pi., Ac 15*S i Co 7" t. ; ;
XpKTTov, Eo 16i« ; T. 'Ao-tas, I Co IG^^ dytW, I Co 14^3 e'nr^v t. ; t. ;
iKKXrjma, Mt IS^'' (but V. Horfc, Ecclesia, 10) of a house-congregation ;
{DB, i, '43la), Eo 165, i Co IG^^, Col i^^ Phm 2 (c) of the whole body ;
of Christians : Mt 16^8, i Co 1228, Eph 1^2, Phi 36, al, ; t. 6€ov, Ac 2028
{KvpLov, T, E, mg^, I Co 159, Ga 1", i Ti 3^^ ; i. tpotot6ku>v iiroyeypafx-
fievwv €v ovpavots, He 122^.
SVN.: (Twaywyri, q.v.42G; Hort, (v. Tr., Syn., § i; DB, i,
Ecclesia, esp. 4 ff., 107 ff. Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37 ff. reff.
; ;
8.VV. "Church," "Congregation," in and DCG; Cremer, 332). DB

^k-kXiVw, [in LXX for T^\ ITO etc ;] intrans., to turn aside, , ,
turn away : metaph., from the right path, absol., Eo 3^2 (LXX) ; from
evil, absol., i Pe 3^1; seq. airo, c. gen. pers., Eo IG^'^.t
* ^K-KoXujxpdu, -w, to swim out of: Ac 27^2 f
* eK-KOfii^w, to carry out : as freq., a corpse for burial, Lk 712.+
** cK-Koirii, -^s, [in Aq. Is 51^ * ;] in T for ivKoinj (q.v.)
17, :
I Co 9i2.t
cK-KoiTTu, [in LXX
53o 188
for ms , etc. ;] to C7it out, cut off, cut down
of a hand, foot, Mt •
a tree, Mt 3^^ V^, Lk 3^ 13^' » ; fig., of a
branch, Eo II22 seq. ; eV, Eo II2* ; metaph., t. A<f,opfi.-qv (cf. Jb 191°,
cXTTi'Sa), II Co lli2.t
EK-Kpcfiai'KVfjii, [in LXX for nwp , Ge 443" * .j iq h^ng from or

wpon ; mid., c/c/cpe/xa/iat fig., iêKpifiaro avTov olkovidv (Eec.
: read ; WH
elc/cpe'/xfTo, which implies a pres. €KKp€/jiOfj.ai, otherwise unknown cf. ;
Veitch, S.V. KpefJuafxaL), Lk 19*8,

"
CK-KpEflO/Jiai, Lk 19*8 (WH, V.S. iKKp€/XaVWfJLl).f
** eic-XaX^w, -w, [in LXX: Jth 11^*;] to speak out, divulge:
Ac 2322.t
^K-Xd/xTTOj, [in LXX for mx hi., etc.;] to shine forth : Mt 13*3.
** iK-\avQ6.vhi, [in Sm. : Ps 12(13)2*;] to escape notice utterly;
mid., to forget utterly : He 125.t
€K-XeYu, [in LXX chiefly for inS ;] to pick out, choose. In NT
always mid. (exc. Lk 93^, CKXeXey/xeVos, WH, dyaTrrjro?, E, mg.), to pick
out for oneself, choose (cf. M, Pr., 157 f .) c. ace. rei, Lk 10*2 247 :
c. ace. pers., Ac G* I522. 25 of Christ (v. supr.), Lk 935

; of Christ's .
choice of disciples, Lk 6^3, Jo G'" 13i8 15i«' i^, Ac I2 of the Divine ;
choice of persons, Mk
: I320, Ac I2* 13^7 15^, Eph 1*, Ja 2^ of things, ;
I Co 127.28 (Cremer, 402, 773).t
Ik-Xcittw, [in LXX for nbs ms , ni., Dan , etc., 47 different words
in all ;] leave otit, pass over. 2. Intrans., to leave off, cease,
1. trans., to
fail : p.a,jiwvas, Lk 1G9; ttiWis, Lk 2232 |^^ He 1^2
(lxx). of the sun in .
an eclipse, Lk 23*5.t
^K-XeKTos, -77, -ov «€KX€yw), [in for ina (so prob. in Is LXX
28i«, Pr 173, for MT ]n2l), XnS, etc.;] 1. choice, select (cl., rarely;
Thuc, Plat., al), hence, eminent : Eo 16^3 (cf. Ez 272*). 2. As in

Insci'. (MM, Exp., xii), chosen; esp. as in LXX, of Israel, elect,

chosen oi God (Is 659, pg 104(105)^3 al.); so in NT; (a) of Christ:
Lk 2335 (cf. Is 421) fig_^ XlOc;, i Pe 2^- « (^x^) •
of holy angels
.
(j)
I Ti 5"; (c) of Christians: Mt 2422.24^ Mk 1320.22,27^ „ Yi 2", i Pe 1^;
T. Btoi, Lk 187, Ro 833, Col 312, Tit 11 t. Xpicrroi,
; Mt 243i . ^ ^^^^^
II Jo 1 ; a8eX(f>i], ib. 13 ;
yeVos, I Pe 2^ (LXX) kXt/toi kol J €. K. maroL,
Ke 1714 opp. to /cAt^tos (not so in Epp. v. Lft. on Col 312), Mt 20i«
; ;
(T, WH, txt., R, omit) 22'^ (Cremer, 405, 775).t

**iK\oy^, -^?, v (<eKA£», [in Aq. Is 22^; Sm., Th. ib. 37^4*;] : :
a choice, selection ; in NT, always of the Divine choice (EV, election) :
(T/ceuos iKXoyrj^, gen. qual., a chosen vessel; Kar i., Eo 9^ 115.28- q

gen. pers., i Th 1*, 11 Pe l^" by meton., 17 c. = oi eVXe/cTot, Ro ll'^.t
;
tK-Xu'w, [in LXX for nsi , etc. ;] 1. to loose, release. 2. to tin-

loose, as a bow-string, to relax, enfeeble; pass., to be faint, grow
weary : Mt 1532, Mk 83 ; of mental weariness, Ga 6^ He 123. a (LXX).+
** iK-iLd<T<Ti^, [in LXX: Si 12^, Ep. Jei3.24*;] to wipe off: c. ace,
Lk 738. ", Jo 112 123 135
t^K-fiUKTTipiiu, [in LXX: Ps 2* 21 (22)' 34 (35)i«
(jsb), i Es
251 A* ;] to hold up the nose in derision at, scoff at : c. ace, Lk IG^*
2335.t
iK-ye6w, [in LXX : Jg 4^8 (-rd) 182«, iv Ki 22^ 23i« (n:E3), Mi 6^*
(J1D hi.), Ill Mac 322*;] 1. to bend the head aside (Xen.). 2. (a) to
shim, avoid (Diod.) (b) to withdraw : Jo 5^3.;
fiK-y^^w, [in LXX: Ge 92*, Hb 2^ (yp^), Jl 16, Hb 21^ {y^p hi.),

I Ki 253'^ (KX^), Si 34 (31)2*;] ^^ become sober after drunkenness:
metaph., of sobriety of mind, i Co 153*.

^Kouaios, -ov X<^^'(<^^), [ill LXX chiefly for H^^J, as Nu 153
(xar c.) ;] usually of actions, voluntary : Kara c., of free will (Lft,, in 1.),
Phmi*.t
4koo<tiws, adv., [in LXX : Ps 53 (54)« (niT^S), n Mac 143, ai. ;]
voluntarily, willingly : He 102", i Pe 52.

*t 2ic-TraXai, adv. (of a class of compound adverbs common in late
Gk. ; V. Mayor on 11 Pe, I.e.), for a long time, from of old : 11 Pe 23
35.t
t iK-rceipdlio, [in LXX De 6i« : 82. is, Ps 77 (78)i8
(no: pi.) * ;] = cl.
eVTTcipao/Aai, to put to the proof or test, make trial of, tempt ace, : c.
of God, 47(i'XX)^
Mt Lk 412 Ub.), i Co 10^; of Christ, Lk 1025 (Cremer,
497). t
iK-niiLTTut, [in LXX for nb»;] to send forth: Ac 13* 17io.t
*t eK-TTcpiaaws, adv., more exceedingly : Mk 143i (cf. virfpTr€p-).f
cK-ir€T(i»'i'uni, [in LXX

chiefly for CTIB, as Is 652 (hithp.);] to
spread out (as a sail), stretch forth : Eo IO21 (lxx) f
^K-irrjSdo), -w, [in LXX:
De 3322 {p2^), etc.;] to spring forth: eh
T. oxA-ov (cf. Ju 1417), Ac 141* (for ex, in ir., v. MM, Exp., xii).t
c-K-iri'TTTw, [in LXX : Is 40^ 28i. * {b^z), Jb 142 (1,i,q

^ y, Ry. mg.),
Jb 1530 (-iiD), Jb 1533 (rjbrir hi.), etc.;] to fall out of, fall from, fall
off: seq. Ik t. x"P<^''» Ac 12^; absol., Ac 27'2j of the withering of

flowers (as LXX, 11. c), Ja 1", i Pe 1^* (i-xx) j of navigators falling off
from a straight course, Ac 27^'^' 2"' 2^. Metaph., c. gen. rei : Ga 5*,
nPe3^^; ahsol., fall from its place, fail, perish: Eo Q^.t

* iK-iAioj, -S>, to sail away : Ac 20^ ; seq. cis, Ac 15^^ 18^^ f
** iK-TT\r]p6io, [in LXX: ii Mac Sô, iii Mac 12.22*.] 1, to fill full,
make up a number. 2. to fulfil (MM, Exp., xii ; Cremer, 839), Ac 13^*.+
**t cK-irX^puais, -€ws, 17, [in LXX : ii Mac 6^* *',] a completion,
fulfilment : Ac 212«.t
^K-irXr]<Tau (Attic -ttw, Ac 1312), [in LXX: (pass.) Ec 17i«t»^>
(nanr hithp.), Wi 13*, n Mac 7^2, iv Mac 8* 11^^*;] 1. prop., to strike

out, drive away. 2. to strike with panic or shock, to amaze, astonish
pass., Mt 135* 1925^ Mk 62 7^^ 10^*, Lk
2*^; seq. em', c. dat. rei, 728 Mt
2233, Mk 122 1118^ Lk 432 943^ Ac 13i2.t
Stn. : " vTwtlv, to terrify, agitate with fear ; Tpc/tciv, to tremble,
predominantly physical ; <f>o^€Lv, to fear, the general term," Thayer
cf. also shudder, and v.s. SetXi'a.
<f>p'La-g-w, to
*iK-nveQ}, -w, to breathe out; sc. ftiov, ifrvxvv (expressed in cl.,
.Êsch., al. cf LS, s.v.), to breathe one's last, expire : Mk 153''» 39, Lk
; .
23*'. For force of aorist, v. Swete, Mk., l.c.t

^K-iropcuw, [in LXX
chiefly for NS^ ;] to make to go out ; pass,
and mid., to go forth: Lk 3'^, Ac 25*; of demons leaving one
possessed, Mt 172^ (WH
om.), Ac 19^2- of excrement, Mk 7^^; seq.
dTTo, Mt 2029, Mk 10*8 i^^ Mk 131 (of the dead rising, Jo 529)
. «cr^cv, ;
Mk 611; 1^^^ Mk ll^^; c.'s, Mk lO^^, Jo 5^9; cVt', c. ace. pers., Ee 16^*;
TT/jo's, c. acc. pers., Mt 3^, Mk 1^ dcnrop- (q.v.) koL I., Ac 92^ metaph.,
; ;
to come forth, proceed : of feelings, etc., Mk 723 ggq ^^^ Mt 15ii» i*, .
Mk 715.20,21^ Lk 422, Bph 429; f>iffj,a, seq. Si(i, Mt 4*(i'XX); of lightning

and flame, Ee 4^ 91^. is 115 a river, Ee 22^ a sword, Ee V-^ 191* a
. ; ;
rumour, seq. eis, Lk 43^^ of the Holy Spirit, seq. irapa., Jo 152*.t
;
t ^K-irop»'cu«, [in LXX

chiefly for rU7, freq. of spiritual un-
faithfulness ;] strengthened form of Tropvcvco, implying excessive in-
dulgence; mid. to give oneself up to fornication : Ju'^.t
*cK-nTo«, 1. to spit out. 2. to spit at in disgust, to abominate,
loathe (=3 cl. airoiTT-, KaTairr-) : Ga 4i*.t
iiK-pil6^, -w, [in LXX: Jg 5^* {iS'p), Je l^" (trrn:), Ze 2* (fflha
A, -ipsr BS), Da TH 78 (-ipy), Da LXX 411.23, Wi 4*, Si 3^ 49^ i Mac

5^1, II Mac 12'' * ;] to root out, pluck up by the roots : c. acc. rei, Mt
1329 1513 Lkl7«,Jui2.t
lic-oraais, -ecos, ^ {iîcTTrjfii), [in LXX Ga : 2733, i Ki 1415, Ez
2616, Ch I41* <i3' 17i« 2029 a displace-
al. (n-JlD) ; II (inD), al. ;] 1.
ment (Arist.). 2. An abnormal condition of the mind, in which the

subject passes out of his usual self-control (Hippocr.) in NT ;
(Kennedy, Sources, 121 f.) ; {a) a trance: Ac IQio 11^ 221^; (6)
amazement : Mk 5*2 168, Lk 526, Ac 3i<'.t
iK-<TTpiô,, [in LXX: De 322<>, Am 6i3'i2),
Ez 163* A (^Dn), Za
ll^" (pne pi.), Ez 13'-'o

(TIY pil.)*;] 1- io korji out of (Rom.). 2. to
turn inside out ; metaph., to change entirely, pervert (Aristoph.) : Tit
* £K-(rwJw, to preserve from danger, bring safe : Ac 27^® (e^wo-ai,

WH, mg., E, txt., v.s. £ô>6»£«).t
IK-Tapdaao,, [in LXX : Ps 17 (18)^ (nvn pi.), 87 (88)i« (nax), Wi
173,4 181'^*;] to tliroio into great trouble, agitate: Ac 16^^.
iK-idv(a, [in LXX for rhw , ni33 , etc. ;] to stretch out or forth
T. x«pa (as often in LXX), Mt 8^ U'^ U^\ 26^\ Mk 1« S^ Lk 5^^ &^\
Jo 21^^ Ac 26^; seq. iirl, c. ace, pers., towards, Mt 12*^; against,
Lk 2253 . £^5 i^^,^^ Ac 430 of anchors, to cast, Ac 273o.t
;
iK-Te\io>, -w, [in LXX: De 32^^ (nbs), 11 Ch 45, Da th S'*"',
Mac 15^ * to bring to an end, finish, comjylete Lk 142^' ô.t

II
**t ^K-TeVcia,
;]
-as, 7} « tKrei/r;?), [in LXX: Jth 4^, II Mac

:
1438,
III Mac 6*^*;] zeal, intentness, earnestness (cf. Deiss., BS, 262):
Ac 26'.t
**^KT£MT]s, -£s «£/cT€tVw), [in LXX: in Mac 310 529*;] stretched,
strained. Metaph., earnest, zealous : i Pe 4^.t
^KT€K(us, adv., [in LXX : Jh 3^ (nîn^), Jl 1^*, Jth 4^2, m Mac 5^ * ;]
fervently, earnestly : Ac 12*, i Pe 1^2 ; compar., Lk 22^* (WH br., E,

mg., omits).
^K-TiOrifii, [in LXX for p3 ni., etc. ;] to set out, expose : Ac 7^^
Metaph., to set forth, expound: Ac 11* 28^3; c. ace. rei, 182",
^K-TU'do-CTw, [in LXX forlyj shake off : Kovioprov,
ni., pi., etc.;] to
Mt IQi*; xow, Mk 6^\ Mid.: Kovioproy, Ac 13^1; IfidrLa, Ac 18« (cf.
MM, Exp., iii).+
Iktos, -7/, -ov, </ie sixth : Mt 20*, al.

iKr6s, adv., [in LXX: Jg 82« 20^5, iii Ki 10", al. (l3^n,
]» 15!?), Jg 528 (lyj), Ca 41' 3 ('^ ny^n), al. ;] 1. as adv., outside,
beyond to i., c. poss. gen., the outside, Mt 232" j^ \^^q

: . q^ ^y_ Deiss.,
BS, 118), pleonastic, €kt6s €i fiy, 1 Co 14^ 152, i Ti 5^^. 2. With
force
of prep., c. gen.; (a) outside of: i Co 6^^ 11 Co 122; (6) beyond,
besides, except : Ac 2622, j Qq 15^7 f
€K-Tpîrw, [in LXX for ^Dn
turn out of the course,, Am 5^ * ;] to
turn aside, c. ace. Pass., with middle sense, intrans., to turn aside
He 12" (E, txt., for be ptd oiit of joint, E, mg., v. Thayer, s.v. Westc,
in 1.) fig., seq. cis, i Ti 1"
; tVi, 11 Ti 4* ottio-w, i Ti 5^^
; q ^gc^ ^^ ; .
shun, avoid : i Ti 620.

iK-rpi^b), [in LXX
for bl2 etc. ;] 1. prop., of children, to nurture,
,
bring tip : Eph 6*. 2. to nourish : Eph 529.t

*f cKTpofios, -ov, = evTpofjio^, exceedingly terrified : He 122^ (for exx.
from TT., V. Deiss., BS, 290; LAE, 254).t

6ic-Tpw|j.a, -To^, TO {<^€KTLTpo(TK(ii, to miscarry), [in LXX: Jb 3^",
Ec 63 (bg)3 ; also in Aq., Ps 57 (58)^), Nu 12^2 (ma) * ;] an abortion,
an untimely birth (v. Field, Notes, 179) : i Co 158.t

iK-(îp(a, [in LXX chiefly for K2r hi. ;] 1. carry out, bring out
to
c. ace. rei, Lk I522, i Ti 6^ ; c. ace. pers., Mk Ac 5^5 of the dead
823, ;
for burial (cf. Ko/At^w), Ac 5*' ^' ^^. 2. to bring forth ; {a) of women
(Hipp., Arist., al.) ;
{b) of the ground (Hdt.) : He G^.t
^K-<|>euY&), for D13
[in LXX
etc. ;] to flee , away, escape : absol.,
Ac 162^ I Th 53, He 2^ seq. «, Ac IQ^* c. ace. pers., ; ; He 1225 . q
ace, rei, Lk 213", Eo 23; t. x«i/>a5 avTov, 11 Co 1133.t
iK-<ôîia, -Q), [in LXX chiefly for Tjn hi,;] to frighten away,
terrify : c. ace. pers., 11 Co lO^.t
lK<|)opos, -ov, [in LXX : I, cTvat for -|iP , De 9^^; also i Mac 132 -j
affrighted, terrified : Mk 9i«,

He 122i.t
**iK-^6io, [in OT (Sm.) Ps 103(104)1*; (a1.) Is 61"*;] to cause to
grow out, put forth (leaves) : Mt 2432, Mk 1328.t
^K-xe'w, also HellenistiCj eKxvvoi (in Th. and eK^vvvo) : ii Ki 14^**),
(q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for ^DttT ;] to pour out : <t>id\rjv, Ee W'*' ^'
ô- ^2, 17
Kipfxara, Jo 2^5 al/xa, Mt 2335 (cf MM, Exp., xii), Lk 1150, Ac 2220,
; .
Eo 315 (Lxx)^ Ee 16«. Pass., alfx.a, Mt 26'^8, Mk I42*, Ac 2220; otvo?,

Mt 9^^ Lk 537 (TTrXdyxva, Ac 1^\ Metaph., t, TrêOûa, Ac 2^7. 18 (LXX). 33
;
10*5, Tit 3« . iydTTT], Eo 55 (of. Si 33 (36)8, ^^.y^^) . pass., of persons (like

Lat. effundor), to give oneself up to (EV, ran riotously in) : Ju ^.t
**+cK-xu»'»'«, Hellenistic form of Uîi^, q.v. (Bl., § 17) : Mt 2335 2628,
Mk 142*, Lk 537 1150 2220, Ac 118 10*5 2220, 5^, Ju ".t Eo
iK-xwpô,, -w [in LXX Nu :
16*5 (1710) (,-, ^ly jg 73 (-,53^)^
Am 712 (ma), I Es 4**' 57, I Mac 9«2 * ;] to depart, withdraw : Lk
212i.t
^K-v|/u'xa,, [in LXX : Jg 421 A {V\^y), Ez 21^ (12) (nn^ pi.) * ;] to expire,
Ac 55>io 1223 ^qI iKwvû); Cremer, 906).t

breathe one's last :
LXX: Ex21i3, Jb 36i»*;] willing,

iKiiv, -ova-a, -6v, [in of one's
own free will : Eo 820, i Co 9^7 (Cremer, 246).t
^Xaia (Attic, e'Aaa), -as, 17, [in LXX for rr\ ;] an olive tree : Eo
11". 24, Ee 11*; T. opo9 tQ)v €. (D^nin iri, Za 14*), the Mount of Olives:
Mt 211 243 2630, Mk
111 133 1426^ Lk 1937 2230 to KoAov/tcKov ; i. (T,
eXaiw, q.v.), Lk 1929 2137. 2. an olive (Aristoph.) Ja 3i2.t :
IXaioi', -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for lOtP;] olive-oil: Lk 16*,
Ee 6« 1813; for lamps, Mt 253. *.8; for healing, Mk Gi^, Lk 103*.
Ja 51*; for anointing at feasts, Lk 7**, He 19(i'XX).+
Syn. : fivpov, ointment, v. Tr,, Syn., 135,
t AaicSi', -wvos, o (<[ ikaia), [in LXX for it;! ;] olive-grove, olive-
garden (so in FIJ and in tt, Deiss., BS, 209 ff,

; Exp., iii; ; MM,
M, Pr., 49, 69, 235): Lk 192^ 2137 j^H, -wu; v. their App., 158;
Field, Notes, 73 Bl., § 10, 5 ; 33, 1 Thayer, s.v.), Ac I12 (where Bl.,
; ;
11, c, proposes the conjectural emendation ikauov for -<iJvos).t

'EXajieiTTis (Eee. -a/iiTT/s), -ov, 6 (Heb. Dîy;) [in (el.) LXX
'EAu/Aaios, "EXa/xov Jth 1' ; 'AiXa/iaVi^s (vv.U.

: 'E\-, -a/iiTTjs ; Bl.,
§ 3, 7) : Is 11^^ 212 22«) ;] an Elamite : Ac 2^t
i\d<T(T(i}v (-TTWV, He V, WH, I Ti 5*), -ov (lormed, with superl.
i\dxi(rTos, from the epic tXaxv's, little, and serving as compar. of
fiiKpo^), [in LXX for layD, etc. ;] less, in age, rank or quality Jo 2^**, :
Eo 9^2 (Lxx)^ He V ; neut., -ov, adverbially: i Ti 5».t

fi\aTTovi(a, -to (<:^ lAaTTov), [in LXX (with -oto) chiefly for
^p^ ;] to be less (RV, Jiad no lack) : n Co 8^^ f^^^) (a rare word ; of.
MM, Exp., xii).t

cXoTTiSu, -w (<^ eXaTTcov), [in LXX (where also -aa-w) chiefly for
IDn , and very freq. in Si ;] to make less : He 2'^ (i-xx)

j pass., Jo 3^°,
He 29.t
AauVo), [in LXX : Is 41^ (Dibn) 33^1 (t3"»er), etc. ;] to drive : of
the wind, Ja 3*, ii Pe 2^^; of sailors rowing or sailing a boat, Mk 6*^

Jo 6^^; of demons, Lk 8^9 (cf. oltt-, cruv-eXavVco).t
*t e\a<|>pio, -as, r], lightness, levity : ii Co l^^.t
eXa<})p6s, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for bj? , bbp^ ;] light in weight
easy to bear : Mt llô ; 6Xii/îs (EV, our light affliction), u Co 4^^t
eXdxioTos, -f}, -ov (v.s. : as proper ikdcrcrwv), smallest, least
superlat., i Co 15®; elsewhere, as usually in late Gk., intensive (Bl.,
§ 11, Mt 2«(LXX) 25*»»45^ Lk 122«
3) ;
19^7, i Co 4^ 62, Ja 3*; L W^ h
T. (3a<T(Xtia T. ovpavwv, Mt Dalman, Words, 113). Compar.,
5^® (v.
cXaxioTorepos (for corresp. superl., v. LS; v. also Bl., §44, 3); lesi
than the least : Eph 3^.t
'EXedâp (Heb. "l7y^^^), 6, indecl., Eleazar : Mt l^^t

t iXedw, later form of cXccoj, q.v., [in LXX as v.l. in To 132, Ps
36 (37)2«, al. ;] in Ro %^\ Ju 23, WH.t
NT :
teXcYFôs, -oC, 6 «€X£yx<^), [in LXX: Ps 37 (38)i* 38 (39)^1
(n03in), Si 2029 21« 41*, al.;] reproof: ii Ti S^^.t

têy^s, -£o>5, ^ «A€yx«), [in LXX: Jb 21* 232 (o^nr)*;] re-
buke : II Pe 2i«.t
cXcyxos, -ou, o (eXe'yx*"), [in LXX: freq. in Pr, Jb (nnsin),

Wi 5, Si 3, etc. ;] a proof, test : He 11^.+
cX^YXw, [in LXX chiefly for PD^ hi.;] 1. in Horn., to treat with
contempt. 2. to convict : c. ace, Mt 18^^ (RV, show him his fault),
Tit P; iseq. irepi, Jo 8'"' 168, Ju^^; pass., Ja 2^. 3. to reprove, re-
buke: Ti 52c, II Ti 42, Tit 1^3 2^5, Re 3^9; pass., seq. Trcpt', Lk 3^^;
I
iir6, He 125 (LXX). 4. to expose: Eph 5^^; pass., Jo 320, i Co 142*

(RV reprove, mg. convict), Eph 5^^ (RV, as i Co, I.e., cf. AR on Eph
51^; MM, Exp., xii; cf. s^-, 8ta-KaT-€X€yxo/Aai).t
Syn. : i-mTifiw, expressing simply rebuke, which may be un-
deserved (Mt 1622) Qj. inefifectual (Lk 23**'), while eX. implies rebuke
which brings conviction (v. Tr., Syn., § iv).
Manual qeeek Lexicon of the new testament 145
IXeciKiJs, -17, -ov (<ÎX€os; in Ee, I.e., WH have the Attic poetic
form, cXeii ds), pitiable, miserable : Ee 3^^ ; comparat., i Co IS^^.t
i\€io> (in 9i«,
Eo Ju22, -cô), q.v.), -S «IA€09), [in LXX (Hex,
Pss, Pr) chiefly for pn , also freq. in Proph. for etc. cm , ;] to have
pity or mercy on, to show mercy : absol., Eo 9^" 12^; c. ace, Mt 9^^
1522 1715 1833 20^0. 31, Mk 519 10*"' *8, Lk 16^* 17^3 ^gss. 39, Eo 9^^' is
1132, py 227, Ju22^ Pass., to havB pity or mercy shown one (BV,
obtain mercy) : Mt 5^ Eo 113o. 3i,
i Co 7^^ 11 Co 41, i Ti l^s. ^^,
I Po 2io.t
Syn. : oiKTctpo) (v. Tr., Syn., § xlvii ; Thayer, s.v. cAccw ; Cremer,
249).
t £'X£Ti|xo<rufT|, -I??, y « cA£€w), [in LXX chiefly for TpH , nj?^^ ;]
1. mercy, pity. 2. almsgiving, alms (Uke the German Almosen, a

corruption of the Greek word c.) Mt 6* ttouZv : ; i., Mt 62. 3, Ac 936 102
24^7; i. StSdvat, Lk 11*1 (cf. Mt 233fi; Dalman, Words, 621.) 1233;
aiTctv, Ac 32 ; kaftelv, Ac 33 ; Trpos (in order to ask) c., Ac 3^*^
;
pi., Ac
10*' 31 (Cremer, 711).t
cXcilfiui', -ov, [in LXX chiefly for pan ;] merciful : Mt 5'', He 2i7.t
^Xeicds, V.8. cAccivds.
'EXeiadpex (T, Eec. 'EXio-; v. WH, iljap., 155), ^, indecl. (Heb.
yj^bs), Elizabeth: Lk l^^-.t
IXeos, -ovs, TO (cl. -ov, 6, and so Eec, Mt 9" 12^ 2323, Tit 3^, He
4i«; on the Hellenistic form to l, v. WH, Ajyp., 158; M, Pr., 60;
Mayser, 277 Kiihner, i, 515), [in LXX chiefly for ipn ;] mercy, pity,
;
compassion ; 1. of men Mt :
9^3 (lxx) x2'' 2323 . ttouIv I. (and id. seq. /xcxa,
c. gen. ; cf. Heb. or IpH ni^V Ge 2123, al.), Lk 103^, Ja 2^3 3^^ 2.
,
Of God : Lk 150. 84, 58^ Rq 159, Eph 2*, ii Ti li«. is, Tit 35, He 4i6, i Pe
13 ;esp. in benedictions, Ga 6^^, i Ti 12, ii Ti 12, ii Jo 3, Ju 2 ; o-kcv^
cXt'ous, Eo 923 o-TrXdyxva iXeov;, Lk 1'^ ; ; ttouIv I. (v. SUpr.), Lk 1^2 j ^
ifi€T€pw eXe'ci, Eo 1131. 3_ Of Christ : Ju2i.t
Syn. : oiKTLpfxo^ (v.S. iXeio}).
iXiuBepia, -as, ^, [in LXX : Le 192" (nCT^n), i Es 4*9' ^\ Si 721

3034 (3325)^ I Mac 142", m Mac 328*;] liberty: with reference to the
religious life, i Co 102*, 11 Co 31^, Ga 2* 51, i Pe 2i«, 11 Pe 21^; 6 vd/tos
T^s i., Ja 125 212 ; ^ i, T^5 86$r]^, Eo 821 . ^^' ^_^ Ga 513 (on which
formula, cf. Deiss., LAE, 327 ff. ; Cremer, 251).t
cXeuêpos, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for ^wpn ;] free ; (a) in civil
sense, not a slave Jo 833, i Co 721. 22 I2i3, Ga 328, Eph 68, Col 311, Ee
:
gi5 1316 igis fem., Ga 422. 23, 3o

(j^ as regards restraint and obligation
. •
in general Mt 172^, i Co 9i seq. U, i Co 91^ d^rd, Eo 73 c. inf.,

: ; ; ;
I Co 739; from the law, Ga 426, i Pe 21^; from sin, Jo 836;

Sixaiotrvvj;, as regards righteousness, Eo 62" (Cremer, 249).+
^
^Xeo06p6a), -w, [in LXX : Pr 25io, 11 Mac 127 222 *;] to make free
10
from sin, Jo 832.36; ggq. ^tto, Eo 618'22 8-21; r. iXive^pla (dat.

commodi), Ga 5^ (on the " punctiliar " force of this verb, v. M, Pr.
149 cf. also Cremer, 251).+
;
*+ JXeoais, -ew9, rj, a coming : Ac l^^.f

iXe^dvTivos, -t], -ov {<^ iktcfia's, ivory), [in LXX for "0 ;] of ivory :
Re 1812.
'EXiaKcifi (Heb. D'^jT^'N), Eliakim, an ancestor of Jesus : Mt 1^^,
Lk 330. +
Rec.
* i'Xiyfia, -T0<;,
WH,
to «
mg., E, txt.).+
eA.tWw), a roll : Jo 19^^, WH, txt, (jxly/xa,
; fiLyfjLa,
'EXieêp (Heb. liybN), o, indecl., Eliezer, an ancestor of Jesus
Lk 329.+
'eXiouS, 6, indecl., Eliud, an ancestor of Jesus: Mt l^^'^^.t
'EXiadpcT, v.s. 'EXeto--.
'EXiCTalos (Eec. 'EXio-o-aZos ; T, 'EXur-), -ov, 6 (Heb. ycrbfef), Elisha,
the prophet : Lk 42^".+
i\L<T(TUi, [in LXX Is 34* (bba ni.),

: Ps 101 (102)26 («!,„ î.), etc. ;]
to roll, roll up : He 112(lxx)^ Rg G^^.t
IXkos, -cos (-ous), TO [in LXX Ex :

9^-''\ Le iv Ki
1318-27, 20^,
Jb 2''
(^''niS');] 1. a icound (Horn.). 2. a sore, an ulcer (Thuc, al.)
Lkl62i, Ee 162.11.+
*€Xk6«, -d; 1. to wound. 2. to ulcerate; pass., to suffer from
sores : pf ptcp.,
. eiAicw/tcvos (Eec. 17XK-), EV, full of sores, Lk 162<>.+
cXkuu, v.s. eX/coj.
IXku, (Hellenistic c, Ac 16i^), [in
form eX/cvw in Jo, 11. LXX
for ^CTD etc. ;] to draw : c. ace. rei, Jo ISi'' 21^
, c. ace. pers., seq. ;
€^, Ac 21^0; €19, Ac 161^ Ja 2^. Metaph., to draw, lead, impel:

Jo 6**, 12^2. (For discussion of I. in Oxyrh. Log., v. Deiss., LAE,
437 ff.)+
'EXXds, -aSos, V, [in LXX: Is 66i9, Ez 271^ (yr), i Mac li 8^*;]
with varying usage as to geographical limits ; in NT = 'A;âi'a (cf.

Ac 1812), Greece : Ac 202.+
"eXXyji', -7;vos, 6, [in LXX : Jl 3 (4)^, Za 91^ (yr), etc. ; i Mac lio,
al.*;] a Greek; opp. to /Sdpâpo^, Eo

li*; usually in of Greek NT
Gentiles, opp. to 'lovSatot : Jo V\ Ac II20 141 IGL ^ 18* I91O' i^ 2021 2128,
Eo li« 29.10 39 1012, I Co 122. 24 1032 1213^ Qa 23 328, Col 311 of ;
proselytes, Jo I220, Ac 17*.+

•eXXtji/ikcJs, -i -oV, [in LXX: Je 26 (46)i« 27 (50)i« (n31V aliter
in Heb.), Mac 11 410- 1^ 6^ 112* 132, iv Mac 88*;] Greek: t. 'EXArjvtKy
(sc. yXwo-o-Tj), Ee 911.
**'E\\-^vis, -/80s, rj, [in LXX: 11 Mac 68 A*;] a Greek (i.e. Gentile)
woman : Mk 726, Ac I712.+
*+'EXXTj»'iaTris, -ov, 6 (<; 'EXXt/vi'^w, to Hellenize, affect Greek cus-
toms), a Hellenist (EV, Grecian Jew) : Ac 61 9^9 II20.+
Greek: Jo 19^"; 'E. (so. AaAciv) yawo-Kets,

*'E\\r]vi<ni, adv., in
Ac 2137 Field, Notes, 135).
(cf.
*t AXoyaw, -w (a KOLVT] word, elsewhere usually -e'w; cf. Bl., 22, 2), {5
to charge to one's account, impute : ^^ (on parallels, cf. Deiss., Phm

LAE, 79 f., 335 f.; Milligan, NTD, 73; Exp., xii); of sin, MM,
Eo 513 (Cremer, 400).t.
*EXfiaBd(i (L, 'EA- ; Eec. -/AwSa/i), 6, indecl., Elmadam, an ancestor
of Jesus : Lk 3^8.
cXm^w, [in LXX chiefly for ni22, also for non, bw pi., hi., etc.;]
to look for, expect, hope (for) : c. ace. rei, Eo S'^'**^^, i Co 13^, He
11^;
0. dat. rei (t. rvxu, Thuc, iii, 97, 2), Mt 12^1 ; seq. Ka^ws, 8^
11 Co
c. inf., Lk 634 23«, Ac 26^, Eo 152S i Co IS^, 11 Co 5'\ Phi 2^^<^\
I Ti 31*, II Jo 12, III Jo"; seq. 6ti, c. pres., Lk 242i; c. fut., Ac 24^6,
II Co 1^3 130, Phm 22. As in LXX (WM, § xxxiii, d; and esp. in the
pf., Ellic. BI., § 59, 2), c. prep.; ek, Jo 5*5 (v. Ellic. I.e.),
on I Ti 410 ;
I Pe 35 seq. 5ti, ii Co lÔ; ctti', c. dat.,

;
15^2 (lxx)^ i Ti 410 G^^; ^, Eo
I Co 15^9; c. ace, i Pe 1^3 (aor. imper. v. Bl., § 58, 2) ; r. Oeov, 1 Ti 5^
(cf. air-, Trpo-eXTTi^w, V. Cremer, 255).
Airi's, {iK-, Eo 82», WH, V. Bl., § 4, 3 ; M, Pr., 44), -I'So?, ^, [in
LXX for ni321 and its derivatives, nipri (freq. in Jb), etc. ;] expectation
(in cl., rarely of evil, mostly of good, and so always in NT), hope; 1.
of hope in general: 11 Co 1<*; c. gen. obj., Ac 16^^; art. inf., Ac 272*^,
I Co 910 ; Trap' iXir'iSa, Eo 41^ eV cAtti'Si, I Co 9^^ 2. Of religious hope

; :
tV iX-rriSL, Ac 22« 26«, Eo 4^8 820, Tit 12; rfj i. iaiÔrjfjLev, Eo 82*; âr'
iXiriha ^<arj<i alojviov, of the Messianic hope of Israel, Ac 23®
Tit 3^ ;
266' 7 2820 . of Christian hope, Eo 52. ". ^ 1212 154, 13^ i Co 13^3, n Th 2i«,
He 3« 611 719 1023^ Ig gen. obj., Eo 52, Col 127, j Th
Pe 13, 21 315 58,
. P
Tit 12; c. gen. of that on which the hope is based, Ac 26^ Eph V^ 4S
Col 123; 5 ^^^5 ^-5 >^ Eo 1513; |;^«v £. (= cl. cATTi'êiP'), Ac 24l^ Eo 154,
II Co 312 1015, Eph 212, I Th 413 ; seq. inl, c. dat., i Jo 33 ds, Ac 241^
;
oTi, Eo 820, Phi the author or ground of hope

120,21 Meton., (a) of
(cl.) I Th 21^ I Ti 11
: c. gen. obj., Col 127 (^) of the thing hoped
;
•
for: Ga 5^, Col 1^, Tit 2i3, He 6I8 (Cremer, 252, 712).t
'EXufjias, -a, 6 (<; Aram, or Arab., cf. DB, i, 246 b), Elymas
Ac 138.t
i\wl i-t Eec. ; iXwt LT Aram, ^n^^?), Eloi Mt 27*6, Mk
; :
153* (Lxx).t
efjiauToO, -rjs, -ov, reflex pron. of first pers., used only in gen.,
dat. and ace. sing., of myself: Lk 77, al. ; (Itt' L, Jo 53o 717.28 828.42
1018 1410 hr' iâvTov, Mt 89, Lk 78.
;
^fi-paivw, [in LXX for n^JT , etc.;] to step into : Jo 5* (WH, EV

omit) ; cJs TrXoIov, to embark : Mt 823 91 132 1422 1539^ Mk 41 518 6*^
^10.13, Lk 53 822.37^ Jo 617.24 213, Ac 216.t
Ifi-PaXXo), [in LXX for DltZT , etc. ;] to cast into : seq. cis, Lk 12^
(cf. MM, Exp., vii, 93).+
*ilfji-3(iirT(i), to dip in : r. x«ipa Iv t. t^v/SAiw, Mt 2623 . mid., seq.
a'c, Mk I420.+
cfipaTeu'w, [in LXX : c. ace, Jos 19^9 (bui), 19" (pbu pi.) ; seq. ets,
Mac 12" 1320 1431 15<0; metaph., Mac 23o*;]

I 11 {<: ifi^dTt]^
<; €/x/?aiVo)) ; 1. to step in or haunt, on (Soph.), hence (a) to freqrmnt,
dwell in {M^ch., Eur.) metaph.. Col 2^^ {d^velling in, R, txt. taking,
; ;
R, mg.) (b) to invade (i Mac, 11. c. metaph., Col, I.e.). 2. to enter

;
;
on, come into possession of (Bur., Dem. LXX, Jos, 11. c.) on the ; ;
difficulties of reading and interpretation in this passage, v. Lft, Col.,

194 f ., 252 ICC, 268 ff. Field, Notes, 197 MiUigan, NTD, 177 and
; ; ; ;
for exx. from tt., MM, Exp., xii (cf. K€V€/^;8.).t

^li-PiPctô., [in LXX iv Ki 92« (Ml hi.), Pr 4^ (^11 hi.)*;] 1.
:
to set in, jyut in. 2. to put on board ship, embark c. ace. pers., seq. :
€1?, Ac 27".+
c>-pX£'Tra), [in LXX for nsi (m Ki 8\ al.), n2D (Jb G^s A, al.)
metaph., Is 51^ (CJ33 hi.), Si 2^", etc. ;] to look at : c. ace. rei, 8^^ Mk
c. dat. pers. (part., seq. Xeyct, fJirev, cf. Xen., Cyr., i, 3, 2), Mt 192*', y[^
1021, 27 i4fi7^ Lk 201' 2261 (^„e;8X€./.cv), Jo 136. 43 absol., to look, . Ac 22^
metaph., to consider : Mt G^^.t
c|x-ppifi(Iop,ai §22, 1), -w/xai {<^ ^piixr], strength,
(T, -iofxai; Bl.,
bulk, whence
(ipifxaofjiat, snort with anger), depon., with aor. mid. to
and pass., [in LXX
(Hatch, Essays, 25) Da llô (also Aq., Ps : LXX
7^2; Sm., Is 17^3)*;] to snort in (of horses, ^sch.), hence, to speak
or act with deep feeling {DCG, i, 62')) (a) to be moved with anger ;
(cf. i,jL^ptfir]fjia, La 2"): c. dat., Mk 14^ Jo 11^3; iv iavrô, Jo ll^S;

(b) to admonish sternly : c. dat., Mt 9^0, Mk 1*3.+
c>e'«, -w, [in LXX : Is 19i* (N^p) * ;] to vomit : fig., Re S^\f

*+ ^fji-|iaivofAat, depon., to rage against : Ac 26^^+
c. dat.,
t'Efifiacou^X, 6 (Heb.bx way, Is 71*), Immanuel Mt 123(LXX)^t :
'EfAfxaou's, r/, Emmaus, a place 60 furlongs from Jerusalem : Lk

2413.+
ifHiivio, [in LXX chiefly for mp ;] 1. to abide in : Ac 283o. 2.
to abide by, be true to: seq. eV; r. ttCo-tu, Ac 14^"^; t. SiaOrJKr], He

89 (LXX) J c dat., T. yeypa/A/xeVots (dat. ptcp. as in legal formula; cf.
Deiss., BS, 248; MM,

â;;j., xii) 3io(i'XX).t : Ga
'E|xficjp (T, 'Efjifjiwp, Rec. -op, indecl. (Heb. Iian), Emmor (Go
7i<'.+
331^) : Ac
^ficSs, poss. pron. of first pers., representing the em-
-r/, -oV,
phasized mine, subjectively and objectively, i.e. belonging
gen. ipov,
to, proceeding from or related to me Mt IS'^*^, 83^, Jo 3^^ (most : Mk
freq. in this gospel), al.; absol., to €>oV, to. ifid, Mt 25'\ Lk 153i, W^
Jo 10^* 1614-1* 1710 = gen. obj. (cl.), ds t. e^/v avap-v-qcnv, Lk 2219,
;
I Co 1124,25. c. gen. expl., t.

x"/>' nav'Aov, i Co
c'/xtJ 16^1, Col 418,
II Th 31".
*+ ^(iiraiYfiovri, -rjs, 17 « €/A7rat'{w, q.v.), mockery : 11 Pe 33.+
+ cjA-iratYfios, -o?, 6 « ifiirai^w, q.v.), [in LXX Ez : 22* (n^^f?), Ps

37 (38)7 Bn^ ^-,i,p ni)^ ^^^ 1225, Si 2728, 11 Mac V, iii Mac 522*;] a
mocking : He ll^'.t
in-rrailu, [in LXX for b^T hithp., pniZT, etc.;] = Attic irpoa--,
Karairai^w, to mock at, mock (Hdt.) 0. dat., Mt 27^9'

: I520, Lk
3i,
Mk
1429 2263 233fl; pass., Mt 2i«, Lk 1832; absol., Mt 20i9 27", 10^* Mk
1531, Lk 23ii.t
t c|i-iraiKTT|s, -ov, 6 «€>7rat^w, q.v.), [in LXX: Is 3* {n^blbVT?)*;]

a mocker : 11 Pe 3*, Ju ^^.t
^fi-TTcpi-iraTew, -<a, V.S. ivn-.
ifi-mTrXT)|xi (on LS, S.V., Bl., § 6, 8), and ifnmrXdd) (Ac
ifi-n-LUiTr-, V.
1417), [in LXX chiefly for sbQ miZT ;] to fill full, fill up, satisfy : c.
,
ace. pers. et gen. rei, Lk 1^^^ ^^ ^4^^ pass., Lk 62^, Jo 6^2 metaph.,
;
.
c. gen. pers., to take one's fill of: Eo 15'-* (cf. Da LXX Su32).t
^fi-TTiirpTjjii, ifiTrprjOo} (for the form, v.s. €/i7ri7rXr//At, and cf. Veitch,
s.v. TrLfiTrprj/jii), [in LXX chiefly for P)li2?;] to set on fire: iroXcv, Mt
22'^
;
pass., of the body, to become inflamed : Ac 28^ (T ; iriixTrprjixi,
WH, q.v.).t
cfA-iriirTw, [in LXX chiefly for bD3 ;] to fall into : seq. ck, Mt
12", Lk 639 103"; metaph., ci9 Kpt>a, i Ti S"; 6v€iBLCTfi6y, ib. 3^;
veipaa-fiov, ib. :
6^ ; CIS x«pas ^ôO (cf. II Ki 241*, I Ch 21^3, Si 2^8),
He 103i.t
c>-ir\^K«, [in LXX: Pr 28i8
{bB2), u Mac 15^7 ;] to weave in,
entwine ; pass., metaph., to be involved, entangled in : 11 Ti 2*,
II Pe 220.t
*t ^fi-TrXoKi], -^s, 17 (<^ ifXTrXeKOi), a braiding : rpix'^v, 1 Pe 33,+
i\i-i:vi(ii, -S), V.S. evTT-.
^fi-TTopcu'ofiai, depon. (<[ l/tt7ropos), [in LXX chiefly for inD;] 1.
to travel, esp. for business. 2. to traffic, trade : Ja 4^3_ 3 q q^qq
rei (a) to traffic in; (b) to import: (Ho 12S for by^ hoph.). 4. C.
ace. pers., to make a gain of: 11 Pe 23.+
efiiTopia, -as, 17 (< l/xTropos), [in LXX for iriD, b^Ti , etc.;]
commerce, business, trade Mt 22*.+
:
eiiTT^pioc, -ov, TO (l/ATTopos), [in LXX: De 33^^ (par), Ez 273

{byi} ; «. c'vai, Is 23^'^ (njT) * ;] a trading-place, exchange : oTkos
Jo 2i«.+
ifjLTTopiov,
cji-TTopos, -OV, 6 (•<] TTo/sos, a joumey), [in LXX chiefly for "iriD
byi;] 1. a passenger on shipboard, one on a journey. 2. a merchant:
Mt 13*Êe 183,11, 15, 23,t
ifx-jrpr\0(a, V.S. fp.Tr lit prffju.
c|x-irpoa6cc, adv. of place (in cl. also of time), [in LXX chiefly for
•35b;] 1. adverbially, before,in front : Lk 192^; c^s t6 I., ib. *; opp. to
oirurdfv, Ee
4"; opp. to ra ottlo-o), to. I., Phi 3^3 2. As prep., before;
(a) in front of Mt 52* 62 7« llô 272^, Lk 51^ 72^ I42, Jo 328 jq*, Re
:
1910 228; (J) in ^he presence of: Mt 27", Ga 2i*, i Th 13 2i» 39'i3.
6p.o\oy€~iv, 6.pvu(j6ai (Dalman, Words, 210), Mt 1032.33 26^0, Lk 128; ju
forensic sense, Mt 2532 27", Lk 2136, Ac 18", 11 Co 510, i Th 2^9, i Jo
3^*^ ; evBoKLa {deX-qixa) Ian I. deov (a targumic formula Dalman, Words, ;
211), Mt 1126 18^*, Lk 10^1 (c) in the sight of Mt S^" 6^ 17^ 2S^\ ;
:
Mk 212 9^ Lk 1927, Jo 123", Ac 10* ;

(d) of rank and dignity (Dem.,
Plat., al. ; LXX, Ge dSÔ) : Jo V^.'io^f
^p-irruw, [in LXX: seq. «?, Nu 12^* A, De25« (pT)*;] = cl.,

KaraTTTvw (Euth., NPhr., 66), to spit tcpon : c. dat., Mk 10^* 14«5 IS^*;
seq. (k, Mt 26«' 27^^ Pass., Lk 18=^2_t
efi4)anis, -es «[ €ju.</)au/w, fo s/icw in, exhibit), [in LXX : Mi 4^,
Is 22 (|13 ni.), Wi 622 721 W^ ; i. yCveaOai, Ex 2i*

(yT ni.), Is 65^ (tzhl
ni.)*;] manifest: Ac 10*«; metaph., Eo 1020(LXX) (y.g. ^7ri(âi'i^9).+
£fji4)a>'i!^w, [in LXX for JTT hi., etc.;] 1. to manifest, exhibit:
142i.2.i
kavTov, c. dat pers., Jo {DCG, n, 112b). Pass, and mid., to
show oneself, appear: Mt 27^3, He 92* (cf. MM, Exp., xii). 2. to
declare, make known: seq. on, He 11^*; c. dat. pers., Ac 23^^; c ace.
rei, seq. Trpds, Ac 2322; ^^^^^^ ^ ggn. pers., Ac 24^ 252; irtpl, Ac 25i5,t
Syn. : 8r]X6oi, q.v.
** £>-<})opos, [in LXX: Si 192^ i Mac I32*;] 1. terrible. 2. in fear
(of Godly fear. Si, I.e.), terrified: Lk 2i^'^\ Ac 10* 242^, Ee ll^^.t
into (cf.
€|i-<j>ocrdw,
Ge 2',
-w
Wi
« 15i\
cfivo-ddi,
al.),
to blow), [in
breathe upon
LXX for nD3
: Jo 2022.t
, etc. ;] to breathe
** e(i,-<j)UTOS, -ov {<îiJ.(f>voi, tO iviplant), [in LXX: I. 17 Ka/c/a avrwv,

Wi 12^'^*;] 1. innate (Wi, I.e.). 2. rooted, implanted: Ja I21 (v.
Mayor, in l.).t
iv, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c, dat. ( = Heb. 3 Lat. ,
in, c. abl.). I. Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among :
iv T. TToAei, Lk 7" ; T. 64>6aXixC>, 7^ t. KoiXia, Mt ; Mt 12"" ; t. 6pu,

II Pe 1^8; T. ^poVo), Ee 321 ; r.Se^.a r. êoC, S^* Eo ; iv vfxv, Lk 1^
of books, iv T. ySi^Xt'w, Ga S^^ ; t. vo/aw, Mt 12^, al. ; ev tois t. narpos
/xou, in Father's house (EV cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2*^; trop., of the
my ;
region of thought or feeling, ev t. KapSta (-ats), Mt 52^, 11 Co 4", al.

T. oTJvei87;o-€o-iv, II Co 5" after verbs of motion, instead of cts (con- ;
structio pircegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits

observed in cl. ; ef. Bl., § 41, 1 ; M, Th., 12), ciTroo-reAAw . . . iv,
Mt 101" .
8g'S,^Ke^ ^y r. xEipt (cf. Tt6l£Vai ev xepai, Hom., II., i, 441, al.),
Jo 3^^ ; coming and going (not in cl.), tla-rjXOt, Lk

id. after verbs of
9*®; i$r}\6iv, Lk
Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.:
7^"^. II.
ev ^WTj, Eo 51** ev T. Oavarw, I Jo 3^* ev 7retpao-/i,or?, I Pe I*'
; ev elpT^vrj, ; ;
Mk 525; ^'^ g^^^ Phi 4l9;'^v TrpavTTjTi, Ja 3^3; ^ fjLvarrjpioi, I Co 2^•

e'v T. StSax^, Mk 42 ; of a part as contained in a whole, ev t. a/xTreXw,
Jo 15* ; Eo 12* of accompanying objects or persons
ev evi o-w/Aart, ;
(simple dat. in with, iv ai/xart. He 92^; ev 6eVa ;(tAiao-tv, Lk 14*1

cl.),
(cf. Ju 1*, Ac 71*) similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ev o-roXats,

;
Mk 12^8 ev ia-OiJTL Xap-irpa, Ja 22

; ev fiaxaiprj, Lk 22*^ ev pd/SSio, I Co ; ;
421 (cf. ev t6$oi<;, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2) of manner (cl.), ev rdxei ;
(= raxews), Lk 18^ (cf. Bl., § 41, 1) of spiritual influence, eV irvev/xarL, ;
Eo 8® ev TT. cLKaOdpTu),
;
123 Mk
q{ ti^g mystical relation of the Christian .
life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Bo., 160 f.
Mayor on Ju^; M, Pr., 103) cV Xptorw ('Itô-ov), cv Kvpiw, Eo 3^* &^^, :
2i7, Eph 6^1, Col 4^, i Th ^^\

II Co 122, Ga
4i»,
I Co 31 al. 111. Of the '
agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ev of instr. v. LS, —

s.v. Ill —corresponding to similar use of Heb. 2), by, with : ev vfuv
KpivtToj. 6 KOVfiO'i (= cl. Trapd, C. dat.), I Co 6^ ; ev t. apôvTL t. SaL/xovcwv,

Mt 9** ; cv atfJ-aTi, He 9'^'^
; ev vSan, Mt 3^^, al. ; iv p.aâLpa dwoKTeveL (cf.
the absol. ev p.., ev pd/SSw, supr., II, which some would classify here),
Re 13^** (cf. 6^). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the
following: r]y6pa(ja<: . . . ev T. atp-aTL aov (cf. BDB, S.V. 5, III, 3),
Re 59 ; op.oXoydv ev (= Aram. 2 ""TX ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.e. ; M, Pr.,

104), Mt Lk 128; ^^^Vai Iv (= cl. ace, so Ja 5^), Mt
10=^", 5^4, al.
also at the rate of, amounting to, 4* (WH; vv. 11., els, ev), Ac Mk
7U(LXX)_ IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ev t. rjp-ipa {wktl),
Jo 11^, al. ; ev (Ta/3/3dTo), Mt 12^, al. ; ev tw /teTaû, meamvhile, Jo 4^^;
{h) at the time of an event Iv t. irapovcria, i Co IS'^^ ev t. dvao-Tao-ei,
: ;
Mt 22^8; (c) c. art. inf., (a) pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in
NT = Iws; V. M, Pr., 215), whUe : Mt 13*, 6*8, Ga 4}% al. (/?) aor., Mk ;
7vhen, after : Lk 9^", al. ;

V. In composition
(d) within (cl.) : Mt 27*'^, :
(i) meaning (a) with adjective s, it signifies usually the possession of a

:
quality, as evoAios, evSoôs (6) with verbs, continuance in (seq. cv) or

;
motion into (seq. ets), as c/x/xeVw, ip.(3aiv(o. (ii) Assimilation ev becomes :
e/A- before y8, p., -ir, <f), ij/ iy- before y, k, $, x', eX- before X.
; But in the
older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is some-
times neglected, as in evypac^w, evKaivi^w, etc.
t iy-ayKa\iioiiai
to take into one's
«
arms :
dyKaXr,), [in
Mk
93" lO^^'.t
LXX for pnn pi., Pr GÔ 24*8 '33) * .j
*c»'-dXios, -ov (also -a, -ov ;

<C. a^5> ^^^ sea), 0/ the sea : to. e., marine
creatures, Ja 3^.t
+ ci'-ai'Ti, adv., a Koiv?/ word (MM, Exp., xii), before ; as prep., c.
gen. : Lk l^, Ac 7^0 (WH, ivavrôv), 8'^Kf
iv-avrlos, -a, -ov (<^dvri'os, set against), [in LXX: c^ evavnas, for
1J3 , etc. ; cvavTt'ov, for "^59^ , etc. ;] over against, opposite, contrary :
aiv€fjLoi, Mt 142*, Mk 6*8, Ac 27* ; i$ havria^ (ellipse obscure, v. Bl.,

§ 44, 1 ; Mozley, Ps., 42), c. gen., Mk 15^^. Metaph., opposed, hostile :
I Th 21*, Ac 269
Tit 28. 2817; 5 ii
Neut., -iov, adv., as prep. c. gen., ^.,
24i9, Ac 710 (eVavn, T), 832(Lxx)_t
before, in the presence of: Lk 1« 202«
iv-&p\o\i.ai, [in LXX
chiefly for bbu hi. ;] to begin, make a
beginning : Ga 3^, Phi l^'.t
cKaTos, (Rec. evi"), -7?, -ov, ninth : Re 212o of the ninth hour ;
(3 o'clock, p.m.), Mt 20^ 27*5.*6^ 1533.34, Lk 23", Ac 3^ 103.3o.t Mk

iv-ypd<^M (L, Tr., e'77-), [in LXX chiefly for nnS;] to inscribe,
write in : pass., seq. ev, 11 Co 3^' 3, 2. to enter in a register, enrol
pass., Lk 1020 (cf. i Mac 13*0; and v. Dalman, Words, 209).t
^kSctjs, -c's « ev8eo>, to lack), [in LXX for ngn , ]1">3Jj{ , etc. ;] in
want, needy : Ac i^*.f

* Ij'-Sciyfio, -Tos (êvStiKvu/Ai), a plain token, proof : ii Th 1' (cf.
cvStiîs, which refers rather to the "act of proving"; I., with the
passive formation, to the thing proved, v. Lft., Notes, 100; M, T7t.,
l.c.).+
SVN. : TCKfl'^plOV.
iv-htiKfvp.1, [in LXX for 13^ , baa HNI , hi. ;] to mark, point out.
Mid., 1. to show forth, prove : c. ace. rei, Eo 21^ 9"^ Eph 2^ Tit 21° 32,
He 611; ggq ^^^ ^ ^^t. pers., Ro 9^7 (lxx)^ i Ti V^ ; seq. cis, He 610 (c.
cogn. ace), 11 Co 8^*. 2. to manifest (by act) c. ace. rei et dat. pers., :
II Ti 41-* (cf. Ge 501^' ^', and v. MM, Exp., xiii).t
*e»'-8£iîs, -ews, 7] {<îvS€LKiv/xi), a pointing out, showing forth,

proof (v. s. IvSeiyâ) Ro 32^,26^ „ Co8'^^ Phi l^s.t
:
ci'-ScKa, 01, at, rd, indecl., eleven : of the eleven apostles, ol I.,
Mt 28i«, Mk 16 [1"!, Lk 24^33^ Ac 126 2H.t
kv-%iKaTo%, -rj, -ov, eleventh : Mt 20"' », Re 212o.t
^f-Se'xojxai, [in LXX: Ps 118(119)122 (3-iy), „ Mac lli^*;] 1.
to admit, approve. 2. to be possible; impers., ivbexerai, it is possible :
c. ace. et inf., Lk 13^3 (Cremer, 687).
*^c8T]fiâ), -w {<êvS7]fj.o<;, living in a place), to live in a place, be
at home : iv t. a-wfian, II Co 5''' ^ ; Trpo? r. KvpLOv, ib. ^.t
+ cV8i8u'aKa), [in LXX: n Ki 12* 1318, Pr 312i Jth 91 lO^,

(izrnb),
Si 5011*;] iq p^î Q^ Q (jupi, ace, .15i^ (cVSuovo-i, Ree.). Mk Mid,,
16i^ (cf. MM,
to put on oneself, be clothed in : c. ace. rei, Lk Exp.,
xii).+
*l»'8iKos, -ov {<^SLKrj), righteous, just : Ro 3^, He 2- (Cremer, 204).t
î'-86|i.T]cris, -€WS, r), V.S. €v8w/a-.
+ ^K-8o^(iia,, [in LXX forms ni., Ex 144.17, isÊz 2822, etc.; for
py, Ps 88(89)7; Si 336^ al.;] to glorify: pass., 11 Th lio.i2.t
€i'8o|os, -oc(<[3oâ), [in LXX

for 123, etc. ;] 1, held in honour,
of high repute : 1 Co 41**. 2. glorious, splendid : of deeds, I., Lk
13i7 m
of clothing, Lk 72^. Metaph., iKKX-qaia, Eph 527 (^f. 7rapaSofos).t
t €i'8u|xa, -Tos, TO « ecSu'w), [in LXX chiefly for tZTIS^ ;] raiment,

clothing, a garment : Mt 3* 625. 28 715 2211. 12 28^, Lk 1223.t
t eV-8um|x(5(a, -S, [in LXX : Jg 6^\ i Ch 12i8 A (crnb), Ps 51 (52)7
(7737) * ;] to make strofig, strengthen : c. ace. pers.. Phi 41^, i Ti I12,
II Ti 417. Pass., Ac 922 ; c. dat., Ro 420 ; seq. iv, 11 Ti 2i (iv Kvpiw),
Eph 610 (Cremer, 221).t
V.S. ivSvu).
e»'-8uf(i>,
ey-%v<ns, -£co?, ^ « evSv'o;), [in LXX: Jb 41* <«>

(tsqn^), Es 51*;]
a putting on : IfxaTLOiv, i Pe 3^.f

(eVSww, II Ti 3^), [in
fv-Zu(a chiefly for crnb ;] c ace, pers., LXX
Mt 2728 mg., R, mg.) c. dupl. ace., Mt 273i,
(WH, I520, Lk I522
; Mk
mid., to put on oneself, be clothed with : c. ace. rei, Mt 62^, 6*, Mk
Lk 827 1222, Ac 1221; ptcp., Mt 22ii, 1^, 11 Co 53, Re li3 15" Mk
191*; of armour (fig.) : Ro I312, Eph 611.1*, i Th 5^; metaph., Svvaîv,
Lk 24'*^ ; atÔapa-Lav, dOavacriav, I Co 15^3, 54 •
^ Kaivov dvdpwvov, Eph
42*, Col 310

a-n-Xdyxva olKTtpfiov, Col 3^2
; 'Irja: XpiaTov, ; Eo 13^*, Ga 327.
2. to enter, press into : 11 Ti 3^ (cf €V-ev8va>).+ .
ing in
*+ ^K-ScSiJiTjffis
: rj i. t.
(Rec. -8o/i,i;o-is),
t€lxpv<s avrrjs lacTTTts, its

-ews, ^ « Soifxdo}, to
wall had jasper built into
build), a build-
it Ee
21^8 (v. MM, Exp., xiii; Swete, Ap., l.c.).+
iv-ibpa, -as,
f]
eSpa, a seat), « [in LXX : Jos S^- 9, Ps 92^ (10^)
(mx )* ;] a lying in wait, an ambush : Ac 23^* (Eec. eveSpov, a form
freq. in LXX), 253.t
î/cSpcuu «; ivlSpa), [in LXX chiefly for niK ;] to lie in wait for :
c. ace. pers., Lk ll^*, Ac 232i.t

li'eSpoi', -ov, TO, V.8. iveSpa.
iv-€i\io>, -w, [in LXX: i Ki 219 'i<"
(taîj)*;] to roll in, wind in:
c. ace. pers. et dat. rei, Mk IS^^.t
lf-ei(ii, within (Jb 27^, al.) ptcp. pi., to. ivovra, Lk
1. to be in, :
11" (R, txt., cf. MM,

Exp., xii). 2. to be possible : Lk, I.e. (R, mg.).t
iv€Ka (so Mt 195, Lk 622, Ac 1932 2621 elsewhere, prop, only ;
before a vowel, evcKcv ctvcKcv, originally Ionic Lk 4^^ 182^, Ac 282°,

; :
II Co 31°), prep. c. gen., on accottnt of, because of : Mt S^^^'î 162* 192»,

Mk 835, Lk 622, Ac 2820, Eo 83^^, 11 Co 3^0; tovtov, Mt 19^; To<yru,v,
?.
Ac 2621 ; Tivos I., Ac 19^2 ; seq. toO, c. inf., 11 Co 7^2 o5 h., Lk 4^8. ;
ivevf\Ko\rTa. (Eec. ivvev-), ol, al, rd, indecl., ninety: Mt 18i2»i3^

Lkl5*.7.t
ivi6s (Rec. iw), -ov, 6, [in LXX: Is 56io (d^n), Ep. Je*i;
e. TToictv, Pr 1728 * ;] dumb, speechless : Ac 97.t
**ivipy€ia, -as, 17 (< ^vcpyijs), [in LXX: Wi
134 1822^ n Mac 717.26
329, III Mac
28*.
421 512, J operative potver (as distinct from 8wa/xts,
potential power), working: of God, Eph l^^ 3^ 4}^, Phi 321, Col 12»
212; of Satan, 11 Th 29.ii (cf. M, Th., I.e.; AR, Eph., 241 fif.; Cremer,
261).t
iy€pyiu>, -5, [in LXX Nu :
82* B (miu?3 N^y Nhy), Is 41*, Pr
(i,Q2)^ 16i7*;]
216 (ijyr))^ 3112 I Es 220, Wi I511 (for full lexical
treatment, v. AR, Eph., 243 If.) ; 1. intrans., to be at work or in
action, to operate (opp. to dpyew) : seq. iv, e. dat. pers., Mt I42, Mk
614, Eph 22 ; c. dat. pers., seq. cis (Lft., in 1.), Ga 28. 2. Trans., to
work, effect, do : c. ace. rei, i Co 12ii, Eph in ; id. seq. ev, c. dat.
i. cVe'pyciav, Eph
Ga 2i3
pers., I Co Phi 126, 3^, Pass, (taken ; li^- 20.
as mid. by Lft., Ga., 204 f.; but v. AR, Eph., I.e.; Milligan, Th.,
28 f.; Mayor, Ja., 177 ff.), in NT, " always used of some principle or
power at work" (Meyer), to be actuated, set in operation: 11 Th 27;
seq. eV, Ro 7*, 11 Co 1« 412, Eph 320, Col 129, ^ Th 2i3 seq. 8ta, c. gen. ;
rei, Ga 5« ivepyov/xevr) (M, Pr., 156), Ja 51^ (Cremer, 262).+

;
*t ec^pytjiia, -Tos, TO (<[ evepyioj), effect, operation (Polyb.) pi., i Co :
12«' 10 (Cremer, 262, 713).+

* cVcpYTJs, -€s (late form of eVepyo's, on wh. cf AR, Eph., 241), at .
work, active, effective: 1 Co 16^, Phm®, He 412 (Cremer, 261).+

+ Ic-euXo-y^w, -Qt, [in LXX
chiefly for "-ni ;] to bless : pass., seq.
iv, Ac 325 (LXX), Ga 38(i'XX) (Cremer, 770).+
iy-ix<^, [in LXX: Ge 49^3 (Qiair), Ez 14*' ^ iii Mac Gô*;] 1. to

hold in; pass., to be held, entangled: c. dat. rei; fig., ûyw 8ovXeta?,
Ga 51 (cf. MM, Exp., xii) ; eXLil/ta-iv, 11 Th 1* (cf. do-c/Jeiats', iii Mac,
I.e.). 2. io sei oneself against, be urgent against (as Ge, I.e.; for con-
struction, V. Swete, Mk., I.e.) 6^^, Lk ll^'.t : Mk
**iyBd-l€, adv., [in 11 Mac 1227, LXX:
Mac G^s*;] (a) here: m
Lk 24", Ac 1018 1628 176 252*; (b) hither: Jo 4i5.i«, Ac 25i^t
li'eeK, adv., [in LXX for n^D, HBD, etc.;] /imce; Mt I720,
Lk 162«.t
ivQufxiofiai, -ov/jiai (<^ 6vfj.6<;), [in LXX for iTQl pi., etc. ;] to reflect
on, ponder : c. ace. rei, Mt I20 9*.t
**^Keup.r]ais, -£W9, v «ivevfiiOfiai), [in Sm. Jb 2127, Ez 1121*;] :
consideration, pondering (EV, device) Ac 172^ ; pi., thoughts, feel- :
ings : Mt 9* 1225, He 4i2.t

Syn. : Iwoia, the action of the reason ; while evO. is rather that
of the affections (ef. Weste., Heb., i.e.).
** cKi, Ionic form of iv (en), with strengthened accent [in
;
LXX
Si 372, IV Mac 422 * ;] = tv€<ni, is in, has place, can be : 1 Co 6^, Ga
328 <^»), Col 311, Ja 117 (cf. Lft., Ga.; Hort and Mayor, Ja., 11. c.).t
ti'iauTos, -ou, 6, [in LXX for
cycle of time. TMtS;'] 1. prop., a
2. =
Itos, a year: Jo 11*9.51 igis, Ac ipe isn, Ja 5i7, Ee 91*; pi., of
sabbatical years, Ga 41*^ Trotciv e., to spend a year, Ja 41^ ; a7ra| tot) 6.,
;
He 97; /car e.. He

92^ IQl'^; e. Scktov, Lk 4l9(LXX).t
iv-lavt^y.,, [in LXX : iv Ki 13« A {mv), m Ki 122*, i Es 5*7 9«,
Es 313, i-iv Macg*;]
place in; in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and in mid.,
to
intrans. ;
hand, impend, threaten : 11 Ti 31
(a) to be at (b) to be ;
present : ii Th 22 (but v. Thayer, s.v.) pf, ptcp., present : i Co 72*', ;
Ga 1*, He 9^; pi., Eo S^s, i Co 322 (Cremer, 309).t

ci'-K^xuci), [in LXX for p7n etc. ;] to strengthen : in spiritual ,
sense, Lk 22 1*^]; pass., Ac 91^ (Eec. ivicrxvaev, became strong, as in

LXX, Ge 1210 482, al.).t
iyKdQiTOii (Eec. iyK-), -ov «€>a^tVO' \}^ LXX: Jb 319 {-^r^'H),
19^2*;] suborned to lie in wait, lying in wait : as subst., Lk 202''.
tei'Kaii'ia (Eec. cyx-), -wv, ra (•< ev, xaivds), [in LXX for HSjrj
II Es 616.17^ Ne 1227, Da th 32 (and cf. £yKamo-/xo^9, Nu 710, al., -lo-t?,

Nu 788)*;] dedication (anniversary of the cleansing of the Temple
from the defilements of Antiochus Epiphanes) Jo 1022.t :
\ iv-KOLivllin (Eec. iyK-, v.s. cv), [in LXX: {to renew) i Ki lli*,
II Ch 158, Ps 50(51)10 (Br-m pi.); {to dedicate) De 20*, 11 Ch V (-^jn);
Is 1611 411 4516 (aliter in Heb.), Si 33 (36)«, i Mac 43«. **' " 51, n Mac
229*;] 1. to innovate (Eust.). 2. to renew (LXX ut supr.). 3. to
initiate, inaugurate, dedicate (LXX ut supr.) : SLadr^K-qv, He 918 ; 686v,
ib. 1020 (Cremer, 323).t
**f iy-KaK4u>, -w (LTr., iyK-; Eec. iKK-; Notes, 157 f.;
cf. WH,
<KaKos, cowardly), [in Sm. :Ge Nu 21^, Pr
27*^, Is 7i«*;] to lose 311,
Lk 4I' i«,
heart : I81, 11 Co Ga 6^, Eph 31^, 11 Th 31^ (Cremer, 330).+
MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 155
* ei/-KaToiKe'u, -w (Eec. iyK-, v.s. e'v), to dwell among : seq. eV,
II Pe 28.t
t liz-KauKdofiai (Eec. iyK-, V.S. iv), -S/iai, [in LXX : Ps 51 (52)^
96(97)7 {bbn hithp.); Ps 73(74)* (zsm); Ps 105(106)^7 (natzr)*;] to
take pride in, glory in : seq. iv, ii Th I'^.t
** €i'-ice>'Tpi^(i) (Eec. iyK; v.s. ev; /ccvrpt^co, to graft), [in LXX: <
Wi 16^^*;] to ingraft, graft in: fig., c. ace. pers., Eo lli7, 19,23, 24_f
*^ iv-KOTTf] (Eec. iyK-, v.s. iv; T, ekk-), -^s, 17 (<^ ey/coTTTw) 1. ;
an incision, a cutting, break. 2. Metaph., an interruption, a

hindrance : i Co 9'2.t
* cf-KOTTTO) (Eec. cy/<-, v.s. cV; and in i Pe, I.e., iKK-); 1. to cut into
(as in breaking up a road), hence, 2. to hinder : c. ace, Ac 24*,
I Th 218 c. inf.,
; Ga 5^ ; seq. toC, c. inf., Eo 15^2 . ^-^ ^^'^ g j^f ^^ i Pe 37
* (Eec, iyK-, v.s. iv), to reckon among : cavrous, 11

iv-Kpivii) Co lO^^.t
**ei'Kuos (Eec. iyK; V.S. iv), -ov {<^kvw, to conceive), [in LXX:
Si 42^'^ * ;] pregnant, big with child : Lk 2^.t
ivvia, ol, al, rd, indecl., nine: Lk 17^7. iyo'-qKovTa i., Mt 18^2,13^
Lkl5*.7.t
ivvivr\KoyTa, V.S. cv€v-.
ccfc^s, V.S. ev€09.
^.'-I'eiJu), [in LXX: Pr 6^3 lOô (pp). Si 27^2 A*;] to nod to,
make a sign to : c. dat. pers., Lk l''2.t
lK»'oia, -as, t) «voSs), [in LXX: Pr 1* 2^^ 321 4^ 52 812 I622 IB^s
197 23*' 19 247 (ni^fp Wi 21*, Da th Su 28 * l.
, etc.), ;] thifiking, considera-
tion. 2. a thought, purpose, design: He 4^2, i Pe 41.

Syn. : ivdvfiTjai^, q.v. (Cremer, 439).
** -ov, [in LXX:
prol.12*;] 1. lawful, legal (MM, Si,
€y-yoi>.os,
â:;j9., xiii) Ac : 2. Of persons, (a) law-abiding; (b) under law
19^^.
i. Xpi.a-Tov, in relation to Christ, i Co 921 (Cremer. 435).
*t eyvu-)(â,, V.S. evi'w;(os.

€vv{)xo<i, -ov {<C,vv$), [in LXX: iii Mac 5**;] (in cl. poet.; prose
in late Gk. only) nightly. Neut., adverbially, evruâ (Eec. -x^v), by
night : Mk l^^.t
-w, [in
€i/-oiK€'w, LXX
chiefly (2^35) for 2.12^;] to dwell in;
mietaph., seq. ev, c. dat. pers 6 ^co's, 11 Co 61" t. TrveC/xa, Eo Bn,
: ;
II Ti 11*; 6 Xoyos, Col

3l«; ttiVt-s, II Ti 1^; d/âpria, Eo 7i7.t
t cV-opKi'tu, [in LXX Ne : I32'* A {'SJIXO hi.) * ;] to adjure : c. dupl.
ace. (like opKL^w, q.v.), {-/tas t. Kvptov, i Th 527.
*6foTT|s, -r]To<;, f) (<^£rs), unity, unanimity : Eph 4^'i3.t
iv-o%Kini, -u) (<; 0^X09), [in LXX for nbu ;] to trouble : c. ace,
He 121^ Pass., seq. dwo, Lk 6i8.t
cfoxos, -Ol' { = iv€x6fjLevos), (in LXX for jTtiyi hi., etc.;] 1. held in,
2i^.
bound by: gen. (cl. c. dat.), SouXeias, He
c. 2. In law-phrases
(a) Zia6Ze to a charge or action (cl. c. dat., of crime) c. dat., of the :
tribunal (MM, Exp., xiii), Mt 521. 22 geq. cis (Field, Notes, 4 f.), ib. 22 ;
(b) 0. gen., of the punishment (Ge 26ii) Oavirov, Mt 26««, Mk 14*'>* :
(c) c. gen. (cl. c. dat., rarely c. prep.; MM, Exp., xiii), of the crime
(ii Mac 13") : Mk S^^ ;

(d) c. gen., of the thing injured, guilty (absol.,
in cl.) I Go 11^7, Ja 2^" (cf. Is 54^7
: DB, ii, 268a).t ;
t ^t'-irepi-iraTew, -w (Eec i/jiir-, v.s. €v), [in Le 26^2 Jb 17^ al. LXX :
{"^bn hithp.), Wi
19-^ ;] to walk about in or among : seq. iy., dat. pers.,
II Co 61" (Lxx).t
iv-^v4u>, -!L (Rec. e/xTT-, v.s. e.-), [in LXX : De 20^6, Jos W^«- llî' ^*
(ptcp. neut., for 12^53 , riDl^rj), Wi 15^^ * ;] 1. to breathe on. 2. to
breathe; (a) absol. ;

(b) c. gen. part. : fig., aTreiXT}? k. cftovov, Ac 9^.+
tl^raXfia, -tos, to « ivriXXw), [in LXX : Jb 23ii (-nCTX) ^2, Ig 291'
(mya), 55^ (aliter in Heb.)*;] a precept: pi., Mt IS^d^xx)^ Mk 7^

Col 222.+
fiyraîdlu), [in LXX: Ge 502 (cj3n; cf. cvraîao-TTys, ib., for Xgh;
V. Deiss., 5S, 120 f. ; MM, Exp., xiii)*;] a kolvyJ word (Deiss., L^^, 723),
to prepare for burial : Mt 26^2^ Jq 19401
*t ei'Ta<îa(Tfi6s, -ov {<îvTa(f)id^w), preparation for burial : Mk 14^,
Jo 127.+
ei'-Te'Wu, [in LXX, as in (and mostly in Hdt.), always mid., NT
chiefly for mS
pi. ;] -o/Aai, to covimand, enjoin, instruct : seq. ircpi,
He 1122; c inf^ Mt 197. c ât. pers., Ac 12; ovtu><s, Ac IS''^; KaOm,
Jo 14" (€',.ToXV tStoKcv, WH)
seq. Xiywv, Mt 17^ ; c. inf., Jo 8 (^l Tva,
; ;
Mk 1334 c. acc rei, Mt

;
282o, Mk
10^ Jo IS^*' ^^ ; seq. -n-epl, c. gen. pers.,
Mt 4" and Lk 410 (lxx). SiaO^Krjv i. Trpo's, c. acc. pers.. He 9201LXX) (cf.
Si 453).+
Sl'jV. : KeXevto, to command,
of verbal orders in general -n-apay- ;
yiXXio, to charge, esp. of the transmitted orders of a military com-

mander; hriXXw points rather to the contents of the command (v.
Thayer, s.v. KeAei'co).
ci/TeCGcc, adv. {<^(.v6iv), [in LXX chiefly for HTQ;] 1. of place,
hence : Lk 4^ ISî, Jo 2^6 73 1431 i836 i^ ^î I. (for cl. hOev k. evOev),
;
on this side and on that, on each side, Jo 19^^; similarly, i. koI iKcWev,
Re 222. 2. Of time, thereupon. 3. Causal; hence, therefore: Ja 4^+
** ec-Tcuîs, -€0)5, 17 (< ei'Tu^x"''<"> Î-V-)' ^^ LXX: II Mac 4^*;]
1. a lighting upon, meeting tvith. 2. conversation. 3. a petition (in
this sense common in tt. ; cf. Deiss., BS, 121 f., 146; MM, Exp.,
xiii): iTi4^; pi., ib. 2^.+
Syn. StTô-ts Cq.v.).
:
ei-Tiixos, -ov «;ti/at)), [in for lin etc.;] honoured, prized, LXX ,
precious: of persons, Lk 72, Phi 22^; compar., Lk 14^; of things,

metaph., At'ôs, i Pe 2*'MLXX).t
ivToKr\, -^9, rj (<^ ivreXXo), q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for n]yQ ; in pi.
freq. in Pss for CTIpS;] 1. generally, a cJiarge, injxLuction, order,
command: Jq iq^^ 11" 12*9.50 1431^ Ac 171^, Col 410

Lk 1529,
€. crapKivr], He 2. Esp. of religious precepts and command-
7^^' ^^.
ments (a) of God's commandments in OT, Mt 15^ 223«' ^s. i^, Mk

; :
MANUAL GHEEK LEXICON dF THE NEW TESTAMENT 157
78,9 105,19 1228,81^ esp. of the decalogue, Mt 5i»

Eph 215, He 919;
19l^ Mk
IQi^ Lk 1820 235«, Eo T^-^^ 139, gph 6^ of God's command- ;
ments in general, Lk 1«, i Co 7^9, i Jo 23-8 322-24 421 52, 3^ Re 12^7 1412
collectively, rj i. (cf. t. Ipyov t. <?eoS, Jo 629), i Ti B^S 11 Pe 22^ 32; (b)
of things commanded Christ by the Father Jo 12*9, so 1431 1510 (<,) :
•
of the precepts of Christ: Jo IS^* 1415,21 1510,12^ i Co 14^7. 3.

Phrases seq. Tm, Jo 13^* : ^..^X^ (as)
15^2, i Jo 323 421^ „ Jq e •
TrapaySatVeiv, Mt 153 d^^^povv, Mt 15« Eec. TrjpeTv, Mt

. 19^^ Jo ISi", ;
al. TTOulv, I Jo 52
; S(SoVat, Jo 11^^ Xafifidveiv, Jo 10^8, II Jo *
; ^xetv, ; ;
Jo 1421, He 75 e. KOL BiKano/xAXTa, Lk 1'' ivToXal avOpuiirtav (of Jewish

; ;
tradition), Tit 1^*; L Kaiv-q, Jo 133", j Jq 2^, n Jo^.t

* cVtottios, -ov {<C tottos), 0/ a place, resident : Ac 21^2.
€rr(5s «ev), adv., [in LXX: Jb I820, Ps 38 (39)3 108 (109)22,
Ca 310 6, TO, rk €., Ps 102 (103)^, Is 1&^\ Da th lO^^, Si 192«, i Mac
;
4*^*;] within: c. gen., c. vfiwv, within you (i.e. in your hearts,

E, txt.), or among you (E, mg.), Lk I721 (cf. Field, Notes, 71 Thayer, ;
8.V.; ICC, Lk, I.e.; Dalman, Words, 145 ff.); rh i., Mt 232«.t
iy-TpiiTO), [in LXX for yjs ni., D^S ni., etc.;] to turn about;
metaph., put to shame: c. ace, i Co 4^*; pass., 11 Th 3^*, Tit 2^;
mid., to reverence: c. ace. pers. (cl. c. gen.), Mt 213'^, 12*, Lk Mk
182.* 2013, He 129 (cf. Exp., iii, xiii).t MM,
* ^c-Tpe'<|>u, to train up, nurture; pass., metaph., tois Xoyots t.
TTio-Tetos, I Ti 4''.t
t €(/-Tpo|xos, -OV, [in LXX: Da th 10" (IV) hi.); e. yiyveo-Oai, Ps
17 (18)7 76 (77)18 (ts^y-,)^ 17i9, i wi Mac
132*;] trembling ivith fear
(Plut.) : Ac 732 1629, I221 (cVp-,He WH, mg.).t
cV-TpoTrVi, -%, tJ, [in LXX: Jb 203, pg 34 (35)26 43 (44)15 68
(69)7.19 70 (71)13 108 (109)29 (n?sb5)*;] 1. c. gen. pers., respect,
reverence (Soph., Polyb., al.). 2. Absol., shame (Hipp.) : i Co 6*

I534.+
£V-Tpu<t>(ia), -S, [in LXX : Is 552 574 (j^y hith.), Hb lô (chp hith.),
IV Mac 8^, etc. ;] to revel in : Iv t. dTrarais, 11 Pe 2^* (v. Mayor, in l.).t
^'-TUYxacw, [in LXX Da : th 6^2 as; (^-^p) , Wi 820 1628, „ Mac

225 436 612 1539^ ni Mac 637; seq. Kard, 1 Mac 832 io6i,63,64 1125*.]
1. to fall in with. 2. to meet xoith in order to converse. 3. to
petition, make petition : c. dat. pers., seq. virip c. gen. pers., Ac 25"-''*
(cf. Field, Notes, 140), He 72^, Eo 827.34 (^^jj^ not expressed); seq.
Kara, against : Eo II2 (cf. Ivrcu^t?, V7r€p-tvri;yxava)).t
* Ik-TuXio-aw, to wrap up (LS), roll or coil about {DCG, ii, 227*,
507*) c. ace. et dat., Mt 27*9 {iv, Tr. [WH], cf. similar sentence in
:
TT.; MM, Exp., xiii), Lk 23*3. p^gs., Jo 207.t

iv-TUTr6o>, -S> «TvVos), [in LXX for niDS , Ex 3639 (3930) A*;]
to imprint, engrave : pass, ptcp., c. dat., 11 Co 37.
** iy-ufiplioi, [in OT (Al.), Le 24ii*;] to insult, mock at: He 1029.t
ivutrvidloi (<^ ivvirvLov), [in LXX, as in NT, -ofmi, depon., chiefly
for D^n ;] to dream : iwTrvLots i., Ac 2i7 (l^^) pres. ptcp., Ju 8,t
;
ivurrfiof, -ov, to « vttvos), [in LXX chiefly for Dl^sq ;] a dream :
pi., Ac 2i'.t
tekwTTios, -ov «wi/'), [in LXX for nj^l , etc.;] face to face, in
sight (Theocr. ; aproi «., Ex 25'^) : neut., cviottiov, in vernacular, with

force of prep, c. gen. [in LXX for ^jpb , ^^^^ - etc., cf. Dalman,
Words, 31 f., 209 f., and Deiss., BS., 213], in NT, most freq. in Lk,
Ac, Ee, never in Mt, Mk, before, in the presence, of : Lk 1^^ 4", Ac A^^
6^, Ee 1* 2^'*, al. esp. c. KvpCov (Oeov), in the sight of God, or with
;
God as witness or as judge, Eo 14^2, i Co 1^9, i Ti 2\ Ja 4io, i Pe

S\ al.
'Ev6% (Heb. Cyi3N), 6, Enos (Ge 426) . Lk 338.+
t efwTiJofiai (<ôts), depon. mid., [in LXX chiefly for ]7S hi.;] to
give ear to, hearken to : c. ace, Ac 2^*,+
"E.'oJx (Heb. î3q), 6, Enoch (Ge 5^^) ; Lk S^^, He 11^, Ju^^.t
ii, V.8. CK.

indecl., six: Mt 17^ Lk 13^*, al.
il, 01, at, rd,
il-ayyiWo), [in LXX
chiefly for IDD pi. ;] to tell out, 2>foclaivi
I Pe 29 [Mk 16, " shorter conclusion "] (Cremer, 29).+
+ ^l-ayopdô), [in LXX : Kaipov vyncis efayopa^cre (]3T)i D^- LXX TH
2^*;] 1. to redeem, ransovi (esp. of slaves): metaph., Ga 3^^ 4^. 2.
to buy up; mid., to buy up for oneself: t. Kaipov, Eph 5^^, Col 4^
(Cremer, 60).+
c^-dyw, [in LXX chiefly for XSJ hi. ;] to lead out : c. ace, Mk
1520, Jo 103^ Ac 519 736 1637,39. ggq. Iô), Lk 24^0; cV, Ac 7*0 12i" 13^^
He 89 ; €«, Ac 2138.+
t^-aipe'w -u, [in LXX chiefly for bxj hi. ;] to take out : c. ace,
6^9a\fj.6v, Mt
529 18^; mid. (a) to take out for oneself, choose : Ac 26^''
(Thayer, s.v. Ac, I.e., but v. infr.)

; Page, {b) to deliver : Ac ;
710, 34 (LXX) 1211 2327 2617

(EV, but V. supr.), Ga 1*.+
^âi'pu), [in LXX for yD2 tZTT hi., ni., IID 1^3 pi., etc.;], ms ,
1 Co
5i3(Lxx)_-t-
to lift up, lift off the earth, remove :
* c^-aiWo), -w, to ask from ; mid., to ask for oneself, demand

aor., i^TTqaaro, c. acc. {obtained yotc by asking, E, mg.), Lk 22*1 (v.
Field, Notes, 76 ; Cremer, 73).+
^ât^k-T]? (WH, i^€4>vr]<;, exc. Ac 226 . y App., p. 151, and cf.
M, Pr., 35), adv. «a</)i'w), [in LXX chiefly for DXriQ;] suddenly:
Mk 1336, Lk 213 939, Ac 93 226.+
f H-aKo\ov6i^, -w, [in LXX: Am 2*, Je 22 (inx "^bn). Is 56^^
(nJES), Jb 3P (nns ni.), Si 52, Da LXX th, 3'"!'*;] to follow, follow tip
(in various senses) : metaph., 11 Pe 1^6 22' 1^.+
^âK(5aioi, -ai, -a, six hundred : Ee 13^8 I420.+
^|-a\€i<j)u, [in LXX for TOM, Le 14-*2, al. ; metaph., nna, nnC!',
etc.;] 1. to plaster, wash over (LXX). 2. to wipe off, wipe out :

SaKpvov, Ee 7^*^ 21*; metaph., y(:Lp6ypa(f>ov, Col 2^*; t. ovofia, seq. iK,
Ee 35 (MM, Exp., xiii) pass., d/mprtou (£âXt</)6^. at, WH), Ac 3^^ (of.
;
Ps 50(15)" 108(109)13, Is 4326, Si 462o (i^. ATrak-), in Mac 2i«).t

^|-d\\ojxai, [in LXX for bbp (Hb l^), etc.;] to leap up : Ac 38.
* e^-ai'doraais, -ews, r/ (<[ iiavLorTrjfii), a rising again : €K T. vinpuiv,

Phi 311 (Cremer, 308).t
^C-am-xe'XXa), [in LXX Ge 2^, Ps 103
(104)^4 131 (132)^7 146 (147)8
:
(nns hi.) ; Ps 111

(112)* (n"l7) * ;] l. trans., to cause to spring up (LXX).
2. Intrans. (as drnTcAXw, Ge 3^8^^ to spring up : Mt 13^, 4^.+ Mk
cl-acttrTTjfjii, [in LXX
chiefly for Dip ;] 1. trans., ^0 raise v/p: cnrepfxa
(cf. Ge 388), Mk 12i9, Lk 20^8. 2. In 2 aor. act., intrans., to rise
Ac I55.+
strengthened form of a-rraTdu), [in LXX Ex 8^^ '2*'
€|-airaT(£(i>, -w, :
(bbn hi.),. Da TH Su56*;] to deceive: c. ace, Eo 7^^ IG^s, i Co 3i8,

II Co 113, n Th 23; pass., i Ti 2i*.t
t i^diTiva = iiaiTLvr}^, i$aL(f>vr]^ (<!•.)» [in LXX for DXriD , etc. ;]
suddenly: Mk 98.t
+ ii-airopioj, -Q>, [in LXX, pass., for ]1B , Ps 87 (88)1^ * ;] so in NT,
depon. pass., to be utterly at a loss, be in despair : absol. (as Ps, I.e.),
II Co 48; TOV (rjv, II Co 18.t

^l-airo-oTcXXw, [in LXX freq., chiefly for nbtS' pi. ;] 1. to send
forth : c. ace. pers., Ac V^ 12^^ Ga 4* ; t. i-n-ayyeXiav, Lk 24*^ ; t. -rrvevfAa,
Ga 4^; K-^pvy/xa,
[t. Mk
16, "shorter conclusion," seq. cis, WH;]
Ac 22^1 ;
pass., 6 Xoyos, Ac 13^". 2. to send away : c. ace. pers., seq,
€-s, Ac 93"; seq. Ia;s, Ac 1122; q j^f,^ Ac 17^*; K€v6v, Lk 1" 20i«>".t
tll-apTito «a/3Ttos), [in LXX: Ex 28^ (innpu.)*;] 1. to com-
plete, finish :'t. r]p.ipa^, Ac 21*. 2. to furnish, supply : pass., 11 Ti 3^^
(for exx., V. MM, Exp., xiii; Cremer, 651).
til-atrrpdiTTw, [in LXX: Nu 33 (p-Q), {npb hithp.) 1'
Ez 1*
Da LXX 10^ (^^P)*J] io flash like lightning, gleam, be radiant:
I/i,aTio-/Ads, Lk 92^.
*^|-auTf]s (a KOivr) word, = c^ auTTjs t. (Lpa's), at oncc, forthwith:
Mk 625, Ac 1033 1111 2132 2330, Phi 223.t
el-cyeipw, [in LXX for irW ni., hi., etc. ;] to raise up : Eo 9^'^ (cf.
ICG, in 1.) ; from the dead, i Co 6i*.t
Ac
l|-cifjii
27*3.t
« ttfjii), to go forth : Ac 13*2 n^^ 20^ ; seq. cm, c. ace,
^|-€\^YX«-, [in LXX : Pr 2429 (30"), Mi 43, Is 2* (nS-" hi.), Wi 12^^,

IV Mac 2^2 *;] io convict : Ju l^ Eec. (for Ikiyx'^, WH, q.v.).t
^|-e\K(i>, [in LXX : Ge 3728 ("jpara), etc. ;] to draw out or away
metaph., imo t. itnOvixias, Ja 1^* (v. Mayor, in l.).t
*t c^^pafia, -Tos, TO (<[ iêpdoi, to evacuute, disgorge), a vomit
II Pe 222 (Lxx)^t
^l-cpauvdoj (Eec. iêpevvdo}), -w, [in LXX for "ipn , 1X3 , etc. ;] to
search out, search carefully : seq. Trepi, i Pe l^^.t
i^€p€uvd, V.S, iêpawdw.

^^-^pXO|Jiai, [in LXX
and very freq. for NS'', also for chiefly
Nia, nby, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10^\ Mk p5,
Jo 13«o, al. c. inf., Mt ll^, Mk 321, lA 726. 2e^ Ac 20\ Ee 20^; id. seq.
;
cVi, Mt 26^5^ al.; tk, Mk

pS; Tva, Ee 62; i. seq. « (cl. c. gen. loc),
Mk 52, Jo 430, al.; c^w, c. gen., Mt 2117, Mk 14«8, Ac IGâ, He IS^^;
(l7r(^, Mk 1112, Lk 9^ Phi 41*; iK€W€v, Mt I521, Mk 61, Lk 9*, al.; of
demons expelled, seq. cV (aTrd), c. gen. pers., Mk 125,26 58^ j^^ 4.35^ ^j
.
of prisoners released, Mt 52^, Ac 16*^; ptcp., i$€\6wv, c. indie, of verb

of departure (cf. Dalman, Wards, 20 f.), Mt 8^2 1521 24^, 16\ Mk
Lk 2239, Ac 129>i^ al. Metaph., (a) of persons 11 Co S^^, i Jo 2^^; of :
birth or origin, Mt 2" (^^^), 7^ (cf Ge S5^^) He

of escape from danger, . ;
CK T. xttpos avTMv, Jo 10^9 of public appearance, i Jo 4^ (b) of things

;
;
Mt 24'-'' ; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations cfiwvi^, Ee IG^'^ 19*; :
<f,^tJLrj, Mt 926, Lk 41*; dKOTj, Mk

128; x6yos, Jo 2123; 86yâ, Lk 2^ (cf.
Si-têpXo/JiaL)
Ac 83"
€^-€o-Ti
(B, mg.), I Co 1023; c.
«
elfjJ), impers. verb., it is permitted, lawful :
inf., 122.10,12 144 1526 193 2217
2^*,
27«, Mt
Mk
Mk 34 1214, Lk 62' 9 143, Jo 510 seq. a4cc., 226, Lk 6* 20^2; c. dat. ; Mk
pers. et inf., Mt 201*, 6I8 IO2, Jo 183i, Mk
Ac I621 2137 222^ (inf. under-
stood), I Co 612 ; ^ôV (so. iarC), Ac 229, II Co 12* ; i$ov 7,v, Mt 12*.t
^|-€Tciâ) (<€TaCa, (rare), to examine), [in LXX De :
13i*'i5' I918,
I Gh 289 A {•aj'\'i), Ps 10 (11)5. 6 (irra), Wi 63, Si 321, al. ;] to examine

closely, inquire carefully {of) : seq. irepC (c. aKpi^m), Mt 2^; seq. n's,
Mt 1011 ; c. ace. pers., Jo 21i2.t
SYN. : avaKpiV'j), ipavvdoi (v. DCG, U, 594^).
€^-r)Yôfjiai, -ovfjLaL, [in LXX chiefly for ISO pi. ;] to lead, show
the way; metaph., unfold, narrate, declare: c. ace. rei, Lk 243^,
to
Ac 2119; c. dat. pers., Ac 10^; Oeov (understood), Jo li^; seq. oo-a,
Ac 1512 ; KaOm, Ac 15i*.t
ii^Kovra, oi, al, ra, indecl., sixty: Mt 138.23, Mk 48.20, Lk 24i3,
I Ti 59, Ee 113 126 1318

€^^s, adv. «€xa>), in order, successively, next: tt) e. rjfi^pa, Lk
937 ; €1' Tw c. (sc. )(p6v<D), soon after, Lk 711 t^ £. (sc. ; rjfx.epa), Ac 21i
2517 27i8.t
t^|-r,xô>, -w, [in LXX: Jl 3 (4)i* (]ian). Si 40i3, iii Mac 32*;] to
sound forth (as a trumpet, or thunder; v. M, Th., I.e.): pass., i Th

18.t
lîs, -€0)9, rj (êxw), [in LXX, cf. Si, prol. ^;] habit, use, ex-
perience : He 51*.
€|-icrTTi|ULi (also in Hellenistic -to-Tavw,
89), [in for Ac LXX HU
etc. (29 words in all);] 1. causal in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put
out of its place ; metaph., e. Tim (^tpivwv (Eur.), to drive one out of his
senses, hence, absol., to confound, amaze : c. ace. pers., Lk 2422, Ac
89.11. 2. Intr. in pass, and mid., also in 2 aor., pf., plpf. act., seq. Ik
or c. gen., to stand aside from, retire from; esp. t. (fyptvwv, to lose
MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 161
one's senses (Eur.), hence, absol. (a) to be beside oneself, be : ;

mad Mk
32^, Co 5^2 (opp. to crw<f)pov€tv) (b) to be amazed, confounded : Mt
n ;
1223, 2^2 5*2 6", Lk 2*7 S^s, Ac 2^' ^2 S^s 921 10*5 12i« (Cremer, 309).t
Mk
**t i^-uTxua, [in LXX : Si 7" * ;] to have strength enough, to be quite
able : c. inf., Eph S^^.t
c|-o8os, -ov, 6 «68os), [in LXX chiefly for NÎD, also ^n,
etc. a going out, departure :
;] He II22 ; of death, Lk 9^^ 11 Pe l^*.t
t €ô\eep€u&) (so best MSS. and WH ; also read -o6p€V(o), [in LXX
freq. (rare in Gk. writers) for ms ni., hi., etc. ;] to destroy utterly
seq. €K T. Xao?, Ac 323(i'XX).t
t cl-ofioXoyeu, -w, and depon. mid., -co/xat, -ovfxai, [as always in
LXX chiefly for hi.;] 1. act. nT
cl. 6/xoA.oyea), to profess or agree to =
do (Field, Notes, 75) Lk 22". 2. Mid., to acknowledge, confess (MM,
:
Exp., xiv) T. dfjLapTta^, Mt 3",

: l^ Ja 5^"; t. 7rpd$ei<s, Ac 19^^; seq. Mk
OTL, Phi 2^^ ; c. dat. pers., to make acknowledgment to one's honour,
to praise, give praise to (as in LXX ; Kennedy, Sources, 118) : Bo
1411 (LXX) 159 (LXX). geq. 5„, Mt 1125, Lk IO21 (Cremer, 771).t
H-OV, V.S. €^€(JTl.
^ôpKiû (later form of iiopKow), [in Jg I72 (nbx), Ge 24^ LXX :
III Ki 22^" (ntZT hi.) * ;] 1. to administer an oath to (Dem., Polyb., al.).

2. to adjure : c. ace. pers., seq. Kara, c. gen. (as freq. in magic tt. ;
MM, Exp., xiv), Mt 26«3.t
*t €|-opKi<TTiis, -ov, 6 (<[ côp/ci^w), 1. One who administers an oath.
2. an exorcist : Ac 19^^ j-
€'ôpu'(raw, [in LXX : Pr 2922 ^ÔaXfxov (-ov's), Jg I621, i Ki II2
•
(Ipj) * ;] 1. to dig out, dig up aTiyqv, Mk 2* metaph., 6<l>6aXixov%

: ;
(cf. LXX, 11. c. ; Herod., viii, 116), Ga 41*.+

t ^l-ooScviu (Rec. -00) ; T, -divow), -w, [in LXX (with vv. 11. -ow,
-Oeveu), -divotsi) for 712, n73 , DNQ , U[1, etc.;] to despise, set at
nought : Mk 9^2 (cf £ôvêv£a>).t
.
^l-ouScc^b), V.S. tôvSevco).

t€ôu0e^'£'w, -oi «ov^«s, q.V.), [in LXX (v.8. côvScvcw) : I Ki 23",
al., and as v.l. for -Stvcw, -6w, -Oevooi*;] to set at nought, despise
utterly, treat with contempt : c. ace. pers., Lk 18^ 23^^, Eo 143- 1*^, i Co
16" ; c. ace. rei, Ga 4^*, i Th 520 ;
pass., of persons : Mk 912 (T, -oto),
I Co 6* ; of things : XiOost Ac 4^^ (LXX aTreSoKLfjiaa-av) ; Xoyos, 11 Co
IQlO ; ra iôvOeprjfxiva, I Co 128.t
Syn. : a6€T€(j), KaTa(f>pov€(o (v. DGG, i, 453b).
+ iioy>e€y6u>, -5, for (q.V.) Mk 9^2 T.t
^louaia, -as,
v.l.
^ « -€o>
l^co-rt), [in
:
LXX : IV Ki 20^3, Ps 113 (114)2

135 (136)8.9, Is 392, Je 28 (51)28 (nbcrpO), freq. in Da for Aram.
ItJ^ljr , etc., Wi 10^*, Si 9^3^ ^j .-j
i prop., liberty or power to act,
freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by Swa/xis

(q.V.) I Co 912; i. ^x€tv, ii Th 3*; id. seq. inf., Jo 10^8, i Co 9*'*; c.
:
gen. obj., Eo 9^^ ; seq. eVt, c. ace, Ee 22^* ; Trcpi, i Co 73'^. 2. Later
11
162 MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
(cf. Milligan, Th., 114; MM, Exj)., xiv), of the power of right,
authority: Mt 2P^, Mk ll^s, Lk 20'-; of Messianic authority, Mt 9«,
Mk of apostolic authority, ii Co 10^ 13^**
2^", al. ; of the authority of ;
government: Mt 8* 28^*, Ju''^^, Ee 12^", al. esp. of judicial authority, ;
Lk 2020, Jo Meton., (a) jurisdiction : Lk 23^ (cf. i Mac 6^\

191'^' 1^ 3.
Is 39-'); (b) a ruler or magistrate : Eo 13^-^; pi., Lk U^\ Eo 13^, Tit
3^ (c) of supramundane powers (syn. with apxy, Swa/xts, 6p6vos,
;
2i», i Pe 322, al. (Cremer.

KvpL6Tr,s) I Co 1524, Eph 121 310^ Col
: 236).
Sl'N. : V.S. 8wa/xis.
iioudidlu) «€ôwta), [in LXX (freq. in Ec) chiefly for lablT;]
1. to exercise authority (Arist.). 2. Trans., to authority
exercise
over: c. gen. pers., Lk 222^; c, gen. rei, i Co 7*; pass., to he held
under authority (v. Lft., Notes, 214) seq. : viro, i Co 6^2_t
iioxf], -^s, V «eêxoj, to stand out), [in LXX for ]B7, Jb 3928*;]
1. a projection (i. Trerpas, Jb, I.e.). 2. Metaph., eminence, excellence
01 Kar (., the chief men, Ac 2523.t
t^û^T.ltco, [in LXX: Jg 16i4.2o^ i„ Ki 3^3 (yp^), Jb 14^2 (inr
ni.)*;] to awaken oiit of sleep (= d<û7ri/t^(o) : c. ace. pers., Jo 11^^.
**t e^-uTTV'os, -ov {<Cvirvo<i), [in LXX: I Es 3^*;] roused out of sleep:
Ac 162 ".t
elu), adv. (^t^), [in LXX for pn;] 1. outside, withotit ; (a)
adverbially Mt 12^^^ 3^1 11\ Lk 820, Jo

: Mk
c. art., b I, he
18i«, al. ;
tvho is ivithout; metaph., in pi., oil., of those outside the Church,

512, 13^ Col 45 Th Co 4i«
I Co (Lft., in 1.), I 4^2; 6 I. S-vSpioiro^, 11 ; al I.
TToAets, Ac 2611 .
(^) as prep. gen.
c. Lk Ac: He 13^3,
2. 21^, 13^' 12.
After verbs motion of ;

(a) adverbially, forth, out : Mt b^^ 26'''^,
Mk 1468, Lk 22«2, Jo 6=^7 19*> i^ Ac 9*0, al. {h) as prep. c. gen., out of:
;
Mt 2117, Mk 1119 128, Lk 42«, Ac 7^8^ He 13", al.
elwGei/, adv. (ê^w; opp. to €(T<jiO(v), [in LXX for pn;] 1. prop,
(in answer to the question. Whence ?), from without Mk : 718. 2.
More often (= l|«; Bl., § 25, 3),
cf. without: Mt 232'. 28, Mk 718,
II Co 7^; TO £., Mt 2325, Lk 1139.40. ^j i i Yi 3^, Mk 411 (WH, mg.);

6 €. KoV/ios, I Pe 33 ; iKJ3dXX€iv I, Ee II2. As prep. c. gen. : Mk V\
Ee 112 1420 (cf. Robertson, Gr., 548).t
c|-w3£'w, -w, [in LXX chiefly for m3 hi. ;] 1. to thrust out
Ac 74^. 2. to drive out of the sea, drive on shore : Ac 27^^ (WH, txt.,
eK(Tajo"ai).T
+ elwTepos, -a, -ov (compar., from e^w ; opp. to ia-taTepos), [in LXX
chiefly for ]i2:^n outer : o-kotos, Mt 812 22i3 253o,t
;]
loiKtt, pf with pres. sense, [Jb

.
63. 25 ;*] Iq Jjq HJ^g .-
q. dat., Ja 1"' 23.t
loprdjô) {<:îopTrj), [in LXX for 33n;] to keep festival : i Co 58.
ôpTTJ, -r}s, 17, [in LXX for an (chiefly), IITI^;] a feast, festival:
Lk 242, Jo 51 64 737, Col 216 ; ^ L rod Trdo-xa, Lk 24i,

Jo 13i ; t. A^vfjooy,
Lk 221; ri a-K-qvoir-qyCa, Jo 72 (Deiss., LAE, 116); ev T. c., Mt 265,
Mk 142, Jo 445 711 1220 (,7â^ ,'^
1.)^ ib. 223 . ,.5 ^. I, (yoy ^/^g f^^^^^
Jo 132»; dvaâtVetv, IpxeoOai £ts t. €., Jo 4« T^' !« llê 1212; ^5 f

/-t€o-ovo-r??, Jo 71*; Kari e. (ai each feast), Mt 27", 15«, Lk 23^^ Mk
E, mg. T. e. TTOtciv, Ac 18^^ Kara TO (.6o<i T^s I., Lk 2^2 t ;
«
;
^TT-aYYcXia, -as, 17
c'TrayyeXA-to), [in LXX : Ps 55(56)8 (niSD),
etc.;] 1. a summons (as Attic law-term, Dem., al.). 2. a promise
(Dem., Arist., al.) : Ac 232^; esp. in NT of the divine promises, Ac 7^",
Ro 414= i« 9^ Ga 31"' 18' 21 423, He8« liy-i", 11 Pe 3^; c. inf., 4^; He
ytVcrat, etc., c. dat. pers., Ac 2^9, Ro 4^3, Ga 3i« seq. Trpos, Ac 13^2 26''
;
iirayyiktcrdai t^v i., I Jo 2"^ ;

^X^'*'
ei'ayyeAias, He 7^, II Co 7^ ; eivat iv
eVayyeAta, Eph 62; tA reKva t^s e., Ro 9^, Ga 428;
tj yij tJJ<; e.. He 11^
T. TTvev/Att T^s €. T. aytov, Eph 1^^ ai Sm^j/Kai ti}s c., Eph 2^2 ; rj i. t. Oeov, ;
Ro 420 pi., II Co 12*>; ai i. t. TraTcpwv, Ro 15^; c. gen. obj., t. ^co^s

;
(v. Dalman, Words, 103), i Ti 4^; t. Trapoucrtas airov, 11 Pe 3"*; âr

cVayyeAtav, Ac 13^^, Ga 3^^, II Ti 1^ 8t' €7rayy£Aias, Ga 3^^ crv/i/xtVoxa ; j
ttJs £., Eph 3^ Ao'yos cVayyeAias, Ro 9^.

; By meton. (cf. cAtti's), of a
promised blessing Lk 24*9, Ac l^^ Ga 3^2, He 612. i5, 17 iqsg his, 33, 39
:
c. gen. epexeg., Ac 2=^^^ Ga S^^, He 9^^ (Cremer, 27).+

iTr-ayy£K\<o, [in LXX : Es 4^ (llON), Pr 13^2, Wi 2^3, al. ;] 1. to
announce, j^ôclaim. 2. (a) to inomise ; (b) to profess. Mid., also
freq. in both these senses (c) to promise : c. dat. pers.. He 6^^ q ; j
ace. rei, Ro 42\ Tit I2 c. dat pers. et ace. rei, Ja 1^2 2^, 11 Pe 21^
;
cVayyeAtav, I Jo 2^^ ; C. inf., Mk 1411, Ac 75 ; seq. Aeywv, He 1226 .

ptcp.,
He 1023 1111 (^^ ^0 profess : Oeoae/SeLav,
. I Ti 210 ;
yt^câ-ty, ib. 621. p^gs.,
Ga 319 (cf. Trpo-tTrayyeAAw and V. Cremer, 26).+ ;
* eTT-dyyeXii.a, -to';, to «; eVayysAXw), a promise : II Pe I'* 3^3 f

iTT-dyij}, [in LXX for Ni2 hi., etc. (29 words in all) ;] to bring upon :
dat. et ace, Pe 2^; eaurois (for cl. mid., v. Mayor, in 2i;

c. 11 i. 1.), ib.
e. TO alfia (cf. Ge 20^), Ac 528.+

*+ cir-aYwi'iô/xai, depon. ; 1. to contend with (P\ut.). 2. to contend
for (C.I., 2335, 19) : c. dat. rei, Ju 3.t
*+ eir-a6poiâj, to asseinble besides (Plut.) pass., Lk ll^^.t :
'EiraivcTos (Rec. -to'?), -ov, 6, Epcenetus, a Christian of Rome

Ro 16^+
cir-aii'e'w, -w, [in LXX for bbn pi., nZVJ pi. ;] to praise : c. ace,
Ro 1511. I Co 1122 . seq. 5„, Lk 168, i Co II2 ; absol., seq. Sn, i Co ll^' .+
€ir-an'os, -ov, 6, [in LXX for H^nri , etc. ;]

praise : Ro 22^ 133,
I Co 45, II Co 818, Eph 1«. 12, 14,

Phi 111 48, I Pe 1^ 2^*.+
eiT-aipu, [in LXX for HiD2 , Dll , etc. ;] to lift up, raise : t.
dpT€>ova, 27*"; x"pa?. Lk

Ac 2450, i Ti 28; K€<f>a\ds, Lk 2128; 6cf>0a\-
fiov^, Mt Lk
620 1623 i8i3_ Jo 435 6^ 17^
178, ; <^wvr?v, Lk 1127, Ac 21* 1411
2222 ^ TTTipvav (fig.), Jo 13^8^ Pass., Ac 1^
. ; metaph., to be lifted up
with pride : 11 Co 10^ 112o.t
cTT-aitrxuVoîai, [in LXX: Jb 3419 (nct:), Ps 118(119)6 (tZTia),
Is 129 A (nun)*;] to be ashamed {of): absol., 11 Ti 1^2. q q^qq pers.,
Mk 838, Lk 926; c. ace rei, Ro l^^, 11 Ti 18. 16; cm, c. dat. rei, Eo 621
c. inf.. He 2i-
; c. ace. pers. et inf.. He 11^6,
e'TT-aiT^w, -i, [in LXX: Ps 108(109)io (bxcr). Si 40^8 *;] to ask

besides. 2. to beg (as a mendicant; cf. MM, Exp., xiv) Lk 16^ IS^^ :
(Cremer, 74).
îr-aKoXooGe'w, -w, [in LXX (chiefly metaph.) for IIHH , "-[bn , etc.;]
to folloiv after ; in NT
metaph.; absol. le^^^J (illustrated by use : Mk
in verifying accounts; v. MM,
Exp., xiv; Milligan, NTD, 78); c. dat.
pers., of sins, i Ti 52" (cf. Ellic. and CGT, in 1.); r. Ixvio-iu, i Pe 2^1;
epyw dyoôi, I Ti 5^^.f
cir-aKoou, [in LXX for lf}:it27, HiV , etc.;] 1. to listen to. 2. to
hearken to, hear with favour (one's prayer) gen. pers., ii Co 6^ (t-xx^f
: c.
* cTr-aKpodofjiai, -uyfiai, to listen attentively : Ac 16-^ (cf. Page,
in l.).t
teir-(£i',conj. (<ê7r€i, q.v., av), later form of eVi^v, after, when: c,
subjc. pres., Lk ll^^; c. subjc. aor., Mt 28, Lk ll^^.t
* CTrai'dyKYjS, -es (<[ dvay/cr;) only in neut.; 1. eVavayKCS (sc. cctti), it
,
is compulsory, necessary. 2. As adv., of necessity : Ac IS^^f

eTr-av-dya), [in LXX : Za 4^2 {p^^ hi.), Si 172" 2628, „ Mac 921
12* * ;] to bring up or back (sc. i aCs) ; to ptut out to sea {DB, iii, 63^)
Lk 5^'*; intrans., to return: Mt 21^8_f
* eTT-aca-fxifivriaKcj, to remind again: c. ace. pers., Eo 15^^.
cir-afa-irauw, [in LXX, mid., for 013 , ]VUf ni. ;] to refresh, cause to
rest (upon); mid., to rest upon: metaph., c. dat,, Eo 2^'^; seq. iiri, c.
ace, Lk 10" (Cremer, 827).t
eir-ai'-^PXOjjiai, [in LXX for miS^ , etc. ;] to return : Lk 10^^
igis.t
ciT-af-ioTT)ni, [in LXX chiefly for Dip;] to raise up against;
mid., to rise up against : seq. iiri, c. ace. pers., Mt 102\ Mk 13i2_f
** eir-ai'-6p0wo-is, -€ws, 17 (<[ iTravopOoo), to Correct, restore ; cf 11 Mac .
222), [in LXX: i Es 8^2^ j Mac 14^4*;] correction: of life, 11 Ti 3i«

(cf. MM, Exp., xiv).t
cTT-dj'w, adv., [in LXX for nby© , !?jr, bjr© , etc.;] above;
1. adverbially; (a) of place Lk 11** {b) of number, more than : Mk
:
;
14^ I Co 15". 2. As prep. 0. gen. (a) of place Mt 2« 51* 21^ 23i8, 20, 21;
; :
2737 282, Lk 439 10^9, Ee G* 20^; (6) of pre-eminence: Lk IQi^.iy,

Jo 38i.t
* eir-dpaTos, -ov (<^ €7rapao/tat, io imprecate), accursed : Jo 7*^
(for exx. from tt., v. MM, â;j!J., xiv; cf. Cremer, 108).
**eTT-apK^w, -w, [in LXX
i Mac 82« 11^^*;] 1. to be strong enough
:
for. 2. to ward off. 3. to aid, relieve : c. dat. pers., i Ti S^"' i"

(mid., WH,mg.).t
tîrapxeia (Eec. -xâ, V, Bl., § 3, 5), -as, 7} {<C tirapxos, a prefect),
[in LXX: Es 4^^ (njiTp), Jth 3" A*;] the jurisdiction of a prefect, a
province : Ac 23^* 25^t
*t eirdpxcios, -ov, of a prefect: rj i. (sc. i$ov<Tia) = fVapveia, q.V., Ao
251 (WH, mg.).t
cTT-auXis, -cws, v «avXi?), [in LXX for lyn, n^M, (I.e.), etc.;]
a divelling, habitation : Ac 1^'' (LXX)^f
t eir-aupiof, adv., [in LXX for IHI^, Ge 30^^, elsewhere, Ex 9^,
al., for nirin ;] on the morrow : in NT, ^ c. (sc. w^pa), Mt 21^^, Mk

11^2 Jo 129 Ac 10^ al.
Epaphras : Col 1^ 412, Phm^s.t
'
'ETra<t.pas, -a (Bl.,* § 7, 4), 6,
*+ €Tr-a<j>pilâ), to foam up metaph., t. aior;^wa?, Ju^^.t
:
*ETra<j)p68iTos, -ov, 6 (i.e. charming) Epaphroditus : Phi 2* 4^^.t ;
eTr-eyeipw, [in LXX for l^V hi., Dip hi., etc.;] to rouse up, excite
c. ace. rei, 8iwyfx6v, Ac 13^" i/^vx^s, ib, 142.t ;
cTTci, conj. (eVt, €i), lohen, since ; 1. of time, when, after: Lk 7^

(Eec., WH, mg.). 2. Of cause, since, because: Mt 1832 21*6 27«,
Mk 15*2, Lk 134, Jo 1329 1931^ Ac 1346 (Eec, WH, mg.), i Co I412,
II Co 1118 133, He 52.11 613 917 1111 ; i. oZv, He 21* 4«. With ellipsis,
otherwise, else: Eo 11«' 22, He 92^; i. ^â, i Co 510 71*; intro-
ducing a question, Eo 3«, i Co 141^ 152», He IO2 (cf. iv Mac 133 27, 19
424.26).+
€iT€i-8ii, 1. of time, when noto, after that
conj. ; : Lk 71 (WH,
txt.). 2. Of cause, seeing that, for asnnich as: Lk 11^, Ac 134" (WH,
txt., EV) 1412 1524, I Co 121.22 1410 1521^ Phi 226.+
forasmuch as ("a stately compound," freq. in
*cTr6i-8ii-iT6p, con]. ,
cl. and
suitable for the formal introduction of Lk) Lk li.t :
tTT-eiSoi', 2 aor. without pres. in use [in chiefly for nXT ;] ;

LXX
to regard with attention, look upon (in cl., of the gods) 1. with a ;
view to bless c. inf., Lk 125 (cf. DB, 136i5).

: 2. To punish seq. l-n-i, :
Ac 429.t
?Tr-eifjii, [in LXX: Ex 822 ds) (tq^), Si 42i9, etc.;] 1. to come
upon, approach. 2. Of time, to come on or after; mostly as ptcp,,
iTTLwv, -ovo-a, 6v, next, following : as freq. in late Gk.),
rrj e. (sc. -^/xepa,
Ac 1611 201^^ 2118; yficpu (as usual 'in cl), Ac 726 ; wktl, Ac 23ii.t
cirei-irep, conj., since indeed: Eo 33" (Eec; eiTrcp, WH).t
*€Tr-€i<r-aywYi7, -^s, a bringing in besides or in addition (Hipp.,
rj,
FIJ, al.) 71^ (cf. : He MM, Exp., xiv).t

€-nr-€ia-^PXOfxai, [in LXX I Mac I6I6 (c. dat.) * ;] to come in
:
upon: seq. cVi, Lk 2135. +

etrciTa, adv. of sequence, [in LXX: Nu 19iÂ, Is 162, ly Mac
63*;] thereupon, thereafter, then: Lk 16", Ga I21, Ja 4i4; seq. /lera
rovTO, Jo 11'; /x€Ta err; Tpla, Ga 11®; Sta Se/carco-crapwv cVoiv, Ga 21
TrpwTov I., I Co 1546, I Th 41^ He 72
. . . Trp6repov t, He 727 ; . . .
dTrapxr; . . . I., I Co 15^3; ^Ta . . . i., I Co 155.6 (WH, txt.)

I . . . I, I Co 155-7 (WH, mg.) ; rpirov ... I. (bis), i Co 1228.+
iiT-iKeiva, adv. (= eTr' eVelva), [in LXX: Le 2227, Nu 32i9,
al. (nii^n), etc.;] beyond; c. gen., Ac 7''3(l^^x).+
* extend:
€ir-eK-Tcii/w, to mid., to stretch forward: c. dat.,
Phi 313.+
166 MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT
^TrefSuTTjs, -ov, 6 « iirevSvui), [in LXX for bijrp , Le 8'' A (Aq.

Ki 18^ A, II Ki 1318*;] an otiter tunic (EV, coat) Jo 217.t
i-n-eySvfjLa), I :
*t îT-€i'-8uw = -SwVo) (Hdt.), to put on over; pass. (Plut., al.), to

have on over, he clothed upon : ii Co 5-»*,t
^TT-^PXCfjiai, [in LXX for NIZl, "ISJr etc.;] 1. to come to, arrive, ,
come on: seq. ano, c. gen. loc, Ac 14^^ (eTr^Xâv; cf. M, Pr., 65;
Deiss,, BS, 191) of ; tinae, Eph 2*". 2. come upon (as in Horn.) of
to :
calamities, Lk 2126, Ac 82-^ 13*«, Ja 5^ ; an enemy, Lk 11^2 of the

of ;
Holy Spirit, Lk l^s, Ac 1*, [in LXX : ytyvo/xat eVi', Jg 14^, i Ki 11«, al.].+
^n-epwrdo), -w, [in LXX chiefly for bxiS' , also for cni , etc. ;] to in-
quire of, consult, question : c. ace. pers., Mk 12^*, Lk 2^", al. ; c. dupl.
ace, Mk 717 1129, Lk 20*«, al. ; c. ace. pers., seq. Aeyw, Mt 12^8, Mk 9^1
6/, Mk 823, Lk 236, al.; L ^€oV, Ro 102Mlxx), 2. In late Gk., to beg of,
demand of: c. ace. pers. et inf., Mt 16^ (cf. ipwrdw; and v. Cremer,
716).
** iiT-€pi^Tr]iia, -ros, to, [in LXX: Da th 4^* [ubii^), Si 36(33)3*;]
1. a questio7i, an inquiry (Hdt., Thuc). 2. a demand : 1 Pe 32^ (v.
ICC, in l.).t
lTr-€'xa), [in LXX for bin

also Si 8^ 31 (34)2, „ âc 52^ 9^^, , etc. ;
al.;] 1. to hold upon. 2. Like 7rape;â) (as in Hom., al.), to hold out,
offer : Xoyov C'^rjs, Phi 2^^. 3. to hold or direct towards, sc. vovv ;
(a) absol., to intend, purpose ; (b) to observe, give attention to (v. MM,
Exp., xiv) seq. 7ra>s, Lk 14'^ c. dat. pers., Ac 3^, i Ti 4^". 4. to stay,
: ;
wait : Ac I922 (in legal phrase, MM, Exp., l.c.).t

*iTTripidl<a {<iiTrrjpeia, spiteful abusc), to revile: c. ace. pers.,
Lk 628; c. ace. rei (but v. ICC, in 1.), i Pe S^^.f
cTTi (before a smooth breathing iir, before a rough breathing icfi'),
prep. e. gen., dat., ace. (ace. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of
superposition, on, upon. I. C. gen,, 1. of place, answering the
question, where? (a) of the place on which, on, upon: i-n-l (t.) y^?,
Mt 6i*>' 19,
al.; t. Ke<âA^?, i Co lli« ; r. v£<êAwv, Mt 243o, al. ; like Iv, in
constr. prcegn. after verbs of motion : ^dkXeiv, Mk 42" a-ivdpuv, ib. î

;
tpxea-Oai, He 6^, al. ; fig., i-rr dXrjOeias (MM, of the subject of

s.v. d.) ;
thought or speech, Ga S^^ ; of power or authority, over, TrdiTwv, Eo 9^

T. yd^rj^, Ac 82' ; iôva-La im, Ee 22^ 20« ; (6) of vicinity, at, by : t.
daXdaar]?, Jo 6^ ; t. oSoO, Mt 2V^ ; Tov fSdrov, Mk 1226 (v. Swete, in 1.)
c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28i'*, Ac 233^, i Co 6\ al.

2. Of time, (a) e. gen. pers., in the time of: iirl 'EAtcratou, Lk 42''; i-n-l
KXav^Lov, Ac 1128; i-jrl 'AfîdOap dpxiepews, when A. was high priest,
Mk 226; (6) c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1", He I2, 11 Pe S^; iirl
T. irpoo-evxwv fiov (rjfiwv), Eo l^^, Eph l^^, i Th 12, Phm *. IL C. dat.,
of place, answering the question, where? (a) lit., on, upon: Mt 9i'"',
148, al. after verbs of motion (v. supr., i, 1, (a)), Mt 9^6 Ac 8^6
;
above, Lk
2338 at, by, 1329, Jo 52, Ac 5^, al.
; Mk
(b) metaph., upon, ;
on the ground of, Lk 44(i'XX)j ^^ the matter of, 6*2 (y_ Swete, in Mk
1.) ; upon, of, concerning, Ac 5^^' *<* of the ground, reason or motive ;
(Bl., § 38, 2 ; 43, 3), Mt 18^ 199, Eo 12^2, al. c0* c2,/or the reason that. ;
because, Eo 5^^^ u Co 5* ; after verbs of motion, over, Mt IS^^^ jjq jgig^

al. ; of a condition (cl.), Eo S^", i Co 9^**; hrl Sval fjutprva-tv (v. Westc.
on He 910), lO^s He ; of purpose or aim, Eph 2i«, Phi 4^0
; of authority,
over, Mt 24*^ Lk 12**; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12^2!
in addition to (cl.), 11 Co 7^^; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phi 1^ 2^^. III.
C. ace, 1. of place of motion upon or over, answering the question,
whither? {a) lit., upon, over: Mt 1428.29^ Lk b'^^, al. mult.; in NT
also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), 42^ II2, Mk
Lk 225, Jq ]^32 iî ^ ^^^^ A(j lib 21, al. of motion to a vicinity, to,
.
;
Mk 162, Ac 8^®, al. (6) metaph. (in wh.

" the ace. is more widely
;
prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., § 43, 1) of blessings, evils, ;
etc., coming upon one, c. ace. pers., Mt 10^^ 122^, Ac 2^''', Jo 18*, Eph
5^, al. of addition (dat. in cl.), Xvirq hrl Xxnrqv, Phi 22"; eViKoXciv ovo/xa
;
i-n-i (v.s. liriKokioi), Ac 15^''^, Ja 2^; KoXfiv cTTt, to call after, Lk 1^^; of
number or degree: cttI rpts (cl. ek t.), thrice, Ac 10^^ 11^^ ; hrl ttXciov,
the more, further, Ac 4^^ ii Ti 2i« 3^ (v. also infr., 2, (a)) ; ^<^' ocrov (v.
infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25*"' *5, Eo IP^; of power, authority,
control, Lk 1^3, Ac 7^^ Eo 5^*, He 3^ al. ; of the direction of thoughts
and feelings, unto, towards, Lk T^ 2328, Ac Q^^.**, Eo II22, Ga 49,
Eph 2\ I Ti 5*, al. ; of purpose, for, Mt 3^ Lk 23*8 .
^y »
^^^^^ (j^gg
€<^' <L), Mt 2650; of hostility, against, Mt 24^, Mk 32*-26 IQH 138, Lk 9*,
Jo 13^8^ Ac 75*, I Co 7^®, II Co 123 J
Qf reference, concerning, for (cl.
usually dat.), Mk 9^2 152*,Jo I92*, Eo 49. 2. Of time, (a) during,
for: Lk 425 (WH, txt., omits kiri), Ac 1^^^ 16^8, He llô, al.; e>' So-ov
(xpovov), as long as, for so long time as, 9^^^ Eq 71^ a,l. (for
€<J!)'
o. in Mk
another sense, v. supr., 1, (b)) e<^' t/cavdv (v.s. t.), Ac 20^^ iirl TrXeiov ; ;
(v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, ftirther, Ac 20^ 24* {b) on, about, toxvards ;
(cl. cts) Lk 10^5 Ac 3^ 4^. IV. In composition, cVt signifies up,

: :
liraipoi ; upon, tTTiyetos, iTnSrjfieo), eTrtxaî'ôj towards, eTriÂcTro), cttc/c- ;
Tetvw ; over (of superintendence) eirLarTa.Tr]<; again, in addition, iiraiTew, , ;
CTTKrwayo) ; against, i-TnopKeu), iTTL/ôvXr].

itri-âiyu, [in LXX chiefly for MT;] 1. ^0 g'ei w^ on, mount:
seq. eTTt', 21^ (L^^) to embark in (a boat), go aboard : c. dat.,
c. ace, Mt ;
Ac 272 seq. cts, Ac 21^ (Eec.) absol., Ac 212.

; 2. to go up to, go on ;
to, enter : seq. ek, Ac 20^8 21*; c. dat., Ac 25^t

^m-pdXXw, [in LXX for nblS', jyVff , etc.;] 1. trans., to cast, lay
or put upon : c. ace. et dat., Mk 11'', i Co 7^^ | c. ace, seq. eVt c. ace,
Ee 18^9, WH, mg. ; t. x"pa (-"5) cVi (Bl., § 37, 7), of seizing a prisoner,
Mt 2650, Lk 20^9 2112, Jo 7^0, Ac 5^8 2127 c. dat. (Polyb.), 14*«,
. Mk
Ac 43 ; c. inf., Ac 12^ t^ X- ;
^'^' aporpov, Lk 9^2 •
i-^ri/^Xrj/xa inl Ifxariov,
Lk 53" ; eiri t/iaTto), Mt 9^*'. 2. Intrans., (a) to throw oneself or rush
upon T. Kvfxara cts t. ttXoIov,
: ; metaph., to put one's mind upon Mk 4^^^
(but V. Field, Notes, 41 ff.), iinfiaXoiv l/cXatcv, when he thought thereon

(se T. p-qixaTi), he wept (EV, txt. E, mg., he began to weep ; cf. M, Pr., ;
131) : Mk
14^2 (y_ aisQ Swete, in 1.) {b) to fall to one's share : to ;
linPaXXov (se dat.; Hdt., al., a technical formula freq. in tt. ; Deiss.,
BS, 230, LAE, 152), Lk 15i2.t
*t Im-Pap^w, -to, to put a burden on, be burdensome: fig., absol,,

II Co 25 ; c. ace. pers., i Th 2^, ii Th S^ (cf. M, Th., i, 2»).t
cTri-ptpdlâ), [in LXX chiefly for Ml hi. ;] to place upon : c. ace.
pers., Lk 103* ig^^, Ac 2324.t
ciri-pXe'irw, [in LXX
n3Q HNT etc. ;] to look upon.
for ^13 hi., , ,
In NT, as in LXX (i Ki l^^ Ps 24 (25)i6, To 3^, al.), to look on

9i«,
with favour : seq. eVi, c. ace. pers., Lk 1*^ 9^^, Ja 2^.f

£7ri-p\T]fjia, -T09, TO, [in LXX: Is 3^2*;] 1. that lohich is thrown
over, a cover. 2. a tapestry, hanging (Is, I.e.). 3. that which is put
on ; (a) embroidery ; {b) a patch : Mt 9^«, Mk 2-1, Lk 536,t
cm-podw, -w, to cry out : Ac 25'^* (Eec, for ySodoj, q.v.).+
^m-pouXi^, -ijs, V, [in LXX : Es 2^2, i Es 5^3, n Mac 5^, al. ;] a
i9
plan against, a plot : Ac 9^* 20^. 233«.t
t cm-yafjippeuw «ya/i/8pos, a connection by marriage), [in LXX:
Ge 349, I Ki 1821
ff.^
n Ch IS^, 11 Es 9^* (]nn hithp.), Ge 388 r (q-j, pi,)^
I Mac 105*'5'5*;] 1. to enter into affinity with: c. dat. (LXX, 11. c,

exc. Ge 38^). 2. to marry (as deceased husband's next of kin, cf.
Ge 388) c. ace, Mt 222*.t
.
* -ov (<[ in-i, y^), of the earth, earthly :

cTri-yeios, to. e., Jo 3^^^
Phi 2i» 319 (anarth.) ; o-wfiara, i Co 15*o ; oUm, 11 Co 5^ ; o-o<îa, Ja 3^5
(Cremer, 153).+
** ^m-YiVo/jiai (v.s. yivofiai), [in LXX: Ep. Je*siii Mac25*;] to
arrive, arise, come on : Ac 28i3_f
cTTi-yii'wo'Ku, [in LXX chiefly for 133 hi., also for TTV etc.;] ,
"directive" of ytvwa-Ko> (AE, Eph., 249), as in el.; 1. to observe,

perceive, discern, recognize ; (a) absol. : Ac 251*^, i Co 13^^ | geq, ^ji^
Lk 122; ^^ TTve^fxaTL, seq. on, Mk 2^ ;

(b) e. ace. rei: Lk 1* 522, Ac 12i*
273^ Eo 132, II Co 113, Col 1«, Ti 43; iy iavrCi,

I 5^^; seq. on, Mk
I Co 1437; (c) e. aec. pers.: Mt 112^ 1435 1712^ 633 (t^ ^^^^^'^^ but Mk
LTr., WH, E, omit the pron., and LTr., WH, txt., read eyvwo-av), ib. 5*,
Lk 24i«' 31, I Co 1618, II Co li* ; seq. dTro, c. gen. rei, Mt 71"' 20 ; geq.
oTi, Ac 310 413, II Co 135 ;
pass., i Co I312 ; opp. to dyvoov>£voi, u Co 6^.
2. to discover, ascertain, determine : Ac 93** ; seq. on, Lk 73^^ 23''', Ac
1934 2229 2411 281 Q ace. rei, seq. quaest.,
. Ac 2328 81 yv aWiav,
; Ac
222* . Tj-apa, c. gen. pers., seq. Trept, c. gen. rei, Ac 248 . ^ ^g^^ ^^
BiKatocrvvT}^, II Pe 221 (gf. Lft., Col, 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113;
AE, Eph., 248 ff.).+
t eiri-ykwais, -eus, 17 (<C] cTriyivwo-Ku, q.V.), [in LXX : III Ki 71* (B.
yv-), Pr 25, Ho 4i«

« 6^ «" (njri), Jth 91*, 11 Mac 911 * ;] acquaintance,
discernment, recognition (Plut., al.) Phi 1^, Col 31''; e. gen. rei. Col 1^ :
22, Phm « t. iXrjdita^, 1 Ti 2*, 11 Ti 225 37^ Yit li. He IO26

; t. d/xaprta^, ;
Eo 320 c. gen. pers., of God: Eph li^. Col lio, 11 Pe V'*; of Christ:
;
Eph 413, n Pe 18 220; of God and Christ: 11 Pe 12; Kar i., Eo 102;
Ixctv €v €., Eo 1^8 (y, AE, Eph., 248 ff. and for a somewhat difiierent ;
view, Thayer, s.v. ; Lft. on Col, 1^; Tr., Syn., Ixxv; Cremer, 159 f.;
cf. ata-Orja-Li).^
*^m-Ypo<|)ii, -jjs, 17 {<^€7nypa.<f>u}), an inscription: Mt 22^0, Mk 12^'

152«, Lk 202* 2338.t
^m-Ypti<â), [in LXX for ans, Nu ITî"); fig., Je 38(31)33, al.;]
to write upon, inscribe: Mk ISê, Ac 1723, Ee 21^2. gg^ He 8^0 (^xx)
IQie (ib.).t
im-UUyuixi, [in LXX : Pr 121^ (niQ hi.), Is 3726 (Nin hi.), Ep.
Je II Mac 1532, al. ;] 1. to show, exhibit, display : c. ace. et dat.,
5^,
Mt 16^ 22^^ 24:\ Ilk 17^*. Mid., to display for oneself or as one's own
(but cf. Bl., § 55, 1): Ac 93^, 2. to show, point out, prove: c. ace,
He 617; c. ace. et inf., Ac 1828 (cf. Exp., xiv).t MM,
** ^m-Se'xofiai, [in LXX
Jth 13^3 b2, i Mac 10^ 1423, gi 5126^ al. ;]
:
1. in cl., of things, to allow of, admit of (Dem., Arist., al.). In late

writers, 2. to accept besides (Polyb.), to accept (in tt. of the terms of a
lease v. ICC, on iii Jo, I.e.)
; ni Jo ^. 3. (a) to receive besides :
(Menand.) (b) to receive hospitably (i Mac, Si, 11. c.) iii Jo ^^.t
;
:
* ^Tri-8r]|i^«, -a» «| 8^/xos) 1. to be at home (Thuc., Plat., al.), ;
2. to stay in a place, sojourn (Plat., Xen., al. and v. MM, Exp., ;
xiv) Ac 2i« 17^1 seq. iv, ib. 18^7 (WH, mg.).t

: ;
*+ liTi-8io-Tdffao/iai, to add provisions to a document Ga 3^^ (cf :
€inhvadrjK7}, a second will, FIJ, BJ, ii, 2, 3 the word is used of wills ;
in TT., cf. Deiss., LAE, 87).t

^m-8i8w)jii, [in LXX for ]n3 , etc. ;] 1. to give over, to hand : c.
ace. rei et dat. pers., Mt V^'^\ Lk *2^ Ac 1530; pass. c. dat.

II11.12 2439.
pers., Lk 4^''. 2. to give in, give way : absol., Ac 27i^.t
*+ eiri-St-opOcSo), to set in order further : Tit 1^ (Inscr. ; Cremer, 808).
^m-8.Joi, [in LXX De 24^5^ Jos 829, Je 15^ (xn) *;] to go down,
:
set (of the sun) : Eph 42«.t

ciriciKCia, V.S. iiruLKia.
im€iKri%, -cs « ci/cos, likehj), [in LXX : Ps 85 (86)^ (n^D), Es

8^3*;] 1. seemly, fitting (Horn.). 2. equitable, fair, moderate: i Ti
33, Tit 32, I Pe 218, Ja 3^7 ; t6 e. (Thuc., i. 76), Phi 4^ (cf. Mayor, Ja,
I.e., and V.S. €7rieiKia).+
Ba 22',
^mciKia (Rec.
Da LXX
-eiK€La), -as,
3'42) 424^ ^h
v
3'*2)^
«„ Mae^7rt«Kr?9), [in
222 10*, iii
LXX Wi :
Mac
2^^ 1218,
3^^ 7«*;]
fairness, moderation, gentleness {" siveet reasonableness," Matthew
Arnold) :Ac 24* ; c. irpavrf]-:, 11 Co lO^.t
Syn. : irpav-n}'; (v. Tr., Syn., § xliii).
liri-tTiWu, -w, [in LXX chiefly for tZhl , iv Ki 88, Is 62^2, al.
also for mpi, I Ki 20^, Ee Ho 3^; ipQ, 11 72^ '28), Ki 38;] "directive"
of ^T^reoD (MM, Exp., xiv), to inquire for, seek after, wish for c. ace. :
rei, Mt 632 1239 154^ Lk 123o, Ac 1939, Rq ht^ pî 417^ He 11^* 13i*;
c. ace. pers., Lk 4*2, Ac
12i9; c. inf., Ac IS^.t
** emOai'dTios, -ov, [in LXX Da Bel 3i condemned to death : ;]
I Co 49.+
eiri-0eais, -cws, rj {<;^€inTWr]iii), [in LXX: II Ch 252^ {'^Wp)^ Ez
23^^ (n:?;?) II Mac 4*1 5* 14^5*.] i ^ laying on: x^'P*"". ô S^^, i Ti
41*, II Ti 1«, He 62 (cf. Westc, He., I.e.; CGT on 1 Ti, I.e.). 2. an
attack, assault (11 Mae, ll.c.).+
^mOo|xâ), -w {<^0vfi6<i), [in LXX chiefly for mx pi., hithp. ; also
for lan , etc. ;] to set oiie's heart upon, after, covet
desire, lust
absol., Ja 42, Eo V IS^d-xx)^ i Co lO^ (cf. 2«); seq. Kara
iv Mac
(against, in opposition to), Ga 5^'^; prop, (as in el.) c. gen., Ac 20^^,
I Ti
3I; in late Gk. also c. ace. (M, Pr., 65), Mt 5^8 (Eec. avri}^;
T omits; cf.Mi 2^, Wi 163, ^1.); c. inf., Mt IS^^, Lk 15i«
Ex 20l^
1621 1722^ I pe ii2_ Re Qf- e. ace. et inf., He 61^ as in Hebrew, ; ;
iTTidvfjua liriOvixTrjaa, Lk 22l*.t

Syn. 6piyw (cf. Field, Notes, 204), Âco {DCG. i, 453^).
:
cTTiGofjiTiTiis, -oS, 6 iTnOvfiew), [in LXX

elvai. €., Pr 122 (^Q^) * ;] one longing for, lustful after
«
Nu ll^* (mx hithp.)
kukwv, i Co
:
10«.t
cTri0u(iia, -as, r] « i-n-tOvfxeu)), [in LXX chiefly for niNl? , niK also ;
for Tian , etc. ;] desire, longing : Lk 22^5 (y_s_ ^îî^^^'o,), Phi 123, j Th
2^", Ee 18^*; pi., Mk 4^^; esp. with ref. to forbidden things, desire,
lust (Vg., concupiscent ia) : Eo T^^, Ja li*'i\ 11 Pe 1*; pi., Ga 52*,
I Ti 6», II Ti 222 43, I Pe l^* 42; Traôs iTnOvfjLia^, I Th 4^ ; i. KUKJ, Col

3^; c. gen., fjnaa-fj-ov, 11 Pe 2^** (v. Mayor, in 1.); t. KapSiwv, Eo I2*; t.
Koa-fiov (aroused by the world), i Jo 2^"^ ; t. crw/uaros, Eo 6^2 j ^ dTrarr;?,
Eph 422 (v. ICC, in 1.) ; t. crap/cc^s, i Jo 2^\ 11 Pe 2i8 (without art.), Ga
5I6
; T. 6ct>0a\pwv, I Jo ; o-ap/ct/cat e., I 216 Pe 2^1 (cf. IV Mac 132)
Koa-fxtKaL, Tit 2^2; ei5 eViû/utas, Eo 13^*; ttoiciv ras €., Jo 8**; VTraKovtiv
Tttis €., Eo 6^2 ; SovXeveiv, ayeaOai, eTnBvfXLai^, Tit 3^, II Ti 3^ ; Tropevea-Oat
iv e., I Pe 43 ; Kara, Ju !«• 18, n Pe 33 ; avaaTpiîtaOai iv ral% i., Eph 23.t
Syn. : -n-aôs (q.V.), opi$ii.
ijn-KaQ-ilu, [in LXX for 231 etc. , ;] to sit upon : Mt 21^.+
cTTi-KaX^w, -w, [in LXX chiefly for Hip ;] 1. to call, name, sur-
name: c. ace. (cl.), Mt 102^; pass., Ac 123 436 105,18,32 nis
12i2>25, He 111^; t. seq. i-n-t (denoting possession, as Heb.
6vofj.a,
by . .na S-^p^), Ac 1517 (lxx)^ ja 2^ (v. on 912). CB Am 2. Mid.

(so also act. el., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to (Oeov, Scot's,
;
Hdt., Xen., al. ef. Deiss., LAE, 426) KaiVapa (Seâo-roV, Ac 252^),
; :
Ac 2511-12.21 2632 2819; sc. t. Kvpiov 'Irjaodv, Ac 7^^; fj^dprvpa (cl.) t.

Otov, II Co 123 ârepa, I Pe 11^ r. Kvpcov, Eo 1012, II Ti 222 ^ ^^q^^
.
; .
Kvpiov (yaov, o-ov; like Heb. njT DCr^ Ac 22i(i-xx) 914,21 2210, Eo
Nî'^),
1013, u (Lxx)^ I Co 12 (Cremer, 335, 742).t

ciri-KdXu/xfia, -tos, to (•<^ €7ri/<aAv7rTw), [in LXX : Ex 261*
3921(34) (np5p), II Ki 1719 (^Da), Jb 1929 (aliter in Heb.)*;] a cover,
veil : metaph., t. KaKLa<s, i Pe 2i6.t
îri-KaXuTTTw, [in LXX for nD3 , etc. ;] to cover over, cover up
metaph., Eo 4^ (i'Xi).t
t iTTi-KaT-dpaTOs, -ov {<^€TnKaTapdofjLaL, to imprecate CUrses 07l),
[in LXX for inN , also Wi 3^2 148^ jy Mac 2^9;] accursed: Ga
310 (Lxx) 13 (Lxx KtKarapaMyo,) (Cremer, 109).
lm-K6i>ai, [in LXX Ex
36*" {39^^) (p:), Jb IQ^ (lyi hi.) 212^
:
(Dan), I Mac 6", II Mac lî, iii Mac 1^2*;] to be placed, lie on: Jo
21»; seq. iwi, c. dat., ib. ll^S; fig., He QÔ; dmyKT?, i Co 9i« ; x^'/^^". <o
threaten, come on : Ac 272** of persons, to press upon Lk 5^ 232^.
;
.•
1
*^m-Ke\\w, of a ship, to run ashore : c. ace, Ac 27*^t

* ^Tri-K€(t)(iXaio>', -ov, to, a poll-tax : 12^* (WH, mg., for ktjvctov, Mk
as in D, Syrr. sin.v<^h.^ ^24, etc.).t
** îriKoupia, -as, rj
{<C eTTLKovpeu) tO be an iiriKOvpo^, an clly), [in
LXX: Wi I318*;] az(i, assistance: Ac 2622.+
t 'EiriKou'pio9 (Eec. -cios), -ov, 6, an Epicurean, a follower of
Epicurus : Ac 17^**.+
** €Tri-KpiVw, [in LXX : 11 Mac 4*^, iii Mac 42 * ;] to decree, give
sentence : c. ace. et inf., Lk 282*.+
em-XafiPciKw, [in LXX for pTPI hi., THK , etc. ;] always mid. in
LXX and NT (v. Cremer, 758), to lay hold of: gen. pers., Mt 143i,
c.
Ac 1719 2po.33; c. ace. pers. (not cl.), Lk 9*^ 14* 232^ (WH, but v. Bl.,
IOI5), Ac 927 169 181' c gen. rei, .
Mk 823, Ac 23^9, He S^d-xx); c. gen.
pers. et rei, Lk 2020' 26 ; r. alwvLov (ovtcos) ^w^s, i Ti 6^2, i9_ Metaph.
(as in Si 4ii), 2i« (v. Westc, in 1.).+
He
€iri-Xai'0d»'op,ai (alternative mid. form of iTrik-qOw, to cause to forget),
[in LXX chiefly for UDW;] to forget, neglect: c. inf., Mt 16^, 8^*; Mk
c. gen.. He 6^^ 132' i«; c. ace. (as occasionally in cl. MM, Exp., xiv), ;
Phi 313; SttoIos ?,v, Ja 12*; pass. ptcp. (cf. Is 23i«, Si 3^* 23i*, Wi 2*),
Lk 12".+
cm-Xeyci), [in LXX chiefly for IFQ;] 1. to say in addition (Hdt.).
2. to call by name, to call : Jo 52. 3. to choose ; mid., to choose for
oneself: Ac 15*^+
eiri-XeiTru, [in LXX : Ob 1* N^ R (HNtz; hi.) * ;] to fail : c. ace.
pers., He 1132.+
*+ cm-Xcixw, ^0 lick over ace, Lk 162^ (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).+
**+^m-Xr,a,ion^, -^?, ^
ness : aKpoaTrj<i i. (gen. of qual.), Ja 12^.+
« : c.
eVtXT^â)), [in LXX: ^\ IV^"^

*
;\ forgetful-
cTTi-Xoiiros, -ov (<Aot7ros), [in LXX for in'', INB';] still left,
remaining : xpovos, i Pe 42.+
**
release.
irri-Xudi^ -€0)5,^
solution, interjnetation : 11
2.
« cTTtAvw), [in Aq.
Pe
: Ge408; Sm.
I20.+
: Ho 3**;] L
**^m-Xo'a), [in Aq. Ge 40^ 418.12; : Th. : Ho 3**;] 1. to loose,
release. 2. to solve, settle, explain : Mk 43*, Ac 193^.+
* ^TTi-ixapTupew, -w, to bear witness to : c. ace. et. inf., i Pe 512,+
ImjiAeia, -as, v (< iTrLfi€kiofiat) ,

[in LXX : Pr 3^ (ÎpBT), Wi 1313,
6i«, Mac
I Es I 161*, g,!. ;] attention, care : Ac 27* (v. Field, Notes,
143).+
^m-(i€Xeo|Aai, -ovtiai, [in LXX : Ge 4421 (Q,j,y Q,j2;)^ I Es 62^,
.172 MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Pr 2725, Si 3313 (3025), I Mac ll^'*;] to take care of: c. gen., Lk

1034,35 I Ti35,t
eTTifjieXws, adv., [in LXX for p"l, etc. ;] carefully : Lk 15^.t
im-\j.ivu, [in LXX

Ex 12=*^ (.TIIQ hith.) * ;] to stay on, tarry or
:
abide still: seq. iv, i Co 16^; airov, there, Ac 15^^ (WH, txt., EV,
txt., omit) 21*; c. dat., t. aapKL, Phi 1^*; seq. -irapd, c. dat. pers., Ac
2814; Trpds, c. ace. pers., i Co 16^, Ga l^^; c. ace. temp., Ac lO^s, 21*- 1"
28^2,14^ J Qq i57_ Metaph., to continue in a pursuit or state: c. dat.,
T. afiapria, Eo 6^ t. aTncTTia, ib. ll^^; t. ttio-tci, Col 1^^ avTois (v. ; ;
CGT, in 1.), I Ti 4i«; t. xpV^roTrjTi, Eo ll-^; c. ptcp. (cf. Bl., § 73, 4;

76, 2), Jo 8('i, Ac 12i''.t
c'm->'€o'a>, [in LXX : Pr 262* (-,33 î.),6", n Mac 410 ll^^

i Mac
1420 * ^Q jj^Q^ jjj command or approval, to nod approval, consent
.J
Ac 1820.+
914
^TTiVoia, -a?,
1412 154^ Si 402^
rj « Mac II
iirivoiw, to contrive), [in
12*^ iv Mac
LXX : Je 20^\
17^*;] a thought, design:
Wi 6i«
Ac 822. t
**imopKâ>, -S ««V6Vo?), [in LXX: i Es 1*8, Wi 1428*;] ^^

swear falsely, for siv ear oneself: Mt 5^^.t
cm-opKos, -oy, [in LXX : Za 5^ (yaOT ni.) * ;] 1. of oaths, sworn
falsely. 2. Of persons, êr/'wred ; a,s suhsi., a perjurer, false swearer
I Ti lio.t
cTrioucra, V.S. £7r€iyu.i.
*t ^TTiouVios, -oi' (cf. TTipiova-io's, [in LXX for n^3p, De 7^ etc.]),
found only in the phrase apros e., EV, daily ; E,

mg., /or f/ie coming
day : Mt 6^^ Lk 11^. (Several derivations find support, each pointing
to a different meaning. 1. <^ eViovo-a (sc. r^fj-ipa) (or, <[ IttI rryv lova-av
(sc. rjfjiipav), Zorell, S.V.), hence, /or the morroto or for the coming day
(E, mg.). 2. (a) <^ tVi + ova-La, hence, for subsistence, needful (Am.
E, mg.) {b) <C cti + cTvai in fem. ptcp. form, hence, pertaining to
;
(the day).) For renderings of versions and views of various w^riters, v.

reff. in DB, 36 f. DCG, ii, 58 f., 62* ICC on Lk, I.e. The EV,
ext., ; ;
daily, is based on the Vg. (Lk; OL, Mt, Lk, quotidianus). "It is
difficult not to think that t6v e. rests upon misunderstanding of an
original Aramaic phrase, or upon a Greek corruption " (ICC on Mt,
I.e. ; cf. also Cremer, 239).
c-iri-iri-n-Tw, [in LXX chiefly for bB3 ;] to fall upon (Field, Notes,
25) : c. dat. pers., Mk S^^ (v. Swete, in 1.), Ac 20^"; seq. iirl t. rpaxr/Aov
(as Ge 4628, To 11^, 111 Mac 5*^, al.), Lk I520, Ac 20=*". Metaph.,
«ô>s, Lk 112, Ac 1917, 11^1; duiiSiafioi, Eo 153(lxx). of the Holy
Ee
Spirit: seq. eVi, e. dat., Ac 8^«; eVt, e. ace, Ac 10** 11^^; absol.,
Ac 237.t
* cirt-irXriorau, 1. to strike at, to punish. 2. to rebuke, reprove:
I Ti 5i.t
ciri-iroe^w, -w, [in LXX for nx^ , ZIV P)D3
,
hi., etc. ;] to long for,
desire: c. inf., Eo V\ 11 Co 52, i Th 3^, 11 Ti 1*. Phi 226 (WH, [txt.]);
c. acc. rei, i Pe 22; c. ace. pers., ii Co 9^*, Phi !« 2-'5 (WH, mg.);
absol., Ja 4^ (v. Mayor, in l.).t
*t ^Tri-ir<50T,<ns, 23ii*;] longing: ii Co T''^\f
-cws, rj, [in Aq. : Ez
*t ^m-iT66T)Tos, -ov, greatly desired, longed for : Phi 4^.t
*t^-irnro0ia (WH, -Troêta), -as, 17 = iTTLTrodrja-is, longing: Eo IS^^.t
t ^m-iropcu'ofiat, [in LXX : Le 26»3 (inN), Ez 391* (inr), Ep.
Je ^^, MacII 2^8, iii Mac 1* * ;] to travel, journey to : seq. Trpos, c.
acc. pers., Lk 8*.t

*t em-pdirTO) (Rec. -ppaTTTw), to setv upon: seq. iirl, c. acc, Mk 22^t
^jTi-piirTCD (Rec. -ppLTTTO), SbS lu cL), [in LXX chiefly for "jjbtZ? hi. ;]
1. to cast at. 2. to cast or ^^âce upoii : c. acc. seq. iiri, c. acc, Lk

19^5; metaph., t. fiipipnav, i Pe 5^(1^^^),+
cTTioiiixos, -ov (<o-^/ia, a mark), [in LXX Ge :

30*^ (yjjp), Es 5*
8^3, I Mac 11^~ 14*^, ;] Mac

1. hearing
II of 15^^, iii Mac 6^ * a mark ;
money, stamped, coined. Metaph., (a) in good sense, notable, 2.
illustrious: Ro 16^; (6) in bad sense, woforiows Mt 27^^.t .•
cTTiaiTiafids, -ov, 6 (<[ cTrio-irtô/aat, to supply with provisions), [in

LXX: Ge 42^5, al. (HTy), Jth 2^8 4^;] 1. a foraging. 2. provisions,
food : Lk 9i2.t
eTri-aKCTrrofiat (late form of tVio-KOTrc'o), q.v.), [in LXX very freq.,

chiefly for IpB;] 1. to inspect, examine. 2. (a) to visit: c. acc, Ac
723 ]^536 (cf jg 151^ . especially, the sick and afflicted (as in MGr. and
sometimes in Mt 2536.43, Ja 1^^ (cf. Si T^^); {b)
cl.), in LXX and NT
(as ipD in Ge 21\ Ex 43^, Ps 8^, al.), to visit with help, to care for
Lk 1«8'78 716^ Ac 151*, He 2«; (c) io visit with punishment (Je 925, pg
88 (89)33, al.; cf. MM, Exp., xiv; Cremer, 863).t
iTn-(TK€\jdl,o), [in LXX for pin pi., etc;] to equip, make ready
mid., to make one's preparations : Ac 21^*.
*t|m-aKT]K6w, -w, to tent upon, spread a tabernacle over : metaph.,
seq. eV* ifjLe (RV, rest upon, cover), 11 Co 12^.
^Tri-crKidiw, [in LXX: Ex 4029 <35)
(pc;), Ps 90 (91)* 139 (140)"
(IJSD), Pr 18^^*;] to throw a shadow upion, oversJiadoiv : c. dat., Ac
5^5; of a shining (Mt, I.e., and ef. Ex 402^ 35
^ jj ^^c 2^) cloud, c dat.,
Mk 9^ c. acc, Mt 17*, Lk 93*; metaph. (cf. Pss, Pr, ll.c), of the
Holy Spirit, Lk 135.+
cm-aKOTTcw, -co, [in LXX for IpD ni., etc;] 1. to look upon,
observe, examine : seq. /j.t], He 12^*. 2. As cTricr/ccTrTo/xai in LXX, NT,
to visit, care for : 1 Pe 5^ (R, txt.; WH om. Cremer, 527).
;
iiiti.-crKOTrf\, -rjs, 17, [in LXX chiefly for Hpp, Hlpg;] 1. a visitiiig,
visitation tov TraiSos, Lueian, dial, deor., 20, 6)

(cis e. as in LXX ;
(after Heb.), of God's visitation in mercy, or in judgment (Le 192", jjj

1012, Je 6l^ Wi 220, al.) Lk 19**, i Pe 2^2 (v. Hort, in 1.). 2. office,
:
charge, esp. office of an iTria-Ko-n-os (q.v.) Ac 12" (lxx), i Yi 3^ (Cremer, :
527 f., 864 DCG, ii, 809b).t ;

îri-cTKoiTos, -ov, 6 (•< o-KOTTos, tt wutcher), [in LXX for IpD , its
parts and derivatives, Nu d^" '31^\ Jg Q'-^^, iv Ki llis.ie, „ Ch 3i^'^'^\

Ne 119, u, -22;
i,j<^
jb 20''9; iz?3i3, Is 60^^ Wi 1^, i Mac 1"*;] a
superintendent, guardian, overseer (cl. for exx. v. LS, s.v.) Ac 20^^, ; :
I Pe 2"'* (ICC, in 1.) as technical term for a religious office (Deiss.,

;
BS, 230 f.), in later Paul. epp. of the head of a church (Vg. episcopus),
a bishop : Phi l^, i Ti 3^ Tit 1^ (v. relf. s.v. €7r«7Ko;r7^).t
eirt-CTiraw, -w, [in LXX: Is 5^^ ('^C7a), etc.;] to draw on: mid.,
in peculiar sense of effacing signs of Judaism (cf. i Mac 1^^, FIJ, Ant.,
xii, 5, i v. Thayer, s.v.), to become as iincircumcised : i Co 7^^.t
;
* cTTi-o-n-cipo), to soiv upon or besides : dva fiea-ov, Mt 132^.t

€iriCTTa|xai (prob. an old mid. of icf)LcrTr]ixi, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly
for JTT ;] to know, know of, U7iderstand : c. ace. pers., Ac 19^^ c. ;
ptcp., ib. 2410; ^ ^cc. rei, Mk

U^% Ac 182^ i Ti &\ Ja 4:^\ Ju^"; seq.
TT^pi, Ac 262«; 6'n, ib. 15^ 19^5 2219 is, ib. lO^S; ttws, ib.
20i«; ttoS, ; He
IP.t
SVN. : ytvuxrKd} (q.v.), vT8a.
** iiri-aTaais, -ews, rj {<C.t4>:'crTi]fxi), [in LXX: II Mac 6^*;] 1. a
stopping, halting (as of soldiers) oxXov, collecting a crowd (v. Eack- :
ham, Acts, I.e.) Ac 24^2 (WH, Eec. eVicrvcrTao-is). 2. supermtendence,

:
attention (but v. Thayer, s.v. ; Field, Notes, 185 f.) 11 Co ll^s (WH, :
Eec. ut supr.).t
5225 (-pp^),
^TTKTTdTTjs, -OV, b
II Ch
«
31^2 (Ta3),
llcTT-q ixi) ,
II Mac
[iu LXX
5^2, etc.
: IV
;]
Kl 25^^ Jc 36 (29)26
a chief, commander,
master: Lk 5^ B^*'" g^^-" IT^^ (of. Dalman, Words, 336ff.).t
Im-are'XXco, [in iii Ki LXX:

Ne G^^ (nbcr), Jth 15*, i Mac 58'22),
1025 12^ 1318 (in each case with v.l. dTroo-)*;] 1. to send to. 2. to
send a message by letter, to write word (MM, Exp., xiv) c. dat. pers., :
Ac 2125, He 1322 geq. ôv, c. inf., Ac 152'».t

•
iTTioTTjfiwf, -OV, gen., -ovos {liricTTafjiai), [in De LXX :

1^^ 4",
Is 521 ni.), I Es 8**, Si 102^ 21^5, gtc. ;] knowing, skilled : Ja 3i3.t
d^n
iTvi-(TT-t]pil(a, [in LXX for ^GD, etc. ;] to make stronger, confirm :
c.acc, Acl422 1532>".t

cTTi-aToXT], -i}s, ^ (•< eVto-Tc'XXw), [in LXX forni|K etc. freq. , ;
in Mac;] 1. a message. 2. a letter, an epistle: Ac 92, i Co 5^, al.

pi., Ac 225, I Co 163, al.; i. a-va-TaTiKal, II Co 31 (cf. Milligan, NTD,
254 f.). (On the NT £7rto-ToXai, cf. Milligan, Th., 121 ff.; NTD,
85 ff. Deiss.,
; BS, 3 ff. ; St. Paul, 8 ff.)
* em-<TTOfi,i|ô) (<^(TTd/ia), to bridle; metaph., to stop the mouth, to

silence : Tit lî.t
liri-CTTpe'<|>(o, [very freq. in LXX, chiefly for mis' , in its various
senses, also for n3Q , etc. ;] 1. trans., to turn about, round or towards,
hence metaph., to turn, cause to return (to God, virtue, etc.) Lk :
li«'i^ (cf. Ma 324), Ja 519.20. 2. Intrans., (a) to turn, turn oneself

around: Ac 16i^; c. inf., Ee I12; seq. Trpds, Ac 9*"; so also pass, (cl.).
Mk 530 8^3, Jo 2120 . metaph., of turning to God (v. Field, Notes,

216 &.), iirl T. Kvpiov (^€dv), Ac 935 1121 1415 1519 2620; Trpo? r. 6^6v,
I Th 19, Co 3i« a^ro o-Kdroi;? cJs <^ws, Ac 2618; pass., i Pe 22^; {h) to
n ;
return (as in MGr.) : Lk 8^5, Ac 15^6 ; seq. ottio-w, c. inf., Mt 24^8

seq. eis, Mt 12**, Mk 13i«, Lk 239 ITî; eVi, 11 Pe
222; metaph., seq.
€m, Ga 49; Trpo'?, Lk 17*; of moral reform, Mt IS^^, Mk
4^2, Lk 2232,
Ac 319 2827; pass., Mt 10^3 (Cremer, 531, 881).t
4Tri-<rrpo(j>Vi, -^9, 7} {i7n<rrpiîo), [in LXX Ez
47^ (mtZT) Si 1821 : ,
492, etc. ;] a ttirning about ; metaph., conversion (Field, Notes, 246) :
Ac 153.t
* iiri-auv-dy(i>, [in LXX for VpS Y^p etc. (Cremer,
,
, 65);] 1. to
gather together : Mt Mk 233" 2431, 132^, Lk 133*; pass., Mk 133, Lk 12^
1737. (cf. Ps 101 (102)23 105 (106)*^ II Mac 12-, al.). 2. to gather together
against (Mi 411, Za 123, i Mac 3^8, al.).t
**+ ivi-(TUV-ay<i}yr\, -^9, rj (<[ iTna-vvdyw), [in LXX : II Mac 2"^ * ;] a
gathering togetlver, assembly : He 102^ seq. ; iiri, 11 Th 2^ (cf . u Mac, l.c.).t
*+ em-o-uK-Tpe'xw, to run together again : Mk 92* (v. Swete, in l.).t
t eiri-cruoTa(Tis, -ca>9, 17 (<^ i-7n(rvvLarTrj/xi), [in LXX Nu :

16*9 (niv)
26® (nS3 hi.), I Es 5"3A*;] a gathering, a riotous throng : Eec. (for

cViWao-c?, q.v.), Ac 24^2, n Co 1128.t
**^Tri(7<faXTis, -es (<o-âXXa), to cause to fall), [in LXX: Wi 9^*
(cf. -0)9, ib. 4*)*;] 1. prone to fall (Plat.). 2. (iariêrows (Hipp., Plut.,
al.) : Ac 279.t
** ^TT-ioxoo), [in LXX : Si 29^, i Mac 6" * ;] 1. to make stronger (Si,
I.e.). 2. grow stronger ; metsbiph., be more urgent : Lk 23^.t
to
**t ^m-CTupcu'o), [in Sm. Jb 14^7, Ca 2* * ;] to heap together ; metaph.,
:
8tSao-K(iAov9, II Ti 43.t
t î-raYii, -^5, y) « cVtrao-o-w), [in LXX Da LXX 3i« : (oanp), i Es
118, Wi 14i« 1810 19«, III Mac 720*;] = cl, i-n-LTayfxa, a command, Eo
Co
162«, I 7«'25, II Co88, I Ti li. Tit 13 (for use in Inscr. of divine
commands, v. MM, Exp., xiv) ; fi-era irdarj^ i., with all authority:
Tit 2i5.t
cm-Tdo-o-w, [in LXX for ln^H ms etc. to command, cliarge
, ,
;]
c. ace. rei, Lk 1422; g ât. pers., Mk 127 92^, Lk 436 82^; id. c. ace.
rei, Phm 8; id. c. inf., Mk 639, Lk 83i, Ac 232; ia. c. imperat., Mk 92^;
c. ace. et inf., Mk 627.t
SYN. : KeXevu).
cTTi-TeXe'w, -w, r\XDV [in
etc. ;] LXX
to complete for rh3 , ,
accomplish, execute : Eo Co 71 8*' n. Phi 1^,

c. ace. rei, 8^ 15^*, 11 He
of religious services (cf. Hdt., ii, 37, al.). 9"; art. inf., 11 Co 811 He
Mid., (a) to complete for oneself, make an end (E, mg. pass., E, txt ;
cf. Meyer, in 1.) : Ga 33 ; (6) to pay in full, pay the tax, be subject to
c. ace. (cf. Xen., Mem., iv, 8, 8), i Pe 59 (pass., EV, etc. cf. Thayer, s.v. ;
ICG, in l).t
^mxViSeios, -a, -ov, [in i Ch 282, LXX : î 45^ j Mac 4*^, al. ;] 1
suitable, convenient. 2. useful, necessary : to. i., necessaries, Ja 21".
176 Manual (Jreek lexicon op the new TestamenI'
€iri-Ti0T)fii, [in LXX for ]T)3 , Dltz? , etc. ;] 1. to lay, set or place
upon: c. ace. rei, seq. im, c. ace. rei, Mt 23*, Lk 15^, Jo 96(WH,txt.), is^
Ac 15^^ 28=5 eVt, c. gen. rei, Mt 27'^^; iv,
; ib. ; c. dat. pers., aravpov, Lk
23'''« ; (TTi4>ai'ov, Jo 19-^ ; om/ma, Mk 3l«' 17 ; nXrjyd^, Lk lOô, Ac 1623
fTTi, c. ace. pers., Ee 22^^; of the laying on of hands, r. x"pa ("«5). seq.
ivC, c. ace. pers., Mt 9^^, Mk 1&^^\ Ac
S^^ g^^ c. dat. pers., IQi^. is^
; Mt
Mk 5'" 6* 732 823, Ljj 440 1313^ Ac 6« S^^ 9^2 13^ 19« 28^, i Ti 522. Mid.,
(a) to provide : Ac 2S^^ (EV, _?j?f i on board ; cf. Field, Notes, 149) (6) ;
<o throw oneself upon, attack : c. dat. pers., Ac IS^**. 2. to add to

Ee 22^^ (v. supr., and cf. Swete, in l.).t
^m-Ti/idw, -w, [in LXX for iva, Ge ^V\ Ps 9^, Za 3^(2); Si 11^,
al. ;] 1. to honour. 2. to raise in price. 3. to mete out dtce measure
(a) to award; (b) to censure, rebuke, admonish: absol., 11 Ti 42; c.
dat., Mt 826 1718 1913^ Mk
43^ 822 IQi^, 43».4i Qii 921,42,55 173 1315 Lk
1939, Ju9; seq. ha, Mt 12i6 I620 203i, Mk 3^2 83o lO^^, Lk 1839; seq.
X.iyi»v, Xiyu, etc., Mt 1622, Mk 125 Q^-i 925^ l^ 435 23*o.t
SYN. : eAcyxti), q.v.
€mTip.ia, -as, 17(<^ eTrtTi/Aaw), [in LXX: Wi 31"*;] 1. citizenship,
franchise. 2. As in Inscr. (LS, s.v.), LXX, I.e. (= el. to eiriTtfitov),
ptmishment, j)enalty : 11 Co 2^.t
ciri-Tpîrw, [in LXX (usually with v.l. Ittkttp-) : Ge 39" (nTV), etc. ;]
1. to turn to, commit, entrust. 2. to yield, permit : i Co 16", He 6'
c. dat. pers., Mk
5^3, Jo 193S; id. e. inf. (cf. M, Pr., 205), Mt 821 198,
Lk 832 959, 61^ Ac 213«. *o 273,
I Ti 212 c. inf., ; Mk 10*. Pass., c. dat. et
inf., Ac 261 28I6, i Co 1434.t
* ^TriTpoireuo) (<^ eTriTpoTros, a procurator), to govern: Lk 31 (WH,
mg., for i7ye/xw£vo»'Tos, an obvious correction for precision).
** i-nL-rporrr], -•»}?, 17 (<^ CTrirpcTrco), [in II Mac 131**;] ^Qiêr to LXX :
decide, authority : Ac 26i2.t

** €'mTpoTTos, -ov, 6 cVtrpeVco), [in «
II Mae lli I32 142*;] 1.
an administrator, a stetvard : Mt 20^, Lk 83. % a guardian (e. gen.

LXX :
pers., 11 Mac, 11. c.) : Ga 42.t

im-TUYx<i''w, [in LXX: Ge 392 (^1,3^ î.), Pr 1227 (:j-in)*;] 1. to
light upon. 2. to obtain, attain to : Ja 42, c. gen. rei (as in cl.). He
615 1133; c. ace. (late Gk.), Eo 11^ (Eec. rovTov).i
em-(}>aii'w, [in LXX for "iiN hi., etc. ;] 1. to show forth. 2.
(=pass. in cl.) to appear: Ac 272"; c. dat. pers., Lk 1^9; metaph.,
Tit 3* ; e. dat., ib. 2ii (Cremer, 567).
eTTi4>cIi'eia, -a?, 17 « €7rt(âi/rys), [in LXX : II Ki 723 (x-îj), Es 51,
Am 522, II Mac 221 32* 5* I222 141^ 1527, m Mac 2^ 5^. si *;] (in late Gk.
and Inscr., freq. of deities, v. MM, Exp., xiv), a manifestation, appear-
ance : II Th 28, I Ti 61*, 11 Ti li" 41. «, Tit 2i3 (cf. M, Th., 148 f.).t
^Tri4)afiis, -£S {<C. iTTLtfyaLvo)), [in LXX (v. Thayer, s.v.) for N'^'lJ , etc.,
Jg 18«, Jl 211' 31, al; 11 Mac 623, m Mac 535, ^1.;] renowned,
illustrious, notable: Ac 22*' (i^^^)
(cf. MM, Exp., xiv).t
t £m-<}>au<TKa> (variant form of ctti^wo-zco), q.v.), [in LXX : Jb 25*
{bni( hi.) 3126 419(10) (1,1,-, hi.)*;] to shine forth: fig., c. dat., Bph 5^*
(on v.l. -if/avcrei, V. ICC, Westc, AE, in l.).t
^Tri-<|>ep&>, [in LXX chiefly for rhvj ;] 1. to bring upon or against
Kpidiv, Ju ^. 2. to impose, inflict : Eo 3^.t
**c'm-4.w>'€<u, -i, [in LXX : i Es 9*"AE, ii Mac 123, m Mac 7^3*;]
to call out, shout: c. ace. rei, Ac 21^*; c. dat. pers., ib. 222^; seq.
Xe'yovres, Lk Ac 1222.f
2321; oj-^t. rect.,
^m-4>i5aK(a, [in LXX for bbn hi., Jb A (Bx, ^TTKâvW-) * ;]

419<i<»>
1. to let shine. 2. to daivn (cf. MM,Exp., xiv): Lk 23^^; seq. cis, Mt 28i.t
cmxcipe'u, -w «xetp). [in LXX for norn Es 925; âa, II Ch ,
20^1, al. ;] 1. to put one's hand to. 2. to take in hand, attempt

c. inf., Lk 11, Ac 929 1913 f
cTTt-xc'w, [in LXX chiefly for ps^ Ge 28i^, al. ;] to pour upon ,
Lk 1034. t
€Tri-xopT)Yâ), -5, [in LXX: Si 2522, ^ j^^c 4^ A*;] to supply,
**
provide : c. ace. rei, 11 Pe 1^ id. c. dat. pers., 11 Co d^^, Ga 3^ pass.,
;
;
Col 219, II Pe 111 (cf_ ôprjyew, and v. MM, Exp., xiv).t

*+ cm-xopTjyia, -as, 17 (<[ cVt^ôpr^yeoj) a supply : Eph 41", Phi 119. t ,
** cm-xpiw, [in Sm. Ez 131'^ 22^* * ;] to spread on, anoint : c. ace,

:
Jo 911 id. seq. eTrt, c. ace, Jo 9" (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).t
;
* eTT-oiKoSofi^w, -w, in NT, always metaph., of the spiritual life

regarded as a building (Cremer, 449) 1. to build upon : i Co 3i''» i2» 1* ;
pass., Eph 220. 2. to build u,p : Col T, 1 Pe 2^ (T, otVoS- WH, Eec),
Ju2o.t
cir-okoiidlû, [in LXX chiefly for N"lj5 ;] to name, call by a tmme,
surname : pass., Eo 2i'^.t
** iTT-oirrîiu,, [in Sm. : Ps 93^ (IQi*) 32 (33)"*;] to watch (in Horn.,
as an overseer; cf. Ps, 11. c), look upon : i Pe 2i2 32.
** £'TT<5TrrT)s, -ov, 6, [in LXX (of God): Es 51, 11 Mac 3^9 735^
III Mac 221*;] 1. an overseer (LXX,c). 2. a spectator: 11 Pe
11.
116 (of €. as applied to God, v. parallels in Inscr., Exp., xiv; of MM,
the use of this term in the mysteries, v. Mayor on 11 Pe, I.e. ; Thayer,
s.v.).t
ciros, -cos (-ovs), TO, [in LXX : Za 7^, Si 44-'' *;] a word : ws 1.
etTretv (cL), SO to speak : He 79. t
Syn. : Xoyos, reasoned speech ; prjfxa, mere articulated utterance ;

I., the articulated expression of a thought.
eiToupdi'ios, -ov (<; ovpavosi), [in LXX : Ps 67 (68)i*
(^^), Da th
423 A (NÔBT), II Mac 339, III Mac 628 76^ ly Mae 411 AE, 113 j^*.j ^^
or of heaven, heavenly (in Horn., of the Gods): ol i., opp. to c7rty«ot

and KaraxOovLoi, Phi 21'^; to xotVo's, I Co 15^8,49. o-îâra (v. Lft., Col.,
4I8; Trarpis, He
376), I Co 15*0; âatXeia, II Ti 111" 'UpovaaXrjfi, ; He
1222; ^x^Jo-is (cf. Lft. on Phi 314), 31 t^l i., S^ 923; opp. to He ; He
cTTiyetos, Jo 312; id., of the heavenly regions, Eph 13.20 26 310 6i2-
71 Scopea ri c., He 6* (Cremer, 468).
12
iirrd, ol, al, rd, indecl., seven : Mt 12** 18^^ (cf. eySSo/ATjKOVTaxis),
Mk 85, al. ; oI €., Ac 218.

^TTTdKis, adv., seven times: Mt ISî-^^, Lk 17^t
iiTTaKtCTxiXioi, -at, -a, seven thoiisand : Eo 11*.
iwrairXaaluiv, -ov, gen., -ovo«, [in LXX for U^TST^XO , Ps 78 (79)^^
al.;] sevenfold: Lk ISô (WH, mg., for TroXAaTrX- WH, txt., RV;
V. WH, Notes, 62). t
'Epao-Tos, -ov, 6, Erastus ; 1. a companion of St. Paul, Ac 19^^,
and prob. ii Ti 420. 2. The treasurer of Corinth, Ro 16-3.t
^paukdu, -w, late form of ipevydu) (Rec, 11. c. ; cf. Bl., §6, 1; M,
Pr., 46), [in LXX, ipew- (exc. i Ch 193 a), for izrsn pi., ipn, etc.;]
to search, examine : Jo 7*^ ; c. ace. rei, Jo 5^^, Ro 8^^^, i Co 2^", Re

223; seq. orat. obliq., I Pe l^^.t
SYN. : V.S. iêrd^w.
cpYdôfiai (<£pyoi'), [in LXX for iny , bVB , HiZTr, etc.;] 1.
intrans., (a) to work, labour: Mt 2128, Lt I31*, Jo S^^ 9*^
Ac 183, I Co 9^ IITh 3i«-i2 t. x^po-tV, ; i Co 4^2, i Th wkt^s k.
4^1 ;
^êpas, I Th 29, II Th 38; of working for pay, Mt 2128; for reward, Ro

4*' ^ ;
at a trade or business, to trade : seq. eV (Dem.), Mt
(&) to work
25^". 2. Trans., (a) to worfc, work out, do, produce, perform : c. ace,
II Co 710, Col 323, II Th 311, Ja 120, II Jo 8, seq. cis, iii Jo * ipyov, Ac ;
1341 (LXX). id. seq. £19, Mt 26i«; iv,

^v
14«; Ipya, Jo 321 ; tî L t. Oôi, Mk
Jo 628 94 I ^p^'ov, I Co 1610 ; T. dya^d;/, Ro 2i», Eph 428 (v. AR, Eph.,
.
190) ; id. seq. Trpo?, Ga 6^'^ kukov, seq. dat. pers. (more freq. dupl.
;
ace. in cl.), Ro I31O; SiKatoavyrjv, Ac 103^, 1133; avo/xtav, Mt 723; He

dfiapTiav, Ja 2^ ; crrjiJ.c'LOV, Jo 63** ; T. Upd, I Co 913 ; T. ^dXao-crav {wofk
the sea, i.e. make one's living from it), Re 18^''
; (6) to work for, earn
by tvorking (cl.) Jo 62" (of. /car-, Trcpi-, 7rpoo--epydô/xai
: ; Cremer, 258;
on the force of the aorist of this verb, v. M, Pr., 116).
cpyaaia, -a?, 17 « epyov), [in LXX for n^NÔ , Hlhir , etc.;]
1. work, business: Ac 16i^'i9 192*»25; 86^ i, (Lat. da operam), Lk

12'8. 2. working, p)erformance : Eph 4i^.t
**€pYdTT)s, -OV, 6 «6pydô/xai, q.v.), [in LXX: Wi 17^^ Si 19^

40^8^ I Mac 3* * ;] 1. -prop., a field labourer, hiisbandman: Mt 93"' 3^
20^' 2> 8^ Lk 102, Ja 5* (cf. Wi, I.e.). 2. Generally, a workman, labourer
Mt 1010, Lk 10", Ac 192" (opp. to Tcx.iVr;?), i Ti 518; of Christian
teachers, 11 Co lli3, Phi 32, 11 Ti 2i*. 3. a tvorker, doer : t. dSiKLat,
Lk 1327 (cf. I Mac, l.c.).t
epyof, -ov, TO (originally Fipyov, work), [very freq. in LXX,
chiefly for nt^JT© , n^KÔ , also for niny , bys , etc. ;] 1. work, task,
employment : Mk 133*, Jo 43* 17*, Ac I32, Phi I22 230, ^ tj^ 513^ al. of ;
an enterprise or undertaking (De ISô, "Wi 2^2), Ac 538. 2. a deed,

action Tit ll^ Ja 125 listing, from Aoyos, Lk 241^, Ro IS^s, n Th 21^,
: .
I Jo 318; iy xdyots K. I., Ac 722 of acts of God, Jo 93, Ac 13*1(1'^^), He ;
410, Re 153; of Christ, Mt IP; esp. in Jo, e.g. 520.36 73 1038 I411.12
152* ; in ethical sense, of human actions (AR, Eph., 190), bad or good,
Mt 233, Lk 11*8, Jo 320,21^ ja 2i4ff-

3^^, Ee 2^ 3^; t6 I, collectively,
Ga 6*. Ja 1*, i Pe l^^, Ee 22i2 ; t^ |. t. . 6fjLov, Eo 2^5 |. d.ya06v, Eo 2\
;
Col 110, II Th 217, Tit li«, al. ; koAoV, Mt 26^^, Mk 14« ;

pi. (as freq. in
cl.),
5i«,
Mt I Ti 5i«'25^ He
Th 1^, 11 Th lH; I 10^*; I. Trt'o-reo;?, I
TTOvqpd, Col 1^\ II Jo 11 ve/cpa, He 6^ 91* (XKapTra, Eph SH

; €. do-e/Sctas, ; ;
Ju 15 T. o-zcdrovs, Eo 1312, Eph 511 I ^^ô^^ Ro 320, 28_ Ga 2i« 32. s. 10.
; .
3. that which is wrought or made, a work i Co

3i^"i*; t. x«'P<^»'» Ac :
7*1 ; of the works of God, He lio

; y^ k. rk iv airrj I, 11 Pe 3i**
; to I.
T. eeov, Eo 1420.
cpcOiâi, [in LXX: Da LXX llio=25 (ma hithp.), i Mac 15*",
II Mac
141^ etc;] 1. to stir up, provoke (as in cl.) Col 321. 2. In :
good sense (cf. ipeOLa-fj.6<i, excitement, in MGr.), to stir up, stimulate

II Co 92.t
cpciSo) (chiefly in poets and late prose for ipvyydvw), [in LXX
for "^QH (Pr 4* 5^ lli", al.), etc. ;] to prop, fix firmly : act., as mid.,
cpcio-awa, of a ship driving ashore (EV, struck), Ac 27*i.t
chiefly for iSUf,
epcuyoftcii, [in LXX
lli^, 3*'8, al. also Ho Am ;
for V22 Ps 18 (19)2, etc. ;] 1. to spit or spue out. 2. Prop., of oxen

,
(Horn.), to bellow, roar; whence, as in LXX, to speak aloud, utter:

Mt 1335 (LXX) (Yqj. other examples of softened force of words in
late Gk., cf. cr»cvAAw, rpwyo), )(opTd^(j).) t
cpcucdu, -w. V.S. ipavvdu).
eprjuta, -as, 1? «e>r;/xos), [in LXX : Is 6020, Ez 35* (mri , ny\n), ib.
359 (nip5)»), Wi 1717, Si 4717, Ba 4^3, iv Mac 18^*;] a solitude, wilder-

ness : Mt 1533, ^k 8*, 11 Co 112«, He IV^f
Iprifios (in older Gk. iprjfio<i), -ov, [in LXX chiefly for Hîp;]
solitary, lonely, desolate, deserted : (a) of persons, yw-q, Ga (b) 42'' (i-^^);
of places, Mt 14i3.i5 2338 (WH, om.), 13^ 632, ljj 442 912^ al.; as Mk
subst., 17 €. (sc. x^P"^'' *s ill Hdt., ii, 32, al.), the desert, Mt 3i'3,
Mk 13.*, Jo 31*, al. ; pi., al I., desert places, Lk lô 51^ 829.
cpr]p,6a), -w (<^ epr]p.o<;), [in LXX for i")n hi., DOST ni., etc. ;] to
desolate, lay waste : Mt 122^, Lk lli^, Ee 17i« I8I6. i^.t

1 4piii|iwais, -cws, 17 {<îpr)/x6<jy), [in LXX for DUSOr, Le 263*' Ps 35,
Da 92^ lisi 12ii, al. 7^*

72(73)19, ; nain, Je 22^ al.;] a making
desolate, laying waste : Lk 212^; ySStAvy/xa iprjfjiwa-euis (Da, 11. c, i Mac
15*), Mt 2415 (Lxx)^ Mk 13i*"i''.t
ipllo} (< Ipts), [in LXX for m)D , etc. ;] to wrangle, strive : Mt
1219 (LXX, K€KpciCeTai)A
**ipiQia, (T, cl, -eia), -as, rj, [in Sm. : Ez 23"*;] (on the origin and
history of the word, v. Hort, Ja., 81 ff. ; Ellic. on Ga 52"; Cremer,
262), ambition, self-seeking, rivalry : Ja 31*' i" Kar Ipidtav, Phi 23
;
ot £f c., Eo 28, Phi 11^ pi. (Bl., § 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153),
II Co 1220, Ga 520.+
epiov, -ov, TO, [in LXX for iJpX , Le 13*^ Is li^, al. ;] wool : He
919, Ee li*.t
epis, -iSo?, (on the declension, v. BL, § 8, 3;

acc, epiv App., WH,
157), ^, [in LXX: Ps 138 (139)'''o, Si 28^ iO^'^*;] strife, wrangling,
conte7ition: Ro l^^ IS^^, i Co 3^, ii Co 122o, Ga Sô, Phi 1^\ i Ti 6*,
Tit 30; pi. (v.s. ipieta), Eo 13^3, mg., i Co 1^\ Ga, I.e., mg.t WH, WH,
**t ipiîov, -ov, TO (dim. of €>(ôs, q.v.), [in To 2^3 * ;] Mt 25^3, LXX :
Lk IS-ô (£></,ov, WH, txt.).+
?pi<t>os, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for nj ;] a kid : Mt 25^2, Lk 15^9,
WH, txt.t
'Epjxds, -a, acc, -av (Doric form of 'Epfirj^:), Hermas, a Christian :
Ro 161*.+
ip\ij]V€ia, V.S. kpixrjVLa.
ipp.r\veKjT(]<i, -ov, 6 (<^ ipp^rivevw) ,
[in LXX for yih hi., Ge 42^3 *jj
an interpreter : iCo (WH, mg.).+14^8
IpfiTjKeu'o), [in LXX: ii Es 4^ (Da-jl?), Es 10^ Jb 42i8*;] 1. to
explain. 2. to interpret Lk 24^7 (WH, mg.), Jo V^^ «

: 97^ He 72.+
4pp,T)cia (T, cl., -ei'a), -as, r) (<^€pfjir]vevw), [in LXX (-eia). Si, prol. ^*
471^ Da LXX 51*;] interjrretation : i Co

12i« U^Â
'EpfiTis, -ov, acc, 'Ep/xû, 6, Hermes; (a) the Greek god (Lat.
Mercurius) : Ac 14^2 ; (6) a Christian : Eo IQ^'Â
'Epfioyenfjs, -ovs, o, Hermogenes, a Christian : 11 Ti 1^^+
TO (<; Ipiroi, to crawl), [in
cpiTCToi', -ov, LXX chiefly for iZTQI , 1^X0 ;]
a creeping thing, reptile : Ac 10^2 \\^^ jjq l^^, Ja 3".+
^pu0p6s, -a, -ov, [in LXX for DIN , Is 632 ; L edkaa-aa for ;)m"Q!
Ex 1019, al. ;] red : y i. OdXaaaa, the Bed Sea, Ac 7^^, He 1129.+
epXO)iai, [in LXX very freq. for NH , also for ^bn ni., nHX , etc.,
34 words in all ;] 1. to come ; (a) of persons, either as arriving or

returning from elsewhere : Mt S^, Mk Gî, Lk 7^ Jo 42^, Eo Q^, al.
seq. Mk
dTTo', 535 71, Jo 32, al. ; Ik, Lk 5i7,
Jo ^^\ al. ; eis, Mk 129, al.
8ta seq. €ts, Mk V^ (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ev), Eo 1529, i Co 421
; ^v
Ittl, c acc, Mk 6^3 Jo 1933, ^1. Kara, c. acc, Lk 1033 Ac 16^;
11^3, ;
Trapa, c gen., Lk 8*9; c. acc, Mt 1529, Mk 9^*, al. c dat. comm., ;
incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21^ Ee 25.ie; with adverbs: tto'^cv,
Jo 38, al. dvwOiv, Jo 331 ^TTio-^cv, Mk 52^ S^^, Mt 829 i^f,^ Jq iqz
; ; ;
• .
TTov, He 11^ seq. Iws, Lk 4*2; dxpi, Ac 11^ with purpose expressed ; ;
by inf., Mk 5^*, Lk 1^9, al. by fut. ptcp., Mt 27*9; Tva, Jo 129; î^ ;
TovTo, ha, Ac 921 8ta, c acc, Jo 129; before verbs of action, epx^rat
;
Kai, 7}X0€ KaL, etc. Mk 2^^, Jo 6^\ al. epxov Kal Kt, Jo 1*^ 113* ^xOwv
: ;
•
(redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2^ 8^ Mk 72*, Ac 1639, ^1,

similarly ipxofJievo^, Lk 152^, al. of coming into public view esp. ; :
of the Messiah (6 ipxofxevo^, Mt 113, ^1. v. Cremer, 264), Lk S^^, ;
Jo 425 hence, of Jesus, Mt 1V\ Lk 73*, Jo 5*3, al. of the second

; ;
coming, Mt 1023, Ac 1^, i Co 4^ i Th 52, al. (b) of time ipxovrai ;

:
riiJLipat (pres. for fut. Bl., ^ 56, 8), Lk 2329, He 8»(^^^); fut., Mt 91^,
:
Mk 220, al. ; ^pxirai ^pa, ore, Jo 4-1. 23^ al.

;
^X^cv, iXyXvOe r, wpa, Jo 131
1632 171 ; 17 rjpiepa r. Kvpiov, I Th 52; xaipot, Ac 319; (c) of things and
events : KaraKXva/xo^, Lk 17^^ ; Xi/u.os, Ac 7^^ 7 ;

6 Xvxvo^,
opyrj, 1
; Th l^**
Mk 421 (v. Swete, in 1.). Metaph., t. dyaed, Eo 3^

WAciov, i Co t.
I310; 17 TTtoTts, Ga 323.25; ^ cVtoXt?, Eo 7«; with prejpositions eV t. :
e\if€w<!, Ee 71'' ; €ts t. X^^P"*'.

^k 5^6 ; ets iretpaa-fiov, ib. 14"^ al. 2.
to go: SirCaw, c. gen. (Heb. nqi< ^^ri), Mt 162^, Mk 8^\ Lk 923; ^^v,
Jo 21^ ; 686y, Lk 2**. (Cf. dv-, eV-av-, ttTT-, 81-, CIS, in-eicr-, nap-eta--,
(rvv-€Lcr-, i^-, Sl-€$-, iir-, Kar-, nap-, avTi-Trap-, nept-, npo-, npoa-, crvv-
€>xo/xai.)
Syn. : TTopevofxai, xu)piw (v, Thayer, s.v. epxo/xai.).
cpw, V.S. Acyo), p. 496.
ipuT&u), -u), [in LXX chiefly for ^NlZr;] 1. to ask, question (c1.)
absol., Lk 193i 22«8, Jo 81'^ c. ace. pers., Jo 921 le^^.so 1821; ggq.
Xcyw, Mt 1613, Lk 233, Jo 119.21 512 919 165. c. dupl. ace. (WM, § 32,
4a), Mt 2124, Mk 410, Lk 203, Jo 1623 (M, Pr., 66„) c. ace. pers., seq. ;
irepL, Lk 9*5_ Jo 1819. 2. In late Gk. (Milligan, NTD, 51; not, as

Cremer, 716, Thayer, s.v., a "Hebraism"), = aheoj (q.v.), to ask,
14^^. i^, Phl 4^;
request: c. ace. pers., Jo 14^^; seq. imperat., Lk
Xeyov, Mt 1523, Jo 1221 seq. ?va (M, Pr., 208), Mk 726, Lk 736 1627,
.
Jo 447 1715 1931,38^ I Th 41^ II Jo 5 OTTO)?, Lk 73 1137, Ac 2320 c. inf., ; ;
Lk 53 837, Jo 440^ Ac 33 lO-'s 2318, I Th 512 c. ace. pers., seq. ntpi, ;
Lk 438, Jo 179-20, I Jo 5I6; inep, II Th 2l»2; TOi (WH, txt., om. ra) Trpos
flprjVTfv, Lk 1432 (cf. 81-, iTT-epwTOiw).
SVN. : V.S. atTCw.

**€(j-6tjs, -^tos, f) {<i€vwp.i, to clothe; hence, ia-Orj^, Lk, 11. c, Elz.),
[in LXX: i Es 87i.73^ n Mac 83^ lis*;] clothing, raiment: Lk 23ii
244, Ac 1030 1221, Ja 22. 3.t
**la0Tiais, -€w?, Tj, [in LXX: pi., 11 Mae 333, m Mac li«*;]
clothing : pi., Ac lio.t
ivQ'iu), and (poet, and late prose) eaOw, [in LXX chiefly for ^DX ;]
to eat; (a) absol.: Mt 1420.21, 63i,
Mk
Jo 43i, al. ; ev t. <t>ayely (on
this aor. form, v. M, Pr., Ill), i Co II21; gtg^^âi <l>ay€Lv, c. dat. pers.,
Mk 5*3, al. ;Kal ttiWv, Mt 625.
c.
3i,
Lk 107, al.; of ordinary use of
food and drink, i Co 9" II22 of ; partaking of food at table, Mk 2i«
Lk 530, al. ; opp. to fasting, Mt llis, Lk 538, al. ; of revelling, Mt 24*9
Lk 12*5 .
(5) c. ace. rei : Mt 62^, Mk 1«, Jo 63i,
Eo 142, al. ; Siprov (Heb
DO^ bSN), Mt 152, Mk 320, al. ; t^ iavTov S.., 11 Th 312 ; 5. seq. nap6.,
gen. pers., 11 Th 3^; ra seq. id., Lk 107; ^^ j^dcrxa, Mt 26i7, Mk I412

al ; T. KvptaKOv SeiTTvov, I Co 1120 . ^^ 0v(TLa<;, I Co lOi^ ; seq. Ik ( = cl
part, gen.), Jo 626.5o,5i^ i Co 1128; ^-^^ (cf. Heb. jQ bsx), Mt 1527, Mk

728; metaph., to devour, consume: He 1027, Ja 5^, Ee I71* (cf. /car-,
(rvv-ecrdioi)
'EaXci (Eee. 'Eo-At, v. WH, Notes, 155), 6, Esli, an ancestor of
Jesus Lk 32 5. t
:
LXX: Wi 72«, Si 12ii*;] a mirror: Co

** ia-oTTxpoi', -ov, 6, [in i
1312, Ja 123.t
eonr^pa, -as, 17 (prop. fem. of Ij-mpos), [in LXX chiefly for n^y ;]
(a) (sc. <2.pa), evening: Lk 2429, Ac 4^ 20^5 2823; (J) (sc. x<^pa). ^^^
west.i
^(nrepik(5s, -'/, -ov ( = the more freq. to-n-eptos, -a, -ov), [in LXX for
n")y, IV Ki 16^*, Ps 140 (141)2, al. ;] of the evening, evening: Lk
1238 (WH, ûjg ^)t
'Eapcifi ('Eo-pwv, Lk, I.e. ; Rec. 'Eo-p-), 6 (Heb. lllin , Ge 46^2, Nu
2621, I ch 25, al.), [in LXX both forms, ut supr. (cf. ICC, on Mt,
I.e. ; WH, § 408) ;] Esrom (AV), Hezron (RV), an ancestor of Jesus
Mt 13, Lk 333.t
'Eapuiv, 'Ecrp-, V.S. 'Ecr/Dcoyu,.
eoxaTos, -q, -ov, [in LXX ehiefly for rfinx ]iin8;] last,
utmost, extreme of the lowest or least honoured place,
; (a) of place :
Lk liy-i"; eo-xarov, gen.

T. part., Ac 1^ 13^"; {b) of time: Mtc.
2012.14^ Mk
12«.22, opp. to TrpiLros, Mt 208, I Co 15*^ Re 2^^, al. ra t. ;
Kal T. Trpwra, Mt 12*^ Lk ll^", II Pe 22" of the Eternal, 6 Trpwros Ka) ;
6 €., Re 1^^ 2^ 22^3 jj^ phrases relating to the Messianic age and the
j
consummation of the Kingdom of God iir iaxdrov {-wv) t. rj/jifpwv, :
He 12, II Pe 33 t. xpo'^^v, i Pe 12" I. wpa, i Jo 2^^ iir i. XP^^°^>

; ; ;
Ju^s. ly I rip.ipai% Ac 2^'', Ja 53, II Ti 3^; neut., laxaTov, as adv., Mk

1222, I Co 158 (c) of rank 935, i Co 4^.
;
: Mk
*eCTxaT(iis, adv., extremely, utterly ; i. exetv (= Lat. in extremis
esse), only in late writers (cf. iv eVxarots £uai, FIJ, Ant., ix, 8, 6), to be
at the jJoint of death : 523. Mk
€CTu, Ion. and old Att. form of cto-w « ek), adv., [in LXX for np^35
etc. ;] 1. prop., after verbs of motion {to) within, into : Mt 26^^, Mk
145*; c. gen., Mk 15^^. 2, As freq. in cl. (= el. IvSov), after verbs of
rest, within: Jo 202^, Ac 523; î i (opp, to oi 4â)), i Co 5^2; h |.
4i«, Eph
S.vOp<oTro^, Ro 722, II Co 3i6.t
eaa)0€K (< ecro)), adv., [in LXX for n^33, ^55^ and cognate
forms ;] 1. from within : Mk 72I' 23,

Lk 11". 2. wi^/im .•
Mt 7^*
2325,27,28^ II Co 75, Ee 48 51 ; to I., Lk 11*0; id. c. gen., ib.39.t
eCTCJTcpos, -a, -ov (compar. of eo-w), [in LXX chiefly for ^p^35
and cognate forms;] inner : Ac 162*; .j.^ ^^ gg 6i9.t
Iraipos, -ou, 6, [in LXX chiefly for JT") and cognate forms, also
Si 11^ a companion, comrade: Mt 11^^ (WH, cTepois)

372'^-, al. ;]
voc, as term of address, my friend : Mt 20^3 22^2 2650.t

**+ ^T€p6-YXa)<Taos (Att. -TTos), -ov, [in Aq. Ps 113 (114)\ Is 331^*;] :
of alien speech, of another tongue (v. Cremer, 681) i Co

142^ (aliter :
in LXX).t
*t cTepoSiSao-KaXeu, -w, to teach other or different doctrine : i Ti 13
63 (cf. CGT, in 1. Milligan, NTD, 102).t ;
*t iTepo-ioyeu, -w, [in LXX cf. irepoCvyo^, Le 19^9 (d;'8^3)*;] to be
unequally yoked : metaph., c. dat. pers., 11 Co 6i*.t

Zrcpos, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for lOJ*?;] distributive pron.,
prop, dual (BL, § 13, 5; 51, 6), denoting the second of a pair, but in
late Gk. encroaching on aAAos (M, Pr., 79 f.); 1. of number, other;
c. art., the other; (a) of two, Lk 5^ Q^", al. ; opp. to 6 tt/owto?, Mt 2130;
6 cts, Mt 6", Lk 7*1, Ac 23«, al. I. /x€v I. Se', the one the ; . . . . . .
other: i Co 15*"; the next: Lk 6^ 9^6 (sc. •^/êpa, Xen.), Ac 20^5 27^;
= 6 irXrjaLov, one's neighbour : Eo 2^ 13^, i Co 6^, al. (b) of more ;
than two, another : Mt 8^^ 11^, Lk 6« 22«5, Jo Eo 8^^ al. pi., Ac

19^7, ;
2^3; oifih... 5AAot 8k ... I 84, Mt le^*; nvh ... I. 8i, Lk lli«.
2. Of kind or quality, other, another, different (Plat., Dem., al.) : Mk
16C12], Lk 929, Ac 2*, I Co 142i, „ Qq ^4^ q^ 16^ al. (cf. €Tepo-yXa,o-o-os,
-8t8acr*ca\€<o, -^vycw).
Syn. : aAAos, q.v. (v. reff. ut supr., also Eobertson, Gr., 748 ff.).
^Tcpws, adv., differently, otherwise : Phi S^^.t

In, adv., ê^, as ye^, still; 1. of time; (a) of the present
(adhuc) Mk 535, j Co 3^ 15i7, Ga lô, al. (b) of the past, mostly c.
:
;
impf. Mt 12*«, Lk 8*9 1520, Jq 20\ Ac 9^, Eo 5^.8, ii Th 2^, He 7i«

:
98, al. (c) of the future

;
Lk ll^ ii Co lô (d) with a neg. Mt 5^3, :
;
:
Lk 162 203«, He 102, Ee 3^2 203, al. 2. Of degree, even, yet, still,
further : c. compar., Phi 1^, He 7^^; of what remains, Mk 12®, Jo 43^
733, al; of what is added, Mt 18i« 26«*, He 1132 1226,27. of con-
tinuance apart from the idea of time, Eo 3" 62 9^^^ Qa 5^^ en 8e, Ac ;
22« (LXX)^ He 1136 ; In T€ Ka(, Lk 1426, Ac 2128.
(<^ hoLfios), [in

cToijAdjû chiefly for p3 hi. (Hatch, Essays, LXX
51 fif.) ;] to prepare, make ready ; (a) absol., of hospitable preparation :
Mk 1415, Lk 9^2 1247 229.12; c. inf., Mt 26i7; Tva, 14^2; (6) c. ace. Mk
rei Mt 22* 26^\
: Mk
14i6, Lk I220 178 228. 13 2356 241, Jo I42.
3, Phm 22,
Ee 9'' 16^2 ; God's ordaining coming events

seq. ci's, 11 Ti 22^ ; of
(Dalman, Words, 128) of blessing, Mt 2023 253*, Mk 10*o, Lk 2^\ ;
I Co 29, He lli«, Ee 12® of judgment, Mt 25*i of preparation for the

; ;
Messiah, t. 680^ KvpLov, Mt 33, Mk 13, Lk 1^6 3* d-^) (c) c. ace. pers. ;
Lk V\ Ac 2323, Ee 19^, seq. ?va, Ee 8®; ek, 11 Ti 221, Ee 9^.15 212.t

^Toinao-ia, -as, rj {<^ cTot/ia^w, q.v.), [in LXX for p3 hi., p j]3lp ,
and cognate forms, 11 Es 2«8 33, Ps 938(10^7) 64(65)9 88 (89)^*,

Na Za 6^\ Ez
23(*>, 43ii, Da th 117,2o,2i_ 13^2 *;] 1. = kToi,x6j-qs,
wi
{a) readiness (Hipp.) preparation (LXX e.g. 1. t. KapStas, Ps
; (6) ;
938 (1017)) Eph &-\ EV. 2. fo^mdation, firm footing (Ps 88 (89)^*)
:
Eph, I.e. (Hatch, Essays, 55 Exp. Times, ix, 38 but v. also Abbott, ; ;
Essays, 95).
cToinos, -ov, also (in cl. after Thuc.) -r} (11 Co 9^ i Pe 1^), -ov, [in
LXX chiefly for ]'ID3 , ]i3!p (cf . Hatch, Essays, 51 ff.)
;]
prepared, ready ;
(a) of things : Mt 22*. 8, Mk 14^5, 11 Co 9^ 1Q^\ i Pe 1^ ; Ipxeade 5ti
yi8-q €TOifi<i 60-TIV (Field, Notes, 67), Lk 14^7; 6 Kaipos, Jo 7^; (b) of
persons: Mt 24** 25^\ Lk 12*o, Ac 232i geq. ^^^^ Tit 3^, i Pe 3i«; ;
c. inf., Lk 2223; toC, c. inf. (WM, § 44. 4a; Eobertson, Gr., 1068),
Ac 2315; iv c. Ixw (MM, Exp., xiv), c. inf., 11 Co 10«.+
^Toi'/xcus, adv., [in LXX : ii Es 7^^«-, Da LXX th 3i«*;] readily

IPe 4^ ; i. i)ô^, to be ready (Deiss., BS, 252 ; MM, Exp., xiv) : c. inf.,
Ac 2113, ji Co i2Uf
£Tos, -ovs, TO, [in LXX for n:tS^;] a year : Lk 3^ He 1^^ Ee 20^,
al. ; hrj £'x«v, Jo 55 8" etvai, yCveadai, irwv, ; Mk 5*2, Lk 2*2, Ac 422,
I Ti 5^ dat. pi. of space of time, Jo 22", Ac I32**
; ; ace. in ans. to how
long Mt 920, Mk 52^, Lk 2^6, Ac 7^ He 39, al. preceded by a prep.
? ;
dTr6, Lk 8*3, Eo 1523; ^Ld, c. gen. (v.s. Sui), Ac 241% Ga 2^; cV, Ac 24i0;
cts, Lk 12^9; cTTi, c. ace, Ac IQ^"; /xerd, c. ace, Ga 1^^ S^"^ irpo, c. gen., ;
II Co 122 âr Itos, yearly, Lk 2*^ .
SVN. : cKtauTos, q.v. ; cf. LS, S.v. cvtauTo's.

adv. (prop, neuter of old Epic €i5s, good, noble), [in LXX, (v
€u,
yiyyiaOai, ev irouiv (itlj^) ;] well : (.v yiv., Eph 63 (LXX) ^j; Troicrv, C. dat. j
(cf. Si 12^' 2), to do good, 14'''

Mk
(where Nestle suggests evTroiciv, q.v.)
€i! TrpacraeLv, to fare well, Ac 152^; in replies (= evye), good ! well done !
Mt 2521.23^ Lk 1917 (eJye, txt.).t WH,

Eua (WH, E{Ja, § 408 Eec. Eâ ; ; S (in I Ti), Eva), -as, rj (Heb.
rp- qis f
njn , Ge 320), Eve, wife of Adam ii Co : 113, ^
cuayyeXiJu), [in LXX for "lizySl pi., hith. ; for good news in
general i Ki 31», al. of God's loving kindness, Ps 39 (40)io 95
: ; (96)2,
and esp. of Messianic blessings. Is 40^ 60^, al. ;] to bring or announce
glad tidings ; 1. act. (only in late writers) c. ace. pers., Ee 30'''; seq. :
€irt, c. ace. pers., Ee 14^; pass., of things, to be proclaimea as glad

tidings: Lk 16^^, Ga l^^, i Pe 12^; impers., i Pe 4" of persons, to ;
Jmve glad tidings proclaimed to one: Mt 11^, Lk 722, He 42>6. 2.

Depon. mid. (cl.), to proclaim glad tidings, in NT esp. of the Christian
message of salvation: absol., Lk 9®, Eo 152", al. ; c. dat. pers., Lk
4i8(LXX)^ Eo ace. pers. (not el.), Lk 3^^,
V-^, al. ; in same sense c.
Ac 1610, Ga
19, I Pe 1^2; c. ace. rei, dpr^vrjy, Ac 103«, Eo IQi^d-xx);
T. /Saa-iXetav t. Oeo^, Lk 8^ c. dat. pers., Lk li^ 4*3, Eph 2^7 3^; avroi ;
T. 'Itô-ow, Ac 835 1718. Q (Jupl. ace, Ac 1332; c. ace. pers. et inf., Ac

1415 ; T. Kiafia<; (TroXeis), Ac 82^' *0 I421 ^^f Trpo-cvayyeXtôyuai).
cuayyAioj', -ov, to, [in LXX for nnitZT^ , HTJ;? , II Ki 410
1822' 25*;] in q\ ^ ^^^ ^ reward for good tidings (Horn.; pi., LXX,
1
II Ki in pi., ev. Oveiv, to make a thank-offering for good
410) ; (b)
tidings (Xen., al.). 2. Later (Luc, Plut., al.), good tidings, good news
in NT of the good tidings of the kingdom of God and of salvation
through Christ, the gospel : Mk li^, Ac 15^, Eo li^, Ga 22, i Th 2*,
423 Eo 15i^, al.
al. ; e. gen, obj., t. ySao-tXetas, Mt . ^ Xpia-Tov, ; t. KvpCov
TjfxMv 'ItjctoC, II Th 1^ ; T. vlov T. $€01), Eo 1^ ; T. So^r/s T. fiaKaptov Oeov,
15i«,
I Ti 3^5^^ ^ Xpta-Tov, II Co 4* of the author, t. Beov, Eo
111 . ^^ ;
2i«, ii Co 43, i Th l^ ii Ti 28; of the

al. of the teacher, r)piC>v, Eo
;
taught, T. TrepiTOfXT]^, T. d/cpoySucTTias, Ga 2*^; rj dXr)6(ia tov cu., Ga 2^'!'*,

Col 1*; ^ cAttis (7rto-Ti9) TOV cv., Col 123, 127 (y, Cremer, 31 ff.; and p^
on the later eccl. use of the word,, M, Th., 143 f.).
*+ euayyeXianis, -ov, 6, an evangelist; (a) in NT, a preacher of

the gospel : Ac 21^, Eph 4^^, ii Ti 4* ; (b) later, a writer of a gospel

(eccl.).t
eoapcaT€'u), -S, [in LXX chiefly for '^bn hith., Ge 522. 24^ pg 25 (26)3
55 (56)13, al., Si 44i<' ;] to be well-pleasing : t. ee<2 (LXX, 11. c), He
11*' ". Pass., to be well pleased : c. dat., He IS^^.t
**t 6u-dpeoTos, -ov, [in LXX : Wi 4}^ 9^* * ;] well-pleasing, ac-
ceptable : Ro 122; c dat. pers., Eo 12^ U^\ 11 Co 5^, Eph S^",
Phi 418 ;Tit 2^ (Kvptw), Col 320
id. seq. ev, ; ivuiTnov, He I321 (for ex. in
Inscr., V. Deiss., BS, 215).t
* €u-apeaTws, adv., acceptably : r. OiS, He 1228.t
EuôuXos, -ov, 6., Eubulus, a Christian 11 Ti 421.+ :
eu-yc, adv., in replies, well ! good ! tuell done ! : Lk 19^'' (WH for
Rec. ev, q.v.).t
cfiyci^s, -es {<A ycvos), [in LXX: Jb 13 (biia), II Mac 10" E,

IV Mac 6* 913.23,27 103,15*;] 1, ^(êll born, of noble race : Lk 19^2, i Co
12<5. 2. 7ioble-minded : compar., -eo-rcpos, Ac IT^^.t
**€68ia, -as, rj, [in LXX : Si S^**;] {<^€v8lo<;, calm), fair weather
Mt 162 (Eec, E, txt.).t
t€u-8oK^&», -w (on the derivation, v. Bl., § 28, 6), [in LXX chiefly
for ns*l, also for nSN yBU etc.;] 1. c. inf. (Polyb., al.),
, , to be well
pleased, to think it good, to give consent (so freq. in tt, in legal docu-
ments Milligan, Th., 22 f.) Lk 1232, Ro 152*5. 27, i Co I21, Ga l^*, Col l^^,
; :
E, mg. {ICC, in 1., but v. infr.), i Th 2^ 31 ;

^SAAov €v., 11 Co 5^ ; c. ace.
et inf. (Polyb., i, 8, 4), Col, I.e., E, txt. (Lft., in 1.). 2. to be well
pleased or take pleasure with or in a person or thing; (a) c. dat.
(Polyb., al. i Mac 1*3, i Es 439) „ Th 2^2 (&) as freq. in LXX, (a)
; .
;
c. ace. : Mt 12i8, He 10«' » (i-xx) •

(^) geq. ly (cf. Heb. 3 nST Ps 149*) ,
Mt 31' 175, Mk 111, Lk 322 (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 134 f. ; DCG, i,
308 b), I Co 105, II Co 1219, He 1038 (lxx). (g) seq. eh : u Pe li^ (Cf.
a-w-€v8oK€iD, and v. Cremer, 213 f. ; Field, Notes, 48 f. ; DCG, i, 355*.) +
+ €u8oKia, -as, 17 «cv8oK£w, q.v.), [in LXX : Ps 512, al. (jlSl), freq.
in Si; in Inscr. (I.G., 5960), LXX, and NT = tiSoKrja-i^ (Diod.);] good

pleasure, good-will, satisfaction, approval : Mt 112<5, Lk IO21, Eo IQi,
Eph 15.9, Phi 115 213; c. gen. obj., 11 Th 1"
Milligan, in 1.); cV (v.
avOpwiroLs €v8oKLa, Eec, E, mg., WH, mg. (v. Field, Notes, 48 f.), Lk
21* -as, Lk, I.e., E, txt.,
; txt. (v. WH, ICC, in 1. ; App., in l.).t WH,
eicpyeaia, -as, ^ « cv€pyeV>/s), [in LXX : Ps 77 (78)ii
(nb^by), Wi
1611,24^ II Mac 613 926, IV Mac 8i^*;] a good deed, kindness, benefit:
I Ti 62; c. gen. pers. (ei. -n-oXem, Plat., leg., 805b), Ac 4^.+
al. ;] to
eiepyexe'w, -w
do good, bestow benefit
« cicpyerr^s)
:
,
Ac
[in LXX:
1038.t
Ps 12 (13)« (^DS), Wi S^,
**€i€pY^TTis, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Es 8i3,

Wi 19i*, 11 Mac 42, iii Mac
319 624*;] ^ benefactor: Lk 222* (for contemp. usage, v. Deiss.,
LAE, 248).+
eo-ecTos, -ov «Ttî;yLii), [in LXX: Ps 31 (32)« (XYD), Da th
gui5*-j ready for use, fit: of things, c. dat.,
6'^; seq. ti's, Lk He
143*; of persons, c. dat., Lk Q"'^ (for rabbinic parallels, v. Dalman,
Words, 119 f.).t
cOe^ws, adv. « ivev<i), [in LXX : Jb 5^ (dSTD), Wi 5^2, i Mac

11^2^ al. ;] straightway, at once, directly : Ga 1^^, Ja 1^^, m
Jo ^* (cf.
Dalman, Words, 28 f.), Ee 4^, and freq. in Mt, Lk, Jo, Ac (in Mk,
evBv'i, q.v.).
*t eoOuSpofiô), -co, of ships, to run a straight course (Philo) : Ac
1611 21i.t
-i {<ieWvfi.o^), [in Sm.: Ps 31 (32)ii, Pr IS^^*;] 1.
**€i9oî^w,
trans., to make cheerful (..Esch.). 2. Intrans. (Eur., Plut. ; so mid.
in Xen., Plat.), to he of good cheer: Ac 27-2.25, Ja S^^.t
**€u-9uôs, -ov, [in LXX:
11 Mac ll^"*;] 1. kind (Horn.). 2. of
good cheer (^sch., al.) Ac 272^.t :
*€o0ufjL&>s, adv., cheerfully : Ac 24i'^.t
ciOu.'a) «€i^^v?), [in LXX: Nu 2223, Jq 24^3 (ni^j hi.), Jg 14^,

I Ki 1820.26 (-ny,)_ Pr 202^ Si 22.6, al. ;] 1. to direct: Ja 3*. 2. to
make straight : Jo 123 (LXX, erot/Aa(TaTe).t
euflo's, -cia, -V, [in LXX chiefly for 1^;] 1. straight, direct:
Tpifioi, Mt 33, Mk 13, Lk 3* (L^x); e,'? cu^ci'as, (sc. 68ov's), Lk 3^ ; d. 680s,

fig., Ac ISi**, II Pe 21^; as pr. name of a street, Ac 9". 2. In moral
sense, straightforxvard, right : Kupîa, Ac 821 (cf. Ps T" 31 (32)ii, al.).t
euGos, adv., [in LXX (more freq. than cvêws) chiefly for
-1;^;;] = tvOem, straightxvay, directly: Mt 3i« 132».2i 1427 212.3 26'^,
Lk 6«, Jo 1330.32 1934^ Ac IQie

and 42 (41) times in Mk.t
cuOuTT)?, -77T0S, 17 «fwû?), [in LXX chiefly for n^ , -|iur''P
and cognate forms ;] uprightness: He l^<^^^).t

*teuKaip€a>, -w (= cl., €v o-;(oX^? «X"*' ^ ii^®<^
^Y Polyb. and Philo;
cf. Eutuerford, NPhr., 205; MM, Exp., xiv), io /la-ye leistire or
c. inf., Mk
63i
opportunity : 1 Co I612 seq. ; ; cis, to devote one's
leisure to, Ac 172i.t
euKatpia, -as, r] «| tvKaipo-;), [in LXX : Ps 91" (v. Soph., Lex.,
s.v.) 922 (101) 144 (145)15 (ny), Si 382^ i Mac 11*2*;] fitting time,
opport2inity : seq. tva, Mt 261'' . ^^-^ q_ jj^f_^ l]^ 22^.
€i(-Kaipos, -ov, [in LXX : Ps 103 (104)27 (ny), 11 Mac 1429 1520, 21^
III Mac 411 5** * ;] timely, seasonable, suitable (Cremer, 740) rj/Jiepa, :
Mk 621 ^Qj. gmpty^ as in Byz. and MGr. ; v. Exp., xiv) ; fioydeLa, MM,
He 4i6.t
**€uKatpws, adv., [in LXX: Si 1822*;] seasonably, in season: Mk
1411 opp. to Slk- (Kiihner3, iv, 346 d), 11 Ti 42.t
.
**t eJ-KOTTos, -ov, [in LXX: Si 22l^ i Mac 3i8*;] with easy labour,
easy: compar., -utrepov ian, c. inf., Mt 9^, 2^, Lk 523; q ace. et Mk
inf., Mt 192*, Mk 1025, Lk 161^ 182^ (Polyb. ; the adv. -m occurs in
Aristoph., Fr., 615).t
euXdpeio, -as, ^ « ciAayST^s), [in LXX : Jo 222* (nîil), Pr 281*,
Wi 17^*;] 1. caution, discretion (Soph., Plat., al.). 2. In later Gk.

(Diod., Plut., al.), also reverence, godly fear : He 5^ 12^8.+
Syn.: SciXia (q.v.), 6fto^ (cf. Cremer, 387 f., 759; DB, ii, 222).
eiXapô|iai, -oifxat, [in LXX : Pr 2428 (395), Na 1^ (non), al., for
15 different Heb. words in all ; also Si 7^3 41^, al, ;] 1. to be cautious,
to beware : Ac 23io (Rec. ; <f>ojSr]e€L^, WH, RV). 2. to reverence : He
117 (cf. Cremer, 388).t
cOXapi^s, -« eJ, Xa^clv), « [in LXX : Mi V AB2 (Tpn) ; €v. yrou2v,
Le 15^1 (1T3 hi.), Si ll''' N^ * ;] 1. cautious, circumspect. 2. devout,

religious, reverent : Ac 2^ 8^ 22^^ gtVaios Kai cv., Lk 22^.t j
cuXoyû, -to), [in LXX chiefly for ^la pi.;] 1. to speak well of,
praise (cl. ; LXX De 8^\ al.) : t. êoV, Lk V^ 228 2451. 53 (aJvoCi'Tes,
T,WH, mg.), Ja 3"; absol., to give praise, Mt 14^9 2626 (y, Swete on
Mk 1422), Mk 6*1 1422 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 243o, i Co 14i«. 2. As in
LXX (= "^13 pi.) ; (a) to bless, invoke blessings on (Ge 24«*', Nu 232»,
al.) : absol., i Co 4^2, i Pe 39; c. ace. pers., Lk 23* 628 2480.", Eo 12^^
He 7i'«>^ 1120,21. eiXoyT^/xcVos (= ^n^; V. Lft., Notes, 310; DCG, i,
189), blessed, Mt 13^5 19^8 (lxx)^ Jo 12^3;

21^ 2339 (Lxx)^ Mk ll^.ô, Lk
c. ace. rei, Mk
8^, Lk 9^\ i Co (b) with God as subject (Ps 443,
10i«
;
al.), to bless, prosper, bestow blessings on: c. ace. pers., Ac 32", Ga

39, Eph 13 (Lft., Notes, 311), He 6^^ (v\oyr)fjiiyo^, Lk 128 (WH, txt.,
E, txt., omit) ib.*2; iiXoyqp.ivoL T. Trarpos (cf. Is 619), Mt 253*; pagg^
Ac 32^ (cf. Iv-, *caT-€vXoye(i)).t
Syn. : v.s. alviw, and cf. DCG, i, 189, 211 ; Cremer, 766.
tcuXoyriTos, -oV (<€vXoycto)), [in LXX chiefly for "JJTIll;] blessed;
De Eu 15i3) God
(a) of men (Ge 122 A, 7^*, Jg I72 B, 220, i Ki ;
(b) of
(Lft., Notes, 310 f.),as chiefly in LXX (Ge 92«, Ex 17^^ Ps 17 (18)*«,
al.) : Lk 1«8, Eo 12^ 9^ {ICC, in 1.), 11 Co 13 113i, Eph 13, i Pe 13
absol., 6 €v\oyrjT6'i (Dalman, Words, 200; JThS, v, 453), Mk U^^
(Cremer, 769).t
eoXoyia, -as, rj [in LXX chiefly for n^^S ;] 1. fair speaking,
fiaitering speech : xpô-ôXoyias koI cu., Eo 16^^. 2. praise : of God (as
in late Inscr. ; LS, s.v.) and Christ, Ee 5^2. i3 712, 3. i^ LXX and
NT : blessing, benediction ; [a) the act of blessing : i Co 10^",He 12^'^,
Ja 3"; {b) concrete, a blessing: Eo 1529, „ Co 95. «, Ga 3^*, Eph 13,
He 6^ I Pe 39(cf. De ll^^, Si 732, al.).t
*t eu-|ieTd-8oTos, -ov (<; ev, fx.€TaSiSwfXL), ready to impart : assoc. with

KotvwvtKos (for the distinction bet. the two, v. Field, Notes, 213 GOT, in ;
1.), I Ti
6i8.t
Eui'iKt] (Eec. -veiKt]), -tjs, Eunice, Timothy's mother: ii Ti l^.t
€i-voiut, -w «€woos, friendly), [in LXX: Es 8^3 Bx^ Da

LXX 2*3, III Mac 7" * ;] to be favourable, kindly disposed c. dat., :
Mt 52^+
coi/oia, -as, r) (<;ciVoos), [in LXX : Es 2^^, al. ;]

goodwill: Eph
6^ (of slaves; MM,
Exp., xiv).t
cf,
*+eu»'ooxtt« (<;€movxos), to make a eunuch of, castrate: pass.,
Mt 19^*; metaph., ci. kavrov, ib.+
cucouxos, -ov, o (i.e. 6 ry]v iiv-qv (bed) «x*^'')» \}^ LXX for D^"1D
(perhaps not of necessity an actual eunuch; DB, s.v.), Ge 39\ al.,

Wi 3^*, Si 20* 30^" ;] an emasculated man, a eunuch : Mt 19^2 one j
such holding, as was common, high office, as of chamberlain, at court,

Ac 8^''' ^*' ^^' 3^' 39 metaph., of one naturally incapacitated for or volun-
;
tarily abstaining from wedlock, Mt 19^^ f

EuoSi'a (Rec. -wSta), -as, r], Euodia (not as AV, Euodias), a
Christian woman Phi 4^.+ :
eo-oSoo), -w « 68os), [in LXX chiefly for n^S hi. ;] to help on

fonesway (Soph., al.). 'Pq^^'a., to have a prosperous journey ; metaph.
(Hdt., al.), to prosper, he prospered, he successful: iii Jo 2, Ro 1'",
1 Co 162 (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 54 ICG, in l.).t ;
*+ cu-irdp-cSpos, -ov {<C^v, TrapcSpos, sitting near; cf. Wi 9*), con-

stantly attendant or waiting on : t. Kvpim, i Co 7^* (Rec. e{i7rpoo--).+
** eO-irci0i7s, c's
to obey, compliant
«
c^, Trit6ofiat), [in
: Ja
IV Mac 12"
3^'^.t
LXX : AR * ;] ready
*cu-iT-€pi-o-TaTos, -ov (<C«^» TripdaTrjjjLi), of sins, readily besetting:

He 12^ (on form and sense of the word, v. Westc, in l.).t
t cu-iroieoj. Si, = tv iroieoi, to do good (whence ev-rroua, q.V.) : evTToiâai,
Mk 14" B (also Is 4123 B, al.; v. Nestle, in Exp. T., xxiii, 7).t
*tco-Troiia (Rec. -da), -as, r]', 1. beneficence, doing good: He 13^".
2. a benefit (FIJ, Ant., ii, 11, 2, al.).t
cu-irope'w, -w (<| cwTropos, %uell provided for), [in LXX: Le 252*5' *9
Zmn hi.), ib. 28 (v.l.), Wi IQi"*;] to prosper, be well off: Ac 1129.t

eu-TT-opia, -as, rj (< €VTropo<:), [in LXX for b^n, IV Ki 25^" A (freq.
in Aq.) * ;] 1. facility. 2. plenty, wealth : Ac 192^.t
cu-TrpeTreia, -as, rj {<^€VTrp€7rrj<;, comely), [in LXX for TTTI , etc.;]
goodly appearance, comeliness : Ja l^^.t
*t 6u-7rp6a-8eKTos, -ov (<^ tv, 7rpoo-8exo/i.at), more usual than ScKTOs,
Ro 15i6'3i, n Co
q.V., accejHable: 62 312, i Pe 2\f
*t cu-irpoa-eSpos, -ov, Rec. for evirdpeSpo^, q.v. I Co T'^.t :
**t €u-Trpoao>iTe(i>, -w (<[ tvTrpdo-wTros, /air 0/ face), [in Al. Ps 140 :
(141)^, v.l. for -tt,oi*;] to look well, make a fair show : metaph. (as in
IT.; V. Deiss., LAE,
96), Ga 6i2.t
t Eup-aKuXwi' (Rec. evpoK\v8(Dv, q.V.), -wvos (<^ Ewpos, the East tcind,
and Ijaî. Aquilo ; Vg., Euroaguilo), the Euraquilo, a N.E. wind (i.e.
between Eurus and Aquilo) Ac 27^*. :
eupiCTKw, [in LXX chiefly for NSa , also for 31273 hi., etc. ;] to find,
with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ^jjtc'w, Mt 7"'^, Lk
IP' 10 c. ace, Mt 2^, Mk l^^, Ac I322, n Ti l^^, al. pass., o{>x €i., of
;
;
disappearance, He 11^, Re 162", al. yrj k. ra Iv airfi ipya evpeO-jaerai ;
(for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in 1.),

11 Pe 3^**, WH, E, mg. Metaph., to find, find out by inquiry, learn,

discover: Lk 19*8, Ac 421 atrtW, Jo 18^8, Ac 13-^^ al.; pass., Mt V^
;
Lk I718, Eo 710, I Co 4^ Ga 2^^, i Pe V, Ee 5*, al. of attaining to the ;
knowledge of God, d. êdv, Ac 17^' pass., Eo lO'ô (LXX). Mid., to find ;
for oneself, gain, procure, obtain : c. ace. rei, Aurpwcrtv, He 9^^ act. in j
same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10^'-' ll^^, Lk l^*^,
Ac 7*«, II Ti 118, al. (cf. dv-€vpt(TKw).
t £upo-KXuSa>f (G, evpvKX-), -wvos, 6 (<^ Evpos (v.l. <;^ evpv^, broad),
k\v8wv), Euroclydon (prob. a sailor's corruption of Ev/aaKv'Awv, q.v.)
Ac 171s Eec.t
copu-xwpos, -ov, {<^€vpv<i, broad + x'^P°^)' \y^
LX.X for am ni., and
cognate forms (Is 30^3, al.), exc. 11 Ch 18^ (pil ;] spacious, broad :
Mt 7i3.t
€0-ae'Peia, -a?, ^ « eio-c/Si?'?, q.v.), [in LXX : Pr 1^, Is 33^ (nST),
Pr 1311 (aliter in Heb.), Is II2 (njT T\i<T), i Es 123, î 10^2, Si 493,
and very freq. in iv Mac ;] piety, reverence (towards parents

1. and
others). 2. piety towards God, godliness : Ac 3^2, i Ti 22 4^« 8 6^' *> ^^,
II Pe 13. «. 7 ;" TO T^s €v. fJLvarrjpiov, I StSaaKoXia, I Ti 63

Ti B^^ ; r) Kar cv. ;
17 aX-Ôeta rj Kar ev., Tit 1^ iJ.6p<j>(^(ris £vo-ey3ct'as, II Ti 3^

;
pi. (v. Bl., § 32, ;
6; Mayor on Ja 2^), 11 Pe S^^ (on the use of ei. and cognates in Past.
Epp., V. CGT, on i Ti 22; cf. also Cremer, 524).
**€0-aep£'u, -w «cio-£^7?s, q.v.), [in LXX: Da LXX Su", iv Mac
9" nE ,
11^' 8. 23 132 * ;] to reverence, shotv piety towards ; c. ace. (else-
where more freq. seq. cis, ttcoi, Trpos) : oTkov, i Ti 5* Oeov, Ac 17^3
;
(Cremer, 525).t
c6(r€pris, -€s « ^v, ae(3op.m), [in LXX : Pr 12^2, Is 24i« 26^ (pîy),
Mi 72 (Tpn), Is 328 (a-^-i:), and freq. in Si and iv Mac ;]

pious, godly,
devout: Ac 102' \ 11 Pe 2\f
Syn.: 6€o<Ttf3^v, dprja-Ko^ (v. Tr., Syn., §xlviii; DB, ii, 221 f.;
Cremer, 524 f., 858).
**€uo-€pd)s, adv., [in LXX: iv Mac V^*;] piously, religiously:
II Ti 312, Tit 2i2.t
cuoTTjixos, -ov {<êv + (TTJua, a sign), [in LXX for n53, Ps

80 (81)3 (.^5^ Da LXX 2i»)*;] 1. conspicuous (cf. Ps, I.e.). 2. clear
to the understanding, distinct : i Co 14^.t
** eua-irXaYX>'0S> "Ov (cv, Pr Ma^ {Camb. a-n-Xdyxyov, q.v.), [in
Mamial LXX, iii, 825) ;] 1. in Hippocr., as medical term (LS, s.v.).
2. Metaph. (cf. €uo-7rAayx»''a, Eurip., Bhes., 192), in NT, tenderhearted,
compassionate : Eph 432, j pg 38 f
* euorxr]fio»'us,
14*0; TTcpiTraTcIv, Eo
adv.
13^3,
« Th i
€V(rxvH-<^v),
4l2.t
decorously, becomingly : 1 Co
** cu<TXT]fio(ru»'T] (<; 6uo-x>?/Awv), [in LXX: IV Mac 62*;] seemliness,

comeliness : i Co 1223.
€U(Txr\fi(av, -ov (ev, (rxvM-o), [in LXX: Pr 112^*;] 1. elegant,
graceful, comely (Eur., Plat., al.) : to. ev. rjixw (opp. to to. aa-x- W')i
I Co 12-^ ; in moral sense, seemly, becoming, i Co

2. Also in late
7^^.
Gk. (v. Swete, Mk., I.e. ; MM, Exp., xiv), wealthy, influential (EV, of
honourable estate) : Mk 15", Ac 13^0 IT^^.t
€i,T6yiJs, adv. «€?, T«Va>), [in LXX for nilp'ltrs, JosG^'^)*.]
vigorously, vehemently : Lk 23^**, Ac IS^^.t

* €UTpaire\ia, -as, 17 (<[ ev, Tpirru)), 1. versatility, wit, facetiousness
(Hippocr., Plat., al.). 2. = /3w/AoAoyta, coarse jesting, ribaldry
(Abbott, Essays, 93) Eph 5*.t :
Syn. : fjLUipoXoyia, V. Tr., Syn., § xxxiv.

EuTuxos, -ov, 6 (cw, Tvxv), Eutychus, a young man Ac 20^.t
«
:
** ei<^r]iiia, -a<;, £i5<^»7/xos), [in Sm. Ps 41 (42)5 46 (47)2 99

y :
(100)2 125 (126)2*;] good rejjort, praise : opp. to Sva(j>r]uia, 11 Co 6^t

€u<|>r])ios, -ov (ev, ;]
primarily, titter-
^pijfjirj), [in Sm. : Ps 62 (63)"
ing words or sotcnds of good omen, hence, 1. avoiding ill-omened
words, religiously silent. 2. fair -sounding, auspicious (R, mg.,
gracious) Phi 4^.t :
*eu-(})ope<o, -w, to be fruitful : Lk 12i«.t

eoijjpatcw, [in LXX
chiefly for natz? qal, pi. ;] to cheer, gladden : ,
c.ace. pers., opp. to kvwdv, 11 Co 22. Pass., to be hajypy, rejoice,

make merry: Lk 15^2, Ac 22«(Lxx)^ Rq Ib^H^^^), Ga 427 (Lxx)^ Rq llô
12^2 J
geq. tV, Ac 7*^; eVt, c. dat.. Re 182"; of merry-making at a
feast (ill Ki 420 ; cf. Kennedy, Sources, 155 ; Field, Notes, 69 f.), Lk
1219 1523, 24, 29 (LXX) (Xa/XTTpws) 16i9.t
Eu<t>pdTT)s, -ov, 6, the river Euphrates : Re 9^* 16^2_f
cu<t»po(70kT], -Tjs, rj {<êv4>p<jiv, cheerful), [in LXX chiefly for
rejoicing, gladness Ac 22^ (L^X) 14^7.t
nnpi?? ;] :
** €ixapi<rri<^, -w, [in LXX: Jth 825 ^j 132, 11 Mac V^ 10^ A

12^^ R, III Mac 7^"*;] to be thankful, give thanks (chiefly in late
writers and Inscr. ; cf. Milligan, Th., 5 Ellic. on Col 1^2 Lf^^ Notes, ;
•
9) Ro 121,
: I Co 1417, I Th 5^8 of giving thanks before meat, Mt 15^6
;
2627, Mk
8" 1423, Lk 2217,19, Jo 611.23, i Co 112"; c. dat. pers., t. Oew,
Lk 17i«, Ac 2735 2815, j^ 146 164^ i Co U^», Phi 1^, Col 13. 12, Phm *
seq. 8ia 'I. XpLo-Tov, Ro 18 725, R, WH, mg.. Col 3^^; iv ovo/xan Xp.,
Eph 520 ; seq. Trept, I2, 11 Th 13 5tl, Ro 1^, 11 Th 2^3
i Th i^rc, c. dat. ; ;
rei, I Co 1^; iirip, i Co 103o, Eph l^* 520 5rt, Lk 18^, Jo ll*i, i Co ;
11*, I Th 213, Re 1117 pass. (Deiss., BS, 122 f.), 11 Co l^^.t

;
Syn.: v.s. atve'w; and cf. Cremer, 903 f.
**c<3xapi(rria, -as, ^
3711, II Mac
£ Vp^^-ôs), [in Es 8^3, 1628, Si
227*;] 1. thankfulness, gratitude (Polyb. Es, Si, 11 Mac,
« LXX:
;
Wi
11. c.) : Ac 243. 2. giving of thanks, thanksgiving (so in tt. and
Inscr. ; M, Th., 41 f.) : i Co 141", 11 Co 4^5, Eph 5*, Phi 4«, Col 27 42,
I Th 39, I Ti 43.4, Re 49 712; c. dat. pers., 11 Co 9^ (cf. t. ^coC, Wi,

I.e.) ;
pi., II Co 912, I Ti 2^ (Cremer, 904).t
€ux«ipio-Tos, -ov {<i(.v, xap'^Co/Acit)' [^"^ LXX for ]n, Pr 11^**;]
1. = €v;âpts, winning, gracious, agreeable (Pr, I.e.). 2. grateful,
thankful : Col S^^.f
eoxn, -^s, v (•< evxofxai), [in LXX chiefly for l^j ;] 1. a prayer
Ja 518. 2. a vow : Ac IS^s 2123.t
Sriv^. : V.8. ScTô-is.
euxofxai, [in LXX chiefly for "113 also for injr hi., etc. ;] <o
,
pray : c. ace. rei, 11 Co 13^; c. dat. pars., t. dew, Ac 26^9; seq. irpo? t.
êoV, II Co 137 c. ace. et inf., Ac 272^,
; iii Jo 2; seq. i-n-ep, Ja 5i«;
qixofjLTjv ftvai. (on impf. here, v. 7CC, in 1., Lft., FhilemP), Eo 9^
(Cremer, 718).
eJ-xptjoTos, -ov {el, xpaof «0» [in LXX : Pr 31^3 (^^n), Wi 13^3 * ;]
2'^^
useful, serviceable : c. dat. pers., 11 Ti ; id. seq. eis, c. dat. rei,
IITi 4^^ opp. to axp^ya-Tos,
; ^^,t Phm
*t cu»|/uxôj, -o) (<< evif/vxps, courageous), to be of good courage : Phi
2i9.t
cuwSi'a, -a9, 17 (<^ evu)8ri<;, fragrant ; <C o^w), [in LXX for nwi
Ge 821, cvwStas) ; Si 20^ 24^^, al. ;] fragrance :
3,1. (oo-/x^ metaph.,
XpicTTov cv., II Co 2^* ; ocTfir] evwStas (a metaphor of sacrifice, most freq.
in Pent, and Ez.), 52, Phi 418.+ Eph
EiwSia, -as, rj. Phi 42, Eec. (for EuoSia, q.v.).t
eoufujxos, -ov (cv, 6vo/xa), [in LXX chiefly for bKDij^;] 1. of good
name or omen. 2. Euphemistic for apia-Tepo?, left : Ac 21^, Re IO2 ; i(
ciwvvVwi', on <;ie left : Mt 2021-23 2533.41 2738, lOô 152'.t Mk
^4)(iXXo,jiai, [in LXX for n^y , i Ki 10^ 11" 16i3 * ;] to leap upon
seq. cTTt, c. ace. pers. Ac IQi^.t
*i<^-dTTat adv., 1. once for all (Eupol.) : Eo 61", He 727 912 IQio.
2. at once : i Co 15<'.t
c4)eiSoi', V.8. eTreiSov.
'E<ê<Tlyos, -rj, Ephesian Ee 2i, Eec. (ev "EêVw, WH, EV).t

-ov, :
'E(|>^(7ios, -a, -ov, Ephesian : Ac 182' 1928, 34, 35 2i29;f

"E(|>€o-os, -ov, rj, Ephesus, a city in Asia Minor Ac 18i^' 2i» 2*. 27 :
191,17,26 (on the gen., v. M, Pr., 73) 20i«'i7, i Co 1532 16^, Eph li,
I Ti 13, II Ti 118 412, Ee in 2i.t

* c«^-cupcTii]s, -OV, 6 etpevpLCTKU), to find out), an inventor, con-
{<d
triver : KaKoiv (cf. Kaxias evpcrr;?, II Mac 731), JJq ^SO f
t €<j>-T)/iepia, -as, 17 {<Ci<f)r]fi€po<;), [in LXX chiefly for mpi?7p,

ripbno;] 1. a course of daily services (Ne 1330, j q\^ 25^, al.). 2. a
class or course of priests detailed for service in the temple (i Ch 23',
al.) : Lk l^-^ (cf. MGr., t^T^/icptos, priest).f
* i<^-r\fi€pos, -ov {iiri, rjfxepa), 1. lasting for a day. 2. daily, for
the day : Ja 2i*.t
C({>l8€, V.S. CTTCtSoi'.
** i^-iKvio\i.ai, -ov/xaL, [in LXX: Si 432". 30e (^^j^. ABn)*;] to
come to, to reach: seq. aypi, ii Co 10i3; tis, ib. i*.t
€(}>-i<rrtip,i, [in LXX for 2X3 ni., ri'^lS' , ]r3 , etc. ;] 1. causal in
pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to set upon or by, set up, etc. (-^sch., Hdt.,
Arist., al). 2. Intrans. in mid. and in pf and 2 aor. act. (a) to stand .
;
upon ; (b) to be set over ; (c) to stand by, be present, be at hand, come
on or u2)on: Lk lOô 20i, Ac 6^2 12" 22i3.2o 23^^ ii Ti 42; c. dat.
2*"''^
pers., Lk 2^ 24*, Ac 4^ 23ii c. dat. loc, Ac 17'^; seq. eVi, c. ace, Ac

;
lO^'^ 11^^ of rain, Ac

;
282 qI gyjig impending, c. dat. pers., i Th 5^
.
seq. cTTi (Wi 6«), Lk 2p4; of time, ii Ti 4« (cf. kclt-, (Tvv-e<l>i(TTr]fii).f

i^vihios, V.S. aicjivi'Stos.
'E<|)paifA {-ifjL, Tr,), Ephraim, a town near Jerusalem : Jo 11^*.+

fi^xâQd (Aram, nnsn?*, v. Abbott, Essays, 142 ff.; DCG, i, 522),
ephphatha, be opened: Mk 7^*.t
^X^^s (Rec. x^«?)' ^-dv., [in LXX for blQI?!, etc.;] yesterday : Jo
452, Ac 1^, He 138 (on the form, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 370 f.).t
ex^pa, -as, 7} « ^x^po<;), [in LXX for nn'^K , nsjOT , etc. ;] enmity
Lk 2312, Eo 87, Ga 520, Eph 2i5, is,
Ja 44.t
exOpos, -a, -<^v (<^ ^xô<s, hatred), [in LXX chiefly for SîK , also
foriy, etc.;] 1. hated, hateful (Horn.): opp. to aya-irrjTos, Ro 112^.
2. Actively, hating, hostile : Ro 5^**, i Co 152^, n Th 3^^ c. gen. pers. ;
(cl.),Ja 4^; T. SiavoM, Col 1^^; i. avOpoiTro's, Mt 132^; as subst., 6 c., an

enemy, i Co 152» the devil, Mt IS^^, Lk lO^^; c. gen. pers., Mt 22"*,
;
Mk 12^6, Lk 20«, Ac 2^5, i Co 152^, He l^^ 1013(lxx). Mt 5*3.44 iqz^

4i«,
1325, Lk l"i.74 627.35 1927,43^ Ro 1220, Ga Re 11^. 12. c. gen. rei,
Ac 13i«, Phi 3i8.t
**lxiSm, -77s, •^, [in OT
(Aq.), Is 59^*;] a viper: Ac 283; metaph.,
ycwi^fjiwra ixiSvwv, Mt 3^ 123* 2333, Lk 37.t
€xu, [in LXX for b?^ (e'xofiei/os), te , CT ,

etc., 59 words in all;]
(on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, y. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183),
various senses and constructions.
to have, as in cl., in I. Trans.; 1,
to have, hold, hold fast, etc. (a) to hold, as, in the hand Re 5^ 14®,;
:
al. ; iv T. x«P') Re 1^^ IO2, al. ; (b) of arms and clothing, ê'pw, =
<f>op€w, to bear, wear : Mt %^ 22^2^ q\ qq ixe(\. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v.,
•
A, I, 6; Bl., g 74, 2), Mk 11^3, Jo 18i«. Re 91^, al.; (c) of a woman,

eV yaa-Tpl e. be ivith child:
(kolttjv e.), to 13^7^ Eo 91"; {d) to hold Mk
fast, keep: Lk 192"; metaph., of the mind and conduct, 16^ (cf. Mk
Jb 21«, Is 138; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo I421, j^q 128^
I Ti 3«, II Ti 113, Re G^, al.
;
{e) to involve : 103^ (lxx)^ ja 14^ i Jq He
41s
(/)
;
=
Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5 ; 73, 5), to hold, consider : c. ace.
et predic. ptcp., Lk 14^8; c. ace, seq. ws, Mt 14*; cts (Hebraism),
Mt 21«; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 1132. 2. to have, possess; (a) in
general, c. ace. rei : Mt I922, Mk IO22, Lk 121^,
lO^^, i Co II22, al. Jo
of wealth or poverty, absol., I^ftv (neg. ovk, ^rj), Mt 13^2 252^, 11 Co
812 ; Ik t. I^civ, according to your means, 11 Co Sn (b) ;
of relationship,
association, etc. : Trartpa, Jo 8*1 ywalKa (MM, xiv),
;
i Co 72 ; <f)iXov,
Lk 11*; paaiXia, Jo 191*; Troifiiva, Mt 93« ; c. dupl. ace, Mt 3^ al.;
(c) of parts or membeFs wra, Mt 91* :
; fitKrj, Ro 12* OffuXiovs, He lli^;
;
(d) c. acc, as periphrasis of verb: fxvelav (= fiefxvrja-OaL), i Th 3^;

c.
ayaTTrjv, Jo 13^^ ;
yvwcrti', I Co 8^ ; TreiroLOrjcnv, II Co 3* OXixpiv, Jo 16^^, ;
etc. (Thayer, s.v., i, 2, f., g.) ;

{e) of duty, necessity, etc. avayK-qv, i Co :
7^7; vofiov, Jo 19^ iiTLTayriv, I Co 7^5; dywva, Phi lô ; ,,plâ, I Ti 5^2;
if) of complaints and disputes; Kara, c. gen. pers., Mt 5^3, Mk ll^S;
id. seq. oti, Ee 2*' 2*^; c. acc. seq. -n-po's, Ac 24^^, al. ; {g) c. inf., (a) (cl.)
to he able (Field, Jôies, 14) Mt 1825, 14^ (sc. Trotô-ai), Lk 12*, : Mk
Ac 41*, al; (/3) of necessity (BL, § 69, 4): Lk 12^0, Ac 23i7-i9 281^.
II. Intrans. (BL, § 53, 1), to he in a certain condition crot/xws e., c. :
inf., Ac 2113, II Co 12^4; co-xaTw? (q.v.), 523 ^^^^^^ to jg m^ Mt 424^ Mk .
al. ; KttAais, Mk
IB^^^J; KOfxif/oTcpov, Jo 4^2 ^^^^ ^q 1536. impers., aWws j
eX€t, *^ *s otherwise, i Ti 52^ ; ovtws, Ac 7^, al. ; to vw as things

Ixov,
now are (To 7^^), Ac 242^. III. Mid., -o/tat, to hold oneself fast, hold
on or cling to, he next gen., t. i)(6fji€va <T(OTr]pia<;, He 6^ (Kendall,
to : c.
in 1.) ;
ptcp., 6 near, next : of place,
ix'^fievo';, l^s of time, Mk ;
T. ixo/xivri (17/ixcpa, expressed or understood), Lk 13^3, Ac 20^^ 212^

(ra(3/3dTw, Ac 13**. (Cf. av-, Trpocr-av-, dvT-, (xtt-, ev-, ctt-, Kar-, /x£t-, Trap-,
Trepi-, Trpo-, irpoa-, avv-, vrrcp-, vtt-cxw.)
cus, relative particle (Lat. donee, usque), expressing the
terminus ad quem (cf. Burton, § 321 flf.). I. As conjunction 1. ; till,
until ; (a) of a fact in past time, c. indie. : Mt 2^, al. (Wi 10^*, al.)
(b) em av, c. subjc. aor. : Mt 2i3 51^, Mk 6i«, al.;
without S.v (M. Pr.,
168 f. ; Lft., Notes, 115), Mk 1432 (Burton, § 325), Lk 12^9, n Th <2J,
al. ;
(c) c. indie, pres. (Burton, §328; BL, §65, 10): Mk 6*^, Jo
2122,23^ I Ti 413. 2. C. indie, as long as, while (Burton, § 327): Jo
9* (Plat., Phaedo, 89 c). II. As an adverb (chiefly in late writers).
1. Of time, until, unto ; (a) as prep. c. gen. (BL, § 40, 6 M, Pr., ;
99) : T. ^<xipa<;, Mt 2629, Lk 1^\ Eo ll^, al. ; eSpas, Mt 27*^, al. ; riXov^,
I Co 18, II Co 113 ; T. vw, Mt
^^-^ ^^^ (pjeld, 2421, Mk 1319 (I Mac 233) .
Notes, 49 f.), Lk 23^ t. eXdw, Ac 8*** ; before names and events, Mt

;
1^'^ 2^5, Lk 11^1, Ja 5'^, al.

(6) seq. ov, 6tov, with the force of a conje.
;
(Burton, § 330 M, Pr., 91) ; (a) I. oC (Hdt., ii, 143 ; Plut., al.) c.
; :
indie, Mt 125 (WH

br., o^ 1333, al. c. subjc. aor., Mt I422, al. ;
(p) €. oTov. c. subjc., Lk 138; c. indie, Mt 52^ {until), Jo 9^8; (c) c.

adv. {L 6ipi, Thuc, iii, 108) ^pn, Mt 11^2, Jo 2io, i Co 4^3, al. ttoVc : ;
(M, Pr., 107), Mt 17l^ 9^9, Jo IO2*, al. Mk

2. Of place, as far as,
even to, unto (Arist., al.); (a) as prep. c. gen. (v. supr.) Mt 1123, Lk :
1015, al.; {h) c. adv. (BL, §40, 6): Sivio, Jo 2^; Icro,, 14^*; Kdruy, Mk
Mt 2751, Mk
1538; <!iS€, Lk 23^; (c) e. prep.: i$w, Ac 21^; ,rp6s, Lk
2450 (Field, Notes, 83). 3. Of quantity, measure, etc. Mt I821, : Mk
623, Lk 2251, ai^
Z, l, JriTa, TO, zeta, the sixth letter. As a numeral, t,' = cttto,

t^Bofios (the obsol. <r', F, vau, " digamma," representing U), ^^ = 7000.
ZapouXcSi', o, indecl. (Heb. l^b^X , v. Ge 302^), Zehulun, Jacob's
4i3. i5,
tenth son : the tribe of Z., Mt Ee 78.
13
ZaKxalos, -ov, 6 (Heb. i3t , cf. Ne 7^*, i Es 2^ LXX ZaKxov),

Zaccai, Zacchaeus, a publican Lk 19^' ^> ® (cf. ii Mac 10^^).
:
Zapd, 6, indecl. (Heb. m7 Ge 38^"), Zerah, an ancestor

, of
Jesus : Mt l^.t
];a<})0av€i (cf. Heb. ^:i15!3?), zapUhanei : Mt 27^« (WH, mg., for

Eec. crejSaxOavci, q.v. "probably an attempt to reproduce the Heb.
;
as disting from Aram, forms," WH, Notes, 21 cf. also Dalman, ;
Words, 53 f.).t
Zaxapias, -ov, 6 (Heb. HJIST , ITIST) ; 1. Zacharias, father of
John the Baptist : Lk l^. 12, 13, is, 21, 40, 5p, 67 32^ 2. Zechariah, the son
of Jehoiada (in txt. wrongly called son of Barachiah ; cf. 11 Ch 24^^^')
Mt 23=^^ Lk llî.t
j^dw, -w, [in LXX chiefly for n^n (most freq. ptcp., ^wv, inf., t,7]v,
for Tl) ;] 1- prop., to live, be alive (v. Syn., s.v. /3ios; in cl. usually of
animal life, but sometimes of plants, as Arist., Eth. N, i, 7, 12) : Ac
2012, Eo 71-3, I Co 739, Ee I920, al.airQ lwfi.ev, Ac
; iv 1728; if,ol t^
Cw Xpto-rd?, Phi 121 ; Sia 7ravT09 toC C^v (M, Pr., 215, 249), He 2'5 ; S 8e
vvv ôi iv a-apKL, Ga 2^*'
; ^^ eV ifioX X^tards, Ga 22*^
; (6) ^wv, of God (""n -5N
and cognate phrases, Jos 3^0, Ho 2^ (l^"), Is 37*, al. ; v. DCG, ii, 39*),
Mt 16i«, Jo 6", Eo 92e, i Th 1^,He 312, Ee 72, al. ; in juristic phrase,
^w eyw (^3N-^n , Nu
Eo 14^ t,^v in aprw, Mt 4^
1421, ^1.), as I live, ;
al. €'k, I Co 914

; of coming to life, Mk 16[ii], Eo Gô 14^, 11 Co 13*
;
opp. to veKp6<i, Ee 118 28 metaph., Lk 15^2 ^~^ ^^ viKpwv, Eo 6^^ of; ;
the spiritual life of Christians, Lk 10-8, Jq 5.35^ j^q ^17 qu ^[^ ^ alwva, .
Jo 6"' 58; cTvy XptarQ, I Th 510; opofxa £X€ts on ^^s, Ee 31. 2. As

sometimes in cl., =/3ida), to live, pass one's life: Lk 2^^, Ac 26^, Eo
7^ Col 220; ,v 7ri'o-T«, Ga 22"; iv t. d/xap7i'a, Eo 62; eio-c/Sw?, 11 Ti 312;
do-.oTws, Lk 1513 c. dat. (cl.), iavrCi (Field, Notes, 164), Eo 14^, 11 Co
;
515; T. ee^, Lk 2038, Ro 610' 11, Ga 21" t. Xpto-raJ, 11 Co 51^; t. ;
StKoioo-vvT;, I Pe 22* TTvcv/iaTi, Ga 525 Kara crdpKa, Eo 812> l^.

; 3. Of ;
inanimate things, metaph. v8u>p ^wv (i.e. springing water, as opp. to

:
still water), in a spiritual sense, Jo 410.11 7^8 (DCG, ii, 39 f.): ikirU
iCicra, I Pe 13; 680s ^wcra, He
IO20 (cf. dva-, o-w-^d<u; Cremer, 270, 721).
lîvvMî., for <7y8-, I Th 519 T (v. Notes, 148).t WH,
ZepeSalos, -ou, 6 (Heb. iTlS? ; LXX: Za^Seid, II Es 88 1020;
ZaâSatas, I Es 9^^ ; Za/3Satos, ib. 21), Zebedee, father of James and

John the Apostles: Mt 421 I02 2020 26»7 27^\ 11^.20 317 iqss^ lJj Mk
510, Jo 212.t
**fUcTT6s, -V, -oV (C€oj), [in Aq. Le 621 'i*'; in Al. : : ib. 712*;] boiling
hot (Strab., al.) metaph., Ee 3i5'i''.t
:
êuyos, -cos (-ous), to {<^ êvyn;/jii, to yoke), [in LXX chiefly for
ip^ , Jg 193, al. ;] 1. a yoke of beasts : Lk 141^. 2. a pair of any-
thing, Lk 224 (LXX),t
*t jêuKTTjpios, -a -ov (<| êvyvvfXL), fit for joining. As subst,, (a)

t,€VKTr)piov, TO = t,vy6v, d yoke ; (6) êVKTqpia, -a?, rj ^cvyXr], the CTOSS- =
bar of a double rudder (found nowhere else).t : Ac 27***
Zeus, gen., Aids, dat., Ad, ace, Ata (Ai'av, D, al.), Zeus (Lat.
Jupiter): Ac 14^2, i3_f
U<a, [in LXX
for nn, nm, metaph., iv Mac IS^";] to boil, be
hot; metaph., of anger, love, zeal: -ptc]^., fervent : t. Trvevfian, Ac
1825, Eo i2ii.t
*iT)X€u(i>, late and rare form of ^rjXow, q.v. ; 1. to envy, be jealous.
2. to be zealous : Ee 3^^.t
S^Xos, -ov, 6, and in late Gk,, also -cos, to' (ii Co 9^, Phi 3"), [in
LXX for nxj/? , Nu 2511, al.;] 1. zeal : ii Co T^^ 9^; KaTcl ^Âos, Phi
3<5; c. gen. obj., Jo 2^7 (lxx)^ Rq 102; seq. vWp, ii Co 7^; c. gen. subj.,
Oeov, II Co 112; TTvpds, He 102" (cf. Is 26^1, Wi 5^8, and cf. Westc, in
l). 2. jealousy : Eo 13i3, iCo Co 3^, ii 122o, Ga 520 (WH, txt, EV),
Ja 314,10; 7rXr;o-%at C^Xov Ac 5^7 13« pi., ;
^^Xoi (v. Bl., § 32, 6), Ga
520, WH, mg.t
j^TjXo'w, -w, [in LXX chiefly for Hip pi. ;] burn with envy or
1. to
jealousy, to be jealous : absol., Ac i 7^ 17^, Co 13*, Ja 42 (E, mg., cf.
Mayor, in 1.). 2. to seek or desire eagerly : c. ace. rei, i Co 12î
141.39 (cf. Si 5018, Wi 112); c. ace. pers., 11 Co II2, Ga 4i7; pass.,
Ga 4i8.t
jTiXwTiis, -oC, o « ^T/A-dco), [in LXX for N3{? (^tos C), Ex 20^ 34i*,
De 424 5» 615; Slip., Na 12 (êds); pi, i Es 8"2; ^. tS>v vo>(ov, ii Mac

Mac 1312 Nu 25ii) *
42 ; Tov ^. $iv€€s, IV an emulator, (cf. ;] 1. in cl.
zealous admirer (Plat., al.). 2. eagerly desirous, zealous; (a) absol.,

as in OT, U, c. {b) c. gen. obj. (zealous to acquire or to defend),
; :
I Co 1412, Tit 21*, I Pe 31^ ; t. vo/xoi; (11 Mac, I.e.), Ac 2120 ,rapaSdo-€a>v, ;
Ga 11*; c. gen. pers., dôv, Ac 22^ In FIJ, NT, a Zealot, member

3.
of the Jewish party so called : as surname of the Apostle Simon,
Lk 615, Ac li3.t
JtifjfAia, -as, 17, [in LXX for WZV ni. and cognate forms ;] damage,
Ac 27iO'2i, Phi 38; opp. to Kc'pSos, ib. ^.t
loss:
i^T|fii6tD, -w {<^^r)fxta), [in chiefly for V72V,] to damage. LXX
Pass., to suffer loss, forfeit, lose: absol., i Co 3i5; seq. eV, 11 Co 7*;
c. ace. rei (v. Bl., § 34, 6), t. i/^vx^/v, Mt 162^, Sê Jaurdv, Lk 925 Mk ;
T. iraVTa, Phi 3^.+

Zi]vas, -a, ace. -av (contr. from ZrjvdSwpos), Zenas : Tit B^'^.f
l^tjTû, -w, [in LXX chiefly for Wp2. pi., also for oni, etc. ;] 1. to
seek, seek for : Mt 7^' «, Lk 11^ 10 ace. pers.,
; e. 1", Lk 2«, Jo 62*, Mk
al. ; id. seq. iv, Ac 911 ; c. ace. rei, Mt 13*5, Lk I910 seq. eV, Lk 13«' ;
'
ij/vxriv, of plotting against one's life (Ex 41^, al.), Mt 220, Eo ll^d-xx).
Metaph., to seek by thinking, search after, inquire into : Mk lli^,
Lk 1228, Jq ]^gi9 •
^ 0^^^^ Ac 172'^. 2. to seek or strive after, desire :
Mt 12*6, Mk 1212, Lk 99, Jo 518, Eo 10^, al. ; t. edvarov, Ee 9^ ; t.
ySao-iXetav t. ^£oS, Mt 6^3 (Dalman, Words, 121 f.) ; Ta ava,, Col 31
flprjyrii', I Pe S^î-^^). 3. to require, \ demand : c. ace. rei, Mk 8^^,
Lk 11'^^ I Co 122, II Co 133 . geq. âpd, Mk 8i\ al. ; Iva, i Co 42 (cf.

ava-, fK-, fTTi-, truv-^T/Ttw).
iTJTT)fia, -Tos, TO (<; ^r/Tfoy), [in LXX ^. TtOtadaL (dfll
: ni.), Ez
3637 A* ;] aw inquiry, qtcestion : Ac 152 igis 232a 25^^ 263.t
* l^TiTTjais, -ews, r} (< ^rjT€w). 1. a seeking, search. 2. a questioni7ig,
inquiry, debate : Ac 152. 7^ „ Ti 223, Yit 3» ; seq. irepC, Jo 32^, Ac 252^
I Ti 6^t
*li'(,dyioy, -ov, to (in Talmud yyil), zizanium (EV, tares), a kind

of darnel, resembling wheat: Mt 1325-27,29,30,36,38,40 (cf. DB, s.v.
" Tares ").t
Zfxu'pm, -r?s, rj, Ee 111 28 T, for 2/x-, q.v. (cf. Bl., § 3, 9; Mayser,
204).t
ZopopcipeX (FIJ, Zopof3d/3r]Xo<:, -ov), 6, indecl. (Heb. bs^lj),
ZertiUabel (i Ch ^^\ al.) : Mt I12. ^^, Lk 327.t
(akin to yvo>os, q.v.), [in Sm. : Ex IO22, Jb 283, pg
**to<l>os, -ov, 6
10(11)2 90(91)6, ig 599*.] in Hom. the gloom of the under-world;
hence, darkness, deep gloom (poet, and late prose writers) He 12^^, :
iiPe2*.i7, Ju^.is.t
luy6s (in cl. more freq. to ^vyov), -ov, 6 (<^ êvyvvixi), [in LXX for
bif , niSJiin, etc.;] l. a yoke; metaph., of bondage or submission to
15io,
authority : Mt 1129. so,
Ac Ga 5^, i Ti 6\ 2. a balance : Ee 6^ (of.
Is 4012, al.).t
lû'iiT], -7;s, ^, [in LXX for ]^!0n , Ex 12^5 133 23is 3425, Dq 163
-ISBT, Ex 1215.19 137, Le 2ii, De 16**;] leaven: Mt 1333, l^ 1321.
T. apTou, Mt 1612. Metaph., of a moral influence or tendency, always,
exc. in the Parable of the Leaven (Mt 1333, ljj 1321)^ fo^ evil i Co :
n, Mk 81^, Lk 121 (Cremer, 723).+

Mt 16"'
56-8, Ga 59; C. r. âptaaCwv,
i;u^6a), -S « t,vfxri), [in LXX for Ex 123^.39, Le e^do) 23i7,
^^ ,
Ho 7**;] to leaven Lk I321, i Co 5^, Ga 5^.+

: Mt 1333,
I<ayp4b), -w «
^wos, alive, + aypevw), [in LXX chiefly for iTH hi.
to catch alive, take captive: metaph., Lk 51"; pass., 11 Ti 22" (on the
;]
meaning and construction, v. Ellic, CGT, in 1.).+

^wT), -^9, 17 (Caw), [in LXX chiefly for W'^JJ ;] life (in Horn., Hdt.,
= )8tos, q.v. ; later, existence, vita qud vivimus, as distinct from îbs,
vita quam vivimus ; opp. to Ba.varo'i); 1. of natural life: Lk 1625, Ac
833, I CoI Ti 48, He 73, Ja 41*
15i», Trvcâ ôi^?, Ee lin i^vxh i<^v? ; ;
(Ge 130), lie 163; of the life of one risen from the dead, Eo 510, He 716.
2. Of the life of the kingdom of God, the present life of grace and the
life of glory which is to follow (Dalman, Words, 156 ff. Westc, JEpp. ;
Jo., 214 ff.; Cremer, 272 ff.) Jo 651.53, Eo 710 86.10, Phi 2i«, Col 3*,
:
II Pe 13; alihyLos (reff. supr.; DCG, i, 538^ ii, 30 f.), Jo

436 1250 173^
I Jo 12, al. T. <f)Q)<; rrjs;
5I8; /xtTctvoia eis

C
Jo 812 6 Adyos t. ^., I Jo 11 6 apros t. ^,, ; ;
Eo C-, Ac
Jo 635. *8; giKtttWis 4<"^5, 111^; iv auToi ^. ^v,
Jo 1*; Cv iv. X. 'I., II Ti 11 ra Trpos ûi-qv, II Pe l^, al. (TTCiâvos TVS ; ;
C, Ja V^ Ee 210; x^pts ^^5 (gen. expl.), i Pe 3^; ^. Kal €lpr]vr], Eo 8«;

^ Ktti d<t>dap(rLa, II Ti lô di/ao-rao-ts ^w^s, Jo 529 ^[^Xos ^w^s, Phi 43,
;
•
Ee 3^; ivkov ôj^?, Ee 2''; v8wp ^w^s, Ee 22^^; meton., of that which
has life : t. irvevfia, Eo 8^'^ prjfiaTa, Jo 6^3
; J
of one who gives life, Jo 11^^
14«, I Jo 12 ; r) ivToXrj, Jo 1260.
Stn. : v.s. /3ios.
£(5nfj, -lys, 17 {Cwwy/xi), [in LXX for tSJXlK , nnijn , etc. ;] a belt,
girdle : Mt 3*, Mk 1^, Ac 2V^, Ee l^^ 15^ ; as a receptacle for money,

Mt 109, Mk 68.t
^dvyufii and ^(ovvvw, [in chiefly for nan ;] ^0 gftrd ; c. ace. LXX
pers., Jo 2118. Mid., to gird oneself : Ac 12^ (cf. dva-, 8ia-, Trept-, un-o-
â)i'vv//,t).t
jûoyoi'eu, -w (<; ^wo's, aîve, ycVco-âi), [in LXX Ex :

11'^' 18' 22,
Jg 819, I Ki 26 279. 11, III Ki 21 (20)31, jy xi 7* (rrn pi., hi.), Le 11*^
(njn)*;] 1. in cl., to engender, produce alive, endue with life. 2. In

LXX and NT, to preserve alive (DCG, ii, 606^ Cremer, 274) ; : Lk
1733, Ac 719, I Ti 613 (EV, quickeneth; E, mg., preserveth).f
iwoK (Eec. (u)ov, V. LS, S.V.), -ou, to (•<C<ôs, alive), [in LXX for
iTH (chiefly) and cognate forms; freq. in Wi;] a living creature,

an animal: Ee 4«-9 5«ff- 6i^- 7" 143 157 194. ^^^^ ^, ^-^^^ He 13";
5\oya C', II Pe 212, Ju lo.t
Sfn, 6-qpiov, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized,
:
and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, t,.
is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common

to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxxi; Cremer, 274).
^0)0-1701^0), w, [in LXX for n^n pi., hi., Jg
21i*, iv Ki
5^ Ne 9«,
Jb 36«, Ps 7020, Ec 713(12)*;] 1. in cl. (= ^woyovtw), to produce alive.
2. In LXX and NT, to make alive, cause to live, quicken {DCG, ii,
606*; Cremer, 275) : Jo 521 6^3, Eo 41^ SH, i Co 15*^, 11 Co 3«, Ga 321.
Pass., I Co 1522. 36, I Pe Bis.t
H
H, tj, TJTa, TO, indecl., eta, the seventh letter. As a numeral,
,;' = = 8000.
8 ; r?,
VI, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11);
1. disjunctive, or ; (a) between single words Mt 5i^ 6^^, Lk 22*, : Mk
Jo 619, Eo 121, al. ; (b) before a sentence expressing a variation, denial
or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form Mt 7*' 9, :
Mk 121*, Lk 13*, Eo 329 63 921, i Co 69. i« 9^, 11 Co 11^ ; ^ v, either . . .
16i3, i Co 14«
. or, Mt 62*, Lk
. . (c) in a disjunctive question (as ;
Lat. an after utrum) : Mt 9^, Mk 29, Lk 7i9, al.

; after jroTcpov, Jo 71^
fi-^, I Co 98; p.-f,TL, II Co 1"; ^ . . . ^ . . . ^, Mk1335. 2. Com-
9i3, 3i9,
parative, than : after comparatives, Mt IQi^, Lk Jo Eo I311,
14i9;
al.; after hepov, Ac 17^1; OeXw (KiihnerS, iv, 303), i Co V" i
before, seq. ace. et inf., Mt 1^^ Mk liÔ; after a positive adj. (Ge 49^^;
cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt IS^. », Mk
9«.45,47. 3. with other
particles : dX\' ^, v.s. dAAa ^ yap, ;
v.s. yap ; 17 Kai, or even, or also, Mt
71", Lk 1111.12, Ro 215 49, al; ^roi . . .
i Ro 6i« (cf. Wi lli^).
r\ {ixriv), V.S. et, iii, 7.

* i^yeiiok'cuw (<^ Tyycju-wv), 1. to lead the Way. 2. to lead in war,
command (cf Ramsay, IFas Christ horn at Bethlehem ? ;
. DCG, ii, 463 f .).
3. to be governor of a province c. gen. loc, Lk

2'-^ 31.
«
:
^yeîo.ia, -as, ^ r/yc/xciv), [in LXX : Ge 36^0 {^^bii), Nu 1*»
2^^ (^3*;?), Si 7* IQi, IV Mac 633 134*.] ûle, sovereignty: Lk 31.+
r\yf.\i.uiv, -6vo%, 6 {rj-yioixai), [in LXX for pjll^K , 112^, etc.;] 1. a

leader, guide. 2. a commarider. 3. a governor of a province (pro-
consul, propraetor, legate, or procurator; but cf. avOvTraros) Mt IQi^, '.
Mk 139, Lk 2112, I Pe 21^^; of the Procurator of Judaea, Mt

272,11,14,15,21,27 281*, Lk 2020, Ac 232*. 26, 33 241.10 2630. 4. For Heb.
iB^S (LXX, xtA-tai) misread "^B^X , leaders : Mt 2« '°'''.t
riyeoikai., -ov/xai, depon. mid., [in LXX (chiefly pres. ptcp.) for
T33, CTNl, icr, etc.;] 1. to lead; (a) to guide, go before; (b) to
rule, he leader: pres. ptcp., 7]yov/j.evos, a ruler, leader (MM, Exp.,

xiv), Mt 2« (i-^H Lk 222«, Ac 710 1412 1522, He 13^. i7. 24.
2. to suppose,
believe, consider, think (Hdt., Soph., al. ; cf. Lat. duco) : c. dupl. ace,
Ac 262, Phi 23.6 37^ I Ti 112 61, 10^9 II11.26, He n Pe li3 2i3 39-
1^ c.
ace. seq. ws, c. ace., 11 Th 31^ ; c. ace. seq. adv., i Th 5i3 ; orav, Ja 1^
dvayKOLov, c. inf., II Co 9^, Phi 225 SiKaiov, ; c. inf., 11 Pe li3 ; c. ace. et
inf..Phi 3^ (cf. 81-, iK-Si-, c^-, Trpo-rjyeofJiaL).^
Syn. : v.s. hoK€w.
^Sc'ws, adv. «ri8vs, sweet), [in Pr 32* (my), etc. ;] gladly, LXX :
with pleasure : 620 123", jj Qq lliS; Mk

superlat., rjhioTa, very gladly
(Bl., § 11, 3), II Co 129-15.+
t]8tj, adv., in NT, always of time; now, already : Mt 3io, Mk 437,
Lk 7^, Jo 436, al. ; vvv . , . ^., now already, i Jo 43 ; rf. irore, now at
length, e. fut., Ro li" (cf. aprt).
TjSiora, v.s. i^Sews.
flhovr], -^?, ri « rjSoixat, to be glad), [in LXX Nu : ll^ (nyjo), Pr

171, Wi 72 1620, and freq. in iv Mac ;]
pleasure : 11 Pe 2i»
;
pi., Lk 81*,
Tit 33, Ja4i.3.+
* iqSu-oCTfios, -ov {<C'r]8vs, oa-fxr]), sweet-smelUng ; as subst., to ^.,
viint : Mt 2323, Lk 1142,t
**êos, -eos (-0V5), TO, [in LXX: Si, prol.27 20^6 <25), ly Mac 129 27.21
524 132V* I ^ haunt, abode. 2. = l6o<;, custom, manner: pi.,
.J
I Co I533.+
^Kcj, [in LXX chiefly for K12 ;]
pf. with pres. meaning (hence
impf. = plpf.), to have come, he -present : Mt 24*0, 83 (late pf., Mk rjKa,
V. Swete, in 1. ; WH,
App., 169), Lk 12*6 x52' Jo 8*2, He 10^' 9- 3^, , i Jo
520, Re 225 33, 9 154 aeq. irrS, c. gen. loc, Mt 8^\

. Lk 1329 ; cV, Eo ll^*
id, seq. ek, Jo 4*^; /xaKpoOtv, 8^; eVi, c. ace, Mk Re 3*. Metaph., of
discipleship Jo :
6^"^ ; of time and events absol., Mt
: 24^*, Jo 2^, u Pe
310, Re 188; ggq. ^^^1, c ace. pers., Mt 233«, Lk 19^3 (cf. dv-, Ka^-7?»ca)).t
tîXci (Rec. -^Xi', L, Â/; Heb. ^b^C), Eli, my God: Mt 27*« (cf.
eA(i)i).t
'HXei (Eec. 'HXi; RV, 'HXi), 6, indecl., Heli, Joseph's father:

Lk 323.t
'HXci'as (Eec. 'HAtas; LTr., 'HXtas; T, 'HXcias; cf. WH, App.,
155, Intr., § 408), -ov {-a, Lk l^^, WH), 6 (Heb. njbx, nrrbs), Elijah
(ill Ki 17, al.) Mt
11^* 16^* 173,4,10-12 27*^*9^
: G^' 828 94,5,11-13 Mk
1538' 36, Lk 1^7 425.26 98, 19, 30, 33, »4^ Jo 121,25^ ja 517; ly 'H., in the
portion concerning E., Ro 11^.+
iqXiKia, -as, rj (<[^Xt^, of the Same age, mature), [in LXX:
Ez I318 (npip), Jb 2918, Wi 49, Si 26^7, freq. in ii-iv Mac;] always of
age or maturity; "a stage of growth whether measured by age or

stature"; 1. (a) age: Mt 627, Lk 12^5 (R, mg.), He llî; (b) full age,
maturity: Jo 921.23, Eph 4". 2. stature: Lk 193 (Mt B^^, Lk 1225,
AV, R, txt. but the prevailing usage in
; and tt. favours the LXX
former meaning in these doubtful passages cf., Ellic, ICC, AR, on ;
Eph, I.e.; Milligan, NTD, 74 f., and esp., MM, Exp., xv; e contra.
Field, Notes, 6).t
*^XiKos, -77, -ov,prop., as big as, as old as.
1. 2. As indirect
interrog., what sized, what, how great, how small (the sense to be
determined by the context) Col 2^, Ja 35, Ga 6^^ (WH, mg. 7n;X-,
: ;
WH, txt., RV).t

qXios, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for orpg;;] the sun : with art. (Bl.,
§46, Mt
5*5 13*3 172 2429,
5), 132 4« 132" 162, Lk 4*0, Ac 220(i-xx) Mk
2613, Eph Ja 111, Re li«
426, 612 812 92 IQi 12i 168 1917 2123 ; Âêiv
7i« without art., Mt
Tov ^., Ac 1311 ; ovSe /XT) Trea-r) tV avrous o rj., Re ;
13«, Lk 2125 23*5, Ac 2720, I'Co 15*i, Re 72 I612 225.t

^Xos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Is 41^ (npOO), etc.;] a nail: Jo 2025.t
i^ficis, V.S. cyw.

r\\i.ipa, -as, 17, LXX
chiefly (very freq.) for DV;] day; 1. as
[in
distinct from night gen. ^^lepas, by day (WM, § 30, 11), Re 2125
: ^. k. ;
vvKTos (v. K. ^.), Ac 92*, I Th 29, II Th 38, Re 48 (BL, § 36, 13) ^^€>as _;
at mid-day, Ac 26i3; ace. durat., t. ^/xepas, Lk 213^; oXrjv ttjv

fiea-rj^,
Ro
fj., 836 ; ^v rifxepa, Jo 11®, Ro 1313 . ^îpa<; 6Sos, a day's journey,
Lk 2" ; fj. ytWroi, Lk 4*2 22^6 ; ^XiVci, Lk 912, al.metaph., Jo 9*, Ro
;
1312, I Th 5*. 5> 8, II Pe 119. 2. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night

Mt 63*, Mk 621, Lk 1314^ al; rpCrr} ^., Mt I621; ^/x€pa k. ^. (cf.
Wr^ Es Co 4i«; 5\r]v r. Ro 83« IO21; pi., Jo 212, Ac 91^,

D'I\ 3*), II f/.l
al. ; rj. Twv a^vfioiv, Ae 123 ; t. a-a^fiarov, Lk 131*' 1^ ; 71 KvpiaKT} 7}., Re

li**. 3. In Messianic sense, of the last day : rj rj. {iKeLvrj, r. Kvpiov,
etc.), Mt T\ Lk 623, Ro 13i^

Pe S^", al; i Co l^, i Th 52, ii Th 2\ 11
by meton., as compared with the on that day, divine judgment

1). avOfiuyTTivrj, of a human tribunal, I Co 4^ (EV, man's judgment).
4. As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl, § 46, 9 M, Pr., 81), of time ;
in general Jo 8^^ 1420^ „ Qq Q-i^ ^ph Qn, „ Pe 318 pi.^ Ac 157, gph
:
•
516, He 10^- ; 7r5a-as ras rj. (cf. U^pTl bs , De 4*», al. ; MM, Exp., xv),
Mt 2820; iKevaovrai ^. Srav (Sre), Mt Qi^, Mk 220, Lk 5^' 17^2; ai rj., C.
gen. pers. (Ge 26i, al.), Mt 2\ Lk 1^, Ac 7*^ i Pe 320 ;

dpxv r]fji€pwv,
He 73.
%eT€pos, -a, -ov (ly/Acts), poss. pron. of first pers., our : Ac 2^^
246 26^ Ro 15*, II Ti 415, I Jo 13 22 ; TO ^., Lk 16^2, WH, txt., R, mg.
(to vfj.., Rec, WH, mg., R, txt.) ol ; -f)., our (people). Tit 3^*.t
T) fi-r]v, V.S. rj.
*n f^îiQaur^s, -£s {<wh half + Oi^rjaKoj), [in LXX : IV Mac 4ii*;]
half-dead : Lk 103o.t
TJ)xiCTus, -€ia, -V, gen., -ovs (late, as in tt., for cl., -eos; BL, § 8, 4;
Mayser, 294), n. pi., rj/iiaLa (Rec, cl, -cia), [in LXX for ^sq, n^sqo;]
half; 1. as adj., agreeing in gender and number with the substantive
following, Ttt ri/JLiO-ia T. v-n-ap)^6vTWV, Lk 19^. 2. As neut. subst., to y/XLO-v,
the half; rj. (anarth.), a half: c. gen., ^. Kaipov, Re 12^*; Iw? rjfxLorov^
T. /SacriXetas /aou,
623 Mk
after a cardinal number, r)fi€pa<; Tpeis k. rjixurv,
.
Re 119' lit
*t i^|jiiwpo»' (Rec. -lov), -ov, TO (i7/ti, half + wpa), /iaZ/ a7t hour: Re
^k-iKa, rel. adv. of time, at which time, when; seq. av, c. subjc,
whensoever: iiCoS^^'^^.t
Tjircp, V.S. rj.
*Tjmos, -a, -ov, mild, gentle: i Th T (WH, R, mg., vi^ttio?); seq.

Trpos, 11 Ti 22*.
"Hp (L, "Hp), 6, indecl. (Heb. TV), Er, an ancestor of Jesus : Lk

328.t
**tTip£fios, -OV, [in LXX: Es 3^^ A*;] quiet, tranquil (Luc, al.)
I Ti 22.t
Syn. : âvxi-os, q.v.
'Hpa)8T)s (Rec. -w8r]s), -ov, 6, Herod; 1. Herod the Great: Mt 2,
Ac 2335. '
2. Herod Antipas (6 Terpadpxv^, Mt 14^) : Mt 14i. 3. \ Mk 6
815, Lk 15 31, 19 83 97, 9^ 1331 23, Ac 427 131. 3. Herod Agrippa I: Ac
121. 6, 11, 19, 21
(of. 'Aypt'TTTras (II)).t
'HpwSiavoi (Eec 'Hpw-), -wv, ot, Herodians, partisans of Herod
(cf. Tovs Ttt 'UpwSov ^povovvra^, FIJ, Ant., xiv, 15, 10) Mt 22i«, : Mk
3« 12i3.t
'HpwSids (Rec 'Hpw-), -aSos, 17, Herodias, granddaughter of Herod
the Great Mt 143.6, Mk 6i7'i9'22, Lk 3i9.t
:
'HpwSiuK (Eec 'Hpo)-), -wvos, 6, Herodion : Ro 16ii.t

'Ho-aias (Rec. 'Ho-aias), -ov, o (Heb. liTjnjr), Isaiah, the prophet
Mt 33 41* 81- 1217 131*' 35 157, 7«, Lk 3* 41^, Jo 123 1238, 39, 4i^ Ac S^s Mk
2825, Ro 927. 29 1016. 20 1512 iytyCvui<TK€v T. Trpocf>y]Tr]v 'H., Ac 830 •
jV t. .
•H., Mk P.t
'Haau, o, indecl. (Heb. it^rjr, Ge 2525), Esau: Eo 9^3 (Lxx)^ He
1120 i2i«.t
TJco-dofiai, V.8. rjTTau).
ri(T(T<av (Rec. i]TT-, the Attic literary form), â-a-ov, inferior, less
neut., TO 17., adverbially, Zess ; 11 Co 12^^ ; €ts to ^., /or </ie worse (opp.
to KpuTTov) : I Co ll^^.t
Tâuxtiioj, [in LXX chiefly for IDpB? ;] to he still ; (a) to rest from
labour : Lk 23*^ ;
(b) to live quietly : i Th 4}^ ; (c) to be silent : Lk
143, Ac 1118 211* (cf, jb 327, Ne 58).t
SYN. : (Tiydw (q.V.), cruaTrdw.
f\<Tuxta, -as, 17 (-< Tjau'xios, q.v.), [in LXX for pXTVl , l^ffif , etc. ;]
2ii« i2.t
1. quietness : ii Th 312. 2. stillness, silence : Ac 222, i xi
iqaoxios, -a, -ov (= the more freq. ^crvxo^; cf. Wi I81*, Si 25^0),
[in LXX : Is 662 (nn-n35) *;] quiet, tranquil : i Ti 22, i Pe 3*.t
Syn. : ^pc)u,os, of tranquillity arising from without; rj., from

within (v. Ellic. on i Ti, I.e. ; but also v. CGT, ib.).t
T]Toi, disjunct, part., whether : Ro Gi'^.t
i^TTdw, -w {rjrrcr-, II Co 1213, v.s. ^(r<TU)v), [in LXX for nnn , etc. ;]
be inferior seq. 11 Co
12i3. 2. be overcome
pass., 1. to : vircf), to
absol, iiPe220; c. dat., ib.i^.t
tr^TTtifia, -Tos, TO, [in LXX for DO, Is 31^ '8)*;] defect, loss,
defeat : Eo II12 (cf. Is, I.e.), i Co 6^ (cf. Field, Notes, 160 f., 171 f.
Lft., Notes, 212).t

tJttwk, v.s ^cra-oiv.
f|x^w, -w (<C ^X^'), [in LXX for HDn , etc. ;] to sound : 1 Co 13i
(cf. i$-, KaT-r/xcw)-'!'
Tjxos, -ov, 6 (also in late and MGr., -cos, to, Lk 212^), [in LXX for
?ian , etc. ;] 1. a noise, sound : Ac 22 rj. âXao-o-T/s, Lk 212^ o-aATrtyyos,
; ;
He 121^. 2. a report : seq. nepl, Lk 437.t
e, and ^, Otjra, to, indecl., theta, the eighth letter. As a

numeral, ^= 9, 0^ = 9000.
eoSSoios, -ov, 6 (Aram. ij{"l|1 , ""in), Thaddaus : Mt 103, Mk 31^
(WH, mg., AeygySaros, q.v.).t

edXaaoro, -7s, r], [in LXX chiefly for d;; ;] the sea : Mt 23i5, Mk
1123, Lk 2125, Eo 927, He II12, Ja 1«, Ju i3,
Ee 71, al. ; t6 Trc'Aayos t^s 6.
(v. Tr., ut infr.), Mt IS** ; 6 ovpavo? k. 17 y^ k. ^ ( ., of the whole world,
Ac 42*, al. (Hg 2^) ; 6. iaXiv-q, Re 4« IS^ ; of the Mediterranean, Ao

10«.32 17U. of the Eed Sea, Ipvdpa d., Ac 73«, iCo lO^'^ 1129; of He
an inland lake (as Heb. DJ), 6. r. VaXiXata^, Mt 4^8 1529, Mk 1" 7";
T. TiySepiaSos, Jo 21^ ; T. r. T. T., Jo 6^ ; of the same, simply rj 6., Mt
416, Mk 213, al.
SrN. : TTcXayos, "the vast expanse of open water"; 6., "the sea
as contrasted with the land " (Tr., Syn., xiii).
6aXir(i>, [in LXX
for pD etc. ;] to heat, warm ; metaph., (a) to ,
inflame (Trag.) ;
{b) to foster, cherish : Eph 52^, i Th 2\f
edfiap (Tr., ®aixdp), 7] (Heb. IJpin , Ge 38«), Tamar Mt : l^.t
OajiPe'dj, -u) (âya/?os), [in LXX for nra ni., pi., etc.;] 1. to be
amazed. 2. In late Gk., to astonish, terrify (11 Ki 22*) : pass., Mk 12^
1032; seq. iwC, c. dat rei, Mk 102*.t
edfipos, -ovs, TO, [in LXX for in© , etc. ;] amazement : Lk 4^^ 5^,
Ac Sô.t
*0am(Tifios, -ov (•< ôti'ttTos), deadly Mk IGi^^lt
«
:
eavaTT]-<j>(5pos, -ov âvaros, cêpo)), [in LXX: Nu 1822 (j^:;;;;^)^
Jb 3323, IV Mac 818.26 1526*;] deadly, death-bringing : Ja 38.t
Qdvaros, -ov, 6 (Bv^crKw), [in LXX chiefly for ri'D , TID , sometimes
forn^l;] death; 1. of the death of the body, whether natural oc
violent: Jo 11", Phi 227, He 723, al; opp. to ô,,?, Ro 838, pî lao. of
the death of Christ, Ro Sô, Phi 3i»,

He 2^; pvi<j6ai (o-oiâv) eV 6.,
II Co 110, He 57 ; TTcpiAuTTOs €0)5 âvarou, Mt 2638, Mk 143* î^p, {S^xpi)
;
e., Phi 28, Re 210; ivXr^y^ Oai'drov, a deadly wound. Re133; lêlv
ddvarov, Lk 22', He 11*; y€vea-6ai Oavdrov, Mk 91; ev'oôs Oavdrov,
Mk 14«* ; Oavdro) reXfVTav (Ex 211^, rup-^ ma), Mk 71" ; death personi-
fied, Ro 69, I Co 1526, Re 21*; pi., of deadly perils, 11 Co 1123. 2. Of
spiritual death : Jo 52" 8*1, Ro 7i«,
Ja li*, 520, i Jo 31* 5i«, al. ; of
2ii 218 (cf.
eternal death, Ro 132 75^ al. ; 6 6. 6 SevVcpos, Re Cremer,
283 ff. ; DB, iii, 114 ff. ; DCG, i, 791 f.).
6ai'aTou, -w, [in LXX chiefly for TOD hi., ho., also for 2in , etc. ;]
to put to death: c. ace, Mt IO21 26*9 271, Mk I312 14". Lk 21i6, 11 Co

69, I Pe 318; pass., Ro 83". Metaph. : Ro 8i3 ;
pass., c. dat, (in relation
to), Ro 7^t
edTTTw, [in LXX chiefly for inp ;] to bury : c. ace, Mt 82I' 22
5«'9'i<»; Lk Ac Co
1412, Lk 9*9. 60^ Ac pass., I622, 229. i 15*.t
0apd (Rec. ®dpa), 6, indecl. (Heb. mCl), Terah (Ge 11) : Lk 33^t
-w (later form of Bapa-ew), [in
eoppc'w, Pr I21, LXX : Ba 421. 27,
Da LXX IV Mac 13ii
6i<'(i7),17"*;] to be of good cheer or courage, to
be confident: 11 Co 5''»8, He 13"; t. TrcTrot^rô-et, 11 Co 102; seq. cis,
II Co 101 ev, ib. 7i«.t
;
SVN. : ToXpdui. " 6. has reference more to the character, t. to

its manifestation " (Thayer, s.v. roA/iaw).
Bapaiu, -u) (v.s. 6appew), [in LXX chiefly for K"); , c. neg. ;] to be
Mt 92. 22 1427^ -^^ gso io*9,

of good courage : imperat., ddptret, -elre,
Jo 1633, Ac 23ii.t
6(ip<ros, -ovs, TO, courage : Ac 28^^.
0au/ia, -T09, t6, [in LXX: Jb IT^ ISô 20* 216 (.,j^ ^tp ^ .-]
^^
a wonder : n Co 11^*. 2. wonder : Ee 17^.t

Oaujidju, [in LXX
for HJffZ etc. ;] ^0 marvel, wonder, , wonder at
absol., Mt 8i«.27 933 1531 2120 2222 271*, 520 155, Lk Mk pi (E, txt.;
ICG, in 1., but v. infr.), ib. «3 825 24*1, Jo 520 Ac û V\ T 4^3 13*1,
Ee 17'^'^; c. ace. pers., Lk 7^; c. ace. rei, Lk 24^2 (WH, E, mg. om.), Jo
528, Ac 731 ; Baip.a fiiya, Ee 17^ ; irpoVwTTov (LXX for D139 Nt?p , De
10^^ al.), Ju ^^ ; seq. 8ia, c. ace, Mk 6^ Jo V^ ; seq. ev, c. dat. obj.,
Lk 121 (? E, mg., but v. supr.) ; seq. iiri, c. dat. rei, Lk 233 422 943^
2026, Ac 312; 7re/)t, Lk 218; 6iTi<Tw, Ee 133; 5ri, Lk 1138, Jo 3^ 427,
Ga 1« ; €t, Mk 15**, i Jo 3^3. Pass. (Si 383, wi Sî) : seq. h, c. dat.
pers., II Th lô (cf. ^K-âv/â^wj.t
Oaufido-ios, -a, -ov (<^âv/ia), [in LXX chiefly for K^D ni. (n. pi.
= nisbp:) ;] wonderful ; n. pi., wonders : Mt 21i*.t
OaufAaoTcJs, -'?, -ov (<^ âu/xa^cj), [in LXX for K^gl and cogn. forms
(Ps 117 (118)22.23 118 (119)129, Is 251, al )^ j^^, î (gx I511, Ps 64 (65)5,
al.), Tl» (Ps 81' 9 92 (93)*), etc. ;] wonderful, marvellous : Mt 21*2 (lxx)^
Mk 1211 ('*>•),
Jo 930, I Pe 29, Ee 15i.3.t
* 9€<1, -as, ri (fem. of 6e6<:, q.v.), a goddess : Ac 1927.t
Qidofiai, -wfiat, [in LXX : 11 Ch 22^ (nsi), To 22 136. 1*, Jth 15^,
II Mac 2* 336, III 5*'^*;] Mac
upon, contemplate, view to behold, look
(in early writers with a sense of wondering), in NT apparently always
in literal, physical sense of " careful and deliberate vision which
interprets ... its object": c. ace. rei, Mt 11^, Lk 72* 23^5, Jo li*.32
43s 11*5, Mt 22ii, Ac Eo
Ac 229, I Jo 11 ; c. ace. pers., 2127, I52*, i Jo
412; c. ptep., Mk Lk 52^, Jo
16^*1, 138, Ac 1"; seq. 5ri, Jo 65, i Jo 41*;
pass., Mt 61 235, Mkl6fiiU
SyN. : v.s. Oeiopeo}.
*t6caTpiiw {<^diaTpov), to make a spectacle of, expose to contempt
(eccl. iK6-, Polyb.)
; pass., He 1033.t :
*6e'aTpo»', -ou, TO (<^ ^cao/u-ai), 1. a theatre (used also as a place of

assembly) Ac 1929> 3i. 2. Collective for 01 Biarai, the spectators.
:
3. = ^ca, Biapa, a spectacle, show : metaph., i Co 4^.1

Oelo^ -ov, TO, [in LXX : Ge I92*, De 2923(22), Jb 18i5, Ps 10 (11)7,
Is 3033 349^ Ez 3822 (nnsia) , m Mae 25 * ;] brimstone : Lk 1729 d-^),
Ee 917. 18 1419 1920 2019, 218.+

66105, -c^, -cZov « ^£os), [in LXX Ex 313 3531^ jj, 273 334,
nMaCg, iiiMaCi, ivMacjg*;]
: Pr 2"
(^^, "iJ^^N' Q"''!^*?)' Si 635, divine:
Svvafxt^, II Pe 1^; ^vo-ts (for parallel in tt., v. MM, Exp., xv), ib>; to 6.^
the Deity (so in cl. ; of God, in Philo and FIJ), Ac IT^^.t
**t 0€i<5tt]s, -rjTu^, r) {<^ 6eLo<:), [in LXX Wi : 18^ * ;] divine natiire,
divinity : Ro l^*' (for ex. from tt., v. MM, Exp., xv). t
Sfn- : OeoTTrj':, deity, godhead, divine personality. Oei. = divine
nature and properties, a summary term for the attributes of deity,
differing from ^cot?/? as quality or attribute from essence.
*t0€iw8T]s, -«s {<C6iiov), of brimstone, sulphiireous : Re 9^'^.+
1 6Ar]fAa, -Tos, TO (< OeXui), [in LXX chiefly for j^gn , also for
fi'S'^ , etc. ;] will, (a) objectively = that v^hich is vtîlled : Mt IS^*
Lk 12*^ Jo 630, I Co 7", 6'^ ii Ti 2^^, He lO^", Re 4^ 0. t. OeoZ.

I Th ;
Ac 221^ Ro 2i« 122, gph 1^, Col 1« 4^2, i Pe 4-'; t. Kvptov, Eph 51^; pi.
of precepts, Mk 3^-, WH, mg., Ac IS^^C^xx); ô-rtv to 6., c. gen. pers.
seq. Tva, Jo 639. "o^ i Qq 1612 •
c. inf., i Pe 2^^ ; c. ace. et inf., i Th 4^
(b) subjectively = to ê'Aeiv (cf. ê'Xr/o-ts) Lk 2325, Jq 113^ i Pe 317 :
II Pe 121 ; TTotelv, Mt 721 12^0 21^\ 3^^ (pi., Mk

mg., v. supr.) WH,
Jo 43-1 638 7I' 931, Eph 6«, He lO^. ^> 36 1321^ j Jq 21^ y[ye<x6ai, Mt 6i»
;
26*2, Lk 22^2^ Ac 211* .

^ ÎSoKta {(3ovX^) tov 6., Eph l^- ^ ; cV tQ 6. rov
Beov, Ro li«; Bta e. eôv, Ro 1532, Co V,
I II Co 1^ 8^, Eph l^, Col l^,
4i9,
n Ti 11; Kar^ TO 6. r. Otov, Ga 1*. i Pe i Jo S^*; pL, Eph 23
(Cremer, 728).t
tee'Xriais, -cojs, ^ (OeXw), [in LXX: II Ch W^, Pr 835 (îx-j) Ez ,
1823 (^gn) , Da LXX 11*5 (^ny) , To 1218, Wi 1625, „ Mac 12i«, iii Mac
22«*;] in colloq. and MGr. = to deXeiv, will : He2*.t
QiXta (the strengthened form iOeXw is found in Horn., and is the
more freq. in Attic; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 415 f.), [in LXX for
HUN ,
^'Sn ; c. neg., ]XD pi., etc. ;] to will, be willing, wish, desire
(more freq. than fiovXofxai, q.v., in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.
for various views as to its relation to /3., v. Thayer, 286 but ; v. also
BL, § 24, s.v.) absol., Ro 9^\ i : Co 4^9 1218, Ja 4^5 ; t. Oeov ^cAovtos,
Ac 1821; c. ace. rei, Mt 202i, Mk 1436, Jq 157^ Rq 715- le,
i 421 736, Co
Ga 51^; c. inf., Mt 5*o, 10*3^ Mk Jo 621.67, R0721, Ga 4^;
ace. et inf.,c.
Mk 72*, Lk 162, Jo 2122,23, Ro iQi9^ I Co 145, Ga 6i3; oi
OiXoi, Mt 183o,
al. ; id. c. inf., Mt 2'8, Mk 626, Jo 5«, i Co 16^ ; seq. Iva, Mt 712, Mk
625, Jo 1724. opp. to Ttoiioy, Trpda-a-fo, cVcpyeo), Ro 715.19, n Co 81"' n, Phi
213 seq. ^ {ICG, in 1.
; Deiss., LAE, I7924), i Co 14i9 ; eiXtov iv TaTrttvo-
;
<^poarw{j {of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2i8; in OT
quotations, for Heb. c. ace. pers., Mt 27'*3 c. ace. rei, Mt 9i3
yBU , ; 12^
He 105.8; c. inf., i Pe 310 ; for -iax , c. inf., Ac 728 (v. Cremer, 726 ff.).
0€jiAios, -ov « Tterifii), [in LXX for ]ia"lN , Tjia , etc. ;] of or

for a foundation; as subst., 6 6. (sc. Xtôs), a foundation stone, founda-
tion : Lk 6*8,49 1429 (but v. Deiss., BS, 123); pi., ol 6. (el). He llio.
Re 211*' 19; êut., t6 6. (Arist., Phys., vi, 6, 10, LXX and later writers).
Ac 1626 . metaph., Ko I520, i Co Sô-i^, Eph 22*, i Ti 6^9, 11 Ti 2^^,
He 6^t
-a>, [in
defieXiou, LXX
chiefly for TD^ ;] to lay the foundation of,
to found: ace, t. yrjv, He 1^** (i-xx); pass., Mt 7^^, Lk 6*^; metaph.,
c.
I Pe 510 (R, mg., settle) pass., Eph 3i«, Col l^^.t ;
*t eco-StSaKTos, -ov, taught of God (of. SiSaKTol Oôv, Jo 6*5) i Th 40.+ :
*6co-\6yos, -ov, 6, 1. one who treats 0^ the Divine nature (applied

in cl. to the old poets and philosophers). 2. In eccl., a theologian,
divine : Re, tit., Rec.t
** 6eofiax^w, -w
God : Ac 239 (Rec.).t
^«o/Aaxos), [in «
II Mac 7^^ * ;] to fight against LXX :
*t0€ojjidxos, -ov, [in Sm. Jb 26^, Pr 9^8 21i«*;] fighting against :
God: Ac539.t
*t 6e6irK€uoTos, -ov (•< 6e6<;, Trve'w), inspired by God : 11 Ti 3^"^
ee6s, -o9, o, rj (Ac 1937 only v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc, Oti ;
(Mt 27*«; cf. De 32*, al.), [in LXX chiefly for D^ri^N, also for b^ and
other cognate forms, mn^ etc. ;] a god or deity, God. 1. In polythe- ,
istic sense, a god or deity : Ac 28", i Co 8*, 11 Th 2*, al. pi., Ac. ;
14" 1926, Ga 48, al. 2. Of the one true God; (a) anarthrous Mt 62*, :
Lk 2038, al. esp. c. prep. (Kiihner 3, iii, 605), aTro 6., Jo 32 cV, Ac 5^\
; ;
II Co 5\ Phi 39; VTTO, Ro 131 ; Trapa êoC, Jo 1" ; -n-apa OeQ, II Th 16,
I Pe 2* Karaêov, Ro 82^, II Co
; also when in gen. dependent 7^' ^^ ;
on an anarth. noun (BL, § 46, 6), Mt 27*3, Lk 32, Ro 1^^ i Th 2^^; as

pred., Lk 20^8, Jo 1^, and when the nature and character rather than
the person of God is meant, AcS^^, Ga26, al. (M, Th., 14); (b) more
freq., c. art. : Mt 123, Mk 2', al. mult. ; c. prep., Sltto t. 0., Lk 126; iK,
Jo 8*2, al.; Trapa to5 0., Jo 8*"; TT. tQ e., Ro ^^^•,iv, Col 33; IttX tQ> $.,
Lk 1*7; tVl rhv 6., Ac 1519; ei? T. e., Ac 241^; ,rpos T. e., Jo 12; c. gen.
pers., Mt 2232, Mk 1226-27^ Lk 203^, Jo 20^^ al. ; 6 6. /xov, Ro 18, Phi 13,
al. 6 6. Kal irarrip k. t. \., Ro 15",
; 13, Phi 42", al. c. gen. rei, Ro Eph ;
155,13,33^ II Co 13, I Th 523; î ^. ^,ov, Mt 1623, 1217, I Co 211; ^^ Mk

irpos Tov 6., Ro 1517, He
217 51 ; t. êi, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 33), Ac
720, II Co 10*; Hebraistically, of judges (Ps 81 (82)6), Jq iqs* (lxx), 35^
eeoa^Pcia, -as, -7 « deotreî^s), [in LXX : Ge 20" (Q"'^b^? H^T),

Jb 2828 (-.jiKid.), Si I2*, Ba 5*, iv Mac 76.22 j< 1528 jj 1715*.] fâr of
God, godliness : 1 Ti 2i9.t

eeoaeprfs, -e9 « êos, cri/Sofiai), [in LXX for D^nhj? NT Ex ,
1821,
al. ;] God-fearing, godly : Jo 93i.t

SyI^^. : cicre/ST^s (q-V.), Bprj<TKo<;.
* SeooTOYVis, -es (<^ êos, o-Tvyew), 1. passive, as freq. in cl., hateful
to God : Ro 13o (R, txt., cf. Lft., Notes, 256). 2. Active, hating God
ib. (R, mg., cf. ICC, in l.).t
*t de6TT]s, -7;tos, 17, deity, Godhead : Col 29t
Syn- •'
OtLOTT]^, q.v.
ec6<îXos, -ov (^€05, <^tA.os), Tfieophilus : Lk 13, Ac l^.t
ecpaircia, -as, i] {depaTrtvui), [in LXX for 0^2? , Ge 45i« (cf. Es 5'),
etc. ;] 1. service. (Field, Notes, 60), Re 222.

2. heali7ig 3^ : Lk 9^^
Collective, household attendants, servants : Lk 12*^ (LXX, 11, c.).t
Sepaireuw, [in for nOT LXX
etc. ;] 1. to do service, serve : c. ace. ,
pers., pass., Ac 17^^. 2. As medical term, to treat (MM, Exp., xv),

cure, heal Mt 12^0, Mk 6^, Lk
: 6", al. ; c. ace. pers., Mt 42*, Mk l"*,
al. ; aeq. a7r6, Lk 51^ 6^» V^ S^- « ; e. vocrov {fxaXaKtav), Mt 423, al.
Syn. : idofjiai (v. Field, Notes, 60 ; MM, Exp., I.e.).
OepdiTUk', -ovTos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Tjy;] an attendant,

servant : He 3^ (i^xx) f
Sl'J^. : V.S. Sia/covos.
122^ Ja 5*;
eepi'^w « eipos), [in
fig., Mt
252^-26,
LXX chiefly for
Lk I921.22, Jo
Mt 6", Lk
ixp ;]
„ Co 9«, Ga e^'S 436-38,
to reap :
Ee 14^* c. ace, ; t. a-apKiKd, 1 Co 9^^ <f)Oopdv, ^wrjv aiwvLov, Ga 6^ t. y^v,

; ;
Re 14i«.+
ecpio-ixos, -ov, 6 (-< 9fpit,ui), [in LXX chiefly for TXi? ;] harvest
(a) the act : Jo 43^ ; (6) the time : fig., Mt 1330.39, Mk 429 (c) the crop
tig., Mt 937. 38, Lk 102, Re U^^.i
**eepi<rr^s, -oC, 6 «^6pt'ôj), [in LXX Da LXX : Bel 32, th ib.s'*;]
a reaper: Mt 133o.39.t
Qepiiaivu {<C0epp.6<;), [in LXX chiefly for Dan;] to warm, heat;
mid., to warmoneself: 145*. Mk 6", Jq I8I8.25,
Ja 2^^.f
e^Pfi^, -»?s, ^, [in LXX : Jb 6^', Ps 18 (19)6, Be 4^1 (non and
derivatives), Si 3828*;] heat: Ac 283.t
Oe'pos, -ous, TO [dipoi, to heat), [in LXX chiefly for ]^j5;] summer:
Mt 2432, Mk 1328, Lk 213o.t
eeao-aXovtKcu's, -cws, o, a Thessalonian : Ac 20* 272, i Th 1^ 11 Th
l^t
eeaaaXoKiKT],
-77s, 17, Thessalonica, a city of Macedonia Ac :
171,11,13^ Phi 4l^ iiTi4i".+

ecoSas (perh. contr. from ©edSwpos, but v. MM, Exp., xv), -a, 6,
Theudas Ac 5^^.f :
Qeupiw, -a» (<[ ^cwpo's, a spectator, <ÔedofxaL), [in LXX chiefly for
nxi mn ;] (pres. and impf. only, exc. Jo 73 (fut.), Mt 28\ Lk 23*8, Jq
,
85\ Re 11^2 (aor.) BL, § 24) 1. (el.), to look at, gaze, behold absol.,
; ; :
Mt 275^ Mk 15*^ Lk 2335; geq. ttws, Mk 12*1; ttoS, Mk 15*7; ^ ^cc.

pers., Jo 6*0' 62 12*5 igio-io, Ac 3i« 2038 252*, Re II11.12. [^^ ^ pt^p ,
Mk 515, Lk 1018, Jo 6i« 1012 2012.1*, i Jo 3^^ c. ace. rei, Mt 28i, Lk

1429 216 23*8, Jo 223 62 73, Ac 4^3 8i3 id. c. ptcp., Jo 206, Ac 7^6 10^ ;
seq. oTi, Ac 192*. 2. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; Bl.,
§ 24, s.v. opav), in pres. and impf. = opdio, to see, perceive, discern : seq.
oTi, Mk 16*, Jo 419 1219, Ac 1926 2710 ; TroVai, Ac 2120 ; 7rr?Ai/cos, He 7*
c. ace. rei, Mk
538; id. e. ptcp., Ac 17^6 286; e. ace. pers., Mk 311, Jo
1419, Ac 9' 1722; TTviZpxi, Lk 2437; ^^ ^.^ Jq 1417. geq. Stl, Jo 98; c.
ptcp., Lk 2439. 3. Hebraistically, to experience, partake of : t. Odvarov,
Jo 8" (cf. Ps 88 (89)*9) ; r. 80'âv, Jo I72* (cf. dva-, 7rapa-^€<op€a>).t
eewpia, -a?, ^ (v.s. êwpc'o)), [in LXX Da LXX : 5^, ii Mac 5^*
15^^*, III Mac 524*;] 1. a viewing. 2. = Oewprj/ia, a spectacle, sight:
Lk 23*^ (both senses in cl.).t
e-fiK-q, -7/5, ^ «Tt^77/it), [in LXX: Ex 252«<27) (jtjj), Is Qi*
(n5^), lb. 32^ *;] a receptacle, chest, case : of the sheath of a sword,
Jo ISii.t
Qr\\dlia « OrjX-^, a breast), [in LXX chiefly for pr hi. ;] 1. of the

mother, to suckle : Mt 241^, Mk 13^"^, Lk 2123. 2. Of the young, to
suck : Mt 21^6 âo-rov's, Lk ll^^ . (cf. Jb 3^2, Ca 8\ al.).t
0TjXus, -€ia, -V, [in LXX chiefly for HSpJ ;] female : as subst,,
^ 0., a female, a woman : Eo 12«.27; ^^ 6., Mt 19*, Mk 10«, Ga 328.t
Br\pa, -a9, 17, [in LXX for T5f , pj^^p , TWl . and cogn. forms ;]
1.a hunting, chase (Hdt., Xen., al,). 2. prey, game (cl.). 3. As in
Ps 34 (358) ^ J-,^r^ a net : Eo 11^ (but v. Thayer, s.vj.t
,
Oripeuw (< ^?7pa), [in LXX for TIJT , etc. ;] to hunt, ensnare,
catch : metaph., Lk ll^^.t
*t 0T]piop,axc(>>, -w (<[ Orjpiov, fjLd)ô/xai), to fight with wild beasts
(Diod., al.) : i Co 1532.t
OrjpioK, -ov, TO (dimin. of Oi^p), [in LXX chiefly for iTO;] a iiîZd
ftms^, 6eas<; Mk V\ Ac
11« 28*. ^^ Tit 1^2, He I220, Ja 3^, Ee &^; of
Antichrist, Ee 11^ 13-20.t
©Tjoraupi^w, [in LXX for ]D2? , etc. ;] to lay up, store up : of
riches, Ja 5^; id. c. dat, pers., Lk 122\ 11 Co 12^*; c. ace. rei, i Co
162; Orjo-avpovi iavriij, Mt 6^*' 20; paS8., II Pe 3^; metaph., opy^v cauTW,
Eo 25 (cf. Pr 118, Pss. Sol 99).t
6T]<Taup<5s, -ov, o (<^ TLOrjfxi), [in LXX chiefly for lylN ;] 1. a place
of safe keeping ; (a) a casket : Mt (b) a treasury (i Mac 3^^ and 2^^
;
freq. in cl.) (c) a storehouse (Ne 13^2, De 28^2, al.)

; Mt 13^2 metaph., : .
of the soul, Mt 1235; t. Ka^Sms, Lk G**. 2. a treasure: Mt e^^-îi 13",

Lk 1233.34^ He 1126; e. iv oipayQ (v. Dalman, Words, 206 ff.), Mt I921,
Mk 1021, Lk 1822 ; of the knowledge of God through Christ, 11 Co 4^
T. (ropia<i K. yvoicrews, Col 23.
Qiyydvta, [in LXX for V32 Ex 19^2 * ;] 1. to touch, handle : Col
,
221, He 1220 (LXX). 2. to injure (like Heb. yjj, and as in Eur., Iph.
Aul, 1351) : c. gen.. He 1128.t
Syn. : v.s. aTTTci).
eXipu, [in LXX
chiefly (6 dXi^wv) for lis ;] to press c. ace. pers., :
Mk 3^ 680s TeOXififievq, a narrow (compressed) way, Mt 71*.

; Metaph.
(as freq. in LXX), to oppress, afflict, distress : c. ace. pers., 11 Th 1^
pass. (Vg., tribulor, tribulationem patior), 11 Co 1' 4^ 7*, i Th 3*, 11 Th
1^, I Ti 510, He 1137 (cf. Sltto-, <rvv-e\iftw).f
eXii|ns (LTr., eXIi/ris), -€0)5, ^ (< 0\C(3io), [in LXX for IT^y , etc. ;]
pressure (Arist.). In LXX and NT metaph., tribulation, affliction,

distress: Mt 24^21,29^ ld^^'^\ Jo ISî, Mk Ac 7" ll^^, Eo 12^2, Con
14.8 417 6* 7^ 82.13, Phi 41^ II Th 18, Ja 127, Re 19 29' 22 714; c. ivdyKT}
(q.v.), I Th 3'^; arevoxt^pLa (which from the order of the words would
appear to be the stronger term), Ro 2^ S^S; Stwyyuos, Mt I321, Mk
417, II Th 1* e. cV, Jo 1633, I Co 728, Re
2io
; ^pxâOai in{, Ac 7^^ eV ; ;
Okiylêt, I Th 1« ;
pi., Ac 710 1422 2023, Ro 53, Eph 3i3, i Th 33, He 10^3;
T. Xpia-Toi, Col 12* ; e. T^s KapSca^, II Co 2* 6. iyetpeiv. Phi l^^.t
:
Srx. : dvdyKr), Siwy/xos, (rT€vo\ii>pia (v. supr., and cf. Tr., Syn,
§lv; Lft., Notes, 4:5).
0^'1^(rKa), [in LXX chiefly for mO;] to die; pf. (M, Pr., 114), to
be dead: Mt 22o, Mk 15*^ Lk 7^2 8«, Jo 11^* 1933, Ac 14^9 25^^;
metaph., of spiritual death, i Ti 5^ (cf. dTro-, a-vv-aTro-6vrj(TK<D).f
e^TcJs, -V, -o'v « eyyaKw), [in LXX : Pr 3^3 202* (qix), Jb 3023
(•«n), Is 5112 (nna), Wi n Mac 9^2, m Mac 329*;] subject to

91* 1517,
death, mortal : Ro 612 gn, i Co 15^3, 54 „ Co 4^ 5^t

*t6opupdû {<C66pvfto<:), = Tvpfid^w (q.v.), to disturb, trouble:
pass., Lk lOî.t
-Sy «ô>/?o?), [in LXX: Na 23(4) (bjn ho.), Da LXX
Oopupe'w,
317 (nya Jg 326, Wi 1319, Si 40"*;] 1. to make a noise or uproar:
ni.),
mid., of loud and ostentatious lamentation, Mt 923, -^^ 539, ^c 201".
2. Trans., to trouble, throw into confusion : t. itoX-lv, Ac 17^.
OopuPos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ]ian etc. ;] a noise, uproar, tumult, ,
as of an excited mob: Mt 26^ 272*, Mk 14^, Ac 20^ 213* 3418; of

mourners, = o;^Xos Oopvftovfjuvo^, Mk 5^^.i
0pauw, [in LXX for I^SI (De 2833, jg 434 536) _ etc. ;] to break in
pieces, shatter; metaph., to break down: Lk 4i8(Lxx\f
* 0p^fi/Aa, -Tos, TO (rpeô)) ; 1. a nurseling, esp. of animals (Eur.,
Plat., al.j. 2. cattle : Jo 4i2.t
QpY]V€ia,
etc.;] 1. intrans., to
-w « Oprjvos), [in
lament, wail
LXX
: Mt
chiefly for bb^ hi., also for ^'p pil.,
lli^, Lk V^, Jo 162'^. 2. Trans.,
to bewail: c. ace. pers., Lk 2327.t
Syn. : KXatia, KOTrrofiaL, XviriofiaL, Trcvêo) (v. Tr., Syn., § Ixv).
Oprjfos, -ov, o, [in LXX chiefly for nrp ;] a lamentation : Mt 21^,
Eec.t
**tepTj(TK€ia (-Kta, T), -as,
^ ^/a^cr/cos), [in
Si 22^ A, IV Mac 58. i3 * ;] religion in its external aspect

« LXX: Wi
(MM,
1418.27,
Exp.,
xv), worship : Ac 265, j^ 126, 27 •
^, ^-^^ dyye'Awv, Col 2i8.t
Sriv, : v.s. 6pri<TKo%.
*0pT)aKos (-Kos, WH), -ov, o, religious, careful of the outward forms
of divine service (see previous word)i: Ja 128.
Syn, : €i(rtl3r]<:, 6€ocre(3r]<:, 8u(n8aifxu)v (v. Tr., Syn., § xlviii).
*t 0piafiP€U(i) (< OpCafxPos, 1. a festal hymn to Bacchus. 2. The
Roman triumphus), 1. to triumph (and rarely, c. ace, to triumph
2i^,
over ; so perh. Col but v. infr.). 2. to lead in triumph : c. ace.
MANUAL GBBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 209
pers., II Co 2^* ; hence, generally, to make a spectacle or show of: Col

2^5 (but V. supr. ; cf. Exp., xv; MM, and esp. Field, Notes, 181).t
0pi|, TpLx6<;, rj, [in LXX chiefly for iy^ ;] hair ; (a) of the head
Mt 3* 536 1030, Lk 738.44 127 2118^ Jo 112 123^ Ac 2734, I Pe 33, Ee 1^4;
(6) of animals : Mk 1«, Ee Qs.t
-w {<C6p6o<;, a noise, tumult), [in
Opoe'w, Ca 54 (nDn)*^ LXX:
in to cry aloud, make an outcry.
cl., 1. 2. to utter aloud. 3. In NT
(and LXX), pass., to he troubled, as by an alarm Mt 24", 13^, : Mk
Lk 2437 (WH, mg.), II Th 22 (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 126).t
*0p6fiPos, -ov, 6 (<^Tpe<â), in primary sense to thicken), a lump, a
clot of blood {DCG, ii, 685b) atâros, Lk 22*4 (WH, E. mg. omit :
the passage, v. WH, App., 64 ff.).t
6p<5fos, -ov, o [in LXX chiefly for NQS Ex 11*, al.;] in Hom., a seat,
,
chair. Later, a throne, chair of state, seat of authority of kings ;
metaph., of God, Mt 534, Ac 7^H^^^), Ee 14, al.; by meton., for

kingly power, sovereignty, Lk 132. 52^ Ac 23^ for an angelic hierarchy. ;
Col 116; of Christ, Mt W-^ Ee 3^\ al.; of Satan, Ee 2^3; t. erjptov, ib.
1610 of the Apostles, Mt 1928, ljj 223o, cf. Ee 204 of Trpeo-ySvVcpot,
; ;
Ee 44 lli« (on e. -n}? x«P'-ro5. He 4i«,

v. Westc, in 1. ; Deiss., BS, 135).
©udreipa, -tav, to. (-a?, 17, Ee l^^ L ; cf. WH, App., 156), Thyatira,
a city of Lydia : Ac 16^4, Ee 1" 2i8.24.t
QvydTr]p, -Tp6<;, r) (for use of vocat., cf. M, Pr., 71 ; WH, App,
158), [in LXX for DS (Ge 54, al.), exc. Jg 21^4 B, 11 Ch 21^7 (niJTN);] a
daughter: Mt 9^8 1035.37 14c 1522,28^ Mk 53* 6^2 72«.29^ Lk 236 842. 4fl
1253, Ac 217 (LXX)

He 721 219, NT, as in OT, not in cl. (a) as
II24. In ;
a form of friendly address (cf. Eu 22.22, ^1.) Mt 922, Mk 534, Lk848; :
(b) metaph. sc. Kvptov, 11 Co

:
6I8 (cf. Is 43") (c) of posterity 6. 'Aap<Lv, :
;
Lk 1* ; 'Afipadfi, ib. I316 (cf. Is I62, iv Mac 1528, Îj (d) of habita- ;
tion : e. 2i^v, 'UpovaaX^fi, Mt 21MLXX), Lk 2328, Jq 1215 (cf. ig i»^ Za

9», al.).t
* OuyciTpioi', -ov, TO (dimin. of dvyaTrjp), a little daughter, a term of
endearment used in late Gk. (cf. Bl., § 27, 4) : Mk 523 725^t
0o'eXXa, -r)s, ^ {<6vo^), [in LXX. De 4" 522 (i9>

(b^-T?), Ex
1022*;] (poet, in cl.), a hurricane, cyclone, whirlwind: He 12i8.t
SYN. : XatXai/r (q.v.).
**t6oij'os (usually ûlVos, as Eec), -rj, -ov {<^6via, Ova, an African
aromatic tree, with ornamentally veined wood of varying colour,
= Lat. citrinus), [in Sm. : iii Ki 10" (Qiao^N)*;] thyine: ^'Xov, Ee
1812 (Diosc.).t
6u|iia|Aa, -To<i, TO (-< Ovfudw), [in LXX chiefly for TTpp ;] fragrant
stuff for burning, incense: rj wpa tov 9., Lk li*; dva-iaxrT-qpiov rov 6.
(Ex 3027, al.), ib.ii; pi., Ee 58 83.4 I8i3.t

0u|xiaTVipio^, -ov, TO {<i6vfj.idoi), [in LXX: 11 Ch 26i9, Ez 8"
14
(n-)t9(7P), IV Mac 7"*;] 1. as in cl. (Hdt., iv, 162; Thuc, vi, 46) and
LXX, a censer : He 9* (but v. infr., and cf. Westc, in 1.). 2. As in
Philo., rer. div., § 46, FIJ, Ant., iv, 2, 4, al., the altar of incense : He,
I.e. (but V. supr. and cf. MM, Exp., xv).t
Qufxidta, -Q) (<^ 6vo)), [in LXX (with -a^to) chiefly for HiSip pi., hi. ;]
to burn incense : Lk l^.t
*t 0ufiop,axew, -w {6vfx6<;, /i,a;ô/xai), to fight desperately, have a hot
quarrel : c. dat. pars., Ac 12^''.t
0ufi.6s, -ov, 6 (<^ûa)), [in LXX most freq. for f)^, also for
nan , \\in , etc., 30 words in all ;]

passion, hot anger, wrath : He
112' ;
^py^ ^î Q_^ Eo 28, of. Col 38; TTiKpia k. $., Bph 431; 7rX7;o-%ai,
Tr\7]prj<; Bv/xov, Lk 4^^, Ac 19^8. Q^ ^Xî-v, Ee 12^2; otvos T. û/AOV t.
,ropv£tas (cf. Je 28 (51)7), Re 14^ 18^ (cf. 17^); oTvo? t. 6. t. ^cov, ib.
141"; id., T. o/>y;}s T. ^coS, ib. 16^9 19^^ 6 0. t. êoO, ib. 14^9 IS^'^ 16^;
pi., impulses or outbursts of anger : tpi<:, ^^Xos, OvfLol, IpiOCai, ii Co
122«, Ga 520 (Cremer, 287, 733).t
SYN. : opyrj, irapopyicrp.o^.
Oufiow, -w (^v/xds), [in LXX (chiefly in pass.) for mn, 5]N mn,
p]3X hith., etc. ;]
(no act. in Attic.) ; pass, (and mid.), to he wroth or
very angry : Mt 21".

Oiipa, -as, rj, [in LXX chiefly for npgl , also for bl , D^l , etc. ;]
a door: KXeUtv (uttok-) t^ 0., Mt 6", Lk 13^5; pass., Mt Lk 11^, 25io,
Jo 2019' 26, Ac 2130; ii,0LyeLv, Ac 519; pass., Ac 1626. 27. ^povW, Ac

121^; SlSl t^s 0., Jo IQi''^; Trp^s t^ ^., Mk 1^3 H* (WH om. r^v),
Ac 32; TO. TT/aos Tr;v ^., the space by the door, 22; tt/sos rrj $., Jo Mk
1816; im rr,6 kc 5^ Trpo t^s ^., Ac 126; ^,rl T^r e., Ac 523;'^ ^. T.
, ;
fjivr)p.€Lov, Mt 2760, 15*6 163^ Mk

Metaph., of Christ, r, 6. r. irpopaToiv,
Jo 10^' 9 ; of the Kingdom of Heaven, Lk 132* ; of opportunities,
0. TTto-Tccos, Ac 1427; 6. fieydXr], I Co 169; ^ ^, Xoyov, Col 43; d.
ave(jjy /xifrj (rjveioy-), II Co 212, Re 3^ 41 ; of Christ, i<TTr]KO)<; €7rt t^v d. koI
Ee 320 of his second coming, cVt 6vpaL<i ehai,
Kpoviiiv, ; Mt 2433, î^
1329; ^p^ Ovpwv k(TTT]Kivai, Ja 59.+
eupeos, -ov, 6 (< dvpa), [in LXX for ]3p , n|S ;] 1. in Hom., a
door-stone. 2. In late Gk. (Polyb., Plut.), the scutum, a large oblong
shield: 0. t. Trto-Tccos, Eph 6I6 (cf. Wi 52**, where oo-iott;? is likened to
the do-TTts, the clypeus or small round shield of the light-armed
soldier),
flopis, -tSos, 17 (dim. of dvpa), [in LXX chiefly for T^bry ;] a window
Ac 209, II Co 1133.+
Oupupos, -ov, 6, 17 (<^ ^vpa, -f ovpo^, a guardian)^ [in LXX iv Ki :
711 (lyiiar), Ez 4411 (ni|75), n Ki 46, i Esy*;] a door-keeper, porter

h, Mk 133^ Jo 103 ; ^, Jo 1816. i7.+
6uaia, -as, 17 (^vto), [in LXX chiefly for Hllja , n3J ;] 1. actively,
an offering, sacrifice (Hdt., al.). 2. Objectively, that which is offered,

a sacrifice: 9^3 12^(1'^), Mt Mk 9" (WH, mg.), Eph 5^, He 10*' 26;
pi. (as usually in cl.), Mk 1233, lj^ 131^ He 923 iqi. s (q. xal Trpoo-cô/oa?)
e. ivdyeiv, Ac 7"; dva<j>ipetv, He 72^ Trpoaîpiiv, Ac 7^2^ Jjg 51 38
(SSpa Tc Kal e.)
10ii»i2 114. §o-^„^^ Lk 22^1; pass., He 9^; 8ia t^s d.
avToC, He 92«; i<T6Uiv Tcts ^. (Le 7i5^-). i Co lO^s. Metaph., Phi 41^,
He 13^6 ; ^. irvfvixariKaL, I Pe 2^ ; ^. ^wo-a, Eo 12^ ; ^. aivecrews, He
1315; ^. . . . T. -n-t'o-Tctos, Phi 2l'.t
+ OucriaoT'qpioj', -ou, to (<^ Ovaidâi, to sacrifice), [in LXX (where
the word first appears) very freq., nearly always for nilTQ;] an altar
(a) generally, Ja 22^; pi., Eo 113 (lxx); metaph., He 131" (v. Westc,
in 1., and
esp. his add. note on the history of the word, 455 ff.); (b)
of the altar of burnt-offering in the Temple, Mt 523. 24 2318-20, 35^ l^
11", I Co 913 10^8, He 713, Ee 11^; (c) of the altar of incense in the
sanctuary (Ex 30^ al.), Lk 1^^ symbolically in Heaven, Ee 6* 83> ^ ;
913 1418 167 (Cremer, 292).t

0UU, [in LXX chiefly for n:i7 , also for tanOT , etc. ;] as in cl.
1. to offer first fruits to a god. 2. to sacrifice by slaying a victim,
offer sacrifice : Ac
d^t. pers., ib.^^ id. c. ace. rei, i Co 102*^.
14^3 ; q ;
3. to slay, kill: Jo lO^^, Ac 10^3 117; ^ ace. rei, Lk 1523.27,30. pagg.,

Mt 22* TO TTcio-xa (Ex I221),
; 14^2 pass., Lk 22^, i Co 5^.1 Mk ;
ew/ias, -a, 6 (Heb. Dixri . Cl twin ; of. SlSv/jlos), Thomas the

Apostle : Mt 103, Mk S^\ Lk 6^\ Jo llô 14* 202*-28 212, Ac VKf
dupa^, -a/co9, 6, [in LXX chiefly for ]rity and cogn. forms ;] a
breastplate: Ee 99- ^^ 6. r. SiKaioo-uVi;s, Eph 6^* (cf. Is 59^^ Wi
518<19'); e. TriVreo)?, I Th 58.t
I, I, lura, TO, indecl., iota, the ninth letter. As a numeral, i = 10,

I, = 10,000.
Mdcipos, -ov, 6 (Heb. Iin; , Nu 32*i), Jairus : Mk 522, Lk 8".t
'laKwP, 6, indecl. (Heb. apr:), Jacob; 1. The patriarch: Mt I2
811, Jo 45.6, Ac 78, al.; as in Heb. (cf. Nu 23^, Is 418, Si 23^2, al), of
his descendants, father-in-law of Mary Mt l^^- ^^
Eo 1126 d-^^). 2. The :
(on the form as distinct from that of the next word, v. Deiss., BS, 316i).
'idKuôs, -ov, 6 (Heb., V. previous word), James; 1. Son of
Zebedee : Mt 421, Mk
Alphaus Mt
l^^. 20, Ac 1" 122, al. 2. Son of :
103, Mk 21*, al. ; commonly identified with

James the little, 'I. 6 //.iKpos,
son of Mary (v.s. Mapta, 3 KAwttSs), Mt 27^6, Mk 15*0 I61 (cf. Jo 19 "S). ;
3. The Lord's brother (v.s. (lSe\«ô's) Mt 13^5, Mk 63, Ac 12i7, al, :
29'i2,
I Co 157 (probably), Ga li9 Ja li, Jui. 4. The father of the
6i«, Ac li3.
apostle, 'lovSas 'laKco/Sou Lk :
lofia, -Tos, TO « iao/Atti), [in LXX for S^'p (ii Ch 36i«, Ec 10*,
Je 40 (33)^), etc.;] 1. most freq. in cl., a means of healing, remedy

(Thuc, al.; Wi 11* lO*). 2. = lacrts (q.v.), a healing (Plat.; Je, I.e.)
pi., iCol29.28,30,t
•la^ppTJs, 6, Jambres (cf. Ex 7^^' ^") : ii Ti SM
*\avyai, (Rec. -vd), 6, Jaunai : Lk 3''^*.t
'laci'Tis, 6, Jannes (cf. 'Iayu,/?/j%) : ii Ti 3*.t

idofiai, -Q>âi, [in LXX for NDI (Ge 20^7, al.), exc. Is 302« 6V
to heal ace. pers., Lk 5^7 6^^ 9''< n. *2 144 22", Jo 4*', Ac 9^*
(tzrnn) ;] : c.
1038 288; pass., Mt S^. " 1528, 8*^ 171^, Jo 5^^; id. seq. d7r6, Lk 7^ Mk
5''^ Lk 617; tig., of spiritual healing, Mt 13^5, Jo 12", Ac 28^7 (lxx).
pass., He 121^, Ja 5^\ i Pe 22*.t

SVN. : 6epaTrevw, q.V.
'l(£p€T (Eec. -peS, L, 'UpeO), 6 (Heb. TT. , LXX 'lapcS, FIJ, 'lapcSos),
Jared (Ge S^^) : Lk S^^f
lao-is, -cw?, ^ (<;iao/Aat), [in LXX chiefly for Npno;] a healing,
cure : Ac 422. so ;
pi,^ Lk 1332.t
SYN. V.S. : 6epaTr€ia, 2 ; tafia, 2.
Xatrris, -iSos, V, [in LXX Ex 2818

:
36i8 (SQU)
(D^D!), Is 541'
(1313), Ez 28" (ngiy;, V. BDB, Lerc., s.v.)*;] jasper, apparently
not the modern stone of that name, but a translucent stone {DB, s.v.)
Re 43 21ii'i8,i9.t
'idawK, -ovo<;, 6, Jason : Ac 17^""'®; perhaps the same, Ro 162i.t
iaTp6s, -ov, 6 {<C Idofiai), [in LXX for K5i ;] a physician : Mt 912,
Mk 217 526, LkWH, R, mg.), Col 41'' (on the status

423 531, 843 (om.
of physicians, v. Exp., xv.).t MM,
iSc (Attic iSc'; the "later" accentuation is also found in Hom.;
Veitch, 215), 1. prop., 2 aor. imperat. of opaw, q.v. 2. As interjection,
apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or
many are addressed, see ! behold ! lo ! : Mt 2520.22,26^ Mk 22* 33* II21
131, 21 154, 35 156^ Jo p9, 36, 48 326 514 726 113, 36 1219 162^ 1821 19*' 1*' 26, 27^
Ga 52.t
i8ea, -a?, r], V.S. elSea,
1810s, -a., -ov (in Attic usually -os, -ov), [in LXX chiefly for pers.
suff., also for urh , etc.; {to. t) ilT'S;] 1. one's own; (a) of that which
is private and personal (in cl. opp. to koiv6<;, 877/100-109 cf. infr. 3) ;
(6) of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to dXAorptos in ;
late writers often, like iavTov, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.
Deiss., 6", Jo 1*2 5*3, Ac 2^ 2028, i Co II21, Ga 6^,
BS, 123 f.) : Lk
II Ti 19, He 727, Ju^ al. Trpdo-a-eiv ra I, I Th 411 Kara ras I. eVt^v/x/as,
; ;
II Ti 43; ol ?8tot, Jo 111 (M, Pr., 90 f.; FieU, Notes, 84) I31, Ac 423,
I Ti 58; Ti rSia, one's home (Field, Notes, I.e.), Lk^l828, Jo 1^ 1632

1927. 2. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper : to l. crwfia, i Co 1538
iv T. I. Tay/AttTi, I Co 1523; ^j^ ^ tottov t. i., Ac 12^; = avrov (v. Deiss.,
ut. supr.), Mt 22^ Jo 1*2 (cf. Wi lOi). 3. Adverbially (v. supr., 1 (a)
and cf. WM, 7B%); (a) iSia, severally, separately : i Co 12^1; (6) kut
fStW, apart, privately, in private : Mt 14". 23 gO^^, Mk 43* T^^, Lk 1023,
Ac 2319, al.
l8ialTT,s, -ov, 5 «?8tos), [in Pr 6^ (no Heb.)*;] 1. a pri- LXX :
vate person, as opp. to the State or an official (/JacriXcls k. iStwrai, Pr, I.e.
and cf. MM, Exp., xv). 2. one without professional knowledge, un-
skilled, uneducated, unlearned : i Co 14^'' 23. 24
(^^ j^g^^ without gifts) ;
dypdfXfiaTOL k. l, Ac 4^3. q ^^t. (= cl. c. gen. rei), Adyw, 11 Co ll'^.t
180U, [in LXX chiefly for ngn,] prop, imperat. 2 aor. mid. of
opdw, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater

in LXX and NT
than in cl. (v. M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see : Mt lOê
118 133, Mk
332, Lk 2^8, I Co 15", Ja 5^, 3n^\ Ee V, al.; after gen.
absol., Mt 120 21' 13 1246, al. kuI JSov', Mt 2^ (and freq.), Lk I20 1025,
;
Ac 12'', al. ; in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or pre-

Mt 3l^ Lk 5^2 223i. ^\ Ac
dicate (like mn in Heb.), 827. 36, al.
'iSoojiaia, -as, r) (Heb. D^^?), [in LXX: 11 Ki 8^*, al.; elsewhere,

as Ge 2530, 'E8w/x ;] Idumaa : Mk S^f
i8p(is (Tr. -ws), -(3tos, o, [in LXX : Ge 3i«
{nvj), 11 Mac 22«,
IV Mac 78*;] sweat : Lk 22** (WH, omit).+

'UldêX (L, 'I€^; Tr. -/SeX; Eec. -^rjk) ^, indecl. (Heb. b^rX;
LXX as txt. ; FIJ, 'Uâ/Stkr]), Jezebel (iii Ki IGî, al.) : symbolically,
Ee 220 (v. Swete, in l.).t
'lepdiroXis (WH,
'Upa IIoXi?), -cws, 17, HierapoUs : a city in the
Lycus valley in the Province of Asia Col 4}^.f :
Upaxeia (WH, -ta), -as, -q (< Uparevo)), [In LXX for ]n3 pi., njri?
(Ex 29^ al.), exc. Ho 3* (liDJjl)*;] priesthood, office of priest : Lk 1»,
He75.t
+ UpciTEUfia, -Tos, TO (<^ leparevw), [in ySao-tXciov i., Ex LXX :
19" (D"'3n3 nS^pO) 2322, II Mac 2^'^ * ;] a priesthood, body of priests
I 5yiov, I Pe 2^ /Sao-. I, ib. ^ (LXX, Ex, l.c.).t

tepuTcuu (cl. = Updofiai), [in LXX chiefly for ps pi.;] <o 6e a
priest, officiate as a priest : Lk 1^ (the word is freq. in Inscr. ; v. LS,
S.V.; Deiss., BS, 215; LAE, 70; Cremer, 734).t
'lepcixw (T, 'Up-; Eec. 'lepix*^; cf. Bl., §3, 4, 4; WH, App.,
155), ri, indecl. (Heb. inn^ , IHT), Jericho : Mt 2029, Mk 10«, Lk lOô
1835 191^ He 1130.+
'kpcîas (T, Eec. 'Up-; v. WH, §408), -ov, 6 (Heb. njpT.,
nrrpT.), Jeremiah the prophet : Mt 2^7 le^* 27^ (a ref. to Za lli3).t
Upcu's, -€U)s, o « iepo's), [in LXX for jns ;] a ^ries^ ; I. t. Aio's,
Ac 1413 ; of Jewish priests, Mt 8* 12*' ^ Mk 1** 22«, Lk 1^ 5^*, Jo lô,

He 8\ al. ; of Christ, He 5« d^^) lOî ; of Christians, Re 1« 5^<> 20«

(Cremer, 293 ; on the ace. pi., lepeZs, v. Thack., Or., 147 f. ; Bl., § 8, 2),
'kpiXw, V.S. 'lepiL^îl).
* lepoGoTos, -oy (-< Upos, Ovw), offered in sacrifice : i Co 10^^ (Rec.
€iBui\o6-)A
iepoy, -ov, TO, V.S. tepos.
**
UpoTTpeTTTis, -€9 Icpos, TTpcVfi), [in «
IV Mac 925 1120*;]
suited to a sacred character, reverend (RV, reverent) Tit 2^ (cf. Tr.,
LXX !
Syn., § xcii).t
tepos, -a, oV, [in LXX
Ez 28i8 (t2yi,7a) ; to I, i Ch 29* (ni3), Ez
:
45^^ (niiy) ; very freq. in i Es, i-iv Mac;] 1. in Horn., marvellous,
mighty, divine. 2. (Also in Horn, and later cl.) consecrated to the

deity, sacred : pi., t. ypd/x/xaTa, ii Ti 3^^. 3. As subst., (a) (so in
Horn.), TO. I,, sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: i Co 9^^; (b)
later, to L, a consecrated or sacred place, a temple : t. 'ApTc/itSo?, Ac
19^'^ cf the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part
;
thereof (as distinct from 6 vads, q.v., the Sanctuary proper) I Co 9^^, :
and freq. in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mt 12^, Mk 13^, Ac 4^ al. (on the
use of I. in Imperial Inscr., v. Deiss., LAE, 380 f.).
'l€poo-<5\u|Jia (WH, 'le/D-, V. Intr., § 408), -wv, rd (on TrSo-a 'I., Mt
23, V. WM, 79^; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and 'UpovaaXrjfi (WH,
'Up-), fj., indecl., as always in LXX
exc. some parts of Apocr. CHeb.
Q^bchT , obsnT)- the former always in FIJ, Mk, Jo *^-
and Mt (exc.
27^''), and most freq. in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by
St. Paul Ga 1^'' ^^ 2^), Jerusalem
(exc. : Mt 2\ Mk 3^, Jo l^^, al.
its inhabitants, Mt 2^ 3^ 23", Lk 133*. Symbolically, 77 dvu> 'I., Ga
42^, contrasted with 17 vvv 'I., ib. '''*; 'I. eVovpavios, He 12^2; rj Kaivrj 'I.,
Re 312 212.10.
'l£pocroXup.€iTT]s (WH, lep- ; Rec. -/xiTr]<;), -ov, 6, [in LXX: Si
5027(29)^ II Mac
422.39 (V* -/x-^tt;?) 185 *;] an inhabitant of Jerusalem:
Mk 15, Jo 725.t
** Upo-CTuXc'w, -w (<^ lepdo-rXo?, q.v.), [in LXX: 11 Mac 92*;] to rob
a temple (commit sacrilege, R, mg.) Ro 222.t :
** Upoo-uXos, -ov {<^Lep6v, (rvXaoi), [in LXX: II Mac 4*2 (cf. -XrjfjLa,
ib.39; 136)*;] robbiiig temjdes : Ac 19".t

-Ata,
**t lepoupyeu, -d {<Ûpovpy6s, a sacrificing priest), [in LXX: iv Mac
7^ R (cf. -yta, lb. 3^'^ nR)*;] to perform sacred rites; c. ace, to
minister in priestly service (minister in sacrifice, R, mg.), to euay-
yikiov, Ro 15l6.t
'icpouaaXi^p,, V.S. 'lepoo-dAv/xa.
Upwadt/t], -7?s, ^ «upds), [in LXX: i Ch 2922 (pa), i Es 5^8, Si
452*, I Mac 25* 3*9 79>2i, ly Mac 535 76*.] priesthood: He 7ii'i=''24_t
'leacrai (FIJ, -o-o-aros), 6 (Heb. iCP , Ru 4}\ al.), Jesse Mt 15. «, :
Lk 332, Ac 1322 (Lxx)^ Bo 1512 (Lxx).t

'l6<t>0d€ (FIJ, -ed';, -oD), 6 (Heb. nnp^), Jephthah : He 1132.t
'kxo»'ias, -ov, 6 (Heb. I^Djirp > Jehoiakin), Jechoniah : Mt 1^^' ^^.t
*Itjo-ous, -ov, dat., voc. -ov, ace, -ovv (Heb. yilZTin^ yiif?iiT,
nizr.), 1. Jesus: Mt 1^\ al.; 5 'I., ib. 3^3, al. ;

*!. Xpio-roV, ib. 1\
Mk V, al. ; Xp. 'I., Eo 22«, al. ; Kvpto^ 'I., Ac 283\ al. ; 'Itô-ov, voc,
Mk 12*, al. Joshua: Ac 7*^, He 4^
2. 3. Jesws, son of Eliezer:
Lk 328. 4. Jesus, surnamed Justus : Col 4^^. 5. v.s. Bapaftfta<;.
iKakos, -1], -6v {<ClKisi, iKcivoj, to reach, attain), [in LXX for
^"7 , etc. ;] 1. of persons, sufficient, competent, fit : c. inf., Mt 3^^, Mk
3i«, 2i«
V, Lk I Co 159, II Co 35, II Ti 22 ; seq. Trpo's, 11 Co ; seq. Tva,
Mt 8^, Lk 7^. 2. Of things, in number, quantity or size, sufficient,
enough, much, many : absol., iKavo'i, Lk 7^^ (WH, E, omit) 8^2^ Ac 12^2
1421 1919, I Co 1130; v^xos I, Mk 10*^, Lk 712, Ac 1124-26 1926;
K\avefx6s, Ac 203' ; Sipyvpia, Mt 2812; XafJLTrdSe^, Ac 20^; \6yoi, Lk 239;
<^ws, Ac 22«; I. co-Ttv (cf. asb m, LXX iKaiWo-ô, De 32«), Lk 2238; to
I. (Lat. satisfacere ; cf. Je 31 (48)3"), ]y[]j 1515

TToteiv j Xafi^dviLv (Lat. . ^^
satis accipere ; v. M, Pr., 20 f.), Ac 17^; of time, rjfiepaiL, Ac 923»43
1818 27^ I. xpovos, Lk 827, Ac 8^ 143 279; pi., Lk 20^; Ik xpoVwv [., Lk
23«; dTT^ I h^v, Eo 1523 (WH) t>' iKavdv (cf. 11 Mac 82^), Ac 20ii.t ;
*iKav<JTTjs, -T?T05, 17 (<;i/<avo5), sufficiency, ability (Plat.) : 11 Co 3^.t

tiKai/oa), -w (<îKavds), [in LXX chiefly for 21;] to make
sufficient, render fit : c. dupl. ace, 11 Co 3" ; c. ace. pers. seq. cis,
Col 112.t
iKCTiipios, -a, -ov (><iK€T7/s, « suppUaut), [In LXX : Jb 4022(27),
II Mac 918*;] of a suppliant; as subst., 17 i. (sc. pd^Sos), 1. in cl., an

olive-branch, carried by a suppliant. 2. In late Gk. = iKecri'a,
supplication : pi., SeTô-eis /c. 1., He 5^.
SyN. : v.s. Serja-is.
iK^ds, -dSos, 17, [in LXX. Je 178 (b^V), Jb 26i* (fO«r)*;]

moisture : Lk 8®.+
*Ik6»'ioi', -ov, to, Iconium, a city of the province of Galatia : Ac
13" 141. 19' 21 162, iiTi3ii.t
l\ap6s, -d, -6v « rXaos = ^€0)9, q.v.), [in LXX : Pr I912 (yisi) 228,
Es 51, Jb 332«, Si 1326 26*, iii Mac 635*;] cheerful, joyous : 11 Co 9^

(Pr 228(9) (i'^)).t
tlXap<5TTis, -vTos, V « iA-apo's), [in LXX: Pr I822 (jiS-^)*;] cheer-
fulness : Eo 128.t
IXdaKOfiai {<JXao<; = iXews), [in LXX (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 8^ f.)
(25)ii, La Da th
for nbo IV Ki 518 24*,
, Ps 24 3*2, -|D3 pi., Ps
919 ;
Ex 32i*, Es 4i7*;] 1. in cl., c. ace.

64(65)3 77(78)38 78(79)9; Dn3 ni..
pers., to conciliate, appease, propitiate (= iîXdaKoîai, Ge 322", Pr I61*,

Ma 19, al.). 2. In LXX (Thackeray, Gr., 270 f.), Inscr. (Deiss., BS,
224 f.), and NT, to be propitious, merciful (c. dat, rei, Ps 78 (79)^ al.)
c. dat pers. (iv Ki 5^% Lk IS^^. 3. As in Philo (= iîkdaK-, in LXX
Ez 43^2, al.), to expiate, make propitiation for : t. a/xapTLa-;, He 2^'^
(Cremer, 301 ff., 735).t

tlXo<r^(5s, -oC « iXacr/co/xai), [in LXX: Le 259, Nu 5^ (nncs), Ps
129 (130)*, Da th 9^ (nn^^p), Am S^* (npl?;?*), Ez 44^^ (riN^pn), i Ch
28'^*', Si 1820 A, II Mac 3^^*;] 1. an appeasing (Plut.). 2. a means of
appeasing, propitiation (Philo Nu, Ez, ; 11. c.) : i Jo 2^ 4^". 3. In LXX
&\so forgiveness (Ps, Da th, ll.c.).t
t IXaoTiipios, -a, -ov « iA.ao-/<o/Aat), [in LXX : IV Mac 17^2 ; neut.,
Ex 25i6(i')ff. 317 3512 385(37«)ff., Le IG^-i^ff., Nu 7^9 (n^QS), Ez
4314,17,20 (n-jTjr), Am 91 (on the original here, v. Deiss., BS, 127)*;]
propitiatory {fivrjfia, FIJ, Ant., xvi, 7, 1 6dvaTo<s, 11 Mac, I.e.) ; : of Christ,
Eo 32^ as subst., to L (so. eirWefia, Ex 25^"' ^'^, where the
; word first
occurs in LXX and where l. i. = P1J33 (q.v. in BDB, s.v.), elsewhere

rendered simply to i. ; cf. Deiss., 124 ff. ; Westc, He., in 1.), He 9^.+
iXeus, -iov (Att. for tAaos), [in LXX for b-^bu i Ki U^\ 11 Ki 20^\ ,
al.; r. €Lvai, nbo, in Ki 8^*"^-, Je 38 (31)^*, al. ;]

propitio7is, merciful:
T. aSiK-'ais, He 8^2 (Je, I.e. ; cf. iii Ki, I.e.) ; ?. o-oi (sc. co-tw 6 6^6%), Mt
1622 (cf. I Ki, l.c.).t
'iXXuptKcJi', -OV, TO, Ulyricum, a region bordering on the Adriatic
Sea : Ko IS^^.t
t|xcts, -(ivTos, 6, [in LXX : Is 527 (^niy). Si 30^5 (332"), iv Mac 911,
al ;] a thong, strap : for binding prisoners (Ma, Si, 11. c), Ac 2225 ; for
fastening sandals, Mk 1^, Lk 3i«, Jo 127.t
ttfiaxiô) «t/i,dTtov), to clothe : 5^^ Lk 8^5 (elsewhere only in Mk
TT.; cf. MM,â;j)., xv; Deiss., L.4S, 78 f.).t
l\i.6.Tiov, -ov, TO (dim. of ei/xa, a garment), [in chiefly for LXX
135 . also for Th'O'^ , npbiZT , etc. ;] a garment, but in usage always
(exc. in pL, v. infr.) of an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over
9i«'2o,2i^ Mk
the xirwv; V. Eutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499'*) Mt :
221 527, 28, 30^ Jo 192^ Ac 128, al. opp. to x'Tciv, Mt b^\ Lk 629, Ac 9^9 ;
pi., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mt I72 2665
27='i'35,
Mk 530 1520.24^ Jo 1923,24^ ja 52, al.

t lâTi(7fi6s, -ov « i/tart'ô)), [in LXX : Ge 24^3, n Ch 1829, Ez 16^8,
al. (13s) ; Ex 322 12^5, Eu 3^ al. (nbaur), etc. ;] clothing, apparel (usually
of sumptuous attire; v. Tr., Syn., % I): l^ V' 929, jo 1924 (Pg 2118
(2219), LXX for t2;n!p), Ac 2033, i Ti 29.t
t^€i'po>, [in LXX : Jb 321 BÊ (ABs, 6/x-) ;] i Th 2^ (ReO^ ^.g,
oêipoât.
adverb (poet., Hom., al.), 1. of place, where, whither. 2.
Xva, I.
of circumstance, when. II. Conjunction, 1. prop., final, denoting
MANUAL QEBEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 217
purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the
clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word (Ac 19*,
Eo Ga 2^", al.) (a) c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses)
11^1 (?), ;
after a pres., Eph 1^'^ (but WH, mg., subjc. v. Burton, § 225, Eem., ;
2) (b)
; c. subjc. after a pres., Mk 421, Lk &^\ Jo 3^5, Ac 225, Rq V\
:
al. after a pf., Mt 1^2, Jo 52^, i Co 9^2, al.

; after an imperat. (pres. or ;
aor.), Mt 71, Mk 1125, Jq iqss, j Co 7^, al. after a delib. subjc, Mk 138, ;
al. after a fut., Lk 16*, Jo 14^, i Co 152^, al.

; after historic tenses ;
(where optat. in cl. WM, 359 f. M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6*1 (impf.),
; ;
Jo 48 (plpf.), Mk 31* (aor.), al. (c) in late writers (M, Pr., 35 ;
Burton, §§ 198, 199), c. indie, fut Lk 20^0, i Pe d\ al.; (d) as often :
in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indie, pres. i Co 4", Ga 4^^, al. (?; but :
V. Burton, § 198, Eem.) (e) ek (Sta) toSto, iva Jo IS^^, i Ti l^^,

;
:
al. TovTov X'°^P'-^> "^^^ 1^

;
(/) elliptical constructions omission of the
' :
principal verb, Jo 1^, 11 Th 3^, i Jo 2^^, al. of the final verb, Eo 4^*', ;
II Co 8^3, al. 2. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420 Bl, ;
§ 69, 1), that ; (a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc. : ê'Aw,
Mt 712, al. ; tvr^, I Co 42 I412 ; ^rjXow, I Co 141, al. ; (b) after verbs of
saying, asking, exhorting: eiTrelv, Mt 4^, al. ; ipiorw, Mk 72^, al.
TrapaKaXu), Mt 143^, I Co l^**, al., etc. ;
(c) after words expressing
expediency, etc.: <Tvfx(f)ip€i, Mt 18", Jo llô, al. ; J/cavo's, Mt 8^, Lk 7";
xpeiav 1x0), Jo 225, 3,1, etc. ; (d) after substantives, adding further
definition: wpa, Jo 1223 13^; xpoô?. ^^ 22i; (rvvrjOeia, Jo 183^; /xlo-Oo^,
I Co 9^^. 3. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, wcttc, tJiat, =
so that (M, Pr., 206 ff. ; WM, 572 ; Bl., § 69, 3 Burton, § 223) Eo 11",
; :
I Co 72'=', I Th 5*, al. (but v. Thayer, s.v.) ; so with the formula referring
to the fulfilment of prophecy, tva irkrjpwerj, Mt I22 2^* 4^*,
Jo 13^^, al.
'loTTiTT] (FIJ, id., and also 'Iottt;), -tjs, t}, (Heb. IB^), Joppa : Ac
9, 10, ll.t
'lopSd^Tis, -ov, o (Heb. ]TT), the Jordan : Mt 35, Mk 15, al.
24«.ii.i2
l(5s, -oO, 6, [in LXX: Ez (nXÔ), Ps 139, (140)3 (njjn),
al. ;] 1. an arrow. 2. rust (Ez, I.e.) : Ja 53 (cf. MM, Exp., xv). 3.

poison : fig., Eo 3^3 (pû.)^ ja 38.t
'louSa, V.S. 'lovSas.
'louSaia, -as, 17, V.S. 'louSaios.
t'looSattca(<'Iou8aros), [in LXX: Es 8" (ttP hith.)*;] to con-
form to Jewish practice, to Judaize : Ga 2^'*.t
tMouSaiKcJs, -rj, -ov, [in LXX: 11 Mac 8" V, I321*;] Jewish:

Tit li*.t
*t 'louSaiKws, adv.; in Jewish fashion : Ga 2^*.t
MouSaios, -ata, -aiov (•<['Iou8as), Jewish: avrjp, Ac 1028 223;
av^pwTTOS, Ac 2139 yvi/r;, 16^ 242* 13" ap)(iep€v^, 19^*
.
; iJ/evSoirpocfyriTrjs, ; ;
yrj, Jo 322 ; x<^pa, 15. Mk

Substantively, (a) 'louSaios, 6, a Jew : Jo 4^
Ac 182*, Ro 228; pi., Ee 2^ 3^; ol X, Mt 22, 73, Jo 2«, al. ; 'I. tc kuI Mk
*EA.A7;v€9, Ac 14^ al. ; k. Trpoa-rjXvToi, Ac TC K. 'I., Ac 145;
2^^; tOvr]
ot Kara ra tdvrj 1., Ac 212^ ; of Jewish Christians, Ga 2^3 Qf ^}^q ruling .
class who opposed Jesus, Jo l^^ 2^8 510 11^ IS^^, al. ;
(b) 'lovBaia, -as, •;;
(sc. 77, x<^poL, cf. Jo 3-^ Mk 1^), (Heb. nTl.T), Judcea : Mt 2\ Lk I**,
Jo 43, al.
t'ioo8ai(7|x(5s, -ov, 6 «'IovSat^co), [in LXX : 11 Mac 2^1 8^ 1488,
IV Mac 4'-'^*;] Judaism, the observance of Jeivish rites Ga l^^'^^.t
:
'lou'Sas, -a,dat. -a, acc. -av (so in LXX, and also rarely, 'louSa,
indecl. ; cf. Thack., Chr., 163), (Heb. niniT^) 1.' Judah, son of Jacob ;
Mt 12.3, Lk 333; ^vkri 'I., Re 55 7^ by meton., of the tribe, He 7^*;

of its confines, yrj 'I., Mt 2" ; ttoXis 'I., Lk 13^. 2. Judah (unknown) :
Lk 330. 3. Judas Iscariot (v.s. 'lo-KapiairT??) : Mt 10*. Mk 31^, Lk 6i«,

Jo 671 132^ al.Judas, the Lord's brother (v.s. i8e\<j>6i) Mt IS^s,
4. :
Mk 63 (prob.), Ju ^ 5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (v.s. ©aSSaios)

Lk 6i«, Jo 1422, Ac 113. 6. Judas, of Damascus Ac 9^1. 7. Judas, :
surnamed Bapaa/3/3as (q.v.) Ac 15—' '-"' 32, 8. Judas the Galilean :
Ac 537.
'louXia, -as, r), Julia : Ro 16i^.t

'louXios, -ov, 6, Julius :Ac 27i' 3.t
'loot'ias, -a, 6 (or 'lovvia, -as, 17, Junia ; AV, R, mg.), Junias
Eo 167.t
'louoTos, -OV, 6, Justus, the surname of, 1. Joseph Barsabbas
Ac 123. 2. Titus, of Corinth : Ac 18^. 3. Jesus, a Christian of Rome
Col 4ii.t
iirireus, -«ws (on acc. pi., -ets, v. Bl., § 8, 2 ; Thack., Gr., 148), o
«r7r7ros), [in LXX chiefly for tZTlD;] a horseman: Ac 2323. 32.t
**lTrmK<5s, -V, -ov «?7r7ros), [in LXX: I Mac 1538, iii Mac l^*;]
of a horse or of horsemen, equestrian ; as subst., to L (sc. a-TpdreviJia),
cavalry : Re 91* t
iiriT-os, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for DID sometimes for , W^B ^51 ,
;]
a horse : Ja 33, «
Re 62 9^ « I420 18i3 1911 ^.t
tpis, -iSos, V, [in LXX : Ex 3024 {nip)*, (nw^?^ , Ge 9^3, Ez 128,
isrendered by toôv) ;] 1. Iris, the messenger of the gods. 2. a rain-

bow or halo : Re 43 IQi. 3. The plant Iris (cf. Ex., l.c.).t
MaaciK (in MSS. sometimes -o-a/<; cf. Deiss., BS, 189; Thack.,
Gr., 100), 6, indecl. (in FIJ, "lo-aKos, -ov), (Heb. pnsi) , Isaac (Ge 17^^,
al.) : Mt 12, Ro 910, al.
*t i(r&yyc\os, -ov (<^ lo-os, ayycXos), like or gg-MaZ ^0 angels : Lk 203''.t
'icaCTX^P. ô-a^dp, v.S. 'Icrcra^âp.
'laKapicie, 6, indecl. (Mk 3^^ U^\ Lk 6^\ elsewhere -iw-njs ; v.
infr.) and 'IcrKapiwTr]<s, -ov (Heb. prob. nvip tT^K; v. Swete, Mk.,S^^),
Iscariot : surname of Judas, 11. c. supr., also Mt 10* 261*, Mk 14*3
(WH, R,
omit), Lk 223, j^ 12* 132 I422; of his father Simon,
Jo 671 1326,t
laos (epic lo-os, 80 sometimes Rec), -1;, -ov, [in LXX for '^ , Jb
MANUAL QKEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 219
51* 10^0, al. ; in^r , Ez 40^ ff. ; 11 Mac 9^^, iv Mac I320, 21, al. ;] equal,
the same in size, number, quality, etc. Bwped, Ac 11^''
: /xxtprvpiai, ;
Mk 1458. 59 ; I TTotelv, c. ace. et dat., Mt

20^2 iavroy T. OeQ, Jo 518;
ra I. <l7roXa/?erv, Lk 6^*, n. pi., la-a, adverbially, Ee 211" t. ê^, Phi 2«.+ ;
laoTT]?, -T^Tos, 17 (<[ lo-os), [in LXX : Jb 36^^, Za 4J * ;] 1. equality

II Co 8^^' ^*. 2. equity, fairness to SiKaiov : k. t^v i, Col 4^ (for dis-
tinction bet. TO 8. and 17 L, v. JC(7, in l.).t
*t laoTifios, -ov, (<[ lo-os, Tt/i.7;), equally privileged, held in equal
honour : TrLOTa, 11 Pe 1^ (E, mg., equally precious, but v Field, Notes,
240 Mayor, in
; l.).t
t<7<J»|;oxos -ov «?o-o9, il/vxv), [in LXX: Ps 54 (55)13 (la-jyg)*;]
1. of equal spirit (.^sch., Agam., 1470). 2. like-minded : Phi 2'^'^.f
•lapaVjX (FIJ, 'lo-paT^Xos, -ov), 6, indecl. (Heb. bxiijr , Ge 3228),
JsraeL- 6 o?/cos 'I., Ac 7*2 (Lxx)^ al.; A.ads, Ac 410 ; vloc, ib. 521, al.;
at vXal Tov 'I., Mt 1928, al. By meton., for the Israelites, Mt 2\ Lk l^*,
Eo 112, al. ; 6 Aao9 'I., Ac 410 y^ 'I., Mt 220,21 /ja^-iXc^s 'I., Mt 27*2,
;
•
Jo 150; ^ iXn^ ToO '!., Ac 2820; 6 'I. tou deov (of Christians), Ga 6i«;
6 *I. Kara crdpKa, I Co 10^8.
'lapaT]XeiTTis (Eec. -XLTrjs), ov, 6, [in LXX Nu : 258 (i,j^^jjpj^

m
Ki 20 (21)1 (^^xy-ii-i ; Luc. 'U^pa-qXiTT}?), etc. ;] an Israelite, the name
expressive of theocratic privilege (v.s. 'E/3patos): Eo 9* 11^, 11 Co II22;
SlXtjOw^ 1., Jo 1*8 ; d[v8pes 'I., Ac 222 312 5^5 1316 2128.t '
'laaaxtlp (Eec. 'Icra;^-, 'lo-acrx- (Elz.), T, -o-xap), 6, indecl. (FU,

'Icraxa,ot?, 'lo-ao-x-) (Heb. IDt^n^P , Ge SO^S), Issachar : Ee V.f
i<rrT)|ii, and in late writers, also icrTavw (Veitch, s.v. ; Bl., § 23,
2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for nay, mp , also for nxa ni., hi.,
as^ hith., etc.]. I. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the
tenses of the pass. 1. to make to stand, to place, set, set tip, establish,
appoint ace. pers.,
: c. 7^, Ac 12^ Q^^ ifî^ Mk
10^ id. seq. eVi', c. He ;
ace. loc, Mt 45, Lk 4^; iv fieaw, Mt 182, 9^\ Jo 8[3]; cVwttiov, Ac Mk

6*'; Trap" iavrQ, Lk 9*'^; €« Sefiwv, Mt 25^^; mid., to place oneself, to
stand : Ee 18^^ so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand : Mt 2*,

;
Lk 11^8 198, II Co 131, al. 2. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl. ; LXX

for bpW , Is 46", al.) : Mt 26^5, H. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (vsîth sense
of pres. and impf. M, Pr., 147 f.)
; and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by,
stand still : Mt 20^2 26^3, 10*^, Mk Lk 8", Jo 1^5 32^, Ac 169, al. ; seq.
ev, Mt 65, al. ; cVwttiov, Ac lOô, al. ; tt/jos, c. dat. loc., Jo 181" ; tVt, c.
gen. loc, Lk 61^, Ac 523 2510, al.; tp,irpo(T6iv, Mt 27"; kvV-Xco, Ee 7";
€K SeîGv, Lk 1" €Vt, e. ; aec, Mt 13^, Ee 320 Traoa, Lk 52
; IkCl, Mk -,
115; s^^^ Mk 91 ; oTTov, Mk 13^*; l^w, Mt 12*«; /xa^pd^cv, Lk 18^3;

TToppco^cv, Lk 1712. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast
I Co 73^ 1012, Eph 611' 13, u^ Col 412 t. ttiotci, Eo II20 ev t. AXrjeua,
; ;
Jo 8**; ev T. xP-piTi, Eo 52; ev t. euayycAiw, I Co 151 (cf. dv-, £7r-av-,

ef-av-, dv6-, d<p-, Bl-, iv-, i$-, ctt- (-/i.ai), e^-, Kar-ecft-, (ruv-€<f>-, Ka$-,
avTi.-Ka$-, OLTTO-Kad-, /MiO-, Trap-, Trepi-, irpo-, avv-Ca-TrjfjLi),
** lo-Topeoj, -w {<î(TTwp, one learned or skilled in), [in LXX : i Ea
133, inquire into, learn by inquiry. 2. C. ace.
42*. J I Q a,cc. rei, to
pers., to inquire of or about. 3. to narrate, record. 4. In late
writers, to visit, become acquainted toith : Ga 1^^ (v. Ellic, in 1., and
cf. MM, Exj)., xv).t
laxupos, -a, -6v « la-xvw), [in LXX for bs , "liaa , msy ,
pjn
etc. ;] strong, mighty, powerful persons, as to body or spirit
; (a) of
Mt 1229, Mk 3-i',
Lk 1121.22, I Co He ll^* (iv
4io (opp. to do-êv^s),
Tro\€fiio), Ee 52 IQi 1821 1918. oJ ttAovo-ioi k. oi l, ib. 61^ Tct L = ol t. (cf.

IV Ki'2415), I Co 127; of God (cf. De IQi^), Ee IS^; compar., Mt S",
Mk 1", Lk 1122, 1 Co 125 (^^ do-^€V€? T. Oiov) 1022 (6) of things Xi/.tds, Lk ;
:
151*; e'TTio-ToXac (âpeiat k. i.), II Co lO^" KpauyT/, He S''; </>a>V7;, Ee 182;

;
TrapdKXr)(TL<;, He 6^^ ttoXi?,

; Ee IS^** ; fipovrac, ib. IQ^.t
i<rx"'s, -V09, ^, [in LXX chiefly for nS , also for b";n , Tir , nnnSJI,
etc. ;] strength, might, power, force, ability : Ee 5^2 7^2 j, k. SuVa/tis,

11 Pe
211; ^ ^p^ôs T^s I. (Is 402"), li^ 6i»; rj 86ia t^s i, 11 Th l^; Eph
€^ L, I Pe 411 ; €1/ oAt; t. t., 123o. 33 (lxx), Lk 1027(Lxx),tMk
Syn.: Swa/i,ts (q.v., and cf. ICC, Phi 4i3) ; Kparos (cf. M,
27i., I, 19).
i^Xu'w «io-X^'s), [in LXX for pin, 1123, DSy, etc.;] 1. to be
strong in body : Mt 912, Mk

to be p>owerful, have power, 21''. 2.
prevail: Ac 192", Ee 12^; seq. Kara, gen. pers., Ac 191^; c. inf., to c.
he able (MM, Exp., xv) Mt 82^ 264^ 5* 91^ (inf. understood) 143",
: Mk
Lk 6-ts 8*3 1324 146.29,30 153 2026, Jo 216, Ac 610 1510 25^ 27i6 c. ace. ;
Phi 413, Ja 516 of things, to avail, be serviceable (MM, Exp., I.e.)

;
Mt 513, Ga 56, He 91" (cf. eV-, ef , cV-, KaT-io-xv'w).t
ICTUS {^C^la-oq), adv., [in LXX for "b^H ,

"JJIS, ]7\, Ge 322", Je 5^
al. ;] 1. equally. 2. perhaps: Lk 20i3.t
'IraXm, Italy: ^ Ac 182 27i'«,
-a?, rj, 'I. (v. Bl., §46, 11),
He 13i*.t
'iraXiKos, -^) -ov (<^'lTaA.i'a), Italian: o-Trelpa 'I., Ac 101.
Iroupaia, V.S. Iroi^patos.
'Ixoupaios, -ata, -aiov, [in LXX : I Ch 51^ A (ntt?) * ;] Iturcean (in
cl. always 6t 'I., the IturcBans) •
^copa (17 'iTovpaioiv opuv-q, to. twv 'I. p.iprj,
Strabo, xvi, ii, 16, 20), Lk 31 (cf. Exp. (1894), ix, 51 ff., 143 ff.,
288 ff.).t
îxOuSio^ -ov, TO (dimin. of Ix^'s), a little fish: Mt 153*, Mk Q\f

IxOus, -V09, 6, [inLXX for yn, nai;] a y^s/i; Mt 71", Mk 638, al.
1xvo<i, -COS (-ous), TO, [in LXX for P]3 etc. ,
;] a track, footstep
metaph. (as freq. in el.), a-roix'^lv tois ?., Eo 412 ; irepnTaTdv Toi<; l., 11 Co
1218; iiraKoXovOdv toIs L, I Pe 221 (cf. MM, Exp., xv).t
'I(i)d9a|ji (WH, -6ap), 6, indecl. (Heb. UTiT), Jotham, King of
Judah : Mt l^.t
MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 221
'lutdva (TE, -vva ; V. WH, App., 159), -17s, Tj (Aram. JOV), Joanna
Lk 83 24io.t
'\(oavdv (Eec. 'Iwavvas, -a), 6, indecl. (Heb. ]2nV'), Joanan (cf.
'Iwdvri?) : Lk 327.t
'\<.)dvr\s (Eec. Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79;
-vvr;?, q.v. ; cf. Dalman,
WH, App., 159; Bl., §3, 10; 10, 2), -ov, dat., -rj (but in Mt 11*.
Lk 718.22, Re 11, -«), ace, -rjv, 5 (Heb. ]3ni\ LXX : 'Iwavav, 11 Ch 23i,
al. ; -vvdv, Je 47 (40)^, al., Aq.), Hellenized form of 'Iwavav, John (i Es

838(41)*)^ viz., 1. John the Baptist Mt 3^, al. 2. John the Apostle,
:
son of Zebedee Mt 421, Mk l^^, Lk 510, Ac 1^3, al. 3. The father of

:
St. Peter: Jo 1" 2r5-i7. 4. John surnamed Mark: Ac 12^2. 25 135,13

15*''. 5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with
2: Eeli'4,9.
'IwdkCTjs (D, 'Iwmâs V. MM, Exp., XV Bl., § 10, 2), 6, John
; ;
Ac 4« 13^ Tr., WH, Ee 228 (cf. 'lwdvr]<;).f
*loSP, 6 (Heb. nrx). Job : Ja 5^\f

'iwp^S (WH, -/3^\, Lk, I.e. ; Eec, EV, 'fi/JiyS), 6, indecl., Jobed
(Obed) : Mt 1^, Lk 332.t
'Iu8d (Eec. 'louSa), Jbda ; Lk 32«.t
'IwTiX, 6, indecl. (Heb. bNi""). Joel : Ac 2i«.t
'lu^ddas, V.S. 'Iwawrj<;.

*lwk(£p, (Eec. -av), Jonam : Lk 330.1
'Iwms, -a, 6 (Heb. nai""), /owa/i, the prophet: Mt 1239-« 16*,
Lk 112a. 30, 32 f
'Iwpdp,, o, indecl. (Heb. WyiW) , Joram, Jehoram : Mt l^.t
'la)pei|i, 6, indecl., Jorim : Lk 329.t
'lwcra<t)(iT, 6, indecl. (Heb. l2EC;in"l), Jehoshaphat Mt l^.t

:
'Iwaeios (-o-tas, Eec), -ov, 6 (Heb. inj'ttyx"'), Josiah: Mt lô.^.t

'lucn^, V.S. 'ItDcnJs.
'luCTTJs, -^ (Eec. -17, Lk 329; ^.V, Jose; v.s. 'iTô-ors, 3), and -^tos
(Mk, 11. c), 6, Joses; 1. brother of our Lord: Mk 63, Mt 13" (Eec,
V.S. 'L..o-#). 2. Son of Mary: Mt 27^« (-o-#, WH, txt), Mk 1540.*7.
3. V.S. BapvdySas.t
'lu)(ni<|>, indecl. (FIJ, 'IcicnyTros, -ov), 6 (Heb. P)5i"'), Joseph; 1. the
Son Jacob: Jo 4^, Ac 79'i3,i4,i8^ He 1121.22^ Re 78. 2. In the

of
genealogy of our Lord, (a) the son of Matthias Lk 32* (b) the son : ;
Joram ib. 30. 3. The husband of Mary, the Lord's mother Mt V^ «-,
: :
Lk 127, Jo 1*^, al. 4. One of the brethren of our Lord (v.s. d8€X(f>6<;) :
Mt 13". 5. Son of Mary Mt 27" {-a^s, WH, mg., EV). 6. Joseph :
of Arimathsea: Mt 27^7' 5», Mk 15*3. ^^ Lk 23", Jo 1938. 7. v.s.

Bapvd/3as. 8. V.S. Bapaa^ySa?.
'Iwtrrjx' Josech : Lk 3'^*.t

'lucriaS) V.S. Icocretas.
iwTa, TO, iota (Heb. "^
, i.e. the amallest letter) : Mt 5^^t
K
K, K, K<iinra, to, indecl., kappa, k, the tenth letter. As a num-
eral, K =20; K = 20,000.
Kdyu, V.S. iyw.
KaQd, adv. (for Kaff a), [in LXX : Ge 7^ 19^, al. (lUrj^g , 5), Is
5811, Wi 3i«, al.;] just as, according as: Mt 27^H^^^)^ Lk 12, D

(cf. Bl., § 78, 1 ; Phil. Gosp., 8 f.).t
Kae-aip6CTis, -€ws, 7/ «Kaâip€o>), [in LXX: Ex 232* (Din), I Mac
3*^*;] a pulling doivn, destruction: fig., k. oxvpwfidToyv, 11 Co 10*;
opp. to olKoSo/jiT^, ib. ^ ISi'^.t
KaG-aip^w, -w, [in LXX ynz yiQ T)''

for ,
, , etc. ;] 1. to take
down : c. ace. pers. (the technical term for removal after crucifixion,
Field, Notes, 44), 153«.46^Mk l^ 23^3, Ac 1329. 2. to put down by
force, pull down, destroy : a.Tro6rJKa^, Lk 12^^ (opp- to oixoSo/iAerv)
Swao-ras, Lk V^ ; Wvt}, Ac 1319 pass., Ac 192'' {diminished, Field, ;
Notes, 129 f.) fig., to refute : XoyL(Tfjiov<s, 11 Co lO^.t

;
KaOaipo) «/caâpds), [in LXX: Is 2827 (izrn ho.), 11 Ki 4«,

Je 28 {5iy^ K* ;] to cleanse : of pruning, Jo 152 (cf. Kaâpiâ)).t
KaGciTrcp (for KaO' airep = KaOd), adv., [in LXX for n^rx? , Ge 12*,
Ex 7«, al. ;]
jiist as, even as : Ro 3* 4^ 9^3 IQi^ ll^ 12*, i Co lOô 12^2,
II Co 11*, 313' 18 811, I Th 211 3"' 12 45, He
42.t
** KaQ-dtTTOi, [in Sm. : Ca 1* * ;] 1. to fasten on, put upon, c. ace.
2. Act. for mid. (cf. Bl., §53, 3), to lay hold of, attack: c. gen., x"po5,
Ac 283.t
tKaSapil^w (Hellenistic —FIJ, Inscr. — for Attic KaOaipw, q.v., on
the vulgar -€p-, Mt 8^, Mk 1*2, v. Bl., §6, 1; Thackeray, Gr., 74), [in
LXX chiefly for inci ;] to cleanse, make clean. 1. In physical sense
c. ace. rei, fig., Mt 232^' Lk 11^9; of disease (leprosy), c.
2<5, ace. pers.,
Mt 82.3 108 115, Mk l*"-*2,Lk 42" 512.13 722 1714,17. ^ xiirpa iKaeeptaOr,
(on the spelling v. supr.), Mt 8^. 2. In ethical sense : t. Kap8ia<s,
Ac159 (cf Si 381") ^_ ûpa%, Ja 4^ ; Xaov iavTw, Tit 21*
.
.
; t. iKK\r,a-cav,
Eph 526; c. ace. pers. (rei), seq. A-n-6 (Bl., § 36,^9; Deiss., BS, 216 f.),
II Co 71, He 91*, I Jo V' 9. 3. In ceremonial sense : Mk 71^,Ac lOi^
119, He 922. 23 102 (cf. 8ia-/caâpt^(o).t
t Ka6apiCT(i(5s, -ov, TO (<[ Kaâpi^w), [in LXX for incj , TYir^ , etc. ;]
cleansing, purification : Jo 32*

gen. subjc, t 'louSa/wv,
; c. Jo 2"
c.gen. obj., of women after childbirth, Lk 222; qI lepers, Mk 1**,
Lk 51* c. gen. rei, t. afxapTLtav,
; He 13, 11 Pe 1^ (Cremer, 319).+
KaOapos, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for linip ;]

pure, clean. 1. Phy-
sically : Mt 2326 2759^ Jo 1310, 11 (fig)^ 153 as of a vine cleansed by
(fig.^
pruning), He 10^2, Ee 156 198, u 2118.21. Ceremonially: Lk 11",

2.
Eg 1420, Tit 115.
3 Ethically (a) ;
of persons Jo ISô, Ac IS^, Tit l^^
:
6 K. Trj Kaphia {i<aOapos xapa^, Hdt., i, 35), Mt 5^; seq. (XTrd (cl. c. gen.
simp.'; Bl, S 36, 11 Deiss., BS, 196 Exp., xv), Ac 2026 (b) of
; ; MM, ;
things KapSta, I Ti 1^, n Ti 222 ; truvctST/o-ts, I Ti 3^, 11 Ti 1^ $pr]a-K€ia,

: ;
Ja 127.t
STN. : v.S. dyvo's.
Ka0ap6TT)S, -r?Tos, rj «Acaâ/)os), [in LXX: Bx 2410 (-,-,J3)^ wi

724
.J
purity, cleanness : c. gen., He Q^^.t
KaO-e'Spa, -as, rj (<^ Kara, + eSpa, a seat), [in LXX for 30?iD and
cogn. forms ;] a chair, seat : Mt 21^2, Mk ll^^ ; of teachers, Mt 232.+
KaQ-ilofiai, [in LXX : Le 12^, al. (nCT), Jb 3928 (p^^) ] ^^ 5^^
down, sit : Jo 20^2 ; seq. iv, Mt 26", Lk 2*6^ Jq 1120^ Ac 6^^ ; seq.
cTTi, c. gen., Ac 20^ ; id. c. dat., Jo 46 (cf. -n-apa-KaOit,-, Kd6r)p,ai).f
Ka0' €IS, V.S. CIS.
*+ Ka9-€|T]s (= cl. e^^s, i<f>e^<;), adv., 1. successively, in order:

Lk 1^, Ac 11* 18-^ ; twv k. {those that succeeded him), Ac 32*. 2. after-
wards : iv T(j) K. xP^vw), Lk 81.
(sc.
Ka0€u8(i>, [in L.;X' chiefly for nDCT, Ge 28i3, Ps 87 (88)5, al.;
also for ]l?r , Ca 52, Da LXX th 122, al. ; for niZT , i Ki 19» ;] to sleep :
Mt 8^* 924 1325 255 26*»'*3.45^ Mk 427.38 539 1437,40,41^ lj^ g^s 22*6,
I Th 57. Metaph., (a) of death (as Ps, Da, 11. c.) i Th 51" (cf. Mt 92*,
:
Mk 5^^, Lk 852, and v. Swete, Mk., I.e.); (b) of moral and spiritual
insensibility Mk 13^6, Eph 5^*, i Th 56.+
:
SYN. : KOip.au).
* KaQriyr]Tr]s, -ov, 6 [<C^ KaOrjyiofiat, to QO before, guide), 1. prop.,
a guide. 2. a master, teacher (MGr. professor) : Mt 231".+
Ka0-iiKw, [in LXX : impers., Le 510, Ez 2127 02)^ al. (ifl^cns); ra k.,
Ex 51^, al. (l^"!J), etc. ;] 1. to come down, come to. 2. to befit, proper
impers., c. ace. et inf., Ac 2222 ^qq ^j^q tense, v. Bl., § 63, 4); ra firj
KaBrjKOVTa, Eo 128.
Kd0-T))yiai, [in LXX chiefly for nCT ;] inpres. cl. and impf only .
(prop, pf . and plpf. of KaOeôfjiai ; cf. Bl., § 24), in LXX and NT fut.
also, to sit, be seated : Mt III6 22** d-xx), Mk 26, Jo 6^, Ac 22, Ja 2^
(on the vulgar imper. klL6ov, v. Kennedy, Sources, 162), Ee 4^, al.
seq. prep. c. ace, iirC, Mt 9^ Mk 2i*, Jo 12i5 ^rapd, Mt 13i, 10« ; Mk
ircpt', Mk
332.34. ^p^^^ Lk 2256; iTr6, Ja 2^; eis, Mk 13^; /xcra, c. gen
pers., Mt 2658; iK Bi^Lwv, Mt 22**; i7rdvu>, c. gen., Mt 282; dTreVavn, c
gen., 2761; tVi, c. dat., Ac 310 id. c. gen., Ac 828; ^Vcl, Mt 1529
Mt ;
pleonastic (M, Pr., 230, 241 Dalman, Words, 22), Mt I32, Ac 23^ ;
Ee 187; metaph., Mt 416, Lk 179 (Lxx); of one's domicile (Ne 11«, Si

5026 ; Hdt., v, 63), Lk 21^5, Ac 22, Ee 146 (gf, ^^y.^ê-qyâi).
(MGr.
*+ Kaer)n€piv6s,
Ka6r}fxepv6<;)
-77,
:
-ov
Ac 6^t
« xa^' vH-^pay), [in LXX : Jth 1215*;] daily
KaG-i^w, [in LXX chiefly for niT^ ;] 1. causal, to make to sit down,
set, appoint : Ac 2^", i Co 6*, Eph l^**. 2. Intrans., to sit down, be
seated, sit :Mt 5^, Mk Q^s, Lk 7^^, Jo 8^, al. ; c. inf. tel., i Co 10^
seq. £^9, II Th 2*; cVi', c.
ace, II2, Jo c. gen., Jo Ac Mk 12i*; id. W\
1221; <L8£, Mk
14^2; airoi, Mt 2636; iv Seîd, P; Ik Se$LQ>v, Mt He
2021,23. ^^ jje 321. Ka^t'o-as pleonastic (M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words,
22), Mt 13^^ Lk 53 1431 16« ; of settling in a place {h x^Pôv, Thuc, iv,
93), seq. iv, Lk 24*^ (cf. ava-, iin-, Trapa-, ttc/ji-, crw-Ka^t^w).
Kae-iT]fti, [in LXX : Ex ITî (013 hi.), and v.l., i Ch 2127, Za ll^^,
Je 39(32)1'**;] ^^ ^gj^^ or let down: seq. et's, Lk 5^^; Sid, c. gen., ib.,
Ac 925; ptcp^ seq. ^^^^ c. gen., Ac 10^ ck, Ac ll^.t ;
Ka9-iaTT)|jii (and KaOia-TaLvw, Ac 1715), [in LXX for ipE, Dip mtZT, ,
etc., 24 words in all*;] 1. (a) io set down; (b) to bringdown to a

11 Ch
28i5, i Ki 5^) Ac IT^s. 2. to set in
place (Horn., Xen., al. ; :
order, appoint, make, constitute: Tit 1^, 11 Pe 1^; c. dupl. ace, Kpn-qv,
Lk 1214; ^yov>vov, Ac 7^«; Ipxovra, ib. 27, 35 (LXX). s.pxi^nd<;, He 728;
seq. cTTi, c. gen., Mt 24*^ 2521.23, l^ 12*2^ Ac 6^; id. c. dat., Mt 24*^
Lk 12«; id. c. ace. He 27(i'XX) (WH, E, mg. omit); pass. (v. Mayor,
Ja., 115 f.), Eo 519, Ja 3« 4" seq. cis c. inf., He 8^ rk npos r. 6e6v,
; ;
He 51 (cf. dvTi-, a.Tro-Kadl(Trriixi).\
KaOci (= Kaff o), adv., [in LXX : Le 95. is (-|^>^), i Es 15o, Si I620,
Ba 1" II Mac 41*' * ;] as, according as : Eo 82", 11 Co 812, i Pe 4i3.t

*Ka0o\iK6s, -ri, -6v {<C. xaOoXov) catholic, gejieral: tit. , Epp. Ja, Pe,
Jo, Ju (Eec.) (v. Mayor, Ja., ccxc).t
Ka66\ou (= Kaff oXov and SO in cl. bef. Arist.), adv., [in LXX:
Ex 2211 'i«',
Am 33."; Ez 133-22 1714 (^^ ^_ ^^ ^ ^Tb^^), Da LXX th
350 *jj oij ^/jg whole, in general : firj k., not at all, Ac 4i^.t
Ka9-oTrXi!;oj, [in LXX : Je 26 (46)" (iysn), Mag*;] to armfulhj:
pass., Lk 112i.t
KaO-opdo), -w, [in LXX Nu : 242 (-,n-|), Jb 10* 392^, iii Mac 311 *;]
1. to look down. 2. to discern clearly : Eo 1^'^.f
KaO^Ti {= Kae 5 Tt), adv., [in LXX: Ex I12.17 (i^h^?), To I12,
Jth 213, al. ;] 1, according as, just as (Ex, I.e.) Ac 2*5

in cl., : 435. 2. In
late Gk. = Sidn (To, I.e.), because : Lk 1^ 19^, Ac 22* 173i.t
KaOoJS, (i.e. «a6' ws), Hellenistic for KaOd, q.V., KaOd-Trep, KaOo,
Ka^dri (Mayser, 485; Eutherford, NPhr., 495; Bl., § 78, 1), according
as, even as, just as, as : Lk I2 (v.s. Kaâ), 24^9, Jo 522, Ac 7*^, i Co 82,
Lk 3i3,
Ga 3^ al. ; seq. o{^tw<:, llô, Jo 31*, 11 Co 15, Col i Jo 2«, al.
seq. Ka[, Jo 159, I Co 15«, i Jo 2i8, al. ; o^rws . . . k., Lk 242* ; id.
with ellipsis of ovtws, 21*, Mt Mk 16^, Eo li^, al. ; with other elliptical
Ac j Th
2i3, Ti P, i Jo 32.3,12;
constructions, Jo 658 1721,22^ 158, i
KaOm yeypa'^^'^î (Deiss., BS, 249), Mt 262*, Mk 9i3, Eo li^, al.; intro-
ducing subst. clause as object of verb (as in Heb.), Mt 21*, Mk 11',
Lk 5^*, al. ; after verbs of speaking, Ac 15^*; of proportion and

degree, Mk i^s, i Co 12ii'i8, al.; of time (Ne 5«, n Mac Ac 1^\
lî),
*Ka0(u<nrep (Tr. /ca^cis irc/o), adv. (v.s. Ka^cos), even as : u Co 3'

(WH, mg.), He 5*.t
KOI, conj., and. I. Copulative. 1. Connecting single words;
(a) in general Mt 16\ Lk : He 2^^ Mk 21^, 8^^, l^, al. mult. ; repeated
before each of the terms in a series, Mt 2323, Lk I421, Eo 7^2 9*, al.
(b) connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4) : Jo 22o, Ac I320 (c) joining ;
terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole :
Mt 833 2659, Mk 161^ Ac 529, al. 2. Connecting clauses and sentences

Mt 3^2^ Ac 521, al. mult. esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the ;
popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3

M, Pr., 12 Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.) Mt I21 72^, Mk 9^, Jo 103, al. (b)
; :
;
joining affirmative to negative sentences Lk 3^*, Jo 4^^, in Jo ^^ (c) :

;
consecutive, and so : Mt 5^^, 2332, gg 319^ ^j •

after imperatives, Mt
4i», Lk 77, al. ; (d) = /catVot, and yet : Mt 3^* 626, m^ 12^2, Lk 18^
(Field, Notes, 72), i Co 52, al. ; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. l;
so sometimes 8e in cl.), then: Lk 22^ 7^2, Ac 1^*'; beginning a question

(WM, § 53, 3 a) 102«, Lk 102^, Jo 936. : Mk
3, Epexegetic, and, and
indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3 c): Lk 3^», Jo li«, Ac 236, Eo 1*, i Co 3*,
al. 4. In transition Mt 423, 5^' 21, Jo l^^, al. so, Hebraistically,
: Mk ;
Kal iyev€To (^n"!l; also cyevcTo Se), Mk 1» (cf. Lk 5^ ; V. Burton, §§ 357-60;

M, Pr., 14, 16).
5. Koi KOI, both and (for tc . Kai, v.s.
. . . . . . . .
re) ;
connecting single words Mt 1028, Mk 4", Eo 1133, al. (b)
(a) :
;
clauses and sentences Mk 9^3^ Jq 728^ j Co I22, al. II. Adjunctive,

:
also, even, still: Mt 539i40^ ;^j]j 228, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc.,
Mt 20^ Jo 7^\ al; <Ls k., Ac IP^; KaBws k., Eo 15^ ovto^ k., Eo 6^^;
810 K., Lk 135; 5 ^. (Deiss., BS, 313 ff.), Ac 13^; pleonastically, êrk k.
(Bl., § 77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,). Phi 43; ti k., 1 1529; iXKk k., Co Lk
1422, Jo 518, al.; KaLy€ (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 172^; KotVep,
He 58; K. idv, v.s. idv.
Kaiti<}>os (T, Kat-), -a o, Gaiaphas (on the name, v. Exp. Times,

X, 185) : Mt 263. sr, Lk 32, Jo 11*9, 18i3,i4,24,28^ Ac 46.t
KaiV (T, KAV), 6, indecl. (in FIJ, K(£is, -los), (Heb. W; Ge 4^),
Gain: He 11*, i Jo 3^2, Ju î.t

Kai»'(£|ji (T, Kat-; Eec. KalVav), 6, indecl. (Heb. I'i'^p), Cainam,
Gainan ; 1. son of Enos (Ge 5^) : Lk S^^. 2. Son of Arphaxad
(Ge 1024 (i'^)) Lk 336.t :
Koikis, -77, -ov, [in LXX (Bz ll^*, al.) for ann , exc. Is 65"
(inj<) ;] of that which is unused or unaccustomed, new in respect to
form or quality, fresh, unused, novel : opp. to iraXaios, dpxaios, Mt 9^^
1352, Mk 221.22^ Lk 536.38, n Co b'^\ Eph 42*; nXrjpwfia, Mk 221
/ivrjfielov, Mt 2760, Jo 19« ; 8iady]Kr] (T, WH, E, txt., omit), Lk 2220,
I Co 1125, II Co 3«, He 88 d-xx), is 915 ; oipavoC, y^, 11 Pe 3^\ Ee 21^ d^);
15
'UpovaaXrjfji, Ee 3^2 21^ , 3.r0poiTro?, Eph 21^ (cf. Ez 1831) ; Travra, Ea

21*; yii'i'rjfjia t. Afxir^Xov, Mt 26^9^ Mk l^^^; Si8axi Mk Ac IV^;
127,
Jo 133^ I Jo
ivToXr'f, 27'8, 11 Jo 5; 5,'Ofjia, Ee 2^7 (lxx). ^^^ Rg 5^ 14^
(cf. Ps 143 (144)9); ^„Vis, ii Co 6^\ Ga 6^^; yXwo-o-at, Mk 16^"^
compar., Ac IT'^^.t
SYN. : vcos, " the new primarily in reference to time, the young,
recent ; k. . . . the new primarily in reference to quality, the fresh,
unworn ". Cf. Tr., Syn., § Ix (the distinction, however, is less marked
in late Gk. ; cf. He
12^* with He, 11. c. supr., and v. Exp., xv). MM,
Kai.'OTris, -7;tos, v «fcatvds), [in LXX: III Ki S*^^ Ez 47^2 *;]
1. novelty (Thuc, Isocr., LS, s.v.). 2. freshness, newness : iv k. ^w^s
(v. Lft., Notes, 296), Eo 6''; iv k. TrvevVaros, Eo 7".+
KaiTrep, concessive particle, [in Pr 6^, Wi 11^, Jh l^^, LXX :
ii-iv Mac 11*;] although: c. ptcp., Phi 3*, He 5^ 7* 12^^, u Pe li2.t
Koipo's, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for ny , also for lyia , etc. ;]
1. due measure, fitness, proportion (Eur., Xen., al.). 2. Of Time

(cl. in the sense of a fixed
also) and definite period, time, season
(Kennedy, Soîrces, 153) Mt 1125, Rq 1311^ Eph 6^8,
: m^ l^^, Lk 218,
He I Pe
11^*, Ee 1^, al. c. gen,, Triipaa-p-ov, Lk S^^; t. Kap-n-wv,
l^'ii, ;
Mt 213* ^^^^^^ Mk 1113 pi^ Mt 21" xpovot ^ (Ka!) k., Ac 1^, i Th 5^

. .
;
iOvwv, Lk 212*; of opportune or seasonable time, Ac 242^, Ga Gi**,

Eph 516, Col 45; c. inf.. He ll^^; 6 k. oStos, Mk lOô, Lk IS^"; 6 vw k.
(Dalman, Words, 148), Eo 8^^; 6 k. 6 ifjL6<;, Jo 7®; k. Scktio, ii Co
§2 (LXX). SovXevcLV Tw K., Eo 1211, E, mg. t. o-r^yneta twv k., Mt 16^ ;
;
adverbial usages: il k., Mt 24*5, iPe5« (cf. /caipaJ, Lk20i<*; to! k., Mt
122) a^pi Katpov, Lk 413 Trpos Kaipov, Lk 813, j Qq ys
.
^^.j-a Kaipov,
;
•
Eo 5« irpo Kaipov, Mt 829.

;
/SFiV^. ; xpovos, time in the sense of duration.

Kalaap, -apos, 6, G(zsar : Mt 2217, Lk 2i, Jo I912, Ac 258 ff-, al.
Kaiaapia (Eec. -apeia), -as, t}, GcBsarea ; 1. GcBsarea Philippi, at
the foot of Lebanon Mt 16i3, 827. 2. Ccesarea of Palestine, on
: Mk
the sea-coast: Ac 8*« 93o 10i'24 lin 12i9 I822 218' le 2323.33 ^^\,i,^,M^\
**KaiToi (= KOI Toi, and SO also written in cl.), concessive particle,
[in LXX: ivMac26*;] and yet, although: Ac 14i7; c. ptcp.. He 43.t
* KaiToiyc, strengthened form of KatVot, q.v. (and v.s. ye) : Jo 42.t
Kai<j>as, for Kataâs, q.v. Lk 32 (L). :
Kaiw, [in LXX for im , Ip"" , ^jltZT , etc. ;] 1. to kindle, light

c. ace, Xvxvov, Mt 51*; pass., to be lighted, to burn: ptcp., Lk 123*,
Ee 45 810 1920 ; mjpi, He
12i8, Ee 8^ 218; metaph., Lk 2432,
Jq 535,
2. to burn, destroy by fire : pass., Jo 15", i Co 133.t
KdKci (by crasis for koX ckci, and so sometimes written, v. infr.),
and there, there also: Mt 523 (k. l, Tr., mg.) lOî 28io {k. l, T),
Mk 135 (^_ ^^ L) 38 (^. i^^ 1415 (,c. l, WH), Jo 115*, Ac 14^ WH)
1713 2210 252", 276.t
KdK€i0€c (by crasis for koL iKeiOev, and so sometimes written, v.s.
iK€i$€v), of place, and from thence, and thence : 93", Lk 11*3, Mk
Ac 7* 142« 1612 20^5 211 274 28is.t
MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF TETE NEW TESTAMENT 227
KdKcTt'os, -uvrj, -€tvo (by crasis for Kat e/ceivos, and so sometimes
written, v.s. c/ccivos), and he, she or it ; he, she or it also : Mt 15^^ 232*,-
Mk 12^>5 16t">"), Lk ir.42 20" 22i2, Jo 6" 7^^ IQi'' U^^ l?^^ IQ^^,
Ac 53' 1511 1819, Eo 1123, I Co 10«, II Ti 2^2, He 42.t
KaKia, -as, rj (<^ Ka^co's), [in LXX chiefly for nJH ;] 1. badnessin
quality (opp. to dperi], excellence). 2. ivickedness, depravity, malignity
Ac 8-2, Eo 129, I Co 5s 142«, Eph 431, Col S^, Tit 33, Ja I21, i Pe 2^' i«.
3. In late Gk., evil, trouble, affliction (Am 3«, i Ki 6^, Ec 7l^ Si 19«,
al.) : Mt 63* (cf. MM,
Exp., xv).t
Si'-iV. irovYjpLa.
III
**KaKori0eia
Mac 322 73
;
(WH, -6^), -as, rj

A, IV Mac 1* 3* *
« Ka/co's, 17^05),
malignity, malevolence
[in LXX: Es
: Eo
8^^,
12^
;]
(Cremer, 329) .t
KaKoXoye'w, (<^ /caKoAdyos, slanderous), [in
-ai Ex 21^*' 222^, LXX :
I Ki 313, Pr 2020, Ez 22^ i^bp pi., hi.), n Mac 41*;] to speak ill of,
revile, abuse : c. ace. pers., Mt 15*, Mk 7^^ (Lxx) 939 •

q ^qq ^.^{^ Ac iga.t
KaKoiraOeia (WH, -dCa), -as, rj (<[ KaKOTraOi]^, suffering), [in LXX
Ma 1^3 (nx^ri), II Mac 226' 27^ jy Mac 9^*;] distress, affliction:
Ja 5i''.t
KaKOTra0^(i), -w, [in LXX : Jh 4^0 (bar) * ;] to suffer evil, endure

affliction : 11 Ti 29 4^, Ja 5i3.t
KaKo-iroie'w, -w, [in LXX chiefly for ryi hi. ;] to do harm, to do

evil : Mk 3*, Lk 69, i Pe 3^^ iii Jo 11 (Cremer, 329).t
KaKOTToios, -oV (<'ca/cdv, TToUio), [in LXX: Pr 12* (tiria hi.) 24"
fyn hi.) *;] doing evil ; as susbt., an evil-doer : 1 Pe 2^2, u 415^
KaKo's, -Tq, -6v, [in LXX chiefly for y^ , nVT ;] 1. in general, opp.
to dya^ds, KaXds, in various senses, bad, mean, base, worthless (cl.). 2.

In ethical sense, base, evil, wicked of persons, Mt 21*^ 24*^, Phi 3^,
:
Ee 22; 8taXoyto-/Aot, Mk V^; ofjuXiai, i Co 1533; iwievfiLa (Pr 12^2),

Col 35 ; Ipyov, Eo 133 ; neut., Ka/cdv, to k., evil Jo 1823, Ac 239, Eo 721
:
1420 1619, 1 Co 135, He 51*, I Pe 3i0'ii, iii

Jo "; pi., Eo 13o, i Co 10«,
I Ti 610, Ja 113; ^ (^^^ ^^ ^•j ôulv (7rpao-o-6iv), Mt 2723, IS^*, Mk
Lk 2322, Jo 1830, Eo 38 719 13*, II Co 13", I Pe 3^2 ; Karcpyti^co-âi, •
Ac Eo 12i7.2i 1310^ i Th 5^\ 11 Ti 4^*,

Eo 29; of wrongs inflicted, 9^3,
I Pe 39. 3. pernicious, harmful, evil : Lk 162^, Ac 162^ 28^, Tit 1^2,

Ja 38, Ee 162 (Cremer, 325, 741).+
SYN. : v.s. a^€o-/AOS.
KaKoGpyos, -ov (contr. from epic KaKoepyos), [in LXX . Pr 21^^
(llNf byo). Es 813, Si 1133 3035(3326)*.] a malefactor, criminal : Lk

2332,33,39^ iiTi29.+
ticaKooxea), -S> «
hith.)*;] to ill-treat, hurt, torment: pass, ptcp., He
xaKdv, Ix*^), [in LXX: III Ki 226 1139 (njr pi.,
113^ 133.+
KaKou, -w «KaKos), [in chiefly for hi., nzV pi.;] 1. to LXX jm
ill-treat, afflict, distress : c. ace. pers., Ac 7^' i9 12i I810, i Pe 3i3. 2.
(not in cl.), to embitter (Ps 105 (106)32) Ac I42.+ :
KaKws (<^Ka/co9), adv., [in LXX Wi : IS^'', iv Mac 6^^ al. ; k.
cJTT^rv, ipelv (TIN, bbp pi.), Ex 22^8(27). Le ld^\ Is 82i; k. t^v (nbn),
Ez 34*, al.;] badly, ill; (a) in physical sense: k. €Xftv, to be ill, Mt
424 QIC 912^ 1435 1715^ 132.34 217 Q55 L^ Sî T^ Mk
-Trda-xeiv, Mt 1715 ^
;
(WH, mg.) SaLfjioviCicrdat, Mt 1522 KaKOvs k. diroXea-ei (as freq. in cl.,

; ;
V. LS, s.v. ; MM, Exp., xv), evil that they are, he will evilly, etc.,
Mt 21*^; [b) in moral sense, wrongly (i Mac 7''2, iv Mac, I.e., al.) :
K. AaAetv, Jo 1823 ; dirdv, C. acc. pers., Ac 23^ ; aheiadat, Ja d^.t

KciKwo-is, -€ci>s, 17 (jcaKotij), [in LXX (for ''2V , ny"1 , etc.) : Ex 3'^,
Je 228, Wi 32, al. ;] ill-treatment : Ac 7^4 (Lxx),t
KaXdjATj, -7/s, 17 (cf. KaAa/Aos), [in LXX chiefly for IZ?(5, Ex 5^',
Is 52*, al. ;] a stalk of corn, stubble : i Co 3i2^t
KdXajxos, -ou, 6, [in LXX chiefly for n?|"^ , Is 42^, Ez 403«'-, al.
;]
a reed: Mt 11'^ 1220 (Lxx)^ jj^ 724. hence, acc. to its various uses, (a)
a reed-jyipe, flute; (b) a reed-staff, staff (cf. iv Ki 182\ paygSos
KaXafXLVT)) Mt 272''' 30. 48^ Mk ISi". 36 (c) a measuring reed or rod
:
;
(Ez, I.e.): Ee 11^ 21i^'i^; ((i) a xvriting reed, a pen: iii Jo ^^ (cf.
Milligan, NTD, 9, 7).t
KaX^w, -w, [in LXX chiefly for Nip ;] 1. to call, summon : c. acc.
pers., Mt 208 2514^ Mk 33i, Lk 19l^ Ac 4i« ; seq. e/c, Mt 2^5 (lxx); metaph.,
I Pe 29. 2. io caZZ io one's house, invite : Lk 14i«, i Co 102^, Ee 19«
€« T. ya/xov9, Mt 223.9, Lk 148.9, Jo 22; 6 KaAeVa?, Lk 739; oi K€KXr,-
fievoi, Mt 228; metaph., of inviting to partake of the blessings of the
kingdom ofGod (Dalman, Words, 118 f.) Eo 8^^ :
92^.25, i Co 7''- 18
seq. £is, I Co 19, I Th 2^2, i Ti 6i2; 6 KaXCy, (/caAeVas), of God, Ga 1^ 58

ITh 52*, I Pe 115, II Pe is. î ^^^x-rjixiyoi, He 91^; seq. iv Co 71*
(ctt/), i
Ga 513, Eph 4*, I Th 47 ; Â^jo-tt, Eph 41, 11 Ti 19. 3. name

to call,
call by name: pass., Mt 223, u^ is-i^ ^j .
Kakov/meuo';, Lk 7^^ Ac 7^8
al. ; 6 K. (Deiss., BS, 210), Lk G^^ 223 2333, Ac lO^, Ee 129, al. ; c. pred
nom., Mt 59, Lk 135, Rq 926^ J^ 223, i Jo 31. (Cf. dvn-, iy, da- (-/xai)
fXiTa-, vapa-, avv-Trapa-, irpo-, irpo<T-, avv-KaXew.)

iiTL-,
* KaXXieXaios, ov, rj, the garden olive (opp. to dypuX-) Eo 1124.t :
KaXXiuf, -ov, compar. of KaAos, v.s. KaAws.

*t KaXo-8i8d(TKaXos, -ov, 6, a teacher of that which is good : Tit 23.t
KaXol AifAcVcs, Fair Havens, a harbour in Crete Ac 278.t :
t KaXo-TToiew, -u), [in LXX

Le 5* F (KaAw? tt., B) * ;] to do well, :
act honourably : 11 Th 3^^ (cf. Ga 69 t6 koKov ir.).t

KaXo's, -17, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 2113 , nilita , also for n©^ , etc. ;]
1. primarily, of outward form ("related to dyaOo^ as the appear- . . .
ance to the essence," Cremer, 339), fair, beautiful : XiOol (BV, goodly),
Lk 21*. 2, In reference to use, of that which is well adapted to its
ends, good, excellent : of fish, t. KaAd (opp. to crairpd), Mt 13*8 a-Trep/xa, j
Mt 1324.27,37,38. Mt 310 71"-19 1233^ Lk 39 [WH] 6« 8€v8poy

âp7r09, ;
(opp. to aaTTpov), Mt 1233, Lk 6^3; yij, Mt 138.23, Mk 48.20, Lk 815;

T. aAas, Mk 959, Lk 1434; ^^Vos, Eo V^ i Ti 18; MacTKaXCa, I Ti 4«;
<
KapSia K. Kol ayadrj, Lk 8^^; TrapaOrjKrj, II Ti 1^*; fxerpov, Lk 6^^; fiaOp-os,

I Ti 313; ê/ie'Atos, I Ti 619; to k., I Th 521 ; fiapyap^rai, Mt 13*5; olvo^,
Jo 210; TToi/AT/v, Jo IQii'i*;
Ti 4«; ot/covd/xos, i Pe 4}°;
SictKovo?, I
2^ 11^ rp^
o-TpaTiwrr;?, II Ti a-Tpareia, 1 Ti ; dywi/, I Ti 612, jj 47 ^fj^Xoyia, ;
•
I Ti 612. 13 . ipyov, Mt 2610, Mk 146, Jq iq^^, i Ti 31 pi., Jo 10»2 Ka\6v ; ;
Mt Co 7i'26
eo-Tiv, c. inf. et dat., 18^' 9, i 91^ id. c. ace. et inf., Mt 17*,
Mk 95. «, 45, 47^
Lk
139; geq. d, Mt 262*, 933, He
9*2 1421 idu, Mk ;
I Co 7^. 3. Ethically, good, in the sense of right, fair, noble, honour-

able Ga 418, He 51* ; epya, Mt 5^\ 1 Ti 5io> 25 6I8, Tit 2^' 1* 3^' 1*
:
(Field, Notes, 223 f.), He IO2*, i Pe 212 ; <lmo-rpo<^7;, Ja 3i3, i Pe 212

o-iT€i8>/o-ts, He 131^ seq. ivw-n-Lov, Eo 12i^, 11 Co 8-1, i Ti 2^
; to k. ttoiciv ;
{KaTepydCâOai), Eo 71^.21, n Co 13^ Ga 6^, Ja 41^ KaXov eo-Tiv, c. inf.,

Mt 15^6 (T^ 4'feo-riv), Mk 727, Eo 1421, Ga 4i8; p.aprvpCa, I Ti 37;
6vop.a, Ja 2''
; Kavxqp.a, I Co 5^ (neg.) ; Oiov prjpa. He 6'^. k. does not
occur in Ee.t
SVA^. : V.S. dyaô's.
KciXojifia, -Tos, to' (< koXutttw), [in LXX : Nu325 48ff.

(np5a),
Ex 3433 ff.
(n^5^), etc.;] a covering, veil : 11 Co 3i3-i6.t
KaXu-irru, [in LXX almost always for nD3 pi. ;] in cl., rare in
prose, to cover : c. ace. pers., Lk 2330; c. ace. rei et dat., Lk 81^ ;
pass.,
Mt metaph., to veil, conceal: pf. ptep. pass., Mt 102^, 11 Co 43;
82*;
of the forgiveness of sins (cf. Ps 31 (32)^ 84 (85)2 j)^^ ij^ 55b) j Pe 48^ • •
Ja 520 ;
(v.l. for Katopevr}, WH, mg., Lk 2432).t
KaXws, adv. (<^ KaAo's), [in LXX for parts and derivatives
of SM'';]
4i7 5', Ja 23;
fi7iely, rightly, well: Lk 6*8, i Co 141^, Ga AeW,
XaXelv, etc., Mt 15^ Mk 7^ 12-^ Lk 626 2039, Jq 417 Qis 1313 1323^ Ac
2825; as exclamation of approval, Mk 1232, Rq 1120. ^ ^q^^-^^ -^^ 12i2,
I Co 737.38^ Ja 28.1'-'; c. dat. pers. (cl. ace; § 32, lyS), Lk 62'; WM,
c. ace. rei, Mk
73^; c. ptcp., Ac 1033 (M, Pr., 131), Phi 41*, 11 Pe li»,
III Jo 6; TrpoLcrrdvai {-aaOaL), I Ti 3*' 12 51^ SiaKovdv, I Ti 313; Siyarpe-
0€o-ât, He I318; ironically, 79, 11 Co 11* (but v. CGT, in 1.); k. Mk

€X€Lv, to be well : 16[i^l Compar., Mk
KaWiov (for superl,, Bl., § 44, 3),
very well : Ac 25io,t
Kdjuie = Kttl cfi^, V.S. iyw.
KafiTiXos, -ov, 6, rj, [in LXX for ^02 ;] camel : Mt 3*, Mk 1^ ; in
proverbs, Mt 192* 3324, Mk 1025, l^ 1825 (qq the v.l. Kdp.ikos, v. WH,
Notes, 151).t
KdfiiXos, V.S Kap.TjXo's, and cf. Thayer; LS, s.v.
Kd|xii/os, -ov, % [in LXX : Ge 19-^8, Ex 19i8, Is 48io, al. (]0r53 , "VIS),
Da LXX TH 36 ff-
(pnx) ;] a furnace : Mt 13*2. 50^ Re li5 92.t
(syncopated form of Karapvw, used by Ep. and koiv-q
Ka)x|j,ua»
v^riters; Eutherford, NPhr., 426 f.), [in LXX: Is 6i« (yytzr hi.) 29i9
3315 (DSr), La 3** AE*;] to shut the eyes: t. 6cj>ea\povs, Mt 131^,
Ac 2827 (is^ 1,(5.).+
Kdfji.'a), [in LXX : Jb IQi {wp ni.) I72, Wi 416 159, jy Mac 3^
7^^*;] 1. to work; hence, from the effect of continued work, 2. to be
weary : He 12^. 3. to be sick : Ja 5^^.t
Kap,oi = KoX ifjioi, V.8. iyu).
KdjiTTTw, [in LXX chiefly for y-|3 , iv Ki l^s, n Ch 2929, ig
4524 (23)^ ai f^Q bend, bow : ace. rei, yoVu,
c. to. y. ; c. dat. pers., ttj
.J
BaaX, Eo ll'*(i'^x)j ^p,^,5 ^ irarepa, Eph 3^*; by meton., ttSv ydi'V for
ttSs, Eo 1411 (LXX)^ Phi 210 (cf. dva-, avy-Kdfji7rT0>).f
kSc, by crasis for kol av {= idv; WH, App., 145b; Thayer, s.v.),
c. subjunc, 1. and if: Mk 16[i8], Lk 1238, joSS", i Co 13^-3, Ja 51^; c.
ellips., Lk Concessive, even if: Mt 212i 2635, Jo S^* lO^s 1125,
139. 2.
He 1220. 3. As intensive of simple Kat (M, Pr., 167 730 ; WM,
Jannaris, Gr., 598), even, at least : Mk 528 6^^, Ac 5^^, 11 Co ll^^t
Kavd (Eec. -v5), •^, indecl., Ca7ia, of Gahlee Jo 2i«" 4^6 212.t :
Kacai'aros, -ou, 6 (late Heb. N3X3(?), a Gananaan or Zealot (cf.
^TjXwTi^s) : Mt 10^ Mk 31^ (Eec. -vij-q<;)A

Kai'ai'iTTjs, V.S. Karavaio?.
Kai'SdKt), -77s, 17, Candace : Ac S^^.t
Kai'wi', -oVos, 6 (cf. KOLvva, and Heb. njf? , a reed), [in LXX : Mi
1\ Jth 13«, IV Mac (and in Aq., Ps 18 (19)^, Jb 38^)*;] 1. a rod or
721
bar (Jth, I.e.). 2. a measuring rule; hence, metaph, 3. a rule or

standard : Ga 6^^. 4. a limit (EV, province) 11 Co lO^^, 15, le (Pqj, :
the history of the word and esp. its later meanings, v. Westc, Canon,
App. A ; cf. also MM, Exp., xv; Cremer, 744.)t
KaiT€pi/aoup., V.S. }â(f)apvaov/x.
* KaTTTjXeu'o) «
a huckster, cf. Is 122 (LXX)^ Si 2629), to make
KaTrrjXo?,
a trade of (EV, mg., make merchandise of), or perhaps (cf. Is, I.e.) to
corrupt (EV, txt.) 11 Co 2^'^.f :
Kairi'(5s, -oS, 6, [in LXX for ]I2ry;] smoke: Ee 8* 92»3.i7.i8 1411
158 189,18 193. ^^^l^ Kairvov, Ac 2^^(^^^\i

KairiraSoKia, -as, 17, Gappadocia, a province of Asia Minor : Ac 2^,
I Pe li.t
KapSi'a, -as, 17, [in LXX chiefly for 2^ , as^ ;] the heart, 1. the
bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life (11 Ki 18^*, iv Ki 92^,
al.). 2. In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies,
the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the
emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein
lies the moral and religious condition of the man {DB, ii, 317 f.
DGG, ii, 344a) (a) of the seat of physical life (Jg 19^, Ps 101 (102)^
;
103 (104)15) Ac 141^, Ja 5^ (b) of the seat of spiritual life Mt 58,

:
;
:
Mk 719, Lk 151, Ac 53, Eo lO^. 10, Eph 65, al. ;

pi., Mt 9^ Mk 2^, al.
opp. to (TTGfxa, x^'Aea, Trp6ao)Trov, Mt 158, Mk 7^, Eo 108. 9, n Co 512
TreptTOM KapSms, Eo 229; i^ ^.^ Rq Q17^ j Pe 122- ^^^ ^-^ ^,^ Mt 18^5;
€1/ oX.r) {ii oAr/s) t. k., Mt 22^''', Mk 12^^ (LXX) J
yt,v(^(TK€tv (ipevvav, SoKtpidleiv)
Tas K., Lk 1615, 327^ Ro I Th 2"; to think, etc., iv r. k., Mt 9S Mk 2«,
Lk 12^5^ Jio 10"; (Twiivai (yoCiv) ry k., Mt 13^5, Jo 12^0; eVaxw^T? V k.,
Mt 13'5(Lxx); -û^povv r^v k., Jo 12*0; ^. £^,ra, Ac 821; ô»^p(£, He 3^2
a.^l€Tav6qTO<i, Eo 2^ ; elvai (ex^tv) eV ttj k., II Co Phi 1'^ 68vvr] rfj k.,
7^, ;
Eo 92. 3. Of the central or innermost part

of anything (of the pith of
wood, Arist.) t. y^s, Mt 12*«
: (Cremer, 343 ff.).
*t KapSio-yi'wcmis, -ov, 6 «; xapSt'a, yvwcmjs), knower of hearts: Ao
12* 158.t
KdpTTos, -ov, 6, Carpus : 11 Ti 4}^ A
KapTTos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for iig ;] fruit : of trees, Mt 12"
2119, Mk 111*, Lk 6** 13"' 7 ; of vines, Mt 21^*, Mk 12^, Lk 20io, i Co
97 ; of fields, Mk Lk 429, 12i^ 11 Ti 2«, Ja 5^; /SAoo-ravciv, Ja 5i8; Troicrv
(cf. Heb. 1-15 n^y), Mt 310 717-19 1326, Lk 3^ 6« 8» 13^, Ee 222; 8i8oVai,
Mt 138, Mk 47.8; ê'peiv, Mt 7I8, Jo 122* 152,4,5,8,16. iô8t86vaL,

Mt 21*1, lie 222; <
Lk
^_ ^_ ^^^Xi'as (|W3 ^5, De 28*), 1*2; t. ocrt^vos
(Ge 302, al.), Ac 2^\ Metaph., (a) of works, deeds Mt 38 71"' 20 21*3, :
Lk 38, Jo 158> 16 T. irvev/xaro';, Ga 522 ^ cfxDTO^, Eph 5^ t. SiKaioavvr}^,

;
. ;
Phi 111; ^^payiêcrOai tov k. (Deiss., 5S, 238 f.), Eo 15-8; ^, dyaôi',
Ja 317; (6) of advantage, profit: Phi 122 41^; l^"", Eo li^ 621.22;
a-vvdyuv, Jo 43". ^_ ^ SiKaLOcrvvr]^, He 1211, Jg, 318- Qf praise, KapTTOv
X«AeW (Ho 142, al.; cf. ^sch., Eum., 830) : He 13i5.t
KapTTo-<j>opea), -w, [in LXX: Hb 3I'
(n-ID), Wi 10^*;] to bear
fruit: x">Tov, Mk 428 (cf.
Wi, I.e.). Metaph., of conduct: Mt 1323,
Mk 420, Lk 815, Eo 7*.^ Col 110; mid.. Col V.f
KapTro-<|>6pos, -ov « KapTru's, <^€pw), [in LXX : Je 221 (vit), Ps 106
(107)3* 1489 (ng)*;] fruitful : Ac 14i7.t
Kapxcpe'a,, -Hy, [in LXX : Jb 29 (pm hi.). Is 421* (nro), Si 22 121^,

II, IV Mac 7*;] to be steadfast, patient : He 1127 (cf. 7rpoo--KapTcpcw).t
K(ip4)os, -€os (-ous) TO, [in LXX

Ge 811 (Pj'lip) *;] a small dry
:
stalk, a twig ; metaph., of a minor fault Mt 73-^, Lk 6*i'*2.t :
Kard (bef. a vowel /car, KaO' on the freq. neglect of elision, v. ;
Tdf., Pr., 95 WH, App., 146*), prep. c. gen., ace, dow7i, dowmvards.
;
I. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). 1. C. gen. rei, in local sense;
(a) down, down from : Mt 8«2, Mk 5i3,
Lk 833, ^ Qo 11*; (b) through-
out (late usage Bl, I.e.) k. 5\r}^ k.t.X., Lk 41* 23^, Ac 93i 1037 (c)
; : ;
in a peculiar adjectival phrase rj k. ftdOovs irrtDxeia, deep or extreme :
poverty, 11 Co 82. 2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; (a)

against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.) opp. to :
wep, 9*0; fi€Td, Mt 1230; after i7ri6vfi€:v, Ga 5i7; \aXelv, Ac 6i3;

Mk
StSao-Kfiv, Ac 2128 if/cvBeaOai, Ja 31* after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt
; ;
523, Lk 231*, Eo 833, al. ; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 103^,

Ac 142, I Co 46, al. ; (&) of swearing, by : ofiw/xi k. (BL, § 34, 1), He
613.16, cf. Mtc. ace. (WM, § 49d; BL, §42, 2).
2663. II. 1. Of
motion or direction ; (a) through, throtighout : Lk 839 ge iq*, Ac 8i. 36,
al. ; (b) to, towards, over against : Lk 1032 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2io
157, Ga 211, Phi 31*, al.; (c) in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: kut
oiKov, at home, Ac 2**^ ; Kar I8iav (v.s. i8ios) kuO" iavrov, Ac 28^", Eo ;
1422, ja 217; c. pron. pers., Ac 1728 IS^s, Eo l^^, Eph l^^, al. 2. Of
time, at, during, about : Ac 826 12^ 1923, Eo 9^ He l^", al. 3. Dis-
tributive; (a) of place: k. tottod?, Mt 24^^, al. ; k. ttoXlv, Lk S^'*, al.
K. iKK\rj<riav, Ac 1423 .
(^) ^f time : k. eVos, Lk 2^^ ; iopTrjv, Mt 27^5, al.;
(c) of numbers, etc. : Kaff ha iravrts, i Co 143i (on Kad' ct?, v.s. eh) ;
K. Uarov, Mk 6'*o
; K. iiipo<i, He 9^ ; k. 4 wo/xa, Jo 103. Qf fitness,
reference, conformity, etc. ;
(a) w relation to, concerning : Eo 13> * 722
93.5, I Co 126 1018, Phi 112; ^. ^^^â^ Ac 1722, Col 320.22^ He 2^7 41^;
{b) according to, after, like : Mk Lk jo 72s Eo Eph 7^, 22^.29^ 8* 14i5,
22,Col 2^, Ja 2^, al. III. In composition, k. denotes, 1. doivn, dotvn
from {Karaâivu), etc.), hence, metaph. (a) victory or rule over ;
{KaraBovkow, -Kvpuvw, etc.); {b) "perfective" action (M, Pr., Ill ff.).
2. tinder (KaTaKoXcTTTO), etc.). 3. in succession {KaOe$rj<i). 4. after,
behind {KaTaXeiirw). 5. Hostility, against (KaraXaXccu).
Kara-Paifw, [in LXX
chiefly for IT ;] to go or come down,
descend. 1. Of persons: Mt 316 24i7, Lk 2" 6i7 103i 173i 195-6,
Jo 447.*9.8i 57^ Ac 731 815 410 1020 2019 23i» 241.22,
seq. Atvo, Eph ;
Mt 81 1429 2749. 42, Mk

1030, Jo 638, Ac 25\ i Th 416 ; cV,
322 1530, Lk
Mt 179; iK T. oipavod, 282, Mt Mk
9^, Jo 132 313 533, 4i, 42, 50, 51, ss^ ^q iqi
181 201 ; €i's, Mk
110, Lk 1030 181*, Jo 212, Ac 71^ 838 1425 168 I822 256,
Eo 10^ 49; cTTi, c. ace. loc, Jo 6I6 c. ace. pers., Lk 322, Jo 133. 52.
Eph ;
iy, Jo 5W; ace pars., Ac IO21 I411, Ee 12i2. 2. Of things:

Trpd?, c.
crK€5o9, Ac 1011 115 ^po^^^ Mt 725.27 XalXai};, Lk 823 ggq. diTrd, Lk 95*,
.
;
.
Ac 826, Ja 117; cVt T. yijy, Lk 22** (WH, E, mg., reject); c'k t. oipavov
seq. dTTo, Ee 312 212. 10 j^ ggq ^.^^ jje 13i3; ^,ri, c. ace. pers., Ee I621.
;
Fig., K. Icos aSov, Mt 1123, Lk 10^5^ ^H, txt., Tr., mg. {KaTafSifSaaerjcrr],
T, WH,mg., EV), (cf. <xvv-Karal3aivw).f
Kaxa-pdXXw, [in LXX
chiefly for ^33 hi. ;] 1. to cast down,
prostrate : metaph., pass., 11 Co 4^. 2. to put doion, lay down
metaph., mid., c. ace, OefjiiXiov, He 6i.t
*t KaTa-Pape'«, -w, to weigh down : metaph., c. ace. pers., 11 Co 12i6.+
tKara-papuVo., [in LXX: II Ki 1325 1426 (^-^3), Ji 28, Si 815*;]
= /cara/Sapew : pass., pres. ptcp., Mk 14*o_f
Kara-pipdio), [in LXX for IT (hi., etc.) De : 21^ Ez 31i6, al.
;]
to cause go down, cast down : pass., Iws ai8ov, Mt
to (WH, E, mg.), 1123
Lk 1015 (WH, mg.).t
** Kara-poXi^, -^s,
^ «
KaraySciXXa)), [in LXX: II Mac 229*;] 1. a
laying doxon : cis k. <nripfxaTo<i, He 11" (EV, to conceive seed). 2. a
foundation (of a house, 11 Mac, I.e.) metaph., dTrd k. Koa-fxov, Mt :
1335 (LXX) (om. K6<TfjLov WH, E, mg.), ib. 253*, Lk 1150, He 43 926,
Ee 138 178 ^p^ ^, KoV/xov, Jo 172^ Eph 1*, i Pe 12o.t
.
* Kaxa-Ppapeuu {<^l3pafi€v<i, an umpire, cf. ySpaySetov), to give judg-

ment against, condemn (v. Field, Notes, 196 Abbott, Essays, 104 f.) ;
Col 2i8.t
*t KaraYYeXcus, -c'to?, 6, a proclaimer, herald (in Inscr., k. aywvojv,
Deiss., LAE, 97) : c. gen. obj., Ac n^\f
KOT-aYY^Xw,
[in LXX
Pr IT^ A, ii Mac Sê 9^7*;] 1. to pro- :
claim, declare: c. ace. rei, Ac 3^* 16^1 17^^; t. avda-raa-iv, Ac 4^;

T. Xoyov Tov ©., T. K., Ac 18* 1536 ^^y a-uiTqpla^, Ac 16^7; </>ws, Ac 2623; .
T. fj.v(XTTjpiov TOV 0., I Co 2^ ; T. ciayycAiov, 9^* t. âvarov tov K., ll'^® ;
pass., 3<j!)C(ris, Ac 13^8; 6 Xoyo? tov 0., ib. IT^^j ^ ,rio-Tis v/iaiv, Eo 1^;
c. ace. pers., of Christ, ov, Ac 17^, Col l^*; t. Xpia-Tov, Phi 1^^; pass.,
ib. ^^. 2. <o denounce (Xen., al.) ;
(for compariaon with dyycAXw, dvay-,
(iTray-, V. Westc. On I Jo 1^ ; and cf. 7r/)o-KaTayycXA.w).t
KOTa-YcXdu, -w, [in LXX chiefly for pniZT , Jb 52-, Pr 29^, al. ;]
to deride, laugh scornfully at : c. gen. pers., Mt 92*, Mk 5*^, Lk S^^.t

icara-Yit'WCTKu (v.s. yivwo-Kw), [in LXX : De 25^ (jTCTT hi.), Pr 28^1
condemn: 32''»2i;
(ipn), Si 142 19^*;] to blame, c. gen. pers., i Jo
pass., Kareyvwa-fiivo^ rjv (RV, he stood condemned, v. Ellic, in 1. but ;
cf. Field, Notes, 188) : Ga2^\f

KOT-dY»'ufii, [in LXX for nnj pi., etc. ;] to break : c. ace. rei,
Mt 1220 (LiX), Jo 193'-33.t
Kara-Ypd^xo, [in LXX
chiefly for UTIS;] to trace, draw in outline
(= Att. avayp-) Jo 8^^'i (eypac^cv, Eec.).t
:
Kar-dYw, [in LXX

chiefly for "TV hi. ;] to bring down : c. ace.
pers., Ac 223o, Eo 10^; id. seq. ets, Ac g^" 23i5.2o,28. ^g nautical term,
to bring to land : t. TrXotov i-n-l t. yrjv, Lk 5^^ pass., seq. cis, Ac 27^ 28^2^t ;
*t KaT-aYwcilôiJiai, depon., "perfective" compound (M, Pr., 116);

1. to struggle against. 2. to conquer, overcome : He IP^.t
KOTa-S^w, -<o, [in LXX for l27Zin , etc. ;] to bind up : t. Tpavfjiara
(cf. Si 2721), Lk 103*.t
* Kard-STjXos, -ov (SlXos), quite manifest, evident : He 7^^.+
Kara-SiKdiia,, [in LXX : Ps 93 (94)21 (j^-, iî )^ ^^ 336 (my pi.),
Wi 22<^, al. ;] pass sentence upon, condemn; in el., c. gen. pers.
to
(ace. rei) ; in late writers (so LXX), c. ace. pers. {davaxw, Wi, I.e.)
Mt 127, ja 56; absol. (as Plat., Legg., 958c), Lk 637; pass., Mt 1237,
Lk 637.t
** KaTa-8iKT), -7/s, 17, [in LXX Wi :
1227 * ;] sentence, condemnation
Ac 251s. t
KaTa-SiwKO), [in LXX chiefly for OTi;] "perfective" compound

(M, Pr., 116), to pursue closely, folloiv up ; (a) with hostile intent
(Thuc, 49, Ge 3136 al.); (b) with kindly intention (Ps 22 (23)6,
i,
I Ki 3022, cf. Si 27^7) 136.t : Mk

KaTa-SouXoo), -w, [in LXX chiefly for T^y ;] to enslave : 11 Co II20,
Ga 2*.t
KaTa-Sucaoreuu, [in LXX for n3^, pVffJI, etc. ;] to exercise power
over, oppress : e. ace. pers. (Xen. ; LXX, Mi 22, Wi 2^*', al.) ; c. gen.
pers., Ja 26 {ip.a<i, T) ; pass., Ac 1038 (cf. Exp., xv).t MM,
*t Kard-Ocfia, -tos, to, a curse ("perh. somewhat stronger than
dvd^€/ia," Swete, Be., I.e.) Ee 223 (cf_ <ivdêyuia).t :
*t Kara-OejiaTiJo), to curse vehemently : Mt 267* ^^f avaOip.-).i

KaT-aioxuVu, [in LXX chiefly for izri2;] to disgrace, dishonour,
put to shame : c. ace. rei, i Co 11*' ^ ; e. ace. pers., i Co 127 2122 pass., .
to be anhamed : Lk 13i7, ii Co 7^* 9^, i Pe Sê ; as in LXX (Ps 21

(22)« 24 (25)'^' 3, al.), of unfulfilled hopes: Eo 5^ pass., Eo 9^3 lO^,
I Pe 2" (Lxx),t
Kara-Kaiw, [in LXX chiefly for pjlir; in Ex 3^ (baS' pu.), distin-
guished from Kaid) ;] to burn up, burn completely : c. ace. rei, Mt 13^'',
Ac 1919 ;
pass., Co 3l^ i He 13^1, ii Pe S^", Ee 8" seq. ^vpi, Mt 3^2
;
13^«, Lk 317 (cf. Ex 29l^ al.) ; iv nvpC (De 9^1, al.) : Ee 171" IS^.t
Kara-KaXuTTTu, [in LXX chiefly for nD3 pi.;] to cover uj) ; mid.,
to cover or veil oneself : i Co 11®; t. K(.4>a\iqv, ib. ".+
t KaTa-Kaux«io|jiai, -w/Aat, [in LXX: Za lO^^ (rj^l hith.), Je 27
(50)11 (T^y), ib. 3^^
(bbn)*;] 1. to boast against, exult over: c. gen.,
Eo 111^, Ja 213 geq_ ^f^T^^ c. gen.,
. Ja 31* (T, om. Kara). 2, seq. Iv, to
glory in (Za., I.e., Je 2738).t
Kard-Keifiai, [in LXX: Pr 6^ 233" (^3^2;^^^ jth 13i\ Wi 17"*;]
1. to lie down. 2. to lie sick: Mk l^" 2\ Jo 5^ Ac 28^ seq. ivi, c.
gen., Ac 933 ; id. c. ace, Lk 5^^ ; eV, Jo 53. 3. to recline at meals (ef.
avdKecfjiaL) : Mk 143, Lk 529 . seq. iy^ Mk 2l^ Lk 737, i Co 8io.t
Kara-KXaw, -d, [in LXX: Ez 191"" {'OfDZ hoph.)*;] to break up,

break in pieces Mk 6*1, Lk 91®. :
(jji,3)^
Kara-KXeia,, [in LXX: Je 39 (32)3 wi I72.16, iiMac I321,
III Mac 32^*;] to shut top: c. aco. pers., seq. iv (f>vXaKfj (-ats), Lk 32",
Ac 26i«.t
t Kara-KXripoSoTe'a), w, [in LXX De :
138 211^ A {-voîio, B), (bn3),
I Mac 33« XE (-voê'w. A)*;] Ac 131^, Eec, = -vo/xe'w, q.v.t
t KaTa-KXTipoi-oiJiew, -w, [in for bui 12?T etc. ;] 1. to distribute LXX , ,
14i, al.) Ac 131^. 2. to

by as an inheritance (Nu 341^, Jos
lot or :
receive by inheritance (De 13^, al.).+

Kara-KXi^w, [in LXX: Ex 2118 (bs:), Nu 24^, Jg 52^ (y-|3),
I Ki 1611 (2.2,0), Jth 121^, III Mac 13*;] to lay doivn, make to lie down,
esp. for meals c. ace. pers., Lk 91*' 1^; mid., to recline at meals
:
Lk :
73« 2430 seq. c^'s, Lk 14^ (cf. Jth, l.c.).t

;
KOTa-KXi5ia>, [in LXX for ^:nw , Ps 77 (78)2o, al. ;] to inundate,

deluge: pass., n Pe 3''.t
Kaxa-KXuo-jjios, -ov, 6 (<^ KaraKkv^w), [in LXX chiefly for bllQ , Ge

617, al. ; also for ^m , Ps 31 (32)«, al. ;] a flood, deluge : Mt 2438- ^^,
Lk 1727, II Pe 25.t
t KaT-aKoXouOt'o), -i, [in LXX : Je 17i« (nyi), i Mac 623, al. ;] to
folloio after : Lk 23^^ ; c. dat. pers , Ac 16i7.t
KaTa-KiSirTw, [in LXX for n33 hi., DDS pi., etc. ;] to cut up, cut in
pieces (cf. Is 27^, Je 21s Ch 34") kavrhv Xieoa,
11 5^t : Mk
Kara-Kptiixt'ii^w « Kprjfivos), [in II Ch 25i2 LXX
('jjbtzr hi.), 11 Mae :
2215 1443^ JY Mac 42^*;] to throw over a precijnce, cast down head-
long : Lk429.t
*t Kard-Kpifxa, -tos, to (-c^^ KaTav/ni to), penalty (RY condemnation ,
;
but ef. Deiss., BS, 264 f. ; MM, Exp., xv) Eo 51^-18 8i.t :
naxa-icpii'w, [in LXX : Es 2i

(173 ni.), Wi 41^, Da LXX th Su"
4^*, TH Su ^^' *^' ^2 * ;] to give judgment against, condemn Eo 8^* c. : ;
ace. pers., Mk U^\ Jo 8Cio, u] ; disting. fr. Kpivety, Eo 2^, i Co ll^^ seq. ;
Oavdrio (cl. -ov Or -ov), Mt 2018, Mk 1033; pass., Mt 273, Mk 16M,

Eo 14^3^ J Qo 1132, II Pe 2". Metaph., of condemning through a good
example : Mt 1241.42, Lk 1131.32, Eo 83, He ll^.t
*t Kard-Kpiais, -£ws, ^ (<[ Kara/cptVaj), condemnation: II Co 3* 7'
(of. Deiss., LAE, 91 f.).t
Kara-KUTTTw, [in LXX : IV Ki 9^2

{^p^ hi.)*;] to bend down,
stoop : Jo 8[8^ (/cttTO) Kv^f/as, Eec, WH, mg.).t
icaTa-Kupi€u'w, [in LXX: Ge l^s (orns), Ps 109 (110)^ (rm),
Si 17*, al. ;] to gain or exercise dominion (over) ; (a) absol. (Arist.)
(b) c. gen. (Arist., al.) : Mt 202^, Mk 10*2, Ac 19i6, i Pe 53.t
SYN. : KaTe$ova-Ld^(D (v. Swete, Mk., I.e.).
Kara-XaXeo), -w, [in LXX chiefly for ')2,1 ni., pi. ;] to speak evil
of, rail at: in cl., c. ace; in LXX, (a) c. gen., (b) seq. Kara, c. gen.;
in NT, c. gen. (M, Pr., 65) : Ja ^n, i Pe 2i2
;
pass., i Pe d^^.f
**t Kara-XaXid, -Ss, 17 (•< KaraXaAos), [in LXX: Wi 1^*;] evil-
speaking, railing : pL, 11 Co 12^'*, i Pe 2i.t
*t Kord-XaXos, -ov, 6, a railer, defamer : Eo I'^.t
Syn. : \l/i6vpi(TTr)<i, a whisjyerer (v. Tr., Syn., § cvii, 15; Lft.,
Notes, 256).
Kara-XafiPticw, [in LXX
for 2tff2 hi., 13^, etc.;] 1. to lay hold of,
seize, appropriate : Mk 91^ c. ace. rei, i Co 9^*, Phi 3i^' i3. 2. to ;
overtake: as correl. of StwKw (Field, Notes, 158 f.), Eo 93^; ri rj/xipa,

I Th 54 of evils, Jo 1^ 123^ (cf. 6I'' T) hence, to surprise, discover
; ;
Jo 813'*]. 3. Of mental action, to apprehend, comprehend ; so mid.,

in NT (M, Pr., 158): Eph 318; seq. 5ti, Ac 413 103*; c. ace. et inf.,
Ac 25'" (MM, Exp., xv).t
Kara-X^Y*^, [in LXX: De 191" (.13^), II Mac 73" E*;] 1. to lay
down; mid. (in Horn.), to lie down. 2. to narrate (LXX, 11. e.).
3. to choose out, hence, to enrol (as of soldiers, Hdt., Thuc, al., v.
LS, s.v.) of widows, pass., i Ti 5^ (cf. Ellie.; CGT, in l.).t
:
t KaTd-XeifJifia, -tos, to (<^KaTaX€t7rw), [in LXX for IN^T (Is IC^^
1422), nnîUr , etc. ;] a remnant : Eo 9", Eec. (for v-n-okeLfifxa, q.v.).t
KaTa-Xciiru, [in LXX chiefly for INtZT , ni., hi., also for nTr , IT)"*
etc.;] 1. to leave behind, leave: c. ace. pers. (rei), Mt 4i3, Mk 12i^»2i
Lk 2031, Ac 2427 2514, He IP^ ; of sailing by a place, Ac 213 . pt^p^

KaTaXtTTwv, redundant (Dalman, Words, 21 f .), Mt 16* 211^ pass. ;
Jo 8[9], I Th 31; metaph., eiOelav 686v, 11 Pe 2i5. 2. to forsake

abandon: Mt 19^, Mk lO^d-^) 14^2, Lk 528 15*, Ac 6^, Eph 531 (lxx),
3. to leave remaining, reserve: c. ace. et inf., Lk 10***; ifiavrto
Eo 114(I'XX)j pass.. He 41 (cf. eV-KaTa-X€t7rw).t
*t KaTa-Xi0(ii;w ( = el. -66w cf. -do/SoXiw, Ex 17*, Nu I410), to cast ;
stones at, to stone : Lk 20^.t
52'> *
,]
KOT-aXXay^, -77s, rj
1. exchange.
KaraXkaaao}), [in
2. reconciliation : Eo Sn ;
«
Is 9^ <*', II Mac
k. Kwrfiov, Eo 11^*
LXX :
hiaKOVta t^s k., II Co 51^; Xdyos t^s k., ib.i^.t

KaT-a\\(£<T(Tw (Att. -TTO) ; cf. JAAtto-o-w), [in Je 31 (48)39 (nnn), LXX :
II Mac 1^ 7^" 8^9 * jj prop., to change, exchange (esp. of money) ; hence,

of persons, to cJmnge from emnity to friendship, to reconcile (for exx.
in cL, V. Thayer,, LS) of the reconciliation of man to God (Lft.,
:
Notes, 288; ICG on Ko, I.e.; DCG, ii, 474, 797), n Co Sis-iO; pass.,
Eo 5'", II Co 5^*^ ; of a woman returning to her husband, i Co 7^^ (cf.
aT:o-KaTaXXd(T(T(ji) t .
Kard-Xonros, -ov, [in LXX for ISUT , Ti^yxtp , flT , etc. ;] left re-
maining : oi K. T. dydpwTruii', Ac 15^'^ (L^^).t
+ Kaxd-Xujia, -To^, to «KaTa\vco), [in LXX: Ex 4^* (]ib9), I Kl

922 (p^tpb), etc. ;] 1. = cl. Karaywytov (cf. TravSoxeiov), an inn, lodging-
place: Lk 2^ (so Ex, I.e., and MGr.). 2. a guest-room (i Ki, I.e.) : Mk

1414, Lk 22ii.t
Kara-Xua), [in LXX for ]ib , r\D.t2f , etc. ;] 1. to destroy, cast down
Mt 24'^ Mk 132, Lk 216 .
^, ^^^^^ Mt 26^1 27*^, Mk 14^8 1529^ Ac 61*
oiKiav, II Co 51 ; opp. to oLKoSo/melv, Ga 2^^. Metaph., to overthrow,
annul, abrogate : Ac 5^^' ^^ ; t. epyov t. 6iov, Ro 14"'* t. voixov, Mt 5^'^ ;
(ii Mac 2'^-). 2. unloose, unyoke (e.g. horses), hence intrans., of

to
travellers (cf. KaraXvixa), to take %ip one's quarters, lodge (cl., Ge 19^,
al.) : Lk 9^^ 19''.t
KaTa-âvUvi^, [in LXX
Ge 34^ (nKl), Jb 35^(5) (-ntrr), Si g^'S, al. ;] :
to learn thoroughly, observe well, consider carefully (on distinction

bet. K. and fiavOdvu), cf. M, Pr., 117) : Mt G^s.t
Kaxa-jxapTupew, -w, [in LXX : Jb 15^ Pr 25^^ (nar), al. ;] to bear
witness againt : c. ace. rei et gen. pers., Mt 26*"- 27^^, Mk 14*'**.t
icaTa-fieVu, [in LXX for ntff^ (Nu 20\ al.), etc.;] to remain
permanently, abide : Ac 1^^ i Co 16^ WH {-rrapa/jL-, T, RV).t
KaTajiocas, Rec. for Kara /xdva?, V.S. fi6vo<;.
t KaT-avd-0€|Jia, Rec. for KardOefJia, q.v.
t KaT-afa-06|jiaTil^w, Rec. for KaraOe/jiaTiû), q.v.
KaT-ak-aXioTKu, [in LXX chiefly for bSK;] 1. to use up, spend.
2. to consume : of fire, ptcp.. He 12-^(^^^).+
* Kara-i'apKda), -oi (<:^ vapKata, to grow numb, in LXX, in causal
sense, for y,T, Ge 322^(26); without Heb. equiv., ib. 32(33)^ jb 3319,
Da LXX
11^ *) ; 1. to cause to grow mimb, 2. Intrans., to grow
numb ; hence metaph., to be inactive, be burdensome to •
c. gen., ii Co
219 1213,14. pass., to be qitite numb (Hippocr.).t
* Kara-i'cuw, 1. to nod assent. 2. to make a sign by nodding the
head : c. dat. pers., Lk 5''.t
Kara-coea), -w, [in LXX

for 12113 hi., HNT, etc.;] to take note of,
perceive, consider carefully : Ac 1^^' ^2 c. ace. rei, Mt 7^, Lk 6^^ ;
1224,27 2023, Ac 11^ 2739, Ro 419; c. ace. pers.. He 3^ 10^*, Ja 123.24 (on
the distinction bet. and voew simplex, v. M, Pr., 117).t
k.
t KaT-awTda), -i, [in LXX: II Ki 329 (bin), ii Mac 421.24,44 e^*;]

to come to, arrive at: seq. ets, c. ace. loc, Ac I61 18^^»2* 21'^ 25i3 (v.
M, Pr., 132) 27^2 28i3; seq. 6.vTiKpy, c. gen., Ac 20i«. Metaph., seq.
€1?, c. acc. pers., i Co 10^^ 14^6 id, ; c. ace. rei, to attain to : Ac 26'^,
Eph 413, Phi 3ii.t

t Kard-vuit,s, -cow, 17 « Karavvaa-o), q.v.),
a prickinj.
[in LXX : Ps 59
(Perhaps through
(60)'
(nbjnp), Is 2910 (ni!pT)5)*;] l- 2.
resembl. of Karavucrcrw to •vva-Taô)), torpor of mind, stupefaction: Eo

118 (LXX) (y_ jcc, in I.; Field, Notes, 157).t
t icara-.'.JaCTo,, [in LXX : Ge Le lO^, Ps 4* 29^2,
34^ (nsjr hith.),
al. (am), Da LXX th Su 10 (DTI ni.), Si 12i2 141, al. ;] 1. to strike or
prick violently. 2. to stun. 3. Of strong emotion, pass., to be smitten

Ttjv Kaphiav, Ac 2^^^ (v.S. KaTavv|t9).+
** KaT-a^(Ja), -w, [in LXX : 11 Mac I312, m Mac 32' 4", iv Mac IS^ * ;]
to deem worthy : c. acc. pers. et gen, rei, 11 Th 1* ;

pass, seq. inf., Lk
2035, Ac 5*i.t
KaTa-irareu, -w, [in LXX for ^11, DD1 , PjKttT , etc.;] to tread
down, trampile under foot: Mt 7^ Lk 12'; pass., Mt 5^3, Lk Q^.
Metaph., t. vlov t. Oôv, He lO^^.t
KaTci-Traoo-is, -cws, rj (<[] KaraTravo)), [in LXX chiefly for nniJO » Ps
94(95)11, Is 661, al i^^^'pa t^? k., ii Mac 15i;] 1. in cl., a putting to
J
rest, causing to cease. 2. In LXX and NT, rest, repose : Ac 7*^<^^^\

He 31I' IS 41' 3. 5. 10, ii.t
KaTo-irouw, [in LXX for TT12 , THO , etc.;] 1. trans., (a) to cause
to cease, restrain : Ac 141^ (b) to cause to rest

;
: He 4^. 2, Intrans.,
to rest : seq. Slwo, He 4* (i^^)- i^.t
t Kara-ir^Taafia, -to<;, to (= cl. irapaTrcTao-yxa), [in LXX chiefly for
Holy Ex 263i, Le
npi? (the veil of the of Holies), 21^3, al. ; also for
^99 (the outer veil). Ex 35i2, Nu 32", al. (elsewhere KdXvfXfia) ;] in NT

always the inner veil or curtain of the Temple (or Tabernacle) : Mt
2751, Mk 1538, Lk 23«, 6i9 93
He fig., ; ^ ahp^ airov, He IO20.+
icaTa-iri»'w, [in LXX chiefly for vhl ;] 1. to drink down, stvallow :
Mt 232*, Ee 12i«. 2. to devour : i Pe 5^. Metaph., to swallow up,
consume : pass., i Co 15^* (^^^\ 11 Co 2^ 5*, He 1129.t
KOTa-iriTTTu, [in LXX: Ps 144(145)1* (^33), etc.;] to fall down:

Ac 28« ; seq. cts, Ac 26i* ; ctti, c. acc, Lk S^.t
* KOTa-irX^w, -w, to sail down, sail to land, put in : els t. i;(a)pav,
Lk 82«.t
** KaTa-TTcô), .£, [in LXX : 11 Mac 82 (A), iii Mac 22- is * ;] to wear
down, oppress, treat hardly : pass., Ac 72*, 11 Pe 2^.t
Kara-TToi'Titw, [in LXX for ynt3 pu., Ex 15* A, ybn pi., f]r3t2r Ps ,
54 (55)^ 68 (69)2, 9,1. ;] to throw into the sea, sifik or drown therein
Mt 1430 ;
pass., 186.t
KttT-apo, -as, 17, [in LXX chiefly for rhbp ;] a curse : Ga 31*'' i3,
He 6^ II Pe 2" ; opp. to eiXoyta, Ja 310 ; concrete, of Christ, Ga 3i3
(v. Lft. in l.).t

depon. (<; Karapa), [in LXX chiefly for \hp pi- ;]

KaT-ap(io|xat, -wfj-at,
to curse: c. ace, Mk II21; opp. to evXoyew, Lk Gô, Eo

12i*, Ja 3^;
pass. pf. ptep., accursed, under a curse (v. M, Pr., 221) Mt 25î.t :
Kar-apYô), -w (<1 /cara, causative, dpyds d-epyds), [in II Es = LXX :
4.21,23 56 58 (^^55)*;] to make idle or inactive (x^pas, Eur., Phoen.,
753) of soil occupied by an unfruitful tree, Lk 13'^.

: Metaph. (Inscr.),
to render inoperative or invalid, to abrogate, abolish : Eo 3^' ^^, i Co
128 513 1311 1524^ Ga 317, Eph 215, „ Th 2^, 11 Ti l^\ He 2^* pass., ;
Eo 414 66, I Co 26 138' 10 15-6, II Co 37- Ga SH; seq. dTrd (of

11' 13. 14,
persons), to be separated, discharged or loosed from, Eo T^'", Ga 5*.t

KOT-api6|Ae'ci>, -w, [in II Ch
31i^ LXX : {mv^ hith.), al. ;] to number
or count among : seq. iv, Ac li^.t
Kax-apTilû, [in LXX chiefly in Pss (8^ al. ; ]13 , etc.) and
II Es (b^3) ;] to render a.pTio<;, i.e. fit, complete ; (a) to mend, repair
Mt 421, Mk 1^^; (b) to furnish completely, complete, equip, prepare:
pass., Lk 11^; mid., Mt 21i6 (^xx)^ He 10^ (i-^x); (c) in
6*0, Eo 922, He
ethical sense, to prepare, co77ij)lete, jyerfect : Ga 61 (BV, restore),
I Pe 510 pass., i Co lio (Field, Notes, 167), 11 Co I311, He 13^1
;
(cf. TTpo-KaTapTLÔ)).'^
*t KOT-dpTiais, -ews, 17 (<C KarapTi^w), a strengthening, making fit
in ethical sense, 11 Co 13^.t
**t KaTapTiafios, -ov, 6, [in Sm. Is 381^ * ;] = KardpTio-ts (but v. ICC, :
Eph. I.e.) : Eph 4i2.t
**KaTa-aeiw, [in LXX: Da TH Bel 1* AE, i Mac e^s*;] 1. to shake

down. 2. Of the hand, to shake or tvave as a signal t. yelpa, Ac 19^^ :
Ac I316 id. c. dat. pers., ib. 21*o seq. inf., ib. 12i7.t
T. x€tpt, ; ;
KaTa-<TKdirTw, [in LXX for ^nj , DIH , etc. ;] to dig down

Ko IV (LXX).!
Kara-CTKcudlû, [in LXX: Is 401''' ^s (K")S), etc.;] to prepare, make

ready: t. 6Sdv, llio, Mt Mk I2, Lk 7"; oTkov, He 33.*; crKrjv-qv,,
He 92'
6 ; Kt/?<oTdv, He ll^ i Pe 320 ;
pass. pf. ptcp., Xadv k., Lk li^.t
KaTa-aKTjcdu, -w, [in LXX chiefly for ptZT;] ^0 jaite/i one's tent,
lodge, dwell: seq. ev, Mt 1332, Lk 131^; wd, c. ace, Mk 432; ^^'^XttiSi,
Ac 226 (LXX) t
t Kara-cTK^Kcuais, €«?, ^, [in LXX : I Ch 282 (,,,35) ^ Ez 372^ (]3l?TQ),
To 1*, Wi 9^, II Mac 143^ (E) * ;] 1 prop., an encamping, taking up

one's quarters (Polyb., al., v. LS; and cf. LXX, 11. c). 2. a lodging,
abode : of birds, Mt 820, Lk 9S8.t
* Kaxa-CTKidtw, to overshadow : c. ace, He 95.t
Kara-aKOTve'oi, -S, [in LXX : II Ki 103, I Ch 193 (1,3-1 pi.)^ I Mac 538
(A) *;J to view closely, inspect, spy out : c. ace, Ga 2*.t
Kord-aKOTTos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ^31 pi. ;] a spy : He 113i.t

t KaTa-ao4.iô,iai, [in LXX: Ex lio (dDH hith.), Jth 5ii, lOi^ * ;] to
Ac 71^* (LXX)_t
deal craftily with, outwit :
** KaTa-arAXu, [in LXX : II Mac 43i,in Mac 61 * ;] 1. to let down,

lower. 2. to keep down, restrain : c. ace, Ac 1935'36.t
**t KaT(i-aTT)fAa, -tos, to {KaOia-T-q/xi), [in LXX : III Mac 5*^ (-e/Aa, A) * ;]
1. condition, of health, etc. 2. demeanour : Tit 2^ (for exx. v. Field,

Notes, 220).t
KaTo-oToXii, -^s, 17 (<[ Karao-TeAXo)), [in LXX: Is 6P (nKl3TO)*J]
1. a letting down, checking. 2. steadiness, quietness in demeanour.

3. LXX and NT (cf. Plut,, ii, 65 D ; -tâ> = vestire), a garment, dress,
attire : i Ti 2» (but v. Ellic, in l.).t
KOTa-CTTpe^w, [in LXX for "jjen , etc., Ge I921, Je 20^5, al. ;] 1. to
turn down, turn over ; as, the soil. 2. to overturn, overthrow : Mt 21^^,
Mk 1115 . pass. pf. ptcp., Ac I516 (i'^).t
*t KaTa-<rrpT]i'i(£(i), -w, to wax wanton against : c. gen., i Ti 5^^.
KaTa-<rrpo<|>i1, -rj<i, rj {<^KaTa(TTpi<f)<j)), [in LXX: Jb 21^''^, Pr 1^'^
(T}<), al. ;] 1. overthrow : 11 Pe 2*' (WH, om.). 2. Metaph., subver-

sion, upsetting (cf. KaOaipea-L^, II Co 13^") : 11 Ti 2^*.f
KaTa-arpojt'fUfii, [in LXX Nu :
14i«
(tanor), Jb 122^ (ntfltar), Jth ^,
II Mac ^*;] 1. to strew or spread over. 2. io Za^/ Zow, overthrow
I Co IQs.t
Kora-aupo), [in LXX: Je 29 (49)io (pjirrn). Da LXX, 1110.26
(5)MBy) * ;] 1. to pull down. 2. to drag away : c. ace. pers., Lk 125^.t
KaTa-a<|>d|;u), [in LXX : Za 11* (nn), Ez 16*0 (prQ pi.), n Macg;]
io hill off, slay : c. ace, Lk 192^.t
KaTa-a4)paYit«, [in Jb 9^ 37^ (ODn), LXX: Wi 2**;] to seal up,
secure with a seal : Ee S^.t
t KaT(l-ox€«ns, -ews, ^ (<C xc-Tex^)} [in LXX nearly always for
mnx ;] 1. a holding back. 2. LXX and NT, a holding fast, possession :
Ac75.".t
KOTo-Tierjiii, [in LXX
21^7 (n,o^ hi.), Ps 40 (41)8 (pj^,)^ : i Ch
I Mac to lay dotvn, deposit, lay by :
10^3, al.
;] 15*^, T ; mid., to lay Mk
up for oneself: x«pt»' (Hdt., al., v. LS, s.v.), c. dat. pers., Ac 24^^ 25^.t
**t KaTa-Top.li, -rj'i, rj, [in Sm. Je 48 (31)^^ (/caTarc/Avw is used in :
LXX of forbidden mutilations Le 21^, al.) ;] 1. incision. 2. excision, :
,
concision, mutilation : in sarcasm, by paranomasia, in contrast to
(true) TrepLTOfi-q (v ^), of Judaizing Christians, Phi 3^ (v. Lft., in 1.
Cremer, 883).
KaTa-To^€uci>, [in LXX
Ex 19^^ (HT), al. ;] to strike down with :
an arrow, shoot dead: He 1220(i'XX) (jjec; E, om.).t WH,

KaTa-Tpe'xu), [in LXX Le 26^^, Jg 1« (P)Tn). al. ;] to run
: down
seq. cTTt, c. ace. pers., Ac 21^^ f
**t KaT-auvdô), [in LXX Wi : 17^, i Mac 6^^*;] (for aiydûy, L, mg.,
Tr., mg.), to shine down : 11 Co 4*.+
KaTa-^dyiti, V.S. KarecrOiw.
Kara-îpw, [in LXX for Tl^ hi., etc. ;] to bring down : ainw/iaTa,
Ac 25'''
; \jrrj(f>ov, to cast a ballot, 26i**
;
Ac pass., to be borne down
virv(o, airo r. v., Ac 20^.t
KaTa-<|)euY«, [in LXX for D13 , etc. ;] to flee for refuge : seq. cis,
Ac 14*; metaph., c. inf., He 6^*.f
KaTa-4>0eipw, [in LXX chiefly for nntZT hi., Ge 6^^ al. 1 to ;
destroy entirely. 2. In moral sense (as LXX), to dejyrave, corrupt

pass. pf. ptcp., seq. t. vow, ii Ti 3^.t
KaTa-<t>i\â), -co, [in LXX chiefly for pW2 ;] to kiss fervently, kiss
affectionately : Mt 26«, Mk 14*5^ Lk V^^ "s 1520^ Ac Ô'-^'^.f
KaTa-<t)poi'û, -0), [in LXX for IJH , 712 , etc. ;] to think little of,
gen., Mt &'' ISô, Lk 16i«, Eo 2\ Co II22, i Ti 4^2 62,
despise : c. i
He 122, „ pe 2io.t
t KaTa-<j)po./t]-nis, -oO, o, [in LXX for 1^2., Dnjil, Hb 1^ 2^, Ze

3**;] a despiser : Ac 13*^t
KOTa-xco), [in LXX for ps^ , ni33, HtaJT hi. ;] to pour down upon
c.gen. (cl.), Mk 143 geq. cVt, c. gen., Mt 267.t .
* Kara-xOok'ios, -ov (<^ x^^"' ^^^ earth), subterranean, under the

earth (in cl., of the infernal gods) of the departed in Hades, opp. to :
CTOi'pavios, en-tyeios, Phi 2^'^.t
** KaTa-xpdofjiai, -«/wit, [in LXX: Ep. Je28, iii Mac 4^ 522*;] to

make full use of, use to the uttermost, use up : i Co 7^^ c. dat., ib. 9^^ ;
(for other senses, v. LS, s,v.).t

KaTa-»|/uxa), [in LXX: Ge 18^ {]vm ni.)*;] to cool: c. ace,
Lk 1624.t
*t KarciSwXos, -ov {<âZu>Xov), full of idols : Ac 17^*.t
t KaWmvTi, adv., [in LXX chiefly for IS?!'^) >

^•'Pr' >
^*°- '1 ^^^^
against, opposite, before : tj k. Kwfjir], Lk IQ^*^ ; as prep., c. gen., Mt 21^
2724 (ciTT-, mg.), WH, Mk II2 12î (drr-, WH, mg.) 13^; metaph.,
Eo 4i^ Co 2^7 12i9.t
before, seq. Oôv, 11
t KaTecoSirtoi', adv. (=Hom., KarevcDTra), [in LXX: Ps 43 (44)^^,

al. ;] over against, before: c. gen., t. So^t^s, Ju2'*; metaph. (cf.
KarevavTL, and V. Lft., CoL, l.c), t. deod, Eph 1*, Col 122.t
* KaT-€iou(jidt,<i), to exercise authority over : c. gen. pers., Mt 202*,
Mk 10*2,t
Si'N. : KaTaKvpLcvo) (v. Swete, Mk., I.e.).
(emphatic form of (pydôfiai), [in LXX for bjTQ,

KaT-cpYdôfjiai
etc. (9 exx., each for a different Heb. word) ;] to effect by labour,
achieve, ivork out, bring about : c. ace, Eo 4^^ 5^ 7*'' ^^' ^^' ^^' 2"^, 11 Co
7^", Eph 6^3, Ja 1^; pass., 11 Co 12^2 ^ ace êi et dat. pers., Eo 7^^, •
II Co 4^'^ 7^^ 9^^; id. seq. 8td, c. gen. pers., Eo 15^^; t. anjTrjpcav,
Phi 2^2
J
Q ace. pers. seq. cis, 11 Co 5* (EV, tvrought) of evil deeds, ;
Eo 127 29, I Co 5^ I Pe 4^.1

** KaT-c'pxoHâi, [in LXX To : I22 x 2\ Es 3^3, Wi II22, 11 Mac
1129 * to come down, go
.] : seq. down as, Lk 43i, Ac 8^ 13* 15^0 I91, T
dTTo, 9", Ac 151 185 2110; s.7r6 et ik, Ac 1127 1219; of coming to port
Lk
by ship, Ac I822 21=* 27*; seq. tt/jo's, c. ace. pers., Ac 9^2; metaph., of
gifts from God, Ja 3^^.+
KaT-eCT6t(D ("perfective" comp. of eo-^tw, q.v., and cf. M, Pr.,
Ill), [in LXX chiefly for bss ;] to eat up, devour : c. ace, of seed,
Mt 13*, Mk 4*, Lk 8^; Wkvov, Ee 12*; ySiySXaptSiov, Ee lO^-^"; metaph.,
oiKt'a?, Mt 23^3, 12*0, Mk Lk 20*^ t. piov, Lk ISÔ; c. ace. pers.,

Jo 2^7 (Lxx), II Co 1120, Ga b^\ Ee 11^ 209.t
KaT-cuOofoj, [in LXX for ]13 ni., hi., etc. ;] to make or keep
straight, direct, guide : metaph., t. oSoV, i Th 3^^ ; t. Tro'Sas ci's 68ov
elprjyrj^, Lk l'^^ ; t. /capSias €ts t. dyaTTT^v, II Th 3^.+
**t Kax-cuXoYew, -w, [in LXX : To 11^» ^^ * ;] to bless fervently
Mk IQi" (v. Swete, in l.).t
*t KaT-c<|>-io-TTjfAi, to rise up against : Ac 18^^ f
KaT-e'xw, [in LXX for lUS , pTPI hi., etc.;] 1. perfective of c^'^
(M, Pr., 116 ; M, 272., 155), (a) to possess, hold fast : Lk 8^5, Jo 5[*],
Eo 118 (Lft., Notes, 251), i Co 7^0 11^ ii Co 6io, i

Th 521, He 3«' i* 102^
(b) to lay hold of, get possession of: Lk 14^. 2. to hold back, detain,
restrain (M, Th., 156 f.) c. ace. seq. to5 fxrj c. inf., Lk 4*2 seq. Tr/ads,
: ;
c. ace, Phm^^; absol., t6 Karcôv (6 k.), ii Th 2"'^. 3. Intrans., as

nautical term, to put in, make for (LS, s.v.) Ac 27*^.+ :
Ka-njYop^w, -co (<^ Kara, ayopevoi), [in Da 6^ '^', I Mac LXX : LXX
76,25^ II Mac 4*7 10^3,21^ IV jviac 9^**;] to make accusation, accuse, (a)
in general absol., Eo 2^* ; c. gen. pers. (el.,
: 254), Jo 5*^ ; irreg. c. WM,
ace. pers., Ee 12^0 (j^ before a judge
•
absol., Ac 242» i^ c. gen. pers., : ;
Mt 1210, Mk
32, Lk 6^ ll'* (WH, txt., E, om.), 232.10, Jo 8^^\ Ac 25^
2819; i^ (3 ace. rei (el., but v. I.e.), WM,
153.* ; c. gen. rei (Dem.), Mk
Ac 24s 2511 ; seq. irepi, e. gen. rei (Thuc, viii, 85), Ac 241^; e. ace. rei,
seq. Kara c. gen. pers. (WM, § 28, 1), Lk 23i*. Pass. (Bl., § 54, 3),
seq. VTTo C. gen., Mt 2712, Ac 22^0; 5 KaTrjyopovfievo^, Ac 25i«.t
* KaTt]yopia, -as, rj {<C KaTrjyopo^) , an accusation, charge: c. gen.
pers., Jo 1829; seq. Kara, e. id., i Ti 51^; c. gen. rei, Tit l^.t
Ka-niYopos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Pr 181^ (an), 11 Mac 45*;] an
accuser : Ac 23^0. 35 248 (WH, E, txt. om.) 25i«' i^.t
*t Ka-riiYupi o (Aram. Iirtpf?; Dalman, Gr., 185; but v. Deiss.,
LAE, 90 f.), = Kar-qyopos, an accuser : Ee 12io.t
* KaTTi<|>cia, -as, 7} {<^ KaTr}(f>r]<;, downcast, Wi 17* *), dejection
Ja 49.t
*t KaT-T)X€'cj, -w, 1. resound.
to 2. to teach by word of mouth,
instruct, inform (v. Bl., Phil. Gosp., 20, 31) Ga 6^ c. ace. pers., : ;
I Co 1419 pass. c. ; ace. rei, Lk 1* (iCC, in 1.), Ac 1825 2124 (^f. Lk,
I.e.), Ga
6^; seq. «, e. gen. rei, Eo 21^; Trepi, e. gen. pers., Ac 212i.t.
**fKar-i6(j, -d(intensive of tda>; <tds), [in Si 12"*;] to LXX:
rust over ; pass., become rusted over : Ja 5^.t
KaT-ioxoci), [in LXX
chiefly for pTri;] to overpower, prevail
against, prevail : absol., Lk 2323; q j^f^ ljj 2138; c. gen., Mt 16i8,t
Kar-oiKcw, -w, [in LXX
very freq. and nearly always for aia^ ;] 1.
trans., to inhabit, dwell in: e. ace., Lk 13*, Ac li^ 29'i* 41" 932,85
1910-17, Ee 172; of God, 2321. Mt
2. Intrans., to settle, dwell-
Ac 2212; seq. cV (el.), Ac 120(lxx) 2^ 72,4,48 922 1129 1327 1724^ 11^ g^
Ee 1312; seq. cis (Bl., § 39, 3; M, Pr., 62 f., 234 f.), Mt 223 413, 7*'
Ac
cirl T. yri% (Nu 13^3, al.), Ee 310 610 813 llio 138.1* I78; eVl TTuvras
16
TTpoo-wTTou T. y., Ac 172«; oTTov, Ee 2^3; fKct (of demons), Mt 12^^ Lk

11'"^. Metaph., of divine indwelling: 6 Xpia-ro's, Eph 3^'^ ; t. irvev/jia,
Ja 45 (/carw/cio-e.', T, WH, E, txt.) T. TrXrycop/ta (t. ; ^^cott^tos), Col l^^ 2^
SiKatocrvi'T; (cf. Wi !*), II Pe 3^-^ (cf. ei'-KaT0t^€w).+
KaT-oiKTjais, -ttos, 17 (<^KaToiA€(o), [in LXX for SIZ^^ , Ge lO^**, al. ;]
dwelling : Mk 5^.+
t KaT-OlKtJTTlpiOC, -OV, TO (•<[ KaTOLKed)), [in LXX for SCÎD , fiy^ ' ®^^' '^
a habitation, dwelling-place : Eph 2^'^, Ee 18^.t

+ KaT-oiKia, -as, ^ (< /caTot/cew), [in LXX chiefly for IÎQ Ex , 35^,
al. ;] 1. a dwelling : Ac 17-'^. 2. a settlement (Polyb.).t

KaToiKilû, [in LXX for 212?"' hi., etc. ;] to cause to dwell : metaph.,
C. ace, TO Ja 4^ (Eec, E, mg., KaTWKrjaei^Â
TTvevfjia,
*t KaTOTrxptjâ) (<^ KaToirrpov, a mirror), to show as in a mirror.
Mid., to see oneself mirrored (v. MM, Exp., xv) c. ace. rei (E, txt., ;
but V. mg.), to reflect as a mirror : 11 Co 3^^ (cf. Abbott, Essays, 94).t

KaropOufxa, -to?, to, Eec. for Siop^w/xa (q.v.), Ac 243.t
Kaxo), adv. (•< KaTo), [in LXX for ni3Q , rinrip and cogn. forms;]
1. down, downwards (vpith verbs of motion), Mt 4^, Lk 4^, Jo St*^' ^J,
Ac 209. 2. helow, beneath: Mk 14^6, Ac 219(lxx); ^^,,5 ^, (Ez V^\ al.),
Mt 27^\ Mk Ib^^; ra k. (opp. to t.dvw), Jo S^^. Compar. KaTWTtpw:

dTT^ StcToSs Kttt K. (cf. I Ch 27'"'2), Mt 2i«.t
KaTWT€po9, -€/3a, -cpov «; /cttTto), [in LXX for linnJ? > ^rinp ;] lower
TO. K. TTj? yrj<; (v. AE, Ej}h., l.c ; for rendering this lower earth, v. ICC,
Eph, I.e.), the lower parts of the earth (cf. Ps 138(139)1^; cf. also
MGr., ri KciTov yTj, the underivorld. Thumb, MGV, 334) Eph 49.t :
KaXUT^pW, V.S. KOLTO).

KauSa (TE, mg., KAaCSa; Eec. K\av8r]), rj, Cauda, Clauda, an
island near Crete Ac 27i^.t :
KaO/ia, -Tos, TO (<; Katw), [in LXX for dH Hin , , etc. ;] heat : Ee
*t KaofiaTtlô) (<^ Kavfia), to burn or scorch up : c. ace. seq. Iv irvpC,
Ee 168. Pass., Mt 13i*, 4" Mk

seq. Kavf.a /i€ya, Ee 16».t
KauCTis, -€ws, 17 « Katw), [in
;
LXX for lya pi., etc. ;] burning

He 68.+
*+Kaua6w, -co «[ Kavcros, burning heat, fever), only in pass., 1. to
burn with fever (Galen., al.). 2. In NT, to burn toith great heat
II Pe 310- ^2 (v. Mayor, in 1.).+
*+ KauoTT)pi(il^(i> (Eec. KavTTjp-, and so usually in Gk. writers, v. Soph.,
Lex., S.V.), to mark by branding, brand (AV, scar, but v. CGT, in 1.)
metaph., pass. pf. ptep., i Ti 4^ (cf. Kavrripiov, iv Mac 15'^^*).+
+ Kai5au,^ -wvos, 6 «Kai'o>), [in LXX: Ge 31*«N {l-p), Is 49io

(sn^), Jb 2721, Ho 121 12) 1315^ jh 48^ Je 1817, Ez l?!*^ 19^2 [W^-py, Je
28(51)1, Da TH 3'«7), Jth 8^, Si 18^6 31 (34)i« 4322*;] 1. ^Mnim^ heat
(Ge, Is (?), Jth, ll.c., Si I8I6) : Mt 20^2, Lk 12*^ (Ja 1", AV). 2. a hot
wind from the east (Heb. C"!!? , v. LXX, ll.c), the modem sirocco
(v. on Am 4^) Ja
CGT :
1^^ (EV, the scorching wind; cf. K, mg., the
hot wind, Mt, Lk, ll.c.).t
KauTTjpidû, Rec. for Kava-TrjpLdô), q.v.
KQuxdofxai, -(Lfiai, [in LXX for bbn hith., etc. ;] to boast
or glory
(in LXX, of joyous exultation, and so in the NT quotations, infr. cf. ;
DB, ii, 790b; Hort on Ja l^) : absol.. i Co piCLXX) 47 133^ „ Co

1013, 17 (LXX) 1116,18 121,8^ Eph 2^, Ja 4i«; ace. rei, 11 Co 9" IpO;
c.
seq. 0/ (LXX), Eo 2"^ 5^, i Co 3^1, 11 Co 5^2 IQi^ 1112 125,9^ Ga e^^.H,
Ja 19; ^ (t.) de^, Eo 217 511. ^v Kvpt'o). i Co piCLXx), n Co 101"(lxx).

cV X. 'Irjo-ov, Phi 3^; seq. cVt, c. dat., Eo 5^; wepi, c. gen,, 11 Co 10^;
CIS, ib. 1"; vTrep, c. gen. pers., 11 Co 7'^ 12^; evwTrtov t. Oeov, iCo l^^
(cf. €v-, KaTa-*cau;(ao/i,at).t
Kauxt]|xa, -Toq, to (<^ Kav^dofiai), [in LXX chiefly for n^HIl

n")N5ri ;] l. « boast (Find.) : 11 Co 5^2 93 (Thayer, s.v. ; e. contra, 2,
Ellic, Lft., on Ga 6*; Lft., Notes, 204, 277). 2. ground or matter of

glorying: Eo 4^, i Co 5« 9^5' i«, 11 Co 1^*, Ga 6*, Phi 126 2i«, He 3«
(cf. Kav;(7;crt5).t
t Kao'xr]<ns, -€ws, 17 « Kavxao/im), [in LXX for n"|?^5ri (l Ch 2913,
Ez 16^2, al) ; a boasting, glorying : Eo 32^, n Co ll^"' ^^ Ja 41" ; seq.

inrep, n Co 7* 82* ; ctti, c. gen., 11 Co 7^* ; exw r^v Xp. '1770-., Eo 15^7
k. cV
oTccâvos Kavxrj(T€0}^ (Ez. I.e., al.), I Th 2^9; of the cause of glorying,
a boast (= KavxvMo), n Co li2.t
Kacfjapj-aoofi {Kairep-, Eec, V. WH, ^p^;. 160), r/ (Heb. Dinj n53

Nahum's village), Capernaum : Mt 4}^, Mk 12\ Jo 2^2, al.
Keyxpeai, V.S. Kcvx/aeat.

Kc'Spos, -ov, 17, [in LXX chiefly for T^^ , Nu 24", al. ; x«i/â/jpous
Twv Kc'Spwv, II Ki 1523, III Ki 1513 (rnii?) ;] <J cedar : x^^/Jâppo^ twv K.
(as in II Ki, iii Ki, 11. c), Jo 18^ (Eec. Tr., WH, E, mg. ; toC KeSpov, T,
WH, mg., V.S. Ke8pii>v, andcf. Westc, in 1.;WH, ^^^., 89 f.; Abbott,
JG, 513 ff.).t
KcSpwt' (v.s. K^8pos), o, indecl. (in FIJ, gen. -covos ; Heb. flTlp), [in
LXX Ki 1523, IV Ki 23", al. ;] Cedron (OT, Kidron) x^^fâppos
: II :
ToC K., Jo 181 (L, Tr., mg., E, txt. cf. BL, § 10, 5 Lft., Essays, 172 ff.).t ; ;
Kciiiai, [in LXX

Je 24^ (liP hoph.), al. ;] used as passive of
:
Tidrjfii(LS, S.V.), to be laid, to lie ; (a) of persons an infant, Lk 2i2> is :
a dead body, Mt 28", Lk 235^, Jo 20^2; (b) of things, to lie, be laid or

set, stand : Mt 5^*, Jo 2^ 1929 20^-7 21^, Ee 42 21i« trop., êyne'Aios, ;
I Co 311 seq. prep. c. ace, Trpos, Mt

; 310, Lk 3^; ik, Lk 12^9; It^C,
trop., KdXvfjiixa, II Co
Metaph., 6 koct/zos €v t. irovrjpw K., I Jo 51^;
31^.
to be laid down, appointed: of law, c. dat. pers., i Ti 1^; seq. eh
c. ace. (of purpose), Lk 2**, Phi l^", i Th 3^ (cf. dvd-, avv-avd-, dvrt-,
dwo-, cTTt-, Kara-, -rrapd-, irepi-, 7rpd-*c€iâi).t
K€ipia, -a?, ri, [in LXX : Pr 7^" (D'lin"!© * ;] a vernacular word,
1. a bed-cord (Aristoph., Av., 816; Pr, I.e.). 2. In pi., swathings

(cf. Field, Notes, 96 f.) Jo ll^^.t :
K€ipw, [in LXX chiefly for T73 , Is cut short the hair,
53'', al. ;] to
shear : a sheep, Ac S^"'^ (Is, I.e.). Mid., to have one's hair cut off, he
shorn : absol., i Co 11*' ; t. K^âXrjv, Ac 18^*.+
Keis (Rec. Kis), 6, indecl. (Heb. tZT^f?), Kish : Ac ISî.t
Ke7.£0(Tîa, -ros, to «/ceA€uco), [in LXX: Pr 2462 (302T)*;] a call,

summons, shout of command Th 4^^ (v. M, Th., in 1.).+ : i
** KcXeuu), [in LXX i Es 9^3, To 8^^ al., and freq. in i-iv Mac :
;]
to urge on, bid by word of mouth, order, command (mostly of one in

4i5 53*
authority) c. ace. et. inf.aor., Mt 1419.28 is'^s 27^4, Lk IB*", Ac
:
83S 2230 2310 25«.i^ with ellipse of ace., Mt 8^^ 149 2758^ Ac 12^^ 2P3;
c.ace. et. inf. pres,, Ac 213* 222* 233-35 25^1 27*3; with ellipse of ace,
Ac 1622 ptcp. aor., . Ac 2523.t
STN. : v.S. evreXXw.
*^ KCkcp-paTeuw (not elsew., but perh. = -c'w, Plut., al.), to tread on
emptiness : Iwpa. (alwpa) k. (conjee, for a i6paK€v ifj^/i., Lft., in 1.), Col 2^^
also ICC, in l.).t
(cf.
**t K€ô8o|ia, -as, Tj K€vo8oôs), [in
31**;] 1. foolish fancy, vain opinion, error (LXX, 11. c).
Wi 14i*, 11 « LXX : Mac
2.
2i5
vain-
glory, groundless conceit : Phi 23.t
*t Kci'oSoôs, -ov
Kccos, -v> -ov, [in
« LXX
Kevo's, hoâ), vain-glorious : Ga S^^.t
chiefly for p^T and cognate forms ;] empty
(Ge 372*, Jg 71"). Metaph., (a) empty, vain: Xdyot, Eph 5"; aTrarr],
Col 2^ ; K^pvyfxa, TTto-Tts, I Co 15i* (b) vain, fruitless : rj xapts, i Co 15^'^

;
KOTTos, ib. 58 tio-oSos, I Th Kivd,

; -fj ch 2^ ; Ac 42^ (LXX) ; k€p6v, in vain, to
no purpose (Diod., LXX cl. 8ta ^cvf/s), 11 Co 6^, Ga 22, Phi 2i«, i Th 3* ;
(c) of persons, empty-handed : Mk 123, l^ 1^3

20i0' ^^ vain, Ja 220.t ;
Syn. : /xaraios, of the aim or effect of an action, k. of its quality

(Lft. on Cl. Eom., / Co., § 7; Tr., Syn., xlix).
*t Kci/o(|>o>i'ia, -as, r] (<^k6vos, (ftoyvio)), [cf. KcvoXoyew (P)SS), Is 81®*;]
empty talk, babbling : pi., i Ti 620, 11 Ti 21".+
K€K6a>, -« Je 142 159 (ij^^j^ pu.)*;] to
«K€vds, q.v.), [in LXX:
empty. Metaph., to empty, make empty, vahi or of no effect : Kovx-qp-a.,
I Co 915 kavTov, of Christ, Phi 2' (v Lft.
; ICC, in 1, and esp. Gifford, ;
hicarn., 54 ff.) pass., Trto-Tts, Ro 4^* 6 o-ravpds,

;
i Co 1^^ Kavxqp-a, ; ;
II Co 93.t
Kiv-rpov, -ov, TO «; /ccvrew, to jwick), [in LXX : Pr 26^ (3^0). Ho
131* 512, Si 3825, IV Mac 14i»*;] 1. a sting (iv Mac, I.e.):
(nipl?),
Re 910. Metaph. (as Ho 13i*) : t. Oavarov, i Co 1555 (iJtx), 66. 2. a

goad : pl., Ac 26i*.t
*t Kci'Tupiwv, -(Jivo-i, 6 (Lat. centurio) ; a centurion: 1530,44,45 Mk
(Mt, Lk, use iKarovTapxo^ {'V^)) q-V)-"*"
Kci-xpeai (Rec. Keyx* v. App., 150), -wv, ai, CenchrecB, a ; WH,
port of Corinth Ac I8I8, Ro 16i.t :
KCfws, adv., [in LXX : Is 49* ((Tl!?) *;] in vain, to no purpose :
Ja 45.t
* Kcpai'a (WH, Kepea, V. App., 151), -as, r)
(<C Kepa<;), a little horn :
of the point or extremity which distinguishes some Heb. letters from
others (e.g. t from 1 DCG, ii, 733), Mt 5^^ Lk IG^^.t
;
Kepa/icu's, -£ws, 6 «K€pavvv/i6), [in for IS"', Ps 2^, Je 18^ LXX

al. ;] a potter : Eo 9^1 6 dypos roi k., Mt 27^' ô (lxx) t
;
KcpapKcJs, -i -dv «Kepa/xos), [in LXX: Da LXX 2" (inS))*;]

1. (cl.) of a potter (e.g. y^). 2. In LXX and NT, = cl., Kcpa/xcot}^
(Plut., Polyb., -/Aaios,
Acep i'/x€ios, etc), earthen : Ee 2^^.t
KcptijjiioK, -ou, TO « K€pafjLo<s), [in LXX : Je 42 (35)^ {:p^), etc. ;]
an earthen vessel, a jar or jug : vSaros, Mk 14^^, Lk 22^**.t
Ktpajjios, -ov, 6 « KepavvvfiL), [in LXX : II Ki 17^8 (i^jr 1^5) * ;] 1,
potter's clay. 2. an earthen vessel. 3. a tile : Lk 5^^.f

Kcpdfi'ufii, [in LXX for ^D^ , Is 5^2, al. ;] ^0 mix, mingle, chiefly
of the diluting of wine : Ee 18^ ; by oxymoron, K€Kfpd(Tfitvo<s a>cparos,
Ee 14io.t
Syn. : implies " a mixing of two things, so that they
fxiyvvfju. K.
are blended and form a compound, as in wine and water, whereas /*.
"
implies a mixing without such composition, as in two sorts of grain
(LS, S.V. Kpaai^).
Kt'pas, -aro? (pi. not irreg. as in Attic), to, [in chiefly for LXX
]1(7. ;] a horn : Ee 5« 12^ 13^' ^^ 17^' ^' ^^' ^'^
; of the projections at the
corners of the altar (Ex 29^^^ q}.) Ee 9^^. Metaph., as symbol of :
strength, k. awTrjpca^ (cf. Ps 17 (18)^, al.) Lk l«9.t :
* Kepdrioy, -ov, to (dimin. of xe/sas), 1. a little horn (Arist.). 2. In

pi. (the fruit of the Kfparea), carob-jwds : Lk 15^".
*Kep8atVw, [in Sm. Jb 22^*;] to gain: c. ace, Mt 25i«. i^. 20, 22
:
T. Koa-fxov, Mt 16'^^, Mk 8^^, Lk 9^^* absol., to make profit, get gain :

;
Ja 4}^. Metaph., c. ace. rei, to save oneself from, avoid : Ac 27^^

(Field, Notes, 145) ; c. ace. pers., to gain, win : Mt 18^5, i Co 919-22^
Phi 38; pass., iPe d\f
**ic^p8os, -€09 (-ovs), TO, [in Aq.: Ez 27^*; Sm. : Ps 29 (30)io, al.;]
gain : Phi pi 3^, Tit VKf

Kcpâ, V.S. KtpaCa.
* Kip\ia, -Tos, TO {<^ KiLpm), 1, a slice, hence, 2. a small coin : pi.,
Jo 2i5.t
*t Kcpfiario-n^s, -ov, 6 (*<€p/i.aTiâj, to cut small. Coin into small
money), a money changer : Jo 2^*.t
K£<f>dXai09, -a, -ov (•<^ KCcâXi^), [in LXX (-atov, to) for tZTjil
Nu of the head; metsb'ph., principal, chief; mostly as subst.,
42, al.;]
Kc^dXaiov, to; 1. the chief point : He 8^. 2. the sum total, amount
Ac 22^8 (other meaning, LS, s.v.).t
KCâXai<S(ti, -ci>, V.S. KcâXido).
KeâKr], -ri<s, i), [in LXX

nearly always for l^NT;] the head: Mt
536, Mk 6 \ Re mult. fig., dydpaKt^ Im r^v k., Ro 12'ô(lxx).
l^* 9", al. ;
aloa, x\c 18^; metaph., of a husband, c. gen., I Co 11^, Eph 5^^; of

Christ, I Co 118, Eph 415 5ii3^ Col l^^ 2^^>'^^; of things, k. yw.t'as,
Mt ai-^-iLxx)
** Ke4>aXi6w (Rec. -aidw, [so in Si 35 (32)^ *]), -w (•< Ke<âXtov, LXX :
dimin. of Kc^ttXr;, in late writers); 1. (-aiow) to stem up (Thuc, al.).

2. (In NT, only) to wound on the head : Mk 12'*.t
K64)aXis, -iSos, 7] (dimin. of K€<âXr/), [in LXX for H^Jp , 11 , etc. ;]
1. a little head. 2. an extremity, capital (of a column). 3. (As in

Ez 2^ Ps 39 (40)8, II Es 6^) a roll : k. /3</3,\tW, He 10" (i'XX).t
* KTjfiow, -to (<; Krj/j.6^, a muzzle), to muzzle : i Co 9^ (TTr., WH,
mg.) (cf. cf)Lfji6w).f
*t Kfji/aos, -ov, 6 (Lat. ce7isus), a poll-tax : Mt IT^^ 22^' , Mk 12^*
(WH, mg., iniK€(f>dXaLov) ; T. v6ixL(Tixa tov k., Mt 22^'' (v. MM, Exp., xv).t
Syn. : tAos (q.v.), <f>(jpo<;.
KTJTTos, -OV, 6, [in LXX for ]a, ma, n33, De llô, Ca 4^2, al.;]
a garden: Lk ld^\ Jo ISi'ê i94i,t

* Kt]7r-oup6s, -ov, 6 (<^ Krj7ro<; + ovpo<;, a watcher), a gardener
Jo 20is.t
KTjpi'oc, -OV, TO {<^Kr)p6^, wax), [in LXX for Ilgli, f]12r , Ps 18

(19)i» 117 (118)12, Pi- 1624, al.;] honeycomb: k. /xcXtWtov, Lk 24^2
(Rec; WH, txt., R, txt., omit).t
Ki^puyfia, -Tos, TO {<^ Kypvaad)), [in LXX : II Ch 30^ (îp)«
Jh 32 (nxnp), Pr 9^ I Es 9^ * ;] in cl., that which is cried by a herald,
a proclamation. In NT (v. Lft., Notes, 161), of God's heralds,

proclamation, message, preaching (i.e. the substance as distinct from
the act which would be expressed by t/<7/pvîs): Mt 12*1, Lk 11^2^
I Co 121, II Ti 41^, Tit 1^; c. gen. subjc, to k. [xov, i Co 2*; rjpMv, ib.
151*; c. gen. obj., 'Ir;o-oC Xp., Ro 162^t
KTJpul {k-,]p-, T), -vkos, 6, [in LXX Da LXX : th 3* (7113) , Ge

41«, Si 20l^ IV Mac 6**;] a herald : i Ti 1\ 11 Ti lî, 11 Pe 2^t
KTjpuCTcrw, [in LXX
chiefly for Nip ;] to be a herald, to proclaim :
Mk 1*5 7^6, Lk 4i8.i9(Lxx) (but V. Field, Notes, 174) 8^3, Ro 221, i Co
92'^, Ga 511, al. ; in NT, chiefly of the proclamation of the Gospel, to
2)roclaim, jireach : to ivayyiXtov, Mt 42^ 9^5 241* 26^^ li* I31" 14''' Mk
16C15], Ga 22, Col 123, I Th 2^ seq. eh, Mk l^^ 13l^ Lk 4**, i Th 2^;
iVa, Mk 612 . c. inf.. Ro 221 ; k. XpicrT6v, 'Ii;o-ow, Ac 85 92^* 19i3, i Co 12^
1512, II Co 119 11*, Phi 115, I T- 316 (^.f Trpo-Kr)pv<T(Tw).
KTiT09, -COS (-ovs), t6, [in LXX : Jh 2i. n (21), Ge I21 (|^3n), etc. ;]
a huge fish, sea-monster : Mt 12*<'(LXX)_f
KTi(}>as, -a (v. Bl., §10, 3), 6 (Aram, ND""?), Cephas, i.e. Feter
Jo 1*3, I Co 112 322 95 155, Ga 118 29, 11, u.t
KiPcoTos, -ov, 17, [in LXX : Ge 6-9 (n^Cl), elsewhere, very freq., as
Ex 259 '10', for jny ;] a wooden box or chest : of Noah's ark, Mt 2438,
Lk 172^ He 11^ I Pe 320 ; of the ark of the covenant, He 9*, Ee ll^^.t

Kie<£pa, -as, ri, [in LXX chiefly for 1133 , freq. in Pss (32 (33)2, al.)
and in Da (3', al.) for O'lri'^p , itself a transliteration of Kiâpis, the

Homeric form of k. (cf. CB, Dn., Iviii) ;] a lyre, harp : i Co 14^, Ee
58 142l52.t
KiOapiJu, [in LXX : Is 231" ^^j^ pi.) * ;] to play upon the lyre or
harp : 1 Co 14^ Ee 142.t
* Ki0ap-a)86s,
-ov, 6 {<^Ki6dpa, aoiSo's, a singer), one who plays and
sings to the lyre, a harper : Ee 142 iQ-^^f
KiXiKia, -as, fi, Cilicia, a province of Asia Minor Ac 6^ 1523» *> :
2139 223 2334 27^ Ga 12i.t

KivAjiufiov, V.8. KivydfXiDfiov.
kikSui/co'w (<[ KivSvvos), [in LXX for 1ffp'> ni., etc. ;] 1. to be daring,
to venture. 2. to be in danger : Lk 823, Ac 192"' *^, i Co 153o.t
KiVSuj'os, -ov, 6, [in LXX : Ps 114 (116)3 (-,yjjj)^ gj 326^ gî .j daiiger,
peril Eo 835 „ q^ i22«.t

: .
pj^
Kiviu, -Q), [in LXX for yiJ hi., izrm, etc.;] to set in motion,
move: Mt 23^; t. Ki<t>aXi^v (Ps 21 (22)^, al.), Mt 2739, Mk 1529; pass,
(cf. Ge 721), Ac 1728. 2. to remove : Ee 2^ 6^*. 3. to excite, stir up :
Ac 245 pass., 2130 (cf. fiera-, <Tvv-Kiv€u>).f

;
kiVtjctis, -cws, 17 «/ct»'€a)), [in LXX: Jb 16«'5)^ (t:), al. ;] a

moving : Jo 5 f3l.t
Kivvd^Kji^Lov (Eec. Kivafx-), -ov, TO (from the Phoenician, v. LS, s.v.,

and cf. Heb. fiaip), cinnamon : Ee 18i3.t
Kis, v.s. Kcis.

Kixprjfii, v.s. XPaw.
KXdSos, -ov, 6 « KXau)), [in LXX for Tch^ , p]3 , etc. ;] a young
tender shoot broken off for grafting ; then, a branch : Mt 1332 21^ 2432,
Mk 432 1328, Lk 13^9; metaph., of descendants (cf. Si 40i*),
Eo
1116-19, 21 f
KXat'o), [in LXX chiefly for nD2 ;] of any loud expression of pain
or sorrow, esp. for the dead, to weep, lament ; (a) intrans. : Mk 538.39
1472 (M, Pr., 131) 16[io], Lk 7i3. 32, 38 352, Jo 113i, 33 1520 2011. i3, is^
Ac 939
2113, I Co 730, Phi 318, Ja 49 51, Ee 5^ 18i5.i9; ^roXv, Ee 5*; TroXXd,
Ac 82* (WH, mg.) Trt^pSs, Mt 26^5, Lk 22«2; opp. to
; yeXdw, Lk 621.25;
c. acc, Lk
19*i 2328, Rq 189;
Xat'pca, Eo 1215; seq. ctti', jj^ tâns., c. ace.
pers., to weep or lament\for, bewail Mt 2i8.t :
STN, : v.s. Sa/cpvw.

*KX(l<ns, -ews, rj (<KXao>), a breaking : Lk 2435, Ac 2*2.t
KX(iCT|xa, -Tos, TO (<^ K\do)), [in LXX for Jl^ , nbg);] a broken piece,
fragment : Mt I420 153^, Mk 6*3 88' i9.
20, Lk 9l^ Jo 612. ".t
KXauSa, V.S. KauSa.

KXauSia, -as, rj, Claudia : ii Ti i^'^.f
Claudius ;
KXau'Sios, -ov, 6, 1. the Emperor : Ac 11^^ 18^. 2. A
military tribune, C. Lysias Ac : 232".
KXau0fi<5s, -ov, 6 (<^ KXatw), [in LXX chiefly for "^32, ;] crying, weep-
ing, Ac 203"
^. âi sSvpôs,. Mt 218 (LXX) ^ ^. ^^, ^ /3pvyfi6^, Mt 8^2 13*2. bo
22i» 24*1 2530, Lk W^f
K\d(o, [in LXX Je :
16'' (DHD), al. ;] to break, break in pieces : of
bread, Mt 14^^ ISê 26'^ Mk 8« I422, Lk 22i9 M^\ Ac 2*6 20^- 1^ 2735,
I Co 1016 ]^X24. ggq î^^ Q a,cc. pers., 8^^ (cf. Ik-, /<aTa-»cXaw).t Mk
kXcis, -86s, Att. ace, KXetv, later -ctSa, pi., kXciScs, -as, contr., -cis,
^7, [in LXX for np50 , Is 2222, ^1. ;] a key. Fig., t. ySacrtXecas t. oipavwv,
Mt 1619; ^. yvwo-€0)s, Lk 1152; of David (cf. LXX, I.e.), Ee 3^ t.

Oavdrov k. r. a8ov. Re 11^; t. a/Svaa-ov, Re 201; ^^ (^piaros t^s a., ib. Ql.t
kXciw, [in LXX chiefly for "130 ;] ^0 sMit : dvpav, Mt 6^ t.
;
203 pass., Ovpa, Mt Lk 11^ (pi.), 25i», 20i9>26, Ac 2130;

SlPwuov, Re . Jo
8f.(Tp.(jiTrjpiov, Ac 523; î;Xi,/f5^ j{e 2125. Metaph., t. oupavdv, Lk 42^,
Re 116; .^ o-;rXayx^'a, I Jo 31^; t. ySao-iXtiW, Mt 231*; id. absol., Re 3^

T. dvpav, ib. 8. (Cf. (XTTO-, €K-, Kara-, orii'-KXeio).) +
KX^^îa, -Tos, TO «KXe7rra)), [in LXX: Ge 3139, Ex 223.* (2. 3)
(n3|, nnsa*;] l. a thing stolen (Arist., LXX). 2. = kXottt?, theft
(Plato, al.) : pi.. Re 92i.t
KXediras, -a (v. Bl., § 7, 2), 6, Cleopas : Lk 24i8.t
kXôs, -ovs, rd, [in LXX: Jb 2822 (jr^^^r) 30^ * ;] 1. a rumour,

report. 2. good report, fame, glory : 1 Pe 22o.t
kX^ttttis, -or, 6, [in LXX for nâ;] a ^/w/: Mt 619- 20 24*3, l^

6i«, I Th 52.*
1233.39^ Jo 101' 10 126, I Co Pe 41^. Fig., is k. eV wktC, 1
(/cXeVras, WH, txt.,R, mg. V. Lft., Notes, 73 but cf. also M, Th., I.e.),
; ;
II Pe 310, Re 33 1615. Metaph., of false teachers, Jo lO^.t

Syn. : Xrj(TTi]<i, a robber, a brigand who plunders, openly, with
violence k. ; is a thief who steals in secret, by fraud and cunning (Tr.,

Syn., § xliv).
KXe'iTTw, [in LXX Mt 619.20 1918^ Mk
for 133;] to steal: absol.,
1019, Lk 1820, Jo 1010, Ro 221 139, Eph 428; c. ace, Mt 27"* 28i3.t
icXiJiJia, -TOS, TO «KXaw), [in LXX chiefly for n'iim n^bl, Ez ,
152 176, 7^ al. ;] a vine-tiuig, vine-branch : Jo I52. *"6.t

KXi^fiTjs, -cvTos, 6, Clement : Phi 43.t
KXripok'op.^w, -w {<C^KXrjpov6/j.o<;), [in LXX chiefly for lah"' , also for
bn3 , etc. ;] 1. to receive by lot. 2. to inherit (in cl., usually c. gen.
rei) : absol., Ga 430 (lxx)j jn general, to possess oneself of, receive as
one's own, obtain (as De i^, al., cf. Ps 24 (25)3, jg 6i7^ q ace. rei (as .
generally in late Gk., v. M, Pr., 65), of the Messianic Kingdom (cf.

Ps 36 (37)11, gi 413 3726^ and v. Dalman, Words, 125 fif.) and its bless-
ings and privileges, t. y^v, Mt 5^ (cf- lxx) ^^ ygao-iXetW, ^. deov, Mt 253*, j
I Co e*.!" 15'», Ga 521 ; ^^v al^vcov, Mt 1929, Mk lO^^, Lk 1025 IS^*;

(TU)Tr]pLav, 1^* He
; T. CTrayyeXias, He 6^2 j a(f>Oap(TLav, I Co IS*** ; ovofia,
Heil* ; T. iiXoyCav, He
12^^, I Pe 3^ ; ravra, Re 2V (cf. Kara-KXrjpovofieoij.f
K\i]povoyiia, -as, rj (<^ KXr]pov6/xo<i), [in LXX chiefly for n^nj , also
for nijpn^ , etc. ;]

prop., an inherited property, an inheritance : Mt 21^8,
Mk 12'', Lk 12^^ 20^* in general, a possession, inheritance

; : Ac 7^,
He 11^ of the Messianic Kingdom and its blessings, Ac 20^2^
; (Ja 3^^,
Col 32^ Bph 11*. 18 55, He 915, I Pe l^.t
k\t]po- folios, -ov, 6 {<C K\rjpo<s, vi/io/xai, to posscss), [in LXX
Jg 187, II Ki 147, Mi 115, je 810 (mir), Si 2322*;] 1. (as in cl.) an
heir : Mt 21^8, 12', Lk Mk
Ga 41 ; of those who as sons of God 20i*,
inherit the privileges of the Messianic Kingdom ; of Christ himself,

He 12 ; of Abraham, Eo 4i3, i* of Christians, Eo 81^, Ga 329, Tit 3^, ;
Ja 25. 2. (As in LXX

Jg, Mi, Je, 11. c.) a possessor : He 61^ 11^
:
(Cremer, 359 f.).t
KXripos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for rhui , blia ;] a lot ; (a) that
which is cast or drawn Mt 27^5, 152*, : Mk Lk 23^*, Jo 192* (lxx),
Ac 12« ; (6) that which is obtained by casting : Ac li' 821 ; of a part in

the Kingdom of God (cf. Wi 55), Ac 26i8, Col 1^2; pi. of the "cure"
of a presbyter, i Pe 5^ (v. ICG, in l.).t
K\T,p(5a), -S, [in LXX : i Ki 14*i

(iD^ ni.), Es 4" A (Kip ni.),
Is 1711*;] 1. to cast lots. 2. to choose by lot. 3. to assign by lot,

assign a portion : pass., iv w »<ai kKXiqpdiO-qixev, Eph in (on the various
interpretations, v. ICC ; AE; Ellic, in l.).t
kXîs, -«ws, 17 Je 38 (31)« (Nip), Jth 12io A,
{KaXioi), [in LXX :
III Mac 51**;] a calling, call; in NT, always of the Divine call to
salvation : Eo 112^, i Co 1^6 72«, Eph lis 41. \ Phi 31*, 11 Th 1",
II Ti 19, He 31, II Pe li« (Cremer, 332).t
KXt]T6s, -q, -ov « Kokioi), [in LXX for Nip , XIpD Ex 121*5, ^1. ;]
,
called, invited (as to a banquet, ^sch., i Ki l*i, iii Mac 51*) in NT, ;
always of the Divine call ; {a) to some ofi&ce : k. dTroo-roXo?, Eo 1*,

I Co 11to salvation
;
Eo 82^, i Co I2*, Ju 1 k. koX iKkeKTol k.
{b) : ;
TTLO-TOL, Ee 171*; in gosp. (not in pi., v.s. KaXcw) disting. fr. ckX«kto?,
Mt 20i« (WH, txt., E, omit), 22i*; k. 'Irja-oi Xp., Eo 1«; k. ayioi,

saints by calling, Eo 1^, i Co 12.t
KXiPacos, -ov, 6 (Att., KpC^-, but k\- in Ion., Hdt., ii, 92), [in LXX
for 1131?, Ge 151', Ho 7*'^, al.;] 1. in cl., a clibanus, cribanus, an
earthen vessel for baking bread. 2. In LXX and NT, a furnace
(cf. MM, Exp., xv), an oven : Mt Bô, Lk 1228.t
KXi'fAa, -Tos, TO «kXiVw), [in LXX : Jg 202 A (n3B)*;] 1. an in-
clination, slope, esp. the slope from the equator to the pole (Arist).
2. a region (Polyb., al.) pi., Eo 1523, n Co lli", Ga 12i.t
:
* tCKivApiov, -ov, TO, dimin. of kXivt], a couch Ac 5i5 (cf. KXivtSiov).t :

kXiVt], -rys, r;
(<; kXiVo)), [in LXX chiefly for HKia;] abed, couch:
Mt 9-«, Mk 4-^1 74.30, Lk 518 816 1734^ Re 222 (cf. MM, Exp., xv).t
* kXh'iSioi', -ov, to, dimin. of kXlvy), a couch : Lk S^^' 2* (cf. KXtvaptov).t
KXikco, [in LXX
chiefly for ni33 ;] 1. to make to bend, to bow
T. K€cf)a\ijv (of one dying), Jo 19^*^; t. Trpoa-wirov (of terrified persons),
Lk 24*. 2. ^0 maA;e to lean, to rest : r. KecftaXrjv (in sleep), Mt 82^,

Lk 9*^. 3. As in Horn., of soldiers, to turn (to flight), TrapeixftoXds,
He 113*. 4 i^ jg^te Q]j (ag jjii^ in ci )^ ^0 decline : intrans., 17 rj/xipa,
Lk 912 2429.t
^ «KXtVa)), [in LXX: III Mac

** KXiai'a, -as, Gî A*;] 1. a place
for reclining ; hence, (a) a hut ; (b) an easy chair ; (c) a couch.
2. a company reclining : pi., Lk 9^* (cf. Fl.T, Ant., xii, 2, 12).t
kXott^, --^s, 17 (<»cX£7rTco), [in LXX for 133;] theft: pi., Mt 15^^,
Mk 722.t
kXuSwi', -w: OS, o (kXv^w, of the sea, to wash over), [in LXX
Jh 1*- 12 (-lyo), al. ;] a billow, surge : Lk 82", Ja l«.t
SFi\r. ; KVfia, a tuave.
by waves
+ KXuSwf iôfiai
;
«
metaph., to be tossed like waves (cf. FIJ, Ant., ix, 11, 3):
LXX
Is 572« {miS) * ;] to be tossed
kXvSwv), [in :
Bph 4i*.t
KXwiras, -a, 6 (Aram.; on the original, v. Lft., Gal., 267 f.),
Glopas : Ja 1925.t
* Kvf\Qu) (late form of Kvdu)), 1. to scratch. 2. to tickle; pass,, to
itch : II Ti 43.t
Kk-iSos, -ov, V, Cnidus, a city (and peninsula) on S.W. coast of
Asia Minor : Ac 27".t
*t KoSpdfTTjs, (Lat. quadrans, the fourth part of
-ov, 6 an as), a
quadrans (AV, farthing) Mt 526, 12*2.t
: Mk
KoiXta, -as, rj « koiXos, hollow), [in
412i, al.
LXX chiefly for ^l$2 , D'^yO
nif? , De 713, II Ki 712, Ge ; also (Jb 3^ lO^s 311* 38^) for
n"| ;] 1. the belly (stomach or intestines or both) : Mt 12*0 1517^
Mk 719, Lk I516, Eo 1618, I Co 613, py 319^ Re 10^' 10. 2. (As often

in LXX) the womb: Lk 1*1.42, 44 221 1127 2329, Jo 3*; « k. fjLrjrpo^
(cf. Ps 21 (22)11, Jb 121, al), Mt I912, Lk lis, Ac 32 14^, Ga li^.
3. Metaph. (as Heb. ]03 , cf. Jb 1535, Pr 202^, Si I912), of the heart
Jo 738.t
•coifidw, -w, [in LXX chiefly for MOT;] to lull to sleeky, put to
sleep. Mid and pass., to fall asleep (M, Pr., 162 ; M, Th., 1, 4, 13)
Mt 2813, Lk 22«, Jo 1112, Ac 12«. Metaph., of death : Mt 27*2, Jo lin,
Ac 7«o 1336, I Co 739 1130 156. 18, 20, 51^ j Th 413-15, II Pe 3* (cf. Is 148,
431^ II Mac 12*5).t
SYN. : KaOevSu).
** KoijiTjats, -£ws, rj, [in LXX: Si 46i^ 48i3*;] a reclining, resting:
Jo lli3.t
KoiK<5s, -V, -6v, [in LXX : Pr li* (in^t) 21^ 252* (-,3,^)^ î 73^ ^1.;]
1. common (general; = Lat. communis) : Ac 2** 4^2. ^_ Trto-Tts, Tit 1*;

o-wTTjpia, Ju^. 2. common (ordinary; = vulgaris); hence in LXX
(i Mac 1*''',
al.) and NT, unhallowed, unclean (cl., ySe^j/Xos, q.v.)
Mk 72.5, Ac 101*' 28 118, Ro 141*, He lO^^, Ee 2127.t
Koifow, -w, [in LXX: iv Mac 7^ xR*;] 1. in cl., to make
common. In LXX, I.e., and NT (as
2. koivos, 2), to make ceremonially
unclean, to profane (= cl., /Sekr^Xoco) Mt 1511-18,20^ Mk 715.18,20,23^ :
Ac 21^8 pass.. He Qi^. J

2. to count unclean (cf. 8i»caiow) Ac :
1015 119.t
Syn. : ê$r)X6(j}. Thayer (s.v. k.) mentions that Winer notes
the accuracy whereby the Jews are said to use k. in addressing Jews,
Ac 2P8^ and /?. when speaking to Felix, 24^ (Cremer, 362).
Koivwviio, -w, [in LXX
11 Ch 20^5, Jb 348, Ec 9* ("Qn), Pr in, :
Wi 6^3, Si 131, al. ;] to have a share go shares in (something) with

of,
(some one), take part in : c. gen. rei (as usually in cl., so Pr, I.e.),
He 21*; c. dat. rei, Ro 121^ 15^7, i Ti 5^2, i Pe 4i3, 11
Jo"; c. dat.
pers., seq. els, Pnl 41^; iv, Ga 6*' (cf. o-w-kou (oi/eoj).t
Koivoivia, -as, rj «koivcu;/os), [in LXX: Le 6^ (521) (T nOllZrri),
Wi 818, III Mac 4**;] 1. fellowship, communion: Ac 2*^^ n Qq 514^

Phi 1-5; T. vlov, I Co 1^; T. ai/j.aTo<;, crw/xaTos Xp., I Co IQl" iraOr/fxaTiav ;
avToi, Phi 310 ; T. TTvevfxaTos, II Co 131^, Phi 21; Sefias Kotviovias, Ga 2^

T. TTto-Tcais crov, Phm ^ ; seq. fxera. : t. TraTpo's, I Jo 1^' "^
; rjfi^v, aXXrjkuiv,
ib. 2» 7. 2. contribution (as outcome of fellowship) : Ro 15^*", 11 Co 8*

913, He 136 (cf. Art. Communion, DB, i, 460 ff. ; MM, Exp., xv).t
*ikoi»'wi'ik6s,{<^ Koivuivia) 1. sociable.
-rj, 2. -6v , ready to com-
municate or imjyart (R, mg., ready to sympathize, v. Field, Notes,
213 f.) I Ti 6i8.t
:
Ko,viov6s, -q, -6v « KOLvos), [m LXX : Pr 28^\ Is 1^3 {-Qn), Ma 2i*
(rrinq), Es Si^, al. ;] l. as adj., = koivo's. 2. As subst., 6, 17 k., (a) a

partner, associate, companion : 11 Co 8^^, Phm i''
; c. dat. pers., Lk 5i*>
c. gen. pers.. He 10^^ id. seq. ; ev, Mt 23=*''

;
(b) a partaker, sharer : c.
10i8,2o^ h Co 1^, i Pe Pe (v. Deiss., BS, 368 n2).+
gen. rei, i Co 51, 11 1*
KotTT), -i^s, rj (in Hom., koItos), [in LXX chiefly for 33l?ra , also
forniaiy, etc.;] a bed: Lk 11^; esp. the marriage-bed: k. d/xtavros,
He 13* k. exetv, of a woman conceiving, Ro 91" (cf. peculiar

; phrases
in LXX, Le I518, al.) of illicit intercourse, pi, Ro 13i3.t
;
KoiTwi', -wvos, 6 (•<[ KOLTq = Att., SoifxaTiov, V. Kennedy, ',

Sources,
40), [in LXX chiefly for -|-|p n Ki 4^, Jl 2i«, i Es 3^, al. , ;] a bed-
chamber; o €7ri Tov K., a chamberlain : Ac 12^'*'.t
tKOKKii'os, -rj, -ov (<[«:o'k/cos, as used of the "berry" of the i7ea;
coccifera, y. DB, iv, 416), [in LXX for ny^lFI, rbim, ^ZUf , Ex 25*,
Ge 3828, ig 118^ al. ;] scarlet : Mt 27^8, He 91^, Re 17^ ; neut., without

substantive, of clothing. Re 17* I812, le.t
k(5kkos, -ov, 6, [in LXX : La 4^ BKR (yblD), Si 45^1 *;] a grain

Mt 1331 1720^ Mk 431, Lk 1319 17«, Jo 1224, i Co
IS^^.t
8^*, Wi
KoXdû
3'*
«
(and
K0X09, docked),
freq.), i Mac
[in
T^,
LXX Da
al.;]
:
6^2 (i3) (qq Heb.), i Es
1. to curtail, dock, prune.
2. to check, restrain. 3. to chastise, correct, punish : pass., 11 Pe 2^
mid., cause to be punished (in Mac 7^) Ac 42i.t :
^KoXaKia (Rec. -fta), -as, rj (<^ KoXaKevw, to flatter), flattery:

I Th 25 (v. Lft., Notes, 23).t
K<5Xaats, -ews, v «KoXaô)), [in LXX : Ez 143-7 1830 4412 (Ijiiy^p)
4311, Xaix/3dv€Lv T^v K. (Dbs 194^ je 1320^

ni.); Wi 11^3 162. 24
ii-iv Mac 5*;] correction, penalty, punishment : Mt 25*^, i Jo 4^^.+
Syn. : TL/jioipLa, requital. Arist. distinguishes between k. as that
which, being discipHnary, has reference to the sufferer, and t. as that
which, being penal, has reference to the satisfaction of him who
inflicts (v. Thayer, s.v. k., and cf. Tr., Syti., § vii). But in late Gk.
especially, the distinction is not always maintained (v. reff. in Thayer),
KoXao-aaeus (Eec. KoAoo--), -ews, 6, a Golossian : pi., Col., tit. (and
subscr., Eec, Tr.).t
KoXaaaai, V.S. KoXoo-o-at.
*t KoXa<}>i^b) (<:^ KoA.a<ôs = Att., kovSvXol, the knuckles, the closed
fist), to strike with the fist, to buffet: Mt 26^7, Mk 14«5, 11 Co 12^;
pass., I Co 411, I Pe 22o.t
KoXXdw, -w (<^KoXXa, glue), [in LXX chiefly for pSl;] 1. to glue

or cement together. 2. Generally, to unite, to join firmly. Pass., to
cleave to, join (oneself to): c. dat. pers., Mt 195(lxx)^ l]j iq^^ IS^^,
Ac 513 (but V. Field, Notes, 118) 926 IO28 (v. Field, I.e.) 173* t. Tropvr], ;
I Co 616 ^, Kvpiuy, ib. 17

. c. dat. rei, ap/xan, Ac 829 t. Aya6w, Ro 12^
; ;
of sins joining together, dxpt t. oipavov, Re 18^, of dust, Lk IQH (cf.

Trpotr-KoWano) .t
KoXXoupioi' (TTr., KoWv-, the more usual form), -ov, to (dimin. of
KoXXvpa = k6XXi$, a coarse bread roll), [in LXX: in Ki 122* B*;] m
1. a small bread roll (LXX, 11. c). 2. (Usually in pi., LS, s.v.) an
eye salve shaped like a roll Re 31^. t :
*t KoXXoPiCTTiis, -ov, 6 {<^k6XXv(3o<;, a small coin, a rate of exchange),

a money-changer : Mt 2I12, Mk lli-^, Jo 21^ (cf. K€p/AaT«rTrjs).t
KoXXupiOl', V.S. KoXXovpLOV.
KoXoj36u, -w « KoXo/36';, docked), [in LXX : 11 Ki 412 {ysp pi.) * ;]
to cut off, ampiitate (LXX), hence, to curtail, shorten: Mt 2422,

Mk 132o.t
KoXocro-acus. V.S. KoXao-o-acvs.
KoXocro-ai (so in cl. ; -ao-crat, Rec, LTr.), -wv, al, ColosscB, a city on
the Lycus in Phrygia : Col 12.t
koXttos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for jTn , pin ,

pU ;] 1. prop., the
bosom : Jo 1323 of close association, iv (cis tov) toTs k. 'A^padfi,

; fig.,
Lk 1622. 23 (cf. IV Mac

13i6) 6 Hov cis t6i/ k. t. Trarpos, Jo lis.
; 2. The
bosom or fold of a loose garment falling over a girdle, used as a
pocket, hence fig., ek tov k. (Is 65«, Je 39 (32)i8) Lk G^s. 3. A bosom- :
like hollow, as a hay or gulf : Ac 27^^.t

** Ko\up.p(iw, -w, [in Al. Is 25^^*;] to dive, plunge into the sea:
:
Ac 27^^ (of. e/c-KoXv/xâiu).t
Ko\ufipri8pa, -a?, tj « AoXv/>t/3a<o), [in LXX for nD"|5L , IV Ki 18^7,
al. ;] a stvimming-pool, pool : Jo 5^ W' '^

9^.t
*tKo\w>'ia, (Eec. -ajvta), -as, 17 (<] Lat. colonia), a colony: Ac 16^^
(v. Lft., Phi., 50 f.).t
* KOjidw, -to (<; KOfirj), to wear long hair : i Co 11^*' ^^.t
KdfiTj, -775, rj, [in LXX: Nu 6^, Ez 4420 (^-55), al.;] the hair:
I Co llis.t
KOfiijâ), [in LXX for
to take care of. 2.NtZTJ , etc. ;] 1. to carry
off safe. 3. carry off as booty. 4. to bear or carr;?/ ;
to Lk 7^'^.
Mid., to hear for oneself, hence, (a) to receive : He 10^" 11^^' ^^,
I Pe 1^ 5*, II Pe 2^^ ;
{h) to receive hack, recover (in so also act.)
cl.
Mt 2527, He 11^9; metaph., of requital, 11 Co 510, Col 325; ^„^^ Kvpiov,
Eph 6^ (cf. e*c-, arvv-KOp.lt,(Ji).^
*K0)x\j/6s, -77, -6v {<^ KOfx.€(i), to take care of), well-dressed, elegant,
fine; compar. neut., Ko/xij/oTepov eêiv (cf. ko^jj^ws fx""' Epict., and
eolloq. Eng., "to he doing finely") Jo 4^2 f :
Koi/Kia), -ui
« Kovia, dust, lime), [in LXX : De 272' * (TBT), Pr
21^*;] to plaster or whiten over: of tombs, Mt 232^^; fig., of a
hypocrite, Ac 23^.t
KOfiopTos, -ou, 6 {<C KovLs ov Kovia, dust, opvvfjLi, to stir up), [in
LXX for pnx , etc. ;] in cl., dust stirred up (Ex 9^, Is 52*) ; in NT,
simply dîst : Mt IQi*, Lk 9^ IQi^, Ac 135i 2223.t

KOTTdô) (<K07ro9), [in LXX: Ge 8\ Es 2^ 7i« (ptZT), Eu V^,
al. (bxi), Jh 111' 12 (pniy), al. ;] to grow weary; of the wind (Hdt.,
Jh., I.e.), to ahate, cease raging : Mt 14^2, Mk 4^9, Gî.t
Ko-ircTiSs, -ov, o {<C KOTTTO), mid.), [in LXX chiefly for T5pp ;] = cl.
KOfifios, a heating of the head and hreast, lamentation : seq. i-n-i, c. dat.
pers., Ac 82,t
KoirVi, -^s, V « KOTTTO)), [in LXX: Ge U^^ Jos IO20 (n33 hi.,
nso), De 2825 (p|33), Jth 15'''*;] 1. in cl., a stroke, a pounding (as in
a mortar). 2. In LXX, a smiting in battle He 7^ (i'X^).t :
Komdw, -u) (<K07ros), [in LXX chiefly for ya^;] 1. (as in cl.)
to grow weary : Mt 1128, Jq 46^ ^q 2^ (cf. Is 403i). 2. Hence, in
LXX and NT, to work ivith effort, to toil : absol., Mt 628, Lk 5^ 1227,
Jo 438, Ac 2035, I Co 412, Eph 428, u Ti 2"; c. ace. rei, Jo 4^8; freq. in
Paul. Epp., of ministerial labour : i Co ISô 16^^ ; seq. Iv, Eo I612,

Eo Ga 2i«,
I Th 512 (v. M, Th., in 1.), i Ti 5^7; cis, 16«, 411, Phi Col 129,
I Ti 4io.t
KOTTos, -OV, b (kC^ko'tttw), [in LXX chiefly for bt^ , also for
J]X, etc.;] 1. a striking, beating {in Je 51^^ (45^) = /<o7reTos). 2. labo-
rious toil, trouble : Jo 4^8, i Co 3^ 15^8, i Th 3^ ; k. t. iydTrrj^, i Th 1^

epya koI k., Re 2^ ; K. Kal /xoxôs, II Co ll^^, i Th 29, II Th 38 ;
pi., iv k.,
II Co 6^ 10^* 11^"* ; €K T. Re 14^^
kottovs {-ov) Trapex^Lv (in cl.
K., ; more
freq. tt. Trpdyfiara, ttovov), C. dat. pars., 2610, MJj iê^ l]^ Mt ^7 ig^,
Ga 6i7.t
Syn. : fioxOos, lahoiir ; ttovos (q.v.), ioz7, painful effort; in cl.,
"tt. gives prominence to the eifort (work as requiring I'orce), k. to the

fatigue, p.. (chiefly poetic) to the hardship " (Thayer, s.v. k.).
Koirpi'a, -as, 17, [in LXX chiefly for nbiyj;? ;] a dung hill (i Ki 28,
Ps 112 (113)" al.) : Lk 1435.t
K6-apiov, -ov, TO, [in LXX (pi.): Je 82 (25)33 (^^r^), gi 222,
I Mac 2^2*;] = Kon-pos, dung : pi., Lk 138 (WH, mg., koîvov Koirpi(x}v).f
Ko'-n-TO), [in LXX for n")3 IDD 1133 hi., etc. ;] 1. to strike, smite.
, ,
2. to cut off: c. ace. rei, seq. Atto, Mt 218; ^^^ ^\^ Mid., to beat us
one's breast with grief, to mourn, beivail : Mt 11^'' 243*^ ; c. ace. pers.,
Lk 8^'^ 23^'^; seq. iiri, C. ace, Re l*" 18^ (cf. ava-, diro-, ««-, iv-, Kara-,
irpo-, 7rpocr-Kd7rTco).t
Syn. : Oprjveta, q.v.
Kopal, -ttKos, o, [in LXX for l"]j; ;] a ra-uew ; Lk 122*.t
KopdcTLov, -ov, TO, (dimin. of Koprj), [in LXX chiefly for n^ys , Ru
28, al. ; in Jl 3 (4)3, Za 8^ for nTt^^l ;] a colloquial word which survives
in MGr. (Kennedy, Sources, 154), girl, maiden: Mt 9-*'25 1411,
Mk 5"'*^ 622.28.t
*tKopP(i»' (Rec, T, -/3av), indecl. (Heb. I^lj?), aw offering, a gift
offered to God : Mk V^ (cf. Kopâv5s).t

*tKoppavas, -5, 6 (Heb. â"!)"?), the Temple treastiry : Mt 27"
(cf. Kopfidv).'^
Kope, indecl. (in FIJ, -eou), 6 (Heb. TTp), Korah : Ju ^^.t

** (</copos, mr/eii), [in Sm.
Kopivvuiii Ps 21 (22)^7, Al, 102 :
(103)^*;] to satisfy: pass., Tpo(f>rj<;, Ac 2738; metaph., of spiritual

things, I Co 48.t
KopiVOios, -a, -ov, Corinthian ; as subst., 6 K., a Corhithian : Ac
188, 27 (WH, txt., R, omit), 11 Co 611 ; i Co, 11 Co, î^.t
K6pi^0os, -ov, ^, Corinth: Kq 18^' 27 191, i Co I2, 11 Co 11.23^
II Ti 42o.t
KopcTiXtos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Cornelius : Ac 10^ ^-.t
K6pos, -ov, 6 (Heb. 13), [in LXX : Le 27^6, Nu 1132, Bz 4513 (xh)
more freq., 11 Ch 27*, al. (l3) ;] a cor, a Hebrew measure (AV, RV,
measure) : Lk 16'^.t
Kocr\i.4u), -w (<^ KoV/xos), [in LXX for my, ]pT\, etc.;] 1. io order,
arrange, prepare (in Horn. esp. of marshalling armies) : Mt 25" (cf.
Si 50^, al.). 2. to adorn, furnish : oTkov, pass., Mt 12**, Lk ll^s

fivtjfM€ia, Mt 2328; TO Upov, pass., Lk 21^; OefifXioi, Ee 21^^; vnjfi<f>r}Vf
pass., Ee 21^; lavras, seq. cv, i Ti 2^ Metaph., c. ace. pers., i Pe 3*;

c. ace. rei. Tit 2^\f
* Ko<rfiiK6s, -1?, -ov (koo-ôs), 1. pertaining to the world or universe.
2. of this world, earthly . He 9^ 3. In ethical sense, worldly
CTTiû/xiai, Tit 2i2.t
Kô-fiios, -OV (in el. -o, -ov),
orderly, decent, modest : i Ti 2^
«(WH, koot/aos), [in
mg.,
LXX
-iws, q.v.)
: Ee
BÂ
12^ (]pri)* ;]
* Kocr(ii«9, adv (<; Koo-fio^), decently, fittingly : i Ti 2^ (WH, mg.).+

*t KoafjioKpdTup, -opos, o (<^ K6(Tfxo<;, Kparew), 1. in Orphic hymns,
al. (v. AE, ^^/i.. I.e.), a ruler of the whole world (and so in Eabbinic
writings : liaipiaTlp). 2. a ruler of this world (in contrast to Travro-
Kpdrwp) : ol K. T. (TKOTovi TovTov, the ruUrs of this dark world, Eph 6^^.+
K<5(rfios, -ov, b [in LXX : Ge 2^, De 4i9 IV, Is 242i 40^6
(xnx),
Ex 335. «, Je 232 430^ Ez 720 1611 23*0 ('1^), Is 6I10 (^^3), al, Wi 22*
and freq.. Si 6'"^ al;] 1. order (Horn., Plat., al.). 2. ornament, adorn-
ment, esp. of women (Hom., al.) : i Pe 3^. 3. Later, the world or
universe, as an ordered system (Plat., al.) : Ac 17^*, Eo d^^, i Co 3^2,
Phi 2^*, He
In late writers only, the world, i.e. the earth
43, al. 4.
(= ^ with Lk 45) Mt 48, Mk 16^^^\ Col 220, i Ti 6^,
o'lKovfiivri, cf. Mt 48 :
al. hence by meton., (a) of the human inhabitants of the world Mt

; :
51* 1338, Mk 149, Jo 110 4*2 12*7, Eo 3(5^ I Co 4^3, II Co 5^\ 11 Pe 25,
al. (6) of worldly affairs or possessions
;
Mt 162", j^k S^", Lk 92^, :
I Co 731, 1 Jo
2ie, al. (c) in ethical sense, of the ungodly
; Jo 7^ 141'","^ :
I Co 121, Ja 127, J Jo 4.4^ al. (d) metaph. 6 /c. r^s d8t/ctas, Ja 3*.
;
:
SVN. : alwv, q.v. (cf also Dalman, Words, 162 ff. ; Tr., Syn., § lix
.
Westc., additional note on Jo lÔ; DB, iv, 938 ff.).

Kouapxos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Quartus : Eo 1623.t
Koo/i (Tr., txt., Kovfi, Eec. kov/xi) (Heb. imperat. masc, used as
an interjection, Dip), koum (arise) Mk 5*i.t :
*t KouoTwSia, -as, 17, (Lat. custodia), a guard Mt 27^^> *' 28ii.t :
Koo<t.ita) « /covcôs, light), [in LXX Ex I822, Jh : l^, al. (bbp hi.),
Es 51, al. ;] 1. intrans., fo 6e ii^/i^ (poetic chiefly). 2. to lighten, make

light : c. ace, Ac 2738.t
K^<|>iôs, -ov, 6, [in LXX : Jg 6^^ (bo), Ps 80 (81)« (Til) *;] a basket,
probably of wicker-work, such as were carried by Jews for food
Mt 1420 169, Mk 6*3 819, Lk 9^7 138, Jo 6" (cf. o-<^vpt's).t
**t Kp^Parros (Eec. KpdyS/Saros), ov, Macedonian word, = Lat.
6 (a
grabatus, el. or/ci/tTrovs), [in Aq. : Am a camp bed, pallet: Mk
3^2*;]
24.9,11.12 655^ Jo 58-11, Ac 515 933 (v. Swete, Mk., 2*, and cf. KXLvr,).f
Kpdioi, [in LXX for py7 , pyS , Kip , etc. ;] in el. chiefly poet.,
1. prop, onomatop., of the raven, to croak, hence generally, of inartic.
cries, to scream, cry out (-^sch., al.) Mk 5* 92" 1539 (Eec, E, mg.), :
Lk 939, al. ; of crying for vengeance (cf. Ge i^°), Ja 5*. 2. to cry, call
out with a loud voice : c. ace. rei, Ac 19^2 geq. •

orat. dir., Mk 10*^, Lk
1839, al. ;
(cV) <f>m"rj fJnydXy, Mk 5^ Ee U^^ al. ; ktywv, Mt 8•^^ al. ; of
public teaching, Jo 1^^, Eo 9^''', al. of importunate prayer (cf Jb 35^2^ ; .
Ps 3^ al), Eo 8l^ Ga 4^ pf. with pres. sense (vernac. M, Pr., 147),;

;
Jo v.
SYN. : V.S. /Soao).
* KpanrdXt] {KpurdXr), WH), ->??, rj (cf. KpanraXdw for IDtZ? , Is 24^0
29**), dru7iken nausea (EV, surfeiting) : Lk 21^*.+
SVN. /cw/Aos, revelling ; fxiOrj, driinlceness
: ; otvo^Xvyta, a debauch ;
TTOTos, a drinking bout (v. Tr., Syn., § Ixi).
Kpai'toi', -ov, TO (<Ka(oa, the head), [in LXX : Jg 9^^ iv Ki 9^5
(nâb?) *;] a skull : Mt 27^3, Mk Lk 2333, Jq 1917,+

Id'^'-,
Kpdairehov, -ov, to, [in LXX: Nu 1538.39 (ns^s), De 22^2,
Za 8^3 (fj33)*;] 1, in cl., an edge, border. 2. In LXX (v. supr.) and

NT, a tassel or corner : Mt 920 1436 23^, Mk 6^\ Lk S^^.t
KpaTaios, -a, -6u (<^ KpctTo?), (in cl. poet. form of Kparepoi), [in LXX
chiefly for pjn and cognates ;] strong, mighty : i Pe 5^.1
txpaTaiocj, -w (late form of ^paTwco; <^KpaTos), [in LXX chiefly

for pin;] to strengthen; pass., ^0 ivax strong: Lk 2*", i Co 16^3
TTViVfiaTi, Lk 1^^ ; Svvd/xeL k. 8ia t. Trv€v/xaTO<;, Bph 3^^."!'
Kparew, -w (<^ Kpdros), [in LXX chiefly for p7n hi., also for THN
etc.;] 1. <o be strong, mighty, hence, to rule, be master, prevail (so
chiefly in cl. ; in LXX: Es 1^, i Es 438, Wi
U^\ al.). 2. to get
possession of, obtain, take hold of (Hdt., Thuc, al.) c. gen. rei (M, :
Pr., 65), Ac 2713; t. x^vos, Mt 9^5, 13i 5" 9^7, Lk 8^^; c. ace. rei, Mk
Mt 1211; e ^cc. pers., Mt 143 1328 21« 22^ 26*'''8ff-, 321 61^ I212 Mk
14i,44ff.^ 311 246, He 202 (cf. 11 Ki G^).
Ac 3. to hold, holdfast
(^sch., Polyb., al.) : c. Metaph. c. ace.
ace. rei, iv t. Sc^ta, Ee 2i. :
pers., pass., Ac 22*; c. ace. rei, Ee ; ,., K€<f)aX-jv (i.e. Christ),

2i3>25 311
Col 219; t. TrapdSocnv (-cts), Xoyov, SiSaxjv, 73'''' 8 910, II Th 2l^ Mk

Ee 21*' 1^ ; c. gen. rei, 41* 6I8 ; He
of sins, to retain, Jo 2023 ; of re-
straint, seq. iva fn;, Ee 71 ; pass., seq. tou fiy, Lk 24i6.t
KpdTioTos, -r], -ov, superl. of Kparvs (Hom.), 1. strongest, mightiest
(Horn.). 2. noblest, best (cf. /cpctVo-wv), most excellent (Pind., Soph.,
al.) : voc, KpaTi(TT€, as title of honour and respect (DCG, ii, 727'*),
Lk P, Ac 2326 243 2625.t
Kpdros, -£os (-ous), TO, [in chiefly for TJT Jb 12i6, Ps 89 LXX ,
(90)11, Qî
.J
I strength, esp. as in Hom., of bodily strength. 2. power,
might : He
2i* ; to k.
t^s io-xuos a^ToG, Eph li9 610 (Is 4026, Da th
42^) T. S6$rj<; avTov, Col ln
; Kara Kpdros, mightily, Ac 192** a mighty
; ;
deed, an act of power, Lk lî ; in doxologies, i Ti 6I6, i

Pe 411 511,
Ju25, Eel6 5i3.t
KpaoYdJo) «K/DavyT?). [in LXX: II Es 313 (y,-, hi.)*;] = Kpd^w,

1. of animals, to bay, to croak, etc. 2. Of men, to cry out, shout
Mt 1219, Jo 1213 1915^ Ac 2223 geq. \iy^y^ Jo 18*o 19«' 12 ^^l \iyu>v, . ;
Lk 4" (WH, Kpdi-) cf^wvfi fjêydXr,, Jo 11*^ (cf. Abbott, JV, 269 f.).+
;
Kpauyii, -j}s, ^, [in LXX for nf^rv , njrnp , nrilSr , etc. ;] crying,
outcry, clamour : Mt 25^, Lk 1*2^ Ac 239, Eph ^^\ He 5^ Ee 214.t
Kpâs, -€ws, pi., Kpea, [in LXX for lim^ (freq.);] flesh, meat:
Eo 1421, I Co 8i3.t
Kpei(r<TO)v (Epic and old Att.) and KpciTTwv (later Att.), prop,
comparat. of KpaTv<;, strong, but in sense often (as in cl., v. LS, s.v.) as
comparat. of aya66<s, [in LXX chiefly for aitO ;] better ; (a) as to ad-
vantage or usefulness: i Co 11^^, He 11*'^ 12^*; 7roXX<3 fxaXXov k.,
Phi 123 ; Kpcro-o-ov TToulv, I Co 738 . ô-^,^^ seq. inf., I Co 1\ 11 Pe 221
{h) as to excellence : He 1* B^ 7^' i^. 22 36 923 iqs* nic, 35 ^. ô-rt, seq. .
inf., I Pe 317.+
Kp^p.a|Jiai, V.S. xpe/Ltawv/oit.
Kp€p,(ift/u|xi (also Kpe/jiawvo), Kpe/xdu) ; the pres. is not found in
NT), [in LXX
(where also ^pc/aa^w, Jb 26^) chiefly for nbn ;] trans., to
hang, suspend: c. ace. pers., seq. eVi $v\ov, Ac 53'' 1039; pass., Lk
2339; geq, Trcpi, Mt 18^. Mid., Kpi/xafxai, intrans., to hang: seq. Ik,
Ac 284; ,vl ^kov, Ga 3^3 (Lxx); metaph., seq. kv, Mt 22*o.t
KpcTrdlXr], V.8. KpanrdXr].
KpTjfivos, -ou, 6 {<CKp€ixd.vvvfiC), [In LXX: 11 Ch 25^2 {vh'Q)*;] a

steep hank : Mt 832, Mk 5^3, Lk 833.t
Kpris, 6, pi., Kp^rcs, a Cretan : Ac 2^, Tit 1^2 .t
KprjaKTjs, -ci/Tos (Bl., § 10, 4), 6 (Lat.), Crescens : 11 Ti 4i°.t
Kp^TT), -77s, i Crefe ; Ac 27^> 12. i3, 31^ Tit l^.t

Kpt0TJ, -^9, 17,
[in LXX for rriyt^;] barley : pi. (as usually in cl.),
Ee 6«.t
KpiGivos, -r), -ov {<^Kpi6rj), [in LXX for TTpXffil 0/ barley:

Jo 69. 13.
Kpifia (Bl., §27, 2), -Tos, TO «/cp(:vw), [in LXX chiefly for
t35)l??li;] the issue of a judicial process, hence, 1. judgment, the

decision passed on the faults of others Mt 72 in forensic sense, c. : ;
5i« 113* {ICC,

gen. pun., Lk 2420; esp. of the judgment of God, Eo 22
in 1.), II Pe 23, Ju^ k. Xa/x/Sdi €a$ai, Mt 2313 (Eec, E, mg.), 12*9, Mk
Lk 20*", Eo 132, Ja 31 ; Ix""' ^ Ti 512 ;
fSaardêiv, Ga 519 ; ia-dUiv iavrw,
I Co 1129; els K. a-vvepxea-Oat, ib. 3* ; ctvai iv t avTw k., Lk 23*9; c. gen.
obj., Eo 38, I Ee I7I; of God's judgment through Christ,
Ti 3^
Jo 939; TO K. apxerai, I Pe 41'^; t. k. t. fxeXXov, Ac 242^; k. aliaviov.
He 62 ; eKpivev 6 0€os t. k. vfjLUiv, Ee 1829 of the right of judgment, ;
Ee 20*. 2. a matter for judgment, a law-suit, a case i Co 6'^.t :
Kpii'oi', -ov, TO [in LXX chiefly for ]5ni2r , n|l2?inr;] a lily : Mt 628,
Lk 1227.t
Kplvm, [in LXX chiefly for DBirr , also for ]^1 , nn , etc. ;] 1. to
17
separate, select, choose (cl. ; in LXX : ii Mac 13^^). 2. to approve,

esteem: Eo 14^. 3. to be of opinion, judge, think : Lk 7*^, i Co 11^*;
seq. TovTo oTL, II Co 51* c. ace. et inf., Ac ; IS^^; c. ace. et pred.,
Ac 13'^^ 26^. 4. to decide, determine, decree : c. ace, Ac 16*, Eo 14^^,
20i« 2525, i Co 22 5^,
I Co V,
II Co 21; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 167), Ac
Tit 312 (cf. I Mae 11^3, Wi 8^, al.) c. ace. et inf., Ac 2125 271. 5. to ;
judge, adjtidge, pronounce judgment : absol., Jo 8^^' 2^ ; seq. Kara, c.

ace, Jo 72* 815; ^p^Vi>' K., Jo 72*; T. hUaiov, Lk 1257 (Deiss., LAE,
118) in forensic sense, Jo im,
; Ac 23^, al. ;
pass., Eo 3Mlxx). of God's
judgment, Jo 53o Sô, Eo 21^ 3^, 11 Ti 41, i Pe 45, al. 6. = Kara/cptVo),
to condemn (cl.) : Ac
132^ of God's judgment, Jo 3^8 522 12*^.
;
"s^
Ac
V, Eo 212, I Co 1132, He 1030 (Lxx)^ ja 5^, Ee I92, al. 7. As in LXX
govern (iv Ki 155, Ps 2io, al.) Mt 1928, Lk 223o,
(for rsDlZ?), to rule, :
I Co (?3. 8. to bring to trial (cl.) mid., to go to ; laic : c. dat. pers.,

Mt 5*0 ; seq. /xera, c. gen. pers. (of the opponent), eVi, c. gen. (of the
judge), I Co 61'" (cf. dva-, OLTTO-, avT-airo- (-/tai), 8ta-, iv-, kin-, Kara-, aw-,
VTTo- (-/Ltai), a-vv-xnro- (-/xai)).
Syjv. : v.s. SiKao-n^s.
Kpioris, -cws, T) {<^Kpivw), [in LXX chiefly for laDtjrp, also foi
^"'l , etc. ;] 1. a separating, selection (Arist., al.). 2. a decision,
judgment (cl.) : Jo 8^^ i Ti 52*, 11 Pe 2^\ Ju^; k. KpiVciv, Jo 72*; in

forensic sense, 8^^ (lxx) (y Page, in 1.)
Ac ; esp. of the Divine judg-
ment, Jo 31^ 524.27,29.30 1231 igs, ii_ „ Th 15, He 1027, Ja 213 512^ II Pe
2\ Ee 1810; pi, Ee 16^ 192; of the last judgment, Mt 10" 1122,21
1236,41,42^ Lk 101* 1131,32^ 927, „ Pe 29 37, I Jo 417, Ju«'15; ^ K. He
T^s yeevvr)<;, Mt 2333. 3 ^y meton. (as in LXX for laDtJTD , Is 57, al.
NTT, Da 710), of the standard of judgment, right, justice : Mt 121^' 20
(LXX, Is 42*3) 2323^ Lk 11*2 . of the tribunal (a local court), Mt 52i.22.t
Kpio-iros, -ov, 6, Crispus : Ac 18*, i Co l^*.t
KpiT^pioi', -ov, TO « KptTrjs), [lu LXX I III Kl 7^ (M^CTp), Da LXX

TH 710, th26 (îti), Su*9, Ex 21®, Jg 510*;] 1. a means of judging,
test, criterion. 2. a tribunal : 1 Co 62' *, Ja 2''.t
KpiTTJs, -ov, 6 (^/cptVco), [in LXX chiefly for MUiS';] a judge : Mt

Lk Ac 18i5, 4ii
525, Lk 121*' 58 182 ; r. dStKtV, 18« ; c. gen. rei (obj.), Ja
Ja
(qual.), SiaXoyicr/Atov irovqpSiv of , 2* ; a Eoman procurator, Ac 241''
ofGod, He 1223, jg, 412; Christ, Ac 10*2, „ Ti 4^, Ja 5^; of those

whose conduct is made a standard for judging, Mt 1227, Lk
lli^ ; in the
OT sense (Jg 216, r^ 11^ al), of a ruler in Israel, Ac 132o.t
SYN. 8iKda-Tr]<i, q.v.

«
:
* KpiTiK(5s, -17, -ov KpLvw), critical, able to discern or judge : c.
gen. obj.. He 412,

Kpou'u, [in LXX : seq. eVi, Jg I922, Ca 5^ (psi) ;] c. ace,
T. avXatav, Jth 141* *.j ^q strike, knock : at a door (kotttciv, in Att.),
Mt 77.8, Lk 119.10 123«, Ac 12i«, Re 320 ; c. ace, t. evpav, Lk W\

Ac 12i3.t
KpujSu, V.S. KpVTVTili.
*tKpuiTTr] (WH, R; KpvTTTrj, LT, Tr.; -ov, Rec), -ns, «, a crvp^,
cellar : Lk 1133.t
KpuirT<5s, -J/, -oV (/cpvn-To)), [in LXX for DUX , "iriDQ , etc. ;] hidden,
secret : Mt lOê, Mk
422, Lk 8^^ 122 6 x. ^^5 âpStas cEv^pcoTro?, i Pe 3*
.
neut., £v Tc3 K., Mt 6*'«; eV /c., Jo 7*'i» 18'-0; 6 cv k. 'lovSalos, Ro 22^;

pi., Ta K. T. o-ko'tous, I Co 45 ; T. avdpoiTTOiv, Ro 2^® ; T. KapSias, I Co 1425
r. aio-;;(w»;s, II Co 42.
KpoTTTw, [in LXX for N2n , pt3 , IflD , ]DY , etc, ;] to hide, con-
ceal : c. ace, Mt 13"^* 25^^ ; seq. eV, ib. 25 (pass., Mt 13^*, Col 3=^) ;
pass.,
Mt 51*, He 1123, I T- 525^ Re
(on the tense and its forma-
2^' ; €Kpvj3r}
tion, V. M, Pr., 161 Bl, § 19, 3) k. cÂêv, Jo 8^9 ; seq. ek, Lk I321,
;
Re 6^^; a-nro (in cl. more freq. dupl. ace), Re 6^^; pass., Jo 12^^,
(Bl., §34, 4). Metaph.: Mt 1125 1335^ l^ 1152^ mg., IS^* 19*2, WH,
Jo 19^8 (of. OLTTO-, ev-, ir€pL-KpvTrT(D)A
*t KpuoraXXiû «[ Kpuo-raXXos), to shine like crystal, be crystal-clear
Ee 2111 (5^_ x€y.).f
KpuoraXXos, -ov, 6 {<CKpvo<:Jrost), [in LXX : Jb3829, Ps 147«»(")^
Ez 122
(nif?), etc. ;] crystal : Ee 4« 22i.t
Kpu<|>ai09, -ai'a, -atov (<^ Kpvcfia = Kpv(firj), [in LXX for HHQD , Je
2324, al. ;] hidden, secret : kv tw k., Mt 6i«.t
Kpu(|)rj (prop, -ri, Rec. later spelling ; is due to assimilation to
dat. ; cf. dKrj), adv., [in LXX chiefly for IIID;] secretly, in secret:
Eph 5i2.t
KTdofiai, -u)fiai, [in LXX

nip ;] in pres., impf., fut. chiefly for
and aor., to procure for oneself, get, gain, acquire (the pf. and plpf.,
to have acquired, hence to possess, do not occur in NT) c. ace. rei, :
Mt 109, Lk 1812, Ac ^ gen. pret., Ac lis;

820; ^ ge^, pret., Ac 2228; ,'^
T. tjrvxo-'i v/Awv (MM, xvi), Lk 2119 t. iavToii cr/ccvos KTaaOai, I Th 4* ;
(where if o-. = body, k. must = pf., KeKT-rj/xat; v. MM, xvi M, TJi., in 1. ;
Field, Notes, 72 f. But or. is most freq. taken as = wife ; v. Thayer,

8.V. ; Lft., Notes, 53 ff. ICC, in l.).t ;
KTrip-a, -Tos, TO (<^ KTao/xai), [in LXX for D^J , etc. ;] a possession,
property : Mt I922, Mk IO22, Ac 2« 5\f
K-n\voi, -0U9, TO {<^KTa.op.ai, hence primarily a possession), [in
LXX chiefly for npn^ , Ge 12^, al., also for njpa , N^S , etc. ;] a beast,
(in late Gk, esp.) a beast of burden : Lk 10^* ;
pi. (as chiefly in cl.),
Ac 232*, Re 1813 of quadrupeds, as opp. to
; fishes and birds (cf . Ge, I.e.),
I Co 1539.t
**t KTiiTCjp, -opo^, o (KTaofxai), [in Sm, Jl in *;] a possessor Ac 43*.
: :
KTitw, [in LXX chiefly for N-Q, Ps 50 (51)1", al; also for
rap, Ge 1419, Pr 822; -j^,^ jg 22" 46ii; Wi 223, gi l^.s (and freq.),
I Es 4^^, al. ;] 1. in cl., to people or found a region or city (i Bs, I.e.).

2. In LXX and NT, of God, to create Mk 13i», i Co ll^, Col li« 3i»,
:
Eph Ti 4^ Ee 4" 10«; o KTiVas, Mt 19* (WH, E, mg.), Eo P^;

3«, I
of the divine operation on the soul, Eph 2^"> ^^ 4^* (cf, Ps., i.c.).t
KTiVts, -€(05, i] {<KTiCio), [in LXX: Ps 103 (104)'';''
(j;?!?) , Pr
V^ A (]in) , To 85, Wi 2«, Si IG^^, m Mac 22, al. ;] 1. a founding,
settling, foundation (cl.). 2. In LXX and NT, (a) i/ie aci of creating,
creation: Mk 10« (Swete, in 1.), 131^, Eo lô, ii Pe 3*; (6) that which
has been created, creation : Eo 1^^ 8^^, He 4^2 ; Kaivrj k., ii Co 5"',
Ga G^* ; Trdarj dvdpwiru'r) k. (Hort., in 1.), I Pe 2^^ ; collectively, of the

sum of created things (Wi Mk ISfi^], Col V^>^\ He 9^^, 196, jth 161*),
Ee 3^* of the irrational creation, Eo 8^^'^Â
«
;
** KTiafiia, -Tos, TO KTiûi), [in Wi 9^ 13^ I411, Si 362o d?), LXX :
38^*, III Mac 5^^*;] 1. (cl.) a colony. 2. a created thing, creature:

I Ti 4*, Ja 1^8, Ee 51^, Q^.f
KTiaTTis, -ov, 6 {<:ktl(u>), [in 11 Ki 22^2 (Heb., al.), Jth 912, LXX :
Si 24^, II, IV Mac 5*;] 1. (cl.) a founder. 2. a creator: of God,

I Pe 4i9.t
Ku|3€ia, V.S. Kvîa.
Ku^^pfTjais, -ews, 17 (<^ Kv/iepvaw, Lat. guhemare, to guide), [in
LXX: Pr 1^ ll^* 24« (nib3.ni?)*;] 1. steering, pilotage (Plat.).
2. Metaph., government : pi., i Co 1228.t
KU^€pyr\Ti]<s, -ov, 6 (v.S. Kvfi€pvr](rL<;), [in LXX for b^jh , Ez278'27|28^
Pr 232^ IV Mac 7^*;] 1. a steersman, pilot: Ac 27^^, Ee IS^^. 2.

Metaph., a governor (Eur., Plat.).t
gîide,
* Kuîa (Att. -€(a, and so Eec), -as, 17 (<; kv/3o?, a cube, a die), dice-
playing ; metaph., trickery, sleight: Eph 4^*.+
KoicXciJo) «kvkXos), [in LXX: iv Ki 32^ B (nSD)*;] 1. to make
a circle, go round. 2. to encircle, surround: c. ace. pers., Jo IO2*
(Tr., WH, mg.) c. ace. rei, Ee 209.t;
KUKX6961', adv., «Ku/<Xos), [in LXX chiefly for i'ln^D, ^''Sp;]
from all sides, round about : Ee 4^' *> ^.t
kokXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Zl^2p;] a ring, circle. Dat.,
KVKkoi, as adverb., round about, around : Mk 3^* 6"' ê, Lk 9^2^ ^q 1519
c. gen., Ee 4« 5^^ 7^\f
kukX6<d, -w (<^ kvkXos), [in chiefly for 23D ;] 1. to move in LXX a
circle, revolve. 2. to surrottnd, encircle : c. ace. pers., Jo IO2* (WH,
txt., cf. -€va)), Ac 1420 ;
pass., Lk 2120, He llô (cf. 7r£pt-»cvKAo(o).t
**tKuXiCTfAa, -TOS, to' {<^kvXlo)), [in Sm. : Ez 10^**;] 1. a roll.

2. = kdAio-/x,o's (q-v.), a rolling, wallowing (or, as KvXiarpa, Xen., Eq.,
V. 3, a rolling-place) : 11 Pe 222 (Eec.).t
**t KuXiafios, -ov, 6 (^KuXiw), [in Th. : Pr 2^8 *jj = d^ kuXio-is, a
rolling, wallowing Pe : 11 222 (cf. KvXio-/na).t
icoXiu, late form of kv\lv8w, [in LXX: Jos 10^8, i Ki 1433, ^1.
(bbz), IV Ki 933 (taaiaf), al.;] to roll, roll along. Pass., to be rolled;

of persons (in Horn, as sign of grief), to roll or wallow : 92'^.t Mk
* KuX\6s, -r?, -ov, 1. crooked, crippled : Mt 153o» î (WH, txt. om.)
maimed Mt
«Mk
2. : 188, 9*3.t
KOfia, -Tos, TO Kuw, ^0 Bc preguaut, to swell), [in LXX chiefly
for bs ;] a wave : pL, Mt 82* I42*, 437 Mk
^. ôAio-oT/s, fig., . Ju i^.t
Syn. : KkvSoiv, q.v.
Ku'/iPoXoK, -ov, TO (•< Kvfifty], tt cw^), [in LXX chiefly for n^5fO j]
a cymbal : i Co 13^t
Ku>iKo^, -ov, TO, [in LXX: Is 2825.27 (pg)*;] cummin: Mt 2323.t
* KUfdpiok', -ov, TO (in Att. also KwiSiov, dim. of kvwv), a little dog
Mt 1526' 27^ Mk 727.28.t
Kuirpios, -a, -ov, of Cyprus, Cyprian : Ac 4^* II20 21^''.t
Ku'irpos, -ov, ^, Cyprus : Ac IV^ 13* 15^^ 21^ 27*.t
Kuirrw, [in LXX chiefly for *np ;] to bow the head, stoop down
Mk 1''^;
seq. koltu), Jo 8'^'^! (cf. dva-, irapa-, a-vv-KVTTTiJij.f
KupTjKaios, -a, -ov (•< Ku/st^vt;), o/ Gyrene, a Cyrencean : Mt 27^2,

Mk 1521, Lk 232«, Ac 6^ Ipo 13i.t
Cyrene, a city in Libya Ac 2^°.t
Kupiinfj, -775, 17, :
Kuprivtos (prop. -iVios, V. BL, 13 -Ivos L, -elvos, Tr., ; WH, mg.),

-ov, 6, Quirinus, prop. Quirinius : Lk 22.
Kupia (Kvpia, T, WH, mg.), -as, 17, [in LXX chiefly for ni^ ;]
a lady : 11 Jo ^> ^ (on the interpretation, v. ICC, 167 ff.).+

**t KupiaKos, -»?> (^vpiaK^ (f)., R),
-ov (<^ Kvpios), [in LXX : k. <l>(i)vrj
II Mac A*;] 1. as freq. in Inscr.

1536 (LS, s.v.; Deiss., BS, 217 f.), 0/
the lord or master, imperial. 2. of the Lord (i.e. Christ) Scl-n-vov, :
I Co 1120; ^^^pa^ Ee l^". (Cf. Adym k., Papias, Bus., HE, iu, 39, 1;
ypa<f)cu K., Clem. Alex., etc; for eccl. usage, cf. Soph., Lex., s.v.)t
Kupieuu (<^»cvptos), [in chiefly for bCTD;] to be lord or LXX
master of, to rule (over) c. gen. obj., Lk 22^^, Eo 14^, 11 Co I2*:
absol., I Ti 6^^; metaph., 6 ddvaros, Ro 6^; 17 afiaprta, ib. ^*; 6 vo/xos,

ib. 7^ (cf. KaTa-KVpL€VO}).f
Kupios, -a, -ov (also -09, -ov), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for JTSV
also for ]nK b?3 , , etc. ;] having power (/cvpos) or authority ; as subst.,
o K., lord, master; 1. in general : c. gen. rei, Mt 938 208, Mk 129 1335,
Lk 1933; ^. aaftftdrov, Mt 128, Mk 228, Lk 65; c. gen. pers., Sov\ov,
etc., Mt 102*, Lk 1421, Ac 16i«, al. absol, opp. to ol ; SoSXoi, Eph 65.
»,
al. ; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 252" •

q^q\ ,roAAot /cat k.
TToXKoi, I Co 85 of a husband, i Pe 3® in voc, as a title of respect to

; ;
masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 132^ I622 27«3, Mk 728, Lk 5^2,

Jo 411, Ac 95, al. 2. As a divine title (freq. in tt. Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.) ;
in NT, (a) of God 6 k., Mt 533, b^\ Lk 1«, Ac 733, He 82, Ja 4^5,
: Mk
al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 219, I320, Lk ll^ He 721, i Pe 12*, Mk
al. ; K. T. oupavou KOI T. y^s, Mt 1125 t. Kvpuvovrtov, I Ti S^^ k. 6 ^cds, ; ;
Mt 4"'!*', al. ; id. seq. 6 TravTOKparwp, Ee 4^; k. <Taf3a(^6, Eo 9^9; (6)

dyyeXos Kvpiov, Mt l^'* 2^^ Lk l^, al. ; -TTviifia Kvpiov, Lk 4.^^, Ac 8'*»
{b) of the Christ Lk l*^ 20**, al. of Jesus after his

: Mt 21^, Mk ll^, ;
resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac lOê, Eo 148, ^ Co V\ Eph 4^,

al; 6 K. p.ov, Jo 20-8; 5 ^_ 'It/o-oSs, Ac I'î, i Co ll^s, al.; id. seq.
Xp'o-Tos, Eph 1'-, al. ; 6 k. rj/xSyv, I Ti l^*. He 7^*, al. ; id. seq. 'Irja-ovs,
I Th 311, He 132^ al.; Xpio-ro's, Eo I6I8; 'I. X., i Co P, i Th P, al.;

•I. X. (X. 'I.) 6 K. {vH.S>v), Eo 1*, Col 2«, Eph 3^, al. ; 6 k. ^cat 6 a-wr^p,
II Pe 32; id. seq. 'I. X., ib. ^^ ; anarth., i Co 722.25, j^ 54^ al.; k. Kvpiwv,
Ee IQ^** ; c. prep., ciTro (Kara, irpos, criii/, etc.) K., Col 32*, al.
Sriv^. ."
v.s. Seo-ttotj^s.
*t KupioTTis, -77T0S, 17 (•< Ku'pios), lordship, dominion : Eph lî,
II Pe 210, Ju8; pi., Col 116 (cf, Lft^ CoZ.; Mayor, Ju., in 11.; DB,
i, 616 f.).t
Kupow, -w (^Kupos, 1. authority. 2. validity), [in LXX for Dip;]

<o confirm, ratify, make valid : 11 Co 2^; pass., Ga 3^* (cf. Trpo-Kvp6o)).f
Ku'tov', KUfos, 6, 17
(in NT masc. only), [in LXX for 2^3;] a dog :
Lk 1621, n Pe 222; metaph., as a word of reproach, Mt 7^ Phi 3^,
Ee 22i5.t
KuXoi', -ov, TO, a limb, member of a body, [but in LXX (Le
2630, Nu 1429,32,33^ j Ki 17*^ Is 6624*) for -i^g.] hence, carcase:
KwXuoj (< KoXos), [in LXX for N^S jrjD

, etc. ;] to hinder, re
,
withhold: ace. et Mt 19i*, Lk232, Ac Sê 16«

strain, forbid, c. inf.,
2423, I Th 216, He 723; i^f. om., Mk Q^s.â iQi*, Lk 9*^.50 1152 igie
Ac 111'^, Eo 113, III Jo 10

J
ace. om., i Ti 4^; c. ace. pers. et gen. rei
Ac 27*3 ; c. ace. rei, i Co 1439, „ pe 216 id. seq. toC /at?, Ac 10*^ ; ; id,
seq. dTT^ (like Heb. p N^3 Ge 23^, al.), Lk 62^ (cf. Sia-KwXvi^).f
,
Ko5|i.ti, -rj<;, 7], [in LXX for ns , lyn , TV , etc. ;] a village or

country town, prop, as opp. to a walled city Mt 141^, Mk 6", al. :
93s, al. with the name added, Br^dXdp., Jo 7*2;

TToXcis »cai K., Mt ;
Br]6avia, ib. Ill TffiiYi the name of the district, ras k. Kaicrapias, Mk
.
827; :$afjiapuTwv, Lk 9^2, Ac 825.

*t Kw^cJivoXis, -ews, 17, a country totvn : 13^ (v. Swete, in l.).t Mk
** KwfAos, -ov, 6, [in LXX
Wi 1423, n ]y[ac 6* * ;] a revel, carousal :
Eo 1313, Ga 521, I Pe 43.t

SVN. : v.s. KpaLirdXr].
* Kc5i'w«|/, -wTTos, 6, a gnat : Mt 232*.t
Kws, gen. Kw, ^, Cos, an island in the ^gean Sea : ace. Kw, Ac
211 (Kwv, Eec.).t
Kwcrdji, 6, Cosam : Lk 328.t
K(o<|>6s, -77, -ov (<]Kd7rTw), [in LXX chiefly (Ex 411, al.) for Q^X;
for iar")n, Hb 218;] liiuyit, dull. Metaph., of the senses, esp. {a) of
speech, dumb : Mt 932. 33 i<^t2 1530, 31^ l^ I22 Hi* ; (6) of hearing, dea/;
Mt IP, Mk 732.3T 925^ Lk 722,t
A, X, Xdfi^Sa, TO, indecl., lambda, I, the eleventh letter. As a

numeral, A' = 30 ; \= 30,000.
\ayxdvu,, [in LXX
14*7 (^î,^ y, Th., Gr., 38), Wi 8^^,
: I Ki
III Mac 6^*;] 1. to obtain by lot, to obtain (in cl., c. gen.) c. inf. art. :
(BL, § 36, 3; 71, 3), Lk l^; c. ace. rei, Ac l^^, n Pe 1\ 2. to draw

lots : seq. irepi, Jo 19^*.t
Adâpos, -ov, 6, colloquial abbreviation of 'EXea^dp (-aâpos), q.v.),
Lazarus ; 1. of Bethany Jo 11^ ^- 12i' 2, 9, 10, 17^ 2. The beggar in the
:
parable: Lk 162o.23-25_t
XtiOpa (Att. ; in Horn., -prQ, Eec. -pa), adv., [in LXX chiefly for
-1^53;] secretly: Mt 1^9 T, Mk 5^3 (WH, mg.), Jo ll^s, Ac 1637.t
XotXavJ/, -a7ro5, ^, [in LXX : Jb 2118 2720 X (n&ID) 381, Je 32 (25)32

(n^yp, lyo), Wi 5"»23, Si 48^' 12*;] a hurricane, whirlwind: Mk
427, Lk 823, „ Pe 2n.t
Syn.OvfXXa, q.v., and cf. avc/Aos.
:
XaKû, Dor. for XrjKio} = Xoo-kw, q.v.

*XoKTiâ» «Xa|, with the foot), to kick: Ac 26i*.t
XaXc'u, -w, [in chiefly for LXXpi., also for "lax etc. ;] 1. to im ,
utter : of inanimate things, Ee 4^ 10* metaph.. He 11* 122*. 2. to ;
talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 933 12*6, 535, lj^ 8*9; seq. is, i Co Mk
1311, Ee 1311 ; €15, 1 Co 14^; iK, Mt 123*; c. ace. rei, Mt lO^*, Ipa, Mk
Jo 830, al. ; c. dat. pers., Mt 12*", Lk 246, jjq 7^, al. ; c. ace. rei et dat.
pars., Mt 918, Jo 10^, al. ; e. prep., Trpo's, fxerd, wepi, Mk 6^0, Lk l^'
233, al.; eV, €^, dTTo', Mt 133, Jo 12*^ 14io, al.; X. t. Xoyov, Mk 832, al.;
seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 143i, He 5^ ll'^; Hebraistically (Dalman,
Words, 25 f.), cXaXrô-e Xe'ycov, Mt 1427, Jq 312, Ac 826, al.
SVN. : V.S. Xcyco.
XaXia, -a?, r], [in LXX chiefly for 1^1, HllS'T;] 1. loquacity.
2. talk, speech, conversation Mt 26^3 (cf. Ca 43), Jo

: 4*2 8*3.t
Xafid (Heb. nij^ , v.l. Xf/wi = Aram. ND^), why : Mt 27*6 (WH,
mg., Xc/ota TTr., WH, txt., Xc/xd L), Mk 153* q^^^^ lt^ Xaixp.a, Eec.).t
XajA^dvu, [in LXX chiefly for npb , also for iimz , ID^, 7nx,
etc.;] 1.to take, lay hold of: absol., Mt 2626, Mk 1422; c. ace. rei, Mt
5*0 2652, al. mult.; c. ace. pers., Mt 2135, m^ 123, ^1.; pleonastic
Xa^civ (M, Pr., 230; Bl., §74, 2), Mt 133i 14i9, al.; so also indie,
Mk 727, Jo 19i» *o, Ee 8^, al. metaph., c. ace. rei, dcfiopfirjv, Eo 7^' 11
;
vTToSeiy/Aa, Ja 5^^ id. c. ace. pers., ^d/3o9, Lk 7^6

; Trvevfia, Lk 939 ;
ir€ipao-/xds, I Co 10" ; aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145, 238 ; BL, § 59, 4), Ee 5^
8^, al. 2. to receive : absol., opp. to atreiv, Mt 7^, al. ; StSdvai, Mt 10^,
Ac 2035; c. ace. rei, Mt 276, Mk 103o, al. mult.; c. ace. pers., Jo 621
1320 1927, n Joio; pamcrfiaaiv (a vulgarism; Bl., §38, 3), Mk 1465;
metaph., t. Xoyov, Mt 132°, Mk 4^6; T. pxLpTvpiav, Jo S^^ ; T. prjixara,
Jo 12*8; TrpoaoiTTov (Heb. D"*:?) Sr^y, Dalman, Words, 30), Lk 202^,
Ga 2« ; ^0)^;^ alwvtov (Dalman, oj). cit., 124 f.), Mk lOô (cf. dm-, olvtl-,
(Tvv-avTi- (-/xat), d-rro-, iiri.-, Kara-, jutcra-, irapa-, avv-Trapa-, irpo', Trpocr-,
crvv-, avv-irepi-, VTro-Xap.Pa.vui).
Adfxex, 6, indecl. (Heb. Tjo^), Lantech (Ge 52^) : Lk Sô.t
Xap,fia, V.S. \ap.d.
Xafiirds, -d8os, 17 {<^Xdp.-iro)), [in LXX for TD^ ;] a torch (freq.
lamp, with oil) Mt 251^-, Jo IS^, Ac 208, Re 4^ g^^.t

fed, like a :
SvN. : kyxvos, lamp, q.v. âids, torch or lantern; cf. Euther- ;
ford's NPhr., 131 f.; Tr., Syn., §xlvi; DCG, s.v. lamp; DB, iii,
43 f.
**Xa^nrp6s, -a, -ov «Ad/x7r(o), [in To 1S^\ Wi 612 1720^ Si LXX:
2922 331^ (3025) 34 (31)23^ Ep. Je«o*;] bright, brilliant: Trora/zd?, Ee
22^ (EV, clear) da-Trjp, ib. ^^ of clothing, brilliant, splendid : Lk 23^^
; ;
Ac 1030, Ja 22. 3, Ee 15« 18^* 198.t

XafiirpoTT)?, -7]To<;, rj, [in LXX : Ps 109 (110)^ (TTTl), al. ;] bright-
ness, brilliancy : t. tjXlov, Ac 26^^ t

* Xafiirpois, splendidly : of sumptuous fare (as freq.
adv., cf. ;
iSecrpxiTa XapLirpd, Si 2922), ^jj IglQf

X(£^nru, [in for nOJ LXX
etc.;] to shine : Mt
5i5.i6 172, Lk 172*, ,
Ac 12^", II Co 4« (cf. Ik-, 7r«pt-Xa/[X7ru)).t
\av6dvb), [in LXX

for obiT ni., etc.;] to escape notice, be hidden
(from): Mk 72^ Lk S*^. g ace. pers., Ac 2626, n Pe S^'^; as in
common cl. idiom, seq. ptcp., tXaOov êvia-avre^, entertained unawares,
He 132 (cf. CK-, i7n-Xavedpio).f
tXalcuTos, -rj, dv {<^ Xaievta ; <^Xd^, a stone, $eo), to scrape), [in
LXX: De 4*9 (n3ps); in Aq. : Nu 2120; Th. : Jg T^*;] hewn (in
stone) ; Lk 23^^ (elsewhere kolvtj writers use XaTop-ryro^y iv Ki 12^2^ ^1.

cf. Xarop.iiii).'^
AaoSiKcia, V.S. AaoStxta.
AaoSiK€us, -£ws, 6, a Laodicean Col 4^^.+
:
AaoSiKia (Eec. -£ia), -a?, t], Laodicea, a city on the Lycus in

Phrygia : Col T- 4i3. is, le^ Re 1^ 3i*.t
Xaos, -ov, o, [in LXX very freq. for D? , Ge 14^6, al. ; occasionally
for niib (Ge 2523, al.), etc. ;] a word rarely found in Att. prose ; 1. the
people at large (Hom., al.), esp. of people assembled : Mt 272^, Lk lî

315 al. ;
pi. (Hom., al., rr. ; v. MM, xvi), Ac 42'^. 2. a people, those of
the same race and language (Pind., .^sch., al. in LXX, Ge 26ii, :
Ex 9i«, al.) joined with yXwaaa, 4>vXri, Wvo<;, Ee 5^ 7^ ll^, al. pi,
: ;
Lk 231, jio 1511 egp as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 423, j^j^
.
1\ Lk 2i«,
Jo 1150, He 21^, al.; opp. to t. lOv-q. Ac 2617.23, Eo 15i0; ol
Trpeo-f^vrepoL [irpCiTOi, etc.) tov X., Mt 2123, LJj \^.\ Ac 4^, al. 6 X. p.ov ;
(avTQv, T. deov), Mt 2^, Lk 1^^ He 1125, al.; of the people disting. from
the rulers and priests (i Es lio, Jth 8^, al.), Mt 26*, Lk 201*, He 5^,
al.; of Christians, as the people of God, Ac IS^*, Eo Q^s.ss^ He 4^;

TrepiovVios, Tit 2^* ; cis 7rcpi7roij;c7-iv, I Pe 2^(^^^).
Srif. : v.s. Svy/ios.
Upvyt -yyos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for !jri, Jb Sô, al.; Ps 5»
(]i1|) ;] the larynx, throat : metaph., of speech (cf. Si 6^), Eo 313(Lxx) f
Aao-â (Eec. -aia), -as, r), Lasea, a city of Crete, otherwise un-
known Ac 27^.t
:
*Xd<rKw, 1. (in cl., poet.) to clang, crash, crack; in late prose, to

crack or btirst noisily : Ac 1^^ {iXaK-rjcrev, perh., however, from XaK£w,
q.v. Bl., in 1.).
; 2. (in cl., prose) to scream, shout.\
tXoTOfjieu, -w (<;AaTd/Aos, a stonecutter, iv Ki 12^2^ ^j .<;;Aas, •
T€>a); cf. Aa|£urds), [in LXX:

i Ch 22^, al. (nsn); Ex 2133, 2II8 Nu
(ma) ;] to hew, hetv out stones : Mt 27«^ Mk 15*«.t
Xarpcia, -as, 17 (<^ Aarpero), q.v.), [in LXX (always of divine
service): Ex 1225.26 135^ jog 2227, i Ch 28^"- (nih^), i Mac 1« 2^^>^\
III Mac 41**;] 1. hired service, service. 2. (in cl. also) divine service,
worship : Jo 162, Rq 94 121, He Q^'^.t
a hired servant), [in LXX (always, as Xarpeta,
Xarpeuo* (<ÂaTpis,
of the service of God or of heathen divinities) chiefly for ^23f, Ex 3^2^
al. ; in Da LXX th (3^2^ ^1.) for nbp ;] 1. to work for hire. 2. to
serve ; in cl., also of divine service, to serve, worship, and so always in

NT: c. dat. pers., t. 6iS>, Mt 410, Lk 48 C^^), Ac 24^4 2723, He 91*, V
Ee 71* 223; of idol worship (cf. Ex 20^ Ez 2032), Ac 7*2, Eo 125;
T. ^€u> A. £V T. irv€u/xaTi /;iou, Eo 1^ ; id. €V KaOapS. cruj/ctST/aci, II Ti 13
/act' evAayScias k. Scovs, He 122^; cv octlottjtl k. StKatocrvvT/, Lk 1^*
(without ^€<p) vr](TTtLaL^ K. StTJa-eart., Lk 23^ ; tti £v/xaTi êov. Phi 33 ; absol.,
Ac 26'' ; 6 Xarpevwy, the tvorshipper, He 9® 102 . Qf ministerial service,
0. dat. rei, He 8^ IS^^.f
SYN. : KcLTovpytw, q.v.
Xdxai'oi', -ou, TO (AaxatVw, to dig), [in LXX : Ge Ki 20 (21)2,
93, iii
Ps 36 (37)2, Pr 1517 (p-,^ ^ p-y^)*;] a garden herb, vegetable: Lkll*2;
usually in pi., Mt 1332, Mk 432, Rq 142.t

SVN. : poTo-vT], q.v.
AejSpaios, -ov, 6 (on the derivation, v. Dalman, Words, 50 Swete, ;
Mk., I.e.), LebbcBUs: Mt 103, 3^8 Mk (WH, mg.; ©aSSalo^, q.v., Eec,
WH, txt., EV, cf. WH, App., 11, 24. In Lk 6", Ac 1^3, he is called
^Lfxwv 6 ZrjXwTrj's.)'^
*tXeYiwt' (Eec. -eciv), -iovos, rj, (Lat. legio), a legion: Mt 26^3,

Mk 58' 15, Lk 83o.t
\4y<a, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for nax ; Ac'yei for DX; , Ge
22^', al. ;] to pick out, gather, reckon, recount.
1. in Horn., 2. In
Hdt. and say, speak, affirm, declare : absol., Ac 13^5 241"

Att., to
seq. orat. dir., Mt 93*,
3ii, Jo 129, al. Mk
seq. 5ti recit., 321, Lk I2*, ; Mk
Jo 61*, al.; ace. at. inf., Lk lli^, Jo 122^, al.; after another verb
of speaking, Trporrf^wi'civ K. Xeyeiv, Mt 11^'^, al. ; oLTreKpiOrj (eXdXr)(Tev)

Xeycov {Kal Ae'yci ; Dalman, Words, 24 Mt 259, Mk 3^3 T^s, Lk 24«. \
ff.),
al. ; unspokrn thought, X, iv iavrw,

of Mt 3^, Lk 3^, al. of writing, ;
II Co Phi 4^\ al. Xeya rj ypa(f>rj,

8^, ; Eo 4^, Ja 2^3, al. c. ace. rei, ;
Lk 8^ 9^3, Jo 5^*, al. a-u Aeyets (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk.,

;
359, 369 f.), Mt 27^\ Mk 15^, Lk 23^, Jo IS^^; c. dat. pers., seq. orat.
dir., Mt 8-^ Mk 2^\ al. mult. id. seq. on, Mt 3^ al. c. prep., Trpos,
; ;
fierd, Trepi. etc., Mk 4*1, Jo 1156, He 95. al.; to mean (cl.), Mk W\

Jo 6"i, I Co 1029, al.; to call, name, Mk lO^S; pass., Mt 9^, Mk 15^ al
(cf. dm-, 8;a- (-/xat), Trpo-, avX-Xeyw).
Si'.v. A.aA.€w, which refers to the utterance, as Xeyw to the
;
meaning of what is said, its coiTespondence with thought (Tr., Syn.,

Ixxvi ; Thayer, s.v. AoAe'to).
XeifAfia (WH, Xifx/Jia, V. their .^^^^'-j 154), -ros, to (<^ XetTito), [in
LXX: IV Ki 19* A (nn^s'Ur) * ;] a remnant: Eo 11^+

Xelos, -eta, -eZoi/, [in LXX : Ge 2711, I Ki 17*o E (pbu ,
p^bn) ',
680s X., Is 40* A (nJTfâ); Pr 22« 12i3 2623*;] smooth: opp. to rpa^v^,
Lk 35 (i'^x).t
Xeiirw, [in LXX: Jb 4^1, Pr 19i(*)
(lis), al. ;] 1. trans., to leave,
leave behind; pass., to be left behind, to lack: seq. prep, (as more
usual in cl.), cv, Ja 1* c. gen. rei, ib ^ 2^^. 2. Intrans., to be gone, to
;
be wanting : c. dat. pers., Lk I822, Tit 3^^ ,-0, XeiTrovra, Tit 1^ (cf diro-, j .
Sia-, £K-, eTTi-, Kara-, iv-Kara-, irtpi-, viro-XeLTrwj.f

XeiToupyco), -ai (<^X€tTovpyds), [in also LXX chiefly for mCT pi.,
for 12,V N;a]?, etc.;] 1. in cl., at Athens, to S2ip2}ly public offices at

,
one's own cost, render public service to the State, hence, generally,
2. to serve the State, do a service, serve (of service to the Gods, Diod.,
i, 21) of the official service of priests and Levites (Ex 293", ]^^ iqq^
:
Si 41*, I Mac 10*2, al. cf. Deiss., BS, 140 f.), He lOî of Christians
; ; :
c. dat. pers. seq. iv, Eo 1527 (cf. Si 102^) t. Kvpi^, Ac 132.t ;
Syn. : XaTpivu) (q.v.), prop., to serve for hire, (as some- LXX
times in cl.), always of service to the deity on the part of both priests
and people (Ex 43, De 10^2^ and similarly in NT). Xttrovpyew " is the
fulfilment of an office it has a definite representative character, and
:
corresponds with a function to be discharged ". It is therefore used of

serving in an office or ministry in always of priests and : LXX
Levites, in NT, with its cognates (Eo 13^ 152^, are not really exceptions),
of services rendered either to God or man by apostles, prophets,
teachers, and other officers of the church (cf. Tr., Syn., § xxxv; ICG
onEo P; Westc, He., 232 ff.).
XetTOupyta, -as, rj (-^XeiTOD/ayew), [in LXX chiefly for Hlhy, Nu

42*, I Ch 9^3^ al. ;] 1. in cl. (chiefly of Athens), the discharge of a
public office at one's oivn expense (v. LS, s.v.), hence, 2. a service,
ministry ; in ir. (Deiss., BS, 140 f .) and in (though here also of LXX
secular service, iii Ki 1*, al.), of religious service or ministration and ;
SO in NT of priestly ministrations, Lk 1^3^ He 8® Q^^ ; fig., dva-ia koL \.

:
rq% ma-T€w^ V^v, Phi 2^^ ; of Christian beneficence, ii Co 9^2, Phi 23o.t
t XciToupYiK(5s, -rj, -6v, [in LXX for nia^, nittr; epya, Nu 75
Ex 319(10) 3913(1); Nu 412.28, n Ch 24i**;]

(TToXai, o-KcvT^, of or for
service, ministering : Trvevfiara, He li*.t
XeiToupyiSs, -ov, o (<^ Aaos, epyov), [in LXX chiefly for n^BTlO , Jos
11 A, III Ki 105, Ps 102 (103)21, Si 7^\ al. ;] 1. in cl., one who discharges
a public office at his own expense, then, generally, 2. a public servant,
a minister, servant : t. dyiwv X., He 82 (cf. Ne 10^^, Si, I.e.) 'Irja-ov ;
Xpto-Tov, Eo 151" ;
pi., T, deov, Eo 13", He I^CLXX) .
x.. ifiwv t. xpetas fjLOv,
Phi 225.t
SYN. : V.S. SieiKOVos, XciTovpyeo).
Xc|id, V.S. Xafjid.
*tXî'Tioi', -OV, TO (Lat. linteum), a linen cloth, towel : Jo 13*' ^.t
XcTTi's, -180s, 17 « XcTTw, to peel), [in LXX chiefly for T\\Slp!C0p. ;] a

tcale : Ac 9i^.t
Xîrpa, -a?, 17 « Xeirpos), [in LXX for n?l^ ;] leprosy : Mt S^,
Mkl*2, Lk5i2.i3.t
Xeirpos, -a, -oV « AeTrts), [in LXX for yn^ yjSO , ;] 1- (in cl.)
scaly, rough. 2. leprous; chiefly as subst., 6 X., a leper : Mt 82 10^

115, Mk 1*0, Lk 427 722 1712; of Simon, formerly a leper, Mt 26«,
Mk 143.t
*X€irTos, -6v (XcTTw, to peel), 1. peeled.
-rf, 2. fine, thin, small,
light ; hence, in late Gk., as subst. to X., a small coin (one-eighth of
an as, AV, mite) 12*2, -Lt 12^9 212.t
: Mk
Aeu€i (indecl.) and Aevets (Eec. -vt, -vU), gen. Atvct, ace. -uv, 6
(Heb. il^), Levi; ]. the son of Jacob: He 1^^'^, Ee T. 2. Son of
Melchi : Lk 32*. 3. Son of Simeon Lk 32^. 4. Son

: of Alphaeus (cf.
Ma^âtos) : Mk 21* (WH, mg., 'IaKco/3ov), Lk 527. 29.t
Aeueinis (Eec. Acvitt/s), -ov, 6, [in LXX for ^)b ;] a Levitt : Lk

1032, Jo 119, Ac 43«.t
AcociTtKos (Eec. AcvtT-), -TQ, -OV, [lu LXX: Le, tit.*i] Levitical
He 7ii.t
XcoKaiKu, «X€rKo's), [in LXX : Ps 50 (51)^, Is lis (pb hi.), etc.;]
to whiten, make white : c. ace. rei, Mk 93, Ee 71*.+

*t XeuKo-Pu'ao-ii'os, -ov (cf XcvkoXivt;?, a robe of white flax, C.I., 155,
.
19i* (WH, mg.).t

17), white linen : Ee
XeuK<5s, -q, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for ]1^ ;] 1. bright, brilliant : of
clothing, Mt I72, Mk 9^ 16^, Lk 92^, Ac li», Ee 3^ 4* Gn 191* (cf. 7^' i3

20i2, Ee 3*; ^povos, Ee
Ee 98) ; 0)5 xiv, Mt 283; ^^ x. (sc. IfiaTtots), Jo
2011. 2. white : Mt 536, Ee li* 21^ 4* 62 I41* 19" ; fig., of garments,
Ee 318; of ripened grain, Jo 43*.+
\iuiv, -ovTos, o, [in LXX chiefly for i")}^ , rT!"ll< , also for TB5 ,
etc. ;J
a lion : He ll^^, i Pe 5\ Ee 4^ Q^- ^^ 10^ 132 ; metaph., ii Ti 41^,
Ee 55.t
X^Qx], -r?s, r) {<mei^ = XavOdvi^y), [in LXX: Le S^^ (byo), Wi
16^^ Si 14', al. ;]
forgetfulness : A.. XafSelv (on the phrase, v. Mayor, in
1.) : II Pe l».t
Xtifid, T, for AayLi<£, q.v., in Mt 27'"'.t
\T)p,<j/i,9 (Eec. Xî/'is, so in cl.), -cws, 17 (<^ Xafji/Sdvut), [in LXX (Aî/^-)
Pr 1529 (16S); A. SiLpi^v, Pr 15^7 (n:no) ; ^- '<al 800-19, Si 41^9 42^*;] re-
ceiviiig : Sdo-i? /<ai A., Phi 4^5.t
Xti»'<5s, -oO, y] (in some MSS., LXX and NT, 6), [in LXX chiefly for
n|T, Nu 1827, al; also for Mm (Ge SO^s."!), n3 (Ne U^\ al.), etc.;]
a trough or ^Ja^; esp. for the treading of grapes: Mt 21^^, Ee 142*'
19^^; rr}v A. . . . Tov fjieyav (a solecism perhaps inadvertent), Ee 14^'
(cf. VTToXrjvtov) .f
**Xt]pos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: iv Mac 5^"*;] silly talk, nonsense:

Lk 24ii.t
Xr](TTris, -ov, 6 (<;Ep. XrjLs = Xeta, booty), [in LXX for Tn^, etc.;]
a robber, brigand : Mt 21i3 (lxx) 26^5 2738. ", Mk ll^^ 14« 15^^, Lk
1030, 36 1946 22^2^ Jo IQl, 8 IgiO^ „ Qo 112«.t
Syn. KAeTT-n/?, q.v. :
Xt](|/is, V.S. X7J/xvf/i<;.
Xiav, adv., [in LXX chiefly for ikp Ge ,

lî 4^, Je 243, al. ; To 9*,
II Mac 11\ al. ;] very, exceedingly : Mt 2^^ 4^ 828 2?!*, Mk V^ Gî
(Eec. X. €K Trepiacroi) 9=* 16^, Lk 238, n Ti 4^5, ii Jo *, iii Jo » (cf. wep-
Xi'av).t
Xlâvos, -ov, 6 (rarely 17), (from the Semitic ; cf. the Heb. equiv.), [in
LXX for npb, Ex 303*, Is 60«; Si 24i5, al.;] 1. in cl., the frankin-
cense-tree. 2. (Occas. in cl.) frankincense (so Le 2^ ; cf. Xiâvcords)
Mt 2^1, Ee 18i3.t
Xipai/uTds, -oS, 6 «A.tâvos), [in LXX: Ch 929 (njhV), m Mac

i
52*;] 1. in cl. (and LXX), frankincense, the gum of the libanus.

2. = Late Gk., XiySavwrpis, a censer Ee 83'^ : (the same form appears
in Inscr. ; MM, xvi).t
AiP«pTit'os, -ov, 6 (Lat. libertinus), a freedman : -q a-vvaytDyq -q
Xeyofievr} AcySeprivcDv, Ac 6® (Bl. thinks the original reading was

Ai/3ucrTivwv, Phil. Gosp., 69 f.).t
AtPuTj, -r;s, Libya : Ac 2^^.f
XiOdiw « V,
Aiôs), [in LXX (seq. iv At'ôis)
=
: 11 Ki 16«> ^3 (i,pQ
pi.) ;]
1. throw stones
to (Arist., Polyb., al.). 2. XidofioXeio (LXX, NT), to
pelt with stones, to stone: c. ace. pers., Jo 8 ^^J iQsi-as ns^ Ac 14^9;
pass., Ac 526, II Co 1125, He 1137 (v. DB, Art., "Crimes and punish-
ments," and cf. KaTa-A6âô>).t
XiOiros, -r], -ov (Xidos), [in LXX for p^ ;] of stone : Jo 2®, ii Co

33, Re 920.t
tXteo-poXû, 'S> «A.tôs, /SaUo)), [in LXX for bpD , Q31 , Ex 19i3,
Le 20^, al. ;] to pelt with stones, to kill by stoning, to stone (cf. Xtâ^w)
c. ace. pers., Mt 2135 23^7, Lk IS^*, Ac T^s- 59 14^ ;
pass., He 12^'0(Lxx).f
Xidos, -ov, 6 (and, in Att., of precious stones, 17.), [in LXX for
8i», al.;] a
75N, Ge 113, al.; x. rt/xios, fori?, Ps 18(19)10 20(21)3, p^
stone: Mt 4", al. at the entrance of a tomb, Mt
;
pi., Mt 3^ al. ;
2760,66 282, Mk Jo 1138, 39,41 20^; X. /xvXikos, Lk

154« 163.4, Lk 24^,
172, cf. Re 1821; of building stones, Mt 21^2 [4«, 24''',
12io I31.2, Mk
Lk 19** 20^7' 215. 6^ Ac 4", i Pe 2^ metaph., of Christ, X. d/<poya)vaIo9,
18 ;
ckXcktos, tvTifio^, I Pe 2" (i-^^) X. ^wv, ib. * Trpoa-KOfi/jiaTos, ib. 8, Ro ; ;
933 of Christians, X. ^wvtcs, i Pe 25 of precious stones, X. ti/xlo<;. Re

; ;
174 1812,16 2111.19; tacTTTi?, Re 43; €v8e8v/xeVoi X. KaOapov, Re 15« (\lvov,

Rec, R, mg., v. Swete, in 1.) ; metaph., X. rifiLOL, i Co 312 ; of the
tables of the law, n Co 3^ of idols, Ac 1729.
Xie(5-<rrp&)Tos, -ov « ;
o-Tpwwu/ii), [in LXX: II Ch 73, Es I"', Ca

31" (npVl, P)S^)*;] paved with stones, esp. of tessallated work (Ca,
I.e.) as subst., t6 X., a tessallated pavement : Jo 19i3 (cf. Tafifiadaj.f
;
XiKfidu, -w (<^XiKfi6<i — Xlkvov, a winnowing -fan), [in chiefly LXX

14i5, 17i3, (31)io, Da 2", al. ;]
for n-17 ni., pi., Ru 32, iii Ki Is Je 38
1. in cl., to winnow (so Ru, I.e.). 2. In (11. c., exe. Ru), to LXX
scatter (as chaff or dust) Lk 201^ (RV, scatter as dust, Deiss., BS,
:
225 f., quotes ex. in tt. which suggests the meaning ruin, destroy ; cf.
Vg. comminuet, AV, gririd to powder; cf. also Kennedy, Sources,
126), Mt 21** [WH], R, txt.t
Xijid, T '7,
for Xa/i,a, q.v.
Xi^riK, -evos, 6, [in LXX: Ps 106 (107)30 (Tina), ib.35, i Es 555,
I, II, IV Mac 7 * ;] a harbour, haven : Ac 27^' 12 (cf. KaXol Ai/Li€V€s).t
XifAfjia, V.S. Xci/AjLia.
\llivr], -77s, 77, [in LXX: Ps 106 (107)35 113 (114)8 (qjj^)^ Ca
7*'5>
(npi3), I Mae 1135, n Mac 121^*;] a lake : of the Sea of Galilee
(Mt, Mk, V.S. OdXafraa), Lk 52 822-23,33. X. Tevyr)(TapeT (q.v.), Lk 51;
X. T. TTvpo's, Re 1920 2010. 1*. 15 ; Kaiofievrj TTvpi, Re 218.t
Xijios, -ov, 6 (so in Att. ; in Dor. 17, and so sometimes in LXX,
v. Th., Gr., 146; in NT: Lk 15i*, Ac IpS; M, Pr., 60), [in LXX
cf.
chiefly for sri;] hunger, famine : Lk 425 1514,17^ Ac 7ÛLS.x) ips^ Rq
835, Ee 68 188; x. Kal Stô?, n Co 1127; pi., Mt 24^, Mk 13^, Lk 21ii.t
\ivov (Tr. klvov), -ov, TO, [in LXX Ex 93i : (n^-i^TS), al.;] 1. flax:
Mt 1220 (LXX). 2. linen : Re 15^ (R, mg., v.s. Xtôs).t
Aii'os (Rec. Atvos), ov, 6, Linus: 11 Ti 42i.t
Xnrap<5s, -a, -ov (< XtVos, fat), [in LXX : Jg 329, Ne 935, jg
30^^ (])5^)*;] oily, fatty; metaph., of living, rich, dainty : ra X. koX
T. kafjLTrpd, Re 18^''.t
*t\iTpa, -as, 7] (cf. Lat. libra), 1. a Sicilian coin = Rom. libra or
as. 2. In weight, a pound : Jo 12^ IQ^'^.t
Xii|/, Ai/?os, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 233 . also for ]pT) , n;il?0
etc., Ge 1314, Nu 2io, ii
Ch 323o, al.
;] ^/le STF. wind : fikiirovTa Kara X.,
Ac 2712 (v. Page, in 1. ; Deiss., BS, 141).t
Xoyeia, V.S. Xoyia.
*tXoYia (prop., -ei'a, V. BS, 142 ff.), -as, 7; {<^\oyev(D, to collect, a
word found in tt., v. Deiss., BS, I.e.; LAE, 70, 103; MM, xvi), a
collection: i Co IG^'^.t
Xoyiôfiai (<;Xoyos), [in LXX chiefly for SCTn ;] 1. prop., of
numerical calculation, to count, reckon: c. ace. seq. /xera, Mk 15^8 (LXX)
(Rec, R, mg.), Lk 22^". 2. Metaph., without reference to numbers,
by a reckoning of characteristics or reasons (a) to reckon, take into ;
account : c. ace. rei, i Co 13* id. seq. dat. pars., Ro 4^ (lxx), 4, 6, 8 (lxx)^
;
II Co 519, II Ti 4i« ; seq. cts (cf. Heb. ^ nCTHJ ; Bl, § 33, 3), Ac 19^^ Ro
226 43,5,9-11,22-24 98^ Ga 3MLXX)^ ja 2^3 (lxx). (J) iq consider, calctdate:
c. ace. rei. Phi 4^ ; seq. otl, Jo 11*", He 11^^ tovto, on, 11 Co 10^^ e. ace.
; ;
pers., c. inf., Ro 6^^ ; seq. ws, Ro 8^^(^^^); (c) to suppose, judge, deem :
I Co 13^1 ; ws, I Pe 5^^ j qutws, i Co 4^ c. ace. rei, 11 Co 3*

; id. seq. ;
eis, II Co 12«; 6ti, Ro 8^^; roiro, on, Ro 2^ 11 Co 10'; c. inf., 11 Co

11*; ace. et inf., Ro 32^ 14^\ Phi S^^; c. ace. pers. seq. ws, u Co 10^;
(d) to purpose, decide: c. inf. (Eur., Or., 555), 11 Co 10"' (ef. dva-, 8ta-,
irapa-, cn;X-Xoytôyu.ai).t
*XoyiK<Ss, -rj, -oV (<Âdyos, reason), reasonable, rational: karpeia,
Ro 121 . ^^spiritual) yaXa (v. Hort, in 1.
^ (i e. xvi), ; MM, i Pe 2^ (in
support of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in l.).t
\6yiov, -OV, TO (dimin. of Xoyos, v. ICC, Bo., 70), [in LXX chiefly
forn-ipx, Ps 17 (18)30 18 (19)i*, al.; also for ini. Is 28^3,
-Dps*,
al.; (cf. Xoyciov (-lov), for ]C7n , the oracular breastplate of the H.P.,
Ex 281*, al.) ;] an oracle : Ac 7^8, Ro 3^, He 512, i Pe 411 (on the eecl.,
Xoyia T. Kvptov, v. Lft., Essay on Sup. Bel., 172 ff.).t
*X6yios, -OV «Xdyos), 1. in el., learned (Ac, I.e., R, txt.). 2. In
late Gk., eloquent : Ac 1824 (v. Page, in 1. Field, Notes, 129).t ;
Xoyia^ds, -OV, 6 «Xoytto/tat), [in Ps 32 (33)10-11, p^ 1921^ LXX :
Is 66IS, al. (njtzrna) ;] a reasoning, thought : Ro 2i*, 11

Co 10*.t
*t XoyoiJiax^w, -w (<iXdyos, jxaxoixai), to strive ivith words : II Ti 2i*.+

*t Xoyofiaxia, -as, 7; «
Aoyo,âY£'w), a strife of loords : pi., I Ti 6*.t
Xoyos, -OV, 6 (Âcyco), [in LXX chiefly for ^^1, also for
'TpM' . n^p , etc. ;] I. Of that by which the inward thought is ex-
pressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. 1. a word, not in the

grammatical sense of a mere name (cttos, ovofia, prjfjia), but a word as
embodying a conception or idea Mt 8^, Lk V, i Co 14^' ^®, He 12'", :
al. 2. a saying, statement, declaration: Mt 19^2 (T om.), Mk 5'*

V\ Lk 129, Jo 222 660, Ac 729, al.; c. gen. attrib., Ac 1Z^\ Eo 99, He
72s,
al. of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mt 72*
;
101*. Mk 838, Lk 9**, Jo 1424, al.; a. kcvoI, Eph 5«; ^\r,eLvoi, Ee 199;
TTia-TOL, Ee 22" ; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises God, o of
A. T. 6(ov, the word of God : Mk 7^^, Jo lO^s, Eo 139, i Co 1436, Phi
11*, al.; absol., 6 \., Mt I321.22, Mk 16[20], Lk P, Ac 6*, He 412, al.
3. speech, discourse: Ac 14^2, n Co lOi", Ja 32; opp. to iirKTrokr],
II Th 215 listing, from <7o<f>La, i Co 2'
. avaa~rpo<f>-q, i Ti 412 ; 8wa/iis, ;
I Co 419, I Th 1^; epyov, Eo IS'^; ouSevos A. Ti/iiov {not worthy of

mention), Ac 202* ; of the faculty of speech, Lk 24^9, n Co 11" ; of the
style of speech, Mt 5^'', i Co 1^ ; of instruction, Col 4^, i Pe 3' ; c. gen.
pers., Jo 524 8*2, Ac 2*1, al.; 6A., o £>os, Jo Sî; c. gen. obj. (t.)
aX-q6ua<;, II Co 6'', Col 1*, Ja 1^^ ; T. KaraAAay^s, Co 5^9 t. aravpov, n ;
Co Co 4i9.2o^ Col 223,

I 118; of naere talk, i i Jo 318; of the talk which
one occasions, hence, repute subject-matter, hence, : Col 223. 4^
teaching, doctrine : Ac 181^, 11 Ti 2i^, al. ; esp. of Christian doctrine
Mt 1320-23, Mk
4i*-2o 832, Lk 12, Ac 8*,
Ga 6«, i Th 1«, al. ; c. gen. pers.,
T. eeov, Lk 51, Jo 17«, Ac 429, I Co 1436, i Jo lio, Ee 69, al. ; t. KvpCov,
Ac 825, I Th 18, al. t. X/dio-toG, Col 3^6, Ee 38; c. gen. appos., Ac 15^;
;
c. gen. attrib., He
5i3.
5. a story, tale, narrative : Mt 281^, Jo 2123,
Ac 11 1122 seq. irepi, Lk 51^. 6. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.
;
V. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mt 212*, j^jj in

1129, Lk 203, Ac 821 . Qf a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law,
Ac 1938; pi. (i Mac 733, al), Lk 1*. II. Of the inward thought itself,
Lat. ratio. 1. reason, (a) of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.)
Kara Xoyov, Ac 181* Q^^ ^ reason, caxise : rivi Ao'yw, Ac 10^9 ; Trapcxros
.
Xo'yov TTopvcta?, Mt 532 jga, WH, mg., E, mg. 2. account, (a) regard
Ac 202*, Eec. ; (6) reckoning : Phi 41^. i7 ; o-vvai>«v (q.v.) X., Mt 1823
2519 ; in forensic sense, Eo I412, He 13i^ i Pe 4^ ; c. gen. rei, Lk 162
seq. TTcpt, Mt 1236, Ac 19*0, i Pe 31^. proportion, analogy : Phi 2i6
3.
(Field, Notes, 193 f.). III. 5 A., the Divine Word or Logos : Jo li' 1*
T. ^w^s. I Jo 11; T. $€ov, Ee 19i3 (v. Westc, Swete, CGT, in refif.
11.;
in Artt., Logos, DB, DCG).
X<5yxti, -q's, y, [in LXX for nOT , etc. ;] 1. a spear-head. 2. a
lance, spear: Mt 27*9 (|[WH]|, E, mg.), Jo 193*.t
XoiSopû, -u) (<^ Xot8opo9), [in LXX chiefly for S"""!;] to abuse,
revile : c. ace. pers., Jo 928, j^q 23* ; pass., i Co 412, i Pe 223 (î ^^,^|^_
XotSopea)).t
XoiSopia, -as, 17 (<[XoiSop€a)), [in LXX chiefly for 3''T, n^"'ip;]

abuse, railing : i Ti 5'*, i Pe 39.t
Xo{8opos, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 252* 2621 27^^ (]^Tp), Si 238*;]

railing, abusive ; as subst., o X., a railer : i Co 511 Bio.t
Xoi|i<Js, -ov, 6, [in LXX for Y^b , rîy , b^b^ , etc. ;] pestilence
pi., Lk 2111 . metaph. (as in cl. ; LXX : Ps l^, Pr 212*, i Mac 15^\
al.), of persons, a pest : Ac 24^ (also as adj., av8pt<; Xoi/xoi, i Mac lO'i,
al.).t
Xoi-iros, -i;, -o'v (•< XciVw), [in LXX chiefly for inn , also for
Mt 25ii,
^t<V , 6tc. ;] the remaining, the rest, 1. pi., ol X. : c. subst.,
Ac 237, Ro 113, al. ; absol., Mt 22«, Mk

IGfi^J, Lk 24io, al. ; ol A., ot
Th 4i3, Re 2^^; ol \. t. dv^pwjrov (LS,
(Bl., § 47, 8), Ac 289, i s.v., ad.
init.), Re 9^0; ra X., Mk 4i9, Re 3^, al. 2. Neut. sing. (ace. ref.),
adverbially, to \. (a) for the future, henceforth :

;
14*i, i Co 7^' Mk
(Lft., Notes, 232 f.). He IQi^ anarth. (Deiss., LAE, 176i6, I885, 20), ;
Ac 272^ II Ti 48 ToO A. (sc. xpovov LS, s.v. M, Pr., 73 Bl., § 36, 13),
; ; ; ;
Ga 61'^, Eph 61** (6) besides, moreover, for the rest : Phi 31 4^
;
anarth., i Co li« 42, i Th 41 (M, Th., in 1. Lft., Notes, 51). ;
AouKas, -a, 6 (prob. an abbreviation of AovKavo's; v. Lft., Col.,

240; ICC, Lk., xviii; Bl., §29; ace. to Ramsay, Exp., Dec, 1912, pp.
502 ff., a by-form of Aovkios, from Lat. Lucius), Luke : Lk, tit.,
C0I41*, iiTi4ii, Phm24.t
13i, Ro IGî.t
AouKios, -ov, 6 (Lat. Lucius), Lucius : Ac
XouTp6i', -od, t6 «Xov'w), [in LXX: Ca 42, G^.W {n^n% Si
31 (34)25 * ;]a washing, bath : t. vSaro?, Eph 52^ ; t. iroXiyycvco-tas,

Tit 35 (v. AR, Eph., l.c.).t
Xouw, [in LXX chiefly for ]^m (freq. of ceremonial washing;
cf. Deiss., BS, 226 wash the body c. ace. pers., Ac 9^7
f .) ;] to bathe, :
(of a dead body) id. seq. dTro' (Deiss., BS, I.e.), Ac 16^3
; pass. ptcp. ;
pf., Jo I3K', He 1022 mid., to wash oneself (Mayor, in 1.

. M. Pr., ;
155 f., 238 f.), II Pe 222 metaph.. Re l^ Rec, R, mg. (cf. d7ro-Xovw).t
;
Syn. viTTTw, used of parts of the body hands, feet, face

:
15ii
—
ttXvvu), of things, as garments, etc. (v. Le cf. Tr., Syn., § xlv). ;
At588a, -as (Ac 93^, -r?s Rec), 7; and Ai;'S8a, -wv, TO. (ib.^2,35.
-av, Rec), (Heb. ib), Lydda (modern Ludd) Ac, 11. e.t :
AuSia, -as, ?7, Lydia, a woman of Thyatira Ac I61*' *^.f :
huKaovla, -as, Lycaonia, a region in Asia Minor Ac 14® .t

7;, :
AuKaok'iCTTi, adv., in Lycaonian (speech) Ac 14ii.t :
AuKia, -as, 77, Lycia, a region of Asia Minor Ac 27^.t :
Xu'kos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for nXT ;] a wolf: Mt 10i«, Lk ID',
Jo 1012; fig. (as Ez 222^, Ze 3^, Je 5®, al.), Mt 71*, Ac 2029.t

XufiaiKoixai {<^\vnT], outrage), [in LXX chiefly for T\nt2i pi., hi.,
also for D013, etc.;] 1. to outrage, maltreat: c ace, Ac 8'. 2. to
corrupt, defile (Ez 1625, p^ 288, jy Mac IS^, al.).+

XuWd), -w {<:^XvTrr]), [in for mn, etc;] to distress, grieve, LXX
caîse pain or grief: c ace pers., 11 Co 22»5 78; pass., Mt 14^ 17^^
1831 1922 2622, Mk 1022 1419, Jo 1620 2117, Ro 141^, n Co 2*, i Th 41^,
I Pe 1^ X. KoX a^rjfjLoveiv, Mt
; opp tQ 2637 . ^âiptiv, II Co 61" ; Kara êoV,
II Co 79* ^1 T. TTveufJia T. ayiov, Eph 43" (cf.
; <TW-XviTi(i>).f
Syn. : v.s. 6pnr)vi(o.
XuTTT), -T/s, 77, [in LXX for ay^ and cogn. forms, etc. ;]
pain of
body or mind, grief, sorrow : Jo 16^, 11 Co opp. to x^pa. Jo IS^**,
2^" ;
He 1211; ^^^ ^-^ x., Lk 22^5 ; iK X., 11 Co 9^• rj Kara Bôv A., opp. to
q T. Koa/JLOV X., II Co 710 ; X. /-tot ecrrtv, Eo 9^ ; X. Ix<^. Jo IG^l' 22 •
j^. seq.
aTTo, II Co 23 ; X. eirl X. Ix<^, Phi 2^7 ; eV X. eXêlv, II Co 2^ (to come sad
and cause sadness) ; pi. (cf. Ge Sê, Pr 15^^, al.), i Pe 2^^.f
Auaaf las, -ov, 6, Lysanias : Lk S^.t
Aoffias, -ou, o, Lysias {Claudius L., Ac 232«), Ac 24f],22_-|-
Xu'cris, -£<os, -7'

«Xvto), [in LXX Ec V^ (8I) (-|^rg), Da :
LXX
12^, Wi 8^ * ;] a loosing : of divorce, i Co 72^.t
** XuCTiTeX^cj, -w (<[ XucriTeXr^s, useful, prop., ra TeXrj Xvwv), [in LXX :
To 3", Si 201*^-1* 2911*;] 1. prop., to indemnify, pay expenses. 2. to

be usefid, to profit ; usually impers., Xuo-iTeXci, it profits : c. dat. pers.,
seq. €t . . . -7, Lk IT^.f
Ao'o-Tpa, -a?, 17, and (in Ac 14^ 16^, 11 Ti, I.e.) -wv, rd (cf. AvSSa),
Lystra, a city of Lycaonia : Ac 14"' ^> 21 16^' ^, 11 Ti S^^.t
XuTpoi', -ov, to' (<; Xuw), [in LXX (Pent, jg, Pr j, Is j) for ]rTB and
cogn. forms, n^N5 , 15)3 , THO ;] a ransom (as for a life, Ex 218o
for slaves, captives. Is 45i3)

Le I920 ; for
SlvtI ttoXXwv, 2028, : Mt
Mk 10*^ (v. Svête, in 1., and for discussion of X. and its cognates,
Westc, He., 295 f.; Deiss., LAE, 331 f.; cf. also dvTi-XvTpov).t
XuTpou, -w {<C\vTpov, q.v.), [in chiefly for niB, bss;] to LXX
release on receipt of ransom ; mid., to release by paying ransom, to
redeem : in spiritual sense, Tit 2^* ; pass., i Pe l^^ ; in general sense,
to deliver (cf. Ex 6«, Ps 68 (69)i8, al.) Lk 242i.t :
tXiJTpaxns, -€m, r} «Xvt/3o'«o), [in LXX : Le 2529. *^, Is 63* (D"'bw5,
n^N5), Nu 18i«. Ps 48(49)8 110 (111)^ 129 (130)^ {n-^,

f^, miQ),
Jg l^^*;] a ransoming, redemption (aix/ixaXwTwj', Plut., Arat., 11) of :
the mediatorial work of Christ, He 9^2 ; in general sense, deliverance

(cf. Ps 48, I.e.) Lk 1«8 238.+
XuTpu-nis, -ov, 6
:
« Xvrpo'w), [in LXX : of God, Ps 18 (19)1* 77

(78)3^ (b^Ja) * ;] a redeemer, deliverer : Ac 7^* (not found elsewhere).
Xuxfta, -as, -q (vulgar form of Xv^vt'ov = Xv^voCxosJ v. Kennedy,

Sources, 40), [in LXX for niljp (Ex 25^1 40*, al.) ;] a lampstand : Mt
515, Mk 421, Lk 8i« 1133; of that in the Tabernacle, He 92; metaph.,
of the two witnesses, Ee 11* of the seven churches of Asia, Ee I12. '3, 20 ;
2^ ; of the removal of a church from its position, Ktvctv t. Xv^vtav k.t.X.,

ib. 5.+
Xo'xi'os, -ov, 6, [in LXX for 13 (Ex 253" (37)^ al.) ;] a lamp (portable,
and usually set on a stand, Xvîta) : Lk 113' ^p^„fju 6 X., Mk
Mt 5^^, .
421 ; X. S.7rT€iv, Lk 8i« 1133 158. ^-5 Xv'xvov, Ee 1823; id. opp. to <^.
17X10V, ib. 225; metaph., of the eye, Mt 622, Lk 113*; of John the
18
Baptist, Jo 535 of the Lamb, Ee 2128

; of prophecy, 11 Pe l^^ ; of ;
spiritual readiness, pi., kvxyoi (as always in LXX; freq. in Att.

\vxva), Lk 1235.t
SVN. : Xa/X7rd<;, q.V.
Xuu, [in LXX for nriQ 103 hi,, etc. ;] 1. to loose, unbind,
,
release : of things, Mk l^, Lk 3^\ al. of beasts, Mt 21^, Lk 13l^ al. of

; ;
persons, Jo ll'*^, Ac 22^*' ; of Satan, Re 20^' metaph., of the marriage ""

;
tie, I Co T^'^ one diseased, Lk 13^^ of release from sin, Ee 1^, WH,
; of ;
E, txt. (v.s. \ov<x)). 2. To resolve a whole into its parts, loosen, dissolve,
break up, destroy Jo 2^^, Ac 27*\ Ee 5^ metaph., 11 Pe 3^^ of an
: ; ;
assembly, to dismiss : Ac 13^^ ; t, [xeaoroixov t. cfypayfAov, Eph 2^* ; t.

(TTOi)^€ia, II Pe 3^** ; ovpavoi, ib. ^^ ; t. efyya t. Sta^dAou, I Jo 3^ ; T. (iSivas
T. davaTov, Ac 2^* ; of laws, etc., to break, annul, cancel (MM, xvi)
evToXrjv, Mt 5^^ ; T. vofjLoy, Jo 7^^ ; T. adfiârov, Jo 5^^ ; t. ypa^-qv, Jo
10^*. (Cf. di'tt-, dno-, Sia-, ck-, (.ttl-, Kara-, Trapa-Xvu}."^
Awis (Eec. Aojis), -tSos, rj, Lois : ii Ti l^.t
A(iT, 6 (Heb. laib), indecl., Lot (Ge 1127, al.) : Lk 1728.29.32,
II Pe 2^t
M
M, fi, (iu, TO, indecl., mu, m, the twelfth letter. As a numeral,
/= 40, fji^
= 40,000.
Made, 6, indecl., Maath : Lk 32«.t
Magadan, an unidentified place on the coast of the Sea
MayaSdi',
of Galilee Mt 15^9 (Eec. MaySaAd cf Mk 8^^, where for AaA/xavov^d,
: ; .
D has McA-cyaSa, D ^ MayaiSd, some cursives MayaSd, and Euseb.

*
Onomast. McyatSdv; cf. DB, iii, s.v.).t
MaySaXd (Aram. N^XO = Heb. bi^n, which in Jos IS^^B is
rendered MayaSa), Magdala : Mt 15^9 (Eec. for MayaSdv, q.v.).t

MaySaXifjcos, -d, 6v, Magdalene, of Magdala : Mapia (q.v.) 7; M.,
Mt 27^«'«'i 281, Mk 15*0.47 I61 [9], Lk 8^ 24io, Jo 19^5 20i'i8.t
MayeSwc, Magedon : Ee 16^® (WH, "Ap M. for 'ApfiayeSuiv, q,v.).t
fiayeia, V.S. /xay/a.
*fiayeua) (Eur., Plut., al.), 1. to be a Magus, or skilled in Magian
lore. 2. to practise magic : Ac 89.t
*)jiayia (Eec. -eta), -a?, 77 (<^/Adyos), 1. i/ie Zore of the Magians
(Plat.). 2. magic: ipl., magic arts, sorceries : Ac S^^t
fidyos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for fjlSTN , Da LXX th 22. 10, al. (cf.
a^'m
chief magian, Je 39^.^3);] 1. one of the Mdyoi, a Median tribe (Hdt.).
2. a Magian, one of a sacred caste, originally Median, who seem
to have conformed to the Persian religion, while retaining some of
their old beliefs (v. DB, i vol., 665 f. DB, iii, 203 ff.) Mt 21- 7. le. 3. a ; :
wizard, sorcerer: Ac 13". ^ (cf. Wi 17'', Ac 89'^^).t
MayoJy, o, indecl. (Heb. Z'lJQ , Ge IO2, Ez 382, ^1.), Magog,

associated with Gog : Ee 20^ (v. Swete, in l.).t
MaSidfi, 6, indecl. (Heb. JÎD), Midian ; 1. son of Abraham

(Ge 252). 2. An Arabian tribe (Ge 36^5, Ps 82 (83)9, al). 3. yTj M.
(Heb. ]^Tp }n^), the land of Midian (Ex 2^5, al.) : Ac V^.f
*fiot<5s, -ov, o, the breast : Ee 1^^ (L for /xaa-ro^, q.v).t
*t |ia6T)TeD'w intrans. (as prop. vb. in -cww, and so
{<C fJâ-0-qTri<;), 1.
Plut., mor. 837 c. and elsew.), to he a discijjle : c. dat., Mt 27^*" (Rec,
WH, mg.). 2. Trans., to make a disciple : c. ace, Mt 28^9, Ac 14P^ ;
pass., seq. dat., t. 'l-qaov, Mt 27" (WH, E) t. âo-iAeta, Mt 1352.t ;
liaeTj-nis, -ov, 6 (fxavOdvo)), [in only as v.l. (A) in Je I321 20^^ LXX
26 (46)9 *;] a disciple : opp. to SlUo-koXos, Mt lO^*, Lk 6*0 ; 'Iwavvov,
Mt 91*, Lk âptmjio^v, Mt 22^6,
7I8, Jo 218, Lk 533
325 ; T.
Mojvo-ccus, Mk .
Jo 928; 'It/o-oC, Lk 617 711 193^ Jo 666 73 1938. esp. the twelve, Mt 10^
111, Mk
71^ Lk 39, Jo 22, al. ; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6i»2,7
Qio, al. ; T. Kvpiov, Ac 9^.
*+ /iadi^Tpia, -as, v' ( = fio-OriTpis, fem. of fiaOrj-n^s, q.v.), a female
disciple : Ac 9^" f
MaOOaOias, V.S. MaTTaîas.
MaeOalos (Eec. Mard-, V. WH, .4j9;)., 159; Bl., § 3, 11; on the
Semitic form, v. Dalman, Words, 51; Gr., 142), -ov, 6, Matthew : Mt
îi., 99 103, Mk 318, Lk 615, Ac li^ (cf. Aci^c^.t
MaeOdj' (Eec. Mar^-, V.S. Ma^âios), o, indecl. (Heb. ]]10), Matthan:

Mt lis.t
Ma00dT (T, -a^; Eec. MaT^-, V.S. Ma^âros), 6, indecl. (Heb. niJO),
Matthat : Lk 32^ (cf. MaTâT).t

MaOeios (Eec. Mar^-, V.S. Ma^âio?), -a, 6 (Heb. iTriO), Matthias
Ac 123,26_t
Ma0ou<r(i\a (WH, -a\d), 6 (Heb. nb^Tinp), Methuselah : Lk S^^.t
Ma'ivdv, V.S. Mcwd.

âiVofiai, [in LXX : Je 32 (25)1^ (bbn hith.) 36 (29)26 (yj^r pu.),
Wi 14-8, al. ;] 1. to rage, be furious'. 2. to rave, be mad : Jo lO^'', Ac
1215 262*»25^ I Co 1423 (cf. ifi-fxaCyofiaL).f
fiaKapi'l^w {<CixaKdpio<i), [in LXX for ICTN pi., pu. ;] to bless,

proTWunce blessed or happy : c. ace. pers., Lk 1*^, Ja 5ii.t
fiaKcipios, -a, form of

-ov (collat. poet, p-dnap, in Horn., Hes.,
chiefly of the gods and the departed), [in LXX for "'IIJ'K;] blessed,
^€o's (8w<£o-t7?s), i Ti in
6i5; iXn^s, Tit 2i3;
happy {DCG, 177, 213) i, :
esp. in congratulations, usually with the omission of the copula (M,

620 ff-, Jo 20^9, Ee V, al.;
Pr., 180; Bl., §30, 3), fi. 6, Mt 53 ff-, Lk
seq. ptcp., Lk 145, al.. ^5^ Mt 11«, Lk 723, Eo 4^^; Sn, Mt I316, al.;
edv, Jo 131'^, I Co 7**'; compar., fi. . . . fxakkov, Ac 20'*; .(LTepo<i,
I Co 7*0.
Syn. : cvXoyT/To's, q.v.
''*'
fiaKapiafios, -ov, 6 (fiaKapiô)) , a declaration of blessedness,
felicitation : Eo 46, 9^ Qa 41^ (Plat., Arist.).t
MaKcSoîa, Macedonia: Ac IG^.i^ i Co 16^, ii Co l^',

-as, -q,
Phi 4l^ al. M. Kal 'Axa(a, Ac 19-î, Eo 15^\ i Th V' ».

;
MaKcSciK, -Ji'o?, 5, a Macedonian : Ac 169 1929 272, 11 Co 92. *.t

*t fidKcXXoi', -ov, TO (Lat. macellttm), a meat-market i Co lO^' :
(v. Deiss., LAE, 274 MM, xvi).t ;
/xaKpdv (prop. fern. ace. of fmKp6<i, sc. 68w), adv., [in LXX for
pm hi., prir^ , etc. ;] a long way, far : Lk IS'^", Ac 22^1 ; seq. airo, Mt
S'"'", Lk 1\ Jo 218, Ac 172"; id. metaph., Mk 12^4; ol d% /*., Ac 239 (cf.
Is 22) ; metaph., ol ttotI ovrts ju,. (opp. to lyyv%), Eph 21^ ; oi /a., ib. ^'^.t
fiaKpoOei' (^/xafcpds), adv. (chiefly late), [in LXX for piriT
pinno , etc. ;] from afar, afar : Lk IS^^ 225" .

--^^ ^. (pg 137 (138)6,
II Es 313, al), Mt 26^8 27", Mk S" 8^ lli3 14^* 15*", Lk 1623 23",
Ee 1810' IS' 17.+
t |iaKpo0ufie'u, -w {<^ fiaKpo-dvfj.o?, long-tcmjjered ; v.s. -la), [in
LXX: Ec 812 ^2^ pr 1911 (rj-^x ,

^K ^nNH), Jb ?!«, Si 2\ al.;]
1. actively = Kaprtpio), to persevere (Plut., 2, 593 F). 2. Passively,

to be patient, long-suffering : absol., i Co 13*, He 61^, Ja 5^; seq. Iws,
c. gen., ib. ^ ; cVt, c. dat., ib. (Si 2*) ; Trpo's, c. ace, i Th 51* ; im, c.
dat., Mt 1826.29, Lk 18^ cis, 11 Pe S^.f

SfN. : VTrofi€V(j), q.v.
t âKpoOufiia, -as, 7? {<ip.aKp6-evfjio<;), [in LXX : Pr 2515 (n";5?< IJIN),
Je 1515 {rr^ti. "^j^N), Is 57l^ Si 5i\ I Mac 8* * patience, long-

;]
suffering : of experiencing troubles and difficulties.

men, esp. in
Col 111, II Ti 310, He
of God's forbearance, Eo 2* 922, 11 Co
612, Ja, 510 .
6«, Ga 522, Eph 42, Col 312, i Ti lie, 11 Ti 42, i Pe 320, 11 Pe 3i*.t
Syn. : vô/xovy (cf. Lft., Col., 138 Tr., Syn., liii). ;
*t fiaKpo9u)xu)s, adv., with forbearance, patiently : Ac 26^.+

IxQKpos, -a, -oV, [in LXX for "JJ^X, plPIT and cognate forms, etc.;]
1. of space and time, long : yuaKpa Trpoa-evxto-Oai, Mk 12*'', Lk 20*'^.
2. Of distance, far, far distant : x^P"^' ^^ ^^^^ 19i2,+

fiaKpo-xpo»'ios, -ov (/ia/cpo's, ;(po':os), [in LXX . p.. yLyveaOai, ttvat
{W'lyi '?l"'"ixn). Ex 2012, De 4**' 516 172*'*;] of long duration, long-
lived: Eph63(Lx^).+
,id\a, adv., [in LXX for b^S, m Ki 1«, Da LXX lOî, al.;
compar. for â, Nu 13^2(31)^ 9,1 .

âxXov 17 (â), Ge 19^, al.; superlat.,
II Mac 8'', IV Mac 4^^ 12^ 15*;] I. Pos., very, very much, exceedingly
(cl. ; LXX ut supr. taken by \iav, o-0o8pa, etc.).
; in NT its place is
II. Compar., jxaWoi'. 1. Of increase, more; with qualifying words:

7roX\(2, Mk 10*8, Lk 18=59, Eo ttoVo), Lk 122*, Eo
5i5' i^, Phi 212, al. ;
oo-o), He
1112, a,i 102s. 2. Of comparison, the more:
Too-ovrw .
. . .
Lk 5l^ Jo 518, Ac 51*, I Th 41'!'', 11 Pe V^; hi ,1. Kal p.. Phi 19; c.
compar., Mk 7^*, 11 Co 71^; iroWw fi. Kpelaa-ov, Phi 12^; ft, ha<f>ipiLV,
c, gen., Mt 6^^; ft. ^, Mt 18^^; c. gen., i Co 14^^; as periphr. for

compar., Ac 20^5, fi. (EV, yea rather), Eo S^*.
i Co 9^5, Ga 4^^ 8i
3. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner : with qualifying words,
TToXAa), Mt 6^0, al. : ttoXv, He 122^; iroa-w, Mt 7^\ al. ; in a question,
ov IX.I I Co 9^2. after a neg.. Mt 10«, al; eiXm {^vhoKOi) fx., i Co 14*,
II Co 5^ ;
^-qXu), I Co 14^ ; c. subst., t. (tk6to<; ^ r. ^ws, Jo 3^^ ; /*. 84, Ga 4®.
III. Super!., fjidXurro, most, most of all, above all : Ac 20^® 25^^, Ga 6^^,
Phi 422, I Ti 410 58. 17, II Ti 413, Tit 110, Phm i«, 11 Pe 2iO; /x. yv^crrrj^,
Ac 263.
(laXaKi'a -a?, 17 «/xaXaKos), [in LXX chiefly for •br[, De 7^*
28", Is 38^ 533, al. ;] 1. prop., softness, effeminacy (Hdt., Thuc, al.).
2, In NT, as in LXX, = aa-devtLa, weakness, sickness : voo-os nal fx.,
Mt 423 935 IQi.t
/SFiV. ; V.S. d<r6€V€ia.
(Q^p-ji^ppg) *
ftaXaic^s, -i -oV, [in LXX: Pr 25^^^
(^n) 2622 .j
soft; 1. prop., to the touch (opp. to a-KXrjpos) of clothing, pi., Mt 11^ :
Lk 72*. 2. Of persons and their mode of living; (a) mild, gentle;

(b) soft, effeminate : i Co 6^ (prob, in obscene sense, cf. Deiss., LAE,
150 4; MM, xvi; Zorell, s.v.).t
MaXeXeVjX (T, MeA-), 6 (Heb. ÛJ^^qo), Mahalaleel : Lk S^^.t
fidXiora, V.S. fidXa.

(iaXXoc, V.S. fidXa.
MdXxos, -ov, 6 (Hellenistic form of Heb. "Ij^p), Malchus : Jo IS^^.t
(onomatop.), [in LXX: iv Mac 16^*;] 1. in cl., a

**fi(ifi|jiT], -r/s, ?7
child's name for mother. 2. In late Gk. (= cl., TrjBTJ), a grandmother

(LXX, I.e.), II Ti l^.t
tjittfiums (Rec. fiafjifx-), -a (Bl., § 7, 4), 6 (Aram. S3ina), mammon,
riches : Mt 62*, Lk 169. u, i3,t
tAayariv, 6 (Heb. DUZp), Manaen : Ac 13i.t
Mat'OCTOTis, -rj> o (Heb. HWiO), Manasseh ; 1. (a) the first-born
son of Joseph ; (6) the tribe which bore his name : Ee 7". 2. King
of Judah : Mt l^^.t
ftavQdvQ>, [in LXX chiefly for mb;] to learn, esp. by
1. inquiry
absol, I Co 1431, iTi 2^\ ii Ti 3' ; c. ace. rei, Jo 7^^ (sc. aird), Eo le^^,
I Co 1435, Phi 49, II Ti 3l^ Ee 14^; seq. quaes, indir., Mt 9^^; XptcrroV,
Eph 420
{ICC, in 1.) gen. rei, Mt 2432, ; I328; diro, c. gen.
seq. i-n-o, c. Mk
pers., Mt 1129, Col gen. pers., 11 Ti 31*;V;cv, c. dat. pers.,
-n-apd, c.
I Co 4''; "point" aorist (M, Pr., 117), to ascertain, seq. on, Ac 232^;
c. ace. seq. (xtto, Ga 32, 2. to learn by use and practice, acquire the
habit of, be accustomed to : e. inf. (Bl., § 69, 4), i Ti 5*, Tit 3^*; id. c.
nom. in pred. (Bl., § 72, 1), Phi 4}^; c. ace. rei seq. ctTro', He 5^; dpyal
fiav6dvov(Tiv (EV, they learn to be idle ; Bl., § 73, 5 ; Field, Notes, 210),
I Ti 5i3.t
H-afia, -as, y « /i,atVo/xai), [in LXX Ho :

9^' » n?^;?!^^). Wi 5*,
al. ;] frenzy, madness : Ac 26^*.t

fidkm, TO, (in FIJ, also ry), indecl. [in LXX : to Ex 16^^*, else-
fxav.
where T. /xavva, Nu lisff-, al.
(]p, Aram. N$0) ;] manna: Jo 63i'*«,
He 9* ; symb., Ee 2^7.+
âin-euojuiai (<[ /xavri's, a seer, diviner), [in LXX for DDp , De IS^**,
al. ;] to divine, practise divination : Ac IG^^.t
Syn. q.v., in distinction from which fx. is used in
: 7rpo(firjTev(D,
LXX NT
only of false prophets and those who practise the
and
heathen arts of divination and soothsaying (cf. i Ki 28^, and v. Tr.,
Syn., § vi).
fjiapaiôj, [in LXX: Jb ISô {a;y^ pi.), 242*, wi 2^ I921*;] in cl,
1. prop., to quench fire; pass., of fire, to die atoay, go out. 2. In

various relations, to quench, waste, wear out (cf. Wi 19^^) pass., to ;
waste aivay; in later writers (Plut., Luc, al.), of the withering of

flowers and herbage (act., Jb 15^0 pass., ib 24^*, Wi 2^) Ja 1^^ . :
(cf. a/i,apai'TOv).t
add (Kec. fiapavaQa.

jiapdv Aram. on the original form v. ; :
Dalman, Gr., % 4:1,1; 74, 3; Words, 328). Maran atha, i.e. the Lord
Cometh (but v. Dalman, 11. c. Field, Notes, 180 ICC, in 1.) i Co 1622.t
; ; :
*fiapYapiTT]s, -ov, 6, a pearl: Mt 13*^.46, i Ti 2^ Ee 17* IS^^.ie

2121 (.-^„^_ WH)
proverbially, Mt 7«.t
;
MdpGa, -as (BL, §7, 2), 7; (Aram. Urt-]^), Martha: Lk lO^s. *o, 41^
Jo lli.s.iaff. 122.+
Mapia, -as (Hellenized form), and Mapiafx, indecl., -q (Aram.

d;1©; Heb. (MT) Q^-ia), Mary. In NT; 1. the mother of Jesus:
Mt 116 ff. 211 i355_ Mk 63, Lk P^ff. 25.16,19,34^ Ac li*. 2. ilf. Mag-
dalene (q.v.). 3. The wife of Clopas (Jo 19^5) and mother of James
the little, and Joses Mt 275«'6i 28i, Mk 15*«>*7 I61, Lk 24io.
: 4. The
sister of Martha and Lazarus Lk 10^9. 42, Jo HL 2, 19 123.
:
ff.
5 The
mother of John Mark Ac 12'2. 6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul
:
Eo 16^ (on the signification of the name, v. Zorell, s.v. on the use of ;
the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 b„).+

MdpKos, -ov, 6, Mark Mk., tit., Ac 12i2.-^5 1537, 39^ Col 4i«, 11 Ti 411,
:
Phm24, I Pe 5'3 (v. Swete, Mk., Intr., xiiiff.; DB, iii, 245ff).t
** fidpfiapos, -ov, 6 {<îj.apixatpui, to glisten), [in LXX: Ep. Je"2*;]
1. any crystalline stone (Hom., Eur., al.). 2. In later writers, marble :
Ee 18i2.t
p.dpTup, V.S. p-dpTVi.
fiapTupe'w, -w {<^ p.dpTv<s) , [in LXX chiefly for 137 (Ge 31*"»*^, al.),
also for Tiy hi. (Ge 43^, La 2^^), njy (Nu 353");] (a) a
prop., to be
witness, bear witness, testify: absol. (Pind., al.), Jo 15", Ac 26^;
parenthetical (Bl., § 79, 7 ; MM, xvi), 11 Co 8^ c. dat. pers. (coram,
;
at incomm.; Bl., § 37, 2), Ac 22«, He IQi*; id. seq. on, Mt 233i,
Eo 102, al.; ace. et inf., Ac lO*^; c. ace. rei (cl.), Jo 3", Ee 22^6.20;
c. ace. eogn., seq. Trcpt, Jo 5^^, i Jo 5^<> ; c. dat. rei, Jo 5^^, Ac 14^, al.
seq. gen. (pers. et rei), Jo V' 8- is 2^^ IS^s 212*,
TTcpt, c. al. ; id. seq.
oTi, Jo 536 7^ 5x1, Jo P* 4" al.; 5ti recit., Jo 439; Kara seq. on,
I Co 151*; pass., He 78; ptcp., Eo 3^1; impers.. He 7^7; (b) in late
Gk., to witness favourably, give a good report, approve (Bl., § 54, 3
MM, xvi Deiss., BS, 265) c. dat. pers., Lk 4^2 seq. Ittl, e. dat. rei,
; : ;
He 11* pass., Ac 6^ ; seq. iv, i Ti 510, He IP 8id, c. gen. rei, He ll^^

;
;
vTTo, c. gen. pers., Ac IO22, al. impers., in Jo^ (cf. i-m-, o-w-ctti-, ;
Kara-, (rw-/xapTvp€(i)).
fkaprvpia, -a<s, ij (<^/xa/)ru/3€a)), [in LXX : Ge 31*^ E (Nlinnifr),

Ex 20i«, De 520(17), Pr 25i8, Ps 18 (19)^ (ly, nny), Pr 12i9, Si
34 (31)23.24^ jv Mac 6^2*;] witness, testimony, evidence: Mk 14**',
Lk 2271,53* 1935 212*, I Ti 37, Tit li3,
Jo Jo 12, Ee 117; q, gen. m
subj., Mk
1459, Jo 817 (i-xx auter)^ I jo 59. geq. ââ'^ c. gen. pers.,
Mk 14*^ ; esp. of witness concerning Christ and divine things, Jo 17
311,32,33 532,36^ Re 69; c. gen. subj., Jo li^ 53i 8i3.i*, Ac 22i8, i
Jo 59-ii,
Ee 1211 c gen. obj., Ee P- » 12i7 1910, 20* Re 6" 12i7 igio.t
.
;
/x. Ix"".
fiaprupioK, -ov, to (<^ /xdprvp), [in LXX chiefly for nyiD , also for
rnv Uny and cogn. forms;] a testimony, witness, proof (Hdt.,

,
Thuc, al.): c. gen. subj., 11 Co I12, 11 Th li»; c. gen. obj., Ac 433,

I Co 1« 21 (WH, txt., E, txt., ^.vcTTrjpiov) 11 Ti 1^; ek fi., Mt 8* lOis ;
241*, Mk 1** 611 139^ Lk 51* 95 2113, He 3^, Ja 53 ; to ^. Katpok iS'o s
{GGT, in I), I Ti 2« ; 17 <rK7]v^ toC p.. (LXX for iria br}ii), Ac 7**,
Ee 156.t
{<CpdpTvp), [in LXX: Jth 728, i Mac 2^^ N)*;] to
**fjiapTo'po/itu
summon as witness (M, Th., 25 f Hort., / Pe., 53 f. Lft., Notes, 29 .
; ;
Ga 203), hence, (a) to protest, affirm solemnly : seq. on, Ac 202*,

Ga 53; (b) to adjure, beseech: c. dat. pers., Ac 2622; q ^00. et inf.,
Eph 417; seq. eh, I Th 212 (cf. 8ta-, 7rpo-/xapTvpo/xai).t
fidpTus (-ôlic pdpTvp), -vpos, 6 (also 77), [in LXX for IJT;] a
witness : Ac 10*i, i Ti 612, 11 Ti 22, He 12i (Westc, in
in forensic
1.) ;
sense, Mt 18i« 26^5, Mk 1463, Ac 6i3 7^»,

n Co 13i, i Ti 5^\ 1028; He
c. gen. obj., Lk 24*8, Ac I22 232 315 532 iqsq 26I6, i Pe 51 ; c. gen. poss.,
Ac 18 1331, Ee 113; ^ dat. pers., Lk 11*8, Ac 22i5; of Christ, Ee 1*
31* ; of God, Eo 1^, 11 Co 123, pî is^ i tj^ 2*. i« of those who have ;
witnessed for Christ by their death (in later Xn. lit., martyr : Swete,
Ap., 35), Ac 2220, Rg 2i3 176.t
p,aa(iofi,ai (Eec. p-acrcr-), -wyuai (Aristoph. and late writers, but not
in Trag. or in good Att. prose), [in LXX : Jb 30* (dD^), Si 19^ A*;] to
bite, chew : Ee 16io.t
fiaaO^S, V.8. p.acrT6<:.

lia<TTiy6oi, -0} (<^ p.auTi^), [in LXX chiefly for 7\2Z hi. ;] to scourge
280 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON CF THE NEW TESTAMENT
c. acc, Mt 1017 2019 233^ Mk 103*, Lk IS^s, Jo 19i ; metaph., He 12«

(cf. Pr 312, Je 53, Jth 8^7).t
fiaaTiJu (Ep. and late prose = Att. /lao-Ttyow), [in LXX Nu :
22^*
(na: hi.), Wi 511, n Mac
acc, Ac 2225.t 2^1*;] to whip, scourge: c.
fido-Til, -tyos, 17, [in for 13112? etc. ;] a whip, scourge : Ac LXX ,
22^*, He 11^* metaph., of disease or suffering as a divine chastise-

;
ment (cf. Ps 88(89)33, Pr 312^ „ Mac 9'i), Mk 310 529.3*, Lk 7^\i

fiaoTos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Its';] the breast: pi., Lk ll^^^
2329, Ee 113 (T^ fâcreol^ ; WH, App., 149 ; L, fjiaCol^).f
*+ fiaxaioXoyia, -as, rj (<^ /xaraioAdyos), idle OX foolish talk : I Ti l^.t

*t fiaraioXoyos, -ov (<^ /xaratos, Acyw), talking idly : Tit ll9.t
jjidTaios, -ov (as in Att., but -aia, -aiov, I Co 151'^, I Pe 11^;
<îxdTr)v), [in LXX for N1C7 , b^H 3T3 , , etc.;] vain, useless: dvox^cX'^9
K. fi., Tit 39 ttiVtis, ; ICo 151^^ ; Oprja-KeM, Ja 1^* SiaXoywr/xoi', I Co ;
3uo(Lxx)j ayacrTpo(f>-q, I Pe 11^; of idols and heathen gods, ra [x. (Je 2*,
IV Ki 17l^ al.) : Ac 14i5.
Syn. : »cevos, q.v.

t fiaTai<5TT|s, -rjTO'i, rj
(<^ yaaratos), [in LXX for b^H , Ps 30 (31)*
38 (39)* 61 (62)9, g,]., and nearly 40 times in Ec ; for K"!2r , Ps 25*, al.
etc. vanity, emptiness, frailty, folly Eo Q^^, ii Pe 2i^ t. voos,

P'f\ , ;] : ;
Eph 4I''
(elsewhere only in Pollux, 6, 134, and Eccl.).t
tâxaiou), -w «/AdTaios), [in IV Ki 17l^ Je 2^, LXX: al. (bnn),
etc. ;] to make vain, foolish : Eo lî.t
]i.&Ti]v (prop. acc. of /AaV?;, a fault, folly), adv., [in LXX for
ban , NlCr , etc. ;] in vain, to no purpose : Mt 159, mjj 77 {LXX)_t

MaxOaios, -av, -las, V.S. Ma^^-.
MaredT (v.s. Maeedr), Matthat : Lk 3^* (T, Maeede).f
MaxTaed, 6, indecl. (Heb. nnpO), Mattatha : Lk 33i.+
MaxxaOias, -ov, 6, Mattathias (cf.Ma^^tas) : Lk 3".26.t
fidxaipa, -Tjs (Att. -a? ; V. WH, Aj)p., 156a Bl., .
§ 7, 1), 7;, [in LXX
chiefly for niO ; also for n^SKO , etc.;] 1. (in Horn., al.) a large knife
or dirk, for sacrificial purposes (Ge 22^' Jg 19^9 A). 2. a short sword i'',
or dagger (as disting. from pofxcftaia, a large broad sword and î'</)os, a
straight sword for thrusting) Mt 26*7ff-, 1448,47,48^ Lk 2236 »-, j^ : Mk
18i»' 11, Ac 1627, He 1137, Ee 6* 13io. 1* o-To>a fiaxaipr]<: (as in Heb. ;
nin ^B , Ge 3426, al.), the edge of the sword : Lk 212*, He 113* ; ^.
SLO-TOfxa, He 412 ; dvaipeiv p.a-)(aipr}, Ac 122 .

^^^ ^ (f)opetv, Eo 13*.
Metaph., Mt 103* (^^^ ^q tlpwv), Ro 83^ ; p.. tov 7rvivpxiTo<i, Eph 6i7.t
jxdxt], -r}<;, -q
{<^ fjLa.xop.at), [in LXX chiefly for n*"! ;] 1. a fight. 2.
a strife, contention, qiiarrel : 11 Co 7^, 11 Ti 223, jg, 41 pj^ Tit 39.+ ;
fidxofiai, [in chiefly for 3^1 LXX

also for nSTS ni., etc. ;] 1. to ,
fight : Ac 7^^. 2. to quarrel, dispute : ii Ti 2^*, Ja 4^ ; Trpos dXX^Xovs,

Jo 6*2 (cf. 8ia-/i,axo/Aai).t
fiCYaX-auxeu, -w (= fieydka avxeoi), [in LXX : Ez IGÔ (nns), al. ;]
to boast great things Ja 3* (Eec. for fjnydXa aixet, WH).t

:
^J.€ya\€los, -da, -tlov «/t£yas), [in LXX Ps 70(71)19 : (bll|), al.,
freq. in Si ;] magnificent, splendid (Xen., Plut,, al.) : Ac 2ii.t
/jicYa^6i<5Tris, -qros, tj
« /xeyoXcros), [in LXX : Je 40 (33)9 (ni^fpn),
Da LXX 727, I Es 1* 4*o* ;] splendour, magnificence : Lk 9*^ Ac 1927,
II Pe 1^*5 (freq. in tt. as a ceremonial title, MM, xvi).t
fieyaXoTTpcinis, cs {= fieydXta TrpeVwv), [in LXX: De 332" (nijâ),
II Mac 8^* 15^3, III Mac 2^*;] befitting a great man, magnificent,
majestic : 11 Pe l^^ (cf. MM, xvi).t
î.€ya\6v(,} «/x,€yas), [in LXX chiefly for blS pi., hi.;] 1. to make
great : Mt 23*, Lk 1*^. 2. to declare great, exHol, magnify : Lk 1*",
Ac 51^ 10*« 1917, II Co 1015; pass., seq. cV, Phi 12o.t
IxcyaXus, adv., [in LXX for blia , etc. ;]

greatly : Phi ^^^.t
tfieyaXwo-oinrj, -r)<s, r; (<^/x€yas), [in LXX chiefly for n^HJ and COgn.
forms, II Ki 72^, Ps 144 (145)^, al. ;]
greatness, majesty : He 1^ 8^, Ju 25
(elsewhere Eccl. only).t
(i^yas, fieydXr], /xe'ya, [in LXX chiefly for ^113 , also for DT], , n^Ô
(incl. /Act^wv), ST (/i.€yto-Tos) ;]
great; 1. of external form, bodily size,
measure, extent : \i6os, Mt 27*'*>; SpdKw, Re 12^ lx6Zs, Jo 21^^ tto'Xis,
; ;
Re 11^ Re ;
2.
fjLOLxaLpa, 6*, al. Of intensity and degree Swaynis, Ac :
433 (ô'ygos, Mk 4"

; aya.7rq, Jo 15^^ ave/ios, ib. 6^8 Kpavy^, Ac 23^ <^ws,
; ; ; ;
Mt 416 TTvpcTo's, Lk 438 ^Xt./.is, Mt

;
242i. 3. Of rank (a) of persons ; ;
êo's (MM, xvi), Tit 2^3; "Apre^t^, Ac 1927; compar. (v. infr.), Mt 18^
(cf.Dalman, Words, 113 f.) neut. for masc. (Bl., ; § 32, 1), Mt 12« ;
(b)
of things dfiapTta, Jo 19^1 fxvanjpLov, Eph 532

:
;
.
_ fi^yâ-j-rj (v. infr.,
and cf. Field, Notes, 16 f.), Mt 223« compar. for ; superl. (M, Pr., 78),
I Co 1313. 4. (a) Compar., /xci'^w : Mt llî 23^7, al. neut. pi., /êiôva, ;
contr. ix€L^(i), Jo 151 . double compar., fieiôrepo^ (M, Pr., 236 ; Bl., § 11, 4),
III Jo*; (b) superl, /ttyio-Tos (Deiss., BS, 365), 11 Pe 1*.
fi^yeOos, -ous, to (</i€yas), [in LXX chiefly for npip ;]

greatness :
Eph 119 (cf, MM, xvi, S.V. yLi£yas).t

t ficyiordc, -avos, 6 « /Acyto-Tos), [in LXX chiefly for ijy , Je 24^,
al.; plST, Da LXX th 523, al.; freq. in Si (sing., 4^);] usually pi.,
ol PL., the chief men, nobles (Manetho, FIJ, al.) : Mk 621, Re 6i5 1823.t
/ic'yioTOS, V.S. /txeyas.

**t(i60epji.Tii'euu, [in LXX : Siprol. 23*;] to translate, interpret : Mt
123, Mk 5*1 1522.34, Jo 138,42^ Ac 436 I38 (cf. ippir]V€Vw) .f
\iiQi\, -t;s, ^, [in LXX chiefly for "ipgr and cognate forms;]
drunkenness : Lk 213* . pi , jjo 1313, Qa, 52i.t
SYN. : V.S. Kuiyxos.
p,€9-to-rr)/xi and
(late form, i Co 13^) /jLeOia-Tavu}, [in for LXX
IID hi., etc.trans, in pres., impf., fut. and aor. 1, to change, remove
;]
c. ace. rei, oprj, i Co 13^ (cf. Is 54^^) c. ace. pers. seq. ets. Col 1^^ ; :
seq. CK, pass., Lk 16* of causing death (cf. similar intrans. sense,
;
Eur., Ale, 21, al.), Ac 13'-^2_ Metaph. (cf. t. KapStW /x., Jos 148), c.
ace. pers., to pervert : Ac 19-^.t
*tjie0-o8ta (Eec. -€ta; cf. Bl., § 3, 5), -as, 17 t /AtôScvw, 1, to treat
by rule. 2. to employ craft : iv Ki 19'^^ *), craft, deceit : Eph 4^* 6^^
«
(not found elsewhere v. AE, in l.).t ;
li€Q-6piov, -ov, TO (neut. of /xeôptos, -a, -ov), [in Jos 19^^ LXX :
A"*;] Eec. for npiov (q.v.), a border, boundary : Mk 7'^*.t
tic0o'(rKa>, [in LXX : Ps 22 (23) » (mi), Pr 4^7 (nntzr), etc. ;] causal

of fie&voi, to make drunk, intoxicate; pass., to get drunk: Lk 12**,
Eph 518, I Th 5<.f
|x^0u(7os, -a, -ov (also -OS, -ov ;
prop., only of women, but in late
writers also = /xc^vo-Wko's, of men), [in LXX : Pr 23^' (xno) 26^
(-1132?), Si 191 268, jv Mac 2'
*;] drunken: 1 Co 5^^ 6io.t
ficGow {<^fxi6v, wine, cf. fxidrj), [in LXX chiefly forlStZT, mi;] to
be drunken: Mt 24*9, Jq 210, Ac 2l^ i Co Ipi, i Th 5^; metaph.,
Eel72.6.t
|i.ciYfia, -Tos, TO, v.s. /Aty/xa, and cf. Bl., § 3, 5.
fxciyk'ufii, v.s. /xtyvu/xi, and cf. Bl., § 3, 5.
(ieijÔTepos, V.S. /xc'yas.

|X€il^(i)»', v.s. /xeyas.
ficXav, TO, V.S. /ieXas.
p,€Xas, -aiva, -av, gen., -avos, -atVv^s, -avos, [in LXX : Ca 1', Za 6*
(ih^), etc.;] black: Ee 6^. i2; opp. to A-cwkos, Mt b^^; neut., to /x.,
4wA; ; II Co 3^, 11 Jo 12, m Jo i^.t
MeXcd (Eec. -5s, gen., -S), indecl, 6 (Heb. nx^p), Melea : Lk Sî.t
flAci, v.s. fieXo).

MeXeXeYJX, V.s. MaX-.
-w (<^/xe\eT>/, care), [in
fjieXcTdw, chiefly for HTI;] 1. c. LXX
gen., to care for (Hes.). 2. C. ace, to attend to, practise : i Ti 4^*
(EV, be diligent in; cf. Souter in Exp., viii, vi, 429, but v. infr.).
3. to study, ponder : Ac 42^ (lxx)^ i Ti 41* (AV, meditate on ; cf. CGT,
in 1., but V. supr. cf. 7rpo-/AeX€T(xa)).t
;
fiAi, -To^, TO, [in LXX freq. (Ge 43^1, al.) for ^y[; for ng)i, Pr
53;] honey: Ee lO^'Ô; dypiov (q.v.), Mt 3*, Mk l«.t
*t jjicXio-aios, -a, -ov (elsewhere t-aios, -cios; •<^ /xc'Xto-o-a, a bee, cf.
/xc'Xi), made by bees : Lk 24*'- (Eec, WH,
E, mg.).t
MeXiTT], (Eec, E, txt.), MeXiT-qvr] (WH, E, mg., v. WH, App.,
160), Melita, Melitene (mod. Malta) : Ac 28i.t
fAc'XXa), [in LXX : Jb 3* (Tny) 192* {frm) ',

elsewhere for fut.,
and freq. in Wi, 11, iv Mac ;] to be about to be or do 1. c. inf. (Bl., ;
§ 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114) ;

(a) of intending or being about to do of
one's own free will : c. inf. praes., Mt 2^3, Lk 10\ Ac 3^ 5^^, He 8*,
n Pe 112 (jîeld, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12«, Ee
3^* ;
(b) of compulsion, necessity or certainty : praes., Mt 16^'',
c. inf.
Lk 931, Jo 671^ Ro 42*, al.; c. inf. aor., Eo S^s, Ga 323, Ee 32 12*.
2. Ptcp., 6 fx€k\mv: absol., Eo 838, i Co 322; ra fi., Col 2^^ ti's to fi.
(Field, Notes, 65) ; c. subst., Mt 3^ 1232 (« Îwy 6 fi. ; LXX for ly), Ac
2425, 1 Ti 48, He 25, al.
fieXos, -ovs, TO, [in LXX chiefly for np3 ;] a member, limb of the
body: i Go 12i*'i9.2e^
gph 41" (WH, mg.), Ja 3^; pi. (as always in
cl.), rh Mt 529.30, Eo 613.19 75.23 124^ i Co 1212^-, Col 3^, Ja 3« 41.
IX. :
Metaph., iropvrj^, i Co 6i5 of Christians, dXAiÂwv, Eo 12^, Eph 42^ ; /*.
Xpio-ToC, I Co 615 o-tiiâros Xpio-ToC, I Co 122^, Eph 53o.t

.
McXxci (Eec. -xO, indecl., 6 (Heb. '3^©), Melchi: Lk 324.28t

MeXxio-eStK, indscl., 6 (Heb. pT5f "^3^0), Mekhizedek : He S^'i"
520 71, 10 11, 15, 17_f
îc'Xoi, [in LXX : Jb 223 (1^50), To 105, wi 12i3, i Mac 14*2. «;]
1. intrans., to be an object of care, be a care; commonly in third
pers. dat. pers., Ac ISi'^ ; very freq. impers., i Co 7*i ; seq. oti,
: c.
Mk 438, Lk 10*0; c. gen. rei (as freq. in Att.), i Co 99; seq. Trtpt, Mt
22i«, Mk
121*, Jo 1013 126^ i Pe 5^. 2. Trans., in act. and mid., to
care for (not in LXX or NT).t
*t ficjippdiâ, -as, 17 (Lat. membrana), parchment Ti 4i3.t
: 11
**(i^^4)oâi, [in Si 11^ 41^, 11 Mac LXX: 2^*;] to blame, find
fault: absol., 9i9;
ace, avrovs (WH, txt. avrois, Eec,
Eo c. ; WH,
mg. ; on rendering with avroh v. Westc, in 1.), He 88.t
* jicji»|/ifi,oipos, -ov (•<[ /A6yu.<ô/xat, + fxoLpa, fate, lot), complaining of
one' s fate, querulous : Jui^.t
conjunctive particle (originally a form of /at/v), usually
fi^c,
related to a following Be or other adversative conjunction, and dis-
tinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which
follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent
in NT as in cl. Like 8e, it never stands first in a clause.
1. Answered by Se or some other particle /xev Se, indeed : . . .
. . but, Mt 311, Lk 31", al.

. with pronouns, os iêv os Se, one ; . . .
. . another, Mt 2135, al.

. pi., Phi li". i^ S /xcv o 8c o 8c, ;
; . . . . . .
some some .some, Mt 138; toSto /xcv

. . . .tovto 8c, partly
. . . .
. .partly. He 1033; ^^
. circira, Jo 11*; fiev KOL, Lk 85. ^ ^ . . .
2. /xev solitarium, answered by no other particle irpwrov fxiv :
(Bl., I.e.), Eo 18 32, I Co 1118; /x£v ovv in narrative, summing up what

precedes or introducing something further (Bl,, § 78, 5), so then, rather,
93i, al.
nay rather : Lk 1128 (WH, fievovv), Ac 1« ; fih oZv yc (Phi 38,
WH) : V.S. /Acvowyc.
Mei'»'<£, (L, Mcwas, -a. ; Eec. MatVav) 6, Menna : Lk 3'!.+
ficc-ouf = fjiev ovv, V.S. /lev.

fL€v-ovv-y€ = fjLfv ovv fc, nay rather : Eo 920 IOI8, Phi S^.t
fieV-Toi = fiiv TOL, yet, however : Jo 4^^, al. ; el /x., Ja 2^ (if indeed).
liivb}, [in LXX for TiQjr , mp , etc. ;] to stay, abide, remain.
1. Intrans. ;
(i) of place : seq. iv, Lk 8^7, al. ; Trapd, c. dat. pers., Jo 1*°,
al; <Tvv, Lk kavrov, Ac 28i«; c. adv., eKil, Mt lOî; diSe,
1''*'; kuO'
Mt 26=*8; metaph., i Jo 2i8; of the Holy Spirit, Jo l^^.â 1417. of
Christ, Jo 6^^ 15*, al. 6 ^€os, i Jo 4^" conversely, of Christians,
; ,
Jo 6''" 15*, I Jo 415, al.; 6 Aoyos t. êoC, i Jo 2^*; rj a^deia, 11 Jo 2, al.

(ii) Of time ;
seq. et? t. aiwva Jo 12^*, He 7^*,
(a) of persons : Phi l^s ;
I Jo 217; ^Xt'yov, Ee ITÔ; ews Ipxofâi, Jo 2122.23; (^^ of things, lasting

or enduring: cities, Mt ll^^. He 13^*; Adyos deov, 1 Pe l^^; afiapTta,
Jo 9*^ (iii) Of condition c. pred., ytidvo?, Jo 12^* ayaywos, i Co 7^^ : ;
TTio-Tos, II Ti 2^=^; Upiv's, He 7^; c. adv., owtws, i Co 7***; ws »<dyw, ib. î

seq. ev, ib. 20. 24. 2. Trans. 1 Field, ôês, 132)
(Bl., § 34,c. ace. ; :
pers., Ac 20^' ^^ (cf. dia-, 8ta-, iv, l-m-, Kara-, irapa-, avv-Trapa-, nepi-,
irpocr-, VTvo-p-ivui).
ficpijô) chiefly for pbu;] to divide; (a) to

{<îxipos), [in LXX
divide into parts: metaph., pass., i Co 73* (wh, b, mg.), 34 (Rec, r, txt.) (on
reading and punctuation, v. IGG, in 1.) /xep-epia-TaL 6 Xpi(rT6<;, i ;
Co 1^^
as in late authors, of factional division (cf. Polyb., viii, 23, 9), Ka6^
eavTov, Mt 1225
^^' iavTov, ib. 26, 32*-26
.
;
(b) to distribute : c. ace. Mk
rei et dat. pers., 6*^ Mk
as in later usage (cf. Polyb., xi, 28, 9), to
;
bestow : Eo 12^, i Co 7^'', 11 Co 10^^, He 72; mid., c. ace. rei seq. p.€Td,
Lk 1213 (cf. 8m-, o-u/x-//cpt'ô)).t
liipuxva, -t;?, -f,, [in LXX : Ps 54 (55)22 (nr^), Jb ll^s, Si 302*,
al ;]
(in cl. chiefly poet.) care, anxiety : i Pe 5'^
;
pi., Lk 81*, 21^* •
c. gen. obj., Mt I322, Mk 4i9, 11

Co 1128.t
fiepip-^dw, -w «/^£>/Ava), [in LXX: Ps 37 (38)i8
(lUl), etc.;]
1. to be anxious: absol., Mt 62"- 3i, Lk 122^; p.rjhlv p.., Phi 4"; c. dat.
rei, Mt 62^, Lk 1222 geq. ^^pi^
. Mt 628, l^ 10*i 1226 ; ttw?, Mt 10^^
Lk 1211; €15 TT^v avpiov, Mt 6^*, 2. to care for : c. ace, to, t. Kvpov,
1 Co 722-34 ^^ ^_ K6(rp.ov, ib. 3*
. ra irepC vp.wv. Phi 220 seq. virep, ; ;
I Co 122'^; c. gen. (a construction otherwise unknown), caur^s (WH;

TCI e. Eec. ; V. Bl., § 35, 7), Mt 6^* (cf. n-po-p.epipiva.ui).^
(xcpts, -t'Sos, rj, [in LXX chiefly for pbn , nf^l^n;] 1. (as in cl.) a
part, 2)ortion: Lk 10*2, Ac 821, 11 Co 61^, Col I12. 2. In later Gk
(v. MM, xvi), as geographical term, a division, district : Ac 16i2.t
fiepior|ji6s, -oD, 6 (< fiepiôi), [in LXX for n|?bqO , Hi^^no Jos , 1123,
II Es 618*";] 1. a dividing, division: if/vxrj^ k. Trv€vpaTo<; (i.e. between

them or of the things themselves, v. Westc, in 1.), He 412. 2. a dis-
tribution, bestowal (cf. p-epcôi, 2) pi.. He 2*.t ;
*+ ficpiorris, -ov, 6 (<^/x,€pt^w), a divider: Lk 12i*.t
\iipos, -ous, TO (<^p.tipopai), [in LXX chiefly for JTSp ;] 1. a part,

share, portion: Jo 13^, Ac 192^ (Page, in 1.)^ Re 206 22i9; hence (cl.),
lot,destiny, Mt 24^1, Lk 12*6, Rg 21*. 2. a part as opp. to the whole :
Lk 1136, Jo 1923, Ac 52 23«, Eph 416, Ee 161^; c. gen. (of the whole),
Lk âpLo-aiw, Ac 239; pi,^ Jq 21«; of the divisions of a

15^2 24*2; r.
province, Mt Ac 2^** 19^ 20^; of the regions belonging to a city,

2^'\
Mt 1521 16^3^ 81'' Mk

c. gen. appos., Eph 4^ ; in adverbial phrases,
;
duo. (/cara) fxepos, I Co 142^, He 9^ /xepos ti, aTro fi., in part, Eo 112' ;
1515.24^ I Co IP^ II Co 11*25; iK fi., 1 Co 1227, 139,12. T^ ^^ ^.^ ib.io.

3. A class or category (in cl. usually iv fi. ridevai, XayScIv, etc.) iv fi., in :
respect of, Col 2^^ ; iv r. /*. toutw, in this respect, 11 Co S^^ 92.t
\Le(Tav6KT{.ov, V.S. fieaovvKTw;.
fieoTifijSpia, -as, 17 (/êcros, vfiepa), [in LXX chiefly for inX , Ge
3i«, al; also for na5, Da LXX 8*- 9, al.;] 1. noon: Ac 226. 2. the
South: Ac826.t
*fi€aiT€o'« (<^ ^€(rtTr;s), to interpose, mediate: opKw, He 6^'''
(MM,
ii, iii).t
tfieaiTTj?, -ov, 6 «/x€o-os), [in LXX: Jb 9^3 (7^5)*;] an arbitrator,

mediator : Ga S^^ ; c. dupl. gen. pers., Oeov k. dvOpoiiroiv, i Ti 2^ ; c.
gen. rei, SLaO-^K-qs, He 8^ 9^^ 122* ; 6 St /i. evbs ovk Io-tiv, Ga 320 (v. Lft.,
in 1. ; and for exx. of this word ia tt., v. MM, xvi).t
fxeao-vuKTios (on V.l. /Accra-, V. Bl., §6, 2), -ov {<C^fxf.(TO<i, vv^), [in
LXX chiefly for n^"^^!! ^Sn;] of or at midnight ; as subst., neut., to
fjL., midnight and late writers) gen., Lk 11^; ftc'^pt fi., Ac 20^;
(Arist. :
Karci T^ fi., 1625; Ac

^cc. (Eec, gen. v. Bl, § 34, 8), 1335.t ; Mk
MeaoTTOTapia, -as, 17 (sc. x'^P"). Mesopotamia : Ac 2^ 72.t
jjieo-os, -f], -ov, [in LXX chiefly for îri ;] middle, in the middle or
midst; 1. prop., as an adj. Lk 23*^, Jo 19^^ Ac l^^; c. gen. pi., Lk :
22^5, Jo 126; gen. temp, (BL, §36, 13), piearjs wktos, Mt 256; ^,
rjp.ipa'i, Ac 26^^. 2, In adverbial phrases, neut., fxeaov, to /x., as
subst. : dftt fiicrov, c. gen., between (cl. ; in LXX : Ge 1*, al.),
elliptically (but v. M, Pr., 99), i Co cV p.., among, 6^ ; = in the midst

of (Bl, § 39, 2; 40, 8; cf. in Jos 19^, Si 272), Mt 132^, LXX : Mk V\
Ee 717; hih. fjiiaov, c. gen., Lk 4^0; 8ta /icVov (Eec. -ov, v. Bl, § 42, 1),
between, Lk 17^1 {ICC, in 1.) ek to fi. (v.s. ek), 3^, Lk 4^5 51^ 6^ ; Mk
Jo 2019.26 ,j5 ^., 1460 ^v
; T(S ya., Mt 146Mk iv p.., Jos 813. 9J, Ac 47 ; c.
. ;
gen. loc, 6*7, Lk 2121 Mk

22",' Ac 17-2, He 2^2 (lxx)^ Ee 46 56 222; c.
gen. pi, Mt 1016 182.20, 9^6, Lk 2*6 qi iqs 2227 24^6, MkAc li^ 22a
2721, I Th 27, Ee 113 21 56 66 »caTa piaov T. vvKTos, Ac 2727 (Bl, § 47, ;
Deiss., BS, 252 Col 2i* iK Th 27

6) ; iK ToD pi. (Lft., in 1. ; f.). ; p.., 11
6i7.
iK Tov p.., c. gen., Mt 13«, Ac 17^3 23i«, i Co 52, 11 Co 3. Neut.,
piaov, adverbially, c. gen., in the midst of, 142* txt., Mt (WH, E, mg.,
aliter). Phi 21^ (8ta pîaov—Y. supr.— also Jo 8*9, E, mg.).t
Eph 2i*
*t p.eaoToixoi', -ov, to {<:^pi<xos, toixos), a partition ivall :
(not elsewhere, but v. LS, s.v. /t€o-oToixos).+
be in mid-heaven, of the
*+ fiecroopdLi'Tjfia, -tos, to (<^ /txccrovpaveo), to
sun at the meridian), the zenith, mid-heaven : Ee 81^ 146 igivf
fieaow, -o) (<^/i,£'cros), [in LXX: p.€crovar]<; t. kvktos, Ex 122^ (^3fO)»
etc. ;] to he in the middle, esp. of time : t. koprrfi /aco-ovo-tjs, in the

middle of the feast, Jo 7^*.t
Meao-ias, -ov, 6 (Aram. Nn''B'p == Heb. ITB'p = Xpiorov, q.v.),
Messiah : Jo 1*^ 4".t

Hie<TT6s, -i -6v, [in LXX: Na 1^', Ez 37^ (N^!p), Es 5\ Pr G^**;]
/w/i ; c. gen. rei, Jo 192^ 2V^, Ja 3^ metaph., of thoughts and ; feelings,

Mt 23-^s_
Ro P^ 15l^ II Pe 2'\ Ja d^^ (cf. Pr, l.c.).t
**(ie(rroa), -w «ya€o-Tos), [in LXX: III Mac 5^'^**;] to fill : pass.,
c. gen. rei, Ac 2^^.t
ficT<£ (before vowel /act ; on the neglect of elision in certain
cases, V. WH, App., 146 b), prep. c. gen., ace. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in
LXX for nx , Dy , inx , etc.].
I. C. gen., 1. amo7ig, amid : Mk l^^, Lk 22^7 (LXX, cv) 24^, Jo

18^, al.; Siwy/Awv, Mk 10^". 2. Of association and companionship,
with which sense it
(in gradually superseded avv, than which it is
much more freq. in NT cf. ; Bl., § 42, 3) : c. gen. pers., Mt 8^^ 20^\
Mk 129 3^ Lk 530, Jo 3^2, Ga 2i, al. mult.; elvai
fxerd, Mt 5^^, Mk 3^*,
al. ; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3^, Ac 7^, Phi 4^, al.
opp. to elvai Kara, Mt 12^0^ Lk 1123 •
j^ Hellenistic usage (but v. M,
Pr., 106, 246 f.), TroXe/xeiv /xerd = cl. tt., c. dat., to wage war against
(so LXX for Qy nnb? , i Ki 1733), Ee 2i«, al.
; c. gen. rei, x^pas, Mt
1320, Mk 416, al. ; opy^s, Mk 3^, al.
II. C. ace, 1. of place, behind, after : He 93. 2. Of tim^, after:
Mt n\ Mk 141, Lk 1«4, Ac l^ Ga l^^, al.; /tcra toOto, Jo 2^2, al.;
TaZra, Mk 16112], Lk 527, Jo 322, al; c. inf. artic. (BL, § 71, 5; 72, 3),
Mt 2632, Mk 114, al.
III. In composition, 1. of association or community : /xcTaSt'Sw/i,!,
fi€T£xw, etc. 2. Exchange or transference : fieTaWdaao), /jiCTOLKLâ), etc.
3. after : fxerafiiXofjiai.
** ii^ra-âivu,, [in LXX Wi :
72^ 19i9, 11 Mac 6i'9'24*.-| to
pass over
from one place to another Mt I720, Lk IC : ; with reference to the
point of departure only, to tvithdraw, depart : Mt 83* 11^ 12^ 152^, Jo
73, Ac 18^ of removal from this life, ck t. koct/jlov Trpos t. Jlarepa,
;
Jo 131 metaph., c*c t. Bavdrov tis t. ^wt/v, Jo 52*, i Jo 3i4.t

;
(lexa-PaWw, [in LXX

chiefly for "SJBn;] to turn about, change.
Pass, and mid., to turn oneself about ; metaph., to change one's mind
Ac 28«.t
êT-dyo), [in ill Ki 8*7.LXX:
637 (nnizr) 363 (-,,5 î.)^ « n Ch
I Es n Mac
1*5 210 b^\ Bs 817, Si prol. i« lO^,
133*;] i_ i^ Xen., Plut.,
and later writers, to transfer, transport (so LXX). 2. In sense other-
wise unknown (v. Hort, in 1.), to turn about, direct : Ja 33» *.t
ficTa-S(8a,|ii, [in LXX
Pr 1126 (-QlZr hi.), Wi 7", al. ;] to give a
:
share of, impart : c. dat. pers. et ace. rei (in cl. more freq., c. gen.
part., but ace. of that which is imparted, whether part or whole, so
here, v. Bl., § 36, 1), Ro l", i Th 2«, and (with ellipse of ace.) Lk 311
c. dat. pers., Eph 42^ absol., o /xcraSiSous, Ro 12* +;

** fiCT(i-6cais, -€OJS, 17 {<^/JLeTaTt6r]fj.L), [in LXX : II Mac ll^**;]

1. change of position, removal : He 11^. 2. change, as of that which
has been established He 7^^ 12^'^.t :
ftcT-aipu), [in LXX

iv Ki IG^^ 25^\ Ps 79 (80)8, pj. 2228 (y^ hi.,
:
nâ hi., etc.)*;] 1. trans., to remove (LXX, 11. c). 2. (not cl.) to
depart : Mt IS^s I91 (cf. Aq. Ge 12«).t :
ficTa-KaXû, -5i, [in LXX: Ho ll^'^ (j^-,p)^ i gg 150*.] ^^ âZZ

/rom one place to another. Mid., to send for : c. ace, Ac 7^* 10^^
2017 2425.t
Ii€ra-Kiv4(a, -w, [in LXX: De IQi^ (31D hi.), Is 54io (raiD), etc.;]
trans., io move away, remove {opia, De, I.e.). Mid., to remove oneself,
remove, shift : metaph., diro t. cAttiSos, Col l^^.t
** (xeTa-Xa|xP(£vw, [in LXX : Es 5\ Wi 18^ ii-iv Mac ^^ * ;] to have
or get a share of, partake of: Ti 2", He 6^ 12^"; rpo<^ri<;,
c. gen. rei, 11
Ac 2*« 2733.34; c. ace. rei (of the whole), to get: xaipoV, Ac 2426
(v. Bl., § 36, 1 ; MM, xvi).t
* fjicTd-Xt]fjn|»is (Rec. -Xrjif/i^), -£ws, T)
(<^ fji€TaXafjL(3dvijj), participation,
taking, receiving : of food, i Ti 43.t
fJlCT(£-Xlf]\J>lS, V.S. fJi€Tdkr]fnl/L<S.
jACT-aXXdcraw, [in LXX : Es 2^ (mD), ib.20, i Es 13', 11 Mac 9*;]
1. to exchange : t. dK-qdeiav . . . ev t. if/evSei, the truth for a lie (v. Bl.,
§ 36, 8), Ro P^. 2. to change : c. ace. seq. tis, Eo P^ (dAXao-o-w).t

ficTa-p,Ao/iai, [in LXX chiefly for Dn3 ni. ;] depon., pass., to
regret, repent one : Mt 2130.32 273^ n Co He V^(^^)A
7^,
Syn. : /AETavoecu, to change one's the distinc- mind, repent. On
tion, difficult to maintain by usage, between these words, v. Thayer,
8.V. ; Tr., Syn., % Ixix.
**tfi,eTa-fAop<})6(D, -w [in Sm. Ps 33 (34)^*;] to transform, trans- :
figure : pass., of Christ's transfiguration, Mt IV, 9^ (cf. Lk 92^) Mk

of Christians, Eo 122, 11 Co S^^.t
Syn. : iJ.€Ta<JxriixaTitfii, to change in fashion or appearance, v.s.
fxopitrj, and cf. Lft., Phi, 125 If.
ILiTa-voiui, for Dm ni., i Ki IS^^, Je 4^8, al.;] to

-w, [in LXX
change one's mind or purpose, hence, to repent ; in NT (exc. Lk 173» *),
of repentance from sin, involving amendment seq. diro, Ac 8^2 1^, : ;
Ee 221.22 920,21 1611 Co Mt 32 41"

(cf.
IP may); em', 11 I221; absol.,
1120 1241^ Mk 116 612^ Lk 1132 133, 5 157, 10 1630 173,4^ Ac 238 319 173« 2620,
Ee 25.16,21 33,19. c inf^ Re 16^; Iv o-dKKO) k. o-ttoSuJ, Mt Ipi, Lk IQis.t
Syn. : jXiTafxiXofxaL, q.v.
ficTdôio, «/A€Tavoea)), [in
-otas, Pr 1415,
7) LXX: Wi 1123
1210, 19^ gj 44.1c *
after -thought, change
.-]
of mind, repentance : He 12i'^
of repentance from sin, Mt 38>ii, Lk 3^ 15^ 24*^ Ac 262o, n Co 7»'i'';
jSaTTTLo-fia (q.v.) /xcravotas, 1*, Lk 33, Ac 132^ 19*; ^ fJs Mk e^bv fi.,
Ac 2021 ; fi. diro vtKpwv epycov. He 61 ; €ts /A. KaXciv, Lk 532 ; id. dyctv,
Eo 2* ; dva*ca«vt'^€tv. He 6" ; cts /a. xuiprjaai, II Pe 39 ; {x. hovvat, Ac
531 1118^ ij Yl 5^25.t
IL^raii «êTd + |vV = ctvv), [in LXX : Ge 31*o, Jg 527, m Ki

158,32^ Wi4io 16^9 1823*;] 1. adv. of place and time (in NT time only)
(a) between fx. : Iv tw (^) ^^ ^^*® writers (FIJ,
(s.c. XP^^^)^ Jo ^^^ '
Plut., al.), like /actoi (adv.), after, afterwards : to /a. o-a/^ySarov, Ac 13^^
(cf. CI., i?o., / Co., 44, 2).
2'.
Prep. c. gen., between: of place, Mt2336,
Lk 11" 1626, Ac 12'^; of persons, as to mutual relation, Mt IS^^,
Ac 159, Ro 2i^t
ftcTa-rr^^nro,, [in LXX (mid.) Ge 27*^ (npb), Nu 23^ (nn3 hi.),
:
II Mac 15^\ III Mac 5^^ j^^ ly Mac 123. c * ^q gg^ ^jîgj. or /or .j .•
105»22,29b
pass., Ac 102y^ Chiefly in mid., to send for, summon: Ac
1113 201 2424.26 253.t
(jicTa-(jTp£<t>w, [in LXX chiefly for "JJDn;] io ^zi-rw about, turn,
change : pass. Ac Ja , (WH, txt., ixeraTpe-n-w, q.y.) in evil
22o (l^'^), 4^ ;
sense, to pervert, corrupt primary sense reverse) Ga l^.t (cf. :
** )jL€Ta-o-xTi|xaTitw, [in LXX IV Mac 92'^ * ;] to change in fashion or :
i*;
appearance c. ace. rei, t. o-wâ, Phi 321 mid., seq. ck, 11 Co ll^^.
: ;
seq. (1)5, ib. 1^ of a rhetorical device, to transfer by a fiction (Field,

;
Notes, in 1.), seq. tU, 1 Co 46.t

Syn. : fji€Tafiop(f>6(i}, q.v.
,jieTa-T{0T,fii, [in LXX : Ge 52* {npb), De 271^, al. (310 hi.). Si 44i«,
II Mac 72*, al;] 1. to transfer to another place: c. ace, pass.. He

X15(LXX)j seq. Ac 71®. 2. to change: c. ace, pass.. He 7^2; seq.
t^?,
ei?, fig., i.e. to make one thing a pretext for another, xapiv els da-eXyeiav,
Ju*. Mid., to change oneself, pass over: seq. airo et ets, Ga 1"
(cf. II Mac, l.c.).t
jxcTa-Tp^Tro), [in LXX : IV Mac 6^ 7^' 12 IS", is * ;] to turn about,

turn (Horn., al., but not found in Att.) : c. ace, Ja 4^ (WH, txt.;
cf. ucTa(rTpeâ)).t
**^cT-e'TreiTa, adv., [in LXX: Jth 95, Es 31^, iii Mac 32**;] after-
wards : He 12i7.t
^€T-^X". [in LXX : Pr 51^ (n?<), lis, i Es 5*« 8^0, Si 5128, al. ;]
to partake of, share in : irr cXttiSi tov êrix'îv, i Co 91" ; c. gen. rei,
I Co 912 102i»3o, He 21*; in sacramental sense, Ik t. iv6<s aprov p..,

I Co IQi^ (cf. MM, xvi) ; metaph., yaXoKTos, He 5i3 of belonging to
;
a tribe. He 7i3.t
fiieT-cwpi^w (< /Lterewpos, (a) in mid air ; (b) buoyed up ; (c) in

suspense ; Thuc. ; in ir. opp. to aiiipip.vos, v. Zorell, s.v.) : [in LXX
Ob (nna hi.), Mi 41 (xizr:
1* ni.), Ps 130 (I3i)i, Ez iQi^'i^.i^ (nn),
II Mac 51^ 73*, III Mac 6^*;] to raise Ob, on high (Thuc, Xen., al. ;
Mi, Ez, 11. c). Metaph., (a) to buoy up ; pass., to be elated, puffed
up (Polyb., al., Ps, ii, iii Mac, 11. c.) {b) to be anxious, in suspense ;
(Polyb., V. 70, 10; FIJ, BJ, iv, 2, 5) : Lk 1229.t

p,eToiKcaia, -as, rj {= cl. fieroiKLa, -kt/o-is ; <^ /tcTOt/ce'w, to change one's
abode), [in LXX chiefly for nbh and cogn. forms, Ez 12ii, Qb 1^\
al. ;] change of abode, migration : of the Babylonian exile, fi. Baû-

ASvos, Mt'lii.i2.i^t
jji€T-oiKit« (-< /M€Toi/cos, flw emigrant), [in LXX chiefly for

nba hi. ;] to remove to a new abode, cause to migrate : Ac 7<. ^8 (i'^^).t
y-erox-f], -^s, v «Ai«"xa>), [in LXX: Pa 121 (122)8 NE

{iSn pu.)*;] sharing, fellowship : n Co 6^*.t
/icToxos, -ov (^ci^/iCTcxw), [in LXX chiefly for "TJin ;] 1. sharing

in, partaking of: c. gen. rei, He 3^ 6* 12^; t. Xpwrrov, He 3^*. 2. As
subst., o fi., a partner, associate Lk 5'', He l^d-xx^ :
fieTpû), -w «/xeTpov), [in LXX Ex IS^s, Nu 355, r^ : 315^ jg 4912,

(TTQ), Da TH 52*5 (n30), Wi 48*;] 1. fo measure, of space, number,
value, etc.: c. ace. rei, Ee 11^ 21i*'i7. q ât. instr., Ee 11^ 21i«.
Metaph., iavrov iv eavrw, II Co 10^^. 2. to measure out, give by
measure : prov., cv S> //cVpo) k.t.X., Mt 7^, Mk 4^*, Lk 6^^ (WH, mg.,
cf. dvTi-fi€Tpe(j)).f
(icTpTjT^s, -oS, 6 «/[i£Tp£<o), [iu LXX : III Ki 18^2 (nxp). n Ch 4^,
(TQ), etc. ;] 1. a measurer (Plat.). 2. = d/icôpcus, an Attic measure,

= 1^ Eoman amphora or about 9 Eng. gallons Jo 2'.t :
*t fieTpioiraO^w, -w (k^ fieTpioiraO-^, to moderating one's passions),

hold one's passions or emotions in restraint; hence, to hear gently
with, feel gently towards : He S^.t
** fierpius, adv. {fjuirpios, moderate), [in LXX: n Mac 15^^*;]
moderately : litotes, oi fi., exceedingly, Ac 20^2.t
(i^Tpoi', -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for HTO , also for riB^JJ , etc. ;] 1.
that which isused for measuring, a measure; (a) a vessel: fig., Mt

2332, Lk 638; /i., hy measure, Jo 3^4;
€'*c (&) a rod or rule Ee 21i5.i7; :
fig., Mt 72, Mk 424. 2. That which is measured, measure: c. gen.

rei, Eo 12^, 11 Co 10^3, Eph 4^. i3, i«,t
(ieTWTToi', -ov, TO (yucTa + wi/', an Bye), [in LXX for nyp ;] the fore-
head : Ee 73 9* 13i« 14i. » 17^ 20* 22*.t

consonants, exc. Lk 16^", p.i'xpi. 'Iwavov) and /acxP'^
jjL^XPi' (bef.
(bef. vowels, Mk, Ga, 11. c. He 12* v. BL, § 5, 4), 1. as prep., c. ;
gen., as far as, even to, until ; (a) of place Eo 15^^ {h) of time Mt :
; :
1123 1330 2815, Lk 16i«, Ac 1030 20^ Eo 51*, i Ti 6^*, He 3^. i* 910
(c) of measure or degree Phi 28> 30^ n Ti 2^, He 12* (/i. at/taTos, cf
:
II Mac 13^*). 2. As conjunct, {as long as), until: Eph 4^3 ^ q* 1
(Thuc, iii, 28, but more freq. /x. av, v. Bl., §65, 10), Mk 1330, Ga 4i9
(/A. is prop, an adv., cf Lat. usque, seq. prep, or adv.

. LS, s.v.,' and ;
cf. a^pi)."^
(iTJ, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends
on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from

ov, which denies absolutely, fir} is used where one thinks a thing is
not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, ov

negatives the indie, /at; the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for
19
As a neg. adv., not; 1. with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo

I.
318, Tit V\
II Pe 19. 2. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185)
Mk 12^*, Eo 3^. 3. In conditional and final sentences, after el, idv,
av, Iva, cSttcus : Mt 1Q^\ Mk
9^ Jo G^^^ Eo 11", al. 611
4. C. l2l^ Lk
inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc. Mt 2^2 :
63^ Mk 1218, Ac 15^8, Eo 2^1, al. {b) c. artic. inf. after a prep., Mt ;
:
135, Mk 45, Ac 719, I Co 10«, al. without a prep., Eo 14i3, 11 Co 2i. i3, ;
1 Th 4*'
; (c) in sentences expressing consequence, after Siare : Mt 8^^,
Mk 320, I Co V,
C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in
II Co 37, al. 5.
hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description :
Mt 10^8 1230, Lk 6*9, Jo 318, Eo 4^ i Co 7^8, i Jo 310, al. where the ;
person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion Jo :
6''*, I Co 1^8 4^' 18, II Co 521, al. ; where the ptcp. has a concessive,
causal or conditional force, if, though, because not : Mt 18^^, Lk 2*^,
Jo 7*9, Ac 926, Eo 21* 513, II Co 31*, Ga 6^, Ju ^ where the ptcp. has
;
a descriptive force {being such as), tiot: Ac 9^, Eo 128, j Qq 10^^, Ga

48, He 122''^, al. 6. ^rj prohibitive, in indep. sentences, (a) c. subjc.
praes., 1 pers. pi. : Ga 52" 6^, i 5*, i Th
Jo 318; [b) c. imperat. praes.,
usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun
(cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.) : Mt 71, Mk &^\ Jo 2ie 5«, Ac IQi*, Ec
5^6, Lk
1118, ja^ 21, Ee 5'-, al. ;
(c) forbidding that which is still future: c.
imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24i8, Mk 13i^, Lk 17^1, al. c. subjc. aor., ;
2 pers., Mt 3^ 1026, Mk 5' Lk 629, Jo 3^, Eo 10^, al. {d) c. optat., in ,

;
wishes: 11 Ti 4.^H^^^); ^^^ yeVoiro (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk
20i«, Eo 33, al. ; ix^ rts, Mk 13^ al.
II. As a conj., 1, after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest,
perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.) c. subjc. praes., He 12i^ c. subjc. aor., Mt 24*, : ;
Mk 13^ Lk 218, Ac 13*0, Ga 51^, al. 5pa ^^ (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), ;
elliptically, Ee I910 22^; c. indie, fut. (M, Pr., I.e.), Col 28. 2. in order
that not : c. subjc. aor., Mk 133^, n Co 820 12^.
III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where
a negative answer is expected : Mt 79. 10, Mk 2i9,
Jo 3*, Eo 3^ IOI8. i9,
I Co 113, al. ; fx.-q Tts, Lk 22**, al seq. oi (Eo ; lOi'', al. in PI.), expecting
an affirm, ans. ; oi fxrj, Lk 18^^, Jo I8I1.
/xy as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.
IV. ov Bl, ;
§ 64, 5), not at all, by no means : c. indie, fut., Mt I622, Jo 6^^, He

IQi^ al. ; c. subjc. aor., Mt 242, I32, Lk e^^, J© 138, i Co 8i3, al. Mk
fi-qye, V.S. ye.
^
.
fJiT]Safj,u9 (= firjBafjirj, -Safid,
^
adv. fr. firjSafio^ = /iT^Scis), [in LXX
chiefly for nbbn , nb'hn ;] by no means, not at all : fi., Kvpu (sc. tovto .
yôiTo), Ac IQi* 118.t

negative particle, related to oiSe as fx-q to oi, 1. as conjc,
(jiT|8^,
continuing a negation or prohibition, biit not, and not, nor : preceded

by M, Mt 625 2229, Mk 122*, Lk I412, al. ; Tva fxyj, Jo 41^ ; 57r(«s fiv, Lk
162«; firjSkneither .nor, . . firiSe, . . . Mt lOio, i Co 108.9. 2. As
adv., strengthening a negation, not even : Mk 22, i Co 5ii, al.
(iTjScis, -Sc/ita, -Sev (and -dev, Ac 2733, a Hellenistic form ; v. Bl.,

§ 6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to oiSct's a8 /at/ to ov, no, none, no

one; neut., nothing: Mt 1&\ Mk 5« 6^, Lk S^*, Ac &\ Eo 13», al.;
c. gen., Ac 4^" 24^^; neut. ace, /xrjSev, adverbially, in no respect, Ac lO^**
11^^; as ace. obj. after verb, ^XaTrreiv, Lk 4^^; uxêXdadai, 5^*; Mk
vj-Tipelv, II Co 11*; fjLtpLfivav, Phi 4" in double negation, strengthening ;
the denial, /jltjkcti fj.., 11^*, Ac 4:^'^ Mk

fir} fjirjSiv {jx-qhiva, fxrjStfiiav), ; . . .
II Co 137, II Th 23, I Pe 3«.

fiTjSeTTorc (/^.T/Se, Trore), adv., never : II Ti 3'',t
p,T]8€ira) {fjirjSe, ttw), adv., 710^ yet : He ll".t

MrjSos, -ov, 6, a Mede, Median : pi., Ac 2^.t
ftTjOei;, V.S. )U.r/8cts.
fiTjKCTi (<C/*^. «Tt), adv., wo more, no longer: c. 2 aor, subjc,

Mk 92* ; ov fi., Mt 21^^; c. praes. subjc, Eo
141^ ; c. praes. imperat., Lk
8", Jo 51* 8111], Eph 428, I Ti 523; Q optat., Mk ll^*; ha ,x., 11Co 5^\
Eph 414; c. inf., Mk 1** 2^, Ac 4^7 25^*, Eo 6«, Eph 4^7, i Pe 42; c.
ptcp., Ac 133*, Eo 1523, I Th 3I' 5.t
jxTJKos, -COS (-ovs), TO, [in LXX chiefly for IJIK;] length: Eph 3^®,
Ee 21i6.t
«/x^/cos), [in LXX: Is 441* (blZ pi.), Ez 1225.28
fiTiKoVw
("tTJD ni.)*;] ^0 lengthen, extend: of causing plants to grow, Is, I.e.;
pass, (mid., Swete, in 1.), to grow : Mk 42".t
fjiT)XwTii, -^s, 7] {<îxrjXov, a or goat), [in LXX
sheep for
Ki 1913. Ki 13, !**;]« sheepskin : He ll^^.t
nilN , III 19, IV 28'
\ir\v, a particle of assurance, verily, truly ; el (el) /a. ( = cl., rj fi.
in LXX and tt.), now verily, ftdl surely : He 6i4<i^^).t
y.y\v, gen., fx-qvos, o, [in LXX very freq. for B7in , Ge Tn, al. ; a
few times form?.;] a month: Lk 124,26,36,56 426^ Ac 720 IS" 198 203
ja g^.io.is II2 135 222;
Ee the festival of the new
2811, 517^ pj,^ of
moon (cf. Is 6623), 4io.t q^
**,iY].'u(a, [in 11 LXX
3^ 611 1437, : Mac m Mac 328, iv Mac 43*;] to
disclose, declare, make knotun : Lk 20^7, i Co 1028 ; in forensic sense,
to inform, report : Jo ll*^ j
pass., c. dat. pers., Ac 233*^.t
fAT) OUK, V.S. firj, III.
^L^f]^ro^€ {= fi^q ttotc, and SO written in WH, exc. Mt 25^), negative

particle, related to ovirore as firj to ov. 1. As neg. particle, never : He
91" (E, mg., but V. infr. WH, txt., fn? roVe). 2. As conjc, lest ever,
;
lest haply (the idea of chance rather than of time seems to prevail in
NT) Mt 4«(i'^) 525 78 l3iMLxx),29 1532 2764^ Mk 412(^x2:) 142^ Lk 411
:
1258 1412,29^ 2827; after verbs of fearing or taking heed, Lk 213*,

Ac
He 21 312 41 with ellipse of the verb or ptcp., Lk 148, Ac 53^; in later
;
writers (v. M, Pr., 192 i.), perhaps, Mt 25^. 3. As interrogative; (a)

in direct questions, like firj, expecting a negative answer Jo 72", He :
917 (E, txt., cf. Westc, in 1. but v. supr.) {b) in indirect questions,
;
;
whether haply, if haply : Lk 3l^ 11 Ti 225.t

fii^Trou (WH, ixrj irov), lest anywhere, lest haply : Ac 272®.t
^fiTJirw {fjLTi TTw, LTr., in Eo, I.e.), adv., not yet: c. ptcp., Ro 9^^;
c. ace. et inf., He 9^.t
or ixq n-(M<i (so WH), negative particle, 1. as eonje., lest
/iTJTTws
haply in final sentences, i Co 9^", ii Co 2^" 9* after verbs of fearing
: ;
or taking heed, i Co S^, ii Co 11^ 12-o, Ga 4" with an ellipse of ;
ptcp. (sc. <ô;8ov>£vos cf. BL, § 65, 3; Burton, § 225), i Th 3^ (but v.

;
infr.). 2. As interrogative, whether haply : Ga 2-, i Th 3^ (cf. M,

Th., in 1., but v. supr.).t
fiTjpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for "JJT ;] the thigh : Ee Id^^.f
fiTi-T6, negative particle, differing from ovtc as /at; from ou, neither,
nor: fx^re . . fjuyn, neither
. nor, Mt 11^^ Lk 7^3 9^, Ac 2312.21
. . .
2720, He 73 ; fi.^ (fjirjSk) . . . fiTJre . . ix-qT€, Mt 534-a«, Mk 320 T, Ac 23^,

n Th 22, I Ti 17, Ja 512, Ee 7i> ^.t
fiilTT]p, gen,, fj.rjTpo'i, rj, [in LXX chiefly for DN ;] mother : Mt 1^^
one who
takes the place of a mother, iSov fi. fj,ov, Mt
2^1, al. ; fig., of -fj
12" (cf. ib. 50, Mk

1927, Eo 16i3, i Ti 52) Jo
of a city, ^ns ia-rlv fi.
335, ;
fjlJiHtv, Ga 42^ symbolically of Babylon, rj /a. t. Tropvwv, Ee 17^.

;
p,T)-Ti, interrog. particle, expecting a negative answer Mt 7^^ :
2622.26, Mk 421 1419, Lk 639, Jo 822 1835, Ac 10*", II Co 1218, Ja 311 ; in

hesitant questions (v. M, Pr., 170^), oStos ianv, can /i,. Mt this be, 1223,
Jo 429; ^^ ^p^^ II Co 117; on el fiiJTL (Lk 9i3, cf. BL, § 65, 6), v.s. d.f
fiTj-Ti-ye (/Ai/Ti ye, Eec, L; fjirj rt yc, Tr.), strengthened form of
fXT^Tt, let alone : i.e. according to context ;
(a) much less ; {b) much
more : 1 Co 63.t
|i.il-Tis, Eec. for /xi^ ns (v.s. /x-^, 1, iii, and cf. Thayer, s.v. /atttis). >
fi-f]Tpa, -as, rj {<C^fxrirr]p), [in LXX chiefly for 0111;] the womb:
Lk 223 (LXX)^ ^Q 419,t
*jiT)TpoXwas (Eec. -aAwas, in el., -aXot'as, V. BL, § 3, 3 6, 2), -ov, 6 ;
(<^ fi-JT-qp +
dAotaw, to smite) (a) a matricide : i Ti 1^ (AV, E, txt., ;
but V. infr.) ; (b) a smiter of his mother : 1 Ti 19 (E, mg., cf. Ex 211^,
and V. Ellic, CGT, in l.).t
fir]Tp6-iroXis, -£tos, 17, [in LXX for UN , etc. ;] a metropolis, chief
city : I Ti, subscr. (Eec.).t
fiia, V.S. els.
luaiva, [in LXX chiefly for NO^ ;] 1. to dye or stain. 2. to
stain, defile, soil; (a) in physical sense; (b) inmoral sense: Tit li*.
He 1215, Ju 8 (c) in ritual sense (cf. La 22^, al.)
;
Jo 1828.t :
Syn. : fxoXvvo), to besmear, which also differs from /a. in that it is

never used, as /a. in its primary meaning, in an honourable sense
(cf. Tr., Syn., § xxxi).
fAiaafjia, -tos, to (<;]/AiatVa)), chiefly in trag. and late writers;
[in LXX: Le 7^(^^) (b^-B), Je 39 (32)3* (|îpt?), Ez 333i
(yy^), Jth
92.* 13i«, I Mac 1350*;] a stain, defilement : pL, 11 Pe 22o.t
**t |iiaan<5s, -oC, 6 «/AtaiVa)), [in LXX: Wi 1426^ i Mac 4*3 *.j
1. prop., the act of defiling. 2. = fxCaa-fia (q.v.) : ii Pe 2^° (cf. Plut.,

Mor., 393c).t
**|jiiYp.a (LT, cl., fjuyixa; on the orthogr., v. BL, § 3, 5), -tos, to
«/xiyvu/xi), [in LXX: Si 388*;] a mixture: Jo IQ^^ (iXiy/ia, WH,
E, mg.).t
fiiyfofxi (on the spelUng /iety-, v. BL, § 3, 5), [in LXX for ny
hith., etc. ;] to mix, mingle : c.ace. et dat., Ee 15^ ; c. ace. seq. iv,
Ee 8^ seq. /.ieT<£, Mt 273*, Lk 13i.t
SyN. : KepdvvvfXL, q.v.
(xiKpos, -a, -dv, [in LXX chiefly for ]b(? , tsrp ;] small, little
1. of persons; (a) lit., of stature : Mk

xvi; on the view 15**^ (MM, iii,
that age is meant, v. Deiss., BS, the little ones,

144), Lk 19^ ; ol /x.,
Mt IB^'i'^'iS Mk 9*2; (b) hence metaph., of rank or influence (cf.

Dalman, Words, 113 f.) : Mt 10*^, Lk 17^, Ac S^" 2622, He Sî d-^x),
Ee 1118 1316 195.18 2012; compar., -oVcpos, Mt 11^, Lk 72^ 9*8. 2. Of
things; (a) of size Mt 13^2, 4^1, Ja 3^; (b) of quantity
: Lk 12^2, Mk :
I Co 5«, Ga 5«, Ee 3^; (c) of time Jo 7^3 12^5, Ee Gn 20^. 3. Neut., :
fiiKpov, used adverbially; (a) of distance: Mt 26^9, Mk 14^^; (6) of

quantity : 11 Co lli> i« ; (c) of time Jo 13^3 1419 16i«-i9,
: He lO^^ ;
/xcra /x.,
Mt 26^3^ Mk i47o,f
MiXrjTos, -ov, rj, Miletus, a maritime city of Caria : Ac 20i^' i'^,
II Ti 42o.t
*t jxtXtoi', -ov, TO, a Boman mile (1680 yds.) Mt 5*i.t :
fxip,£Ofjiai, -ov/xaL (<] yu-i/xo?, a mimic, an actor), [in LXX: Ps

30 (31)6, wi,42 159, IV Mac 923 139 *.j ^^ imitate: 11 Th 3''9, He 13',
III Jo ii.t
* fitfiTiTiis, -ov, 6 (<^fxLfjieo/j.aL), in NT always (like the verb) in

4i« lli,
good sense, an imitator : i Co Eph 51, 1 Th 1» 21*, He 612.+
fii/xfô-Ku (Bl., chiefly for 13T;] to remind:
-rj-, § 3, 3), [in LXX
mid. and pass. (a) reflexive, to remind oneself of, hence, to remember :
;
c. gen. rei, Mt 26'^ Lk 1^*' ^2 24^, Ac lli^, 11 Pe 32, Ju i' c. neg., of ;
sins, =
to forgive. He
812 lOi'd'XX). q gen. pers., Lk 23*2; seq. oti,
Mt 523 2763, Lk 1625, Jo 21^.22 1216; ^5^ Lk 246; pf.^ ^c>v77/ii, in pres.
sense (cl.), c. gen. pers. (rei), i Co II2, 11 Ti 1* pres., fiifivâ-KOfxat (only ;
in late writers), c. gen, pers., in sense of caring for, He 26 (i-xx) 133 •
(b) in passive sense, to be remembered, aor., i/jLvâOrjv seq. iyminov, :
c. gen. pers. (cf. Ez I822), Ac

103i, Ee 161^ (cf. dva-, ^7r-ava-, vtto-
IxifjLvâ-KOi. The tenses of this verb are from the older /ivaoyLiat).t
fiiCT^w, -w, [in LXX chiefly for N3C7 ;] to hate : c. ace. pers.
Mt 5*3 241^ Lk 171 622, 5!T^ 19U_ Jo 77 1518,19,23-25 lyu^ Tit 33, I Jo 29.11
313,15 420^ Re I716; pass., Mt IO22 24^, Mk 13i3, Lk 211^; c. ace. rei,
Jo Eo 715, Eph 5'-9, He 1^, Ju23, Re 26; pass., Ee 182. As the
320,
Heb. K3^ is sometimes found with the modified sense of indifference

to or relative disregard for one thing in comparison with another
(cf. Ge 29?", 31^ De 2I15. le,
Ma 13) so prob. fi. in the foil. : Mt 62*,
Lk 1426 1613^ Jo 122\ Eo 9i3 (•L-^x).t
*t p,ia6airo8oaia, -as, 17 (<^ /aictôs, uTroSiSw/xi cl. jJUfrOohoa-'ia) pdy- ;
,
vient of wages, recomperise ; meton., (a) of reward: He 10^^ 11^";

(b) of punishment : He 2^.f
*t fi,ia0-aTro-8<5TT]s, -ov, 6, (v. supr.), one who pays wages ; meton., a
rewarder : He 11*.
tîOxetos, -a, -ov (also -OS, -ov), [in LXX : Le IQ^Â 255o, Jb 7'
(TDt;r), To 511, Si 710 31 (34)22 3711*;] hired; as subst., 5 fi., a hired

servant: Lk IS^^, 19.21 (Anth., Plut.).t
fiiCT06s, -ou, o, [in LXX chiefly for "IS^T,"] 1. prop., wages, hire:
Mt Lk 107, Ro 4*, I Ti 518, Ja 5*, Ju 11 fx. dSiKi'as, Ac l^^, n Pe 2^3
208, ;
(but V. Mayor and ICC, in 1.), ib. ^^. 2. Generally, reward Jo 4^^, :
I Co 918; esp. of divine rewards, Mt 5^2 6i'2.5,i6 I04i,42^ Mk 9*^,

Lk 623.35^ I Co 38.1*, II Jo 8, Ee 1118 2212; -^,^^ ^_^ Mt 5*^, i Co Qi^.t
-w «;/i,ia6'os), [in
|xiCT06a), LXX (mid.) chiefly for IDtzr;] to let
otitfor hire. Mid., to hire : c. ace, Mt 201'''.+
fii(r0(u,ia, -Tos, to «/Aio-^dto), [in LXX: De 23i8(i9),

Mi 1',
Ez 1631.34,41 (^zjy^), ib33 (n-j3, |"T3), ib.32, Pr 1913*;] I. price, hire
(cl., and LXX). 2. In sense not found elsewhere, a hired dwelling

Ac 2830.+
/xi<r0a)T<5s, ->?, ov, «/xio-ôa)), [in LXX for TDK?, Ex 12«, al.;]
hired; as subst., 6 a hired servant, hireling : Mk P", Jo 1012. i3.t

/x.,
MiTuXTiKT), -T/s, 17 (late form Strab., Plut. of cl. MunA-), — —

Mytilene, Mitylene, chief city of Lesbos Ac 20i*.+ :
MixariX, 6, indecl. (Heb. bN3"'P , who like God ?), Michael, the
Archangel (cf. Da 12i) Ju ^ Re 12^.+
:
[iva, -as, 17 (a Semitic word cf. Heb. nja ; , Aram. X3p , a weight
and a sum of money = 100 shekels, cf. iii Ki IQi''), a mina (Lat.),
mna, in Attic a weight and sum of money = 100 Spax/xat (q.v.) Lk :
2913, 16, 18,20, 24, 25_f
\iv6.oy.ai, V.S. ixLfiVTja-Kw.
Mcdo-wf, -wvos, Mnason Ac 21i®.+

6, :
ficcia, -as, r} {<îxifx.vri(TK(M), [in LXX for IDT , its parts and deriva-
tives;] remembrance, mention (= fLvrj^ri) : Phi 13; ^. TroulaOai, c. gen.
pers., Eo l^, Eph V\ i Th 1^, Phm * (cf. Ps 110 (111)*) /x. ^x^tv, c. ;
gen. pers., i Th 3^ 11 Ti 13 (on the v.l. in Eo 12i3, v. ICG, in 1.; Field,

Notes, 163).+
'
p,ffjfia, -TOS, TO (<^ ju,vao/i.ai) ,

[in LXX for ISp. , rrniSp ;] 1. a
memorial. 2. a sepulchral monument, a septilchre, tomb : Mk 53> ^
1546 102 (WH, ^vr^fxfiov), Lk 827 2353 241, Ac 229 7i«, Ee 1P.+
SYN. : jxvrjfjiiLov.
fii'TjfjLetoi', -ov, TO, [in LXX for l^p. , HlOp ;] 1. a memorial, record
(cl., cf. Wi 10^). 2. (a) (cl.) a monument : Lk 11*^ ; {b) a r^pulchre, tomb
(Ge 23«. 9, Is 22i«, al.) : Mt 2329, Mk 52, Lk 11**, Jo 528, and freq. in
Gospels, Ac 1329.
SYN. : fivrjfjLa.
(inijiT), -17s, ^ (-c^/xvaofiai), [in LXX for 15|, fn3T;] memory,

remembrance, mention: /jl. troi.€La-dai, c. gen., to remember, 11 Pe 1^*
(but in cl., IT., fx. TT. more freq. = to make mention, and so perh. here, cf.
Mayor, in 1. ; and for ex. from tt., v. Zorell, 8.v.).t
SYN. : /Avcta, q.v.
fii'T))xoi'€uw (<^ /i.vi7/i.a)v, mindful), [in LXX for 1D7;] 1. to call to
mind, remember: absol., Mk 8^^; q gen. pers., Lk CqI 4^^
17^2^
I Th 13, He 111' (but V. infr.) 13^ ; t. Trre^x^", Ga 22o c. gen. rei, Jo
;
1520 154,21^ ^Q 20^^; c. ace. obj. (as more freq. in cl.), of persons, 11 Ti
28; of things, Mt 16^, i Th 29, Ee IS^; seq. ^rt, Ac 20^1, Eph 2>i,
II Th 2"; iroOev, Ee 2^; Trws, ib. 3^. 2. to make mention of c. gen.. :
He 1116 (but V. supr., and cf. M, Th., i, l^) ; seq. inpi. He 1122.t
jxnfjixoorui'ov, -ov, to (<^ /xv^/acov, mindful), [in LXX freq. for
15T , ]n37 and cogn. forms ;] a memorial : Mt 26^3, Mk 14^, Ac 10*
(where cf. Le 29.16 512^ û 526, Si 45i6, al.).t
fii'TjoTeuw, [in LXX for iyix pi., pu. ;] 1. to tvoo and win, espouse.
2. to promise in marriage, betroth; pass., of the woman, to be be-
trothed : c. dat. pers., Mt lis, Lk 127 2*.t
fioyyi-XaXos, V.S. /ioyiXaXos.
tôYi-X(£Xos, -ov (<MoVs, XaXos), [in LXX: Is 35» (Q^N)*;]
speaking with difficulty : Mk 7^2 (Tr., txt., /loyytXaXos, thick-voiced,
V. Swete, in l.).t
**ii6yLs, adv. «Atoyos, toil), [in LXX: Wi Qi^nA (^xo'Xis, B),
III Mac 76 * ;] ivith toil or difficulty, hardly : Lk 9^^ (/xo'Xi?, WH).t
tjAoixaXis, -t'Sos, 17 (= Att. fxoix"-^, fern, of /i.ot;(os), [in LXX:Pr
1822 2455(3020), Ez 1638 23*5, Ho 31, Ma 3^ (ng^Ji, ng)N3p)*;] an
adulteress Eo 7^ meton., for ^loix'^La, 11 Pe
: ; Metaph., of infidelity 2i*.
to God Ez 1615 «', 23*=^ ^•, al.), Ja 4* as an adj., Mt 12^9 16*, Mk 88.t
(cf. ;
jioixaw, -w (= cl. ixoLxivoi), [in LXX (mid., absol. and c. ace,

with party of either sex as subj.) Je 38 5^ 79 92 d' 23i* 36 (29)23, Ez 16^2 :
2337. 43 (qx3) * ;] to commit adultery with : c. ace. fem. In NT always

mid. in same sense; of the man absol., Mt :
532 3^99 (WH, txt., E, mg.,
om.); seq. ctt' auTJ?v, Mk lOH; of the woman Mk :
10i2.t
fioixcta, -as, 17 «;iotxeiJw), [in LXX: Ho 22'*' (Q-'eiSXJ), 42
(P1N3), Je 1327 (D^SS*:), Wi 142«*;] adultery: Jo 8 [3]; pi. (v. WM,

220; Bl, § 32, 6), Mt 15i9, Mk 72i.t
ôixeiJw (</>iotxos), [in LXX: Ex 2018, Le 20io, al. (^jXa);] to

commit adultery : absol., Mt 527 1918, Mk 10i9, Lk I6I8 182", Eo 222
139, Ja 211 ; c. ace. fern., Mt 528. Pass., of the woman, Mt 532 199
WH, mg.), Jo 8t*^. Metaph., of idolatry (v.s. uoixaXi's, and cf. Je 39, al.),
seq. ii.iT aur^s, Ee 222.+
fioi,x<5s, -ov, 6, [in LXX for nxj ;] an adulterer : Lk 18^^ i Co 6^

He 13^t
fioXis, adv. (<^/Ao\os, toil), post-Horn, alternative for /xdyis, [in
LXX : Pr llî, Wi 9^\ al. ;] with difficulty, hardly, scarcely : Lk
Qô
(T, yôyis), Ac 148 27^8,16^ Ro 57^ I Pe 418(LXX).t
MoXox, 6, indecl. (Heb. '^[^b ,

prop. "JJ^lp , King, but vocalized to
read nCTS , shame, cf BaaX, and . v. DB, iii, 415 f.), Moloch, the god of
the Ammonites : Ac 7'*^ (i^x) f
)Lo\6vu>, [in LXX
Ge ^V^ (bnia), Is 593 f^^^ ni.)^ â 142 ^^^^XO
:
ni.), Si 21^8, al.;] to stoiw, soil, defile; in always symb. and fig. NT
I Co 8^ Ee 3* 144.t
SYN. : fxtaivoi, q.v.
tôXuaîos, -oS, 6 «/ioXwa>), [in LXX: Je 23i5 (nSjq), i Es 883,
II Mac 527*;] defilement gen. obj., 11 Co 7^ (Plut., FlJ).t

: c.
*
(ioficj)!], ^s, 17 (<^yu.£/u,ô/Aai), poet, form of /Ae/xt/îs, blame, com-
plaint : Col 3i3.t
**|xoî^, -^s, 77 «/xevo)), [in LXX: i Mac 738*;] i [^ cl, (a) a
staying, abiding ; (b) continuance (LXX, I.e.). In late Gk., (a) a
2.
station (Paus.) ; (b) an abode : Jo 14^' 2=^ ; (c) a monastery (cf. MM, iii,
xvi; so in MGr.).t
/ioôYe»'iis, -£s «/>ioVos, ycVos), [in LXX: Jg 1134, pg 21(22)2°
24(25)16 34 (35)17 (th;). To 31^ SiO'i* 8i7, Wi
Ba 416*;] only, only 722,
begotten {DCG, ii, 281), of sons and daughters Lk 712 8*2 938, He lli^; :
of Christ, Jo 316'18, l Jo 4^; fi. napa. Trarpos, Jo 11*; fi. Oeos, ib. i8.t
p.dfOC, V.S. fJLOVO?.
jiocos, -rj, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 13^;] 1. adj., alone, solitary,
forsaken : c. verb., pron., Mt 18i5,

Mt 1423, jyfjj 547^ Lk 936^ ^1. ; c.
Mk 92, al. c. subst., 98, Lk 48, al.; pleonast., ovk .
; Mk
ct /ai) /x., . .
Mt U\ Lk 6\ al. attrib., only, (6) fx.. 6^6^, Jo 5*4 173, Eo 162^, i Ti li7,
;
Ju 25. 2. As adv., (a) neut., (xovov, alone, only : referring to verb or

predic, Mt 921, Mk
536, ja 122^ al. (v. Bl., § 44, 2) ov (fi^) /x., Ga 418, ;
Ja 122 ; ov fi. . . . aWd (Bl, § 77, 133), Ac 192^, i Jo 5^, al. ; id. seq.
Kat (Bl., § 81, I2), Eo 53 910, II Co 819, al. ; (b) Kara /Awas, alone (Bl.,
§ 44, 1), Mk 410, Lk 918.
* |jiof-6<J)0a\fx.os, -ov {<C fJ'Ovo'i), Ionic and koiv^, one-eyed, having one
eye : Mt 18^, Mk 9*7.1
**
|jio>'6u, -w (-< /xdvos), [in Aq. Ge 49® ;] to leave alone, forsake : :
of a childless widow, pf. ptcp. pass., i Ti 5^.f
ôp<t>Ti, -^s, ^, [in LXX: Jg 8I8A (ijcn), Jb 416 (n:nar)), Is 4413
{rr2^). Da LXX 319 (D^y), Da TH 433 56.9.10 728 (^,^)^ To 113, Wi I81,
IV Mac 15**;] form, shape, appearance (Horn., Eur., ^sch., al. ); in

philos. lang. the specific character or essential /orm (Arist., v. Gifford,
Inc., 26 if.) : Mk 16ti23, Phi 26' ^.t
Sfn. : fx6p<f>(a(Ti<;, the outline, delineation, semblance of the
fiop(f>i^, as distinct from the /u. itself (Lft., Notes, 262) a-xrjfjia., shape, ;
fashion, disting. from fiopffnij as the outward and accidental from the
inward and essential (cf. Tr., Syn., §lxx; Lft., Phi., 125 ff.; Gifford.,
Inc., I.e.).
**t (iop«|><5ti», -w {<C.iJLop<fiTi), [in Aq. : Is 44^3 *;] to form : fig., Ga 4^^
(cf. fiera-, <TVfx-fJiOpcf>6(i}).f
*+ fi<5p<(>w(ns, -£0)5, 7} «i fwp4>6<D), 1. a forming, shaping (Theophr.).

2. form, outline, semblance : Eo
2^^ ; opp. to Swa/its, Ti 3*.t u
Syn. : p.op<firj (q.V.), (TxrjfJLa.
*t (Aocrxo-Troi^w, -w, to make a calf (as an image) : Ac 7*^ (LXX,
fx(i(rxos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for "ip , also for 11127 , bjT , etc. ;]
1. a young shoot or twig. 2. 5, 17, p.., offspring; (a) of men; {b) of

animals; most freq. (as always in LXX), a calf, bullock, heifer : Lk
1523,27,30^ HeQi'-i'i^, Ee4^.t
ôuaiKiJs, -7;, -w, [in LXX : Ge SV\ Ez 26i3 (i^bt), Da LXX th
36 ff.
Si 22", al. skilled in the arts, esp. in music; as subst.,
(i^pi), ;]
6 p.., a minstrel, musician Ee IS-^.t :
fioxôs, -ov, 6 (= Horn. /Aoyos), in cl. chiefly poet., [in LXX for
nxbpi , bnv , etc. ;] toil, laborer, hardship, distress : 11 Co ll^^, i Th 2^,
II Th 38.t
Syn. .'
KOTTOS (q.V.), TTOfOS.
Û6X(59, -o5, 6, [in LXX: Ge 45i8 (n>n), Jb 212* (na) 332**;]

marrow : He 4^2 f
-w (•< uv(o, ^0 shut the mouth), [in
**(iu^, iii Mac 2^*'*;] LXX:
to initiate into the mysteries (so chiefly in cl. LXX, I.e.) hence, ; ;
to instruct : pass.. Phi 4^2 (RV, I have learned the secret).^

**|uioeos, -ov, 6, [in LXX:
Wi 17^ A, Si 20^9 *;] 1. speech, con-
versation. 2. (a) a story, narrative (Hom.) {b) later, opp. to Xoyos ;
{a true narrative) = Lat. fabula, a myth, fable, fiction : i Ti 1* 4^^,

II Ti 4*, Tit 114, II pe iie^t
Syn. : Xdyos, q.V.
** p,uic(io(jiai, -dp-ai, in cl. chiefly poet., [in Sm. : Jb 6^ * ;]
prop., of
oxen (onomatop.), to low, bellow ; of a lion, to roar : Ee lO^.t
fAUKTT]pit« {<^p.vKTrjp, the uose), [in LXX: iv Ki I921, Jb 22^9,
Ps 79 (80)«, al. {2sh), Pr l^" (|^X3) ISô (nTH), i Mac 7^*, al. ;] to turn
up the nose or sneer at, mock : pass., Ga &^ (cf. iK-p.vKTrjpLCw).f
*+ /iuXiK<5s, -ov (<[ pivXr], a mill), of a mill : \l6o<; p.., Lk I72.+
-T/,
*tfiuXn/os, -ov {<C.pvXo<;), 1. made of mill-stone {C.I. 3371).

-rj,
2. = /tuXiKo's : Ee ISî (jivkov, T).t

t^jJXos, -ov, b, [in LXX for D^H!:) Nu , ll^, De 24", al. ;] 1. = pLvXy,
a mill (Strab., Plut., LXX): Mt 24", Ee I822. 2. a mill-stone

Ee p,. ovlkos, Mt 18«, Mk
(Anth.) : I821 (T) ;
9*2 Swete, in (v. l.).t
fiuXwj', -tovos, 6, [in LXX : Je 52^1 *;] a mill-house : Mt 24*^

(Eec.; fivXoi, WH, E).t
Mu'pa, Mvppa (LT, Tr., WH), -wv, rd, Myra, a city of Lvcia:
Ac 27^+
fiupids, -aSos, 17 «/-iv/3tos), [in LXX chiefly for n;!^"!;] ten
thousand, a myriad: pi., Ac 19^^, Ee 5^^ 9^^; hyperb., of vast

numbers, Lk 12\ Ac 21^^ He 12^2, Ju i^.t
*iLvpit,(a {<^fx,vpov), Ionic and poet, (comic), to anoint : Mk 14^.t
Syy^. : v.s. dAci^w, and cf. fivpov.
(iupios, -a, -ov, 1. numberless, countless, infinite : i Co 4^^ 14^^

2. As a definite numeral, in pi., p.vpioi, -ai, -a, ten thousand : Mt 18'^*.+
liu'po*', -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for ]p2r Pr , 27», Ps 132 (133)2,
al.;] ointment: Mt 267.12, Mk 143-5, l^ T^^.ss.ie 23^6, Jo IP 123.

Ee 18i3.t
SVJSr. : iXaiov, q.v.
Mu'ppa, V.s. Mvpa.
Muaia, -as, r/, Mysia, a province of Asia Minor : Ac 16^' ^.t
ôcrrViptov', -ov, to {<p.vioi), [in LXX Da LXX : th 2^^^- (T^), To
127' 11, jth 22, Wi 222 6-2 1415,23, Si 318 2222 27i«.i7.2i, II Mac I321*;]
1. tliat which is known to the p.va-Tr]<; (initiated), a mystery or secret
doctrine, mostly in pi., Ta p,. (^sch., Hdt., al.). 2. In later vrriters
(Menand., Incert., 168), that which may not be revealed (not, however,
as in the modern sense, intrinsically difficult to understand), a secret
or mystery of any kind (To, Jth, 11 Mac, 11. c). 3. In NT, of the
counsels of God (cf. Th. Jb 15^ Ps 24 (25)1^ for TiD), once hidden but
:
now revealed in the Gospel or some fact thereof (a) of the Christian ;
revelation generally Eo 162^, i Co 2\ Col 126.27, Eph 33. 9 t. âo-tWas

: ;
T. Beov, Mk 411 T. eôv, I Co 21, Ee 10"

; t. 6., Xpia-Tod, Col 22 t. Xpiarod, ; ;
Col 43, Eph 3* ; t. BcXripxiTos airoi, Eph 1« ; t. emyycXt'or, Eph 61^
T. TTto-Tcws, I Ti 3^ ; T. cuo-eêiaq, ;
(b) of particular truths, or ib. 16
details, of the Christian revelation Eo 1125, i Co 155i, 532, „ Th : Eph

2\ Ee 120 175.7; pi., Ta /x., I Co 132 142; eeoi, I Co 41 ; r. Paatkua-i
T. ovpav^v (deoi), Mt 13", Lk S'^ (cf. Westc, Ej^h., 180 fif.; AE, Eph.,
234 ff. ; Lft., Col., 165 f. ; Hatch, Essays, 57 f. ; DB, iii, 465 ff. ; DOG,
ii, 213 ff.).t
MuTiXr^nfj, V.S. MiTvX-^vr].

+ jiu-wirdj^w (<^ /i.ucDi/', closi7ig the eyes, short-sighted; <^/xva), wi/^),
to be short-sighted : 11 Pe P (E, mg., closing his eyes v. ICC, ; in 1.).+
p,w\a)\|», -wTTos, 6, [in LXX for rnmo, Ex 2125, q\.-j q, bruise,
wound from a stripe : i Pe 2^*^^^^'> (Arist., Plut., al.).+
|iw(j.clo|jiai, -u)p.aL (<^/xwju,os), poet. and prose, [in

late LXX:
Pr 97 (maj, Wi
Si 31 IQi*, (34)i8*;] to find fault with, blame:
II Co 82" pass., ib. 63.t
;
fAu|ios, -OV, 6, [in LXX, of physical blemishes : Le 21^7 ff-,

De I521,
Ca (mD)
47, al. mental defect, Si 202*, ^1. ;] 1. in cl. poets and late
; of
prose, blame, disgrace. 2. In LXX, perh. because of resemblance to
DID, a physical blemish (cf. a/Awptos, i Pe 1^^, and v. Hort., in 1.)
metaph., of licentious persons, 11 Pe 2i3.t
MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT '299
liuipaivui «yLta.po's), [in LXX : Is 19^\ Je 10" 28 (51)i7

(-lya ni.),
II Ki 241^ Is 4425 E (^DD ni., pi.)*;] 1- cl., to be foolish, play the
fool. 2. LXX and NT, causal, to make foolish: i Co l^*'; pass., to

become foolish :Ro 1^^ ; of salt that has lost its flavour, become taste-
less : Mt 513, Lk 143*.t
**fA«pia, -as, rj {<îx(Dp6<s), [in LXX: Si 20^^*;] foolishness:
I Co 118,21,23 214 319,t
* /icjpoXoyia, -as, 17, foolish talking : Eph 5*.t
|i,(i>p6s, -a, -dv, [in LXX for ^23 , etc. ; freq. in Si. ;] 1. prop., of
the nerves, dull, sluggish (Hipp., Arist.). 2. Of the mind, dull,

stupid, foolish : Mt S^^ (v. Field, Notes, 3 ff.) V^
23i7. i9 (T, txt., R, WH,
om.) 252.3.8, I Co 318 410 of things, TrapdSoai^,
; 7^^ (T, txt., E, Mk WH,
om.) ^>/TT?o-cis, II
: Ti 22^, Tit 3® ; t6 /x. t. Oeov, i Co 1^^ ; ra fx. r. Koa-fiov,
ib.27.t
M<i)uo-r]s (Ma)i3o-^s, T ; Mwcr^s, Eec), -c'ws, dat. -rj (as LXX Ex : S^'^,
al.), and -el, ace. -^v {»r LXX) and -ea (Lk 16^^ only), (Heb. nizra),
ifoses .-
Mt 8* 173. *, al. ; vd/xos Moouo-cV, Lk 22224*^ Jo 72^, Ac 1339
155 28^3, I Co 99, He 1028; by meton., of the books of Moses, Lk 1629
2427, Ac 1521, II Co 31^
N
N, V, No, Nu, n, the thirteenth letter. As a numeral, v = 50,
V, = 50,000.
NaaaacSc, 6, indecl. (Heb. |ir2rn3), Naasson : Mt 1*, Lk 332.+
Nayyai, 6, indecl., Naggai : Lk 32^.+
Naiapd (Mt 413— L, -a^—Lk 4l«), Naâpe'^ (Mt 21", Ac 1038),

NaâpcT (so always Eec. WH, in foil, instances, where -id, T), >/, ;
indecl. (Semitic form uncertain), Nazareth : Mt 223, Mk 1^, Lk 1^^

24,39,51^ Jq 145, 46 +
Naâprji'ds, -ov, o, (on the Semitic form, v. Dalman, Gr., 141 n.),
a Nazarene : 12* 10*^ 14«7 166,Mk 434 2419.+ l^
Na^wpaios, -ov, 6 (= -prjv6<s, q.v.), a Nazarene: Mt 223 (i^X) 26^1^
Lk 1837, Jo 185.7 1919, Ac 222 3« 41*^ 61^ 228 24^ 26^.+
HaQdfi (Eec. Naâv), o, indecl. (Heb. ]ri3), Nathan : Lk 33i.+
Na0ai'aTi\, 6, indecl. (Heb. ^Njrij), Nathanael, prob. to be identi-

fied with Bartholomew (q.v.) : Jo l*^-*^ 212.+
mt, particle of affirmation, yea, verily, even so ; in answer to a
question Mt 928 13^1 172^ 21i6, Jo IF^ 21i5, le, Ac 58 2227, Eo S^s
:
seq. Aeyo) vfuv, Mt 11®, Lk 72^ repeated for emphasis, vol vol (opp ;
to ov ov) : Mt 537 ; rp-bi vfiiav to val vol, Ja 512 •

^ ^^^^ q»^ jj Qq ]^18, 19
tva •^ TO vai vat, ib. ^7

. . . ib. in assent to an assertion ; to v., ''"*
;
Mt 1527, Mk
728, Ee 14^3 157. jq confirmation of a previous assertion
Mt 112«, Lk 1021 1151 125, Pill 43^ Phm20; in solemn asseveration
Ee 17 2220.+
Naifidf (Eec. l>it€/xdv), 6, indecl. (Heb. ^V;), Naaman : Lk 4".t

NaiV (Eec. NaiV), ^, indecl. (Heb. I'îii), Nain, a village of Galilee
Lk 7".t
meJs, -ov, 6, (Att. i/€ws; <^ vat'w, to inhabit), [in LXX (vtoi?,
u Mac 62, al.) chiefly for ^yn ;] 1. a temple (Horn., Find., al.).
2. The inmost part of a temple, the shrine (Hdt., Xen., al.) in NT, ;
(a) generally : pi., Ac 17^^ of silver models of a heathen shrine,

;
Ac 19^^ (b) of the temple building proper, or sanctiiary, at Jerusalem,

;
as distinct from t. lepov (q.v.), the whole temple enclosure Mt :
2316,17,35 275, 4o_ Mk

14^8 1529, Jo 21^,20^ Ee IP; {rov) 6eoi, Mt 26«i
27^1, Mk 1538, Lk 19.21,22 23«, i Co 3^\ ii Co 6^\ ii Th 2*, Ee ll^;
of the temple in the Apocal. visions, Ee 312 71^ ll^^ U^^' ^^ IS^. «- s
161,17 2122a Metaph., of Christians, i Co 31" Q^\ 11 Co 6^\ Eph 2^1;
i^)
of Christ's body, Jo 2^1 (cf. ib. ; 6 ^cos v. aur^? ô-nv, Ee 21^2^.+
Srjv. : Upov.
Naou'/x, 6, indecl. (Heb. Qin3), Nahum, : Lk S^^.t
KupSos, -ou, 17 (Heb. "TIJ , both from Sanscrit tiarda, v. Boisacq,

S.V.), [in LXX: Ca 1^2 413, u (rng)*;] nard; (a) an Indian plant, the
Nardostachys nardus jatamansi, used for the preparation of a fragrant
ointment (b) ointment of nard : Mk 14^, Jo 123.t
;
NdpKtCTCTos, -ov, 6, Narcissus : Eo 16^^.

*yauaye(a, -w {<:^vav<s, + ayvvfii, to break), to suffer shipwreck:
II Co 112^ metaph., seq. irepl t. ttlo-tlv, i Ti l^^.t
;
* mu'-KXifjpos, -ov, 6 (<^vai}s, KXrjpos), a shipowner, shipmaster:

Ac 27ii.t
Kaus, veto?, acc. vaDv, •7, [in LXX for "'Jh? , iV2ii ;] a ship : Ac 27*^
(elsewhere in NT always t. TrXorov ; v. M, Pr., 25 f. ; Bl., Gosp., 186 f.).t

** muTTjs, -ou, 6 (<^ vaDs), [in Aq. : Ez 27^ ; Sm. : ib. 2^ *;] a seaman,
sailor : Ac 272"' ô,
Ee IS^^.t
Naxoip, o, indecl. (Heb. IITO), Nahor : Lk S^^.t
I'cacias, -ou, 6 (<^ vedv = vc'os), [in LXX for "lyj , ÎPI^ ;] a yoking
man : Ac 7^8 20^ 231^. i8.t
keai'icTKos, -ov, 6 (dimin. of veavtas), [in LXX chiefly for "lyj , also
for mnn, etc ;] a yoimg man, youth : Mt 1920-22, Mk 14^^ 16^ Lk 7'*,
Ac 21- (LXX) 2318,22^ I Jo 213.14; of an attendant (cf. Ge 142^ al.)

Ac Sio.t
Ned-jToXis, -€W9, 17, Eec. for Nc'a ndXts (WH), the more freq. form
(LS, S.V.), Neajjolis, a maritime city of Macedonia Ac 16ii.t :
NcEfJidf, V.S. Nai/xav.

KCKpos, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for nO;j dead, I. as adj., 1.
prop. : Ac 510 209, Ja 226, jje lis, al.; (btriL v., Mt 28*, Mk 92«, Ee l^^;
of that which is subject to death, Eo S^*'. 2. Metaph., (a) of persons :
Lk 15^*'^^; of those immersed in worldly cares, Mt 8^^, Lk 9"°; of

spiritual death, Jo 5^^, Eo 6^^, Eph 5^*, Ee 3^; t. jrapairTiofiaa-iv, Eph
2^' ^,Col 2^^ of the opposite condition, v. t^ dfiapTia, Eo 6^^
;
; (b) of
things regarded as inoperative, devoid of power afxaprCa, : Eo 7^
TTto-Tis, Ja 217.26; ipya. He 6i Qi". II. As subst., vcKpo's, 6 (Hom., al.),
chiefly in pi. {pi) v., the dead : Mt 11^, Mk 122«, Lk 20", i Co IS^s, al.
di/tto-Tao-ts (t.) vc/cp^v, Mt 2231, Ac 1732, al. ; V. . . . ^Svtcs, Mt 22^2, Mk
1227, Ac 10*2, al. ; dir^ v€Kpwy, Lk IGô ; iK v., Mk 6", Lk 24*6, Jq 121,
Ac 133*, Eo 107, al.; TrpcoroVoKos iK Twv v., Col 118; ôjr] ck v., Eo 1115;
constr. praegn., eV v. ^wvtcs, Eo 6'3.
*t>'eKp6(D, w (<;v€Kpos), io wafee (iead, put to death; pass., ^0 be
dead: hyperbolically, of impotent age, He lli^; aw/xa, Eo 41^.
Trop., of carnal impulses, to. fii\rj, Col 3^.+
*t feKpoKTiSt -ews, r) (<^ i/eKpow), 1. a putting to death. 2. a stofe 0/
dmi/i, death : Eo 4l^ 11 Co 410 (v. Deiss., LAE, 94).
fcofiTjcia (Att. contr., vov/x-, Eec), -as, 17 {<C^ôs, p-'rjv), [in LXX
chiefly for l&"in ;] new moon : of the Jewish festival, Col 2i6.t
vio^, -a, -ov, [in LXX for •ir3 (Ge 372, Ex 33ii, al.), min (Le 23i«,
Nu 2826, al.), etc. ; compar. -oirepos for ]b(? , TITS , etc. ;] 1. young,
youthful : Tit 2*. 2. ?iew (prop., in respect of time; v.s. xaivos) : otvos
(cf. oT. /caivds. Mt 262*-'), Mt 917, Mk 222, Lk 5^^-m
^{.papa (fig.), I Co 57;
haOriKT) (cf. KdLvr] 8., He 91^), He 122*; metaph., dv^pwTro? (cf. <caivos d.,
Eph 215), Col 31*^. 3. Compar., -uyrepo<;, -a, -ov, younger: Lk 15i2'i3
222«, Jo 2118; pi., ol v., Ac 5^ (Eackham, in 1.), iTi 511, Tit 2^; opp. to
vpea-^vTepoi, I Ti 51, I Pe 5^; at v., I Ti 52' i*. 4. Nca HoXts, NeapoUs :
Ac 1611 (Jtec, NcaTToXts, q.v.).
Srw. : Katvds, q.v.
V€0(T(t6s, v.s. vocrcros.
i/co-njs, -ijTos, 17 (<^v€os), [in LXX chiefly for D^"liy3;] youth:

Mk 1020, Lk 1821, Ac 26*, i Ti 4i2.t
v6(5-4.uTos, -ov «v£'os, ^vu>), [In LXX: pg 143(144)12^

Jb 149,
Is 57 (yius), Ps 127 (128)3 (^^r\}S) *;] newly-planted (LXX). Metaph.,

as subst., o v.,a new convert, neophyte, novice : i Ti 3®.t
N^pwi', -wvo<;, 6, Nero 11 Ti subscr. (Eec.).t
:
viuu, [in LXX : Pr 4^ 21i * ;] to nod or beckon, as a sign : c. dat.

pers. et inf., Jo I32*, Ac 24io (cf. 8ta-, ck-, iv, kin-, KaTa-v£ua>).t
fctlt^XT), -T/s, T) «v€'<ôs), [in LXX chiefly for ]:y, also forny,
etc. ;] a cloud (single andspecific as opp. to veeôs, a great indefinite
mass of vapour) : Mt 17^ 243" 26^*, Mk 97 I326 14^2, Lk 93*. as 1354
2137, Ac 19, 1 Th 417, Ju 12, Ee 17 IQi II12 14i*-i6 of the pillar of cloud ;
(Ex 14i»'2o, Pg 1043^, al.) Co 10i'2.t

in the wilderness : i
N€4)0aX€ifi (-Xtp., WH in Ee, I.e.), 6, indecl. (Heb. '^briB3),
Mt 4i3. i^ (LXi), Ee
Naphtali: 76.t
302 MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
viiôs, -OV9, TO, [in LXX for ny , pOt? ,

15^ ;] o, mass of clouds,
a cloud (cf. v€(f)€\T]) ; metaph. (as in Horn., Hdt., al.), of a dense throng
He 12i.t
v€^p6s, -oi, 6, [in LXX for n^^S , Ex 29^^^ al. ; metaph., Ps 7«,
15(16)''25(26)2, Wi 1", al. ;] a kidney; pi, the kidneys, reins;

metaph., of the will and affections : v. koI KapStai (thoughts),
Ee 223.t
* v€(a-K6pos, -ov, a temple-keeper ; as honorary title given to a city
(v. DB, i, 722 b) : Ac ig^^.t
**t 'cuTcpiKOS, -rj, -6v (<] vecorepos), [in III Mac 4^*;] LXX : = veaviKo's,
youthful, esp. of qualities: iiridvfMLaL, ii Ti 2^^ (Polyb.).t
CCUTCpoS, V.S. V€0?.
vr\, particle of affirmation employed in oaths, [in LXX : v. t.
Ge 4215' Co 153i.t
vyUiav, i« (^n)*;] by: c. ace, i
v^Q<o, [in LXX for niip , "ITIZT hoph., Ex 26^1 3525, al. ;] to spin :
Mt 628, Lk 1227.t
* vr]iri6.l(a (< vi^ttios), (Hippocr., = vrjviaxevtiy, Hom.), to be a babe:
I Co 142o.t
I'^TTios, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for bbiy, also for ''lys, etc.;]
infant; of children and minors: Mt i Co 13^\ Ga 4^ 2116(Lxx)^ (v.

Lft., in 1.). Metaph., childish, unskilled, simple (Ps 18 (19)^, Pr lîi',
al.) : Mt Lk m^\ Eo 22o, Ga 4^, Eph 4:^\ i Th 2^ (WH,

112 5, for
ijiTLOt.) ; opp. to reXetos, He 5^^ V. iv XpicTTW, I Co 3^.t ;
NTjpei (Eec. -pC), 6, indecl. (Heb. i13), Neri Lk 327.+ :
Ntjpeus, -e'cos, o, Nereus Eo 16^5.+ :
*+ yy]<Tiov, -ov, to (dimin. of vrjaos), = vr/crts (Hdt., Thuc, al.), a

small island : Ac 27i*.t
naos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ^K ;] an island : Ac 13« 2726 28^' 7' »»
^S
'
Ee P 614 1620.+
i'T]crT6ia, -as, 17 (•< viôrevw), [in LXX for n\'2 fasting a fast 'i\ ,
(a) of voluntary abstinence from food : MtI721 (WH, E, txt., om.),

Mk 929 (WH,
txt., E, txt., om.), Lk 2^7, Ac 1423; of the Day of
Atonement, Ac 27^ ;
{b) of involuntary abstinence : 11 Co 6^ 1127.+
Syn. : do-LTia, q.v.
vt](TTiuu (<^v7}crTis), [lu LXX for UI'S ',] to fast (Arist., Aristoph.,
al.) : Mt 42 616-18 914, 15^ 218-20, ^^ Lk S^^-ss 1312, Ac 132' 3,+
I'TJoTis, -los, 6, 17 (•<[ vr]-, neg. prefix, + iadiui), in cl., chiefly poet.,
[in LXX: Da LXX 6i8<i»'

(DIK))*;] not eating, fasting: Mt 15^2,
Mk 83.+
* i'r]<|>dXios (-Xcos, Eec, in i Ti, 11. c), -ov (in cl., -a, -ov), «;v7;<^w),
1. in cl., of drink, not mixed with wine. 2. In later writers (Plut.,
of persons, sober, temperate: Ti 32'
al.), i n, Tit 22.+
* vi\^<ji, to be sober, abstain from wine ; metaph., of moral alert-
ness, to be sober, calm, circumspect : i Th 5^' s, u Ti 4* (v. Ellic, in

l), I Pe V^ 4^ 5* (cf. dva-, iK-urjcfxD, and v. xvii).t MM,
SyN' •'
iypyrrveu), yp-qyopita,
Niyep, 6 (Lat. niger), Niger : Ac 13^.t
vi'^di, V.S. vi'tttcj.
NiKcii'wp, -0/30S, 6, Nicanor : Ac 6*.t

wiKdo), -w LXX: Ps 50 (51)* (nD7), Pr 625 (y^^y^
«vi'k7?), [in
freq. in iv conquer, prevail: absol., of Christ, Ee 3^^ 6^; c.
Mac;] to
27.ii.i7,26 35,12,21 217;
inf., ib. 55; of Christians, Be ggq. ^^ (Ry, come
victorious from), Ee 15^; as law-term (cl.), Eo S^CL^X). q a,cc. pars.,
Lk 1122, Re 117 137 ([WH], E, mg., om.); of Christ, Jo IG^s (t. koctôv),
Ee 17^* of Christians, i Jo 4* t. -n-oinqpov, i Jo 2^^' ^* ; avrov (ref to 6
; ; .
Karriyoip, ib. ^<^), Ee 12^^; c. ace. rei, tov Koo-ynov, Jo 16^^, i Jo 5*'5;
TO KUKoy, Eo 122^; pass., fxr] vlkS) vtto t. KaKOv, ib. (cf. V7r€p-vi/caa)).t
KiKt], -7?«, 17, [in LXX: i Ch 29" (nyjj.freq. ini-ivMac;] victory:
I Jo 5*.t
NiK68T)|ios, -ov, 6, Nicodemus : Jo S^' *• » 7^0 igâ.t
NiKoXaiTTis, -ov, 6, a Nicolaitan : pi., Ee 2'» ^^.t
Niic<5\aos, -ov, 6, Nicolaus : Ac 6^.1

NiK<5Tro\is, -cws, ^, Nicopolis, prob. the city of that name in Epirus
{CGT, in 1.) : Tit S^^.t
t KKos, -ovs, TO, late form of vikt], [in LXX : La 3^^ (nV3). i Es 3^,
II Mac 1088, IV Mac 17^2; ci? v. (instead of cts tcAo?, Jb I420), n Ki 22«,
Jb 36^, Am 1" 87, Je 3^, La 520 (nyj^, as '3 in Syr., = victory)*;]
victory : Mt 122o (Is 423, lxX dX^^cia), i Co 15^* (Is 258, Aq., Th.),
ib. " (Ho 13", LXX 8i'/cr?), ib. s^.t
NiKcuciTTis (Eec. -cutVijs, L, -tTiys), -ov, 6, a Ninevite: Mt 12*\

Lk 1180. 32.t
Nn'cut, 7] (Heb. nir:), Nineveh : Lk 11^2, Eec.t

*t»'nrT^p, -rjpo<:, 6 (vhttio), a basin: Jo 135.t
KiTTTW, late form of vt^co, [in LXX chiefly for TTIT;] to wash,
usually of a part of the body: c. ace. pers., Jo 13^; t. iroSas, Jo
136, 6. 8, 12, u I Ti 510 mid., reflexive, to wash oneself:
; Jo 97.11,15.
t. X€tpas. Mt 152, Mk 73; T. TToSa?, Jo 1310 ; t. TrpoauiTTOv, Mt 6^7 (in cl.

Att. prose, used only in compounds ; cf. d7ro-vt7rT<u).t
Syn. :Aovw (q.v.), ttXvvu).

voia, -w (•<vovs), [in LXX chiefly for ]^3, also for bîff hi.,
etc ;] to perceive with the mind, understand (for the phrase vowv k.
1.
4>povwv, in wills, V. xvii) MM,
absol., Mt 16^, 8^7 ; c. ace, Eph 3*,
: Mk
I Ti 17 c. dat. instr., t.
; Kap8ia, Jo 12*^ ;
pass., Eo I20 seq. oTt, Mt 15^7 ;
16", Mk
7^8; c. ace. et inf.. He
IP. 2. to think, consider : absol.,
Mt 24^5^ Mk
131*, Eph 320 ; c. ace. rei, 11 Ti 27 (cf. ev-, Kara-, /xcTa-,
TTOO-, viro-vo€(o).f
**v6rnLa, -Tos, to (voew), [in LXX: Si 21", Ba 28, iii Mac S^^*;] a
thought, purjwse, design : ii Co 2^^ 10^ 11^, Phi 4'^. Meton., of the
mind, ii Co ^^^ 4*.t
** v6Qo<i, -r], -Of, [in LXX Wi : 4^ * ;] a bastard, base born, i.e. born
of a slave or concubine : He 12*^.
yo}i.r\, -rj^, T) (<^ ve/x,(o, to pasture), [in LXX chiefly for Piy^D, also
for ni3 , etc. ;] 1. a pasture, pasturage : fig., Jo 10^. 2. a grazing,

2^'^
feeding metaph., of a spreading sore, ii Ti
; (Polyb.).t
^^coixiiu)«vo/ios), [in LXX: Wi 132 IT^, Si 29*, ii Mac 4,
IV Mac 8*;] 1. to practise, hold by custom: Ac 16^^ (Eec, but v.
infr.). 2. to deem, consider, suppose: Mt S^^ lO^*
20io, Lk 2"* S^^,
Ac 7" 8^0 1419 1613. 1729 2129^ I Co T^^.ê, i Ti G^.t

--iT
SyN. : r)y€Ofj.aL, q.V.

**»'ofiiK6s, -rj, LXX: iv Mac 5**;] 1. relating to
-6v (^vdyMos), [in
law : fjLOixai, Tit learned in the law ; as subst., 6 v. (EV, lawyer)
3-'. 2. :
Mt 2235, Lk 10'-^ Tit 313; pi^ lj^ 730 1145,46,52 143 j^f mM, xvii).t
SyN. : ypa/iynaTev's, q.V.
** cofii'ii.ojs, adv. (<] vo/ii/Aos, conformable to law), [in LXX: iv Mac
618 * ;] rtghtly, lawfully : i Ti l^, 11 Ti 2^.f
v6}ii(Tiia, -Tos, TO «voju,itw), [in LXX: 11 Es S^s (nil), Ne

7^1 R (lilDSll), I Mac 15^*;] 1. that which is established by usage, a
custom. 2. The current coin of a state : Mt 22i9.t
*t i/ofio-SiSdo-KaXos, -ov, 6, a teacher of the law : Lk 51^, Ac 5^*,
I Ti 1'^ (NT and eccl. only ; cf. vo/aoSci'ktt;?, -8i8a/cT7;s, Plut.).t

Syn. : ypafjLfxaT€v<:, q.v.
** i'Ofjio9ecTia, -as, 7) (< vo/aos, Ti6r)fj.i), [in LXX: II Mac 6^3, iv Mac
535 1716 * •] legislation, lawgiving : Ro 9*.t
KOfioOcTe'cj, -w, [in LXX for riT hi.;] 1. intrans., to make laws;
pass., to be furnished with laws : He 711. 2. Trans., to ordain by law,
enact : pass., 8^.t He
cop.o-9e'TT)s, -ov, 6 (<^vo/Aos, Ti6r]iJLi), [in LXX: Ps Q^*^*;] a laiv-
giver : Ja 4i2.t
v6\io%, -ov, 6 {<CyiiJnii, to deal out, distribute), [in LXX chiefly for
min , also for npn , etc. ;] that vsrhich is assigned, hence, usage,
custom, then law ; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and
Pauline bks.) 1. of law^ in general: Ro 3^" 513''; pj^ qI (jjvine laws.
;
He 8i« 10i« Ga 6^ (t.) ikev6epia<i, Ja l^^ 212 /3ao-iXiKos

; 6 v. t. Xpio-rov, ; ;
(Hort., in 1.; Deiss., LAE, 8673), Ja 2^. 2. Of a force or influence

impelling to action Ro 7-i' 23*. 8^. 3. Of the Mosaic law : Mt 5i8, -is
:
Lk 2^7, Jo 11^ Ac 613, Ro 2l^ i Co 9^, i Ti l^ He V\ al. v. Mojvo-ews, ;
Lk 222, Jo 723, Ac 15*, al.; Kvplov, Lk 239; ^^^^^ ^^^ Ac 22i2, He 7^ j,.^
2i2.i3),
922. 3. Anarthrous (Bl, §46, 8; ICC on Ro y^fios, (a) of
law Ro 2i2' i'"' 320- 21 41^, al. (b) of the Mosaic law in its
in general : ;
quality as law Ro 21'"^ 520 10*, Ga 2l^ al. oi cV v., Ro 4" iiro vofiov,
: ; ;
I Co 920, Ga 45 v. Trpda-aav (7rA.7?pow), Ro 225 138,; 4^ Of Christian

teaching v. ttiottcws, Ro
:
32'^ t. Xptarov, Ga B^. 5. By meton., of the ;
books which contain the law ;

(a) of the Pentateuch : Mt 12^, Jo 1**,
al. ; 6 V. Kal ol TTpoffirJTaL, Mt 5^^, Lk 16^®, al. ; 6 v. koI Trpo^'^rat K. ij/aXfiot,
Lk 244* . (J) of the OT Scriptures in general (as Heb. nnin) : Jo lO^*
1234 1525, I Co 1421, al.
I'OOS, V.S. vovs.

«voo-os), [in
**vo(jiui, -w LXX (metaph.) Wi IT^*;] to be sick:
:
metaph., of mental ailment, seq. Trepi, i Ti 6* (cf. Plat., Mor., 546d).t

*»'6<TTjfia, -Tos, TO (<^voo-€oj), sicJcjiess .'
Jo 5W.t
f<Sao9, -ov, 6, [in LXX for "bri , etc,;] disease, sickness : Mt 423>24
817 (Aq.) 935 iQi^ Mk V\ Lk 440 61" 721 91, Ac 19i2.t

SYN. : V.S. aaOevcLa.
I'oo-crid, -a5, 17 (<^ vocro-o?), late form of cl., vcocrtria, [in LXX
chiefly for p ;] 1. a nes^ of birds. 2. a 6rood of young birds : Lk 13^4.
voaviov, -ov, TO, dimin. of vocraos, q.v,, [in LXX : Ps 83 (84)3

(nne^Jt) *;] a young bird : Mt 23^'^.
koo-cros (vcocrcros, Eec, as in cl. Att. -ttos; Phryn. rejects the

dissyl. form), -ov, 6 (^veos), [in LXX chiefly for p;] a young bird:
Lk 224 (LXX),t
voa4>ilo {<iv6(r(jii, ajyart, aside), [in LXX: Jos 7^ (i^pb), 11 Mac

432*;] 1, in Horn., as depon., to ttirn axoay {from), abandon. 2. After
Hom., in act., to set apart, remove. Mid., to set apart for oneself,
peculate, purloin : absol.. Tit 2i*^ (for ex. in tt., v. xvii) seq. dTro, MM, ;
Ac 52. 3.t
f^Tos, -OV, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 233 , also for UHl ,
]P"'P
and D^li? ;] 1. prop., the south wind : Lk 12^^ Ac 271^ 28i3. 2. South
Lk 1329, Ee 2113. 3. the South, as a region (cf. n3|) : Mt 12*2,
Lk Ipi.t
** vouBevla, -a9 r) (^^ vovOeriw), = cl. vov6€Tr)a-i<s ',
[in LXX Wi :
16«*;] admonition: i Co 10", Eph 6*, Tit 310 (Aristoph., Diod., al.).t
fouOcTco), -w (•<! vov<;, Tid-qfjn, hence, put in mind), [in LXX
I Ki 313 (nns pi.), Jbg (ID"' pi., ]^3), Wi llio 122-26*;] to admonish,
exhort : c. ace. pers., Ac 203i, Ro 151*. i Co 4i4, Col 128 31", i Th 512. i4,
n Th 3i5.t
i'ou|JiY]i'ia, V.S. v€Ofir]VLa.
*vouv€xC)<i, adv. (<[vov?, €x<^)' sensibly, discreetly: Mk 12^4.+
coOs (contr. from voos), 6, gen., dat., voo?, vot (late forms, = el,
vov, v(3 ; Bl., § 9, 3), ace, vow, [in LXX chiefly for n^ , Ss!?;] 1. prop.
of the ruling faculty, mind, understanding, reason (v. Lft., Notes, 88 f.
Vaughan on Eo 72=*) : Lk 2445, Rq 128 723 122 145, Eph 4i'.23, Phl Al
II Th 22, I Ti 65, II Ti 38, Tit 115, Re I318 179; v. t. o-a^Kos (ICC, in 1.)
Col 218 .
opp. to a-dpi, Eo 725 ; to TTvevfjia, I Co 1414- 15 to yXSxraa, ib. l^ ;
20
2. By meton., of an act of mind, a mind, thoîght, purpose : Eo

IP^* = 1 Co 21" (LXX), I Co li".t
SVN. : V.S. TTViVfjia.
Nufi(}>a (Eec, R, txt., 'Nv/x<^d<s, q.v.), -rj<;, tj, Nympha (v. M, Pr., 48)
Col 4l^ WH, R, mg.t
Nu|x4>as, -a, 6 (WH, R, mg., Nvfiâ, q.v.), Nymphas: Col 4^^,
R, txt. (cf. ICC, Lft., in l.).t
fu'iJK})!!, -7;s, 17, [in LXX chiefly for n^"?;] 1. cl., a bride, young
wife, young woman: Mt 25^, WH, mg., Jo S^", Re IS^^ 2P,^ 22^7.
2. As freq. in LXX (Ge 38ii, al., for n^3 ;

(a) bride ; (&) daughter-
in-law) and in MGr. {vvfjxjir], vv-q), a da^cghter-in-law : Mt 10^^, Lk
cu|i4>ios, -ou, 6 (<^ vvfKfir)), [in LXX for ]rin ;] a bridegroom :

Mt 915 251. S' 6.
10, Mk 219.20, ljj 534,35, Jq 2^, 329, Re IS'^^.t
**t M0|x4.ol»', -W./OS, 6 {<^y^fjicf>7]), [in LXX: To ei^.ie*;] ^/te bride-
chamber (Heb. nsn, LXX, Trao-Tos, Ps 18 (19)5, Jl 2i«)
: Mt 22io
(WH ;
ya/AO?, RV) ; 01 viol tov v. (cf. cl. vu/A</)aya)yos, vvfi(fi€VT7]<i), the
bridegroom's friends who have charge of the nuptial arrangements
Mt 915, Mk 219, Lk 534.t
yuv, adv., [in LXX chiefly for HFiy;] 1. prop., of time, now,
i.e. at the present time: as opp. to past, Jo 41^, Ac 7^2, Ro ISn,
II Co 79, Col opp. to
1^4, al.; fut., Jo 12^7, Ro llî, al.; c. art.,
6 (rj, to) v. et subst., the present: Ro S^^, Ga 4^5, i Ti 6i^ Tit 212, al;
dTT^ ToC (LXX for nny©), Lk l^s, Ac 18«, al. <Jxp'
V. ; toD v., Ro 822,
Phi V; eV ToS V. (LXX for nj?y ly), Mt 2421, Mk 13i9; rb. v., as
regards the present, Ac 5^^^; c. pret., just now, bît notv, Mt 26**,
Jo 11^ 2110; c. fut., noiv, presently, Jo 12î, Ac 2022; so c. praes.,
presently, forthwith, Jo 12î 17i=* ml v., Jo II22 17^, al. ; ; hXXa v.,
Lk 22=^«; hi v., ICo 32; T6re (ttotc) ... v. (8c'), Eo 621 llÔ; y, ^Sr),
I Jo 4^; V. ovv, Ac 10^^,
al. 2. Of logical sequence (often difficult
to disting. from the temporal sense; cf. Lft., Notes, 113 f.), now,
therefore, fiow, hoivever, as it is: Lk ll^^j ^^t v., Ac 31", 11 Th 2",
I Jo 2-8; id. seq. Sevpo, Ac 7^4; y. 8i, Jo 8^0 941 152^.24, igse, i Co 5"
71^ 1220, al. (cf. 579,,). WM,
vuvi, an Attic strengthened form of vvv (in cl. always of time,
and most often strictly of the pres.), [in LXX Jb 5, Pss 2, 11, iv Mac 4, .
Ep. Je*;] now; 1. of time: c. praes., Ac 241^, Ro 1523.26, i Co 131^,

II Co 811.22, Phm9.ii; c. pf., Ro 321 c. pret., Ro 622 Ipo (WH, mg.) ;
7«, Eph 21^ Col 121 38 ^ V. diroXoyia, Ac 221 2. Of logical sequence

;
(not so in cl.) : Ro 71", i Co 511 (vw. WH) 121^ (vw, WH, txt.) I520,
He 8« (vCv, WH, txt.), ib. 926 (cf. WM, 24, 579n).+
v6i, gen. wKTo^, rj, [in LXX chiefly for n^^^ ;] night : Mt 12*o,
Mk 6*^, Jo 1330, al. ;

gen. temp, (of the time within which something
happens; M, Pr., 73; Bl, § 36, 13), wktos, hy night, Mt 2", Jo 32,
I Th 5^ al. ; v. k. •^/xeW, Mk 5^ i Th 2^, al. ;

^/xepas k. v., Lk IS^,
Ke 4^, al. ;
25^
/xcVt/s v., Mt
dat., wktI, in ans. to the question, ;
"when?" (rare in cl. Hdt., Soph.), rav-rrj t. v., Lk 12^'*^, al.

; Ikuviq, ;
Ac 126 fViouo-r/, Ac
;
23ii ace. durat. (BL, § 34, 8 Kiihner; 3, m, 314 b), ;
V. K. rifiipav, Lk 2^", Ac 20^^ t. vvKTa^, Lk 21^" 8ia vuktos ( = cl. vvKTos

; ; ;
233i ; hC oXr,^ v., Lk 5^ Kara fieaov

Bl., § 42, 1 46, 7), Ac b^^ 16^ I710
; ;
T^s V. (Bl., § 47, 6), Ac 27^'. Metaph. Jo d\ Eo 13i^ i 55. : Th

** vuaabi (Att. -TTO)), [in Si 22^9, LXX
5^* * ;] to pierce : : m Mac
T. irX^vp^v X6yxv, Jo 19^^, [Mt 27*9], WH.+
vuarrilb) (cf. etc ;] to nod in sleep, fall
vevw), [in LXX for n\2 ,
asleep : Mt 25^. Metaph., of negligence or delay, 17 ctTrcoXcta avTwi' ov

vvardCei (cf. Ps 120 (121)*, Is 5^7) 11 Pe 23.+ :
*+ cuxOV^Po?' -°^' -o" «'^'^. V«P«» V. Bl., § 28, 4), lasting a night
and a day ; as subst., (to) v., a night and a day : 11 Co IP^ (pi., Ch'. Sib.,
8, 203).+
Nw€ (as LXX, FIJ, who also gives Nwcos, T^(l!>xo<s), o, indecl.
(Heb. ni), Noah: Mt 2437.38^ Lk d^^ 17^6."^ He 11", i Pe 3-ô,
11 Pe 2^+
KwOp^s, -a, -oV, [in LXX: Pr 2229 (^trn), gi 429 11^2*;] shiggish,
slothful : He 5^^ 6^2 (for similar usage in tt., v. MM, xvii).

SVN. : dpyo's (q.v.), /3pa8v<;.
j-wTos, -ov, 6, in Att. most freq. to vwtov, and in pi. always to. vwra,
[in LXX, 6 v., pi., 01 vwTot and to. vwto, chiefly for 5|]n3 , also for p|^jr
n^Srip;] the back: Eo llio(i'^).+
=, I, ^, TO, indecl., Xi, tc, the fourteenth letter. As a numeral,

f = 60, $, = 60,000.
**Uyâ, -as, ^ «^€Vos), [in Si 292" B^*;] Jwspitality, enter- LXX :
tainment : Phm 22 (cf. ICC, in 1., but v. infr.). By meton., a place of

entertainment, a lodging-place : Ac 282^, and so perh. Phm 22 (Lft., in 1.,
Phi., p. 9; but V. supr., and cf. MM, xvii).+
**Uvll^ «^€Vos), [in LXX: Es 3i3, Si 2925, „ Mac 9^, iii Mac
73*;] 1. to receive as a guest, entertain: c. ace. pers., Ac 102^ 28'',
He 132; pass., Ac lO^.is.sa 2II6. 2. In late writers (Polyb., al.
11 Mac, I.e.), to surprise, astonish by strangeness: Ac I72"; pass.,
iPe44,i2t
*$6»'o8ox^w, late Gk. for -»ceto (<^^€vos, 8exo/i.at), to entertain
strangers : i Ti 5^**.+
|eVos, -t], -ov, [in LXX chiefly for "'ipj;] (a) foreign, alien:
Saifjiovta, Ac 17^^ ; SiSaxai, He 139 ; (b) c. gen. rei, strange to, estranged
from, ignorant of: Eph 2^2 (c) strange, unusual ;
: Pe 4^2_ ^.s subst.,
i
6 t, {a) a foreigner, stranger: Mt 2535.38.43,44 27", Ac I721, iii Jo 5;

îvoL K. TrdpoiKOi (opp. to (rvfnroXtTat^ oiKCtot), Eph 2^9 j ^, ^qiX Traptiri-
Srjfioiy He 11^^; (b) one of the parties bound by ties of hospitality; (a)
the guest ; (/S) the host Horn., B., xv, 532) Eo IG^^.t {— ^ci/oSokos, :
**t|ecrTr]9, -ov, 6 (a SlciHan corruption of Lat. sextarius), [in Al.

Le 14^*^ (jb, LXX
kotvXt))*;] 1. a sextarius (about a pint). 2. In
NT, a jritcher of wood or stone Mk 7*.t :
^TjpaiVw {<C,irjp6<:), [in LXX chiefly for CT^J;] to dry up, parch,
wither : c. ace, t. x«Pto»', Ja pass., to become or be dry or withered:

1^^ ;
of plants, Mt IS^ 21i9.2o, Mk

4^ 1120,21^ ljj 8^, Jo 15^, i Pe P*; of
ripened crops, Ee 14^'' ; of liquids, 5'^^, Ee 16^^ Mk
of members of the ;
body, to waste away, Mk 31 (cf. in Ki 13*) Q^^.t
Irjpos, -a, -or, [in LXX chiefly for tZTJ^, its parts and deriva-
tives, also for ns.'in , etc. ;] dry : metaph. (of a sinner), ^vkov $., Lk 23^^
of members of the body shrunken by disease, withered : Jo 5^ of the ;
hand, Mt 121^ Mk 3^, Lk G^.S; of the dry land, r} ^pa (sc. y^, cf. Ge
19' i«, Jh P, al.) : Mt 2315; 7^, He IP^.t
luXu/os, -y], -ov {^vXov), [in LXX chiefly for j^JT;] wooden: 11 Ti
220, Ee920(cf. Ep. Je4ff-)-+
luXoi', -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for |^y;] 1. wood: i Co 3^2, Re
18'^. 2. of wood, hence, anything made of wood, as, [a) a
a ])iece
cudgel, staff: pi., Mt 26*"-", 14*3.« Lk 22^2; {b) stocks, for con- Mk
fining the feet (Jb 33i\ 10) : Ac 16^* ; (c) a beam to which malefactors
were bound (late Gk.), in LXX, of a gibbet (De 2122.23)^ in NT, of the
Cross : Ac Sô 10^9 132^, Ga 31^, i Pe 22*. 3. In late writers (v. MM,
xvii), a tree (Ge 129, is 148^ al.) Lk 23^1 ^. rij^ ^wijs, Ee 2^ 222- 1*. i^.t
:
;
ûpdu, -w, late form of ûpew (q.v.) : i Co 11** {$vpaa-6ai, Eec. and
Edd., but v.s. ^vpw)A
-w (< $vp6v, a razor), [in
iupibi, (also -dw) chiefly for nbn LXX
pi., pu.
;]
(no ex. of pres. -iw), to shave: pass, and mid., to shave
oneself, have oneself shaved, aor., Ac 212*; pf^ (Att.), i Co ll^.t
û'po), rare form of fupco) (Veitch, s.v.), aor. mid., ^vpaa-Oat (Bl., § 24,
S.V.; Zorell, s.v., etc.) for -ao-6'ai (Eec, Edd.) : i Co ll^t
O
0, omlcron, short 0, the fifteenth letter.
o, o /jiiKpok', As a
numeral, o 70,000. = 70, o, =
6, r), TO, the prepositive article [apOpov irpoTaKTiKov), originally a
demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the
Eng. definite article.
1. As demonstr. pron. 1. As freq. in Hom., absol., he {she, it),
his (etc.) : Ac 172^ (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2. Distributive,

6 /A£v . . . 6 8e, the one . . . the other : 1 Co 7^, Ga 422 pi., Ac 14*
;
1732, Phi lie, al.; ol fikv . . . oEAXot 8e, Mt I61*, Jo 7^^; ol fih . . . 6
8e, He 7^^'^^. 3. In narration (without o fiev preceding), 6 84, but he:

Mt 21*, Mk 1«, Lk 821, Jo 938, al. mult.
II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1. to nouns unmodified :
6 êos, TO <f>Q)<;, to abstract nouns, r/ o-o<^ta, etc., to pi. nouns which

etc. ;
indicate a class, ol dXwTrcKcs, foxes, Mt S^*^, al. to an individual as ;
representing a class, 6 ifyyaTrjs, Lk lO'^ c. nom. = voc. in addresses, ;
Mt ll^', Jo 19^, Ja 51, al. ; to things which pertain to one, r] x^^P> î^
hand, Mk
3^ ; to names of persons well known or already mentioned
usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), 17 'louSata, etc.
2. To modified nouns c. pers. pron. gen., /jlov, arov, etc.
: c. poss. ;
pron., €/xo'?, o-ds, etc. ; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, 6 dyaôs
avOpwTTO'i, Mt 12^^; the noun foil, by adj., both c. art., 6 iroLfjbrjv 6 /caXds,
Jo 10" (on 6 oxA-os ttoAvs, Jo 12^ v. M, Pr., 84) before adjectival ;
phrases, 17 Kar iKXoyi^v Trpdêcrts, Ro d^^. 3. To Other parts of speech

used as substantives (a) neuter adjectives t. dyaOov, etc. (b) cardinal
;
:
;
numerals 6 cts, 01 8vo,

: etc. (c) participles 6 BaTrrt^wv ( = o
;
:
BaTTTio-TT^s, Mt 142), 61'* Mk

ttSs 6, c. ptcp., every one loho, etc. ; {d)
;
adverbs to vipav, to. vw, 6 lo-w avOpuyiros (e) infinitives nom., to

:
;
:
OiXiiv, Ro 718, al.; gen., tov, after adjectives, aîov tov Tropeveadai, 1 Co
16* verbs, lAa^cv tov Ovpnacrai, Lk 1^
; and freq. in a final sense, ;
i^XOev 6 aireipwy tov (nreLpeiv, Mt 13^ (on the artic. inf., V. Bl., § 71).
4. In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a
quotation to 'Ei Sv^, : Mk
9^3 ; to cti a-n-a^, He 12^7 ; t6 dvcySr?, Eph 4^, al.
5. To prepositional phrases 01 dTro 'iTaXtas, He 13^*
: 01 eV vofiov, Ro ;
41* neut. ace. absol., in adverbial phrases, to kuO' rj/xepav, daily, Lk

;
11^; TO /cttTa adpKa, as regards the flesh, Ro 9^. 6. To nouns in the

genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc. 6 tov, the son of (unless :
context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10^, al. Ta tou 6eov, the ;
things that pertain to God, Mt 16^3 Ta t^s dprjvq^, Ro 14i^ (cf. M, ;
Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§46, 47).

oySoiiKovTa, eighty : Lk 2^^ IB^.t
SySoos, -yj, -ov, the eighth: Lk 1^9, Ac l^C^^^), Re I711 21^0; one
of eight, tvith seven others (usually, in this sense, with avrds added,
but cf. Plat., Legg., iii, 695 c; Plut., Pelop., 13; 11 Mac 5^7):
II Pe 25.t
*oYKos, -ov, 6, metaph., an encumbrance: He 12i.t
bulk, mass ;
Syn.: ySdpos, a weight ; (f>opTiov, a burden, that which is borne.

88c, ^8e, ToSc (the old demonstr. pron., 6 + the enclitic 8c), = Lat.
hicce, this {here), referring prop, to what is present, can be seen or
pointed out: of a person just named, rfih^ (= javTrj), Lk 10^^; neut.
pi., TttSc (Acyct), referring to words which follow (so in Att., and v.
MM, xvii): Ac 21ii, Re 2i'8'i2.i8 Si'^.u. ,j^ ^jg^ ^. ô'Xiv (= Att.
T^ Kox Ty, Plat., Legg., iv, 721 b), such and such a city, Ja 41^.+
68cu'(a «68ds), [in LXX : iii Ki 612 A (metaph., Ijbn), To G^,

Wi 57 (fig.)*;] to travel, journey : Lk lO^^ (cf. 81-, a-vv-o8cv(ii).f
oStjY^w, -w «r,8r?yds), [in LXX chiefly for nn3 , also for Till hi.,
^bn hi., etc. ;] to lead on one's way, to guide : c. ace. pers., Mt I51*,
Lk 6=^^; id. seq. eVt, Re V. Metaph., to guide, instruct, teach: Ac

831 . geq î^ ^ rlX7;êtav (eV t. d., WH, mg.), Jo 1613 (cf. Ps 24 (25)5).t
**t68TiYos, -oC, 6 «68os, y^yioîat), [in LXX: ii Es 8i, Wi 71* IS^,
I Mac 4-, II Mac
5i^*;] a leader on the way,
a guide: Ac li^. Fig.,
6. Tv^XQ^v, Ro 21^ pi., Mt Ib^^ 23i«'-4.t
* oSonropew, -to (<^ o8oi:rd/3o?, a traveller, Ge 37^^, al.), to travel,
joiirney : Ac lO^.t
**68onropi'a, -as, 77 (v. supr.), [in Wi 1318 133 195^ i Mac LXX:
6*1*;] a journey : Jo 4", 11 Co ll^'^.t
68o-iroi€'co, -w, [in LXX: Jb 30i2, Ps 67 (68)* (b^D) 77 (78)^"
(obD pi.) (80)9, Is 6210 (n3Q pi.) *
79 ;] to make a road or path : Mk 2^^
(WH, mg.).t
686s, -ov, yj, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for
1J11;]
1. a way,
path, road: Mt 212, lOê, Lk 3^ al. Mk
Kara t^v 6., Lk lOS al. 7rap« ; ;
T^v o., Mt 13*, al. c. gen. pers, (subj.), t-^v o. eroi/xa^ctv (fig.), Mt S'^,
;
Mk 13, al. c. gen. term, (obj.), WvC^v, Mt 10^

; t. dytW (fig.). He 9"^ ;
ace, oôv, with force of prep, (like Heb. ^"I'l ; Bl., § 34, 8 ; 35, 5), d.
Oa\d(T(rr}<i, Mt 4i5(Lxx)_ g. A
traveller's way, journey : iv r. 6., Mt 5-^,
Mk 8^", al.; e'f o., Lk 11"; d^ «., Mt IQlO; T. dSov irap,v€adai, Ac 833;
6. -^/Aepas, Lk 2**; 0801/ Troiciv (= cl., 6. TToteto-âi; V. Field, Notes, 25),
^0 mal'e one's wa?/, i.e. proceed on one's journey, 2^3. 3. Metaph. Mk
(cl. but esp. freq. in Heb. v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct,
; ;
a way of thinking or acting Ac 141", i Co 4i^ 123i, Ja 1^ 5^" ^^j} KatV, : j
Juii; r. BaXadfjL, II Pe 21^ dp^vr]^, Ro 3I'; C^s, Ac 228; ^ 6. -^

aTrdyovaa ek t. ^wryv (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 71* t. StKaioo-vvv/s, Mt ;
2132; o-oiTT/pias, Ac 1617; at 6. t. Oôi (Kvptov), Ac 1310, Ro 1133, iê 153

(cf. Ho 14^ Ps 94 (95)1", Si 39^4, al.) ; >) 6. t. eôi (the approved way
by God), Mt 22i«, Mk 12i*, 202i Lk
id., of the Christian religion, Ac
;
1826; so, absol, t} 6., Ac 92 19'»'23 2422; of Christ as the means of

approach to God, Jo 14". 4. Ellipsis of 6. : Trotas (sc. oSoC), Lk 51^
c/c€iV77s, ib. 19* (v. Bl., § 36, 13 ; 44, 1).
68ou's, -dvTos, 6, [in LXX for ]ar ;] a tooth : Mt 538, Mk 918,
Ac 754 ; pi.. Re 98 ; 6 ySpvy/x^s (q.v.) t. 686vTiov, Mt 812 13*2. 50 22i3 24î

2530, Lk 1328.t
LXX: Za 9^ 12io
6hvydui, -w «dSuVv), [in (b^n), (Tia hi.),
La 113 (nn), Wi 142*, al. ;] to cause pain or suffering; pass, and

mid., to suffer pain, be tormented or greatly distressed: Lk 2*8 162^. -''
(dSwaaai, v. M, Pr., 53 f.) seq. eVt', Ac 2038.t ;
68u.'Tj, -q<;, 77, [in LXX for ]ir , "10, etc. (26 words in all);]
pain, distress, of body or mind : Ro 92, i Ti 61**.+
d8upp,ds, -ov, 6 (•<^ oSvpofiai, to lament), [in LXX : Je 38

(31)1^ n Mac 11"*;] lamentatiori, mourning: Mt 218(Lxx),
(anno:?),
II Co VA
'Ojcias (Eec. 'Oî'as), -ov, 6 (Heb. njTJT), Uzziah : Mt l^'^.t
*0(ias, V.S. '0^£tas.

o;«, [in LXX: Ex 8i^('o)
(tZTXa)*;] to smell (i.e. emit a smell):
Jo 1138.t
O0CK, adv., whence ; (a) of direction or source : Mt 12**, Lk ll^*,
Ac 1426 2813; =i^îe^ Sttov, Mt 2524.26 (cf. Thuc, i, 89, 3); 5.
yivfoa-Ko/xev, I ; Jo 2^^
(6) of cause, whence, wherefore : Mt 14'', Ac 26^^,
He 217 31 725 83 918 iii9,t
* 6B6vr\, -r]<i, rj (of Semitic origin, cf. Heb. ]iMX ,

yarn) ; 1, fine
linen (Hom., al,). 2,, Later, a sheet or sail : Ac lOî ll^.t
60OKIOC, -ov, TO (dimin. of oOovrj, q.v.), [in LXX : Jg 141^ {]'^'in),
Ho 2*<7). 9(11) ^j^jg^p,^*.! ^ pip,ce of fine linen, a linen cloth: Lk 24^2
(WH, E, mg., om.), Jo 19*o 205'«'7.t

oi8a, (from same root as cThov, q.v.), [in chiefly for yr ;] LXX
pf. with pres. meaning (plpf. as impf. on irregular tense-forms, ;
V. App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge

of: c. ace. rei, Mt
25l^ Mk lO^^, Jo 10*, Eo V, al. c. ace. pers., ;
Mt 26^2, Jo 131, Ac 316, al. ; t. êov, i Th 4^, Tit V\ al. ; c. ace. et inf.,
Lk 4", Mt
al.; seq. Lk Jo
on, Eo IP, al.; seq. quaest.
9^, 2021, 32, 22
indir., Mt 26^0,Eph l^^, al.; c. inf., to know how (cl), Mt 7^\
Jo 921,
Lk 1113, Phi 412, I Th 4*, al. in unique sense of respect, appreciate:
;
I Th 512 (but V. also ICC on i Th 4*).
SVN. : V.S. yivwtrKw.

OiKCiaK^s, V.S. oi/cta/cos.
oiKcios, -a, -ov (<; oiKos), [in LXX for Til , liitp , etc. ; in Is 58^,
ol. Tov <nripixaTo<; for 11^2 ;] in or of the house (opp. to êVos, dXAorpios)
(a) of things ; to. 01., household affairs or goods ; (&) of persons, of the
same family or kin; as subst., 01 oL, kinsmen: i Ti 5^; c. gen. pers.,
of the family of: metaph., t. diov, Eph 2^^; t. ttio-tcws (Lft., in 1.),
Ga 6io.t
Syn. : (Tvyjivri^, tStos (v. Cremer, 446 Deiss., BS, 123).

;
*+oiKCT€ia, -as, rj (<ôi»ceT77s), a household (of servants) Mt 24**.t :
oiK^TTjs, -ov, 6 (<ôiK€'w), [in LXX for 1337;] a house-servant:

Lk 1613, Ro
14* pi., Ac 10^ i Pe 21*.
;
(In Plat., Hdt., Si 43o en, the
pi. includes all the inmates of the house, the familia, ot/<€Tcta.)t
Syn. : V.S. Sia*coi'OS.
oiK^w, -w
("ôiKos), [in LXX
chiefly for nCT"';] (a) trans., to
inhabit: c. i Ti 61^; (b) intrans., to dwell: seq. yu,era (of married
ace,
life), I Co 712' 13; metaph., seq. €v dyaOov, Eo 71^; d/xapTta, ib.20; :
Try^vfia deov, Eo 8^» H, I Co 31^ (cf. iv-, kut-, fv-Kar-, Trap-, Trepi-, crw-otK€(j)).i
otKT),ia, -Tos, TO «oiK€'a)), [in LXX: Ez 162* (nj), To 2^

Wi 131^*;] a dwelling. As a euphemism for other definite terms
(e.g. brothel :Hdt., ii, 121 cf. Ez, I.e.), a prison (Thuc, iv, 47 f.)
;
Ac 127.t
**oiKT]Tiipioi', -ov, TO {<:ôlKr)Tr)p = oiKrjTUip, an inhabitaît), [in LXX

II Mac 11^ III Mac 2^^*;] a habitation: Ju ^ ; trop., ii Co 5'-^.t
oiKia, -as, -q (-ôi/cos), [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for IT'S;] a
house, divelling: Mt 2^1 7'^"^-^',
Mk
oUia (= cl. kut olKcav),
l^^, al; iv
at home, Lk 8-^; ci's ol, ii Jo^'*; ol, c. gen. pers., usually has the art.
(Mt 8^^ al., but cf. olKOi and v. Bl, § 46, 9) ^ ol. t. Trarpos fjiov, ;
Jo 14^. Metaph., (a) of the body as the dwelling of the soul ii Co 5^ :
(b) of property (as JTIS, Ge i5^^, LXX, t. hrdpxovTa; in Ki 13^,

LXX, or/cos) = oTkos (q.v.) : Mk 12''«, Lk 204^ ; (c) of the inmates of the
dwelling, the household: Mt 12'"; c. gen. pers., Jo 4^^^ j Qq iqi5^
Syn. : oIkos, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, oiKia,
the dwelling only. In cl. poets oIkos has also the latter sense, but not
in prose, except in metaph. usage, where it signifies both property and
household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently
maintained in late Greek ; cf. MM, ii, xvii, and v. Thayer, s.v. olKia.
*toiKi.aK6s (in Plut., al., -eia/cos), 77, 6v (<ôiKia), = oi/ceios, belonging
to the household, one's own : Mt
opp. to oikoSco-ttott^s, 10^^ ; ib. ^^.t
*+ oiKo-SeoTroTew, -w (<^ otKo8eo-7roTT;s), to rule a household : I Ti 5^'*.t
*t oiKo-SeoTTOTTjs, "OV, 6 (<^ oTk OS, Seo-TTOTTjs), the Tiiaster of a house, a
householder: Mt 10^^ 13" 20" 24*3, Mk 14i*, Lk 1239 13^5 14^1;
av^pwTTos ol, Mt 13^2 201 21'*3 pleonast., oL t. oiVtas, Lk 22" (v. Bl.,
;
§ 81, 4).t
oiKo8op,ea>, -w (<;otKo8o/x,os), [in chiefly for HJS;] to build a LXX
house, to build: absol., Lk 11^^ 143<^ 17^^; ol ot/coSo/Aowres, the builders
(as Ps 117 (118)2^ D^Jinn), Mt 21^2^ 12io, Lk 201^, i Pe 27(l^x) Mk
er'aWorpLov OîxiXtov ol., proverb., Eo 152"; c. ace. rei, Ga 2^^; mpyov
Mt 2133, mij 121, Lk 1428; ^ô6r,Ka<;, Lk 1218; ^^^^^ Mk 1458; pass.
Jo 220; oiKta, Lk 6^8; c. ace. rei seq. dat. pers. (cf. Ge 820, Ez 162*)
Lk 7^ Ac 7*''4''; ace. seq. Ini, Mt 724.26, Lk 6«; iroXiv cV opovs
Lk 429; of rebuilding, or restoring, Mt 2329 26«i 27*", Mk 1529, Lk 11*^
Metaph., t. ckkAtô-iW, Mt 16^8 of the growth of Christian character ;
(cf. nan, in Ps 27 to build up (AV, edify)

(28)^, Je 24âl.),
absol :
Ac 2032, I Co &i 1023 c. ace. pers., i Co 14*, i Th 5" pass., Ac 9^^

; ;
I Co 1417, I Pe 2^ of blameworthy action (AV, embolden), i Co 8 10

;
(cf. dv-, €7r-, (TVV-OLKoSofXew).'^

t oiKoSofjLii, -rj<s, 7] (ôtKos, + Sc/Aoj, to buHd), [in LXX : i Ch 29^ A
(nâ), Ez 1717 402 (nsa , n5:;p), Si 2216 4019, al. ;] = cl. oiKo8o,jUa
(q.v.), -Sd/xijo-is (Thuc, Plat.), 1. the act of building; in NT always

metaph., building up, edifyi?ig : Eo 14^9 152, i Co 142^, n Co 108 I31**,
Eph 429 ; c. gen. obj., i Co 14^2, n Co 12^9, Eph 412. le XaXtlv, Xa/Selv, .
ot., I Co 143.5. 2. = olKoSofjirjtJâ, a building: Mt 24^, Mk 13^.2;

metaph., i Co 39, 11 Co 5^, Eph 22i.t
*otKo8o(iia, -as, 17 (<^ otVoSo/xco)) , the act of building: metaph.,

I Ti 1* (BE for oiKovoyam, q.v.).t
oiKo-Sofios, -ov, 6 (-ccôrxos + Sc'/Aco, to buHd), [in LXX for n32l , etc. ;]
a builder : Ac 4ii.t
oiKot/ojxeu, -u> (<^ oLKovofjio^) , [in LXX : Ps 111 (112)^ (bl3 pilp.),
II Mac 3^**;] to manage as house-steward, be a steward: absol.,
Lk 16^ ; hence, generally (v.s. olKovojxia), to manage, regulate, arrange
(cl, II Mac, I.e., Ill Mac 32E).t
oiKoi'Ofiia, -as, rj (<< oiKovoixeu>) ,

[in LXX : Is 22^^' î (nSQ , nbUfpl^)*;]
1. prop. (Plat., Arist.), the office of olKov6fi.o<i, stewardship : Lk 16^'*.
2. In later writers (Plut., al. v. AR on Eph V^^; MM, xviii), generally,
;
administration, dispensation : i Co 9^'^, Eph l^" 3^' ^, Col l^^, i Ti l*.t

oiKOfofios, -ov, o (-eCôiKos + ve/xo), to manage), [in LXX chiefly for
JT^.Sn'i'y;] 1. prop., the manager of a household or estate, a house- or
land-stetvard (usually a slave or freedman) Lk 12*^ igi, s, s^ j Qq 42^ :
Ga 42 ; 6 oi. t. TrdXeojs (RV, treasurer; cf. i Es 4*9), Ro 1623. 2. Metaph.

(in wider sense; cf. oIkovoixlo), an administrator a steward: of Christian ,
ministers, i Co 4^, Tit V

of Christians generally, i Pe 4i*'.t
;
oiKos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for n"]3 , also for bs^H , bns , etc. ;]
1. prop., a house, dwelling: Ac 2^ 19^^; c. gen. poss., Mt 9^''', 2^^, Mk

Lk 123, 3,1.; c. gen. attrib., ifxiropiov, Jo 2^"; Trpoo-evx^s, Mt 21^^^ a,l; of
a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.) 61. t. Oeov, of the tabernacle, Mt 12*, al.
:
the temple, Mt 21i3, al. metaph. of a city Mt 2338, Lk 1335 ; of the

; :
body, Mt 12**, Lk II2*; of Christians, i Pe 2^; iv ol. (M, Pr., 81 f.),
at home, Mk 2^, i Co 113* 1435. go Kar oIkov, Ac 2*« 5*2; d ds (= ol o^;

v.s. €ts) T. 01., Lk T^*' 15^
from house to house, Ac
; âr' oikovs, 83 202'^
€is gen. (Bl., § 46, 9),
(Kar) oTkov, c. 83, Lk 14i, Ro 16^, al. 2. By Mk
meton., a hotise, household, family : Lk 10*, Ac 7^**, i Co 1^", i Ti 3*'*,
al. of the Church, 6 61. t. 6eov, i Ti 3^^^ jje 32, i Pe 4^''
; of descendants, ;
oT. 'Icrpa^X (AavetS, 'Ia<c(;;/?; Bl, §47, 9), Mt 10«, Lk P'' 33, al. (cf.
Ex 61*, IKi 230, al.).
SYN. : v.s. otKia.
oiKouiieVtj, -77s, 17 (fern. pres. pass. ptcp. of oi/cecj; sc. yrj), [in
LXX chiefly for b^ , ^1^',] the inhabited earth; (a) in cl., the
countries occupied by Greeks, as disting. from barbarian lands (Hdt.,
Dem., al.) (b) in later writers, the Roman world Lk 2^, Ac 112^ 24^
;
:
by meton., of its inhabitants: Ac 17« 192"; (c) in (Ps 22 (23)i LXX

70 (71)8, al.) and NT, also of the whole inhabited world Mt 24^*, :
Lk 45 2126, Ro 1018, He 1«, Re 310 16^*; by meton. (ut supr.), Ac 173i,

Re 12^ ;
(d) of the Messianic age, 17 ol. rj /xcAXovo-a = 6 atw 6 fiiXXtav :
He 25.t
*t oiKoupyos, -ov (<^ oTkos + root of Ipyov), working at home : Tit 2*
(Rec. otKoupos, q.v.).t
*oiK-oup6s, -ov (<ôTkos 4- ovpo^, a keeper); 1. watching or keeping
the house; as subst., 17 ol., a housekeeper (Soph., Eur.; v. LS, s.v.).
2. keeping at home : Tit 2^, Rec. (v. Field, Notes, 220 ff. CGT, in 1., ;
and cf. oiKorpyds).+

oiicTeipu (<; otKTos, pity), [in LXX for Dm pi., ]:n , etc. ;] to pity,
have compassion on : c. ace pers., Ro 9^^ (L^^).t
Syn.: eXec'w, q.v.
oiKTipfios, -liv, 6 {<ôiKTupM), [lu LXX, usually in pi., chiefly for
Dm ;] compassion, pity : (nrXay^va olKTipfxov, a heart of compassion,

Col 312; in pi_ (as LXX for Heb. Dâqi). ol. r. deov, Eo 12\ He W^;
6 waTTjp'rwv ol., II Co 1^; a-7rXdy)(ya k. oL, Phi 21.
SYN. : acos, q.v.
otKTipfiUK, -ov {<ôiKT€ip(x)), lu cl. poct. for l\(.rjfxoiv (q.v.), [ill LXX
Lk 5ii.+
chiefly for mm;] merciful: Q^^, Ja
otfxai, V.8. OLOfiai.
oico-iroTT]?, -ov, 6 (•< oivos + TTOTry?, a drinker), poet, and late
prose, [in LXX : Pr 232*^ (]^^ N^D) *',] a wine-drinker, wine-bibber :
Mt 1119, Lk 734.+
otcos, -ov, o, [in LXX chiefly for l"]^

, also for CTiTri , etc. ;] ivine :
Mt Lk 115, Jo 23, al. otvw irpoaix^tv, Ti 3^ SouAoDo-ât, Tit 2^.

91", ; i ;
Metaph., Be 14«' 10 l&^ IV 18=^ IQi^ By meton. for .I/ATreXos, Be 6e.

* oiko<j)XuYia, -as, 17 (<^ <^Xi;o), to bubble up, overflow), cf. -yeo>,
De 2P^ ; drunkenness, debauchery : 1 Pe d^.t

5riV. .•
V.S. KpaiirdXr].
oiofiai, olfxa', [in LXX for n|n , Ge 37'', al. ;] to suppose, expect,
imagine: c. ace. et inf., Jo 21^5; c. inf., Phi li''; seq, on, Ja l''.t
SriV. .• V.S. r]yeop.ai.

oios, -a, -ov, relat. pron., qualitative (related to os as qualis to
^Mt), w/âi sori or manner of, suchusually without its
as, in NT
correl. Toioiros : Mt 24^1, Mk 9^, 11 11 Ti 311, Be I6I8;
Co 12-«, i Th l^
seq. TotovTos, I Co 15^^, II Co IQH; id. redundant, Mk 131^; t. airov
. , otov. Phi
. l^*^ ; ovx olov 8k oTt, elliptically, biot it is not as though
(BV), Eo 9^t
oicro), V.S. <êpw, p. 499.
oKf^w, -w (<ôKvos, shrinking, hesitation), [in LXX: Nu 221"
(y:a ni.), Jg 18^ (bsy ni.), To 12*5' 13, Jth 121^, Si V^, iv Mac 14* * ;] to
shrink from doing, hesitate to do (Horn., Thuc, al.) hence, to delay: ;
c. inf., Ac 9^8 (cf. Nu, I.e., and v. MM, xviii).t
dKKTjpos, -a, -ov «6KV€aj), [in LXX for iJSJT, Pr 6^'^ al.;]
Bo 12ii
shrinking, hesitating, timid : c. dat. (Bl,, § 38, hence, 2), ;
dothful : Mt 252". Of things, that which causes shrinking, irksome

Phi 3i.t
*t oKTarifxepos, -ov (<[ oktw, rj/jitpa), of the eighth day, eight days old:
c. dat. ref., irepiTo/ArJ6., Phi 3^ (words of this class denote duration,
cf. TCTapTaios:).'^
Lk 2-i,
6ktcS, ol, 0.1, TO., indecl., eight : Jo 5^, al.
oXeOpeuo), V.S. oXoOpexna,
oXe'Gpios, -ov (also -a, -ov, as in Wi, I.e.), [in LXX : iii Ki 21
(20)*2 (Dnn), Wi 1815 * ;] destructive, deadly : SUrjv, 11 Th l^, L, txt.
(for oAe^pos, q.v.).t

o\e9pos, -ov (<[oXA.u/Ai, to destroy), [in LXX for IXHf , TW , etc. ;]
ruin, destruction, death: i Th 5^, i Ti 6^; aiwvfos, ii Th 1^ (L, txt.,

oAc^ptos, q.v.) ct? 6. t^s crapKos, for physical discipline, to destroy
;
carnal lusts, i Co 5^.t

*t dXiyomaria, -as, 17, little faith OV trust: Mt IT^^.t
*t6\iY6-maTos, -ov, of little faith or trust: Mt Gô Sê liî 16^,
Lk 1228.+
oXiyos, -7], -ov (on ovx o\., V. infr.), [in LXX chiefly for 13^0 j] of
number, quantity, few, little, small, slight : Mt

size, Mk 6^ 9^^ 15^*, 8'',
Lk 10'^ 12^8 opp. to TroXXas), I Ti 5^^ He 1210, Ee 3* 12^2;

(sc. TrXrjyds,
ovK 6. (in the best uncials written oix 6. v. WH, Apj)., 143 M, Pr., ; ;
44; Thackeray, Gr., 126 f.), Ac 12i8 14^8 15-' (c. gen. part.) 17*' 12
1923,24 2720 pi., absol., Mt 71* 20i« (WH, txt., EV, om.) 22^\ Lk 13-3,
;
I Pe 320. Neut. sing, (to) 6. Lk 7*^ 11 Co 81^ irpos oXCyov, i Ti 48,

: ;
Ja 41* iv 6., Ac 26'-8.29 (with little effort v. Page, in 1.) id., in brief,
; ; ;
Eph 33; adverbially, oXiyov, of time, Mk 6^\ i Pe 1^ 5i«, Ee 17^^; of

space, Mk 1^^ Lk 5=* pi, 6Xiya, Lk 10*^ Ee 2i* Itt' 6X{ya, Mt 2521.23
;
;
Bl oXiywv, in few words, briefly, i Pe 5^2 (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 778 c).+
+ oXtyoiJ/uxos, -ov [in LXX: Is 35'* (ina ni.), etc.;] faint-hearted.
I Th 5i4.t
dXiYwpe'cj, -w (<oXtyos + wpa, care), [in LXX: Pr 311 (DXa)*;]

<o esteem lightly, think little of: c. gen.. He 12^ (^^^^^.t
^ôXiyws, adv. (<;6Aiyos), [in Aq. : Is IC*;] a little, almost, all

but : II Pe 2is.t
*t oXoGpcuTTis (Eec. oX-), -ov, 6 «; 6Ao^p€vo>), a destroyer: i Co 10^^

(not else where).
toXoOpeu'cj (<ôX€^pos), late (Alex.) form of oXc^pevw MGr., (cf.
ioXoOptviJi), [in LXX for m3 , TPXO hi., etc.;] to destroy: He IPS
(cf. e^-oXo^peiJCo).t
1 6XoKauTW|i,a, -Tos, to (<^ oXos, Kat'to), [in LXX chiefly for n?y ;] a
whole burnt offering: Mk 12^^, He 10®» ^ (lxx) (cf _ Kennedy, Sources,
113f.).t
Srx. : V.S. Ova-La.
toXoKXifjpia, -a?, Tj (-ôXoKXrjpo'i), [in LXX: Is 1® (Dlho)*;] cow-
pleteness, soundness : Ac 3i^.t
6X6-kXt]pos, -ov (<^ oXos, (cX^pos, i.e. with all that has fallen by
lot), [in LXX : Le 23l^ Ez 15* (D^pn), De 27«, Jos 92 (Sî) (obCT),
Za 111^ (nS3 ni.), Wi 15^ i Mac 4*^, iv Mac 15^^*;] complete, entire;
in NT in ethical sense (as Wi, iv Mac, 11. c), i Th 52^; 6. koI reXeioi,
Ja l*.t
Syn.: oXotcXt;? (q.v.), Te'Xeios (Tr., Sy7i., § xxii),
oXoXuJ^cj (onomatop.), [in chiefly for iîji hi.;] LXX (in Hom., of
women crying to the gods in prayer or thanksgiving), to cry aloud:
Ja 5i.t
oXos, -r}, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for bs ;] of persons and things,
whole, entire, complete; 1. of indefinite ideas, c. subst. anarth. Lk 5^, :
Ac 1126 2830, Tit 111; ^Xov avOpoiiTov {an entire man; v. Field, Notes,
93), Jo 723 .
Mt 2^ V. Bl., § 47, 9), Ac 2131.
-Xri 'Iepov(Ta\rjfji{= 7r5cra 'I., ;
12i^
2. Definite, c. art.; (a) preceding subst.: Mt 423,24^ l^ 8^^, i Co
213o,
al. (b) following subst.
;
Mk l^^, Lk 925, Jo l^s^ Ac : al. (c) ;
between art. and subst., where subst. is an abstract noun (Plat., al.).
3. Attached to adj. or verb: Mt 1333, Lk I321, Jo 93*, al.; adverbially,
8t' 5\ov (MM, xviii), Jo 1923.
*t6XoTeXTJs, -is «oAos, reXo?), complete, perfect: i Th 523.t

Syn. : oXokXtjpos (q-v.), TcXeios. " As regards meaning, oXoKXr/pos
can hardly be distinguished from oXotcXt/s though, in accordance with
its derivation, it draws more special attention to the several parts to
which the wholeness spoken of extends, no part being wanting or
lacking in completeness" (M, Th., 78).
'oXufiiras (perh. contr. fr. 'OXu/ATrio'Swpos, Bl., § 29), -a, Ohjmpas:
Eo 16i5.t
oXuk-Oos, -ov, b, [in LXX : Ca 2i3 (nag)*

;] an unripe fig,
which
grows in winter the spring Re 6i3.t
and usually falls off in :
oXws, adv. (<[oXos), altogether, assuredly, actually (c. neg., at

all) : Mt 53^ I Co 51 6^ 1529.t
ojiPpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX : De 322 (-i^y^;), Wi 16^^, al. ;] a storm of
rain, a shotver : Lk 125*.t
1 6)i€ipo)j.ai (Eec. 6fx-, v. WH,
Ajip., 151), = cl. l/xeipofxai (but prob.
with different derivation, v. Bl., §6,4; Zorell, s.v.), [in Jb 321 LXX :
(nDn pi.)* ;] io desire earnestly, yearn after : i Th 2^.+

ofxiXe'w, -C) «o;atXos), [in Pr 51^ (mi pi.), al. ;] to be in LXX:
company with, consort ivith ; hence, to converse with: Ac 20î; c. dat.,
Ac 2426 . seq. Trpds, Lk 24i4. is.t
ofiiXia, -as, 7} (<<oîXos), [in LXX : Ex 21i*'

(njjr), al. ;] company,
association : i Co 1533.
**ofiiXos, -ov, 6, [inAq. : i Ki I920*;] a crowd, throng: Re IBi^
Eec.t
ofii'xXT), -rjs, rj, [in LXX for bp')V , etc.;] a mist: 11 Pe 2i''.t
Syn.: vi<f}os, v€(j>4Xrj, both thicker than o.
ofAfia, -Tos, TO, in cl. chiefly poet.; [in LXX for yi^ (Pi's. Wig,
IV Mac 3)* ;] an eye : pi., Mt 203*, Mk 823.t
Hdt. and some Att. writers) and o/xw/xi (so generally in
6|j,vu'oj (so
Att. prose and always in Trag. Mk 14î, -vvai), [in LXX chiefly for ;
rnur ni. ;] to swear, affirm by oath : Mt '2&''*, Mk 14'''i, He 721 seq. el ;
(q.v), He 311 43; c. dat. pers., Mk 623; [^ q inf,^ He 3i8; seq.

V*?.
Ac 230; ^ opKov irpos, c. acc. pers. (cl.), Lk 1'''3
; c. ace. (of that by
which one swears; cl., v. MM, xviii), Ja 512 ; seq. Kara, c. gen. (LXX;
Bl., § 34, 1), He 613. le . geq. eV (cts), as in Heb. (Bl., § 39, 4), Mt 53*.3«
2316. 18, 20-22^ Re 10« (Bl., § 70, 3).t
6/xo0ujxa8ow «o/xo?, ^v/xo's), [in LXX for in\ HH: (freq. in Jb),
Wi 10^"^ with one mind, ivith one accord : Ac 1^* 2*" 4^*
18^' ^2, al. ;]
512 757 86 1220 1525 1812 1929^ Ro 15« (Hatch, Essays, 63 f., argues that
the un-cl. sense together, which is found in Jb 3^^ 38^^, Nu 24^4^ Wi
18^' 12 (but not lOÔ), al., should be attached to the NT instances, but
V. Abbott, Essays, 96 MM, xviii).t ;
*t 6^014^0. «oôtos), to be like: Mt 23^7 (L, Tr., txt., WH, mg.)

2673 (WH, mg.) (not found elsewhere. Cf. 7rap-oyu.oiaâ>.) t
**6îoioTra0Vis, -« «
Sfjioio?, 7r<£o-x<o), [in LXX
of like feelings or affections: c. dat., Ac 14^^, Ja 5^'^.f

Wi 7\ iv Mac U^^ *;] :
op,oios, -Ota, -oiov, [in LXX for IDS , etc. ;] like, resembling, such
as, the same as : c. dat., of form or appearance, Jo 9^, l^^ Ee (WH, mg.,
E, but V. infr.) ib. ^^ 2^» 4«. ^ 97, 10 (bi., § 37, 63) ib. i^ ll^ I32. ^ ; 6pda-€i,
Ee43; of nature, condition, ability, etc., 22^9, Ac IT^^, 521, Mt Ga
I Jo 32, Ee 13^ 1818 2111' 18; of comparison in parables, 13^1 »• 20i, Mt
Lk 1318.19.21; of thinking, acting, etc., lli^ 13^2, Lk 6*7-49731,32 Mt
(T, c. gen. ; BL, § 36, 11) 123«, Jo 8'^, Ju ^ c. ace, Ee li^ (WH, txt.;
Swete, Hort, in 1.)
14i*.t
6H010TTJS, -»?Tos, V «5;bLoios), [in LXX: Ge lii>i2

(y^D), Wi 14^^
IV Mac 15* * likeness : Kaff ofjLoioTrjra, in like manner, He
;] 41^ ; id. c.
gen. (MM, xviii), after the likeness (of). He 7^^.+
ofjioiocj, -w (<ô/Aotos), [in LXX
chiefly for HDl;] 1. to make like,
c. gen. et dat.; pass., to be made or become like: Mt 6^ 13^* 18^3 22^
251, Ac 1411, He 217; seq. u)? (cf. Ez 32^, Heb.), Eo 9^9. 2. to liken,
compare: c. dat., ace, Mt lli^, Lk 7^^ I318.20; ^^5 6/Aotwo-w/iev, Mk 480;
pass., Mt 72*' 26 (cf. d(f>-ofjiot6w).f
ofioiwfia, -T09, TO {<Cofj.oi6w), [in LXX for niDl, ri''351?, n31Dri,

etc. ;] that ivhich is made like something ;
(a) concrete, an image, like-
ness (Ps 105(106)20, Ez 15, I Mac 3*8, al.) : Ee 9^; {b) abstract, like-
ness, resemblance : Eo 51* 6^ 8^, Phi 2^; Iv 6. cIkovos, Eo 123.t
SVN. : eiKijav (q.V.), 6fjiOL0i(Ti^.
ofjioiojs (<!! o/Aotos), adv., likeioise, in like manner, equally : Mt 222",

Mk 4i«, Lk 10", al ; c. dat., Mt 2239, l^ eî 6. Mt 2226, ; W, Mk
1531, al. ; 6. Ka^ws, Lk I728 ; Kaâ)s ... 6., Lk eî ; b. fxivToi Kai, Ju «.
ofioiwcris, -€ws, rj {6/j.ol6w), [in LXX chiefly for TOaTI, Ps 57(58)*,

al. ;] 1. a making like, becoming like (Plat.). 2. likeness: Ja39(i'XX).t
Syn. : v.s. ofjiOLio/jba, and cf. Tr., Syn., § xv.
LXX
ofioXoy^ci),
: Jb
-w «
6/xoXoyos, of one mind :
409(1*' (-,-p î.), Je 51 (44)25 (-,-,3)^ ^j .j
Da
1^
LXX
^^
Su "^
speak the same

*), [in
language (Hdt.). 2. to agree with (Hdt., Plat., al.). 3. to agree,

confess, acknowledge (Plat., al.) absol., Jo 12" 12*2; pass., Eo lOi** seq.
: ;
oTi, ib.. He 1113; c, ace. rei, Ac 23^, i Jo 19, Ee 3^; id. c. dat. pers.,
Ac 241*; c. ace. cogn., i Ti 6i2; c. ace. pers., i Jo 223 43. j^ ggq pj-ed.
ace. (Bl., § 34, 5 73, 5), Jo 922, Eo 109, j Jq 42, 15^ n Jo 7
; c. inf. (M, ;
Pr., 229), Tit li«; c. dat. pers. seq. on, Mt 723; seq. ^v, c. dat. pers.
(M, Pr., 104; Bl., § 41, 2), Mt 10^2, Lk 128. 4 t^ ^gree, promise:
T. iirayyeXiav, Ac T^^ ; c. inf. obj. (Bl, § 61, 3), Mt 14^. 5. = Uo/xo-
Aoyt'w, to praise : He 13^^ (Westc, in 1.). (Cf. avB-oôXoyioâi, i$-
o/xoAoye'co.) +
6fio\oYta, -as, 7] «6/ioXoy£'w), [in LXX : De 12«''>i',
Am 4^, Ez
4612 (nnij), Le 221^ Je 51 (44)"^ (n-j^), i Es 9^*;] 1. in cl., an agree-
ment, assent, compact (in tt., of a contract; Deis^.., BS, 249). 2.

6i-»^^,
confession (prob. always in an objective sense): 11 Co 9^^, i Ti
He 31 414 1023.+
** oixoXoyoufi^j'ws, adv. «6)MoAoy£a)), [in LXX: iv Mac 6^^ 7^®
16^*;] 1. as agreed, conformably with. 2. •confessedly, by common
consent : i Ti S^^.t
ôfioTcxcos, -ov (<^6,uds, T€xvri), practising the same craft, of the
same trade : Ac 18^.
ofioo, adv. (<^6/xds), together ; (a) prop., of place: Jo 21^, Ac 2^;
(b) vrithout idea of place Jo 4^*^ 20-'.t :
ofjido), V.S. Sfxvvw.

* 6fi6<^pu)v, -ov (<^6/x.ds, <^p>/f), = 6/xdvoos, agreeing, of one mind:
I Pe 3^.t
ofAws, adv. (<^6/tds), yet: 5. /xevroi, but yet, nevertheless, Jo 12*2
by hyperbaton, out of its proper position, i Co 14", Ga
3^^ (but v.
Bl, § 77, 14).t
indecl, used only in nom. and ace. sing, (the other cases
*omp, TO,
are supplied by dvetpos), a dream: Kar 6. (in later writers only), in a
dream, Mt 12« 212.13,19,22 27i9.t
*6i'(ipioi', -ov, TO (dimin. of ovos), a young ass: Jo 12i*.+
dceiSiI^w (<ôi'€iSos), [in LXX chiefly for p]nn pi.;] to reproach,

upbraid: absol, Ja 1^; c. ace. pers. (in cl. more freq. c. dat. pers.
Bl, § 34, 2; WM, 278), Mt 5", Mk 1532.34^ WH, mg., Lk 6^2, Eo
153 (LXX). ^, ^^Xets, Mt 1P>; pass., i Ti 410, WH, mg., i Pe 41* c. ;
ace. rei, Mk 16 H*!; c. dupl ace, Mt 27**.t

1 6cei8i<7p,o'9, -ov, 6 (dvetSi'^tu), [in LXX chiefly for npin ;] a reproach:
Ro 153, He 10^3 ; eJs o. ifiireaelv, I Ti 3^ ; 6 6. toS Xptcrrod, He 1126 1313 f
oj'ciSos, -ous, to', [in LXX chiefly for nQIO , also for nisb? , etc. ;]
1. reproach, censure, blame. 2. matter of reproach, disgrace: Lk 125.t

'Oci^CTi/xos, -ov, 6 (i.e. profitable, <^6vr]a-i<;, profit), Onesimus
Col 4^, Phm !•*
(a common name among slaves; v. MM, iii, xviii).t
'0>'Tiai(j)opos, -ov, 6 (i.e. bringing advantage), Onesiphorus : 11 Ti
\\6 419.t
*t6viKo's, -n, -ov «6vos), of or for an ass: /xuXos 6., Mt 18«, Mk 9*2
(elsewhere only in v. MM, xviii).t

tt. ;
**6îVtiî, [in LXX: To 3«, Si 302*;] to profit, benefit, help; mid.,

to have profit, derive benefit: optat. (M, Pr., 195), c. gen., Phm2*>.t
ovofia, -Tos, TO, [in LXX chiefly for Dl?;] 1. in general, the name
by which a person or thing is called : Mt IO2, Mk 3i«, Lk V^, Jo I810,
MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 319
al. ; avOpum-o^ (etc.), <? (ov) 5. (t. o.), sc. ^v or cWiV (BL, § 30, 3), Mk 1432,
Lk 126,27. ^th same ellipsis, Kal t. o. avroC (o. aurw), Lk 1*, Jo 1*, al.
ovo/AttTt, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27^2^ -^-^ 522^ Ljj ;][5^ ^^ 51^ g^j
.
q^^q absol.
(Bl., § 34, 7), Tovvofjia (= T, ovofLo), Mt 27^^; o. /Aot (sc. icTTLv ; cf. Horn.,
Od., ix, 366), Mk 5^ (cf. Lk Sô) ; l^îv 5., Ee 911 ; Kokuv {iTnneivai) 5.
(Bl, § 33, 1), Mt 121, Mk 316 ; ^t^\<o â)i}s (cf. Deiss., iv^^,
T. 6. iv (t.)
121), Phi 43, Ee 138, cf. Lk IO20 (^t. oipavoh) o. /3Xaa<f>r]fua^, Ee 131 ;
the name as opp. to the reality, Ee 3^ (cf. Hdt., vii, 138) as a title ;
Eph 121, Phi 29' 10 (Lft., in 1.). 2. By a usage similar to that with
ref. to Heb. UW (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic
(M, Pr., 100; Bl., §39, 4; Deiss, £S, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123J,ofall
that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc. of acting on :
one's authority or in his behalf, €v (eis) 6., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.),
Mt 10^1 219 2819, Mk
119, Lk 13^5, Jo 5*^, Ac 81^, i Co l^^ ; of the
name Christian, i Pe 4^* esp. of the name of God as expressing the ;
divine attributes dyia^ctv (ayiov) to o. (t. TIaTp6<s, Kvpiov), Mt 69, Lk 1*9

:
112; ij/dWfiy (oyuoXoyciv) tw 6., Eo 159, He 13^^; So^dêiv {(l>avepovv, <jio-

fieladai) to 5., Jo 1228 176' 2«, Ee ll^^ 15*; p\a<Tci>7)p.fiv, Eo 22*, I Ti 6^,
Ee 13'' ; similarly, of the name of Christ : t. koXov o., Ja 2" (Deiss.,
LAE, 276) ; 7rto-Tcv«v tJ) o., i Jo 32^
39, 4), Jo 1^2
; tt. cis t. 6. (Bl., §
223 318. ^yofxAiîiv to o., II Ti 2^9; xpaTcIv, Ee 213; o^^ ApvilaOaL, Ee 3s
ivT. 6. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9^^ 16[>7], Lk lO^', Jo 14^3 1623,24 203i,
Ac 3« 412, Eph 52», I Pe 4^*, al. ; ci's t. 5. avydyeadai, Mt 1820 . ^^^^^
rod 6., Mt 1929; Sici TO 5., Mt 1022, Mk 13i3, al.; Sck toC 6., i Co V>;
virkp Tov o., Ac 91^, Eo 1^, al. id. absol., Ac 5*^, iii Jo ^ Trpos t6 o., ; ;
Ac 3 cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext)

269.
Mk (Swete, in 1.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.).
9*1 4. In late Greek
(Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1", Ee 3* 11^3.
ovoitdiui «;ovo/xa), [in for 137, np3 Nip;] 1. to name, LXX ,
mention, or address by name: Ac 19^3; pass., Eo I520, Eph I21 53;

of the use of the Divine name in praise and worship, 11 Ti 2^9 (LXX,
Nu 162** ; cf. Is 5211, 610). Am
2. to name, call, give a name to : 31* Mk
(T, E, txt. om.), Lk 6i3'i*; pass., i Co 5"; seq. €^ (cl.), Eph 31*
(cf. €7r-ovo/Aaâ)).t
ot'os, -ov, 6, 7], [in LXX chiefly for lian , also for ]inN , etc. ;]
an ass: Mt 212.Mlxx)^ Lk 14^, Jo 1215(lxx). 5^ Lk 131^; ^, Mt 217.t

orrus, adv. {<C^v, ptcp. of ei/u, sum), [in LXX: Nu 223"
(qj^jj^),
Je 323 (px), 1019 Cjjx), III Ki 122*, wi 17U*.] really, actually, truly:
Mk 1132, Lk 23*7 243*, Jo 83«, I Co 1425, Ga 321 ; ^ 5. ^wij, i Ti 6i9;

o. 53' 5> i6.t
xvp"^) it).
«
17
Sôs, -€os (-ous), TO 0^'s), [in LXX Nu : 63, Eu 2i*, Ps 68 (69)2i,
Pr 2520 (jîph) * ;] sour wine (posca, vin-de-pays), the ordinary drink of

labourers and common soldiers : Mt 27*^, Mk 1536, Lk 2336, Jo I929. 3o,t
6|u's, -da, -v', [in LXX : Ps 56 (57)*, al. (Tn), Am 2i5

(bj?),
Is 52s {puf), etc. ;] 1. sharp : Ee li" 2^^ 141*. i^, is 1915. 2. Of motion,
swift: Eo 315 (LXX Taxivos).t
6ini, ~^s, 17, [in LXX for in, 13n , etc.;] an opening, a hole:
Ja 311 (cf. Ex 3322), He ll^s (cf. Ob 3).t
oirnrfleK, adv. of place, [in LXX chiefly for ICIX , HnNQ ;] behind,
after: Mt 9ô, Mk 5^7, Lk 8^*, Ee 4« 51. As prep. c. gen.: Mt 1S^\
Lk 23^6, Ee 110 (WH, mg.).t
oTTiau, adv. of place and time, [in LXX chiefly for "'lOX , inx
and cogn. forms;] 1. prop., as in cl., adv., (a) of time (not in NT);
(6) of place, back, behind, after: Mt 24i8, LkT^S; ra 6., PhlS^^; c^s
TO. 6., Mk
I316, Lk 9«2 1731, Jo 6^6 IS^ 20i*. 2. By a usage not found in cl.,
and in LXX representing the Heb. prep. iiniS} (Bl, § 40, 8 ; Thackeray,
Gr., 46 f.), but also prob. general in vernacular (M, Pr., 99), as prep.
c.gen. ;
time, after : Mt 3^1,
(a) of Jo l^^- 27« ô (5) of pjace, Mk V .
behind, after: Mt4i9 lO^s 16^3.24^ li'.ô m^^\ Lk 92^ I427 191* 21^, Mk
II Pe 21", Ju'7, Ee li** 121^; in constr. praegn. (v. Swete on Ee, I.e.),
Jo 1219, Ac 517 2030, I Ti 515, Ee 133.t

** oirXij^w (<ô7rXov), [in Sm. : Je 522^*;] to make ready, equip; of
arm. Mid.,
soldiers, to to arm oneself ; fig., hvoiav i Pe 4^ (cf. Bpaao^ 6.,
:
Soph., Elec, 995), (cf. Ka^-07rAi'^w).t
ottXoc, -ov, to, [in LXX for ]3Q , n32 , etc. ;] 1. a tool, implement,
instrtiment : o-n-Xa dSiKtas (opp. to o. StKaiocrvVr;?) , Eo 613. 2. Freq., in
pi., arvis, weapons: Jo 183, 11 Co lO"*; metaph., t. c/xutos, Eo 1312;
T. 8LKaio(Tvvr]<;, II Co 67.t
oiroios, -Ota, -otov, [in LXX Ca 510, 11 Mac 1137*;] of what : sort:
I Co 313, Ga 2«, ITh 1^, Ja I2*; toioSto? 6., such as, Ac 2629.t
dTTOTc, when: Lk 63, Eec. (WH, E, 5Te).f
adv. of place, correlat. of irov (q.v.), where. I. Prop., of
oiroo,
place, 1. where; (a) in relative sentences, c. indie: Mt 252*'2'', Mk 2*
45, 15 540 1314^ Jo 38 662 734, 36 1132 143 1724 2019, Eo 152", Ee 213 after ;
nouns of place, for relat. prepositional phrase (iv cS, etc.), Mt 6i9'20 135
26" 28«, Mk 6" 9*^, Lk 1233, Jo V» 42«.*e 623 742 io4o ipo 121 181.20
1918,20,41 2012, Ac 171, Ee 213 us 2010 ; seq. e^r, Mt 621, Lk 123* 1737,
Jo 122« ; id. pleonast. ( = Heb. DIT . . . lerx ; Aram. IQp . . 1 ; cf
Ge 133), 5. . . . Ee 12^.
in aiVSv, ib. 17^ 5. av, wherever
iK€l,
i*
; 2. . . . ;
(M, Pr., 168), c. pres. subjc, Mt 2428; 5. liv,

c. impf. indie, Mk 6^6-
ib. 2613, Mk 610 91^ 149. i4a (^) ^^ quaest. indir., c. aor. subjc. . Mk :
141*1', L]j 2211. 2. In late writers (sometimes also in cl. Bl, § 25, 2), ;
with verbs of motion, = ottoi, whither : c. indie, Jo 82I' 22 1333, 36 144 2118^
He 620, Ja 3'i o. av, whithersoever, c. pres. ind., Ee 14'* subjc, Lk 9^"
; ;
o. lav, Mt 819. n. Without strict local sense, 1. of time or condition :
Col 311, He 9i« 1018, Ja 3i«, 11 Pe 2ii. 2. Of cause or reason (AV,

whereas) i Co 33.t :
+ dTrT(ika), [in LXX: iii Ki 8^ (nXI ni.), To 12"*;] late present as

from w<j>6y]v (= op lay); mid., oTrravo/Aai, to alloxo oneself to he seen, to
appear : c. dat., Ac P. (For exx. from tr., v. Deiss., LAE, 79, 2525;
MM, ii, xviii.) t
toTTraaia, -as, rj (<^ OTrraôyxai, Nu 14^* * = OTrravoyiuxt), later form
of 6xpis, [in LXX Ma :
3^ (nxi ni.). Da th 9^3 10i.7,8,i6 (n^-jo, nXIO;
LXX, opafjia, -o-is), Es 4J, Si 43^'^^*;] 1. an appearing, coming into
viexu (Ma, Es, Si, 11. c). 2. a vision : Lk 1^2, 2423, Ac 261^, ii Co 12i
(Da, 11. c, also in MGr.).t
Sttto's, -V, -ov, [in LXX: Ex 128-9 (""bv)*;] roasted, boiled:
Lk 24^2,t
OTTTCJ, V.S. opatii.
6Tro5pa, -as, i [in LXX : Je 31 (48)32 47 (40)io« 12 (|r;,«5) * ;] l. Ute

summer, early autumn (the time between the risings of Sirius and
Arcturus, i.e. late July, all August and early September). 2. By
meton. (as being fruit-time), ripe fruits: Ee 18^* (cf. <^divoir<apiva,
Ju i2).t
oirus. I. Eelat. adv. of manner, as, how : c. indie, Lk 242''.
II. Conj., c. subjc. (in cl. also c. opt., indie. : so in Mt 26^^, LT, Tr.),
in order that, to the end that, that; 1. final, denoting purpose or
design (in which the original idea of modality has been merged) after :
pres., Mt 62, al.; pf., Ac 91^, al; impf., Ac 9^*; aor., Ac 92, al. plpf., ;
Jo 11"; fut., Mt 2335; imperat., Mt 28, al.; 5. ix-q (M, Pr., 185), Mt
618, Lk 1626, Ac 20^6, I Co 1^9 ; o. TrAr^pcu^^, Mt 223 817 1335. 5, s_^
(BL, § 65, 2 ; WM, § 42, 5), Lk 235, Ac 3i»'

15^\ Eo 3* (cf. Ge 12^3,
Ps 59'', Mac 1032, al.). 2. After verbs of
I asking, exhorting, etc.
Mt 938, Lk 73, Ja 51*, al. (in late writers its place is often taken by
the correl. ttws, q.v.).
opajia, -Tos, TO «6paa)), [in LXX for ]i7n, n?<10 , etc.;] that
which is seen ; (a) a sight, spectacle : Mt 17^, Ac 7*^ ; {h) an appear-

ance, vision: Ac 9i9.i2(Rec.) iQs.ir.ig ^s 129 igg.io 139 (cf. oTn-ao-iaJ.t
opao-is,-«<^Si V (opddi), [in LXX chiefly for nj<{"ip ,
]i7n and cognate
forms ;] 1. in Arist. and later writers, the act of seeing, the sense of
sight, and by meton., pi., the eyes. 2. appearance (Nu 24*, Ez 1*,
Si 4120, al.) : Ee 43. 3. = opa/xa, a vision: Ac 2^7 (lxx)^ Ee 9i7.t
opaTos, -•7, -ov (6paa>), visible: to. 6., Col l^^.t

opdoj, -w, [in LXX
also for n7n chiefly for
etc. ;] nxi , , m
"durative" sense (hence aor. act., elSov, pass., w<j>dyjv, fut., oiôfiai, from
different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is
rare, its place being generally taken by ySAeVo), Oewpeca, v. BL, § 24).
1. Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 638, g,!. ep^ôv ;
Kal tSe, Jo 1*6, al. seq. on, Mk 2^\ al. c. ace, Mt 22, Mk lô 16^,
; ;
Ga 1^9, al. Oeov, Jo 1^8^ i jo 420, al. 2. to see with the mini, perceive,
;
discern: absol, Eo I521; c. ace. rei., Mt 92 275*. Ac 823, Col 2^8, al.
21
3. to see, take heed, beware : opa fvq, c. aor. subjc, Mt 8* 18^*', 1**, Mk
Th 51s id., sc. ^^ Re 19i» 22^ (Bl.,
I ; ttoitôt??, § 81, 1); seq. imperat.
Mt 9»o 16«, Mk 81^ 4. \o experience: t. edvarov, Lk 2^\ He ll^;
^wT^v, Jo 3'*^ ; T. SLa(f>6opdv, Ac 2^''. 5. to visit : c. ace. pers., Lk 8^^,
Jo 12-\ Ro 1^\ al.; c. ace. loc, Ac 19^^ 6. to see to, care for : Mt
27*, Ac 18^* (cf. acf)-, Kad-, irpo-, crvv-opaw).
SYN. : V.S. /SXeVo).
opYT), -^s, ^, [in LXX chiefly for îi , also for ]nn , nJpn , ^'Sl>. , etc. ;]
1. imjiulse, propensity, disposition. 2. anger, wrath ; (a) of men :
Mk 3^ Eph Col 3s, I Ti 2*, Ja l^^-ao (j) of God (a) that reaction
4^1, ; ;
of the divine nature against sin which in anthropomorphic language is

called anger: Ro l^^ 9^^ 12i9 [ICC, in 1.), i Th li« 2i6, He 3" 43(lxx)^
Re 1410 1613 191^ OS) of the effect of God's anger Mt 3^ Lk 3^ 2123,
;
:
Jo 336, ijo 25,8 35 415 59 134,5 Eph 56, Col 3«, I Th 5^ Ja P^, Re e^^.^^
11^^; a-K^vr} opyrj^, Ro 9^^; Tc/cva 6py^s, Eph 23.t
SyN.: V.S. ^r/AOS.
opYilû {<iopyrj), [in LXX chiefly for mn , also for P]Sp , etc.;]
to make angry, provoke to anger ; in cl. most freq. in pass., and so always
in NT, to be provoked to anger, be angry absol., Mt 18^* 22'', Lk 14^1 :
15-8, Eph 42MLXX)^ Re ll^S; c. dat., Mt 5^2; seq. liri, c. dat. (iii Ki liy,
al.), Re 12^^ (cf. 7rap-opyt{w).t
6pYtXos, -V, -ov {<opyri), [in LXX: Pr 22^4 2922 (p,pn)_ ^tc.;]
inclined to anger, passionate : Tit l''.t

*6pYuid, -as, 17 «6peyoj), the length of the outstretched arms, a
fathom: Ac 2728.t
** opeyw, [in Sm. ;] : Jb 82o, Ez 16*^ *
to reach, stretch out ; pass,
and mid., to stretch oneself out, reach forth ; metaph., to reach after,
grasj) at, aspire to : c. gen. rei, i Ti 3\ He 11^* <^tAapyvptas (v. Ellic. ;
and GGT, in 1.), i Ti 6".t

Syn. : eVt^v/Acto, to desire (q.v.).
opeivo's (WH, opcv-; V. MM, xviii,) -7, -6v {<ôpo?), mountainous,
hilly; rj 6. (sc. x^pa), the hill-country (LXX for in): Lk 139, csf
**op€Cis, -im, v «op€yo/xat), [in LXX: Wi 14^ 15^ 162.3, gj igso
23^, IV Mac 133» 35 * jj the most general word for all kinds of desire,
longing, appetite : of lust, Ro 12'',
Syn. : v.s. n-ddo's.
*t opOoTToSco), -w (<^ opô-TTous, goiug straight), = cl. eidviropiu), to
walk straight: metaph., Ga 2^* (not elsewhere).t
6p0os, -^, -oV, [in LXX chiefly for '\'l2r ;] straight ; (a) in height,
straight, upright: Ac 141"; (b) in line, straight, direct: fig., He

1213 (LXX) f
{<6p06^, T€>a>), [in LXX: Pr S^ 11^ (it:^ pi.)*;]
+ 6p0oTo,ji€'a., -w
to C7U straight, as a road (t. 68ovs, fig., Pr, 11. c). Metaph., t. Xoyov
T. aX-qO€ia%, II Ti 2^5 (v. Ellic. and GGT, in 1. not found elsewhere) .+ ;
t6p0piia) «5p^pos), [in LXX chiefly for DSCr hi., Ge I92, al.; also
for in27 pi., Ps 62^ (63), al., etc. ;] = cl. poet., opOpivw, to rise early : seq.
TTpo's, c. ace. pers. (as Ps, I.e., al.), Lk 2P'* (v. Thumb, Hellen., 123).t
«o>^pos), [in LXX Ho
topepi.'o's, -V, -Of Hg :
6^4) 133 (^2^ hi.),
215(H), Wi ll'^2*.j late form of SpOpLos (q.v.), early.- Lk 24PA
op8pios, -a, -ov «3/j^pos), [in LXX: i Ki 2S^\ Jb 29", -i Mac

510, 23* early, in the early morning : Lk 24-^, Eec. (v.s. 6p6pn6<i)A
-J
opOpos, -ov, o, [in LXX for inO)' , Ipi , etc. ;] daybreak, dawn
opOpov ygaêojs (M, Pr., 73), at early daum, Lk 24^; opOpov, Jo St^]; iTrb
rhv 6., Ac 5^1 (cf. MM, xviii).t
dpOois, adv. «6pô9), ri^/iiZy.- 7^^ Lk 7^^ 1028 goî.t Mk
optjw «opos, a boundary), [in for IDS, ^33, etc.;] 1. to LXX
separate, mark off by boundaries (so Nu 34^, Jo 13""). 2. to determine,
apjwint, designate: of time, c. ace, Ac 17'^'', 4''; c. ace. pers., Ac He
1731 ; c. inf., Ac 1129; pass., Lk 22^^^ Ac 2^3 10*'^ Ro 1* (cf. d<f>-, airo-
8l-, 7r/oo-op6âj).t
6piv6s, V.S. opetvos.

opioi', -ou, TO «opos, a boundary), [in LXX chiefly for b=isa;] a
boundary, bo^cnd ; chiefly in pi., and so always in NT Mt :
2^" 4^^ 8^*
1522,39 191^ Mk 51" 7=^^-31 10\ Ac 135o.t
opKil^w «opAcos), [in LXX: Ge 243", al. (mOT hi.);] 1. to make
one swear (Xen., Polyb., al.). 2. to adjure: c. dupl. ace, Mk 5'', Ac
1913 (cf. iv-, £'f0pKl^C0).t
opKos, -OV, 6, [in LXX chiefly for V^W nyStZT and , cogn. forms ;]
an oath: Mt 14^ 26^^ Lk 1^3, Ac 2^\ He 6^^''^\ Ja 5^2; pi., Mt

533 (LXX) 149^ Mk 62«.t
6pK(i)p.oaia, -as, 17 (<^ opK09, o/xw/xi] by metapl. for to. opKWfiocna,
asseverations on oath; v. MM, xviii), [in LXX Ez : IT^' ^^ (nbii), i Es

993 * ;] affirmation on oath, an oath : He 72*^' 21. ^s^f
6p)x<i(i>, -aj (<; opp.ri), [in LXX for 'yi'OJ , etc. ;] 1. causal, to set in
motion, îrge on. 2. Intrans., to hasten on, rush: seq. cis, Mt 832, Mk
513, Lk 833, Ac 1929; i-rrl, c. ace, Ac 7".t
6p|x^, -^s, r), [in LXX : Pr 32^ (nxiS'), etc. ;] 1. a violent move-
ment, impulse: Ja 3*; {b) a hostile movement, onset, assault: Ac 145.t

opfAT]pia, -Tos, TO (opfjiduy), [in LXX: Ho S^", Am 1" (nn^?), etc.;]
a rush : Re 182i.t
opi/coK, -ou, TO, = opvL's, [in LXX chiefly for liQS ;] a bird : Re 182
1917.21 (Horn., al.).t
''topKi^ (cf. Doric gen., opviôs, and MGr., opvtx', v. M, Pr., 45),
= 6pri^: Lk 1334 (T; WH, 2pm).t
Sp.is, -tôs, 6, ^, [in LXX: 6. iKXcKTai, iii Ki 3^ 423 (53)
(n;i-!3)*;] a bird; specif., a cock, a hen: Mt 2337, Lk 133* (WH).t

*t opoGeffia, -as, r/ (-< opos, a boundary, + tlOtjpll), a setting 0/
boundaries; in pi., bounds: Ac 172^.t
opos, -ovs, TO, [in LXX chiefly, and very freq., for in;] a
viountain : Mt opp. to /?ovvos, Lk
4^ 17\ Mk 9^ Jo 4'-*', ii Pe l^^^ ^1. ;
36 (LXX) J
3, ^. iXaiCiv, ûLv (2., prob. in gen. Mt 211 24», al. (v.s. L); 6.
appos.), He 12'^\ Ee U^; 6. 5.iva, Ac Tô-^s, Ga 4^4' 25; to o., of the hill
district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of
Galilee, Mt 5^ 8^, Mk 3^^ 6*6, al. ra 6., Mt IS^^, Mk 55, He ll^s, Re ;
6^*, al. proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, "•in Ipy), of overcoming difficulties,

;
accomplishing marvels, opr] /xeîo-ravtiv, i Co 13^, cf. Mt IT^*^ 21^^,

Mk 1123.
opoCTo-o), [in LXX chiefly for IDn ,
also for ms , etc. ;] to dig
c. ace, A.7?vdv, Mt 2133; iôXrjviov, Mk 12^; y^v, Mt 25^8 (cf. 8i-,
i^-opvcr(T<a).f
6p<|)ai'ds, -v, -oV, [in LXX for Din^ ;] 1. prop., orphan, father-
less : Mk 12**^, WH, mg, Ja V''^. 2. In a general sense (as also in cl.
V. LS, s.v. ; and cf. MM, xviii), her eft, friendless, desolate: Jo 14i^t
opxôfjiai, -ovfiai, [in LXX for ipi , etc. ;] to dance ; Mt 11^^ 14*',
Mk 622, Lk 732.t
the postpositive article {ap6pov vTroraKTiKov).
OS, rj, o,
I. As demonstr. pron. = oStos, dSe, this, that, also for aurds,
chiefly in nom. os 8c, but he (cf. ^ Se d?, freq. in Plat.), Mk 152^, Jo

:
511 8? /tev
; S? 8e, the one the other, Mt 21^5 22^ 25^5, Lk 2333,
. . . . . .
2i8,
Ac 27*\ Ro 145, I Co 1121, II Co Ju 22; neut., 8 /;i^ . . . 8 8i, the
one . . . the other, some . . Mt 13^' 23^ Ro 92^;
. some, os (o) /xev . . .
(5Uos (aAAo)) . . . £T€pos (-0), Mk 4.\ Lk 8^, i Co 128-io ; oSs/xcV, absol.,

I Co 1228 S5 ; ^^ . . . 6 8i, Ro 142.
II. As
who, which, what, that ; 1. agreeing in gender
relat. pron.,
with antecedent, but differently governed as to case Mt 2^*, Lk 9®,
its :
Ac 20^8, Ro 22^, al. mult. 2. In variation from the common con-

struction (a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the
;
antecedent 15^", Ga 3^", Eph 6^^, al.

: Mk
constr. ad sensum Jo 6^, ; :
Col 2^^, I Ti 3^6, Re 13^*, al. (b) in number, constr. ad sensum Ac ;

:
153", II Pe 31 (c) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent

;
(Bl., Jo 418, Ac 321, Ro 15i8, i Co 6^9, Eph l^, al. 3. The

§ 50, 2) :
neut. d with nouns of other gender and wdth phrases, which thing,
which term : Mk 3^7 12*2, Jq 139^ Col 3^*, al. with a sentence, Ac 232, ;
Ga 21*^, I Jo 28, al. 4. With ellipse of a demonstrative (oSros or cxctvos),

before or after: before, Mt 202 3, Lk 7*3, Ro lO^*, al.; after, Mt 1038,
Mk 9***, Jo 1922, Ro 2\ al. 5. Expressing purpose, end or cause : Mt
1110 (^/j,o ^ ij^df^ C. prep, as peri- /jg may), Mk I2, He 12^ al. 6.
phrasis for conjc. avff wv ( = dvri TovTOiv wv), because, Lk I2*, al. :
wherefore, Lk 123 e<^' w, since, for that, Ro 5^2 d^' ov, since (tem- ; ;
poral), Lk 1325 l^ oZ, whence, Phi 320 etc. 7. With particles

; 8s av ; :
{lav), v.s. S.V, lav ; OS Kai, Mk 3^9, Jo 2120, JJq 52^ al. ; 8s Kal airo^, Mt
27^'^. Gen., ov, absol., as adv. (v.s. 01!).
8.
oCTdKis «]dcros), relat. adv., as often as: seq. idv (q.v.), i Co
1125,26, Relie.t
3<rye = os ye, V.S. ye.

oaios, -ov (so sometimes in cl., but most freq. -a, -ov), [in LXX
chiefly for TDn , also for lini^ , "IBP , D'âri ;] religiously right, right-
eous, pious, holy : of men, Tit 1^. He 7^^ ; by meton., 6. x^P^?. i Ti 2'
(cf. De 32*); of God, Ee 15* IG^; as subst., 6 5., of the Messiah,

Ac 227 1335 (LXX); rk 5. AavelS t. Tnard (Field, Notes, 121), Ac
1334 {LXX)_t
SVN. : V.S. ayios (cf. also DB, ii, 399^ ; iv, 352'', and ref. s.v. -ii^).
6<noTT]s, -r/Tos, 17 «oo-to?), [in LXX: De 9^ (l^T') , i Ki 14",

III Ki 9* (on, DâPl), Pr 1432, Wi 222 S^^ 93 1430*.] ^^^^^^ holiness:
asSOC. with hiKaioa-uvq, Lk V^, Eph 42*.t

SYN. : V.S. aytos.
holily
oCTi'us
: 6.
« 00-109), adv., [in
koI StKattos k. d/AeyaTrTws (on the distinction
LXX: iii Ki 8^^ Wi 6^"*;] piously,
here between these
synonyms, v. M, Th., 24 f.), i Th 2io.t
6aft.r\, -rj<s, rj (ô^to), [in LXX chiefly for H"^"!;] a smell, odour
Jo 123; metaph. (EV, savour), 11 Co 2^*'^"; of the effect of sacrifice
(cf. ryrisy 0"'T , Ge 821, al., V.S. fitoSta), o. €i;a)Sias, Eph 52, Phi 4i8.t
OCToi', V.S. ocros.

-t], -ov, correlat. of too-oiitos, how much, how many, how
oaos,
how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus); (a) of
great,
number and quantity: m. pi, Mt 1436, Mk 3^^ Eo 2^2, al.; n. pi.
Mt 1712, Mk Lk 118, al. 7ran-es (Travra) o., Mt 13*6, Lk 4*°, al.
1021, ;
seq. ovTot (ravTa), Eo 8^*, Phi 48; c. indie, Mk Q^^, Ee 3^^; c. subjc.
Mk 328, al. 5. 6.v, Mt 1&^, Jo II22, al.
; {h) of measure and degree ;
Mk 38, Lk 839, Ac 9^3; in compar. sent., oo-ov seq. fxaKKov, Mk V^

Kaff ocrov, c. compar.. He 33; seq. to(tovto, He T^^; ovtws, He 92^
roaovTia, c. compar. seq. oa-m, c. compar., He 1*; k ocrov, inasmuch
as, Mt 25*«>*^ Eo 11^3; (c) of space and time: Ee 21^^; «>' oo-ov, as
long as, Mt 9^5, 11 Pe li3; ^</,' 5. xpoVov, Eo 7^ i Co 739, Ga 4^; In
fUKpov oa-ov oaov, yet how very short a time, He 103^ (^^^^).
OOTTCp, V.S. OS.

ooTôi' (Att. contr. oo-ToCr, -ov, and so Jo, I.e.), -ov, to, [in LXX
chiefly for Oyy;] a bone: contr., Sarovv (v. supr.), Jo 1936(Lxx)j
uncontr. (as in Horn., Hdt.), oo-rea, Lk 2439; Sareiov, Mt 232^, He 1122.t

oCTTis, ^TLs, o Ti LS, s.v. WH,
(also written o, ti and oTt ; v. ;
§ 411 Tdf.,
; Pr., Ill), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91),
the only instance of the oblique cases being found in Iws otov (v.s. Iws),
relative of indef. reference (related to simple os as Lat. quisquis
to qui), whoever, anyone who ; (a) of an indef. person or thing in :
general statements, Mt 539. *i 13^2, and freq., Lk 142^, Ga 5*. al. ; in

relative sentences, Mt 72^, Lk 157, Phi 3^, al.; ttSs o., c. indie,
Mt 72* 1032 .
-
subjc, Mt 1250 1312^ Jo 1413^ I Co 162, Ga 51'',
S.V (eav), c.
al.; (6) of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either
generic, ivhich, as other like things, or essential, ivhich by its very

nature " (Hort on i Pe 2^^), who is such as : Mt 2^ 7^^^ Lk 2i» 7"
Jo 8^3, Ac 7'\ Ro 62, I Co 3^^ Ga 42^, Eph P^, al. (c) where the ;
relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92),

seeing that he {it, therj), and he {it, they) Lk 8^ 10*2, Ac lO^^ 1128, :
Phi 4^ al.; {d) as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl., § 50, 1 M, Pr., I.e.), ;
differing but little from o"s Lk 2^ 9=*^ Ac 17i«, Re 121^. :
oo-TpdKii'os -r), -01/ (<^ odTpaKov, an earthen vessel or potsherd),
[in LXX chiefly for izriH ;] made of clay, earthen : ii Co 4J, ii Ti 22o.t
* ocr(f)pT)(ns, -€OJs, rj (ocr<^paiVo/i,at, to smell), the sense of smell, smell-

ing : I Co 121' .t
6(t4>us, -vos, 7], [in LXX chiefly for D'^JIID , also for ]^bn , etc. ;]
the loin: Mt 3*, Mk

metaph., Trepi^wvwa-dai (dva^-) t. oo-^vas,
1^;
Lk 12^^, 6^^, I Pe Eph
1^^; regarded, as by the Hebrews, as the seat
of generative power. He 7^'!"; metaph., Kapiro'i t. 6o-<^vos, Ac 2^''.
oxai' (for 6t av = ore av), temporal particle, with a conditional
sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future
1. prop., xvhenever ; (a) c. subjc. praes. : Mt 62'^, Mk 14''', Lk 11^^,
Jo 727, Ac 2335, I Co Mt 2629, Mk 1425;
34, al. ; eV r. 77/xepas c'/cciVt,?, ?,.,
seq. TOTc, I Th 53 {h) c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 185)

;
Mt 5", Mk 4l^ :
Lk 622, Jo 210 828 (Field, Notes, 94), 10*, al. 2. As in Hom. (LS, s.v.),
but not in el. prose, c. indie, when (M, Pr., 167 f. ; Bl., § 65, 9)
c.impf., Mk 3" (cf. Ge 38«, al.) ; c. praes., Mk
112^ ; e. fut.. Re 4^
(Swete, in 1.); c. aor., Mk ll^^, Re 8^ (Swete, in 11.; M, Pr., 168, 248;
Field, Notes, 35).
temporal particle (correlat. of TroVe, roVe), when; c. indie,
0T6,
(so generally in cl., but also c. optat., subjc. LS, s.v.), most freq. ;
c. aor., Mt 925, Mk 132, l^ 4^5, Jo V^, Ac l^^, Ro 13", Ga li^, Ee l^',

al. c. impf., Mk 14^2, Jo 211^, Ro 620, i Th 3*, al.
; c. pf., si7ice, now ;
that, I Co 13" (B, kyivîjirjv); c. praes., Mk ll^, Jo 9*, He 9^^ c. fut.

(Hom. ; of a def. fut. as opp. to the indef. fut. of orav c. subjc), Lk I722,
Jo 421, 23 525 1625^ Eo 2i« (T, txt., mg.), 11 Ti 4^ (in all which WH,
instances, and c. pres., Jo, I.e., o. follows a subst. of time, and is
equiv. to a rel. phrase, eV w or 17).
OTOU, V.S. OCTTIS.

conjc. (prop. neut. of ocms).
oTi,
I. As conjc, introducing an
objective clause, that; 1. after verbs
of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling Mt S'^ 6^2 1125, 328, : Mk
Lk 2*9, Jo 222, Ac 413, Eo 113 838 109, Phi 415, Ja 22*, al. ; elliptically, Jo
6*®, Phi 312, al. 2. After c'l/at {yivio-Oai) : defining a demonstr. or pers.
pron., Jo 319 1619, Ro 9^, i Jo S^\ al. ; c. pron.'interrog., Mt 82^, Mk
4*1, Lk 436, Jo 422^ al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2*9, Ac 5*. 9, al.; 3.
Untranslatable, before direct discourse (on recitantis) Mt 723, mJj 216, :
Lk lî, Jo 12", Ac 151, He lli*, al. (on the pleonastic ws oVt, v.s. 0)9).
II. As causal particle, /or that, becatise : Mt 5*- 12, Lk 620.21, Jq iso
527, Ac 15, I Jo 4i«, Re 3i«, al. mult.; 8ta tovto Sn, Jo 8*' IQi^ al.;
answering a question (8ta ti), Bo 9^2, al. ; ovy on . . . dAA' on, Jo

626 126.
oS (prop, gen, of os), adv. of place, where, whither ; (a) in answer

to the question "where?" (= ubi) Mt 2^ 182«, Lk 4i«,i7 2353^ Ac V^ :
22 729 1212 1613 206.8 2510 281*, Ro 926 (Lxx)^ Col S\ He Sm^^^\ Ee
171^ of condition, Eo 4^^ 52**, 11 Co 3^^ ; (b) in answer to the question
;
"whither?" (=quo): Mt 28i6, Lk lO^ 2428; geq. idv, c. subic,

1 Co 166.t
oil, before a vowel with smooth breathing ovk, before one with
rough breathing ovx (but improperly ovx l8ov, Ac 2"^, WH, mg. cf. ;
WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for ify , Jîi , •ps;] neg.
used generally c. indie, and for a denial of fact (cf /xr/)

particle, not, no, .
1. oiJ, no : Mt IS^^ Jo lî 2V; oi oZ, Mt 5=^^ Ja 5^2.

absol. (accented),
2. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt l^^ 1026. ^^, Mk 32*
937, Jo 829, Ac 75, Eo 1^6, Phi 33, al. in litotes, o^k 6\iyoL (i.e. very ;
many), Ac 17*, al. ovk aar)iJio<;, Ac 21^^; ttus ; ov, c. verb, (like . . .
Heb. xb b2), no, none,

. . . Mt 2422, Mk 132«, Lk 1^7, Eph 5^, al.; in
disjunctive statements, ovk . . . aX\d, Lk
Jq 133^ jjq g2o^ ^d. 8^2^ ; c.
2 pers. fut. (like Heb. iib , c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4J,

Lk 4}^, EoWith another negative, (a) strengthening the
77, al. 3.
negation Mk 5^\ Jo 8^^
: 12^9, Ac 839, al. (b) making an affirmative ;
Ac 420, I Co 12^^. 4. With other particles oi /xr} (v.s. ov fi-qKin, : /jirj) ;
Mt 21^9 with ix-q interrog., Eo W^, i Co 9*' ^ 11^2. 5. Interrogative,

;
expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne) : Mt 626, Mk 421, Lk 11*",

Jo 43s, Eo 921, al.
*tou(£, interj. of wonder or irony, ah ! ha ! : Mk 1529.t

+ ouai, interj. of grief or denunciation, [in LXX for în îX etc. ;] , ,
alas ! woe ! most freq. c. dat. pers., Mt II21 23^*, Mk13^^ 1421^ Uj-
62*-26, Ju vocat. (nom.), Ee 18i«' 16, i9
11, al. ; c. (cf. Is 12*, al.) ; c. ace,
Ee 1212, seq. U, 8^3; c. dat. seq. diro (v. M, Pr., 246), 18^. As Mt
subst., I Co 9i« (cf. Je 6*); ^ oi., Ee 9^2 11^; pi., 9^2; Ee
oi., oi., oi.,
Ee 813.
**ou8afAa)s «ouSa/ics, not even one), adv., [in ii-iv MaCg*;] LXX :
in no wise, by no means : Mt 26 (OT).t

ouSe, negative particle, related to ijnqhi as oi to ix-rj.
6i^, Lk 163i,
I. As conjc, and not, also not, neither, nor : Mt Eo
415, a\.; oi ov8l Mt 51^
. IO2*, Mk
. 422,
. Lk 6*3,44^ Jq 62*, Ac 227, Eo
228, al. (v. Bl., § 77, 10).
II. As adv., not even: Mt 629, Mk 63i, Lk 79, i Co 5^; oiSk cTs,
Ac 432, Eo 310 (i-^x).

ouSeis, -Sefita, -Sev (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -^cis,
-94v, Lk 2235 2314, Ac 159 1927 2626, j Co 132, 11 Co IP; cf. BL, § 6, 7;
M, Pr., 56a', Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to fx-qBei's as oi to /xy, no, no
one, none : with nouns, Lk 424, Jq io41^ Eo
8i, al.
; absol., Mt 62*, Mk
18i«, Eo
327, Lk 161, Jo 118^ Ac 147, al. mult. ; c. gen. partit., Lk 426,
Jo 1328, al.; neut., oi8«/, Mt IO26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 936, Ac 18i7,
al. ; ot'Stv el fxrj, Mt 5^^, Mk 9-^ al. c. neg., strengthening the negation,
;
Mk 15*. 5, Lk 42, Jo 327, al. ;adverbially, Ac 251", Ga 4^2, al.

ouSc'-TTojc, adv., [in LXX : Ex 10« (sh), etc.;] never: Mt T^^
Q^s
2G»^ Mk 212, Lk 152^ Jo 7^«, Ac IQi* 11« 148, i Co 138, He lO^' ^\

Interrog., Mt 211^' "2, Mk 2'-''.f
oiSe'TTw, adv., [in LXX Ex :

9^^ (D^W) * ;] not yet : Lk 23^3^ Jo 7^9
19*1 20'-», Ac 816.
OU061S, V.S. oiSeis.

ouKCTt, neg. adv. of time, [in LXX chiefly for Tiy c. neg., iib , etc. ;]
710 longer, no more : Mt 19«, Mk lO^, Lk lb'^\ Jo Eo 6^ Ga 32^

4*2,
Eph 21^ He 10^8, al. ; c. neg. (to strengthen the negation), Mt 22*«,
Mk 53, Ac 839, al.
ouKouf, adv. {<ôvKovv, not therefore), vrith the negative element
lost, therefore, so theti : Jo 18^'^.
ouy, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never

standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then : Mt S^*^, Lk 3^,
Jo 838, Ac 121, Eo 59, Lk ll^s, Ac 31^,
al. ; in exhortations, Mt S^,
Eo in questions,
612, al. ; Eo &\ al. con-
Mt 13-8, Mk I512, Jo 8 1^], ;
tinuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt l^^, Lk 3^8,

Jo 122 218 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 2622, al. apa ovv (v.s. apa) ; ;
€7r€i ovv, He 21*; ovv c. ptcp. (= eWi ovv), Ac 230, Eo 51, al.; iav ovv
(where ovv rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 523, Lk 4'',
Jo 6«2, Eo 226, al. oZv, Jo 41, al. ; <l,s
ouTTu, neg. adv. of time, not yet Mt 24«, Mk 13^ Jo 2* 32* 6I', al. :
c. neg., Mk II2, Lk 23^3; interrog., Mt 16», Mk

4*o 8i''2i.
o6pd, -as, V, [in LXX for 137 a tail Ee 91O' i^ 12*.t ;] :
oipdyio<5, -ov (cl. usually -a, -ov), [in LXX De 28i2 A (Q-lOCr), etc. ;] :
5*8 61*' 20, 32 1513 1835 239, Lk 2i3, Ac 26i9.t

of or in heaven, heavenly Mt :
** oupaco'eeK
Ac 1417 26i3.t
«
oupavos), adv., [in LXX IV Mac 4"* * ;] from heaven :
oupai/o's, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for UîytS (hence, often pi., 61 ov.,
v. infr.);] heaven; 1. of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky

and the aerial regions above the earth : opp. to rj yrj. He li**, 11 Pe 3^» i^
the world, the universe, Mt 518, Mk Lk IO21, 133i,

6 ov. Kttl ^ y^, i.e.
Ac 42*, Ee lO", al. oltt a/cpwv ov. Iws a. avrwv (on

; the absence of art. aft.
243i;
prep., V. BL, §46, 5), Mt virh t6v ov., Ac 2^, Col 123; ^êîvai
C'WS ToD ov., fig., Mt 1123, Lk 1015 O-T^/Xelov €»C TOV OV., Mt 161, Mk 811,
;
al.
at vc<îXai ToO ov., Mt 2430, al. ra TreTfiva tov ol., Mt 626, Mk 432,
; al.
3i6, Mk
oh., Ee 613, al.; pi. {ol) ov. (Bl., § 32, 5), Mt
lio,
ol 6.cTripes ToS
Jo 132, II Pe 37,13^ al. 2. Of the abode of God and other blessed
beings: of angels, Mt 2436, Mk 1225, Ga 18, Ee IQi, al.; of Christ
glorified, Mk 16n9], Lk 245i, Ac 321, Eo 106, al. ; of God, Mt 53*,Eo lis,
al.; 6 HarV o Iv roh ou. (Dalman, Words, 184 ff.), Mt 516 61, al.
e-qa-avpos iv ov., Mt 62«, Mk 1021, al. 3. By meton., (a) ofthe inhabit-

ants of heaven : Ee I820 (cf. ib. I212, Jb ISi^, Is 4423) •
(j) as an evasive
reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words,

204 ff.) Mt 2125,
: Mk
1V\ Lk IS^^, Jo 3^7 al. ^ ySoo-iActa riv oi. (= tov ;
0£o£); V.S. ySacriXcta),

OopPofo's, -ov, 6 (Lat. Urhanus), Urban : Eo 16^.+
Oupias, -ou, 6 (Heb. nj'TIX), fJrm/i ; Mt l^.t
ous, gen., tiro's, TO, [in LXX chiefly for ]|N ;] the ear : Mt 13^*',
Mk 733, Lk
2250, I Co 29 12^\ i Pe 3^2 ; t. <io-i', Lk 421 eh t. S>Ta h ;
aKovecrOai, Ac 7^^ ycvecrOai, Lk 1*^ eicrip^^ta-Bat, Ja 5*

;
€ts t. ov<i Olkovuv, ; ;
Mt 102"; Trpos T. oJs XaAe^v, Lk 12^; ra w. o-we'xciv (MM, xviii), Ac 7"'.

Metaph., of understanding, perceiving, knowing: Mt 13^^; 6 Ix^v
(et Tts Ix*') °^^ iiKOva-arui, Re 2^» ^^» ^"' 29 3®' ^3> 22 ^^39 •
^ It^^v (os £x^'> " ''"'•^
Ixct) olira (dKOuW) d/coveVco, Mt 11^5 139' ^^ Mk 49-23 7I6 (Jj^ jj^g)^ Lk S^
1435 ; Tols (i. ySapcws <lKou€tv, Mt 1315, Ac 282^ (LXX) ; 5. Ixoi'tcs ovk
ttKOuctv, Mk 8^^; w. TOV fxr] oiKomLV, Eo 11^; BiaOf. £ts to, w,, Lk 9"**;
iTrepLTfjLr]TO<i rots w., Ac 75^.+

**ouaia, -as, 17 {<ôva-a, fem. part, of «/i,t), [in LXX: To 14^^^
II Mac 32s*;] substance, property : Lk 15^2, 13 f
ouTe, negative particle, related to fjbê as ov to ^^, and not,
neither, nor : ov8tls . . . ovre, Ee 5* ; oiSk . . . ovre, Ga 1^2 ; q^t^ , , ,
Ktti, Jo 4^1; after a question with //.r; interrog., Ja

3^2; o{;^j ^ _ , o*^^^
neii/ier . . . nor, Mt 620, Mk 1225, Jo 421, Ac 15^0, S^s.^s, Eo Ga 5«, al.
oijTos, avTT;, tovto, gen., TOirrou, ravrr^s, toiôu, [in LXX chiefly for
nj, nxt;] demonstr. pron. (related to iKetvo's as /lie to ille), this;
1. as subst., this one, he ; (a) absol. Mt ^^\ 9^ Lk 7^*> "5, Jo 1^5, : Mk
Ac 215, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 1355.56^ 62.3, Jq 6*2, al.; Mk
eis TOVTO, Mk
V^^, Eo 149; /i,€Ta tovto (Tavra V. Westc. on Jo S^), ;
Jo 2^2 W,
al. (6) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes)
; Mt 5^9, :
Mk 335, Lk 9*8, Jo 6*«, Eo 710, al.; (c) proleptic (referring to what

follows) seq. ha (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1*3, Jo 3^9 (and freq.) 15«, Eo 149,
:
al. seq. Sti, Lk 10", Jo 93o, Ac 241*, Rq 23, al.

; otto)?, Eo 9^7 liv, ; ;
Jo 1335 (d) special idioms tovto /xev

; t. Se (cl), partly : . . . . . .
partly. He 103^; kol tovto (tovtov, TavTa), and that (him) too, Eo 13ii,
I Co 22, He 1112 ô5^' ^^^^^ ^J^(^l ^g ^^ ^^^^ Mt 27*^.
.
2. As adj., c.
subst.; {a) c. art. (a) before the art. Mt 1232, 92 9, Lk 7*^ Jo
4i5, : Mk
Eo 112*, Re 199, al. (y8) after the noun Mt 39, ;
12i«, Lk 113i, : Mk
Jo 413, Ac 613, Ro 1528^ I Co po^ Re 22*, al. {b) c. subst. anarth. (with ;
predicative force Bl., § 49, 4) Lk 136 22 2421, Jo 2" 45* 21i*, 11 Co 13i.
; :
ouTws, rarely (Bl., § 5, 4; App., 146 f.) ovTuy, adv. «olto9), WH,
[in LXX chiefly for ]5;] in this way, so, thus; 1. referring to
what precedes: Mt 516 63o, Mk 10*3 1459, l^ 125 2^8 157, Jq 38,
Eo 115, I Co 812, al. o{;tu)s /cat, Mt 1712, Mk 1329, al. pleonastically,
;
;
resuming a ptcp. (cl. v. Bl., § 74, 6), Ac 20" 271^. 2. Eeferring

;
to what follows Mt lis 69, Lk 193i, Jo 21i, i Pe 2i5 bef. quotations

: ;
from OT, Mt 25, Ac 7«, i Co 15*5, He 4*. 3. C. adj. (marking

intensity): He 122i, Ee 16i^; similarly c. adv., Ga 1® (cl.). 4. As
nredicate (Bl., §76, 1): Mt lis 933, Mk 2i«2 4?\ Eo 418 920, i Pe
2^*; ov. €)^€Lv (Lat. sic or ita se habere), Ac 7\ al. ; eKaOi^tro ov. (as
he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 5. In comparison, 4^.
with correlative adv. KaOd-rrep ov., Eo 12*' ^, al. Ka6w<; : . . . ; . . .
ov., Lk 113«, al. ov. KaOm, Lk 24^*, al. is

; ov., Eo S^^, al.
. . . ; . . .
ov. .u)s, Mk 42«, al; wcnrep

. . ov., Mt 1240, al.; ov. ov., . . . . . .
I Co 77.
oox, V.S. ov.

strengthened form of ov, not ; (a) in neg. sentences, not,
ooxi,
not at all Lk l*"" 12''\ Jo 13^", al. {h) more freq. in questions where
: ;
an affirm, ans. is expected (Lat. nonne) Mt S***'*^, Lk 6^^, Jo 11^, al.

«
:
* 6(|)ei\e'Tiis, -ov, 6 6<^6tAw), a debtor : c. gen. (of the amount),

Mt 18''*. Metaph., of obligation or duty in general, with reference to
favours received or injury done, etc. Mt 6^^, Eo l^'* 8^^ 15^"^, Ga 5^ of : ;
sinners, in relation to God (= Heb. 2.-TI; cf. Si (Heb) B^^^ Lk IS^.t
*t6<}>€iXTi, -rjs, 7] (<;o<^€tA.a>), a debt: Mt 18^^; metaph., one's due:

Eo 13', I Co 73 (found also in tt. ; v. Deiss., BS, 221 ; MM, xviii).t
6<t)eiXTj/ia, -Tos, t6 « 6<êtA.a)), [in LXX De 24i» : (nxizro), i Es

S^**, I Mac 15^ * ;] that which is owed, a debt Eo 4* : ; metaph. (as
Aram, nin , Xnin), of sin as a debt, Mt B^^.t
6<j)ca«, [in LXX De : 152, ig 242 (ntzr: , X2?3), Ez 18' (mn), Wi

1215.20^ al.;] to owe, be a debtor: c. ace. rei, Mt 1828, Lk 7"! 16^,
Phm^^j i^_ Q ât. pers., Mt 18^^, Lk 16^. Pass., to be owed, to be
due: T. oeêiXo/i-evov, Mt 1830-34. Metaph.: absol. (= Eabbinic n^n;
V. McNeile, in 1.), Mt 23i*''i8;
c. ace. rei et dat. pers., Eo 13*; c. inf.,
to bebound or obliged to do (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 50), Lk IT^, Jo 13^*
19^ Ac 1729, Eo 15i'27, I Co 510 736 9i« 11-' 10, 11 Co 121*, Eph 528, 11 Th
He
13 2^3, 12, I Jo 2^7 53.
Jo 2" Sê 4i\ in « ;(u<^€iAov o-Wcrrao-ât, I ought
to Imve been commended, 11 Co 12". In peculiar Aram, sense of
having wronged one (v.s. 6(j}eLXr)ixa but ; cf. also Inscr. afiapriav oiêtAw,
Deiss., BS, 225), c. dat. pers., Lk ll'* (cf. 7rpoa--oêtAto).+
2 aor. of o^ciAw, without the augment (v. M, Pr., 201„),
o<j>cXok',
used to express a fruitless wish [in (with aor. indie.) Ex 163 ;

LXX :
(]ri^-^p), Nu 143(2) 203 (,^)^ pg 118 (119)^ (•'i?nx), etc.;] in cl. with an
infin.(chiefly poet.), would that: with indie, aor., i Co 4^ ; impf.,
IICo 11\ Ee 31^ fut., Ga 5^2 (a practicable wish, v. Bl., 206 f., 220.
The construction with indie, is only found in late writers. )+
(<^ oê'AAw, to increase), [in
o(êXos, -ovs, to Jb 15^ LXX :
i«.+
(bm hi.)* ;] advantage, help : i Co 1532, Ja 2^^'
*t 64>0aX(io-8ooXio (Eec. -eia), -a?, r/ {<^6(p6a\iJ.6<;, SovAos), eye-service
Eph 6«, Col 322 (not found elsewhere).
64»0aX(j,o's, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for yv ;] the eye (as in cl.,
chiefly pi.) Mt 538, 9*^ Lk 6^\ Jo 9«,

: Mk al. ; tous 6. iôpvaa-eiv (fig.),
Ga 4^^; eVdpai, Lk 62", Jo 6^; droiâ-, Ac 9'*0; id., of restoring sight,
Mt 2033, Jo 91*', al. ; iw pLirfi 6(f>6akfiov, 1 Co 15*2 . ^y anthropom., of
God, He 413, I Pe 3^2 ;

pleonastically Thackeray, Gr., 42 f.), etSoi/
(cf.
OL 6. iwv, Lk 230 (similarly, ib. 42« lO^^, Jo i Co 2^, i Jo 1^ Ee 1^).
12*0,
Metaph. (as otherwise in cl. ; v. LS, s.v.) ;
(a) of ethical qualities
o. 7rov7?/jos (meton., for envy; cf. Heb. n ]"]5r, Pr 28^2; cf. Si Id^"
34"), Mt 622.23, Mk 722, Lk 11«4; dTrAors, Mt 622, Lk 113*; ^Tri^v/ti'a
(q.v.) 6(f>daXfiS>v (cf. Ec 4^, Si 149), i Jq 2^6 ; 6. /xeo-rot fxoLxaXiSo?, II Pe
214; (6) of mental vision : Mt 13i5, Mk 8^^, Lk 19*2, Jo 12*«, Eo ll^,
Ga 3\ Eph 1^^, al, ; if o^âA/Aois seq. gen. (on the absence of the art.,
v.Bl, § 46, 9„; M, Pr., 81), Mt 21*2, Mk
12^\
o<}>is, -€0js, 6, [in LXX chiefly for UfUl ;] a serpent, symke : Mt 7^",
Mk 1618, Lk 1019 1111, Jo 314, I Co 10^, Ee Qi^; as typical of wisdom

and cunning, Mt IQi^ 23^3, 11 Co ll^ (cf. Ge 3i) ; of Satan (cf. Ge 31,
Wi 223.24, IV Mac 18^), Ee 129.14.1^ 202.t
6<|>pus, -W9, ri, [in LXX : Le 14" {j^V na) * ;] an eyebrow, the
brow of a hill Lk 429.t :
**6x"os, -o5, 6 (<6x€o>, to carry), [in Sm. Jb 222*, Ps 64 (65)10, :
al. ;] 1. a water-pipe, channel. 2. the intestinal canal : Mk 71®,

WH, mg. (for d<^68/3wv).t
**6xXe'«, -w «5x'ôs), [in LXX: To 6^, Mac 5«*;] to move, m
disturb hence, generally, to trouble, vex
; : pass., Ac 51" (act. absoL,
= pass., to be in a tumult, iii Mac, I.e. ; cf. iv-, -irap-ev-oxXiu), and v.
MM, xviii).t
*t oxXo-iroicu, -S, to gather a crowd, make a riot : Ac 17^ (not else-
where) .t
oxXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ]inn (chiefly in Da th), b''j:i, bnp^,
etc. ;] 1. a moving crowd or multitude of persons, a throng : Mt 923,

Mk 2\ Lk 51, Jo 513, al. ;
pi., Mt 51, Mk IQi, Lk 3^, and freq. 5. ;
ifcavos, Mk 10*«, al.; roo-oiVros, Mt 1533; ov /xer oxôv, Ac 241^; ^rep

SxXov, Lk 22« ; ttSs 6 o., Mt I32, Mk 2i3, al.
; 6. ttoAv's (tt. o.), Mt 2029,
Mk 521, al. ; 6 ttoAvs 6. {6. tt.), the popiilace, the common people, Mk 123^
(Swete, in 1. Field, Notes, 37), Jo 129 (Westc, in 1.). 2. (As also cl,
;
opp. to S^/xos, q.v., and cf. Tr., Syn., § xcviii), the populace, the
common people (cf. 6 iroXU 6., supr.), Mt 14^ 2126, Mk I212, Jo 712*'; so
with contempt (cl.), Jo 7*9^ Jn ^ more general sense, a multitude
c. gen., ovo/ActTwj' (v.s. o.), Ac li^ ;
p,ady]Twv, Lk 6i^, al.
oxopwfia, -Tos, TO {<C6xvp6<a, to fortify, make firm), [in LXX for
"ISâ etc. a strongJwld, fortress (Ps 88 (89)*o, Na 312. i*
, ;] al.) ; in
LXX and NT, also metaph. of that in which confidence is placed

(Pr 1029 2122, al.) : 11 Co 10*.t
**6^6.piov, -ov, TO (dimin. of cooked meat; (2) a relish or oif/ov, (1)

dainty, esp. fish, cf. MGr. to ij/dpL, fish ; in comic poets and late prose
writers only), [in LXX: To 22 x (B, 2i/.o./)*;] fish: Jo 69." 219.io.i».+
Q^fi, adv. of time, [in LXX : Ge 24ii, Ex 30^ (niy , n^S")yn ]^5),
Je223; T^ ig 511 in the day,

^.^ (pj^3)*;] 1. long after, late. 2. late
at evening (opp. to TrpwC) in late writers used almost as an indecl.

;
noun (v. MM, xviii) ll^.i^ 13=*^ : Mk

3. C. gen., late in or on; and,
in late writers also after (M, Pr., 72 f.), a sense which seems to be
required in Mt 28i.t
** 6\|/ia, -as, 7], v.s. 6ij/io<s.
54/ipos, -ov «6ipi), [in LXX: De 1V\ Pr W, Ho 6M3), Jl 2^3,
Za IQi, Je 524 (ryipi?)^), Ex 9^2 (bÊX)*;] poet, and late for o./.ios,
Zaie; v€t6s o., i/ie Zaiier ram (v. DB, s.v. "rain"), with ellipsis of
{-6T0S (v. WM, 740), Ja S^.t
**o«|/ios, «o.//€), Zaê ; ^ alpa,
-a, -oy Ipi (Eec, Mk WH, mg.).
In late writers, 17 dij/M (sc. wpa), as subst., evening [in LXX : Jth 13^ *]
Mt 816 1415. 23 162 208 2620 27", 1^2 4^5 6*' 141^ 15*2, Jo Mk G^^, 20i9.t
o\|/is, -€ws, 7], [in LXX chiefly for n?«flO;] 1. the act of seeing,
the sense of sight. 2. face, countenance : Jo 11**, Ee 1^^. 3. apjjear-

ance : Kar 6. KpLvav (v. xviii), Jo 72*.t MM,
**t oi)/(oi'ioi', -ov, TO (<ôi//ov — v.s. ovi/dptov —and (iieo/i-ai), [in LXX:
I Es 4^6, I Mac 14^2 *j] i
provisions, provision-money, soldiers'
32*^
pay: Lk 3^*, i Co 9". 2. Generally, wages, hire: 11 Co 11*; o. t^s

d/iapr/as, Eo 623 (y. Deigg, £S, 148, 266) .t
n
n, TT, m, pi, p, the sixteenth letter. As a numeral, •tt' = 80,
TT = 80,000.
tTraviSeuw «7rayt's), [in LXX: I Ki 28^ (iyp3 hith.), Ec 912
(tZTiT pu.) * ;] to ensnare: metaph., c. ace, Iv \6y(j^, Mt 22^^ (not
elsewhere) .t
Trayis, -tSos, rj « 70771/^/11) ,

[in LXX for TVO , 'a:0'Ci , IWl, etc.;]
poet. (Aristoph., al.) and late for Tray?/, a trap, snare; metaph. (as
also in cl.) Lk 21^5, : Eo lisd-xx)^ i Ti 3' 6^, 11 Ti 226.t
flayos, V.S. "Apetos.
* Tra'9T)|jia, -tos, to {îracrx*^), like ird.6o<i, 1. that which befalls one,
a suffering, affliction : pi., Eo Co ",
8i«, 11 1«' Col I2*, 11 Ti 3", He 2io
1032, I Pe 5»; of Christ's sufferings: ra cts X., i Pe l^^; t. Xpto-roC,
I Pe 51; id. as shared by Christians, 11 Co 1^, Phi 310, i Pe 412. 2. a

passive emotion, affection, passion : Ga 52* ; t. dp.apriaJi', Eo 7^. 3. = to
Trdo-xciv, aw enduring or suffering : c. gen. obj., He 2^.t
SJW. .-
v.s. TTttÔS.
*Tra0riTo's, ->?, -ov (-^Trdo-xw), 1. one w/io has suffered. 2. subject
to suffering (E, mg., v. M, Pr., 222) or destined to suffer (AV, E, txt.)
Ac 2623.t
TTaOos, -ov?, Td «7r({o-xa)), [in LXX: Jb 30^1 (b^X), Pr 252o, and

very freq. in iv Mac (1^^-, al.)*;] that which befalls
like TrdOrjixa; 1.
one, that which one suffers. 2. a passive emotion or affection (esp. of

violent emotion), a passion, passionate desire; in NT always in bad

sense : Col 3^ ; tt. dn/xtas, Eo 12« ; tt. lTrLdvfxia<;, I Th i^.t
Syn, : TT. = the more concrete and
irdOrj/jia, exc, that irddrj/jia is
particular. In NT usage, tt. represents the passive, ungoverned

aspect of evil desire, as opp. to iTnOvfj-ta, which is the active and also
the more comprehensive term (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxxvii) cf. also 6pe$is. ;
* iraiSaywyo's, -ov, 6 (-eC^Trats, ayw), a guide, guardian, trainer of

boys, a tutor (disting. from BiSdaKaXos, Xen., Lac, 3, 1), usually a
trusty slave opp. to iraTrjp, I Co 4}^ ; fig., of the Law, tt. eis Xpurrov,
:
Ga324.25_t
iraiSa'pioi', -ov, to, dimin. of Trais, [in LXX chiefly for "1^3 ;] a little
boy, a lad (in late and colloq. Gk. the word seems to be used with
greater latitude and even to lose its dimin. force entirely ; cf. To 6'^' *,
and V. MM, xviii) : Jo G^.t

Syn. : v.S. Trats.
iraiScia (-tct, T), -as, rj {<^TraiS€vo}), [in LXX chiefly for 1D1D;]
1. the rearing of a child (^sch.). 2. training, learning, instruction

(Plat., al.) : Eph 6^ ii Ti S^\ 3. As in LXX (Pr 3^1 15^, al.), chasten-
ing, discipline : He 12^ (i^x), 7, s, n f
iraiScoTiis, -ov, 6 «7rai8ei;'w), [in LXX: Ho 52 (iKa), Si 37^^

IV Mac 5^* 9®*;] 1. prop., a teacher, instructor: Eo 2^'^. 2. a
corrector, one who disciplines (cf. Ho, I.e.) : He 12^.t
TTaiScuu {<^7raLs), [in LXX
chiefly for ID"^;] 1. as in cl., to train
children, hence, generally, to teach, instruct : Ac 7^^, 22^, i Ti 1^*,
Tit 212. 2. As in LXX (Ps 62, Pr 1^, Wi 3^, al., and for prob. ex.
from TT., V. MM, xviii), to chasten, correct, chastise: Lk 23^^' 2^, 11 Ti
225, He 127>i0; of divine chastening, i Co 11=^2^ ^ Co 6^ He 12«,
Ee 3i9.t
Syn, : StSda-KO), q.v.

iraiSia, V.S. TraiSet'a.
iraiSioOei' (<^ TraiSiW), adv., [in LXX : Ge 47^*;] = cl. ck irai86s,
iraiSiov, from childhood : Mk 92^,t
TraiSioc, -ou, to, dimin. of Trais, [in LXX chiefly for lb;; , also for
i;?3 , p , etc., freq. in To in ref. to full-grown youth ;] a young child,
a little one: Mt 28- ^'^^^ Lk 159,66,76,80 217,27,40^ Jq I621, He IpS; of

older children, Mt 182- "- s, Mk Sâ-î 730 924, 36^ Lk 9*^' *» IS^^, Jo 4*9
in pi., Mt lli« 1421 1538 183 1913,14^ 72^ IQi^^-, Lk 722 11^ isê, Mk
He 213' 1*. Metaph., Co I420.
i Colloq. in familiar address (as Eng.
colloq., "lads"— V. M, Pr., 170^— and Irish use of "boys") Jo 21^, :
I Jo 2^3. 18 37,t
Syn. : v.S. rrais.
iraiSiaKT], -r/s, r}, dimin. of Trais, [in LXX for nUSit^ , nipK , etc. ;]
1. a young girl, a maiden (pn'StZ , Eu 4^2). 2. Colloq., a young female

slave, a maid-servant (v. Kennedy, Sources, 40 f. ; Deiss., LAE, 186,
3322) : Mt 2669, Mk 146«' ^\ Lk 12*^ 22^6, Jo IS^^, Ac 12^3 igie .

of
Hagar, Ga i^^--^'' 30(LXX). la., metaph., ib. ^Kf
SVN. : V.S. Trais.
TTaiô) «7rar?), [in LXX : Ge 2P 268, Ex 32^ (pnx pi.); and
more freq. (Jg 16", al.) for pnuf pi. ;]
prop., to play as a child, hence,
generally, to play (as with singing and dancing) i Co 10''
(lxx) ^^f^
:
€^-7raiô)).t
irois, gen., iraiSos, 6, rj, [in LXX chiefly for 1337 , also for lyj , n'iy3 ,
etc.;] 1. a child, boy, youth, viaiden : 6 ir., Mt 17^^, Lk 2'** 9*'^, Ac

2012 ; ^ TT., Lk 8^1' 5* (on the artic. nom. of address, v. M, Pr., 70 f.,
235 Bl., § 33, 4) pi., Mt 2^*^ 2V^
; ; ; of parentage, c. gen., Jo 4^1, 2.
Like Heb. 13^, Lat. puer, Fr. gargon, Eng. boy (.^sch., Aristoph.,
Xen., al.), servant, slave, attendant: Mt S^'^'^*, Lk 7" 12*^ 1526. j^
late writers (Diod., LXX : Ge dl^*", al.), of a king's attendant or
minister : Mt 14^ ; so ( = Heb. njT; l^y) tt. t. eôi (Ps 68 (69)^^
Is 418, wi 213, al.), of Israel, Lk l^*; of David, Lk l^^, Ac 4'"; of
Jesus (but V. Dalman, Words, 277 Mt 1218(Lxx)^ Ac 312.26 427,30.t
f.),
Syn. : emphasis on parentage and the

1. T€Kvoy, child, with
consequent community of nature mos, son, with emphasis on the ;
privileged position of heirship ir. refers both to age and parentage, ;
but with emphasis on the former. Cf. also iraiSapLoi', TraiStW, irai^Lo-K-q,
and V. Westc. on i Jo 31. 2. v.s. Oepd-n-wv, and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 7 f.
iraiw, [in LXX chiefly for HDJ hi. ;] to strike, smite : with the
hand or fist, Mt 26^\ Lk 22"*; with a sword, 14*^ Jo 18i»; of a Mk
reptile, to sting : Re 9^.t
naxaTiai'ii, -rj<;, 17, Pacatiana, the western part of the Province of
Phrygia, as constituted in iv/A.D. i Ti subscr. (Eec.).t :
nrdXai, adv. of time, [in LXX: Is 48^''' (7S10), etc.;] long ago,
of old, in time past (denoting past time absolutely, as -n-poTepov

relatively): Mt 1P\ Lk lOi^, He 1^, Ju^; as adj., cart., ii Pe l^;
of time just past, Mk 6*7 (WH, mg.), IS-^* (WH, mg., E, txt.); c.
durat. praes. (RV, all this time), 11 Co 12i^.+
TTa\o.i6s, -a, -oV «7rc{Xat), [in LXX: Le 2522 261", Ca 7i3(i4)

(72^),
Jos 9*'*, Je 45(38)11 (nba), etc.;] old, ancient; opp. to vcos, xaivo?:
oTvos, Lk 539 ; BLaOTJKr), II Co 3^* ; evToXrj, I Jo 2^ Cvfir], I Co 5^- 8 ; 6 TT.
av6po)iros (for similar phrases, v. Westc, E'ph., 68), Eo 6", Eph 4.^'\
Col 39 neut. pi., Katva koI it., Mt 13^^; of things not merely old, but
;
worn by use (as Jo, I.e., LXX), Mt 916.17, Mk 2^1.22, Lk 5^6.37 t

Syn. : v.s. a.pâio<;.
*iraXat6TT]S, -rjro'i, rj (<^7raXatos), oldneSS .'
ypa/x/Aaros, Ro 7*'.t
-iraXaiou, -w (<[ TraXaids) [in ,

LXX chiefly for rhi pi., in pass, for
'2 qal. ,] to make or declare old : He 81^ ;
pass., to become old : of
things worn out by time and use (cf. Jo 91^, Is 50^, al., and v.s.
TraXaio's), Lk 12*^, He 111 (LXX)
J
^^ -n-akaiovfievov, He 81^ (where this
and the act., v. supr., may have the sense of abrogate, v. LS, Zorell,
s.v.).t
SYN. : yijpdcrKO).
*irdXt], -77s, ^ (<îraX\a), to sway), wrestling, hence, g&xxQXdXly, fight,
contest : fig., of the spiritual combat of Christians, Eph 6^.t
iraXiYyevco'ia, V.S. irakivyevâ-ia.
voXiv, adv., [in LXX for 31127, etc. ;] 1. of place, hack, backwards
(LS, S.V.). 2. Of time, again, once more: Mt 4.^, Mk 2^3, Lk 232o,
Jo 135 (and freq.), Ga 1^,
Ac IV^, Eo ll^^, He l^, al; pleonastically,
TT. dvaKa/XTTTCtl', Ac Ga l^'^ CIS TO TT., II Co 13^;
18^^; VTrO(TTpe(f>€lV, CK ; TT.
rpirov (Bl., § 81, 4), Mt 26*4; U htvripov, Mt 26^^ Ac 1015; TT. 8iVT€pov,
Jo 45* 2116; TT. dvw^t,/ (Wi 19«), Ga 4^. 3. Ehetorically, again; (a)
further, moreover Mt 5**, Lk 13^*^, Jo 12^^, al. (b) in turn, on the
: ;
other hand (Soph.; LXX Wi : 138 1523^ î) .

ljj 6«, i Co 122i, 11 Co
10^ I Jo 28.
*+ iraXiryei'eo'ia (Rec. TroAtyy-), -as, rj (<^7rdXtv, ycv€(ns), new birth,
renewal, restoration, regeneration ; (a) of persons (Plut., Phil., al.), of
spiritual regeneration, 8ta Xovrpov TraXiKvevccrtas (gen. attr., v. Ellic, in
1.), Tit 35 {b) of the world, as in Stoics, Jewish Apocal., al. (v.
;
Dalman, Words, 177 ff.), Mt IQ^s.t

ira(i,irXi]0ei, V.S. iravirX-qOeC.
** irdfiTToXus, -iroXXr), -ttoXv (<[ Tras, ttoXus), [in Sm. : Jb 36^1, Ps 39
(40)« 88 (89)51*;] ^^^y ^^ch, very great: Mk 81, Rec. (RV, Edd.,
TToAtv 7roXXoi)).t
nafi<|)uXia, -as, y, Paniphylia, a province of Asia Minor : Ac 21"
1313 1424 1538 275.t
iracSoKcus, V.S. TravSo)(êv<s,
irafSoKiof, V.S. TravSoxeiov.

* irak'-8o)(eio»' (Soklov, T), -ov, to (•<^7ra»'So;(€Vs), late form of Att.
Trai/SoKeiov, an inn {khdn, caravanserai) Lk lO^^.t :
* ira»'-8ox€US, -c'ws, 6 (<^7ras, Sc^ôyttai), late form of the Att. TravSoKcvs

(T, in 1.), an innkeeper, host : Lk lO^^.t
iraKiiYupis, -€a)s, 17 (<^ ttSs + dyupas = ayopd), [in LXX: Ho211(*3)
95, Ez 46" (nyia). Am 5^1 (n";!2ry) *;] prop., a national festal assembly
in honour of a god ; hence, generally, any festal assembly : He 12^^
(for exx. in tt., v. MM, xviii).t
SyN. : iKKX-qaria. (q.V.), o-waywy>;.
TracotKei (Rec, LTr., -*ci), adv. (•<[7ras, oT/cos), a word rejected by
strict Atticists, though found once in Plat. [Eryx., 392 c) ;
[in LXX :
Ex 11 (rr^S), III Mac 3^^ (where A in each case reads -/cia, the Attic
form, cf. Ge 50^, al.)*;] with all the household: Ac IS^^.t
irai'OTrXia, -as, rj (<7r5s, ottXov), [in LXX: II Ki 2^1 (n^f^q), Jb
3920, Jth 143, Wi 517, Si 46«, I, II, IV Macg*;] full armour: Lk II22;
metaph. (cf. Wi, I.e.), t. Oôv, Eph G"' i^.t
irat'oupyia, -as, rj (<^ Travoupyos), [in LXX J08 9*, Pr 1* 8^ :
(nip-ir), Nu 2422, Si 1925 2122 31 (34)10 (in all cases in good or

indifferent sense) * ;] cleverness, in cl. nearly always in bad sense,

craftiness, cunning, knavery : Lk 20"^, i Co 3^^ (LXX, <j>p6vr]cn^, for
nij-iy), II Co 42 113, Eph 4}\f
iraf oupyos, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for DTir ;] ready to do anything ;
(a) in cl., chiefly in bad sense, knavish, crafty : 11 Co 12^^ ;
(b) in
good sense, skilful, clever (Pr 13^ 28''^).+
*t TTa»'ir\Y)0ei (Eec. TrafiirX-, V. WH, App., 150), adv. (^Tras, irXrjdos:),
= cl. irafjiTrXrjOi';, with the whole multitude, all together : Lk 23^*.t
ira.'Taxfi (Eec. -x^), adv., [in LXX : Is 24" (niSinS), Wi 29,
II Mac 8" *
;] everywhere : Ac 212^.t
irai'TaxoOe*', adv., [in LXX: IV Mac 13^ 15^2*;] from all sides:
Mk 145, Rec.t
iracTaxou, adv., [in LXX: Is 42^^ (d^3)*;] everywhere: Mk p8
16[20], Lk 96, Ac 1730 243 2822, i Co 4i7.t
**Tra^T€XVis, -€? «7rSs, rcAos), [in LXX: III Mac T^^ A*;] all-
complete, entire, perfect ; ek : t. TravreAe's, completely, utterly Lk 13^^,
He (where perhaps in temp, sense, finally ; v. MM, xviii).t
72^
**TT(£^TT) (Eec. -T-q), adv. «7r5s), [in LXX: Si 5022, Mac 4^*;] m
every way, entirely : Ac 243.t
TTdyroQiv, adv. «7ras), [in LXX: Je 31
(48)3i
(n^^), al.;] from
all sides : Mk l*^ Lk 19^3, He 9^.1

t Trata"OKpdTa)p, -o/aos, 6 (<[[7ras, Kparcto), [in LXX: freq. in Jb
58.17, al. (''H3;), and for DlXny , in the phrase ^co's (ku/dios) it., ii Ki 5^^,
al., and freq. in Am, Za, Ma ; also in Wi 72^, Si 42^7 50^^' i^, and freq.
in Jth, II, III Mac;] almighty : 11 Co G^s, Ee l^ 4^ 11^7 153 iq7,u 96,15
2122.t
**TTd^TOT€, adv. of time «7r5s), [in II21 19^^*;] in late LXX Wi :
writers (once in Arist.) for StaTravrds, iKdarore, at all times, always :

Mt 26^1, Mk 147, Lk Jo 63*, Eo li«, and freq. in Paul. Epp.
ISî,
ndvT(as, adv. «7r5s), [in LXX: iv Ki 5" (v. Thackeray, Gr.,
47), To 14^, al. ;] altogether, by all means; (a) without neg. (from
Hdt. on) : i Co 16^2 j esp. in strong affirmations, surely, at all events :

Lk 423, Ac 2122 28*, I Co 9^^; (b) c. neg. (so always in Hom.), in a
complete negation: Eo 3^; in a partial negation (Bl., §75, 7),

iCo5io.t
irapd, prep. c. gen., dat., ace, with radical sense, beside.
I. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating
source or origin, [in LXX for ''Jplpp Tp , , by^fft ;] after verbs of motion,
Mk 14*3, L]j 8*9, Jo 152", al ; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing,

etc., Mk 811 122^ Jo 49' 62 lOis, Phi i^\ 11 Ti l^s, Ja 1^, al.; after
passive verbs, of the agent (like vw6), Mt 21*2, Mk 12", Lk 137; absol.,
ol Trap avTov, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 321 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.
Field, Notes, 25 f. ; Swete, in 1.) ; ra Trap' avr^s (avrwv, v/awv), one's

means, wealth, Mk 52^, Lk 107, phi 418.
II. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19^^, tt, t. a-ravpiS), by the side of, beside,
by, with, [in LXX for b^^, T^, ^ry3;] Lk ll^^ 197, Jo 1*° 4*o,
Ac 28^*, al. ; Trap' iavrtZ, at home, i Co 16^ c. dat. pi., among, Mt 22^^,
;
Col 416, al. ; metaph., Mt 192«, Mk lO^^, Lk lô, Eo 2i3,

Ja 127, al.
III. C. ace, of motion by or towards, [in LXX for b'S^ • T ^7

"13^3;] 1. of place, by the side of, beside, by, along : Ac 10^^^ He ll^^j
after verbs of motion, Mt 4^^ Mk 4^, Lk 8^, Ac 4'*, al. after verbs of ;
rest, Mt 13^ Mk 5^\ Lk 8^5, al. 2. beside, beyond, metaph. (a) be- ;
yond, against, contrary to Ac 18^^, Ro 1^^ 4^^ 11^^, al. except,

: ;
II Co 11^* (b) beyond, above, in comparison with

;
Lk 3^^, Eo 12^ 14^, :
He 1*'9 33, al.; (c) on account of: 1 Co

12i5'".
IV. In composition beside, to {trapaXaixjBdviii, irapayw), at hand
:
{Trdpeifxi), from (Trapappim) amiss (Trapa/covw), past {irapipxopxj.i), compared

,
with {irapopxnaSôi) above measure {n-apopyLL.w).

,
napa-âlvw, [in for IID LXX

"inr, "nO hi., JTOizr, etc.;] 1. in ,
Hom. (twice), to go by the side of, stand beside. 2. In iEsch., Herod.,

Thuc, al., to go past or pass over, chiefly metaph., to overstep, violate,
transgress (Jos 7", Ez 16^9, Si 40^*, al.) : t. TrapdSoaiv, Mt 15^ ; t. cvtoXtJv,
ib. ^; seq. avo (as ]p 1TD, De 17'^**, al.), to turn aside, fall away {cLtt.
T^s a\ri6eLa<s, Arist., Gael., i, 5, 2) : Ac l^^.t
Trapa-P(iX\(u, [in LXX: Pr 2^ 420 5^'^^ 22^7 (.1133 hi.), Eu 2^6
(^buf), 11 Mac
14^^ (elsewhere as v.l.J*;] 1. to throw to or beside, as
fodder to horses (Horn., al.). 2. to lay beside, compare (Hdt., Plat.,
al.) : Mk
i^^, Eec. 3. Eeflexive, to betake oneself, come near ; of
seamen, to cross over : cis Sa/tov, Ac 20^^. 4. In mid. = Trapa-
/SoXcwo/xat, q.v.t
irapd-paffis, -ews, 17 «7rapaâivu)), [in LXX: Ps 100 (lOl)^
(D^Bp), IV Ki 224 A, Wi 143i, 11 Mac IS^"*;] 1. a going aside, a devia-
tion (Arist.). 2. In later writers, aii overstepping ; metaph., trans-
gression (Plut., al.): Eo 41^ 51*, He 22 Q^^; t. vo/xov, Eo 2^3; Iv tt.,
I Ti 2^* ; T. 7rapa/3d(T€wv x^ptv, Ga 319.
SYN. : v.S. dfiapria.

**^rapa-^dTTls, -ov, 6 «7rapa/?a/va)), [in Sm. : Ps 16 (17)* 138 (139)19,
je628*;] 1, one who stands beside, the warrior who stands by the
charioteer (cf. 7rapa/3aiVw, 1). 2. a transgressor (.^sch., irapfta.Tr]<;)
Ga 218, Ja 29; tt. vd/xov, Eo 225.27^ ja 2^\f

f napa-pidioy.ai, [in LXX: Ge 199, iv Ki 217 (^31^9), De 1*3
(117 hi.), I Ki 2823 ^r^ yiS), V.I.4*;] 1. prop., to force against nature
or law. 2. to compel by force (Polyb.). 3. to constrain by entreaty

(Ge, I Ki, 11. c.) Lk 2429, Ac IG^^.t:
*t irapo-PoXeuojiai = cl. 7rapay8aAAop,at (ii Mac 14^8), to expose oneself

to danger, hazard one's life : c. dat. ref., t. ^vxxi (v. M, Pr., 64),
Phi 230 (Rec. irapa/SovA.-). Cited by Deiss., LAE, 84, 120.t
22
irapaPoXi^, -^s, -7 « TrapaySaXXw), [in LXX (cf. McNeile, Mt., 185)

Nu 23", De 2837, Ps 43 {Uy^, Pr 1«, Ez I222, al. (b^p), Si 47^7 (nyn),
al. Si, Wi 5^;] 1. a placing beside, juxtaposition (Polyb., al.).
mult, in
2. a comparing, comparison (Plat., Arist., al.). 3. a comparison,
illustration, amilogy, figure (Arist., al.) : Mt M^'\ Mk 3^3, He 9" ll^^;
specif, of the pictures and narratives drawn from nature and human
life which are characteristic of the synoptic teaching of our Lord,
a parable: Mt 133.i", Mk
42.10, ljj g^.s-u^ al.; c. gen. ref., Mt 13i8'36.
4. Like Heb. bmr> (i Ki 10^2, Pr l^, Si 32^, al.), = Trapoifiia, a proverb

or gnomic saying : Lk 42^ 5^^ 6^9.
SVN. : Abbott, Essays, 82 ff.).
n-apoLfjLia (v.
*+ Trapa-PooXcoo/jiai, to consult amiss, or perh. (v. LS, s.v.), a vulg.
form of irapa-fSoX- (q.v.) Phi 23o, Rec.t :
* Trap-ayyeXia, -a?, rj {<^ irapayyeXXoi) ,an instruction, charge, com-

mand : Ac 528 1624, I Th 42, i Ti l^- is. (In Xen., Polyb., of a military
order.) t
irap-ayyeXXw (<^7rapa, dyye'AAw), [in LXX for JTlQCr pi., hi., etc.;]
1. totransmit a message (^sch., Eur.). 2. to order, command (Hdt.,
Xen., al.) c. inf., Ac 15^ c. ace. rei, i Co ll^^, 11 Th 3^ i Ti 411, 5^
: ;
seq. Iva (M, Pr., 207; Bl., §69, 4), Mk 6s, 11 Th 3^2; c. dat. pers.,
Ac 1730 E, txt., I Th 411 seq. kiyo^v, Mt 10^ c. inf. aor., Mt lb^\ Mk 8«,
; ;
Lk 829, Ac 10*2 1618 (aoristic pres. ; M, Pr., 119) id.

v. ; c. neg., /-i^,
Lk 51* 856,Ac 2322, I Co 710 ; c. inf. pres., Ac 1623, „ Th 3^ ; id. c. neg.,

/X77, Lk 921, Ac 1* 418 528.40, I Ti 13 617; c. ace, toDto, seq. Ztl (Bl.,
§ 70, 3), II Th 310 ; c. ace. et inf., Ac 233o, n Th 3«, i Ti 6i3 (Bl., § 72, 5).t
SYN. : V.S. iirekXio.
irapa-yii'op.ai (Ion. and late for -yt'yv-), [in LXX
chiefly for Ni3;]
1. to be beside or at hand (Horn., Hdt., al.), hence, to stand by, sup-
port (^sch., Thuc, al.) c. dat. pers., 11 : Ti 41^. 2. to come, come up,
arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and freq. in later writers; v. MM, xviii;
Thackeray, Gr., 267.2): absoL, Lk I421 1916, Jo 323, Ac 521.22,25 939
1032.33 1123 142- 1710 1827 2118 231*'' 35 2417.24 25^ 2821, I Co 163; geq. £J5,
Jo 82, Ac 926 154 ^TTi', c. ace, Lk 22^2 7rpo9, c. ace, Lk 7*' 20 319, Ac 20i8
; ;
id. seq. CK, Lk IP ; Trapa, c. gen., Mk 14*3 ; dTro . . . Ac 131*;

cts, Mt 2i,
a,7ro . . . iirl . . . Trpo's, Mt 313 ; of a teacher coming forward in public

Mt 31, Lk 1251, He 911.+
Trap-ayo), [in LXX
chiefly for Hliy;] 1. trans., to lead by, lead
aside, lead into, lead foricard, etc. 2. Intrans., {a) to pass by : Mt
99, 27 2030, Mk
214 1521^ Jo 859 E, txt., 91 seq. irapd, c. ace, li^ (b) to ; Mk ;
go away, depart pass away 73i mid., i Jo 28>i7.t

; metaph., to : i Co ;
tirapa-Sciyârilâ, «8£i'/<.'v/it), [in LXX: Nu 25* (y,T hi.), Je 1322

(Dan ni.), Ez 2817 (mh?"5), Es 4i7,
Da LXX 25*;] to set forth as an
example; in bad sense, to put to open shame: He 6^ (Polyb., Plut.,
al.).t
-irapdSciaos, -ov, 6 (an Oriental word, first used by Xen. of the

parks of Persian kings and nobles), [in LXX chiefly for ]3, Ge l^"-,
al.; also for ]iy, Is 51^; DÎS, Ne 2^, Ec 2^;] 1. a park, pleasure-
ground, garden (LXX), an orchard (in tt., v. MM, ii, xviii Deiss., BS, ;
148). 2. Paradise, the abode of the blessed dead Lk 23*3 ii Co 12*. :
Ee 27.t
irapo-S^XOFâi. \}^ LXX Ex :
23^ {HVJZ), Pr 3^2 (nsi), ii Mac 422 E,
HI Mac
712 * j] to receive, admit
; (a) of things : Mk 42", Ac 15* I621
2218, I xi 519 ; (6) of persons : He 12^ (i'XX),t
*tiTapa-8ia-TpiPii, -tJs, 17, useless wrangling : v.l. in Eec. for SiaTra-

parpi^Tf (q.v.), I Ti B^.t
irapa-SiSwfii, [in LXX chiefly for ]n3 ;] correl. to irapaîxpixai, 1.
<o îve or hand over to another c. ace. et dat., Mt II2" 25^*, Lk 4®, :
al. ; up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. eis, Eo 6^''.

of being delivered
2. to commit, commend : Ac 142^ ISô^ j Pe 223. 3. to give or deliver
up to prison or judgment c. ace. pers., Mt 4^2^ ]y[]j ^h^ jjq 425^ jj pg 2*
:
•
id. seq. iwip, Eo 8^2; c. dat., Mt 525, Mk 15\ Lk 1258, Jq ign^ ^1.; id.
seq. Iva, 12*; seq. ci's, Mt lO^^ 1722 24^, Lk 21^2, Ac
Jo I916 ; c. inf., Ac
83, II Co 411, al. t. Saram, I Ti 120; j^ ggq ^.^ oXiOpov aapKOS, I Co 5*
;
with the coUat. idea of treachery (= irpo8t8w/xt), c. ace. pers., Mt 26^^,

Mk 1411, Jo 66*, al. ; id. c. dat., Mt 26i5, al.
; pres. ptcp., 6 TrapaSiSovs
avTov, Mt 2625, Mk 14*2, deliver Jq 2311. 4. to hand down, hand on or
verbally (traditions, commands, etc.) 7^3, Lk I2, Ac 6^*, i Co 11^ : Mk
15* pass., 11 Pe 221, Ju ^.
; 5. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.)
'
Mk 429.
**Trap<i8o|os, -ov «7rapd, 86$a), [in Jth 13^3^ 52 16^7 195, LXX: Wi
Si 4325, ii-iv Mac 3 * ;] contrary to received opinion, incredible, marvel-
lous : pi., Lk 526.t
Syn. : v.s. Swa/iis.
-irapd-Soo-is, -ccos, 17 (•< irapaStSto/At), [in LXX : II Es 7^* (T-1D^?), Je

39(32)* (]n3 ni.), 41(34)2*;] 1, a handing down or over, transfer,
transmission Polyb., al., LXX). 2. tradition
(Arist., of doctrine
(Plat., Epict., al.) by meton., of the doctrine itself ; : Mt 152' a, c^
Mk V-, I Co 112, Ga lu, Col 28, 11 Th 2^5 3«.t

+ irapa-);T,X6u, -w, [in LXX : De 322i, iii Ki I422, Ps 77 (78)58 (K:p
pi., hi.), Ps
36(37)1-7.8 (-,-,„ hith.). Si 30^*;] to provoke to jealousy:
Eo 1019(I^X) 11"'!*, I Co 1022.t
irapa-OaXdaaios, -a, -ov (<^7rapa, OaXacrcra), [in LXX: Je 29(47)^
(D^n Jîn) , etc. ;] by the sea : Mt 4i3.t
* irapa-Ocupô), -5, 1. to examine side by side, compare. 2. to over-

look, neglect : pass., Ac 6^.f
irapo-GiiicTj, -T/s, r/ (•<7rapaTt^77/xt), [in LXX : Le 62'* (52^' 23) (j^^j5B)^
and in To 10^', n Mac 3^'^' ^5, v.l. for wapaKarad-^Kr] (q.v.) *;] a deposit or
trust: I Ti 520, 11 Ti 112,14 (for exx. of this form, v. MM, Exp., iii,
xviii) .+
**Trop-oii'^«, -5, [in LXX: 11 Mac 725.26, m Mac S^^ 712*;] to
exhort, advise: c. ace. pers. et inf. (v. Bl., § 72, 5; M, Pr., 205), Ac
27-; absol., seq. Aeyw, Ac 279.t
irap-aiWofjiai, -ov/tai, [in LXX for CTpS pi., etc. ;] 1. to beg of or
from another Mk 15^ (Rec.
ov-rrep tjtovvto, v. Field, Notes, 43).
: 2. to
deprecate ; neg., to entreat that not (Thuc, al.)
(a) prop., c. 12^*; : He
(b) to refuse, declme, avoid : c. ace, i Ti 4^ Sî, ii Ti 2^3, Tit
3'o, He
12" (EV but V. Field, Notes, 234). 3. to beg off, ask to be excused,
;
excuse (Polyb., al.) Lk 14i8.i9 (He 122^, Field, l.c.).t

:
*t Trapa-KaOe'iônai, to sit down beside : seq. irpos, Lk 10^^ (Plut.),t

irapa-Kaeilu, [in LXX : Jb 2'=^ (ntzr) * ;] to set beside ; act. for
mid., to sit down beside : Lk 10^^, Rec. (for -iôfjiai, q.v.).t
irapa-KaXeo), -w, [in LXX chiefly for 0113 ni., pi. ;] 1. to call to
one, call for, summon : Ac 28^*^ (R, mg. R, txt., entreat) hence (of ; ;
the gods Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, eîtreat : t.
:
n-aripa pxtv, Mt 26^^; t. Kvpiov, II Co 12^; in late writers (Polyb.,

Diod., al. rarely in ; LXX
in tt., v. Deiss., LAE, I7614), also of men
; :
absol., Phm^; c. ace, Mt 8^, lô, Ac 16^ al.; e. inf., Mk

5^7, Lk Mk
8", Ac 831, al.; seq. Iva (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 1^^\ Mk 5^8, Lk m,
al. 2. to admonish, exhort : absol., Lk 3^^, Ro 12^, 11 Ti 4^, al. c. ;
ace, Ac 1532, 1 Th 2^1, He 3", al. id. seq. inf., Ac IF^, Ro Phi 42,; U\
I Th
4i», al.;
seq. Iva (v. M, Pr., I.e.), i Co T", 11 Co 8^ i Th 4^, a-l.
3. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut., Jb 4^, Is 35^, Si 432*, LXX :
al.) : c. ace, 11 Co 1«, Eph 622, Col 22, al.; id. seq. Iv, i Th 4^8; 8i<£,
II Co 1* ;
pass., Mt 5*, Lk 162^, Ac 20^2.
SYN. : irapaixveiw (cf. M, Th., 25).
Trapa-KaXoTTTw, [in LXX: Is 44^ (ins), Ez 222« (nbr hi.) * ;] to
cover by hanging something beside, to hide : metaph. (as Plat., al.),
Lk 9*^.t
liapa-Kara-eiiKTi, -7??, rj « TrapaKararL6-np.i), [in LXX Ex 2280. "(10) :
more usual than

(npN^5)), and elsewhere as v.l. for irapaOyKT}, q.v. ;] its
variant in Gk. writers for a trtistor deposit : i Ti 620, 11 Ti 1^*, Rec.t

**Trap(i-K€i|jLai, [in LXX: Jth S^'\ Si dO^^ 34 (31)1^, Da LXX
BeP*, II, III Mac 5*;] to lie beside, be near, be present : Ro 7i^'2i.t
Trap<i-K\T]o-ts, -€0)5, tj {<^TrapaKaXew), [in LXX: Jb 212, pg

93 (94)19, Ho 131*, Na 3^, Is 5V» 66^\ Je 16^ {um , its parts and
derivatives), ib. 38 (31)^ d^zm). Is 282^ 30^ i Mac IO2* 12^, 11 Mac 72*
1511*;] 1. a calling to ones aid, summons (Thuc), hence, appeal,

entreaty (Strab., Plut., al, i Mac 102* cf. Lft., Notes, 20) 11 Co 8*. ; :
2. exhortation, encouragement : Ac 15^1, Ro 12^, i Co 14^, 11 Co

&~
Phi 21, I Th 23, I Ti 413, He 12^ A.o'yos (tt» tt., Ac 131*, He 1322; vlh^ ;
TT., Ac 436. 3. consolation, comfort (Phalar., LXX) Lk &\ Ac 9^1, :
II Co l*-7
7'''7»i3, II
Th 2i«, Phm"; t. ypac^wv, Ro 15*; ^cos -n)s tt.,
Ro 155, Co 13; ToC 'lapa-qX (v. Dalman, Words, 109 f.), Lk 225.t
11
** TTapd-KXrjTos, -ov
TT.
«
TrapaKaXew) [in Aq., Th. Jb 162*;] called to ,
:
ones aid in a judicial cause (Dion. Cass.) hence, most freq. as ;
subst., 6 TT., an advocate, pleader, intercessor (Dem., al. ; so in Rabbinic

lit., KlJI^bp^B), " a friend of the accused person, called to speak to his
character, or otherwise enlist sympathy in his favour" (Field, Notes,
102). In NT, specif., 6 ir., (a) of Christ, i Jo 2^ (v. ICC, Jo. Epp.,
23 fif.); (b) of the Holy Spirit (AV, comforter; but v. opp. c), Jo
1416,26 1526 167 (cf. also Abbott, Essays, 86, 97; Deiss., LAE, 339 f.;
MM, xviii; Westc, Jo., ii, 188ff.).t
*irap-aKoii, a hearing amiss (Plat.).
-^s, rj, 2. Later,
1. as
following inattention, disobedience : Eo 5^®, ii Co 10®, He 2^ (cf.
TrapaKovd), and V. Tr., Syn., § lxvi).t
**Trap-aKoXouec'w, -S), [in LXX : ii Mae 8" 9^7 E*;] c. dat., to
follow closely, accompany. Metaph., in various senses, (a) to result
Mk 16t''J (b) to follow up, trace, investigate : Lk 1^ (so freq. in cl.)
;
(c) to follow as a standard of conduct: i Ti 4", ii Ti 3^*^. (For exx.

from TT., V. MM, xviii.)
irap-aKou'u, [in LXX: Es 33.8 (^^j; , ntrr, c. neg.) 4^* 7*
(WTl hi.). Is 65^2 (yacr, c. neg.), i Es 4^1, To 3**;] 1. to overhear.
2. hear amiss or imperfectly.
to 3. Later (as in LXX, Polyb., Plut.
also in ir., v. MM, xviii), to hear ivithoît heeding, take no heed : Mk
53«; c. gen., Mt 18i7.t
irapa-KOTTTw, [in LXX
chiefly for C]pt2? ni., hi.;] 1. to stoop side-
ways. 2. to stoop to look: Lk 24^2 (E, txt.), Jo 20^'". Metaph. (v.
Hort, Ja., in 1.), to look into : seq. eis, Ja 1^**, i Pe 1^.+
napa-Xaii^dvoi, [in LXX chiefly for Upb , also for tPT , etc. ;]
1. c. ace. rei, like irapahixopxii, correl. to TrapaStSw/At, to receive from

another: Col 41^, He1228; of the mind, i Co ll^^ IS^.s, Ga 1^, Phi
49; c. inf., Mk 7*; seq. Trapd, c. gen., Ga P^, i Th 2^^ 4t\ ii Th 3«;
T. Xpto-ToV (Lft., in 1.), Col 2*. 2. C. ace. pers., to take to or with
oneself: Mt 2^3,u,2o,2i 171 2637, Mk 43« 5^0 9^ lO^^, Lk 9i0'28 1126 igsi^
Jo 19l«, Ac 153» 23I8; yvvalKa, Mt lô.^*; fj,iff iavrov, 12*5 181«, Mt Mk
1433; seq. jj5^ Mt 45.8 27^7; kut iScav, Mt 20^7; mid., seq.Trpos ifJiavrov,
Jo 143; pass., Mt 24^"' ^^ Lk 1734-36. ptcp., prefixed to other verbs
(Bl, § 74, 2), Ac 1633 2p4,26,32. metaph., Jo l".t
* irapa-X^Y"' lay beside ; mid., (a) to
^^ lie beside (Horn.) ;
(b) later,
of sailors, to sail past : c. ace, Ac 278' ^3 f
irap-dXios, -ov (in cl., chiefly -a, -ov), [in LXX for D^ D^H ?)in , i ,
etc., c. prep. ;] by the sea ; rj tt. (sc. x<^P«> i^^ LXX irapaXia, De 1^,
7]
Jos 9^ Jth 17, al.), the sea coast : Lk 6^7_t
Trap-aX\aY»i, -^s, 17 « TrapaXXdaraw) [in ,

LXX : IV Ki 92° (]iy|B7)*;]
in various senses (LS, s.v.), change : Ja 1^7
irapa-Xoyiônai, [in LXX chiefly for noi pi.;] 1. to miscalculate.

2. to reason falsely, hence, to mislead : Col 2*, Ja 122.t
*tirapa-XuTiK<5s, ->], -ov {<îrapakvw), paralytic : Mt 42* 8« 921 «^ Mk
23-5,9,10^ Lk 524 (Eec, mg.).t WH,
irapa-Xu'u, [in LXX: Je 62* 27*3^ Ez 21'(12) (nfil), etc.;] 1. to
loose from
the side, set free. 2. to weaken, enfeeble ; pass., to be en-
feebled, esp. by a paralytic stroke Lk 518.24, Ac 87 933, 12i2(LXX).t: He
TTapa-ii4v(a, [in LXX : Pr 12^, Da TH 11^^ (TJSy), etc. ;] to remain

beside or near : He 7'-^, Ja l^^ ; of remaining alive, i Co 16' (WH,
Kara-), Phi 1^* (cf. crvfj.-Trapafji€y<i})A
** Trapa-/iu0ôfiai, -ov/xm, [in LXX : ii Mac 15** (Sm.g)*;] 1. to en-
cotirage, exhort. 2. to comfort, console : c. ace, pers., Jo 1V\ i Th 2^^
51''; id. seq. Trcpt', Jo IV^.f
SyN. : TTapaKaAeo).
v {<-rrapa,i.veiois.ai), [in LXX: Es S^^, Wi 19^2*;]

**Trapafjiu0i'a, -as,
1. encouragement, exhortation. 2. comfort, consolation : i Co 14^.t
SyN. : irapaK\r](TL<;.
** Trapafiu'Oiof, to (<^7rapa/i,r^€0/x.at), [in
-ov, 3^^*;] 1. an LXX: Wi
exhortation, -persuasion, eiicouragement : Phi 2^ (cf. Plat., Legg., vi,
773 E, al. v. Lft. and ICC, Phi., I.e.). 2. assuagement, abatement,
;
hence, consolation (Wi, I.e., and freq. in cl.).t

Trapa-j'ofieoj, -w, [in LXX for bbu , etc., chiefly in Pss and ii Mac;]
to be a Trapai'ofjLo<;, to transgress the law : Ac 23^.t
irapakofiia, -as, 17, [in LXX : Ps 36 (37)'^ (n?57p)i etc. ;] law-break-
ing, transgression : 11 Pe 2^^.f
t TTapa-TTiKpaiVw, [in LXX chiefly for niD qal., hi., i^p , most freq.
in Pss and Ez ;] to embitter, provoke : absol. (yet so. t. 6e6y, cf

Ps 105 (106)7, Ez 25-8, al., and with t6v 0. added, Ps 5*, Ez 20-^\ al.),
He 31' (cf. TrapaTrLKpa(r/x6<s) .f
t irapa-iriKpacrp.os, -ov, 6 (-C^TrapainKpaivw), [in LXX: Ps 94 (95)^
(n2^"ip, elsewhere rendered AoiSdpT/o-is, Ex 17^; dvTiXoyta, De338, al.;
koiSopLa, Nu 20^*)*;] provocation: iv t<3 tt. (Heb. at Meribah), He
38, 15 (LXX) t
Trapa-rriTTTw, [in LXX : Ez 14^3 158 1324 2027 (l,y;a), 22* (nUrX),
Es 6i«
(^d:
hi.), Wi 69 12^, 11 Mae 10* A*;] 1. most
freq. (Hdt.,
Thuc., al.), to fall in 07ie's way, befall. 2. to fall into or in (seq. «is,
Polyb. ; e. dat., 11 Mac, I.e.). 3. tofall away (Ez, Wi, 11. c. in Polyb., ;
e. gen.) : absol.. He 6«. 4. to fail (Aoyos, Es, I.e. ; cf. i Ki 3^^).f

* Trapa-irX^w, to sail by or past : c ace, Ac 20i^.t
* irapa-irXiiatos, -a, -ov (Hdt., Plat., al. also -OS, -ov, Thuc., ;
Polyb.), coming near, nearly resembling. Neut. -ov, adverbially, = I'ws,

in a way nearly resembling : c. dat., Phi 227.t
**Trapa-irXT)o-iws, adv. (<[7rapa7rA.?;orios), [in Quint.: Ho 8"*;] in
like manner : He 2i*.t
irapa-TTopeuofxai, [in LXX chiefly for "ISIT;] 1. to go beside, accom-

pa7iy. 2. to go past, pass by : Mt 27^^, Mk IV'^^ 15-3; geq. gt({^ c. gen.,
Mk 223 930 (WH,
mg.).t
t Trapd-TTToifjia, -tos, to (<^ TrapaTrtTTTw) ,
[in LXX for ^JHS , ^5^0,
etc. ;] 1. a false step, a blunder (Polyb.). 2. Ethically, a misdeed,
(LXX) Mt 6^*'^^ Mk
trespass :
1125.26^ Rq 42^ 5^^^- 11"' 12, n Co 5^^,
Ga6i, EphF2i.5, Col2i3.t
Sy^. : V.8. ajxapria.
irapa-ppô), [in LXX : Is U^ (^n''), Pr 321*;] to flow by, drift

away, slip away : He 2i.t
** TrapaaTjiios, -ov (<[ cr^/xa, a mark), [in iii Mac 2^9*;] 1. in LXX :
marked amiss, spurious, counterfeit. Later, 2. marked at the side,

cl.,
annotated (Plut.). 3. marked with a sign (LXX) as subst., a figure- ;
head : Ac 2811 (v. MM, xix).t

irapa-oTKeodl^w, [in LXX : Je 27 (50)^^ ("^^3^)) etc. ;] to prepare,
make ready absol. (sc. t. SetTrvov, etc.; cf. Hdt., ix,
: 82, 11 Mac 2'-"),
Ac IQ)^^; mid., to jJ^^pare, make preparations i Co : 14^ (cf. Je, I.e.);

pass., II Co 9-'^.t
Trapa-<7Keoii, -^s, ^, [in LXX: Ex 3524 3922(42) {rrpis, with v.l.,
Jth
airoiTK-, KaraxTK-), 4^, I Mac 9^^ J< II Mac I521 * ;] 1. preparation.
2^'^
,
2. equipment (Jth, 11. c). 3. In Jewish usage, the day of preparation

for a Sabbath or a feast (= rpoo-a/Jyârov, q.v.) Mt 27*52, Mk 15*2, :
Lk 23^4^ Jo 1931 c. gen., rod 7rd<rxa, Jo 19^*; t. 'lovSaiW, ib.*2 (it is

;
the name for Friday in MGr.).t

irapa-Teii'(i), [in LXX: Nu 232^ (fjplZ? ni.), etc.;] to extend, pro-
long : T. Xoyov, Ac 20'^.+
irapa-TTjp^w, -w, [in LXX:

(QD7), 129 (130)» (inm), Ps 36 (37)i-
Da TH 6^1 ('2)^ g^ji2,i5, i6*.j

qâtch closely, observe narrowly: so 1^ iq
mid., T. TTuAas, Ac 92* with evil intent, 32, Lk 202o (absol., v. Field,
; Mk
Notes, 74) so mid., Lk 6'^ 14^.
; 2. to observe scrupulously (of days
and seasons cf. Ex 12*2, Sm.) mid., Ga 4i''.t
; :
**tirapa-T>ipi](Tis, -cws, 17, [in Aq. Ex 12*2 (v.s, TrapaTT^pew) * ;] obser- :
vation : Lk 17-^ (Polyb., Plut., al.).t

iTapa-Ti0T)|j.i, [in LXX chiefly for Dli&;] I. Act., to place beside,
set before, c. ace. et dat. : of food, Mk 6*1 8«>7, Lk 9^6 11^; rparrcâv,
Ac 16^*; pass, ptcp., Lk
metaph., of teaching, 10^, i Co 102'';
irapaftoXrjv, Mt 132*'
î.
II. Mid., 1. to have set before one (Horn., Thuc,
Xen., al.). 2. to deposit with another, give in charge or commit to
(Hdt., Xen., Polyb., al.) c. acj. et dat., Lk 12*8 23*^, Ac 142^ 20^2,
:
I Ti 1^8, II Ti 22, I Pe ^^^. 3. to bring forward, quote as evidence :

seq. OTL, Ac 17^ (v. Page, in l.).t
* •irapa-TUYX'i>'<«». ^0 happen to be near or present : Ac 17i'^.t
adv. (<^ irapairra = Trap' avra, SC. to. Trpay/xara), [in
irap-auTiKa,
LXX Ps 69 (70)^ To 4^* * ;] 1. immediately. 2. C. subst., to express
:
brief duration (cf. 17 tt. Xa/ATrpdn^s, Thuc, ii, 64), momentary, for a
vioment : 11 Co 4i''.t
Trapa-(t>e'pa>, [in LXX

21i3(n) (bb.l hithpo.), and as v.l..^*;]
: I Ki
1. to bring to, set before, esp. of food (Hdt., al.). 2. to take or carry
away : c. ace. rei, seq. arro, 14^", Lk 22*2; pass., seq. viro, Jui2; Mk
metaph., pass., c. dat.. 13^.t He
iTapa-<}>pot'û (<[ rrapd, (fyprjv), [in LXX : Za 7^^ (TID)
* ',] to be
beside oneself, be deranged : 11 Co 1123.t
^tirapa-i^poi'ia, -as, 17, = cl. 7rapa(f>pocrvvr], madneSS : II Pe 2l^.t
* TTapa-x€ifx(iiw, to tointer at a place : seq. cts, Ac 27^2 ; iv, ib. 28ii
Trpos v/iSs, I Co 166 ; ««, Tit 3i2.t
344 MANUAL GRKEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
*'t"Trapa-x€ip,aCTia, -09, r] (•^ Trapa-^^ct/Aoô)) , a Wintering: Ac 27^

(Polyb., al.).+
irapaxpilfAa, adv. (= irapa to xPVt^)> [i^ LXX Nu : 6^ 12*, Is 29^
30" (DxriB), etc.;] on the spot, forthtvith, instantly : Mt 21^^'^\ Lk 1«*,
439 525 844,47,65 1313 1843 IQU 22«o, Ac 3^ 510 12^3 13U 1626,33 (qu the
usage in Mt, Lk, v. Dalman, Words, 28 f.).t
irdpSaXis, -eo)s, f), [in LXX for 103 , Ca 48, Ho 13^ Is 11«, al. ;]
a panther, leopard : Ee IS'^.i

irap-eSpeuw, [in LXX : Pr 1-^ 8^ * ;] to sit constantly beside, attend
constantly (cf. MM, xix) : t. Ova-iaa-Trjpiw, i Co 9".t
irdp-cifAi, [in LXX for XIjI etc. ;] 1. to be by, at hand or present;
,
(a) of persons: Ee 17^; irapwv (opp. to dTrw), i Co 5^, 11 Co 10^'^^

13^' 1^ seq. iTTL, 0. gen., Ac 24i0; iv^Tnov, Ac 10^3; ivdaê, Ac 17";
Trpds, c. acc. pers., Ac 12^'^, 11 Co 11^, Ga 4}^>ô-^
^^^ q( things of time,
:
6 Kaip6<;, Jo 7" T. Trapov, ; He 12^^ ; r) dXr^^cia, II Pe 1^'^

; ravra, ib. ^
T. Trapovra, He 13'''. 2. to have come or arrived (Hdt., Thuc, al. ; v.
Field, Notes, 65) : Lk 13^ Jo ll^s, Ac lOî; seq. cis, Col 1«; seq. tVi',
c. acc. rei, Mt 26*" (cf. oT;v-7rdp€iyxi).t

* irap-eicr-dyu), 1. to lead in by ones side, bring forward, introduce.
2. In late writers, to introduce or bring in secretly : 11 Pe 2^t
*+ irap-€iCT-aKTos, -ov {<^7rapeL(Tdyoi), brought in secretly (as spies or
traitors) : Ga 2*.t
* Trap-eia-8uw (also -Suj'O)), to slip in secretly, steal in : •nrapua-f&vrifTav
(vulgar aor. ; pass, for act., Bl., § 19, 2), Ju * (cf. also MM, xix).t
* Trap-cio--€pxo)jiai, 1. to come in beside or by the way : Eo 5^°. 2.
to come in secretly, steal in : Ga 2*.t
* •irap-eio--4)^p(i), to bring in or supply besides : ctttouS^v tt. (late Gk.
for cl. cr. TTOLeta-OaL ; cf. Deiss., BS, 361), 11 Pe l^.t
**t irap-cKT^s, = cl. TrapiK, -e'^, [in Aq. : De lê ; Al., Le 23^8*;] 1. as
adv., besides, in addition: to. it. (sc. yivo/xcva), 11 Co ll^^^ 2. As prep.
c. gen., except : Mt 5^2 19^ (WH, mg., E, mg.), Ac 26'^^.f
n-ap-€)j.-p(lXX(i), [in freq. chiefly for HZH ;] 1. to put in LXX and

beside or between, interpose. 2. In late writers (Polyb., al., LXX) as
technical military term (a) of soldiers, to draw up in line (freq. in ;
I Mac : 2*2, al.) ; (b) of siege works, to cast up : c. acc. et dat., p^dpa/cd
o-oi, Lk 19*3.t
irap-cfi-PoXr), -^s, r} {<^Trap€ix/3aiXXw), [in LXX chiefly for njnO;]
1. an (^schin.).
insertion, interpolation 2. In the Macedonian
dialect (Eutherford, NPhr., 473), as a military term; (a) an army in
battle array : He 11^4 (cf. Ex 141^.20, Jg 416, al.; freq. in Polyb.) (b) ;
a camp (Ex 29^*, al.) He ISî'i^, Ee 20^; (c) barracks, soldiers' :
quarters: Ac 2134.37 22^4 231°' iS'^^ 28i« (WH, txt., E, om.).+

irap-cf-oxXeu, -oi (cf. eVoxA-tw), [in LXX nxb hi. (Mi 6^), etc.;]
for
to annoy concerning a matter {irapn) : c. dat. pers.,Ac 15^^.+
tirap-eiri-STjfios, -ov (v.s. cvriOv/xcw), [in LXX: Ge 23*, Ps 38(39)"
(aofin) * ;] sojourning in a strange place ; as subst., 6 it., a sojourner

of Christians, i Pe 1^ ; iivoc /cat tt., He 11^^ ; trdpoiKOL koI it., i Pe 2^^ (v.
Deiss., BS, 149).t

Ttap-ipypôLi,, [in LXX chiefly for 13^;] 1. to pass, pass by ; (a) of
persons: absol., Lk c. ace. pers., Mk 6*^; c. ace. loc, Ac 16^;
18^^;
seq. Bta, c. gen., Mt S^s (b) of things t. 7roT>]piov, Mt 2639 (dir' ifxov), ib. *2
;
:
of time, Mt 14^5, Mk 143^ Ac 27^ i Pe 4^. Metaph., (a) to pass away,

perish: Mt 5^^ 2i^^'^^ Mk 133o.»i, Lk IG^^ 2132.33, „ Qq 517, ja 110,
II Pe 3^*^ (b) to pass by, neglect, disregard
;
c. ace. rei, Lk ll*^ 1529^ :
2. to come to, arrive Lk 123'' 17^, Ac 24'^, E, mg. (cf. dvri-TrapepxofiaLJ.f

:
SYN. : irapaâLVd}.
*'irdpe<ris, -ecus, 17 (<îrapir)fu), 1. a letting go, dismissal. 2.
pratermission, passing by (of debt or sin) : Eo S^^.t
Syn. : a</)€(ns, q.v.
irap-e'xu), [in LXX: Ps 29(30)7 (lay hi.), etc.;] I. Act., 1. to
furnish, provide, supply ; with ref. to incorporeal things, to afford,
show, give, cause : c. ace, Ac 22^, i Mk Ti 1*; c. ace. et dat., Mt 26^'',
14«, Lk 117 185, Ac 16i« 1731 282, q^ giv^ i Ti &\ 2. to present, offer:
0. aec. et dat., Lk 62^ c. pron. reflex, et ace. pred., to show or present
;
oneself (v. infr., and cf, Bl., § 55, 1). II. Mid., 1. to supply, furnish
or display of ones own part : c. ace. et dat., Lk 7*, Ac I92**, Col 4^.
2. In late writers, c. pron. reflex, et aec. pred. (= act. ut supr.), to
show or present oneself (Xen., FIJ, al. cf. M, Pr., 248; Deiss., BS, ;
254) Tit 2^.1

:
** irapTjYopio, -as, 17 {<îTaprjyopeo), to address, exhort, console), [in

LXX IV Mac 5^2 6^*;] 1. an address, exhortation (LXX, 11. c).
: 2.
comfort, consolation : Col 4^^.t
irapOe.'ia, -as, v «7rap^€Vos), [in LXX : Je 3* (Dniyj), Si 152 4210,
IV Mae 18^ * ;] virginity : Lk 236.t
• Tvap0£Vo9, -ov, ^, [in LXX chiefly for nbin^, Ex 22>6(i5), Jb 31i,
Ge 24i*> i«' ^s
and Ge
Is 23*, al. ; also for lyj , niTJ , 343, for na!?:? ,
24«, Is 71*;] a maiden, virgin: Mt psiLxx) gs^'^.u, Lk F^, Ac 21^,

I Co 725 ff-, II Co 112; masc, of chaste persons {CIG, 8784 b):
Ee 144.t.
ndpOos, -ov, 6, a Parthian : Ac 2^.t
irap-iTifit, [in LXX : Je 43^ (izriD pi.), etc.;] 1. to pass by or over,
let alone, disregard : Lk 11*2. 2. to relax, loosen ; pass., to be
relaxed, weakened, exhausted : Trapetfiei/as x^P'^', He 12^2 (LXX
dl/£l/X,-).t
irap-Krrdj'u, V.S. TrapCaTrjfLi.

irap-ioTTjiii, [in LXX for mv , etc. ;] I. Trans, in pres., impf.,
fut., 1 aor. ; 1. to place beside, present, provide : c. ace., Ac 9*^
232*, II Co 41*, Col 128; c. aec. et dat., 26*3^ Mt
222, Ac 13 2333, i Lt Co
8^; seq. aec. pred., Eo6^3,16 ^jate pres., Trapto-Taverc), ib. ^^ 12^, 11 Co
112, Eph 527, Col 122, II Ti 215. 2. to present to the mind (cl.) : by
argument, to prove (Xen., FIJ, al.), c. ace., Ac 24^3. II. Intrans. in
pf., plpf., 2 aor. ; or beside one: c. dat. pers., Ac 1^'

1. to stand /"/
gay 23- 27-=^; ptcp., Mk '" 153»'2^ Jo 18-^ 1926. 2. to appear:
''•''
li^^.
c. nom. pred., seq. ivwmov, Ac 4^^ c. dat. pers., Ac 27"'^ so fut. mid. ;
(cf. LS, S.V., B, ii, 2), Eo 14^**. 2. to be at hand, be jyresent, have

come : Ac 4'-** (LXX)
qI servants in attendance, evwTrtov t. 6iov, Lk 1^^
absol., ot Trapeo-Twres, Lk 19^4 seq. aL'Tw, Ac 232> ^ of time, ;
42^. ; Mk
3. to stand by for help or defence (Hom., Dem., Xen., al.) c. dat. :
pers., Ko 162, ii Ti 4i7.t

riapp.ej'as, -a, 6, Parmeyias : Ac 6*.t
Trdp-oSos, -ov, r}, [in LXX : Ge 38^*

("Î")"!!).
etc.;] a passing or
passage : iv ir., in passing, i Co 16^.

irap-oiKeco, -w, [in LXX chiefly for 113, also for ni2;\ ptZT;]
1. in cl., to dwell beside (c. ace), among (c. dat.) or near by (absol.).
2. In late writers, to divell in a place as a TrdpoiKos (q.v.) or stranger ;
Lk 2418, He ll^.t
tirap-oiKia, -a<;, t] «7rapoiK€w, q.v.), [in LXX: II Es S^^ (nb-l), Ps
33 (34)4 54 (55)15 ng (lig)^* 119 (120)5, La 2^2 (liaa and cogn.
forms), Hb 3i«, i Es b\ Jth 5^, Wi 19io, Si prol.26 IG^ 41^ 446, ^ Mac
630 719 * .] ^ sojourning : Ac 13i^ i Pe l^^.t
irdp-oiKos, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for IS , nsrin ;] 1. in cl. Attic,
dwelling near, neighbotiring ; as subst., a neighbour. 2. In late

writers (LXX, Philo) and in Inscr. (Deiss., BS, 227 1; Kennedy,
Sources, 102), foreign, alien; as subst., an alien, a sojourner: Ac
76 (LXX), 29. metaph., ê'loi kcu tt. (opp. to cru/ATroXtTT^s), Eph 2^^; tt. koI
irapeTn8rjiJ.ov<i (q.v.), I Pe 2^^ (v. Lft. on Clem. Bom., / Co., § l).t
irapotjiia, -as, rj (<[ ;rdpoi/i,os, by the tvay), [in LXX . Pr tit 1^ 25\
(birn), subscr., Si 6^^ 8^ 182^ 39^ 47^"*;] a wayside saying (Hesych.;
V. LS, S.V.), a byword, maxim, proverb : 11 Pe 222. 2. In NT, of

figurative discourse (as bCTD , Is 14*, al.), a parable, allegory : Jo 10"
16-25,29 (v_ Abbott, Essays, 82 ff.).t
SVN. : napafioXy, q.v.

*t irdp-on'os, -ov, = cl., irapotvtKos (irapd, oii'os), given to wine,
drunken : i Ti 3^ Tit l^t
* irap-oixofiai, to have passed by ; of time, to be gone by : iv t.
Trapw)(r]fji€vat<; ycveai?, Ac 141".
*t irap-ojioidijû, to be like: c. dat., Mt 232^.t
*Trap-6juioios, -ov (also -r; (Hdt.), -a (Arist.), -ov), mîch like, like.
Mk 71=^. t
irap-oûKu, [in LXX for |^K3 , iqsp , 731 , etc. ;] 1. primarily, but
never so in cl., to sliarpen {ixaxaipav, De 32*^, ]3B7). 2. Metaph., a3
always in cl., (a) to spur on, stimulate (Arist., Xen., al.) (b) to ;
provoke, rouse to anger (De 9''» 1^, Ps

105 (106)2^, al.) pass., Ac l?!", :
I Co 135.t
TTopoloo-fios, -ov, 6 «7rapo^'v(ij), [in LXX : De 29<28)27, Je 39

{B2y (5]y|5) * ;] 1. stimulation, provocation : tt. ayd-n-qs, He 10^*.
2. irritation : Ac 15^^.t
irap-opYiJiu, [in LXX chiefly for 0^3 hi.;] (in cl., passive only),
to provoke to anger : Eo 10^^ fLXX)^ Eph 6*.t
t irap-opyiap.os, -ov, 6 (<^ Trapopyt^w) ,
[in LXX: III Ki 15^'', IV Ki
2326 (Dy3) ; IV Ki 193, Ne 918.26 (nyx?) ; Je 215 a (f)S|?.) *;] irritation
(" distinguished from opyrj as implying a less permanent state " ; ICC,
Eph., 140; and v. Tr., Syn., § xxxvii) : Eph 426.t
* irap-oTpoVu, to urge on, stir up: c. ace. pers., Ac 13^° (Pind.,
Hipp., and late writers) .t
Trap-ouam, -as, 17, [in LXX : Ne 2« A, Jth 1018, II Mac 812 1521,
III Mac 31^*;] 1. usually in
cl., a being present, presence : i Co 16^'',
II Co opp. to aTTova-M, Phi 2^2 (cf. 11 Mac I521).

10^*^; 2. a coming,
arrival, advent (Soph., Eur., Thuc, al., v. LS, s.v. so Jth, I.e., ;
II Mac 8^2) : 11 Co ?«• ', Phi 126, n Th 2^; in late writers (v. M, Th.,
145 ff.; MM, xix; LAE, 372 ff.) as technical term for the visit of
a king; hence, in NT, specif, of the Advent or Parowsia of Christ
Mt 243.27,37,39^ I Co 1523, 1 Th 219 313 415 523, II Th 21.8, Ja 5^.8, n Pe
116 3*. 12, 1 Jo 228.t
*irap-o\|/is, -tSos, rj (<[7rapa, oif/ov V.S. oi/âptoj'), 1. a side-dish of ]
dainties (Xen., al.). 2. In Comic poets and late prose, the dish itself
on which the dainties are served Mt 232^. 26. (In this sense : it is
condemned by the Atticists v. Rutherford, NPhr., 265 f.)t ;
TrappT]o-ia, -as, r) (<^7ras + p^cris, speech), [in LXX : Le 2612 (/i.€Ta
IT., npn^hp), Pr 1^*^ lOi'*, Wi 51, al. ;] 1. freedom of speech, plainness,

openness, freedom in speaking (Eur., Plat., al.) : Ac 4i3, n Co 312
TrapprjaLa, adverbially, freely, openly, plainly, Mk 832, Jq 713,26 1024 ll^*
1629 1820; opp. to ei' Trapot/xiais, Jo 162^; iy tt., Eph 61^; /tera tt., Ac 22^
429, 31 2831. 2. In LXX (i Mac 4i8,
Wi 51, al), FIJ, and NT, also (from
the absence of fear which accompanies freedom of speech), confidence,
boldness : 11 7*, Phi po, i Ti 3i3;
Co cVv tt., Eph 312, Phm 8, He 3«
1019.35, I Jo 228321 417 51*; ftera TT., He 4I6; ivTr., Col 215; j^. (as
NÔrnDS in Eabbinic lit.; v. Westc, Jo., i, 262), in public, Jo 7* and
(without iv) 1154.t
irappr)aidiio|xai {<îrapprj(rLa), [in LXX:
Jb 2226 (jjy hithp.),
Ps 11(12)5 93(94)1, Pr 20^, Ca Si 6"*;] to speak freely or
810,
boldly, be bold in speech: Ac 927.28 1346 143 1326 igs 2526, Eph 620,
iTh22.t
irds, TTaao, iroi', gen., Travros, 7rda"r]<i, TravTOS, [in LXX chiefly for
bs;] 0,11, every.
I. As adj., 1. c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind
Mt 310 423, Mk 9*9, Lk 437 Jo 2io, Ac 2720, Ro 78, Re 18i7, al.
mult.
pi., all, Ac 2215, -^Q 512^ 2e je, al.
; of the highest degree, ir. iôviria
{irpodvpLia, xapa), Mt 2818, Ac 1711, Phi 229, al. ; also the whole (though
in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 23, Ac 236, Ro 112«. 2. C. art.
(before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art.
and noun), all, whole : Mt 8=*^ 1S\ Mk 5^\ Lk li«, Ac 7^\ Eo 3i9,
Ga 51*, Eph 416, al.; pi., Mt 2*, Mk 4i3, Ro l^, al.

II. As pron., 1. masc. and fem., every one : Mk 9^^, Lk 16^*^,
He 2^; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7^\ Ac 2-\ Ga Sô, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.),
Mt 13>9, Lk 114; c, ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5^2, Mk 7^, Lk 6*^, Jo S^
Ro 116, al. ;
pi., TraVrt?, absol., all, all men, Mt 10^2, Mk IS^^, Lk 2038,
Jo 1" 326,
I Co 8^ al. ; ol it. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11^^,
I Co 10^^ Eph 413, al.; tt. 01 (5crot), Mt 42*, Mk 1^2, Lk 4*o, al. 2.
Neut., (a) sing., irav, everything, all: irav to, c. ptcp., i Co 102^.27^
Eph Jo 216 5*
513, I (sc. ov) ; ttSv 5, Jo I72, Ro 1423 collectively, of
.
persons (Westc, in 1.), Jo 63"»39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, ha.

TravTos, always, Mt 181*^, al. ; h Travrt, in everything, in every way,
II Co 4^, Phi 46, al. ; (6) pi., Traira, all things : absol., Jo 13, i Co 21°,
He 28, al. ; of certain specified things, Mk 43*, Lk 13, Ro 828, i t^^ 521^
al. ace, navra, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects,
;
Ac 2035, I Co 925, al. c. art., ra tt., all things (a totality, as distinct

;
from anarth. Travra, all things severally; cf. Westc, Eph., 186 f.),
absol. : Ro 1136, j Co 86, Eph 3», He 13, al. relatively, Mk 4^, Ac ;
172^, Ro 832, al TfdvTa ra, C. ptcp., Mt 1831, q\ ,ravTa Tavra [ravra

• .
IT.), Mt 632' 33^ al. Trai'Ttt, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, 7rp6 Trai/Twv,
;
above all things, Ja 512, i Pe

in all things, in all ivays, i Ti
4* ; Iv tt.,
311, I Pe 411, al. Kara Travra, in all respects, Ac I722, al. 3. C. neg.,
;
n-as ov {firi) = ouSct?, v.s. ov and jxri, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.
t-n-do-xa, to, indecl. (Aram. NFips), [in LXX for nOg);] 1. the
festival of the Passover : Mt 262, yi^ ^41^ l^ 22i, Jo 213.23 6* ll^s 121
1839 191*, Ac 12S He ^ Lk II28; ôpTr; tov tt., 2*1, Jo 13i. 2. By
meton., (a) the pascJial supper : €Toiyu,a^€iv to tt., Mt 261^, Mk I416, Lk
228' 13
. ^0^^-^ .ro TT., Mt 2618 (b) the paschal lamb : Ovetv to ;
tt. (Ex 12^1),
Mk 1412, Lk 22"; of Christ, i Co S''; câyeiv to it. (lamb or supper),
Mt 261^ Mk 1412.1*, Lk 2211' 15, Jo 1828 (cf. 11 Ch 30i').t
Trdaxw, [in LXX: Am

ni.), Wi 122", gj 3316^ al. ;] to 66 (nbn
suffer, be acted on, as opp. to acting, often limited by a word expressive
of good or evil (a) of misfortunes (most ;
freq. without any limiting
word) absol., Lk 221^ 24*6, Ac 13 318 173,
: i Co 1226, He 2i8 926 1312,
I Pe 219' 20, 23 317 415,19. seq. ^,^0, c. gen., Mt 17i2; imep, Ac 916, Phi V^\
II Th 1\ PeI 221 ; c. dat. ref., i Pe 41 ; Trcpi, c. gen. (seq. virip), 1 Pe 318
hid, c. 31*; oXiyov {a little rvhile), i Pe 51°; c. ace, Mt 271^,
ace, I Pe
Mk Lk 132 2426, Ac 285, „ Yi I12, He 58, Re 2io iraO-^fx.ara, 11 Co 16
912, ;
TavTa, Ga 3* (EV cf. Lft., in 1., but v. infr.) ace. seq. a^rd, Mt I621,
; ;
Lk 922 1725 ino, Mk 526, I Th 21* {b) of pleasant experiences (but

;
;
always with qualifying word, eu or ace. rei) Ga 3* (cf. Grimm-Thayer, :
s.v. ; but v. supr.) (cf. irpo-, avv-7raax<^)-'^

Interp. Com., in 1.,
ndrapa, -coi/, to, Patara, a maritime city of Lycia Ac 21i.t :
iraTcio-au, [in LXX

chiefly and very freq. for nD3 hi., also for f)33 ,
etc. ;] 1. in Horn., intrans., to beat (of the heart). 2. Trans. = irX-qcrao},

to strike, smite : absol., ci' fxayâipa, Lk 22*^ c. ace. pers., Mt 26^1, ;
Lk 2250; c. ace. rei, Ac 12^; of a deadly blow, Mt 2&^\ Mk W^,

Ac 72*. Metaph., of disease : Ac 1223,Re 11« IQi^.t
iraWcj, -w, [in LXX for !JT7, etc.;] 1. intrans., to tread, walk:
seq. cTraVo) Scfiewv k.tX (fig.), Lk 10^9 (cf. Ps 90 (91)13). 2. Tians., to
tread on, trample : t. Xr/vdv, Ee Idô 1915 (cf. Jg 927^ La l^^, al.) of the ;
desecration of Jerusalem by its enemies, Lk 212*, Ee 11^ (cf. Kara-,

TrepL-, ev-7rept-7raT€(o).t
iraTTJp, irarpos, -rpi, -ripa, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for ON ;]
a father ; 1. prop., (a) of the male parent: Mt 2^2, Lk 1^^, Jo 4^3.
anarth., He 12^ (M, Pr., 82 f.) pi., of both parents (cl.), He 1123; ;
01 TT. T. a-apKos, He 12^ ;

(b) of a forefather or ancestor (in cl. usually in
pi.; Horn., al.): Mt 3^, Lk V^ Jo 8^^ al.; pi., Mt 233«.32^ Lk 623.26,
Jo Co 10^ al. 2. Metaph.,

420, I an author, originator, or (a) of
archetype (= airtos, dpxriy6<i, etc.; Pind., Plat., al.) Jo 8*^"*^, Eo :
4n, 12, 16
(j^ a,s a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers
.
and others in a position of responsible authority (Jg IT^**, n Ki 2^2,

Pr 18, al.) Mt 23^ Ac 72 22i, i Jo 2^3. 3. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as
:
Father (a) of created things t. c^wtwv, Ja 1^" (b) of all sentient

;
:
;
beings Eph S^^'^*, He 12^ (c) of men, esp. those in covenant relation
:
;
with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit. v. Dalman, Words, 184 ff.) ;
Mt 6\ Lk 636, Jo 42i_ Ja 39^ al. 6 tt. 6 cv (t.) oipavoU, Mt 5^\ Mk 1125 ;
o TT. 6 ovpdvLo<;, Mt 61* 1513 ; esp. in the Epp., of Christians : Eo 8^5, 11 Co

618, Ga 4", Eph 2^8 4«, i Jo 2^; c. gen. qual., t. oiKTipp^wv, 11 Co 13; t.
So^s, Eph (Dalman, Words, 190 ff.) (a) by our
11'
;
{d) of Christ ;
Lord himself 6 tt., Mt Lk IO21.22, Jo 520-23, al. 6 w. p.ov, Mt 1127,

:
1125-27, ;
al. blvr. ovpavoh, Mt 7", al. 6 oipdvio^, Mt 15i3 vocat., Jo ll*i 1227. 28
; ; ;
(ft) by Apostles: Jo T* (anarth.;

171,5,11,20,25 (cf Abbott, JG., 96
f.) ;
v. M, Pr., I.e.), Eo 15«, 11 Co 13 113i, Eph 13, Col l^. He 15, i Pe l^,
Ee 1« (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 27-34).
ndxfios, -ov, -fj, Patmos, an island in the ^gean Sea Ee : 1^.+
irarpaXuas, V.S. TrarpoXwas.
iraTpid, -as, 17 {<^-naT-^p), [in LXX chiefly for a^, Ex 61*, al.,
also for nmvn , Ex 615, II Ki 14^, Ps 21 (22)27, al. ;] 1. lineage,
ancestry (Hdt.). 2. =
irdrpa (more common in cl.), a family or tribe
(sosometimes in Hdt., in LXX of related people, in a sense narrower
than (^vX-q and wider than otKos v. Ex 123, û 3228) Lk 2* in a ; : ;
wider sense (i Ch 1628, pg 21 (22)27), Ac 325 (lxx), Eph 3i5.t

tiraTpitipxilS, -ov, 6 {<^TTaTpid, ap;^co), [in LXX: I Ch 2431 (3X),
II Ch 198 2612 (ninxn crxi), i Ch 2712 (-i«y), 11 Ch 2320 (niNi^Tie?),
IV Mae 719 1625*;] a patriarch Ac 229 : 78.9, He 7*.t
irarpiKos, -77, -ov {<^7raTrjp), [in LXX for 3^, Ge 508, al. ;]
paternal, ancestral : Ga li^.t
irarpis, -i8os, rj {<îraTrip) ,

[in LXX chiefly for DlîD;] prop,
poet. fern, of ndrpLos, of one's fathers ; as subst., ^ v. = Trdrpa,

fatherland, country, home, native place: Ac 18^^ mg., He 11^*; WH,

of one's own town, Mt IS'**' ", Mk SL ^ Lk 4:^^'^\ Jo 4".t
HarpoPas, -u, 6, Patrohas : Ko 16^*.
* irarpoXwas (-oAwa?, Rec. in cl. -aXotas, V. Bl., §3, 3 6, 2, and ; ;
cf. yaryrpoAwas) -ov, 6 (<^ Trar^p + aXouiw, to smite), (a) a parricide:

,
I Ti 1» (AV, R, txt.) (6) a smiter of his father : ib. (R, mg.).+

;
*t TraTpo-irapd-SoTOS, -ov {<îTarr)p, 7rapa8i8a)î), handed down from

ones fathers, inherited: i Pe 1^* (Diod., al.).t
irarpwos, -a, -ov «7raTi?p), [in LXX : Pr 27^0 (nx), II Es 7^,
ii-iv Mac 12*;] of ones fathers, received from one' s fathers : Ac 22^
2414 28i7.t
riauXos, -ov, 6 (Lat. Paulus), 1. Sergius Paulus : Ac 13'^. 2. the
Apostle Paul (cf. SaOAos) : Ac 13^, and freq. throughout Ac, Ro 1^
I Co 11, al., II Pe 315.
iravo), [in LXX for nbs pi., etc.;] to make to cease, restrain,
3i''('^^^).
hinder : c. ace. rei, seq. a-n-o, i Pe
Mid., to cease, leave off:
Lk 82* 111, 138; c. ptcp., Lk 5*, Ac 5*^ 61^ 13i« 20^1 2132,
Ac 201, I Co
Eph 116, Col 1^ He 102; c. gen., d/xapnas, i Pe 4i (WH, mg., R, txt.)
c. dat., ib. (WH, txt., R, mg.).t
n(i<|>os, -ov, rj, Paphos, a city in Cyprus : Ac IS^'i^.t
Traxoi'aj «7raxv?, thick), [in LXX: De 321^, Is 6io (por), al.;]
to thicken, fatten ; pass., to groiv fat. Metaph., to viakedull or stupid

(t. ij/vxds, Plut.) pass., to wax gross : rj KapSia, Mt 131^, Ac 28^'' (LXX).t
«
;
ire'ST), -r}<;, rj Trc'â, the instep), [in LXX for TXffn^ , etc,;]
a fetter: Mk 5*, Lk S^^.t
ireSifos, -rj, -ov (< TreSiov, a plain), [in LXX chiefly for rh^Wi
{t} it.) ;] level, plain : Lk 6i''.t
*iT€i€u'w (<[7r€ôs), to travel on foot or by land: Ac 20i^.t
irej^TJ, V.S. Trends.
Tvei^s, -i -ov «7rovs), [in LXX for ^^31;] 1. on foot: Mt 14i3
14i^ Mt
(WH, mg., R, txt.). 2. 0pp. to going by sea, hy land :
(WH, mg., R, mg.). 3. As adv., ttc^^ (sc. 6S<5), on foot or hy land:

Mt 1413 (WH, txt.), Mk 633.+
TTCiGapxew, -w (•< 7r€tôp,ai, apxfj), [in LXX: Da LXX 72'' (jrJDl?)'),
Si 3038 (3328), I Es 89* * ;] to obey one in authority, he obedient : Tit 3i

c. dat., Ac 2721 Q^^^ Ac 3-!.+.
529.
*+iTcie6s (Triads, WH), -Yf, -ov (-<7ret^co), = cl. TTiâvds, persuasive

I Co 2* (not found else where).
* riciOoS, -ovs, Peitlw, Persuasion (as a goddess).
17, 1. 2. per-
suasion : h> TTudoi (so Orig., Eus. and some cursives in i Co 2* for
Tr€iB6<i, q.v.).+
ir€i0w, [in LXX chiefly for nt32, its parts and derivatives;]
(i) Active; 1, trans., 10 apply persuasion ("conative" in pres. v. M, ;
Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 28i*,

Ac 1928; seq. Trept, c. gen. rei, Ac 19*; c. ace. pers., Ac 12^^ 14^^ ig*,
II Co 5", Ga l^*' ; t. Ka/aSta? TjfiCJv, I Jo 3^^ ; c. ace. seq. Ac 28^^
Trtpi,
c. ace. et inf., Ac 13 ^ 26^* (v. Field, Notes, 141 ff.) ; c. ace. seq. Lva
(Plut.), Mt 2T\ Intrans., 2 pf. TrcVotâ with pres. sense (v. M,
2.
Pr., 147, 154; BL, §59, 2):
to trust, be confident, have confidence:
c. ace. et inf., Eo 2^9 c. ace. ref. (v. Ellic, in I) Phi I''. " c. dat.,
; : ;
Phi ll^ Phm2i; lauTw, c. inf., ii Co 10"; seq. iv. Phi 33.*; iu Kvpioy
6ti, Phi 2^4. ,vi', c. dat., Mt 27« (WH, mg.), 10^* (T, E, mg.', Mk WH,
om.), Lk 1122 189^ II Co He 19, 2^3; cVi, e. ace, Mt 27*3 (e. dat., WH,
mg.) id. seq. on, ii
; Co 2\ ii Th
3* (v. Lft., Notes, 127) ek, c. ace. ;
pers. seq. on, Ga 5^^. (ii) Pass, and mid. 1. to be persuaded, believe ;
(v. M, Pr., 158) absol., Lk ISî, Ac 17* 211*,

:
13^8 c. dat., Ac 282* He •
C. ace. et inf., Ac 262^; so also pf., iriiraa-ixai, 7rc7retcr/Aevo? ei/Lit c. acc. :
ref. seq. n^pi. He c. acc. et inf., 206; -^^^ Rq &^, ii Ti 1^.12;

6^; Lk
id. 0. Iv KvpLu), Eo n-epi, c. gen. seq. on, Eo 15^*.
14^* 2. to listen to,
;
obey: e. dat pers., Ac 53^.37,40 2321 27^1, Eo 2^, Ga 5^, He 13^^ Ja 33

(cf. dva-7r«i^(o).t
neiXaxos (Eec. ntAaVos, Tr., -Stos, V. WH, App., 155), -ov, 6,
Pontius Pilate : Mt 272, 15^, Lk B\ Jo 1829, Mk Ac 3^3, i Ti 6^3, al.
irClK = TTieiV, V.S. TTtVCU.
TTcimw, -co, [in LXX chiefly for 2^"^ ;] to hunger, be hungry

Mt 42 121' 3 2118 2535. 37, 42, 44^ Mk Lk 1*3 42 63, Eo 1220 (LXX)^
225 1112^
Ee 7i«; metaph., Mt 5«, Lk 621.25, Jo 635.+
I Co 411 1121.34, Phi 412,
TTCipa, -as, 17 (<C] Trctpao)), [in LXX De 285" ^^ Xafx-fiav^tv,

:
nD3 pi.) 33* (HDa) , Wi 1820.25, n Mac 89, iv Mac 81*;] a trial, ex-
yeriment ; tt. Xafx.fia.vfiv, to make trial, have experience of: He 1129|36
(for exx., V. Field, Notes, 232 f.).+
-ireipdjû, poet, and late prose form of ireLpdw, q.v., [in LXX for
nD3 pi.
;] 1. to make proof of (Hom.). (Luc, Polyb., 2. to try, attemjit
al.) c.
: inf. (v. 4), Ac 16"
M, Pr., 205 Bl., § 69,
92« 246. 3, j^ LXX ;
and NT, like Heb. nD3 c. acc. pers., to test, try, prove; (a) in a good
,
sense: Jo 6", 11 Co 13*, He lli^, Ee 22; esp. of trials and afflictions

sent or permitted by God (Ge 22i, Ex 2020, Wi 35, al.), i Co 10i3,
He 218 415 1117. 37, Re 310 (&) in a bad sense (Apoll. Ehod., 3, 10) ;
of the attempts made to ensnare Jesus in his speech, Mt I61 193

2218, 35, Mk 811 102 1215, Lk llie, Jo 8^6] of temptation to sin, to temjJt, ;
Ja 113.14 ^y Hort, in 1.), Ga 61, Ee 2io esp. of temptations of the ;
devil, Mt 41.3, Mk li3, Lk 42, i Co 75, i Th 35; 6 irîpa^wv, the

tempter, Mt 43, i Th 35; (c) in bad sense also (Ex 172.^, Nu I422, al.),
of distrustful testing, trying or challenging of God Ac I510, i Co 109 :
(WH, mg., c^cTTctpao-av), 39; T. TTvevfxa Kvpiov, Ac 59 He

(cf. €K-7r€tpa^<o).+
Syn. : 8oKLfjLd^(i), q.v.

+ TTCipao-fios, -ov, 6 {^îretpd^di), [in LXX for nÔ I
]t^5^j]
!•
an experiment (Diosc). 2. a trial, of ethical purpose and

=a TTcipa,
effect, good or evil (v. Hort on Ja li3)

vsrhether {a) in good or ;
neutral sense Ga 41*, Ja I12, i Pe 412 esp. of afflictions sent by God

: ;
(De Pe Re 3i« Lk Ac
719, Si 2\ al.) : 11 2^, ;
pi., 2228, 20^^, Ja l^, i Pe
1* ;
of trial regarded as leading to sin, temptation : Lk 8^^, i Co
(b)
10^3, 1 Ti 6^; of the temptation of Jesus by the diivil, Lk 4^^; ctV^cpeiv
{ipX€(rdai, elcripx-) €t? ir., Mt G^^ 26*1, 1438, Lk 11* 2240.46- (c) of Mk
the testing or challenge of God by man (v.s. Treipd^w, 3, c.) : He 38
(LXX : Ps 94 (95)^, where Kara t. rjfiepav irupaa-pLOV = HÔ UV^ , as
the day of Massah).f
SYN. : SoKLfJilOV.
TTcipdw, more commonly as depon., veipdofxat, [in LXX for nD3;]
to try, attempt : Ac 26'^^.f
*tir6ia|xoi'Ti, -V'>> V {<C-êtO(i>), persuasion : Ga 58.t

irâyos, -ovs, to, [in LXX: 11 Mac 521, iv Mac 7^*;] the deep
sea, the deep, the sea : Ac 27^ ; t6 tt. t^s Oa\(i(rarj<;, Mt 18*.
SVN. : daXdcTcra (q.v.) ; and cf. d/3vcrao<;.
*t ireXeKijâ) (<< ttcA-ckv?, a battle-axe), to cut off ivith an axe, esp. to
behead : c. ace, Ee 20* (Polyb., al.).t
TTc'/iTTTos, -rj, -ov, [In LXX for ^CT'^pn and cognate forms ;] fifth
Re 69 91 1610 212o.t
Tr^fiTTu, [in LXX chiefly for nbtZT;] to send; (a) of persons:
c. ace, absol, Mt 22^ Lk 7^^, Jo l^^^ n Co 9^, al. ;
ptcp. seq. verb.,
Mt 1410, Ac 1931, al.; ptcp. seq. Sid (= Heb. 11^5, i Ki I620, al.), Mt
112 Re V) of teachers sent by God, Jo l^^ i^\ Eo 8^, al. c. ace.
(cf ; ;
et dat., I Co 4^'^, Phi 2^9 seq. tt/oo's, c. ace, Lk 42*, Jo 16'^, al.
; seq. ;
Xeytjv (cf. Heb. -lbs!? nbm, Ge 382*, al.), Lk 7«'i9; seq. ets, c. ace.
loc, Mt 28, Lk 1515, al. seq. eis (of purpose), Eph 622, Col 48, i Pe 2^*
;
c. inf., Jo 133, I Co 163, lie

22i« (b) of things Ee llô seq. tk, Ee : ;
;
111; id., of purpose, Ac IF^, Phi 41^; c. dat. pers., 11 Th 2"; tt. t.
hpiiravov aov (cf. €â7roo-Ttt'A.aT€ Spenava = 7S0 ^Tl?^ > Jl 3 (4)13), j^q
141^' 18 (gf ava-, €K-, fxera-, trpo-, (rvv7rt/JLTro)).
SvN. : dirocTTeXXw, q.v.

Wi'Tjs, -rjTo<;, 6 (< TTcVo/Aat, to work for one's daily bread), [in
LXX for ]V^tf, "^2^ , bl, etc.;] one who works for his living, a
labourer, a poor man : 11 Co 9^.f
Sya\ TTTwxos, properly a beggar and implying deeper poverty
:
than TT. (v. Tr., Syn., § xxxvi Abbott, Essays, 78). ;
TtivOepd, -as, rj (fem. of irevOepos), [in LXX for nian ;] a mother-

in-law : Mt 81* 1036, Mk V\ Lk 438 i263.t
-rrecOep^s, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for DPI , Ge 38i3, al.

; also for
]i:in, JgliÂ;] a father-in-laiv : Jo 18i3.t
TT€»'0ea), -to, [in LXX chiefly for blN;] to modern (for), lament;
(a) intrans. : Mt 5* (5) 91^, Co 52 tt.
i ; Kal KXaUiv, Mt I610, Lk 625, jg, 49^
Ee 18i5> 13 ; seq. iiri, c. ace, Ee 18" (b) trans., c. ace, 11 Co 122i.t

;
STJf. : v.s. 6pr]V€(D.

ir^fSos, -ovs, TO, [in LXX chiefly for b^\] mourning: Ja 4',
Eel87.8 21*.t
ir€>'ixp<5s, -a, -ov (•<! ""O'o/tai, V.S. irevrj^), [in LXX: Ex 22^**
0?^)»
Pr 28^5 29'^ (b?) * ;] chiefly in Comic poets and late prose (but Plato,
Bep., 578 A), = needy, poor

TreV?/?, : Lk 2P (for ex. in tt., v. MM, xix).t
ircvo-dKis, adv., five times : u Co ll^^.t
irckTOKKT-xiXioi, -ai, -a, /ive thousand : Mt I421 16», Mk 6** 8i»,
Lk 91*, Jo 6io.t
Trci'TaK<5<noi, -ai, -o, five hundred : Lk 7*^, i Co 15'.+
irivT€, indecl., 01, at, rd, five : Mt 14^^ al.
ir€KTc-Kai-8cKaTos, -rj, -ov, the fifteenth :Lk 3^.+
TrerrriKon-a, indecl., ol, al, rd, fifty : Lk 7" 16«, Jo 8" 21", Ac
1320 ; dva TT., Lk
91*; Karh IT., 6*0.+ Mk
irevTr]KO(TTf\, -rj<s, ^, V.S. ttcvtt/koo-tos.
ir6i'TT]Ko<rr6s, -^, -ov, [in LXX for CCroq, Le 25^"'", iv Ki

1523.27; I Mac 4, Mac
14*; ^ ir., To 2^, 11 Mac 12^2*;] fiftieth. As
II
subst., 17 TT. (a) (sc. fnpk), at Athens, a tax of two per cent.
; {h) (sc. ;
rjfiepa, i.e. the fiftieth day after the Passover), Pentecost, the second
of the three great Jewish feasts (To, 11 Mac, 11. c. ; kofyrr} i^SofidSwv,
De 1610, al.) : Ac 2^ 20^^, 1 Co 168.+
+ ir6iroi0r]<ns, -cws, v «7r€t'â>), [in LXX: IV Ki 18^9 (fintsn) *

;]
confidence 11 Co
: Eph 3^2; seq. cis, n Co 822; ^^ py 34
l^^ 3* 10^, (the
word is condemned by the Atticists, v. Eutherford, NPhr., 355).+
nip (akin to Trepi), enclitic particle, adding force or positiveness
to theword which precedes it indeed, by far, etc. In the NT, it is :
always affixed to the word to which it relates, v.s. SioTrcp, idvirep, eiirep,
iirfLTTtp, eTreiSiQTrep, y}TT€p, KaOdirep, Katrrep, oanrep, wcnrtp.
*iT€paiTip<a (<[7r€pa, beyond), compar. adv., beyond: Ac 19'*,
L, Tr., WH (T, Eec, E, -rrcpl iT4pu>v).f
ircpac, adv., [in LXX for l^jr and cognate forms ;] on the other
side, across (usually with the idea of water lying between) (a) as in ;
221 25
the older poets, as prep. c. gen. t. 6a\dc<rr]^, Jo 6^'
: ^ 'lopSdvov, ^'^> •
Mt 415 (LXX). 26 191^ Mk 38 IQi, Jo 128 32« 10*0; t. x^^t^^ppov r. Ke'Sptov,

Jo 181; (b) TO TT., the region beyond, the other side: Mt 818-28 1422 iqs^
Mk 435 521 6*5 813; .r. 6a\d(T<n]s, Mk 51 ; T. \Lp.v7Yi, Lk 822.t
-ir^pas, -ttTos, TO (^TTcpa, beyond), [in LXX chiefly for y^, nyp
and cognate forms ;] an end, limit, boundary ; (a) of space chiefly in :
pi., Tî TT. T. y^s, Mt 12*2, Lk 1131; .r. oJkoi^/a^t^s, Eo IQiSd^); (b) (opp.
to dpxv) i^^ ^^^ •'
C- g6Il., dvTtXoytas, He 61'.+
ncpyafjios, -ov, rj (so Xen., Paus., al., but -ov, to in Strabo, Polyb.,
and most writers, also in Inscr. ; in NT the termination is uncertain),
Fergamum, a city of Mysia : Ee 1" 2 12.+
Perga, a city of Pamphylia Ac 13i3' ^* 142*.t
n^PYT], -175, 17, :
23
prep. c. gen., acc (in cl. also c. dat. cf. M, Pr., 105 f.),
irepi, ;
with radical sense round about (as distinct from dyuî, on both sides).
I. C. gen., 1. of place, about (poet.). 2. Causal, about, on
accoxmt of, concerning, in reference to : Mt 2^, 1^*, Lk 4^^, Jo 16^^, Mk
Ac 28^^ al. mult. ra ircpi, c. gen., the thiiigs concerning one, one's
;
state or case: 5-^", Ac Mk

28^^, Eph 6^^, al. P
at the beginning of a ;
sentence, Trepi, regarding, as to, i Co 7^, al. ; in the sense on account of
(Mt 26^8, I Co 1^3, al.), often with iirip as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105).
II. C. acc, 1. of place, about, around : Mt S\ 1^, Lk IS^, Mk
Ac 22", al. ; oi TrepC, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc.,
Mk 410, Lk 22*9, Jo 1119^ Ac IS^^ ; 01 Trepl r. ToiaCra ipydrai, Ac 19^5
metaph., about, as to, concerning: i Ti l^^ 6\ 11 Ti 2^^ 3^, Tit T

TO. Trepl ifi(, Phi 223 „j ^^pi ^, Xonra iTnOvfilai,
. 41^. 2. Of time, in Mk
a loose reckoning, about, near : Mt 20^' s. e, 9 2746, Mk 6*8, Ac lO^. » 22«.
III. In composition roundabout {TrcpLfidWo}, irepiKtifxat), beyond,
:
over and above (Trepnroieu), Trc/atXctVw), to excess (Trepupydiôfjiai, Treptcrcrivw).

irepi-dyo., [in LXX
Am 2i« ("Sjbn hi.) Is 28^^ Ez 47^ (nnO
: ;
hi., ho.) ; Ez 37^ 462i (-Qy hi), 11 Mac 4^8 Gô*;] 1. to lead about or
around : c. acc. pers., i Co 9^. 2. Intrans., to go about : Ac 13"; seq.
€v, Mt 423acc. loc. (governed by the Trcpi-, not so in cl., v. Bl.,
; c.
23l^ Mk
§ 34, 1 53, ;1), Mt 9»5 6«.t
ircpi-aipe'w, -w, [in chiefly LXX
for liD hi. ;] to take away that
which surrounds, take away, take off (rei'x^, Hdt., Thuc. x'^'i'i'a, ;
Plat. BaKTvXLov, Ge 41*^, cf. a(j>pr]yi8a, Hdt., ii, 151)

; t. Ka\v/x,/i,a, pass., :
II Co 3^"; as nautical term (RV, cast off), dy/cvpas, Ac 27***; absol.,

to cast loose : ib. 28^^. Metaph., to take away entirely : eXTrt's, pass.,
Ac 27^0; afxapria<i, He lOî.t
**ivepi-dirTw, [in LXX:
3^*;] 1. to tie about, attach. ill Mac
2. In late writers, to light a fire around, kindle : irvp, Lk 22^*.t
**t irepi-aCTTpdirrw, [in LXX
iv Mac 4^** * ;] to flash around : c. acc,
:
Ac 93; seq. TTtpt, Ac 22^ (Eccl. and Byzant.).t

irepi-pdWw, [in LXX
chiefly for nOS pi., also for Wlh TmSt , ,
etc. ;] to throw aroujid or over, put on or over ; (a) of siege or defen-

sive works x«pa'<a ctol, : Lk 19*^ (WH, mg. ; -n-apefifi-, WH, txt.)
(b) of clothing, to put on, wrap about, clothe with : acc rei, Lk 23" c
c acc. pers., Mt
2536.38,43- c. dupl. acc. (notch; Bl., § 34, 4), Jo 19^;
pf. pass., to have wrapped round one acc. rei (cl.), 14^^ 16^, : c Mk
Re 79.13 iQi 113 121 174 1816 1913. c. dat. rei. Re 4* (WH, txt.; seq. e^,
WH, mg.) ; fut., seq. Iv (cf. De 22^2, Ps 44 (45)9. i3)^ Re 3^. Mid., to
clothe oneself, wrap round or pît on oneself : absol., Mt 6^9, Lk 12^'',
Ee 318; c acc. rei, Mt 63i, Ac. 128, Re 198.t

ircpi-pXe-irw, [in LXX for ntir etc ;] to look ,
around (at). Mid.,
to look about one {at) : absol., Mk
98 10^3 ; c. inf., Mk 53^ ; c acc. pers.,
Mk 3*' 3*, Lk 610 . ^^y^^, Mk ll".t
ircpi-poXaiot', -ov, to « Trepi/SdWd)), [in LXX chiefly for IZTQ^ ,
mD5 and cognate forms ;] that which is thrown around, a covering

in NT, (a) a mantle (Ps 101 (102)27, ig 5917^ al.) : He 112(Lxx); (h) a
veil : I Co ll^^ (but v. ICG, in l.).t
irepi-S^w, [in LXX Jb 12^^ (^DX) * ;]

: to tie round, hind round
c. ace. et dat., pass., Jo 11**.+
**Tr6pi-cpYceSofiai, [in LXX: Wi
1. to waste one's 8^ K^ Si 3^3 *;]
labour about a thing, 2. to he a busybody : 11 Th 3^^ (cf. Plat,,
ApoL, 19 B).+
* TTcpicpyos, -ov, I. of persons 1. over careful. 2. curious, med- ;
dlifig, a busybody : 1 Ti 5^^. II. Of things 1. over-wrought. 2, super- ;
fluous. 3. curious, uncanny ; to. it., curious arts, magic : Ac 19^*

(v. Deiss., BS, 3235.).+
ircpt-c'pxojjiai, [in LXX chiefly for aSD;] to go about (as an
itinerant) : Ac 19^3 28^3 (-jrepieXovTe^, WH,
E, mg.), He 11^7; t. oi/ct'a??
from house to house : i Ti 5^^.f
irepi-cxw, [in LXX for ^DK , f]p3 hi., rJDX pi., etc. ;] 1. to sur-
round, encompass : Lk 5^ (cf. MM, xix). 2. to comprehend, include,
contain, esp. of books : c, ace, Ac 23^^, Eec. ace. to a late usage, ;
intrans. (Bl., § 53, I3 ; MM, xix; Hort, in 1.), it stands written, i Pe 2*.+
rrepi-j^cSi'cuiii Veitch, s,v.), [inand chiefly for "Tjn also
-xna (v. LXX ,
for 17X , etc.dupl, ace, as 6 Trepi^wwvwv /xe hvva^Lv, Ps

;] to gird (c,
17 (18)32) pass., at oo-^vcs 7rept€^(ocr/i.€vai, Lk 123^
: tt. ^wvrjv xpvcnjv, ;
Re 1^3 15« (but V. infr.). Mid., to gird oneself: Lk 123^ n& (and so
perh. Ee, 11. c. supr., cf. i Ki 2*) ; c, ace. rei (fig.), t. 6(r(f>vv, Eph 6^*
(seq. ev, cf. Ch 152').+
**+Trcpi-0c<ns,
putting around, putting on
I
-eto?, r, « :
Trcptri^r^yai),
i Pe 33.+
[in Sm. : Ps 31 (32)^*;] a
(Eec. -ta"rr]fu), [in LXX: Jos 63 (220), u Ki 13^^

ircpi-ioTTj/ii
(ar: Ki 416, Ep. Je37, Jth 522, 11 Mac 14^*;] 1. to place around.
ni.), I
2. to stand around : Jo 11*2 q ^cc. pers., Ac 25^. Mid. (in late .
writers), to turn oneself about to avoid, to shun : c. ace. rei, 11 Ti 2^*,

Tit 39.+
+ "irepi-KdOapfio, to (<[ Trcpt/caâtpw, to purify on all sides or
-tos,
completely, De ISô, Jos 5*, iv Mac 129*), [in Pr 21i8 ("1513)*;] LXX :
I.a victim, expiation (Pr, l.c). 2. refuse, rubbish : pi., i Co 4^3 ty

ICC, in 1.).+
TTcpi-KaO-itw, [in LXX for mu , DPlb ni., etc. ;] 1. to invest, besiege
(Diod., IV Ki 62*, i Mac llî, al.). 2. to sit around : Lk 22", L, txt.+
irepi-tcaXuirru), [in LXX for nOS pi., yztD pu., etc.;] to cover
iround, cover up or over : c. ace., Mk 14^^, Lk 22^* ;
pass., seq.
](pvaL(a, He 9*,+
**'Trepi'-Keifiai, [in LXX Ep. Je 2*. 58, IV Mac 123 * .] 1^ ^^ n^ ôund
:
ibout : /ii;A,os, XiBos (EV, were hanged about), Mk 9*2, Lk 172; veôs
uaprvpuiy, He 12^. 2. to have around one, be clothed with : Ac 282'^
fig., daOevetav, He 52.+
+ 'ir6pi-K€«j>aXaia, -as, rj, [in LXX for JQIS JOIp

, ;] a helmet : fig.,
I Th 5^; c. gen. explic, tt. t. a-tarrjpLov, Eph 6^^ (cf. Is 59^^^.+

**t ircpi-KpaxTis, -e's, [in LXX Da th Su ^^ A *: ;] having full command
of: Ac 27i''.t
*t TTCpi-KpuPu, V.S. TrepLKpVTTTO}.

*t Trepi-KpuTT-Tw, to conceal entirely, keep hidden: late 2 aor., Trcpte-
Kpvjiov (but V. Bl., § 17; Soph., Lex., s.v. TrepiKpvfSca), Lk P*.t

TTcpi-KOKXow, -w, [in LXX chiefly for 330 ;] to encircle, encompass :
of a besieged city, Lk 19*^.t

*t irepi-Xa/xTTw, to shine arou7id : c. ace, Lk 2'^, Ac 26^3.t
Tr€pi-Xeiiro|xai, depon. mid. and pass., [in LXX: ll Ch 34^^
{law ni.), II Mac l^^ 8^*, iv Mac 12'* 13^^*;] to be left remaining,
remain over, survive : i Th 4^^' ^".t
irepi-XuTTos, -ov, [in LXX : Ps 41 (42)5.ii, j Es 8«9, al.;] very sad,

deeply grieved : Mt 2638, Mk 6^6 U^\ Lk IB^s.t
Trepi-fi^»'a., [in LXX: Ge 49i8 (mp pi.), Wi 812*;] to wait for: c.
ace, Ac l*.t
** irc'pil, adv., [in Al. : Le13^3 * ;] round about : al ir. TroXet?, Ac S^^.t
* irepi-oiKcw, -w, to dioell round about : c. ace, Lk l^^.t
irepi-oiKos, -ov, [in LXX for 133 etc. ;] dwelling around ; as ,
subst., 6 TT., a neighbour : Lk 1'^ (cf. 7rXi7o-tov).t

t irepiou'atos, -ov {<^TripUip.i, to be over and above), [in LXX: Ex
195 2322, De V 142 26^8 (n^?q , 'D ny) * ;] one's own, of one's own
possession : Xaos tt. (cf. LXX, 11. c), Tit 2^*.t
irepi-oxVi, -^s, rj «7r6pi€xa)), [in LXX for HTl^p , IISD , etc.;] 1.
compass, circumference. 2. a portion circumscribed, a section: Ac 8^2.
irepi-iraTeu, -w, [in LXX chiefly for "JJ^H pi., hith. ;] to loalk
absol., Mt 95, Mk 5*^, Lk Jo 52^, lê c. pred., yv/zvo's, Ee IG^^
; ^n-avo ;
Lk ll*-* ; hid, c. gen., Ee ^V"^ eV, ; Mk 11^7 123^, Jo 7^ ll^S Ee 2^, al.
Iv T. o-Korm, fig., Jo 812 1235, I Jo 16,7 211; ^^,; c. gen., Mt 142^; id. c.
dat., ib.25;29. ^,^^^ Jo 3^; napd, c. ace, Mt 4^8.

6^6, Ee Metaph., of
living, passing one's conducting oneself (like dvaarpecfiufxaL in Xen.,
life,
Plut., LXX, TT.; M, Pr., 11; Deiss., BS, 194): dKpLJ3w<;, Eph 51^;
draKTcus, II Th 3«>ii; twxT/ftovojs, Eo 1313, I Th 4^2; d^t'ws, e gen., Eph
Eph 417 l^ Phi Th 41 o^tw^
41, Col 110, I Th 212 ; KaOw^ ((S?), 58' 317, I ;
(Ss, I Co 717 ; seq. nom. qual.. Phi S^» ; e dat., Ac 2121, Eo 13^3, n Co
1218, Ga 516 ; seq. ev, Eo 6*, 11 Co 42 5^ 103, Eph 22. 10 4^7 52, Col 3- 4^,
He 139, II Jo 4'
«, al. ; iv XpiarQ, Col 2« ; Kara, e ace, Mk 7^ Eo 8* 141^,
I Co 33, II Co 102, II Jo « (cf. iv-Trepnrareoj).
*+ Trepi-ireipw, to put on a spit, hence, to pierce: metaph., iavrov
. . . 08m at9, iTi6i«.t
-ircpi-Tri'TTTo,, [in LXX: Eu 23, 11 Ki 1^ (mp), Pr 11^ {bS2), Da
LXX 29, II Mac 6i3 97'2i 10* * ;] 1. to fall around. 2. to fall in with,
light upon, come across : c. dat., ATyo-xats, Lk 103** ; ireipaafxoL'i, Ja I2
seq. «is, Ac 27^\f
ircpi-iroiew, -w, [in LXX for ivn pi., hi., etc. ;] to make to remain
over, preserve. Mid., (a) to keep or save for oneself : t. ^vxtjv (cf.
Xen., Cyr., iv, 4, 10; Arist., Pol, v, 11, 30), Lk IT^S; (b) to get or
gain for oneself, get possession of (Thuc, Xen., al.) Ac 20^^, : i Ti 3^^.t
t ircpi-iroiTjo-is, -ecus, rj (<^ TreptTroiew), [in LXX : II Ch 4^3(11!) ^-j.,|-|p^^
Ma 31"
(n^^P), Hg 210(9)*;] 1. preservation: He 10^9 (11 Ch, I.e.). 2.
acquisition, obtaining : i Th 5^, 11 Th 2^* (and so perh. Eph 1^*, v.

intr.). 3. a possession: Eph 1^* (but v. supr., and cf. ICG, in 1.),
I Pe 29 (Lxx)f
nepi-paivui {-ppaivw, Eec, V. WH, Ajjp., 139 f.), [in LXX for
nT3 hi. ;] to sprinkle around : Ee 19^^ T {pepavna-ixevov, WH ; pe-,
E, txt. ; fte/3afji.fji€vov, Eec, E, mg.).t
** Trepi-pVjyi'u/jii (Eec. -pp-, V. supr.), [in LXX: 11 Mac 438 *;j Iq

break or tear off all around : freq. of garments, t. IfidTia, Ac IS^-.t
irepi-aTrdw, -w, [in LXX
chiefly for HJiT;] to draw around, draw
off or away. Metaph., to distract : pass., Lk 10*^.+
tirepicracia, -as, 17 (<C] TTcpto-crevto), [in LXX : Ec jj (]i'ir^1 ^^*^ COgn.
forms, 1^, al.) * ;] 1. abundance, superfluity : Eo 5^'^, 11 Co 8^ 10^^,

Ja 1^1 (so also Inscr., v. LAE, 80). 2. (a) superiority (Ec, v. supr.)
(b) profit (ib.).t
t irepiao-eufjia, -ro'i, to (<^-n-c/3to-o-evo)), [in LXX: Ec 2^^*'^ that
which is over and above, superfluity, abundance : opp. to va-Teprjixa
(q.v.), II Co 813. u . pi_^ Mk 88 ; metaph., tt. t. KapStas, Mt 123*, Lk 6«
(cf. Ec, I.e. ; Plut., al.).t
irepio-CTCuu « Trcptcro-os), [in LXX: I Ki 2^3 (rT'niO), ib. 3«,
Ec 319 {-ITT ni., -inr). To 416, Si 10^^ ll^^ 19^* 3038 (3329), i Mac33o*;]
I. Prop., intrans., 1. of things, to be over and above the number (Hes.),
hence, (a) to be or remain over : Mt 14^" 153% l^ 917^ Jq 512, 13 ^^^ ^^ .
abound, be in abundance : Mk 12", Lk 12^5 21*, Ac IG^, Eo 3" 5^^

II Co 1^ 8^ 912, Phil ^*. 2. Of persons, (a) to abound in, have in abund-
ance: I Co 1412 1558, Phi 412. 18; c. gen., Lk 15^7 T; (b) to be superior
or better, to excel : absol., i Co 3^ 8^; c. dat. ref., 11 Co 3^; seq. eV, Eo
1513, 1 Co 15^8, II Co 39 87, Col /a5A.Xov, i Th 41. 10 fx. koX fx.. Phi 19 T ; ;
irXdov, Mt 520. II. In late writers (Lft., Notes, 48 f.), trans., (a) to
make to abotmd : c. ace. seq. eis, 11 Co 4^^ 9^, Eph 1^ ;
pass., Mt I312
252'' ; c. gen. rei, Lk 15P, WH ; (&) to make to excel : c, ace. pers., dat.
rei, I Th 3^2 (ef. v7rcp-7r€pto-o-€vw).t
SYN. : TrXcomô).
irepio-aos, -17, -O'', [in LXX for iriH and cogn. forms;] 1. viore
than sufficient, over and above, abundant: Jo lO^**, 11 Co 9^; c. gen.

(a popular substitute for ttAciwv, B1., § 11, 3^), Mt 53''; id. c. ellips.
gen., ib. ^^ (EV, more than others ; but v. infr.) ; ck Trepto-o-oC, Mk 6^1,
Eec, T. (on VTrkp ck it., V.S. VTrepeKTrepLO-a-ov). Compar. neut., -oTfpov :
Lk 12*' *8; e. gen., Mk 123=*; adverbially (cf. irepLo-orm), more abund-

antly, II Co 108, He 6^'' 71^ ; c. gen., tt. TravTwv, 1 Co IS^'' ; pleonast.,
fiaXXov IT., Mk 73". 2. oiit of the common, pre-eminent, stiperior
Mt 5*'^ (Thayer, s.v., but v. supr.) ; to tt., as subst., Eo 3^; compar.,

-6Tepos, c. gen., Mt ll^, Lk Tô ; c. subst., Mk 12*o, Lk 20*^ i Co 1223.24^
II Co 2^.+
irepio-a(5Tepoi', -cos, v.S. Trcpitro-tos.
ircpiaauis, adv. (Trcpicrao's), [in LXX : Ps 30 (31)23 (-ip^-by), Da

TH T'^^ 8^ (n^ri!, "ID."!), II Mac S^^ 12** A*;] beyond meamre, ex-
ceedingly, abundantly: Mt 27"''3, Mk

Ac 26ii. Compar., lO^^ 15^*,
(a) TTcpto-croTepoi' (v.S. Trcptcro-os) {b) irepiao-OT^pois
;
II Co 1^^ 2* 7^^ 11^^^ ;
Ga II*, Phi 1^*, I Th 217, He 2^ 13^9 tt. /a5XAov, ii Co T^ opp. to ; ;
^TTov, II Co 12i5.t
ircpiorepti, -5s, rj, [in LXX chiefly for nzv ;] a dove : Mt 3i<'
lO^''
2112, Mk 110 1115^ Lk 224 322^ Jo 132 21*. 16.t
irepi-Te'fit'a), [in LXX

chiefly for blD;] (Ion., Epic, and late
writers), to ctit around (Hdt.), hence, to circumcise (tt. to. alSola, Hdt.)
Lk 1*» 221, Jo 722^ Ac 78 155 163 2121. Pass, and mid., to be circumcised,
receive circumcision : Ac 15\ i Co 7^^, Ga 23 5"> 3 612. i3_ Metaph.
(cf. De 1016, Je 4*, al.). Col 2" (v. Deiss., BS, 151 f. ; MM, xix).+
Trepi-Ti0T]|jii, LXX
for ]n3 DliZT etc. ;] to place ovput around :
[in , ,
c. ace. et dat., Mt 2133 27*8^ Mk

12^ 1536, Jo 19^9; of garments, etc.,
to put on: Mt 27^8 15^7 (Si 63i). Mk
Metaph., like Trept/SdWw, to
bestow, confer (Thuc, al, Es lô) : i Co 1223.t
17l^
V «7r£ptTe>a)), [in LXX: Ge Ex
ftrepi-TOii-fi, -ijs,
425.26
(b=ia ni., nbllD), Je ll^* * ;] circumcision ; (a) of the rite itself : Jo 722» 23^
Ac 78, Eo411, Ga 5", Phi 3^; {b) of the state of circumcision:

Eo 225-28 31, I
Co 719, Ga 5^ &\ Col 311 tt. ^v, Eo 410 ; h ;
(c) by meton.,
rj tr. = 61 TreptTiJiy]9ivTi<i, circumcised : Eo d^^ 4^' 12 158^ Qa 2"-9,
the
Eph 211; qI j'^ ^5 ^^ of Jews, Eo 4^^; of Jewish Christians, Ac II2,
Ga 212, Tit 110 ; ol Ik tt. -n-to-roi, Ac 10*^ ot 0VT6S Ik tt., Col 411. Metaph., ;
Eo 229, Col 2", Phi 33.t

** TTcpi-Tpe'iTw, [in LXX Wi
523*;] to turn about,
: turn: c. ace. et
dat., Ac 262* (^f piJ, Ant., ix, 4, 4).t
irepi-Tp^X*^, [in LXX Am
8^2, Je 5^ (ranizr pil.) *
: ;] to run about
c. ace. loc, Mk 65\t
Trepi-<f)e'p(i), [in LXX: Ec 7^(') (b^H po.), al. ;] to carry about:
Mk 655, II Co 4}\ Eph 4^*.+
Pass., metaph. :
** Tr£pi-(|)poi'^w, -w, [in LXX iv Mac 6^ 14^ * 1. to examine on all

: ;]
sides, consider car ef^dly (Aristoph.). 2. = virepfftpoveo), to have thoughts

'beyond, to despise (Thuc, Plut., al. ; iv Mac, 11. c.) : Tit 2i5.t
ircpi-)(<opos, -ov, [in LXX : chiefly (17 tt.) for 133 ;] round aboiit,
neighbouring (Dem., Plut., al.). In LXX and NT, as subst., rj w.

(sc. yrj), the region round about: Mt 1435, Mk 128, Lk 41*' 37 71" 837,
Ac 14* 17 IT. Tov 'lopSdvov, Lk

; 33 ; by meton. for the people of the
same region, Mt 35,
**t ir€pl-^y]]ia, -tos, to (<^ Trepti/âw, to wipe off all Tound), [In LXX :
MANUAL GKEEK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 359
To 5^^ * ;] that which is wiped off, offscouring : metaph. (assoc. with

n-epiKaOapixa, q.v.), (and so prob., To, I.e., as EV; but v.
I Co 4^^
Thayer, s.v., for the meaning expiation, ransom, in To and cf. LS, ;
s.v. Kd6apfia; hit., Notes, 200 f., and on Ign., Eph., 8).t
*t irepircpeoofiai (<^ Tre/DTrcpos, vainglorious), to boast or vaunt oneself:
I Co 13* (elsewh. only in Antonin. v. Abbott, Essays, 87).t ;
ricpCTi's, -iSos, 7), Persis : Eo 16^.t
*t Wpoai, adv. (îre/jas), last year, a year ago : airo tt. (as in ir., v
Deiss., BS, 221 LAE, 70), ii Co Sô 9\f
;
•ireTdo/jiai, [in LXX

De 4^^ * ;] false form of Trordofiai, poet.,
:
frequentat. of irerofiai (Aristoph., al.), Eec. for ircVo/xai (q.v., cf. Veitch,
S.V.).
jreT€Lv6s, -T], -01/ (<[ TTCTo/Aat), [in chiefly for Jljijr;] in trag.. LXX
Ion. and late writers, winged, flying ; as subst., to tt., a winged fowl,
a bird : pi., Mt &^ Sô 13*- ^2, Mk
4*' ^2, Lk 8^ Q^s 122* 13i9, Ac lO^^,
lie, Eo 123, ja, 37
WTojiai, [in chiefly for LXX qw;] to fly: Ee 4^ 8" 12" 14«
19^^ (Eec. Trerdofjiai, q.V.).t
ir^Tpo, -as, 17, [in LXX chiefly for yl^p , ns ;] a rock, i.e. a mass
of live rock as distinct from TrcVpos, a detached stone or boulder Mt :
724, 25 2751, 60^ Mk

15«, Lk 6*8 8«' 13 of a hollow rock, a cave, Ee 6^^' i« ;
(cf. Is 2^0, al.). Metaph., Mt 16^8 (on the meaning, v. Hort, EccL,
16 ff., but cf. also ICG, in 1.), i Co 10*; = TreVpos, Eo 9^^ i Pe 28
(LXX).t
ricTpos, -ov, 6 (i.e. a stone, v.s. TreVpa, Kr]<f)a.s), Simon Peter, the
Apostle Mt 4^8 102, Mk 3i«, Lk 58, Jo 1*^' *3, al.
:
* ir€Tpc58T)s, -€? (<[7reTpa, etSos), roch-lihe, rocky, stony: to, to. tt.,
of shallow soil with underlying rock, Mt 13^' 20, Mk 4^' ^^.t

* TnY<fa,vov, -ov, to, rue : Lk 11*2.+
TTTjYT], -^s, rj, [in LXX chiefly for ]^y, also for llpD, etc.;] a
spring, foimtain : Ja 311, 11 Pe 2^7 ; t. vhd.TiMv, Ee 810 14^ 16* ; of a well
fed by a spring, Jo 4*5 ; tt. tot) ai/xaro?, of a flow of blood, Mk 52^
metaph., Jo 4^*, Ee T^^ 216.t
TTTiYi'oixi, [in LXX
chiefly for nt33 also for ypn etc. ;] to make , ,
fast, to fix; of tents, to pitch : 82 (cf. 7rpoo--7r7/yvu/Ai).t He

* TrqSdXioK, -ov, to {<^Trr]86^, the blade of an oar), a rudder : Ja 3*;
pi., Ac 27*o.t
miXiKos, -rj, -ov, [in LXX: Za 22(6) (n^g), iv Mac I522*;]

interrog., how large, how great ? (prop., of magnitude, as '7r6a-o<s of
quantity): in exclamations, = rjXiKo^ (v. Bl., §51, 4), Ga 6"; of
personal greatness. He 7*.t
irr\\6s, ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Iph WM , ;] 1. clay, as used by
a potter : Eo 9^^ (cf. Is 29^*, al.). 2. = fi6p/3opos, wet clay, mud
Jo 96, n, 14, 16
**Tnipa, -as, •^, [in LXX: Jth lO^ ISô.^s*;] a Zeai/ierw ôwc/i for
victuals, etc., a ivallet (Deiss. thinks an alms-bag, v. LAE, 108 ff.)
Mt IQio, Mk 68, Lk 9^ 10* 2235. ê.t

Tn)x"s> -fws, gen. pi., -Siv (for Att. -cwv, v. WH, App., 157
Thackeray, Gr., 151; Deiss., BS, 153), [in chiefly and freq. for LXX
m^lliJ;] 1. the forearm (Horn.), 2. As a measure of length, a cubit
Mt 627, Lk 1225, Jo 218, Re 21i7.t

TTid^w (cf. MGr. TTiavw; v. Kennedy, Sources, 155), Doric and
late Att. for TrieXw in its later senses ;
[in LXX : Ca 2^5 (^nx), Si
2321*;] 1. to lay hold of: Ac 3'^ (Theocr.). 2. to take, capture,
apprehend: Jo 730.32,44 820 iQsg 1157 213, w Ac 12^ 11 Co 1132, Ee I920
(v. MM, xx).t
TTi^j^cj, [in LXX : Mi 6^5 (rjTi) * ;] 1. to press, press down or to-
gether : Lk 638 (^^Yj 2. Later, to seize (v.s. 7ria^w).t

* mOai'oXoYia, -as, 17 {<Cm0av6<;, persuasive, plausible), in cl.
(Plat), the use of probable arguments, as opp. to demonstration
(dTToScifis) hence, persuasive speech : Col 2* (v. ICG, in l.).t
;
Tri66s, v.s. Treiôs.

iriKpaiVo) (<[ TTtKpos), [in for l^D LXX
?)Sp etc. ;] to make , ,
bitter: Ee 10^; pass., ib. S^^ lOÔ; metaph., to embitter (LXX):

pass., seq. tt/jo's. Col 3^^.t
TTiKpia, -as, T] {<^TnKp6<;), [in LXX chiefly for "(Q, Wlip and
cognate forms ;] bitterness ; (a) of taste (Arist., Je 15^^, al.) (6) ;
metaph., of temper, character, etc. Eo 3^'*<i^^\ Eph43i; ptâ 7rt/c/)tas, :
He 12^5 ^(pXt] it., a malignant disposition, Ac 823.t

J
niKp6s, -a, -6v (poet, in cl.), [in LXX chiefly for IQ ;] 1. sharp,
pointed. 2. sharp to the senses; of taste, bitter: opp. to yXvKv,

Ja 3^^ ; metaph., harsh, bitter : ib. ^*.
-iriKpcis, adv. (<;7riKpos), [in LXX for ia , na pi.;] bitterly:
metaph., (cf. iriKpov SaKpvov, Horn.), IxXaucre TT., Mt 26'^5^ Uj 22^2 ^y_
MM, xviii, S.V. n-apaKoXovOeoi).f
riiXciTOS, v.s. IletXaTOS.
Tn'fnr\Ti/ii, [in LXX chiefly for N^D
also for V2iO ;] trans, form
,
in pres.and impf. of ttX-Ôw (intrans. in these tenses), which supplies

the other tense forms; to fill : c. ace, Lk 5*"; c. ace. et gen., Mt 27*8 j
pass., Mt 22^*^, Ac 192^; of that which fills or takes possession of the
mind: pass., c. gen., Lk lis. 41, 67 428 526 511, Ac 2* 310 48. 3i 51^ 91^
139- *5. Metaph. (as in LXX Kâ Ge 292^ Jb
for : 1532), to complete,
Lk 2122; of time, Lk 123,6726,21,22
fulfil: pass., of prophecy, (gf
lfi-irLp.ir\-qpiL) .t
SyN. : TrXrjpoipopiw, irXrjpota.

irifiTTpriiit the simple form), [in LXX: Nu
(in cl. prose, rare in
521,22,27 (nax)*; burn. 2. Later, to cause to swell; mid.,
1. to blow,
of parts of the body, to become swollen (LXX) Ac 28" (cf. ip.TrL-7rpr}fx.i).f :
** mmKiSioi', -ov, TO (dimin. of TrtmKis, q.v.), [in Sm. Ez 92*;] a :
writing tablet : Lk l''3.t

**'irn'OKis, -iSos, 17, [in Sm. : Ez 9^^*;] = TrtvaKiov, a tablet : Lk l'^,

Tr., mg. (v.S. 7rivaKtStov).+
**irlvai, -oKos, o, [in LXX : iv Mac IT E*;] prop., a board,
plank; hence, of various flat wooden articles; (a) a tablet; {b) a
disc, a dish : Mt li*-", Mk 625.28, Lk ll».t
Ttivu, [in LXX chiefly for nntsr ;] to drink : absol., Lk 2^9, Jo 4^,
al. ; c. ace. rei, Mt 625. 31, Mk 14", al. ; of habitual use, Lk l^s, Eo
142^, al. ; to Trorypiov, i Co 102\ al.
by melon., of the earth absorbing ;
rain (Hdt., al.). 6^ He

spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jo 653, 54, 56
;
seq. «
(of the vessel), Mt 2627, al. ; id. (of the drink; Bl., § 36, 1), Mt
2629, Jo 413.14, Ee 1410, al.; AttS, Lk 22i8 (cf. Atto-, (tw-ttiVw; on the
form irUa-ai, Lk 17^, v. BL, § 21, 8, and on the contr. aor. -n-elv, M,
Pr., 44 f., Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.).
ttkJttjs, -77TOS, rj {<^TrL<Dv,fat), [in LXX chiefly for IST"!!;] fatness:
Eo lli^t
irnrptl(TKw, [in LXX chiefly for "TSD ni. ;] to sell : c. ace. rei, Mt
134" (on this pf., v. Bl., § 59, 5), Ac 2*5 434 54 c. gen. (of price), Mt 269, •
Mk 145, Jo 12^; c. ace. pers. (of slavery), Mt 182^; hence metaph.,

Eo 71* (cf. IV Ki 1717, I Mae l^^, al.).t
iriTTTOj, [in LXX chiefly for bS3 ;] to fall ; 1. of descent, to fall,

15i*, al.
fall down or from : seq. cVt, e. ace. loe., Mt 102^, al. tk, Mt ;
«V ficVw, c. gen., Lk 8'^ ; Trapa t. o86v, Mt 13*, Mk 4*, Lk 8* ; seq. airo,

Mt 1527, al. ; iK, Mk 132^, Lk lO^s, Ee 810 9^. Metaph. : 6 ^Xtos, seq.
cTTt, Ee 71^ ; dÂ-v? K. (TKOTos, Ac 1311 ; 6 kA.^/3os, Ac I2® ; vtto Kpiariv,
Ja 512. Of prostration, (a) of persons, to fall prostrate, prostrate
2.
oneself: xaâi, Jo 18"; seq. liri, e. acc, Mt 17", Ac 9*; id. e. gen.,
Mk 920 Trpos T. Tâs, Ac 510, Ee l^^; 7r€o-<ijv l^^vî, Ac 5^; of
;
supplication, homage or wôrship Trpos {Trapa, irrl) t. Tro'Sas, 522, : Mk

Lk 8*1, Ac 102 5, al. tt. kol TrpoaKivelv, Ee 5^^
;
19'* ptep. e. TrpoaKwelv, ;
Mt 211, al. ; iviLiTLov, Ee 410 5^; iwl 7rpoo-(o;rov, Mt 26''9, al. ; (b) of things,
to fall, fall down : Mt 21**, Lk 233*>; of falling to ruin and destruction,
Mt 15i«, He (timeless aorist; M, Pr., 134), Ee 182.
725, Ac llô ; Ittco-c
Metaph.: Eo 11"; Ee 2^; opp. to to-raVai, I Co 1012;

TroO^v ireVTajKas,
to (TTTQKuv, Eo 14* ; of virtues, i Co 13^ ; of precepts, Lk 161^. (Cf.
dj'a-, dvTi-, airo-, iK-, i-m-, Kara-, Trapa-, irepL-, Trpocr-, o-vv-TriTTTO).)
riio-iSia, -as, 17, Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor : Ac 142*.t

DiaiSios, -a, -ov, = Uio-iSi/cos, of Pisidia : Ac 132*.t
iriCTTcow, [in LXX chiefly for ]ax hi. ;] 1. intrans., to have faith
(in), to believe; in el., e. ace., dat., in NT also c, prep, (on the
significance of the various constructions, v. M, Pr., 67 f. ; Vau. on
Eo 45 ; Ellic. on i Ti li« ; Abbott, JV, 19-80) : absol., Mt 2423. 26^ Mk
Co Ac 13*i,
1321, I 1118 ; c. ace. rei, i Co 13^ ; e. dat. pers. (to believe
what one says), Mk 16Ci3.i*], i Jq 41; t. yfîvSei, 11 Th 2"; -rrepl . . . 5tl,
Jo 918; esp. and most freq. with reference to religious belief: absol.,
Mt Mk 53«, Lk 850, Jo ll*o, al. seq. 6ti, Mt
813, ; 928, al. ; c. dat. (v.
supr., and cL DB, i, 829a), Jo 312 52* Gô 83i, Ac 16^*, Ga Sî^^^),
II Ti 112, I Jo 5^^, al. c. prep, (expressing personal
; trust and reliance
as distinct from mere credence or belief v. ; M, Pr., I.e. DB, i, 829 b), ;
to believe in or on : iv (Ps 77 (78)22, al.), Mk 1" (v. Swete, in 1.) cis, ;
Mt 18«, Jo 211 (v^ Westc, in 1.), and freq., Ac lO*^ 194^ Rq iqu^ Ga 2^\
Phi 129, I Jo 510, I Pe 18 CIS T. Srofjia (v.s. ovofia), Jo ;
1^2 223 318^ j Jq 513
cVt, c. ace, Mt 27*2, Ac 9*2 un igsj 22i9, Ro 4^; cVi, c. dat., Ro
933 (Lxx) iQiMib.)^ I Ti as subst.,
116, I Pe 2MLXX); ptcp. pres., ol tt.,
Ac 2*^ Ro 322, 1 Co 121, al. aor., IGfis], Ac 4»2 pf.^ Ac I918 212" (on ; Mk ;
Johannine use of the tenses of tt., v. Westc, Epp. Jo., 120). 2. Trans.,
to entrust: c. ace. etdat., Lk IGU, Jo 22*; pass., to be entrusted with:
c. ace, Ro 32, I Co 917, Ga 2^, i Th 2* (v. Lft., Notes, 21 f.), i Ti 1",
Tit 13.
*t moTiKos, haviiig the gift of persuasion (Plat,,
-q, -6v (ttio-tis), 1.
Gorgf.,455 A). 2. (a) of persons, /ai^/i/?^Z, irws^^ (Plut.) {b) of things, ;
trustworthy, genuine : vapSos it., 14^, Jo 123.t Mk

TTiaTis, -60)5, 17
«[7r€i^w), [in LXX chicfly for njIDJK;] 1. in active
êrme, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in always of religious faith in NT

God or Christ or spiritual things Mt 8i«, Lk 520, Ac 14'', Ro 1^, i Co :
25, II Co 12*, I Ti l\ al. ; c. gen. obj., Mk II22, Ac 31^, Ro 322, Ga 21^,

Eph 312, Ja 21, al. ; c. prep., Iv, Ro 32^, Ga 326, Eph li^. Col 1*, i Ti
11* 313, II Ti 113 315^ II Pe 2021 242* 26I8, Col 2^, i Pe I21
11 ; Ac
£^5,
Trpos, I Th 1^, Phm ^ ; Ittl, C. ace.

6I He
ev ttj tt. arrjKîv (civat, /AcVeiv),
;
I Co 1613, I Co 135, I Ti 215 iâKor^ ^^5 ^., Eo 15 162« 6 ck tt., Ro 32«

. ;
4i«,
Ga 312 ; hih. (rijs) TT., Ro 330, Ga 21^, Phi 3^. By meton., objectively,
that which the object or content of belief, the faith : Ac 6'^ I422,
is
Ga Phi 126,27, Ju3.20, and perh. also Ac 13^ IG^, Ro l^ and
123 323 610,
1626 (v. supr.), I Co 1613, Col 123, „ t^ 32 (Lf^^ ;^qi^^^ i^b), i Ti li^ 3^
41,6 58 610.12^ II Ti 38 4^ Tit l*'i3 315, I Pe 5^. 2. In passive sense, (a)
fidelity, faithfulness: Mt 23^3, Ga 522; ^ tt. toO eôi, Ro 33; {b)
objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity i Ti 512. (On the :
various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp.

ICG on Ro 117, pp. 31 ff. Lft., Ga., 154 ff. Stevens, Th. NT, 422, ; ;
515 ff. ; DB, i, 830 ff. ; Cremer, s.v.)
iri<rr<5s, -v?, -ov {<CTr€i$(o), [in LXX chiefly for ]lpN3;] I- Pass., to
be trusted or believed ; 1. of persons, trusty, faithful : Mt 24*^ 252I' 23,
Lk 12*2, Ac 1615, 1 Co 42. 17 725, Eph li 621, Col I2. ^ 4^. \ i Ti I12, 11 Ti 22,
He 217 32. 5, 1 Pe 512, Re 2i3 19" ; of God, i Co 1^ 10i3, 11
Co lis, iTh 52*,
II Th 33, He 213,1023 11", 419 seq. Iv, II Ti i Jq 19, i pe ; Lk 16i"-i2
1917, I Ti 311 ; 2523; ^^pi davarov. Re 210; 5 ^^^^^^ ^ ^^
l-iri, c. ace, Mt
Re 1*; id. koI aXrjOivo^, Re 31*. 2. Of things, trustworthy, reliable,
stcre : Ac 133*, i t^
-^n 31 49^ „ Ti 2", Tit 1" 3^, Re 215 226. H. Act.,
believing, trusting, relying : Ac I61, 11 Co 6i5, Ga 3^, i Ti 41" 51* 62,
Tit 1«, Re 171*; pi., Ac 10*5, I Ti 43.12; opp. to ^Trto-ros, Jo 2027; ^.
tts Oiov, I Pe 121 TT. TTouLv, III Jo 5.;(On the difficulty of choosing in
some cases between the active and the passive meaning, v. Lft., Gal.,
157.) +
iriCTTow, -w (<^7rto-ros), [in LXX chiefly for ]DX ni. ;] to make
trustworthy (Thuc, iii Ki Ch 17^*). Pass,

1^®), hence, to establish (i
and mid., to be assured of : Ti 3^^.t c. ace. rei, ii
irXacdtu), -to (<^ TrXaVr;), [in LXX

chiefly for T\ST\'i\ to cause to
wander, lead astray. Pass., to go astray, tvander : Mt 18^2, i3^ jjg jl^^,
I Pe 2^5 (cf. Is 53"). Metaph., to lead astray, deceive: c. ace. pers.,
Mt 24^' 5' "'24, Mk
135' «, Jo 712, II Ti 3^\ i Jo l^ 2^6 3^ Ee 220 129 1314
1920 208' 8' 10; pass., to be led astray, to err : Mt 2229, 122^' 27, Lk Mk
218, Jo 747^ „ Ti 313, Tit 33, He 52, 11 Pe 2^5, Ee 1823 .
^^ ^^^g,'^^ He B^^ ;
i-rrb T. dXr/êi'a?, Ja 5^9; fJL^ TrXavaaOe, I Co 69 IS^^, Ga 6^, Ja l^" (cf.

diro-TrXavaw) .t
nUvj], -r)^, rj, [in LXX: Pr 148 (nnip), Wi 1^2, al;] a wa/n-
dering. Metaph., a going astray, an error (in NT always with
respect to morals or religion) Mt 27«4, Eo : 127, Eph 4^*, i Th 23,
II Th 211, Ja 520, II Pe 2i8 3^7, i Jo 4«, Juî.t
*TrXdi'T)s, -rjTO<;, 6, V.S. TrXavr/XT;?.

irXakiiTTjs, -ov, 6 (-e^TrXavdw), [in LXX: Ho (TIS)*;] =
9^'^
-n-XdiT^s, a wanderer: do-Tepcs tt. (cl. -planets), ivandering stars, 3n^^

(WH, mg., -r«).t
irXdi'os, -ov, [in LXX : Jb 19* (nailffO), Je 2332*;] 1. wandering.
2. leading astray, deceiving : -n-vev/xaTa tt., i Ti 4^. As subst., 6 tt.,
a deceiver, impostor : Mt 27''3, n Co 6®, 11 Jo '^.t
irXd^, -a/co?, rj, [in LXX for jyh l] anything fiat and broad.
1. a plain (poet.). 2. In late writers (Luc, al.), a fiat stone, a tablet
II Co 33, He 9*.t
irXdo-fia, -ros, to (<^ TrXaVo-w) ,

[in LXX chiefly for iy||;] that
which is moulded or formed : Eo 92<'(i'XX)f
irXdaaw, [in LXX chiefly for "IS"" ;] to form, mould : Eo 920 (Lxx),
Ti 2i3.t
I
2.
* irXaoTos,
-v> -ov «
irXaWw), 1. formed, moiilded (Hes., Plat., al.).
Metaph., made up, fabricated, feigned (Hdt., Xen., al.) 11 Pe 23.t :
irXarcia, -as, r], V.S. TrXaTVS.
irXdros, -ous, to, [in LXX chiefly for nni ;] breadth : Eph 3^8^
Ee 2116 ; T. TT. T^s y^s (Hb 1«, nnip), Ee 209.t

irXarui'a) (<[7rXarus), [in LXX chiefly for hi.;] to make sm
broad, enlarge, extend : c. ace. rei, Mt 23^. Metaph. (cf. Ps 118
(119)32, al.), pass., ij KapSU, 11 Co 6" ; V"?. ib. ^^.+
irXoTu's, -eia, -v, [in LXX for ailT ;] broad : Mt 7^3. As subst.,
71 -K. (sc. 680s), in [LXX chiefly for nh-j;] a street: Mt 6^ U^^fJ^xx)^
Mk 65«, WH, mg., Lk lOô 132" I421, Ac 5l^ Ee 118 2121, 222.t
**irX^Y|xa, -Tos, Th. Is 28**;] what is
to «irXc/cw), [in Aq., :
woven or twisted (as basket-work, nets, etc.) a braiding (sc, Tpix,C>v, ;
cf. I Pe 33) pi., I Ti 29.t

:
irXcroTos, -irXeiuK, V.S. ttoXus.

ttX^kco, [inLXX: Ex 28" (nh^), Is 285 (n^By)*;] to plait,
twist, weave : Mt 27^^ Mk IS^^, Jo IQlt

irXôj', v.s. TToXv^.
n\eovdlu) « ttAeov), [in LXX for qijr , mi , etc. ;] I. Intrans.

1. Of persons (a) to abound in (Arist.) (b) to superabound ii Co
; ;
:
3i5(Lxx)_ 2. Of things, to abound, sicperabomid Eo 5'^*^ 6\ ii Co 4^*, :
Phi 41", II Th 1^ II Pe 18. II. Trans. (Nu 265-', Ps 70 (71)2i not cl., ;
V. Lft., Notes, 48 f.), to make to abound : i Th 3^^ (cf. ii7r€/3-7rA«ova'û)).t

SY-N. : Trepiara-evu), q.v.
(rSH), Jg
irXcorcKWu),
411 B*;]
-w «
1.
7rX£ov£KT7;s,
intrans., to have more, to have
q.v.), [in LXX: Hb 2^ Ez 22^7
an advantage
(cl., c. gen. pers.). 2. Trans., in late writers (v. M, Pr., 65), to over-
12i'^'i^;
Co i Th 4^
7"'
reach, defraud: c. ace. pers., 11 iv t. Trpay/xan,
(v. M, Th., in 1.) ;
pass., 11 Co 2^1 (as also in cl. ; v. LS, s.v.).t
** irXeo>'€'KTT]S, -ov, 6 (<[ irXiov, ^X^)' P'^ LXX : Si 14^ * ;] =6 Oekoiv
ttXc'ov €X€iv (v. MM, XX), one desirous of having more, covetous
I Co 510' 11 610, Eph 55.t
irXeoi/elia, -a9, 17 (-^ttXcovcktt^s), [in LXX for TSSi ;] the character
and conditct of a TrXeoveKTrjs. 1. advantage. 2. desire for advantage,

Lk 12i^, Eo
grasping, aggression, cttpidity, covetousness : 1^^, 11 Co 9*,
Eph 419 (v. ICC, in 1.) 53, Col 3^ i Th 2^, 11 Pe 23. 1*
;
pi. (v. Bl., § 32, 6),
Mk 722.t
SYN. : <f>iXapYvpLa, avarice (v. Tr., Syn., § xxiv).
irXeupd, -as, 17, [in LXX (freq. pi. as in Horn.) chiefly for sby,]
the side : Mt 27^^ ([[WH]] E, mg.), Jo 19=** 2020.25,27^ Ac 127.t

ttXô), [in LXX, seq. ek, Jh
geq. i^r!, l^ (Nin), i Es 423, ig 4310 ;
IV Mac 73; ace. (poet.), Si 432*, i Mac 132^ (cf. Ac 272, Eec.)*;] to
c.
sail Lk
: 82^, Ac 272* seq. ek, Ac 21^ 272. « iirl, Ee IS^^ (cf. SL7r6-, 8ta-,
; ;
£K-, Kara-, irapa-, vTro-TrXim) .^
T^Y^' "^'. ^ (^TrXrô-o-w), [in LXX chiefly for nSS, also for
nD30 , etc. ;] a blow, stripe, wound : pi., Lk 10^" 12'*8, Ac 1623» 33^
IICo 6^ 1123; ^ ^, OavaTOv (EV, death- stroke), Ee 133. 12; r./xaxatpas,

.r.
Ee 131*. 2. Metaph., a calamity, plague: Ee 918.20 11^ ISL^.s 16«'2i

18*.8 2P22i8.t
ttXtJOos, -ovs, to, [in LXX chiefly for n*! , also for ]ian , etc. ;]
1. a great number, a multitude; (a) of things : IxOvuiv, Lk 5'', Jo 21"

cftpvyauoiv, Ac 283; ^fxapTLuiv, Ja b'^, I Pe 4^; t, irXyjOei, in multitude.
He 1112; (5) of persons : Ac 2122 (WH, E, om.) ; c. gen., Lk 2i3, Jo 53,
Ac 51*; X. TToXv [iToXv IT.), Mk 37.8; id. c. gen., Lk 6I" 2327, Ac I41 17^
2. Of persons, c. art., the whole number, the multitude (in Plat.,
Thuc, Xen., al., = 8^/aos, the commons, or opp. to — the 8^/i,os
populace) Ac 2" 153o 19'-' 23^

: ; t. XaoS, Ac 2136 ^. ^^ccus, Ac 14* •
wav TO TT., Ac 1512 ; c. gen., Lk po 83^ 193^ 23i, Ac 432 516 qi, 5 252*.t
'IrX1f)0u^'fc) (causal of TrXiqOvoi, to be full, <îrXr]6v^, Ion. for ttX^ôs),
[in LXX chiefly for rar\ hi. ;] 1. trans., to increase, multiply :ii Co 9^^,
;q^q Qu (Lxx) -^
pass., to be increased, to multiply: Mt 24^^^ ^c G'' 7^'^
931 122*; Q dat. pers. (Da LXX th 3"(98), al), 1 Pe I2, 11 Pe I2, Ju^.
2. Intrans., to be increased, to multiply : Ac 6^.t
irXi^flo), V.S. TTtfJLTrkrjfjLi.
** TrXi]KTT)s, -ov, 6 {<^TrXr](r(r(D), [in Sm. : Ps 34 (35)^5 *;] a striker,
brawler : i Ti 3^ Tit 1^ (Arist., Plut., al.).t
t irXii/jL/xopa, ->?s (for Att. -as, V. Bl., § 7, 1) «7rA.77â)), [in LXX:
TT. yevea-Oai, Jb 4018(23) (-,,-,3 j5l2?y) * ;] ayZood (of sea or river) Lk G^^.t :
•n-Xrif, adv., [in LXX for pT, 13^, IJif, etc.;] 1. introducing
a clause (= dAAa, Si; "it is obvious that ttXtjv was the regular word
in the vulgar language": Bl., §77, 13), yet, howbeit, only: Mt
1122,24 187 2639.6* (M, Pr., 86), Lk 624-35 1011,14,20 1141 1231 1333 171
188 1927 2221.22,42 (WH, mg. om.) 2328, j Co 11", Eph 533, pî 316 414^
Ee 225 . ^, 2„ (Hdt., Plat., al.), except that, save that, Ac 2023, Phi II8.
2. As prep., c. gen., except, save (cl.) 1232, Jq gi*^, Ac 8^ : Mk
1528 2722.t
irXiipTis, -€s, [in LXX chiefly for N^p ;] 1. full, filled : Mt 1420
153''; c. gen. rei, Mk 8^^; XeVpas, Lk 5^2 j metaph., of the soul:

TTvcu/xaTOS aytov, Lk 4^, Ac 63 7^^ 112* .
Tj-torews, Ac 6" ; )(apLTO<;, ib. 8 ; ^.
Ktti aXrjdeM'i (where v. is indecl. v. ; M, Pr., 50 ; Milligan, NTD, 65,
with reff. in each), Jo 1^*; 86Xov, Ac 13i»; dvfioi, Ac 1928; Ipywv
ayadcjv, Ac 93^. 2. full, complete : fxia-66'i, 11 Jo 8 ; o-itos (tt. prob. in-
decl. here; v. on Jo 1^*, supr.), Mk 428.t
tTTXT)po<|>opû, -w, [in LXX: Ec 811 (kI?!^)*;] 1. to bring in full

measure, hence, to fulfil, accomplish: Lk 1^, 11 Ti 4^.^^. 2. to
persuade, assure or satisfy fully (so in tt. v. Deiss., LAE, 82 f. M, ; ;
Th., 9) pass., Eo 421 14^, Col 4^2 (v. Lft., in 1.).

: 3. to fill : Eo 15^3,
L, mg. (Cl. Eo., I Co 54) metaph., pass., to be filled with, hence, ;
fîlly bent on (Ec, l.c.).t

*t irXT|po4»opia, -as, 17 (<^7r\r/po<ô/)€(o), full assurance, confidence:
I Th I'* ; T. (TuvcVcws, Col 22 ; t. eA-Trt'eios, He 6" ; ttiVtcws, He IO22 (cf.
Lft. on Col., I.e. ; M, Th., 9).t
irXTipou, -w, [in LXX chiefly for K^jQ ;J
1. to fill, make full, fill
to the full, c. things: pass, {a-ayrjvq, <f>apayi), Mt 13*8, l^
ace; (a) of
35 (LXX) ; fig^ ;Mt 2332
but chiefly of immaterial things xao-av xp^tav,
; :
Phi 4^^; TJxo'i irrXripoia-f. t. oTkov, Ac 22; c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 528; pagg,^
seq. CK, Jo 123 ^^f gj^ g 35^ 4^ ^_ ^ KapSiaw, Jo 16", Ac 53 metaph., . ;
of the all-pervading activity of Christ, Eph 4^'> mid., Eph 123 ^^^ qJ ; .
persons to fill with, cause to abound in c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 228 (ixx),
: :
Eo 1513; pass., to be filled with, abound in Eph 31^, Phi 4^8 q^ ggQ^ :
j
rei (cl.), Ac 13^2, Eo 15^*, 11 Ti 1*; c. dat. (^sch., al.), Lk 2*o (c. gen.,
T), Eo 129, II Co 7*; c. ace. (so in tt., v. MM, xx). Phi 1", Col l^;
seq. iv, Eph 5i8, Col 21**. 2. to complete ; (a) to complete, fulfil of :
number, Ee 611, WH, txt. of time (MM, xx), Mk V^, Lk 212*, Jq 78^ ;
Ac 723.30 9-23
2427; ivSoKiav, II Th 1"; T. xapav, Phi 22; pass., Jo 329
15" 162* 1713^ I Jo 14^ II Jo 12 ; ^. ^pya, Ee 32 ^ iTraKO^, II Co 10« T.
; ;
Trdo-xa., Lk 22^" ;
(b) to execute, accomplish, carry out to the full : Mt
315, Lk 71 931, Ac 1225 13^5 1426 1921^ Ro 8* 138 1519^ Ga 5^\ Col 12^ 417,
Ee 6", T, WH, E, mg, ; (c) of sayings, prophecies, etc., to bring to pass,
fulfil : Mt 122 215. 17, 23 414 517 817 1217 1335 214 265*. 56 27», 14*9 1528 Mk
(WH, E, txt. om.), Lk po 421 24:*\ Jo 1238 I318 152^ I712 189.32 1924.36^
Ac li« 318 1327, Ja 223 (cf Lffc^ CqI^ 255 ff.).t
TrXi^pujjia, -Tos, TO (<^ ttXt/poco) ,
[in LXX for xbo ;] the result of
the action involved in irXrjpow (Lft., Col., 255 ff. AE, Eph., 255 ff.), ;
hence, 1. in passive sense, that which has been completed, complement,

ple7iit7ide, fullness (in Xen., Luc, Polyb., al., of a ship's crew or
cargo, and by meton. of the ship itself) Jo 1^^, Eo lli'-.^s 1529^ i Qq :
1026 (LXX) Eph 123 (AE, 42 ff.) 319 (ib. 87 ff.) 4^3, Col li^ 2^; of time,
Ga 4*, Eph V^ ; ko<îVwj/ (o-ûptSwv) TrXr/pw/mra, basketfuls, Mk 6*3 820.
2. In active sense ( = as freq. in words of these formations,
TrXr/pwo-is,
cf. KTto-is, and v. MM, xx)tvhich fills up (but v. Lft., I.e.)
;
(a) that
Mt 9i«,
Mk 221; (j) a filling up, completing, fulfilment : Eo IS^^.t
irXirjCTioi', V.S. 7rkr)(rio<;.
ttXtjotios, -a, -ov (<^ TreXas, 7iear), near, close by, neighbouring.
As adv., TrXr](TLov = ireXas, near : c. gen., Jo 4^ c. art., 6 tt., one's neigh- ;
bour [in LXX chiefly for jri] : Lk 1029. 36^ Ac 727, Ro 131" 152, gph
425, Ja 412; dyaTiô-cis Tov tt. aov (Ls o-cavroV (Le IQ^^, LXX), Mt 5« W^
2239, Mk 1231. 33, Lk 1027, Eo 139, Ga 51*, Ja 2^ (on the various senses
of 5 TT. in OT, NT, v. DB, iii, 511 ;DCC, ii, 240f.).t
n\r\<T}i.ovr\, -rj<;, rj {<:^TrLfx7rXr]/xi), [in LXX chiefly for rjIT and
cognate forms;] a filling up, satiety : (EV, against the
irpo<s it. a-apK6<i
indulgence of the flesh; but ICG, in 1., for the full satisfaction of the
flesh, op. cit., 276 ff.), Col 223.t
irXiiacrw, [in LXX chiefly for T\2Z hi., ho. ;] to strike, smite
pass., Ee 812 (cf. €k-, e7ri-7rA.7;o-o-w).t
* TrXoidpioi', -ov, TO (dimin. of ttXolov), a boat : Mk 39, Lk 52 (TrXoIa,
WH, txt., E), Jo 622.23 ^^xola, 2* 218.t WH)
ttXoioi', -ov, TO (<^7rX€w), [in LXX chiefly for ^J3^?;J a boat, also
(= obsol. vavs) a ship: Mt 421.22, and freq. in Gosp. and Ac, Ja 3*,
Ee 89 1819.
**TrXoos, irXoos, gen., -60V, -OV (and in late writers also irXo6<:, like
voo's from vovs), 6 (<[7rA€(u), [in LXX: Wi 14i*;] a voyage: Ac 217
279,io.t
irXou'aios, -a, -ov (<^ ttXoutos), [in LXX chiefly for TC^y;] rich,
wealthy : Mt
27", Lk 121^ I412 I61. 1823 191 Substantively, 6 tt., i9
Lk Ja 110,
1621.22, n. ^j ^^ Lk 62* 21i, i Ti 6i7.
Ja 2« 51, Ee 61^ I316;
anarth., a rich man, Mt 1923.2*, Mk 102^ 12", Lk 182^. Metaph., of
God, £v iXiei (= cl., c. gen., dat.), Eph 2"; of Christ, 11 Co 89; of
Christians, Ee 29 3i7 iv irtVrci, Ja 25.t ;
*ir\ouffiws, adv., richly, abundantly: Col 3^^^ j xi 6", Tit S",

II Pe lii.t
irXouTc'd), -w, [in LXX chiefly for ^WV hi. ;] to he rich, aor,, to
become rich : Lk Ti 6^ seq. Sltto (Si ll^s), Re IS^s eV, Ee IS^. i9
1^3, i ; ;
cv (= cl., c. gen., dat., ace, cf. 7rA.ouo-tos), i Ti 6^^ Metaph., tt. cis 6c6v,
Lk 12^^; of God, cis Travras, Ro 10^2; aor., I became rich, i Co 4^,
II Co 8^, Re 3^^ pf I have become rich, Ee 3^^,t ; .,
irXouTiû) {<^TrkovTos), [in LXX chiefly for 12?^ hi. ;] to make

rich, enrich : c. ace. pers., pass., ii 9^^.CoMetaph., of spiritual
riches, c. ace. pers., ii Co 6^''; seq. cv, pass., i Co l*.t
ttXootos, -ov, 6 and (in ii Co 82, Eph l^^ 2^ 38' i«. Phi 4^9, Col l^^
22; V. WH, App., 158; M, Pr., 60) to', [in LXX chiefly for -il^ry;]
riches, wealth : of external possessions, Mt I322, Mk 4^^, Lk 8^*, i Ti 6^'^,
Ja 52, Re 18^^ ; moral and spiritual conceptions, Ro

of 33^ 2* 92^ ll^^,
II Co 82, Eph 17.18 27 38.16,Phi 419, Col 127 2\ He 112«, Re 512.+
irXuj'ft), [in LXX chiefly for DM
pi. ;] to wash (inanimate objects,
esp. clothing) : t. BiKrva, Lk 52. Fig., t. o-ToXa9, Re 7^* 22i* (cf. Ps
50 (51)*' and V.S. d7ro-7r\uva)).t
9
Syn. : V.S. Xovoy.

TTj'cG/ia, -Tos, TO (<^m/€(o), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for
nn;] 1. of air in motion; (a) wind: Jo 3^; pi., He 17(i-xx)j
(j)
breath w. C^s, Re 11"

: tt. toC aroâTo^, fig., n Th 28 (cf. Ps 32 (33)6).
;
2. Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.) Lk 8**, :
Jo 1930, Ac 759, al. opp. to <rdp$, Mt 26*i, 14^8,

; i Co 5^, al. Mk
to (TC>fia, Ro 810, I Co 617 73*, I Pe 4« to ifnjxv, Phi 1^^ He 412 t^ tt. ; ;
Kol Tj i(r. Kol T. (rS)fJM, I Th 523 (M, Th., in 1.) dat., tc3 tt., in spirit, ;
Mk 28 812, Jo 1133 1321^ Ac 1825, Ro 1211, j Co 7^\ i Pe 3is, al. of the ;
human spirit of Christ, Ro 1*, i Ti 31". 3. spirit, i.e. frame of mind,

disposition, influence Lk li7, Ro 8i5, i Co 421, Gal 61, Eph 22, 11 Ti 17,
:
I Jo 46, al. 4. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24^7,39^ ^.c 23*;

TT. 6 6e6<;, God is spirit, Jo 4-'*; vaTrjp twv tt., He 12®; of disembodied
human beings. He 1223, i Pe d^^ {ICC, in 1. DB, iii, 795) of angels. ; ;
He li'' of demons or .evil spirits, Mt 8i«,

; 920, Lk 9^9, al. Mk
TT. TTvOoiva, Ac 161" TTvevfiaTa 8aLfiovLU)v, Re 161*
; tt. SaifiovLov aKaOdpTov, ;
Lk 433; TT. do-^tvcms (Bl., g 35, 5), Lk I311 tt. dKddapTov, Mt lOi, Mk ps, ;
Lk 43c, Ac 5i« ; tt. dfXaAov (koI koxôV), Mk 917. 25 ; ôi/>?poV, Lk 721, Ac I912,
al. Of the Holy Spirit, tt. ayiov, to a. tt., to tt. to a., TO TT., TT. (the article
5.
as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a
Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation,
influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, I5I5; Bl., §46, 7): anarth.,
Mt 118 311.16 41, 18 (Swete, in Mk 1.), ib.i", Lk li^, Jo 7^9, Ac I92,
Ro 55, I Co 2*, al. ; c. art., Mt 41 123i. 32, Mk lio 329, Lk 226, Jo 7^9 I426,
Ac 431 53, Ro 816, a,l. ;
(to) tt. (toO) 6eov, Mt 316, Ro 89, Eph 316, i Jo 42,
al. ; TO TT. T. irarpo's, Mt 102** ; TT. deov ^dvTOS, II Co 3^ ;
(to) tt. toS Kvpiov,
Lk 4I8,
Ac 59 8^9 ; TO TT. 'Ir;o-oii, Ac 167 •
XpicTTov, Ro 89 ; 'Irjcrov XptcrTov,
Phi 119; t6 tt. t. dAr?^€ias, Jo 1526 1613, I Jo 46; Ae'yct {âprvpit) t^ tt.
{Todycov), Ac 2111 2825, I Ti 41^ He 37 IQi^, Re 14i3; seq. t. c/cKXô-t'aw,
3G8 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Re 2''"'17'2» 3«>".22; ^ ^. ^.^ Lk 227; â^^^ ^êâ, Ro 8*' 5; e'l {JSaros

Kttt TT., Jo S^ ', 8ia TTveu/Aaros aiojvtbu, He 9 * ; ev dy tacr/Aw Trvcu/xaros,
11 Th 2i», I Pe 12 ; cV tt., i Co 1213, Eph 2^8 4* ; 6 8e ku>ios t6 tt. cVrir,
n Co 3^7 ; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to
ypdfjLfia, Ro 229 7«, II Co 36.
Syn. : vovs, which in NT
contrasted with tt. as " the action of is
the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic im-
pulse " {DB, iv, 612) i/û^^ the usual term in cl. psychology in
; — —
NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, tt.
expresses man as drawing his life from God " (DB, 1-vol., 872).
* TTfcu/xaTiKos, -7/, -ov {<^ TTvev fxo) 1. o/ or caused by the wind, air ,
or breath (Arist., al.). 2. spiritual (opp. to crw/xartKos, Plut.) (a) of ;
created beings to. tt. (RV, the spiritual hosts), Eph 6^2 of that which
: ;
is related to the human spirit, opp. to i/û^t'cos, i Co 15***

*^ (b) of ;
that which belongs to or is actuated by the Divine Spirit; (a) of

persons: i Co 2^^ 3^ 14^7, Ga G^; oTkos tt., fig., i Pe 2^; (/?) of things:
Ro 111 71*, I Co 213 103. 4 121 141, Eph 1^ 51^, Col !» 3^^ i Pe 2^ opp. to
T. aapKLKd, Ro 1527, I Co gii.t
SVN. : ifrvxi.KO';, q.v., and cf. DB, ii, 410, iv, 612.
*t-jr>'€ufi,aTiKws, adv. (<^Trv€v/xa), spiritually ; (a) by the aid of the
Holy Spirit : i Co 213(WH. mg.), u (i) jn a spiritual sense
; Re ll^.t :
w€'«, [in LXX: Ps 1477(i8)

(ntzr: hi.), Is 402-^ (fjCTJ), Si 43i«.2o,
Ep. Jeî, II Mac 9^*;] to breathe, blow: of the wind, Mt 72^.27,
Lk 12", Jo 38 6l^ Re 7I; T^ TWiovcrri (sc.
avVa), Ac 27*0 (cf. Ik-, iv,
V7ro-Trvi(i)).f
irviyoi, [in LXX : i Ki 161*' " (nrs pi.) * ;] to choke : c. ace,

Mt 137 (WH, mg.) ; impf. (conative), Mt 182^; of drowning, pass.,
Mk 513 (cf. ciTro-, im-, (Tvy-irviyw) .f
*TrKiKT<Js, -V, -Of «7rvt7a>), strangled: Ac 152«.29 212^ (cf.
Lel7i3.i*).t
TrvoY\, -rjs, rj (-^Tri'tw), [in LXX chiefly for nDffi^J;] 1. a blowing,
blast, wind : Ac 22. 2. a breathing, breath : Ac 172^ (Ge 2^, al.).t
tto8t^PT]s, -£s «7rovs), [in LXX: Ex 25" P) 35^ (pn), 28* 29^
(b^yp), 2827(31) (tiDK), Ez 92.3,11

(^5)^ 2a 3^4) (nii'^qo), Wi 182^
Si 27^ 45^ * ;] reaching to the feet : of a garment (sc. x'twi', cf . Ex, Ez,
11. c; Xen., al.). Re li3 (for -77, LT^ read -rjy; v. M, Pr., 49).t
SVN. : (TToXri, V. Tr., Syn., § 1.
Tr(506i', adv., whence; (a) of place: 1533, Lk 132^.27^ Jq 38 6* Mt

814 929,30 199^ Re 713; metaph., of condition, Re (6) of origin: 2^
Mt 1327. 54, 66 2125, 62, Lk 207, Jo 2^ Ja 41Mk of parentage, Jo 727. 28 ;
(c) of cause : Mk
8* 1237, Lk 1*3, Jq 1*9 ^n.t
TToia, -as, 17, Dor. for irda, [in LXX (with v.l. v6a) : Pr 272^ {iitg%
and of a kind of soap (Soph., Lex., s.v.). Ma 32, Je 222 (JT'îa) *

;]
grass
Ja 41* (where, however, it is usually taken to be fern, of ttoios ; but v.

MM, xx).t
iroi^w, -u), [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for
niyy;] l. to make, produce, create, cause: c. ace. rei, Mt 17*, 9^, Mk
Jo 911, Ac 9=*^ Eo 9-^ al. ; of God as Creator (c. ace. pers. also), Mb
19*, Mk 10«, Lk 11*0, Ac 42*, He 1^, al.; like Heb. niZTV, absol.
= ipydCofxai, to work, Mt 20^2 (cf. Eu 2^^ ; so AV, but v. infr.), Ee 13^
E, mg. (but V. infr.); a-KuvSaXa, Eo IB^^; dpyjvrjv, Eph 2^^, Ja 3^8;
cVtcTTao-tv, Ac 24^2; crv(TTpocf>-rjv, Ac 23^2; c. ace. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1^^,
Ac 15^ with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming
;
a periphr. for the cogn. verb: 68dv tt. (cl. o. Troieio-âi), to go on,
advance, Mk
2^^; -n-oXefjLov, Ee 11^, al.; cVStKTô-tv, Lk IS^.S; iviSpav, Ac
253 ; Kpiaiv, Jo 52^, Ju ^* €/3ya, Jo 5^", al. (rrjixtla {repara koI a:), Jo 2^^
; ;
and freq., Ac 2^2, al. ; so also mid. Troicto-âi /xoioyv, Jo 14^3; Tropeiav, :
Lk 1322 ; KOLvoivCav, Eo IS^** of food, to make ready, prepare : Bilirvov,

;
Mk 621, al. ;
80XW, Lk 52" 14^3 .y^ôvs, Mt 222 ; of time, to spend (cl.)
.
wpav, Mt EY
(but V. supr. and cf. McN, in 1.) ; /t^vas, Ee 13^, E,
20^2^
txt. (cf. Swete, in 1. but v. supr.) iviavrov, Ja 4^^ c. ace. seq. «,
; ; ;
Jo 215, al. c. ace. et ace. pred., Mt 3^ 12i«,

; 1^ 3^2, Jo 5^^, al. c. Mk ;
adv., KttXws, Mk
T^^; ioprrjv tt. (Dem., Ex 23^6, al.), Ac I821, Eec;
TraVxa, Mt 26^^; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al. ; Jb 42^,
III Ki 11^3; so some understand tovto ttouItc, Lk 22^^, but v. Abbott,
Essays, 110 ff.) ; seq. lya (WM, 422 f. ; M, Pr., 228), Jo Col 4i«,
11^7,
Ee 3^. 2. to do, perform, carry out, execute : absol., c. adv., KaAws tt.,
Mt 1212, I Co 737. 38, Ja 219 ; id. seq. ptcp. (el. ; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10^3,
Phi 41*, II Pe 119, III Jo « ; o^Tcos, Mt 24*«, Lk 9l^ al. i? (KaOik), Mt
;
1^* 21*, al. ; 6/xottos, Lk 311 ; wo-arTtos, Mt 20^ ; C. ptcp., dyvowv liroC-qa-a,
I Ti 113 ; c. ace. rei : rC interrog., Mt 123, Mk 225, ^k 62, al. ; toOto, Mt
1328, Mk 532, Lk 2219 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays), Eo
72®, al. with nouns expressing command
; or regulation t. vo/xov (not :
as in cl., to make a law), Jo

7i9,
Ga 53 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22^, i Ch 22i2,
al.) T. evToXa's, Mt
;
5i9 similarly with other nouns expressing conduct
;
T. SiKaLoaijvrjv Mt 61, al. t. dXr-êiai/, Jo 321, g^l., etc. c. dupl. ace,

, ; ;
Mt 2722, Mk 1512 e. ace. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm. rare in

; ;
cl.), Mt 712, Mk 519.20, Lk 1*9, Jo 926, al.
Syn. : irpdaa-oi, q.v. The general distinction between the two

words is that between particular action and its habitual performance
(cf. Tr., Syn., § xevi; Westc. on Jo 321 ICC on Eo 132). ;
iroiTjiia, -Tos, TO (<^7rot€a)), [in LXX chiefly for n^ryo (freq. in
Ec) ;] that which is made or done, a work : Eo 12", Eph 2i*'.t
iroiTjcTis, -cojs, r] (ttoico)), [in LXX chiefly for HJff^ and cognate
forms;] 1. a making (Hdt., Thuc, al.). 2. a doing (Si IQi^ 51i9)
Ja 125.t
**'iroiTjTiis, -ov, 6 (-<Trou{D), [in LXX: i Mac 2*"*;] in cl., 1. a
maker, author. 2. Esp., a poet : Ac 172^. Later, 3. a doer : t. vofxov,
Eo 213, Ja 411 (i Mac, I.e.); ipyov, Ja 125; x6yov, ib.22.23.t
TToiKiXos, -r], -ov, [in LXX for npj , napT , etc. ;] many-coloured,
24
variegated. Metaph., va/rious, manifold : Mt 4"-^*, Mk 1^*, Lk 4*',

II Ti 3«, Tit 3», He 2* 13», Ja 1\ i Pe 1« 4io.t
TToifiaiVoj (<; TTOLfjiriv), [in LXX chiefly for njn ;] to act as shepherd,
tend flocks Lk 17^ c. ace, jro'fi.vtjv, i Co
: ;
9'^. Metaph., to tend,
shepherd, govern: c. ace, Mt 28(1'^), Jo 2V\ Ac 20^8, i Pe 5\ Ju^^
Re 2^7 717 126 i9i5,t
SVN. : p6(TK0i, q.v.
Trot|iTi»', -eVos, 6, [in LXX for nyi;] a shepherd: Mt 93« 25*2
2631 (Lxx)^ Mk 634 1427, Lk 28- 15,18,20^ Jq 102,12, Metaph., of Christ;

Jo IQii' !*'!«, He 1320, I Pe 2^5; of Christian pastors, Eph 4^1 (cf.
Horn., H., i, 263, Troifiiva Xau)v)A

Tzoiiivr], -7?s, ^, [in LXX: Ge 32i«'i7)
(liy), Za 13^ A*;] a flock,
prop., of sheep : Mt 26^1, Lk 28, i Co 9^. Metaph., of Christ's followers,

Jo 10i«.t
TToijivioK, -ov, TO, = TTOLfxin), q.v., [In LXX chiefly for ]N3r , also for
"Try, etc.;] a flock, prop., of sheep. Metaph., of Christians: Lk 12^^^
Ac 20^8,29^ I Pe 53 ; t. deoi, ib. ^.t
TT-oios, -a, -oy, interrog. pronom. adj. (corresponding to the

demonstr. toio? and the relat. otos), [in LXX chiefly for HTîi ',] of what
quality or sort : absol., n. pi., Lk 24^®; c. subst. (a) prop., in direct
;
questions Mt : W^ 2123 223« 24^^ Mk 11^« 12^8, Lk 632-34^ Jq iQsa, Ac 4^

7*^ Ro 3'", I Co 153^ Ja 41* (but v.s. Trota), i Pe 2^0 ;
(b) in indirect
questions = 67roros : Mt
Lk 123^ 202.8, Jo 1233
2124.27 24«, Mk 11^9.33^
1832 2119, Ac 2334, 1 Pe 111, Re 33; Troi'as (sc. oSoO), Lk S^^.t
TToXefAcw, -co (<; TrdAc/Aos) [in LXX chiefly for DUb ni. to make , ;]
war, fight Ee 12'b

: 19^ seq. fiera (11 Ki 2V^ and v. M, Pr., 106,
; 247),
Re 218 12'^^ 134 IV* hyperb., of private quarrels, Ja 42.t;
TToXcfios, -ov, u, [in LXX chiefly for nan^p 1. tvar Mt 24", ;] :
Mk 13'^, Lk 1431 21^, He 1134 tt. ttouIv, seq. fierd, c. gen. (cf. TroXffxiui), ;
Re 117 1217 137 1919, 2. = fxdxT), a fight, battle i Co 148, Re 9". » 12^ :
16^4 208; hyperb., of private quarrels (cf. TrtXe/xew), Ja 4^t

TToXis, -ews, 7), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for TV ;] a city
Mt 223, Mk 145, Lk 429, Jo 48, al. mult. ; opp. to Kw^tat {k. koI aypoi),
Mt 935 10^1, Mk 6^«, Lk 8^ I322; c. nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Ac ll'*
16^4; c. id. in gen. appos. (BL, § 35, 5), Ac 8^, 11 Pe 2« gen., of the ;
region, Lk F^ 43i,
Jo 4^ of the inhabitants, ; Mt 10^^.23, Lk 23^1, Ac
193*, II Q gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22",
Co 1132 .
Lk 24.11 42» 10^1, Jo 145, Ac 1620, Re 16^; of Jerusalem i, ayia tt., Mt :
45 2753, Re 112 ^ ^yan-qyiiv-q, Re 20^9; TT. Tov fjieydXov (SaaiXem, Mt 535

.
(cf. Ps 47 (48)2) of the ; heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions. Re

312 212, 10, 14ff.
2214, 19, By meton., of the inhabitants of a city Mt 8** :
1225 2110, Mk 133, Ac 1421 2130.

*tiro\iTdpxT)s, -ov, 6, = TToXtapôs (Pind., Eur.), the ruler of a city,
apolitarch: Ac 17"' 8 (v. MM, xx).t
m
iroXiTeto,
Mac 321.23,
-as,
IV
^
Mac
« 320 8^
ttoXitcvo))
17^*;]
,
[in
1.
LXX :
citizenship:
II Mac 4"
Ac 2228
623 S^^ I31*,
(iii Mac,
11. c, Hdt., Xen,, al.). 2. government, administration (Aristoph.,
Dem., al.). 3. a commonwealth : Eph 2i2^t
**iroXiT€up,a, -Tos, TO «;7roAiTci;a)), [in LXX: II Mac 12''*;] 1. an

act of administration. 2. a form of government. 3. = TroAiTcta, (a)
citizenship : Phi 32'^ (E, txt.) (b) community, commonwealth : Phi, I.e.
;
(E, mg. for exx. v.

; xx).t MM,
** TToXiTeuu), more freq. as depon., -ofxai, and so in and LXX NT
«7roAtT7?s), [in Es 8i3, LXX
11 Mac 6^ 1125, i„ Mac
: 3*, iv Mac 4*;]
to bea citizen, live as a citizen : metaph., of conduct as based on
heavenly citizenship, Ac 23\ Phi F^.t
iroXiTTjs, -ov, 6 (<[7rdAis), [in LXX chiefly for^;] 1, a citizen:
c. gen. loc, Lk 15^^^ Ac 213^. 2. a fellow-citizen : c. gen. pers.,
Lk 191*, He 8" (LXX)!
adv. (<[ TToAus), often : Mt 17^^, al.
TToXXciKis,
*t TToXXaTrXaaiuc, -ov (<^7roAv9), = 7roAAa7rXao-ios, many times more:
Mt 192", Lk 183o.t
•iroXo-€uo"iTXaYX>'OS, V.S. iroXvaTrXayxyo^.
iroXuXoYia, -as, ^7, [in LXX : Pr lO^^ (cn^l nn) * ;] much speak-
ing, loquacity : Mt 6''.t
*t iroXo/xcpws, adv. {<^-nokv<i, fxepos), in many parts or portions:

He r (Plut., al.).t
*TroXu-irotKiXos, much
-ov, 1. variegated, of greatly differing
colours (Eur.). 2. manifold Eph : Z^^.i
iroXo's, TToXXii, iroXu, [in LXX chiefly for ST and cognate forms ;]
1. as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time,
etc. : dptVs, Ac II21 ; 6xXos, Mk 52^ Oepiafjio^, Mt 9"
; xopros, Jo Gô ;
Xpovos, Mt 251^; yoyyvo-fio-i, Jo 7^2; ^^y,,^^ Col 4^3. ^^^^^ Mt 2430;

o-iyr/, Ac 21*0; pi., wpuffi^Tat, Mt 13^^ oxXoi, Mt 425; BaLijSi^La, Mk 134;
8wa'/x€6s, Mt 722, masc, ttoAAoi, many (persons) Mt
2. As subst., pi. :
722, Mk 22, al.; Mt 3^ Lk V\ al.; seq. eV, Jo r^\ Ac

c. gen. partit.,
1712; c. art., ol TT., the many, Mt 24^2, Eo 12^, i Co lO^^'Ss^ „ Co 2^^
opp. to 6 €15 (Lft., Notes, 291), Eo 5^5. is neut. pi., TroXXa: Mt 133, ;
Mk 526, al.; ace. with adverbial force, Mk 1«, Eo 16« (Deiss., LAE,
317), I Co 1612, ja 32^ al.; neut. sing., v,oXu: Lk 12*8; adverbially,
Mk 1227, al.; ôXAoC (gen. pret.), Mt 26^; c. compar. (Bl., §44, 5),
TT. (TTTOvBaiOTipOV, II Co 822 ; TToXXtO TtXciOVS, Jo 4*1.
Compar., irXeiwc, neut., TrXelov
App., 151), and TrXe'ov (v. WH,
Mayser, 69), more, greater
pi., TrXe/oves, -as, -a, contr., TrXetors, -o) (cf.
1. as adj. Jo 152, Ac 182o, He 33; seq. Trapd, He 11* (cf. Westc, in 1.
:
Was ITAIONA here a primitive error for HAIONA?); pi., Ac 133i,

al. c. gen. compar., Mt 21^6; c. num. (^ of comp. omitted), Ac 422
;
2411, al. 2. As subst., ol tt., the greater number : Ac 1032 2712, i Co lO^
15^ also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more : 11 Co 2'' 41^, Phi li*
;
TrXetova, Lk 11^3; -n-Xi'ov, irXeov, Mt 201^, II Ti 3^; c. geu. comp., Mk

r^^^
12*3, Lt 213 . ^_ 'i^^2 j^t 12" ; cVl adverbially, Ac 4^7 20^
tt.,
24*. 3. As adv., TrAetov : seq. 17, Lk 9^* ; c. gen. comp., Mt 5^° TrXcto) ;
c. num., Mt 26^3.
Superl., irXeiaTos, -r], -ov, (a) prop., most : Mt llô 21^ ad- ;
verbially, TO TT., I Co 142"; (b) elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: oxAos
TT., Mk 41.
*+ iroXo<nT-\aYX>'os, -ov (^C^ttoAvs, cnrXdyxvov) very pitiful , : Ja 5^^.t
TToXoTcXris, -€s {<C. iroXv's, Tc'Aos), [in LXX for 1|T , etc. ;] very
costly, very precious, of great value : Mk 14^, i Ti 2^ metaph., i Pe 3*.+ ;
* iroXuTifios, -ov (<^7roAiJs, ti/a?;), 1. much revered (Menand.). 2.

very costly, very precious: Mt 13*^ 26'^ (/3apvTifw<s, WH), Jo 12^;
comparat., i Pe I'^.t
**iroXuTp6irws, adv. (<^7roAvTpo7ros, 1. much turning. 2. manifold),
[in LXX iv Mac 3^^ A * ;] i7i many ways or manners : He 1^ (Philo).t
:
TTOfia, -Tos, TO (-<; TTtVw) , late form of Att. irS)fxa, [in LXX : Ps 101
(102)9 i^^pm), a^.^*,] drink: i Co 10*, He 9io.t
irokTjpio, -as, 17 (<^7rov77po's), [in LXX cbiefly for H^^ ;] iniquity,
wickedness: Mt Lk 1P9, Eo 1^\ Eph 22i8, 6i2; pi.

(v. Bl., §32, 6;
WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153), Mk V\ Ac 326; mKt'a Kal tt., i Co S^.t
iSriv. ; v.s. kukm.
TTov-qpos, -a, -ov (-^Trovew, io toii), [in LXX chiefly for n;] 1. (a)
of persons, oppressed by toils (Hes.) of things, toilsome, painful ;

(b)
Si 5112) Eph 5i«
2. 6arf, worthless ; 613, Re 16^
{KaLp6i, . (a) in
physical sense KapTrds, Mt 71''' ^^ (b) in ethical sense, bad, evil,
:
;
wicked; (a) of persons: Mt 7" 123*. ^5 i832 252", Lk 6*^ 11^3 1922^ Ac
175, II Th 32, II Ti 313 yevca, Mt 1239. 45 16*, Lk 1129 ; TTvcâ, Mt
;
12*6, Lk 721 82 1126, Ac 1912.13.15,16; aS SUbst., Ol TT., Opp. to 81/caiOl,
Mt 13*9; to ayaOoL, Mt Lk 635 ging_^ 5 ^^

5*5 2210 ; ol dxapio-Toi Kal TT., .
Mt 539, I Co 513 id. esp. of Satan, the evil one, Mt 537 513 (y^ L£t_^
;
Notes, 125 ff. but cf. McN, in 1.)

;
13i9. 38, Lk 11* (WH, E, om.), Jo 17i5,
Eph 6i«, II Th 33 (Lft., Notes, I.e.), i Jo 2i3.i* 312 Si^.i"; (jS) of things
Mt 511 1235 1519, Lk 622. 45^ Jo 319 77^ Ac 181* 251^, Ga 1*, Col I21, i Ti
6*, II Ti 418, He 312 1022, Ja 2* 416, i Jo 312, 11 Jo n, iii Jo i"
; 64>eaXix6<:
(q.v.), Mt 623 2015, Mk 722, Lk 113*; as subst., neut., t^ tt., Ac 282i,
I Th 522; opp. to dyaôV, Lk 6*5, Eo 129; pi., Mt 9*, Mk 723, Lk 3i9.t
Syn. : v.s. a(9€o-/Aos.
irovos, -ov, 6 [in LXX for ^QiT , etc. ;] 1. labour, toil : Col 4i3.
2. The consequence of toil, distress, suffering, pain (Xen., al., LXX)

Ee 1610. 11 21*.+
Syjv. : v.s. kottos.
riorriKos, Pontic, of Pontus : Ac 182.
-Tj, -ov.
riorrios, -ov, 6, Pontius, the praenomen of Pilate (v.s. IIciAaTos),
Mt 272 (Eec, WH,
mg.), Lk 31, Ac 42^, i Ti 6i3.+
Hoi'Tos, -ov, 6, Pontus, a region of Asia Minor, bordering on the
TTovTos Evêivos : Ac 29, I Pe I1.+
niJirXtos, -ov, 6 (Latin), Publius : Ac 28''' ^.t
iropeia, -as, rj (<^Trop€V(o), [in LXX chiefly for np^brj and cogn,
forms;] 1. ajozirney: Lk 13^2. 2. a going : metaph. (" the rich man
perishes while he is still on the move," Hort., in 1.), Ja l^^t
(<^ 770/009, a fofd, fl passttge), [in
TTopeu'w, chiefly for lbr\',] LXX
in (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk. v. M, Pr., 162), to cause
cl. ;
to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in and NT), -o/âi, to go, LXX
proceed, go on one's way : c. ace, 6S6v, Ac 8^^ seq. iKCidev, Mt 19^^ ;
ivTive^v, Lk 1331; dTTo', Mt 25", Lk 4*^; d^, Mt 22o, IG^^, Lk V^', Mk

Jo 735, al; €k (Ipyjvijv (cf. I Ki l^^). Lk 7^0; iv Îprjvr}, Ac 1636; iTTi,
c. ace, Mt al; Iws, Ac 2323; ^^^ l^ 242^, i Co 16"; Trpds,
229, Ac 25^2,
c. ace. pers., Mt
Lk 11^, al. Kara t. 686v, Ac 8^6 Std, c. gen.,
25^, ; ;
Mt 121, Mk 930 c. inf., Lk 23, Jo 142; o-w, Lk 7«, al.; Tva, Jo 11";
;
absol., Mt 2^ Lk 7^, Jo 4^^ Ac 520, al. ptcp., Trop€v6eL<i (on the pass, ;
form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.;
V. M, Pr., 231 Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 28, Lk 722, al. Metaph.
;
(cf. Soph., O.T., 884 ; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), (a) like olxofiaL in cl,
as euphemism for 6vt](rK(o (so "Jjbn in Ge I52) ; Lk 2222 ^^^ perh. also
1333 (v. Field, Notes, 66) ; (b) in ethical sense (De 199, Ps I42, al
cf. M, Pr., II2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ev, Lk 1^, i Pe 43,
II Pe 219; Kara, c. ace, 11 Pe 33, Jui^'iS; c. dat. (Bl, § 38, 3), Ac
93i
14i«, Ju 11 (c) of disciples or partisans (Jg 2i2, iii Ki lli», Si 461")
;
seq. oTTt'o-o), C. gen. pers., Lk 21^ (cf. Sia-, ek- (-/tat), «- (-fiai), cv- {-p-ai),
tTTi- (-/Aat), irapa- (-/tai), Trpo-, irpoa-- (-/tat), (rvv- (-/i,ai)).
** TtopQlii), collat. form (in cl. chiefly poet.) of rrepOw, [in LXX
IV Mac 423 11**;] to destroy, ravage : Ac 921, Ga li3>23_f
**t iropiornos, -ov, 6 {<îropLô), to procure), [in Wi 13i9 142*;] LXX :
1. a providing. 2. a means of gain : i Ti 6*' ^ (Polyb., al.).t

ricJpKios, -ov, 6, Porcius, praenomen of Porcius Fastus (v.s.
«I>ô-Tos) : Ac 2427.f
TTopj'cia, -a?, 17 (<^7ro/3V€i;w), [in LXX for ^3131, rnJTP and cogn.
forms;] fornication: Ac I520.29 2125, i Co 51 6i3.i8, 11 Co 122i, Ga 5i9,
Eph 53, Col 3^ I Th 43 (Lf c. Notes, 53), Ee 921 ;

pi. (v. WM, 220 ; Bl, § 32,
6), Co 72; disting. from p.oix'^La, Mt 15i9,
I Mk 721 ; = yu-otxeta (Am 81^
Si 232«, al), Mt 532 199. Metaph. (of idolatry : De 232, Ho I2) : Jo 8«

(Westc, in I), and so perh. (Thayer-Grimm, s.v. ; but v. Swete, in 11),
Re 221 I418 172.4 183 192.t
iropi/cuw, [in LXX
for njT ;] 1. to prostitute the body for hire.
2. to commit fornication : Mk
10i9 (WH, mg.), i Co 61^ 10^, Re 2". 20.
Metaph. (as in i Ch 52^, Je 3«, LXX 91, al), of idolatry (but v.

; Ho
Swete, Ap., 180 f.), Re I72 183.9 (cf. eK-7ropv£vto).t
iropkTj, -rjs, rj, [in LXX chiefly for njIT ;] a prostitute, harlot
Mt 2131.32, Lk 1539, I Co 615.16, He 113i, Ja 225. Metaph. (v. Swete,
Babylon Rome) 17i'5.i5.i6 i92.t
Re
Ap., 180 f.), of (i.e. :
**ir<5pi'os, -ov, 6, [in LXX : Si 23i^'i^*;] 1. a male prostitute (Xen.,

al). 2. a fornicator : i Co S^-ii 6^, Eph 5^, i Ti po, He 12i* 13*,

Be 218 22i5.t
TT^ppw, adv. (in older Attic, Trpdo-w), [in LXX for p^W^ , etc. ;] far
off: Mt 168, Mk TOd-^), Lk 14^2; comparat., TroppoiTepov (-pco, T),
Lk 2428.t
Tr<5ppa>0ci', adv. {<^7r6ppoi, q.v.), [in LXX for pIFTÔ and cogn.
forms;] from afar : Lk 17^^^ He ll^^.t
Trop(()upa, -a?, 17, [in LXX for ]1^^1i< , ]']^lii ;] 1- the purple-fish
(cf. I Mac 423). 2. purple dye. 3. Later, = Tropcûpcs, a purple gar-

ment : Mk 1517. 20^ Lk 1619, Ee 18i2.t
-n'op<f>upeo9, -a, -ov, COntr., -oCs, -a, -ow (<^ Trop^vpa) ,
[in LXX
for jaai^?;] purple: Jo 192' *; as subst., irop^^vpovv (sc. i/xartov),
Ee 17* 186.t
*t -irop<}>up6Trw\is, -1809, 17, a seller of purple fabrics : Ac IG^^.t
-iroadKis, interrog. num. adv., how often : Mt
182^ 23^''', Lk 13^*.t
7r6ai9, -ews, •^ «7rtVo>), [in LXX: Da, LXX th po (npura)*;]

1.prop., drinking : Eo 14^^ Col 2i« (v. Lft. ; ICC, in 1.). 2. = 7ro>a,
drink : Jo 6^^ (cf. y8pSo-ts).+
number, magnitude, degree, etc., how much,
TToo-os, -r;, -ov, adj. of
how great, how many : Mt 62^, 11 Co 7" of time, Mk 921 neut., ; ;
absol., Lk 16^''^; dat., ttoo-w, adverbially, how much, Mt 12^2; id. seq.
IxaXkov, Mt 711 1025, Lk 1113 1224.28^ Rq 1112.24, Phm He 91*;
1«, TT.
Xiipovo^ Ti/xwptas, He 1029; pi., Mt 15^* 169. lo 271^, Mk e^s 8^.19.20 15*,
Lk 1517, Ac 212o.t
iroTa/ji6s, -o9, 6, [in LXX chiefly for inj , lk"];] a river, stream,
torrent : Mt 3« 72^.27, Mk 1^, Lk
«, Ac IBi^, 11 Co 1126, Ee 810 91* 648.
1215, 16 164, 2.
12 211,
Fig., pi., ^. {;Saô5 ^^^05, Jo 738.t
*t iroraiio-cfxipTiTos, -ov, carried away by a stream : Ee 121^ (for two
exx. in tt., v. MM, xxi).t
**TroTaiT6s (late form of cl. ttoS-), -rj, -ov, [in LXX: Da LXX
Su^**;] 1. (= TToSaTTos) from what country? 2. In late writers,
= TToros, of what sort ? Mt 82^, Mk I31, Lk 129 7^9, n Pe 311,
: i Jo 3i.t
Tr6T6, interrog. adv. of time, when?: Mt lJj 21^, 2537-39,44,
Jo 625 . |^^5 ^., ho^ long : Mt 17l^ Mk 9i9, Lk 9*i, Jo IO2*, Ee 610. In
indir. questions, = 6ir6r(, Mt 243, Mk 13*» 33,35, l^ i236 1720 (y^ bI,
§ 25, 4).t
iroTi, enclitic particle, 1. once, formerly, sometime : of the past,
Jo 913, Eo 79, 1130, Ga 113.23 26 (Lft., in 1.), Eph 22. 3. ".13 58, Col I21 3^
I Th 25, Tit 33, Phm ", i Pe 2i« 35.20 ; ^g^ ^roTi, now
at length, Phi 410
of the fut., Lk 2232; « ttcos ^87] itotc, if sometime soon at length, Eo li".
2. ever: after a neg., Eph 529, ^ pg 110,21. [j^ ^ question, ns tt.,
I Co 97, He 15' i3.t
ir<5T€pos, -a, -ov, which of two. Neut., adverbially, irorepov,

whether : Jo 7i^.t
iroTT^pioi', -ov, TO, dimin. of ttottJp (<[7rtVw), [in LXX chiefly for
Dta;] a wine cup: Mt 2325. 26 2627, Mk 7* 1423, Lk IP^ 22i7'20»
(WH, E, mg., om.), i Co 1125, Re 17*; TriVctv cV toO tt., i Co 1128;
c. gen. rei, Mt 10*2, Mk 9*^
by meton., of the
; t. cuAoyias, i Co lO^" ;
contents of the cup, Lk 222«''

E, mg., om.), i Co 1125,26 f.. gen. (WH, .
pers., I Co 1021, 1127. Metaph., of experience of divine providence;

of prosperity (Ps 15 (16)6, al.) of adversity (Ps 10 (11)«, Is 51^7, al.) ;
of the sufferings of Christ, Mt 2022. 23 2639, Mk 1038. s^ 1436, Lk 22*2,

Jo 18^1 ; of divine punishment, Ee 14io 16^9 18«.t
iroTiiu «7rdTos), [in LXX chiefly for nplZT hi. ;] to give to drink :
c. ace. pers., Mt 2535. 37, 42 2748^ Mk 153«, Lk IS^s, Eo I220 c. dupl. ace;
,
Mt 10*2, Mk 9*1; fig., ydXa, i Co 32; « t. otvov, Ee 148; of plants, to

water (Xen., Strab., al. ; Ge I310), fig., i Co 3«-8. Metaph. (cf. Is 29^,
Si 153), of the Spirit, i Co 12i3.t
rioTioXoi, -wv, ol, Puteoli (mod. Pozzuoli), a city on the Bay of
Naples : Ac 2813.+
iroTos, -ov, 6 «7rtVa)), [in LXX chiefly for n]pt?ra ;] a drinking bout,
carousal : i Pe 43.t
SVJV. : V.S. KpanraX-q.
iroC, interrog. adv., [in LXX for '{i} , n^lSI , n:X ;] 1. prop., where ?
Mt 22 2617, Mk 1412. H, Lk 171^' 37 22».ii, Jo 139 7" 8[ioJ'i9 9^2 1134

TTov (ia-Tiv), indicating that the subject in question is not to be found
Lk 825, Eo 327, I Co 120 1217. 19 1555, Ga 4i5,
n Pe 3* ; ttov avuTai
I Pe 418. 2. = oTTov (WM, 640 ; Bl, § 50, 5) : c. indie, Mt 2*, Mk 15*7
Jo 1*0 1157 202. 13. 15,
Ee 213 subjc, Mt Lk 958 12i7.
. c. 320, 3. In colloq
(as in Eng.) = ttoZ, tvhither : in direct questions, Jo 73* 912 133" 165
in indir. quest., Jo 38 81* 1235 145, 118, j j^ 2ii.t He
irou, enclitic particle, : He 2' 4*. 2.
1. anywhere, sometohere
in some degree, perJmps, about : Ac 2729 (T, fi-ôv), Eo 4i9 ; 87; ttou (T,
Srprov), surely : He 2i".t
riouSTjs (in TT,, gen. -€vtos, v. Zorell, s.v.), 6 (Latin), Piidens
II Ti 42i.t
TToos, TToSos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for bjl ;] afoot, both of men and
beasts : Mt Mk 9*5, Lk 179, Jq ii44^ Ac 75, al. i-irh roh^ yr.,
4" d-^x)^ ;
Eo 1620,Co 1525.27^ Eph 122, He 28; inoKdrio Twv IT., Mt 22** (lxx);
I
7rp6s (TTo/ja) Tok TT., Mk 522, Lk 8*1, al. fig., Mt

153o, Lk 1039, Ac 52, ;
al. e/jiTTpoa-Oev twv it., Ee 39 1910, al.

; i-nrl Tous IT., Ac 1025. By meton., ;
of a person in motion (Ps 118 (119)ioi) Lk 179, Ac 59, Eo 31* IQi^, :
He 1213.
-irpdyixa, -T09, to {<^ Trpdacrw) ,

[in LXX chiefly for "1^1;] 1. that
which has been done, a deed, act : Lk li, Ac 5*, 11 Co 711, He 6I8.
2. That which is being done (like Lat. res), hence, a thing, matter,
affair : Mt 18i9, Eo 162, i Th 4^ (v. M, Th., in 1.), He lOi lli, Ja 316 ; in
forensic sense (as freq. in tt., v. Deiss., BS, 233), a law-suit : i Co 6i.t
irpayfiaTeia, V.8. TrpayfutTia.
irpayfiaTeu'ofiai «7rp5y/ia), [in LXX : III Ki 10^2 B, 9^^ A (pmU),

Da LXX 8^''
(njNbpTIN ^\py) *
',] 1- io biisy oneself. 2. to be engaged
in business, esp. to trade: Lk 19^^ (cf. 8ia-7rpay/i,aT€i;o;u,at).t
irpayfxaTia (Rec. -cia, as in cl.), -as, t) (<^7rpay/i.aTcvo/xai), [in LXX

for piyo . 6tc. ;] 1. careful application, hard work. 2. bîsiness, occupa-
tion : pi., II Ti 2*.t

*t (L&t. prcstorium), 1. headquarters in a Eoman
•n-paiTcjpio*', -ov, to,
camp. 2. The palace or official residence of the Governor of a

province Mt 'IV\: Mk
IS^" (v. Swete, in 1.), Jo IS'^s- ^3 IQ^ t. tt. t. ;
'Hpoj'Sov, Ac 2336. 3. the Pratorian Guard: Phi l^^ (v. Lft., in 1.;
ICC, 51 f.).t
irpdKTup, -opo9, 6 « Trpao-o-o)), [in LXX : Is 312 (irr;!3) * ;] 1. (poet.)
one who
does or accomplishes. 2. In Athens, owe i^^/i-o exacts payment,
a collector ; hence, generally (freq. in tt., v. Deiss., BS, 154), a court
ofpxêr : Lk U^^.f
irpalis, -€0)9, ,^ «7rptio-o-(o), [in LXX : II Ch 13^2 27" 282^ (r^y^),
Jb 245 A (byts), Pr 1313, Wi 9", al.;] 1. a doing, deed, act: Mt 1627;
pi.,TT. aTToo-ToXwi', Ac, ^jf. in late writers especially of wicked deeds or

;
practices (freq. in Polyb.) Lk 23^1; pi., Eo 8^^ Col 3»; with ref. to
:
magic (v. BS, 3285), Ac 19^^. 2. an acting, action, business, function

Eo 12*.t
irpfios, irpdos, V.S. npav'i.
irpa(5TT)S, irpaoTTjs, V.S. TrpavT-r]^.
** irpa<Ti(i, -as, 17, [in LXX : Si 24^^ * ',] a garden-bed ; metaph., of
ranks or orderly groups of persons : Mk G^^.t
irpdao-w, (Att. -ttcd, and SO Ac 17^ Eec; cf. M, Pr., 25, 45), [in
LXX chiefly for TWV , bjTS ;] = Lat agere, as Trotew (q.v.) =facere, 1.
to do, practise, be engaged in : Ac 19^^' *^, i Co 9^" ; t. tSia tt., to mind
one's own business {tcl eavrov, Soph., Plat.), i Th 4^^; intrans., to act,
Ac 17'^. 2. to achieve, effect, accomplish, perform : Ac 262o» 26^ Rq 7^* 9^^,

II Co 510, Phi 49; vofiov {ICC, in 1.), Eo 22& of unworthy acts (for wh. ;
usually TToie'o) in cl.), to commit, do : Lk 2223 23*1, Jo 320 529, Ac 3^7

535 1628 25". 26 269' 31^ Eo 132 (^jcC, in 2^'^ 7^9 13*, i Co 52, 11 Co 122i,
1.),
Ga 52^. 3. to transact, manage, hence, of payment, to exact (cl.)

Lk 3^3 1923^ 4 Eeflexively, of state or condition, to do or fare (^sch.,
Hdt., al.) : Eph 621 ; eS tt. (v. M, Pr., 228 f.), Ac 1529.t
SYN. : V.S. TTOu'w.
*t irpauiraOia (Eec. -iraOua), -as, 17 {<Cirpai<i, TrdcTX"^), ~ ""/oairn/s,
meekness, gentleness : i Ti 6" (Philo.).t

irpaus, -cia, -i, and Trpaos (or Trpaos, V. BL, § 3, 3), -a, -ov (v. LS,
Thayer, s.v.), [in LXX (always -vs, exc. 11 Mac 15^2^ .^^^^ y^ Thackeray,
Gr., 180 f.) for Ijy, rjJT, ^3^;] gentle, meek: Mt 5^ II29 21* (^x^),
I Pe 3^t
TrpauTTjs (Rec. -ottjv, exC. Ja, I Pe, 11. C, where irpairrji), -t/tos, 17,
late form of ^pcuii^s, [in LXX : Ps 44 (45)* 89 (90)io 131 (132)^ (nw,
ni3^), Es 5^ Si 8*;] gentleness, meekness : i Co 4^1, ii Co 10\ Ga 5'^^
6S
Eph 4«, Col 312 (v. Lft., in 1.), n Ti 225, tj^ 32^ ja_ 121 313^ i pe 3i5.t
SYJV. : cirieiKta, q.v.

Trpe'irw, [in LXX: Ps 92(93)5
pj)^ etc.;] 1. to he clearly (-jj^j
seen. 2. to resemble. 3. to be fitting or becotning, to suit : c. dat.,

He 72«, I Ti 210, Tit 2^; impers., c. dat., Eph 5^; id. seq. inf., He 2i0;
irpinov co-rtv, c. dat. pers. et inf., Mt 3^^ c_ ^^qq et ji^f^^ i Co 11^^ (v. j
Bl., § 72, 5).t

** irpeaPeia, -a?, ^ (-< tt/j zo-/8cv w) ,
[in LXX: II Mac 4"*;] 1. oê,
seniority. 2. ranfc, dignity. 3. aw embassy; by meton., of the am-
bassadors, embassy : Lk 14^^ igi^.f
*Trpc<Tpcooj (^TrpeV/^vs), 1. to be the elder, to take precedence. 2.
to he an ambassador (v.s. irpio-^v-nj^) 11 Co 5^^, Eph G^^.t :
irpcaPcuniS, V.S. 7rpeo-/9uTr;s.

irpô-pus, -ew9, 6, poet, form of Trpeo-ûVr/s (q.v.), [in LXX = (
wpfa-^€VT-n<:, an ambassador) : Nu 2120(2i),

^l. (^jKâ), Is 13^ 57^ (TS),
I Mac 9^**, al. ;] an old man. Compar., irpcCTPoTcpos, -a, -ov, [in LXX
chiefly for ]pj;] 1. of age, elder : 6 vios 6 ir., Lk 1525; 3,3 subst., opp.
to veavia-Koi, Ac 2^^ to vewrepo?, ; 1 Ti 5^' 2 ; of the religious leaders of the

past, Mt 152, 73.5, He II2 Mk
(= ol Traript^, He 1^). 2. Of dignity,
rank or office (as found in tt. and Inscr. of civil and religious offices,
including priesthood, in Asia Minor and in Egypt v. Deiss., BS, 154 ff., ;
233 ff. LAE, 373) (a) among Jews Mt I621 26*7. 57 273. 12, 20, « 2812,
;
;
:
Mk 8=^1 1127 14«. 53 151^ Lk 73 922 201 2252, Jq sm, Ac 45. ». 23 512 231* 24^
T. 'lovSaidiy, Ac 2515 t. Xaov, Mt 2123 263 271 (b) among Christiana
;
;
Ac 1130 1423 152.4,6,22,23 164 2118, I Ti 5^7,19^ Tit 15, II Joi, Jo^, m
I Pe 51'
5; T. €KK\ria-ia<s, Ac 20^^^ jg, 51* ;
(c) the visions of the
in
Apocalypse: Ee 4*'io 55.e.8.n,i4 711,13 nio 143 194 (Qn the NT
use of this word and its relation to cTrio-KOTros (q.v.), cf. Lft., Phi.,
93 ff., 189 ff. CGT, Past. Epp., Ivi ff) t
**t irpcaPuWpiot', -ov, to
;
«
TrpecrySvTcpos) [in LXX: Da TH Su 50 A * ;]
a 6orft/ of elders, presbytery : of the Sanhedrin (cf. (rwiSpiov), Lk 22"^,
,
Ac 225 of Christian presbyters, i Ti 4^*.t

.
irpecTûTcpos, V.S. Trpea-ftvi.

irpcaPuTTjs, -ov, prose form of -irpea-pv;, q.v., [in LXX chiefly for
|j?T , Ge 258, al. ; also (= irpâjSivT^^), 11 Ch 323iBi (f b^), i Mac I422 S,
al. (v. Thackeray, Gr., 97);] 1. an old man: Lk l^^, Tit 22, Phm»
(E, txt., but V. infr.). 2. As in LXX, also = Trpea-fievr^^, an am-
bassador : Phm ^ (E, mg., v. Lft. and ICC, in l.).t
** -n-pcaPuTts, -180s, 17, fem. of irp€a/3vTr)s, [in LXX : IV Mac 16^* *
;]
an aged woman : Tit 23.
**irpr]v^s, -« (in Att. also Trpavr^s), [in LXX Wi : 4^9, in Mac 5«. so
623
.J
iioadlong, prone : Ac 1^^+
irpil^w = Trpio), [in LXX Am : 1^, Da th Su ^® * ;] to saw, saw

asunder (= tt. Si'x**, Thuc, iv, 100) : pass, He ll^*" (cf. 8ia-7rp6co).t
npiv, 1. as adv. of time, before, formerly (cl.; iii Mac 5^^ 6*'^^).
2. As conjc. (cl.), before; (a) after a positive sentence, c. ace. et inf.:
Mt 263*' 75^ Mk 14^2, Lk 22«\ Jo 4*^ S^s (where D. om. Wo-ât and
TT. becomes prep. gen. v. Bl, c. Ac 220(i'Xx5,; § 69, 7) 14^9, WH, txt.
irplv ri (not such good Attic in this construction; v. BL, I.e.), Mt 1^^,
Mk 14^**, Ac 22<*, WH,

mg., 7^ (b) after a negative sentence, ;
irplv ^
c. subjc. (seq. av, M, Pr., 169), Lk 2^6 ; c. optat., Ac 25i8.t
ripiCTKa, -as, ^7 (Lat.), and Upia-KtWa, -775, 17, Prisca : Eo 16^, i Co
26
1619, II Ti 1419 ; Priscilla : Ac 182. is,
. the wife of Aquila, v.s.
'A/cvAas.t
ripiCTKiWa, V.S. TlpiaKa.
irpicj, v.s. irpiû).
irpo, prep. c. gen., [in LXX chiefly for ^J?!?;] before; (a) of
place : Ac 12"' 1* 14^3, Ja 5^; tt. irpocrwirov (= Heb. ""jeb , De 3^8, Ma S\

al. ; Bl., § 40, 9), llô, Mt Mk I2, Lk V^ V^ 9^2 IQi, Ac 14^3 ; (6) of time
Mt 829 2438, Lk 1138 2112, Jo 1155 IS^ 172\ Ac 536 2138, I Co T 45, Eph
1*, Ti 19 421, Tit 12, He 115, I Pe I20, Ju 25 ^. ^Vw Se/ca-
Col ll^ II ;
Teaa-dpwv, fourteen years ago, 11 Co 122 tt. irpoawTrov (v. supr.), Ac I32* ;
c. gen. pers., Mt 5^2, Jq 57 IQS, Eo 16^, Ga 1^'^; c. gen. art. inf. (= TrptV;
M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 69, 7), Mt 6^, Lk 221 22^5, Jq 1*9 1319 175, Ac 2315,
Ga 2^2 323 as in late writers (resembling a Latin idiom but indepen-
•
dent of it; Bl., § 40, 5; M, Pr., 100 f.; cf. 1^, 11 Mac 153«, and Am
for other exx.. Soph., Lex., s.v.), irpo ef rj/juipa^ tuv 7ra(j;(a, on the sixth
day bef. the Passover, Jo 12^ (c) of preference tt. Travrwv, Ja 5^2, i Pe ;
:
48 ;
in compos., (a) c. subst., of position before
(d) irpoavXLov, Trp6- :
Spofxos', priority of rank or order, TrpoTraTwp; anticipation, Trpoyvtocns,

TTpovoia; (fi) c. adj., intensity, 7rpo8r;Xos; (y) c. verb., of place, Trpoayw,
wpo/Saivu}', of preference, Trpoatpeoyoai.t
Trpo-dyw, [in LXX: I Ki 171" (12:22), Wi 19ii, al. ;] 1. prop,
trans., to lead on, lead forth or forward : c. ace. pers., Ac 163" 175; of
bringing forth to Ac 12'' (WH, txt., -rrpoa-ay-) seq. eVt, c. gen.
trial, ;
pers., Ac
Intrans. (Plat., Polyb., and later writers; v. Bl.,
252^. 2.
§ 53, 1 MM, xxi) (a) to lead the way, i Ti 1^^ ^jj, mg.), hence, to go
; ;
before, precede : Lk 183®; opp. to aKoXovOiai, 11^; seq. ets, Mt I422, Mk

Mk 6«, I Ti 52^ He 7^8 c. ace. pers., Mt 2^ 219, 1032 ;geq, .j^, Mk .
Mt 2131 2632 287, I428 16^ Mk

(6) to go on, advance (Si 202^) n Jo 9.t ;
:
irpo-aipe'ca, -w, [in LXX : for pt&n etc. ;] to bring forth or

,
forward. Most freq. in mid., to take by choice, prefer, propose:

II Co 97.t
*t irpo-aiTidofiai, -w/Aai, to accuse or charge beforehand : Ro 39 (not
elsewhere) .t
* irpo-aKouw, to hear beforehand : Col 15 (v. Lft., in l.).t
*t irpo-ap-apTif w, to sin before : 11 Co 122 ^ i32_t
* TTpo-aoXioK, -ov, TO {<C7rp6, avXrj), a porch, vestibule: Mk 14'*.+
irpo-âivo), [in LXX chiefly for Ki2;] to go forwards, go on,

advance : Mt 421, Mk l^^. Metaph., of age (Ge ISî, al, Lys.. Diod..
al.), CV T. •;7/u€>ats, Lk I''.
18 236.t
irpo-pdXXu, [in LXX for Tin , p^D , etc. ;] 1. throw before.
to
2. to put forward : c. ace, Ac 19^^ ; of trees, to put forth, produce
(sc. <pvX\a), Lk 213o.t
irpoPaTiKcJs, -yj, -6v (<^7r/3o/?aTov), [in LXX (tt. TrvXrj) : Ne 3^' ^^
12^9 (|X2?)*;] of sheep : rj w. (sc. TrvXr}, v. supr.), the sheep-gate, Jo S'^.t

* TT-popciTioc, -ov, TO, dimin. of irpo/SaTov (used as a term of endear-
ment, V. Bl., 27, a little sheep : Jo 21i6.i7 (Trpo/Sara,
§ 4), mg.).t WH,
TrpoPaToc, -or, to (<^ Trpoâivw) ,
[in LXX chiefly for ]X2? , also for
ngr, more rarely for tzr^g (^5^?), ^n^;] 1- in Hom., Hdt., ca^^Ze,
esp. of small cattle, sheep and goats. 2. In NT, as in Attic writers

generally (cf. MM, xxi), a sheep : Mt T^^, Mk 6^*, al. ; irpojiara o-(ây^s,
Eo 8^^(^^^). Metaph. (in cl. of timidity, stupidity or idleness), of the
followers of a leader or master, esp. of those who are subject to the
care of the Good Shepherd: Mt 10^ 152* 2631(lxx), Mk 1427(i'XX), Jq
107,8,15,16,26,2- 2116,17 (^H, txt., Trpo/Sdrux), He ISÔ ; opp. to ipi<f>ia,
Mt 2533.
Trpo-pipdjô), causal of TrpoâtW, [in LXX : Ex 35^* (nT hi.), De
6''
{I2t2f pi.) * ;] to lead forward, lead on ; metaph., to induce, incite,
urge : Mt 148.t
tirpo-pX^TTu, [in LXX: Ps 36 (37)^3 (nsi)*;] to foresee: mid.,
He 11*0 (v. Bl., § 24, 55, l).t
**irpo-Yi»'onai, [in LXX Wi IQ^^ xA, : II Mac 143 158*.] ^^ happen
before : pf. pass, ptcp., Eo 325.t
** Trpo-yii'WCTKw, [in LXX Wi :
6^^ 8^ 18"' * ;] to know beforehand,
foreknow : n Pe 3i'^
; c. ace. pars., Ac 26^ ; of the Divine fore-
knowledge, Eo 829 112, I Pe 120
**+ TTpo-yi'wais, -€Ois, r} (<^ Trpoyivcio-Kw) [in ,

LXX : Jth 9^ lli^*;]/ore-
knowledge : Ac 2^3, i Pe I'^.t
** irpo-yoi'os, -ov {<CTrpoyLvofiaL), [in LXX : Es 41^, Si 8*, al. ;] 1. born
before. 2. As
subst., in pi., 01 tt., ancestors, forefathers : 11 Ti 1^; of
living parents (so Plat.), i Ti 5*.t
Trpo-Yp(i<j)w, [in LXX Da LXX
3^ cod., i Mac lOê * ;] to write
:
before : Eo 15*, Eph Ju *. 2. to tvrite in public, placard, proclaim

3^,
(Dem., Plut., al.) Ga
: 31 (Lft., in 1.). 3. = ûypaêw, to pourtray,
depict: Ga, I.e. (Syr. Pesh., Chrys.; Field, Notes, 189; CGT, in l.).t
** Trp<5-8Ti\os, -oy, [in LXX:
Jth 8^^, 11 Mac 31^ 14^9*;] 1. evideiit
beforelmnd. 2. clearly evident : i Ti 524,25^ He 7^*.t
Trpo-8i8u/ii, [in LXX
Ez IB^* A (jn:), iv Mac 41, al. ;] 1. to give
:
before, give first: Eo IP^ (Jb 412(ii), LXX, al). 2. to betray

(iv Mac, l.c.).t
** irpo-86TT)s, -ov, 6 {irpoSiSoip.i), [in
6l^
LXX : 11 Mac 5" 10^3,22^ m Mac
32**;] a betrayer, traitor : Lk Ac 7^2^ n Ti 3*.t
Trp<5-8pofios, -ov «7rpoTp£xco), [in LXX Nu 132i(20), Is: 28* (133),
Wi 12^*;] running forward, going in advance. As subst., 6 ir., an

advance guard, forerunner : He G^^.t
irpo-ciSoj', aor. without pres. in use (v.s. Trpoopdoi), [in LXX : Ge
3718 (ns-i), Ps 138 (139)3 (pD hi.) *;] to foresee : Ac 2^1 (xpoiSoiv; WH,
irpoiSwy), Ga 3^.t
** Trpo-eiTTov', 2 aor. from unused pres. (v.s. c'ttov), and pf., -eiprjKa
(hi Mac 6^^*), pass., -etpTj/xai (11 Mac 2^^, iii Mac l^s, al.), 1. to say
before : Ga 1^ i Th 4<' (on the form -ap.€v, v. WH, App., 164), He 4^
seq. 5ti, II Co 73 132, Ga 5^1; of prophecy, Mt Mk Ac l^^,
242^, 13'^^
Eo 929, II Pe 32, Ju^'^. 2. to proclaim publicly, declare openly or
plainly (cl.) : so E, mg., in 11 Co 13^, Ga 5^^ i Th 4® (cf. TrpoXeyo); but
V. supr., and cf.M, Th., 38) .t
irpo-eipTjKa, -ci'pT^/xat, V.S. Trpoelirov.
*t irpo-e\irii«, to hope before : seq. iv, Eph l^^f
*t n-po-ci'(ipxo)iai, to begin before : 11 Co 8^ c. ace, to OeXnv, ib. ^^ ;
(not elsewhere).
*+ irpo-cTT-aYYeXXw, to annx)unce before. Mid., to promise before:
c. ace. rei, Eo 1'^ 11 Co 9^ (Dio. Cass.).t
irpo-%o|xai, [in Ge 333. 1* LXX(-,^)^ jth ^^\ Si 35 (32)io,
: r
al ;] 1. to go forward, go on, advance : seq. p,iKp6v, Mt 26^^ and 14^5 Mk
12i".
(WH, mg., Trpoo-eX^wv) pvii-qv fuav (cf. Plat., Bep., i, 328e), Ac
:
2. Of relative position, to go before, precede : c. gen. (cl. Jth, I.e.) ;
c. ace. pers. (not cl.), Lk 22*'' (c. gen., Eec.) seq. evwrnov, Lk 1^^ ;
(cf. Ge 333). 3. Of time, to go before or in advance : Ac 205. i3

(WH,
mg., E, mg.), II Co 9^; c. ace. pers. (= cl. ^ddvui), G^^.t Mk
npo-epio), -w, V.S. Trpoenrov.
irpo-eToifidiû, [in LXX Is 282* B, Wi 9^ * ;] to prepare before :
:
c. ace. rei, Eo 9^3 (ots for a by attraction), Eph 2^''.t

*t irpo-eoaYYcXijôfxai, to announce glad tidings beforehand : Ga 3^.t
irpo-^X", [in LXX : Jb 276 A (p7n hi.) * ;] 1. Trans., to hold before
mid., to hold something before oneself (Hdt.), hence, metaph., to excuse
oneself: Eo 3^, E, mg. (but v. Field, Notes, 152 f. Lft., Notes, 266 f. ;
JCC and Vau., in 1.). 2. Intrans. (a) to project; (b) in running, to

have the start, hence, metaph., to excel : pass., Eo, I.e., E, txt. (v. reflf.
8upr.).t
Trpo-TjYe'oâi, [in LXX : De 20^ (127X15), Pr 17^* (^3pb), 11 Mac 4*»,
al. ;] 1. go before as leader (in el., c. gen., dat.) Eo 12^" (Chrys.,
to :
Vg., al. V. ICG, in 1.).

; 2. In a sense not elsewhere found, dXX?7Xow9
TTporjyovfJievoi = d. yfôvp,evoi V7r€pe;ôvTas Eo, I.e. {ICG, cf. I Th 5 : ,
Phi 23 and EV ''preferring").^

Trp6-e£ais, -€«9, i [in LXX: Ex 40*. 23 (rj-^y), i Ch 932, al.
(nsnyo), II Ch 419 (D"':q), i Mac 122, II Mac 3^, al. 1. a setting forth ;]
(Plat., Plut., al.) ol dproi t^s tt.

: (cf. LXX, 11. c., elsewhere aproi
ivwTTioi, Ex 2529; 01 a. ToC Trpoo-wTTov, Ne 1033), Mt 12*, Mk 226, Lk 6*;

^7 TT. Twv dpTwv, 92. He
2. a purpose (Arist., Polyb., al. ; 11 Mac, I.e.)
Ac 1123 2713, Eo 828 9", Eph lî ^^\ 11 Ti 1^ 3i«.t

** -irpo-Oâjiios, -a, -ov, [in Sm. Jb 28^, Da 9-® * ;] appointed before- :
hand. In Attic law, as subst. (so always in cl.), 17 tt. (sc. rifiepa), a day
appointed beforehand, a previously appointed time : Ga d^.t
** TrpodufAia, -as, 17 (<^ Trpoû/xos) [in Si 45'^^*;] eagerness, ,
LXX :
willingness, readiness : Ac 17^^ 11 Co 8^^' ^^' ^^ Q^.t
Trp<i0uîos, -ov, [in LXX : i Ch 28^1, 11 Ch 29^1 (y-jj), Hb l^ (izrin),
al.;] willing, ready: Mt 26*^ Mk 14^^; neut., to -tt. = 17 irpoOvfjita

(Thuc, al, III Mac 52«), ovtws to Kar c/xe (= cl. to £>ov) v., Eo 1^5
(but V. ICC, in 1.).+

Trpo0u>a)s, [in LXX : 11 Ch 29^* (nn^ n.CP), To ?«, al. ;] mgrerZ^/,
readily, with a ready mind : 1 Pe 5^.t

irpoifjios (Eec. Trpco-, of which vrpo- is a late form ; v. Bl., § 6, 4
WH, App., 152), -ov, [in LXX: De ll^^ (nii^), etc.;] = the more
common -n-pwios (q.v.), most freq. in LXX), Ja 5''.t

early : of rain (as
irpo-t(rrr],ii, [in LXX II Ki Pr 23^ 261^, Is 432^ Am Bô
: 1317,
(no proper Heb. equiv.), Da LXX BeF, i Mac 5^9, iv Mac IP^*;]
1. trans, in fut., 1 aor., and mid. 1 aor., to put before, set over (Plat.,
al.). 2. Intrans., in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and mid. pres. and impf,
(a) to preside, rule, govern : Eo 12^, i Ti 5^'' ; c. gen., i Th 5^^,
ITi 3*' (b) to direct, maintain : c. gen. rei, KaXwv epywv. Tit
^' 1^ 3^* 1*
;
(on E, mg., profess honest occupations, v. CGT, in 1. Field, Notes, ;
223 f.).t
** irpo-KaXeu, -w, [in LXX : II Mac 8" A * ;] to call forth. Most
freq. in mid., (a) to challenge ; hence, to provoke : Ga 5^^ ; (b) to
invite (11 Mac, l.c.).+
*t irpo-KaT-ayYeXXu, to announce beforeJiand : c. ace. et inf., Ac 3^*
seq. TTcpi, Ac 7^''.+
* irpo-KaT-apTi^w, to make ready beforehand : 11 Co 9^.+
irp6-K€i,iai, [in LXX: Ex 39^8 (36), Nu 4^ (d^:D), etc.;] used as

pass, of TrpoTtOrjixi;be set before one, to be set forth : He G^^ 12^>^,
1. to
Ju'^. 2. to present oneself, be present : 11 Co 8^^ (v. Mey., in 1.).+
* -n-po-KTjpu'aau, 1. to proclaim by herald. 2. Of one who acts as a
herald, to proclaim : Ac 13^*.
**tTrpo-KOTni, -^s, T) «7rpoKo'7rTa)), Si 5V^ II Mac 8^*;] [in LXX:
progress (prop., on a journey, then generally): Phi 112,25^ j iji 4^*
(condemned by Atticists, v. Eutherford, NPhr., 158) .t
** irpo-Koirrw, [in Sm. : Ps 44 (45)^*;] to cut forward a way, for-
ivard, advance, in cl. trans, with neut. adj., as ovSev tt., to TroAAa tt.
In late writers (Polyb., al.), wholly intrans., to advance, progress : of

time, Eo 1312. Metaph., Lk 2^^ Ga T*, 11 Ti 2i« 39'i3.t
*t Trp6-Kpi|ia, -Tos, TO (<[ cl. TrpoKpiveiv, 1. to prefer. 2. to judge
beforehand), pre-judging, prejudice : i Ti 5^1 (v. Cremer, 378).+
*t Trpo-Kupoo), -w, to establish or confirm beforehand : Ga 3^''.+
**iTpo-\aiL^dyw, [in LXX: Wi n^\ii\ ib.^^x^B*;] 1. to take
beforehand : c. ace, i Co ll^^ (but v. infr.). 2. to be beforeJiand,
382 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMEN'T
anticipate (in cl., c. ace, gen. or dat.) : c. inf. (= cl. (f>6dvu), v. Bl.,
§ 69, 4 Swete, in 1.),

; Mk
surprise : pass., Ga 14^. 3. to overtake,
6^ (on the virtual disappearance of the temporal force of the preposi-
tion in this compound here and perhaps also in i Co, I.e., v. MM,
xxi).t
irpo-X^Y«^, [in LXX : Is 4126 (133 hi.)*;] 1. to tell or say before-
hand : II Co 132, Ga 521, i Th 3* (E, txt. cf. TrpoaTrov, but v. infr.).
; 2.
to declare, tell plainly : 11 Co, Ga, i Th, 11. c. (E, mg. ; v. MM, xxi,
and cf. Is, l.c.).t
*tirpo-fj.apTupofiai, to protest heforehand (cf. fxaprvpoixai, and v. Hort,
in 1.) : I Pe 1" (elsewhere only Theod. Met., xiv/AD.).t in
* irpo-ficXcTdiw, -w, to premeditate : Lk 21^*.t
*t TT-po-fAeptfju'du), -w, to be anxious beforehand : Mk 13^Kt
irpo-Koû, -oi, and depon. -eo/xat, ov/xaL, [in LXX Da LXX 11*^ :
(]^Sl), Wi 6'^, al.;] 1. to foresee. 2. to provide (EV, take thought for) :
c. ace. rei, KaXd, Eo 12^^ (-ov/x£voi), 11 Co 821 (-ov/tev), 3. to provide

for (seq. Trcpi, Wi, I.e.) : e. gen. pers., i Ti 5^ (-ei, WH, mg., -£rTai).t
TTp6voi.a, -a?, rj (< TrpoVoos, careftil), [in LXX: Da LXX 6^^<^9),
Wi 14^ 172, n-iv Mae g* ;] foresight, forethought : Ac 24^ ; tt. iroLtlcrdai,
c. gen. (Dem., 546, 6), viake provision for show care for , Eo 13^*.t
:
irpo-opcia,, -w, [in LXX : Ps 15 (16)8 (mizr pi.), i Bs 5" A*;] to see
before (as to place or time) : c. ace, Ac 212^, Mid., c. ace, seq. evoWidv
/lOV, Ac225(LXX).t
*t Trpo-opiû, to predetermine, foreordain : c. ace, Eo 8^^ id. et inf., ;
Ac 428; id. seq. ets, i Co 2\ Eph 1^ c. dupl. ace, Eo 82^; pass.,

Eph lii.t
* suffer before : i Th 22.t
irpo-irdorxoj, to
** Trpo-irdTup, -opo<;, 6 (<7raTi;/3), [in LXX: ui Mac 221 A*;] a
forefather : Eo A^.f
**-irpo-ir^ftTra,, [in LXX: I Es 4*^ Jth IQi^, Wi 19^, i Mae 12*,
II Mac 623*;] 2. to send before, send forth. 2. to set forward on a
journey, escort: e ace pers., i Co 16^^ Tit 2>^^, iii Jo^; seq. ci?, Ac
2038; oS, I Co 16« ; Im, Ac 21^; pass., Ac 15^, Eo 152*, „ Co l^^.t
TrpoTreTVjs, -€s «7rpo7rt'7rT(o), [in LXX: Pr 10^* (^-ilN) 13^ (piTD),
Si 9^8*;] falling forwards, headlong. Metaph., precipitate, rash, reck-

less: of persons, 11 Ti 3* of things, ; Ac 1936.t
irpo-n-opeuo), [in LXX chiefly for '^n also , for "isy , etc. ;] to make
togo before. Pass, and mid., to go before : Lk l^^, Ac 740(Lxx)_f
irpcSs, prep, e gen., dat., ace
I. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence

metaph., in the interests of, Ac 1V^ (cf. Page, in 1.).
II. C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at : Mk 5^^, Lk
19", Jo 18i« 20ii»i2Êeli3.
ace, of motion or direction towards a place or object,
III. C.
to, towards. 1. Of place, (a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and
other words with the idea of direction ep^ôfiai, dvaySatW, Tropevofuu, :
Xf/oi, iTTta-ToX^, Mt 31*,

etc., Mk
6^\ Lk lie, Jo 23, Ac 9^, al. mult.
metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23^, Jo 6*^,
II Co 7*, Bph 6^2, Col 313, al. ; of the issue or end, Lk 1432, Jo 11^ al.
Mt 26i2, Eo Co 6^ denoting
of purpose, 32", i al. ; tt/jos to, c. inf.,
purpose (cf.Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt S^s,

M, I322, Eph Mk
6l^ I Th 29, al. {b) of close proximity, at, by, with : Mt Sô,
;
11*. Mk
Lk 411, Ac 32, al. after ^TvaL, Mt ISê,
; 63, Jo l^ al. 2. Of time, Mk
(a) towards (Plat., Xen., LXX
Ge S^\ al.) Lk 2429 ; (b) for : -n-p^s : :
Kaipov, Lk 8^3^ I Co 7^ ; xpos wpav, Jo 53^, al. ; Trpos oXtyov, Ja 4^*. 3.

Of relation (a) toward, with : Eo 5^, 11 Co 1^2^ Col 4^, i Th 4^2, al.
(b) with regard to : Mt 19^, Mk 12^2^ jjq 331, al. (c) pertaining to, to : ;
Mt 27*, Jo 2122, Eo 1517, He 2^7 51 (d) according to : Lk 12*7, „ Co ;
5^9, Ga 2^*, Bph 3* 4^* (e) in comparison with : Eo 8^^.

;
IV. In composition : towards (Trpoa-epxofjLai), to (irpoadyw), against

(Trpoo-KOTTTO)) , besidcs (TTpocrSaTravdo))
tirpo-arippaTo.', -ov, to, [in LXX : Ps 91 (92) tit. K (na^T) 92 (93) tit.,
Jth 8«*;] the day before the Sabbath: Mk 15*2 (L, Tr., txt., -n-phs o-.).t
Trpo<r-aYop£.5a,, [in LXX
De 23« (7) (uhl), 11 Es lO^Bi (HT hith.),
:
Wi 1422, 1 Mac 14*0, n Mac 136 4^ 10^ 143^*;] to address, greet, salute;
hence, to call by name, address, style : c. dupl. ace, pass., He 5^^
irpoa-dyo}, [in LXX chiefly for Sip hi., also for W22 , etc. ;] 1.
trans., to bring or lead : c. ace. et ; dat., Ac 162'' metaph., t. Oew, i Pe

3^8; seq. <oSc, Lk 9*^; pass., c. dat., Mt 182* (Trpoa-rjvexOr], T) ; in forensic
sense, to summon: Ac 12^ (rn-poayayeLv, T, WH, mg., E). 2. Intrans.,
to draw near, approach (Jos 3^, Je 26 (46)3, al.) : c. dat., Ac 272^ (WH,
wpocra^êiv) .t
* trpocT-ayoiyri, -rj<s, rj, (<^7rpo(Tayo)), 1. a bringing to. 2. approach,
access (v. Lft., Notes, 284 ; MM, xxi) : Eo 52, Eph 2^^ 3^2 (but v. Ellic,
Eph., 59 f., where the transitive sense "introduction" is advocated).t
irpoCT-airea), -w, [in LXX
Jb 27^* * ;] 1. to ask besides.
: 2. to
continue asking ; importune, beg, ask alms : Jo 9^.t
hence, to
*t -rrpoo-aiTYjs, -ov, 6, a beggar : Mk 10*", Jo 9^t
irpoa-ai'a-paii'«, [in LXX
Ex 1923, al. (rhv) ;] 1. to go up :
besides. 2. to go up higher : Lk 14^''.t

* •n-poor-ai'aXiaK&), to spend besides : Lk 8*3 (WH, E, mg., om.).t
** Trpoo--amir\T]p6<i), -w, [in LXX
Wi 19* * ;] to fill up by adding :
to, to supply fully : 11 Co 9^2 ns.t

* irpoo'-ava-TiOTjfjii, to lay on ox offer besides; mid., (a) to lay on
oneself in addition, undertake besides ; (b) c. gen. pers., of giving or
obtaining information, to consult, communicate : Ga 1^" 2" (Lft., in 1.
cf. ava-TL6T]fli).
* iTpoa-ay-ix'^> ^0 approach : v.l. for Trpoaraxiw, Ac 2727 L.t
** irpoCT-aireiXû, -u>, [in LXX: Si 133 N*;] to threaten further
Ac 42i.t
*t irpo(r-axô), -w, Doric for irpocr-qxita, to resound : of land perceived
by the roar of the surf, Ao 272 ^ (WH, mg., cf. 7rpoo-ayo)).t
*t irpoa-Sairai'dw, -w, to spend besides : c. ace, Lk 10^^.+

SYN. : Trpo(Tavaki(TKiii.
irpoo-Sôjjiai, [in LXX : Pr 12^ (lOn), Sig*;] to want further,

need in addition : Ac 17^^.t
•irpo(T-8^XO|J^'î' \}^ LXX chiefly for nSI ;] 1. to receive to oneself,
receive favourably, admit, accept : c. ace. pers., Lk 15^, Eo 16^, Phi

2^9 ; c. ace. rei, Ac
24^* (E, mg.), He lO^* ll^s. 2. to expect, look for,
wait for : c. ace. pers., Lk 12^6 ; c. ace. rei, Mk 15«, Lk 2"' ^s
2S^\
Ac 2321, Tit 213, ju2i (of. 8£ô/xai).t
irpoa-SoKdo), -w (the simple verb exists only in the forms Sokcw,

-M, [in LXX: Ps 103 (104)'^7 (-Qizr pi.), etc.;] to await, expect: Mt
24s«, Lk 3" 12*6^ Ac 27^3 28^; c. ace. pers., Mt IP, Lk pi Ti^/ô 8*«,
Ac 1024 .
c. ace. rei, ii Pe S^^-i* ; c. ace. et inf., Ac 286 •
q^ {î^ p^Q 35_t
irpoaSoKia, -as, rj «7rpoo-8o/caw), [in LXX: Ge 49" (nnj?":), Ps

118 (119)ii«
(n?t?r), Wi 1713, Si 402, al.;] expectation: c. gen. obj.,
Lk 2126 ; c. gen. subje., Ac 12".t

*t irpoo-edo), -w, to permit further : Ae 27 '^.t
t TTpocT-iyyiio), [in chiefly for Vf22 LXX , np ;] 1. trans., to bring
near (Luc). 2. Intrans., to approach: c. dat., Mk 2* (WH,
Trpoa-eviyKai) .T
** irpoaeSpeuo) (-< Trpdo-eSpos, sitting near), [in LXX: i Mae 11*"*;]
1. to sit near. 2. to attend regularly : e. dat., i Co Q^^, Eee. (v.s.
7rape8p€ua)).t
* iTpoo-£pY«itofiai, 1. to work or do service besides (Hdt., Plut.).
2. to gain besides, by working or trading Lk Id^^ (Xen.).t :
irpoa-^pxofjiai, [in for aip LXX

ETM etc. ;] to approach, draw , ,
near : absol., ^^\ Mt Lk 9^2^ al. ; c. infin., Mt 24\ al. ; c. dat. loc,
He 1218-22; (jat. pers., Mt 5^, and freq., Jo I221, al.; ptep., TrpoaeXOi^v,
c. indie, Mt 82, and freq., Mk lî, Lk T^*, al. ; tt. air^, e. indie., Mt
43, Mk 6^5, al. Metaph., (a) of approaching God : absol. (Le 211'',
De 215, al.), He 101-2^; t. 6^^, 72^ 11^ He

t. Opovw t. x«>tos. 41^; ; He
Trpos Xpto-Tov, I Pe 2* (b) in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes,
;
211), to consent to : vyiaivova-i Xdyois, I Ti S^.
tTrpoa-euxil, -^?, r] (<] 7rpocr£v;(0/Aai) ,

[in LXX chiefly for n?Dri ;] 1.
prayer to God
31 6* 1031, Eo 1212, I Co 75, Col 42
: M
I721 (WH, E, txt., om.) 2122, Mk 929, Lk 22«, Ac
pi., Ae 2*2 104, Rq
1i»,
Bph li«. ;
Col 412, I Th 12, Phm*»22^ I Pe 37 47^ jje 5^ 83.*; oIkos irpoaevxv^, Mt

21", Mk 1117, Lk 19*« (LXX) tt. koI Birjcns, Eph
6I8,
Phi 4« pi., ; ;
Wi Lk 6i2; -r-pos t.
I Ti 21 5^; TT. Tov $€ov, prayer
7] to God (ef. 162^),
ee6v, seq. iîp, Ac 12^; pi., Eo ISÔ; Hebraistically (Bl., §38, 3),
Trpoa-evxij irpoa-evxea-OaL, Ja Si'' (BV, prayed fervently). 2. a place of
prayer: of a synagogue (iii Mae 72*^, v.l. ; v. Charles, APOT, i,
173 for other

; exx., v. Kennedy, Sources, 114) ; of a place in the open
(FIJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 23), Ae 16i3'i«.t
SYN. : v.s. Serja-LS.

irpoa-euxofiai, [in LXX chiefly for b^D hith. ;] to pray (always of

prayer to God, or in cl., to gods): absol., Mt G^-^.s 1423 1913
2638.39,41,44^ Mk V^ 6*« IP*' 25 1333 (WH, E, txt.,Om.) 1432.38,39^
Lk 110 321 5i« 6i» 918.28,29 111,2 181,10 224* (WH, E, mg., om.), Ac I2*
66 911,40 109,30 116 1212 133 1483 1625 2036 215 22^7 288, I Co 11*. 6 141*
I Th 517, I Ti 28, Ja 51*. 18; seq. Xe'yov, Mt 2639. *2, Lk 22*^; c. dat
instr., I Co 11^ 14i*.i5; Mt 23i* E, txt., om.),

f^^p^^
12*o (WH, Mk
Lk 20*^ ; ev Trvruix-aTL {ayifa), Eph 6^8, Ju 2'*
; irpoa-evxfj tt. (a Hebraism
v.s. Trpoa-ivxrj), Ja 5^^ ; c. ace. rei, Lk IS^^, Eo
seq, hri, c. ace
82'' ;
pers., Ja S^*; c. dat. pers., Mt 6", i Co ll^^; seq. irepl, c. gen., Ac 8'*
Col 13 43, I Th 525, II Th 1" 31, HeI318; w€p, Mt 5**, Lk 628, Col l^
Ja 516 ; seq. Iva, Mt 2420, Mk I318 14^5, Lk 22*6, i Co 14^3 tovto ha ;
Phi 19; c. inf., Lk 22"; seq. ror, c. inf. (Bl, § 71, 3), Ja S^^.t
irpo<T-^X"' \y^ LXX for D.tSp hi., idtD ni., etc. ;] 1. to turn to,
bring to expressed or understood, to bring to
(freq. vavv, port, land
Hdt., al.). seq. dat., to turn one's mind to, attend to; in
2. T. vovv,
Xen. and later writers with vow omitted (Bl., § 53, 1 81, 1) Ac 8^ ; :
16^*, He 2\ II Pe l^^ in sense of caring or providing for, Ac 20^8

;
TT. £ain-(3, to give heed to oneself (M, Pr., 157 cf. Ge 24«, Ex 1028, al.) ;
Lk 173 213*, Ac 535 id. seq. dTrd (M, Pr., 102

; Bl., § 34, 1^ 40, 3 v.s. ; ; ;
/?A.£Va)), Lk 121; (without dat.) Mt 1^^ lO^^ 166.11,12^ Lk 20*" (cf. Si

6i3,
al.) seq. firj, c. inf. (M, Pr., 193

; Bl., § 69, 4), Mt GK 3. to attach or ;
devote oneself to : c. dat. pers., Ac 8^"' n, i Ti 41 c. dat. rei, i Ti 1* 3^ ;
413 63 T (-€px-. WH, E), Tit 11*, He 7i3.t

** irpoo-TiXoo), -u), [in LXX : iii Mac 4^ * ;] to nail to : c. ace. et dat.,
fig., Col 2i*.t
t irpocrriXuTos, -ov (•<^7r/oocr€\avva)), [in LXX for "T5J] !• One who

has arrived, a stranger. 2. Of converts to Judaism, a proselyte
DB, Mt 23", Ac 2io 6^ 13*3.t
(v. s.v.) :
**irp6o-Kaipos, -ov, [in iv LXX: Mac 152' 8. 23*.] 1 ^^ season.

2. for a season, temporary, transient : 11 Co 418, He 112^ ; of plants,
short-lived : Mt I321, Mk 4i7.t
n-poor-KaX^w, -w, [in LXX chiefly for K^p ;] to call to. Mid., to
call to oneself (v. M, Pr., 157) : c. ace. pers., Mt lOi, Mk 3i3 6^, Lk 71^,
Ac 5**, Ja 51*, al. Metaph., of the Divine call: Ae 23^; e. inf.,

Ac 1610 (v. Bl., § 69, 4) ; seq. ek, Ae 132.t
(<^ Kaprepos, strong, stedfast), [in
-irpoa-KapTcp^b), -to Nu I321 LXX :
(pin hith.). To X, Da th Su"*;] 58to attend constantly, continue

stedfastly, adhere to, wait on : c. dat. pers., 3^, Ac 8i3 10^ ; c. dat. Mk
rei, Ac li* 2*2 6*, Eo I212, Col 42 ; seq. ev, Ae 2*« ; «'s, Eo 136.t
*t irpoa-KapTe'pTjCTis, -ews, rj {<^Trpo(TKapfT€pi<ji), stedfastness, persever-
ance : Eph 6i8.t
irpo(T-Ke4.(lXaio^, -ov, to', [in LXX: Ez 1318.20 (ng^), i Es 38*;]

a pillow, cushion : Mk 438.t
*t irpoa-KXifjpow, -w, to allot to, assign to by lot; pass, (but perh. as
mid., EV, consorted with, so Syr.) Ac 17* (for exx., v. Cramer, 749). :
25
irpoa-KXrjais, -ecus, rj, LTr., mg., for 7rpocrK\tcrt9, q.V.

** irpocT-Kkiyd), [in LXX : ii Mac 14^'' * ;] 1. to make to lean against.
2. to make the scale incline one way or another ; hence, metaph., of
persons, to inclirie (sc. iavrov) towards: pass., Ac S^^.t
*t irp(5a-KAi<j-is, -ccjs, rj «] Trpoa-KXivoi), inclination, partiality : i Ti S^^.t
-irpoa-KoXXdo), -w, [in LXX
chiefly for p2l;] to glue to; pass.,
reflexive, to stick to, cleave to (Plat.) : metaph. (c. dat., Jos 23*, Si 6'*
al), seq. Trpds, Mk 10^ (R, txt.), Eph 53i(LXX),t
t irpcJcT-KOfJifia, -Tos, to (<^ Trpoo-KOTrrw) ,
[in LXX: Ex 23^^ 34^^
(urplt), Is 8^* (p]a), Jth 8'^^ Si 17^^ al. ;]

(a) a stumble, stumbling:
XiÔS 7rporrK6fifJiaTO^ (= Is, l.c), fig., Ro 932.33^ i p^ c^SfLXX).
?)33 pftt ,
(b) = irpoa-KOTrrj, an occasion of stumbling, a stumbling-block : metaph.,

RoUi^'-'ô, I Co 89 (Plut.).t
Svjv. : a-KavâXov (cf. Cremer, 752 f.).
**TrpoaKOTn^, -i}^, fj {<i-n-pocrK67rTw), [in Gr. Yen. : Pr 16^8 (I'bl^^)*;]
an occasion of stumbling, offence : ii Co 6^.+
irpoCT-KOTTTw, [in LXX for P]J3 , bw'3 ni., etc. ;] 1. trans., to strike
(e.g. hand or foot) against : c. ace. seq. 7rp6<;, fig., Mt 4^, Lk 4^^ (LXX)^
2. Intrans., to stumble: absol. (To 11^, Pr 3^3), Jo IP-Ô; of wind, to

rush against, beat upon : c. dat, Mt T^''. Metaph., in late writers, (a)
to offend (Polyb.) {b) to take offence at, stumble at : seq. ev, Eo 14''^^
;
C. dat., T. \6yi^, I Pe 2^ ; t. Xtô) t. Trpoa-Kop.fxaTO'S, Ro 9'^2.t

* irpoa-KuXiw, to roll up, roll to : c. ace. et dat., Mt 27*"' ; ace. seq.
eV/, Mk 15*«.t
jrpoo-Kui'cw, -w (<; Kvveu}, to kiss), [in LXX chiefly for nnnr hith. ;]
to make obeisance, do reverence to, worship ; (a) prop, (as in cl., of the
gods Hdt., ^sch.. Plat., al.), of God, Christ and supra-mundane
:
beings absol, Jo 420 U^«, Ac 8" 24", He Ipi (Westc, in 1.), Re ll^;
:
TTLTTTuv KOL IT., Rc 5^* ; c. dat. (on the significance of this constr. as com-
pared with the usual cl., c. ace, v. Abbott, JG, 78 f.; JV, 133 ff.),
Jo 421.23, Ac 7*3, 1 Co 1425, He 1«, Re 410 7" lli« 13*' ^^ 14^ 162, 19*' 10. 20
228' 9 c. ace. (v. supr.), Mt 4i«, Lk 4^ 24^2 (wh, R, mg., om.), Jo 422.24,
;
Re 920 13*' 8. 12 149.11 20*; seq. cttcIîov, Lk 4^, Re 15*; (b) as in cl, of
homage to human superiors (cf. MM, xxi) absol, Mt 202", Ac 102^; :
c. dat. (v. supr.), Mt 22. » 82. 918, 1433 152 5 182« 28^, Mk 15i9, Jo 9^» ; 7re(ri)v
TT., Mt 2" 49; iv^mov T. TToSwv, Ro 3^ ; c. ace, Mk 5« (dat. T).t

*+ irpoCT-Koctj-nis, -ov, 6 (<^ Trpocr/cvvew) , a worshipper : Jo 423.+
irpoa-XaX^w, -u>, [in LXX: Ex 4i« AB2 (-Q1 pi), Wi 131^*;] to
speak to : Ac 282" q ^j^t. pers., Ac
. 13*3.t
Trpoa-Xa^pd^w, [in LXX
Ps 17 (18)16 (nara hi), 72 (73)2* (npb),
:
etc.;] take in addition.

1. to 2. to take to oneself, take, receive; in
NT always mid., -o/j-ai (a) of things of food, c. ace, Ac 27^3 ; c. gen.
;
:
part., ib.36; (b) of persons: c. ace, Mt I622, 832 (y_ Swete, in l), Mk
Ac 175 182« 282, Ro I4I' 3 15", i^.t Phm
* irpoa-X-qfiil/is (Rec. -Xi/i/'is, as in Att.), -cws, rj {<!îrpoakap./3avw)i
1. an assumption (Plat.). 2. a receiving (cf. irpoa-Xa/jb/Sdvo}) : Ro lli^.t
Manual gebek lexicon or* the new testament 387
TTpoa-fxiyoi, [in LXX : Jg 325 a (bin hi.), To 2^ n, Wi 3^,

III Mac 7^^*;] wait longer, continue, remain still : Ac 18^^; seq.
1. to
iv, I Ti 13. 2. C. dat., to remain with : Mt 15^2, Mk 832. Metaph., to
remain attached to, cleave unto, abide in : t. Kvpito, Ac 1123 (E, txt.
cv T. K., E, mg., V. supr.) t. xaV'T' t. 6tov, Ac 13*3 t. Seâ-ea-iv,
; ;
I Ti 5\f
* 7rpoa-op|jLil^(i) (<[ opfio^, an anchorage), to bring a ship to anchor at
usually in mid., to come to anchor near, and so pass, in late writers
(Ael., Dio Cass.) Mk 6'\f :
* irpoa-oîeiXw, to owe besides : Phm^^ (v. Field, Notes, 225).t

tTrpoa-oxeiô), [in LXX : Le W^, al. (bra) ; ib. 182^, al. (Nip), Ps
94 (95)10, Ez 3631 (jîp). Si 62^, al. (other writers use oxOiw, rarely -i^w) ;]
to be angry ivith : c. dat.. He 310 (LXX), i7_f
irpoCT-iraicj = irpocnrLTrro}, Mt 7'^ L (v.S. irpoa-iriirTUi) .^

*t irpcJo-ireii'os, -ov (<;7r€rva, hunger), hungry : Ac lO^^.t
* npo(T-nr]yvvii.i, to fasten to : absol., to crucify, Ac223.t
irpoa-miTTu, [in LXX for bS3 , V22 hi., ns;] 1. to fall upon,
strike against : c. dat., of wind, Mt 72^. 2. to fall down at one's feet,
fall prostrate before: absol., seq. Trpos, Mk 72^; c. dat. pers., Mk 3^1
533, Lk 828.47, Ac 1629; ^, ôVao-tv, Lk S^.t
Trpoa-iroiô), -w, [in LXX: I Ki 2113(H) (^^.1 hithpo.), Jb 19i*,
Si 34 (31)30, Da Su " * ;] to LXX make over to, add or attach to. Mid.,
to take to oneself, claim ; hence, to pretend ; c. inf. (cf. Xen., Anab., iv,
3, 20), to make as if: Lk 2428.t
irpo<j-iTopeuop,ai, [in LXX for mp , OTJJ, etc.;] to come near,
approach : c. dat. pers., Mk 1035.t
**t -n-poa-pTJyi/ufii, [in Aq. Ps 2^ * ;] to break against, dash against
:
(a) trans. (TraiSta TreVpais, FIJ, Ant., ix, 4, 6) (&) intrans., c. dat. Lk ; :
648. « (cf. 7rpoa-7rt7rTa)).t
irpoa-Tdaaw, [in LXX chiefly for mST pi. ;] 1. c. ace. pers., to

'place at, to attach to. 2. to command, enjoin, appoint : Lk 51*
give a
c. dat. pers., Mt 12* ; c. ace. rei, Mt 84, I** Mk
c. ace. et inf., Ac 10*8; ;
pass., Ac 1033 I726.t

* TTpoardTis, -iSos, 17 (fem. of Trpoa-Tar-qi), a patroness, protectress:
Eo 162.+
irpoa-Ti0T)p,i, [in LXX chiefly for ^'^ hi., also for ODN ni., etc. ;]
1. to put to. 2. to add, join to, give in addition : c. ace. seq. ctti, Mt
627, Lk 320 1225 ; eVt T^ avTo, Ac 2*^ ; c. ace. et dat., Lk 17^, He 12i9 (v.
MM, xxi) ; pass., absol., Ac 24i,
Ga 3i9; e. dat., 633, 42*, Mt Mk Lk 123i,
Ac 514 1124; ^poatTWr] tt/dos t. TraWpas (cf. Ge 268, jg 210, al.), Ac 133«;
c. inf.,of repeating or continuing the action signified by the following
verb, as in Heb. idiom (Ge 42 812, al. cf. § 54, 5 Lft. on Clem., ; WM, ;
/ Co., xii but v. also M, Pr., 67, 233 Deiss., BS, 67^
; xxi), Lk ; ; MM,
20", Ac 123 ; similarly ptcp., Trpoo-^cis, c. indie. (Ge 38^, al.), Lk ign.t
irpoa-Tp^X«. [i° LXX for |^n ;] to run to : Mk 91^ lOi^ Ac 83o.t
*+ to {<^(f>ayuv), Hellenistic for o\j/ov (v.S.

irpoa<^dYioi', -ov, 6{f/o.piov),
a relish or dainty (esp. cooked fish), to be eaten with bread : Jo 21*
{have ye taken any fish, Field, Notes, 109 Abbott, Essays, 105 cf. ; ;
M, Pr., 170„ MM, Exp., xxi).t

;
•irp6CT<t)aTos, -ov (on the derivation, v. Boisacq, s.v. and cf. -ws), [in
LXX: Nu 63 (nb), De 32i7, Ec 1" (izr^n), Ps 80(81)9 (^,7)^ gi 9i«*;]
1. originally, freshly slain. 2. Generally (from ^sch. on), Tiew,

fresh, recent : 6809, He lOô (v. MM, Exp., xxi Kutherford, NPhr., ;
471 f.).+
Trpoo-(|>(lTW9, adv. (v.s. Trpoo-âTos), [in LXX : De 24^ (iZl'in), Jth

43.5, Ez 113, ji Mac 1436*;] recently : Ac 18^ (v. MM, ^x^., xxi).t
npo<j-<îpio, [in LXX chiefly for 2np hi. ;] 1. to bring to, lead to :
c. ace. et dat. pers., Mt 4^* Sê 92. 3^ 1435 1716^ Mk 2^ (WH, E, txt.; sc.
af^Tov) 1013, Lk 18l^ 231*; pass., Mt 12''2 (act., WH, txt.) 18^*
{irpod-qxe-q, WH) 19^3; c. acc. rei, Mt 2520; id. c. dat. pers., Mt 22i9,
Lk 2336; T. (TTOfjiaTi, Jo 19^9; metaph., c. dat pers., to deal with, He

12" (cl.). 2. to offer :Ac &^ esp. (as freq. in LXX cf. FIJ,
Mt 2", ; ;
Ant., iii, 9, 3) sacrifices, gifts and prayers to God: absol., seq. irepi
(iwip), Mk 1**, Lk 51s He 5^'^ 9^ lO^^; pass., Ac 21^6; c. acc. rei
(Swpov, Ovcriav, Xarpeiav, Trpocrcfiopdv) , Mt 5^3,24 (aoristic pres. ; M, Pr.,
247) 8S Jo 162, Ac 7*^ 21^6, 5^ 83- He * 97.9 iQi. 2, s, n, 12
g^^^^^ ^^ ^. .
lK€TT]pia<s, He 5'^; c. acc. pers., He 11^^ (conative impf. ; M, Pr., 129);

of Christ, He V WH, txt.) 9i4'25,28.t
(dvevcyKas,
**irpoa<|>i\ris, -k «M4w), [in LXX: Es 51, Si 4^2013*;] (a) of
persons, in both act. and pass, sense (LXX, 11. c.) ; (6) of things, pleas-
ing, agreeable (EV, lovely) Phi 4^.t :
iTpoa-4)opd, -as, 17 (< Trpoo-^cpw), [in LXX: III Ki 7*^ (D''39), Ps

39(40)« (nnjn), i Es 552, Si 14", al.;] 1. a bringing to, offering (Plat.,
al.). 2. (Less freq. in cl.), a present, an offering ; in NT, of sacrificial

offerings: Ac 2126 241^, Eph 52, He lO^-^.U; ^ripl ifiaprla^. He lO^^;
c. gen. obj., Eo W^ He lO^^.t
Trpo<T-4)(oi'€'(u, -w, [in LXX: i Es 22i 66.22, „ âc W^*;] 1. to
address, call to; in cl., c. acc. pers., c. dupl. acc. (cf. 11 Mac, I.e.);
absol. (Horn., Od., v, 159, al.) Ac 21***. In late writers, c. dat. pers.
:
Mt 1116, Lk 732 1312 2320, Ac 222. 2. to call by name, summon : c. acc.

(as in cl.), Lk 6i3.t
*t Trp6a-xu<ri9, -tws, rj, a pouring or sprinkling upon: He IF^.t
* irpotr-v)/au<i», in poet, and late writers, to toiwh : c. dat., Lk ll*6.t
*t TrpoCTWiroXTjfnrT^w (Eec. -Xtjttt-), -w {<^-k^fnm]^, q.V.), to have
respect of persons : Ja 29.t
*t irpo(j-Tro-Xr]|nm|S (Eec. -Xi^Trrr;?, V. Bl., § 6, 8), -ov, 6 (<[] TrpocrwTrov
Xa/Aâv€iv, v.s. TrpocTiinrov), a respecter of persons : Ac 103^ (on this group
of cognate forms, v. Mayor, Ja., 78 f. and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 44).t
;
*t Trpo<T(i)TroXT]p,»|/ia (Eec. -Xrjil/la), -as, rj (<^7rpoo-(a7roA.7;/x7m;s), respect
of persons: Eo 2", Eph 69, Col 325, j^ 2^ (v. Mayor, in l.).t
TTp6v(j)iTov, -OV, TO ("C^ TTpos, wi/^), [in LXX chlefly and Very freq. foi
D^Sî;] 1. prop., of persons (so always in cl.) ;
(a) the face, counte-
nance: Mt 6i«.i^ Mk 1465, Lk 929, ii Co 3^, Ee 4J, al.; t6 v. t^s

(EV, natural face) Ja
ycveVecDs , l^^; irtTrrciv im (to.) tt., Mt 17^, Lk 5^^,
Ee 7^, al. dyvoou/Acvos tw tt.,

; Ga l^^; TT., ov KapSt'a, I Th 2^^; Kara
Trpoa-urTTov (in front, facing: Thuc, Xen., al.), when present, face to
face, Ac 25^"^ jj Qq iq^, t^ Qg, 2^^ ; id. c. gen., as compound prep., in
the presence of (not cl. ; v. Bl., § 40, 9; M, Pr., 99 f. ; Thackeray, Gr.,
43 f.), Lk 231, Ac 3^3 ; similarly i-n-o tt. (Heb. ^jq^n ; v. Dalman, Words,
5" Th Ee 12i*
29), from the presence of Ac 3^9 7^^, ii l^, 20"; Trpo tt.
(Heb. 'jeb), before, Mt llô, Mk 12, Lk 727(i'XX), al.; in other phrases

resembling Heb. idiom (Thackeray, Gr., 42), ^XcVctv (opSv, ^cwpetv,
iSeiv) TO TT., to see one's face, i.e. see him in person, Mt IS^", Ac 202^' ^^^
I Th 31^, Ee 22* ; ifji<f)avL(T6rjvat TU) TT. Tov Oeov, He 92* ; €v TT. XpioToS,
II Co 2^** 4" ; fiera tov tt. o-ou, wi^^ ^% presence, Ac 22^ (lxx) j ^j^ ^^ ^^^
ckkAt/o-iwv, II Co 82* ; a-njpLêiv to tt. (Heb. D"!:!) D''ir : Je 211", al. ; v.
Dalman, Words, 30), c. inf., to set one's face towards, Lk 9^^ ; similarly,
TO TT. avTOU ^v TTopevo/JLevov (op. cit., 31), ib. ^^ ; to tt. tou Kvplov iiTL, 1 Pe
312 (LXX) /orm, person : Kavxaa-Oai cv tt. Kai ixrj ev KapSia, II Co 5^2 (cf.
J (5^
I Ki 16''') ; metaph., as in Heb. idiom, of judgment according to
appearance, external condition or circumstances (0^39 ^^3; v. Dalman,
Words, 30 ; Thackeray, Gr., 43 f.) : Xa/^/Javeiv tt., Lk 2021, Ga 2«
ySAcTTCiv £19 TT., Mt 22^6, Mk 121*; davpACitv n-p6<x<.ma, Ju 16. 2. Of
things (cf. Dalman, I.e.) ;
(a) face, appearance (Ps 103 (104)^*') : Mt
163 (WH, E, mg., om.), Lk 12^^^ jg, lu. (j) surface (Ge 2^) : Lk
2135, Ac 1726.
** irpo-rdaCTw, [in LXX : II Mac 8^6 E (A, Trpoo-T-)*;] 1. to place in
front. 2. to arrange beforehand : Ac 1726, Eec. (for Trpoo-T., Edd.).t
**Trpo-Teiv(a, [in LXX: II Mac 7, iii Mac 2i*;] to stretch out,
stretch forth : of preparations for scourging (v. Field, Notes, 136 f.),
Ac 2225.t
-irpcJTepos, and TrpwTos, compar. and superl. from Trpo, opp. to
varepos, vcrTaTO<;.
A. Compar., TrpoVcpo?, -a, -ov, [in LXX for D^3D^ , jiOTN"! , etc. ;]
before, of time, place, rank, etc. ; in always of Time, before, NT

former : Eph
422. Adverbially, irporepov, before, aforetime, formerly :
Jo 750, II Co 115, He 46; opp. to iTTciTtt, He 72^; t^ tt., Jo 662 98, Ga
413, I Ti 113 „« ^^ ^,j,ipai. He 1032 ; al TT. i7n$viJLLai, I Pe ll*.t
.
B. Superl., TrpoM-os, -r;, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for liUyXT , also for
IQHt, etc.;] first, 1. of Time or Place; (a) absol., as subst., 6 tt., Lk

I418, Jo 1932, I Co 143" 6 TT. Kol 5 co-âTos, Ee
; neut.. t^ tt., li^ 28 22i3 ;
opp. to T. Sivrepov, He 10^ Ta tt., Opp. to t. lo-xaTa, Mt 12*5, jj^ n^^

;
II Pe 220 ; anarth., Mt IO2 pi., Mt 193o, Mk 103i, Lk 133o

; ^rpoiTois ; ^
(EV, first of all), i Co 153; (b) as adj.: TrpwTr; (sc. 17/x.cpa) o-a^/SaTov,
Mk 16C9] ; cftvXaKr], opp. to SerTcpa, Ac 121" equiv. to adv. in English,

m
;
Jo 30*' ^ Ac 27*3, Eo 10^9, 1 Ti li6, i Jo 4i9

; = TrpoVepos (v. infr. ; cf.
M, Pr., 79; Bl, § 11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183 f.) c. gen., tt. fiov Tjv :
(my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509 flf. but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jo l^*' ô c. art., ; ;
Mk 1412, Ac seq. 6 Scvrcpo?, etc., Mt 222^,

11, al. ; Mk I220, al. 2. Of
Eank or Dignity, chief, principal : Mt 20^" 2238, Mk 9^5, Eph 62, al. ;
c. gen., Mk 12-8.29, al. ; Notes, 124), Ac 16^2 c. art., Lk

vroAts (Field, ;
1522 19*'^', Ac 13^^ al. 3. Neut., irpCrrov, as adv., ^rs^, at the first ; (a)
of Time Mt 821, Mk
: 428, al. to tt., Jo 10^^, al.
; (b) of Order Eo 32, ;
:
I Co 1118, al.
Trpo-Ti0T]îi, [in LXX: Ex 40*. 23, Le 248 (^-,y), pg 53 (54)3
(Dltr), etc.;] forth publicly; so also in mid.: c.
1. to set before, set
ace. pers., Eo 32^ (for a suggested alt. rend., v. MM, xxii), 2. Mid.,
to set before oneself, propose, purpose: c. inf., Eo 1^^; c. ace. rei,
Eph 19.t
**Trpo-Tp^Tra), [in LXX: Wi 14^8, n Mac 11^ iv Mac 12^ 15^2
16" * ;] to iirge forwards, exhort, persuade. Mid., in same sense (as
also in cl.) : Ac 1827.t
Trpo-Tpe'xu, [in LXX: i Ki 8^ (^jpb }^-|), Jb 4113(1*) A (]«IT), To

11^ (seq. e/xTrpoaOev), I Mac 1621*;] 1. to run forward. 2. to run on,
run in advance : Jo 20* seq. th to efjLTrpocrOev, Lk 19*.t ;
**irpo-uTr-dpxw, [in LXX :

Jb42i8*;] 1. to be beforehand in. 2. to
Lk 23i2, Ac 8^t
be before or previously : c. jDtcp.,
n-p6-<j)a(7is, -e(o?, rj {<^4>-qp.i), [in LXX: Ps 140 (141)* {rb-hv),
Da TH 6*. 5(5. (n^y), Pr 181, Ho 10* * a pretence, pretext Mt

6) ;] : 231"
(WM, E, txt., om.), Mk 12*o, Lk 20*', Jo I522, Ac ^V\ Phi lis,
I Th 2*.+
irpo-<t>epw, [in LXX: Pr 10i»

(xsa ni.). To 9^ al.;] to bring
forth : c. ace. rei, seq. Ik, Lk 6*^.t
t Trpo4)TiT€ta, -as, 17 (<^ irpo^?;T€uct)), [in LXX for nW23 , ]^Tn ;] the
gift (and its exercise) of interpreting the Divine will and purpose,
prophecy, prophesying : of OT prophecy, Mt I31*, 11 Pe I20. 21 of NT ;
prophecy, Eo 12^, i Co 12io I32 14«-22, i Ti 41*, Ee 11" 22i9; pi., i Co

138, I Th 52", I Ti 118 ot X6yot T^s TT., Ee 1^ 22^'
;
i»' I8
t. Trvevfixt T^s TT., ;
Ee 1910 (Luc, FIJ, LXX, tt. ; v. Deiss., BS, 235 f. ; MM, xxii).t
•n-po<})TjT€uu (<; 7rpo07^s), [in LXX chiefly for N23 ni., hith. ;] to be
a irpocf)T^r)? (q-V-)i ^0 prophesy in the : primary sense of telling forth
the Divine counsels, Mt 722 26«8, Mk 14«^ Lk 1" 22"*, Ac 19«,
I Co 11*' 5 139 141.3-5.24,31,39^
îth the idea of foretelling Re 113;
future events (an idea merely incidental, not essential; v. Lft., Notes,
83 f.), Mt 1113, Ac 21". 18 (LXX) 219; geq. rrepi, Mt 15^ 7", iPe li«; Mk
iTTi, c. dat., Ee 10" ; Xe'ywv, Ju 1* ; oti, Jo llî.t
SyN. : fiavT€VO/jLaL, q.V.
Trpo<J)i7Trjs, -ov, 6 {<Cirp64>rjfj.L, to sjJeak forth), [in LXX chiefly for
N^13 ;] one who acts as an interpreter or forth-teller of the Divine
will (v. Lft., Notes, 83 f.; Tr., Sy7i., § vi), a prophet ; 1. in cl.
(.SIsch., Hdt., Plat., al.), of the interpreters of oracles. 2. In NT,
(a) of the OT prophets : Mt 5^2, Mk 6^^ Lk P'', Jo 8^\ Eo ll^, al.;

(b) of prophets in general Mt 10" :
13" 21*«, Mk 6*. Lk IS^^, al.
(c) of John the Baptist Mt 2126, 6^\ Lk V^ (d) of Christ Mt
: Mk ; :
21", Jo 61*, Ac 322.23 737 (LXX); (e) of Christian prophets in the

apostolic age Ac 15^2, i Co 122s, Eph 22o, al.; (/) by meton., of the
:
writings of prophets Lk 242^, Ac 8-^, al. :

{g) of a poet Tit 1^2 (on ; :
the use of the term in tt. and Inscr., v. Deiss., BS, 235 f. MM, xxii). ;
*t 'irpo(|>r]TiK(5s, -a, -ov (-< Tr/ao^v^Ti^s) of prophecy, prophetic : Eo 1626, ,
n Pe li9.t
irpo<|>TJTis, -tSo?, 7], fern, of Trpotjirj-rr}?, [in LXX : Ex 152", Jg 4*,

IV Ki 221*, II ch 3422, Is 8^ (nx^n?) *;] a prophetess: Lk 236, Re 22o.t
irpo-<j>0(ifw, [in LXX chiefly for Dip pi. ;] c. ptcp. (as in cl., but
more freq. the simple <f)6dv(i), q.v.), to anticipate : Mt 1725.t
irpo-x6ipiô> «Trpox€tpos, at hand), [in LXX: Ex 4^^ (rhxtj),
Jos 312 {npb), Da LXX 322, II Mac 3^ 8^ 14^2 A *;] 1. to put into the
hand, deliver up pass., Ac 32*'.
: 2. More freq. as depon., -o/wii,
to take into one's hand; hence, metaph., to propose, determine, choose:
c. inf., Ac 221*; q q^qq pers., ib. 26i6.t
* irpo-xcipo-Tof ^w, -ui (v. x€ipoTov€a)), to choose or appoint beforehand
Ac 10*1 (Plat., al.).t
np<Sxopos, -ov, 6, Prochorus : Ac 6*.
*irp6nva, -rj'i, rj, prop. fem. of adj. irpu/ivo?, •rj, -ov, (sc. vavs), the
hindmost part of a ship, the stern : Mk 4^^, Ac 27^* ; opp. to irptopa,
ib.«t
irpwi (Rec. TTpwt), adv. «7rpo), [in LXX chiefly for '\p%, 1(?.23;]
in the morning, early : Mt 16^ (R, txt.)

21i8, Mk 1^5 Ipo 1335 151 lera,
Joil828 201; Xtavir., Mk 162; 5/iia tt., Mt 201; dTro tt. (cf. airb TrpiMBev,
Ex 1813), Ac 2823.t
-irpuia, V.8. irpwios.
-irpui|X09, V.8. Trp6'ifxo<;.
+ irpuii'cJs (Eec. -iVos, V. WH, App., 152), -^, -ov {<^Trp(j)[), [in LXX
chiefly for IpS ;] = cl. irpmos, at early morn, early : aar-qp, Re
228 22i6.t
irpuios (Rec. -los), -a, -ov (<[7rpu)t), [in LXX for lp.2, '5, '3;]
at earlymorn, early ; as subst., rj tt. (sc. wpa, cf. ^ <5. 17 tt., hi Mac 52*),
early morning : Mt 27i, Jo 21*.t

*Trpwpa (Rec. incorrectly irptapa, v. Bl., § 3, 3; LS, s.v.), -77s (for
BL, § 7, 1 Mayser, 12), 17, the forward part of a ship, the
Att. -as, V. ;
prow : Ac 27^^ opp. to irpvfiva, ib. *i.t

;
irpwTeu'u (<7rpiiTos), [in LXX: Es 511, u Mac 618 13"*;] to be

pre-eminent, have the first place : Col li8.t
first,
*t irpuTOKaeeSpia, -as, 17 (<irpwTos, KaOiSpa), the chief seat: Mt 23',
Mk 1239 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 11*3 20*6.t
*+ TrpwTo-KXiaia, -as, 17, the chief place at table (v. Swete, Mk., I.e.):
Mt 23«, Mk 1239, Lk 14^.8 20*6.+
irpuTOf, irpclTOS, V.S. irporepos.

irpwTOordTTjs, -ov, 6 (<^7rpwTOS, lOTrjfJbi), [in LXX
Jb 15^* AB*;] :
prop., of soldiers, one who stands first, one in the front rank (Thuc,
Xen.) ; hence, metaph., a leader : Ac 24^.t
t Trp&)T0T<5Kia, -wv, Ttt (<îrpwTOTOKOv), [in LXX (with V.l. -tia, -ei'a) :
De 21i7, Ch
Ge 2531"- 2736, i 5^ (n-JS?)*;] the rights of the first-born,
birthright {= c\. y Trpeafi^la) : He 12i«.t
irpuT^TOKos, -ov {<^ TT/jwTo?, TiKTw) ,

[in LXX chicfly for "1135 )]
first-born : Lk pi.. He ll^^. 2^ ;

Metaph., of the priority of Christ
(originally perh. a Messianic title, cf. Ps 88 (89)28, 1« v. ICC He ; on
Col 1^^) He 1" ; tt. iracn;? KTiVews, Col 1^^ cv ttoAAois dScXiots,
: ', Eo
8^® ; IT. (ck) t,vfKpwv, Col 1^8^ jje ja j pj^ of t}ie elect, ckkXi/o-io irpwro-
TOKcov, He 1223.t
*irpuTa)s, adv., yirsi; Ac ll^^.t
irroiw, [in LXX chiefly for f]33 ni. ;] 1. trans., to cause to stumble
(i Ki 43, cf. Deiss., BS, 681). 2. Intrans., <o stumble. Metaph., in moral
sense, Eo llî, Ja 2io 3^, 11 Pe lô.t
irripya, -t/s, rj, [in LXX for D^Jf ;] the heel : fig., hraipuv T^v IT.
^TTi', Joiaisî-^^^t
irTcpoyioj', -ou, to (dimin. of -irrepv^), [in LXX chiefly for PJJp,] 1.
a little wing. 2. Anything like a wing, as a turret, battlement : r. Upov,

Mt 4^ Lk 49.t
irWpol, -170s, 17 (<;7r£To/Aai), [in LXX chiefly for P)53;] a wing

of birds, Mt 23*'^, Lk IS^*, Ee 12^* ; of creatures seen in a vision, Ee
48 99.t
**irTTji'<5s, -rj, -ov (<[7r£Toyu,ai), [in Aq. : Jb 5^*;] winged; as subst.,
Ti TT., 6tVds ; I Co 1539.t
irro^w, -w, [in LXX chiefly for T\T\T\ ni. ;] to terrify. Pass., <o 6e
t&rrified : Lk 219 2437 (WH, mg., ^por/^£W€s).t
irr^Tiais, -cw5, ^ (<7rT0£'a>), [in LXX: Pr S^s (ing). Si 50* Ni,
I Mac 325 E * ;] a fluttering, excitement, caused by any emotion, but esp.

by fear, hence, terror : <f>o^€L(r$ai Tn-orjo-iv, to be afraid with (cogn. ace.)
or of any terror (v. ICC, in 1.) : i Pe S^.t
riToXcjjiois, -iSos, rj, Ptolemais, a maritime city of Phoenicea :
Ac 217.t
**irruo»', -ov, to, [in Sm. : Is 30^**;] a winnowing shovel or fan:
Mt 312, Lk 3i^t
* irropofiai, depon., to be startled, frightened : Phi l^s. (The active
TTTvpoi is also found in some late writers.) t
*irTu<Tfia, -Tos, TO, (<;7rTva)), spittle: Jo 9" (Hipp., Polyb., al.).+
* TTTuaCTu, to fold ; of a scroll, to roll wp : ySiySXi'ov, Lk 420 (cf
dva-iTTUo-o-o}) .t
TTTiJu, [in LXX: Nu 12^* (pT), Si 28^2*.] ^^ 5^^. ^k T^' 823,
Jo 9' (cf. €*c-, €/x-7rn;(i>).t
iTTuifjio, -To<:, t6 «7rt7rTw), [in LXX: Jg 148 (n^gjj), Jb 16" (u)
(1^15)), Is 51i» (Tir), Jth 8i«, Wi 4^8, al. ;] 1. a fall, metaph., a mis-
fortune, calamity (Trag., Plat., Polyb., al. ; LXX). 2. That which has
fallen (a) of buildings, a ruin (Polyb.)
; {b) of living creatures, in ;
cl. (poet, only) usually c. gen., vcKpwv, etc., but also absol., as in late
writers and NT, a fallen body, a carcase, corjjse : Mt 14^2 2428^ ^\^ 1545
X. avToi, Mk 629; airCiv, Ee 118' 9 (cf. Rutherford, NPhr., 472 f.).t
TTTwcrts, -€0)s, 17 (<^7rt7rTw), [in LXX chiefly for }:]33, n!?50, and
cogn. forms;] a falling, fall (Plat., Plut., al.) : Mt T^'; metaph.,
Lk 234.t
tnux^la, -as, rj (<^7rTcoxeua)), [in LXX chiefly for ^3Jr;] beggary,
Re
«Co
destitution : 11 S^. 9, 29.t
TTTuxeuo) TTTcoxos), [in LXX : Jg 66, Ps 78 (79)8 ^^n) Jg 1415 A,
(34)i«
Pr 2321 (rrv); Ps 33 (ani), To 1. to be a beggar, to beg
421*;]
(so chiefly in cl.). 2. to be poor as a beggar, to be destitute, poor
Opp. to TrXoi'crios wv, II Co S^.t
TTTwxos, -v> 'ov (<! •TTfajo-o-a), to crouck, cowev), [in LXX for
'^SSf , bl , t&T . etc. ;] of one who crouches and cowers, hence, 1. as subst.,
a beggar Lk 14^^' 21 162"' 22. 2. As adj., (a) prop., beggarly metaph.,

: :
a-TOLXfioi, Ga 49 (v. Lft., in 1.) (b) in broader sense (opp. to TrXovcrios), ;
jaoor Mt 11^ I921 269> ", Mk IO21 12*2, « 145, 7^ l^ 418 722 1322 198 21^,
;
Jo 125. 6, 8 1329^ Ro 152«, II Co 6i«, Ga 2io, Ja 22- 6, Re 13i« tt. t. KoV/>to>, 3.

;
Ja 25 metaph., Lk 620, Re 3^7 tt. t. Trvev/xaTi, Mt S^.t

; ;
TTOYfiVi, -^s, 7]> [in LXX Ex : 21^8, Is 58* (Plil^l^) * ;] the fist
irvyfjiy viipaadai t. xetpas (T, irvKva. ; Vg., Goth., Copt., crebro), to wash the
hands with the fist {diligently, R, txt. ; up to the elbow, R, mg. ; the
exact meaning is doubtful v. Swete, in 1.) Mk lÂ ; :
Python, a serpent slain by Apollo, who is

*Tro6a)c, -wvos, 6, 1. in cl.,
hence surnamed the Pythian. 2. In Plut. (ii, 414 E), a name given to
ventriloquist soothsayers (eyyao-rpt/Auôi cf. Le 19^^ 206'2'', i Ki 28"), ;
and perhaps in this sense Trvevfia irvdwva, a python-sjnrit : Ac 16^".

TruKv6s, -{], -ov, [in LXX : Ez 31^ A (orin), iii Mac 128 410, iv Mac
12^2*;] compact, solid.
1. 2. frequent :
close, i Ti 52^. Neut.pl.,
jTVKvd, as adv., rmich, often : Mk 7^ T (v.s. Trvy/xi]), Lk 5^^. Comparat.,
TTVKvoTcpov, Very often or so much the oftener (v. Bl., § 44, 3n) : Ac 2426.t
*iruKTeo« {<C7rvKTr]<;, a pugilist), to box : I Co 926.
ttuXt], -r^s, rj, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for "M^, sometimes
for r\bl , nw ;] a Lk 7^2, Ac 92* 12io 16i3, He 13^2 ^ 'QpaU U. t.
gate : ;
Upov, Ac 310. Metaph., Mt 7^^' " nvkaL dSov (Wi 16", iii Mac 5^\ and ;
cf. kXcIs oSov, Re 118) Mt 16i8.t :
•Kvikdiv, -(3vo9, o {<^TnjXrj), [in LXX chiefly for nOSl, 1!^ ;] 1. the
forch or vestibule of a house or palace Mt 26'''^, Lk IG^", Ac 10*' :
2213. 1*^ 2. The gate-way or gate-tower of a walled town Ac 14^', :
Re 21^2, 13, 15, 21, 25 22i4.t

Tt\)v%dvoâ.[., [in LXX for tZTIl ;] 1. to inquire : c. ace. rei, Jo 4*^,
Ac 232« seq. qusest. indir., Mt 2*, Lk

;
152« ISê, Ac lO^s 2133 quaest. .
dir., 4^ lO^^ 23i9

Ac seq. irapd, c. gen. pers., ; Mt 2*, Jo 4^2. 2. to learn
by inquiry seq. on, Ac 2334.t
:
irup, gen,, TTupos, TO, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for 12?^ ;] fire :
Mt 310, Mk 922, Lk 39, Jo 15«, Ac Co

21^, i 3i3,
Ja 3^, Re S^, al tt. kcX Oelov, ;
Lk 1729 ; KaraKaUiv (eV) tt., Mt 13*0,Re I7I6 188 KatWâi Trvpi', He 1218, .
Re 88 218 . ^x6$ 7rvp6^, Ac Tô, 11 Th 18, He 1^, Re 1^* 2^8 19^2 Xa/t7ra8es ;
Ro (LXX)
TTvpos, Re 4^ ; o-tvXol irvpos, Re 10^ ; av^pa/<es TTD/Do's, 122** . yXwo-o-at
wo-ei TTvpds, Ac 2^ ; 8oKip.d^€iv (-n-vpovadai) 8ia Trvpos, I Pe 1^, Re 3^8
3i'\ hell (cf. Dalman,
(I)s Stî TT. (Lft., ôtes, 193), I Co Of the fire of
Words, 161) : Mk 9*8 d-xx) • ^^ ^, .ô aiwnov, Mt 188 25*i (cf. iv Mac 12^2)
ao-ySecTTOv, Mk 9** Trupos atwi/tou 8iki;v virifêiv, Ju ^ yee
; tou tt. 522
;
wa , Mt
50. 20i»> i*'i5;
189; Ka>vos ToS TT., 13*2. Mt ^ Ai>v7? ToC TT., Re 192« irvpl
TrjpeLo-daL, II Pe 3^ ;
/3a(ravi(r6rjvai iv tt., Re li}*^. Metaph. : âTTTLêiv irvpi,
Mt 311, Lk 31" ; of the tongue, Ja 3^ ; of strife and discord, Lk 12*9;
CK TT. iprrdleLV, Ju 23
xupi dXifco-âi, ; Mk 9*^ ^^Xos Trvpds,
;
102" He ; of God,
TT. KaravaAio-KOv, He 1229
(LXX),
**Trvpd, -as, -^«7rCp), [in LXX: Jth 75, Wi 17«, al.;] afire:
Ac 282. 3,t
irupyos, -ov, o, [in LXX chiefly for bl^lQ ;] a tower : Lk 13* ; of a
watch-tower in a vineyard (Is 52) Mt 213^, 12\ and prob., Lk 1428.t : Mk

*TrupeWw «7rip), to be ill of a fever Mt 8^*, Mk po.t :
TTupcTos, -ov, 6 «7r{;p), [in LXX: De 2822 ^j^^^p)*.] a fever
Mt 8^5, Mk 131, Lk 439, Jo 452, Ac 288 ^_ ^^y^^ ^ /^^-^^ y^^g^ Lk 438 •

;
(on the technical phrase here, v. MM, xxii).t
irupi^'os. -V. -ov, [in LXX: Ez 28i*.i«

(tzr^), Si 489*;] fi^^y
Re 9i7.t
TTopow, -S (<;7rvp), [in LXX chiefly for P)1S;] to set on fire, burn
up. In NT on fire, to burn : Eph 61", ii Pe
always pass., 1. to be set
312; ptcp., glowing, Metaph., of grief or indignation, ii Co
Re li^.
1129; of lust, I Co 79. 2. Of metals (cf. Jo 222^, Ps 11 (12)^, Za 139),

to be refined or purified by fire Re 3i8 (and so in RV, ib. 1", but v. :
8upr.).+
tirupptlta) «7n;ppo's), [in LXX, Tr^ppt'^tu : Le 1319. *2ff.
1437
(D^plSt)*;] i'O be fiery red: Mt 16i[2.3]i.t
irupp<5s, -a, -dv «7n)p), [in LXX for Dl^ ;] fiery red : Re 6* 123.t
rioppos, -ov, 6, Pyrrhus : Ac 20*.t

inJpwais, -€0)9, -f, «7n)pdw), [in LXX: Pr 2721 (113), Am 49
(liB^C?)
* ;] 1. a burning : Re 189- 18. 2. a refining or trial by fire
metaph., i Pe 4i2.t
irw, enclit. part., yet, V.S. /xtJ-vu), jx-qhi-Troi, ov-ttod, ovBi-irw, TTW-TTOTc.
TTwiKia, -w, [in LXX
chiefly for "1DD;] 1. to exchange or barter.
2. to sell : EeLk13^^ ol 7ru)XoJ)vrcs, Mt 21i2 259,
IT^s, ; 11", Lk Mk
19^5 . c. ace. rei, Mt 13** 19^1 21^2, lOî ll^s, Lk 1233 1322 223«,Mk
Jo 21*. i«, Ac 51 (sc. aird, air6v), ib. 43*. 37. Pass., I Co 1025; c. gen.
pretii, Mt 1029, Lk 12«.t
iruXos, -ov, 6 (in cl. also 17), [in LXX chiefly for T? ;] a foal, colt,
prop., of a horse, then the young of other animals; in of the colt NT

of an ass Mt 212.:
5 (lxx), 7^ II2. *. 5,
7^ Lk Mk
193o. 33, 35^ Jq 12^5 (Lxx).t
Tr(i-TroTe, adv., ever yet : Lk

Jo l^^ 537 635 833, j Jq 412.1 193o,
TT(i}p6(a, -a> (-^TTw/aos, 1. a stone. 2. a callus), [in LXX Jb IT'^B :
(nna), Pr 102** A*;] to petrify, harden, form a callus. Metaph., it. t.

Kap8iav, Jo 12*". Pass., Eo 11^ t. vo^fxara, II Co 3^* 17 KapSia, Mk
; ;
652 817.t
* iroSpuo-is, -€ws, 7] (<^7rwpoa)), a covering with a callus, a hardening
metaph., Mk 3*, Eo 1125, Eph i^^.t
TTws, enclit. part., at all ; v.g. ctTrws, /xt^ttws.
TTws, interrog. adv., correl. of ottws, 1. prop., in direct questions,
how?: c. indie, Mt 1229, Mk 323, Lk ll^s, Jo 3*, al.; Kal tt., Mk 4",
Lk 20**; TT. oi^v, Mt 1226; tt. oi, Mt Lk 16^1, 1256; i^ deliberative
questions (cf. Bl., § 64, 6), c. subjc, Mt 2333 2654 ^. ^^^ Rq 10^* •
; tt. Be,
Eo 10^*. geq15 •
»^^ g optat., Ac 8^^. more
2. As sometimes in cl. but
freq. and increasingly so in late writers (v. § 57, 2 Bl., § 70, 2 WM, ;
Thumb, MGr., 192; Jannaris, Crr., App., yi, 13 f.), =» ottws, ws; (a) in
indirect discourse c. indie, Mt 628, Mk 12*^, Lk 83«, Jo 9^5, Ac 92^, al.
:
c. subjc, Mk 1118, Lk 12"; (&) in exclamations: Mt

212o, Mk 1023.2*,
Lk 1250 182*, Jo 1136,
P, p, pw, TO, indecl., as initial always p (on the use of the

rho, r,
breathing and the reduplication of p, v. App., 163 Tdf., ProL, WH, ;
105 f. Veitch, s.v. pawTOi, etc.), the seventeenth letter. As a numeral,

;
p' = 100, p, = 100,000.
'Padp (and Paxo/3, Mt 15; Fax^ftv -^s. ^^ Û). V> indecl. (Heb.
nm), Bahab (LXX, Jos 2\ al.) : He 113i, Ja 225.t
*tpa|3pei (Eec. -^l, v. WH, App., 155) (Heb. and Aram. iST, my
master ; v. Dalman, Words, 327, 331 ff.), a title of respectful address to
Jewish teachers, Babbi : Mt 23^.8; of John, Jo 326; of Christ, Mt
2625. «, Mk 95 IPI 14*5, Jo 139.50 32 ^31 025 92 US; kV>C p., Mk 1051
(WH, mg., V.S. pa/SfSovveCj.f
*t pa^fiouvei (Eec. -/3ovi, V.S. paft/Sei) (Aram. ^3131 , later, ^313"! , my

master; on the Greek vocalization and the relation of the word to
pap^d, V. Dalman, Words, 324, 340; Gr., 140^; DB, iv, 190);
Babboni: Mk 105i (WH, mg., ki;>£ paySySet'), Jo20i6.t
papSi^w «pc[/3Sos), [in LXX: Jg 6^^ Ru 2^7 (tann)*;] to beat

with a rod : Ac 16", ii Go ll^.t
pd^hos, -ov, rj, [in LXX chiefly for nWO (e.g. Ge dT^S MT, n^pD
bed), also for ^j5.10 ,
:22W etc.;] a staff, rod: He 9*, Re 11^; in par-
,
ticular, (a) a staff, such as is used on a journey Mt lO^**, Mk 6^, Lk :
9^ He11^1 (LXX); (6) a ruler's staff, a sceptre: He V(^^), Re 22U25

1915 a rod for chastisement (cf. pa^Bi^w)
; (c) p. (v.s. cv) i Co 42i.t : ^ :
*pap8ouxos, -OD, 6 {<Cpu(38o<i, lx<^)' oê who carries a rod or staff

of office (a) an umpire or judge (Plat.)
;
{b) in late writers, a Roman ;
lictor : Ac IG^^- ^s.t
'Payau' (Rec. -aO), 6, indecl. (LXX for Heb. Wj Ge , ll^*, al),
Ben : Lk S^s.t
* pa8iou'pYT])xa, to (<^ paSiovpyiw, to act rechlessly or wrongly),
-Tos,
1. a reckless act. 2. crime, villany : Ac IS^^.t
*pa8ioupYia, -a?, 17 (v.s. pa8Lovpyr]p.a), 1. ease doing, facility m
(Xen.). 2. easiness, laziness (Xen.). 3. recklessness, wickedness (of
lewdness, Xen. ; fraud, Plut. in it., of theft, MM, xxii) Ac IS^^.t ; :
*paK(i (T, pa;)(a), usually taken to represent the Aram. N(T"1, a

shortened form of Jp''T ,
" empty," as vocalized in the Galilaean dialect;
an expression of contempt, raca : Mt 5-^ (cf. DB, iv, 191 f. ; and for
other explanations, v. Zorell, s.v.).t
^dKos, -ovs, TO, [in LXX : Is 64« (s)

(133), Je 45 (38)ii
(nnnq), Ea
4^''^*;] 1. a ragged garment (ôva). 2. a ra^, remnant, piece oi cloth:
Mt 9i«, Mk 22i.t
'Pa^d (Rec. -a), Ti, indecl. (Heb. npn), Bamah: Mt 2i8(i'^^).t
tâi'Til^w, [in LXX:

Le 627 (20), ly Ki 933 (nT3), Ps 50 (51)^
(Ntsripi.)*;] =
patvw, to sprinkle, besprinkle: c. ace.
cl., 9^3,
Wj He
id. et dat., ib. 21 pass., Re 19^^^ ; of cleansing by sprinkling, WH ;
He 1022 (v. M, Gr., ii, 100) mid., 7* (WH, txt., R, mg.).t

; Mk
t pa»'Tio-|ji<5s, -ov, 6 (<^ pavri^w), [in LXX for rnjJ ;] sprinkling : of
the ceremonial sprinkling of blood for purification, He 12^^, i Pe 1^

(v. Hort, Pe., 23 ff.).t
âmiw (<pa;ris, a rod), [in LXX : Jg 1625, Ho 11*, i Es 4^1 *;]

1. prop., to strike with a rod. 2. In late writers, to strike (the face)
^vith the palm of the haîd : Mt 26''7; c. ace. pers., seq. €« t. cnayova,
Mt 539 (cf. Field, Notes, 40, 105).
*â<j)is, -l8o<s, t) {pd-n-Tw, to sew), a needle: Mt I92*, Mk W^ (cf.
ftckovf}).'^
pa)(d, V.S. pa/ca.
'Paxdp, V.S. Tad/3.
'Pax-fiK V, indecl. (Heb. bm), Bachel : Mt 2i8(Lxx),t
'PePcKKa, -as (v. Bl., § 7, 2), ^ (Heb. n)?5-j, Bebecca: Ro 9i».t

*+^€'8t] (v. WH, App., 151), -175, fj (a Gallic word), a chariot:

Ee m\f
U(a, [in LXX chiefly for ITT;] to flow : Jo 7^^ (cf. •jrapap/3ew).t
Pi]Yioi', -ov, TO, Bhegium, a town in Sicily Ac 28^^. :
pTJYfia, -TO'i, TO {<^priyvvixi), [in LXX : III Ki 1130,31 222*, IV Ki

212 (D''in|7), Am 612(11) A
LXX), a fracture;
(y^,-55) *;] 1. cl. (and so in
then by meton., that tvhich is torn. 2. In NT, ruin Lk 6*^.t :
ptiycufii and (Mk 9^^) pT/o-o-w, [in LXX chiefly for ypa also for ,
jnp etc, ;] 1. to rend, break asunder Mt 7", Mk 2^2, Lk 5^^ pass.,

, :
;
Mt 9^^. 2. Of the voice, c. ace, (fnavrjv, etc. (Hdt., al.), to break forth
into speech absol., Ga i^^f^^^), : 3. = pda-a-w (Dem., al.), to throw or
dash down Mk 9^^, Lk 9*^ (cf. 8ia-, wept-, 7rpoo--p7?yvvyu,t).t
:
SyN. : Opavii), KaTayvvfii.
prjfia, -Tos, TO, [in LXX chiefly for "ini , also for ng , and Aram.
D3I1B, etc.;] 1. prop., of that which is said or spoken, (a) a word:
Mt 271*, II Co 12" ;
pi., Toi p., of speech, discourse, Lk Jo Sô, Ac
7^,
2^*, Eo
Pe 32, al. (b) opp. to ovofia (a
10^8, II ; single word), a saying,
statement, word of prophecy, instruction or command (in cl., phrase)
Mt 26-5, Mk 932, Lk l^s 2^\ Ac lli«, E0.IO8, He 11^; ^. Oeoi Uvpiov),
Lk 32, Ac lli«, Eph 6", He 6^ 113, j pe 125 (lxx). ^^ ^. ^. q^^-^ Jo 334
8*7 ^. Apyov, Mt 1236
; p. dppTjTa, II Co 12*. 2. Like Heb. -i;il (but
;
perh. also a Gk. colloquialism, v. Kennedy, Sources, 124 Thackeray, ;
Gr., 41), of that which is the subject of speech, a thing, matter (Ge
151, De 178, al.) : Lk 1^7 21*, Ac 10^7 ;
pi., Lk V^ 2^^' ^\ Ac 5^^ 13*^.
'Pr]<rd (L, -a-a), 6, indecl., Bhesa : Lk 3^7.+
^r\(T<TU>, V.S. pTjyVVfJLL.
*pi]Tup, -opos, o, a public speaker, an orator : Ac 24^.t
*tpTjTus, adv. (<^p?7Tos, stated, specified), in stated terms, expressly
I Ti 4i.t
plia, -q<;, rj, [in LXX chiefly for ^^m ;] a root : Mt 3^0, Lk 3^
iK 'pit^v, Mk 1120 .
^, 1^^^^^ Mt 13«, Mk 4« ; id. seq. ^v lavroJ, fig., Mt
1321, Mk 4^7^ Lk 8^^. Metaph. (as in various senses in cl.), of cause,
origin, source, etc.; (a) of things, p. trdvTwv r. KaKwv (Eur.), i Ti 610
{b) of persons of ancestors, Eo lli^-is j ^_ 7ri*<ptas,
: 12^^. He Of that
which springs from a root, a shoot; metaph., of offspring, Eo
1512 (Lxx)^ Ee5*22i«.t
^Ctfii^, -w «ptCa), Is 402*, je 122 (0^-12^), Si 328 [in LXX:
24^2* j] to cause to take root. Metaph., to plant, fix firmly, establish
pass. (BV, rooted), Iv dydnrj, Eph 3'8(i7); iv XpiarQ, Col 27 (cf. iK-
pi^dw).t
*pnni, -^s, rj (<^piirTw), poet, in cl., any rapid movement such as
the throw or flight of a javelin, the rush of wind or flame, the flapping
of wings, the twinkling of lights; p. 6cf>da\fj.ov, the twinkling of an
eye i Co 15^2 (l^ mg., poin], q.v.).t
:
pimtw «pt7ris, a fan), [in LXX : Da LXX 2^5 (Ktfyj)*;]

primarily, to fan a fire, hence generally, to make a breeze (Plut., al.).
In pass. (cf. Philo, de incer. vumd., 24), to be tossed or blown by the
wind of waves, dvc/xtô/xcVo)
: kol ptTrtô/xeVo), blown and raised with the
wind (Hort, in 1.), Ja l^.t
piTTTeO), V.S. ptTTTOy.
piTTTw and (Ac 22'^^) ptTrrew (strengthened form; v. Veitch, s.v.
piTTTw, fin.), [in LXX chiefly for ^bo? hi.;] 1. to throw, cast, hurl: c.
ace. rei, Mt 27=, Ac 27^^' -'' c. ace. pers., Mt ISô, Lk 435 ;

•
pass., Lk
17" ptcp., ipLfjifji€voi, cast doivn, prostrate (Polyb., al.)
; : Mt 9^^ of ;
garments, to throiv off (for flight, Eur., Xen., al. ; oTrXa, i Mac 5*^; so
EV Ac 22^^, but v. infr.). 2. = piTrrd^w, to shake, toss, throw about
in
T. IfidTLa, Ac 2223 (ÊGT, Page, Eackham, in 1. Field, Notes, 136 but ; ;
V. supr.).t
'Popodfi, 6, indecl. (Heb. nv^ni), Behoboam : Mt l^t

'P68t,, -r??, 17, Bhoda : Ac 12^\f
'PoSos, -ov, 6, the island of Rhodes : Ac 21^.t
* poil,-(\h6v, adv. {<ipolt,o<i, the whistling of an arrow), with rtishing
sound (as of roaring flames) ii Pe 3^".t :
'PoiK^d {-dv, T 'Pedv, LTr.

; 'Pe/x<^dv, Eec. v. WH, App., 92), ; ;
[in LXX: Am 5^6 ('Pat<^dv 6r 'F^jidv, Heb. ]r3)*;] Romjyha, Bephan

(EV), one of the names of Seb, the Egyptian Saturn : Ac 7-*3 (LXX) f
t pofj,4>aia, -as, rj, [in LXX chiefly for ^lO ;] a large broad sword,
used by the Thracians (v. DB, iv, 634) then generally (in
; used LXX
interchangeably with /xdxatpa, q.v.), a sword : Ee l^*" 2^-' ^*' 6* 19^^' î
metaph., Lk 235.t
poTTTJ, --^s, 17
(<[p€7rw, to incline), [in LXX: Is 40^^ (PHIS'), etc.;]
inclination downwards, as the turn of the scale : L, mg., for piirri, q.v.,
I Co 1552 (v. Tdf., in l.).t
'PouPric, 6, indecl., (Heb. piN")), Beuben : Ee 7^t

'Pou0, ^7, indecl. (Heb. nn), Bjcth : Mt l^.t
'PoG<|)os, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Bufiis : Mk 15-1, jjq iqu f
pvîr], -7?s, V, [in LXX : Is 153 (nn-!), Pr 3123 k, To 1318^ gi gTjî*.]
1. in the force, rush, sioing, of a moving body; esp. of a charge of

cl.,
soldiers. 2. In late Greek (as in Macedonian, v. Kennedy, Sources, 15),

a narrow road, lane, street : in Polyb., of a road in camp in ; LXX
and NT (tt. also) of streets in a town, Mt 62, Lk I421 Ac 911 12i» (cf.
Eutherford, NPhr., 488).+

pu'ofjiai, [in LXX also for ^KS, taÊS pi., etc,;]
chiefly for bS3 hi.,
to draiv to oneself, hence, to rescue, deliver: c. ace. pers., Mt 27*^,
II Pe 27 id. seq. diTro, Mt 6^\ Lk ll^^ (Eec, E, mg.), 11 Ti i^^; seq. eV,
;
Eo 72*, II Co 11", Col 113, I Th 110, II Ti 311, II Pe 2^ absol, 6 ^vd/^cvos, ;
the deliverer, Eo 1126. Passive: seq. dwo, Eo 153i, 11 Th 32; seq. ix,
Lk l'\ II Ti 417.+
*puiTai»'(i> (<^pu7ros), in Arist., Xen., and later writers, to make

filthy, defile: pass., in ethical sense (on the tense, v. Swete, in 1.),
Ee 2211 LT, Tr., WH,txt.t
*t poTrapeuo|jiai = pinraivo/xaL, q.v. : Ee 221^, WH, mg. (nowhere else).t
*puTrapia, -as, rj (pvTrapos), filthiness : metaph., of moral defile-
ment, Ja 12i.t
ûTrap<59, -a, -ov «pwos), [in LXX : Za 34' s. (3,4)

(j^^jj)
* •] fiuhy^
dirty: of old, shabby clothing (Za, I.e.), Ja 2^; metaph., of moral
defilement, Ee 22".t
poTTos, -ov, 6, [in LXX : Is 4* (nxJT), Jb 14* (KI^B), etc. ;] dirt,
filth : I Pe 32i.t
*puirooj, -Si (^puTTos), to make filthy: Ee 22^1 Eec. (AV, tr. as

= pxnrdu), to be filthy) A
poCTis, -€W9, 17
(^pew), [in LXX chiefly for niT ;] a flowing, issue
T. ar/xaros, Mk 525, Lk8*3,44.t
* pun's, -tSos, 17, a wrinkle : Eph 52'^.t
'Pw/xaiKos, -rj, -ov, Boman, Latin : Lk 23^^ Eec.+

'P(i))iaios, -a, -ov, Boman : Jo 11*^, Ac 2^^ (EV, /rom Borne),
1621, 87, 38 2225-27, 29 23^7 251^ 2&1 ^
'PojfjiaioTi, adv., in Latin : Jo IQ^'^.t
'PcJfitj, ->79, 17, -Rome ; Ac IS^ 1921 23^1 28i*. ^^,
Eo l^. i^ 11 Ti l^^.t
^(Sv-Ku^ti, [in LXX : II Mac
strengthen 92« II21. 28, 33^
^ Mac g * ;] to
most freq. in pf., eppto/xai, to put forth strength, be strong, hence, often
in imperat., eppmcro, eppwcrOe, farewell (Lat. vale) Ac 152^ 23^'^ Eec, :
E, mg.+
I, a, final s, aiy\i.a, to, indecl., sigma, the eighteenth letter. Aa

a numeral, a' =200, <r, =200,000.
taaPaxOai'ci (Eec. -vC; âcpOavei, Mt, l.c, "WH, mg.), (Aram.
''3Dp3l5r), sabachthani, i.e. thou hast forsaken me : Mt 27*^, Mk 15^*
(Ps 21 (22)2, Heb. ^31?5TJf).+
t aaPawO, indecl., [in LXX for Dixny , chiefly in Isaiah (in other
places, the phrase ""S mrp is also rendered by Kvpios TravTOKpartop, k.

Twv Svvdfieoiv V. ; DB, iii, 137 f .) ;] Sabaoth, i.e. hosts or armies (v. DB,
l.c.) :
92« (LXX),
Eo Ja S^.t
*t (raPPaTi(Tp.6s, -ov, 6 {<^ craySâri^w, to keep the sabbath, Ex 16^*^, al.),
a keeping sabbath, a sabbath rest : metaph., as in Mishna (Zorell, s.v.),
He 49.t
t o-dppaToi', -ov, TO (Aram. KriStJT, transliterated o-d^jSaTa, and this
being mistaken for a pi., the sing, a-d ft/Barov was formed from it), and
ad^âra, -wv, rd, [in LXX for n^tj? , ]in28r ;] 1. the seventh day of the
week, the sabbath ; (a) the sing, form -ov, to a. : Mt 12^, Mk 22''',
Lk G',
400 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF ^HE NEW TESTAMENT
al. ; r] rj/xipa tov usually twv o-., v. infr.), Lk 13^'

(t. (inLXX, Ex 20*, al.,
14* 686s a-af^fSdrov,
; dat., of time (t<5) a-., Lk 6^ U^
Ac 11^ (cf. Mt 24^'^ ;
«V (t(5) a-., Mt 12", Lk 67, Jo 5^^, al. ace, of duration, to a., Lk 236« ;
'<aTk^7rav a:, Ac 13^7 15^^ 18*; pi., o". Tpta, Ac l?-^ E, txt. (but V. infr.)
(b) as most freq. in (v. Swete, Mk., 17 LXX
Thackeray, Gr., 35) the ;
pi. form, TO. a. (v. supr. on the Aram. form. There is also an analogy
in the names of other festivals, t. cyKaiVta, at,vfxa, etc.) Mt 28^, Col 2^^ :
^ r^fxipa T,I>v Lk 4i«, Ac 131* 16i3; dat. pi. (in LXX

0-. (Ex 20S, al.),
-Tots, but I Mac 2^^ as in NT) by metaplasmus (Bl, § 9, 3), o-aySySao-i,

I^t 121' 5, 10-12^ ]y£k 121 223 32, 4_ Lk 431 6^. 2. seven days, a week ; (a) the
sing, form trpwrr] o-a^^Sarou,
: Mk 16^ ; TOV (T. (BL, § 35, 4
8is 36, 13), ;
Lk 1812 Kara //.lav aa^âTov,

;
I Co 16^ pi,;
or. rpta, Ac 17^ E, mg. (but
V. supr.); (6) the pi. form: rj fiia twv a. (where the gen. = fiera rd;
Soph., Lex., 43a), Mt 28i, Mk 16^, Lk 24i, Jo 201- 1^, Ac 20^.
CTaytivT], -»;s, 17, [in LXX chiefly for WJO;] a drag-net, seine:
Mt 13^'.t
SyJV. : afiffycftX-qcTTpov (q.V.), Slktvov.
ZaSSouKaios, -ov, 6 « Heb. p'ns, II Ki 15^*, al.), a Sadducee (cf.
Swete, Mk., 277): Mt 3^ 16i.«.ii'i2 2223.3*, Mk 12i8, Lk 202^ Ac 4^

5l^ 236-8.t
laSwK, 6, indecl. (Heb. pTT^ , v. supr., s.v. SaSSouKatos), Sadoc,
Zadok : Mt li*.t
prop. (Hom., al.), of dogs, to loag the tail, fawn. 2.
*aaicw, 1.
Metaph., of persons, c. ace, to faiun upon, flatter, beguile : pass.,
I Th 33 (for conjectural emendations of the text, v. ICC, and M, Th.,
in l.).t
ctcIkkos, also written o-aKos, -ov, 6 (cf. Heb. p^ . which it renders
in LXX), 1. a coarse cloth, sackcloth, usually made of hair: Ee 612.
2. Anything made of sackcloth (a) a sack (Ge ^j^ ^j^ g, ;

422*, •
garment of sackcloth, expressive of mourning or penitence Mt II21, :
Lk 10l^ Ee ll^.t
laXd, 6, indecl. (Heb. nb^), Sala, Shalah : Lk 3^2 (E, txt.,
2aX/i,wv, q.V.), ib. ^^.t
ZaXaOiiiX, 6, indecl. (Heb. bft{^ri^l<«r), Salathiel : Mt I12, Lk 327.t
laXa/xis, -tvos, 17, Salamis, the chief city of Cyprus : Ac 13*.t

laXci/A, TO, indecl., Salim : Jo 323 (v. Westc, in 1. ; DB, iii,
354).+
CTaXeu'o) « o-aXos), [in LXX for Mia , yi3 , etc. ;]
prop., of the action
of wind, storm, etc., to agitate, shake : of a reed, Mt 11'^, Lk 72* a house, ;
Lk 6*8, Ac 431 162« ; the earth. 1226 the heavenly bodies, Mt 2429,He ;
Mk 132*, Lk 2126 - of a vessel shaken in filling, Lk 638. Metaph., (a)

to shake, i.e. to render insecure : to. oraXevo/icva, ra fir) a-., He 122*^
(b) c. ace. pers., to cast down from a sense of security and happiness
Ac 2^^ (L^^^) •
(c) to unsettle or drive away : pass., seq. oltto t. voos,
II Th 22 ;
(d) to stir up : t. oxXovs, Ac IT^^.t
laXtifi, ^ (Heb. ub^, Ge 14i8), SaZm : He 7i'2(i'XX).t
IaX|jio5k', 6, indecl. (Heb. fxhW), Salmon: Mt l^-s, Lk 3^2 {taXd,
WH, E, mg.).t
XaX/iwi'r], -7^9, 17, Salmone, a promontory of Crete : Ac 27^^.+
opdXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for Iflia , etc. ;] in poets and late prose,
a tossing, as of an earthquake ; esp. the tossing, the rolling swell of
the sea : Lk 2125.t
adkiTiyi, -lyyos, rj, [in LXX chiefly for IBiD, niysq;] a

trumpet, used in war and in religious ceremonies : i Co 14^, He 12^^,
Ee 1^^ 4^ S'^' "> 13 91*. By meton., a trumpet blast fieTo. : a. /AcyaAv;?,
Mt 2431 ; iv a-, deov, I Th 416 ev T. fVxdTT; o-., I Co 1552.t
;
o-aXirij^w, [in LXX chiefly for yj^ri ;] to sound a trumpet : Ee

86 ff. gi, 13 20^ 1115 . metaph., Mt 62. Impers., the trumpet sotinds
I Co 1552.t
* aaXirioTiis (so Inscr. and late writers for Att. o-aXTrtyKTi^'s), -ov, 6,
a trumpeter : Ee 1822.t
ZaX(i|jiT,, -7^5, -7 « Heb. Dib^), Salome : Mk 15*o IG^.t
ZaXoJixuc, V.S. ô\ofj.(i)v.

Zafxdpeia, V.S. Sa/âpta.
{-lttj^, T; V. WH, Ajjp., 154; Bl., §3, 4), -ov, 6, ct
lafiapeiTTjs
Samaritan, i.e. an inhabitant of the city or the region of Samaria, in
NT always the latter (v.s. 2ayLtap/a) Mt 10^, Lk 9^2 lO^s 17i«, Jo :
4[9],39,40^ Ac 825; ^g an opprobrious epithet, Jo 8-*«.+
laixapeiTis (-ms, T, V. supr.), -tSo?, 17, 1. in FIJ (5./., I, 21, 2,

al.), the region of Samaria. 2. a Samaritan woman : Jo 4^.t
lafxapia (Eec. -dpeta), -as, 17 (Heb. '|nniS'; Aram. Iîpsr),

Samaria ; (a) the city : Ac 8^ (and perhaps also ^' 1*) {h) the region ;
Lk 1711, Jo 44. 5.
7, Ac 18 81 (and perhaps also ^-i*), 93i IS^.t
Iafio9paKT] {-OpaKY], BE), -77s, 17, Samothrace, an island in the
^gean: Ac IG^.t
IdfAos, -ov, 17, Samos, an island in the ^gean : Ac 20^^.+
lap-ouiiX, 6, indecl. (in FIJ, Sa/xovT/Xos; Heb. b?<naip), Samuel

(i Ki 120, al.) : Ac 32* I320, He llâ.t
lafiîfwc, 6, indecl. (Heb. ]il2rpK?), Samson (Jg 13 ff.) : He 1132.t
aacSdXiov, -ov, to (dimin. of cravSaXov, prob. Persian), [in LXX

Jos 95, Is 202 (bys, elsewhere rendered v7ro8>;/xa, q.v.), Jth 10* IG^*;!
a sandal : Mk S^, Ac 128.t
aoi'is, -180s, ^, [in LXX : Ca S^, Ez 27^ (iTib) *;] a board, plank :
Ac 27**.
26
loouX, 6, indecl. (in FIJ, :S,dovko^; Heb. bwtfO, Saul; (a) the
King of Israel Ac 13^^ (b) the Jewish :
;
name of the Apostle Paul,
used in the indecl. form only in address (cf. SavAos) : Ac 9*' ^^ 22'"' ^*
26i*.t
** o-airp<5s, -a, -6v, [in Sm. : Le 27-^' ^' * ;] rotten, corrupt, bad, worth-
less : of trees and fruit (opp. to dyaô?, KaAds), Mt T^'-^^ 1233, lJj 643.
of fish, Mt 13*^. Metaph., in moral sense: Aoyos a-., Eph 4'^^ "In
Hellenistic ... it became a synonym for alcrxpo'; or /caxos," MM, xxii.t
Iair<j>£ipa, -t^s (v, B1., § 3, 4), rj «Aram. NTElSr), Sapphira
Ac 5^t
t CTtlTr4>eipos, -ov, rj, [in LXX for TDQ;] sapphire (perh. = lapis
lazuli) : Ee 2V^.f
*aapYcit'T], -i;s, rj, 1. a plaited rope (Msch.). 2. a hamper, a basket
made of ropes : ii Co ll^^.t
IdpSeis, -€(jiv, at, Sardis, the chief city of Lydia : Ee 1" 3^* *.t
adpSicos, -ov, 6, = aapBiov (q.v.), Ee 4^, Eec.t

odpZiQv, -ov, TO, [in LXX for DIK , Ex 28^\ al. ; also for 01112? ;]
the sardian stone, sard (of which carnelian is one variety) Ee 4^ 21"'^''.+ :
*aap86fu^ (L, aapSiovv^), -u^ôs, 6 {<C^crdpSLov, ovv$), sardonyx, a stone

marked by the red of the sard and the white of the onyx Ee 21^''.t :
SdpcTTTa, -wv (Ob 20), TO. (Heb. nui^), Sarepta, a city of Sidon:
Lk 426.t
*CTapKiK6s, (v.l. for (rapKivo?, Arist., H.A., X, 2, 7),
-ij, -ov (<^crdp^)
= Lat. caritalis, associated with or pertaining to the flesh,
i.e. (a)
fleshly, cartml : Eo 15^^, i Co 9^^ (6) in a more ethical sense, of the ;
nature of the flesh, under the control of its appetites, fleshly, carnal,
sensual (but including more than mere sensuality cf. Hort, / Pe., ;
133) I Co 33,
: II Co 112 lOS i Pe 2".t
Syn.: cra.pKLvo<i (q.v.), i/'vxiko's; cf. Tr., Syn., §§ Ixxi, Ixxii; Lft.,
Notes, 184 f. ; Vau. on Eo 7^*.
adpKi^'os, -q, -ov {<(rdp^), [in LXX: II Ch 328, Ez ll^^ 362«
(lijra), Es 41^, Pr 2423 (29*^^) * ;] = Lat. carneus (the termination -tvos
denoting the substance or material of a thing; v. Tr., Syn., § Ixxii;

Lft., Notes, 184; and for illustrations from tt., v. MM, xxii), of the
flesh, of flesh, fleshy (Plat., Arist., Plut., al.) Eo 7^*, i Co S\ 11 Co 33, :
He 7^*. (Eec. has -iko's in all these passages except 11 Co, I.e., but the
evidence is decisive against it.)+
Syn. : o-ap/<iKos, q.v.
adp^, <rapK<5s, Vt [^^ LXX chiefly for lif^S;] flesh; 1. as in el.
generally, (a) prop., of the soft substance of the animal body i Co :
1539 II Co 127, Ga 6^3, al.; o-. Kal aV, i Co ISÔ; a. Kal ô-rea, Lk 243y;
pi., of the flesh of many or parts of the flesh of one (cl.), Ee 17^^ 19^8j
ay€lv, Ee, 11. c. (cf. KaT€(r$i€Lv, IV Ki 9^^, al., and î^pwo-Kciv, freq. in
•1.) metaph., Ja 53; mystically, <f>. (rpwyciv) t^v <t. tov vlov t. avOpoynov,
;
Jo 6*2-58 .
(j^ Qf ijjie whole substance of the body, = a-wfia : Ac
226(LXX),3i^
n Co 12^ Ga Eph 5^9; fiia a., Mk lO^; tk tilav (Ge 4^*, <t.
2"), Mt 195, Mk 108, I Co 6^6^ Eph 5^1 hence, of the material as opp. ;
to the immaterial part of man (of. Lft., Notes, 88) opp. to rrvevfxa, :
I Co 55, II Co 7\ Col 25, I Pe 3^^ 4^ ; to ./.vxi Ac 2^\ Rec. of the ;
22o,
present life, iv o-., Eo 7^ Ga Phi I22.24, i Pe 42; of Christ's life on
earth, at rjixipai T. (xapKos avTov, He 5''; of things pertaining to the
body, iv (jfj) o-., Ga 612.", Phi S^-*. 2. As in Heb. idiom, (a) of a
living creature : vda-a a: (Heb. "11^2-^3; cf. Bl., § 47, 9), Mt 2422, j^^
1320, 1 esp. of man and his mortality (Ps 55 (56)5, gj 28^, al.),
Pe 12* ;
Jo 11* ; (v. supr.), Lk 3^, Jo I72, Ac 2^^ cvo-., i Jo 42, i Ti 31"

7r5o-a o".
(b) of natural origin and relationship (Ge 22*, Is 58^, al.) Tc/cva-r^so-., :
Ro 98; Kar^ (TdpKa, ib. 5, i Co

3. lO^s, Ga 423.29; ^ g.. ^^v, Ro IP* (cf.
Jg 92, II Ki 5^ al.). 3. Of the physical nature as subject to sensation
and desire (Plut.), (a) without any ethical disparagement Eo 7^* 13^*; :
opp. to Trv€Vfj.a, Mt 26*\ Mk 14^^ t. dlkrjfxa r>5s cr., Jo 1^^ rj (iriOvfiia Trj<i ; ;
a., I Jo 2^^; pi., II Pe 2^^; iraOeiv o-apKL, I Pe 4^ (b) in ethical sense, ;
esp. in Pauline Epp., of the flesh as the seat and vehicle of sinful
desires : opp. to voCs, Eo 72^ ; to irvevfia, Eo 8*-9> ^2. is, Ga 5^^' i^- " 6^ (cf.
DB, ii, 14 f.; iv, 165 f.; Cremer, 844 ff.).
Zapoux> v.s. Scpov;^.

*aap6a), -w, late form of craipw, to sweep: c. ace, Lk 15^; pass.,
Mt 12**, Lk Ips.t
Idppa, -as, 17 (Heb. n-jijr, Ge 17^5), Sarah: Eo 4i9 9^, He IPS
I Pe 38.t
IdpwK, -uivo<i (acc. -wa, WH), o (Heb. ]n^), the plain of Sharon
Ac 935.+
larams, -a (so also Si 21^", but in III Ki 11^*, o-arav indecl.
Heb. ]tpi{^; Aram. KJMD , whence the inflected Gk. form), 6, Satan (i.e.
the adversary, as in LXX, 11. c.) Mt 410 1226, l^^ 323. 26 4^5, Lk : Mk
10^8 1118 1316 223.31, Jo 1327^ Ac 53 2618, Eo I620, i Co55 7\ 11 Co 2"
111*, I tij 218, II Th 29, I Ti po 51^, Ee 2^.13.2* 3^ 12^ 202. 7; addressed
in person of Peter, Mt 1623. 833 ^yy^Xo^ SaravS, 11 Co 12' .+ Mk .
fadrov, -ov, to (Aram. NnNp = Heb. nxp), [in LXX Hg 2i7(i6)*;]

:
a Hebrew measure (= about a peck and a half) Mt 1333, Lk 132i.t :
lauXos, -ov, 6 (Hellenized form of âovX, q.v.), Saul, the Jewish

name of the Apostle Paul Ac 7^8 81- 3 9I' 8- n. 22, 24 1125, 30 1225 131. 2, 7, 9^t
:
(Tîvvufii, [in LXX

chiefly for n33 ;] of fire or things on fire, to
quench : c. acc, Mt 122«, Eph 6I6, He 113* pagg., Mt 258, Mk 9 1**- *«]- *». .
Metaph. (cf. to Trveifia, i Th 5i9.t

Ca 8^ iv Mac 16*) :
acauToC, -^s, -ov (in NT

not contracted, aavrov, as in Att.), reflex.
pron. of 2nd pers. sing., used only in gen., dat. and acc. {of, to) thyself
Mt 4", Jo 813, I Tj 416^ a,l. (In Hellenistic, the pi. is eavTwv (q.v.), not
i/i(ov avTuv as in Attic, v. BL, § 13, 1.) t
"âepdiofiai (<:ô-t/?as, reverential awe), [in Aq. Ho 10"'*;] 1. to : ;
fear (Horn). 2. In later writers, = o-e/Jo/xai, to zvorship : Eo 1^*^.

**a^paa|uia, -tos, to
Bel'-!" * ;] an
o-e/gaô/ât) [in
object of
«
Wi 142-^ 15^^ Da TH
worship : Ac 17"-^ ii
,
LXX
Th
:
24.+
*a€PaaT6s, ->7, -6v {areâtôâi), 1. reverend, august. 2. In late
writers,with reference to the Eoman Imperial name; (a) 6 2.,
Augustus, i.e. the Eoman Emperor: Ac 25''^^'2^; (6) Augxistan
a~rreipa cr., Ac 271. (See further, Deiss., BS, 218.) +
a€(3<u, [in LXX (chiefly for XT , Jos 4^4, al.) and NT always mid.,
a-efiofiai, exc. IV Mac 5'-*
;] to worship : c. ace. pers., Mt 15^, Mk 7'',
Ac 18^^ 19"^'^
; a-e/Sofievo^ t. 6e6v, Ac 16^4 137 o-fySo/xei/oi .
(cr. irpoo-^XvToi,
a-. "EXXrjvi's), devout, Ac IS*^' ô 17*' ^^ (cf. 7rpoo-7?Xvros) .+
aeipd, -5s, ^, [in LXX: Jg IGi^. i*. 19

(nisbTO), Pr 5^2 (bÔ) * ;]
1. (a) 0. cor<i; (Z>) a chain (cf. Pr., I.e.) crcipai ^dôu, : 11 Pe 2*, Eec,
E, mg. (v.s. o-«/)6s). 2. a ZocA; of hair (Jg, 11. c.).+
*aeip6s (cri/Do's, T), -ov, 6 (Eec, E, mg., creipd, q.v.), = cl. aipos, a pit
for the storage of grain : o-cipot Coiôv, 11 Pe 2*, WH, E., txt. (but v.
Mayor, in 1.; Field, Notes, 241).+
(Tcio-fios, -ov, 6 (<^(T€L<a), [in LXX chiefly for Byyi;] a shaking,
commotion, as a tempest at sea : Mt 8^* ; esp. an earthquake : Mt 24^^
2754 282, Mk 138, Lk 2111, Ac 162«, Ee 612 8^ llis.io iQis.t
aeib), [in LXX chiefly for tz^yi ;] to shake, move to and fro
T. yqv, He 1226 (LXX) . pass., yij, Mt 27^1
^
<i^^x) o-vk^, Ee 6^K ; Metaph.,
to agitate, stir up, with fear or some other emotion : Mt 21i** 28* (cf.
ova-, hia-, Kara-o-ftu)) .+

ItKoufSos (Eec. 2€Kow8os), -ou, 6 (Lat.), Secimdus : Ac 20^.+
ZeXeuKia (Eec. -ev/ceia), Seleucia, a city of Syria Ac 134.+ :
o-eXrii'il, -»7S, ^, [in LXX chiefly for n"i; (Ge 37^ al.), also for n:!^
(Ca 69('«), Is 2423 X, 3026);] i/ie moon: Mt 2429, Mk 132*, Lk 2125,

Ac 220 (Lxx)^ I Co 1541, Ee 612 8^2 12^ 212-^+
*+o-e\r]i'id^w
-ofiai, to be moonstruck,
« creAT^vr/), act. in
i.e. epilej}tic
Manetho {Carm., 4, 81), in
(epilepsy being supposed to be
NT depon.
influenced by the moon) : Mt 42* 171^.+
ZcfjicetV (Eec. îfjut), o, indecl., Semein: Lk 32^.+
a£|jii8aXi9, -cws, r], [in LXX chiefly for nbc ;] fine wheaten flour .
Ee 1813.+
acfii/^s, -i -dv, «o-^;8o/.at), [in LXX: Pr G^ 8^ 1526 (T33,n2r3),
II Mac 611' 28 81*, IV Mac 5^6 715 3^75

i reverend, august, venerable,
* •
.]
•in cl. of the gods and also of human beings. 2. grave, serious ; of
persons: i Ti 3^. n, Tit 22; of things: Phi 4^ (v. Tr., Syn., § xcii
Cremer, 37; MM, xxii).+
I
** <Te;iv6Ti]<5, -rjTo^, rj
Ti 22 34 (Vg.
«
o-€/>ivds), [in LXX: II Mac 312*;] gravity:
castitas, cf. Soph., Lex., and Zorell, s.v.). Tit 2^.+

Ze'pyios, -ov, 6, Sergitis, surnamed Paulus Ac 13"".+ :
Zcpou'x (Eec. 2a/3-), 6, indecl. (Heb. Jliur), Serug : Lk S^^.t
Iiê, 6 (Heb. n«r), indecl., Seth (Ge 42^) : Lk S^s.t
iTlfi, 6, indecl. (Heb. Dgr), Shem : Lk S^^.t
oTjjuiaiVa) (<^ (ji7fta, a sigfw), [in LXX ym hi., ypn etc. to give
for , ;]
a sign, signify, indicate : c. ace. rei, Ac 25^'', Ee 1^ (cf. MM, xxii) c. ;
ace. et inf., Ac ll^S; seq. quaest. indir., Jo 1233 1332 gP^.t

aKijxeioi', -ov, to, [in LXX chiefly for JlIX ;] a sign, mark, token
(a) of that which distinguishes a person or thing from others Mt 26*^ :
Lk Th 317 (cf. Deiss., LAE, ISSg) seq. gen. epexeg., Eo 411 c.

212, II ; ;
gen. obj., Mt 243. 30^ „ Qq 1212; c. gen. subj., Mt 163; ^^ ^ gign of

warning or admonition Mt 1239 16* Lk 23'* 1129, 30^ i Co 14^2 (c) a
:
;
sign portending future events (Soph., Plat, al.) Mk 13*, Lk 21^' î' ", :
Ac 2^9^ j{e 12^' 3 15^ {d) of miracles and wonders (MM, xxii), regarded
;
as signs of a divine authority Mt 1238- 39 IGL ^, Mk Sî' 12, Lk llê. 29 :
23s, Jo 2"' 18.23 454 630 Ac 4i«. 22; pi., Mk 16n7.20]^ Jo 211.23
io« 12^8,
32 62, 14, 26 731 916 1147 1237 2030,
Ac 8^, I Co 122 (Lf^.^ jÎqi^s, 162) the ;
same ascribed to false teachers and demons Mt 242*, Mk I322, 11 Th :
29, Ee 1313. 1* 161* 1920 o-. ml ripara (r. kcCl o".

; cf. Tr., Syn., § xci), ;
Mt 242*, Mk 1322, Jo 4*8, Ac 219. *» 430 512 68 73" 143 I512, Eo 15i9, 11 Th
29; id. seq. koX Swaynct?, ii Co 12i2, He 2*; o-. koX SvvdiJ.eis, Ac 8i3
8. Kttl T. Kal a-., Ac 222; ^ gtSoVai, Mt 242*, Mk 1322.t
oTTjfieiou, -w {<^(rf}/j.iLov), [in LXX Ps 4^ (Nizr3) *;] to mark, note :
Mid., to note for oneself: 11 Th 31* (freq. in tt. v. ICC, M, TJi. ;
in l.).t
(rfi}i€pov (Att. Trj/jL€pov), adv., [in LXX for Dl'n ;] to-day : Mt 611
Lk 421, Ac 49, al. ; opp. to ai5ptov, Mt 63o, Lk 1228, Ja ;

412
xê? âl o-,
/cat €ts Tous aici'as, He 138 ; ^ ^ 17/Aeâ, Ac 202*' ; €0)5 (a-xpi) T^s cr. fj/xepa';
Eo 118, II Co 31*; fjiixpi- (ews) i^s <r. (sc. rjfjiepas), Mt 1123 278; as subst.
TO a-.. He 313 ; id. in appos., opt'êi Vf^^pov, a-.. He 4'' E, mg., (v. Westc.
in 1.).
cniTro, [in LXX (ppa ni.), Jb 332i (nbs) 40^ Si 14i9

: Ps 37 (38) ^
al. ;] to make corrupt: 2 pf. act. with mid. sense (v. M, Pr., 154)
aia-qirev, has perished, become corrupted, Ja 52.t
<rr|piK<5s, V.S. (Tt/atKos.
<r^s, (njTos (late gen. for cl. o-cds), o, [in LXX : Jb 4i9,
Is 509
(lZ?y), Is 518 (QQ)^ al.;] a mo^/i, clothes moth: Mt 619.20, Lk 1233.t
t o-TjTcJ-PpwTos, -OV (ô-'??, ySi/S/owo-Kw), [in LXX I Jb 1328 (ib^N
WV) * ;] moth-eaten : Ja 52,t
*ta0ei'6&), -w (<:ô-^€Vos, strength), to strengthen: c. ace, i Pe 51'

(Hesych.).t
aiaywi', -ovos, t}, [in LXX for ''0^ ;] ^/le jawbone, jaw, cheek : Mt
539, Lk 629 (cf. MM, xxii).t
o-iydu, -w (<Co-i7"7), [ii^ LXX for Win, nzSTl , etc.;] 1. intrans.,
to be silent, keep silence: Lk Qô IS^^ 2028, Ac 1227 1512,13^ i Co

1428,30,34 2. Tr&nB., to keep secret ; Tp&sa., to be kept secret : Eo 16^^.+
SVN. : 7j(rv)(dô), a-iunrdw.
**<Tiy^, -^?, v> [ill LXX Wi : 18", in Mac 3^3*;] silence : Ac 21*o,
Re 8\f
aiSi^pcos, -a, -ov (-ovs, -a -ovv) (<^ cn'Sv^pos), [in LXX chiefly for
^nS ;] of iron : Ac W\ Re 227 9^ 12^ IQi^.t
oriSripos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for bns ;] iron : Re 18^^ t
IiScSi', -aVos, ^ (Heb. ]iT^), Sidon, a maritime city of Phoenicia

Mt 1121.22 1521, Mk 38 7^*' 31, Lk 617 IQi^'i*, Ac 273.t
IiSwt'tos, (<;2i8a)v), o/ Sidon, Sidonian; (a) the region:
-a, -ov
sc. x<^pa, Lk 42« (6) the people ;
Ac 122o.t :
*t CTiKdpios, -OV, 6 (Lat. <i sica, a dagger carried under their cloth-
;
ing by the Sicarii), a bandit, assassin, one of the Sicarii (FIJ, B.J.,
ii, 17, 6, al.) Ac 2P8.t :
taiKepa, to, indecl. (Aram. KISOT), [in LXX for ISt? (also
rendered fxi6v<Tfia, Jg 13*, Mi 2^^), Le 10®, al. ;] fermented liquor, strong

drink : Lk l^^.t
IiXas, -a (acc. to Bl., § 29, W-Schm., 74, -09, -a), 6 (Aram.
Nb^NlZ?; V. Dalman, Gr., I575), Si^^^s (called also SiXouavos, q.v.)
1522,27,32,34,40 IglS, !5, 29 174,10,14,15 185^+

Ac
IiXouaj'os (in MSS also StXySavds, a form freq. in ir.), -ov, 6,
Silvanus, latinized name of Silas : ii Co 1^^, I Th 1^ ii Th 1^
I Pe 5i2.t
IiXwdfi (indecl., but in FIJ, gen., -S, B.J., ii, 16, 2), 6 (Heb.
nbtr), Siloam (v. DB, iii, 515 f.) : Lk 13*, Jo 97. ".t
*taip,iKiV0ioi' (also written a-qfii-), -ov, to (Lat. semicinctium), a work-

man's apron : Ac 19i2.t
IijAWK, -WV09, 6, a Greek name (transliterated ]iD^p in Heb.) used
as a substitute for 2v/x€wv (q.v.), Simon; 1. Simon Peter: Mt I72*,

Mk 129, al. 2. /Simon the Zealot (v.s. Cv^wt^^, Kavavatos) Mt 10*, :
Mk 318, Lk 615, Ac li^. 3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (v.s.

aSfXi^ds) Mt 13",
: 63. Mk
4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself
surnamed 'lo-KapiwTT^s (q.v.): Jo 67i 12* (Rec.) I32.26. 5. Simon the
Cyrenian Mt 2732, : I521, Lk 2326. Mk
6. Simon the Pharisee Lk :
740,43,44^ Bethany, surnamed 6 XeTrpds

7. Simon of : Mt 26^, Mk 143.
8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer Ac 8®' i3. i^- :
2*. 9. Simon the
tanner, of Joppa : Ac 9*3 10". 17.32.
livd (-a, Rec), indecl. (but to Stvaiov, FIJ, Ant., iii, 5, 1; to
^Lvalov 5pos, ib. ii, 12, 1), to (Heb. TP), Sinai (Ex I911, al.) Ac 73o. 38, :
Ga42*.25.t
*taifaiTi, -«a)5, to (prob. Egyptian), = Attic to vSttu, mustard:
Mt 1331 172«, Mk 431, Lk 1319 17«.t
<T^vUv, -oVo5, ^, [in LXX: Jg 14^2.13^, Pr SP* (iî^), i Mac

10'* A* fine linen cloth ; (a) as used for swathing dead bodies (cf.
; ]
Hdt., ii, 86) Mt 275«, : Mk
15*^, Lk 23"; (b) a garment or wrap of
this material (cf. ICC, Jg, I.e.) 145i. 52.t : Mk
*t o-ividjôi (<[o-tViov, a sieve), = a-ijOco, to sift, winnow: fig., Lk
2231. t
* aipiKos (by assimilation of vowels, for arjpiKo^ v. Mayser, 150 ;
WH, Notes, 151), --q, -ov «

o\ Sijpcs, a people of India from whom the
ancients got the first silk), silk, silken; as subst., to a-., silken fabric,
silk : Ee IS^^ (cf. FIJ, B.J., vii, 5, 4).t
<Ti.p6s, V.S. o-cipds.
aiT€0T<5s, -j;, -6v (•<Ci o-iTevu), to feed, fatten), [in LXX: iii Ki 4^^
(Onx), etc. ;] fattened : Lk 15'^3, 27, 3o,t
aiTi'o^, -ov, t6 (dimin. of o-itos), [in LXX : Pr 24^7 (30^2) (DO^) *;]
1. corn, grain: Ac 7^2 (but v. Bl., §9, 1). 2. Mostly in pi., o-m'a,
bread, food, provisions (LXX, I.e., Hdt., al.).+
**tamaT6s, -rj, -ov «(nTi^w, to fatten), [in Sm. : Ps 21 (22)i3, Je

46 (26)21*;] = o-iTcvTos, fattened; as subst., pi., to. a-., fallings: Mt
22*.t
*t aiTOfi^TpiOK, -ov, TO (<^ CriTOfJL€Tpe(0, Ge 4712» 1* *, = Attic TOV aiTOV
a meastired portion of food
fi€Tpe(o), : Lk 12*2 (Jqj. g^x. in tt., v. Deiss.,
BS, 158; LAE, 103j).t
(TITOS, -OV, 6, [in LXX chiefly for
"f^ ;] wheat, corn : Mt 3i'
1325,29,30^ Mk 428, Lk 317 1218 16^ 223i, Jo 122*. Ac 2738, i Co 15^7,

Ee 6" 18i3.t
IiX^p, V.S. "Sivx^p-
lidv, indeel., in NT anarth., but in LXX when used of the city
of Jerusalem, ^ 2. (Heb. ]i'2?), Zion; 1. the mountain: in typical
sense, of the Church, He 1222; of heaven, Ee I41. 2. The city, i.e.
Jerusalem in poetical sense {a) of the inhabitants dvydnjp 2., Mt
; ; :
21^ Jo 121MLXX); (J) in wider sense, of Israel: Eo IP"; (c) fig.:

Tt6rifXL eV 2. klOov, Eo 933, I Pe 2« d-xx).!
o-iwTrdw, -S) (<ô-tw7rr;, silence), [in LXX for ncrn, U!''!!! hi., etc.;]
to be silent or still, keep silence : Mt 20^1 26^3, Mk 3* 93* 10*8 1461, Lk 19*»,
Ac 18** ; of one dumb, Lk I20 (cf . iv Mac IOI8) ; addressed rhetorically
to the sea, a-iw-n-a, Mk 43^.t
SYN. : r](rv)(d^<D, o-iyao) (q.V.).
taKa»'8oXit« (<o-Kav8aXov), [in Da ll" (bOTS ni.), LXX: LXX

Si 9* 35 (32)15 (j2r,T ho.) ib. 238 (also in Aq., Sm., Th., and in Ps Sol 16^;
not elsewhere, except NT
and eccl.) * ;] prop., to put a snare or
stumbling-block in the way; in NT always metaph. of that which
hinders right conduct or thought, to cause to stumble : c. ace. pers.,
Mt 529. 30 1727 186, 8, 9^ Mk 9*2. 43. 45, 47^ Lk 172, Jo 6^\ I Co 813. Pass.,
to be made to stumble, to stumble : Mt 11^ I321. " 1512 2410 263i, ss^ m^
41758 1427,29^ Lk 723, Jo 161, Ro 1421 (WH, E, txt., om.), 11 Co 1129.t
t cTKdk'SaXoi', -ov, TO (late form of the rare word a-KavSdXrjOpov, v.
LS, S.V.), [in LXX chiefly for W0n , bltlTSp;] prop., the bait-stick oi a
trap, a snare, stumbling-block (Le 19^*, Jth 5^) : fig., Eo 9=^^ i Pe 2^

(Is 8^* ; aliter in LXX Metaph., of that
; a-repeov o-KavSdXov in Aq.).
which causes error or sinof persons Mt 13^^ 16'^^ ; Xpto-ros
;
(a) :
Mt Ko 119(LXX) 1413^ j Jq 210,

iaravpwfi^voi, I Co l^^ (b) of thin ?s IS^, ;
:
Ee 214; to o-. toS crravpov, Ga 5"; pi, Mt 187, Lk Eo 16i'.t n\

SYN. : Trpoa-KOfxfxa.
aKciTTTO), [in LXX Is 5" {llV ni.) *;] to dig : Lk 6« 138 IG^.t
«
:
**aKdi,r], -r]s, V ^xa^ruy), [in LXX : Da LXX Bel 32, TH ib. 33*;]
anything scooped out, esp. alight boat, skiff: Ac 27^^' 3"' 32.t
<tk£Ko%, -ovs, to, [in LXX for by^ , etc. ;] the leg from the hip
downwards : Jo 193i'33.t
* aKeiracTfia, -tos, to (< o-/c€7raâ), to cover), a covering, esp. clothing
I Ti 6«.t
ZKcuas, -a, Sceva : Ac 19^4.t
**aKeuT), -^s, 17, [in LXX: in Mac 5*Ê*;] equipment, tackle:
Ac 27i».t
CTKciios, -ofs, TO, [in LXX chiefly for v5J] '^ vessel, implement
(for exx. in various senses, v. MM, xxii) : Mk lll^ Lk 8^^ Jo 192",
Ac 10"' i« ll^ Eo 921, Ee 18^2; pi., n Ti 22«, Eo 22^; ri o-. t^s
XfiTovpyta?, He 921 ;
pi., TcL o-., utensils, goods, Mt 1229, Mk 32^, Lk
1731 ; the tackle or gear of a ship (Xen., Polyb., al.)
id. of so in ;
sing., TO a., 27^'^. Metaph., of persons: o-. tVXoy^s, Ac 9^^; 6py^?,

Ac
Eo 922; eAcovs, ib.23; o". €is Tt/x^v (cf. Eo 9-^), n Ti 221 of woman, ;
do-êvc'o-Tepov cr., I Pe 3'^; SO perh. t. kavrov a., I Th 4* (but V. infr.)

of the body, 11 Co 4"; so perh. i Th 4* (but v. supr., and v.s.
KTao/Aai).t
<TKr\vr], -77s, 17, [in LXX chiefly for S'lX , also for ISUTD , n;pp ,
etc.;] a tabenmcle : Mt 17^

tent, booth, 9^ Lk 933, He ll^; al Mk
alwvtoi 169; of the Mosaic tabernacle, He 8^ 92,3,6,8,21. ^ ^^
a-., Lk
fiaprvpiov, Ac 7** of its heavenly prototype, He 82 9", Ee 13" 15^ 213
;
of the temple. He 13^^; 17 a-, tov MoAo'x, Ac 7*3 (lxx)- metaph., rj a.

AareiS, Ac 151" (i^^).t
crKT)»'oiTr)Yia, -as, rj {<â-KT]vrj, irriyvvp.i), [in LXX for DISD , De 161"
311", Za 14i«.i8'i9; i Es 5^1, i Mac lOî, 11 Mac p. is*;] prop., the

setting up of tents or dtvellings (Arist.) in ; LXX and NT, rj a., rj eopri]
Trj<; cr. (called also eopT^ crKr]v(2v, Le 2334, al. ; V. Deiss., LAE, 116 f.),
the feast of Tabernacles : Jo 7^.f

*t o-xtikottokSs, -ov {<ô-Ky]vrj, TroUui), making tents ; as subst., 6 cr., a
tent-maker : Ac 183.t
**aKTi»'os, -ovs, TO, [in LXX Wi :
9^^*;] = o-kt/vi?, a tent, tabernacle
{C.I., 3071). Metaph., of the body as the tabernacle of the soul.
II Co 51- *.t
o-KTji'ou, -w {<Ca-Ki]VT^), [in LXX chiefly for pttT;] to have one's
tabernacle, to dwell (in w. of temporary dwelling, v. Exp., xxii) MM,

seq, eVi,
c. ace. pers., Ee 7^^; seq. iv, c. dat. pers., Jo 1^*; id. c.
dat. loc, Ee 121^ 13® seq. /xcra, c. gen. pers., Ee 21^ (cf. cVi-, Kara-
;
(TKT^l'OCo) .t
aKr\vii}ii.a, -tos, to (<^ crKr/vow) ,

[in LXX chiefly for bnX;] a tent,
tabernacle (cf. a-n-qviQ, aKrjvos) of the temple as God's dwelling (Ps 131
:
(132)5, al.), Ac 7*«. Metaph., of the body ii Pe l^^. i^.t :
aKid, -as, v> [in LXX chiefly for by , iv Ki 20^ «-, Ps 56 (57)i, al.
but 0-. and o-. OaraTov are also used for niCibx , Jb 3^ Ps 22 (23)*,
Is 9'^''^^ (v. IGC, shadow, shade, caused by interception of

in 1.), al. ;] 1.
light Mk: Ac 4^^, 5^^
metaph., <t. Oavdrov, of ignorance and error,
;
Mt 4}^, Lk 1"^ (LXX). 2. a shadow, the image or outline cast by an

object: fig., v7ro8eiyyu,a koI a-., He 8^; opp. to (jwfjixj., Col 2^^; opp. to
ciKoiv, He lO^t
aKiprdw, -!L, [in LXX: Ge 2522 (vjn hithpo.), Ps 113 (114)*.
(ip-l), etc. ;] to leap : Lk 1«. ^* 6^\f
t aKXtipo-KapSia, -os, ^ (<^ <TK\r]p6<;, KapSia), [in LXX : De 10^", Je 4*
(nn^ nîy), Si lei" (cf. Kap8ia <TK\r]pd, ib. 326. 27) * .j hardness of heart
Mt 198, Mk 10* let'^^.t
o-kXtiposi -a, -ov (-^ o-KcAAo), to f^r?/), [in LXX chiefly for JVffp;]
hard to the touch, rough, harsh, (opp. to p-aXaKo^) metaph., in various ;
uses (a) of men, hard, stern, severe : Mt 252*

;
(b) of things, hard, ;
rough, violent : a-KXrjpov aoi (ecm), Ac 26^*; Aoyos, Jo 6""; avc/xos, Ja 3*;
CTKXrjpa. XaXeiv, Ju ^^.t
SYN. : auo-Ti;/3os, q.V.
aKXTipoTTjs, ->;tos, 7] «o-kA77pos), [lu LXX: De 92^ ('Ô^p). etc.;]
hardness; metaph., of stubbornness: Eo 25.t

t aKXripo-TpdxTlXos, -ov (o-kAt;po9, Tpd)^r}\oi), [in LXX: Ex 33^» *
(Pjlimn?!?), etc. ;] stiff-necked : metaph., Ac 7^'^.f
<TKkr\p6vbi {<C (TKXr}p6s), [in LXX chiefly for ni&p hi., also for pin ;]
to harden. Metaph., to harden, viake stubborn: c. ace. pers., Eo 9^8;

T. KapSt'as (Ps 94 (95)8), He W' i* 4^. Pass., to 6ecowfi hardened : Ac 19^,
He 3i3.t
aKoXi6s, -a, -ov, [in LXX : De 32* (m^V), Pr 28i8 (o-. 6Sors TropcuWâi,
for D^.S^"^ ^P??)' •''^^ ^^^ i'^P?)' ^^^- !] curved, bent, winding (opp. to
op^ds, €v^ws) : Lk 3*(^^^). Metaph., crooked, perverse, unjust: Ac 2**',
Phi 215, I Pe 2i8.t
(TK^Xo^/, -ottos, 6, [in LXX Nu : 33" (rj^r), Ho 2® (S)

(-|^p)^ Ez 282*
(j'lbp), Si 431^*;] anything pointed, esp. 1. in cl., a stake. 2. In

Hellenistic vernacular, a thorn (cf. LXX, 11. c.) : a-, ry orapKi, 11 Co 12*^
(cf. MM, i, xxiii ; DB, iii, 700 f. ; Deiss., St. Paul, 62 f. ; Field, Notes,
187).t
**aKOTr€'u,, -w «o-K07r(is), [in LXX : Es 813, II Mac 45*;] to look at,
behold, watch, contemplate. Metaph., to look to, c. ace. rei, consider :
II Co 4^8, Phi 2* c. ace. pers., Ro ; Phi S^^ seq. fi-q, Lk ll^^ W\ ;
o-cavTov, seq. fxr] (v. M, Pr., 192), Ga 6^ (cf. eVt-, KaTa-o-K07reto).t

SYN. : ySAcTTO), 6e(Dpi(D, bptiw.
ffKoiros, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for npS ;] 1. a watcher, watchman

(Ez 3^^ al). 2. a mark on which to fix the eye (Wi 5^2, 21^ al.).
Metaph., of an aim or object Phi S^^.t :
oTKopTTiJiw, [in LXX for |^D hi., etc. ;] in vernac. and in Ion. and
late writers for o-KcSavw/ii (v. MM, xxiii; Rutherford, NPhr., 295),
to scatter : 6 Xvkos, Jo 10^^ 6 ; fir] a-wdywv /act' ifiov a-KopirLêi, Mt 12^®,
Lk IP*; pass., seq. cis, c ace. loc, Jo 16^^; of one who dispenses
blessings, 11 Co 9^(^^^^ (cf. 8ia-o-Kop7ri'ô/xai).t
o-icopirios, -ov, 6, [in LXX for 2'l|"?y ;] a scorpion : Lk 10^® 11^^,
Re 93' 5' 10.+
ffKOTciKos (WH. -Tivos), -17, -OV « (TKOTos), [in LXX chlefly for
^jjrn and cogn. forms ;] dark : opp. to </)<ot€ivos, Mt 6^^, Lk ll^*' ^".t
taicoTi'a, -«, ^, [in LXX : Jb 283 (ij^j^)^
Mi 3« (npvn). Is IS^*;]
in late writers = o-koto?, darkness : Jo 6^^ 20^. Metaph., (a) of secrecy
(opp. to iv T. <f)(i}Ti) : Mt 10^7, Lk 12^ ; (b) of spiritual darkness
Mt 41«, Jo V 812 1235. 46^ I Jo 15 28. 9. H.t
tcTKOTil^w (<;o-KdTos), [lu LXX for IJttTn j] fo darken; in NT always
pass., -o/i,at, to &e darkened : of the heavenly bodies, Mt 24^^, Mk 13^*,
Lk 23" (Rec, WH, mg.). Re 8^2. Metaph., of the mind, Ro pi
1110(LXX)(cf. o-KOTO(o).t
aK<5Tos, -ov, o, the more usual cl. form (cf.o-., to), darkness : He 12^*,
Rec.t
aK(5Tos, -ovs, to', a form rare in cl. (cf. 6 a.) but freq. in LXX,
[chiefly for ^jljrn;] darkness: Mt 27*5, Mk Lk1533, 22^3 23**, Ac 22o,
II Co Ta KpvTTTa Tod a-., I Co 4^ of

4" ; ; blindness, Mt 623, Ac 13" ; by
meton., of a dark place, Mt 8^2 22^3 253o, ii Pe 21^, Jui3. Metaph.,
of moral and spiritual darkness Lk 1135, Jq 319^ Ac 26i8, 11 Co 6I*, Eph :
6^2, Col 1^3, 1 Pe 2^ by meton., of those who are in spiritual darkness,

;
Eph 58; T. Ipya ToO o-., Ro 13^2, Eph 5^1; o-kotovs elvat, Th 5^ iv
I ; o-.
(I^X)
Jvai, ib. * ; ol ^ o-., Lk V^ Ro 2^9 ; 6 Aa^s o Kae^fievos iv o-., Mt 416
(WH. (TKOTia) ',

iv (T. Tr€pL7raT€iv, I Jo 1*.+
aKOT<S«, -w «o-KdTos), [in LXX for -sjlTn, Tip, mm;] to darken
Re 92 161". Metaph., of the mind pass., Eph 4^8 (cf. aKOTiCo>).f
:
**f aKuâXov, -ov, to', [in LXX : Si 27**;] refuse, esp. dung (v. MM,
ii, iii, xxiii) : Phi 38.t
Scythian, an inhabitant of Scythia, i.e. Russia and
Ik«59tis, -ov, o,
Siberia, a synonym with the Greeks for the wildest of barbarians:
Col 3ii.t
aKuGpuTTos, -ov (also -77, -ov) {<^(rKv0p6s, sullen, + wxp), [in LXX
Ge 40'^ (jrn), etc.;]
of a gloomy countenance : Mt 6^*, Lk 24^^.t
*o-KuXX(D, 1. in cl., to skin, flay, rend (^sch., AnthoL). 2. In

Hellenistic writers, to vex, trouble, annoy : c. ace. pers., Mk 5^^, Lk
8*^ ;
pass., la-KvXfiivoi, distressed, Mt 9^" ; mid., to trouble oneself, firj
a-KvWov, Lk 7^ (freq. in tt. v. MM, i, ; ii, and cf. M, Pr., 89 ; Abbott,
Essays, 87; Kennedy, Sources, 82) .t

<rKv\ov (Eec. a-KvXov), -ov, to, [in LXX chiefly for bÔr;] mostly
in pi., a-KvXa, arms stripped from a foe, spoils : Lk ll^^.t

*aK&)XT)K6-PpwTos, -ov {<ârKU)Xr]$, fii/SpiiHTKU)), eaten of worms: Ac
1223 (cf. II Mac 99, and v. MM, xxiii).t
o-kgJXt]|, -rjKos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for jrbin and cogn. forms ;] a
worm : kind which preys upon dead bodies, metaph., of fut.
of the
punishment, Mk
9*8 (LXX, Is 662* cf. Si 7^\ Jth 1610-+ ;
*t afiapciySii'os (< o-/i«pay8os, q.v.), 1. of emerald (Luc, V.H.,

ii, 11). 2. As in tt. (Deiss., BS, 267), emerald-green Ee 4^ (for the :
construction, v. Swete, in 1. ; Zorell, s.v.).+

afidpaySos, -ov, rj (and in late writers also 6), [in LXX : Ex 28*
(anizr) 36^^ (3910) (njîn), Ez 28^3 (obq!), etc.;] emerald or other trans-
parent green stone (LS, s.v. ; DB, iv, 620 ; Swete, Ap., 67, 288)
Re 21i9.t
o-iiupm (in some MSS, ^fi-; v. Bl., § 3, 9), -t/s, 17, [in LXX for
"lb liD ;] myrrh, a resinous
,
gum used as an unguent and for em-
balming Mt 211, Jo 1939.t
:
Zfiupj-a (T, Z/A-; BL, § 3, 9), -av, rj, Smyrna, an Ionian city on
the ^gean Re 1" 28.t :
I/xupmios, -a, -ov, of Smyrna : Re 2^, Rec.t

*t (T/jiupi'itw {<i<Tiivpva), 1. intrans., to be like myrrh (Diosc, i, 79).
2. Trans., to mingle or drug with myrrh pass., Mk IS^^.t :
loSopa, -wv, ri (Heb. DTP), Sodom (Ge 13^<>''^^, al.) Mt : lO^s
1123.24, Lk 10^2 172», Ro 929ii'XX)^ n Pe 2«, Ju \ Re ll^.t

IoXop,wv, -wvos (so prop., but Rec. has freq. -Qv, -wtos, as also
WH in Ac 311 512 in Ac 7*^ has S.aXuj/xwv, as
. T
freq., indecl. v. LXX ;
BL, § 10, 1; Tdf., ProL, 104, 119; WH, App., 158), 6 (Heb. nbb«?),
SoZowon ; Mt 1«' ^ 62* 12*2, l^ llî 122^, Jo 1023, Ac 3^1 5^2 7*^+
aop(5s, -ov, ri, [in LXX Ge 502« (]nN), Jb 21^2 A*;] (a) a cinerary
:
urn (Hom.) ; (6) a coj^n (Hdt., i, 68, 3, al.) Lk 7^\i :
a<5s, -rj, -ov, possess, pron. of second pers., thy, thine Mt 7^, al. :
as thy kinsfolk, friends, Mk 5^^ to a-ov, what is thine,

subst., ol arot, ;
Mt 201* 2525 ra ad, thy goods, Lk Q^^.

;
*t aouSdpioi', -ov, TO (Lat.), handkerchief, kerchief: Lk 192", Ac

19^2 used as a head covering for the dead, Jo 11** 20^^ (cf. Deiss.,
;
BS, 223).+
louadvva, -7/s (cf. Da LXX TH Su, inscr., 2. 7, ai.^_

^^ Susanna : Lk
(To^'ia, -as, rj, [in LXX chiefly for npsri;] skill, intelligence,
wisdom, ranging from knowledge of the arts and matters of daily life
to mental excellence in its highest and fullest sense (a) of human ;
wisdom: i Co 2l'4•^ Ja 3l^ Ee 13^^ 17^ a. SoA-o/i-wros, Mt 12^^ Lk

11^^; AtyuTTTiW, Ac 7"2; "EXAryvc? o-. (rjTova-LV, I Co 1—; cr. Xoyov, I Co
11"; T. (Tocf>;k', ib. 19 (LXX); ^. K6afjiov, ib.2'^'21 S^^; ^.ÔpcoirLvrj, I Co 213;

Co 1^2 of wisdom in spiritual things Lk 21l^ Ac G^. 10 710^
o-ap/«Ki II ; :
I Co 2«, 128 223 316 45^ Ja 15 313, 17^ II pe 315

Col •
x6yos o-o0<,'as, i Co 128
TTiiv/xa (ro(f>La<;, 1^"
; Eph
cr. kol (fip6vr)(TL<;, Eph 1^ ; cr. kol avv€(Ti<;, Col
V; (b) of divine wisdom: of God, Eo ll^^^^ i Co lî'^*2^ Ee 712
TToXvW/ciXo?, Eph 310 of Christ, Mt 13•^^ 62, ; Mk Lk 2*0. 52, i Co l^*,

Col 2\ Ee 512 of wisdom personified, Mt ll^^, Lk 7^^ IV^.i
;
Syn. : o-wccris, intelligence ; cftpovrja-i?, prudence, which with o-.
make up (Arist., 13) the three intellectual dperai.

N. Eth., i, cr. is
wisdom primary and absolute in distinction from which <^. is practical,

;
(Tvvea-is critical, both being applications of a-, in detail (cf. Lft., and
ICC on Col 19 Lft., Notes, 317 f. Tr., Stjî., § Ixxv Cremer, 870 ff.).
; ; ;
<Toît,<a {<âocf}6<i), [in chiefly for DDFI;] to make wise, LXX

instruct: c. ace. pers., 11 Ti 3^' (cf. Ps 18 (19)8 118 (119)98). As
depon., -ofxai,; (a) intrans., to become wise (in Ki 42" (5"), Ec 2^^, and
freq. in Si, 7^, al.) ; (b) trans., to invent, devise cleverly : pass., 11 Pe
1^* (cf. KaTa-o'0(/>iô/i.ai).t
ao<|)6s, -yj, -6v, [in LXX chiefly for UDU;] skilled, clever, wise,
whether in handicraft, the affairs of life, the sciences or learning Eo :
1619, I Co 3i«; of the learned, Eo 11^-22, i Co 119,20,26,27 318-20. of
Jewish teachers, Mt 1125, Lk IO21 ; Christian, Mt 23^4 ; of those en-

dowed with practical wisdom, i Co 6*, Eph 51^, Ja 3^^; of God, Eo
162'^; COmpar., t. fi^pw t. Oeov o-o^wrepov, I Co 125.t
Syn. : (TweTos, ^p6vLp.o<i (v.s. o-oî'a, Syn.).
iTraîa, -as, rj (= cl. 'EcrTrepi'a or 'IfirjpLa; late writers adopted
the Eoman name, 'lo-Travi'a (i Mac 8-^) or 2. as here), Siyain
Eo 152*. 28.t
cnrapciaaw, [in LXX : II Ki 228 g (CTâ hith.), Je 4^9 (n^n).
Da LXX 8" (^bcr hi.), in Mac 4''*;] 1. to tear, rend, mangle. 2. to
convulse : Mk 12^ (v. Swete, in 1.)

9'-'*',
Lk 9^9 ^^f a-w-a-n-apaa-aM) .'^
aTrapyafocj, -<3 {<^cnrapya\ox', a sivathing-band), [in LXX: Jb
389, ;e2 16* (bnn pu.) * ;] to swathe, wrap in sic addling -clothes : Lk
2^.12 (Hipp., Arist., Plut.).t
t (nraTaXdo), -w {<C^cnraTa\iq, wantonness, hixury. Si 27^**), [in
LXX: Ez 16*9 (iflpty hi.). Si 211^*;] to live riotously: 1 Ti 5^
Ja 55 (Polyb.).t
Syn. : aTprjviann, Tpv(fid(ji (v. Tr., Syn., § liv).
(Tirdu, [in LXX chiefly for ^12^ ',]
in cl. poet, for eX/cw mostly ;
used in mid. (cf. M, Pr., 157), to draw : p.'lx'îpav, Mk 14*^ Ac IG^'.t

**aTr€Tpa, -779 (on this form of gen., v. M, Pr., 38, 48; Bl., § 7, 1
Mayser, 12; Deiss., BS, 186), [in Jth 14^1, 11 Mac 8^3 1220,22*.] LXX :
1. (= Lat. spira) anything wound or rolled up, a coil. 2. As a

military term used (by Polyb. and later writers) of a body of soldiers,
a maniiole (third part of a cohort) or cohort (v. Swete, Mk., 375;
Westc, Jo., 251 f.) Mt 272^, Mk 16^\ Jo 18^. 12, Ac 10^ 213i 27i.t
:
CTTTcipo), [in LXX

chiefly for nt ;] to sow (seed) absol., Mt 6^* :
133,4,18 25^4,26^ Mk 43.*, Lk 8^ 122^, Jo 436, „ Qq 910. ^ ^cc. rei, Mt

1324,27,37,39^ Mk 4^2, Lk 8^, I Co 1536-37; seq. £.'S, Mt 1322, Mk 4I8; €V,
Mt 1324.31; ,Vt', c. gen., Mk 43i; kiri, c. ace, Mt 1320.23^ Mk 4^6' 20
Trapa, c.acc, Mt 1319. Metaph. i Co Qî :
15*2-44, Ga 6^.8, Ja 3^8; in
proverbial sayings, Mt 2524.26^ Lk I921.22, Jo 437, n Co 9^, Ga 67; in
interpretation of parables, Mt 1319-23, Mk 414-29 +
*t o-ireKouXdTup, -o/oos (Rec. -wpos), 6 (Lat. speculator), 1. prop., a
spy or scoît. 2. An executioner : 627 (v. Swete, in l.).t Mk
oTreVSo), [in LXX pour out as a drink-
chiefly for TJDJ hi. ;] to
offering, make a libation; pass., fig., a-n-evSoixai, I am poured out or
offered as a libation (in the shedding of my life-blood) Phi 2^7 (v. :
Lft., in 1.), II Ti 4* (for exx. from tt., v. Milligan, Selections, 114 f.

MM, xxiii).t
<nre'pfi,a, -T09, to {<^ a-ireipw) , [in LXX chiefly for r^7 ;] seed; (a)
of plants: Mt 1324,27,37,38^ n Co Q^"; pi., Mt 1332, Mk 43i,
i Co 1538
metaph., of an escaping remnant (TlttT, Is 1^; cf. Wi 14^; Plat.
Tim., 23 c; FIJ, Ant., xi, 5, 3), Ro 92^; (b) of men (as yov^; Lat
semen genitale ; so in cl. ; cf. in LXX, Le 15^6, al.) : He ll^^ ; metaph.
of the divine influence, i Jo 3^; by meton. (as freq. in poets), seed
offspring, posterity: Mt 2224.25, Mk 1219-22, Lk 1^5 2028(lxx)^ Jq 742
8-^3, 37^
Ac 325 75, 6 1323^ jô 13 413, 18 97, 8 111^ n Co 1122, Ga 3i6' i^, 11 Ti 28,
He 216 1118; pi (pij^ j^^t., viii, 7, 6; Plat., Leg., ix, 853 c; iv Mac
181; iQ Qa,, I.e., contrasted with sing., v. Lft., in 1.; Milligan, NTD,
105 f.), Ga 316; of spiritual offspring, Eo 416.18 98, 329, Ga
12i7.t Ee
*o-Trep/jioX6Yos, -ov {<^(nr€pfjia, a seed-picker ; (a) prop., of
Aeyco),
birds (Arist., Aristoph, al.) ;
(b) in Attic slang, of an idler who lives on
scraps picked up in the agora; hence, as subst., 6 cr., an idle babbler
Ac 17i8.t
oTTcuSu, [in LXXina pi., also for bn2 pi., hi., etc. ;]
chiefly for
1. mostfreq. intrans., to hasten : c. inf. (as freq. in cl.), Ac 20i6; ptcp.
2i6; c. imperat., Lk 19^^-6; aTrtCo-ov k. iêXde, Ac 22i8.
c. indie, Lk 2.
Trans., c. acc. (a) to hasten, urge on, accelerate (as Hom., Od., xix,
;
137 Eur., Med., 152 Si 33 (36)8) „ Pe 312^ r^ ^g. (cf. Mayor and
; ; .
ICC, in 1., but V. infr.) (6) to desire eagerly (Pind., Pyth., iii, 110;
;
Eur., SuppL, 161 ; Is 16^) 11 Pe, I.e., E, txt. (but v. supr.).t

:
criTTiXaioi', -ov, to, [in LXX chiefly for HiyiO ;] a cave, cavern : Jo
1138, He 1138, Re 615; ^^ (eV, den) Xrjarihy (Je 711), Mt 21i3, Mk lli7,
Lk 1946.t
*<nrtX(is, -q'Sos, (on the gender in Ju, I.e., v. Mayor, Ju., 41), 1.
tj
poet, in cl., a rock or reef aw ev which the sea dashes (Polyb., FIJ, al.).
Metaph., of men whose conduct causes danger to others, Ju^'^, E, txt.

(but V. infr.). 2. In late writers = o-ttiAo? (q.v.), a spot, stain ; metaph.,
Ju, I.e., R, mg. (cf. Mayor, 41, but v. supr.).+
*{nriXos (Bee. o-rnXos), -ov, 6, 1. a rock, cliff (Arist., al.). 2. In
late writers = Att. KrjXl^ (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 87 f.), a sj)ot, stain;
metaph., (a) of moral blemish Eph 5-"; [h) of riotous and lascivious :
persons (cf. Dion. Hal., quoted by Mayor, in 1.) ii Pe 2i^.t :
**t(nriX6w, [in LXX

Wi 15**;] to stain, spot, defile : c. ace., Ja 3",
:
Ju23.t
<nrXaYX>'iSoH'**'' (<C ^^^<=^7Xô*') [^^ (act., -t'^w) Pr 17^ A, >
LXX :
II Mae 6^ (= -evw) *;] to be moved as to the a-irkdyxyoi (q.v.), hence, to

feel pity or compassion: absol., Lk 10^* 15^*^; ptcp., <nrXay)(vi(TOe!.?, c.
indie., Mt Mk l*i; seq. cVi, c. dat. pers., Mt 14^*, Lk V^;
IS^^ 20^\
im, c. ace., Mt 15^2, Mk 6»* 8^ 9^2 ^^^^^ Mt 9^6. (The word is else- .
where found only in Sm Ki 232i, Ez 242i, Test. Zeb., 4". y. Thayer,

: i 7 ;
S.V.; MM, xxiii quote Thumb, Hellen., 123 as practically confirming Lft.
on Phi 1^, in the suggestion that the verb was a coinage of the Jewish
dispersion.) t
(TirXdyyvov, -ov, to, mostly (in NT always) in pi., a-irXdyxya, -(DV,
Ttt, [in LXX : Pr 12^" (D^DDl . elsewhere rendered by oIktlpixoI, Ps

24(25)« 39 (40)12 and by IXcos, Is 47«), Pr 2622 (^^5)^ î iqs^ gj 397^
II Mae 9^' ^, al. ;] the inward parts (heart, liver, lungs, etc. ; Lat.
viscera) Metaph., of the seat of the feelings and of the
: Ac 1^^.
feelings themselves (in Gk. poets, of anger, anxiety, etc.), the heart,
affections (the characteristic LXX and NT reference of the word to
feelings of kindness, benevolence and pity, is found in tt. ; v. MM,
xxiii ; cf. Lft. on Phi l^) : 11 Co 612 7^5, Phm 7. 12, 20^
i Jq 317 ; o-. olKTtpfxod,
Col 312
J
o-_ âl o'lKTipfJiOL, Phi 2}; (J. iXeov<; Oeov rjfjiuyv, Lk 1'^; cr. XptcrTOV
'I770-OU, Phi l^.t
*aTz6yyos, -ov, 6, a sponge : Mt 27*8, Mk 153«, Jo 1929.t
airoSos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Hg^ ashes He 9^^ iv (rdKK<a ;] : ;
KoX a-. (Is 585, Jo 3<5^ Da LXX 93, al), Mt II21, Lk lO^^.t
1.
airopd, -a9, V
a sowing. 2. seedtime.
« o-Tc/po,), [in LXX iv Ki 1929 (y-|7), Mae lO^" *
3. seed sown
:
(of human
i
offspring, Soph.,
;]
Tr., 316, 420) : i Pe F* (cf. aTripfia, and v. Milligan, NTD, 105 f.).t
(nr6piîos, -ov «o-7r€t>a,) [in LXX : Ge 129, Le 11^7 (jn^). Si 4022

X^*;] fit for solving, soivn; as subst., ra a., corn-fields : Mt 12\ Mk 22^,
Lk 6i.t
<nr6pos, -ov, 6 (-(ô-Trftpa)), [in LXX chiefly for y^J;] = a-n-opd,
1. sowing or seedtime. 2. seed sown (so usually in late Gk.) : Mk 42"- 27^
Lk 85. 11, II Co 910" (LTr.) ; metaph., of almsgiving, 11 Co d^'^^.f
<nrou8<£tw (< o-ttovStJ), [in LXX chiefly for bnS ni. ;] tomake haste
hence, to he zealous or eager, to give diligence : c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205 f.).
Ga 2i«, Eph Ti ^^\ 11 Ti 2^5 43. 21, Tit 312,

43, I He 4i\ 11 Pe lô 3^*
c. ace. et inf. (on this construction v. Mayor in 1. ;MM, xxiii), ii Pe 1^*
(for other constructions v. LS, s.v.).t
CTTTouSaios, -a, -ov (<^ (tttouStt) [in Ez 41^5*;] in haste; ,
LXX :
hence, zealous, eager, diligent, earnest : seq. cv, 11 Co 8^2 compar., ;
^"
-ore/jos, ib. (here in superl. sense, v. Bl., § 44, 3) ^^.t
** airouBaius, adv. «[o-7rou8aros), [in Wi 2^*;] 1. with Jiaste LXX :
or zeal, i.e. earnestly, zealously, diligently : Lk 7*, ii Ti 1^'^, Tit 3^^

compar., -oripin';, Phi 2^® (RV, Lft., Weymouth, al., but v. infr.). 2.
hastily, speedily : compar., -orcptos, Phi 2^^ (Thayer, Zorell, s.v. ICG, ;
in 1., al., but v. supr.).t

CTirouSi], -7s, 17
(<ô-7r€v8a)), [in LXX chiefly for bnS , its parts and
derivatives;] 1. haste, speed: fxera a-. (Wi 19^), Mk 6^5, Lk l^^. 2.
zeal, diligence, earnestness: Eo12^^, 11 Co 7^^'^^ 8''''^; cv o-., Eo 12^
(v. M, Pr, 104) ; seq. v-n-ep, 11 Co
8l«
; a-n-ovSrjv kvhdKwaBai, He 6" ;
0-.
7rapei(T(f>ep€iv, II Pe 1^ ; iraa-av a. TTOutarOai, Ju ^ (v. MM, xxiii ; M, Pr.,

214; Deiss., 5S, 361, 364).t
OTTupis, V.S. (r<f>vpl<;.
ordSioc, -ov, TO, pi., oraSia (Jo 6^^, T), and metapl,, oraSiot (v. Bl.,
§ 9, 1), [in LXX Da LXX : a stadium, 49, Su^\ 11 Mac 11^ 129 5- *;]
i.e. a measure of length = 600 Greek feet or -^ of a Eoman mile
1.
Mt 1424 (Eec, WH, txt., E, mg.), Lk 1^^\ Jo &^ ll^^, Ee 142» 21i6,
and, this being the length of the Olympic course, 2. a race-course
I Co 924.t
(TTci^.'os, -ov (6 and), if, [in LXX : Ex 16^3 (njyjV). "i î 122*
14^ (pSpS), Da LXX BeP2*j] prop., an earthen jar for racking off
wine, hence, generally, a jar He 9*.t

«
:
*t CTTaaiaonis orao-ta^w, to stir iip sedition, Jth 7^*, II Mac 4^*' 14* *)
= Att. o-Tao-iwrr;?, a rebel, revolutionist, one who stirs up sedition:
Mk 157 (FIJ, al.).t
ordais, -ioyi, V (<^ l(TT-qp.i), [in LXX chiefly for HOSf, its parts and
derivatives, also for nn (Pr 17^*), etc. (v. Deiss., BS, 158 f.) ;] 1. a
standing, place, status : a-, cxciv (Polyb., v, 5, 3 and cf. Lat. locum ;
habere). He 9^. 2. insurrection, sedition : 15^ Lk 2S^^> 25_ Ac 19*o Mk

24^. 3. In poets and late prose, strife, dissension (cf. MM, xxiii)
Ac 152 237. i«.t
CTTaTT)p, -ripos, 6, [in Aq., Sm., for bp.lff;] a stater; (a) a weight;
(b) a coin (used by late writers of the Greek nTpaZpaxpjov) : Mt 172'^

26i«, WH, mg.t
*<rraup69, -ov, 6, 1. an upright pale or
stake (Horn., Hdt., Thuc,
al.). 2. In late writers (Diod., Plut., al.) of the Eoman instrument
of crucifixion, the Cross : of the Cross on which Christ suffered,
Mt 2732. 40, 42^ Mk
1521. 30, 32^ Lk 2326, Jo 1917. 19. 25, 31^ Qol 2", He 122
6dvaTo<; (rravpov, Phi 2^ t. alfia tov a., Col 1^**.; Metaph., in proverbial
sayings alptw :(Aa/x/3av€iv, âo-rcêtv) tov o"., Mt 10^8 162*. 83* 1021 Mk
15^^, Lk an interesting ex. of metaph. use in tt., v. MM,

9^^ 14^'^ (for
xxiii). meton., for Christ's death on the Cross i Co 1^'^, Ga 5^^
By :
6i2> l^ 2i«, Phi 3^8

Bph 5 xdyos 6 toO a., i Co l^s.t;
<rraup^«, -(5 «(7Tai;pds), [in Es 7^ (rhn), 8^3*;] 1. to LXX :
fence with pales, impalisade (Thuc). 2. In late writers (Polyb., FIJ;

but dvaa-ravpooi is more common) to crucify : c. ace. pers., Mt 20^^ 23^*
262 2722 ff. 28^ Mk 1513 ff. 166, l^ 2321. 23, 33 247, 2o_ Jq 196 ff.^ Ac 2^6 410,
I Co l^'''^^ 22. 8, II Co 13^ Ga 31, Ee ll^; metaph., Ga 52* G^^.t
orTa4»u\T, -i}?, Tj, [in LXX for nay ;] a bunch of grapes : Mt 7^^,
Lk 6**, Ee 14^8_ "o-. jg properly the ripe grape-cluster as opp. to

o/A(â^, cf. Ge 40^^ Jb 15^^ as contrasted with ftoTpv:, it describes the
;
"
grapes rather than the cluster on which they grow (Swete, Apoc,
187 f.).t
ardixus, -vos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for ribiatzr;] an ear of corn:
Mt 121, Mk 223 428^ Lk 61.+
Irdxus, -vos, 6, Stachys : Eo 16^ (v. Lft., Phi, 174 ; MM, xxiii).+
ariyr], -r]<;, r/ «o-Teya,), [in LXX: Ge 81^ (n55p). etc.;] a roof:
Mk 2* ; of entering a house, ela-epx^frOaL i-n-b t^v o-., Mt 8^, Lk T" (cf.
MM, xxiii).+
**<rr4y(a (cf. Lat. tego), [in LXX:
Si 8^'''*;] 1. prop., to cover
closely, to protect by covering, esp. to keep water in or out (Soph.,
Plat., al.). 2. to cover, keep secret, co7iceal (Si, I.e., Polyb., al.) i Co 13'^, :
E, mg. 3. By covering to ward off', bear up tinder, endure (for exx., v.,
Lft., Notes, 40 ; M, Th., 36) : i Co 9^2 13^, i Th 31. ^.t
(rreipos, -ov, also -a, -ov, [in LXX for Tr\\).V[ , H^j^y ;] barren : of
a woman, Lk 1^. 36 23^9, Ga 427 (Lxx),t

trre'XXa), [in LXX (mid.) Ma : 2^ (nnn ni.), Pr 312^26), Wi 7^* 14^,
II Mac 51, III Mac place, arrange, fit out;

1^^ 4^1*;] 1. prop., to set,
hence, mid., to set oneself for, pirepare (Wi, 11 Mac, 11. c). 2. to
bring together, gather up (in Hom. of furling sails), hence to restrain,
check ; mid., to restrain or withdraw oneself, hold aloof, avoid : 11 Co
82*; seq. aTTO, 11 Th 3® (cf. airo-, l^-airo-, (Tvv-aTro-, 8ia-, Ittl-, Kara-, crv(v)-,
viro-aTeWoi) T .
* (j-T£|ji)i,a, -Tos, TO (<ô-T€<â), to piit arouud, enivreath), a wreath,

Ac 14i3.+
garland : as used in sacrifices,
CTTcmyiids, -ov, 6 (•< o-rcva^w) ,
[in LXX for ^^:^f, nf?:?^ , nf^NJ,
etc. ;] a groaning : Ac 7^* (LXX Kpavyq), Eo 82^.+
arecdl^w, [in LXX for n3K ni., p3N , etc. ;] to groayi (" the word
denotes feeling which is internal and unexpressed," Mayor, Ja., 162)
Mk 73*, II Co 52. *, He 1317, Ja 5^ (EV, murmur) eV kavroh, Eo 823 ;
(cf. dva-, o-u(v)-o-T€va^(o).t

Syn. : V.S. /cAat'o).
aTci'69, -Yj, -ov, [in LXX for ny , etc. ;] narrow : fig. (v. MM, xxiii),
Mt 7"' 1*, Lk I324.+

oTci'o-xwp^w, -<i3 (-ô-Tcvos +

x^po?, space), [in LXX : Jos 17^^
(px), Jg 1616 {Ybii pi.), Is 2819(20) (-isp) 4919 (-1-12), IV Mac llî*;]
1. to be straitened (cf. Is 49^9) ; metaph., to be anxious (Hipp., al.).

2. In late writers, trans., to straiten, compress (LXX, Diod., al. tt. ap. ;
MM, xxiii) : pass., trop,, 11 Co 4^, G^^.t
oTccoxupia, -as, 17 (v. supr,), [in LXX for nj512, etc. ;] narrowness
of space, want of room (Thuc, al.). Metaph. (Xen., Polyb., De 28^',

Wi 53, al.), difficulty, distress: OXlfc^ Kal (^) a., Eo 29 8^5 (EV,
anguish) ;
pi. (cf. BL, § 32, 6 ; WM, 220), 11 Co 6^ 12io.t
Syjv. : Oklif/Ls, q.v.
<rr€pc<5s, -a, -6v, [in LXX Nu :

8^ (nmpn) ; a-. TTETpa, Is 528 (IS),
etc. hard, firm, solid : rpot^r), He 5^2. i*

;] ; ^cyne'Xtos, fig., 11 Ti 2^9.
Metaph., (a) in bad sense, hard, cruel (Horn., al.) ; {b) in good sense,
steadfast, firm : t. Trio-ret, i Pe 59.+
(TTcpeow, -Q) «o-T€p€os), [In LXX : Is 425 (yp-i)^ Je 5" (pm pi.),
etc. ;]
(a) to make firm or solid ; (b) to strengthen, make strong ; c. ace.
pers., Ac S^® ; t. /Sda-eis, pass., ib. ^. Metaph. (cf. Je, I.e.) : t. ttio-tci,
pass., Ac 16^.+
OTcpe'cuiia, -tos, t6 «o-T£peoa)), [in LXX : Ge l«ff-, Ps 18 (19)1,
1501, Ez 122-26 iQi 135, Da LXX, th 3(56) 123 (jrpn), De 332« (pntzr),
(yijp)^
Ps 17 (18)2 70 (71)3 Es 929, I Es 8^8 (82), Si 431- «, i Mac 91* * ;] a
solid body ; (a) a support, foundation (Arist., al.) metaph., strength ;
(Ps 17 70, I Mac, 11. c.) steadfastness, firmness : r. iria-Ten)';, Col 2^

;
(b) the dome of heaven (believed to be a solid canopy), the firmament

(LXX).+
lTe<|>ams, -a, 6,Stephanas : i Co li^ 161^' i^.t
lW<t>aKos, -ov, 6, Stephen : Ac 6^. »> 9 7^9 82 lli9 2229.+
<rr^<j)ai'os, -ov, o {<âT€<f>o), to encircle), [in LXX chiefly for ni^^;]

1. that which surrounds or encompasses (as a wall, a crowd Horn., :
al.). 2. a crown, i.e. the wi-eath, garland or chaplet given as a prize

for victory, as a festal ornament, or as a public honour for disting-
uished service or personal worth (so to sovereigns, especially on the
occasion of a Trapovata, q.v. cf. Deiss., LAE, 372 ff. on its use in ; ;
LXX for the golden crown of royalty (prop., ^laZrjpxL, q.v., cf. Hort and
Mayor on Ja I12) : Mt 2729, Mk 15i^ Jo 192-5, i Co 92^, Ee 44.io 62 9^
121 i4u_ Metaph. : Phi 41, Ee 311 ; r. SiKaiocTv'vT?? (cf. Deiss., LAE,
Th 2i9 M,
312), II Ti 48 ; T. So'^T^s, i Pe 5* ; /cavxiyo-cws, i (v. Th., in 1.)
T. ^cj^9 (gen. appos.), Ja I12, Ee 21*".+
orTe<}>a»'6a), -tu (•< o-recâvos) ,

[in LXX for 11337;] c. acc. pers., to
crown : of a victor, 11 Ti 2*. Metaph., 80^ k. Tifxfj, He 2''' 9 (LXX).+
a-rtjeos, -ovs, to, [in LXX Ex :
2823. 2e (29, 30) (-^^)^ etc. ;] the breast
Jo 1325 2119, Ee 156 ; as a sign of penitence, rvTrrav (eh) to a-., Lk 18i3

23*8.+
27
+ (rrr|Ku, formed from perf., ecrrrjKa (v. BL, §17 WH,
late pres., ;
Afp., 169 Kennedy, Sources, 158 M, Pr., 238 MM, xxiii), [in LXX
; ; ; :
Ex 1413 A, Jg 1628 B, III Ki Sî B * ;] = ?o-Tr?/At, to stand Mk Sî 112*, :
Jo 12*, Ee 12* (ta-TrjKev, T). Metaph., to stand firm, standfast : absol.,

Ga 51 (but V. Field, Notes, 189 f.), n Th 21* seq. ii', Jo 8** (Io-tt/kcv, ;
T, E, mg.), I Co 1613, Pill 127 41 c. dat., Eo 14^+ ;
** oTTipiYfios, -ov, 6 {<CaTT]pLt,w), [in Sm. Is 3^*;] 1. a setting :
firmly, supporting. 2. fixedness, firmness, steadfastness : 11 Pe S^'^.f

CTTTipiô), [in LXX for TJOD aitZT (crvf), etc. ;] to fix, set fast, make
,
fast : Lk 162« ; t. Trpdo-wTro*' (Ez 62 m\ al. ; v. Dalman, Words, 30 f.),
Lk 9". Metaph., to confirm, establish : c, ace, Lk 22^2, Ac 18^3, Eo

in 1625^ I Th 32' 13, II Th 3^, Ja 58, i Pe 5i»,
Ee 32; id. seq. cv, 11 Th
217, II Pe li2.t
** (rnpds, -aSos, ri> [i^ ^q. : Ez 4623 (j-ii-iija) * ;] a litter of leaves or

rushes : pi., Mk 11^ (Eec. (rTot^-).t
(TTiYfia, -ros, to «o-tiCw, to prick), [in LXX: Ca 1" (n"!T|?3)*;] a
tattoed mark or brand : to. a. tov 'Ii7crou, Ga 61^^
(v. Lft., in 1. ; Deiss.,
BS, 349 ; LAE, 303 ; MM, xxiii).t
(TTiYfATi, -^s, •^ « o-Ti'ô), «o prick), [in LXX : Is 29^ (yri©), n Mac

911*;] a prick, a point ; metaph., a. xpovov, a moment: Lk 4^.t
<rriXP(i», [in LXX: Na 33 (nnb), etc.;] to shine, glisten: Mk 93.+
oTod, -a?, 7, [in LXX : Ez 401^ (nciyi), etc. ;] a portico : Jo 52;

used of the covered colonnade in the Temple (EV, porch), Jo 1023,
Ac 311 512.+
aroipds, V.S. <TTt/3ds.

Itoikos, V.S. Stwikos.
12i3*;] prop., LXX: Wi 71^ 1918, IV Mac
**aroLxeioy, -ov, to, [in
one of a row (o-toixos) or series, hence, 1. the shadow-line of a dial
(Aristoph.). 2. an elementary sound or letter of the alphabet (Anth.,
Plut., TT.). the elements or rudivients of knowledge (Arist., al.)
3.
He 512 ; TTTwxa o"-. Ga 4^; o-. tov Koa-fxav, ib. 3, Col 28'20 (but v. infr.).
4. The material elements of the universe (Plat. ; LXX, 11. c.) : 11 Pe
310,12 5_ The heavenly or bodies (Diog. Laert.). 6. The demons
tutelary spirits of nature (Enoch., Test., Sol., al. for this sense in ;
Ga, Col, 11. c, V. ICG on Col 2*; Enc. Bibl., s.v. " Elements ").+
aToixe'w, -w (-cô-Toixos, a row), [in LXX : Ec 11" (1573)*;] to be
in rows (of waves, plants, etc., as well as of men), to walk in line (esp.
of marching in file to battle; Xen., Cyr., vi, 3, 34, al.). Metaph.,
in late writers, to walk by rule : Ac 212* g â,t., to walk by or in
.
(as a rule of life), Eo 412 (cf. MM, xxiii), Ga 52^ 6i«, Phi 3i« (cf. aw-
crTOiêw).+
otoXti, -^s, v «o-t€A.Xco), [in LXX chiefly for IJJ, also for
O^ , etc. ;] 1. an equipment, an armament (.^sch.). 2. Equipment

in clothes, apparel, esp. floiuing raiment, a festal robe : (cf. Jh 3", Es

8^5, I Mac 615) 12^8 16^ Lk 15^2 20*6, Ee 6" T^. i3, u 22^\f
: Mk
CTT<5|xa, -T09, TO, [in LXX chiefly for ng) ;] the mouth : of man,
Mt 1511, Jo 1929, Ac lis, al. ; of animals, Mt n^\ 11 Ti 4^7 (fig.), He
11^2, Ja 3^, al. ; fig., of inanimate things (Trora/Aoi), Horn.), ^vot^cv 17 yij
TO o-., Ee 12^6 ; 0-. fiaxalpas (Heb. aiq~'B , Ge 34^^ al.), the edge of the
sword, Lk 21^*, He 11^* esp. of the mouth as the organ of speech ;
opp. to KapSta, Mt 12^*, Eo 10^' I*' in various phrases (some cl., some ;
resembling Hebrew; cf. Bl., §40, 9): dvoi'yctv t. cr. (v.s. avotyw) <t. ;
Trpos 0-. (nS)"^^ ng), Nu 12^; = cl., Kara o"., Hdt., al), face to face,
II Jo 12, III Jo 14 ; St^t Toi) o-. (of the Holy Spirit), Lk lô, Ac V^, al.
ttTTo (€k) tov 0-. (cf. ctTTo o". eiTrciv, Plat., al.), of speaking by word of
mouth, Lk 22^1, Ac 22'^ 86X0^ (ifêiSo^) ev t. o-., i Pe 222, Ee 146(i'XX)
;
metaph., r) pofi.(f)aLa tov cr., Ee 2^^. By meton., for speech (Soph.)

Mt 1816 (Lxx)^ Lk 1922 2115, 11 Co 13^.
*<rT6fjiaxos, -ov, 6 {<C_ (rrofjia) , prop., a mouth, an opening; (a) in
early Gk. writers, the throat; (b) of the opening of the stomach
(Arist.) (c) in later writers (Plut., al.), the stomach : i Ti 523.t
;
orparcia (on the orthogr., v. Deiss., BS, 1811), -as, ^ {-Carpa-

T€vw), [in LXX chiefly for xnx ;] an expedition, a campaign, warfare
metaph., 11 Co 10* (-Tia, T), i Ti l^^.t
** oTpdreofia, -tos, to (<^(7TpaT€vw), [in LXX: I Mac 93*, II Mac
524 821 1238 1313. pi.^ jth 118, IV Mac 51*;] 1. = o-TpaTci'a (Hdt., al.).
2. an army, a host: pi., Mt 22'', Ee 91'' 19i*'i9; = soldiers, company
23i«.27; pi., Lk 23".t
of soldiers, Ac
arpareuw, and depon., -ofiat, so always in NT (<ôrTpaTos, an en-
camped army), [in LXX for nnD hith., NX'', NSS; metaph., iv Mac
92^ ;] used of the general, to make %var, do battle, and (chiefly) of the
soldiers serving under him, to serve as a soldier Lk 31*, i Co 9^^, 11 Ti :
2*. Metaph. (cf. MM, ii, xxiii), of spiritual conflict, to war, make
war 11 Co 10^, i Ti lis, Ja 41, i Pe 2ii.t
:
<rrpaTif]Y<5s, -ov, 6 (<^ orpaTos, ayw), [in LXX chiefly for |3Q (always
in pi.), liy;] 1. a military commander, a general (Hdt., al.). 2. A
civic commander, a magistrate (Hdt., Xen., al.)
governor, Ac :
Ig'jo, 22, 35, 86, 38 3 The commander

of the Levitical guard of the
Temple, 6 <t. t. Upov (EV, cajitain of the Temple) Ac 41 52*» 26 pi_^ :
;
Lk22*'52.t
Svj^. : apxôv (cf. EGT on Ac I620 Eamsay, St. Paul, 217). ;
orparidi, -as, 17, [in LXX chiefly for K^S 1. = o-TpaTos, an army, ;]
a host: of angels (ni Ki 221^, al.), Lk 21^; of the stars of heaven (Je
82, II Ch 333), Ac 7*2. 2. As sometimes in cl. (poet.), = orpaTcia :
II Co 10*, T (WH, EV, <rTpaT€la.).f

<rrpaTi(iTT)s, -ov, o, [in LXX : II Ki 23^ Bi, 11 Mac 512 1439, m Mao
3^2, IV Mac 3*;] a soldier: Mt 8^, Mk 15i«, Jo IQ^, Ac 10^, al.
metaph., a. XpLrrrov 'lijo-., II Ti 2^.t

*t (TTpaToXoYew, -w (< crrpaTos, Ae'yw), to levy a troop, enlist soldiers :
II Ti 2* (Diod., Plut., al.).t
aTpaTOTreSdpxTiSi V.S. a-TpaToirihapô^.

*t axpaTOTre'S-apxos (Eec. -779), -ov, 6 (•<[ (rTpaT6Trf.hov, apx<j>), CI military
commander, esp. the Pretorian prefect : Ac 28^^ (WH, om.).t
orpaTO-ireSoi', -ov, to (crrpaTOs + TrtSov, a plain), [in Je LXX :
41 (34)^ (^10), II Mac S^^, al. ;]

(a) a military camp; (b) an army:
Lk 212o.t
arpcpXoa,, -S «o-Tpe<^co), [in LXX: II Ki 2227 (ijj^g
hithp.),
III Mac 414, IV Mac 9^7 12^>ii IS^"*;] ^ fmsi, toriwe. Metaph. (cf,
II Ki, I.e.), to twist or pervert language : 11 Pe 3^^.+
<rrp^<t)w, [in LXX chiefly for "^JDH , also for 21D , etc. ;] to turn
c. ace. rei dat. pers., Mt 5^^ ; = a-n-oa--, to bring back, Mt 27^ (cf. Is 38^)
reflexively (WM,
§ 38, 1), to turn oneself, Ac 7*^; c. ace. seq. cis,
= /xeraa-, to change. Re 11". Pass., reflexive, to turn oneself: seq.
et?, Jo 201S Ac 739 13*« ptcp., o-rpa</)€/9, c. indie, Mt 7« 92-' IG^s, Lk 7^
;
955 1425 2261, Jo 138 2016 id. seq. Trpos, Lk 7" 10^2 (WH, R, om.),
;
ib. 23 2328 ; metaph., to change : absol., Mt 18^, Jo 12*0 (cf. dva-, Sltto-,
8ta-, eK, iiTL-, Kara-, yxera-, o-v(i')-, VTro-aTp€(j>(j>).f

** (npr]vidui, -w (-<o-Tp^vos, q.v.), [in Sm. Is 61* (^DX)*;] a word :
which first appears in the middle comedy (Rutherford, NPhr., 475 f.),
to run riot, wax ivanton : Re 18"' ^ (cf. KaTa-a-Tprjvidwj.f
Sv.V. : (nraraXdo) (q.V.), Tpvcjidtt),
arpTjKos, -or?, TO (cf. Lat. strenuus), [in LXX : iv Ki 192^ (pjJtj?*;]
insolent luxiiry, wantonness : Re 18' (a late word, first found in a

Comic poet, b.c. 300, v. Kennedy, Sources, 41, cf. o-Tp77V(aa)).t
orpouOiof , -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for liSS ;] dimin. of arpovOos,
a sparrow : Mt 1029. 3i,
Lk 12"' ' .t
o-rpui'kua) or arpcSi/i'upii (v. Bl., § 23, 1 ; Veitch, s.v.), [in LXX for
JTX"' hoph., etc.;] to spread: IfxdTia iv r. 68w (ets t. 6S6v), Mt 21^, Mk
11^ of making a bed, a-rpwa-ov (sc. t. kXlvtjv) o-eavnZ, Ac
; of 9^* ;
furnishing a room, ia-Tpw/xivov, spread with carpets or carpeted couches

(cf. Ez 23*1), Mk 14l^ Lk 22i2.t
*o-tuyt]t6s, -ov {<^(TTvyeui, to hate), hated, hatejul : Tit 3^.t

i a-Tiiyvdlfa (<]o-Tvyvos, sombre, gloomy, stillen. Is 5^", Wi 17^,
Da LXX 212*), [in LXX: Ez 27'', 28i« 32i'>

(D»tr)*;] to Jmve a
sombre, gloomy appearance of the human countenance (RV, his :
co^mtenance fell), Mk IO22 of the sky (so o-Tvyj'o'rT/s, Polyb., iv, 21, 1),
;
Mt 16=* (1[WH]|, R, mg., om.).t

axuXos (T, o-TvXos, as in cL), -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Tiai? , also
for XD'\\> , etc. ;] a pillar, regarded especially as a support : <t. 7rvp6<;,
Qi Re Ga
Re ] ; 0-. ev T. vao), fig., 312. Metaph., 2^ ; r. dXrjOelai, 1 Ti S^^.t
-iKos, T, StoiVos), -7, -6v, Stoic : Ac IT^^.t

iTwiKos (Rec.
pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., crov, dat., croi, ace, o-e,
o-o,
pi,, {i/Acts, -wv, -iv, -as (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep.
(BL, § 48, 3), though Trpos o-€ occurs in Mt 25^^). Nom. for emphasis
or contrast Jo lô. « 410 533, 39, 44^ Ac 4^ Eph 5^2 so also perhaps crv
: ;
elTras, Mt 26^*, al. (M, Pr., 86) before voc, Mt 2^, Lk V^, Jo 17^, al. ; ;
sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85 f.), as also in cl., but esp. as
rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. rlos fwv cT av (nriN"''35l , Ps 2^"), Ac 13^^.
The gen. (a-ov, v/awv) is sometimes placed bef. the noun Lk 7*^ :
12^*^,
al. ; so also the enclitic a-ov, Mt 9^ on ti ifxol k. a-oi, v.s. tyw. ;
(TUYYcVcia, -as, 17 « o-iTy^"^') ' [^^ LXX chiefly for nriBtjrp;] 1.
kinship. 2. By meton., kinsfolk, kindred : Lk 1^\ Ac 7^' ^*.t
**t (Tuyyej'eus, V.S. avyyevrj'i.

vuyyeini^, -es (dat. pi., -evaLv, Mk 6*, Lk 2**, as though from -£t's, V.
Swete, Mk., I.e. ; Bl., § 8, 6 ; cf. i Mac lO^^ A a'^*;) « o-Jv, yeVos), [in LXX
for "Vl , iTTn , nnsjiiyp ;] 1. congenital, natural, innate. 2. akin to
as subst., a kinsman : Mk 6*, Lk l^s 2^* 14i2 2V\ Jo 1826, Ac 10^* ; of

ii>2i
tribal kinship, Eo 9^ 16^' t
Svjv. : tSios, oiKcios (q.v.).
*t o-uyyecis, -t'Sos, 17, late fem. form of o-uyycv^s, q.v., a kinswoman
Lk isc.t
CTuyyi'wp.Tj , V.S. axjvyvu)fir],
o-uyK-, V. passim ovvk-.
** auyKupia, Sm. Ki 6^ (iTIpP) *
-as, rj (<; avyKvpiw, to happen), [in : I
;]
(more freq. in late writers, o-uy/cv/pr;cns, -i^/â), chance, coincidence : Kara

a-, (v. MM, xxiii), Lk lOî (Hippocr., Eccl.).t
(Tuyx-, v. passim crvv)^-.
o-uyxu<Tis, -€ws, 17 (<(rvyx«'<^)' [i'^ LXX: Ge 11^ (ÎJS). I Ki

56,12(11) 1420 ^-,^,-,p^ * confusion : of a popular uproar, Ac 1929.t
.J
(Tut,-, v. passim trrv^-.
ffUKtifiii'os, -ou, 17, [in LXX for nOpttT (pi.) ;] the mulberry tree
(Lat. morus ; cf. /nopoi', i Mac 6^* *), the sycamine : Lk 17^. (In LXX,
(T. appears to represent the a-vKOfj.opo'i (v.s. a-vKOfjiopia), but St. Luke
distinguishes between the two v. ICG, in 1. DB, iv, 634.) t ; ;
auKTJ (contr. fr. o-u/ce'a), -^s, 17 (<] o-Ckoi/), [in LXX for njNP j] 0,
jig-tree: Mt 21i9-2i 24^2, Mk 1113,20,21 1328^ l^ 136,7 2129^ Jo l«.5i, Ja

312, Re 6i3.t
*+ CTUKo-fiope'a (Rec. -p.wpaLa, L, -fjLOipea), -as, 17, more commonly (so

Aq., Sm., Ps 77 Is 91^9)) avKOfiopos «.a-iKov + p.6pov, the black
(78)-^',
mulberry), a fig -mulberry, a sycamore : Lk 19"* (cf. (TVKdfiivos).f
auKo^, -ov, t6, [in LXX for n;m '] a fig : Mt 7i«, Mk 11^3, Lk 6",
Ja 3i2.t
avK0<^>avr4iji, -ai (<^(tvkov, <âtV(o), [in LXX : Ge 43^^ {bbsi hithpo.),

Le 19" {ipm pi.), Jb 359, pg us (119)122, Pr 1431 22^6 283, Ec 4^
(ptry) * ;] to act the (TVKo<f>dvTr)^ (on conjectures as to the origin of the

term, v. LS, s.v.), to accuse falsely (Aristoph., Xen., al.) : Lk 3^* (R, mg.)
19^ (RV, exact lorongfully ; but cf. Hatch, Essays, 89 ff., v. also Field,
Notes, 56 f. xxiv).t ; MM,
*t CTuXaywyeo), -w (<^ (tvXt;, hooty + ayw), to carry off as spoil, lead
captive {dvyaTipa, Heliod., Aeth., 10, 35) metaph., Col 2^.t :
**CTuXd{D, -w, [in LXX : Bp. Je^^*;] c. ace. pars., to strip, plunder,
spoil : II Co ll^.t
<ToXX-, V. passim a-wX-.
auX-XajxPaww, [in ace, to bring LXX for izTDn , H'fn , etc. ;] 1. c.
together, collect. 2. to seize, take : c. ace. pers., as a prisoner, Mt 26^*,
Mk 1448, Lk 225^ Jo 18^2, Ac l^^ 12^ pass., Ac 23^" mid., in sense of ;
;
act., Ac 2621 ^ aypav IxOvwv, Lk 5^. 3. C. dat. pers., to take part with,
.
assist, succour ; mid., in same sense : Lk 5*^, Phi 4^*. 4. Of a woman,

to conceive : absol., Lk 12'* ; seq. ii' yaa-Tpi, Lk lî ; c. ace, Lk 1^^ ; ib.
seq. cv T. KoiXia, Lk 22i ; metaph., of lust producing sin, Ja l^^.t
auX-Xe'yw, [in LXX chiefly for lapb ;] to bring together, collect,
gather up : c. ace. rei, Mt 1328-30

;
pass., ib. ^^ ; c. ace, seq. otto, Mt T^"
id. seq. eV, Mt 13*i, Lk 6^* seq. eis, Mt 13«.t
;
auX-Xoyijôfiai,, [in LXX chiefly for SlS^n pi. ;] 1. to compute. 2.

to reason : Lk 20^.
aup-P", V. passim a-wfS-.
trufi-âiyu), [in LXX for ntZTST , K^p Hip , , etc. ;] 1. to stand with
the feet together. 2. to come together, come to terms. 3. Of events, to
come to jyass, happen : e. dat. pers., Mk 10^2, Ac 31*' 20i^, i Co IQn,
I Pe 412, II Pe 222 ; absol., to. avfiêf^rjKora, Lk 241* (gf^ j Mac 426) ; c. ace.
et inf., Ac 2V\f
o-ufi-pouXeoo), [in LXX chiefly for 'pjr ;] 1. to advise, counsel
c. dat. pers., Jo I81* ; id. seq. inf.. Re 31^. 2. Mid., to take coimsel,
consult : seq. Iva, Mt 26* (" reciprocal middle," v. M, Pr., 157) ; c. inf.,
Ac 923.t
**t aufiPouXiov', -ov, TO IV Mae 1?!^ N *;] a «(n;>/3ovAos), [in LXX :
word of the Graeco-Roman period

Lat. consilium, and v. Deiss., (cf.
=
BS, 238) el. o-r/xôvXia (Arist., Xen.), 1. counsel : a. Xafiâvtiv, Mt 12i*
2215 27I' 7 2812 SiSovai, 3« {ttouIv, Rec.) irouli',
. 151 (iroifjidCeiv,Mk ; Mk
WH, mg.). 2. By meton., a council (iv Mae, I.e. N ; (rvveSpiov, AR)
Ac 2512 (v. MM, xxiv).t
CTufiPouXos, -ov, 6 «ot;V, ftovXrj), [in LXX for yxrv and cogn.
forms ;] a cowisellor, adviser : Ro 11^* (i'XX)_t
Zojxeui', 6, indeel., (Heb, ^lypi??), Simeon (so always AV; RV in
Lk 22^' ^^ only), Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. 'îfnav, q.v.,
was also used ; 1.the son of Jacob (Ge 29^^) Re V. 2. An ancestor :
of our Lord : Lk 2)^^. 3. An aged worshipper in the Temple

Lk 2^5. 34 4 One surnamed Niger : Ac, 13^. 5. The apostle Peter

Ac 151^ II Pe 11 (E, txt., WH, txt., 2t>wv).t
CTUfifi-, V. passim crvv/x-.
*t (ru(j.-fAop<|>it(«> (T, (Tvv-), «; (rvfj.fjLop(f)o<s), to conform to : pass, ptcp.,
Phi 3i«
(v. Lft., Phi, 128).t
*t<nlp,-|jiop<j>os, -ov (<^cn;v, fiop^rj), 1. absol., sim «7ar (Luc). 2. co»-
/omed to : c. dat., Phi 321 ; c. gen., Eo 829 (v. Bl, § 36, 11 37, 6).t ;
au|ji-fiop4)6(i», -Si, Eec. for -i^w (q.v.). Phi 3i''.t
orujxir-, passim crwTr-.

V.
CTojiTraeiis, -«s «ot;V, 7rao-xw), [in LXX : Jb 292^ A (bss), IV Mac

525 K ,
1323 15* * ;] 1. affected by like feelings, sympathetic : i Pe 3^
2. exciting sympathy (Jb, i.e. ; Dion. H.).t
<rup,-7rapa-fxeVu, Eec, for Trapa-fJievw (q.V.), Phi l^^.f
CTUfjnroo-iot', -ov, to (< o-v/>nrtvw), [in LXX : Es V (yiTl niptjra) 4^'',
I Mac 16i«, II Mac 22^, m Mac 4}^ 5^^ Sâ 34 (31)3i 35 (32)5'
; o-. otvov, Si
491 * ;] 1.a drinking -party. 2. By meton., of the party itself, the guests
(Plut.) ; pi, cr. 0-. (coUoq. ; v. M, Pr., 97), in parties or companies :
Mk 639.t
o-ufi<|»-, v. passim o-w0-.
aufi-.|>^pa>, [in LXX : Je 33 (26)i* (aita), Pr 19io
(niNj), Si 30^9,
al. ;] 1. trans, to bring together 2. Intrans., and : c. ace. rei, Ac 19^^

mostly impers., expedient, profitable or an advantage :
(rvfi(j>ipu, it is
I Co 612 1023^ II Co 810; c. inf. (M, Pr., 210), Mt I910, Jo IS^* c. dat., ;
seq. Iva (Bl, § 69, 5), Mt 529. 3« 18«, Jo llô 16^. Ptcp., <rvfjL<f>ipuiv,
profitable: i Co 12"; pi, Ac 202"; {ov a. sc. co-rtv; = mi av/x<^£/3€t; cf.
Thuc, iii, 44, 2), 11 Co 12^ as subst., to a., profit, He 12i».t ;
** au/i-(j>opos, -ov [in 11 Mac 4^*;] profitable,

{<^(TVfji(fi€p(i)), LXX:
useful, expedient. As subst., to a-, (in cl usually pi, Ta a-.), advantage,
profit : c. gen. pers., i Co 7^^ lO^^.t
*+ o-ufA-<ûX^TT|s, -OV, 6 (<^ avv, <f}vX.i^ ; cf. a-vfj.<f>vXo<i, Aq. Za 13" and : ;
V. Eutherford, NPhr., 255 a fellow-tribesman, felloiv -countryman:

f.),
I Th 21* (v. M, Th., in l, and Intr. liii). Not found elsewhere.t

CTUfA-4)UTos, -OV {<C<Tvu.v(o, to make to grow together), [in LXX:
Za 112 (-153)^ Es 7^' 8 K^, Am 91^, iii Mac
322*;] 1. congenital, innate
(Plat., al. ; iii Mac, I.e.). 2. grown along with, united with : r. ofioLtj/xan
T. Oavdrov avTov (v. Field, Notes, 155 f.), Eo 6^t
<ru(i-<|>o>»'â), -w, [in LXX : Ge 14^ (-qH), iv Ki 1280) (niK nl),
Is 72 {jyi2), IV Mac 14®*;] 1. prop., to agree in sound, be in harmony
(Plat., Arist.). Metaph., (a) to agree with, agree together : Lk 5^'; c.
dat. rei, Ac 151^ ; seq. irepl, Mt 181^ ;
pass., c. dat. pers., a-w^pwvrjdrj
vfxlv, Ac 59 ;
(b) to agree as to a price (Polyb., Diod.) : c. dat. pers.,
gen. pret., Mt 20i^ seq. /ACTa ck, ib. 2.t
; . . .
*t (Tujx-4)wi'T](ns, -cojs, 17 {<Co~vp.<f><j)ve<i}), concord, agreement : seq. Trpo?,

tj. ace. pers., 11 Co 6i^.t
o-u)i<{>ui'ia, -as, rj (<^ crv/xifxavos), [in LXX Da LXX : TH 3^» 1*,

TH ib.
''''^*'
(n^JGQID), IV Mac 14^ A*;] 1. symphony, music: Lk 15^5.
2. a musical instrument (Polyb., al.; Da, 11. c. ; v. MM, xxiv).t

au/Ktxofos, -ov {<i(Tvv, i>yvrj), [in LXX : Ec 7^5 (^*)
(ruay^), IV Mac
77 147* .J
agreeing in sound. Metaph., harmonious, agreeing: Ik
avfji4>wvov (for exx. from tt., v. Deiss., BS, 255), by agreement, i Co 7^.t
aufivj/-, V. passim avvij/-.
au/jL-»|»Y)<|)ij;a), [in LXX: Je 29 (49)2" A*;] to reckon together,

count up : Ac 19^^.
auV (old Att. ^v), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellow-
ship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to fxerd, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v.
Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being
rare in Mt ^, Mk
g, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1^\ 11 Pe
1^^) only in
Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with : of companionship
and association, Lk 2^^, Jo 21^, Ac 10'-^, al. ehai a-vv nvt, Lk 7^^, Ac ;
4^^, Phi 1^^, al. ; of partisanship, Ac 4^^ 01 a-vv tlvl (ovtcs), of ;
attendants, companions or colleagues, 2^^, Lk 5^, Ac 5^''^, al. of Mk ;
assistance, rj x^P'''^ '^- ^^^^ ^^^ ^/^°''> ^ ^° ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^ more things !
together, almost = /cat, Lk 23ii, Ac 3* 10^ 14^ 23^5, Eph 3^8 avv ;
XpicrToJ t,^v, II Co 13* ; besides (FIJ, LXX), <tvv ttSo-i tov'tow, Lk 24^1.
In composition : with (o-wxatpw), together (crv>/w8iVo>), altogether
aoc-dyu), [in LXX chiefly for f]DN , also for |^np , etc. (cf.
Kennedy, Sources, 128) ;] to gather or bring together : of things, Jo

612,13. geq. £^5^ Mt (rvmyaywv
312, al. ; eKel, Lk 12^8 ; ttoO, Lk 12^^
Travra (sc. €is apyvpiov] V. Field, Notes, 68, MM, xxiv), having sold off
all: Lk IS^^; of persons, Jo 11"; esp. of assemblies, Mt 2*, Jo 11*^
Ac 142'', al. Pass., to be gathered or come together : Mt 22*^, Mk 2^,
Lk 22«6, al. ; seq. iiri, 521, Ac 4^7 Mk ; ttô's, Mt I32, Mk 4^, al. ; cis,
Ee 1917 ^,; Ac 1126 ^,^^^ Mt 28^2 ; oS,

. Mt I820 ; Bnov, Mt 26" ; e/cc?,
Jo 182, al. In late writers (v. Kennedy, Soîrces, 128 ; cf. De 222, q^\^^
to receive hospitably, entertain: Mt 25^^'^^'*^ (cf. iTn-crvvdyw).
auv-ayoiyvi, -rj<;, rj, [in LXX chiefly for niy , also for bnp , etc.;]
prop., a bringing together ; a gathering in of harvest; 1. of things, (a)

(6) a collection of money. a collecting, assembling 2. Of persons, (a)
(Polyb.); {b) an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., LAE, 101 ff.) Ee 2" :
3^ esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogtie : Lk 12", Ac 92,

;
al. of a Christian assembly, Ja 22.

; By meton., of the building in
which the assembly is held, a synagogue : Mt 10^^, Mk P^, al. (cf.
Cremer, s.v. iKKXrjcria).
Sy'AT. : iKKXrja-ia (q.v.).
* <T\}v-a.yiav'i\,o\i.ai, to strive together with, to help (prop., of sharing
in a contest) : c. dat. pers. et rei, Eo IS^^.t
* aoi'-a0\e'a», -w, = (Tvvaywvit,oix.ai : c. dat. commod., Phi 1^^ ; c. dat.
pars., seq. kv. Phi i^.t
(Tuc-aOpoiJiu, [in LXX chiefly for |^2p;] to gather together,
assemble : c. ace. pers., Ac 192^ pass., Ac 12i2,t
;
/
auv-aipo), [in LXX : Ex

23^ (STy) * ;] to take up together : a.
Xoyov (of which there are several exx. in tt. v. Deiss., LAE, 118 f. ;
MM, i, xxiv; M, Pr., 160), to settle accounts, Mt 1823.2*; seq. /tera,

c, gen. pers., Mt 25i».t
*+ <Tu»'-aixfniXwTos, -ov, o, a fellow -prisoner (prop., of a captive in
war, V. Lft., Col., 234) Eo 16^ Col 4io, Phm ^\f :
**cru>'-aKoXou0ôj, -li}, [in LXX

II Mac 2*'<'*;] to folloiv along with,:
accompany : c. dat. pers., Mk

14^\ Lk 23*^ seq. /aetci, c. gen. pers., ;
Mk 537.t
** <Tin'-a\it<a, [in Al: Ps 140 (141)**;] to assemble with: Ac 1*
(EV, mg., eating with, but on this rendering and on the force of the
pres. ptcp. here, v. Field, Notes, 110).
* (TUK-aXXdworu, to reconcile: impf. (conative, v. M, Pr., 129),
Ac 726.t
aoi'-am-PaiVw, [in LXX for nbv,] to go up with: c. dat. pers.,
seq. ek, c. ace. loc, 15*^ Mk Ac IS^^t
**t (Tuc-avd-Keifiai, [in LXX : iii Mac 5^^ * ;] to recline tvith or together
at table : Mt 149, Mk 622, Lk 7« U^^ ; c. dat. pers., Mt 910, Mk2l^
Lk 14io.t
* (TUf-ai'a-fiiYi'ufi.i (acc. to Bl., 8, -fieiyw/xi), [in LXX: Ho 7*
(bba hithpo.), Ez 20^^ A*;] to mix up together; pass., reflex, and
metaph., to associate with (Plut., Ath., al.) i Co 5^' ^\ u : Th 3^* (v.
M, Th., 117) .t
auj'-aca-irauop.ai, [in LXX : Is IV (}^n) * ;] c. dat. pers., to lie
down to rest with, sleep with. Metaph., to be refreshed in spirit with
Eo 1532 (L, om.).t
auv-avrdo), -w, [in LXX for JTJD, UJJB, Nip, mp , etc.;] meet
to
with: c. dat. pers., Lk 9i8'37 22^^ Ac 102^, He 7i'i«. Metaph., of

events, to happen, befall (Diog. L., Plut., al.) : Ac 2022.+
(TVV-dvTr\(Ti.<i, -ews, rj, Eec. for VTravrqcri^ (^-V-)) ^* S^^.t
taoi'-a.î-Xa^pd.oâi, [in LXX: Ge 30«E(t), Ex I822, Nu ll^^
(Nizya), Ps 88(89)21 (yo ni.)*;] to take hold with at the side for
assistance ; hence, to take a share in, help in bearing, and generally,
help (with various constructions, v. LXX, 11. c, DeioS., LAE, 83 f.)
c. dat., Lk 10*", Eo 826.t
o-uK-air-ciYw, [in LXX : Ex 14^ (npb) * ;] to lead away with or
together (Ex, I.e.). Pass., metaph. (as avix7r€pL(i>€pofx.ai, v. LS, s.v.), to
be carried away with : c. dat., Ga 2^^^ 11 Pe
accommodating one-
3^^ ; of
self to (EV, condescend to) things or persons (on the meaning, v. ICC,
in 1. ; Field, Notes, 163), Eo 12i6.t
**CTui'-aTro-6»^CTK0), [in LXX: Si 19^"*;] to die with or together:
Mk 1431, II Co 73 (v. Meyer, in 1.), 11 Ti 2".+
o-uf-aiT-cSXXojxi, [in LXX chiefly for riDD ;] to destroy with or
together. Pass., to perish together (with) c. dat. pers.. He ll^^.t
:
auf-aiTo-aWXXw, [in LXX: Ex 332' 12

(rhlT), i Es 52*;] to send
along with: c. acc, 11 Co 12^* (cf. MM, xxiv).t
*t auK-apfioXoycu, -to (<^dp/ids, Aeyw), = cl. cruvap/AO^w, to fit Or frame
together : of the parts of a building, Eph 2'^^ ; of the members of the

body, Eph 4^6 (Eccl.).t
au^-apTrdto,, [in LXX : Pr 6^5 (upb), n Mac 3^7 4*\ iv Mac 5* * ;]
"perfective" of amdôi (v. M, Pr., 113), (a) to seize and carry away
(so most commonly) : Ac 27^^ ;
{b) to seize and hold Lk 8^^, Ac 6^'^
:
192o.t
** (Tuv-avi&i'o), [in LXX: ii Mac 4^ iv Mac 13^7*;] to cause to
increase or grow together. Pass., to groiv together: Mt 13^*' (Xen.,
al.).t
au^-pdXXo) (Eec. (rv/Lt-), [in LXX : ii Ch 251" (ma hith.), Is 46^
(blT), Je 50 (43)* (mo hi.), Wi 5^, al. ;] to throw together, hence, (a) of
speech (seq. Adyous, Eur., al.), to discuss, confer (sc. \6yov<i) c. dat. :
pers., Lk 11^^ WH, mg., Ac IT^^; seq. Trpo? 6.\\rfXov<;, Ac 4^5; (6) to
reflect, consider, ponder : iv t. KapSla, Lk 2^^ ;
(c) to vieet with, fall in
with : Ac 20^* ; in hostile sense, ets -noX^fiov, c. dat. {ds t*-d.xnv, Polyb.),
Lk 14^1 {d) mid., to contriMite (Polyb., al.
;
cf. MM, ; xxiv) : Ac 1827.t
**t aot'-paaiXeo'u (Rec. o-v/i,-), [in I Es 8^^ A * ;] LXX : to reign together
or with : metaph., of sharing the glories of the Kingdom of God,
I Co 48, II Ti 2i2.t
autz-pipciâ) (Rec. o-v/i-), [in LXX: Ex 4i-M5_ Le lO^S Jg 13^

Ps 31 (32)s (nT hi.) ; Ex IBi^, De 49, Is 40i3 {W hi.), ib.i* (]â hi.),
Da TH 9^2 (^312^ join or knit together, unite : Eph 4^^,

hi.) * ;] 1. to
Col 2^ (but V. infr.), ib. to compare, consider, conclude (Plat.)
^^. 2.
Ac 16^". 3. to dedtice, prove, demonstrate (Arist.) Ac 9^2. 4. As in :
LXX ("translation Greek," = €/Aî)8a^w, metaph.), to teach, instruct:

I Co 2^^ Ac 19*^ R, mg. (also in Vg., Col 2^, instructi, but v. supr.).t
** (rui'-yvcSfiTj (Rec. o-uyy-), -t;?, 17 (<^ avyytyvoio-Kto, (a) to agree with;
(b) tojmrdon), [in LXX
Si jaroZ.i* (Bâ^ om.) 31^, n Mac 142«*;] 1.
:
cojifession. 2. fellow-feeling; hence, concession, allowance: i Co 7^

(v. ICC, in 1.). 3. pardon.-^
CToV-ScafAos, -ov, 6 (<ô-vv8ea)), [in LXX for "HBfp , IMp, etc.;] that
which binds together, a bond : of the ligaments of the body. Col 2^^.
Metaph., a. dStKtas, Ac 8^^; t. TeXeioTT/Tos, Col 3^*; t. flpr)V7]<;, Eph 4^
(v. Lft., Col., 11. c.).t
o-oK-Sô), [in LXX for |^ni2r, etc.;] (a) to bind together; (b) to
bind together rvith : pass.. He 13^.+

*CTui'-8o|dû, 1. to join in approving (Arist.). 2. In NT only, to
glorify together : pass., Ro 8^''.+
auV-8ouXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: 11 Es 47.?. 17,23 53,6 66,13 (nj^)*;] a

fellow-servant : Mt 1828-33 2449 ; of servants of the same divine Lord,
Col 17 47, Re 6" so of angels. Re 19i« 22^.i
«
;
**auK8po^V], -^s, ^ (n;^T/)€'xa>), [in LXX: Jth 10^8, III Mac 38*;]
a concourse, esp. of a riotous gathering: Ac
21^^ (Arist., Polyb., al.).t
aok-eYcipo., [in LXX : Ex 23^6^ (nTy), Is 14^ (ny pil.), iv Mac
2^* *;]to raise together : metaph., of the Christian's mystical resur-
rection with Christ, Eph 2« pass., Col 2^2 S\f ;
Je 1517 (-nc),
auvi^piov, -ov, TO
P8 25
«
(26)* (no),
(Tvv + ISpa,
Pr 22io
a seat), [in
(]^ri)
LXX
262« (bnf^)
:
;
Pr IV^ I522,
Pr 24^ 272a
3123, „ Mac 145, IV Mac 17^^ * ;] 1. a council (Plat., Xen., al. ; LXX
in TT., cr. T. BS, 156) of a local Jewish tribunal,
Trpea-fivrepuyv, Deiss., :
Mt 10^^, Mk 13**. 2. The supreme ecclesiastical court of the Jews, the
Sanhedrin (i.e. Talmudic ]''")TI30 = o-weSpiov) Mt 5^^ 26*^, Mk 14" :
15\ Lk 22^6, Ac 521.27, 34, 41 612, 15 22^0 23i> «> is, 20, 28 (WH,E,mg.,om.) 2420
of a meeting of the Sanhedrin, Jo 11*" ; of the place of meeting, Ac 4}^.f
auv-eihr](ns, -€«s, ^7 « o-wetSov), [in LXX : Ec lO^" (jH©), Wi W\

Si 42i^x*;] consciousness: c. gen. obj.. He IO2, i Pe 2^^.
1- 2. In
ethical sense, innate discernment, self -judging consciousness, conscience
(Stoics and late writers) Eo 2^^ 9\ i Co 102^ 11 Co 1^2 42 511, i Ti 42,
:
He 91* 0-. dya^T?, Ac 23^, i Ti l^. i9, i Pe 31^' 21 do-ô^s, i Co 8"- 10

; ;
aa-devovo-a, ib. ^2 aTrpoV/coTros, Ac 24^^ ;KaOapd, I Ti 3*^, II Ti 1^ KaXij, ; ;
He I318; TTOvrjpd, He 1022; 6 voC? Kal ri <t., Tit 115; g^^ ^^^ ^^^ Rq 13^,
â^^, o-., He 99
28
I Co 1025. 2 7, . iwh (r^s) o-., Jo 8 [9] (Eec), i Co 102^ (cf. ;
Cremer, 233 ff. ; ICC on Eo 21^ ; DB, i, 468 fif.).t
** o-ui'-eiSoi', irreg. aor. of awopdu) (v.s. cTSov), [in LXX: i Mac

421 X , II Mac 22* 4*- *i R 51^ 7*- 20 8^, iii Mac 2^ A* ;] ; 1. to see together
or at the same time in one view, hence, of
(Arist., Xen.). 2. to see
mental vision, to comprehend, understand (LXX, Polyb., Plut., al.)
Ac 1212 14" (on the related arvvoiSa, v. 8.v.).t
* <rui'-€ifii {<C eV'» ^ 9^)' ^^ come together : Lk 8*.+
auV-ciiii «;£t/ti', to he), [in LXX : Je 32**
(y^), al. ;] to he with
Lk 918 (WH, mg., (rvv^VTYicrav), Ac 22ii.t
(Tuiz-cia-^pxo/iai, [in LXX : Jb 22* (DJT Ni2), etc. ;] to enter together
c. dat. pers., seq. cis, c. ace. loc, Jo 622 18^^ f

*t o-ui'-eKSTjfjios, -ov, 6 (<^ IkS7;/u.os, ahroad), a fellow-traveller : Ac
1929, II Co 8i9.t
^taut'-cK-XeKTos, -7?, -ov, chosen together with, co-elect : 17 ev Ba^vAwvi

o-uvckXcktt; (on the meaning, v. ICC, in 1.), i Pe 5i3.t
**aov-eXaut'w, [in LXX : IIMac 42". *2 5^* to drive together, force ;]
together : ets elprjvrjv, Ac 72®, Eec. (WH, EV, o-wÂAa<T(rcv).t

* auv-cTTi-fjiapTupcw, -w, to join in attesting, hear witness together
with : He 2* (Arist., Polyb., al.).t
auv-€Tn-riQr][i.i, [in LXX for IT'tZT, etc. ;] to help in putting on.
Mid., to join in attacking (Thuc.) : Ac 24^ {B.Y, joined in the charge), f
** (Tiiv-itroiKai, [in LXX : 11 Mac I52, iii Mac 5*8E 621*;] to follow
with, accompany : c. datêrs., Ac 20*.
** auvepyita, -w, [in LXX : I Es 72, I Mac 12^*;] 1. prop., to work
together {with) : absol., Mk 16[20], i Co 16i«, 11
Co 6^ ; c. dat., Ja 222
dat. commod., Eo 82^, T, E, txt. (but v. infr.). 2. In Hellenistic
writers (M, Pr., 65), trans., to cause to work together (cf. ICG, in 1.) c. :
ace. rei, Eo 82^ [WH] E, mg. (but v. supr.).t

** CTuccpvcJs, -6v, [in LXX Mac 8'' 14' *;] a fellow -worker c.
: ii :
gen. pers., Eo IB^- 9. 21,

Phl 2^5 4^, i Th 32, Rec, Phm L 24 eôi (cf. Lft., ;
Notes, 41, 188), i Co 3^ (pi.), i Th 32 [WH] R, mg. (R, txt., ScdKovov rod 6.
on the original reading, v. ICC, in 1.) ; t. x^pa? ifiStv, 11 Co 1^^ ; t.
aXrjOita, III Jo^; seq. ci's, II Co 823, Col ^^\f
auc-^PXOfiai, [in LXX for ^bn N13 , , P)DK ni., etc. ;J
1, (cl.) to come
together, assemble : 320 14^^ T, Mk
txt., WH, Ac l^ 2« 10^^ W^ 19^2
2122 22=*« 2817, I Co 1426 ; seq. eis, c. ace. loc, Ac 5^^ ; iyrl t. aiT6, i Co
1120 1423 c dat. pers.,
. 14^^^ mg., Mk WH, R {irph^ airov, v. Field,
Notes, 40), Jo 1133; ^ i^^Xrjcr[a, I Co ll^^ ; evdaSe, Ac 251^; avToi,
Mk 633, WH, mg. (cf. WH, Intr., 95 ff.) ; Sttov, Jo I820; c. inf.,
Lk 51^; CIST, (âyav, I Co 1133; î^ ^_ rj(T<rov, I Co 11^'^' sexual
3*; of
intercourse (Xen., al. ywatfcior absol.), Mt V^. 2. ;
In later sense (v.
exx. in Milligan, Selections, 64, 105), to accompany : c. dat. pers.,
Lk 23", Ac Pi 939 1023. 45 1112; geq. g-^^v, Ac 21i6 ; ek, Ac 1538. t
<ro^-ea0ia,, [in LXX : Ge 4332, Ex

18^2 (^DN), 11 Ki 12^7 (mn), Ps
100 (101)5*;] to eat with one : c. dat. pers., Lk 15^, Ac 10*^ 113, j Co
5^1; seq. /nera, c. gen. pers., Ga 2^2
aoVeo-is, -€ws, 17 « o-wi7//At) , [in LXX for n3"'2L and cogn. forms,
b'^ptyo , nyi niQ5n, , etc. ;] l. a running or floioing together (Horn.).
2. (a)understanding : Lk 2*^ i Co 1^9 (lxx), Eph 3S Col 19 2\ 11 Ti 2^;
(6) the understanding, the mind or intelligence : Mk 1233.t
Sk/v. ; V.S. o-o0i'a.
(Tui'cTos, ^7, -ov {<^crvvLrjfiL), [in LXX for pnj , MFI, etc.;] intelli-
gent, sagacious, understanding : Mt Lk 10^\ Ac 13^, i Co li9(LXX)_f

11^^,
**CTUK-eu-8oKâ>, -w, [in LXX: i Mac 1" 428 x\ n Mac 1124,35*.]
to join in approving, consent, agree to or ivith : absol., Ac 222** ; c. dat.
pers., Ro 132 q ^^t j.gi^ l^ 1148^ Ac 8^; c. inf., i Co
. 7^2, is (chiefly in
late writers).
(Tui'-euwxew, "W, to entertain together. Pass., to fare sumptuously
or feast together or with : Ju ^2 c. dat. pers., 11 Pe 2^3 (Arist., Luc, ;
al.).t
* oru»'-e<j>-io-TT]|jii, to place over. Pass., 1. to stand over (Thuc).
2. to rise together : seq. Kara, c. gen. pers. {against), Ac I622. t
Qytv-iyjit, [in LXX for isry isn etc. ;] 1. to hold together (t.
, ,
(Tviixov T. iravra, Wi 1") of closing the ears, Ac 7^"^ (t. (TT6f/.a, Is 52^^)
:
to hem in, press on every side : Lk 8*^ 19*3_ 2. to hold fast ; (a) of a
prisoner, to hold in charge (Luc; cf. exx. in Deiss., BS, 160; MM,
xxiv) Lk 22^3; [b) to constrain: 11 Co 5^*; pass., Lk 12^", Ac 18^
: (t.
Aoya>; Field, Notes, 128), Phi 123; j^ pass., of ills, to be seized or
cf.
afflicted by, suffering from : Mt 424, Lk 438 337^ Ac 288.t

* o-uf-j^do) (Rec. a-vt,-), to live with : opp. to a-wa7ro6av€iv, II Co 73 of ;
life in union with Christ, here and hereafter, Ro 6*, 11 Ti 2".t

ffor-^€u'y^'u^l (Rec o•v^), [in Ez 1"'23 (-Qn)*;] to yoke to- LXX:
gether : metaph., of union in wedlock, Mt 19', Mk 109.t
<Tuv-lr]Tioi (Rec. <rv^-), -S>, [in LXX : Ne 2* AB^ (orpn pi.)*;] 1.

to search or examine together (Plat.). 2. In NT (and tt., v. MM,
xxiii; also in MGr., v. Kennedy, Sources, 155), to discuss, dispute:
Mk 127 12^8, Lk 2415 ; seq. quaest. indir., Mk 9^0 ; c. dat. pers., 8", Mk
Ac 6^; seq. Trpds, c. ace. pers., Mk Q^^'^^, Ac 9^9; id. seq. quaest.
indir., Lk 2223.t
*^ <Tuv-ir]Tr\<n^ (Rec. crvt,-), -cws, rj, disputation: Ac 28^9 (WH,
E, txt., om.).t
*t aoi'-^t]TY]T^s (Rec, (Tv^-), -ov, 6 {<C(rvvt,r]Tiw), a disputer, disjnitant
I Co l2o.t
** auv-tûyoii (Rec. (rut,-), or as WH,

mg., Sw^vyos, -ov (•^[(rw-
^ci^Ku/At), [in Aq., Ez
;]
232^ * Prob., as proper name,
a. yoke-fellow.
2. yvrjate, gemiinely Synzygus, S. properly so-called, Phi 4^ (v. ICC,
Lft., in 1. ; MM, xxiii).
*+ o-ui'-j^wo-iroiew (Rec. (tv^-), -w, to make alive or quicken together
with; metaph., of the spiritual life: t. Xpia-rw, Eph 2^; avv t. X.,
Col 213.+
* aui'-TJSofiat, to rejoice together; c. dat., to rejoice tvith or in: t.
vo'/xo.) T. ^tov, Ro 7-2 (v. Lft., ôtos, 304).t
**au.rie6ia, -as, ^ {<vOo<:), [in LXX: IV Mac 2^2 G^^ 1322.27*;] 1,
intimacy. 2. /lafttY, custom : Jo IS^'*, i Co

gen. obj. (cf. 11^^ ; c.
^schin., 23, 37, and v. MM, xxiv), habitual use, force of habit with
respect to, i Co S^.t
"+ au>'-t]\iKioSTT]s (<CT7A.iKia), = crw^Xt^ (^sch.), one of the same age,
an equal in age : Ga l^^.t
* o-of-OdiiTw, to bury together with : in symbolical sense, of baptism,
auT<2 {with Christ), Ro 6*, Col 2i2.t
aui'-GXdw, -w, [in LXX

for l^na etc. , ;] to crush together, crush
Mt 214* ([WH], R, mg., om.), Lk 20i8.t
auf-eXipo), [in LXX: Ec 12^ sA (|^S1), Si 34 {Sl)^\ i Mac

15^4 A* ;] to ^ress together, press on all sides : Mk 52*' ^^t
*t auj'-Gpu'irTw, to 6?'eafc m pieces, crush: metaph., t. KapStav,
Ac 21i3,t
aoK-iTjiit and aurio) (v. Bl., § 23, 7), [in LXX chiefly for j'â hi,,
b^W hi. ;] 1. to bring or se^ together. 2. Metaph., to perceive, under-
stand: Mt 1313-15 (LXX), 19 1510^ Mk

49(WH.mg.).12 714 817,21^
Lk 8^^, Ac
725 282«.27^Ro n Co Mt
1521 (Lxx)^ 1323.51, Lk 25" IS^* 1012; c. ace. rei,
24"; seq. on, Mt I612 171^; seq. quaest. indir., Eph 5^7; ^m t. a/rrois,
Mk 6*2 as subst., o-wiW (o a-., WH, mg.), a man of understanding,
J
i.e. in moral and religious sense, Ro 3^ (i-^^J.t
(Tuvicndvu} and o-ufiorda), V.S. (rvvL(XTr)ixi.
CTuc-i<rrTi|jii, [in LXX for ms pi., bnp ni., etc. ; i Mac 12*3, „ m^c
42*, III Mac (and freq. in these books) ;] 1. trans., (a) to commoiA,
V-^
10i2'i8; id, c. dat., Ro 16^ (as
recommend: ace. pers., 11 Co 3^ 6*
c.
freq. at the beginning of a letter; Deiss., LAE, 226), 11 Co 5^2; seq.

iTp6<;, II Co 42 pass., seq. un-d,, 11 Co 12"
;
{b) to show, prove, establish ;
c. ace., Ro 3^ 5^ 11 Co 6* dupl. ace, Ga 2i8 ; ace. et inf., 11 Co 1^^.

;
2. Intrans., pf., a-vvia-TtjKa (as also 2 aor. and plpf.) (a) to stand with ;
or near : Lk 9^'^; (b) to be composed of, consist, cohere : Col 1^'^ (v. Lft.,
in 1.), II Pe 35.t
<ruv-K<ier]fiai (Eec. (rvy/c-), [in LXX
Ps 100 (101)6 (niz;"')*;] to :
sit together or with : c. dat., Ac 26^° seq. /xera, c. gen., ; 14^*.t Mk

truy-KaQiiu) (Eec. (rvyK-), [in LXX for 22?^ ^^m ;] 1. trans., to
make to sit together : c. ace. pers., seq. iv, Eph 2*^. 2. Intrans. = mid.,
to sit together : Lk 22*^.t
*+ auK-KaKOTraOe'o) (Eec. crvyK-), -w, to bear evil treatment along with,
take one's share of ill-treatment : ii Ti 2^ c. dat. commod., t.
;
euayyfXio), ib. l^.t

*t <TUf-KaKouxô)i.ai (Eec. crvyK-), -ovfiai, pass., to endure adversity
with: c. dat. pers., He 11^^. Not elsewhere.
(Eec. <rvyK-), -w, [in
<Tuy-Ka\i(a LXX
for Kip;] to call together:
c. ace, Mk
1516, Lk 156,9 (^.i. .^2^^,^ y. bi._ g 55^ 1)_ Ac 5'^K Mid., to
call together to oneself: Lk 9^ (and v.l. in 15^' 9, v. supr.) 23i3, Ac 10^*
2817.+
auk'-KaXuTTTu (Eec. o-iry/c-), [in LXX chiefly for HDS pi. ;] to veil or
cover completely : c. ace, pass., Lk 12'^.
(Ebc. (TvyK-), [in

(Tur-Kd/ATTTU) LXX
Ps 68^^'^^ (irD hi.), etc. ;] to !
bend completely, bend together : t. vCjtov, fig., Eo llio(Lxx)_t

avv-KaTa-âivoi (Eec. crvyK-), [in Ps 48 (49)^7 (tT'), Wi LXX :
10^^, Da LXX
TH 3 (*») * ;] to go down with : Ac 25^. In late writers also
metaph. (Wi, I.e.), to condescend, on wh. v. Eutherford, NPhr., 485 f.t
*t auK-Karci-Oeo-is (Eec crvyK-), -ecus, rj [<Câ-vvKaTaTLdr)fjLi), COncord,
agreement : ii Co 6^^ (Polyb., Plut., al.).t
*f auv-Kara-veuQ), to agree, consent to: Ac IS^'', WH, mg. (Polyb.).+
aoc-KaTa-TieTjfii (Eec. crvyK-), [in LXX: Ex 23^ {T. JTÔr), ib.
(ms), Da TH
Su^***;] to deposit together. Mid., to deposit one s vote
with, hence, to agree with, assent to : c. dat., Lk 23î.t
*t ao»'-KaTa-4'T]4)iiw (Eec. criryK-), 1. to condemn with or together
(Plut., T/iewis^., 21). 2. to vote one a place among : pass., Ac 1^*^ Not
else where.
<T\)v-K€p6.vv\j^[. (Eec. crvyK-), [in LXX Da LXX :
2*^ (3'5? ithpa.),
II Mac 15^^* or hlend together, compound : c. ace, i Co 12''*;

;] to mix
ptcp. pf. pass., He 4^, T, WH,
mg., E, mg. id., of persons, c. dat. ;
instr., to be united with, agree tvith, ib., txt., E, txt. (v. Westc, WH,
in l.).t
*
(Tuv-Kivim (Eec. crvyK-), -w, to move together. Metaph., to excite,
stir up : t. \a6v, Ac 6^^ (Arist., Polyb., al.).t
(tuv-kKsIo) (Eec. crvyK-), [in LXX chiefly for 130;] to shut together,
enclose, shut in on all sides : of a catch of fish, Lk 5^ ; metaph. (Ps
30 (31)9, al.), Eo 1P2, Ga 322.23.t
*t (ruc-KXripo-i'Ofios (Eec. crvyK-), -ov, 6, a co-iuheritor, fellow-heir:
Eo 81^ Eph 36 ; c. gen. rei, He 11^, i Pe 3^ (for exx., v. Deiss., LAE,
88 f.).t
\
* <Tuv-Koivu)v4(j) (Rec. o-vyK-), -w, to have fellowship with or in (in cl.,
c. gen. rei, dat. pers.) : c. dat. rei, Eph 5^\ Ee 18* ; id. c. gen. pars.,
Phi 4i*.t
*t CTui'-KoiKui'os (Rec. (TvyK-), -6v, partaking jointly of: c. gen. rei, Eo
1117, I Co 9^3; id. c. gen. pers.. Phi 1^; 8eq. cv, Re l«.t
(Rec. o-vyx-), [in
ffui'-KoniJw Jb 5"^« (nby)*;] 1. to bring LXX :
together, (Hdt., Xen., al.).

collect 2. to take up a body for burial
(Soph., Aj., 1048) Ac 8^ (v. Field, Notes, 116).t
:
<i\iv-Kf>lvia (Rec. O-vyK-), [in chiefly for ins ;] 1. to compound, LXX

combine : i Co 2^^, R, mg.^ (Lft., Notes, 180 f.). 2. In Arist. and later
writers (Wi 7^^, al.) = 7ra/oay8aAAw, to compare : i Co, I.e., E, txt. (Field,
Notes, 168), II Co lO^l 3. In LXX, of dreams, to interpret (Ge 40^,
al.) : I Co, I.e., R, mg. ^
(but v. reff. supr.).t
(ro^-KiiTTTo. (Rec. avyK-), [in LXX : Jb 9^7 (n7y). Si 12^1 192"*;]
1. to bend forwards {Arist., al.). 2. to be bowed down : Lk 13".t
(rvv-\a\i<a (Rec. avXk-), -w, [in LXX for 131 pi., nîz? ;] to talk with
or together : c. dat. pers., Mk 9*, Lk 9^** 22* ; seq. fx-erd, c. gen., Mt 17*,
Ac 25^2 .
^p^5^ c ace, Lk 4'^^t
aoK-Xuire'o) (Eec. crvAA.-), -5, [in LXX : Ps 68 (69)2o, Is 5V^ (TIJ) *;]
to make to grieve with (Arist.). Pass., to be moved to grief by sympathy
seq. cTTi, c. dat., Mk S^.t
*o-ui'-|ia9TjTTis (Eec. a-vfifx-), -ov, o, a fellow-disciple : Jo ll^" (on the

use of avv- in such compounds as this, v. Eutherford, NPhr., 255 f.).t
* aoi'-fiapTopô) (Eec. crvfjifx-), -w, to bear witness with: Eo 2^^; c.
8i« Eo 9^t
dat., Eo ; seq. 5ti,
f avv-ii£piX,ij (Eec. (TVfjifi-), [in LXX : Pr 292*n2 (p^n)*;] to distri-
bute in shares. Mid., to have a share in : i Co 9^^ (Diod., al.).+
* <7o»'-fi^Toxos (Eec. aviJLfjL-), -ov, partaking together tvith; as subst.,

6 o-., a joint partaker (c. dat. pers. et gen. rei, FIJ, BJ, i, 24, 6) c. gen. :
rei, Eph 3^; c. gen. pers., ib. 5^ (Arist.).t

*t auK-|xifAT)Tiis (Eec. a-v/xfji.-), -ov, 6, a fellow -imitator : e. gen. obj.,
Phi 3^7 (v. ICC, in 1.). Not elsewhere.t
o'Ui'-fi.op(|>i1^(i), V.S. crufjifjiopffiiû}.
favy-oheuio, [in LXX: Za SîNV^^n), To 5i« K , Wi 628*;] ^^
journey with : c. dat. pers., Ac 9'' (Plut., al.).+

aofoSia, -as, rj, [in LXX : Ne 7^' "* (izrn"') * ;] 1. a journey in
company (Plut., al.). 2. By meton., % company of travellers, a
caravan : Lk 2**.+
CTuc-oiSa, pf. with pres. meaning (v.s. olSa), [in LXX : Le 5^
(JTT), Jb 276; ptcp., i Mac A, ii Mac iii Mac 28E*;] 1. to 4^1 4*iA,
share the knowledge of, be privy to (Hdt., Thuc, al.) ptcp., Ac 52. :
2. C. pron. reflex., to be conscious of (Eur., Plat., al.), esp. of guilty

consciousness: oiSey yap ifj-avrw a:, for I know nothing against myself,
I Co 4*.t
oruf-oiKû, -co, [in LXX for bra etc. ;]
, to dwell together : of man
and wife (Hdt., al.), c. dat. pers., i Pe S^.t
432 MANUAL GREEK LEXIOON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
** aui'-oiKoSofjieu, -w, [in LXX
I Es 5^^ * ;] to build together or with
:
(c. dat. pers., i Es, I.e.). 2. Of various materials, to build up together

(Thuc, al.) : metaph., of Christians, Eph 2^'^.f
* (Tuv-o^n\iiJ), -w, to converse ivith (absol., FIJ, BJ, v, 13, 1; seq.
IxtTo., Cebes, 13) : c. dat. pers., Ac 10^''.t
*t CTuf-ofiopeu, -w, to border on: c. dat., Ac 18^ (Byz.).t

<ruv-opd(3j, V.S. (TW€t8ov.
<Tuy-oxn, -v^, V {<(Twix^), [in LXX: Jg 2^ (?), Jb 30^ (nxiizr),
ib. 3828 A; Mi 5^ (4^*), Je 52^ (liSD)*;] 1. a Mding or being held
together. 2. a narrow place (Horn., al.). Metaph., straits, distress

Lk 2125 .
KaoSt'a?, II Co 2*.t
**<Tvv-TTaQ4(o (Rec. a-vfiTT-), -w, [in LXX: iv Mac 5^5 AR 1323*;] to
have a fellow-feeling for or ivith, symjyathize with or in : c, dat. rei,
He 415; dat. pers., ib. 10^* (Arist., Plut., al.).t
(Rec. aviJiir-), [in
auv-irapa-Yit'Ofjiai LXX : Ps 82 (83)s (mb ni.)*;]
1. to come up or be present together : seq. eVi, Lk 23*^. 2. to come up
to assist (Thuc, al. ii Ti 4^^ Rec.).t ;
*aui'-irapa-KaX€'u (Rec. to call upon or exhort together

q-v/att-), -w,
(Plat.). Pass., to be strengthened or comforted tuith and among:

Ro 112.+
o-oc-irapa-XafiPdt'w (Rec. av/xTr-), [in LXX : Ge 19^" (nSD ni.), Jb 1*
(rh^), III Mac

1^*;] to take along with: as a companion, c. ace, Ac
12-5 1537, 38 (on the tenses, v. M, Pr., 130), Ga 2i.t
aui'-TTcipeiî (Rec. o-v/ATT-), [in To I212AB, Pr 827(?), Wi LXX:
9^'* *
;] to be present together or loith : c. dat. pers., Ac 252^.
** CTut'-irciCTxw (Rec. avfiTT-), [in Al. i Ki 22^ * ;] 1. to suffer together or :
tvith: Ro 8^^ i Co 12'-'^. 2. to sympathize tvith (Plat., Arist.).

* auv-Tri\nt(a (Rec. ctu/att-), to send together ivith : c. ace. et dat.,
II Co 822 i(j_ ggq^ /x£Ta, c. gen., ib. ^^.t
.
aui'-iT-epi-XafiPtii'w (Rec. <rvfXTr-), 1. to enclose (Ez 53 ipns) *). 2. to

embrace : c. ace. pers., Ac 20i'^.t
auK-TTiVu (Rec. avfjiir-), [in LXX : Es 7^ (uy nniZT) ;] to drink with

c. dat. pers., Ac lO^^t
o-uc-iriirTw (Rec. (tv/xtt-), [in LXX for bS2, etc.;] to fall together,
fall in, etc. : of a house (cf. MM, xxiv), Lk ^^Â
auK-irXripou (Rec. o-u/xtt-), -w, [in LXX: Je 25^2 (xba)*;] 1. to
fill up completely (Thuc, of manning ships) of a ship filling with :
water, and by meton., of those on board, Lk 8^3. 2. to complete, fulfil

of time (Je, I.e., and v. MM, xxiv), Lk 9^1, Ac 2^ (on the " durative
inf.," v. M, Pr., 233).t
* CToc-iTKiYu (Rec. a-vfiTT-), to choke: of thronging by a crowd, Lk
8«. Fig., of seed, t. Xdyov, Mt I322, Mk 4". i^, Lk S^^t
* <TUK-TroXiTT)s (Rec. (TV/XTT-), -ov, o, tt fellow-citizen: pi., <t. t. dytW,
opp. to leVot K. irdpoLKOL, Eph 2^^ (Eur. ; G.I., 6446; condemned by
Atticists; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 255 f.).t
o-uk-iropeuo/xai (Rec. o-v/jltt-), [in LXX chiefly for IJ^H;] 1. to

journey together (Plat., al.) : c. dat. pers., Lk 7^^ 14^5 24^^. 2. to come
together : Mk lO^ (Plut., al.).t
*tauk'-irpeo-puTcpos (Rec. avjjiir-), -ov, 6, a fellow-elder : i Pe 5^
(Eccl.).t
o-ui'cr-, V. passim ava-a--.
*t CTui/-o-a)p,o9 (Rec. crvaa-), -ov (<^cra>yu,a), of the same body : Eph 3^
(Eccl.).t
* auy-<rravp6(i} (Rec. crvo--), -co, to cTucify together with: pass., c.
dat., Jo 1932; id. seq. a^v, Mt 27**, Mk 1532. Metaph., of the
mystical death of the Christian with Christ : Ro 6^, Ga 2^^ (Eccl.).+
(Rec. (Tva-), [in
iTvv-(TTi\\oj LXX
Jg 828 11^3 (^33 ni.), Si 4^ al. ;] :
1. to draw together, contract, shorten : of time, i Co 72^. 2. to wrap up :

of enshrouding a body for burial (Eur.), c. ace, Ac 5^.t
*aoi'-crT6>'dôj (Rec. cnxr-), to groan together or with : Ro 822 (c. dat.
pers., Eur., Ion., 935).+
*+ o-ui'-crToixû (Rec. (Tva--), -w, to stand in the same rank or line
(Polyb). Metaph., to correspond to : Ga 4^^ (v. Lft., in 1.).+
* aoc-oTpaTicSTTis (Rec. crvo--), -ov, 6, a fellow -soldier (Plat., Xen., al.).
Metaph., of fellowship in Christian service Phi 22^, 2.t : Phm
* (Toi'-oxiip.aTij^w (Rec. crva-), (<^ crx-^/Aa) to conform to (Arist.). ,
Pass., to be conformed to, conform oneself to : Ro 122, j pg ûf

<ruv-rd<T<T(>i, [in chiefly for LXX pi. ;] to prescribe, ordain, ms
arrange c.: dat. pers, Mt 21^ 26^9 27^0 (lxx) t
o-on-Acia, -a?, rj (<âvvTeXe(D), [in LXX chiefly for nbs and (in
Da) for Yp_ ;] 1. in cl., a joint payment or contribution for public
service; hence, generally, joint action (Plat.). 2. In late writers

(Polyb., al.), consummation, completion : a-, r. aiwvos, -cov (cf. Da
LXX TH 1213, al.), Mt 1339' *0' 49 243 2320, He 926.+
orut'-xeXû, -w, [in LXX chiefly for n!33 pi., also for niriT DDH ,
etc. ;] "perfective" of tcAcw (cf. M, Pr., 118), 1. to complete, fifiish, bring

to an end : Lk 4^3 ;
pass., ib. 2, Jo 23, WH, mg., Ac 2127. 2. to effect,
accomplish, bring to fulfilment (cf. MM, xxiv) : Mk 13*, Ro 92^, He 8^.+
aui'-Tc'fii'w, [in LXX chiefly for ^în ;] 1. to cut in pieces. 2. to cut
down, cut short : metaph., Xoyov, Ro 928(i-^-X) (Hdt., Plat., Eur., al.).+
(ru^-Ttipe'o), -a, [in LXX : Ez 18^9 (-IDIT), Da th V^K (nrj;), Si 13^2
and freq., To 1", 11 Mac 12*2, al. ;] "perfective" of -rqpiiji (v. M, Pr.,
118, 116), 1. to preserve, keep safe, keep close : c. ace. pers., Mk &^
c. ace. rei, Mt 9^^ •
^^ KapSta, Lk 2^^ (Arist. and later writers ; cf.
MM, xxiv).+
<rui'-Tteif]fi.i, [in LXX : i Ki 22^3 ("itZTp), etc. ;] to place ov put together,
in various senses. Mid., (a) to observe, perceive; (b) to determine,
agree, covenant : c. inf., Lk 22^ ; seq. tov, c. inf., Ac 232* .
ggq^ i^^^
Jo 922.+
aiiv-r6y.u^, adv. {<^ crvvTifxvoy) , [in LXX : Pr 1323 (WDiya xbj) 232»,
28
III Mac 5^^ * ;] concisely, briefly : Ac 24* (for a similar ex., v. MM,
xxiv).t
auj'-Tpe'xw, [in LXX : Ps 49 {60f^ (Djr n^n), ii Mac 3, Jth ^*•;\ to
rim together or loith : seq. cVet, Mk 6^^ ; rrpos, c. ace, Ac 3^^ ; metaph,,
I Pe 4^t
(Tuy-rpiô), [in LXX chiefly for ^'2t2f ',]to shatter, break in pieces
Mt 12^0 (L^x)^ Mk 54 143, Jo 193«(i^x)^ Ke 2^7; of persons and parts of
the body, to break, crush, bruise : Lk 9^^ ; fig., Eo 162**.t
CTuV-Tpiji,p,a, -To<;, TO {<ârvvTpi/3(D), [in LXX (Le 21^^, al.) chiefly
for 13tjr ; also for its' (Is 59''), etc.

;J
a fracture (Arist. ; Le, I.e., al.).
Metaph., calamity, destruction (Is, I.e., Wi 3^, al.) : Eo 3^" (Lx;x)_t
LXX
cruV-Tpo<f)os, -ov,
: III Ki 12-*, i
6
Mac
« (rvvrp€(f)Ofi.cu, to
1« E, 11 Mac
be brought up together), [in
9^^*;] 1. prop., one nourished
or bro2ight up with, a foster-brother : Ac 13^ EV. 2. In Hellenistic
usage, as a court term, an intimate friend of a king (v. Deiss., BS,
305, 310 f.) Ac 13^ (cf. also MM, xxiv).t
:
** (Tuv-Tuyxdvu), [in LXX

11 Mac 8^* * ;] to meet with, fall in with: :
c. dat. pers., Lk 8^'-*.t
luvTuxx] (T, -Tvxyf), T], Syrityche :

->?s, Phi i^.f
*tauc-uiro-KpiVofiai, to play a part with, dissemble with: c. dat.,
2i« (Polyb.).t
Ga
* orui'-uTroupY^w, -w, to help together, join in serving : c. dat. instr.,
II Co lii.t
* (Eec. KTVfjL-), to consent, confess : c. dat., seq. on, Eo 7^^.t
o-oV-<j>T)fAi
(Eec. crvfj.-), [in

**(TUf-<^6oi Wi 13'^*;] to cause to groto LXX:
together. Pass., to groxu together or tvith (Plat, al.) Lk B^'.t :
auk'-xaipu) (Eec. o-vy-), [in Ge 21« (pns), Mac lÊ*;] LXX : m

1. to rejoice with : c. dat pers., Lk 1^^ 15"' ^, Phi 2^~' ^^, EV ; c. dat. rei,
I Co 12^6 i36_ 2. to congratulate (^schin., Polyb., al.) : Phi, i.e. (Lft.,
in 1. ; cf. MM, xxiv).t

o-uc-x^w (Eec. avy-), [in LXX for bb2. , 121 , etc. ;] to pour together,
commingle, confuse ; metaph., confound, throiv into confusion, stir %ip,
trouble : Ac 21''^"
(cf. o-vv-xiWw).t
**tau>'-xpao|jiai (Eec. avy-), -wfxai, [in Al. : I Ki 30^^*;] to use together
with. Metaph., c. dat. pers., to associate ivith : Jo 4^ (Polyb., al.).t
*t CToi'-xu'vi'w (Eec. (jvy- and in Ac 9^^ with LTr., as in late writers ;
generally, -xi^W), Hellenistic form of -xew (q.v.) Ac 2« 9^^ 1932 2l3i.t :
*t o-uV-ij/uxos (Eec. a-vfx-), -ov (<C >/'Â'*?)' of one mind: Phi 22.t
* aui'-wSifw, to be in travail together (Arist.) metaph. (Eur.), Eo B^-.t :
**aui'&>fioCTia, -as, r) {awo/xvvfjii, to conspire), [in Sm. Ez 22-^*;] a :
conspiracy : Ac 23^^.
XopdKouo-ai, -wv, at, Syracuse : Ac 28^2.t
Zupio, -a?, if, Syria: Mt 42*, Lk 2^, Ac 1523. *i iQia 20^ 21\
Ga pl.t
Ivpa, a Syrian : Lk 42^,
lo'pos, -ov, 6, fern. 72«, mg.+ Mk WH,
Zupo(t>oikiKio'aa (Eec. -ôtVicro-a) -t/s, r/, a Syropo&nician woman ,
Mk 7^«, WH,
txt., EV
(cf. v ôivUrj ^vpia, Diod., 19, 93).t
lopTis (L, (Tvprts), -cws, acc. -IV, rj, Syrtis, the name of two large
sand-banks on the Libyan coast : Ac 27^^.t
o-o'pti), [in LXX
17^^ (300), iv Mac 6\ al. ;] to draw, drag
: ii Ki
c. acc. rei, Jo 21^, Ee ; c. acc. pers., of taking to trial or punish-
12*
ment, Ac 8^ ; 1^0) T. TToXeb)^, Ac 14^* ; iirl t. TroXirapxas (cf. IV Mac, I.e.),
Ac 17" (cf, KaTa-crvpu)).f
*t ao-oTrapdao-w, to convulse completely : c. acc. pers., Mk Q^", Lk 9*^
(cf. cnrapaorcraj).t
t <T6<T-<n]iiov (T, (TVV-), -ov, TO « o^/Lttt), [In LXX : Jg 2038. «> (n«iy»),
Is 526 4922 6210 (D3) * ;J a fixed sign or signal : Mk 14**. (Strab., Plut.,
al. condemned by Atticists, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 492 f .) t

;
*t au-oraaiao-nis, -ov, 6, a fellow-rioter : 15''^, Eec.t Mk

* au-oTUTiKos (Tr. crw-), -rj, -ov (<^ o-uvio-T7;/xt) 1. for pzitting together, ,
constructive. 2. for bringing together, introductory commendatory ,
iTTKTToXrf (Arist., Diog. L., al. ; and v. MM, xxiv), 11 Co 3Kt

o-u-oTpe'4>w, [in LXX chiefly for "IB'p ;] 1. to twist together : c. acc.
rei, Ac 28*. 2. Pass., of persons, to gather themselves together : Mt
1722 (WH, R, mg.).t
au-oTpo<|>ii, -^?, ^ «o-voTpe0(o), [in LXX: Ho 419 13^2 (-nsr);
<r. Am l^'' (^tZTp), etc. ;] 1. a twisting together (Plat.). 2. a

TTOLelaOai,
concourse, a riotous gathering (Polyb.) Ac 19*'' a-. TroLelaOcu (Am, I.e.), : ;
to make a compact (RV, banded themselves together) Ac 23^2 :
luxdp (B, 2ix«p)> indecl., rj, Sychar, a town of Samaria Jo 4^.t :
Zox^p., indecl. (Heb. QJljr), Shechem ; 1. the son of Hamor (Ge
3319) : Ac 716b Rec. 2. A city of Samaria (AV, Sychem ; in LXX

also sometimes îKifia, -wv, as in FIJ) : Ac 7i6a,b.t
(Tâyri, -rjs, 17 (<^ (rtfxiû)), [in LXX for njK) , HÎlI , etc.;] slaughter :
Ac 8*2 (LXX) J 'jrp6ftara (T<f>ayrjs, Ro 8^" (LXX) j -fjfiepa atjiay^s, Ja 5^.t
a<|><£YioK, -ov, t6 {<i<T<f>ayrj), [in LXX Am :

525 (n37), Ez 21i'''i5.28
(n3W), Le 2223 (n^lj) *;] a victim for slaughter : Ac l^î^^^lf
(T^dla, [in LXX chiefly for tanC!';] to slay, slaughter (esp. of

victims for sacrifice) : dpvt'ov,Re 5^' ^2 138 •
q( persons, i Jo 3^2^ ^q 59
54, 9 182* . ia-<f)ayfji€VT] cis âvarov (RV, smitten unto death), Re 13* (cf.
KaTa-(r<âû)).+
a<}>6Spa, adv. (prop, neut, of o-</)o8po5, excessive, violent), [in LXX
chiefly for ikO J] very, very much, exceedingly : with verbs, Mt 17"' 23
1831 1925 2622 275*, Ac 6^ ; with adjectives, Mt 2^^ Mk 16*, Lk 1823,
Re im.f
a<(>o8pws, adv., exceedingly : Ac 27i8.t
(Ti>payii(a, [in LXX

Qnn (De 32**, al.), also for DDD
chiefly for
(Da TH 826)
^0 ggai^ (a) for security
.] Mt 2766, Re 20* t. KapTrov : ;
toCtov, fig. (cf. Deiss., BS, 238 MM, xxiv; DB, iv, 427a), Eo 1528; f. ;
(b) for concealment, hence, metaph., to hide (Da th 92*, Jo 14^'^)

Ee 10* 2210 . (c) for distinction, Ee T^-s ; metaph., Eph l^^ 420 mid., ;
II Co 1^^ (d) ;
for authentication (Es 8^) : Jo 3^^ 6'^'' (cf. KaTa-CT<^payt^w).t
<T<t>paYis, -rSos, ^, [in LXX : Ex 28^\ al. (Dl^h) 352- (nn), Si 17^\
al. ;] a seal, signet : Ee 7^. 2. The impression of a seal or signet,

1.
a seal (on its various purposes, v.s. (rcf>payL^<o) on a book or roll, Ee :
51,2, 5, 9 61, 3, 6, 7, 9, 12 Qi metaph., Eo 4", i Co 9^, 11 Ti 2^9, Ee 9*.t

;
*tCT4>u8p6i', -ov, TO, = a(f)vp6v, the ankle : Ac

3'''
(v. Bl., § 6, 8).+
*<T<^vpis (T, Eec. <T7rvpLs, V. WH, App., 148; Bl., § 6, 7), -1809, f,,
a flexible mat-&asê^ for carrying provisions Mt 15^'^ 16^°, Mk 8^* ^•', :
Ac 9^^ (v.s. Ko>tvos).t
a^vp6v, -oi, t6, [in LXX : Jb 4120(2') (nnin)*;] the ankle: Ac 3^

Eec. (T, WH, o-c^vSpov; v. Bl., § 6, 8).t
**(7xe8o^ adv. «lx«), [in LXX: 11 Mac 5^, m Mac
S^*-"*;]
1. of place, near. 2. Of degree, almost, nearly : Ac 13** He 9^Â
19'^«,
o-XrifAa, -Tos, to «€xw), [in LXX : Is 3^^ (riB) *;] figure, fashion
I Co 7=^1, Phi 28.t
SVJV. : v.s. ixop4>iq.
(Txilw, [in LXX chiefly for rps ;] to cleave, rend : Mt 27", Mk lô
1538, L]j 536 23*5, Jo 1924 2111; metaph., in pass., to be divided into
factions, Ac 14* 237.t
TO «o-xtâ)), a rent (Arist.,
*<Txi<r^La, -TOS, al.) : Mt 91c, Mk 2^1.
Metaph., a dissension, division : Jo 7*^ 9i« lO^^, i Co l^^ ll^s 122s.t

Sy/v. : v.s. aipeo-ts.
ayoiviov, -ov, TO (dimin. of o-xoivos, a rush), [in LXX chiefly for
^50 * 'I'ope (prop., one made of rushes) Jo 2^^, Ac :

27*^.t
axoXdjû) {<:a-xoXv)> [in LXX: Ex S^-i^, Ps 45 (46)io

(nBI ni.,
hi.) ;] * hence, to have time or opportunity for, to devote

to be at leisure,
oneself to, be occupied in : i Co 7^ of things, to be înoccupied, empty ;
(Plut., Eur., al.) oTkos, Mt 12**, Lk 1125 (t [WH], E, om.).t

:
ffXoXV], -^s, Tf, [in LXX : Ge 33^* {Karh o-., ÎSn!?), Pr 28i9, Si
382* *.j 1 leisure. 2. Later (from Plato on), (a) that for which leisure
is employed, a disputation, lecture; (b) the place where lectures are
delivered, a school : Ac 19^ (for the later sense of employment, v. MM,
xxiv).t
CTcS^w (on the more accurate o-w'^w, v. WH, hitr., § 410 ; Bl., § 3,
1-3), [in LXX chiefly for rtzr hi., also for tabo ni., b'SZ ni., etc. ;] to save
from peril, injury or suffering : Mt 8^^^ Mk 132*^, Lk 23^*^ al. ; t. Î/vxw,
Mt 1625, al. ; seq. ex, Jo 122^, He 5^, Ju * ; of healing, restoring to
health Mt 922, Mk 5^*, al. In NT, esp. of salvation from spiritual
:
disease and death, in which sense it is "spoken of in Scripture as

either (1) past, (2) present, or (3) future, according as redemption,
grace, or glory is the point in view. Thus (1) Eo 82*, Eph 25» 8^ 11 Ti 1^,
Tit 35 (2) Ac 2*^ i Co l^^ I52, 11 Co 2^5
; (3) Mt IO22, Eo 13^ Phi 2^ ;
He 928" (Vau. on Eo 5»). Seq. d.7r6, Mt I21, Ac 2*o, Eo 5»; iK, Ja 520,
Ju 23 (cf. Cremer, 532 ff.).
cFUfia, -TO?, TO, [in LXX for lH^^, HJIJ, etc., and for Aram.
n^JJ? ;] 0, body. human body, (a) as always in Hom.
1. Prop., of the
(opp. to Se>a9), of the dead body Mt 27^^' ^^ Mk 15*3, ^1. (b) of the :
;
living body Lk ll^*, i Co 6^^ al. ev a. etvat, He 13^ as the instru-

: ; ;
ment of the soul, Ta Sta rov a:, II Co 5^" opp. to TTvevfjLa, Eo 8^**, I Co 5' ;
7^ Ja 226 to ^vxv. Mt 6" 1028, Lk 12^2 (cf. Wi 1*, al.) to t^ tt. Kal ^
. ;
I Th 52^;
ij/., {J/v)(i.k6v, opp. to(7.Trvtv^jLaTLKOv, I Co 15**; 6 vao9 rov a.0-.
(gen. epexeg.), Jo 22^; to cr. t. TaTretvwo-eojs Tj/j-wv (Hebraistic "gen.

aifToi)
of definition " M, Pr., 73 f. ; Bl., § 35, 5), opp. to to a. t. So^^s airod,

;
Phi 321
similarly, to cr. t. crap/cds, Col 1^2
; a. rov Oavdrov (subject to ;
death), Eo 72*; a. t. afx.apTia<;, Eo 6^; (c) periphr., avOpdnrov a-., then

absol., (Twjxa (Soph.,Xen., al.), a 'person, and in later writers (Polyb.,
al.), a slave: Ee 18'3 (cf. MM, i, ii, xxiv; Deiss., BS, 160). 2. Of the
bodies of animals: living, Ja 3^; dead, He 13ii (Ex 29^*, al.). 3. Of
inanimate objects (cf. Eng. "heavenly bodies") i Co 1537,35,40 (Diod., :
al.). 4. Of any corporeal substance (Plat., al.) opp. to o-Kia, Col 2^^. :
Metaph., of a number of persons united by a common bond in NT, ;
of the Church as the spiritual body of Christ: Eo 12^ i Co lO^^'^^

1213, 27_ Eph 123 216 4*. 12, 16 523.30, Col li«'2* 2^9 S^^ h (T. K. tv TTVevâ, ;
Eph 4*.
**aw,iaTiK<5s, -rj, -ov «o-S/ta), [in LXX: IV Mac 132 31*;] (a) of
or for the body, bodily: yvfj-vama, i Ti 4^; (b) (opp. to do-w/iaTos)
bodily, corporeal : cTSos, Lk 322.t
*o-wfiaTiKws, adv., bodily, corporeally : Col 2^ (v. ICG, Lft., in l.).t
Iwirarpos, -ov, 6, Sopater : Ac 20*.t
awpeiJo), [in LXX: Pr 2522 (nnn), Jth 15"* ;J (a) to heap on: c.
ace. seq. eVt c. ace, Eo 122" (lxx) (Arist., al.) {b) to heap with: c. ace. ;
et dat., metaph., aâpriai^, 11 Ti 36 {overwhelmed with. Field, Notes, 217)

(Polyb.).t
loia6iv(]s, -ov, 6, Sosthenes; (a) a Jewish ruler: Ac 18^; (b) a
Christian : i Co V.f
IwaiTrarpos, -ov, 6, Sosipater : Eo 162i.t
<T<iiTf)p, -rjpoi, 6 (<ô-(ij^w), [in LXX for jnZT and cognate forms ;]
saviour, deliverer, preserver, a freq. epithet of kings in the Ptolemaic

and Eom. periods (Deiss., BS, 83 LAE, 368 f. MM, xxiv), in NT, ; ;
(a) of God (as LXX

Ps 23 (24)^, Is 122, ^l.) Lk 1*^, i Ti 1^ 23 410,
: :
Tit 13 210 3*, Ju 25 (b) of Christ Lk 2", Ac 53i I323, Phi 320 t.
;
: ;
Koa-fjLov, Jo 4*2, I Jo 41* (for the general use of the word, v. Westc,
in 1.) ; rjixwv, II Ti li«. Tit 1* 36 ; Oeo^ (Kvpto^) Kal a-, (v. Deiss., LAE,
3484;M, Pr., 84), Tit 2i3, n Pe IL" 220 32.18; o-. tov o-ci/taTos (i.e. of the
Church ; v.s. a-w/xa, 5), Eph 523.t
<rwTt]pia, -as, 17 « o-om^p), [in LXX for VU''., H^mi, n^tZ?!^,
m^'^^9, etc.;] deliverance, preservation, salvation, safety (La,t. salus)
Ac 725 278*, He IV ; i$ ixOpS>v, Lk l'^. In NT esp. of Messianic and

spiritual salvation (v.s. o-w^w) :Lk 19^, Jo 422, Ac 4^2 13*7, Ko llî,
II Th 213, II Ti 315, He 23 G^, 11 Pe 3^^ Ju ^ ; opp. to .iTrtiXeia, Phi 128;

aluivKK cr., He 5"; 6 Xoyos {to euayyt'Atov) t^s cr., Ac 13^", Eph l^^ ; o8os
<r(iirt]pLa<;, Ac IG^''^ ; Kc'pas (TWTT]pta<;, Lk l*"* ; rjfiepa (Twrrqpia<i, II Co S^^^-*^)
KaTepyd^faOai ttjv eainû o-., Phi 2^^ ; KXrjpovo/xelv a., He 1^* ; o apxTf^'*
Trjs a-., He 2^*; cis o-., Eo l^" lO^'i*', i Pe 2^; a. as a present possession
(v.s. 1", II
o-wCo)), Lk Co !« 7i», Phi li«, ii Ti 2^^; as more fully
realized in the future Eo 13ii, i Th 58.9, He
:
928, j pe is.a.io^ Rq T^*
1210 igi.t
auTi^pioi', V.s. crtoTT^ptos.
awTi^pios, -ov (^[o-wTi/p), [in LXX for nyilS^ , D^ty, etc.;] saving,
bringing salvation, in NT always in spiritual sense (v.s. crw^w, a-umqpia) :
17 X"P'^ ^ '^v î*

2^^- Neut., TO o-., as subst, (cl.), salvation: Lk 2^0
T. cr. T. ^€oi}, Lk 3®, Ac 2828 ; irepiKetjiaXaLav tov cr., Eph G^'^.t
* (Tu^poviiti, -S) {<^ (TU)(f>pwv) ,
(a) to be of sound mind or in one's right
mind : Mk
Lk opp. to ^Kcrr^vai, 11 Co
51^, 8^5 ;
(6) to be 5^^ (Hdt.) ;
temperate, discreet, self-controlled (opp. to fjiaivtadat, v^pt^civ, etc.

iEsch., Thuc, al.) Tit 2^; opp. to vTre p(}>pov€lv, Eo 12^; a-. Kal vq<f>tiv,
:
I Pe 47.t
** CTw4)poi'ijâ», [in Aq. : Is 38i® * ;] to make cruxftptov, recall one to his
senses, control (EV, trai7i) : c. ace. pers., Tit 2*.t
*t (rw<}>po»'iCT)i6s, -ov, 6 {<^<T(ji(^povit,(ji), (a) an admonishing (FIJ, Plut.,
al.) ; {b) self-control, self-discipline : 11 Ti 1^ (on the reflexive meaning
here, v. Ellic, in l.).t
** aa)<|)p<5»'a>s, adv., [in LXX Wi 911*;] : with sound mind, prudently
soberly: Tit 2^2.
** iTu>^po<T6vy], -779, ^, [in LXX : Es 3i3,
Wi 8^, 11 Mac ^^\ iv Mac^*;]
(a) soundness of mind, good Ac 2G25 sense, sanity (opp. to /tavta, Xen.) :
(b) self-control, sobriety Syn., § xx), ib. i^.t

: i Ti 2^ (v. Tr.,
**o-c5<|>p(i>j', -ov, [in LXX:
iv Mac 9*;] (a) of sound mind, sane,
sensible; (b) self-controlled, sober-minded : i Ti 32, Tit 18 22' ^ (Arist.).t
T, T, TaC, TO, indecl., tau, t, the nineteenth letter. As a numeral,

T = 300, T = 300,000.
Tapped (Eec. HaîOd), rj (Aram. Nn"!5W or Nn-'nip), TabitJia
Ac 936.40 (cf. AopK(is).t
^traP^pi'Ti (Lat. taberna), v.s. Tpcls Tafttpvai.

TapiOd, v.s. TaâOd.
rdyiia, -tos, to {^^rda-croi), [in LXX chiefly for bj^, also for
n^n , "hy^ ;] that which has been arranged or placed in order ; esp. as
military term, a company/, troop, division, rank: metaph.,
• i Co I52*
(v. ICC, in l.).t
TaKT<5s, -i -o'v «Tci(ro-w), [in LXX: Jb 12* (]58B^)*;] ordered,
fixed, stated : r^xipa, Ac 122i.t

TaXaiirupiu, -S (<^ ToXcuTrajpos) ,

[in LXX chiefly for misr pu. ;] to
do hard labour, suffer hardship or distress : Ja 4®, 2. In cl. occasionally
trans., to weary, distress (so Ps 16(17)*, Is 33^).+
TaXaiirupia, -as, tj [<^raXaLiro)po<i), [in LXX chiefly for "TO;] 1.
hard work (Hippocr.). 2. hardship, suffering, distress: Eo 3^®(^^^);
pi, Ja 51 (v. Bl., § 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153). (Hdt., Thuc,
al. ; and cf. MM, xxiv.)t
TaXoiTTupos, -ov, [in LXX: Ps 136 (137)^ (nTll^r), Is 33^ (ttoiciv t.,
TTO'), To 13^°, Wi 3^, al.;] distressed, miserable, ivretched: Eo 7^*,
Ee 3i7.t
*TaXai'Tiaios, -a, -ov {<^TdXavTov), (a) worth a talent; (b) of a

talent's weight : Ee 16^^.t
rdXavrov, -ov, to, [in LXX for 133;] 1. a balance (Horn.). 2.
that xvhich is weighed, a talent; (a) a talent in weight (in Horn,

always of gold) a sum of
money, whether gold or silver,
(b) ;
equivalent to a talent in weight (v. DB, iii, 418 ff.) Mt IS^* 25^5 ^-t :
TaX€i0d (Eec. ToXiBa), (Aram. Xri'^bftJ, v. Dalman, Gr., 150), talitha,

i.e. maiden : Mk 5*^t
syncopated form of cl. Ta/jLteiov
Tttficioi' (late ; v. M, Pr., 44 f. ; Bl,
§ 6, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 63 ff.; Deiss., BS, 182 f.), -ov, t6, [in LXX
chiefly for TTO;] 1. a treasury (Thuc, al). 2. a store-chamber (Arist.,
Xen. ; De 28^): Lk 12^*. 3. an inner chamber (Xen., Hell., v, 4, 5;

Is 2620, al.) : Mt 6« 2426, l^ 123.t
T<£Cis, -etas, V «Tao-o-a>), [in LXX : Jb 3812 (nipn), Ps 109 (110)*
(nn^"^). II Mac 91^, al ;] 1. an arranging, hence, in military sense,
disposition of an army, battle array (Thuc, al). 2. arrangement,

order (Plat., al.) : Lk 1^. 3. due order : Col 2^ (ICC, in I) KaTardîv,
;
I Co 14*0. 4_ oj^ce, order (for exx., v. MM, xxiv) : He 5«(Lxx),io 520

711, 17 (LXX)_+
TaireiviSs, ->/, -ov, [in LXX for b^f^ , ''3^ , ""jy , etc. ;] low-lying
metaph., lowly, of low degree, broiight low : Ja 1^, 11 Co 7^ (cf.
(a)
Si 252^); oi opp. to SvvdarTai, Lk 1^'^ ; t. TaTrttvois (neut., E, txt.
T.,
masc, E, mg. v. ICC, in l), Eo 12^6; (b) lowly in spirit, humble, in

;
cl usually in a slighting sense (v. Tr., Syn., § xlii but v. also Abbott, ;
Essays, 81), in NT
in an honourable sense : 11 Co 10^ seq. t. KopSta, ;
Mt 1129 (cf. Ps 33 (34)i») opp. to vTr€p7]<f>avo<:, Ja 4^, i Pe 55(Lxx).t ;
*tTOTT6ii'o<t>poo'uni, -/7s, rf {<^TaTr€iv6<ppo}v), lowliness of mind, humility

Ac 20^9, Eph 42, Phi 23, Col 3^2, i Pe 5^ ; of a false humility, Col 2i8'23
(rare outside of NT, but found in bad sense in FIJ, BJ, iv, 9, 2 ; also in
Epictet., v. Tr., Syn., § xlii).t
+ TaTr6ii'<5<t)p«i', -ov « TttTTeivo?, i>pw), [in LXX : Pr 2923 (^n !35Br)* ;]
humble-minded : i Pe 3^ (in bad sense, Plut., 2, 336 E, cf. Deiss., LAE,

72,).t
Ta-n-eicow, -S (<^ raTreivo's) ,

[in LXX chiefly for nzV also , for bsttr,
r33 ,
etc. ;] to make low opos {/3ovv6v), Lk
: 3* (l^x). Metaph., to humble,
abase: Mt IS^ 2312, Lk U^^ IS^S 11 Co 11^ 12^\ Phi 2^; pass., Mt 23^2,
Lk 1411 181*, Phi 412; id. with mid. sense, Ja 4^0, i Pe 5^.f
Taireifucris, -cws, ^ (<[ TaTrcivoco) ,

[in LXX chiefly for "^3^;] abase-
ment, humiliation, low estate : Lk 1*8, Ac 8^^(^^\ Phi 321, Ja V^ (Plat.,

Arist., and later writers) .t
TapdaCTw, [in LXX
IJl etc., forty-six words in all ;] to
for bnsi , ,
disturb, trouble, stir up : primarily in physical sense (Horn., Eur.)

T. v8wp, Jo 5'*!''''. Metaph., of the mind (.^sch.. Plat., al.), to trouble,
disquiet, perplex: Ac I52*, Ga 1'' S^** iavrov {troubled himself ; Westc, ;
in 1.), Jo IP*; of a crowd, to stir up, Ac 17^' 1*; pass., Mt 2* 142",

Mk 659, Lk 112 2438, Jo 1227 (Ps 5 (6)*) 14i'27, I Pe 31MLXX) ^. 7rvcv>aTi, j
Jo 1321 (cf. 8ia-, iK-Tapda(r(ti).
TapaxT, -rj<s, rj (<[ Tapao-crco) ,

[in LXX for nbn?ri , HQinO > ©tc. ;]
trouble, disturbance : r. vSaros, Jo 5 f*l In pi. (as in cl.), tumults

Mk 138, Eec.t
rdpaxos, -ov, 6 (<^Tapda-(r(i>), [in LXX for rHQinp , etc. ;] later form
of Tapaxv (Xen., Thackeray, Gr., 159) Ac 12i8 1923.t
al. ; v. :
Tapaeu's, -e'os, 6 «Tapo-os), of Tarsus : Ac 911 2139.t

Tap<T6s, -oi, Tarsus, a city of CiHcia Ac 9*0 II25 22lt :
*t Taprapou, -w (<[ Taprapos, a Greek name for the under-world,

esp. the abode of the damned), to cast into hell : 11 Pe 2* (v. Mayor,
in l.).t
T£la(T(D, [in LXX chiefly for DW , also for ms pi., ]T)3 , etc. ;]
primarily, in military sense, then generally, to draw up in order,

arrayige in place, assign, appoint, order: c. dat. (ace.) et inf. (Bl.,
i^72, 5), Ac 152 182 (Star-,
22io kavro^<i, I Co 16^5 WH)
pass., Mt 8^ ;
;
(T [WH], E, txt., om.), Lk 7®, Eo 131; 00-m â-av TiTayfxivoL cU ô>7>

aiwvtov (perh. in mid. sense; v. and Page, in 1,), Ac 13*^; mid., EGT
to appoint for oneself or by one's own authority, Mt 28^", Ac 2823.t
TaGpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for liizr ;] a bull : Mt 22^ Ac 14i3,
He 913 lO^.t
ra^-f], -rj<;, rj (<[â7rrw), [in LXX chiefly for n^j!! and cognate
forms;] burial: Mt 27^ (Hdt., al. ; for other meanings, v. LS, s.v.,
Deiss., BS, 355 f., MM xxiv).t

T(£<|>os, -ov, 6 (<;â7rTw), [in LXX chiefly for "13p. ;] 1. a burial
(Hom., al.). 2. a grave, tomb (Res., Hdt., al.) : Mt 232'.29 27"»">«6
28^ Eo 313 (i'^).t
**T(ixa «Taxvs), adv., [in LXX Wi 136 1419*;]

: (a) (chiefly poet.),
quickly, presently ; (b) perhaps : Eo 5'', Phm ^^.t
Td)(tiov, V.S. Taû.
TaxEws {<C.Taxv<:), adv., [in LXX chiefly for HinO and cognate
MANUAL QEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 441
forms;] quickly, hastily: Lk U^^ 166, Jo llî, i Co 4i9, Phi 2^^'^^,

II Ti 4®; with suggestion of rashness, Ga 1^, ii Th 2^, i Ti S^^.t
Taxifos, -V, -ov, [in LXX

Pr li«, Hb 1^, Is 59^ (inn), Wi 13^, :
Si 11^"'^ 18^'^*;] poet, and late for raxvs, swift: of swift approach,
II Pe 11* 2i.t
T6,)^l<rra, v.S. raxy.
rdxos, -0U9, TO, [in LXX chiefly for parts of iriD ;] and derivatives
swiftness, speed. Adverbially, cv t. (= raxews), quickly, speedily, soon:
Lk 188, Ac 127 2218 25*, Eo IGô, i Ti S^\ Ee 1^ 22«.t
Tttxu (neut. of raxvs), adv., [in LXX chiefly for iriD pi. ;]
quickly,
speedily, forthwith : 5^^ 28^' «, Mt Mk 9^9, Lk 15^^ Jo 1129, Re 2i« Sî
111* 22'7»12. 20 Compar., Ta^ôv (T, Eec. Ta^tov), = cl. Oaa-aov, 6aTT0v
(Att.), (v. Bl., § 44, 3): Jo 13^^ 20^ i Ti 31* (T, Eec), He 1319.23.
Superl., Taxto-ra: ws T., as quickly as possible (Bl., § 11, 3), Ac IT^^.t
Taxus, -cia, -w, [in LXX

chiefly for lilD pi. ;] quick, swift, speedy :
opp. to ^pa8v<s, Ja li9.t
Tc, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as kcu e^, ac, atque), =
not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in
Ac. solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than Kai between
1. TC
words and sentences which it connects (BL, § 77, 8) Mt 28^2, Jo 4*^, :
Ac 2^^>^7'*'' 10^2 1121, aî 2. Denoting a closer connection than simple

Kai, T€ . Kttl, T€ Kttt, T€
. . T€ (Ac 261® JJq I48), ctS Zf^fiZZ . ttS
. . . . .
aZso, 60^/1 . . . and: Lk 12*^, Ac T 15^, 21^0, al.; tc . . . Se,
and . . . and, Ac 19^; tI yap 6yu,otws 8e Kai, Eo . . .

126,27.
Tcixos, -ous, to, [in LXX chiefly for nain;] a wall, esp. that about
a town Ac 9^5, 11 Co ll^^, He llô, Ee

:
21i2-i9.t
** TCK|xripioi', -ov, TO (<^T€/c/xap, a mark, sign), [in Wi 5* 19i', LXX :
III Mac 32**;] a sure sign, a positive proof : Ac 1^ (for exx., v. MM,
xxiv).t
Syn: : eySeiyfxa, q.V.
*+TeKi'ioi', -ov, TO (dimin. of reicvov), a little child: as a term of
4i9,
endearment, in voc. pi, Jo 13^3, Ga i Jo 2i. 12.28 3'. is 4* 52i.t
*f T^Kvoyovioi, -to, to begetor bear children : i Ti 51* (Anthol.).t
*T€Ki'OYoi'ia, -as, ^, child-bearing: i Ti 2i* (Arist.).t
T^Kvoi', -ov, TO {<^TiKTw), [lu LXX cMefly for ]a, also for 1^11,
etc. ;] that which is begotten, born (cf. Scottish bairn), a child of either
sex : Mk Lk 1^, Ac 7^ pi., Mt 711, Mk 72^ Lk li^, Eph 61, al.
I312, ;
TCKva €Trayyi\ia<;, Eo 9^ t. t^9 a-apKos, ib. in a wider sense (as Heb.

; ;
Cr23.), of posterity, Mt
2i8,
Lk 38, al.; specif., of a male child, Mt 2128,
Ac a,l. ; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a
2121,
junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 92 2128, -^^ 2^, Lk 2*8 r. ;
liov (= cl. T. /Aoi; v. Bl., § 37, 5), Ga 4i9 {r^Kvia, WH, txt.), 11 Ti 2i.
Metaph., (a) of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.) Phm 1**, :
I Ti 12, Tit 1*, III Jo * (&) with reference to the Fatherhood of God
;
(v.S. Tra-rfip, yiwdw), reKva t. Oeov (cf. Is 301, î 1521^ jJq gl®, Eph 51, .
Phi 21*; and esp. in Johannine bks. (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 94, 120),
Jo V^, al.
I (c) of those who imitate others and are therefore
Jo 3\ ;
regarded as the spiritual offspring of their exemplars Mt 3^, Lk 3^ :
Eo 9^ I Pe 3^ t. Sta^dAov, i Jo 3io {d) as in Heb. (LXX,

Jo 839, ;
;
Jl 2-3, Ps 1492, 1 Mac 138), of the inhabitants of a city Mt 23", Lk 133* :
19*^, Ga 42^ (e) with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. ex-
;
pression, adopted from LXX

or formed on the analogy of its language,
but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161 ff.)
TEKva (fxnTOs, Eph 58 ; T. {iTTaKO^s, I Pe 1^* ; Karapas, II Pe 2^* ; opyrj^,
Eph 23.
Srjv. : v.s. Trats.

* TCK»'o-Tpo4>£'u), -w, to rear young (of bees, Arist.), to bring up
children: i Ti 5i«.t
TeKTwc, -ovos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for CT^n ;] an artificer in wood>
stone or metal, but esp. a carpenter (v. MM, xxiv) : Mt 13^^, Mk Q^.f
WXeio9, -a, -ov (<; reXos), [in LXX chiefly for D^KT, Q'ân and
cogn. forms ;] having reached its end, finished, mature, complete,
perfect; 1. of persons, primarily of physical development, [a) full-
grown, mature : He 5^* ; ethically Phi 3^^ opp. to vrpno<i (-a^civ), : ;
I Co 2" 14^*, Eph 4^3

Col 4^^ t. iv Xptcrrw,
; ^^ ô^ Tre7rXr]pocf)Opr}fjLevOL, ;
Col (J) complete, perfect (expressing the simple idea of complete

1^8 ;
goodness, without reference either to maturity or to the philosophical

idea of a WAos v. Hort on Ja 1^) Mt 5*8 19^1, Ja 1* 3^ of God,
; : ;
Mt 5*8. Of things, complete, perfect : Eo 12^ epyov, Ja 1* vo/aos, ib. ^s

2. ; ;
Su^fyrjfia, ib. dydin], I Jo 4^8

^"^
; ^^ ^_^ j Qq I310 compar., TfAciOTc'pa
j j
(aricqvj), He 9^^. (There is probably no reference in St. Paul's usage to

the'use of this term in the ancient mysteries cf. ICC on Col 1^8 jûIj ; j
V. also Lft., in 1., and Notes, 173 f.) t

Syjv. : v.s. oAokAt^pos (and cf. Eendall, He., 158 ff.).
Te\ci(5Ttis, -^Tos, ^ «TeAetos), [in LXX Jg 9i«'i9 (Q^pri), Pr 11» :
(TOPl), Wi 615 1217, Je 2^*;] perfection, completeness : Col 3", He 6\f

TcXeiow, -w «TeXetos), [in LXX: Ex 29^, Le 4*, al. (t. x"pas,
abn pi.), II Ki 22^6, al. (nan), Wi 413, al. (cf. Westc, He., 64);] 1. to
bring to an end, finish, accomplish, fulfil : Jo 43*, Ac 20^* of time, ;
Lk 2*3, Jo 536 17* ;

pass., 17 ypa(f>rj, Jo 19^8^ 2. to bring to maturity or
completeness, to complete, perfect ; (a) of things He 71®, : Ja 2^^, i Jo 2^
412, 17
gy^ of persons, in ethical and spiritual sense
•
He 21" 9^ IQi' 1* :
;
pass., Lk 1332, Jo 1723, Phi 312, He 5^ 7^8 ll*o 1223, i Jo 418 (for a
different view of the meaning in He 21**, al., v. Eendall, in l.).t
**TeXeia)s «Ta«os), adv., [in LXX : Jth 11«, 11 Mac 12*2, „i Mac
326 722^ R*.j completely, perfectly : 1 Pe li3.t
TeXciWis, -cws, 17 «T£X€idw), [in LXX chiefly for D^N^D, Ex 2922,
al. ;]fulfilment, completion, perfection : Lk 1*^, He 7".+

*t TcXeiojTiis, -ov, 6 (<^T€A.€ida)), a consummator, finisher : He 12'
(nowhere else).t
**TcXea<|)op^«, -w «TcAos, <l>ipio), [in LXX: iv Mac I320*;] (a) of
MANUAL GEBEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 443
plants, to bring fruit to perfection (Theophr.) Lk 8^* :

; (6) of females,
to hear perfect offspring (Artemid. iv Mac, l.c.).t ;
TeXeoTciw, -ai «tcX€vt7;), [in LXX chiefly for niD;] 1. trans., to

complete, finish ; esp. t. t. alCJva, t. /Slov, to complete life, to die (.^sch.,
Hdt., al.). 2. Intrans., to come to an end, hence, to die (Hdt., al.)
Mt 219 918 2225, Mk 9*8, Lk 7^, Jo ll^^, Ac 229 7^5, He II22 Hebraistically, ;
Oavdrw TcAevTcCTo, (nipr niD , Ex 2117), Mt 15S Mk ^^H-LXX^f
TcXcoTTi, -^s, 7] «Tc\€a)), [in LXX chicfly for n.lD, ma;] 1. a

finishing. 2. an end : t. (3tov (Hdt., al.) : also without (3lov, the end
of life, death (Hdt., Plat., al.) : Mt 2i5.t
TcXe'u, -w (-<Te'Aos), [in for nbs pi., etc. ;] 1. to bring to an LXX ,
end, complete, finish: t. Spofjiov, 11 Ti 4^; t. Xdyous, Mt 72^ 19^ 26^;

T. wapafSoXa^, Mt IS^^ t. TrdXas, Mt 1023; pass., Ee 15^ 203.5.7; c.
;
ptcp., Mt IV. 2. to execute, perform, complete, fulfil : Lk 2^9, Ac 1329,

Eo 227, II Co 129, Ga 5i«, Ja 28, Ee 11^ pass., Lk 125o IS^' 22^7, Jo ;
1928.30, Ee 107 151 1717. 3. to pay (freq. in cl.) Mt 172*, Eo 13« :
(of. ano-, 8ta-, ^k-, Ittl-, crvv-T€X€(o).t
Tôs, -ous, TO, [in LXX for

Y\^_,
etc.; ds t6 t., chiefly for nSJ^
and cognate forms ;] 1. end : most freq. of the termination or limit of
an act or state (in NT also of the end of a period of time, cl. reXevrrj),
Lk 133, J Qq 20", 11 Co 313, I Pe 47 by meton., of one who makes an ;
end, Eo 10* ; Co 1^3, He 3^* 6^, Ee

2<us {S-xpi, fiexpi) rc'Xovs, I Co 18, 11
226 . ^,'5 ^.^ to Lk 18^, Jo 13^ (or here,
or at the end, Mt IO22, Mk 13i3,
to the uttermost, v. Westc, in 1.) t. ^x^tv, Lk

223" adverbially, to 8c ; .
TcXos, finally, i Pe 38 of the last in a series, Ee 21^ 22^3

; of the issue, ;
fate or destiny, Mt 26^8 c. gen. rei, Eo 621, al. c. gen. pers., 11 Co

; ;
11^3, al. aim or purpose, i Ti 1*. 2. toll, custom, revenue

; of the
Eo 137as most usually, Mt 172^.
;
pi.,
*TeXwnf)s, -ov, 6 (<^TeXos, (Lveofxai), 1. a farmer of taxes (Lat,
publicanus). 2. A subordinate of the former, who collected taxes or
tolls in a particular district, a tax-gatherer (EV, publican) Mt 5** :
103, Lk 312 527.29 729 1810,11,13. pi.^ K. dfjiapTiokoL, Mt 9i«.ii 1119, Mk .r.
215.16, Lk 530 734 151 T. K. 7r6pvai, Mt 2131.32; ^ ,.^^^^^5 ^_ ^,^ Mt 1817

.
;
(cf. DB, iv, 172 ext., 394 f. MM, xxiv).t

; ;
*t TcXoiv'ioi', -ov, TO (<^ TcXoivr;?) , a custom house (so in MGr.), toll-

house, place of toll : Mt 99, Mk 2i*, Lk 527.t
Tc'pas, -aT09, TO, [in LXX chiefly for nSIQ ;] a wotider, marvel
in NT always pi., t. k. a-qfjula, Mt 242*, al. (v.s. o-rjixecov).
Tertius : Eo 1622.t
TipTio<s, -ov, 6,
T^pTuXXos, -ov, 6, Tertullus : Ac 24i. 2.t
Tâo-apes (and lon. and late -epes, and late ace. -«s; v. WH, App.,
150; M, Pr., 36, 45 f.), ol, al, -apa, tol, gen., -wv,four: Mt Mk 23,
243i,
Lk 237, Jo 1117 1923, Ac 1011, Ee 4*- «, al.
xeao-apeo-Kai-ScKaros, -q, -ov, fourteenth : Ac 2727. 33_t
TCO-aepdKoi'Ta (Eec. Tecro-ap-, v. WH, App., 150 ; M, Pr., 45 f.

Thackeray, Gr., 62 f., 73 f.), ol, al, rd, indecl, forty : Mt 4^, Mk 1",
Lk 42, Jo 220, Ac 13, al.
* TcaaepaKorraenis (T, -c'tt/s ; Eec. reara-ap-, V. SUpr.), -e's, of forty
years, forty years old : Ac 7^^ IS^'^.t
TCTapraios, -a, -ov (^TerapTos), [in LXX : II Ki 3* A (^JPai) * ;]
of or on thefo^crth day : t. elvax (Hdt., t. yevcVâi), to be four days dead,

Jo llô.t
Wrapros, -V, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for ^^2.1 ;] fourth : Mt 1425, Mk
6*8, Ac 103», Ee 47 6". « 8^2 16^ 21i9.+
*t Terpaapxeo) (Eec. rerpapX' 145), -w (^Terpaapx^?),',
V. WH, A])]).,
to 6e tetrarch : c. gen., 10, 7).t Lk 3^ (FIJ, BJ, iii,
*+ TtTpadpxTis (Eec. TiTpd.pxq<i, v. supr.), -ou, 6 (<^T€T/3a- in comp.

= TETopa, Doric for Tea-crapa, +
ap^w). « tetrarch, i.e. (a) prop., the
governor of a fourth part of a region (Strab.) (b) any petty ruler ;
(Plut.) in NT, of Herod Antipas Mt 14^, Lk S^^ 9\ Ac 13i.t

; :
TCTpdyuvos, -ov (<^TeTpa-, V. Supr., + ywvia), [in LXX for yiST

and cogn. forms;] square: Ee 21^^ (Hdt., Plat., al.).t
*t TerpdSioj', ov, to, a qiiarternion, a group of four : o-TpartwTwv, Ac
12* (Philo).
TCTpaKia-xiXioi, -ax, -a, four thousand: Mt 15^8 igio^ Mk S^'^*,
Ac 2138.t
T€TpaK(5<noi, -at, -a, four hundred: Ac S^^ 7''(i^) I320, Ga S^^.t
T€TpcifiT]i'os, -ov, [in LXX (neut.) : Jg 19^ A 20*^ A (nvsiy
D'^CTin) * ;] of four months, four months ; as subst., t. (sc. wpa, but
neut. in Eec), Jo 4^5 (Thuc, al.).t

* TCTpa-irXoos, -r], -ov (-ov?, -17, -ovv) fourfold ,
Lk 19^t
:
LXX chicfly for HQn^ ;] four-footed of

TCTpd-TT-ous,
beasts, neut. pi.,

-ovv,
Ac lO^^ 11^,
TCTpapxc'w, -apxv^, V.S. Terpaapx^w, -ap^^?'
[lu
Eo W :
Tcuxw. V.S. TDyxavw.

*Te<|>p6w, -w {<^T44>pa, ashes; Wi 2^, al.), to 6%rn to ashes:
II Pe 2''.t
T£'x»'T), -77s, -iy, [in LXX for nnÛ , njyyo, n^jiny;] arf, craft,
trade : Ac 17^9 18^, Ee 18^2 (WH, E, mg., om.).t

TexfiTY]?, -ov, 6 (^Texv-?/), [in LXX for CTin , etc. ;] a craftsman,
artificer: Ac ig^^-^s^ 18^^; of Ee God (Wi 13i), He ll^^.t
Svjv. : Srjixiovpy6<;, q.v., and cf. Tr., Syn., § cv.
TTiKw, [in LXX for DDD ppD
ni., ni.,JIQ ni., etc. ;] trans., to melt,
melt dotvn ; pass., to melt, melt away : 11 Pe 3^2_f
*TT]XauYais, adv. (-^tÂc, afar, + aiyrj, radiance), poet, and in late

prose, at a distance clearly : 82^ (WH, mg., 87;Xavya)?).t Mk
**TT)XiKouTos, -avrrj, -ovto (altern. of TTjXiKocrSe, -rj8e, -dvSc, strength-
ened form of Tr]XUo<;), [in LXX
11 Mac 12^ in Mac 3^ iv Mac 16**;] :
1. of persons, (a) of such an age, so old; (b) so young. 2. Of things,

so great : ii Co V^, He 2^, Ja S\ Ee IG^^.t
TTjp^w, -u), [in LXX for nntZ? , 1S3 , etc. ;] 1. to watch over, guard,
keep, preserve : Co ll^, i Ti 5^2, Ja
Mt 27^^, Ac IS^^, al. ; iavrov, ii
F^ Ju ^M seq. ek, Jo 127, Ac 25^\ i Pe 1*, ii Pe 2*.^ 3^ Ju «; iv,

Jo 17">i2, Ju 21; iK, Jo 1715, Re 3i«; t. mWiv, ii Ti 4^, Re 14^2;
T. cvoTT^ra T. 7rv€ij/x.aTos, Eph 4^. 2. to watch, give heed to, observe :
T. adfSâTov, Jo
9i«; T. cvT-oX^v (-as), Mt IQ^^, Jo 1415 1510^ I Ti 6^\
52, 55 1423.24 1520 17c
I Jo 2^- 322.24 53^ Ee 1217 1412 T. Aoyov (-ovs), Jo 8".
-^
;
I Jo 25, Re 38.10, 22'- t. Ac 155, Ja 2i0; t. TrapdSoaLv,

9 ; 7«;
v6fiov, Mk
T. Ipya, Re 22" ; t. yeypa/jifieva, Re 1^ (cf. 8ta-, irapa-, a~vv-Tr]pe(x)).
Syjv. : (f>v\d(r(rw, implying custody and protection : t. expresses

the idea of watchful care and " may mark the result of which <^. is
the means" (Thayer s.v.).
**Ti^pTiais, -ecos, ^ «-n7p€'co), [in LXX Wi 6^\ : Si 35 (32)23, j Mac
518, II Mac 3*0, III Mac 5***;] 1. a watching, hence, imprisonment,
ward (v. Deiss., BS, 267) Ac 4^ :
51*. 2. a keeping : t. ivroXuiv (cf. Si,
Wi, 11. c, and v. Westc. on i Jo 23.), i Co 7i9.t
TtPcpids, -aSos, Tj «Tt/3eptos), Tiberias, a city of Galilee : Jo 6^^;

ddXacra-a rrj? T., Jo 61 211 ^^f Tewr)(Tap4T, raXtXata).t
TiP^pios, -ov, 6, the Emperor Tiberius : Lk 3i.t
Ti0Tj(jii, [in LXX for miZT, ]T)2, JTW , etc.;] 1. causative of

Ket/Atti, (a) to place, lay, set : Lk 6*^, Ro 9^3, al. ; of laying the dead to
rest, Mk 15*^ Lk 2355, Jo ll^*, Ac 7i«,
al. ; seq. cVc', c. gen., Lk 8i«, Jo
1919, al.; id. c. ace, Mk 421, 11 Co 31^, al.; wo, Mt 5i5,

al.; -n-apd, Ac
435,37^ Mid., to have put or placed,
place for oneself: of putting in to
prison, Ac 4*, 51^' 2^, al. of giving counsel, fiovkrjv, Ac 271^ of laying
; ;
up in one's heart, Lk I*'" 21i* (i Ki

21i2)
(6) to put down, lay down ;
of bending the knees, t. yovara, to kneel, Mk 15i^ Ac 7"", al. of ;
putting off garments, Jo laying down life, t. t/oix^v, Jo 13*; of

1011,15,17,18 1337, 38 1513 1 Jo 316 of laying by money. Trap iavrw, 1 Co ;
162; of setting on food, Jo 2i0; metaph., of setting forth an idea in

symbolism, Mk 4^0. 2. to set, fix, establish : vTroSciy/xa, 11 Pe 2". 3. to
make, appoint : Mt 22**, Mk 12^6, Lk 20*3, Ac 2^5, Ro 41^, al. Mid.,
to make, set or appoint for oneself : Ac 202^, i Co 1228, i Th 5^, i Ti V^,
al. seq. iva, Jo 15l® (cf dva-, irpoa-ava-, aTTO-, Sta-, avn-Sia-, eK-, ctti-,
; .
crvv-eTTL-, Kara-, crw-Kara-, ft-fra-, irapa-, irepi-, rrpo-, Trpoa-, (tuv-, vtto-
TiOrjfjLt).
TiKTu, [in LXX

chiefly for lb'' ;] prop., of parents, to beget, bring
forth, but esp. the latter, and so always in absol., Lk 157 2", Jo NT :
1621, Ga 427 (LXX) (v. M, Pr., 127), Re 122. * vl6v, Mt 121. 23, 25^ ik 13i 27, ;
Re 125. 13 pass., Mt 22, Lk 2". Metaph., of the earth, ySorai^v,

. He
57 (.^sch., al.) ; of lust, dp-aprtav, Ja 115.t
T^Xa), [in 11 Es 93, Is 187, DaLXX: LXX 7* (t31D)*;] to
pluck, pluck off: o-raxâs, Mt 121, 223, Lk 6i.t Mk
Tifiaios, -ov, 6 (Aram. •'0''a(?), v. Zorell, s.v.), Timceus: Mk 10*^t
Tifidw, -S} «Ti/i,i7), [in LXX for ly^ pi., tpsr hi., etc.;] 1. to
fix the value, price: c. ace. pers., of Christ, Mt 27^ (I'^^^l 2. to honour:
c. ace. pers., Mt ISMLxje), 6, 8(Lxx) 1919 (lxx)^ T^'ô lO^^, Lk Mk
1820 (LXX)^ Jo 523 8« 122", Bph m'^^^\ I Ti 53, I Pe 2^7 ; TroXXals n/xar?,
Ac 28i».t
Tijxii, -ri<i, 7], [in LXX for ^13?, Ij^"!, etc.;] a valuing, hence,
objectively; ^Wce paid or received e. gen. pers., Mt 27^; e. gen.
1. a :
rei, Ac Ac 4^* 19^9 ^_ ai>aTOS, Mt 27^ riyopda-erjTe TL/x^^,

5'^'^; pi., •
I Co 6^^ 72^; covcio-ât TifX7j<; apyvptov, Ac 7^". 2. esteem, honour: Eo

12^0 13^ I Co 1223, I Ti 517 61, He 5*, i Pe 2^ (R, txt., preciousness, cf.
Hort, in 1.), 3^ r. 8i86vai, 1 Co 122*; ^x^lv, Jo 4:*\ He 3^; t. KalSo'fa (8.
K. T.), Eo 2"' 10, I Ti 11^ He
^^lxx), 9^ i Pe 17^ „ Pe ii:^ Re 49- 11 512. i3
712 2126; T. Kai Kpotros, I Ti 61« ; €is t., Eo 921, II Ti 220. 21; iy r., Col 223,
I Th 4*; by meton., of marks of honour, Ac 28i*'.t
Tifxios, -a, -ov {<^TLfjLT^), [in LXX chiefly for "Ij?^;] valued, hence,
(a) precious, costly, highly valued : primarily, of money value, Xiôs,

Ee 17"^ 1812. 16 2119 ; pi., I Co 3^2 ; compar., -wrcpos, i Pe 1^ Eec. ; superl,
-wTaros, Ee 1812 2111 jn extended sense, xapTrds, Ja 6'^ ; al/xa, i Pe li**
.
hrayyeXfiaTa, II Pe 1* ; (b) held in honour, honoured, esteemed worthy

c. dat., Ac 534 6 ydfxos, ; He
13* ijnjxv, Ac 202* (v^here t. is pleonastic, ;
v. Page, in l.).t
*tijai<5tt)s, -i?to9, 17 (<^Ttyu,tos), preciousness, worth: Ee I81® (cf.

Hort on ti/at?, i Pe 27).t
Timothy: Ac 17i*' i^ IS^, Eo I621, al.
Ti|i(506os, -ov, 6,
Ti'fiwj', -wvos, 6, Timon : Ac 6^.t
Tifiwpew, -w {<^TLfx^ + ovpo<;, a guardian), [in LXX: Ez 51^ I41*
(blDCT pi), Wi 1220 18^, al. ;] 1. to help. 2. to avenge; mid., to aveîge
oneself on,, punish (Hdt., Eur., al.) : act. in this sense, Ac 22^ 26ii
(v. MM,
xxiv).t
Tipiwpta, -a?, 7} (<;Ti/^twpew), [in LXX: Pr 2422 (TB), etc.;]
1. help, assistance. 2. vengeance, punishment : He 102^.t

Syn. : KoXacTL^, q.v., and xxiv. cf. MM,
TiVu, [in LXX: Pr 2712 (t. ^r;p,iW, for W2V ni.), etc.;] to pay:
T. SUrjv (cf. Pr, I.e.), to pay penalty, 11 Th 1^ (v. M, Th., in l.).t
Tis, neut., Ti, gen., tivo?, interrog. pron., [in LXX for ^p ^
np ;] in
mase. and fem., who, which, what what used both

?; in neut., which, .?,
in direct and in indirect questions. masc, fem. rts; I. As subst., 1. :
who, what ?, Mt 3^ 26<'8, Mk II28, Lk 9^, al. mult. c. gen. partit., Ac 7*2, ;
He 15, al; seq. Ik (= gen. partit.), Mt 627, Lk 1428, Jo 8« = ttoIo^, ;
Mk 4*1 62, Lk 193, Ac 171^ al. ; = Trdrepos (M, Pr., 77), Mt 213i 271^,
Lk 2227, al. ; = 5s or 5(ttls (rare in cl. ; cf. Bl., § 50, 5 M, Pr., 93), ;
Ac 1325. 2. Neut. : tC; whit ?, Mt 5*^ 117, Mk 103, al. x^P^v tlvo^, ;
143i,
I Jo 312 ; Sii Mt 911, al.
TL, ; eis n', Mt al. elliptically, im tl (sc. ;
yevrjraL), why, Mt 9^, al. ; TioSv, Eo 39 61' 15, I Co 1415, al. tl ydp, ;
Eo Phi 118
33, ; Tl c/xol (v/juv) Koi crot, v.s. eyw. II. As adj. who ? :
Lk 143i, 2i8,
what? which?, Mt 5*«, Jo al. III. As adv.: =8ta t*
(ti' on), why, Mt 628, 4*o, Lk 6*«, Mk Jo 1823, al. ; in rhet. questions,
= a negation, Mt 27*, Jo 2122. 23^ i Co 5^2 716^ q\. i^ exclamations
Gike Heb. nij), how (n Ki 620, Ps 3^ al.), Lk 12*9.
Tis, neut., Ti, gen., nvos, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog.
Ti's as TTov, TTCtfs, TTOTc to TTov, TTOJ?, TTOTc. I. As subst., 1. onc, a Certain
one : Lk 9*®, Jo 11\ Ac 52^, al. ;
pi., nVes, certain, some : Lk 13^, Ac 15^
Eo 3^, al.someone, anyone, something, anything :
2. Mt 122^, Mk Q^",
Lk 8*6, Ac 1725, Eo 5^, al. = indef., one (French on), Mk 8*.
Jo 225, ;
Jo 225, Eo 82*, al. pi., nves, some, 14*, al.

;
II. As adj., 1. a Mk
certain : Mt 18^2, Lk 15 82^, Ac 32, al. with proper names, Mk 152\ ;
Lk 2326, al. c. gen. partit., Lk 7^^ al. 2. some :

; 16^8], Jo 5^*, Mk
Ac 1721 242*, He 11*0, al.
TiTios, -ov, 6, Titius, surnamed Justus : Ac 18^, T, WH (EV.,
Titos) .t
**tTiTXos, -ov, 6, (Lat. titulus), [in Aq., Sm., Th. Je 21**;] a title, :
inscription : Jo 19^^' 20 (in Christian Inscr., epitaph, v. xxiv).t MM.

Titos, -ov, 6, Titus ; 1. St. Paul's disciple and companion
II Co 2^3 76. 13, 14 86. 16, 23 1218^ Qa 21' 3, n Ti 410, Ti 1*, suhscr., Eec.
(TtTos). 2. One surnamed Justus : Ac 18^ EV (T, WH, TtTtos).t

Toi-yap-oOi', an inferential particle, [in LXX : Jb 22i*' 2422 ^p-ij^^^
Si 4116, al. ;] wherefore then, so therefore : i Th 48, He 12^ (Hdt., Plat.,

al.).t
Toi'-.'u^ an Is 310 5^^ 27*, Wi lî
inferential particle, [in LXX :
8*, al. ;]
*
accordingly, therefore : as in cl., after the first word in a
sentence, i Co 926 ; ace. to later usage, at the beginning, Lk 2025,
He I313.+
-oioaSe, -dSe, -ovSe, such : II Pe l^^.t
roiouTos, -avTT}, -ovto (as usually in Att. prose. Ep. and Ion. neut.
-ovTov in Al., Ac 2125, ^qq^ only), correlat. of oTos, ottoios, m, etc., sitch
as this, of such a kind, such : 98 185, 433 52 713 937 (t, Tot^rtuv), Mt Mk
Jo 916, Co 51 1116, II Co 3*. 12 123, He 726 81 123 1316, Ja 416
Ac 162*, I
olos ... T., I Co 15*8, II Co IQU id. pleonast. (v. Bl., § 50, 4), ;
Mk 1319 seq. ottoios, Ac 262^ ,59, Phm ^. As subst., anarth. pi.,

; ; :
Lk 99 c. art., 6 t., such a one (Bl., § 47, 9 Ellic. on Ga 521) Ac 2222,

; ; :
I Co 55, al. pi., Mt I91*, Mk lOi*, al.

; neut. pi., Ac 1925, Eo 132, ^l. ;
Toixos, -OV, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Tp ;] a wall, esp. of a house :
fig., Ac 233 (cf. T€rxos).t
t6kos, -ov, 6 «TiKTa)), [in LXX for

1J873,
etc.;] (a) a bring-
ing forth, birth; (b) offspring. Metaph., of the produce of money
lent out, interest, usury (cf. Merch. of Venice, I, iii, " a breed of barren
metal ") : Mt 2527, Lk 1923 (Soph., Plat., al.).t
ToXfido), -G>, [in LXX : Jb I512 {npb), Es II8 75 (n^ N^p),

Jth 1413, II Mac 42, m Mac 321 E, iv Mac 8I8*;] to have courage, to
venture, dare, be bold : absol., 11 Co II21 ; seq. eVi, 11 Co IO2 ; c. inf.
(Bl, 55 69, 4), Mt 22*6, Mk 123*, Lk 20*o, Jo 21^\ Ac 5^^ V\ Eo 15^8,

I Co 6\ II Co 10^2, Phi 1^*, Ju ^; to submit to (in cl. usually absol. in this
sense), Ro 5^^
(v. Field, Notes, 155) roA/xiô-as ; darfXOiv, took courage and
went in Field, op. cit., 44),
(v. 15*^ (cf. d7ro-ToA/xaa)).t Mk
*ToXfiif)pa)s, adv., (<[ ToX/xT^pds, bold, daring), boldly: compar.,
-oT€pu)s (T, Rec. -oTepov), Ro 15i^t
* ToXfATj-rris, -ov, 6, (<^ToA/Aao>), a bold, daring m%n : ii Pe 2^**
(Thuc.).+
*T0|i6s, -rj, -ov «; T€/xvw), sharp: compar., -cirepos, metaph.,
He 4i2.t
Toôi', -OV, TO, [in LXX chiefly for lywp. ',] a bow : Ee G^.t
troTrdlîG.', -ov, TO (and TOTraô?, 6), [in LXX : Ex 28^7 361^ (391"),
Jb 2819, Ez 2813 (ni^G), Ps 118 (119)1^7 (7S)*;] topaz: Ee 212" (v.
Swete, in l.).t
TOTTos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for DIpQ ;]

place : Lk 4^^ lO^' ^^,
Jo 513 6i«, Ac 1217, I Co Mt 241^; ^prjfxo^,

12, al. ; t. 5ytos (cf. Is GQi^),
Mt 1413, al. Lk
; dwSpo? (pi), Mt 12*3, l^ 11^* Karh tottous
TTfStvo's, Gi^ ; ;
(BV, in divers places), Mt 24^, Mk 13^ rpaxils t., Ac 27^9 t. St^dAao-o-os ; ;
(q.v.), ib.
*i
eToi/xdâv t., Jo 142. 3
; i^^cv. Re 126 Si86vaL, Lk 149 c. ; . ;
gen. defin., t. fiaa-avov, Lk 1G2^ t. KaTa7rat'o-«(os, Ac 7*^ KpavLov, Mt 2733,

; ;
Mk 1522, Jo 1917 seq. oS, Ro 92^ Sttov, Mt 28^, Mk 1G«, Jo 420 623 1940
; ;
1130 1941 .
^y ^^ Jo 116
of a place which a person or
. ^^' ,5^ Ac 733 ;
thing occupies, Re 2^ Gi* 128 ^^ /âxaipas, Mt 26^2 ^ -g^^^ ^^ Ac 12^ •

.
of a place in a book, Lk 41^ (cf. Clem. Rom. / Co., 8, 4). Metaph., of

condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power Ac 251^, Ro 12'^ :
1523, Eph 427 (cf. Si 3812).

Sv^r. : x<^P" (extensive), region; x'^P^^^ (enclosed), a jnece of
ground, t. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy,
or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.).
ToaouTos, -av-rq, -ovto (He 732) g^^d (elsewhere, as usually in Attic)
-oBtov, correlat. of 00-09, of quantity, size, number, so great, so nmch,
pi., so many : Mt 8i» Lk 7^ He 12i, Re 18^. le of time, so long, ;
Xpovo?, Jo 149, He 47; pi., Lk 1529 (£T77), Jo 1237 2I11, i Co I410; seq.
wo-Te, Mt 1533 ; absol. pi., Jo 6^, Ga 3*
: of price, too-otjtov, Ac 5^ dat., ; ;
Too-ovTw KpciTTOJV, He 1* ', T. fiaWov ocTii), He 102* ; KaO' oaov . . . Kara

T., He 722.t
demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ot€, then, at that time;
Tore,
(a) of concurrent events: Mt 2i7 3* and freq., Ro 621 seq. ptcp., Mt ;
2i«,
Ga 48; opp. to vw, Ga 42^, He 1226 6 t. Kdo-/tos, 11 Pe 36 (b) of ;
;
consequent events, then, thereupon : Mt 27 3* 41 and freq., Lk 1126

t. o^v,Jo 111* 191,16 208; iieiws t., Ac 171*; ot€ t., Mt 1326 211, . . .
Jo 1216 dffo T., Mt

;
417 1621 2616, Lk I6I6 (c) of things future Mt ;
:
2428,40 25i'3ifl.; opp. to Sipn, I Co 1312; Kal r., Mt 723, 1321, Lk Mk

2127, I Co 45, al. ; Zrav . . . T., Mt 9l^ Mk 22o, Lk 535, i Th 53, al.
(more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT).
ToiivavTLov, by crasis for to evavriov, neut. ace. used adverbially, on

the contrary, contrariwise : ii Co 2^, Ga 2'', i Pe 3^.t
Toufofio, by crasis for to ovofia, ace. absol., by name : Mt 27*^.t
TOUTÔTt = tout' loTt.
rpdyos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Tin;? , also for TSS , izr";]? ;]
a he-goat : He 912. i3, 19 iQi.t

rpdircâ, -t^s, 17, [in LXX chiefly for ^Flbur , also for 00^, etc. ;]
1. a table, dining-tahle : Mt IS^^, Mk 728, Lk IGî 19^3 2221. 3o ; of the

table of shewbread, He 9^. By meton., of food provided (v. DB, iv,
670 a): Ac IG^*, Eo 119(lxx)^ i Co lOî; îaKovfiv rah r., Ac 62 (cf.
Page, in 1., but v. infr.). 2. A money-chai ger's table, a bank (Dem.,
Arist., al.) : Mt 21^2, Mk
ll^^, Lk 192^, Jo 2^5 ; so also ace. to Dr. Field
{Notes, 113), Ac 6^ (but v. supr.).t
* Tpairej^€iTr]s (Rec. -^(.'r>;s, as in cl.), -ov, 6 (<^ TpaTrcâ) , a money-
changer, banker : Mt 252'' (Dem., Plut., al.).t
Tpaufia, -Tos, TO, [in LXX for rsgl , bbu , etc. ;] a wound
Lk 103*.t
TpaufittTi^w {<^Tpavfjia), [in LXX chiefly for bbn ;] to wound: Lk
20^2, Ac 19i«.t
*t TpaxtjXij^w {•'C^Tpa.xrjXo'i), prop., of wrestlers, to take by the throat,
hence (Philo), to prostrate, overthrow. Metaph., but in what sense and
from what age it is doubtful (v. Weste., Kendall, on He, I.e. DB, iii, ;
625 n), Tpax-qXiafiiva, laid open (EV, Weste. doivticast, Eendall): ;
He 4i3.t
xpdxTjXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for INjy , also for pj^JT , etc. ;]
the neck : Mt 18«, Mk 9*2, Lk I72 iTmreaeiv hrl t6v t., to embrace ;
(Ge 4629), Lk 1520, Ac 203^. Metaph., vTroêlvai tov iavroi T. (for similar
phrase in v. Zorell, s.v.), Eo le'*
tt., iTnOfivai tyyov im tov t., Ac IS^'^.t
;
Tpaxus, -ila, -V, [in LXX : Is 40* (D^'i), etc ;] ro^lgh : 68ol (Is,
I.e.), Lk 35 (LXX); ^0^0^' (i.e. rocky), Ac 2729.t

Tpaxui'iTis, -180S, 17 {<C,Tpaxv<;), Trachonitis, a rough region S. of
Damascus (in FIJ, sometimes rj T., sometimes 6 Tpdxoiv) rj T.
x^P"-i :
Lk 3^.t
Tpeis, ol, at, Tpi'a, rd, three : Mt 12*'', al. ; fi^ra T. fjp.lpa'i — TTJ
rpirrj ^., Mk 11 ff.).
lO^*, al. (cf. Field, Notes,
Tpeis TaPc'pcai (v.s. rapipvrj), Three Tavems (Lat. Tres Tabernae),
a halting place on the Appian Way Ac 29^* (v. DB, iv, 690) .t :
xp^fAw, to tremble, esp. with fear Mk 5^^, Lk 8^"^ c. ptep. (in cl. : ;
more freq. c. inf.), 11 Pe 2^'*.t
Tpi^ta, [in LXX for iT^n hi., bl3 pi., b^H hi., etc. ;] 1. to make to
grow, bring up, rear (cl. ; i Mac S^'^ ll^'^) Lk 4^® (T, WH, mg., avar-).
:
2. to nourish, feed : Mt 62« 25^7, Lk 122*, Ac I220, Ee 12«'i*; of a

mother, to give sv,ck, Lk 232^; of animals, to fatten (Je 26 (46)2^), fig.,
Ja 5*^ (cf. dva-, £K-, iv-rpecfiU}) A
29
Tp^X". [in LXX chiefly for "pi ;] to run : 5«, Mk Jo 20^^ *, i Co

924,26. c. inf., Mt 288; geq. i^^^ Lk 24^2 [T |[WH]| K, mg, om.] ek. ;
Ee 99 ;
indie, Mt 27*8,
ptcp., Spayativ, 15^\ Lk 15^\
c. Mk Metaph.,
from runners in a race, of swiftness or of effort to attain an end Eo :
9i«,
Ga 22 57, Phi 218 t. dyC^va (Hdt., Eur., al). He 12^ 6 Uyos r.
; ;
KvpLov (cf. Ps 147* (146^^), ca« TOixoxs SpafjieiTox 6 X. avrov), II Th 3^ (cf.

eh-, Kara-, irept-, irpo-, Trpocr-, aw-, iiTL-a-vv-, VTVO-Tpex^)-^
* Tpfjfia, -Tos, TO, a perforation, hole : pa(f>t8os, Mt 19^*, "WH, txt.
/3€k6vr]^, Lk 18" (Aristoph., Plat., al.).t
SyjV. : TpvfxaXid, TpvTnjfxa.
TpidtKorra, ol, al, to., indecl. «Tpcrs), thirty : Mt 138, al.
TpiaKoo-ioi, -at., -a, three hundred : Mk 14^, Jo 12^.t

Tpi'poXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX : Ge 3^8, Ho 10^ (ITO), n Ki 12'i
(pnn), Pr 225 (j5f)*;] a thistle : Mt 7^\ He 68.t

Tpipos, -ov, rj «Tptâ)), [in LXX for n^po, y^rt^, etc.;] a beaten
track, a path : Mt 3^, Mk l^, Lk 3* (i'XX).t
*TpicTia, -as, 17 (^rpeis, eTo<;), a period of three years : Ac 20^^+
**Tpilu>, [in Aq. 2^3; Sm. : Am
Is 38^**;] 1. prop., of sounds by :
animals, to cry, chirp, etc. 2. Of other sounds, e.g., trans., t. oSovras,

to gnash or grind the teeth : 9i8.t Mk
Tpifiricos, -ov «Tpers, p.-qv), [in LXX (neut.) : Ge 382*, iv Ki 233iB
248, II Ch 362»9 (D'ôrii;! (n^wbt^)*;] of three months; as subst., tot.
(= el. T7 T.), a space of three months (Polyb., al. ; LXX) He :
112*.+
Tpi's «Tpcrs), adv., thrice: Mt 263*. 75^ Mk 143o.72^ Lk 223*. «i,
Jo 13^8, II Co 1125 128; i^x ^.^ Ac 1016 1110.+

**+TpiaTCYOS, -ov {rpek, a-Teyr}), [in Sm. Ge 617(16), Ez 42^*;] of :
three stories : to t. (sc. oIkij/jlo), the third story, Ac 20^ (Dion., FIJ,
al.).+
rpia-xiXioi, -ai, -a, three thousand : Ac 2*i.t
rpiTos, -V, -ov, the third : Mt 222e, Mk I221 152^, Lk 242i, Ac 2l^
al. ; TJ7 T. rjij-epa (i.e. : the next day but one
Xen., al. v. Field, Notes, ;
11 Mt 1621, Lk 24*",
ff.), substantively, ace. masc, rpirov, a third
al. ;
(servant), Lk 20i2; neut., to t., c. gen., the third part of: Ee 87"i2 915. is
12*. As adv., TO T., the third time : 14*i, Jo 21i7 anarth., rptTov, Mk ;
a third time, Lk 2322, Jo 21i*, n Co 12i* 13^ ; in enumerations, thirdly,

I Co 1228; iK T., a third time, Mt 26**.
Tpixfos, -V, -ov {<Opti), [in LXX: Za 13* (ISTBt), Ex 26^*;] of
hair: aa.KKO's, Ee 612 (Xen., Plat., al.).+
Tp6fios, -ov, 6 (^^Tpe/AO)), [in LXX for niTT , TJTT, T05, etc;]
trembling, quaking, esp. from fear Mk 168 <f)6fio<; k. t. (as in Ge 92, : ;
Ex I516, De 225, ig 1916^ al.), i Co 23, 11 Co 71^, Eph 6^, Phi 212.+
xpoin^, -^s, V «Tpe7ra)), [in De 331*, Jb 3833, î 718^ al.;] LXX :
a turning: esp. of the revolution of heavenly bodies, fig., Ja li^ (v.s.

aTToaKtacr/ta) .+
MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 45l
Tp6iros, -ov, 6 {<iTpe7ru)), [in LXX chiefly (ov t.) forltyjJS;] 1,
a way, manner, fashion Mt 2337, Lk 13^*, Ac 1" 7^8, ii Ti 3«, Ju ^

:
Ka6' ov T., Ac 151^ 2725 (cf. MM, XXV) Kara Traiâ t., Eo 3^ Kara fxrjSiva ; ;
T. (iv Mac 42*, al), n Th 2^ T., Phi lê, n Th

Travrl 3i«. 2. Of
(ev) ;
persons, manner of life, character (Hdt,, ^sch., al.) He 135.t :
tTpoTro-<|)op€a), -w, [in LXX: De B^ (Sir:)*;] lî 1. to bear

another's manners (R, txt., suffered he their manners) : c. ace. pers.,
Ac I318 (Eec, WH, R, txt. ; iTpo<f>o-, T, R, mg.). 2. = Tpoô<t>op4u> (q.v.),
(v. Kuhner3, i, 276) Ac, : l.c.t
Tpo(t>ri, -^s, ^ «T/)c<â)), [in LXX for DO^ , ]i70, bpx, etc.;]
nourishment, food : Mt 3^ B^^ IQio 24*5, Lk 1223, Jo 48, Ac 2*" 9^9 14^7
2733, 34, 36, 38^
Metaph. He
ja 215. :
512. i4.t
Trophimus : Ac 20* 2129, 11 Ti 420.t

Tp6<|)i,jios, -ov, 6,
Tpo<|>6s, -od, ^ «Tpe>a)), [in LXX Ge 358, jy Ki IP, : 11 Ch 2211,
Is 4923 (ni^ro) *;] a nurse : i Th 27.t

tTpo<|)o-4>op£'a), -w, [in LXX: De lî (siz?:), 11 Mac 72^*;] to
nourish (Hesych.), bear like a nurse (R, mg., bare he them as a
nursingfather) c. ace. pers., Ac 131^, T, Tr., R, mg. (WH, R, txt.,
:
Tpo7ro(f}op€w, q.V.).+
Tpoxi<i, -5s, V «Tpoxos), [in LXX : Pr 21^ 411.26,27 56,21 (ârgj),
Ez 2719 A*;] the track of a wheel, hence, a track, path: fig., He

1213 (LXX) t
Tpox<5s, -ov, TO (<^Tp€;(a)), [in LXX chiefly for ]5iN;] a wheel:

Ja 3« (v. Mayor, Hort, in l.).t
TpupXioi' (Rec. Tpv^Xiov), -ov, TO, [In LXX chiefly for niyj?;] a
bowl, dish : Mt 2623, Mk I420 (Hippocr., Aristoph., Plut., al.).t
Tpuydw, -w, [in LXX for iSp 1X3 , , etc. ;] to gather in : c. ace,
(a) of the fruit, Lk 6**, Re 141^ ;
(b) of that from which it is gathered,
Re 14i9.t
Tpuywc, -ovos, Tf «; rpvô), to murmur, coo), [in LXX for nin , iri ;]
a turtle-dove : Lk 22*.t
trpu/iaXid, -as, 17 (•<Tpu(o, to Wear aioay), [in LXX : Je 13* {p'^pi),
etc. ;] = rpvpyj, a hole : t. pa<^t8os, eye of a needle, Mk IQ^^.i

Syn. : rprjfjia, TpvTrrjfjia
*Tpoinj(ia, -Tos, TO (<^Tpu7raa), to bore), a hole: T. pa<f)i8o<s, eye of a
needle, Mt 192* (WH, txt., Tp^fia).f
Svit/". : rp^fia, Tpv/jLoXtd,
Tp«J4.an'a, -775, •7, Tryphana : Ro I612 (v. Lft., Phi, 175 f. ; MM,
xxv).t
rpv^du, -G> «Tpv<^r^), [in LXX: Ne 925 (^^ hithp.). Is 6611
(ajy hithp.). Si 14* * ;] to live daintily, luxuriously, to fare
sumptuously : Ja 55 (cf. iv-Tpv(f)d(D).f
SvJV. : OTraTaXdw (q.V.), arp-qvidui.
Tpu<|>Ti, -^9, 17 [in LXX chiefly for ]iy;] softness, daintiness,

luxurioîsness : Lk 7-^, 11 Pe 2^^.t
Tpu4)(iaa, -7?s, },, Tryphosa: Ko IG^^ (v. Lft., Phi, 175 f.).t
Tpwds (Rec. Tpw-), -aSos, rj, Troas, a city near the Hellespont;
Ac 168. "' 20^' Ti 4^\f
«, II Co 21-', II
TpwyoWioj' (also written -yvXtov, -yt'Xiov, -ia, V. Bl., § 6, 3), -ov, to,
Trogyllium, a city of Ionia Ac 20^^ (WH, txt., R, txt., om.).t:
*TpwYu, 1. prop., of animals, tognaio, munch, crvnch (Horn., al.).

2. Of men, to eat raw food, as vegetables, nuts, etc. (Hdt., al.). 3. In
late vernacular, simply to eat (= iaO^w) Mt 24^8, Jo G^*. 56, 57, 58 1318 :
(LXX iaOiwy) (v. Kennedy, Sources, 82, 155 ; MM, xxv).t

TUYxa^'w, [in LXX
De 19^ (NSn), Jb 3^1 17\ : V Pr 24^8 (30^3)
(without definite Heb. equiv.), 15^^ i Mac 11*2, Wi m ]y[ac 3^ al. ;]
I. Trans. 1. (opp. to ap.apTa.vw, to miss the mark: Hom., Xen.,

to hit
al.). 2. to hit upon, light upon ; (a) of persons, to meet with, fall in
ivith : absol., ptcp., 6 tv^wv, a chance person, anyone (Lat. quivis),
ov Tvx^v, not common or ordinary, Ac 19^^ 28^; (b) of things, to
reach, get, obtain: c. gen. rei. Lk 20^5, Ac 24^ 26^2 27^, 11 Ti 2^\
He 8® 11^^. II. Intrans., to happen; of things, to happen, chance,
befall : impers., ti tvôi, it may be, perhaps, i Co 14^*'
15^'''
so ptcp., ;
T^xov (old ace. absol. v. M, Pr., 74), i Co 16®

; (cf. iv, vTrep-ev-, em-,
Trapa-, a'vv-Tvy)(avo)).T
TUfA-n-afij^w (•< ru/ATravov, a kettle-drum), [in LXX: i Ki 21^3(i4)
(nw pi?)*;] 1- to beat a drum. 2. to torture by beating, beat to
death Westc. on He, I.e.)

(cf. : pass.. He ll^^.t
*tTumKws, adv. {<^TVT!-o<i), (a) typically (Greg. Naz.) ;
(b) byway of
example i Co lO^^.t
:
TUTTos, -ov, 6 «TwrT(o), [In LXX Ex I

2539(40) (n^j^p), Am 52«
(D^y), III Mac 8^**, IV Mac 6^^*^] i the mark of a blow: twv ^Xwv,
Jo 20^5. 2. An impression, impress, the stamp made by a die; hence,
a figure, image : Ac 7*^ (LXX)^ S.form (Plat.) : Ro 6^'^ the sense or sub-
;
stance of a letter (iii Mac, I.e.), Ac 23^5. 4. an example, pattern

Ac 7*^ He 85 (LXX); in ethical sense. Phi 3^^ i Th 17, 11 Th 3^, i Ti 4^2,
Tit T, I Pe 5^ in doctrinal sense, type (v. ICC, in 1.), Ro 5^*.f
;
SyJV. : V.S. VTrorvTrwcri?.

Tuirru, [in LXX
chiefly for HDJ hi.;] to strike, smite, beat: c
ace, Mt 2449, Mk 1519, Lk 12*5, Ac IS^^ 21^2 232.3; ^f mourners
ra (TT-êrj, Lk 1813 23*8; eVt t. (riayova, Lk 629; cj? t. Ke<âAi^v, Mt 2730
Metaph., of God inflicting evil Ac 233 (cf. Ex 82, Ez 79, al.) of : ;
disquieting conscience, i Co 8i2_t
Topai'j'os, -ov, 6, Tyrannus : Ac 199.t

*Tup^di<a, to disturb, troiMe: pass., Lk 10*\ Rec. (WH, R,
6opv/3aô)).t
Tu'pios, -ov, 6, ri, a Tyrian : Ac 122o.t
Tupos, -ov, rj. Tyre, a maritime city of Phoenicia : Mk 7^^ Ac

2P'^ T. K. 2t8(iiv, Mt 1121.22 1521^ 38 724, Lk 6^7 IQis.^ t Mk
Tu4)X<5s, -y], -6v, [in LXX for luy ;] blind : as subst., o t., Mt Q^^,
Mk 822, Lt 418 (Lxx)^ Jo 53^ al. Metaph. : Mt 15i* 23"-26, Jo Q^S"", Eo

219, II Pe 18, Ee S^^.
Tu<})X<5w, -5 «ru<^Xos), [in LXX: Is 42i9 (l-ir), To 7^K, Wi

221 N*;] to 6î?Mi, make blind: metaph., Jo 12*" (LXX, Ka/xiMvo)), 11 Co
4*, I Jo 2ii.t
*Tu<|>oa), -w (<;-n)<ô?, smoke; metaph., conceit), prop., to wrap in
smoke; used only metaph., to puff up, becloud with pride: pass.,
I Ti 3« 6*, II Ti 3* (Dem., Arist., al.).t
*Tu4>(i> (<Ct{;(ôs, smoke), to raise a smoke; pass., to smoke: Mt
1220 (LXX, Ka7rvtCoV€vov).t
*t Tucfxji'iKo?, -7^, -ov (<;tv<ô)v, fl kurricans, typhoon), tempestuous:
Ac 27i4.t
TuxiKos (T, Eec, TvxtKo^), -ov, 6, Tychicus: Ac 20*, Eph 621, Col
47, II Ti 412, Tit 3i2.f
TuxoK, adv., V.S. ruy;(av<D.
Y, u, S »|/iX6i', TO, indecl., upsllon, u, the twentieth letter. As a

numeral, v'= 400, v, = 400,000. At the beginning of a word, v is
always aspirated.
vaKivQivo<i, -7], -ov (<^ va.KtvOo'i), [in LXX for lynp , n^^P ;] of
hyacinth, hyacinthine (v.s. vaKivOoi), "doubtless meant to describe the
blue smoke of a sulphurous flame " (Swete) : Ee 9^'^ (Hom., Eur.,
al.).t
udKifeos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 11^511 ;] hyacinth ; (a) in
cl.,a flower, prob. the dark blue iris; (b) in late writers, a precious
stone of the same colour, perhaps the sapphire Ee 212'' (phil,, :
FIJ, al.).t
* ud\iyo<i, -7), -ov (<^vaAo?), of glass, glassy: Ee 4'' 152.t
SaXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Jb 28^7 (n^D-iD7)*;] 1. (Hdt.) a clear
transparent stone. 2. (from Plat, on) glass: Ee 21^^'^^.f

uPpiû «vy3/3ts), [in for riNS, LXX etc.;J 1. intrans., to wax
wanton, run riot. 2. Trans., to outrage, insult, treat insolently: c.
ace. pers., Mt 22^, Lk 11*^ 1832, Ac 14^, i Th 22.t
uPpis, -cws, 17, [in LXX chiefly for ]iKa and cogn. forms;] 1.
wantonness, insolence, 2. = vf^pLa-fia, an act of wanton violence, an

outrage, injury: 11 Co 12^''; metaph., of a loss by sea (Pind.), Ac
2710, 21 (v_ MM, xxv).t
uPpioTTis, -ov, 6 (^v^pi^w), [in LXX chiefly for n^J+l;] a violent,
insolent man : Eo 12", i Ti l^^ (eV, injurious)."^

Byn. : oAa^div, v7r€pi]<pavos, V. Tr., Syn., § xxix.
uyiaiVw {<^vynj<;), [in LXX chiefly for Dibtty, and freq. in To;]
to be sound, healthy, in good health : Lk 5^^ 7^" IS^^, Jo "K In Past. m
Epp. (as also in cl.) metaph,, i. iv t. tticttci, Tit 1^^ t. TrCa-Tei, t. ayaTrrj, ;
T. VTTOfjLOvfj, Tit 22 ^ ijLaLVOva-a 8t8acr/ca\ia, I Ti lÔ, II Ti 4», Tit 1» 2^

;
Xoyoi vyiaLvovTe<:, I Ti 6"*, II Ti l^'^.t

oyiris, -e's, acc, vyirj (Attic usually -6a), [in LXX for "^n. etc.;]
soioid, ivhole, healthy : Mt Jo 5W. 12i3 lb^\ «> 9' "' i*- ^^ 7^3, Ac 4i0; seq.
dTTo, Mk 5^*; of words, opinions, etc. (as in cl.), metaph., Xoyos,

Tit 28.t
iypos, -a, -ov, [in LXX: Jg 167.8 (jh), Jb S^^ (nbn), Si
39^^ NA*;] wet, moist, opp. to irjpo?: of wood, sappy, green: Lk 23^^.t
uSpia, -as, 17 «v8a)p), [in LXX for 13;] 1. prop., a water-pot or

jar Jo 2''« ^ 4^^. 2. More freq.
: in Attic = ayyos, a pot, urn or jar of
any kind, as for holding wine, coins, etc. (v. Eutherford, NPhr., 23
MM, xxv).t
uSpoTTOTc'cj, -w {<^vS<ap, vLvu)), [in LXX: Da LXX 1^^ (HJIB'
D^©) * ;] to drink water, opp. to otvo) xpw^"^'- '•

^ Ti 5^^ (Hdt., i, 71
Plat., Rep., 561 c, al.).t
* uSpwiriKos, -1], -6v (vSpwi/f, dropsy), dropsical, suffering from
dropsy : Lk 142.t
u8up, gen., vSaTos, TO, [in LXX chiefly for D";0 ;] water : Mt 3^^
Mk 110, Lk 7**, Jo 47, Ja 312, Re 8i«, al.

;
pi., Mt 1428.29^ Jq 323, Re
115, al. PairrCiîv (iv) vSari, Mt 3",
;
l^, Mk Jo 126, al. ; T. Xovrpov ToS v.,
Eph 526; opp. to ou'os, Jo 2» 4«; aâ, Jo 19^^ He
9i», i Jo 5". 8; ,rCp,
Mt 1715 Mk ^vedixa, Jo 126. ^L 33

922 ; ^^.-^^ ^„^ ^^^ Mt 311, Lk 3i« •
i$ V. K. TTvevfx.aTO'; yiwrjOyjvai, Jo 3^ metaph., of divine truth and grace ;
4i«-ii i^-i^)
(t.) v. (t.) ^wv, Jo (cf. ib. t. v. t. ôj'^s, of spiritual refresh- ;
ment, Re 21^ 22i.".

u€Tos, -OV, 6 {<ivo), to rain), [in LXX chiefly for IMp, QIS^3;]
rain : Ac 141^ 282, He

Re 11^ S^l/ifio^ (q.v.), sc. v., Ja 5'.t
6^, Ja 518, ;
*t ulo9eo-ia, -as, rj (cf. the

phrases, vl6v TiOicrdai, 6eTo<; vios), freq. cl.
in Inscr. (v. Deiss., BS, 239), adoption of a son (or daughter) metaph., ;
of God's relation established (a) with Israel Ro 9* (6) with Christ- :

;
ians Ro 315, Ga 4^, Eph 1^ of its consummation, Ro 823.t

: ;
_ ulos, -ov, 6, [in LXX very freq. and nearly always for ]3 Ge ,
41^^,
al. ; for 13, Da LXX th 71^, al. etc.;], a son; 1. in the ordinary ;
sense: Mt lO^^, Mk 91^ Lk li^, mult.; omitted with the art. of

al.
origin (WM, § 30, 3 Bl., § 35, 2), tov toC 'Uaaat,
; Ac 1322(i'XX); also
c. gen. anarth. (cl.), SwTrarpos IIvppov Bc/roiaios, Ac 20* c. adj., ;
n-pcoTOTOKos, Lk 2^ ; fwvoy€vt]<i, Lk 712 opp. to voOos, He 128 in a wider

; ;
sense, of posterity : 6 vl. Aauffi, of the Messiah (cf. Dalman, Words,

316 ff.; DCG, ii, 653 f.), Mt 22*2,45^ Mk 1235,37^ Lk 20*1- ''^ al.; viol
MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OP THE NEW TESTAMENT 455
'IcrparjX (cf. Hom., II., i, 162, al), Mt 279, Ac 9", al.

vies 'AxatSv,
2. Metaph. as belonging to, being connected with or having the
; (a)
quality of that which follows (a usage mainly due to translation from
a Semitic original cf. Deiss., BS, 161 ff. Dalman, Words, 115 f.
; ;
DCG, ii, 652 f.): t. Trovr/pov (8ia/?oXor), Mt 1338, Ac 1310 ; t. vviJ.<f>:;iVOiov), Mt 915, Mk 2^9, ai. ; t. c^wrds (Lft., Notes, 74), Lk 168, Jq
123«, I Th 55; T. £ip^'j/r;s, Lk 10" ; yce'vi^s, Mt 2315 ; r. <l7ra>Xeias, Jo 17^2,
II Th 23 ; T. aiwvos TovTov, Lk 16^ 203* ; t. dTrciêias, Eph 22 5« ; /Spoils,
Mk 3^^ ; T. dvaoracrcws, Lk 203® ; TrapaKXrytrcw?, Ac 43" t. Trpo^r/roiiv k. t. ;
8ta^7;K77s, Ac 325 ; (&) vios T. ^€ov (cf. Dalman, Words, 268 ff. Deiss., ;
BS, 166 f. DB, ; iv, 570 ff. ; DCG, ii, 654 ff.), of men, as partakers of
the Divine nature and of the life to come : Mt 5^, Lk 203«, Eo S^* 926,
al. ; viol (k. OvyaT€pe<;) t. vi//tcrTov, Lk 6^^, II Co 6^8 •
{j^ ^n unique sense
of Jesus, Mt 43 829 2819, Mk 3*, Lk 4", Jo 935 1127^ ^1. ; 6 Xpiar^s o vl
T. Ocov ^wvTO^ (t. ivXoyrjTOv) , Mt 16^^, Mk 14"^; (c) (6) vtos tov avOpwTrov
(in LXX Heb. DIN Aram, mzs "Q
for cf Dalman, Words, p , ; .
234 ff. DB, iv, 579 ff. DCG, ii, 659 ff. Westc, St. John, i, 74 ff.
; ; ; ;
other reff. in Swete, Mk, 2}^), based on the Aram, of Da 7^3^ where the
phrase, like the corresponding Heb. (as in Ps 8*), means a man, one of
the species, and indicates the human appearance of the person in
question. It is used of the Messiah in Enoch, c. 46, § 1-4, also in
II Es 133» 12, ai._
Our Lord first makes the phrase a title, using the def.
art. It seems to combine the ideas of his true humanity and repre-
sentative character. Exc. in Ac 7^* and (anarth.) Ee 1^3 1414^ it ig ^ged
of Jesus only by himself Mt 820, Mk 2^0, Lk 52*, Jo 1^2, al. :
S^^l, -v:. V, [in LXX: Jb 1929 (t) 38*9 (n?^), Ps 68 (69)2 B'
(^), Is 10^7 (Tp^), Wi 1117 1513, Si 2810, 11 Mac 22*, iv Mac 129*;]
I. wood, forest, woodland (Thuc, Xen., al.). 2. wood, timber, fuel

(Horn., Hdt., Thuc, al.) Ja 3^ (v. Hort, Ja., 70, 104 f.). 3. = Lat. :
materia, esp. in Philosophy, matter (Arist. and later writers; Wi,

II. c.).t
'YjieVaios, -ov, 6, HymencBus : i Ti I20, 11 Ti 2i'^.t
poss. pron. of second pers. pi. (= emphasized

ufAtTcpos, -a, -ov,
gen., V^v), your, yours : Jo 7" 8^7 1520, Ac 273*, Eo 113i, i Co 161^,
II Co 88, Ga 613; ag pred., Lk 629 to v., as subst., opp. to t. dAAdrptov, ;
Lk 1612 (WH, txt., E, mg., ^/xercpov) objectively, v. Kauxô-is, my glory- ;
ing in you, i Co 153i.t

unviut, -S> «v/ivos), [in for bbn pi., TtZT, hi., etc.;] LXX HT
1. trans., c. ace. pers. (in cl. also c. ace. rei), to sing to, laud, sing to
the praise of : Ac 162^, 2i2.
2. Intrans., to sing : in Heand NT, LXX
of singing hymns and praises to God (Ps 64 (65)i3, al.), Mt 2630, Mk
142« (v. Swete, in l.).t
ojiKos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for n^ni?, HJ'âj, TCT, etc.;] a hymn;
(a) in cl.a festal song in praise of gods or heroes ; (b) in LXX and NT
a song of praise addressed to God Eph 5i9, Col : di^^.f
Syj\r. : if/aX/xo^, that which is sung to a musical accompaniment

wSrj, the generic term for song (cf. Tr., Sy7i., § Ixxviii; Lft, on
Col 3'6).
iir-dYw, [in LXX : Ex 14^1 (-^^n hi.), elsewhere only as v.l.,To82i,

al. ;] a word
of the vulgar language, in pres. and impf. only (Bl., § 53,
1). Trans. 1. to lead or bri7ig under, subdue (Hom., Hdt., al. Ex,
I. ;
I.e.). 2. to lead on slotvly (Hdt., Xen., al.). II. Intrans., to go slowly

away, xoithdraw oneself, depart (so less freq. in cl. Thuc, Eur., al.) ;
absol, Mt 832 1344^ Mk 6«3, Lk 8^2 Jo 6«7 82 11^* U^> 28 188; W\

01 ip\6ixevoL K. OL VTrdyovT€<;, Mk 6^^ ; VTrrjyov k. Jo 12^^
eTrt'orevov, ; iva
V7ray7}T€ k. Kapirov <fiiprjT€, Jo 15^^ ; Opp. to epxâdai, Jo 3* 8^* ;
imperat., vnaye, Mt dô &^ 20^\ Mk 2^1, 729 10^2. î^ dprivriv {iv el),
Mk 5^^ Ja prefixed to another imperat. (BL, § 79, 4), Mt 53*
216 ; id.
84 1815 1921 2128 2765 281", 1** IO21 16^, Jo 4i« 9^, Ee lO^; with KaC Mk
inserted, Ee 16^ euphemistically, of death, Mt 262*, -^^ 1421 q ^(Jv.
;
•
:
TTod (q.v.), Jo 1235 145 165^ I Jo 211; -^^^ (q^^^ Jq 821.22 1333,36 144^
Ee 14* iKel, Jo ll^ c. prep. Trpo's, Jo V^ 133 16^. i". i7 ; ds, Mt 9^
; ; :
20*' 7, 211 112 1413^ Lk 1930^ Jo 621 73 9n usi^ Re I310 178.

Mk "
€19 . . . Trpo'?, Mt 2618, Mk 519; €7ri', Lk 1258; ^^^^^ Mt 5*i; ^TrtVo,,
Mt 1623, Mk 833 .
c inf^ Jo 2l3.t
tfiTraKOTi, -^s, rj « irrraKOvo)), [in LXX : II Ki 2236 (-jjjy) •
jq ^q. :
ib. 2323 *
obedience (opp. to TrapaKorj)
;] 1. in general, absol., cis v., ;
Eo c. gen. subjc, 11 Co 71^ 106, Phm 21

616 ; c. gen. obj., Eo 1* (Lft, ;
Notes, 246) 1626, j Pe I22 r. Xpiarod, 11 Co 10^. 2. Of obedience to ;
God's commands : absol., I Pe I2 ; opp. to afxapria, Eo 6I6

; re/cva
{iTra/co^s, iPe 11* ; c.gen. subj., Eo I518 161^. 3. Of Christ's obedience
He 58 c.
absol.. ; gen. subj.,Eo 51^. (The word is not found except in
LXX, NT and eccl.).t
uiraKou'w, [in LXX : chiefly for yaBT ;] to listen, attend, hence,
(a) to answer a knock at a door (Plat., Xen., al.) : Ac 12i3; (b) to
attend stibmit to, obey (Hdt., Thuc, al.)
to, absol., Phi 212 c. inf., : ;
He 118 Q aat. pers. (Plat., al. but more freq. c. gen.), Mt 82^,
. 12^ ; Mk
4*1, Lk 825 176^ Eo 616, Eph 61' 5, Col 320. 22, 5^, i Pe 36 c. dat. rei, He ;
Ac 6^ Eo 612 1016, II Th 18 31* seq. €ts (by attraction, for dat. v. ICG, ; ;
in 1.), Eo 6i7.t
tfiiravSpos, -ov, [in LXX Nu 520. 29 : (i^tn non), Pr 62*. 29^ Si 99,
4121 * under or subject to a vian, married : ywrj, Eo 7^ (Polyb.,
.J
Diod., al.).+
inr-avrduy, -S,, [in LXX Da LXX : 101* (n-ip), Si 93, al.;] to go
to meet, meet : c. dat. pers. (v. M, Pr., 64), Mt 828 289, 52, Lk 82^ Mk
1712 (dTT-, WH, txt.), Jo 4" 1120, 30 1218^ Ac I6I6; of meeting in battle,
Lk 143i.t
t oTT-dcTTjo-is, -ews, 7/ {<^ vTravTOLO}) , [in LXX : Jgll3*, ets v. {T)Slpb),
etc. ;] a going to meet : ek v. (v. M, Pr., 14„), Mt 83* 25i, Jo 12i3.t
uiraplis, -ecus, rj « vTra/ap^w), [in LXX for tZTJDT, Jin, etc.;] 1.

subsistence, existence (Arist., al.). 2. In late writers, = to. {nrdpxovra,

substance, property : 10^* ; pi., Ac 2*^.t He
uirdpxw, [in LXX for rm , IZ??. , '|'^^ , etc. ; t. vTrdpxovra for
nî^p, ^D"], etc.;] 1. to begin, make a beginning (Horn., Hdt., al.).
ready, be at hand (Hdt., Thuc, al.)

2. to be in existence, be Ac :
19***
2712, 21 ggq_ ^^
. 28^^. ^Q
3. to be, prop, expressing continuance of an
antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff. ; MM
XXV) c. nom. pred., Lk 8*^ 9*8, Ac 43* 7" 8^6 163 1936 2120^ i Co V^ 12^2
:
Ja 215, II Pe 311 ;
ptcp. c. pred., Lk I61* 235o, Ac 23o 3^ I72* 22^, Eo 4i9
I Co IV, II Co 8^7 1216, Ga T* 2^*; pi., Lk 1V\ Ac 1620.37,1729
II Pe 219 ; seq. cv, c. dat. rei, Lk V^ 16^3, Ac 5* IO12, i Co lli^, Phi 320
mg., being originally). Phi 2^ cv, c. dat. pers.
€v p-op^rj Otov vTrdpxoiv (E, ;
(among), i Co lli^; fiaKpav diro, Ac 17^^; -n-pos t. awrrjpia^, Ac 273*

4. to belong to (Thuc, Xen., al.) c. dat. pers., Ac. 3« 43^ 28^ 11 Pe 1^ :
TO. virdpxovra, one's belongings, possessions : c. dat. pers., Lk 83

12i*
Ac 432 c. gen. pers., Mt I921 24*^ 251*, Lk II21 1233. 1433 iqi 198
;
44
I Co 133, He 103* (cf. Trpo-vTrdpx<^).+

** u-ir-eiKu, [in LXX : iv Mac 63^ * ;] 1. to retire, withdraw. 2. to
yield, submit : metaph.. He 13i'^.t
uir-emcTios, -a, -ov, [in LXX for n^N , nS , etc. ;] set over against,
opposite. Metaph. (Plat., Arist., a.\.), opposed to, contrary to: c. dat.
pers., Col 21* ; absol., as subst., 6 i., He 102^ (cf. Is 26ii).t
prep.
uire'p
c.
(when following
gen., ace.
subst. — poet. virep; so as adv., 11 Co 11^3)^
C. gen., primarily of place (rest or motion), over, above, across,

I.
beyond, hence, metaph., l./or, on behalf of : of prayer, Mt 5**, Ac 82*,
Eo IQi, Ja 516, al. of laying down life, Jo IQn, Eo 93, al. esp. of
; ;
Christ giving his life for man's redemption, 142*, Jq IQU^ Ac 21i3, Mk
Eo 5«-8, al. opp. to Kara, ;
9*o, Lk 9*o, Eo 83i. 2. Causal, for,Mk
5*i,
because of, for the sake of : c. gen. pers., Ac Eo 1^, Phi 129,
3. = dvrt
II Co
12i«, al. c. gen. rei, Jo 11* Eo 15^, 11 Co 1^, al.
;
(v. M,Pr., 105), for, instead of, in the name of: i Co 15^9, 11 Co 51^' 21,
Ga 313, Col V, Phmi3 (cf. Pield, Notes, 225). 4. In more colourless
sense, = TrepC (M, Pr., I.e.), for, coticerning, with regard to : Eo 92'',
II Co 1« 823 128^ Phi 17^ n Th 2i,
al.
ace, primarily of place, over, beyond, across, hence, metaph.,
II. C.
of measure or degree in excess, above, beyond, over, more than
Mt 102*. 37, Ac 2613, I Co 10i3, 11 Co 1^, Eph I22 320, Phm le, al.
Lk 6*0,
after comparatives =than (Jg 112^, al.), Lk 16^, He 412.
III. As adv. (v. supr. ad init.), more virep iyot, I more, 11 Co 11^3 : j
m compounds, V.S. iir^pdvoi, virepXiav, v7repTr€picr(T(i}<;.

IV. In composition over (vTrepaipw), beyond (un-cpySaAAw), more
:
(vTrepvtKao))on behalf of (vTrepevTvyxdvw).

,
oirep-aipw, [in LXX

ii Ch 3223 (jjjj^j ^j^^ etc. ;] to lift or
:
raise over. Mid., to uplift oneself: 11 Co 12'''; seq. hri, c. ace. pers.,
II Th 2* (cf. II Mac 523).
*+6TT^paKfios, -ov,past the bloom of youth : iCo 7^® (Eu8tath.).+

uTTcp-dfoj, compound adv., [in LXX for by byo ©tc. ;] above
, >
as prep. c. gen., Eph lî 4^0, He Q^.t

*6iT€p-au^d>'w, to increase beyond measure: ii Th 1' (v. Lft.,
Notes, 98).+
uircp-âii'a), [in LXX
for nny etc. ;] 1. trans., to step over, trans-,
gress (E, overreach : i Th 4"). 2. Intrans., to transgress : metaph.,

I Th 4« (E, txt. V. M, Th., in 1.).+
;
uTTcpPaXXofTws, [in LXX

Jb 15^^ ê (+) * ;] above measure
: B
II Co 1123.+
fiirep-pciXXw, [in LXX : Jb IS^Â (+), Si 5^ 25", al.;] 1. trans., to
throw over or beyond. 2. Intrans., to run beyond. In both senses,
metaph., to exceed, surpass, transcend : ii Co S^*' 9^*, Eph 1^^ 1'' c. ;
gen. obj., Eph S^^.t

**(5T76p-poXi^, -^s, yj {<:vTrep(3dXXw), [in LXX : Kaff v., IV Mac S^^*;]
a throwing beyond. Metaph., excess, superiority, excellence : ii Co 4'^
12'''
Kad' vTTepfioXriv, beyond measure, exceediyigly Eo 7^^, i Co 12^^,
; ,
II Co 1^, Ga 1^^ k. v. d<; v., beyond all measure, ii Co 4^'^.+

;
uirep-cISoi', aor., [in LXX for D^JT hi., bjTQ , etc, ;] to overlook : c.
ace. rei, Ac 17^".
*+ uTTcp-^Kcii/a, comp. adv. (v. Bl., § 28, 2 M, Pr., 99), beyond: as ;
prep. c. gen., ra i. v/xS)v, ii Co 10^^ (Byz. and eccl.).+

*+ uirep-cK-Trcpio-CToO, comp. adv. (v. supr.), superabundantly, ex-
ceeding abundantly : i Th 3^" 5^^ ; seq. xm-ep, Eph 3^" (not elsewhere).+
*t oTrep-cK-TrepiaCTws, comp. adv. (v. supr.), beyond measure, exceed-
ingly : I Th 5^^, WH,
mg. (cf. iK7r€pi(rcrS)?).f
*+ uTTcp-cK-TciKu, to stretch out overmuch : metaph., eaurovs, ii Co 10^*.+
*t|uir€p-eK-xuV»'a) (Eec. -ww), late form of -xe«. io pour out over.
Pass., to overflow, run over : Lk 6^^ (not elsewhere).
*+ {nrep-ev-Tuyxdvw, to intercede or make petition for (v. Deiss., BS,
121 f.) : seq. imip, Eo 826.+
6Trep-^X«» [in LXX : Ge 2523 ^y^^)^ Ex 26^3 (pjiy), Si 36^ al. ;]
1. trans., to hold over or above. 2. Intrans. (when a noun follows, the

case is governed by the prep. v. Bl., § 34, 1 36, 8), to rise above,; ;
overtop; metaph., (a) to be superior in rank, etc. Eo 13^, i Pe 2^^ (cf_ :
Wi 6^); ib) to be superior, excel, surpass: c. gen. (cl. v. supr.). ;
Phi 23 c. ace. (cl. v. supr.), Phi 4'' as subst., t. vTrepixov, the excel-
; ; ;
lency, the surpassing worth, Phi 3^.+

u-ir€pT)<()ai'ta, -as, tj {<C vir€prf<f>avo<i, q.V.), [in LXX chiefly for ^'iN^
and cogn. forms ;] haughtiness, arrogance, disdain : Mk 722 (Plat.,

Xen.).+
uiTepiq<j>a>'os, -ov (<^ vvep, (ftaivofiai, c, 7/ pleonast., V. Kiihner 3, I,
189), [in LXX for T7. , n^fj , y^b , etc. ; ] showing oneself above others; (a)
in good sense (Plat., al.), pre-eminent, splendid; (b) more freq. in bad
sense, and so always in Scr., arrogant, haughty, disdainful (v. Westc,
Epp. Jo., 65b): Eo l^", n Ti 32; Siavota /capSias, Lk 1"; opp. to

TaTTcivo's (as in Pr 3^^), Ja 4«, i Pe 5^ (i'X^).t
dXa^wv, v/3pL(TTri<;, V. Tr., Syn., § xxix.
Svjv. :
tfiTTcpXia^ (Eec. vTrep Atav, V. § 50, 7^ WM, ; Bl, § 4, 1), adv.,

exceedingly, pre-eminently : ii Co 11^ 12^^.t
**f {,iTep-vLKd(^, -w, [in Da th 6^ in Sm. LXX : ; : Ps 42 (43)i*;] to be
more than conqtieror : Eo 8^" (eccl.).t
uir^p-oyKos, -ov, [in LXX : De 30^^ (nN^5:), etc. ;] of excessive

weight or size; metaph., excessive, immoderate, in late writers, of
arrogant speech (v. Mayor on Ju, I.e.) n. pi., ii Pe 2^^, Ju ^".t :
UTTcp-opdu, V.S. VTrepelSov.
inrepoxn, -^s, rj « wepex'"), [in LXX : Je 52^2 (naip), II Mac 3",

al. ;] a as the peak of a mountain.
projection, eminence, Metaph.
(Arist.), excellence, pre-eminence : koyov ^ (rotîa^, i Co 2^ 61 Iv i. (for a ;
parallel to this phrase, v. Deiss., BS, 255, and cf. ii Mac, I.e.), i Ti 22.t
*t uirep-irepiao-euw, to abound more exceedingly : Eo 52^. Mid., iu
same sense (EV, overflow) c. dat. rei, 11 Co 7*.t :
*t uTrep-Trcpio-CTws, adv., beyond measure, exceedingly : 7^'^.f Mk

*t uTTcp-irXeoi'diw, to abotind exceedingly : i Ti 1^* (Ps Sol 5^^ Herm., ;
Mand., v, 2, 5).t
1 6Tr€p-u»|/6a), -w, [in LXX Ps 36 (37)^5 : (p-)y) 96 (97)^ {rh7 ni.).
Da TH 43* 1112 (Q,-,)^ ib. LXX TH 352''.*;] 1. to exalt beyond measure,

exalt to the highest place : Phi 2^ 2. (Da, 11. c.).t
to extol
** uircp-<|>po»'^(D, -u), [in LXX : iv Mac 13^ 14ii 162 * ;] 1. to be overproud,
high-minded (.^sch.) : /xr] v. Trap' 6 Sel ^pov€lv (on the paranom., v. Vau.,
in 1.), Eo 12^. 2. think slightly of (Thuc, Plat.).t
to overlook,
u-irepuof, to (neut. of VTr€pt2o<;, above, <^vTrep), [in
-ov, LXX for
ivb^ and cogn. forms ;] 1. in cl., the upper story or upper rooms where
the women resided (Hom., al.). 2. In LXX and NT, an upper
chamber, roof-chamber, built on the flat roof of the house (v. DB, iii,
674") : Ac l^^ 937.39 20^ (cf. iv Ki 2322).t

uTT-^X«^, [in LXX Ps 88 (89)6o
: {i(m2), La 5^ (bno), Wi 122i,
II Mac 4***;] to hold or put under. Metaph., to undergo, suffer:

Slktjv, Ju 7 (Soph., Eur., al.).t
fiTn^Koos, -ov «â/cov'w), [in LXX: Jo 1713 (Dob), Pr 2128
(V^W), etc.;] giving ear, obedient, subject: Phi 2^; c. dat. pers.,
Ac 739; €hirdvTa, IlCo29.t

*6Tn]peT^w, -oi {<^lirqpiT7]%) [in Wi I621. 24, 25 ige^ gi 394*.] ,
LXX :
prop., to serve as rower on a ship (Diod., al.). In cl. always metaph.,

to minister to, serve: c. dat. pers., Ac 13*^ 20^* 2423.t
u-mjp^Ttjs, -ov, o «{i7roa rower), [in LXX: Pr 14^*
-f ipeTr)^,
(T^), Wi 6*, al.;] prop., an under rower ; hence, generally, a servant,
attendant, minister : of a magistrate's attendant, Mt 52^; of officers

of the Synagogue or Sanhedrin, Mt 26^^^ Uî,^^ Lk 420, Jo Mk
732,45,46 183,12,25! 106^ Ac S^"!' ^6 of the attendants of kings, oi v. ol
;
iixoi, Jo 18^^ ; of Christian ministers, Ac 13* 26^^ vTnqpiTaL \6yov, ;
Lk V^; XpL<TTov, I Co 41 ; 8o9Aoi k. v., Jo ISi^.t

Syjv.: v.s. Staxovos.
JiTkos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for n^'0 , Dlbq, etc.;] sleep: Mt l^*.
Lk 932, Jo 11", Ac 209; metaph., Eo ISî.t

uTTiS smooth breathing vtt, Mt 8^^^ Lk 7^^; before rough
(before
breathing v<^', Eo 3^; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, 11. c.a, Ga 3^^, .
V. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), ace.
C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the
I.
efficient cause, by : after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1^2, 1*, Mk
Lk 218, Jo 1421, Ac 411, I Co 1", He 3*, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 82*, Lk 7^*,
Eo 3^^ al. with neut. verbs and verbs with pass, meaning, Mt 17^^^
;
Mk 526, I Co 109.10, iTh2i*, al.

ace, under; 1. of motion: Mt
II. C. 5^5 Q\ Mk 421, Lk 13^*;
hence, metaph., of subjection, Eo 7l^ i Co 1527, Ga 322, i Pe 5«, al.
2. Of position: Jo 1^^^ Ac 4^2, Eo 31^, i Co 10^, al.; hence, metaph.,
under, subject to, Mt B^, Eo 3^, i Co 92«, Ga 4*, al. 3. Of time, abotit:
Ac 521.
III. In composition: under (vttoSc'w), hence, of subjection

(vTroTacro-w), compliance (vn-aKouw), secrecy {viro/SaXXo)), diminution
(vTroTTveco).
**6-iro-3<i\Xa>, [in LXX: Da th 3^ A, i Es 2^8*;] to throw or put

under. Metaph., (a) to subject, submit ; (b) to suggest, whisper,
prompt; (c) to suborn (v. Field, Notes, IIS) , instigate : c. ace. pers.,
Ac &Kf
**t uTroYpa)j,p.6s, -ov, 6 {<^ viroypdcjxi}, (a) to Write Under; (b) to trace
letters for copying), [in LXX: 11 Mac 22^*;] 1, a writing-copy, hencBy
2. an example i Pe 2^1 (Philo).t
«
:
6Tr6-86iYfia, -tos, to u7roSetVia)/it), [in LXX: Bz 421*, Si 44i«,

II Mac 628> 31, IV 172^ Mac *
used by later writers (Xen. onwards) for;]
irapaSetyiJia (v. Eutherford, NPhr., 62), (a) a figure, copy : He 8^, 92^;
{b) an example : for imitation, Jo
13i*, Ja 51" for warning, He 4", ;
II Pe 26.t
Sy"N. : DB, iii. 696^).
op-OLdyfia, TViro<s, vTroTUTrtocns (v.
uiro-SciKt'up.i, [in LXX
133 hi., etc. ;] 1. to show secretly. for
2. to show by tracing out ; hence, generally, to teach, make knotvn : c.
dat. pers., Lk 6*7 125, Ac 9^^; id. c. inf., Mt 3^, Lk 3^; seq., on,
Ac 2035.t
** [in
6170-8^X0^^1, LXX:
To 1^'^ Jth 13^3 A, i Mac 161*, iv Mac
1317*;] to receive under one's roof, receive as a guest, entertain
hospitably : c. ace. pers., Lk 19^, Ac 17^, Ja 22* ; eis t. oTkov, Lk 10^*
(v. MM,xxv).t
6tto-8^w, [in LXX : 11 Ch 28l^ Ez I610 {bV2) * ;] to bind under,
esp. of foot gear. Most freq. in mid. and pass. c. ace. ;
(a) of the
foot, vTroS-qa-dfjuevoL T. TToSas, your feet shod : Eph 61* ;
{b) of that which
is put on, <Tav8d\ta : Mk 6^, Ac 12^.t
uTr(58if]fia, -T09, TO {<^viro8€(a), [in LXX for by?;] a sole bound

under the foot, a sandal : Mt 3^^ lOô, Mk 1^, Lk 3i« 10* I522 2236, Jo
127; T, ôSwv, Ac 738(^3^) 1325.t
Sftt. .'
o-avSaXtov, q.V.
*uTr68iKos, -ov, brought to trial, answerable to : c. dat. pers., t. ^cw,
Eo 3" (v. MM, xxv).t
uiro-û'yios, -a, -ov, [in LXX for lilOO ;] under the yoke ; as subst.,
TO ^. (Hdt., al.), a beast of burden; colloq., an ass (v. Deiss., BS, 160
1), and so always in LXX and NT Mt : 2V(^^^\ 11 Pe 2i«.t
** uiro-|^wi'i'0)j,i, [in LXX: 11 Mac 3^^*;] to undergird (Hdt., al.
vTTo T. fiaa-Tov;, II Mac, l.c.) ; of a ship, to undergird or frap : Ac 27^^
(v. DB, ext. 367a).t
uTTo-KdTO), comp. adv. (v. M, Pr., 99), [in LXX chiefly for nnni;]
below, under : as prep. c. gen., Mt 22**, &^ 7^» 12^6 (Rec, R, txt., Mk
as in LXX), Lk 8i«, Jo 1^\ He 2^(^^), Re 53. i3 e^ 12i.+
i'TTOTToSiov,
uTTo-Kp^Koâi, [in LXX:

Jb 3932 (40^) N^ (ABn2 ^tto-, n3ir), Si
129 35 (32)15 36(33)2, 11 Mac 5^5 Q-^^'î, iv Mac S^^.it*;] l. = Att.
airoKpLvofiat (q.V.), to answer, reply (Horn., Hdt., al.). 2. to answer on
the stage, play apart (Arist., al). Metaph., to feign, pretend (Demos.,
Polyb.) c. ace. et inf., Lk 2020 (cf. Ps Sol 422).
:
** uiro-KpiCTis, -€ws, r} (<] VTro/cptvo/xai, q.V.), [in LXX: n Mac 625*;]

1. a reply, answer (Hdt.). 2. play-acting (Arist., Polyb., al.).
Metaph., pretence, hypocrisy : Mt 2328, Mk 12^5, Lk 12\ Ga 2^3, i Ti
42, 1 Pe 21 (Polyb., Pss Sol 47).t
uiro-KpiTTJs, -ov, 6 (<;] hroKpLvo/jMi, q.V.), [in LXX : Jb 34*'*

36^3 (C)3n)*;] 1. one who anstvers, an interpreter (Plat.). 2. a stage-
player, actor (Plut., Xen,, al.). Metaph. (in LXX and NT), a pre-
tender, dissembler, hypocrite : Mt 62. s. le 75 157 22^8 23i3-i5 2451, Mk 7«,
Lk 6*2 125« 13i5.t
i,TTo-\afi^dv<^, [in LXX: Jb 2* 4^ and freq. (nzv), Ps 47 (48)'
(nni pi.). To 61^ Wi 172, III Mac 38'", al. ;] 1. to take or bear up
(by supporting from beneath) c. ace. pers., Ac 1^. 2. to receive, :
welcome, entertain (Xen.) iii Jo 8. 3. to catch up in speech (Hdt.,

:
al. Jb, 11. c.)

; Lk 103". 4. Of mental action, to assume, suppose
:
(Xen., al. To, Wi, in Mac, 11. c.)

; Ac 21^ seq. on (v. Bl., § 70, 2), : ;
Lk 7*3.t
*+ uiroXafiTTcis, -d8o<s, fj, a wiudow : Ac 208 D (for Xa/iTras ; v.
MM, xxv).t
uTTo-Xeififia (WH, -Kififia, V. their App., 154), -to^, to, [in LXX
chiefly for D'^^MfiP';] a remnant : Ro 92^ (Arist., al. ; cf. KaTaXctft/xa).t
iro-XeiTTw, [in LXX chiefly (pass.) for IIT' ni., 'MiV ni. ;] to leave
remaining (Horn., Thuc, al.) : pass., of survivors, Ro 113.t
f&TToX'fiviov, -ov, TO «v7rd, Xr?vos), [in LXX : Jl 3 (4)13, Hg 217 (i«),
Za 141", Is 161" (^pn) *;] a vessel or trough beneath a winepress to

receive the juice (BV, a pit for the winepress) : Mk 12^ (v. Swete, in 1.,
and cf. Xrjvos).'^
{i-a6-\nma, V.S. VTroAci/x/Aa.

*t uiTo-\i)jnrdi'u, collat. form of vTroAeiVw, to leave behind : i Pe 2^Kt
uTTo-p.^j'u), [in LXX chiefly for mp , also for bvP hi., etc. ;] 1. in-
trans., to stay behind : seq. iv, Lk eVet, Ac 2. Trans., (a) c. 2*^ ; 17^*.
ace, to await, tvaitfor : Eo 8'^* (Horn., Hdt., Xen., al.); (b) of things,
to bear patiently, endure : absol., Mt 10^2 2i^\ Mk IS^^, n Ti 2^2, Ja 5",
I Pe 22^> T. OXiif/€t (dat. of circumstance), Eo 12^2
; seq. cis, He 12^ ;
c. ace. rei, i Co 13^ ii Ti 2^^ He 10^2 122-3, j^ ii2,t
SvN'. : fJiaKpo6vfxew (v.S. VTrofiovij).

i,TTo-tJ.iiJ.yîXKw, [in LXX: iii Ki 4^3 (137 hi.), Wi 12^ 1822,
IV Mac 18^* * ;] to caiise one to remember, put one in mind or remind
one of: c. ace. rei, ii Ti 2^*, iiiJo ^*'; c. dupl. ace. (Thuc, al.), Jo
1426 ; c. ace. pers., seq. irepi, ii Pe 1^2 i^ geq. 2ti, Ju ^ c. inf., Ti 3^
j , ;
pass., c. gen. rei, Lk 22^^t

6Tr6-jjicT]cris, -ews, 17 (vTrofxifxvâ-Kd)), [in LXX: Ps 70 (71)® X
(nl^nil), Wi 16", II Mac 6^''*;] a reminding, reminder : ev v., 11 Pe 1^^
3^; c. gen., II Ti l^.t
uTTo-fAoi'ri, -rj<i, 7j (vTTo/AeVoj), [in LXX for njpp and eogn. forms;
freq. in iv Mac;] 1. a remaining behind (Arist.). 2. patient enduring,
endurance : Lk 8^' 21i'-',
Eo 5=^' ^ IS^- &, 11 Co 6* 12^2, Col 1", 11 Th 1*,
I Ti 611, II T- 310^
rp-j.
22^ He 10^6^ Ja l^.* 5^ 11 Pe 1®, Ee 22.3.19 1310
1412; 8c' i7rofiovij<;, Eo 82^, He 121; ^ gen. pers., 11 Th 3^ {ICC, in 1.),
Ee 310 ; e. gen. rei, Eo 2^ 11 Co 1^, i Th 13 seq. iv, Ee l^.t

;
SvN. : v.S. fjLaKpoOvfjLia, and cf. Hort on Ja 1^.

**iiro-voi<o, -S, [in LXX: Da th 72^ (ino), To 8i«, Jth I41*, Si
2321 * to suspect, conjecture : Ac 25i^ ; c. ace. et inf., Ac 132^ 272^.+
;]
6Tr6.oia, -as, ^ « ^Trovoe'o)), [in LXX: Da LXX 416.32 56 (|ipy-3)^
Si 33* * ;] a suspicion : i Ti 6*.t

^ uTT-o-irid^w, later form of viroirielo), to press slightly metaph., to
;
repress : i Co 92'' T'' for vTrwTrta^w, q.v.t

*t uTTo-TrXeu, to sail under, i.e. under the lee of: c. ace, Ac 27^' ''.t
* uTTo-TTviia, 1. to blow ^cnderneath (Arist.). 2. to blow gently: Ac
27i3.t
tfiiroTT^SioK, -ov, TO «ô, TOv's), [In LXX : Ps 98 (99)^ 109 (110)\
Is 661, La 21 (Din) * ;] a footstool ( = cl. Opavos) : Ja 23 ; metaph.,
Mt 535, Mk 1236 (ôk(£tco, WH, E, mg.), Lk 20«, Ac 235 749^ li^ He
1013 (all, except Mt, I.e., from LXX, Ps 109 (llO)i, Is 66I) (for exx., v.
Deiss., BS, 223).t
uTTo-CTTaais, -ews, 17 (<| v<^C(mqiJn, to set under, stand under, support),
[in LXX for ns© (i Ki 1323 14* B), nii^n (Eu I12, Ez 19^), etc., also in
Wi 1621 :] 1. a support, base or foundation (in various senses). 2. sub-

stance (Arist., al. ; opp. to <âi/Tao-ta, f.ft<â(Tt<i) : He 13. 3. steadiness,
firmness (Polyb., al.), hence, assurance, confidence : ii Co 9^ 11^*^, He

3^* 11^ (here perhaps title-deed, as that which gives reality or guarantee
V. MM, xxv).t
fiiro-crre'XXu, [in LXX : De l^^ (113), Jb IS^ (N^j q^jq), Hb 2*
(bsy pu.), Hg 110

(j<^3)^ 2321, Ex wi 67, m Mac 520*;] 1. to draw in,
let down (Iotlov, oipdv, etc.). 2. to draw back, withdraw : iavrov, Ga
212 (Polyb., al. ; v. Lft., in 1.). Mid., to shrink or draw hack : He
1038 (LXX); geq. roi, c. inf., Ac 202^; ov8^, ib.2o.t
*t uiro-oToXi^, -7J<s, rj (•<[ vTroo-reAAw), 1. a letting down, lowering
(Plut,). 2. a shrinking hack (Hesych.) : ovk ia-fjikv vTroaroX^^ (on the
gen., V. BL, § 35, 2), He lO^^.t
uTro-oTpe'4)w, [in LXXchiefly for SllZ?], 1. trans., to turn back or
about (Horn.). 2. Intrans., to turn hack, rettorn : Lk 220' *3 837, 40 910
1017 1715 1912 23^8,06^ Ac 828; Lk I718; seq. Std, Ac
c. inf., 20=*; ek,
Lk 156 2^5 414 710 839 1124 2433, 52Âc 112 825 I313, 34 1^21 216 2217 2332,
Ga 117 ; dTTo', Lk 41 249, He 71 ; «, Ac 1225, n Pe 22i.t
uTro-oTpa)>'i'u&), [in LXX : Is 585 ^jî,
j^j^^ g^^ .-]
jg^^^g form of
wro-aTopewv/xL, to spread or strew under : c. ace. rei, Lk 193''.t
** inro-Tayfi, -^s, 17, [in LXX: Wi 1816 A*;] subjection: 11 Co 9i»,
Ga 25 I Ti 211 3*.t
uiro-Tclaaw, [in for ini hi., Dai, LXXIT'tZr, etc.;] 1. as a Wm ,
military term, to place or rank under (Polyb.). 2. to subject, put in

subjection: i Co 1527, Phi 321, He 25.8; p^sg., Eo 820, i Co 1527.28^
I Pe 322, Bph 122. Mid., to subject oneself, obey: absol., Eo 13^,
I Co c. dat. pers., Lk
25i 10i7.2o^ Rq 8^ 103 I31, i
143*; Co 1432 1528
(i7roTayr/o-€Tai ; cf. Pr., 163), ib. 16i«,
M, Eph 521.22 (T, WH, txt., E,
om.), ib. 24, Col 318, Tit 25.9 31^ 12^, He i Pe 2i8, 31. 5
55; imperat.,
Ja 47, I Pe 213 55_t
uiTo-Ti0T)|jii, [in LXX for Dli27 etc. ;] to place under, lay down.
,
Metaph., t. r/aap^T/Aov inroOelvai, to risk one's life (v. Deiss., LAE, 119 f.)
Eo 16*; mid., to suggest : 1 Ti 46.t
*uiTo-Tpt'xw, to run in U7ider ; of navigators, to run in the lee of:
c. ace. (v. M, Pr., 65), Ac. 27i«.t
*t uTTo-TUTTuais, -€cos, t) [<^ vTroTVTroui , to delineate), an outline, sketch.
Metaph., a pattern, example : i Ti li^, 11 Ti li3.t
Syjv. : o/xotw/Att, TVTTOs, mroSeiy/JLa (v. DB, iii, 696^).
urro-iîpu, [in LXX for SWZ , etc.;] to bear by being under,
i Co
10i3, 11
Metaph., to endure : c. ace. rei, Ti 311, i Pe 2i9,t
Oiro-xwpe'ca, [in LXX : Jg 2037 B (— ), Si 13^, 11 Mac 12i2*;] to go

hack, retire : seq. ev, Lk 51" ; seq. eis, Lk 9io.t
* uTTUTTiatu (<^ vTToymov, (a) the part of the face below the eyes ; (b)
a blow on the face), to strike under the eye, give a black eye : metaph.,
(a) of persistent annoyance (EV, wear out), Lk 185; (h) of severe self-
discipline (E, txt. buffet, mg. bruise), i Co 927 (v. Field, Notes, 71, 174).t
OS, u<5s, 6, 17, [in LXX for TTq ;] swine : fem. (sow), 11 Pe 222.t
*t 6aa6$, -ov, 6, a javelin (v. ref. s.v. vo-o-wttos).

t ocrawiros, -ov, rj, [in LXX for SiTftf ;] hyssop, of which a bunch
was used in ritual sprinklings : He 9^" ; of a branch or rod (?) of hyssop,
Jo 19-^ (but V. Field, Notes, 106 ff., for suggestion to substitute vaaio
here).t
6oTcp^w, -w (<;wTcpos), [in for "OU bin, etc.;] to come LXX ,
late, bebehind (opp. to Trporepcw, cf)6dv(o; c. gen. rei, /or; c. gen. pers.,
later than). Metaph., 1. of persons, (a) absol., to come short, fail :
He 4}; seq. Atto, 19}^.; (b) c. gen. pers., to come short of, be inferior
to : II 11^ ovZiv (in nothing, in no respect), ib. 12^^ (c) with refer-
Co ;
;
ence to things, to come short {of), be in want (of): c. ace. rei, Mt 19^*
(Si 5124); c. gen. rei, Lk 22^5; so mid. (Diod., FIJ), Eo 323; ^bsol., to
be in xvant, suffer want, Lk 15l^ i Co S^, ii Co 11^, He ll^^ (Si 11")
opp. to Tr€picr(r(.v€iv, Phi 4^2 ggq ^^ j Qq \7^ 2. Of things, (a) to fail,
j
be lacking: Jo 2^; c. ace. pers. (v. Swete, in 1.; Mozley, Ps., 42),
Mk 1021; {b) to be inferior: mid., i Co 122* (cf, d<^-i;orTe/3ew).t
1 6(rTe'pr)fJia, -tos, to «vo-T€peco), [in Jg 18l« 1919.20^ Pg 33 LXX:
(34)9 (itoHQ), Ec 115 {yrm), 11 Es 6^ {v. eTvai, ntjrq)*;] (a) that which
is lacking, deficiency, shortcoming : c. gen. poss, (pron. poss.), i Co 16^'^,
Phi 230 c. gen. rei. Col I2*, i Th 310 {b) need, ivant, poverty (Ps 33
; ;
(34)10, JglSio.al.): Lk 21^ 11 Co 9^2 119; opp. to TrcpiWev/â, iiCoSi^'i*

(eccl.).t
**t uoT^prjo-is, -€ws, rj «wt£/)€w), [in Aq. Jb303*;] need, want: :
opp. to TO TTcpio-o-cCov, Mk 12" Kaffv., Phi 411 (eccl.).t

;
oCTxepos, -a, -ov, [in LXX for ]il05J and cogn. forms;] latter,
later: ev i. Katpois, i Ti 4^ (on the reading 6 v., for 6 irpCrros, WH,

V. WH,
App., in 1.). Neut., to v., used adverbially instead of vo-re'pws,
afterivards, later :Mt 42 2129. 82. 37 25" 26«o, Mk 16 [i^J,
Lk 2032, Jo 1336,
He 12" c. gen.,; Mt 22'^lf
Ixâivu, [in LXX for riK, etc.;] to weave: Lk 122^, T, WH,
mg.t
u4)aia6s, ->7, -ov «v<âivw), [in LXX chiefly for niZTn ;] tvoven
Jo 1923.t
u»|/T)X6s, -v, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for nan, also for ni33, DT), etc.;]
high, lofty : opos, Mt 48 171, Mk 92, Ee 21io
tc^xos, ib. 12;fjêra ySpaxtWos ;
v., fig., Ac 1317 (cf. ] : 66, al) ;

pi., ^riXd, of heaven (Ps 92 (93)*, Is 33^,
al.). He 13 ; compar., vil/-q\6T€popovfiv).\

*t uij/T]\o-4)pofea>, -w, = fxeyaXoffipoveLv (Xen., Plat., al.), to be high-
minded: I Ti 61''
(WH, mg., vij/rjXa </)pov6tv).t
u(|/ioTos, -rj, -ov, superlat., without positive in use, in cl. chiefly

poet, (^sch.. Soph., al.), [in LXX chiefly for 'f]'<b^ , also for nni^
etc.;] highest, most high: of place, Ta v. (of the heavens), Mt 219,
Mk 1119, Lk 21* 1938 (cf. Jos 16i9, Is 571^) ; of God (in cl., of Zeus
Pind., ^sch., Lk 132,35,76
al.), ^., 635 (as freq. in Si 410, al.) ; 6 ^., Ac
7*8; 6 êis 6 ^., Mk 5', Lk 828, Ac 161^, He 71 (cf. Ge 14i8).t
tp«|»os, -ovs, TO, [in LXX for njpip , Dnp , etc. ;] height : Eph 3^',
Ja 19, Ee 21i«; of heaven (EV, on high), i$ i., Lk V^ 24^9; eJs i., Eph
48 (LXX) f
u<|/6ci), «ui/ôs), [in
-o) LXX
chiefly for Dn, also for nna, Xi2^3,
etc. ;] to lift or raise up : c. ace, Jo 3^* S^^ 12^2,34. ^(^,5 ^_ ovpavov, fig.,
pass., Mt 1123, Lk 10^^ Metaph., to exalt, uplift : Ac 2^3 53\ 11 Co
117, Ja 410^ I Pe 5« ; opp. to Ta-n-eivw, Lk l'^' ; eavroV, Mt 2312, Lk 1411 181*
(cf. v7r€p-ui/ôa)).t
u>«Hia, -To^, TO, [in LXX: Jb 2*24 (t), Jth 10^ 13* 15«*;] (a)
height : Eo S^^ ; (6) ^/lai w/iic/i is lifted up, a barrier : 11 Co lO^.t
, <|), TO, indecl., phi, ph, the twenty-first letter.

<^r, As a
numeral, 4>' =
500, <^, = 500,000.
(fxlyofJiai, Hellenistic for cl. ISoyxat, V.S. iaOioi.
*f^dyos, -ov, 6 «<âyerv, V.S. icrdCuy), a glutton : Mt 11^9, Lk 73*.+

(|>aiX(Scif]s, V.S. 4>eX6vr]<;.
âiyu), [in LXX for mx
hi., ilNT ni., etc. ;] I. Act., 1. to bring
to light, appear (so most freq. in cl.). 2. Absol., to give light,
cause to
shine (Hom., Plat., al.) Jo 1^ 5^^, 11 Pe 1^9, i Jo 28, Ee li« 8^2 1823
:
2123. jj_ Pass., to come to light, appear, be manifest : Mt 2'^ 132*5

2427,30^ Lk 98, Phi 2l^ He 113, ^ pe 418(lxx); opp. to icf>avcCâdai, Ja
41*; c. dat. pers. (Bl. § 54, 4), Mt I20 2^^''^\ Mk 16^; c. nom. pred.,
Mt 2327.^8^ Eo 7^3^ Co 13^; id. c. dat. pers., n Mt 65.i«.i8 (geq. nom.
ptcp., but not as in cl. ; v. Bl., § 73, 4) ; impers., Mt 933 of the mind ;
and judgment (= BokÎ, q.v.), Mk 14^* (cf. i Es

22i),
Lk 24".+
Syjv. : V.S. Sokcw.
<t>(£XEK (T, Eec. $aAcK, L, mg., âXey), 6, indecl. (Heb. J^p , Ge

lli«), Peleg : Lk 335.+
â^6p6s, -a, -oV «</.a6vo/ât), [in LXX: De 2929(28) (nâ ni.), Pr
14*, Si 622, al. ;] open to sight, visible, manifest : Ga geq. ^^ Rq 5^9
119, I Jo 310 ; c. dat. pers., Ac 41^ 7^3, i Ti 41^; </,. ytVô-ât (in for LXX
im ni., Ge 421^), Mk 6^\ Lk 8i^ i Co 3^3 1426; id. seq. cv, i Co 11^9,
Phi 113; ^^ ô^g-^^ Mt 12i«, Mk 312; €^5 </). iXOelv (cf. Bl, § 47, 2), Mk
422, Lk 81'^; cv to) 4>. (opp. to €v T. KrpvTTTw), Eo 228.+
Syjv. : V.S. 8rj\o<s.
âvepooi, -Q>, [in LXX : Je 40 (33)« (nbz pi.) *;] to make visible,
clear, manifest or known : c. ace. rei, Jo 2" 17", Eo li9, i Co 4^, 11 Co
21* 11«, Col 4*, Tit 13; pass., 422, Jo 321 93, Eo 321 162", 11 Co 410.11 Mk
Eph 513, Col 126, Ti 110, u He
98, i Jo 32 49, Ee 318 15* ; c. ace. pers.,
of Christ, Jo 7* 21i; pass., Co 33 5"' u, i Jo 2i9; of Christ, u Mk
16[i2.i*], Jo 131 21U, Col 3*, I Ti 3ie,
He 926, i Pe I20 5*, i Jo I2 h ^^;
V. Westc, in 1.) 22832.5.8.+
SyJV. : V.S. dTroKoAwTCo.
30
4G6 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
** 4>a>'€pois, adv. (<; <^ttve/3os), [in LXX
ii Mac 3^^* ;] (a) manifestly, :
openly : Mk I'ts
; opp. to ev k^vitt^,, Jo 7^"* {h) clearly : Ac 10^ ;
(II Mac 328).

t <j>av€pojo-is, -ecus, rj (<^cf)avep6(j)), [in LXX as v.l. for Sr/Xwo-ts
(DniN), Le 8^ Cod. Ven. (Thayer, s.v.)*;] manifestation: i Co 12^

II Co 42.t
*<f>ai'6s, -ov, 6 (<[âtVaj), a torch or lantern (v. Eutherford,
NPhr., 131 f.) Jo 18=*.t :
SVN. : V.S. Aa/XTras.

acouiiX, 6, indecl. (Heb. b?<135l), Phanuel : Lk 2^^.f
**,âvTdtoj «</,a,W), [in LXX: Wi 6^\ Si 31 (34)^*;] to make

visible. In cl. used in pass, only, = âtVo/xai, to become visible,
appear : ptcp.. He 12-^t
<|>a./Ta<Tia, -as, v «<âvTaâ)), [in LXX : Za 10^ (vm), Hb 218' ^^
3^", Wi IS^""*;] 1. as philos. term, (a) imagination; {b) = (ftavTao-jxa

(Plat., Arist.). 2. In later writers (Polyb., al.), show, display : Ac 25''^^.t
<j)drraap,a, -tos, to « câvra^w) ,

[in LXX: Jb 20^ A {]V}n), Is
28'^ A, Wi 17^^*;] = (âo-/Aa, an appearance, apparition {Msch., al.):

Mt 1426, Mk 6« (v. DCG, lllb).t i,
<j>dpaY§, -ayyos, 17, [in LXX chiefly for bui , also for N?|l , etc. ;]
a chasm, ravine : 3^ (Lxx) ^y. DB, iv, 845 f.).t

Lk
apaw, 6, indecl. (in FIJ, Ant., viii, 6, 2, <E>apawv, -wvos), (Heb.
nyig), Pharaoh, the general title of the kings of Egypt: Ac 7^^'^^
Eo 917, He 1124 . 4, paa-LXevs Alyvirrov, Ac 7l0.t
ape's, o, indecl. (Heb. pa, Ge 3829), p^ês : Mt l^, Lk 333.+
<t>apiCTaTos, -ov, 6 (Aram. Nt2?"i"13; v. Dalman, Gr., 157n, Words,

2n), a Pharisee Mt 23-6, Phi 3^ usually in pi., Mt 9", Mk 2^8, al.
: ;
^. K. ypafxfxarel^, Mt S"\ Mk 2^^, Lk 521, ^1. $. k. SaSSotiKaroi, Mt 1Q\ ;
Ac 236' al. apxi^pfi^ «. $., Mt 21^\ Jo 7^2, al. (v. DB, iii, 826b).
7^ ;
<{>app,aKeia, V.S. (papfjuiKLa.

* 4)apfxaKeos, -e'ws, 6 (<] cjidpp.aKov), a sorcerer : Ee 21^, Eec.t
<t>ap|xaKia (Eec. -et'a), -as, rj (<^ <jbap/Aa/cet)Oj, to administer drugs),
poet, and late prose form of 0ap/xaKeta, [in LXX: Ex 7"' 22 g^'i^cs,!*)
(tab, D^tpn^), Is 47^' 12

(?|^^3), Wi 12* 1813*;] 1. generally, the use of
medicine, drugs or spells (Xen.). 2. (a) poisoning (Plut., Polyb.);

{b) sorcery, witchcraft : Ga 52'' (v. Lft., in 1.), Ee 921 (WH, txt.,
<l>apfidK(ov) 1823 (cf. LXX, 11. c.).+
(jxipiiaKOk, -ov, TO, [in LXX for PJIZTSI;] (a) a drug; (b) an in-
cantation, enchantment : Ee 921, Tr., mg., WH, txt. (EV, sorceries).^
<f>ap|jiaK6s, -q, -ov, [in LXX for ?]ZS^3P , etc. ;] devoted to magical
arts. As subst., 6 ^. = <j>apfm.Ke.vs, a magician, sorcerer : Ee 21^ 22i^.+
«}>(£<7is, -€0)5, •^ «âiva)), [in LXX : ii Es 4}"^, Da th Su ^s,

IV Mac 15^5 x^ * ;] information, esp. against fraud or other crime
Ac 2V\f
<t)d(7K«, [in LXX: Ge 262o (iQK), Da LXX Bel^, ii Mac 1427.82^
in Mac 3^ * ;] to affirm, assert : c. ace. et inf., Ac 24^ 25^^ c. inf. et ;
nom., Eo 1^2,1
<j>dTinf], -77s, 17, [in LXX for D11K, etc.;] a manger: Lk 2'»^2,ic
1315 (v. DB, iii, 234 a,

DCG, ii, llla).t
4.ao\os, -77, -ov, [in LXX : Pr 228 (^^^y) 29^ (b^njf), etc. ;] sZigr/ii,
worthless, of no account, both of persons and things in various shades

of meaning (v. LS, s.v.), in NT, as freq. in cl., always with distinct
moral reference (v. Ellic, Past. EjJj^., 203 ; Hort, Ja., 85 Tr., Syn., ;
§ Ixxxiv), worthless, bad : Jo 21^^, Tit 2*, Ja 3^^ opp. to dyaôs (q.v.),
;
Jo 529, Eo 911, II Co 5i«.t
Syn. : v.s. a0ea-ij.o<s.
<j)e'YYos, -ovs, TO, [in LXX chiefly for n3J;] light, brightness,
usually c.gen. of something that shines or reflects : of the moon, Mt

2420, Mk 1324; of a lamp, Lk 1133 (WH, EV, 0is).t
Svjv. : avyrj, q.v.
<})ei8ofi.ai, [in LXX for ban, Din, 'îs^, etc.;] to spare: 11 Co
132; c. gen. pers., Ac 2029, Eo 832 II21, i Co 728, 11 Co 123, ^ p^ 24.6;
c. inf., to forbear, 11 Co 12''.t
*t <j>€i8ofi£Vws, adv. from ptcp. (v. Bl., § 25, 1), sparingly : n Co 9"
(Plut.).t
*t <j)6Xoi'T)s (Eec. (fiaiX-), -ov, 6, by metath. for âivoAr;s (also (f)ev6\7]?,
âtvoAiov; hdut. pcBnula), a cloak (v. DCG, i, 338; on the idea that the
meaning here is book-cover, v. CGT, in 1. Milligan, NTD, 20 Field, ; ;
Notes, 217 f., where the view that the </>. here is an eccl. vestment is
discussed) : 11 Ti 4^3_t
<J)epu, [in LXX chiefly for Ni2 hi., also for XiZTJ, etc.;] to bear;
1. to bear, carry : c. ace, Lk 2326 24^, Jo 193^, He 1* (v. Westc, in 1.)
pass., Ac 22 2715.17^ He 6^ 11 Pe V'^^; of the mind, ib. 21. 2. to bear,
endure : c. ace. rei. He
c. ace. pers., Eo 922.
122'^ 13^3
3. to bring,
;
bring forward : c. ace. pers., Ac 5^^; id. seq. Trpos, 132 qs 917,19,20- Mk
liri, Lk 518; c. dat., 7*2 822; c. ace. rei, Mk 62^ II2 12^5, Lk 1523, Mk
Ac 434.37 52^ n
Ti 413; id. seq. tt/do's, 11^; d^, Ee 2124.26; ^^^; Mt Mk
14", Mk628; dTrd, Jo 21i0; c. dat., 12^5, Jo 28; id. seq. .SSe, MtMk
1418 1717. Jo 433; T. haKTvXov {xfipa), Jo 2027;
geq, (âyetv (sc. Ti),
pass., 17 xap'5. I PQ hhaxqv, II Jo '^^; Odvarov (cf. Field, Notes, 230),

1^^;
He 91*; Kpicnv, II Pe 2^1; Karqyopiav, Jo 18^9; amW, Ac 25^8; amco/tara,
ib. Eec. 4. to bear, prodiice, bring forth : Kafnrov, Mt 7^8^ Mk 48, Jo
'^,
1224 152. 4, 5, 8, 16. 5. to },ring, lead : Mk I522, Jo 2118, Ac 14^3 metaph., ;
of a gate (680s, cl.), seq. ets, Ac 12^'' (cf. dva-, airo-, Sea-, tier-, Trap-€i(T-,
Ik-, CTTt-, Kara-, irapa-, irepL-, irpo-, irpocr-, airv-, v7ro-</>epco) .t

Sviv^. : (fiopio), which expresses habitual and continuous bearing
as distinct from (<^€pw) that which is accidental and temporary (cf. Mt

11^, al., s.v. ifiopio), and v. Tr., Syn., § Iviii).
<|)euYO), [in LXX chiefly for D12 , also for mi , etc. ;] to flee from
or away, take flight : absol., Mt 8=^=^ 26''«, Mk S^* U'\ Lk 8^\ Jo W\
Ac 729 ; seq. €h, Mt 2^3 10^=^ 24i« txt.), (WH, Mk 13^\ Lk 2P\ Ee 12^
(WH, Ac 273o
cVt, c. ace. loc, Mt 2416 mg.) ; ck, ; 6.7r6, c. gen. loc.
(cl.), Mk 168
gen. pers. (as in Heb.), Jo 10^, Ja 4^.
. ia^ c. Metaph.
absol., Ee 162" c. ace. rei, i Co 6^^ He IP* (v. M, Pr., 116)
; opp. to ;
8i(0K£iv, I Ti 6^^ II Ti 222; geq. ^^^6, c. gen. pers., Ee 9« airo t. ;
Trpoao'mov, Ee 20"; c. gen. rei, Mt 3^ (M, Pr., I.e.) 23^3, Lk 3^, i Co 10^*
(cf. diro-, Sia-, £*<-, KaTa-(fi€vyo)) .f
Felix, procurator of Judaea: Ac 232^>26
tjXiC (L, <^^-), -iKos, o,
243,22,24,25,27 2514.t
,|»^ftT,, -T?s, ^ {<<f>vi^c)' [iii LXX: Pr 162 (1530) (njriaBir), 11 Mac

439, III Mac 32, IV Mac 422 * ;] a saying or report : Mt 92^, Lk A^Kf
<})T|fii, [in LXX chiefly for DN3 , also for lax freq. in ii-iv Mac ;]
;
to declare, say : freq. in quoting the words of another, Mt 132" 26''\

Lk 22^^ Jo 12=^, al. interjected into the recorded words (cl.), Mt 14^
7*** ;
Ac 2335, al. cl>r](TL, impersonal (BL, § 30, 4), i Co 61^ (Lft., Notes, 217
;
but cf. Bl., I.e.), II Co 10i« (WH, mg., <âo-tv). He 8^; joined with
synon. verb (cf. LS, s.v., 11, 2), aTroKptdeh avriL ifftrj, Lk 23^ seq. Trpds, ;
Lk 22"o, al. : c.ace. rei, i Co lO^^.i" ; ace. et inf., Eo 3^; seq. on (Bl.,
§ 70, 3), I Co 10^9 1550 (cf. avv-^Tjfxi).

* ^r]iiii<a « 4>vm), io S2}read a report : Mt 28l^ T, WH, mg. (v.
«t>Tj(TTos, -ov, 6 (Porcius), Festus, procurator of Judsea : Ac 242'^ 25^ *^-
2624, 25 32 _t
<|>0(ivoj, [in LXX for V2Z hi., SDQ, etc. ;] 1. come before another,
to
anticipate (cl.) : e. ace. pers., i Th 4^^. 2. In late writers and MGr.

(v. Kennedy, Sources, 156; Lft., Notes, 35), to come, arrive: Eo 9^^;
seq. ek. Phi 316 3.xpL, II Co lO^* eVi (cf. Da th 421, and v. Dalman,
; ;
Words, 107), Mt 1228, Lk II20, i Th 2^6 (cf. 7rpo-cf,0dpw) .f
êapT6s, -v, -ov {c{>Oeip<o), [in

LXX : Le 222^ (nnpD), Is 5417An»,
Wi 9^^ 148, II Mac 7^^ *perishable, corruptible : av(9pw7ros, Eo 12^ (opp.
;]
to a(jiOapTO<; 6e6<;) ; (rT€(f>avo's, I Co 92^ (opp. to a^âpros) (nropd, I Pe 12^ ;
(opp. to dcfiO.) ; neut., to (/.. toDto, i Co 15'"' ^^ ;

pi., i Pe l^^.t
<|>9€YY0fiai, [in LXX for riDiT, yi3 hi., etc. ;] of men or animals, to
tetter a sound or voice : absol., Ac 4^^ | geq, ^ ^wviy, ii Pe 2^^ ; c. ace.,
VTripoyKa, ib. ^^.t

<|>9eipw, [in LXX chiefly for nntZr hi., pi., also for -Jin etc. ;] to ,
destroy, corrupt, spoil (on the varied usage and distinctive meaning of
the word, Mayor on ii
v. Pe, App., 175 ff.) c. ace, : i Co 3^^ 1523, ii Co
72; seq. ATr6, u Co 11* ^, ; ii Pe 212, Ju 10, Ee 192; Kard, Bph 422 (cf.
Sia-, KaTa-(l>0€tpu)) A
* «J>0ii'-oTro)pii/6s, -77, -ov (<; autumn), autumnal:
(^^ti/oVojpov, late
SevSpa ^., atituvm trees (said to be without fruit therefore at a time
when might be expected;

fruit v. Mayor's elaborate note, Ep. Ju.,
55-59, and reflf. there) Ju 12.+ :
4>66yyos, -ov, 6 « <^^€'yyo/*at), [in LXX : Ps 18(19)* op), Wi

I918*;] a sound: Eo lOi^d-xi), i Co W.f
** 4.90^60), -w
(L, txt., Tr., mg.,
«WH, (^^di/os), [in
mg., ace), as in
LXX To :
cl.,
4^. le
Ga
AB *
5'^^.t
;] to envy : c. dat.
**4.e<5.'os, -or, 6, [in LXX: Wi 2'^* 623, ^ Mac 8^^ iii Mac 6^*;]
envy : Eo 129, Ga 521, i Ti 6*, Tit 3^, i Pe 2^ ; 8ik 66vov, Mt 27^8,
Mk 15^**, Phi 1^^ Trpo? cftOovov limroOd r.
; irvevfjia (on the meaning, v.
E, txt., mg. 1,2; Hort, Ja., 93 f.), Ja 45.t
4)0opti, -a?, 17 « (pOeLpw), [in LXX for nrSJff bin etc. ;] destruc-
, ,
tion, corruption, decay (v. Mayor on 11 Pe, Aj)p., 175 ff.) Eo 82^, i Co 15*2,
:
Col 222, n
Pe 2^2 j opp. to ^wry aiwvios, 6^ ; Ga by meton., of that which
is subject to corruption, i Co 15^'^ ; of moral decay, n Pe 1* 2^2, 19 (gf^
Wi 1412).
<|>idXif], -r/s, fj, [in LXX chiefly for p^Ta;] a shallow hotul (= Lat.
patera), used for pouring libations, etc. Ee 5^ IS'' 16^"^'' 17^ 21^+ :
** 4>i^-aYa6oS) -ov, [in LXX:

Wi 722*;] loving that ivhich is good,
loving goodness : Tit 1^ (Arist., Polyb., al.).t
<l>iXa8e\<(>ia (Eec. -eX<êia), -as, 17, Philadelphia, a city of Lydia
Ee 111 37.t
<^tXaS£A«/>os), [in
<|)iXaSe\<}):a, -as,
^ «
iv Mac 1323.26 141*;]
the love of brothers, brotherly love : of Christians' mutual love as
LXX :
brethren (v.s. d8£X</)o's), Eo 12io, i Th 49, He 13i, i Pe 12^ 11 Pe l^.t

**<j>iX-ti8cX<|)os, -ov, [in LXX : 11 Mac 15^*, iv Mac I321 15i« *;] lovi7ig
one's brother, loving like a brother (Soph., Xen., al.) : of Christians' love
for one another (EV, loving as brethren), i Pe 3^.t
*<|>iXai'8po9, -ov, 1. loving men (.3Esch.). 2. Of a wife, loving her
husband (freq. in epitaphs, v. LS, s.v., Deiss., BS, 255) Tit 2*.t :
'**<j)iXa»'0pwin'a, humane), [in LXX Es 8^3,

-as, rj (<^ <îAdv^pw7ros, :
II Mac 622 149, III Mac S^^' ^^ * ;] humanity, kindness (v. Field, Notes,
147 f.) Ac 282, rj-^. 34 (^.f ^^^^ j^qq^ ii^ 356 ^ ) +
:
**<|>iXai'ep(iTra)s, adv., [in LXX 11 Mac 92^, Mac 320 * ;] humanely, : m

kindly : Ac 273,t
**<|>iXapYupi'a, -as,
love of money, avarice : 1 Ti 6i*^.t
-7 « îXdpyrpos), [in LXX : IV Mac 126 2^5 x^*;]
Syn. : irXeoveîa, covetotisness (v. Tr., Syn., § xxiv).

** <(>iX-(lpYupo9, -ov, [in LXX : iv Mac 2^ * ;] loving money, avaricious
Lk 1614, II Ti 32.t
* <t>iX-auTos, -ov, loving oneself {kxiî.) ',
in bad sense {\h.), selfish
II Ti 32.t
Syn. : av$d8r]<; (v. Tr., Syn., § xciii).
^Ckiia, -G> « «^t'Xos), [in LXX : Ge 27*- «, al. (nnx), ib. 27, al.
(ptrra), La 12 (yi)), Wi 82, al.;] 1. to love (with the love of emotion

and friendship, Lat. amare ; v. Syn.) : c. ace. pers., Mt 10*'^, Jo 52"
113, 36 1519 1627 20-^ 2115-17, j Co 16"'\ Eg 319; cv TTiorei, Tit 315; c. ace.
Mt 23«, Lk 204«, Jo 12^5^ Ee 22^5 c. inf. (Is
56i0; cf. Bl.,
rei, ; § 69, 4),
Mt 65. 2. to kiss: c. ace. pers., Mt 26*«, Mk 14**, Lk 22*^ (cf.
/caTa-<?^t/\€u>).t
Syjv. : dyaTTctco (q.v.), the love of duty and respect.

4)i\r], r), V.S. <^t'Aos,
*t <f>iXii8oKos, -ov (^t'Aos, rjSov^), loving pleasttre : ii Ti 3* (Polyb.,
Plut., al.).t
4.i\r)fjia, -To^, t6 « (^tXe'w), [in LXX : Pr 27^, Ca 1^ (np^^m^) * ;]
a kiss : Lk 7*^ 22*®; as a token of Christian brotherhood, ^. ayiov, Eo

1616,Co 1620, II Co 1312, I Th
I 52« ; 0. dyc^TTT??, i Pe 51* (v. Lft., Notes,
dQ;DB,DCA,s.y."Kiss").f
i.XYJp.wi', -ovos, o, Philemon : Phm i.t
<*>t\YiTos (T, îX-qros), -ov, 6, Philetus : ii Ti 2i'^.t
<t)iXia, -as, -f)

(<C <;^tAos), [in LXX chiefly for H^HX ;] friendship : c.
gen. obj., Ja 4*.t

<t>iXnrTrric-ios, -oi;, 6 (for other forms in use, v. Lft., in 1.), a
Philippian : Phi. 4i5.t
iXnnrot, -wv, ol (on the pi., V. WM, § 27, 3), Philippi : Ac I612
206, Phi 11, I Th 22.t
<t>iXnnros, -ov, 6, Philip ; 1. the husband of Herodias Mt 14^, : Mk
617. 2. The tetrarch :Mt 16l^ Mk 8^7, Lk 31. 3. The apostle : Mt
103, Mk 318, Lk 61*, Jo l**-*9 65. 7 1221, 22 148, 9^ Ac VK 4. The deacon
and evangelist : Ac 65 85-*<' 218.t
* 4)iX6-e6os, -ov, loving God (Arist.) 11 Ti 3*.t :
iXoXoyos, -ov, 6, Philologus : Eo 16i5.t

** <|)iXoceiKia, -as,
8^®*;] love of strife, rivalry, emulation (Plat.,
rj
« ^lAovctKos), [in LXX :
al.),
II Mac 4*, iv
but mostly in bad
Mac 1^^
sense (Thuc., al.), contentiousness, contention: Lk 222* ^j^^^ y^ Field,

Notes, 75 f.).t
<j)i\6-»'€iKos, -ov « veiKos, strife), [in LXX: Bz 3^ (n5n"p7n)*J]
fo7id of strife, contentiotis : 1 Co lli^.t

* <}>iXo-|ei'ia, -as, 17 {<C <îAd^£vos), love of strangers, hospitality
Eo 121s, He 132.t
* <j>iX6-|evos, -ov, loving strangers, hospitable: 1 Ti 32, Tit 1^,
I Pe 49.t
*t <|>iXo-Trpa)T€ua> (<^ (îXott/dwtos, Plut., al.), to strive to he first:
III Jo ^ (eecl.).+
<})iXos, --q, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for yi , nnx ;] 1. pass., beloved,
dear (Horn., Eur., al.). 2. less freq. and

Act., loving, friendly (in cl.
only in poets) Ac 19^1. : As subst., a friend ; (a) masc, 6 ^. Lk 7" :
115 1410 156 169 2116 2312, Ac 273, III Jo 15; opp. to SoCAos, Jo 15i5;
<^. dvayâroi, Ac 102* ; c. gen. sub]., Mt lli9, Lk 7^* 11«' « 12* I412 1529,
Jo 11" 1513. 1* ;
6<f>. Toi vvficjiiov, Jo 329; T. Kai'o-apos (v. Deiss., BS 167
LAE, 382 f.), Jo 1912; Oeoi (v. Hort, in 1.), Ja 22^; c. gen. rei,
T, Koo-fxov, Ja 4*; {b) fern., 17 <^., Lk 159.t
**<j>i\o-(To<j)ia, -as, rj « .^t/\oo-o<ôs), [in LXX : IV Mac 1^ 5^^'^^

79,
21*. J ijj^Q iQ,yg^ and "pursicit of wisdom; hence, philosopJiy, investi-
gation of truth and nature of the : so-called philosophy of false
teachers, Col 28 (v. Lft., ICG, in l.).t
4)i\6-ao4>os, -ov, 6, [in LXX Da LXX : I20 (qS7K), iv Mac 1^ 5^5
* ;] a philosopher : Ac 17^^^
7'''
** 4)i\6o-TopYos, -ov {<^<7Topyj, family affectio7i), [in LXX: iv Mac

15^^*;] tenderly loving, affectionate (Xen., Plut., al.) : of Christians,
Eo I210.+
** <|)iX<STeKi'os, -ov «<îAos, t4kvov), [in LXX: iv Mac 15''-«*;]
loving one's children (Hdt., Arist., Plut., al.) : of women, joined with
«^tAav8po§, q.v., Tit 2*.t
**
(<^ ^t'Ao?, rt/x?/), [in
<J>iXoTifjLeojxai, -ovfjLai IV Mac 1^^ A;] to LXX :
love or seek after honour, hence, to be a7?i,bitious, emulous (Plat., Plut.,

al.) : c. inf., Co 59, i Th 4ii.t
Eo IS'^^, 11
** <j>iXo<(>p6i/a>s «^(Ao^pwv), adv., [in LXX: 11 Mac 3^, iv Mac
8^*;] kindly, luith friendliness Ac 28''.t :
* <j>iX64)p(oi/, 1 Pe 3^, Eec.t

-ov (•< <^tAos, 4>Pw)j f'riendly,
: kind
<j)ip,6<o, 25* (DDn), Da
-w (-< (^tyuo's, a muzzle), [in LXX : De LXX
Su «i, IV Mac 1=^^ K E * ;] to muzzle : i Co 9^, i Ti 5^8 (i-^^) metaph., ;
to put to silence : c. ace. pers., Mt 22^*, i Pe 2^* pass., to be silenced, ;
silent : Mt 22^2, Mk 1-^ 4^9, Lk 4=^^.t
i+Xeywc, -ovTos, 6, Phleqon : Eo 16^*.+
Ps 96(97)3
^\oyilu> «
{lonb
cf>X6i),
pi.). Da th
[in LXX
8^7(94)
: Ex
(rj-jq
9"" {npb
ithp.), Si Sô, i
hith.), Nu
Mac
21^* (t),
3^*;]
to set on fire, burn, burn tip : fig., Ja S** (on the meaning of the
sentence, v. Hort, in l.).t
^\6i, gen., c^Xoyos, [in LXX chiefly for nnb , nnn^;] a flame:
Lk 1624 ; cj> TTupds, Ac V\ 11 Th l^. He 17(Lxx)^ Rq 1^* 2^8 19i2.t
*4>Xoapeu, -w (<^ (^Xuapos), to talk nonsense : c. ace. pers., rjfjias (BV,
prating against ics), iii Jo ^'*.+
**4)Xuapos, -ov {<^ cfiXvo), to babble), [in iv Mac 5^''*;] babbling, LXX :
garruloiis : 1 Ti 5^^ (LV, tattlers; of things, îXocro^ta, iv Mac, l.c.).t

<|>oP€p6s, -a, -ov (<^0oySew), [in LXX chiefly for Kî3, also for
bni, D''N;] fearful, whether act. or pass.; 1. act., = Savo's, causing

fear, terrible (LXX) : He lO^^.si 1221. 2. Pass., = BeiXos, feeling fear,
timid (cl. in both senses).
piit to flight.
io(3ew, w </)o/?os), « ;]
Pass., to be jyut to flight, to flee affrighted.

1. in Hom., to
[in
2. to terrify,
LXX chiefly for XT'
frighten (Wi 17^ Hdt. and Att.). Pass, (so always in

; cf. M, Pr., NT ;
162), to be seized with fear, be affrighted, fear Mt 10»i 14^7, 5^3 6'-\ : Mk
Lk 113 850_ Jo 619 m\ Ac
al; opp. to ^-qXacf^povelv, Eo II20; 1638,
o-0dSpa, Mt 176 275* c. cogn. ace, 4>6ôv ixiyav, Mk 4*\ Lk 29 (i Mac
;
108); ô/3ov airaJv (obj. gen., but cf. ICC, in 1.), I Pe 31*; -n-TO-qaiv,
I Pe 36; c. ace. pers., Mt 10^^ Mk 11^8, Lk 19^1, Jo 922, Ac 920,
Eo 133, al, ; seq. diro (like Heb. ]» NIJ , Je 1^, al. ; cf. M, Pr., 102,
104„), Mt 1028, Lk
12*; seq. /^.^ (cl.; Bl., § 65, 3; M, Pr., 184 f.),
Ac 23i» 27^7. ^^^^5^ Ac 27^^ 11 Co 11^ 122", Ga 4" /tT^Trorc, He 4^; ;
c. inf. (Bl., § 69, 4 M, Pr., 205), Mt I20, ;

932, al. of reverential Mk ;
fear: Mk 620, Eph 5^3; t. ee6v, Lk lô, Ac IO2, i Pe 2^^, Ee 14^, al.;
T. Kvplov, Col 322, Ee
15*; r. ovofia T. 6eov (v.S. ovofxa), Ee 11^^ j ,,[
ffioôvfxevoi T. Oeov, of proselytes, Ac 13^^' 2^ (c^ e/c-ô/Jew).

4>c5(3TjTpor (LTr., WH,
-Opov), -ov, to (< <ô^€a)), [in LXX : Is 19^7
(Kan)*;] that which causes fright, a terror: pi. (as always, exc. Is,
I.e.), Lk 2111 (Hipp., Plat.).t
«(><5pos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for nX")"; , also for iriD , niQ"'^ , etc. ;]
1. in Horn., flight. 2. That which causes flight, fear, dread, terror

Lk 112, Ac Ti 520, I Jo 418, al. cogn. ace, cô^tladai cj>., Mk 4«,
55, I ;
Lk 29; c. gen. obj., Jo 7^3 1938 20^9, He 2^, i Pe 31* (but cf. ICG, in 1.)
dTTO (rod) ci>., Mt 1426, Lk 2126; e?s cf,., Eo S^^ /xera c^d/3ov, Mt 288; ^, ;
Kal Tpdyitos (Lft., Notes, 172), i Co 23, ii Co r\ Eph 6^ Phi 2^2; by

meton., of that which causes fear, Eo 133 ; of reverential fear, Eo 13^^,
I Pe 117 218 32.15; ^, ^^pi^^^ Ac 931, „ Qq qu (^ pjeld. Notes, 183);

XpioToC, Eph 521 ; Oeod, Eo 318, 11 Co 71.
Syjv. : (and cf. DCG, i, 381).

v.S. SctXia
oi'Pri, Phcebe, a deaconess of Cenchraea Eo 16i.t
-?;s, ^, :
oiki'kt,, -775, ^, Phoenicia : Ac lli^ 153 212 (y, x>S, iii, 856^ 857\).t
oiKiKio-CTa (on the ending, v. Bl., § 27, 4, and cf. ôlvi^), a Phoenician
woman : 2vpa $., Mk
72'', "WH, mg., for %vpo4>oLviKi(ja-a, q.v.t
oifi|, -iKos, o, rj, (a) a Phceniciari (also with fern., <E>otVtcro-a, Horn.,
al.) ; (b) Phoenix, a city of Crete Ac 27i2.t :
<|>ori'i^ (on the accent, v. Bl., § 4, 2 § 6, Ic), -iko?, 6, [in ; WM,

LXX for lan , nigri , n^bri ;] the date-palm, palm : to. fiata tS>v <f>.,
Jo 1213; of palna branches, cliOLVLKe<; (as Arist., 11 Mac lO'^, al.), Ee l^.f
**4)0k£us, -€ws, 6 (côVos), [in LXX Wi : 12^*;] a murderer : Mt 22^
Ac 752 28*, I Pe 415, Ee 218 2215 ; dv^p <^., Ac 3i*.t
SvJV. : av9punroKT6vo<;.
iôvevd} {<C 4>ov€v<;), [in LXX chiefly for nsi ;] to kill, murder
absol., Mt 521, Ja 42 ; fi^ (ot,) cfôvevarj^ (-£19), Mt 521 1918^ Mk 10".
Lk 1820, Eo 139, Ja 211 from Ex 20i3.i*) Mt 233i.35^
(all ; c. ace, Ja 5«.+
<^6vo<s, -ov, 6, [in LXX for Dl, ng, etc.;] murder, slaughter: Mk
157, Lk 2319.25, Ac 91, Eo 129; cf,. fjâxaipv^ (cf. Ex 1713, al.), He 1137;
pi., Mt 1519, Mk 721, Ee 92i.t
<|>ope'a), -S>, [in LXX : Pr 1623 {û^ hi.), Si 11^, al. ;] frequent, of «^€pa>,
denoting repeated or habitual action (cf. Tr.,S2/^J.,§lviii), most commonly

used weapons, etc., to bear constantly, tvear : Mt 118, Jq 295^
of clothing,
Eo 13*, I Co 15*9, Ja 23.t
*t (jt^pof, -ov, TO (Lat. forum) 'Ainriov <!>., v.s. "Attttios. :
«j>6pos, -ov, 6 {<^(j>€p(x)), [in LXX chiefly for D!3, also for IT^p,
etc. ;] tribute paid by a subject nation (cf. i Mac 10^^) ^. hovvai :
(i Mac 8^.7), Lk 20^^ 23^; dTroSowai, Eo 13^^ TcAelv, Eo 13" (Hdt., al.).t
Syiv. : Krjv(To<;, TcAos (q.v.).
(<<ôpT09), [in
<(>opTi£a) Ez 16^3 (-mis')*;] to load: c. LXX:
dupl. ace, Lk 11*^; pass., to be laden: metaph. (EV, heavy laden),
Mt 1128.t
<t>opTioi', -ov, TO (dimin. of (jiofyro?), [in LXX chiefly for SifO ',]
^
burden, load: of the cargo of a ship (Hdt., al.), Ac 27^**; metaph., Mt
Ipo 234, Lk 1146^ Ga S^.t
Syj\r. : ftdpos (<l-v.), oy/cos.
* <(>6pTos, a load esp. of a ship's cargo (Horn.,
-ov, 6 «; êpw), :
Hdt., and late prose writers), Ac 27^**, Eec.+

opTouVaros (Eec. ôvp-, V. Mayser, 116 f.), -ov, 6 (Lat.), Fortunatus:
I Co 1617 (v. Lft., CI. Bo., I Co., 59).t
*'^<^payek\iov, -ov, to (Lat. flag ellum), a scourge : Jo 2i^.t
*t <^payeK\6(i), -w (<; ^paye'AAtov, q.v.), to scourge : c. ace, Mt 2V^,
Mk 15^5 (eccl.).t
<()paYfJ.6s, -ov, 6 (<^ ^pao-o-w), [in LXX chiefly for "113 , 11^13 , also
for yjQ , etc. ;] 1. prop., a fencing in (Soph., OT, 1387). 2. = <^pa.yp.a,
a fence: Mt 21^3, Mk 12\ Lk 1423. Metaph., /.leo-oTotxov (q.v.) to9 <^.,
gen. epexeg., Eph 2^4 (v. Ellic, in l.).t
4>pd£(o, [in LXX: Jb 62* (]i3 hi.) 128 (-jT hi.),Da LXX 2*
(niq pa.)*;] to show forth, tell, declare, explain: Mt 133" (WH, EV,
Stacrdfjirjaov) IS^^.t
<j>p(iaau, [in LXX: Jb 388 (-j-jq hj j^ Hq 2«(8) (rpcy), Pr 21^3
(DMX), etc. ;] to fence in, stop, close : a-To/xaTa Acovtwv, He 1133 . o-to/xo,
metaph., Eo 3^^; pass., Kavxyja-c^, n Co ll^^.t
<|>peap, -ttTos, TO, [in LXX chiefly for 1X3 ;] a well : Lk 14^, Jo
4"' 12; ^_ ^^5 Sl/3vo-(tov, Ee 9i«2.t
*t ^(pec-aTraTtiw, -to (<^ ^pevaTraT?;?), to deceive one's mind (Lft., deceive
by fancies, v. Ga., I.e.) c. ace. pers., Ga 63.t :
*t <|>p€i'airdTT)s, -ov, 6 (<^ ffipw, dwdTT]), a deceiver (Bl., deceiver of his

own mind, % 28, 5.2, where v. ref. to tt.) : Tit l^'' (eccl.).t
^(>r\v, gen., <j()p6vo's, rj, [in LXX most freq. inPr (632, g,!.) and
chiefly for nb ; also iii Mac 4^" 5*^ ;] chiefly in Horn, and Trag., but also
in Plat., both sing, and pi. 1. in physical sense, the parts about the
al., ;
heart, midriff. 2. heart, mind, thought : pi., i Co 14''^<* (v. Edwards,

Eng.-Crr. Lex., App., l).t
4,pi'acrw (Att. -TTco, and SO IV Mac 14^ 17^), [in LXX : Jb 4^5
(l!QD pi.), etc. ;] 1. to berough, bristle. 2. to shiver, sMidder, tremble,

from fear : Ja 2^^ (v. Hort, in l.).t
^poyioi, -w
Is 4418 d-in)
« pyv), [in LXX
Es
: De
Wi
3229,
1^ 143o, i
Za
Mac
92 (DDn), Ps 93
u Mac
(94)8
9^2
{bDm hi.), ib. 28, 8^3, IO20,
•*
]^4.8, 26
.J
2_ ^Q have understanding (Horn., al.). 2. to think, to be
minded in a certain way : ws vr^Trtos, i Co 13^^ ; c. ace. (usually neut,,
adj., or pron., as freq. in cl), o Se?, Eo 12=*; S., Ac 2822; tovto, Phi 3^^;
Ti. erepois, ib. ovSkv a\Xo, Ga 5^" ; T. al'To (j). (Deiss., BSy 256), to be of the;
same mind, ii Co 1S^\ Phi 22 42; id. seq. ek (ev) a\Xy^Xovs{ots), Eo 12i«
15* ; T. €v (f>., Phi 22 (Lft., in 1.) seq. vTvep, Phi V. 3. to have in mind, ;
be mindf'ul of, think of (Hdt., Xen., al. Es, i Mac, 11. c.) ra t. Bcov, ; :
opp. to T. T. av6pu)7r(i)v, Mt 162^*, 8^^; ra T. a-apKO's, opp. to t. t. Mk

Tn/eu/Aaros, Eo 8* t. eVtyeia, Phi 3^" ; ra avw, opp. to t. iirl r. yrj^, Col
;
32 ;TOVTO (ftpovtLTe (EV, /iave this mind in you). Phi 2* vij/rjXa., Eo 12^^ ;
</). rjixepav (to observe a day), Eo 14^ wep. Phi

seq. 4^*^ (cf. Kara-, -rrapa-, ;
TrepL-, vTrep-<f)pov€Oi).T
**4)p6^Ti|jia, -Tos, TO «<^/Dov€a)), [in LXX: 11 Mac 721 13^*;] that

which is in the mind (the content of (ftpovciv, ICC, Bo., 8^), the thought
Eo 8«'7.27.t
<j)p{S^'rl(Tls, -ews, 17 « c^povew), [in LXX for nr^ , nsnri, na^n,

etc. ;] understanding, practical wisdom, ])rvdence : Lk 1^'^, Eph l^.t
Syn. : v.s. a-o(f>La, and cf. Lft., Notes, 317.
<|>p6i'i(ios, -ov (<; (^povew), [in LXX for ]i23, D3n etc.;] practi-
cally wise, sensible, prudent : Mt Lk 12^2^ i Co 10^^; opp. to

lO^" 24*5,
yacopos, Mt V* 252.4.8.9, I Co to a(^pa)v, II Co 11^9; ^. Trap iavTiS
410 ;
(EV, wise in one's own conceit), Eo 112* 12^^ (cf. Pr 3"); compar.,
-wrepos, Lk le^.t
Sr^. : v.s. crocôs.
4)po>'ifjicjs, adv., sensibly, prudently : Lk 16^,t
«<^poi/Tts, thotight), [in
<|)po»'Ti!;w i Ki 9* (3XT), Ps 39 LXX:
(40)^'' (itZ^n), al. ;] to give heed, take thought (in cl. usually absol., c.
ace, c. gen.), c. inf.. Tit S^ (v. Bl., § 69, 4 M, Pr., 206 f.).t ;
** <{)poup£a), -w (< 4>povp6^, a guard), [in i Es 4*", Jth 3^, Wi LXX :
17^^, I Mac 11^*;] to guard, keep under guard, protect or keep by

guarding : 11 Co 11=*2 ; metaph., Ga 32^, Phi 4^, i Pe l^.t
+ 4>pu(io-(r(i) (so Ps, I.e., NT
elsewhere depon., ^pmo-o-o/xat, Att,
;
-TT-), [in LXX : Ps 2^ (rrai), n Mac 7^* E, iii Mac 22 * ;] prop., of

horses, to 7ieigh, whinny and prance (Plut., al.). Metaph., to be
wanton, insolent : Ac 42* (ixxjf
<}>puYa>'o>'. -OW) '''o
{<C4>P^y'^^ io parch), [in LXX chiefly for
127(5 ) also for bnn , etc. ;] a dry stick : pi., brushwood : Ac 28^.t
puyia, -as, rj (prop., the adj., ^pvyios, -a, -ov sc. yrj, X^JP^), ;
Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor Ac 2^*^ <^. koI TaXaTiKrj x'^P^ (r. x- : ;
K. <!>.), Ac 16« 1823 (on these phrases v. DB,\, 89 f. CGT, Gal., ;
xxii f.).t
uyeXos (Eec. -XXos), -ov, 6, Phygelus : 11 Ti 1^*.+
îtyr\, -rj<;, 17
« cêvyw), [in LXX chiefly for DIJD and cogn.
forms ;]
flight : Mt 242<'.t
<t>uXaKVi, -ij<;, rj {<^ (fivXaaa-uj) , [in LXX chiefly for nilptjriQ and
cogn. forms, also for N^J , etc. ;]

(a) actively, a guarding, guard,
watch (Horn., Plat., Xen., al.) : cogn. ace, <f>vXdacreLv (f)v\aKa.<s, to keep
watch, Lk 2^; (b) of those who keep watch (as also Lat. custodia), a
guard ; pi., sentinels, a guard (Horn., al.) : Ac 12^^ (c) of the place
;
where persons are kept under guard, a prison (Hdt., Thuc, al.) : Mt
1410, Mk 61^ Lk 320, Ac 5^9, 11 Co 6^, i Pe 3^9, Ee IS^, al.; {d) of the
time during which guard was kept by night (Lat. vigilia; Anthol.), a
watch : Mt 14^5 24«, Mk 6*8, Lk 1238.
**t <j,u\aKi£a., [in LXX Wi 18**;] to imprison: Ac 22i9.t :
* <}>uXaKTiipioK, -ov, TO, 1. an outiôst, fortification (Thuc, al.). 2.

a safeguard (Plat.). 3. an amulet (Plut., al.) in NT for the Talmudic ;
y^^DO, a prayer-fillet, a phylactery, a small strip of parchment on

which portions of the law were written and worn on the forehead and
next the heart (cf. Ex 13^6) : Mt 235.t
4)uXa^, -ttKos, 6 {<C<fivXa(r(r(o), [in LXX for not?, "T-IS;] a guard,
keeper : Ac 5^3 12^' ^^.t
4>uX(iaaa), [in LXX
and very freq. for "iQlZr also for "1S3
chiefly ,
etc.;] to giiard, guard or ivatch : c. cogn. ace, (f>vX.aKd<s,

watch; (a) to
Lk 28; c. ace. pers., Ac 12* 28^^ pass., Lk 829, Ac 23^5; c. ace. rei,
Ac 2220; (b) to guard or protect: c. ace, Lk II21, Jo 122^ n^,
II Th 33, I Ti 620, n Ti 1^2. i*, 11 Pe 2^ iavr^v d7r6, i Jo 521 (Westc, in ;
1.) metaph. of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe : Mt I920,

;
Lk 1128 1821, Jo 12*7, Ac 753 16* 212*, Eo 22«, Ga 6^^, i Ti 521. Mid.,
to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: c. ace,
Ac 2125, II Ti 415 ; seq. dTro, Lk 121^ ; iVa firj, 11 Pe 3^^ ; as in LXX
(Ex 1217, Le 18*, al.), of laws, etc., to keep, observe : ravra iravra,
Mk 1020 (cf. 8ia-<f>vXda(roy).f
Svjv. : TTjpew, q.v.
<|)u\Ti, -^s, rj, [in LXX chiefly for n^po, also for IS^V?, nnptjrp,
etc.;] a body of men united by kinship or habitation, a clan or tribe

of the tribes of Israel, Mt 1928, Lk 2^6 22^0, Ac I321, Eo 11^, Phi 35,
He 713. 1*, Ja 11, Ee 5^ 7*-8 2I12 of the tribes of the earth, the peoples ;
and nations, Mt 24^0, Ee 1' 5^ 7^ 11^ 13^ 14«.t

<})u\Xoi', -ov, TO, [in LXX chiefly for n^r;] a leaf: Mt 21i9 24^2,
Mk 1113 1328, Ee 222.t
(n^^^^rD),
<|)upafjia, -T09,
Nu 1520.
TO
21
« cj>vpd<o, to
(nony)*;] that which

mix), [in LXX
is
: Ex
mixed or kneaded, a
S^ (728) 123*
lump : of dough, Eo lli«, i Co 5^' \ Ga 5^; of clay, Eo 92i.t

-ov {<C(f>v(rL<s), natural;
* <})uoriK6s,
-rj, (a) produced by nature,
innate (Xen., Arist., al.) (b) according to nature (Arist., Diod., al.)
;
opp. to irapa (ftvaiv, Eo 12^' 27 ^^^ governed by mere natural instinct .
(cf. Plut., Mor., 706a): ^(2a yeyewrjfieva (f). (RY, bom mere animals;
Mayor, born creatures of instinct; ICG, animals born of mere nature),
II Pe 2i2.t
* 4)U(7iKws, adv., naturally, by nature : Ju ^<'.t
*t
inflate.
<j)o<Ti6w,
Metaph., to puff
-w
up,
« make
<f>v(ra,
2)roud : i Co
to puff or blow up,
8^
bellows),
Pass., to be puffed
= cl. (f>vcra.oj,
up with pride i Co 4^^' ^^

: S'-^ 13"*; seq. vtto, Col 2^^ seq. i-n-ep Kara, ; . . .
I Co 4" (on the form of the subjc, v. M, Pr., 54; Bl, § 22, 3).t
** <j)i5ais, -£0)9,
v <^^'(o), [in «
IV Mac 1^*' 57,8,25 23'27 1513,25 163*;] iiature, i.e., (a) the nature
LXX
Wi 7ô IS^ IQ^" a A, iii Mac S^s, :
(natural powers or constitution) of a person or thing: Ja S'^, 11 Pe 1*^;

TtKva 4,v(TtL 6pyrj<;, Eph 2^ (6) origin, birth (Soph., Xen., al.)
;
Eo 2-'', :
Ga 2^^ (c) nature, i.e. the regular order or law of nature: i Co 11^*;
;
dat., (f)V(r€i adverbially, by nature, Eo 2^'^, Ga 4^ Trapa (fiva-iv, against ;
nature, Eo 1^" 11^*; Kara <^., according nature, naturally, Eo ll'-i'^^.t

to
*t <()U(7ia)(ns, -€W9, 17 (<! </)vo-toa)), a jmffing up, swelling with pride
pL, II Co 12^'\t
4.oT€ia, -as, ^ « </.rT€i;w), [in LXX : IV Ki
LXX).
1923 (yia:).
=
Mi l\
Ez 17' (riaa) * ;J
l. a planting (Xen., al. ; 2. </>uTew/Aa,
^/la^ which is 2^lanted, apilant (Inscr.) Mt 15^^.t :
(t>uT€U(a {<Cif^vT6v, a plant, <^<f)vo)), [in LXX chiefly for 37133, also
for br\W, etc.;] to plant Lk 17^^ i Co S'^'S; c. ace, cf^vreiav, Mt IS^^*;
:
d/^7r€ASva, Mt 2133, Mk 12\ Lk 20^, i Co 9' pass., seq. ev, Lk 13" 17«.t ;
[in LXX
<j)u'<j, Pr 26'-', Ez 37« {rbv), etc.: 1. trans., to bring ;]
forth, produce (of men, to beget) pass., to spring up, groiv Lk S*^' ^. ;
:
2. Intrans., in 2 aor., pf., plpf., and rarely in pres. (v. LS, s.v., A, 11.),
to spring up : He 12i^.t
*4)a)Xeos, -ov, 6, a hole, den, lair: Mt 8-», Lk 958.t
iw^'cw, -S (< ôivri), [in LXX for Nip (Je 17^\ al), etc. ;] I.
Intrans. 1. cry out, speak aloud: Lk 8^;

Of persons, to call out,
(fiOivfj pLtyaXy, Mk [(fxoi'rj fjieydXr]) Xiymv, Lk S***,
1'^^, Ac 16'^ ; i(f)Oii'T](r€
Ee 14^^; ^covTô-avres IttvOovto, Ac 10^^. 2. Of the cries of animals

(rarely in cl. Is 381*, jg^ i_c.) of a cock, to croiv, Mt 263,
; 14^, Lk 22,3,
: Mk
Jo 13^^ 18'^". II. Trans, (in cl. chiefly poet.), c. ace. pers., to call,
summon, invite: Mt 20^2 2747^ Mk g^^ 10^^ 15s^ Lk I412 16^ 19^5^ Jo 1^^
29 416 103 1128 1217 1833^ Ac 9" 10' ; to address, call by name (Soph.),
Jo 13^^ (cf. dva-, kiri-, irpoa--, (rvv-(bioveo))A
<|>wi/V), -rj<;, 7], [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for bip ;] a voice; (a)
prop., of persons, Mt 2^8 (lxx)^ al. ; <^. alpcLv (cTratpctv), Lk 17i^ Ac 21*,
al. ; 4>- f^^y^^V f'TTctv (Ae'yetj', (ftm'eiv, etc.), Lk 8^^, Ac 7^", Ee 5^2^ ^1.
yiveraL {epx^Tat) (f).
e/c t. ovpavwv (i^ ovpavov), Mk 1^^ Lk 322, Jq 1228^ al.
(of. DCG, ii, 810*; Dalman, Words, 204 f.) ; aKoveiv cfiwvyy (-77s ; v.s,
dKoi^'co), Ac 9*.', al.; <^. ySo^vros, Mt 3=*, Mk 1^, Lk S\ Jo 123(Lxx);
T, $€ov, Jo 5^'', He 37, al. By meton., (a) of the speaker, fSXeireiv tyjv (f>.,
Ee 1^2; speech, laîguage (Ge 11^, iv Mac 12', al.) i Co 14io (b)
(y8) :
;
inanimate things: Mt 243i, Jo Ac Ee l^'" 9^ I42, al. (cf. Tr.,

of 38, 2«,
Syn., § Ixxxix).
4><os (Att. contr. from <^dos; fC^^dw), gen., 0wtos, to, [in LXX
chiefly for "I'lX ;] light (opp. to to o-kotos, r] o-KoWa) Mt : 172- ^, Jo IP- ^\
II Co 4«; TjXiov, Ee 22^; of a lamp, Lk Sê ll^s, Jo 5^5, Ee 1823; of a
supernatural heavenly light, Ac 9^ 12^ 22^' 9. " 26^3 . hence, ayvcAos

(^wTos, II Co 11^^ ; 6 kAt^/dos t. dytW ev t. <^., Col 1^^; of the divine glory,
Ee 212* . by meton., of that which gives
light of fire, 145*, Lk : Mk
2256 (el. I Mac 1229
; of. DCG, i, 695) pi., of a lamp or torch, Ac
.
;
1&^^ ; of heavenly bodies, Ja l^^ Metaph., (a) of God i Jo 1^. ^ ; ,^^5 :
ot/cwv oLTTpoa-iTov, I Ti 6^6 (j^ Qf spiritual truth and its effects; on the
lives of men Mt 4^6 5^\ Jo 1*- ^ 319-21, Ac 26^8. 23^ n Co 6^\ Eph 5^3,
:
I Pe 29, I Jo 28 ; t. </>. r. C^^s, Jo 8^2 ^_ -^Xa rod cf>., Eo 13^2 Ka^Tros •

;
Tov <fi., Eph 59; fv T. </>. TrepcTraTeiv (etvat, /Aeveiv), I Jo 1^ 29' 1** uioi ;
(reWa) to9 <^., Lk IS^, Jo 1236, Eph 58, I Th 5^ by meton., of one ;
from whom truth shines forth Ac 13*'' d^^), Eo 2^9 ; esp. of Christ, :
Lk 2^2^ Jo V' 8 1235. 36, 46 ^, ^_ ^, KoVyltOV, Jo 8^2 9^ t. cf>. T. Ak-qOlVOV, .

;
Jo 19; of Christians, Mt 5^*, Eph 58; (c) of the spiritual under-

standing T. </). TO ev a-oi, Mt 623, Lk 1135 (^) adverbially, of that
:
;
which is open to view (opp. to ev t. o-kotio.) : ev t. </>., Mt 102^, Lk 123.t

SvJV. : V.S. êyyos.
<J)a>(7TTip, -:^/Dos, 6 «<^ws), [in LXX: Ge l^^.ê (nixn). Da LXX

123 (-IHT), I Es 8^9^ Wi 132, Si 43^*;] a luminary, light: Phi 2^5,
Ee 21ii.t
Svjv. : <êyyo9, ^tos.

* (<[<^ws, (fiipoi), light-bringing ; as subst., 6 ^., ^/le
<}>ua-<j>6pos, -ov
morning star (Plat., al. cf. ku>(r4>6po^. Is 14^2, Jb 39, Ps 1103)
; metaph., :
II Pe 1^9 (v. Mayor, in l.).t
**4.a)T€ir<5s (WH, i/xuTtvos), -ov «<^Ss), [in Si 173i -n, LXX:

23^9*;] &rz(/A^, light: vec^cAr/, Mt 175; opp. to o-Koreivos, Mt 622,
Lk 113*.36,t
(<< <^ws), [in
<f>a)Tii;&) for liK hi., riT hi., etc. ;] 1. intrans.,LXX
to shine, give light (Arist., PiUt., al.) seq. eVi, Ee 225. 2_ Trans, (a) :
to illumine, enlighten (Diod., Plut., al.) c. ace, Lk 1136, j^g 2123; :
pass., Ee 18^ Metaph., of spiritual enlightenment (Ps 118 (119)i3o,

Si 4517, al.) : Jo 19, Eph 1^8 39, E, txt.. He 6* 1032 ;
{h) to bring to light,
make known (Polyb.) : i Co 45, Eph 39, E, mg., ii Ti li" (cf. Kennedy,
Sources, 107 f.).t
<|)WTi(T,ji6s, -ov, 6 (c/xoW^to), [in LXX : Jb 39, Ps 26 (27)S 43

(44)3, 77 (78)1*, 138 (i39)u (^^j^)^ 898 (nixD)*;] illuminatwn, light:
metaph,, i Co 4*>''.t
X
X, x> X^' "^^^ indecl., chi, ch, the twenty-second letter. As a
numeral, x' = 600, x. = 600,000 ; but in Inscr., X = 1000.
xai'po,, [in LXX for nnw (Ge 45i6, al),
b^n (Pr 2^*, al.), etc.
inf., as greeting (v. infr.). Is 4822 5721 (qiê^), i Mac 10^8, n Mac 1^ and
freq. in these books ;] 1. to rejoice, be glad : Mk 14ii, Lk 155» ^2 196,37
225 238, Jo 436 856 2020, Ac 5*1 839 1123 1348^ „ Qo 610 77 139, Phi 217.28^
478 MANUAL GEEBK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Col 25, Th 5l^ Pe 4}^, III Jo dyaXAiSo-âi, Mt 5^2 k. a-Kiprav,

x- '«i'
=*
I I ;
;
Lk 6-=*; opp. to KXaUiv, Eo 121^, i Co 7^0; to /cAaiW k Bp-qvtlv, Jo IGÔ;

to XvTTTjv ^x'îv, ib.
-^ ; c. cogn. ace, x- X°-P^^ /AeyaXrî/j Mt 2^**
; x°-P^ X-
(Bl., § 38, 3 ; Dalman, Words, 34 f.), Jo 3^9 ; rj xapa ^ x^^^pop-^y, i Th 3^
Mt 18i3, Lk
c. prep. (Bl., § 38, 2), im, c. dat. (simple dat. in cl), l^*
1317, Ac 15^ Eo 1619, I Co 13« W,
ii Co 7^^ Ee llio ; 8id,
2i8
Jo 3^9 ll^s,
I Th 39 ; iv, Phi 118 ; a.7r6, II Co 2^ ; c. ace. (Dem.), Phi ; seq. Srt,
Jo 1428^ II Jo 4 ^ Toi^To, oTt, Lk 10'^« c. dat., Eo 121^ ^
Co 79' 16, II ; ; ;
Kvpiui, Phi 41*^. 2. In salutations, imperat., x^'P^j X""'p^^^' (^) ^*

meeting, /laiZ ; Mt 26^9 27^^ Mk I518, Lk 1^8, Jo 19^ pi., Mt 289 so ;
;
Xa.ipf.iv Xe'yw, to give greeting, 11 Jo

n in letters,
x'^^P^'-^ (sc. Xcyci ;
Bl, § 81, 1), greeting: Ac 15^3 23'"" Ja 1^; (b) at parting, farewell:
II Co 1311 (c) on other occasions, be of good cheer : ev Kvpcta, Phi 3^
;
4* (cf. crw-xatpco).t
XaXalâ, -tjs, tj LXX chiefly for ina

[in ;] hail : Ee 8^ lli9 IGî.t
XaXdoj, -w, [in LXX Je 45 (38)6 (nblZT

pi.), etc. ;] (a) to slacken,
:
loosen; (b) to let loose, let go; (c) to lower, let down: c. ace. rei, Mk
2\ Lk 54. ^ Ac 9-5 27i7> =^0; c. ace. pers. (cf. Je, I.e.), pass., 11 Co ll^^t
XaXSaios, -ov, 6, a ChaldcBan : yrj XoXSatW, Ac 7*.t
XaXcTrds, -q, -oV, [in LXX: Is 18^ (NîJ), Wi 3^9, Si 3^ al.;]
hard ; {a) hard to do or deal ivith, difficult ; (b) hard to bear, painful,
grievous : Kaipoi, 11 Ti 3^ (c) of persons, hard to deal with, harsh, ;
fierce, savage : Mt 8^8_f

*t xaXicaywycw, -w (<[ x'^"'05' o-y*^)y ^0 lead tvith a bridle; metaph.,
to bridle, restrain : c. ace, yXwcro-av, Ja 1^" aw/xa, 3^.t ;
XaXii/os, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 2T)J^ ;] a bridle : Ja 3^

Ee 142o.t
X«iXKeos, -ea, -€ov {-ov<s, -^, -ovv), {<C,x<^^ko';), [in LXX chiefly for
rnjrnj ;] brazen (i.e. of copper) : Ee 9'^'^.f
XaXKeus, -€ws, 6 «x'^^'ô5)> [i°. LXX for CTin, etc.;] a worker

in metal, esp. a copper-smith : 11 Ti 4i*.t
*t xaXKTiSoii', -oVos, 6, chalcedony, "supposed to denote a green
silicate of copper found in the mines near Chalcedon " (Swete)
Ee 2119.+
xaXKio.', -ov, TO «xaXKo'5), [in LXX: Jb 4122(23) (-,,p)^ etc.;] a

brazen (copper) vessel : Mk 7*.+
*t xaXKo-Xipai'oc, -ov, to, chalcolibamis, probably " a mixed metal of
great brilliance " (Swete) Ee li^ 21^ (EV, burnished brass).f :
XaXKos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Dgl'n:;] cop)p)er : 1 Co 13\

Ee 11812; by meton., of copper coin, Mt 109, Mk G^ 124i.t
xajiai, adv., on or to the ground : Jo 9" IS^'.t
Xacadf, 7j, indecl. (Heb. ]jr33), Canaan: Ac 7"; y^ X., Ac 13i'.t
Xami'aros, -a, -ov, Canoanite : ywij, Mt 1522.t

Xapd, -as, rj «xat>w), [in LXX for nnptr, ]ii2r^, etc.;] joy,
delight : Lk Jo ISî 1622.2* 1718, Ac Q\ 11 Co I2* T^^ 82, Ga 522,

1^^ 15'- ",
Col 111, Pill 22, I Jo 1*, II Jo 12 opp. to Ka-nyêia, Ja 4^ to Xxnrq, Jo 1620; ; ;
\. Trjs TTtWews, Pbl 125; ayaXXiaa-OaL {-xaipeLV, q.V.), x^P?^) Jo ^2^, I Pe l^J
X- eX"''' Ptina
"
; trX-qpovv (-ovcrdai) \apas, Ac 13*2^ J^q 151^, II Ti 1* ; TTOULV
X. fji€yd\.r]v, Ac 153 ; dTTo T^s x-,

Mt 13^S Lk 24^^!, Ac 121* ; ^ x-. Eo 1532
)Ltera xapS.s, Mt 132« 288, Mk 4^6, Lk 813 1017 24^2^ Pill 14 2^29^ He lO^^
I31" ; id. seq. Trvev/Aaros dytov, I Th I*'; X- ^ ""• "•' -^^ 141^; x- ^""'i
II Co 7* ; Blol, I Th 39 on, Jo I621 ; ; tva, iii Jo ^. By meton., of the
cause or occasion of joy Lk : 21**, 11 Co li^, WH, txt., E, mg. Phi 41,
I Th 219.20, He 122, ja 12
^ ^. ; ^. ^yp[ov, Mt 2521. ^^t
*XfipaYp.a, -ros, to {<^x°^P'^'^^^' ^^ engrave), (a) a stafnj), impress,

mark : Ee ISi*^' i^ 14«.ii 162 I920 20* (v. Deiss., BS, 240 ff.) (b) a thing ;
graven : Ac 172^.+
xapaKTrjp, -yjpos, o {<^x"-P^^^^> ^^ engrave), [in LXX: Le 132^
(nniS), II Mac 41", IV Mac 15* nE*;] 1. a tool for graving. 2. a

stam}) or impress : as on a coin or seal ; metaph., x- t. vTroo-Tao-ews,
He l^.t
X<ipa|, -a/v-os, 6 (<;xa/3acrcrco), [in LXX for nbbb , ^1^0, etc.;] 1.
a pointed stake. 2. a palisade or rampart : Lk 19*3^t

Xapiôiaai «xa/3'?), [in LXX: Es 8^ (p:), Ca 1*K, Si 123,
ii-iv Macg* ;] 1. to show favour or kindness : c. dat. pers., Ga 31^. 2. to
give freely, bestow : c. ace. et dat., Lk 721, Ac 31* 25ii.i« 272*, Eo 832,
I Co 212, Phi 12» 2^ Phm 22. 3. In late Gk. =
Lat. condo7iare), to grant
(
forgiveness, forgive freely : of debt, Lk 7*2» ^s

(ÊGT, in 1.) ; of sin,
II Co 27, 10 1213, Eph 432, Col 213 313 (cf^ j)B, ii, 57a).t
Xcipii', V.S. xapi?-
Xapis, -tTos, acc, xaptv ix'^ptra in Ac Ju * v. WH, App., 157),
242'', ;
[in LXX chiefly for ]n;] 1. objectively, that which causes favourable
regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl.

Ec 1012, Si 2116, al.) Col 4^; X6yoi r. x<^p<-ro<; (gen. qual.), Lk 422. 2.
:
Subjectively, (a) on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness,

goodwill, favour : Lk 2^2^ Ac 71**, al. esp. in of the divine favour, ; NT
grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality Lk 13", Ac 142^, :
Eo I Co 13, al. opp. to o</)etA77â, Eo 4*.i^ to cpya, Eo 11^

1'', ; [b] on ; ;
the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude

Eo 617 72^ al. x- ^X"''. ^0 ^^ thankful, Lk 17^, i Ti I12, al. 3. Objec-
;
tively, of the effect of grace, (a) a state of grace : Eo 52, 11 Ti 2i, i Pe

512, II Pe 318 {b) a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour)
;
Jo li^, Ac 6^, :
Eo 1\ I Co 310, II Co 98, Ga 2^, Eph 32, i Pe b^^^\ al. (For fuller

treatment of the NT
usage, v. AE, Eph., 221 ff. DB, ii, 254 ff. ; DCG, ;
i, 686 ff. ; Cremer, s.v.).
**t xdpio-fjia, -Tos, TO (-^x^/^'Co/AttO. [ii^ Si 733 x ^^g^ X^^P'^) LXX:

3Q30 gi ^j^ AB2E, xpâ-jxa) * ;] a gift of grace, a free gift, esp. of extra-
ordinary operations of the Spirit in the Apostolic Church, but including
all spiritual graces and endowments (Lf t., Notes, 148 f .) : Eo 1^^ 5^^» ^'
623 1139 125, I Co VV
12*' 9. 28. 30, 31, „ Co 1", I Ti 41*, II Ti 1«, i Pe 410.+
**t x^P'-Tow. -<^
(^Cx*^/"'), [in LXX : Si 18^'''
(dvSpt K£;(apiTw/xcva) ; Vg.,
justificato ; Syr., saintly)* \\ to endow with x^P*-"^ (<1-"^-)' ^•^- -'-•
(^) ^^
graceful; (b) to make gracious (Si, I.e.).
7?iai;e 2. In Hellenistic
writings (for exx., v. AE, Eph., 227; Lft., Notes, 315), (a) to cause to
find favour; {b) to endue with grace (i.e. divine favour): Lk l^^,
Eph l«.t
Xappdc, indecl. (in FIJ., Ant., i, 16, 1, Kappa, -as, ib. 6, 5, Xappd,
-5s; so LXX: Ge 29* E, Ez 27-=* B, elsewhere -av— Heb. ]nn), Harav,
a town in N.W. Mesopotamia : Ac T^'^.t
xaprtis, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Is 8IA, Je 43(36)2.6.23 (rhzo)*;] a
sheet of paper, made

papyrus strips (v. Kennedy, Sources, 42;
of
Milligan, NTD, 10-12; DB, iv, 945 f.) 11 Jo^'- (Plat., Inscr.).t :
xicrfia, -Tos, TO (<[ ;(ao-Ka), to yawn), [in LXX 11 Ki 18^'^ (nnsi) * ;] :
a chasm, wide space : Lk IG^^.t

XeiXos, -ovs, TO, gen. pi., -eu)v (v. BL, § 8, 4 ; Thackeray, Gr., 1,
151), [in LXX chiefly for nSKT ;] a lip (as in Heb., of the lip as the
organ of speech): Mt 158, Mk 7^, Eo 3^^ i Co I421, He W^ i Pe 310 d-^^).
Metaph., of things, an edge, brhik, etc. (Horn., Hdt., al.) : of the sea-
shore, He lli2.t
xetfidû {<^x'^^f^°-' winter cold),
[in LXX: Pr 26^" (t)*;] 1. to
expose to winter cold, go into xvhiter quarters. 2. to drive with storm
pass., to be driven with storm, tempest-tossed : Ac 27^8,t
Xeifi/âpos (shortened form of the more usual -00s, Attic contr.,
-ous), -ov (<;x"/*'^> P^^)> \y^ LXX chiefly for bnj;] winter-flowing ; as
subst., o X- (sc. TTOTa/Ao's), a torreyit : Jo 18^t

Xeip.oSi', -civos, 6, [in LXX for UW^, T'riP ;] 1. winter: Jo IO22,
II Ti 421 ; gen., x"A^wvos, in winter, Mt 242", Mk 13^8, 2. Prop., a

lointer storm, hence, generally, a storm, tempest : Mt 16^ (T, WH,
E, mg., om.), Ac 272o.t
Xei'p, gen., xi.Lpo<; (ace, x^P"''. i Be 5^ T), rj, [in LXX chiefly for
T ;] the hand : Mt 3^2^ ]\iij 31^ l]^ ge^ gî_ mult. ; ^ x->
^^ acting subject,
Lk 2221; pi_^ Ac Jo 1^; t. Ipya tSv x- Ac 1^\ Ee 920 6

172^ 203*, i ;
do-TTao-p-os T. e/x>7 x-> ^ Co 162^, Col 4^8^ II Th S^"" prepositional phrases, ;
esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., § 32, 4 40, ;
9; 46, 9), tv X; c gen. (Lft., in 1.), Ga3^9; avv

x- ayye'A-ov, Ac 7^^ 8ia
(twv) x"pwv (Sia x«pos), Mk 62, Ac 512 726, al. iirl xîp^v, Mt 4«, Lk 4"
;
ellipse of x- {v Sc^m, apLcrrepa Bl., § 44, 1), 6^, al. ; Mt By meton., for
the power or activity of an individual, Mt I722, 9^1, Mk Lk 9**, Jo 10^9,
Ac 12^1, al. ; metaph., of the activity or power of God Lk 1^^ 23*^ :
Jo 1029, Ac 1121 i3n al.
1
X<eipayyi<t), -St (<[ xcâycoyos), [in LXX : Jg 16^^ A (TÎJ p'^TOO),
To 11" N*;] to lead by the hand: Ac 98 22^\f
*X«ip-aY«Yos> o'' {"^X^^P' ^-y^)' l&cbding by the hand. As subst., 6

Xv one to lead by the head, a guide : Ac IS^^t
**tx€ip6Ypa<}>os, -ov «x">. ypac^w), [in LXX: To 5^ Q^- s*;]

written with the hand. As subst., to x-j a handivriting (Inscr., Polyb.,
al.) : metaph., Col 2i^t
X€i.po-TroiT]TOS, -ov {<^xf.ip, iroiioi), [in LXX (of idols) for by^?;]
made by hand (i.e. of human handiwork) : of temples, Mk 14^^, Ac 7*^

172*, He 91I' 2"
; of circumcision, Eph 2ii.t
* Xeipo-Toi'€<i), -a»
(<^x^'P' Tc^vui), 1. to vote by stretching out the
hand in the Athenian iKKXrja-La (Luc, Plut.). 2. to appoint : (a) by
vote, II Co 8^^ (b) without vote, Ac 14^^ (v. Eackham, in
; 1.) (cf Trpo-
.
X€ipOTOV€w).+
xeipwi', -ov, compar. of /ca/co's, [in LXX : i Ki l?''^ B, Wi IS^^ 17^
III Mac 520*;] worse : Mt 9i« 12*^ 27"*, Mk 221, Lk Ips, Jo 5^\ i Ti 5^,
He 1029, II Pe 220 ; d^ {irrl) t6 x^'pov, Mk 526, n Ti S^^.t
tXcpoupeiV (Eec. -^t», ra (Heb. a'^nns). Cherubim: He 9^ (cf.
Ex 2517(18), al.; v. DB, i, 377 ff.).t
X^Wi v.s, x^^w-

Xrjpa, -as, rj, [in LXX chiefly for nsa^K;] a widow: Mt 23i3
(Eec, E, mg.), Mk 12*o-*3, Lk 2^7 425 712 IS^- ^ 20*^ 212.3, Ac 6^ 939.",
X-. Lk
I Co 78, I Ti 53-5.11.16^ Ja 127; yvv^ 426; of one of an ordo
viduarum (v. CGT, in 1.), i Ti 5^; metaph., of a city forsaken,
Ee 187.t
X^^S, v.s. ixOes.

XiXiapxos (in Hdt., al., -r/?), -ov, 6 (<^x'^^'oi, apx<^)> [in LXX
chiefly for p]b^{ îffl] a chiliarch, the commander of a thousand, esp. a
Eoman military tribune, the commander of a cohort Jo I812, Ac :
2131-33,37 2224-29 2310,15,17-19,22 247,22 2523; ôre generally, of ofi&cers of

similar rank, Mk 621, Ee 6^^ m^ (v. DB, i, 352 ^ DCG, i, 271%
307 a) .t
XiXids, -aSos, rj
{<Cx^^''^')> [in LXX for p)b^;] the number one
Lk 143i, Ac Co Ee 5" 7^-^ 11^3 I41.3
thousand, a thousand: 4*, i lO^,
21i6.t
Xt'Xioi, -ai, -a,a thousand : 11 Pe S^(^^^\ Ee ll^ 126 1420 202-7.t
Xios, -ov, Y], Chios, an island in ^gean Sea Ac 20i5.t :
XiTOJK, -wvos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for T)în^ :] the garment worn
next the skin (though two tunics were sometimes worn, v. Swete, Mk.,
117) a tunic: Mt lOô, Mk 69 1463, Lk 311 93, Ju 23; disting. from
Ifidnov (q.v.), Mt 5*0, Lk 629, Jo 1923, Ac 939 (v. DCG, i, 338', 340 »,
499").
31
Xiojv, -ovos, 17, [in LXX chiefly for ^XP , also (in Da) for Zlbp ;]
snoiv : Mt 28», Ee l^^.t

•
** -^'So?» Vi [i>^ LXX II Mac 12^^ * a chlamys, or short

x^»f^"3' : ',]
cloak worn over the xitwv (q.v.) : Mt 27^^'^^ (v. Tr., Syn., § l).t
**Xê"«it«- {<X^^yv> o,jest), [in LXX Wi : ll^*, 11 T^^ iv Mac Mac

5"*;] to jest, mock, jeer : Ac 17^^.t
*x\iap6<i, -a, -6v {<^x^'^*^' ^0 become warm), warm, tepid; metaph.,
of persons, luke-warm : Ee 3^**.+
XXoT), -r?s, r] (i.e. tender foliage), Chloe : i Co 1^^+
xXwpos, -a, -ov («< xAo't;), [in LXX for py, , etc. ;]
(a) ^jaZe green
xopros, Mk 639, Ee 8^ ; ttuv x-, Ee 9^ ;

(b) pale : Tttttos, Ee G^.t
xis (on r, v.s. Z), in T, Tr., Eec. for efaKoo-tot e^T^Kovra e^, six
hundred and sixty-six (L, mg., E, mg,, sia? hundred and sixteen), the
mystical number of the Beast Ee 13^^ (on the interpretation, v. :
Swete, Ap., 172 f.).t

15*'''^^ {v.
*txoiK69, -q, -6v, «x°'^5)' &(^'>"ihy, made of dust: i Co
Field, Notes, 179 f.).t
XOLcii -iKos, 7}, [in LXX : Ez 45^*^' ^^ (ns) * ;] a chcenix, a dry

measure of rather less than a quart : Ee 6^(EV, measure)A
**Xolpos, -ov, 6, [in Sm. : Is 65* 66=*;] a sivine pi., Mt : 7« 830-32,
Mk 511-13. 10^ Lk 832, 33 1515, i6,t
mad
** -w
yifiKoL(a,
(Aristoph.).
« xo-^^)'
"I. =
[ill LXX
xoAoC/xat, to be
: III Mac
angry
31 E*
: c.
;] 1.
dat. pers.,
to be melancholy
Jo 7-3.t
XoXri, -vs, rj, [in LXX for ITNT, n:y^ , nîp ;] gall: Mt 273*
(here prob. = myrrh, cf. Mk IS^s, v. Swete, in 1. ; DCG, i, 634^)

metaph., Ac &Â
Xoos^ v.s. xo^5-
Xopaêic (Eec. -t,iv), r], Chorazin, a town of Galilee: Mt Ipi,
Lk 10i3.t
XopT]Y€c«), -w (<Cxopo5' vyô/jLaL), [in LXX for ^13 pilp- j] !• ^0

Zeaî a x^po^ LS, s.v.). 2. to defray the cost of a xopo?- 3. In late
(v.
writers, metaph., c. ace. (v. M, Pr., 65), to supply, furnish abundantly
II Co 910, I Pe 411 (Polyb., al.).t
xopos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for binip, nbhO;] o, dance: pi.,
Lk 15'".t
XopToLto), «xVos). [in LXX for yatZT, Ps 16 (17)i*, al.;] (a)
prop., of animals (v. Lft. on Phi 41^), to feed, fatten : Ee 19-i (b) in ;
late Gk. (Kennedy, Sources, 82, 156), of persons, to fill or satisfy with
food c. ace. pers., Mt 1533; pass., Mt
:
15*7, 6*2 7^^ 88, Lk 91^, W^ Mk
Jo 626, ja opp. to Treimv, Phi 412; ^ gen. rei,
216; Mk 8*; diro, Lk I621;
iK, Lk I516, WH, txt., metaph., Mt 5^, Lk 62i.t
;
t x^pxaajxa, -ros, to «xopTaC'^), [in LXX: Ge 2425.32 422^ 432*,
Jg 1919 (Nispa), De 1115 (^^yy)^ Si 3033 (3324) 3826 ^-

.J fo^^^^ (Polyb..
Plut., al.) : pi., Ac 7" (EV, sustenance).
XopTos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 2.i^y, also for TSFI, etc.;]
1. an enclosure, a feeding place (Horn.). 2. food, esp. for cattle, grass:

Mt 1326 1419, Mk 428 639, Lk 1228, Jq qio^ i Co 3^2, Ja 1". ^\ i Pe 12^ 0^^
Ee 9* ;
x- x^^^po?, Mk &^, Ee S^.t
Xouâs, -5, 6, Chuzas (EV, Chuza) Lk S^.t :
Xous, -oos, acc, ovv, 6, (contr. from x°o?)) [^^ LXX chiefly for
ISiT;] 1. earth, soil. 2. In later writers (Plut., LXX), = Kovtopros,
dust : Mk 6", Ee IS^^.t

Xpdofiai, xpwfiai (<CxP^)' P'^ LXX for 1112737, etc.;] to use, make
use of: dat. M, Pr., 64, Ac 21^', i Co 912.15, j t- 523.
c. (cf. 158), ^,^8
/xaXXov XPW°-'- (i-6- ^^16 opportunity ; v. M, Pr., 247), i Co. 721 ; as some-
7î
times in late writers M, Pr., 64
(cf. ; Lft., Notes, 233), c. acc, i Co
of feelings, etc., to exercise, sheiv : 11 Co li^ 312 ; c. adv., d7roTo/xws, to
deal sharjjly, 11 Co 131" ; c. dat. pers. (cl.), to treat, deal with, Ac 273.t
\Xp(!ico, Ki'xpTifjii, [in LXX for mb, etc. ;] to lend : Lk ll^.t

xpeia, -a?, 7], [in LXX : II Ch 21^ (i^) (ij-^s), 11 Es 720 (mn«rn)
freq. in 1. need, necessity:
Si, i-ii Ac 281", Tit 31*; Trpos
Mac;]
oiKoSofjiy]v Trj<; x- /or edifying as the need may be; but v. Field,
(EV, txt.,
Notes, 192), Eph 429; Jo-n x- Lk 10*^ He 7"; x- ^X"^. c. gen., Mt 68
213, Mk 113, Lk 911 15" 1931. 34 22'i, Jo 1329, I Co I221. ^\ i Th 412,
He 103«, Ee 2123 225 geq. rod, c. inf. (Bl, § 71, 3), He 512 absol. (sc
•
;
gen.), Ac 2*5 435; c. gen. pers., Mt 912 2665,'Mk 2" 14^3, Lk 53i; c. inf
(Bl, § 69, 5), Mt 31^ 14l^ Jo 1310, I Th 18 49; seq. Tva, Jo 225 1530
I Jo 227; absol., 225, Mk
428, i Jo 31^; ovSev
x- ^X""' ^Êph
î'
;
^ x
c. gen. subjc. Phi 225 4.16,19. pi_^ ^.c 203*,
12i3. 2. matter, business Eo
(so esp. in late writers, Polyb., al. i 12*5^ ai_) Ac 63.t ; Mac .
txpeo(f)eiX€TT)s (Eec. xp^di-, WH, xpô4>lX-; v. WH, App., 152, 154),

-ov, 6, «xpeos, a debt, + oc^ciAerv^s), [in LXX: Jb 3137, Pr29i3*;]
a debtor : Lk 7*i 165.t
*XpT, impers. (<|xp<^'". v. LS, s.v.), it is iiecessary Ja 31* (cf. 8€r.).+

:
xprfô) «XP7), [in LXX : Jg 11% i Ki I718 A*;] to need, have

need of : c. gen. rei, Mt 632, Lk 118 \<^M)^
jj Qq 31 . ^ gg^^ pars, seq. ev,
Eo 162.t
Xprjîa. --^05, TO «x/jao/xai), [in LXX : Jo 228, II Ch in. 12

(Q^DDJ),
(5i'
Jb 2717 (f]03), etc.; freq. in Si 8, al.), 11 and iv Mac;] a thing tJiat
one uses or needs (and generally, a matter, event, business) hence in ;
pi, (a) wealth, riches : ol ra x- ^xovres, Mk 10^3, 24^ j^^ i82't (b) money : ;
Ac 318' 20 2426 sing, (rare in cl) of a special sum of money, Ac 437.

;
XpriftaTiiâ, «xp^/xa), [in LXX: Je 33 (26)2 36 (29)23 37 (30)2

43 (36)2.4 A (-Q1 pi.), 3216 (2530) (jxt:?), iii Ki 1827, Jb 403(8)*;] 1. to
transact business, hence, to consult, deliberate (Thuc, Dem., al.)
hence in later writers, 2. to make anstuer (esp. of official pronounce-
ments by magistrates, etc. in tt. of the royal reply to an cvtcvî?, q.v.
;
cf. Deiss., BS, 122) of an answer by an oracle (Diod., Plut., al.)

; in ;
FIJ, LXX and NT, of divine communications, to instruct, admonish,

484 MANUAL GBEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
warn: pass. (Bl., § 54, 3), Mt 2^2, He 8^ ll^ 1225; c. inf. (Bl., § 69,4;
70, 3 ; 72, 5), Mt 2^2, Lk 22^, Ac IO22. 3. to assume a na/me (as in
business), be called (Polyb., al.) Ac 112^, Eo 7^ (gnomic fut. cf. : ;
Burton, § 69).
XpT|fAaTi<T)jL6s, -ov, 6 (-< ;)(/377/xaTi^co, q.v.), [in LXX : Pr 24«^ (31^)
(Ni|^0), II Mac 2^ ll^'^*;] a divine response, an oracle : Eo 11* (Xen.,
Plat., al.).t
Xpri<Ti|xos, -r], -ov «x/3ao/xat), [in LXX: Ge 372^ (yS^), etc.;]

tisefiil : II Ti 2i*.t
XPâis, -€(09, ^ «xpaoyitat), [in I Ki 128 (bscr), Si IS^, LXX :
al.;] use: in a sexual sense, Eo 12"; c. gen. obj., ^T^Xeias, ib. 2^ (for
exx., V. Thayer, s.v.).t
*t xpT)(TT€oofiai (<C!xP'?<^™5), to be kind : 1 Co 13* (eccl.).t
*+ Xpil<^ToXoYia, -as, 7] {xpr]crT6<i, Aeyw), fair speaking : in bad sense,
Eo 16^^ (in good sense also, eccl.).t
XpTjoTos, -rj, -ov (<;;^pao/x.ai), [in LXX chiefly for 2iM (freq. of
God : Ps 24 (25)8, al.), also for -),T (Ez 2722 28i3), i^r^ (Pr 221 K A) ;]
serviceable, good ; (a) of things, good, pleasant of food (as often in cl.),
:
oTvos, Lk 5=^9 .
^^^5^ ]y[t 1130 (EV, easy) ; in ethical sense, Ôr], i Co
15^^ ; (b) of persons, good, kind, gracious : Eph 4^2 •
of God, Lk 6^^^
I Pe 2^ ; T. -xft-qa-Tov {= rj )(pr](rT6Tr]s) Tov 6eov, Eo 2*.t
Xpt]o-t6tt)s, -r]To<;, t]
(<C XF?''"'''^^) ,
[in LXX for 3113 and cogn.
forms;] 1. goodness, excellence, tiprightness : Eo 3^2(lxx)_ 2. goodness
of heart, kindness : Eo 2*, 11 Co 6^, Ga 522, Col 3^2, Tit 3*; seq. hrC, c.
ace. pers., Eph 2''; id., opp. to aworoixia, Eo II22.
SvN. : V.S. ayaOdifrvvq.
xpio-fxa (T, xp^Lo-jxa, as in cl. ; v. Tdf., Pr., 102 ; Bl., § 4, 2), -tos, to
{<Cxpi^), later form of xP^fJia {MbcK, al.), [in LXX for nniyp and
cogn. forms (Ex 29'', al.) ;] an anointing, unction (the result of the
action xP^f.iv; ICG, in 1.; but cf. Westc, in 1., for the view that the
oil, not the act, is meant) i Jo 22^' 27.t :
XpioTiai'os (D, Xpeto--; on the form Xprja-, v. Bl., § 3, 6; 27, 4;

on the ending, -aj/os, v. Bl., 11. c. Deiss., LAE, 382), -ov, 6, a ;
Christian, the name first given to the disciples by pagan gentiles at

Antioch : Ac IP" 2628, i Pe 41" (v. reff. in Thayer, s.v. ; also DB, i,
384).t
Xpicrr<5s (X/3-), -r/, -ov (<^xpitu), [in LXX for TV^XSl^ and cogn.
forms;] 1. as adj., (a) of things, atwwiting, to be used as ointment
(^sch., Eur., al. ; t. eXaiov to x-> Le 2V^) ; (b) of persons, anointed
(6 tcpevs 6 x-> •'-'6 ^^ >
'^''-
X' i*p€'5> II Mac l^*') : 6 x- '''^^ Kvpiov or Oeov
(i Ki 210, Ps 22, al.), of the Messiah (Aram., nrvi^p; cf. Dalman,
Words, 289 ff.), Lk 211.26, Jo 1«, Ac 2^^ 426, al. 2. As subst., 5 Xpto-Tos,
the Messiah, the Christ : Mt 2*, Mk 82^, Lk 2^, Jo I20, Ac 2^1, Eo 7*
al. ; 'Vo9s X., 1^, Jo Mk l^^, Ac 2^8, al. ; X. 'Iiô-oCs, Mt l^s, WH, mg.
Lk 2ii; Ac
Ac 5*2, Eo 63, al.; X. Kvpios, "Irja-ovs X. 6 Kvptos, 152«,
Eo 1^ al.
xpt'w, to anoint (Horn., al.); [in chiefly for ntZTO, of LXX
consecration to a sacred office: priest, Ex 28*^; prophet, in Ki IQ^**;
king, I Ki 10^; of things. Ex 409, Le Sô, al.]. In NT, metaph., of
God's anointing, (a) Christ: Ac 4^'^; c. inf., Lk 4^s(i'^^); c. dupl. ace.
(v. Bl., § 34, 4), He 19 (i^); Trvcvftan dyio), Ac lO^s (b) Christians: ;
II Co 121 (cf_ Westc, Epp. Jo., 73) (cf. ev-,'î-xpta)).+

Svjv. : v.s. aXuffiU).
XpoKijô) {<CxP^vo<;), [in LXX chiefly for iriK pi.;] to spend or
take time, to tarry, linger, delay : Mt 24*^ 25^, He
10^'' ; seq. iv, c. dat.
loc, Lkl2i; c. inf., Lk 12«.t

xpofos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for nv , also for ny, etc.;]
time (a space of time, whether long or short cf. Lft., Notes, 70) Mt ; :
27, Mk 921, Lk 1", Ac 321 71-' 23 1318 1730 279, He ll^^, i Pe l^^ 4^, Ee
10^ (JTLyfXT] )(p6vov, Lk 4^ trXrjpiOfxa tov ;(., Ga 4* TTOtetv ;(., Ac 15^^
; ; ;
1823; /8iwo-at, I Pe 42; StSoVat, Ee 22^; pi., ;^. koX (^) Kaipot (Lft., I.e.),
Ac V, I Th 51 ; €7r' i<7xo-Tov Twv X- (xP^'ô^)' ^ 1*6 1^"» Ju^^; c. prep.,

axpi, Ac 321 ; 8ta rov x- He 5^2; ^ x-. Ac 1««21; ^1 (TrAciova) x-, Lk 18*,
Ac 1820; cV 00-ov x-, Ro 7\ 1 Co 739, Ga 4^; Kara tov x-, Mt 2^6; ^cra
TToXvv (Toa-oirov) x-, Mt 25^9, He 4^ irpo ;
x- atwvtW, II Ti 1^, Tit 12 ,
instr. dat. of extension of time (v. Pr., 75, 148; Deiss., LAE, 206),
M,
Lk 82-. 29, Jo 149, Ac 8^\ Eo 1626; ace, of duration of time, 2}^, Mk
Lk 209, Jo 56 7»3 1235 149, Ac 143.28 1922 2018, I Co 167, Ee 6ii.t
Svjv. : v.s. Katpo?.
* XpoyoTpiîoi, -S) {<C.XP^^^^> '^P'-l^^)> io spend time : Ac 20i^.t

Xpuo-eos, -ea, -eov (-oiis, -rj, -ovv ',
on acc. sing, fem,, -av, Ee l^' and
2i,
gen. pl. uncontr., -ewv, LTr., Ee v. M, Pr., 48 and cf. Thackeray,
Grr., 1, 172 f.) (<; xpwo-o's), [in LXX chiefly for sni ;] golden, i.e. made or
overlaid with gold: 11 Ti 22", He 9*, Ee 112.13,20 21 4* 5^ 83 913.20 1414
15«' 7 17* 21i5.t
Xpuo-iof, -ov, TO (dimin. of xp^ô?> ^•^•)} [in LXX chiefly for
nrn;] apiece of gold, gold : i Co 312, He 9*, i Pe 1^, Ee 318 21i8. 21 ; of
golden ornaments, i Ti 29 (WH, txt., EV), i Pe 33, Ee 17* I8I6 (WH,

txt., E) of gold coin, money, Ac 3« 2033, i Pe lis.t
;
*t xpu<To-8aKTu\ios, -ov, with a gold ring : Ja 22.t

Xpu(T(5-Xieos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ex 282o 3620 (39i3), Ez 28i3
(t&'^Cyil?) *;] a chrysolite (on its identification, v. Swete, Ap., 288 f.
DB, iv, 620) : Ee 212o.t

*t xpoo-o-irpao-os, (v. Swete, Ap., 289)
-ov, 6, Ee 2120,t
a chrysoprase :
xpuaos, -oi, 6, [in LXX

chiefly for nnt ;] gold : Mt 2ii, Ee 9^ of ;
golden ornaments, Mt 231". i^, i Ti 29 (Eec, mg.), Ja 53, Ee 17^ WH,

(Eec, mg.) WH,
I812.16 (Rec wh. mg.); of images, Ac 1729; of gold coin,
Mt 109.t
Xpuaous, V.S. xpô'fo?'
48(3 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
Xpuo-oo), -<j {<^ xPô-os:) [in chiefly for nSS pi.;] to gild, ,
LXX
cover with gold: pass., c. dat., xpô'^<^ (pleonast., cf. Ex 26^^, Ee 17^
Xpws, gen., _i(/owros, 6, [in LXX chiefly for ntjT^ ;] in cl. rare in
prose, the surface of the body, skin : Ac 19^^^
XwXos, -rj, -6v, [in LXX for nipS ;] lame, halt, maimed : Mt 11^
1530, 31 188 2114, Mk 945, Lk 722 1413.21, Jo Ac
53^ 3^ 8^ 148, He 12i3.t
Xwpa, -as, rj, [in LXX for ]''"1N, Hri^ , etc.;] 1. most freq. in
cl., a space, place. 2. land, i.e. (a) a land, country, region : Mt 12-,
Mk 51" 655, Lk 28 1513-15 1912, Jo 1154, Ac IS^^ 27^^ TaAar^T^, Ac 16^ x-
1823 . TpaxwvmSos, Lk 31 ; T. 'lovSatas, Ac 262" .
^_ 'louSaicov, Ac 10=^^
pi., T^s 'loi^Satas K. â/xap€La<s, Ac 81; Tepyecrrjvwv (Tepaa-rjvwv, TaSapyjvCyv)

Mt 828, Mk 51, Lk 826; ^ ^ ^î ^-kiS davdrov, Mt 416; (b) land,
jyroperty : Lk 12i^ (c) the country, opp. to the town ; so in pi., Lk
;
2121, Jo 435^ ja 54,t

SvN. : aypo<;, toVos (cf. DCG, i, 591 * ; LS, s.v. x<^P«, ad init.).
Xwpalîv, V.S. XopaêtV.
xcupe'cu, -S, [in LXX: Ge 13« (Niz?:), iii Ki 726.38 (i„3 hi.), n Ch
45 (pTn hi.), Wi 723>24, al. ;] I. Intrans., 1. to make room, give way,
retire, pass : seq. eh, Mt
metaph. (EV, come), ek /xeTavoiav, 11 Pe
151*";
3^. go forward, advance, progress (Plat., Polyb., al.)

2. to 6 Aoyos 6 :
i/xb's ov x<^P" ^
vfjilv, Jo 837 (E, txt., lucth not free course ; E, mg., hath
no place, for wh. cf. Field, Notes, 94 f.). II. Trans., to have space for
holding, to hold : Mk
22 (cf. Ge, I.e.), Jo 2125 of measures (iii Ki, ;
II Ch, 11. c), Jo 2^. Metaph., of having or making room in mind or

heart: Mt 19ii>i2 (EV, receive), 11 Co 72 (E, txt., open your hearts;
mg., make room) (cf. dva-, aTro-, Ik-, VTro-xwpiiiy).^
Xcopilo), [in LXX : 11 Ch 128, al. (^12 ni., etc.), Wi 13, 11 Mac 521,
al. ;] 1. to sejjarate, divide, put asunder

ace. rei, opp. to a~vt,evyvviJii,
: c.
Mt 19«, Mk 109; c. ace. pers., seq. airo (Wi 13), Eo 835,39; pf. pass,
ptcp., He 726. 2. In late writers, mid. and 1 aor pass., to separate
oneself, depart : Phm i5
; seq. dTro, Ac 1*, Ik, Ac I8I' 2 ; of divorce
7i»'ii'^5
(Polyb., al), I Co (cf_ ^^^.^ 8ia-xcoptô)).t
Xwpt'oi', -ov, TO (dimin. of x<i^pa, x^pos), [in LXX : i Ch 272'' ("13))
II Mac 115 12^,21, jy ]y[ac 1520*;] 1. a pflace, region. 2. an estate,

property, piece of land : Mt 2636, 1432, jo 45^ Ac lis. i9 43* 53. 8, 28".t Mk
Xwpis, adv., 1. separately, ap)art : Jo 20'^. 2. As prep., c. gen.,
(a) separate from, apart from, luithout (practically equiv. to weu v. ;
Field, Notes, 103) Mt 133*, 43*, Lk 6*9, jo is 155, Rq 321.28 4^ 78.

: Mk
IQi*, I Co 48 1111, II Co 123, Eph 212, Phi 21*, I Ti 2^ 521, Phm 1*, He
415 77,20 97,18,22,28 1028 116,40 128,14 (^S ^Copt's Bl., Ja
; V. §82, 3),
218,20,26.
(^) ijesides: Mt I421 1538, 11 Co 1128.t
*txwpos, -ov, 6 (Lat. corns), the N.W. wind: Ac 2712 .t

^, ^, \\ii, TO, indecl.j^si, ps, the twenty-third letter. As a numeral,

xlf' = 700, i/., = 700,000.
>|;d\Xa>, [in LXX
(Jg 5^, Ps 7^^ al.), also for
chiefly for IDT pi.
122 pi. (i Ki ;]
16^^ twang
*•, (as a bowstring, etc.
al.) 1. to pull, twitch,
jEsch., Eur., al.), hence, 2. absol., (a) to play a stringed instrument

with the fingers (Hdt., Plat., al.) (b) later, to sing to a harp, sing ;
psalms (LXX) in NT, to sing a hymn, sing praise : Ja 5^^ c. dat.

; ;
pers., Eo 15^ (l^), Eph 5^^; dat. instr., i Co U^^.f

ij/aXfji6s, -ov, 6 «i/'aAAw), [in LXX chiefly for liaTP;] 1. o.
striking, twitching with the fingers (Eur., al.), hence, a striking of

musical (^sch., al.), and hence in later writers, 2. a
strings
sacred song sung to musical accompaniment, a psalm (LXX) i Co :
1426, Eph 519, Col 316 of OT psalms, Lk 24^4, Ac IS^^ yg/ySAos

; .AaA/>twv, ;
Lk 2042, Ac 12o.t
Syn. : v.s. vfj.vo<s.
*t ij/eu8-d8eX<j)os, -ov, 6, a false brother : of professing Christians,

II Co 1126, Ga 2*.t
*t »j/eu8-airoorToXos, -ov, 6, a false apostle: 11 Co ll^^.t
^\i€vhr\s, -€s {<^xJ/€vSofjiaL), [in LXX for If^??, Ninr, 173; etc.;]
lying, false, untrtie (of persons and things) : Ee 22 ; /xdfyrvpes, Ac 6^^
as subst., 6 if/., a liar : Ee 21^.t
*t ij/eu8o-8i8(i(7KaXos, a false teacher 11 Pe 2^.t -ov, 6, :
* <j/€u8o-X6yos, -ov Ti 4^
{<Cif/cv8y]s, Aeyw), speaking falsely, lying : i
(Aristoph., Polyb., al.).t

i|/6u8op,ai, V.S. {f/ev8(D,
«|/eu8o-fiapTupe'(a, -w, [in LXX: Ex 20^6, De 520 (i^)

(njy), Da th
Su6iAB2E (v. i(/ev8ofidpTvs)*;] to bear false tvitness Mt IQ^s, Mk 10i«, :
Lk 1820(LS^); seq. /card, c. gen. pers., Mk 1456.57 (Xen., Plat., al.).t

* \j/eu8o-fj.apTupia, -a?, false loitness Mt 15^^ 2659.t r], :
**t^6u8o-^(ipTus, -vpos, 6, [in LXX: Da LXX Su 60, th ib. c^Bi*;]

a false witness Mt 266o c. gen. obj. (v. WM, § 30, 1*), i Co IS^^.t
: ;
t»|/£u8o-7Tpo<|)riTT,s, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Za I32, Jeg (6^3, al.) (X^n:)*;]
a false prophet = cl. i/^cvSoVavn?) Mt 7^5 24ii' 2*, Mk I322 (v. Swete,
( :
in 1.), Lk 626, Ac 136, 11 Pe 2\ i Jo 4\ Ee IG^^ 1920 20io.t

\|/eu8os, -€os (-ovs), TO, [in LXX chiefly for IpVJ , also for tZTHS
373 ;] a falsehood, untruth, lie : Ee 14^^ j Qpp_ ^q rj aXijOeLa, Jo 8*^,
Eo 125, Eph 425, II Th 211, I Jo 221; ^ to dAT^ê?, ib.27; TTotcTv i/^., Ee

212^ 22^5 ; ev Trdarrj Swd/Aet k. (rr]fjLeLOi<; k. ripacTLv {f/evSov; (gen. qual., V.
M, Th., 104; and on the meaning and construction, v. also ICC,
in 1.), II Th 29.t
*t »j»cu86-xpi<rros, -ov 6, a false Christ or Messiah, "a pretender to the
Messianic office" (Swete, Mk., 309; of. also Tr., Syn., § xxx) : Mt 242*,
Mk 1322 (cf. dvTtxpto-ros).+
deceive by lies; more freq. in the depon. mid. form
\{>6u'8w, to
ij/evSofxat always in NT), [in LXX chiefly for izrn3 pi. ;] 1. absol.,
(so
to lie: He 6^8, i Jo 1^, Ee 3^ oi ifêvSofiai, Eo 9^, 11 Co llî, Ga lô,
I Ti 27; c. dat. pers. (Ps 17(18)«, Je 5^^ al.), Ac 5* seq. ek, Col 3»; ;
Kara, Ja 3^* (Hort, in 1.). 2. Like act., c. ace, to deceive by lies

(Msch., al.) Ac S^.t :
* 4/eu8w>'Ufios, -ov (<[ i/'eii8>??, ovo/xa), Under a false name, falsely

called: i Ti 6-" (^sch., Plut., al.).+
**v|/£GafjLa. -Tos, to {î{,ev8oj), [in Aq., Th. Jb 346, Pr 23^; in Sm. :
Jb 13*, al.;] a lie, falsehood : Eo 3^ (Plat., Plut. al.).t

»|/eo'<rrT)S, -ov, 6 « i/êi^Sco) ,
[in LXX: Ps IW (116") (n73), Pr
1922 A N^ (172), Si 158 252*;] a liar: Jo 8**."^ Rq 3*, i Ti lô. Tit 1^2,
I Jo lÔ 24.22 4ti0 510 t
-w «i/^da>, to touch), [in

<|/T)Xa4)d(i>, for IZrirD pi., etc. ;] LXX mm ,
1. to feel or grope about ; c. ace, to feel abotit for, search after : metaph.,
of seeking God, Ac 172^. 2. to feel, to2ich, handle : c. ace. pers., Lk
24^^, I Jo 1^ ; 7rpo(T€\.-r]\v6aTe iJ/rjXacfxofxevii) {opet'^), He 12^* (^^ txt., a mount
that viight be touched; mg., a 'palpable and kindled fire; v. Westc,
in l.).t
»j/ri4)i!;(o (<i//^</)os), [in LXX: m Ki 3^ BÂ (ISO ni.)*;] to
count (prop., with pebbles), reckon, calculate: Lk 142^; t.
t. ha-Trav-qv,
apiOfxov (i.e. calculate the number's meaning), Ee 13^* (in cl. chiefly
mid., to vote by casting a pebble cf. dvy-Kara-, ; crvfx-<f)r](f)Lt,wi).f
»|/^4)os, -ov, Tj «i//da), to rub), [in LXX: Ex 42^ (is), La 3i«
(YÛ), Ec 726(25) (paiyo), IV Ki 124 (5) A, Si 18i«, iv Mac 1526*;] 1. a

small smooth stone, a pebble : if/. XevKrj (for suggestions as to the
meaning, v. Swete, in 1.), Ee 2^'^. 2. From the use of pebbles in
voting, a vote : Ac 26^".+
t (J;t6upi<Tfi6s, -ov, 6 (<^ ij/iOvpLôi, to tvhisper), [in LXX : Ec 10"
(izrnb) *;] a whispering ; (a) of secret slander, ii Co 12^'^ (Plut.) ; (b) of
a murmured enchantment, Ec, l.c.+

* (|/i0uptoTiis, -ov, 6 (v. supr.), a whisperer (as epithet of Hermes,
Dem., 1358, 6) : in bad sense, Eo lô.t
SvN. : KaraAdA-os, q.v.
*t îxiov, -ov, TO, dimin. of i/'i^, a crumb : Mt 152^ Mk 72s.t
«|/oxii, --^s, rj, [in LXX very freq. for iyS3 , sometimes for
3^ , SSb , etc. ;] 1. breath (Lat. anima), breath of life, life (Hom., al.
in Arist., of the vital principle) : Mt 625, Mk 3" lO^s, Lk 1222, Jo 10",

Ac 20i»' 24, xh
II Co 123, Phi 230, I 28, al. 2. the soul, (a) as the
seat of the will, desires and affections : Mt 2638, ^^ i230 (LX^) 143*,
Lk 1*6, Jo 1024, Ac 142, Phi 127^ al. ; ck foxn^from the heart, heartily :
Eph 6", Col 323; ^jy^ as a periphrasis for person or self (freq. in
translation from Semitic originals, v. M, Pr., 87 ; Eobinson, Gospels,

113 ff. but also
; freq. in cl., v. LS, s.v. ii, 2 ; Edwards, Lex.,
App. A.) Mt 1129, : Mk Sê, Ac 2", Eo 2^, i Pe 320, al. ; TrSo-a i/.., Ac 2*^
323 (LXX)^ Eo
^. ^Sxra (ô)^s), I Co 15*5,
131 ;
Ee 163; (g) as the object of
divine grace and eternal salvation 13^7, : He Ja pi 520, i Pe 19'22 211
419, ni Jo 2.
Syjv. : v.s. vovs, 7rvevfx.a, ifrvxi-Kos, and cf. ICC on i Th 52^, Lft.,
Notes, 88 f.
**»ûxik6s, «il/vxj), [in
-ri, -6v iv Mac 1^2*;] of the ifn^xn LXX :
(as the lower part of the immaterial in man), EV, natural : opp. to
irvevixaTtKos, I Co 2^^ 15**'*^; Trvevfia firj ex'^vra (EV, senstbol ; E, mg,,
natural or animal ; better perhaps, of the mind ; v. infr.), Ju ^^ ; with
cTTtyctos, Sai/AOviwSTjs, opp. to avwOev KaTepxofJiivr} (cro</)ta), of the mind
(Hort, in 1.), Ja S^^.t
»|/uxos (LT, ijjv-, as in cl.), -cos (-ous), to (•< i/^vx^), [in LXX
Ge 822 (ip)^ jb 379^ pg 1476(17) (n-||5), Za 14^, Da LXX th 3". 69*;]
cold : Jo 1818, Ac 282, 11 Co 1127.t
»|/uxp6s, -a, -ov «»/'vxw), [in LXX : Pr 252^ (-|p). Si 4320, iv Mac
112«*;] cold: sc. iSwp (cf. Theogn., 263; Hdt., ii, 37), Mt 10*2;
metaph., of indifferent persons, Ee 3^^' ^^.t
\(fux(«), [in for Tip LXX
riMUT ;] to breathe, blow ; hence, to make
,
cool. Pass., to grow cool : metaph., Mt 24^2^

<|»u)xi^w (<^ if/ui/jios, a morsel), [in chiefly for ^DX hi. ;] to LXX
feed with morsels (as children or the sick Hippocr.), hence, generally, ;
in late writers, to feed, nourish : c. ace. pers., Eo 122" (lxx) q ace. j
rei, to give out for food, i Co 13^ (cf WM, § 32, 4an for dupl. ace, . ;
cf. Nu 11*, Si 153, al.).t

*t \|«i))xioi', -ov, TO, dimin. of ij/o}fi6<s, a fragment, morsel : Jo 132<'»27i sof
*t ^(Hyjia (<^ i^wci), collat. form of il/dw, to rub), to rub : Lk 6^.f
a
12, o>, id \i-^yo- (cf. o fiiKpov), omega, 6, the twenty-fourth and last
letter. As a numeral, w' = 800, w^ = 800,000. As a symbol of the
last (= TO Tôs), To'O (Eec. O, L, 5, T, w), the Omega Ee l^ 21« 22^^ :
(cf. 'AA.(â).t
&, inter j., c. vocat., 0; (a) in simple address (less freq. than in
2i. 3
cl. ; M,
71) Pr., ; Ac 1^ I81* 2721, Eo 920^ j Ti 620 ; expressing
reproof, Ja 22" (b) in exclamations of surprise, etc.
; : Mt 152^, Lk 242^,
Ac 13i«, Eo 11^3, Ga 3^; c. nom. (Bl, § 33, 4), Mt 17^7, Mk 9^^,
Lk 9".t
'flp^S, v.s. 'IiDl37j8.
fiSe, adv., [in LXX for n|n, nb, dbri, etc.;] 1. prop., of
manner, so (Horn., al.). 2. In poets (rarely) and late writers, of place,
(a) hither (BL, § 25, 2) : Mt 829, Mk ll^, Lk 9^\ Jo 62«, al. ?a)s 58e, ;
Lk 235 (b) here : Mt 126, Mk 9\ Lk 9^^, Jo 6^, al. tî diSe, Col 4^
;
;
opp. to iK€:, He 78 JiSe •^ JiSc (eVeZ), Mt 24^3, Mk I321

; metaph.,. . . ;
here (i.e. in this circumstance or connection), i Co 4^, Ee 13^"' ^^ 14^^

179.
uZ-f], -7j<s, rj, [in LXX chiefly for TW ;] a song, ode, whether sad
or joyful ; in LXX and NT always in praise of God or Christ : Ee 5^
14« 153 ; oJ. TTvevixaTLKai, Eph 5^9, Col 3l0.t
wSiV (late form of (iSt's), -ivos, fj, [in LXX for bjn (and wrongly
for b^n, cf. Ac, I.e.), b^n, etc.;] a hirth-pang travail-pain , : i Th 5^'
metaph., of extreme suffering, Mt 24^, Mk 13^ ; ciStves Oavdrov (Ps

17 (18)* np -bÛ), Ac 2^*.t
ciSii'w, [in LXX chiefly for bin also for b2n pi., etc. ;] to have,
birth-pangs, to travail: Ga 4"^(^^^), Ee 12^; metaph., Ga 4^^ (cf.

cruv-cj8t'va)).+
wfjios, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for DDIJT , pjns ;] ^/le shoulder
Mt 23*, Lk 155.t
* uvdoixaL, -ov/xai, to buy : uivqcraTo ( = cl. lirpiaTo ] V. Eutherford,
NPhr., 210 ff. ; Veitch, s.v.), c. gen. pret., Ac 1^^.\
(001/ (Eec. (ioV), -ov, TO, [in LXX for nS'^S ;] aw egg : Lk ll^.t
wpa, -as, r], [in LXX chiefly for ns. and in Da for n^C!';] 1. any
îme or period fixed by nature, esp. a season (Hom., Hdt., Plat., al.).
2. A part of the day, and esp. a twelfth part of day or night, an
Jwiir : Mt 2436, Mk 13^2, Ac lO^, al. accus. in ans. to " when " ? (M, ;
Pr., 63, 215; Bl., ^ 34, 8), Jo 4^''^, Ac lO". ô, i

Co ISô, Ee 3^; ace. of
duration, Mt 20^^ 26***, Mk 143"; inexactly, 7rp6s wpav, /or a season, for
a time, Jo 5^^, 11 Co 7^, Ga 2^ Trpos Katpov Mpa<i,for a short season [ICG, ;
in 1.), I Th 21^. 3. A definite point of time, time, hour : Mt 26*^ c. ;
gen. rei, Lk V^ U^', Ee 3i», al.; c. gen. pers., Lk 22^3, Jo 2* 7^\ al.;
4ii;
rj dtprt {^pa, I Co iaxdrr] w., I Jo 218; seq. Sre, Jo 421.23 525 1625. ^^„^
Jo 1223, al. ; c. ace. et inf., Eo 13" (cf. DB, ext., 475^ 476'').
wpaios, -a, -ov, (<< wpa), [in LXX for nN3 , ÎID , HSP , etc. ;]
seasonable, timely, esp. of ripe fruits hence, blooming, beautiful (both ;
of things and persons) Mt 232^, Ac 32. 10, Eo IQi^ (LXX, ^pa).f

:
wpuo/iai, depon., [in for 3NIS' ;] of animals (also of men, LXX

Hdt., al.), to roar, Jwiol : Xewv, i Pe 5^
(J»s, adverbial form of the relative pron. 09, ^, o.
I. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, jttst as, even as ; 1. with
a demonstrative, like owtcos, expressed or understood : oiJt<d9 . . . ws,

Mk 42«, I Co 315, Eph 528, Ja 212, al. ; a,s . . . oi^rco?, Ac 832, j Co 1^\
Mt 62^, al. Mt 19i^,
al. ; elliptically (sc. ovVws, ovtio), c. nom., ; c. ace.,
Mk 1231, al. ; c. prep., Mt 26*^^^ Mk 14*8, l^ 22^2, Jo 7i«, al. ; c. verb.,
Jo 156, II Co 31, Eph 23, I Th 5*5, al. ; c. ptcp. (the ptep. however not
having the special force wh. it has in el.; v. Bl., § 73, 5; 74, 6),
Mt V^, Mk 122, He 131^, al.; frea 'mplying opinion or belief, Eo 932;
80 esp, gen. absol., i Co 4^^, ii Co 5^", i Pe 4^^, ii Pe 1*.

c. 2. Before
Bumerals, about, nearly : 5^^, Jo l'*^, Ac 5^, al. Mk
3. Before
adjectives and adverbs, hoiv : Eo 10^^ 11^^, i Th 2^*^ ; c. superl.,
ws Taxto-ra, as quickly as possible, Ac 17^^.
II. As conjunction; 1. temporal, (a) as, when, since: 9^' Mk
1472, L]j 1^3^ Jo 29, al. (6) tvhile, when, as long
;
as : Lk 12^8, Jo 12^\
Ga 610 (Field, Notes, 191) a>s av (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. Siv), Eo 15^*,
;
I Co 1V\ Phi 223. 2. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr.,
204„), Lk 9^2, Ac 2024, He 7".
^tiaai/^d (T, cio--), (Heb. NJnznn; v. Dalman, Words, 220 ff. ; Gr.,
249), hosanna : Mt 21^, Mk 11^. lo,
Jo 12^3 ; t. viq AaW8, Mt 219. i5_t
(oo-auTws, adv., Horn, at the beginning of
strengthened for ws (in
a clause, in the form ws aurws, later in one word), in like manner,
8'
just so, likewise : Mt 20^ 2V^' ê 2517, Mk 14^1, Lk 13^ 20^1, Eo 826,
I Ti 525, Tit 26; with verb to be supplied from context, Mk 122i,
Lk 2220, I Co 1125, I Ti 29 38. 11, Tit 2^.+
oxrei, adv., (a) as if, as it were, like as, like : Mt 3^6 9^6, Ac 2^
615, Eo 613, He 112; ytVeo-ât ((âtWaâi) wcra', Mk 926, Lk 22*4 (|[WH]1
E, mg., om.), 2411 in calculation, and with numbers, abotit
;
(b)
Mtl42i, Lk 323 9i4>28 22*1.59 23*^ Ac 2*1 103 197. i,a-d )^6ov fioX^v,
Lk 22*i.t
'Slarii (TTr., W^n), Hosea Eo 925.t

'fio-), o, (Heb. :
<3a-Trep, adv., just as, even as Mt 62 2028, Ac 31^, i Co 8^, i Th 53- :
al. in protasis, with ovtws (Kai) in apodosis Mt 12*0^ l]j 1724^ Jq 521,
; :
Eo 519, Ga 429, Ja 226, al.

* wo-n-ep-ei, adv., as, as it were : i Co 158.t
wCT-re, consecutive particle, 1. c. infin., expressing result, so as to :
Mt 824, 1222, Mk
127, Lk 57, Ac 119, Eo 76, I Co 17, 136, al. of a He ;
designed result, Mt lOi, Lk 429, al.; preceded by ovrois, Ac 14i; by

Too-oin-09, Mt 1533. 2. C. indie, (a) so that : Ga 2i3,
preceded by ovtcos,
Jo 316 ;
{b) so then, therefore : Mt I212, Mk 228, Eo 7*, i Co 37, Ga 39,
al. 3. therefore: c. subjc, i Co 58;
so then, c. imperat., i Co 321 4*,
Phi 212, I Th 418, 1 Pe 419, al.
*t d)TdpLov, -ov, TO, = ciriov (q.v.), the ear : Mk 14*7, Jo ISio.t
twTioi/, -ou, TO, dimin. of ovs, [in LXX for ]7l<;] an ear : Mt 26^1,
Lk 2251, Jo I826.t
w<|)^\€ia (WH, -Xia), -a5, yj, [in LXX for bm hi., 3rS5,etc.;]l.
assistance, help (Thuc, Plat., al.). 2. profit, advantage, benefit (Hdt.,
Plat., al.): Eo3i, Juis.t
<o<j>€Xew, -w (<^ ocêXo?), [in LXX chiefly for biT hi. ;] to help,
benefit, do good, profit : absol., Eo 225 ovSeV {do no good ; v. Field,
;
Notes, 21), Mt 272*, Jo 663 1219 ; c. ace. pers.. He

42 ; c. dupl. ace,
Mk 836, I Co 146, Ga 52 ;
pass., He 139 ; c. ace, Mt 155 1626, Mk 526
711, Lk 925, I Co 133.t
* u(j>£\i|xos, -OV {<C (iêXeco), ussful, serviceable, profitable : c. dat.
commod., Tit 38 ; seq. Trpos, c. ace, i Ti 48, 11 Ti 3i6.t
ADDENDUM
(See p. 135)
^K, before a vowel i^, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separa-

tion from (opp. to €ts; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from.
I. Of Place, 1. of motion, out of, forth from, off from : Jo 6^^ Ac 9^,
Ga 18, al. esp. after verbs of motion, Mt &^ IV, Mk 125 728^ Jq i38
;
201, Ac 12'' 17 2730, al. constr. prseg., o-wêtv (Stao-.) ck, Ju \ Ac 28*.
;
Metaph., Mt 7". 5, i Pe 2^ Ik t. x"pos (-wv), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1^*, ;
Jo 10-^8' 29, 39^ Ac 12* 24^ Ee 192; mVtiv (q.v.) eK; of tbe place from
which an action proceeds, Lk 5^ (cf. 12^6, Jo 13S 11 Co 2*). 2. Of
change from one place or condition to another Jo 8*2, Eo G^^ 13", :
Ee T\ al. c. ellips. of verb of motion, 11 Ti 226, ^ pe 221, Ee 221, al.

;
3. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or

pi. nouns Mt 13*^, 49^ Jq 121^ Ac 31^, i Pe P, al. after ds, Mt 1029
: ;
Lk 1715, al. ouSct's, Jo 1^\ al. ttoAAoi', Jo ll^^, al. rt?, Lk ll^^, al.
; ; ;
Ti's, Mt 62'', al. in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo I6I'''

;
Hebraistically, ex /acVov seq. gen., = Ik (Heb. '!jina), Mt 13*^ al.
4. Of position or direction (so in cl. = l^w) : Ik Sc^twv (v.s. Stîos) ; c^

eVavTi'as, Mk IS^^ (metaph., Tit 28) ; U pi^wv (i.e., utterly), Mt II20.
II. Of Time, the point of time from which, from, since : ck
1. of
y£V£Tr>, Jo 91, 1020, Lk 238, Ac 24}\ al.
cf. Mk 2. Of succession in
time: ck Bivrepov, a second time, Mk 14"2, al., cf. Mt 26**; rffiepav ii
r]iJ.€pa<s, from day to day, 11 Pe 2^. III. Of Origin, 1. of nativity,
lineage, race kolttjv (ev yaarpi) c'xetv €*c, Eo 919, Mt l^^
: yevvai/ €K, ;
Mt 13 ycvrSo-ât (yivecrOai) «, Jo 3^ 8*1, Ga 4*

ff-
;
iK in/£i;>aTos {Oeoi), ;
Jo 113 35 ff.^
al .
ip-^â-dai, Civat, etc., ck : T. TToXews, Jo 1** ;
0^X779, Lk 236,
al. ; T. iôvcTLa? 'Hpw'Sov, Lk 23^^ ; 6 wv ck t. yrjs, Jo 331. 2. Of the
author, occasion or source : Mt 53^, Jo 21^, Eo 229, i Co 8^, Ga 5^, al.
CK (t.) Oeov, I Co T^, II Co 51, I Jo 4''';
e/c T. Trarpos, Jo 6^5, al. ; €K T. 77s
icTTiv, XaX€7, Jo 331 ; iK KapStas, Eo 61^ cf. Mk 1230, I Ti 15 ; iK il^vxv^,
Eph Col 323; ^v marem, Eo 1423; Kptvetv
66, eK, Lk 1922, Ee 2012.
3. Of the agent, after passive verbs Mt 15^, : Mk 711, 11 Co 22, al.
freq. in Ee after dSiKeio-OaL (2ii),
etc. 4. Of cause, dependence, source
of supply T. TTovov {-(iiv), Ee I61O' n
: t. (^wvwv, Ee 8i3 eV tovtov, Jo 6*6 ; ;
1912 (but V. Meyer, in 11.) eV Oeod XaXe'iv, 11 Co 21^ eV t. dXi7(9etas elvai,

; ;
Jo 1837, I Jo 319 6 iK TTto-recos, Eo 326 4I6 01 (oirts) e'/c TrepiTOfjiij':, Ac 112,

; ;
Eo 412, Ga 212, Col 4" ; Tr/veiv iK, Mt 2629, Mk I425, Jo 4i3, al.
; eep^êiv,
Ga 6^; /Acrexetv ck (= partit. gen.), l Co 10i3 ; c. inf., ck tov ^xav,
II Co 811. 5. Of material: Mt 2729, Jo 2i5 I92, Eo 921, i Co II12,
Ee 1812, al. ; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.) Mt 27^, :
cf. ib. 202, Ac 118. IV. By attraction = iv (cl.) : ra iK t. oiKtas, Mt 241''

T. i^ avTov BvvafLiv, Mk 530 ^y Field, in 1.) ; 6 Trarrjp 6 i^ ovpavov, Lk 1113.
V. Adverbial phrases : i^ dvayKrys, 11 Co 9^, He 712 ; i^ io-otj/tos,
II Co 813 ; iK fjiipov;, I Co 1227 139-12 .
i^ fjîrpov, Jo 3'* ; iK avfjicfiwvov,
I Co 7^. VI. in composition, iK signifies, 1. procession, removal
ec/3aiVto, e«ySdXA.(o. 2. Opening out, unfolding cKreiVw; metaph., eây- :
y VXw. 3. Origin l/ryovos. 4. Completeness

: iâiropioi (v. M, Pr., :
237), iKirkrjpow, cktcXcw.

(492)
APPENDIX A
THE lEREGULAR VERBS OF THE GREEK NEW TESTAMENT
The student is referred to the grammars for the tenses of the regular verbs.
The following list comprises those verbs which do not conform to the regular
types, with their principal parts and other tenses which occur in the NT,
including some which are of regular formation. The list is confined, as a
rule (but cf. dvolyco, olyco), to simple verbs, from which the form of the com-
pound may usually be determined without difficulty. When a tense occurs
only in a compound, the simple form is preceded by a hyphen. Compare
a similar list, with helpful notes, which has appeared since this was sent to
press, in Moulton's Grammar, Vol. 11, pt. ii, pp. 225 ff.
(a. = active ; m. = middle ; p. = passive. Alternative forms are enclosed

in brackets.)
ayyeXXo), fut. -dyye\co, pf. rjyyiKKa, p. -rJyyfXfjiai, 1 aor. ^yyeiXa, m. -dfiijv, 2 aor.
ip. {Bh, ^1^, 3) r^yyeXrjv.
-ayvvfii, fut. -eaô), 1 aor. -faâ, 2 aor. p. -edyrju, with irreg. use of augment (Bl.,
§ 16, 2) in fut. Karfdâ and 2 aor. subjc. p. naTeaya.
aya, fut. aâ, pf. p. ^yfiai, 2 aor. fjyayov, 1 aor. a. -rjâ, p. {jx^rfv, 1 fut. p.
d)(6T)(rofiai, impf. m. Tjyofirjv.
alveo), fut. alvfo-a (-atveVco, n Co IV, aor. subjc. ?), 1 aor. jjvea-a.
alpew, fut. (the simple verb m. only, -opai, in NT), cXw (late Gk., LXX),
alpT]cro)
p. -alpfdrjaofiai, pf. rjprjKa, jjpijpai, 2 aor. (IXov (and -Xa, a hybrid form with
ending of 1 aor., Bl., 5^ 21, 1 inf. iXelv), 1 aor. p. Tjpfdrjv, 2 aor. p. f'lXofirjv.
;
atpa), fut. dpS>, pf. rjpKa, TJpp.ai, 1 aor. a. ^pa (inf. dpai), p. rfpffrfv, 1 fut. p.
dpOTjaopai.
alirddvopai, 2 aor. rjadoprjv.
alavvvopai (p.), f. alcrxwdrjaofiai, 1 aor. rjcrxwdriv {-ai(Tx^v6rjv).
aKovat, fut. aKOXiao), -opai (Bl., § 18, 3), pf. dKTjKoa, 1 aor. a. rJKOvaa, p. tjkoxxtOtjv,
1 fut. p. dKOVO'drfcropMi.
a\ei<p(i), fut. dXei\//'CB, 1 aor. a. ^Xeii/â, p. inf. dXKpdrjvai.
-aXXdccrci), fut. dXXd^co, 1 aor. a. -^Waâ, pf. p. -rjXkaypai, 2 aor. rfWdyriv,
2 fut. p. dWayqaofjLai.
dWofiai, 2 aor. -rjXoprjv, a form -T)\dp.r]v (v.S. aipem).
dpaprdvo), fut. dpaprrjcra}, pf. fjpdpTTjKa, 2 aor. rjpaprov, 1 aor. rjpdpTT]<Ta.
dp(f)ievvvni (-e't'^' "''C'^)) P^- rjpcpiiapai.
dvaXicTKO) (-00)), fut. dvaXwao), 1 aor. a. dvrjXaxra, p. dvrjXoydrjv.
dvoiya (v. Bl., § 24, s.v. o'iyco), fut. dvoiô}, pf. dveaya (M, Pr., 154), -ypai.,
T]viayp,ai, rjvoLypai (M, Pr., I.e.), 2 aor. rjvoiyr^v (M, Pr., 66), 1 aor. a.
rjvoiâ, dpfoiâ, r]vea)â, p. rjvoixdtjv, dvecoxdl^, rjVfci^drjv (inf. dveoi^^dfjpai,
Lk 3^^), 1 fut. p. dvot.-)(6r}(Topai, 2 dvoiyrjcropai.
d7ro-Ka6-l(rrr]p.i (v.S. toTTjfii), 1 aor. p. dTreKarfOTddrjv (double augment).
dp((TKa>, fut. dptfro), 1 aor. a. fjpecra.
(493)
494 APPENDIX A
apKfdi, fut. apKeaco, 1 aor. a. rjpKfcra, 1 fufc. p. apKfcrdrjaofjLai.

apirdâ, fut. dpirda-o) (M, Pr., 165), pf. rjpTraKa, 2 aor. p. Tjpirdyrjv (Bl., § 19, 3),
1 aor. a. TJpTraaa, p. fjpTrdadriv, 2 fut. p. dpirayTjcrofxai,, plpf- inf. -qpirdKeiv.
al^dvat (avû), v. Bl., § 24), fut. av^rjcru), 1 aor. a. rju^rjcra, p. Tjv^rjdriv.
d(pir]pi {-iea>, -iw, -eco ; V.8. iT]p.i), impf. ^(piov, pf. p. 3 pi. d(fiia)VTaL (cf. M, Pr.,
38, 119).
d<f)opda> (v.s. opdw), 2 aor. subjc. d(f)i8(i>.
-fiaiva, fut. -^rja-opai, pf. -ê^T]Ka, 2 aor. -e/Sr;!/ (M, Pr., 110).
^dXXo), fut. /3aXa), pf. [•ii^'krjKa, -pai, 2 aor. ej3a\ov (a form -av, Ac 16^''), 1 aor. p.
f^\rj6j]v, 1 fut. p. j3\T]6i]aopai, plpf. p. efie^Xi'jprjv.
^8f\vaaupai, pf. e/3SeXuy/iat.
j3i/3pa)(r/ca), pf. ê^pcoKu.
/SXaordi'Q) (-do)), 1 aor. a. e^Xda-rrja-a (Bl., § 19, 1 *
24).
ôvXofiai, 1 aor. p. depon. eôvXrjdrjv (v.l. ^^-).
ya/Lteo) (BL, § 24), pf. -yeyd/ixr/Ka, 1 aor. a. iydp-rjcra, eyrip.a, p. fyafirjdrjv.

•yeXdcu, fut. yeXdcro).
yqpdaKO), 1 aor. a. iyrjpaaa.
yivop.ai (cl. yt'yi'-), fut. yevT)(Top,ai, pf. yeyova, yfyevqpai, 2 aor. eyevoptjv, 1 aor.
p. eyevTjdrjv.
yivaxTKOo (cl. -yfyi/-), fut. yvaxrop-ai, pf. eyvaKO, p. fyva>(Tp,ai, 2 aor. eyvtov (subjc.
yi/w, -yi/oi ; BL, § 23j 4 ; M, Pr., 55, 196), 1 aor. p. iyvdxrdrjv, 1 fut. p.
yi/oJC^T/o-o/Liat.
yvcopl^co, fut. yv(opLcra, -i5>, 1 aor. a. eyvapura, p. eyvcopia-drjv.
ypd(j)ci), fut. ypd^//a), pf. yeypacjia, yfypapp.ai, 1 aor. a. eypayjâ, 2 aor. p. €ypd(f)7]v.
SeT (impers.), subjc. Sei;, inf. Seli', ptcp. neut. Seoi/ (pi. Seoira), impf. eSet.
8fiKvvp.i {-vo)), fut. Set'ôj, pf. deSeiyfiai, 1 aor. a. eSeiâ, p. ibei-xQrjv.
beopai, 1 aor. p. edeTjdrjp.
Sepco, 1 aor. a. eSetpa, 2 fut. p. 8apT]aop.ai.
dfxopah fut. 84ôpai, pf. Se'Sfy/xai, 1 aor. m. e8€^dp.r)v, p. -e8ex6r}v.
84(0, fut. 8r](Tco, pf. 8i8fKa,
1 aor. a. €8T)aa, p. f8edr]v.
fie'Sejuai,
B'MKovea, impf. StTyKOfovv, fut. StaKovjjo-o), 1 aor. birjKovrfcra, p. (inf.) StaKovn-
SiSdtTKQ), fut. StSd|co, 1 aor. a. ehibaâ, p. e8L8dx6riu.

8i8copi (-00) BL, § 23, 3, 4
; ; M, Pr., 55, 196), fut. Smo-co, pf. Se'ScoKa, 8f8opai,
2 aor. a. (pi.) e8opev, m. -edofirjv, 1 aor. a. eSwKa (subjc. 3 8. 8a>crr]), p. eSodrjv,
1 fut. p. 8o6r](Topai.
8oKea> {-a>), 1 aor. a. e8oâ.
Spap.el.p, v.s. Tpex<^-
8vvafi.at, fut. bvvrjaopai, 1 aor. p. i8vvi]dr)v, rjbvvdfyBr^v (BL, § 24).
SwQ) (Sua) ; BL, § 24), pf. -8i8vp.ai, 2 aor. eSur, 1 aor. e8vaa, m. -(bvcrdp-qv.
(d^co (fut.), etc., v.s. ayvvfJLi.

6(10), fut. e'do-o), 1 aor. el'ao-a, impf. et'coi'.
eyyt^co, fut. eyyi'trco (Ja 4^ A), -toj, pf. ijyyiKa, 1 aor. a. rjyyKra.
eyeipoi, fut. fyepa, pf. fyrjyeppai, 1 aor. a. rjyfipa. p. rjyipdtjv, 1 fut. p. f'yfp-
6r)(Topai, impf. unaugmented Steyeipero, Jo 6'^.

f'Sa^/ô), fut. f8a<pia).
eBiû), pf. €tîo"/iat.
e^co, pf. el'cuâ, q.v.
ciSoi', V.S. opdo).
APPENDIX A 495
«t/xt (to be), fut. ea-ofiai, impf. ^'firjv (cl. rjv), imperat. 'ia-di, pi. eo-re, 3 pers. earc*
{rJTa>), pi. €<rra)(rav, subjc. pres. S, optat. ftr}v, inf. €(i/at, eaetrdai, ptcp. &v,
('(rofjLfvos-
fim (to go ; in NT, compound only), pres. 3 pi. -ia(n{v), impf. -^'ftv, pi. -jjeo-av,
inf. -levai, ptcp. -lav.
flirov (2 aor.), e'lprjua, etx;., v.s. Xe'-ym.
ftayda (pf. pres. obsolete), plpf. 3 pi. ela>6ecrav.
;
eXavvu), pf. eXijXoKa, 1 aor. -^'Aacra.

eXetv, v.s. aipeo).
iXrjXvda (pf-)» eXddv (2 aor.), v.s. epxofiai.
cXkoo), pf. €iX<a)fiai.
tXKvoa (eXKQ)), fut. eXKvtro), 1 aor. etXKvcra, impf. €iXkoi/.
e'XXoyao) (-eo)), impf. p. unaugmented.
eXTTi'ô), fut. eXTTio), pf. ^'Xtvikq, 1 aor. a. ^'XTTwra.
ejjLfco, 1 aor. TjfKcra.
eveyKf7v, v.s. (pepo).
evvvfii, V.S. dfj.(f)ievvvni.
eoiKo (pf. ;
pres. obsolete).
-enofuiL, impf. -el7r6/x?;v.
ipydôp.ai, pf. e'ipyaafxai, 1 aor. p. -elpydardrjv, m. rjpyaa-afjLTjv (flpy-).
ipprivtvu}, not augmented.
epxofiaL, fut. eXevaofxai, pf. eXr)Xvda, 2 aor. ^Xôv (a form, 1 pL, -afiev ; inf.
eXêZv), (M, Pr., 154 ; Bl., § 24, s.v.).
ep« (fut.), v.s. Xeyco.
eo-^tw (ecr^Q) ; Bl., § 24, s.v. ; M, Pr., 54, 111, 155), fut. âyo/xat (2 sing, -ecrat
in NT), 2 aor. ecpayov.
evayyeXi^co, augmented evrjy-.
fvapfOTeci), pf. fvapearrjKa (evrjp-), 1 aor. inf. evapecTTTjcrai,.
evboKeo), 1 aor. eidoKijcra {rjii-).
evpia-Ko), fut. €vpr]ao), pf. evprjKa, 2 aor. cvpoi' (and -a, v.s. alpe'co), m. €vp6p.r]v,
1 aor. p. evpidrjv (ptcp. evpafxevoi. He 9^^ ; M,
Pr., 51n), 1 fut. p. eipea-
drjcropai.
e(f>L(rTT]fii (v.s. 7aTr)p.i), 3 sing. m. erriaraTd.
((f>opd(o (v.s. opao)), 2 aor. imperat. €(f)i8€.
eX'^^ ^^^- ^^""j pf- ^^X'?"'') 2 *or. f(Txov (inf. trxeti'), impf. erxov (a forms in pi.).
âo) (Bl., § 24, 8.V. ; M, Pr., 54), fut. ^jjo-w {-op.ai), impf. e^/î', 1 aor. f^rjaa.
(fo), does not contract, -ecu, -eo-.
^(oypico, pf. e^wyprjfMai.

ôivvvfii {-vo)), fut. ^coorco, pf. p. -efcocr/iat, 1 aor. -eâxra, m. iâxrdnrjv,
TjTTdm {r](T(rd<o ; BL, § 24, S.V.), pf. rJTrrjpai, 1 aor. p. fj(r(rwdT]u.
ddTTTco, 1 aor. i'da-â, 2 aor. p. erdffiTjv.

6eXm (cl. also edeX(o), fut. deXrjcroi, 1 aor. a. TidfXrjcra, impf. rjOeXov,
6r](ra>, v.S. ri6rjp.u
6iyydva), 2 aor. ediyov.
dXd(o, 1 fut. p. -BXaadrjaofiai.
-drrjo-Kco {dv^<TKco), fut. -Bavovfiai, pf. Tf6vT]Ka, 2 aor. -edavov,
6pavai, pf. riOpavcrpai.
Bpeyjrco, etc., V.s. Tpe(pa>.
6v(o, pf. Tedvfiai, 1 aor. eûcra, p. iTvOtjv.
ttelv, V.S. 6/)aci>.
levai, V.S. et/it.

>>
APPENDIX A 497
Xeyo) (to gather, in NT only in comp.), fut. -Xe'^w, pf. Xektyâi, 1 aor. -eXeâ,
m. -iXeâfirjv.
XetVo) (Xifjiirdvco), fut. Xe/ ''co, pf. XeXet/i/iot, XeXi^fiat, 2 aor. -eXtTroi/, 1 aor.
eXef\|/a, p. eXeicfydijv.
Xouo), pf. XfXov/Mii, XeXo"o-/Liat, 1 aor. a. eXoucra, m. eXovadfjLTjv.
fxaKapiôi, fut. fjiaKapia.

fjLavddvoi, pf. fifuddrjKa, 2 aor. efiaOov.
liapaivoi, 1 fut. p. fiapavOrjaofiac.
fJMpTvpopai, 1 aor. m. epaprvpdprjv.
fiedvo) {-vcTKOpai), 1 aor. p. ipedvcrGrjv.
/ie'XXco, fut. peXXrjaco, impf. epeXXov (^p-).
fieXco, fut. -peXrjaopaL, 1 aor. p. -epeXrjdrjv, 1 fut. p. -piXridrjcropai.
piv(o, fut. pevQ), pf. ptpfvrjKa, 1 aor. e'pdva.
piaiva, pf. pepiappai (cl. usually -aapai), 1 aor. p. ipidvOrjv.
-piyvvpi, pf. pipiypai, 1 aor. a. epiâ.
pipvTjO-Kco, fut. -pvT](Tco, pf. pipvYjuai, 1 aor. a. -epvijaa, p. fpvT](Tdr}v, 1 fut. p.
/x)/»;cr^7^(ro/j,at.
pvrjoTfVQ), pf. fpvTioTevpai (v.l. fte/x- ; BL, § 15, 6), 1 aor. p. ipvq<TTeiidr)v.
pcopaivco, 1 aor. ipapava, p. ipoipdvdrjv.
-vepo), 1 aor. p. -evfprjdrjv.

vvard^co, 1 aor. a. evvcrTaâ.
^rjpaivo), pf. e^rjpappai, 1 aor. a. e^rjpava, p. f^rjpdvdrjv.

^vpd(o (cl. -ea>), fut. ^vpr]cropai, pf. e^vprjpai.
-oiyo), V.8. di/oiyo), an irregular compound.

nSa (pf. pres. obsolete), alternative form of 2nd pers. pi. lore (cl.) and of
;
3rd pi. i(racri(i'), fut. eiSijcro), plpf. .Vêt", imperat. icrî, utto), mttc, taraxrav,
subjc. fiSw, inf. etSe'vai, ptcp. eiScos.
oiKTelpa), fut. olKTfiprjcra.
oiopai, contr. oipai.
ouroo, V..S. cf)fp(j}.
-oixopai, pf. -cpxv/iat-

-oKfXXw, 1 aor. -wKeiXa.
-oXXk/hi (-vco), fut. -oXecroj, -oXo), -ovpai, pf. -oXcoXa, 2 aor. -mXoprjv, 1 aor. a. -wXetra.
opvvpi (-vw), 1 aor. wpocra.
ovivqpi, (a form
2 aor. V.S. aipia>), aivdprjv (opt. ovaiprjv).
;
6pd<i) (Bl., § 24), fut. oyjôpai, pf. ioipaKa (J6p-), 2 aor. et'Soi' (iSov in R« inf. ;
tSeif), impf. fa>pa)v (but cf. 7Tpo-opa>pT)v), 1 aor. m. a>y\rdpriv, p. a>(f)6r]v,

1 fut. p. o^6f](Topai.
apiapai, 1 aor. a. copicra, p. a>pi(r6r)v.
opiÛ), fut. -opia, -optVo), pf.
-opvcrcra), 2 aor. &pvâ, p. -wpvx^fiv.
-i>pvyr)v, 1 aor. a.
o0etXco, 2 aor. 6(f)eXov (used as a particle cl. oi^-), 1 aor. axjyeiXa. ;
iraiô), fut. -Traiô),1 aor. -enaiâ, p. -fTraix^rjv, 1 fut. p. -'iraix6r](roixau

Treirovda, 2 aor. enadov.
Trd(TX(i>, pf-
iravto, fut. -Travcro), navaopat, pf. Trfnavpai, 1 aor. a. eTratitra, m. erravcrapTjVj
2 fut. p. -nar]<Topai.
ireldco, fut. TTeiau), pf. ireiroida, rrfTrfia-pai, 1 aor. eireiaâ, p. fTreiadijv, 1 fut. p.
7r€icr^;]a"o/:iat.
jTfti'da), fut. Treii'dcTa), 1 aor. eVeiVatrn.
Tnyyvuui, 1 aor. a. enriâ.
32
498 APPENDIX A
TTiKpaivu), int. TTiKjiavai, 1 aor. eirUpava, p. fnLKpdvdrjv.

-TTtp.n\r)p.i, pf. TreTrXTja-fim, 1 aor. a. i'TrXrjaa, p. eTrXrjcrQrjv, 1 fut. p. rT\r](T6r)(TOfiai.
TrlfiTTprjixi {niirprjfii, irprjdco), 1 aor. -i'lrpTjcra.
TTLva, fut. TTiop.ai, pf. TTfTTcoKa,
2 aor. €7riov (inf. TTiflv, nelv ; Bl., § 6, 5), 1 aor.
p. iTToOrjV.
7rnrpda-Ka>, pf. irenpaKa, -afiai, 1 aor. p. iTrpdBrjv.
irinTa, fut. TTfaovpai, pf. neTTTcoKa, 2 aor. i'Trecrov (on a forms, V.S. atpeo)).
TrXao-o-o), 1 aor. a. ivXaa-a, p. fTrXaadtji'.
TrXarvvcc, pf. ncrrXdTvpfjLai, 1 aor. p. fTrXarvvdrfv.
nXeKco, 2 aor. p. -enXdKTjv, 1 aor. eVXeâ.
TrXe'o) (does not contract eo or eto), 1 aor. enXfva-a.
-TrXrjaa-co, 2 aor. p. iirXr^y-qv (in COUip. (^-fTrXdyrjv), 1 aor. a. -enXriâ.
TTvea (does not contract €o, tea, 6?;), 1 aor. eVi/eiyo-a.
n-viyco, 2 aor. p. -invlyrjv, 1 aor. k'nviâ.
npib) (npiCa)), 1 aor. p. eTrpi(r6i]v,
TTVvddvopai, 2 aor. iirvdoprjv.
-paivco, pf. -pepap,pai.

pavTiCco, pf. pepdvTi(Tp.ai (v.l. e'pp- ; Bl., § 15, 6), 1 aor. a. ippavrma (epav-).
pe'o), fut. pevcro), 2 aor. p. (ppvrjv (epv-). '
prjdeis, V.S. Xe'-yto.

pr]a(T(o {pijyvvpi ; BL, i^
24), fut. prj^co, 1 aor. epr;â {(pp-)-
ftLTTTco (-e'w), pf. p. f'ppcpai (i'p-), 1 aor. epi\f/a.
pvnpai, fut. pv(ropai, 1 aor. m. fpva-dprjv (epp-), p. ipvfrdr^v (Jpp-).
pavvvfii, pf. i'ppwpai (in imper. eppaxro, farewell).
aêvvvpi {-v(o), fut. (Tê(T(i), 1 aor. a. fo-êaa.

(Tflo), fut. tre/crco, 1 aor. a. eaficra, p. ecreiadriv.
(TTjirco, 2 pf. aiarjna.
(TKvXXo), pf. ecTKvXpai.

cnrda), fut. -(TTrdtrco, pf. -eairaapai, 1 aor. a. -tcnraaa, m. f(rrra(Tdpr]v, p. -((TirdaQrjv.
(TTTeipco, pf.ta-nappai, 2 aor. p. ia-irdprfv, 1 aor. ea-neipa.
-<TT(XXa>, fut. -(TTeXo), pf. -ea-raXKa, -pai, 2 aor. p. -f'crrdXrjv, 1 aor. -ecrretXa.
a-TTjKQ), impf. i'(TTr]Kov (late pre.s. and impf. = la-TTjpi).
aTrjpL^co, fut. arTjpi^co, -iaai, pf. ecrTijpiypai, 1 aor. a. earijpLâ {-laa), p. icrr-qpixd-qv.
(TTp€(pa>, fut. -(TTpeyp-O), pf. etTTpappat, {-tppai), 2 aor. f(TTpd(f)r]v, 1 aor. f(TTpf<\ra,
2 fut. p. -(TTpa<pr](Topai.
(TTpoovvvpi {-vo)), pf. earpcopai, 1 aor. a. eoTpaxra, p. -ecTTpcodrjv.
2 aor. facpdyrjv, 1 aor. ((T(f)aâ.
a(pd[(i), fut. (r(f)dôo, pf. eacfyayp-ai,
a-oy^co (crwô) ; Bl., § 3, 3), fut. aa>a(o, pf. (riaaxa, -<rpat., 1 aor. a. f(rco(ra, p.
icraiBrjv, 1 fut. p. crwdrjaopai.
Td(r(T(o, fut. -rdôpai, pf. r€'ro;â, -ypai, 2 aor. -trdyrjv, 1 aor. a. eraâ, p. fTd)(6r]v,
m. 2 fut. p. -rayrjaopai..
era^dpr]!',
-Teivco, fut. -revco, 1 aor. -eVetva.
TeXeco, fut. -reXeVco, pf. TfreXeKa, -ecrpai, 1 aor. a. eVeXeo-a, p. eTfXeadrjv, 1 fut. p.
reXeo-îjo-opat.
-rfXXco, fut. -TfXoCpat, pf. -reVaXKa, -pat, 1 aor. a. -eVfiXa, in. -ereiXdpijv.
-Tepvo), pf. -T€rp.r)pai, 2 aor. -erepov, 1 aor. p. -eTprjdriv.
Ti]Ka>,2 fut. p. TaKTjaopai.
Ti$i]pi (-fo)), fut. Ot](T(d, pf. rddeiKa, -p.ai, 2 aor. m. edfp,r]v, 1 aor. a. edrjKa,
p. fT(6T)v, 1 fut. p. T€0r](TOpai.
TiKTco, fut. Tfôpai, 2 aor. ereKOv, 1 aor. p. eTf)(6T)v.
TlVOOj fut. t'kTCjO.
APPENDIX A 499
-rpeTTO), pf. -TfTpafifiai, 2 aor. p. -erpaTTTjv, 1 aor. a. -erpexj/â, m. erpeylrdfirjv, 2 fut.

p. -TpairijcroixaL.
Tp€<pa) (root 6pf(f)), pf. Tedpap-p-ai, 2 aor. -eTpd(j)riv, laor. a. edpeylâ, m. -i6pc^d}iT]v.
Tpex(o, 2 aor. e8pafj.ov.
-TpilBo), fut. -Tpi-ô), pf. -TiTpip.p,ai, 1 aor. -erpiilra, 2 fut. p. -rpi^rjaonai,
Tvy)((ivco, pf. rervxâ (-6v;(a), 2 aor. €TV)(ov.
(payetv, V.s. (<j6ia).

(f)aivco, fut. (pavovfiai, 2 aor. p. e(f>avriv, 1 aor. €<âva, 2 fut. p. (f)avr]aop.ai,
(âvcTKU) {(f)(i3(TKa>), fut. -(paiKToo.
(êpu> (defective ; M, Pr., 1, 10), fut. oi'o-o), pf. -evr]vo)â, 2 aor. rjveyKov (inf.
iveyKelv), 1 aor. a. -qveyaa, p. t]v()(6j]v.
(peiryo), fut. cftevôfjiai, pf. Tre(pevya, 2 aor. e({)vyov.
(f>r)p.l, impf. €(f)T]v.
(f)6dv(o, pf. '4<l)dnKa, 1 aor. a. ((pdaaa.

(f)dfipa), fut. 0êp(M, pf. -€(pdapijuii, 2 aor. e(f)ddpr]v, 1 aor. a. ?(f)d(ipa, 2 fut. p.
0âp;jo"o/xa£.
(f)opi(i), fut. (popecro), 1 aor. ((popecra.
(ppdcraco, 2 aor. p. tcfypdyrjv, 1 aor. €(ppaâ, 2 fut. p. (f)payr](rop.ai.
(pvco, 2 aor. p. e(f)vr)v.
(f)d>aK(i), v.s. (f)av(rKui.
(poyriâ, fut. (^toricrci) (-tw), pf. 7re(^&)ri<r/xat, 1 aor. a. e(f)d}Ti(Ta, p. i(f>coTicr6r]v.
Xalpa, 2 aor. fx^dprjv, 2 fut. p. \apr](roiJ.ai.

XâXdco, fut. ;âXa(r£(), 1 aor. a. e';(dXa(ra, p. exa^dadijv.
-;^€<a (-;^vt'i'a), -;î;i/a)), fut. -X*'^> pf- -'^^'x^M^'i ' '*''^^"- *• ''^X^'^j P* '^Xy^l^t 1 ^^^' P*
-;(u^;7(ro/Liat.
XpdofiaL {-TjOfxai), pf. K6;^p77/xai, 1 aor. m. expi]crdij.rjv.
Xpao}, V.S. Kixprjpi.

Xpi-î fut. xpi-^î 1 *or- *• ^XP'""") ^^* fXP^^^M^'
Xpoviû), fut. xpo^''^ (v.l. -iaco).
yj/dXXo), fut. i/âXm.

-\|/'u;â}, 1 aor. -f-ij/vâ, 2 fut. p. ^vyrjcropai.
-wdfu), 1 aor. a. -cbo-a (-eoxra), 1 aor. m. -wcrdfiTjv.

u>viop.aif aor. o)vr}(Tdp.i]v (Attic in pidfxrjv).
APPENDIX B
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBAL FORMS
(The includes only such forms as might reasonably cause the beginner
list
some difficulty. Where several such forms belonging to the same verb occur,
a selection only is given. The others will be recognized by their similarity
to those in the list and can be found in Appendix A. Those which can be
traced by the cross references in the previous list and in the body of the
Lexicon are, as a rule, omitted here. The present tense, enclosed in brackets,
is that to which, in the Lexicon, a given form belongs.)
ayayerf {(iyco), 2 aor. impv. a. dveyvmre {dvayivaxTKco), 2 aor. a.

dyayrj (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. dveddXere (dj/a^dXXo)), 2 aor. a.
ayviadrjTi. (ayviô)), 1 aor. impv. p. dvedtp.r]v {dvaridrjpi), 2 aor. m.
a1.(r6(ovTai {alfrddvofiai), 2 aor. subjc. dvid-q (dvirifii), 1 aor. p.
aiTfiTOi (atreo)), pres. impv. dvfSpeyjraTO {dvaTp((f)co), 1 aor. m.
diirjKoa (aKOVQ)), 2 pf. a. avflXaro {dvaipeoo), 2 aor. m.
aWayrjcTOfjiai, (dXXatrcra)), 2 fut. p. dvetXarf, -f'lXav (id.), 2 aor. a. (v.s.
dXXaâi (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. alpeo), App. A).
afj,apTr]<T7] [dâpTavco), 1 aor. subjc. a. dvfix^6p.T]v (dv(x(i>), impf. m.
djiTjcravTeov (d/xdco), 1 aor. ptcp. a., di/eXet (dfatpeo)), fut. a.
gen. pi. ^
dvfXflv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a.
dvdâ, -Tjdi {dvajBaipco), 2 aor. impv. dvfveyKGi {dvacbipa)), 1 aor. inf. a.
dvaêî]Ka (id.), pf. a. dvfvfyKf'iv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a.
dvayayf7v (di'dyco), 2 aor. inf. a. dvfvres (dvirjyiL), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
dvayvovs (dvayti'axrKo)), 2 aor. ptcp. a. dviôpai (di'e';^co), fut. m.
dvayvwvai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. dv€TT((Tiv {dvairiTTTU)), 2 aor. a.
dvayvcoadfj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. dpitreicra (dvaa-fia)), 1 aor. a.
dvaKeKiiXioTai {dvaicvXiai), pf. p. dvearpdipTjfiev {dvaarptcfioy), 2 aor. p.
dvaXoi {dvaXiaiici)), pres. ind. a. dv€<Txop.riv {dv€x<>>), 2 aor. m.
dvaXcodtiTe (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. dveTdXa (dvareXXci)), I aor. a.
dvafivr](ra) {dvapiyiVTjcrKa)), fut. dvfrpd^rj (dvarpecfxii), 2 aor. p.
dvaTrar](rofiai (dva7rava>\ fut. m. dvevpav (di/evpi'cr/cw), 2 aor. a.
dvdirecraL {dvairiirTO)), 1 aor. impv. m. dvicoya (dvoiyco), 2 pf. a.
dvdvea-e (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. dvtalâ (id.), 1 aor. a.
dvdara, -crrrjdi {dvla-TTjui), 2 aor. impv. dve<px6rjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p.
a. dvTjyayov {dvdyo)), 2 aor. a.
dvaredpafifievos (dvaTpe(f)(o), pf. ptcp. p. dvTjyyfiXa {dvayyeXXco), 1 aor. a.
dvaTfiXr] {dvariWa)), 1 aor. subjc. a, dvTjyyfXrjv (id.), 2 aor. p.
dvaTfToXKfv (id.), pf. a. dvTjv€y<(u {dva(f)€p(i)), 1 (2) aor. act.
dva<pdvavTfs {dva(f)aiva>), 1 aor. ptcp. a. dvfjpidrjv {dvaipid)), 1 aor. p.
dvacfiavevTfs (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. p. dvTjffidr] (avdnTOi), 1 aor. p.
dvax^fvTfs {dvdyio), 1 aor. ptcp. p. dvTjX^rjv (dvdy<o), 1 aor. p.

dvd\lâvTfs {dvdiTTco), 1 aor. ptcp. a. dvdf^trai (di/re;^©), fut. m.
(500)
APPENDIX B 501
dvdfOTTjKe (avdiimjfii), pf. ind. a. dno^dvTfs {diToâivto), 2 aor. ptcp. a.

avdiaravTcu (id.), pres. m. dno^j)(Terat, (id.), fut. 3 8.
avUvTfs {dviTjLu), pres. ptcp. a. dwobibdypevov {dTroBeiKvyfu), pf. ptcp.
dvoiyrjcreTai (avoiya), 2 fut. p. P-
,
dvoiyaxTiv (id.), 2 aor. subjc. p. diro8ei<vvvTa (id.), pres. ptcp. a.

dvolâi (id.), 1 aor. int. a. aTTodelâi (id.), 1 aor. inf. a.
dvoiaco (dvacfiepio), fut. a. dnodidovat (aTroSi'Sw/xt), pres. inf. a.
dvoi^6r](TfTai. {dvoiyca), 1 fut. p. dTToBiBoiip (id.), pr. ptcp. a. neut. a.
dvra-nobovvai (dvraTroStScu/ii), 2 aor. dnobodfjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p.
inf. a. dnohoi (id.), v.s. -St3.
avTanobcocTiii (id.), fut. a. dTToSoy, -Sore (id.), 2 aor. impv. a.
dvT(<jTr)v {dvdiaTrjfj.1), 2 aor. a. dTToSovi/at, -5ouy (id.), 2 aor, inf.
dvTKTT^vai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. (ptcp.) a.
dz^co (dviTjfjLi), 2 aor. subjc. a. dTToSo) (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. 3 s.
aTraXXd^Tj {dnaWdcra-a)), 1 aor. SubjC. a. aTTodaveiv {diroOvrja-Kai), 2 aor. inf. a.
dirapBT] {diraipu)), 1 aor. subjc. p. d7ro(ca^tcrrdi'6t (dTroKa^tordi'ci)), pres. a.
aTrapvTjadcrdoo (anapviofiai), 1 aor. awoAcan^XXdyTTTe (d7ro*caraXXd(7a'a>) 2
impv. m. aor. p.
dnaprrjar) (id.), fut. 2 8. aTTOKdrio-rdi/et = diroKadicrravfi.
aTrardro) (aTrardo)), pres. impv. act. dTTOKpidfis (dnoKpivai), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
dTTarrjdela-a (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. p. aTTOKTavdeis (diroKTuva), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
d-jre^rjaav {dnoâiva)). 2 aor. ». drroKTfVvvvrfs {dTronreivco), pres. ptcp.
dTrf'Seiêv {aTro8fiicvVfj,c) , 1 aor. a. a.
dTreSero {dTro8i8wp.i), 2 aor. m. dnoKTevai (id.), fut. a.
aTreStSovi' (id.), iuij.f. a. d.ToXf'o-at (d7rdXXv/:«),1 aor. inf. a.
drredoro, -do<r6f (id.), 2 aor. m. dnoXoiipui (id.), fut. m.
aTreSoxcei' (id.), 1 aor. a. dnoXa) (id.), fut. a.
dntOavev (dnodvrjarKa)), 2 aor. a. dTToXcoXa (id.), 2 pf. a.
dweiTrdpeda (dwelTrov), 1 aor. m. dnopiyj/avTas {dnopinrci), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
dTTftpôi' (d7re;(a)), impf. a. diTo<TTaXa> (aTTooTeXXm), 2 aor. subjc. p.
d7r6Kar€(rrdî;v {dnoKa6icm]pi), 1 aor. d-noareiXas (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
P- dnooTji {d<piaTr]pi), 2 aor. subjc. a.
,
dntKariiTTr^v (id.), 2 aor. a. dnoa-TrjTf, -ottjto) (id.), 2 aor. impv. a.

dnfKpidrjv (^dnoKpivui), 1 aor. p. dno(TTpa(f)fjs {diro<rrp((f>a>), 2 aor. subjc.
aTTeKTdv6r]v {dTroKTflvo)), 1 aor. p.
d7rfX?/Xi;êt{rai' {dTrep)(opai), plpf. dTToaTpf^lrov (id.), 1 aor.impv. a.
dneXdav (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a. dnora^dpevoi (dTrordcraw), 1 aor. ptcp.
dirfveyKelv {diTo(f)€pa)), 2 aor. inf. a. m.
dTTfVfxdrjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. dTrrov (aTrrw), pres. impv. m.
aTreirvlyr) (dnonviyo)), 2 aor. p. anuXfcra (dTToXXu/it), 1 aor. a.
dTriirviâv (id.), 1 aor. a. dnaiXopTjv {dTroXXvpi), 2 aor. m.
dntOTaKriv (dTrooreXXo)), 2 aor. p. dnccxrdpfvos {dw(odfoi), 1 aor. ptcp. m.
djreoT-aXKa (id.), pf. a. cipai (a'ip(o), 1 aor. inf. a.
direoTeiXa (id.), 1 aor. a. upas (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
dn((TTr}, -ijcrav (dcplarripi), 2 aor. a. dpi(T(i (dpeo-Ko)), fut. a.
d7reaTpd(l)r)(rav (aTrocrrpeâ)), 2 aor. p. (iprj(cupoo), 1 aor. subjc. a.
dTTfTaâro {dirordacra)), 1 aor. m. dpd^, -daxTiv (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.
dTTTêa-ai/ (oTret/xt), impf. (ipOryri (id.), 1 aor. impv. p.
aTTT^Xacrei' (drreXavfca), 1 aor. a. dpKfcrrj (dpKe'ci)), 1 aor. subjc. a.
d7r»;Xy7;KOTef {dirdXyeco), pf. ptcp. a. apov (aipco), 1 aor. impv. a.
dirffKdav {dirip\opaC), 2 aor. a. apnayevra (Apnd^m), 2 aor. ptcp. p.
d7r7jXXd;^;ât (aTraXXdcrcrci)), pf. inf. p. dpirayrjcropfBa (id.), 2 fut. p.
dirripvrja-dp-qv (dirapviopai), 1 aor. dpco, -ov(Tiv (alpa)), fut. a.
dTTTja-7ra(rdpi]v {diracrirdôpai), 1 aor. ai^r}6fi (av^dvo)), 1 aor. subjc. p.
502 APPENDIX B
d(f)f6r]v {d(f>ir]î), 1 aor. p. daprjaopai (Sepco), 2 fut. p.

d(f)€lXev {d(f)aipfO}), 2 aor. a. SfSeKTm (Sexopai), pf.
d(j)e7vai {d(j>ir]fii), 2 adr. inf. a. SfSeKWf (5f'), pf. ptcp. a.
dcfifls (id.), pres. ind. a. 2 8. Sedepai (id.), pf. p.
dffxis (id.), 2 iwT. ptcp. a. 8f8i(oypfvos (8ta>KCo), pf. ptcp. p.
d(f)f\el (dcâipeoj), fut. a. 8e8oTai. {8i8o}pi), pf. p.
dipeXflv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. SeSctfKeicraj/ (id.), plpf. a.
a(f>fs (dcpirjixi), 2 aor. impv. a. Set; (Sew), pres. subjc.
dcpecdi'TOL (id.), pf. pass. 8fdfivaL {8((o), 1 aor. inf. p.
d(f)^ (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. SfipavTfs (Sf'po)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
d(f)fjKa (id.), 1 aor. a. 8(âi (Seô/Liat), 1 aor. impv.
dcfiUvrai and -ovrai (id.), pres. p. 8€^T]Tai,, -avrai (id.), 1 aor. subjC.
d(j)iK(TO (dîKj/eo/xai), 2 aor. Sija-ai (Setu), 1 aor. inf.
dcf)i(TTaao {d(pi(m]fu), pres. impv. m. 8r]<TTj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. 3 s.
dcjiia-TaTO (id.), impf. m. 8ia^ds {8iaâiva>), 2 aor. ptcp. a.

acfiopiel, -ovaiv (cKpopiô)), fut. a. dia^rivai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a.
dcâyp-ev {d(j)ir]fjii), 2 aor. subjc. a. StdSos {8ia8i8(opi), 2 aor. impv. a.
d(f>a>fj.oiconevos (dcô/xotoco), pf. ptcp. 8iaKa6dpai {8iaKaddipa>), 1 aor. inf. a.
pass. 8iaXXdy7]di {8iaXXda(Ta), 2aor. impv. p.
d;^<J»jvat {(iyco), 1 aor. inf. p. 8iapfLVTj (8iapeva)), 1 aor. subjc. a.
dx^'7(r60-ê (id.), 1 fut. pass. 8iapfpevr}K6T€s (id.), pf. ptcp. a.
ci'âs {anTco), 1 aor. ptcp. a. 8Lapfvfis (id.), pres. ind. a.
a\lrrj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. Siapevds (id.), fut. ind. a.
8iavoi-)(6-qTi (piavoiyot), 1 aor. impv. p.
/3a\<M OdXXo)), fut. a. 8iaaT]âs (Stapjjcra-o)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
/3dXa), -7] (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. (also -pp-)-
âpeia-Bco {âpeco), pres. impv. p. 8i,a<TnapivT€S (8ia(nreipco), 2 aor. ptcp.
lid-^T] (jSaTTTO)), 1 aor. subjc. a.
êâpp.€vov (id.), pf. ptcp. p. 8ia(T7ra(r6f} (StatTTrdo)), 1 aor. subjc. p.
ê^rjKO {âivoi), pf. a. 8ia(TTd(Tris {8u(TTr)pi), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
ê^XrjKfv (jSdXXo)), pf. a. 8iaarpe\lrai, (5tacrrpe0a)), 1 aor. inf. a.
ê^pcoKa {l3LJ3pd>(TKO)), pf. a. 8iaTay€is (SiaTacrcrco), 2 aor. ptcp. p.
^Xr)6(ls (/SdXXo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p. 8LaTax6fVTa (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
^XfjdrjTi (id.), 1 aor. impv. p. 8taTfTaypfvo5 (id.), pf. ptcp. p.
8LaTeTaxevai (id.), pf. inf. a.
yap-rja-dTcaiTav (ya/if'o)), 1 aor. impv. a. fitSdao-ti/ {8i8(opi), pres. a.
ycyevrjpai. {yivopai), pf. pass. 8U^T](rav (Sta/SaiVco), 2 aor. a.
yeyevvTjpai {yevvdoi), pf. pass. 8ifyfipeTo {8i€yeipo)), impf. p. (unaug-
yiyovav (yivopai), 2 pf. a. mented).
yeyovei (id.), plpf. a. 3 s. StelXoj/ (Statpe'o)), 2 aor. a.
yevdpfvos 2 aor. ptcp. m.
(id.), 8i.evfyKr] (Sia0e/jco), 1 or 2 aor. subjc. a.
yevea-do) (id.), 2 aor. impv. 3 s. 8iep7]^€v {8capT]a-(Tcci), 1 aor. a. (also
yevrjadf (id.), 2 aor. subjc. m. -p/)-).
yevciivrat. (id.), 2 aor. subjc. m. 8upT](T(rfTo (id.), impf. p.

yyjpas (yaptoi), 1 aor. ptcp. a. 8L((Td<priaav (8ia(Ta(f)ea>), 1 aor. a.
yqprjs (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. 8ifcnrdpr)(Tav (8ia(nrfipco), 2 aor. p.
yvoi =
yva. 8u(Tird(T6aL (SiacTTrdo)), pf. inf. p.
yvovs (yivaa-na), 2 aor. ptcp. a. 8i€crT€iXd/ij;j' (SiaoTe'XXw), 1 aor. m.
yvoi, yv<o (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. 1 and 3 s, 8t.e(m] {8ucrTrjpi), 2 aor. a.
•yvw^t (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. 8if(rTpapu.ivos (Staorpe'ô)), pf. ptcp. p.

yvcopioiaiv (yvcopi^co), fut. SieVaâ (Siardo-o-co), 1 aor. a.
yvwa-drj (yii/tocricci)), 1 aor. subjc. p. 2 aor. p.
8i((f)ddpr]v {8ia(f)deipo)),
yvaxrdrjafTai (id.), 1 fut. p. 8ie(f)6appevos (id.\ pf. ptcp. p.
yvaxTopai (id.), fut. a. SiTjKOvouv (SiaKOveo)), impf. a.
yvoiTco (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. 8iT)voiyev {8iavoiya>), impf. a.
APPENDIX B 503
8ir]voi^(v (id.), 1 aor. a. e^Tja-a (fao), 1 aor. a.

8ir]voix0r]a'av (id.), 1 aor. p. f'Cijrf, e^wi' (id.), impf. a.
diopvyfjvat {BiopiKraa), 2 aor. inf. p. e6fpr]v (Ttdrjpi), 2 aor. m,
tiopvxOrjvai (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. e'drjKa (id.), 1 aor. a.
8i(i)8ev€ (SioSfvco),impf. a. fdov (id.), 2 aor. m.
Siwârw (Skbkco), 1 aor. impv. a. ZQpeiâ (rpe^co), 1 aor. a.
8ia^r]Te (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. ela (edco), impf. a.
8i(i)xQwovTai (id.)j 1 fut. p. f'laa-a (id.), 1 aor. a.
doddaav (8tSa)/it), 1 aor. ptcp. p. el8a = fi8ov (opda, q.V.), 2 aor.
8odfj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. fWicrpivov (ediôy), pf. ptcp. p.
807 (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. eiXaro (aipeo)), 2 aor. m.
Self, BoTc, SoTO) (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. fiXrjTTTM (Xa/i/3ai/Q)), pf. p.
8ovvai (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. f'iXT](pa (id.), pf. a.
80VS (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a. (lXkov (e'XKQ)), impf. a.
{8vvanai), pres. ind.
Si'i'^j; fiXKvae, -av (fXKvo)), 1 aor. a.
Sw, Scot; (StSco/xt), 2 aor. subjc. a. e'lXKcopevos (eX/cdco), pf. ptcp. p.
8coT) (id.), 2 aor. opt. a. f'iâpfi' (eiKo)), 1 aor. a.
8ci)p,€v, 8S)Tf (id.),2 aor. subjc. a. fia8papovaa (etcrrpeî^co), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
8co(rr}, -(TCDfjiev (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. elcTfXriXvda {elcrepxopai), pf.
€i(TTj€L {ela-fipi), impf.
fôKav (/SaXXw), 2 aor. a. (ItTiaaiv (id.), pres. ind.
(^da-Kave {âcTKaivco), 1 aor. a. fla-TTjKfiaav (JarrjjjLi), plpf- *•
e^8fXvyiJi€vos (/3SeXvcr(ra)), pf ptcp. p. . elxav, -ocrav (e^w), impf.
fî^\r)TO (/3aXX(u), plpf. p. emv (eaw), impf.
e^Xrjdrjv (id.), 1 aor. p. fKaddpiaev, -tp- (Kadaplô), -ep-), 1 aor.
e^yttrai/ {eyyiôi), 1 aor. a. act.
e'yeydi/fi (ylvofiai), plpf. a. eKaQapicrOrj, -ep- (id.), 1 aor. p.
tyeipai (eyeipco), 1 aor. impv. ra. eKSaxrerai {fK8i8u.>pi), fut. m.
iyeipai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. (KeKpaâ, ficpaâ {Kpdâ)), 1 aor. a.
iyfipov (id.), pres. impv. p. (Kfpacra (Kepdvvvpi), 1 aor. a.
fyevrjflrjv (yivopat), 1 aor. p. €Kep8rj(Ta {K€p8aiv(o), 1 aor. a.
fyepvr/drjv (yevvda)), 1 aor. p. (KKaOdpan {eKicadaipa)), 1 aor. impv.
iytpel (eyeipco), fut. a. (KKaddpjj (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a.
eyf pdeis (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. p. eK.K€xvp,€vos {eKXffo), pf. ptcp. p.
€y(pdr](TfTai (id.), 1 fut p. eKKOTTTjar] (fKKonra)), 2 fut. p.
iy4p6r}Ti. (id), 1 aor. impv. p. eKKo\j/ov (id.), 1 aor. impv. a.
jyvyeppai (id.), pf. p. €KXa(ra (AjXao)), 1 aor. a.
eyTjfjii (yapeo)), 1 aor. a. €KXav(Ta {KXaico), 1 aor. a.
eyvuxav (yivaxTKO)), pf. a. €KXfXi]a6€ {eKXav6dv<o), pf. m.
iyvKjiKtvai (id.), pf. inf. a. (kXtjOtiv (KaXfco), 1 aor. p.
eyvwv (id.), 2 aor. a. fKoyfracrBe (kotttco), 1 aor. m.
fyxpicai {eyxpiio), 1 aor. impv. m. fKTrXf vcrai (e»c7rXeco), 1 aor. inf. a.
tyXpla-ai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. fKpaâ ((cpafo)), 1 aor. a.
€yxpi.(Tov (id.), 1 aor. impv. a. (Kpv^q (/cpvTrTw), 2 aor. p.
e8a(f)iov<Ti.v {{8a(pi^co), fut. a. (KO-axTai (e/cCTcoô)), 1 aor. inf. a.
eStero, -elro (Seopai), impf. fKrevels (e'/cretVco), fut. a.
e8er]dr)v (id.), 1 aor. eKTrjcrdprjv {urdopai), 1 aor.
eSft (impers. Set), impf. eKTia-rai (kti'^co), pf. p.
e8fipav (Sepo)), 1 aor. a. fKTpanri (fKTpeVco), 2 aor. subjc. p.
fdrjcra (8eco), 1 aor. a. (<(j)VT] (encfiCa), pres. or 2 aor. subjc. a.
eSicoâ (StwKO)), 1 aor. a. fKxâi (eK;^€a)), 1 aor. inf. a.
f8oXiov(Tav (SoXtdo)), late impf. eK_)(e'€Te (id.), pres. or 2 aor. impv. a.
€8pap.ov {rpexco), 2 aor. a. eXdêre {Xap^dva), 2 aor. a.
?Su, e8v(Tfv {8vva>), 2 and 1 aor. a. 3 s. eXoKT^CTfi' (XatTKW or Xaice'a)), 1 aor. a.
504 APPENDIX B
eXa^ê (Xayxdvco), 2 aor. a. e'^fSero (fKSiSco/it), 2 aor. m.

fKirjaov (eXte'co), 1 aor. inipv. a. f^f iXaro (f âtpeco), 2 aor. m.
fKevcrofiai {(pxôfiai), fut. f^fKavOrjcrav {enicaico), 1 aor. p.
fXrjXaKoTfs {fXavvo)), pf. ptcp. a. eêxXirai' (eKKXt'i/co), 1 aor. a.
fXrjXvOa {fpôfjLai), pf. iêKOTTTjs ((KKOTrrw), 2 aor. p.
(\i6a(Tdr)aav (Xtâ^co), 1 aor. p. e^fXf {eâipeo)), 2 aor. impr. a.
eXdcvtrai (JkKva), 1 aor. inf. a. eêXf^co {(KXeyco), 1 aor. m. 2 s.
eXd/ievos (aipew), 2 aor. ptcp. m. f^fXrjTM (eâipim), 2 aor. subjc. m.
i\7Ti.ovcnv (eXTTi'ô)), fut. 3 pi. f^fveyKUVTfs {eK(f)ip(o)y 1 aor. ptcp. a.
fjxaBov (jiavdavat), 2 aor. a. iêveyKtiv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a.
efxacravTO {fiaadofiai), impf. e^fvevcrev {eKVfvto), 1 aor. a.
e/xjSds (e/x/3aiVa)), 2 aor. ptcp. a. eêjre'ratra (eKTreravi'ii/Ai), 1 aor. a.
efji^dyjras {epânTas), 1 aor. ptcp. a. e^fTrXdyqcrav (eKTrX^crcro)), 2 aor. p.
ffx^r)vai (efifdaivco), 2 aor. inf. a. e'leVXei (e/cTrXeo)), impf. a.
efii^f {jiiyvvixi), 1 aor. a. eêaraKevai {e^lcmjpi), pf. inf. a.
ffnr€TrXr](rn€vos {ffiirifiTrXrjixi), pf. ptcp. iêcrTpanrai {eKaTpeCpco), pf. p.
P- e^frdcrai (Jêrafco), 1 aor. inf. a.
, .
ifnr\ri<r6o} (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. i^fTpaTT-qcrav (f KxpeTTco), 2 aor. p.

ffiapava {fiu)paiv(o), 1 aor. a. eêxff (€/c;^€0)), 1 aor. a.
eveSvvapovTO (eVSvi'a/ioa)), impf. p. f^f)(y6r)(Tav (id.), 1 aor. p.
fveiKrjaa (eVetXfw), 1 aor. a. eêaxrev = eâtrev.
f^^fo'av (eêt/xi), impf.
fvevevov (eVz/evco), impf. a. i^rjpappivos {^rjpaivco), pf. ptcp. p.
€veir\r](Tev (e'/iTrt/XTrXr^yut), 1 aor. a. i^T]pava, -pdv6j]v (id.), 1 aor. a. and p.
evfTTprjaf (JpTT'nrprjpi^ epTTprjOco), 1 aor. f^rjpavrai (id.), pf. p. 3 8.
a. f^ripavi'Tjaa {e^fpavvdco), 1 aor. a.
fVfiTTvov, -crav (efMirrvo)), impf. and f^rjpTiapevos {eâpTiô}), pf. ptcp. p.
1 aor. a. e}^X^TaiJ^€^t]Xô)), pf. pass.
evfarrjKora (eVt'oTJ/îi), pf. ptcp. a. iîivai (eêt^t), pres. inf.
fvearoira, -Sxrav, -(otos (id.), pf. ptcp. i^KTrdvatv {(îa-rrjpi, q.V.), preS. ptcp.
a. eôia-ovai {(Kipepco), fut. a.
fvereiKdprjv (eVreXXw), 1 aor. m. iâaai {i^wOiio), 1 aor. inf. a.
fvervXiâ {(vrvKiacrco), 1 aor. a. fâaev (id.), 1 aor. a.
evfCpdvicrav (euLCpavi^cci), 1 aor. a. iopaKa (opdca), pf. a.
fV{(f)va'T]aei' (e/i0vaaa)), 1 aor. a. enayayelv (eVdyo)), 2 aor. inf. a.
fve\6eis {(pepco), 1 aor. ptcp. p. (nadev {iTdcrx<^), 2 aor. a.
€PT)pyijKa {evepyeco), pf. a. fTraicrxvvdrjv (e7rato";^vvo/iat), 1 aor.
ivKp'ivai (fVKpivco), 1 aor. inf. a. enavanaTjcreTai {iiravairavdi), fut. m.
evoiKovv {evoiKeo)), pres. ptcp. a. (Trdâs (eVd-yo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
eVreXelrai (eVrfXXo)), fut. m. fTvdpas (eVaipo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
fvTeTaXrai (id.), pf. m. fTTeldev (eVfiSoj'), 3 8.
ivrpanf} {evTperra)), 2 aor. subjc. p. erreipdcrci) {ireipd^co), 1 aor. m.

ivrpanrjcrovTai (id.), 2 fut. p. fTTfiparo, -pmvTO {jretpdco), impf. m.
evvê {vvaao)), 1 aor. a. eTTdcra (Trelda), 1 aor. a.
evvaraâv (j/ucrafa)), 1 aor. a. eTreicrdrjaav (id.), 1 aor. p.
ivtdK-qcrev {evoLKfco), 1 aor. a. eTTelx^^ (^'''f'X'")' ii^pf- *•
(âXfi(j)drjvai, -Xi(p- {eâXeiffxo), 1 aor. eireKfiXav (fTrtKeXXo)), 1 aor. a.
inf. p. eTreKeKXrfTO {eiriKoXeco), plpf. p.
fâvacrTTjCTT] {fâvicrTr]p,i), 1 aor. SubjC. eVeXd^fro, -ovto (tmXavddvopai), 2aor.
a. eweXfix^^ (e7rtXet;^co), impf. a.
2 aor. a.
(âviCTTrjcrav (id.)., eTTfrroidei {neidco), 2 plpf. a.
i^dpare {eâlpco), 1 aor. impv. a. ejrecra (TTiTrrw), 2 aor. a.
eâpe'iTf (id.), fut. a. fnecTTtjcrav {e(f)i(TTT}pi), 2 aor. a.
f$apBfi (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. €7r€(TX(v {enexci)), 2 aor. a.
APPENDIX B 505
inerlfia {iiririfiaai), impf. eppiôipevoi (piôco), pf. ptcp. p.

iirerpaTTT) {inirpeTvo}), 2 aor. p. ipippivoi (piTTTOi), pf. ptcp. p.
fnecfidvr] {eirKpaivco), 2 aor. p. eppnrrai (id.), pf. p.
iirf^pia-ev {eirix^pio)), 1 aor. a. epiyâv (id.), 1 aor. a.
fTTTjKpooivTo {fTTaKpodopai), impf. fppuxTo, -o)cr6e (paivvvpi), pf. impv. p.
iivfjv€(rev (eTratveo)), 1 aor. a. ipvcraro (pvopai), 1 aor. m. (epp-).
enrjêv (irTjyvvpi), 1 aor. a. epvadr^v (id.), 1 aor. p.
€7rfjpa {fTraipco),1 aor. a. eVaXTTtcre {a-aXni^d)), 1 aor. a.
iirr]p6r) (id.), 1 aor. p. f(rj3€(rav {(rlSevvvpt), 1 aor. a.
iirfjpKfv (id.), pf. a. iaeiaQrjv (afico), 1 aor. p.
inia(Ta {nt.a^<i)), 1 aor. a. fOTjpavfv (crrjpaLvoi), 1 aor. a.
€7ri(iXe'âi {i'm.^Xiirci)), 1 aor. impv. m. fo-KvXpevoL ((TKvXXo)), pf. ptcp. p.
firi^Xf-âi (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. ecTTrappevos {(nreipco), pf. ptcp. p.
enibe (eVeiSov), impv. itrrdd-qv (j.(TTr]pi), 1 aor. p.
iiriGes {eTTiTiOripL), 2 aor. impv. a. eardvai (id.), pf. inf. a.
e7ri<eKXr]crai (eTrt/caXe'co), pf. m. fCTTrjKacriv (jLO-TTfpi), pf. a.
eiriKeKXrjTO (id.), plpf. p. e(TTT]ii€v {(TTrjKoy), impf.
fTTiKXrjdfVTa (eTTtKaXeo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p. forrfKOis {la-TTjpi), pf. ptcp. a.
eTTiKpavBrjcrav (niKpaivat), 1 aor. p. farrjv (id.), 2 aor. a.
inCXeXrfcrptvos {eniXavddvopai), pf. iarrjpiypivos {(rrrjpiôi), pf. ptcp. p.
ptcp. p. ecrrrjpiKTai (id.), pf. p.
(TripfXrjdrjTi {inipeXeopai), 1 aor. impv. f<TTT](Tav (JcrrqpC), 1 or 2 aor. 3 pi.
fcrrpcopevov {(TTpavvvpc), pf. ptcp. p.
. P-
eiTiov {ttIvw), 2 aor. a. earpwaav (id.), 1 aor. a.
1 aor. subjc. a.
fTnrrXrj^Tjs (eTrtTrXijcrcrw), f(TTOi(rav {elpi), impv.
eirnrodrfaaTf {iTrnrodfa)), 1 aor. impv. a. €<T(f>ayp(vos (crâfdj), pf. ptcp. p.
eViCTTao-a (ecjyia-njpi), 2 aor. ptcp. a. €(r(f)payi(rpevos {(Ttppayiâ), pf. ptcp. p.
eiria-rarai (id.), pres. ind. m. ta-xriKa (evw), pf.
enicTTarai {fniCTTapai), pres. ind. f(rxr)<ora (id.), pf. ptcp. a.
2 aor. impv. a.
inia-TTjOi {f(hiaTrjpi), ecrxov (id.), 2 aor. a.
eV«rra)^/;s (niaToa)), 1 aor. p. (ddnToj), 2 aor. p.
erdcfir]
iTTiTfBf] {(TTiTldrjpi), 1 aor. subjc. p. iriB-qv (rldrjpi), 1 aor. p.

iniTidiaa-i (id.), pres. a. (TfdvrjKei (6vTj(TK.(t)), plpf. a.
iiTiTiOet, (id.),pres. impv. a. fTfKfv (rtKTO)), 2 aor. a.
firiTipdcrai (eVtrt/iaco), 1 aor. opt. a. (Ttx^l (id.), 1 aor. p.
enKpavai (eVi(âtVa)), 1 aor. inf. a. eriOei, {riB-qpi), impf. a.
iirXavrjOrjaav (îrXavdo)), 1 aor. p. irvOrj (dvu)), 1 aor. p.
eTrXda-dr) (7rXaa-(rco), 1 aor. p. evapfOTTjKivai, fiirjp- (fiapeorco)), pf.
eirXi]yr] (^7rXr]<T(ro)), 2 aor. p. inf. a.
fTrXrjaav {n'lpnXrjpC), 1 aor. a. fv^dprjv ((vxopai), 1 aor.
1 aor. p.
€TrXr](Tdr], -drjcrav (id.), evpapev, evpav {eiipicrKO)), 2 aor. a.
fTrXovTTjaare (TrXovreo)), 1 aor. a. fvpfdrjv (id.), 1 aor. p.
iTrXovricrOriTe (irXovriô)), 1 aor. p. evpT]Kfvai (id.), pf. inf. a.
(TrXvvav (ttXiivo}), 1 aor. a. €v(f)pdv6i]Ti (wc^patVo)), 1 aor. impv. p.
envevcrav {irveco), 1 aor. a. i'cfiayov {iadiui), 2 aor. a.
(TTviyovTO {jTviyoi), impf. p. efpaXopevos {((f)dXXopai), 2 aor. ptcp.
eirviâv (id.), 1 aor. a. f(f>dvTjv {(paivco), 2 aor. p.
€7r pdOrj (TTtTrpdo-KO)), 1 aor. p. €(f)aaKev {(f)d(ric(o), impf. a.
(npaâ {irpdcra-a)), 1 aor. a. ((pfiaaro {(peidopai), 1 aor.
€TT p'L(T6r)(rav {vpiâ), 1 aor. p. etpeardis {((picrr-qpL), pf. ptcp. a.
€Trpo(f)T]Tfv(ra {irpocfirjTfva)), 1 aor. a. €(f)daKa, -era {(pddvco), pf. and 1 aor. a.
enrvcTf {irrvco), 1 aor. a. ecftddprju {(f)df[p(o), 2 aor. p.
epdvTicrfv {pavri^co), 1 aor. a. e(f>iX€i ((piXeco), impf. a.
fpdiriaav (^pairi^co), 1 aor. a. i<f)i(JTaTai {f(f)iaTrifu), pres. m«
506 APPENDIX B
((f)paâv ((fypdaaa)), 1 aor. a. r)V(a>x0r]v (id,), 1 aor. p.

fcppvaâv (c})pvd<T(T(o), 1 aor. a. T)voiyt]v (id.), 2 aor. p.
€CJ)vyou {(pfiryo)), 2 aor. a. rjvoLâ (id.), 1 aor. a.
(Xdpr]v (;âipco), 2 aor. p. r)voix6r]v (id.), 1 aor. p.
fXpica {xpico), 1 aor. a. jjêi {rJKO)), fut. a.
f^paivro {)(pdopai), impf. ^|iou (d^tdo)), impf. a.
f\j/€v(r(o {^fvBop.ai), 1 aor. m, T)îa>Tai (id.), pf. p.
edypuKU (opaca), pf. a. TjTTaTTjdrj (dTraruct)), 1 aor. p.
ecopaKei (id.), plpf. a. TjTTeidrjcrai' {dirfideo)), 1 aor. a.
eoopav (id.), impf. a. i]Tr€idovv (id.), impf. a.
TjTrfiXei (dTretXe'w),impf. a.
(îvvvre = cr^- {(Tîvvvpi), pres.
r^nla-Tovv {d7ri(TTfa>), impf. a.
TjTTopei {aTTopto}), impf. a.
fwo-at (fcoi'i'v/ii), 1 aor. iiiipv. ra.
fJTTTOvTo (aTTTo)), impf. m.
fcoo-ei (id.), fufc. a.
rjpa {a'lpa), 1 aor. a.
TjôvXrjdrjv (ôvXopai, q.v.), 1 aor. p. T]pya(6pT)v, -(rdpr^v (Jpydôpai), impf.
fjyayov (ayco), 2 aor. a. and 1 aor.
qydira (dyaTrao)), impf. a. rjpfdi(Ta (epedi^co), 1 aor. a.
{dymrda)), pf. ptcp. a.
rjyaTTrjKoa-i rjpfcra {dptaKO}), 1 aor. a.
^yyfiXai/ (dyyAXco), 1 aor. a. fjpfo-Kov {dpi<TKa)\ impf. a.
fjyyiKa, -era (eyyifco), pf. and 1 aor. a. TjpTjpoidr] {epT]p6(o), 1 aor. p.
rjydpev {eyeipw), 1 aor. a. i^pdrjv (atpo)), 1 aor. p.
riyipBrjv (id.), 1 aor. p. rjpKfv (id.), pf. a.
fjyeTo, -ovTo (aytu), impf. p. rjppevos (id.), pf. ptcp. p.
rjyqpai {rjyiopai), pf. rjpveXro {dpv(opai), impf.
ffyviKores (oyi't'^to), pf. ptcp. a. r)pvT)pai (id.), pf. pass.
fiyviarpevos (id.), pf. ptcp. p. T)pvr](TdpT]p (id.)j 1 aor.
Tjyvoovv (dyi'oeo)), impf. a, Tjp^dprjv {apxo>), 1 aor. m.
ji^fKTav ipiba), plpf. TjpTrdyr] (dpTrd^w), 2 aor. p.
r)hvvr}6rj, -dad-q {8vvap.ai), 1 aor. rjp7Ta(T€ (id.), 1 aor. a.
^6iKov {deXco), impf. TjpTrdcrdr] (dpTrdfo)), 1 aor. p,
ij/cacrt {tJkci)), pf. a. i-jprvpevos (dpTvat), pf. ptcp. p.
TjKoXov6r]Kap,fv (oKoXovê'co), pf. a. TjpxovTo (f'pxopai), impf.
17X0x0 (aXXoynai), 1 aor. 3 s, rjpoiTuv (eocordta), impf. a.
^Xdrrcocras' (eXoTroo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. rjs, Tjo-da (flpi), impf.
fjXavpfTo {fXavvco), impf. p. 3 s. fja-diov (ecrdico), impf. a.
TjXfriBrjv (iKftco), 1 aor. p. fjo-aoidrjTf (fiTrdo), 1 aor. p.
T}\€r]p.ivos (id.), pf. ptcp. p. T]rr]Kapfv (atV/co), pf. a.
TjXfr](ra (id.), 1 aor. a. j]Tr](Ta, -a-dpTjv (id.), 1 aor. a. and m.
TJXfiyjra (dXe/0(u), 1 aor. a. TjTipaera (art/id^tu), 1 aor. a.
^Xôv {epxôpai), 2 aor. a. T]TipT]aa {dripdco), 1 aor. a.
^XKco/ieVos (eXKOo)), pf. ptcp. p. r)ToipaKa (eVoi^dfco), pf. a.
ffXXaâv (dXXd<ro-a)), 1 aor. a. ^TovvTo {alreu)), impf. m.
^XTTtKa, -o-a (eXniCci)), pf. and 1 aor. a. TjTTjjdrjTe (jyrrdo)), 1 aor. p.
TjfidprrjKa (dfiaprdvoi)), pf. a. rJTrqrai (id.), pf. p.
rjpaprov (id.), 2 aor. a. r}T(x> (flpi.), pros, impv.
rjpeOa, rjjxfv {dpi), impf. r]v86iiT](ra (euSoKeo)), 1 aor. a.
^peXXov {pfXXo)), impf. T)vdoKovpev (id.), impf. a.
^pr]v {flpi), impf. TjvKaipovp (ei/catpeo)), impf.
T]p(f}ie(rpfvos {dpipifvvvpi), pf. ptcp. p. TjvXrjiTapfv (aiXew), 1 aor. a.
TjvfyKa {(pfpco), 1 aor. a. T]vX6yei. (evXoyeo)), impf. a.
Tjvfxdrjv (id.), 1 aor. p. r}vX6yriKa, -era (id.), pf. and 1 aor. a.
r]V((i>yp(vos (dj/oiyo)), pf. ptcp. p. rjv^rjcra (avâvio), 1 aor. a.
Tjvfcoâ (id.), 1 aor. a. TjinopfiTO {eviropia), impf. m.
APPENDIX B 507
rjvplcTKfTo {(vpla-Koi), impf. p. KOTaXaî; (KaTa\ap^dva>), 2 HOT. subjc.

r]vpL(TKov (id.), impf. a. a.
t]v(f)6pTja€v {ev(f)o i(o)), 1 aor. a. KaTairiji {Karairiva)), 2 aor. Subjc. a.
T}v(f)pdvdT] {ev(ppaiva)\ 1 aul". p. KaraTTodfi (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.
r]i))(api(TTT](rav (eLipâptoTew), 1 aor. a. KaTapTia-ai ((caraprifa}), 1 aor. inf. or
Tjuxoprjv {evxopai,), impf. opt. a.
rj(j)ie {aîr]pi), impf. Karaa-KTjvolv, -ovv (KoracrK-qvoa)), pres.
rjx&^v ("'y^), 1 p.
f't>r. inf. a.
T]xpftd)di](rav {dxptioco), 1 aor. p. KurdcTxoypev (KaTex<>>), 2 aor. subjc. a.
T]-\f/dpriv (airTCi)), 1 aor. m. KareayaxTLV {Kardyvvpi), 2 aor. SubjC. p.
Knreaâ (id.), 1 aor. a.
Bdyjât {daTTTU)), 1 aor. inf. a.
Kciredêi (id.), fut. a.
Bflvai, dels (ridjjpi), 2 aor. inf. and Karir'i'q {naralâlva)), 2 aor. a.
ptcp. a. KaTeyvci}(Tp€vos {KarayivoiaKa)), pf. ptcp.

Bipevos (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. m. P-
BivTis (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a. nom. pi. KareiXrippevos ((caroXa/ijSai'a)), pf. ptcp.
mas. P- .
deade (id.), 2 aor. impv. m. KaT€iXT](f)€vai (id.), pf. inf. a.
6fTe (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. KareKari (KaraKaicu), 2 aor. p.

KaT€K\a(Te {KaTaKXao)), 1 aor. a.
diyjis, Oiyrj {6iyyuva>), 2 aor. subjc. a.
6(o {ti6t]pl), 2 aor. subjc. a. KaT€K.\ei(Ta ((caraKXfto)), 1 aor. a.
Karfvex^fts {Karacpfpco), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
Karevvyrjcrav (KaTavv(T(rco), 2 aor. p.
Iddr] (tdopai), 1 aor. p.
KaTfiTf(TTr](rai' {KaTe(f)ia~n]pi), 2 aor. a.
'iarai (id.), pf. p.
KOTiTTif {KaTajrivco), 2 aor. a.
laro (id.), impf.
KaTeTTodrjv (id.), 1 aor. p.
i8ov = fl8ov.
Karea-Kappevos {KaTacrKaTTTco), pf. ptcp.
3 pi.
'laaai (otSa),
P-
ladi (dpi),impv. Karearpappevos (KaTaoTpe'^w), pf. ptcp.
lardvopfv, laTaptv (Ja-njpi, (J.V.).
P-
lOTf {oiâ), ind. or impv.
K.aT€(TTpa>dTjcrai> {KoraaTputvvvpi), 1 aor.
l(m'jKfiv {icrrrjpi), plpf. a.
P- ,
laipevos (IdopMi), pres. ptcp.
KaTevdvvai (KaTevdvvco), 1 aor. inf. a.
KaTfvdvvai (id.), 1 aor. opt. a.
Kodapifl {KadapLô}), fut. Karetpayou {Karecrdia)), 2 aor. a.
Kadapla-ai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. KarriyyeiXa (xarayyeXXco), 1 aor. a.
KaOfiKf {Kadaipta}), 2 aor. a. KafrjyyeXr) (id.), 2 aor. p.
KoêXaj (id.), fut. a. KaTTjveyna {KaTa(pepa)), 1 aor. a.
Kadrj (KaOrjpai), pres. ind. KUTrjvTrjKa, -era {KaravTaa)), pf. and
KadrjKav {Ka6ir]pi), 1 aor. a. 1 aor. a.
KaOrjcreade {Kadrjpai), fut. Kor'qpdcra) {Karapdopai), 1 aor.
Kadfj-ê {KaddrrTO)), 1 aor. a. <aTTjpyT)Tai (Karapyew), pf. p.
Kudov {Kddrjpai), pres. impv. KaTTjpricrpevos {KarapTiô)), pf. ptcp. p.
Kokia-ai ((caXe'w), 1 aor. inf. a. KaTTipriaco (id.), 1 aor. m. 2 s.
KoKfaov (id.), 1 aor. impv. a. Karrjcrxvvdrjv {Kara'.crxvvco), 1 aor. p.
KdprjTf (Kdpvco), 2 aor. subjc. a. KaTrjxr]VTai (Karr^xeoa), pf. p.
KorajSa, KardQrjdi {Karaâivo)), 2 aor. KaTT]xr](T(o (id.), 1 aor. «ubjc. a.
impv. a. KarloiTai (Karioco), pf. p.
KaTaj3e0T]Ka (id.), pf. a. KaroiKKTfv (/caroiKi'â)), 1 aor. a.
Karaidfj (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. Kav6i)aopai (Kaico), 1 fut. p.
KaraKarjcropai {KaraKaia), 2 fut. p. Kavxacrai. {Kavxdopai), pres. ind.
KaTUKavcrai (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. KiKadapicrpivos {Kadapiôt), pf. ptcp. p.
KaraKavxî {naTanavxaopai), pres. K€Ka6app4vos (Kadaipco), pf. ptcp. p.
impv. KfKaXvppevos {naXvTTTd)), pf. ptcp. p.
508 APPENDIX B
KiKavufvos {K.aia>), pf. ptcp. p. Xr]p\lropai (id.), fut.

KfK€pa(Tfxevos (KepdvvvfXL), pf. ptcp. p. XiTTi] (XetTro)), 2 aor. subjc. a.
KCKXfiafiai (KXft'o)), pf. p.
KfKXrjKa (KaAe'to), pf. a. pddfTf (pavddvu)), 2 aor. impv. a.
KeKXrp-ai (id.), pf. p. pddrjTe (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a.
k€k.\lk€P {kXivco), pf. a. paîov (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
K€Kfj.riKas {Kafivw), pf. a. papavOrjaopai (papaivco), 1 fut. p.
KfKOfii(Tfiivos {Kopevvvfxi.), pf. ptcp. p. paKapiovcri {paaapiô)), fut.
KfKpaye {Kpa^co), 2 pf. a. paKpoBvprjcrov {panpodvpico), 1 aor.
KeKpdôvrai (id.), fut. m. impv. a.
KeKparrjKfvai (Kpareo)), pf. inf. a. pediardvai {pedicTTTjpi), pres. inf. a.
KeKpdrrjvTai (id.), pf. p. pfdva-Qma-iv (pedviTKCo), 1 aor, SubjC. p.
KfKplnfc (KpiVo)), plpf. a. peivai (/xeVw), 1 aor. inf.
KcKpip-m (id.), pf. p. peivavres (id.)j 1 ^'Or. ptcp.
K€Kpvpp.ivOS {KpVTTTCo), pf. ptcp. p. peivare, peivov (id.), 1 aor. impr.
KepdaaTf {Kfpdvvvpi), 1 aor. impv. a. peivT], -T]re, -aa-iv (id.), 1 aor. subjC.
Kfpdavo), Kep8r](ra> {icepdaLvco), fut. a. peXiTa (peXerdco), pres. impv. a.
KepSdvco (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. pepaBrjKMS {pavddva}), pf. ptcp. a.
Kf)(âpi(Tfiai {)(apiôpai), pf. pepei'rjKfKTav {pivai), plpf. a.
KfâpiTcopevos {xapiroo}), pf. ptcp. p. pepiappivos {piaivco), pf. ptcp. p.
KfXP^H-^'' (xP'ôpai), pf. pepiavrai (id.), pf. pass.
Kex<>^piapivos (;(a)pi'^<»), pf. ptcp. p. pepiypivos {piyvvpi), pf. ptcp. p.
KTjpvâi, -vâi {KTjpiKTao)), 1 aor. inf. a, pipvrjade (jiipvrjaKai), pf. m.
xXno-at (KXaw), 1 aor. inf. a. pepvrjpai, {pveco), pf. p.
KXavaare (KXaio)), 1 aor. impv. a. pfi'e'iTf (pevco), fut. ind.
KXavo'd), -opat (id.), fut. pevfTe (id.), pres. ind. or impv.
KXfia-dajaiv (KXet'co), 1 aor. subjc. p. perdâ, -0r]di (peTaj3aiva>), 2 aor.
KXr]dj]s (/caXew), 1 aor. subjc. p. impv. a.
KXojpev (KAaco), pres. ind. a. peraaTadS) (pfdiarripi), 1 aor. subjc. p.
KXcjpfvos (id.), pres. ptcp. p. p€TaaTpa(pr]T(o {peracrTpecfya)), 2 aor.
*:Xcoi/re? (id.), pres. ptcp. a. impv. p.
Koipcopevos {Koipdco), pres. ptcp. p. pfTfOrjKfv (peTaTidTjpi), 1 aor. a.
icoXXj^drjTL (noXXdco), 1 aor. impv. p. p€TfaTT](rev {pediarqpi), 1 aor. a.
Kopidrai {Kopiôi), fut. m. perio'xrjKiv (/xeTe'^^co), pf. a.
Kopiaaa-a (id.), 1 aor. ptcp. a. pereriQ-qaav {peTaTidrjpi), 1 aor. p.

Kopfo-devTes {nopevvvpi), 1 aor. ptcp. p. perrjXXaâv {pfTaXXdatro)), 1 aor. a.
Koyjrai (kotttco), 1 aor. ptcp. a. peTrjpev {peTaipco), 1 aor. a.
Kpdâs (Kpa'fo)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. peroiKio) {peroiKi^co), fut. a.
KpdôvcTiv (id.), fut. a. lierwKto-ei' (id-), 1 aor. a.
Kpdrfi {Kpareco), pres. impv. piavdSxTiv {piaiv(o), 1 aor. subjc. p.
Kpidrjaecrde {Kpivat), 1 fut. p. pvrjvBrjvai {pipvrja-KO)), 1 aor. inf. p.
Kpi6cMi(TLv (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p. pvria-drjTi, -re (id.), 1 aor. impv. p.
Kpv^rjvai (/cpuTrrco), 2 aor. inf. p. pvTjada, -d§s (id.), 1 aor. subjc. p.
KTTja-aa-de {Kraopai), 1 aor. impv. m.
KTrja-rjo-df (id.), 1 aor. subjc. m. veviKTjKa (viKda), pf. a.
vfvopoderrjTai {vopodereo)), pf. pass.
Xdl3f, -/3j7 (Xap^dvio), 2 aor. impv. and vr)\l/aT€ {vr](j)a)), 1 aor. impv.
subjc. a. voei (i/oe'co), pres. impv. a.
Xaddv (Xavddvo)), 2 aor. inf. a. voovpeva (id.), pres. ptcp. p.
Xa)(ov<Ti (Xayxdi'oi), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
Xdxa>pfv (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. 68vva(Tai {68vvdo)), pres. ind. m.
XfXovpfvos, -<Tp,ivos {Xovat), pf. ptcp. p. oicro) {(pfpco), fut. a.
XeXuo-ai (Xvco), pf. pass. o/xi'i3i'at, -uetj/ ippvvpi, -voj), pres. inf. a.
Xrjpcfidfj (Xap^dvai), 1 aor. subjc. p. o/Aoo-at (id.), 1 aor. inf. a.

APPENDIX B 609
ofioa-f} (id.), 1 aor. subjc. a. Trapfixoprjv (id.), impf. m.

ovaifiTjv {6vivT)fi.t), 2 aor. opt. nu jrap4Kvy\rev {TrapaKVTrTon), 1 aor. a.
opaxrai {opdoo), pres. ptcp. a. TrapeXdlSotrav (irapaXapfidvco), 2 aor. a.
i 3,or. ptcp. p.
6(f)6€is (id-)) TrapeXevaovrai (irapepxopai), fut.
o\//'«, -r} (id.), fut. irapeXrjXvOfvai (id.), pf. inf. a.
oylrrja-de (id.), 1 aor. subjc. m. TrapeXâro) (id.), 2 aor. impr. a.
irapeveyKfiv {ivapa(îpai), 2 aor. inf.
irapiêi, -jj {napex'^), fit. a. and m.
Tradeiv (nda-xo), 2 aor. inf. a. irapfiTLKpavav (irapairKpaipo)), 1 aor. a.

irddrj (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. irapecricevacrrai (wapaaKevdâ)), pf. p.
iraia-T) (naio)), 1 aor. subjc. a. jrapeoTrjKOTes, -eoTwres {vapicTT-qpC), pf.
irapaôXevcranevos {7rapaô\fvofj.ai), 1 ptcp. a.
aor. ptcp. irapereive (wapareiVo)), 1 aor. a.
TrapaôvXevcrdpevos {irapaôvXevopai), 1 TrapeTTjpovv {iTapaTqpea)), impf. a.
aor. ptcp. naprjyydXav (irapayyiXXo)), 1 aor. a.
TrapadfdoiiceKrav (jrapaS/Sw/xi), plpf. 7rapr]<oXov6r)Kas (irapaKoXovdeco), pf. a.
irapaSidol, -8c3 {TrapaSiSwpi), pres. Trapijvei {vapaivioi), impf. a.
subjc. TrapTjTTjpivos (irapaiTeopai), pf. ptcp. p.
irapa8i8ovs, irapa8ovs (id.), pres. and Trap(OKi](Tev (irapoiKeco), 1 aor. a.
2 aor. ptcp. TTapco^vvfTO (irapo^vvco), impf. p.
napaba, -8oT (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. TTapayrpvvav (napOTpvi/O)), 1 aor. a.
jrapaddvai {irapaTidr^pi), 2 aor. inf. a. napaxTjpevos (irapolxopai), pf. ptcp.
napddov (id.), 2 aor. impr. m. TraiKTaTO) (jraiJa)), 1 aor. impv. a.
napadwa-io (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. ne'iv (ttiVco), 2 aor. inf. a.
vapaiToxJ (irapaiTeopai), pres. impv. ireicras (ireidm),1 aor. a.
irapaaeKaXvppivos {irapaicaXvirTCi)), pf. neiravrai (iravo}), pf. m.
ptcp. p. ireireipapevos (ireipda)), pf. ptcp. p.
»rapaKe;êi/xaicoTt (Trapaxêipd^co), pf. Treiretpaa-pivos (ireipd^m), pf. ptcp. p.
ptcp. a. TTfTTficrpai {ireido)), pf. p.
wapaKXrjdaaiv (^TrapaiâXeQi), 1 aor. ireTTifcrpivos (Trtefto), pf. ptcp. p.
subjc. p. TreTTiOTfUKOO-t (TTtoTfvo)), pf. ptcp. a.
TrapaKvijras {irapaKvirro}), 1 aor. ptcp. a. ireTrXdvrjcrde (TrXai'dco), pt. p.
iTapaXT]p<p6r]a€Tai {TrapaXap^dpai), 1 TreTrXdrvirai (TrXarvi/w), pf. p.
fut. p. irenXrjpaKevai (TrXjypda)), pf. inf. a.
TrapaTrXeOcrai (TrapaTrXf'co), 1 aor. inf. a. 7T€iroida (-rrfido)), 2 pf.
Trapapvoipev {napapia)), 2 aor. subjc. p. irtTTOvOa (n-do";â)), 2 pf.
irapaarrja-ai. {TrapicrTTjpi), 1 aor. inf. a. TTfTrdrtKfv (TTOTtfo)), pf. a.
Trapaa-TTJTf (id.), 2 aor. subjc. a. irdnpane (iriirpda-Kco), pf. a.
iTapa<Txo)v {nap€x<^), 2 aor. ptcp. a. ireirpaxa (irpda-a-co), pf. a.
iTapaTidf(rd(ocrav {jraparidTjpi), pres. TreTTTcoKa (TriTTTO)), pf. a.
impv. 3 pi. neirvpapevos (nvpoto), pf. ptcp. p.
TrapeSiSocrav {napaSidcopi), impf. 3 pi. nerrcoKe (ttivco), pf. a.
irapedevTO {iraparidTjpi,), 2 aor. m. neircopoipevos (Trcopdca), pf. ptcp. p.
ndpei {Trdpeipi), pres. ind. irepid\lras (nepidTrrco), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
iraptipevos {irapirjpi,), pf. ptcp. p. Trepi8papa)v {irepirpexdi), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
Trapeivai {irapiTjpi), 2 aor. inf. a. 7repie8e8eTO (irfpi8eai), plpf. p.
irapelvai {irdpeipCj, pres. inf. Trepifâia-pevos (irepi^d)vvvpi), pf. ptcp.
irapetad^nvanv (Trapeicrdyo)), fut. a.
Trapei(re8vr](rav (Trapeto-Svco), 2 aor. p. irepieKpvôv (TrepiKpvTrrco), 2 aor. a.
TTap{i(re8vcrav (id.), 1 aor. a. TTepteXeli' (irfpiaipea)), 2 aor. inf. a.
TvapeicreveyKavTes {irapeiafPepco), 1 aor. TTfpieireaov (TrepiTrtTrrca), 2 aor. a.
ptcp. a. TrepiecTTraro (rreptcTTrdo)), impf. p.
7rap€i(TTTjKei(rav (irapiamjpi), plpf. a. irepUcrxov (irepifx<>>)j 2 aor. a.
iraptixav {•napix'^)i impf. TrepifTepov {irepirtfiva)), 2 aor. a.
510 APPENDIX B
irtpiôKrai (ntpiâvvvfii), 1 aor. impv. 7rpoKf^fipiap.fPos (irpoxeipiâ), pf

m. ptcp. p.
Tvepirjpflro (jTepiaipioj), impf. p. TT poKfxeLpoTOvi]p.€VOs {rrpoxftpoTOveo}),
TTfpiSevTes (nfpiTiSTjpi), 2 aor. ptcp. a. pf. ptcp. p.
TTfpua-Taaro (nepuoTripi), pres. m. or p. n poopa)pr]v (Trpoopdo)), impf. m.
TrepnrfarjTf (TrepnTiTTTU)), 2 aor. subjc. a. TTpocravfdevTO {irpoaavuTidrjpi), 2 aor.
TTfpipepappfvos (Trepipaivo)), pf. ptcp. p. m.
nepipTjâvTes {nepiprjyvvpi), 1 aor. Trpoa-eipyda-aro (Trpoaepydôpai), 1 aor.
ptc}:). a. Trpoa-eKXidrj (7rpo(TKXiva>), 1 aor. p.
nepicrcrevcrai, -evaai (Trepiarcrfvo)), 1 aor. TrpoaeKoXXTjOrj {Trpoa-KoXXdco), 1 aor. p.
inf. and opt. a. npoaeKiivovv (npoa-Kweo)), impf. a.
TTfpiTfTprjpevos (nepiTepvu)), pf. ptcp. p. npo(rfvr]voxev {7rpo(r(f)epoo), pf. a.
mpiTprjOrjvai (Trepirepvu)), 1 aor. inf. p. Trpna-eTTKrev (Trpoo-TrtTrra)), 2 aor. a.
Trecrelv (TriTrro)), 2 aor. inf. a. TTpoaeprj^tv {irpocrpr^yvvpi), 1 aor. a.
TTiTrjTai {neTopai), pres. SubjC. TTpo(T€(Txri<a (7rpo(re';ca)), pf. a.
TTfTapfvos {ireTaopaL), pre.3.ptcp. irpocrefpcovfl (7rpoa-ff)a>vea>), impf. a.
Trefpavipcorai {(pavepnco), pf. p. Trpna-eaij'Tos {irpoaedd)), pres. ptcp. a.
7re(filfxa)(To {(pipaa), pf. impv. p. Trpoa-rji'fyica (7rpo(r(p€pa>), 1 aor. a.
TTiaaai {nia^tii), 1 aor. inf. a. TrprxTrjpydcrarn (tt poaepydôpai), 1 aor.
TTi'e, TTulv (irivQ)), 2 aor. impv. aiid TTpocrqvâra (Trpoaevxôpat), 1 aor.
inf. a. Trpdo-ês {TTpoa-Tidripi), 2 aor. impv. a.
TTiKpavei {iTiKpaivw), fut. a. npoa-Xafiov {frpoa-Xafi^dvco), 2 aor.
TrXdaas {nXacraa)), 1 aor. ptcp. a. impv. m.
TrXe'âvrey (TrXeKco), 1 aor. ptcp. a. Trpoa-fifivai {irpoapivot), 1 aor. inf. a.
7rXeoi/ao"at fjrXfoi'a^'co), 1 aor. opt. a. IT poa-rrrjâs (Trpoa-nrjyvvpi), 1 aor. ptcp.
iT^TjOvvd^vai (jr'KTjdvva)), 1 aor. inf. p. a.
Ti-Xrjpcodr) (ttXtjpoco), 1 aor. subjc. p. npoariivai {npotoT-qpi), 2 aor. inf. a.
TrXrjaas, -crdeis {TripTrXrjpi), 1 aor. ptcp. npo<TU)ppi(Tdri(rav (Trpocroppi^co), 1 aor.
a. and p.
TTOiTjafiav (TToieo)), 1 aor. opt. Trpoaaixdica (7rpa(TO)(6iâ)), 1 aor. a.
TToipavfl (^TToipaivco), fut. a. TTp rpeyj/dpfvos (TrpoTpeTrat), 1 aor.
n-padfls {nmpda-Km), 1 aor. ptcp. p. ptcp. m.
Trpoâ? {npojiaiva)), 2 aor. ptcp. a. Trpov7rrjp)(Ov {7rpoinrdpx(^), impf. a.
Trpo^f^TjKv'la (id.), pf. ptcp. a. TTTaia-qTe (Trraio)), 1 aor. subjc. a.
Trpoyeyovas {jrpoyii'op.ai), pf. ptcp. a. TTTOTjdrjTe (TTToew), 1 aor. subjc. p.
TTpofjSijSaa-av {ir poî^dôi) 1 aor. a.
, TTTvâs (TTTuo-craj), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
rrpoeyvcoapivos {irpoyivaxTKO)), pf. ptop. TTTva-as {tttvu)), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
P- irvdopevos {irvvBdvopai), 2 aor. ptcp.

TrpoeXevcreTai {irpoepxofiai), fut.
irpofvrjpâro (Trpofpdpxopai), 1 aor. pavTiaoivTai (pavTiû)), 1 aor. subjc. m.
rrpofTTrjyyeiXaTO (TrpoeTrayyeXXo)), 1 aor. p€V(Tov(Ti.v {pea>), fut.
m. pr]ôv (prjyvvpi), 1 aor. impv. a.
irpoeararfs (npotiTTrjpi), pf. ptcp. a. piyj/as (piTTTco), 1 aor. ptcp. a.
TrpoeTfivav (npoTelvo}), 1 aor. a. pvnavdrjTO) {pviraivoi), 1 aor. impv. p.
7rpoe(f)T]Tevov {7rpo(jir]Teva)), impf. a. pv7rapevdr]To} [pwapevopai,), 1 aor.
7rpoi(p6a(T€v (Trpofjiddva)), 1 aor. a. impv. p.
TTpoeuipaKOTes {irpoopda), pf. ptcp. a. pvaai (pvopai), 1 aor. impv. m.
npojjyfv {npodyu)), impf. a.
TrpoTjXTTKOTas (TTpoeXTriô)), pf. ptcp. a. ajBecrai (a-êvi'vpi), 1 aor. inf. a.
7rpor]papTi]Ku>i (7rpoapaprdva>), pf. ptcp. crffTT/TTe (cnjiru)), 2 pf. a.
a. cre(riyr]p(vos {aiydco), pf. ptcp. p.
TrpojjTiacrdpeda {npoaiTidopiai.), 1 aor. (TeacoKO ((Tw^co), pf. a.
TT porjTolp.a(Ta (tt pofToipd^co) 1 aor. a.
, crrjpavai {crrjpaivoi), 1 aor. inf. a.
7rpOK€KTIpvyp€VOi {tT pOKrjpVCTIJOCl), pf. crBevciiaei (aBevoco), fut. a.
ptcp. p. crnaptis {anfipo)), 2 aor. ptcp. p.
APPENDIX B 511
(TireixTov {(TiTevba>\ 1 aor. impv. a. <Tvvri<Tav (crvveifii), impf.

(TTaOfj, (Trds, etc. (larrjui), 1 and 2 <rvvT]adiev (crvvecrdiai), impf.
aor. <TvvfjT€ {(Tvviripj.), 2 aor. subjc. a.
arrjpiâi {<TTripi(a>), 1 aor. inf. a. (TvvrjxdT] ((Twdyo)), 1 aor. p.
(TTTjcrrj {'ioTTjiii), 1 aor. subjc. a. <rvvi8a)v {(Tvveldov), ptcp.
arpaclifis {aTpecfxi}), 2 aor. ptcp. p. (Tvvuis {(Tvvirjpi), pres. ptcp.
(TTpaxTou {(TTpavvvpi), 1 aor. impv. a. (rvviovTos {(rvveipi), pres. ptcp. gen. s.
(TuyK-, v.s. crvf K-. (TvvKTTdvfiv {(Tvvia-TTjpi), pres. inf.
(TvkXa8ov(ra {(rvWap^dvco), 2 aor. ptcjJ. (Tvviaai {(Tvvir)pi), pres. subjc.
a. (rvvKaTareOeipevos {crvvKaTaridTjpi)^ pf.
<TvXXf]p\l/Tj (id.), fut. ptcp. m.
(Tvpn-, v.s. cri/i/TT-. (TvvK€K(pacrp.4vos (crvvnepavvvpi), pf.
(Tui/aydyere ((rui'ayiB), 2 aor. impv. a. ptcp. p.
(TvvavfKeivTO {crvvavaKupai), impf. (rvvTrapaKXrjdrjvai (crvvnapaKoXfO)), 1
crvvaTrax^devres ((rvvaTrayco), 1 aor. aor. inf. p.
ptcp. p. (Tvvovrcov {(Tvvfipi), ptcp. gen. pi.
(TvvaniQavov {<Tvva7ro6vr}(TKU>), 2 aor. a. (rvvTa(f>evT€S {(TwOdrrTco), 2 aor. ptcp.
(TvvaiTr})(6rj (avvairdyo)), 1 aor. p. P-
crvvaTTuAero {(rvvaTroKXvpi), 2 aor. m. (TvvTfXfadeis {(rvvreXeo)), 1 aor. ptcp. p.
crvvdpai {(rvvaipco), 1 aor. inf. a. (TvvreTprjpivos {(rvvTepva)), pf. ptcp. p.
(Tvva)(dr)(Topai {(rvvdy(o), 1 fub. p. (TVVTfTpLppiVOS ((TVVTpiÔ}), pf. ptcp. p.
<Tvv8(8ep€vos {(TvvBfO)), pf. ptcp. p. (TvvTeTpi(pSai (id.), pf. inf. p.
(Tvvf^fv^fv {(Tvvêvyvvpi), 1 aor. a. (rvvvneKpidrjcrav {(TvvvTroKpivopai), 1
crvvedevTo {(rvvTidrjpi), 2 aor. m. aor. p.
avvfidvirjs {<Tvvel8ov), pf. ptcp. a. <rvv(f>vfi(Tai {(rvv(pva>), 2 aor. ptcp. p.
{(rvXXap^dv co), pf. ptcp.
crvvfiXT]((>v'ia a. crvvcoa-i {(rvvirjpi), 2 aor. subjc. a.
avveiTrero {avvenopai), impf. (Tddfj (0-0)^0)), 1 aor. p.
(TvvfixeTO {<Tvvfx^)i infipf- P- (TuxTM (id.), 1 aor. inf. a.
(Tvv€K.6pL(Tav {(TvvKopL^co), 1 aor. a.
(TvvfXrjXvdais {(Tvvipxopai), pf. ptcp. TaKT)(r€Tai. (t/jkoj), fut. p.
crvviTTicrrj] ((Tvve(f)i(TTrjpi.), 2 aor. a. TapaxSrjvai {rapdcra-m), 1 aor. inf. p.
(rvveTTiov {crvvnivu)), 2 aor. a. Tedearai (dedopai), pf.
(rvvecnrdpa^fv {(TvaTrapdaaa)), 1 aor. ^. TedeiKU {ridr^jxi), pf. a.
crvvecTTaXpivos {crvaTeXXa}), pf. ptcp. p. TfdfpfXicoTO {depeXioo)), plpf- p.
arvveo'TaxTa {(TvviaTrjpt), pf. ptcp. Tedjj (rldrjpi), 1 aor. subjc. p.
crvvira^n {(rvvrd(T(r<o), 1 aor. a. TfdXippivos (6Xl^(o), pf. ptcp. p.
(TvveTd(f)rip{v {avvOdTTTO)), 2 aor. p. Tfdvdvai {6vT](TKa>), pf. inf. a.
crvvfTf {(Tvvir]p,i), 2 aor. a. TfdvrjKfuai (id.), pf. inf. a.
crvvfTedeivTO {crvvTidrjpi), plpf. m. redpap-pevos {Tp(<â>), pf. ptcp. p.
impf. a.
crvvfTTjpei {(TvvTrjpidi), TeOpavcrpivos (dpava), pf. ptcp. p.
(rvv€<payis {(rvvtadico), 2 aor. a. reOvptva {6v<o), pf. ptcp. p.
(Tvvexfov {<Tvvxi(^), impf. or 2 aor. Te6a)(Tiv (ridijpi), 1 aor. subjo. p.
(Tvvr}y4p6r)T€ {(rvveyeipco), 1 aor. p. TiKT] {riKTOi), 2 aor. subjc. a.
crvvTjypevos {(rvvdyat), pf. ptcp. p. TeXeadoxTiv (reXe'co), 1 aor. subjc. p.
a-vvT}6Xr](rav ((rvvadXea), 1 aor. a. T£^jj (tiktco), fut.
crvvTjdpoKTpivos {(rvpadpoi^co), pf. ptcp. reraypevos {rd(T(T<o), pf. ptcp. p.
TiTUKTai (id.), pf. p.
arvvrjuav {crvvirjpi), 1 aor. a. TfTapaypevos (Tapd(r(T(o), pf. ptcp. p.
<rvvr]Xa(T€u {(rvveXavva)), 1 aor. a. TtrdpaKTai (id.), pf. p.
(TVVTjXXacraev (crvvaXXdiTa-a)), impf. a. Teraxevat (id.), pf. inf. a.
(rvvrjvrtja'ev (crvvavrda)), 1 aor. a. TfTeXecTTai (reXeoi), pf. p.
impf. a.
(rvvfjpyei, (crvvepyea)), T«V€i;;â (rvyxdvco), pf. a.
<rvvr]pirdK€i, -rjpnaaav {(Tvvapnd^(o), TfTTjprjKav {TTjpea)), pf. a.
plpf. and 1 aor TfTiprjpivos {ripdat), pf. ptcp. p.
512 APPENDIX B
TfTpaxr)\i(riJ.evos (rpaxrjXiCco), pf. ptcp. (fi€i(ropai ((f)fi8opai), fut.
P; (f>€vôpai {(f)€vya>), fut.

TtTixfxorai {rv(f)6(o), pf. p. 4>6ap^ ((^^f t'pco), 2 aor. subjc. p,
Tervxa {rvyxdvoi), pf. a. (pddacoptv {(f)6dva>), 1 aor. subjc.
Tfx^fts (Wkto)), 1 aor. ptcp. p. (f)dfp€i {(fideipoi), fut. a.
TLcrovcnv (rtVo)), fufc. a. (fyipolv, -ovv ((î/xoo)), pres. inf. a.
(jipayfj((Ppdaaco), 2 aor. subjc. p.
inribfiâ {vnohf'iKvvp,L), 1 aor. a. (ppda-ov ((ppdôi), 1 aor. impv.
vntdrjKa {viroridrjfxi), 1 aor. a. (jivels, (f)vs {(f>v<o), 2 aor. p. and a.
vnfKaêv (u7roXa/iâi/to),2 aor. a. (j)vXaôv (0vXd(rcra)), 1 aor. impv. a.
viTe\ii(^6rjv (vTroXe/Trco), 1 aor. p. cfjvTfvdrjTi {(f)vT€vci>), 1 aor. impv. p.
VTre/xetva, -fiei'ov {vTrojj.iva), 1 aor. and (poiTtel, -TLcrei {(poiTiâ)), fut.
impf.
VTrefivrjadrjv {iTTOfiifivi^cTKOi), 1 aor. p.
uTTfreyKeti' {v'iTo(f>€p<o), 2 aor. inf. a. XaXaa-iv (;(aXdci)), pres. a. 3 pi.
iiTreroow {vnovoio)), impf. a. Xapr]vaL (;(a//)a)), 2 aor. inf. p.
inrenXevcra (vTroTrXecu), 1 aor. a. Xaprjcropai (id.), fut.
VTrepi8d)v (inrepelBov), ptcp. Xprjaî- (XP'^^'M"')' ^^^" •''- i™PV' ™'
VTrearpf-â (uTrooTpf 0a)), 1 aor. a. Xpr)<Tov {Kixprjpi), 1 aor. impv. a.
vnf(TTpa>vvvov (vTro(TTpi>vvvpi), impf. Xpoviaei (xpoviû)), fut.
{nreTayr] (v7rora(ra"&)), 2 aor. p. ;^pw (xpdopai), pres. impv.
vneraâ (id.), 1 aor. a. Xe^p^cai (;^(Bp€'co), 1 aor. inf. a.
viTTjyov (vTrdyco), impf. a. Xo)pi(Tai (;â)piâ)), 1 aor. inf. a.
VTT-qKOVov (vTTaKOvo)), impf. a. Xa>pov<Tai {x<^pe(i>), pres. ptcp. a.
vTT'qvfyKa (vTTocfifpQ)), 1 aor. a.
inrripxov {inrapxô), impf. a.
{jiro8i8eKTai (v7roSe;ô/iai), pf. yp'T]Xa(pTja(iav {\j/riXa(j)aa>), 1 aor. opt
v7ro8(8ep4vos (iiTroSe'co), pf. ptcp. p. \jrvyT](TeTai (-^vxco), 2 fut. p.
v7To8fj(rai (id.), 1 aor. impv. m. y\ra>p'i(T(x) (\//'a)/xi^&)), 1 aor. subjc. a.
vno8pap6vTes(v7roTp€x^), 2 aor. ptcp. a.
VTTopeivas, -pepvr]K(OS {vrropevo)), 1 aor.
and pf. ptcp. a. WKoSojUOuv {olK.o8ope(o), impf.
v7ropvrj(raL {vTTopipvrjaKU)), 1 aor. inf. a. apiXfi (opiXfd)), impf.
VTroTTvevaas {ynoTTviui), 1 aor. ptcp. a. mpoXoyovv (opoXoyea), impf.
VTroaTfikrjTai (vTrooreXXw), 1 aor. subjc. apocra {opvvpi), 1 aor. a.
m. o)vei8iaa (oi'etS/fco), 1 aor. a.
VTTorayTj (inr order (tco), 2 aor. subjc. p. covopacra (ovopd^co), 1 aor. a.
virordâi. (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. wpdpi^fv (opdpiô)), impf.
viroTfTaKTai (id.), pf. p. mpKra (opi'fco), 1 aor. a.
viTTeprjicevai (vcrrepeu)), pf. inf. a. appr/aa (oppdco), 1 aor. a.
v-^(i>6cb (vi/aoo)), 1 aor. subjc. p. a>pvêv (6pvcr(Tti)), 1 aor. a.
i)pX'')<J'a(Tde (opxeopai), 1 aor.
(pdyeaai {iaOifo), fut. 2 s. a>(f)€iXov (oepeiXco), impf.
<pdvrj {(f)alva)), 1 aor. subjc. a. &<pdr]v (Spdoo), 1 aor. p.
HOME USE
CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT
MAIN LIBRARY
This book is due on the last date stamped
beFow
""^y ^^ '^"^*ed by calling 642-3405
c1i°"*il.'.°^"^
6-month loans may be recharged by
bringing books'
to Circulation Desk.
Renewals and recharges may be
made 4 days prior
to due date.
ALL BOOKS ARE SUBJECT TO
RECALL 7 DAYS
AFTER DATE CHECKED OIJT.
a ^
SEC. CIR. MAR 3076
'
41981 RU-
All]! 3 (U)
-Iî^^^^l
MyBAr(o I
n ?7_
N)L_4 ilXL.
REC. ciK. APR 2 G 1932
OCT 2 2 1982 451
LD21 — A-40m-8,'75
Generaf Library
(S7737L) ..
University of California
Berkeley
''..'I
U. C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES
III
CD^7tDfil3tDS
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY

A Manual Greek Lexicon of The New Testament (1922) Abbott-Smith, George

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A Manual Greek Lexicon of The New Testament (1922) Abbott-Smith, George

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A Manual Greek Lexicon of The New Testament (1922) Abbott-Smith, George

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

G. ABBOTT-SMITH, D.D., D.C.L.

Printed in the United States of America

to the possibility of exaggerating the influence of the Septua-

such as would be hard to parallel within the limits of a single

man of that science to which I have sought in a humble way

The foregoing paragraphs were written early in 1917,

III. ANCIENT WEITEES.

Ael. = Aelian, ii/A.D. Herm. = Hermas, ii/A.D.

IV. MODEEN WEITEES.

Dal man, Words The Words of Jesus, by G. Dalman. English Edition.

and the Apocalypse of St. John (1-3), by F. J. A.

sians and Philemon (1892), by J. B. Lightfoot.

Mayser Grammatik der gr. Papyri aus der Ptolemaerzeit, by

Hodder, 1914-15 (remaining parts in preparation).

(Third Edition, 1909) and the Apocalypse of St. John,

Viteau = 6tude sur le grec du N,T., by J. Viteau. Vol. I, Le

to the Ephesians, Macmiilan, 1906; the Epistles

a vowel, dv-) negative, as in a-yvwo-Tos, d-Sixos. 2. d-, d- copulative,

Lk 15, Ac 7*», He 5* 7^1 9*.+

Wisdom the place of the ruined dead Jb

Pr 1511*), indecl. in NT, Abaddon, the angel of the Abyss

*dpapiis, -€s «;8dpos), without weight; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.)

Abijah. 1. Son of Eehoboam (iii Ki 14^) : Mt 1^. 2. A priest of the

'A(3id0ap, 6, indecl. (Heb. in^^5N), Abiathar (i Ki 21^) : Mk 226.t

'APiXt]!/!!, V.8. 'A^eLXrjvrj.

a-Poaaos, -ov (<[Ion. /3v(ra-6<i = ^vdoi), 1. in cl., boundless, bottom-

as subst. (MM, VGT,

(a paraphrase of De 30^^ LXX) as the abode of demons, Lk 8*^, ;

9i« 2, 11 117 178 201. 3 (Cremer, 2).t

Jg 171=^ A, Ze 112 (^j2i hi.), To 12i»B, i Mac lp3, n Mac 1^*;] to do

good ; (a) univ. i Pe 2i*' 20 36,

Mk 3* (T, S.ya06v TTOL^o-ai), Lk 69 ;

*t dYaOoTToua, -as, 17 (< ayadoiroio?), well-doing : I Pe 4i9.t

dYaeos, ->?, -ov, [in LXX

produce pleasure and satisfaction, that which, in itself good, is also

er^<javp6<i, Mt 1235 fxvda, I Th 3« (cf. II Mac P^)

which is morally good, beneficial, acceptable to God, Eo 122 ^py<{^£o-. .

IXLfjLeia-OaL, III Jo ^ KoWaa-Oai. T(Z

Slolkovo's CIS TO a., Eo 13* TO d. crov, thy ;favour, benefit, Phm 1*

fested in form d. to inner excellence

ev KapBta k. kol d., Lk 81^). In Eo 6^, where it is contrasted with 8.,

tion to ^prjaroT-q^, v. Tr., Syn., §lxiii) Eo 151*, q^ 522^ „ Th in.t :

tdyaXXiaffis, -cws, rj {<^dyaXXia.ia), [in LXX (most freq. in Pss. and

often coupled with €icf>poa-vvrj, as Ps 44 (45)^^) chiefly for b'^S ;] exulta-

seq. 'va, Jo 8^" e'v, Jo 5^^ (1 aor. pass. perh.

Psalter, 5), i Pe 1« (Cremer, 590).t

fem. (= cl. avaiSpos), ib. i^'^^.t

1227, Da TH Bel ^s, iv Mac 4^1 * ;] to be indignant : Mt 2V^ 26^ 10^* Mk

** dYakdKTTjo-is, -eojs, rj (<^ dyavaKTew), [in Es 18^ N^ * indig- LXX :

nation : II Co 711 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t

(&) Christ's love : to men, Mk 102^ ; to God, Jo 14^1 ; c. cogn. ace,

Syn. : (jitXeo). From its supposed etymology (Thayer, LS ; but

2. Of divine love; {a) God's love to men, Eo 5^; to Christ, Jo 172"; :

{b) Christ's love to men Eo S^^. 3. In pi., love feasts Ju 12 (2)£,

MM, VGT, s.v.)

{h) by Christians, of one another i Co 4^* freq. as form of address, : ;

public service, employ a courier; hence, to compel to perform a

iv VGT, s.v.) Mt 5*^ 27^2, Mk 152i.t

Lk 15, Ac 7», He 5 7^1 9*.+